PART 3 DEBT MANAGEMENT
Authority: 5 U.S.C. 301; 7 U.S.C. 1506, 1981, 1981a, 1981d, and 2008h; 15 U.S.C. 714b; 31 U.S.C. 3701, 3711, 3716-18, and 3720B; and 31 CFR parts 285 and 901-904.
Source: 85 FR 36672, June 17, 2020, unless otherwise noted.
Subpart A General
§ 3.1 Purpose and scope.
(a)(1) The regulations in this part prescribe standards and procedures for use by USDA agencies in the collection, compromise, suspension, or termination of debts owed to the United States.
(2) The regulations in this part apply to all debts of the United States subject to collection by USDA agencies, except as otherwise specified in this part or by statute.
(3) The regulations in this part do not preclude the Secretary from collection, compromise, suspension, or termination of debts as otherwise authorized by law. In such cases the laws and implementing regulations that are specifically applicable to claims collection activities of a particular agency generally will take precedence over this part.
(b) USDA agencies may issue regulations to supplement this part in order to meet the specific requirements of individual programs.
(c) The regulations of this part will not apply to:
(1) Collection of debts owed government travel card contractors by USDA employees;
(2) Collection of debts owed by individual Food Stamp Program recipients for whom debt collection procedures are provided under § 273.18 of this title.
(3) Collection of debts owed by foreign governments, sovereign institutions of foreign governments, or public international organizations.
(4) Actions pursuant to the FSA FLP Debt Settlement regulations in part 761, subpart F, of this title are authorized under the Consolidated Farm and Rural Development Act (ConAct), which are independent of the DCIA are excepted from this part.
(5) Actions pursuant to the following RD Debt Settlement regulations authorized under the ConAct and the Housing Act, which are independent of the DCIA are excepted from this part:
(i) 7 CFR part 1717, subpart Y;
(ii) 2 CFR part 175;
(iii) 7 CFR 1782.20;
(iv) 7 CFR 1951.213;
(v) 7 CFR part 1956;
(vi) 7 CFR part 3550, subpart F;
(vii) 7 CFR 3560.457; and
(viii) 7 CFR 3565.56.
[85 FR 36672, June 17, 2020, as amended at 88 FR 89276, Dec. 27, 2023]
§ 3.2 Authority.
(a) Generally, the regulations in this part are issued under the Debt Collection Act of 1982, as amended by the Debt Collection Improvement Act of 1996 (DCIA) (31 U.S.C. 3701, 3711-3720) and the Federal Claims Collection Standards (FCCS) issued pursuant to the DCIA by Treasury and Justice (31 CFR parts 901-904) that prescribe government-wide standards for administrative collection, compromise, suspension, or termination of agency collection action, disclosure of debt information to credit reporting agencies, referral of claims to private collection contractors for resolution, and referral to Justice for litigation to collect debts owed the government. The regulations under this part also are issued under Treasury regulations implementing DCIA (31 CFR part 285) and related statutes and regulations governing the offset of Federal salaries (5 U.S.C. 5512 and 5514; 5 CFR part 550, subpart K) and administrative offset of tax refunds (31 U.S.C. 3720A).
(b) With respect to agency specific provisions of this part, the following authorities are applicable:
(1) The Commodity Credit Corporation (CCC): section 4 of the Commodity Credit Corporation Charter Act (15 U.S.C. 714b).
(2) The Farm Service Agency (FSA): sections 331, 331A, 331D, and 373 of the Consolidated Farm and Rural Development Act (ConAct) (7 U.S.C. 1981, 1981a, 1981d, and 2008h).
(3) The Federal Crop Insurance Corporation (FCIC): section 506(j) of the Federal Crop Insurance Act (7 U.S.C. 1506(j)).
§ 3.3 Definitions.
For the purpose of this part, except as where otherwise specifically provided, the term or terms:
Account means a record of transactions involving the debt, claim, or loan for a particular person or entity, including the name, address, taxpayer identification number, other information necessary to establish the person's or entity's identity, the balance, status, history of the debt, and program under which the debt or claim arose.
Administrative charges means the additional costs of processing delinquent debts against the debtor, to the extent such costs are attributable to the delinquency. Such costs include, but are not limited to, costs incurred in obtaining a credit report, costs of employing commercial firms to locate debtor, costs of employing contractors for collection services, and costs of selling collateral or property to satisfy the debt.
Administrative offset means withholding funds payable by the United States (including funds payable by the United States on behalf of a State government) to, or held by the United States for, a person to satisfy a debt. This definition is consistent with 31 U.S.C. 3701(a)(1).
Agency means an agency, office, or corporation within USDA subject to the authority or general supervision of the Secretary.
Borrower and debtor have the same meaning and refer to a person who owes a delinquent, nontax debt to the United States.
Carrier means a person or other entity, including but not limited to railroads, motor carriers, ocean carriers or inter-modal marketing companies, that provide transportation or other transportation-related services for compensation.
CCC means Commodity Credit Corporation.
Centralized administrative offset means referral of a debt to the Treasury Offset Program (TOP) to collect debts that creditor agencies have certified pursuant to 31 U.S.C. 3716(c), 3720A(a), and applicable regulations for offset of payments made to a debtor by Federal agencies other than USDA. Centralized offset also includes offset of payments made by States pursuant to 31 U.S.C. 3716(h) and 31 CFR 285.6.
CFO means Chief Financial Officer.
Civil monetary penalties are assessed for violations and failures to comply with various program requirements. The management and settlement of these debts are specified in this part, and the applicable laws and program specific regulations.
Claim and debt have the same meaning and refer to an amount of money, funds, or property that has been determined by an agency official to be owed to the United States from any person, organization, or entity, except another Federal agency.
Compromise means the settlement or forgiveness of a debt under 31 U.S.C. 3711, in accordance with standards specified in FCCS and applicable federal law.
Contracting officer has the same meaning as in 41 U.S.C. 7101.
Credit reporting agencies (also known as credit bureaus) means major credit reporting agencies that have signed agreements with agencies to receive and integrate credit information (data) from voluntary subscribers (Federal agencies and private sector entities) into their respective databases for the purpose of generating credit reports for sale to purchasers of credit data.
Creditor agency means a Federal agency or USDA agency to which a debtor owes a debt, including a debt collection center when acting on behalf of a creditor agency in matters pertaining to collection of the debt.
Cross-servicing means the centralized collection of Federal debt and the various collection actions taken by Treasury on behalf of a Federal agency in accordance with the provisions of 31 U.S.C. 3711, 31 U.S.C. 3720D, 31 CFR part 285, and other Treasury regulations. Cross-servicing includes, but is not limited to, the use of debt collection centers and private collection contractors.
Day means calendar day unless otherwise specified.
DCIA means the Debt Collection Improvement Act of 1996.
Debt means an amount of money, funds, or property that has been determined by an agency official to be owed to the United States from any person, organization, or entity, except another Federal agency.
Debt collection center means the Treasury or other government agency or division, designated by the Secretary of the Treasury with authority to collect debt on behalf of creditor agencies in accordance with 31 U.S.C. 3711(g).
Debt record means the account, register, balance sheet, file, ledger, data file, or similar record of debts owed to any Federal agency with respect to which collection action is being pursued.
Debtor means a person who owes a delinquent, nontax debt to the United States.
Delinquent means a debt that has not been paid by the date specified in the agency's initial written demand for payment or applicable agreement or instrument (including a post-delinquency payment agreement), unless other satisfactory payment arrangements have been made, or as otherwise defined by program specific statutes or regulations.
Discharged debt means any debt, or part thereof, that an agency has determined is uncollectible and has closed out or, in the case of FSA FLP, means the amount of debt that was discharged through bankruptcy proceedings where no further collection actions may be taken on that debt.
Disposable pay means that part of the debtor's compensation (including, but not limited to, salary, bonuses, commissions, and vacation pay) from an employer remaining after the deduction of health insurance premiums and any amounts required by law to be withheld including social security taxes and other withholding taxes, but not including any amount withheld pursuant to a court order.
Federal agency means any department or entity within the Executive branch of the government that is not a USDA agency.
Financial statement means a statement of financial condition at a given date that accurately reflects the debtor's assets, liabilities, income, and expenses.
Fiscal Service means the United States Department of the Treasury's Bureau of the Fiscal Service.
Foreign debt means debt owed by a sovereign or non-sovereign entity, when the debt is subject to adjudication in a non-U.S. jurisdiction.
FSA FLP means the Farm Loan Programs of FSA.
Government or Federal government means the government of the United States, unless otherwise specified.
Justice means the United States Department of Justice.
Late payment interest rate means the amount of interest charged on delinquent debts and claims in cases where the annual rate of interest is not established by a promissory note. Unless otherwise provided by the law, regulation, contract, or agreement that established the debt, the late payment interest rate will be equal to the higher of the Prompt Payment Act interest rate or the standard late payment rate prescribed by 31 U.S.C. 3717, as of the date the debt became delinquent. Interest on delinquent debts will accrue on a daily basis.
NAD means the USDA National Appeals Division.
Non-centralized administrative offset means an agreement between a USDA creditor agency and a payment authorizing agency to offset the payments made by the payment authorizing agency to satisfy a USDA debt. The creditor agency and paying agency can be the same.
Offset means withholding funds payable by the United States to or held by the United States for a person to satisfy a debt owed by the payee.
OGC means the USDA Office of the General Counsel.
Payee means a person who is due a payment from a payment authorizing agency and includes a person who is entitled to all or part of a payment.
Payment authorizing agency means a Federal agency or USDA agency that is authorized to disburse payments to a recipient.
Penalty charge or penalty interest means the additional penalty amount charged on delinquent debts as specified in 31 U.S.C. 3717(e)(2) and § 3.17(d).
Person means an individual, corporation, partnership, association, organization, State or local government, or any other type of public or private entity other than a Federal agency.
Private Collection Agency means any organization or corporation that specializes in debt collection is known as a collection agency or debt collector.
Recoupment means a special method for adjusting debts arising under the same transaction or occurrence, such as obligations arising under the same contract.
Reviewing officer means a person designated by a creditor agency as responsible for conducting a hearing or providing documentary review on the existence of the debt and the propriety of an administrative collection action.
Salary offset means the deduction of money from the current pay account of a present or former Government employee as specified in 5 U.S.C. 5514 to satisfy a debt that person owes the Government.
Secretary means the Secretary of Agriculture, unless otherwise specified.
Settlement or debt settlement means, for the purposes of this part only, the final disposition or resolution of a debt or claim that results in cancellation of any remaining balance owed and reporting of the canceled amount to the IRS as specified in § 3.90, and applicable IRS requirements.
Tax Identification Number or TIN means the identification number required on tax returns and other documents submitted to the Internal Revenue Service; that is, an individual's social security number (SSN) or employer identification number (EIN).
TOP means Treasury Offset Program, which is a centralized offset program that collects delinquent debts owed to Federal agencies and states.
Treasury means the United States Department of the Treasury.
USDA means the United States Department of Agriculture.
Withholding of payment means the action taken to temporarily prevent the payment of some or all amounts to a debtor under one or more contracts or programs.
§ 3.4 Delegations of authority.
The head of an agency is authorized to exercise any or all of the functions provided by this part with respect to programs for which the head of the agency has delegated responsibility and may delegate and authorize the redelegation of any of the functions vested in the head of the agency by this part, except as otherwise provided by this part.
Subpart B Standards for the Administrative Collection and Compromise of Claims
§ 3.10 Aggressive agency collection activity.
An agency will aggressively collect all debts arising out of activities of, or referred or transferred for collection services to, that agency. Collection activities will be undertaken promptly with follow-up action taken as necessary.
§ 3.11 Demand for payment.
(a) Generally, debt collection is initiated with a written demand for payment to the debtor unless an applicable agreement or instrument (including a post-delinquency payment agreement) provides otherwise (such as providing USDA an immediate right to collect upon delinquency). Written demand as described in paragraph (b) of this section will be made promptly upon a debtor of the United States in terms that inform the debtor of the consequences of failing to cooperate with the agency to resolve the debt. The specific content, timing, and number of demand letters will depend upon the type and amount of the debt and the debtor's response, if any, to the agency's letters or telephone calls. Where statutes or agency regulations are specific as to the requirements for demand letters, an agency will follow its own procedures in formulating demand letters. Generally, one demand letter should suffice. In determining the timing of the demand letter(s), an agency will give due regard to the need to refer debts promptly to Justice for litigation, in accordance with 31 CFR 904.1. When necessary to protect the government's interest (for example, to prevent the running of a statute of limitations), written demand may be preceded by other appropriate actions under this part, including immediate referral for litigation.
(b) In demand letters, the USDA creditor agency will inform the debtor:
(1) The nature and amount of the debt; and the facts giving rise to the debt;
(2) How interest, penalties, and administrative costs are added to the debt, the date by which payment must be made to avoid such charges, and that such assessments must be made unless excused in accordance with § 3.17;
(3) The date by which payment should be made to avoid the enforced collection actions described in paragraph (b)(6) of this section;
(4) Of any willingness to discuss alternative payment arrangements and how the debtor may enter into a written agreement to repay the debt under terms acceptable to the agency (see § 3.16);
(5) The name, address, telephone number and email address (optional) of a contact person or office;
(6) The intent to enforce collection if the debtor fails to pay or otherwise resolve the debt, by taking one or more of the following actions:
(i) Offset the debtor's USDA payments and refer the debtor's debt to TOP for offset against other Federal payments, including income tax refunds, in accordance with subpart D of this part;
(ii) Refer the debt to a private collection agency.
(iii) Report the debt to a credit reporting agency in accordance with § 3.12;
(iv) Refer the debt to Treasury in accordance with subpart E of this part for possible collection by garnishing the debtor's wages through administrative wage garnishment;
(v) Refer the debt to Justice in accordance with § 3.21 to initiate litigation to collect the debt;
(vi) Refer the debt to Treasury for collection in accordance with subpart C of this part;
(7) How the debtor may inspect and copy records related to the debt;
(8) How the debtor may request an administrative review of the determination that the debtor owes a debt and present evidence that the debt is not delinquent or legally enforceable (see subpart F of this part);
(9) How a debtor who is a Federal employee subject to Federal salary offset may request a hearing (see subpart G of this part);
(10) How a debtor may request a waiver of the debt, if applicable;
(11) How the debtor's spouse may claim his or her share of a joint income tax refund by filing Form 8379 with the Internal Revenue Service (see http://www.irs.gov);
(12) How the debtor may exercise other statutory or regulatory rights and remedies available to the debtor;
(13) That certain debtors may be ineligible for government loans, guarantees, and insurance (see § 3.14);
(14) If applicable, the intention to suspend or revoke licenses, permits, or privileges (see § 3.14); and
(15) That the debtor must advise the creditor agency of the filing of any bankruptcy proceedings of the debtor or of another person liable for the debt being collected.
(16) The debtor's right to appeal the determination in accordance with applicable appeal procedures;
(17) The debtor's right to present evidence that all or part of the debt is not past-due or not legally enforceable.
(c) A USDA creditor agency may omit from a demand letter one or more of the provisions contained in paragraphs (b)(6) through (17) of this section if the USDA creditor agency, in consultation with OGC, determines that any provision is not legally required given the collection remedies to be applied to a particular debt. In the case of foreign debt that is subject to insolvency or bankruptcy proceedings outside the United States, a USDA creditor agency may, in lieu of a demand letter, submit such documentation necessary to establish its claim as a creditor.
(d) Agencies will exercise care to ensure that demand letters are mailed or delivered (as applicable for the program) on the same day that they are dated. There is no prescribed format for demand letters. Agencies will utilize demand letters and procedures that will lead to the earliest practicable determination of whether the debt can be resolved administratively or must be referred for litigation.
(e) Agencies will respond promptly to communications from debtors, within 30 days of receipt whenever feasible, and will advise debtors who dispute debts to furnish available evidence to support their contentions.
(f) Prior to the initiation of the demand process or at any time during or after completion of the demand process, if an agency determines to pursue, or is required to pursue, administrative offset, the procedures applicable to offset must be followed (see subpart D of this part). The availability of funds or money for debt satisfaction by administrative offset, and the agency's determination to pursue collection by administrative offset, will release the agency from the necessity of further compliance with paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this section.
(g) Prior to referring a debt for litigation under 31 CFR part 904, agencies will advise each debtor determined to be liable for the debt that, unless the debt can be collected administratively, litigation may be initiated. This notification complies with Executive Order 12988 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993) and may be given as part of a demand letter under paragraph (b) of this section or in a separate document. Litigation counsel for the government will be advised that this notice has been given. In general, only one agency should service a debt at a time; that is, agencies should not simultaneously refer a debt to both Treasury and Justice for collection.
(h) When an agency learns that a bankruptcy petition has been filed with respect to a debtor, before proceeding with further collection action, the agency will immediately request legal advice from OGC concerning the impact of the Bankruptcy Code on any pending or contemplated collection activities. Unless the agency is advised that the automatic stay imposed at the time of filing pursuant to 11 U.S.C. 362 has been lifted or is no longer in effect, in most cases collection activity against the debtor must stop immediately. The agency should take the following steps:
(1) After requesting legal advice, a proof of claim must be filed in most cases with the bankruptcy court or the Trustee. Agencies will refer to the provisions of 11 U.S.C. 106 relating to the consequences on sovereign immunity of filing a proof of claim.
(2) If the agency is a secured creditor, it may request relief from the automatic stay regarding its security, subject to the provisions and requirements of 11 U.S.C. 362.
(3) Offset is stayed in most cases by the automatic stay. However, agencies may request legal advice from OGC to determine whether their payments to the debtor and payments of other agencies available for offset may be frozen by the agency until relief from the automatic stay can be obtained from the bankruptcy court. Agencies also may request legal advice from OGC to determine whether recoupment is available.
§ 3.12 Reporting of debts to Credit Reporting Agencies.
(a) In demand letters to debtors sent in accordance with § 3.11, agencies will inform debtors:
(1) The intent of the agency to report the delinquent debt to credit reporting agencies after 60 days;
(2) The specific information to be transmitted (that is, name, address, and taxpayer identification number, information about the debt);
(3) The actions which may be taken by the debtor to prevent the reporting (that is, repayment in full or a repayment agreement); and
(4) The rights of the debtor to request review of the existence of the debt in accordance with subpart F of this part.
(b) Disclosure of delinquent consumer debts must be consistent with the requirements of 31 U.S.C. 3711(e), the Privacy Act of 1974 (5 U.S.C. 552a), the Bankruptcy Code, and 31 CFR 901.4.
(c) When an agency has given a debtor any of the notices required by this part and an opportunity for administrative review under subpart F of this part, the agency need not duplicate such notice and review opportunities before reporting the delinquent debt to credit reporting agencies.
(d) Agencies will not disclose a delinquent debt to a credit reporting agency if a debtor requests review under subpart F of this part until a final determination is made by a reviewing official that upholds the agency intent to disclose.
§ 3.14 Suspension or revocation of eligibility for loans and loan guarantees, licenses, permits, or privileges.
(a) Agencies are not permitted to extend financial assistance in the form of a loan, loan guarantee, or loan insurance to any person delinquent on a nontax debt owed to a Federal agency, except as otherwise authorized by law or upon waiver of application of this section by the USDA Chief Financial Officer (CFO) or Deputy CFO. This prohibition does not apply to disaster loans. Agencies may extend credit after the delinquency has been resolved. The Secretary of the Treasury may exempt classes of debts from this prohibition and has prescribed standards defining when a “delinquency” is “resolved” for purposes of this prohibition. See 31 CFR 285.13 (Barring Delinquent Debtors from Obtaining Federal Loans or Loan Insurance or Guarantees).
(b) Similarly, agencies also are not permitted to extend financial assistance (either directly or indirectly) in the form of grants, loans, or loan guarantees to judgment debtors who have a judgment lien placed against their property until the judgment is satisfied, unless the agency grants a waiver in accordance with agency regulations. See 31 U.S.C. 3720B.
(c) In non-bankruptcy cases, agencies pursuing the collection of statutory penalties, forfeitures, or other types of claims must consider the suspension or revocation of licenses, permits, or other privileges for any inexcusable or willful failure of a debtor to pay such a debt in accordance with the agency's regulations or governing procedures. The debtor will be advised in the agency's written demand for payment of the agency's ability to suspend or revoke licenses, permits, or privileges.
(d) Any agency making, guaranteeing, insuring, acquiring, or participating in, loans must consider suspending or disqualifying any lender, contractor, or broker from doing further business with the agency or engaging in programs sponsored by the agency if such lender, contractor, or broker fails to pay its debts to the government within a reasonable time or if such lender, contractor, or broker has been suspended, debarred, or disqualified from participation in a program or activity by USDA or another Federal agency. Failure to pay a single substantial debt, or a number of outstanding debts (including disallowed costs and overrun payments, but not including sums owed to the government under the Internal Revenue Code or as specified in the appropriations provisions regarding outstanding tax debt in sections 745 and 746 of Division E of the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2016 (Pub. L. 114-113) and successor provisions of law) owed to any Federal agency or instrumentality is grounds for non-procurement suspension or debarment if the debt is uncontested and the debtor's legal administrative remedies for review of the debt are exhausted. See 2 CFR 180.800(c)(3).
(e) The failure of any surety to honor its obligations in accordance with 31 U.S.C. 9305 will be reported to Treasury. Treasury will forward to all interested agencies notification that a surety's certificate of authority to do business with the government has been revoked.
(f) The suspension or revocation of licenses, permits, or privileges also may extend to USDA programs or activities that are administered by the States on behalf of the government, to the extent that they affect the government's ability to collect money or funds owed by debtors. Therefore, States that manage USDA activities, pursuant to approval from the agencies, will ensure that appropriate steps are taken to safeguard against issuing licenses, permits, or privileges to debtors who fail to pay their debts to the government.
(g) In bankruptcy cases, before advising the debtor of an agency's intention to suspend or revoke licenses, permits, or privileges, agencies may request legal advice from OGC concerning the impact of the Bankruptcy Code, particularly 11 U.S.C. 362 and 525, which may restrict such action.
§ 3.15 Liquidation of collateral.
(a) In accordance with applicable laws and regulations, agencies may liquidate security or collateral through a sale or a nonjudicial foreclosure and apply the proceeds to the applicable debt(s), if the debtor fails to pay the debt(s) within a reasonable time after demand and if such action is in the interest of the United States. Collection from other sources, including liquidation of security or collateral, is not a prerequisite to requiring payment by a surety, insurer, or guarantor unless such action is expressly required by statute or contract.
(b) When an agency learns that a bankruptcy petition has been filed with respect to a debtor, the agency may request legal advice from OGC concerning the impact of the Bankruptcy Code, including, but not limited to, 11 U.S.C. 362, to determine the applicability of the automatic stay and the procedures for obtaining relief from such stay prior to proceeding under paragraph (a) of this section.
§ 3.16 Collection in installments.
(a) Whenever feasible, agencies will collect the total amount of a debt in one lump sum. If a debtor is financially unable to pay a debt in one lump sum, agencies may accept payment in regular installments. Agencies will obtain financial statements from debtors (or a similar statement from foreign debtors) who represent that they are unable to pay in one lump sum and independently verify such representations whenever possible (see 31 CFR 902.2(g) for methods of verification). Agencies that agree to accept payments in regular installments will obtain a legally enforceable written agreement from the debtor that specifies all terms of the arrangement and that contains a provision accelerating the debt in the event of default.
(b) The size and frequency of installment payments will bear a reasonable relation to the size of the debt and the debtor's ability to pay. If possible, the installment payments will be sufficient in size and frequency to liquidate the debt in 3 years or less.
(c) Security for deferred payments will be obtained in appropriate cases. Agencies may accept installment payments notwithstanding the refusal of the debtor to execute a written agreement or to give security, at the agency's option.
§ 3.17 Interest, penalties, and administrative costs.
(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (g) and (h) of this section, agencies will charge interest, penalties, and administrative costs on debts owed to the United States as specified in 31 U.S.C. 3717. If not included in the agency's demand notice, an agency will mail or deliver a written notice to the debtor, at the debtor's most recent address available to the agency, explaining the agency's requirements concerning these charges except where these requirements are included in a contractual or repayment agreement. These charges will continue to accrue until the debt is paid in full or otherwise resolved through compromise, termination, or waiver of the charges.
(b) Agencies will charge interest on debts owed the United States except as otherwise required by law and as provided in paragraph (i) of this section for debts owed to CCC and FSA. In charging such interest, agencies will apply the following provisions:
(1) Interest will accrue from the date of delinquency, or as otherwise provided by law.
(2) Unless otherwise established in a contract, repayment agreement, or by law, the rate of interest charged will be the rate established annually by the Secretary of the Treasury in accordance with 31 U.S.C. 3717. Pursuant to 31 U.S.C. 3717, an agency may charge a higher rate of interest if it reasonably determines that a higher rate is necessary to protect the rights of the United States. The agency must document the reason(s) for its determination that the higher rate is necessary.
(3) The rate of interest, as initially charged, will remain fixed for the duration of the indebtedness. When a debtor defaults on a repayment agreement and requests to enter into a new agreement, the agency may require payment of interest at a new rate that reflects the current value of funds to the Treasury at the time the new agreement is executed. Interest will not be compounded, that is, interest will not be charged on interest, penalties, or administrative costs required by this section. If, however, a debtor defaults on a previous repayment agreement, charges that accrued but were not collected under the defaulted agreement will be added to the principal under the new repayment agreement.
(c) Agencies will assess administrative costs incurred for processing and handling delinquent debts. The calculation of administrative costs will be based on actual costs incurred or upon estimated costs as determined by the assessing agency.
(d) Unless otherwise established in a contract, repayment agreement, or by law, agencies will charge a penalty, as specified in 31 U.S.C. 3717(e)(2), not to exceed six percent a year on the amount due on a debt that is delinquent for more than 90 days. This charge will accrue from the date of delinquency.
(e) Agencies may increase an “administrative debt” by the cost of living adjustment in lieu of charging interest and penalties under this section. “Administrative debt” includes, but is not limited to, a debt based on fines, penalties, and overpayments, but does not include a debt based on the extension of government credit, such as those arising from loans and loan guarantees. The cost of living adjustment is the percentage by which the Consumer Price Index for the month of June of the calendar year preceding the adjustment exceeds the Consumer Price Index for the month of June of the calendar year in which the debt was determined or last adjusted. Increases to administrative debts will be computed annually. Agencies may use this alternative only when there is a legitimate reason to do so, such as when calculating interest and penalties on a debt would be extremely difficult because of the age of the debt.
(f) When a debt is paid in partial or installment payments, amounts received by the agency will be applied first to outstanding penalties, second to administrative charges (when applicable), third to interest, and last to principal, except as otherwise required by law.
(g) Agencies will waive the collection of interest and administrative charges imposed pursuant to this section (that is, this does not apply to interest or administrative penalties determined by an applicable agreement or instrument such as a loan contract) on the portion of the debt that is paid within 30 days after the date on which interest began to accrue. Agencies may extend this 30-day period on a case-by-case basis. In addition, agencies may waive interest, penalties, and administrative costs charged under this section, in whole or in part, without regard to the amount of the debt, either under the criteria specified in the Federal standards for the compromise of debts (31 CFR part 902), or if the agency determines that collection of these charges is against equity and good conscience or is not in the interest of the United States.
(h) Agencies are authorized to impose interest and related charges on debts not subject to 31 U.S.C. 3717, in accordance with common law. Agencies will consult OGC before imposing interest and related charges under common law for any debt.
(i)(1) For debts resulting from CCC loans made in accordance with chapter XIV of this title:
(i) Late payment interest will begin to accrue from the date on which a claim is established. In addition, an additional charge of 3 percent per year will be assessed on a portion of a debt that remains unpaid 60 days after the date on which a claim was established. Such rate will be assessed retroactively from the date of claim establishment and apply on a daily basis and will continue to be used until the delinquent debt has been paid.
(ii) Penalty charges, administrative costs and interest will continue to accrue if a debtor makes a request for appeal as provided by any agency or USDA-wide appeal regulation Collection by offset will continue during the appeal process unless prohibited by statute. If the debtor ultimately wins an appeal and the debt is found to be incorrect, CCC will credit the debtor's debt for the amount of penalty charges, administrative costs, and interest that has accrued from the date such charges were initiated on the portion determined in the appeal to not be due.
(2) Late payment interest provisions of this section do not apply to FSA and CCC debts owed by Federal agencies and State and local governments. Interest on debts owed by such entities will be assessed at the rate of interest charged by the U.S. Treasury for funds borrowed by CCC on the day the debt became delinquent.
(3) Late payment interest, penalty charges, and administrative costs may be waived by FSA or CCC in full or in part, if it is determined by the agency that such action is in the Government's interest.
(4) The provisions of this section do not apply to CCC foreign debt.
§ 3.18 Use and disclosure of mailing addresses.
(a) When attempting to locate a debtor in order to collect or compromise a debt under this part or 31 CFR parts 902 through 904 or other authority, agencies may send a request to Treasury to obtain a debtor's mailing address from the records of the Internal Revenue Service (IRS).
(b) Agencies are authorized to use mailing addresses obtained under paragraph (a) of this section to enforce collection of a delinquent debt and may disclose such mailing addresses to other agencies and to collection agencies for collection purposes.
§ 3.19 Standards for the compromise of claims and debt settlement.
(a) An agency will follow the standards specified in 31 CFR part 902 for the compromise of debts pursuant to 31 U.S.C. 3711 arising out of the activities of, or referred or transferred for collection services to, that agency, except where otherwise authorized or required by law.
(b) For FSA FLP debts, the first instance of debt cancellation is exempt from the monetary limits established in 31 CFR 902.1.
(c) For CCC debts, CCC will, in exercising its authority pursuant to section 4 of the CCC Charter Act (15 U.S.C. 714b) to make final and conclusive settlement and adjustment of any CCC claims, follow the standards specified in 31 CFR 902.2, 902.3, 902.4, 902.6, and 902.7, for the compromise of debts owed to CCC, to the maximum extent practicable. In addition to the bases for the compromise of debts specified in 31 CFR 902.2, CCC may compromise a debt when the approving official with the authority to compromise the debt has determined that such action is in the interest of CCC.
§ 3.20 Standards for suspending or terminating collection activities.
(a) An agency will follow the standards specified in 31 CFR part 903 for the suspension or termination of collection activity pursuant to 31 U.S.C. 3711, except where otherwise authorized or required by law.
(b) CCC will, in exercising its authority pursuant to section 4 of the CCC Charter Act (15 U.S.C. 714b) to make final and conclusive settlement and adjustment of any CCC claims, follow the standards specified in 31 CFR 903.2, 903.3, 903.4, and 903.5(c) and (d), for the suspension or termination of collection activities with regard to debts owed to CCC, to the maximum extent practicable. In addition to the bases for the termination of collection activities specified in 31 CFR 903.3, CCC may terminate collection activities when the approving official with the authority to terminate collection activities with regard to the debt has determined that such action is in the interest of CCC.
§ 3.21 Referrals of debts to Justice.
An agency will promptly refer to Justice for litigation debts on which aggressive collection activity has been taken in accordance with this part, and that cannot be compromised by the agency or on which collection activity cannot be suspended or terminated in accordance with 31 CFR parts 902 and 903. Agencies will follow the procedures specified in 31 CFR part 904 in making such referrals. Agencies will consult with OGC on all debts which are to be collected in foreign jurisdictions to determine how and if a referral to Justice will take place.
§ 3.22 CCC withholding of payment.
(a) CCC may temporarily withhold issuance of payment of some or all amounts to a debtor under one or more contracts or programs. Withholding of a payment prior to the completion of an applicable offset procedure may be made from amounts payable to a debtor by CCC to ensure that the interests of CCC and the United States will be protected as provided in this section.
(b) A payment may be withheld to protect the interests of CCC or the United States if CCC determines that:
(1) There has been a serious breach of contract or violation of program requirements and the withholding action is considered necessary to protect the financial interests of CCC;
(2) There is substantial evidence of violations of criminal or civil fraud laws and criminal prosecution or civil fraud action is of primary importance to program operations of CCC;
(3) Prior experience with the debtor indicates that collection will be difficult if amounts payable to the debtor are not withheld;
(4) There is doubt that the debtor will be financially able to pay a judgment on the claim of CCC;
(5) The facts available to CCC are insufficient to determine the amount to be offset or the proper payee;
(6) A judgement on a claim of CCC has been obtained; or
(7) Such action has been requested by Justice.
§ 3.23 CCC assignment of payment.
(a) No amounts payable to a debtor by CCC will be paid to an assignee of the debt until amounts owed by the debtor have been collected and applied to the debt.
(b) A payment that is assigned as specified in part 1404 of this title by execution of any CCC assignment form will be subject to offset for any debt owed to CCC, or any USDA agency, or any other Federal agency, any IRS notice of levy, or any judgment in favor of the United States, without regard to the date notice of assignment was accepted by CCC.
(c) Except as provided in 7 CFR 1404.6(b), any indebtedness owed by the assignor to CCC will be offset from any payment which is owed by CCC if such indebtedness was entered on the debt record of the applicable USDA office prior to the date of the filing Forms CCC-251 (Notice of Assignment) and CCC-252 (Instrument of Assignment).
Subpart C Referral of Debts to Treasury
§ 3.30 General requirements.
(a) Agencies are required by law to transfer delinquent, nontax, legally enforceable debts to Treasury for collection through cross-servicing and through centralized administrative offset with the exception of foreign debt that is exempt from cross-servicing per the Debt Collection Improvement Act of 1996. Additionally, USDA will transfer debts to Treasury for collection through administrative wage garnishment. Agencies need not make duplicate referrals to Treasury for all these purposes; a debt may be referred simultaneously for purposes of collection by cross-servicing, centralized administrative offset, and administrative wage garnishment where applicable. However, in some instances a debt exempt from collection via cross-servicing may be subject to collection by centralized administrative offset so simultaneous referrals are not always the norm. This subpart specifies the rules applicable to the transfer of debts to Treasury for collection by cross-servicing. Rules for transfer to Treasury for centralized administrative offset are specified in subpart D of this part, and for administrative wage garnishment in subpart E of this part.
(b) When debts are referred or transferred to Treasury, or Treasury-designated debt collection centers under the authority of 31 U.S.C. 3711(g), Treasury will service, collect, or compromise the debts, or Treasury will suspend or terminate the collection action, in accordance with the statutory requirements and authorities applicable to the collection of such debts.
(c) In cases where a debtor has more than one FSA FLP loan that has been referred to cross-servicing and Treasury accepts an agreement to compromise or adjust one loan, or several loans, but not all of the debt, cancellation of any loan balances remaining on the compromised or adjusted debt will not be processed for the debtor until:
(1) All payments have been received as agreed; and
(2) All loans referred to the cross-servicing program for that debtor have been returned to FSA, with or without payment agreements.
§ 3.31 Mandatory referral for cross-servicing.
(a) Agencies will transfer to Treasury any legally enforceable nontax debt in excess of $25, or combination of debts less than $25 that exceeds $25 (in the case of a debtor whose taxpayer identification number (TIN) is unknown the applicable threshold is $100), that has or have been delinquent for a period of 180 days in accordance with 31 CFR 285.12 so that Treasury may take appropriate action on behalf of the creditor agency to collect or compromise, or to suspend or terminate collection, of the debt, including use of debt collection centers and private collection contractors to collect the debt or terminate collection action. Agencies that transfer delinquent debts to Fiscal Service for the purposes of debt collection and that rely on Fiscal Service to submit the transferred debts for administrative offset on the agency's behalf must transfer the debts to Fiscal Service no later than 120 days after the debts become delinquent in order to satisfy the 120-day notice requirement for purposes of administrative offset in accordance with 31 CFR 285.12(c)(1). For accounting and reporting purposes, the debt remains on the books and records of the agency which transferred the debt.
(b) The requirement of paragraph (a) of this section does not apply to any debt that:
(1) Is in litigation or foreclosure (see 31 CFR 285.12 (d)(2) for definition);
(2) Will be disposed of under an approved asset sale program (see 31 CFR 285.12(d)(3)(i) for definition);
(3) Has been referred to a private collection contractor for a period of time acceptable to Treasury;
(4) Is at a debt collection center for a period of time acceptable to Treasury;
(5) Will be collected under administrative offset procedures within 3 years after the debt first became delinquent;
(6) Is exempt from this requirement based on a determination by the Secretary of the Treasury that exemption for a certain class of debt is in the interest of the United States. Federal agencies may request that the Secretary of the Treasury exempt specific classes of debts. Any such request by an agency must be sent to the Fiscal Assistant Secretary of the Treasury by the USDA CFO.
(7) Is foreign debt; or
(8) Is FSA FLP debt in which case the delinquent loan servicing procedures and appeals process required by the ConAct will apply, including the deferral for cross-servicing until all security has been liquidated, and FSA concludes its review of any pending debt settlement application from the debtor.
(c) A debt is considered 180 days delinquent for purposes of this section if it is 180 days past due and is legally enforceable. A debt is past due if it has not been paid by the date specified in the agency's initial written demand for payment or applicable agreement or instrument (including a post-delinquency payment agreement) unless other satisfactory payment arrangements have been made. A debt is legally enforceable if there has been a final agency determination that the debt, in the amount stated, is due and there are no legal bars to collection action. Where, for example, a debt is the subject of a pending administrative review process required by law or regulation and collection action during the review process is prohibited, the debt is not considered legally enforceable for purposes of mandatory transfer to Treasury and is not to be transferred even if the debt is more than 180 days past due. When a final agency determination is made after an administrative appeal or review process (including administrative review under subpart F of this part), the creditor agency must transfer such debt to Treasury, if more than 180 days delinquent, within 30 days after the date of the final decision.
§ 3.32 Discretionary referral for cross-servicing.
Agencies will consider referring legally enforceable nontax debts that are less than 180 days delinquent to Treasury or to Treasury-designated “debt collection centers” in accordance with 31 CFR 285.12 to accomplish efficient, cost effective debt collection if no USDA payments will be available to collect the debt through administrative offset under § 3.43.
§ 3.33 Required certification.
Agencies referring delinquent debts to Treasury for collection via cross-servicing must certify, in writing, that:
(a) The debts being transferred are valid and legally enforceable;
(b) There are no legal bars to collection; and
(c) The agency has complied with all prerequisites to a particular collection action under the laws, regulations or policies applicable to the agency, unless the agency and Treasury agree that Treasury will do so on behalf of the agency.
§ 3.34 Fees.
Federal agencies operating Treasury-designated debt collection centers are authorized to charge a fee for services rendered regarding referred or transferred debts. The fee may be paid out of amounts collected and may be added to the debt as an administrative cost.
Subpart D Administrative Offset
§ 3.40 Scope.
(a) This subpart specifies the procedures to be used by agencies in collecting debts by administrative offset.
(b) This subpart does not apply to:
(1) Debts arising under the Social Security Act, except as provided in 42 U.S.C. 404;
(2) Payments made under the Social Security Act, except as provided for in 31 U.S.C. 3716(c) (see 31 CFR 285.4, Federal Benefit Offset);
(3) Debts arising under, or payments made under, the Internal Revenue Code (except for offset of tax refunds) or the tariff laws of the United States;
(4) Offsets against Federal salaries (such offsets are covered by subpart F of this part);
(5) Offsets under 31 U.S.C. 3728 against a judgment obtained by a debtor against the United States;
(6) Offsets or recoupments under common law, State law, or Federal laws specifically prohibiting offsets or recoupments of particular types of debts;
(7) Offsets in the course of judicial proceedings, including bankruptcy;
(8) Intracontractual offsets to satisfy contract debts taken by a contracting officer under the Contract Disputes Act, 41 U.S.C. 7101-7109; or
(9) Foreign Debt.
(c) Unless otherwise provided for by contract or law, debts or payments that are not subject to administrative offset under 31 U.S.C. 3716 may be collected by administrative offset under the common law or other applicable statutory authority.
(d) In bankruptcy cases, agencies may request legal advice from OGC concerning the impact of the Bankruptcy Code, particularly 11 U.S.C. 106, 362, and 553 on pending or contemplated collections by offset.
§ 3.41 Procedures for notification of intent to collect by administrative offset.
(a) Prior to initiation of collection by administrative offset, a creditor agency must:
(1) Send the debtor a written Notice of Intent to Collect by Administrative Offset, by mail or hand-delivery, of the type and amount of the debt, the intention of the agency to use non-centralized administrative offset (which includes a USDA administrative offset) to collect the debt 30 days after the date of the Notice, the name of the Federal agency or USDA agency from which the creditor agency wishes to collect in the case of a non-centralized administrative offset, the intent to refer the debt to Treasury for collection through centralized administrative offset (including possible offset of tax refunds) 60 days after the date of the Notice if the debt is not satisfied by offset within USDA or by agreement with another Federal agency, and an explanation of the debtor's rights under 31 U.S.C. 3716; and
(2) Give the debtor the opportunity:
(i) To inspect and copy agency records related to the debt;
(ii) For a review within the agency of the determination of indebtedness in accordance with subpart F of this part; and
(iii) To make a written agreement to repay the debt.
(b) The procedures specified in paragraph (a) of this section are not required when:
(1) The offset is in the nature of a recoupment;
(2) The debt arises under a contract subject to the Contracts Disputes Act;
(3) In the case of a non-centralized administrative offset, the agency first learns of the existence of the amount owed by the debtor when there is insufficient time before payment would be made to the debtor/payee to allow for prior notice and an opportunity for review. When prior notice and an opportunity for review are omitted, the agency will give the debtor such notice and an opportunity for review as soon as practicable and will promptly refund any money ultimately found not to have been owed to the government; or
(4) The agency previously has given a debtor any of the notice and review opportunities required under this part, with respect to a particular debt (see, for example, § 3.11). With respect to loans paid on an installment basis, notice and opportunity to review under this part may only be provided once for the life of the loan upon the occurrence of the first delinquent installment. Subsequently, if an agency elects this option, credit reporting agencies may be furnished periodically with updates as to the current or delinquent status of the loan account and the borrower may receive notice of referral to TOP for delinquent installments without further opportunity for review. Any interest accrued or any installments coming due after the offset is initiated also would not require a new notice and opportunity to review.
(c) The Notice of Intent to Collect by Administrative Offset will be included as part of a demand letter issued under § 3.11 to advise the debtor of all debt collection possibilities that the agency may employ.
§ 3.42 Debtor rights to inspect or copy records, submit repayment proposals, or request administrative review.
(a) A debtor who intends to inspect or copy agency or USDA records with respect to the debt must notify the creditor agency in writing within 30 days of the date of the Notice of Intent to Collect by Administrative Offset. In response, the agency must notify the debtor of the location, time, and any other conditions, consistent with part 1, subpart A, of this title, for inspecting and copying, and that the debtor may be liable for reasonable copying expenses. A decision by the agency under this paragraph will not be subject to review under subpart F of this part or by NAD under part 11 of this title.
(b) The debtor may, in response to the Notice of Intent to Collect by Administrative Offset, propose to the creditor agency a written agreement to repay the debt as an alternative to administrative offset. Any debtor who wishes to do this must submit a written proposal for repayment of the debt, which must be received by the creditor agency within 30 days of the date of the Notice of Intent to Collect by Administrative Offset or 15 days after the date of a decision adverse to the debtor under subpart F of this part. In response, the creditor agency must notify the debtor in writing whether the proposed agreement is acceptable. In exercising its discretion, the creditor agency must balance the government's interest in collecting the debt against fairness to the debtor. A decision by the agency under this paragraph will not be subject to review under subpart F of this part or by NAD under part 11 of this title. For proposed agreements to pay delinquent amounts owed on FSA FLP loans, the proposed payments in the agreement must cure the delinquency before the next loan installment is due, or within 90 days, whichever is sooner.
(c) A debtor must request an administrative review of the debt under subpart F of this part within 30 days of the date of the Notice of Intent to Collect by Administrative Offset for purposes of a proposed collection by non-centralized administrative offset and within 60 days of the date of the Notice of Intent to Collect by Administrative Offset for purposes of a proposed collection by referral to Treasury for centralized offset against other Federal payments that would include tax refunds.
§ 3.43 Non-centralized administrative offset.
(a) In cooperation with the Federal agency certifying or authorizing payments to the debtor, a creditor agency may make a request directly to a payment authorizing agency to offset a payment due a debtor to collect a delinquent debt from, for example, a Federal employee's lump sum payment upon leaving government service in order to pay an unpaid advance. Unless prohibited by law, when centralized administrative offset is not available or appropriate, past due, legally enforceable nontax delinquent debts may be collected through non-centralized administrative offset.
(b) A non-centralized administrative offset may start 31 days after the date of the Notice of Intent to Collect by Administrative Offset, any time after the final determination in an administrative review conducted under subpart F of this part upholds the creditor agency's decision to offset, or any time after the creditor agency notifies the debtor that its repayment proposal submitted under § 3.42(b) is not acceptable if the 30-day period for the debtor to request review of the Notice has expired, unless the creditor agency makes a determination under § 3.41(b)(3) that immediate action to effectuate the offset is necessary.
(c) A payment authorizing agency may conduct a non-centralized administrative offset only after certification by a creditor agency that:
(1) The debtor has been provided notice and opportunity for review as specified in § 3.41; and
(2) The payment authorizing agency has received written certification from the creditor agency that the debtor owes the past due, legally enforceable delinquent debt in the amount stated, and that the creditor agency has fully complied with its regulations concerning administrative offset.
(d) Payment authorizing agencies will comply with offset requests by creditor agencies to collect debts owed to the United States, unless the offset would not be in the interest of the United States with respect to the program of the payment authorizing agency or would otherwise be contrary to law. Appropriate use should be made of the cooperative efforts of other agencies in effecting collection by administrative offset.
(e) When collecting multiple debts by non-centralized administrative offset, agencies will apply the recovered amounts to those debts in accordance with the interests of the United States, as determined by the facts and circumstances of the particular case, particularly the applicable statute of limitations.
(f) Debts arising from the shipment of commodities procured by CCC are subject to the following:
(1) Debts due CCC from a carrier for overcharges will be offset against amounts due to the carrier under freight bills involving shipments if:
(i) The carrier, without reasonable justification, has declined payment of the debt or has failed to pay the debt after being given a reasonable opportunity to make payment; and
(ii) The periods of limitation as specified in 49 U.S.C. 11705(f) or 49 U.S.C. 14705(f) have not expired;
(2) Debts due to CCC from a carrier for loss or damage will be offset against amounts due to the carrier under freight bills involving shipments if:
(i) Timely demand for payment was made on the carrier;
(ii) The carrier has declined payment of the debt without reasonable justification or has ignored the debt; and
(iii) The periods of limitation as specified in 49 U.S.C. 11706(e) or 49 U.S.C. 14706(e) have not expired; and
(3) Any overcharge, loss, or damage debt due to CCC on which the applicable period of limitation has expired may be offset against any amounts owed by CCC to the carrier which are subject to limitation.
§ 3.44 Centralized administrative offset.
(a)(1) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, after the notice and review opportunity requirements of § 3.41 are met, an agency will refer debts which are over 120 days delinquent to Fiscal Service for collection through centralized administrative TOP 61 days after the date of the Notice of Intent to Collect by Administrative Offset provided in accordance with § 3.41. If the debtor requests review under subpart F of this part, referral of the debt must occur within 30 days of the final decision upholding the agency decision to offset the debt if the debt is more than 120 days delinquent.
(2) For FSA FLP and Rural Development debt:
(i) The delinquent loan servicing procedures and timeframes required by the ConAct will be followed; and.
(ii) Offsets will not occur during any moratorium required by the ConAct.
(b) After the notice and review opportunity requirements of § 3.41 are met, and administrative review under subpart F of this part is not sought or is unsuccessful on the part of the debtor, an agency may refer a debt that is less than 120 days delinquent.
(c) Agencies will refer debts to Treasury for collection in accordance with Treasury procedures specified in 31 CFR 285.5.
(d) The agencies will ensure that:
(1) The names and TINs of debtors who owe debts referred to Treasury under this section will be compared to the names and TINs on payments to be made by Federal disbursing officials. Federal disbursing officials include disbursing officials of Treasury, the Department of Defense, the United States Postal Service, other government corporations, and disbursing officials of the United States designated by Treasury. When the name and TIN of a debtor match the name and TIN of a payee and all other requirements for offset have been met, the payment authorizing agency must offset a payment to satisfy the debt.
(2) Any USDA official serving as a Federal disbursing official for purposes of effecting centralized administrative offset under this section, or Fiscal Service on behalf of the disbursing official, must notify a debtor or payee in writing that an offset has occurred to satisfy, in part or in full, a past due, legally enforceable delinquent debt. The notice must include the information specified in paragraph (d)(4) of this section.
(3) As described in 31 CFR 285.5(g)(1) and (2), any USDA official serving as a Federal disbursing official for purposes of centralized administrative offset under this section, or Fiscal Service on behalf of the disbursing official, will furnish a warning notice to a payee or debtor prior to beginning offset of recurring payments. Such warning notice will include the information specified in paragraph (d)(4) of this section.
(4) The notice will include a description of the type and amount of the payment from which the offset was taken, the amount of offset that was taken, the identity of the creditor agency requesting the offset, and a contact point within the creditor agency who will respond to questions regarding the offset.
(5) The priorities for collecting multiple payments owed by a payee or debtor will be those specified in 31 CFR 285.5(f)(3).
§ 3.45 USDA payment authorizing agency offset of pro rata share of payments due entity in which debtor participates.
(a) A USDA payment authorizing agency, to satisfy either a non-centralized or centralized administrative offset under §§ 3.43 and 3.44, may offset:
(1) A debtor's pro rata share of USDA payments due any entity in which the debtor participates, either directly or indirectly, as determined by the creditor agency or the payment authorizing agency or:
(2) USDA payments due any entity that the debtor has established, or reorganized, transferred ownership of, or changed in some other manner the operation of, for the purpose of avoiding payment on the claim or debt, as determined by the creditor agency or the payment authorizing agency.
(b) Prior to exercising the authority of this section to offset any portion of a payment due an entity, the creditor agency must have provided notice to that entity in accordance with § 3.41 of its intent to offset payments to the entity in satisfaction of the debt of an individual debtor participating in that entity.
§ 3.46 Offset against tax refunds.
USDA will take action to effect administrative offset against tax refunds due to debtors under 26 U.S.C. 6402 in accordance with the provisions of 31 U.S.C. 3720A through referral for centralized administrative offset under § 3.44.
§ 3.47 Offset against amounts payable from Civil Service Retirement and Disability Fund.
Upon providing the Office of Personnel Management (OPM) written certification that a debtor has been afforded the procedures provided in § 3.41, creditor agencies may request OPM to offset a debtor's anticipated or future benefit payments under the Civil Service Retirement and Disability Fund (Fund) in accordance with regulations codified at 5 CFR 831.1801 through 831.1808. Upon receipt of such a request, OPM will identify and “flag” a debtor's account in anticipation of the time when the debtor requests, or becomes eligible to receive, payments from the Fund.
Subpart E Administrative Wage Garnishment
§ 3.50 Purpose.
This subpart provides USDA procedures for use of administrative wage garnishment to garnish a debtor's disposable pay to satisfy delinquent nontax debt owed to USDA creditor agencies.
§ 3.51 Scope.
(a) This subpart applies to any agency that administers a program that gives rise to a delinquent nontax debt owed to the United States and to any agency that pursues recovery of such debt.
(b) This subpart will apply notwithstanding any provision of State law.
(c) Nothing in this subpart precludes the compromise of a debt or the suspension or termination of collection action in accordance with the provisions of this part or other applicable law.
(d) The receipt of payments pursuant to this subpart does not preclude an agency from pursuing other debt collection remedies under this part. An agency may pursue such debt collection remedies separately or in conjunction with administrative wage garnishment.
(e) This subpart does not apply to the collection of delinquent nontax debt owed to the United States from the wages of Federal employees from their Federal employment. Federal pay is subject to the salary offset procedures of subpart G of this part.
(f) Nothing in this subpart requires agencies to duplicate notices or administrative proceedings required by contract or other laws or regulations, or other provisions of this part.
(g) This subpart does not apply to foreign debt.
§ 3.52 Definitions.
As used in this subpart the following definitions will apply:
Disposable pay means that part of the debtor's compensation (including, but not limited to, salary, bonuses, commissions, and vacation pay) from an employer remaining after the deduction of health insurance premiums and any amounts required by law to be withheld. For purposes of this section, “amounts required by law to be withheld” include amounts for deductions such as social security taxes and withholding taxes, but do not include any amount withheld pursuant to a court order.
Employer means a person or entity that employs the services of others and that pays their wages or salaries. The term employer includes, but is not limited to, State and local governments, but does not include an agency of the Federal government.
Garnishment means the process of withholding amounts from an employee's disposable pay and the paying of those amounts to a creditor in satisfaction of a withholding order.
Withholding order means any order for withholding or garnishment of pay issued by an agency, or judicial or administrative body. For purposes of this section, the terms “wage garnishment order” and “garnishment order” have the same meaning as “withholding order.”
§ 3.53 Procedures.
(a) USDA has determined to pursue administrative wage garnishment of USDA debtors by referral of nontax legally enforceable debts to Treasury for issuance of garnishment orders by Treasury or its contractors.
(b) As specified in § 3.11, agencies must notify debtors of their intent to pursue garnishment of their disposable pay through referral of the debt to Treasury for issuance of an administrative wage garnishment order and provide debtors with the opportunity for review of the existence of the debt under subpart F of this part within 60 days of the date of the demand letter.
(c) Upon expiration of the 60-day period for review, or upon completion of a review under subpart F of this part that upholds the agency's determination of the debt, USDA will transfer the debt for collection through administrative wage garnishment as well as other means through cross-servicing or centralized administrative offset.
(d) If Treasury elects to pursue collection through administrative wage garnishment, Treasury, or its contractor, will notify the debtor of its intent to initiate garnishment proceedings and provide the debtor with the opportunity to inspect and copy agency records related to the debt, enter into a repayment agreement, or request a hearing as to the existence or amount of the debt or the terms of the proposed repayment schedule under the proposed garnishment order, in accordance with 31 CFR 285.11.
(e) If the debtor requests a hearing at any time, Treasury will forward the request to the USDA creditor agency to which the debt is owed, and the creditor agency will contact the Office of the CFO (OCFO) for selection of a hearing official. The issuance of proposed garnishment orders by Treasury will not be subject to appeal to NAD under part 11 of this title. Hearings will be conducted in accordance with 31 CFR 285.11(f).
(f) OCFO will provide a copy of the hearing official's final decision to Treasury for implementation with respect to the subject garnishment order.
Subpart F Administrative Reviews for Administrative Offset, Administrative Wage Garnishment, and Disclosure to Credit Reporting Agencies
§ 3.60 Applicability.
(a) This section establishes consolidated administrative review procedures for debts subject to administrative offset, administrative wage garnishment, and disclosure to credit reporting agencies, under subparts D and E of this part. A hearing or review under this section will satisfy the required opportunity for administrative review by the agency of the determination of a debt for both administrative offset and administrative wage garnishment that is required before transfer to Treasury for collection or collection by the agency through non-centralized administrative offset.
(b) For debt collection proceedings initiated by FSA, CCC (with respect to domestic programs), FCIC, the Rural Housing Service, the Rural Business-Cooperative Service, the Risk Management Agency, the Natural Resources Conservation Service, Rural Development, and the Rural Utilities Service (but not for programs authorized by the Rural Electrification Act of 1936 or the Rural Telephone Bank Act, 7 U.S.C. 901-950cc-2), part 11 of this title will be applicable and not the provisions of this subpart.
[85 FR 36672, June 17, 2020, as amended at 88 FR 89276, Dec. 27, 2023]
§ 3.61 Presiding employee.
An agency reviewing officer may be an agency employee, or the agency may provide for reviews to be done by another agency through an interagency agreement. No agency employee may act as a reviewing officer for the consideration of collection by administrative offset in a matter for which the employee was a contracting officer or a debt management officer.
§ 3.62 Procedures.
(a) A debtor who receives a Notice of Intent to Collect by Administrative Offset, Notice of Disclosure to Credit Reporting Agencies, or Notice of Intent to Collect by Administrative Wage Garnishment, or more than one of the above simultaneously, may request administrative review of the agency's determination that the debt exists and the amount of the debt. Any debtor who wishes to do this must submit a written explanation of why the debtor disagrees and requests review. The request must be received by the creditor agency within 60 days of the date of the notice in the case of a Notice of Intent to Collect by Administrative Offset that includes referral to Treasury for offset against other Federal payments including tax refunds and 30 days in the case of all other notices.
(b) In response, the creditor agency must notify the debtor in writing whether the review will be by documentary review or by hearing. An oral hearing is not necessary with respect to debt collection systems in which a determination of indebtedness rarely involves issues of credibility or veracity and the agency has determined that review of the written record is ordinarily an adequate means to correct prior mistakes. The agency will provide the debtor with a reasonable opportunity for an oral hearing when the debtor requests reconsideration of the debt and the agency determines that the question of the indebtedness cannot be resolved by review of the documentary evidence, for example, when the validity of the debt turns on an issue of credibility or veracity. If the debtor requests a hearing, and the creditor agency decides to conduct a documentary review, the agency must notify the debtor of the reason why a hearing will not be granted. The agency must also advise the debtor of the procedures to be used in reviewing the documentary record, or of the date, location and procedures to be used if review is by a hearing.
(c) An oral hearing may, at the debtor's option, be conducted either in-person or by telephone conference. All travel expenses incurred by the debtor in connection with an in-person hearing will be borne by the debtor. All telephonic charges incurred during the hearing will be the responsibility of the agency.
(d) After the debtor requests a hearing, the hearing official will notify the debtor of:
(1) The date and time of a telephonic hearing;
(2) The date, time, and location of an in-person oral hearing; or
(3) The deadline for the submission of evidence for a documentary review.
(e) Unless otherwise arranged by mutual agreement between the debtor and the agency, evidenced in writing, any documentary review or hearing will be conducted not less than 10 days and no more than 45 days after receipt of the request for review.
(f) Unless otherwise arranged by mutual agreement between the debtor and the agency, evidenced in writing, a documentary review or hearing will be based on agency records plus other relevant documentary evidence which may be submitted by the debtor within 10 days after the request for review is received.
(g) The hearing procedure will consist of:
(1) Hearings will be as informal as possible and will be conducted by a reviewing officer in a fair and expeditious manner. The reviewing officer need not use the formal rules of evidence with regard to the admissibility of evidence or the use of evidence once admitted. However, clearly irrelevant material should not be admitted, whether or not any party objects. Any party to the hearing may offer exhibits, such as copies of financial records, telephone memoranda, or agreements, provided the opposing party is notified at least 5 days before the hearing.
(2) The agency will have the burden of going forward to prove the existence or amount of the debt.
(i) Thereafter, if the debtor disputes the existence or amount of the debt, the debtor must prove by a preponderance of the evidence that no debt exists or that the amount of the debt is incorrect.
(ii) In addition, the debtor may present evidence that repayment would cause a financial hardship to the debtor or that collection of the debt may not be pursued due to operation of law.
(3) Witnesses must testify under oath or affirmation.
(4) Debtors may represent themselves or may be represented at their own expense by an attorney or other person.
(5) The substance of all significant matters discussed at the hearing must be recorded. No official record or transcript of the hearing need be created, but if a debtor requested that a transcript be made, it will be at the debtor's expense.
(h) In the absence of good cause shown, a debtor who fails to appear at a hearing scheduled pursuant to paragraph (d) of this section will be deemed as not having timely filed a request for a hearing.
(i) The determination will be made:
(1) Within no more than 30 days after the hearing or receipt of documentation for the documentary review, the reviewing officer will issue a written decision to the debtor and the agency, including the supporting rationale for the decision. The deadline for issuance of the decision may be extended by the reviewing officer for good cause for no more than 30 days.
(2) The written decision will include:
(i) A summary of the facts presented;
(ii) The hearing official's findings, analysis and conclusions; and
(iii) Resolution of any significant procedural matter which was in dispute before or during the hearing or documentary review.
(j) The reviewing officer's decision constitutes final agency action for purposes of judicial review under the Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. 701-703) as to the following issues:
(1) All issues of fact relating to the basis of the debt (including the existence of the debt and the propriety of administrative offset), in cases where the debtor previously had not been afforded due process; and
(2) The existence of the debt and the propriety of administrative offset, in cases where the debtor previously had been afforded due process as to issues of fact relating to the basis of the debt.
(k) The reviewing officer will promptly distribute copies of the decision to the USDA CFO, the agency CFO (if any), the agency debt management officer, the debtor, and the debtor's representative, if any.
Subpart G Federal Salary Offset
Authority: 5 U.S.C. 5514; and 5 CFR part 550, subpart K.
§ 3.70 Scope.
(a) The provisions of this subpart specify USDA procedures for the collection of a Federal employee's pay by salary offset to satisfy certain valid and past due debts owed the government.
(b) This subpart applies to:
(1) Current USDA employees and employees of other agencies who owe debts to USDA; and
(2) Current USDA employees who owe debts to other agencies.
(c) This subpart does not apply to debts owed by FSA county executive directors or non-Federal county office employees. For debts owed by FSA county executive directors or non-Federal county office employees to CCC or FSA, the salaries of these employees are subject to administrative offset not to exceed 15 percent of the employee's disposable pay. CCC and FSA will follow the notification requirements and procedures for collection by administrative offset as specified in 31 CFR part 285 and 31 U.S.C. 3716.
(d) This subpart does not apply to debts or claims arising under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (26 U.S.C. 1-8023); the tariff laws of the United States; or to any case where collection of a debt by salary offset is explicitly provided for or prohibited by another law (for example travel advances in 5 U.S.C. 5705 or employee training expense in 5 U.S.C. 4108).
(e) This subpart identifies the types of salary offset available to USDA, as well as certain rights provided to the employee, which include a written notice before deductions begin and the opportunity to petition for a hearing and to receive a written decision if a hearing is granted. The rights provided by this section do not extend to:
(1) Any adjustment to pay arising out of an employee's election of coverage or a change in coverage under a Federal benefits program requiring periodic deductions from pay, if the amount to be recovered was accumulated over four pay periods or less;
(2) A routine intra-agency adjustment of pay that is made to correct an overpayment of pay attributable to clerical or administrative errors or delays in processing pay documents, if the overpayment occurred within the four pay periods preceding the adjustment and, at the time of such adjustment, or as soon thereafter as practical, the individual is provided written notice of the nature and the amount of the adjustment and point of contact for contesting such adjustment; or
(3) Any adjustment to collect a debt amounting to $50 or less, if, at the time of such adjustment, or as soon thereafter as practical, the individual is provided written notice of the nature and the amount of the adjustment and a point of contact for contesting such adjustment.
(f) These regulations do not preclude an employee from:
(1) Requesting waiver of an erroneous overpayment under 5 U.S.C. 5584, 10 U.S.C. 2774, or 32 U.S.C. 716;
(2) Requesting waiver of any other type of debt, if waiver is available by law; or
(3) Questioning the amount or validity of a debt, in the manner prescribed by this part.
(g) Nothing in these regulations precludes the compromise, suspension or termination of collection actions where appropriate under USDA regulations contained elsewhere.
§ 3.71 Definitions.
As used in this subpart the following definitions will apply:
Disposable pay means that part of current basic pay, special pay, incentive pay, retired pay, retainer pay, or in the case of an employee not entitled to basic pay, other authorized pay remaining after the deduction of any amount required by law to be withheld (other than deductions to execute garnishment orders in accordance with 5 CFR parts 581 and 582). Among the legally required deductions that must be applied first to determine disposable pay are levies pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code (title 26, United States Code) and deductions described in 5 CFR 581.105(b) through (f).
Salary offset means a reduction of a debt by offset(s) from the disposable pay of an employee without his or her consent.
Waiver means the cancellation, remission, forgiveness, or non-recovery of a debt owed by an employee to an agency as permitted or required by 5 U.S.C. 5584, 10 U.S.C. 2774, or 32 U.S.C. 716, 5 U.S.C. 8346(b), or any other law.
§ 3.72 Coordinating offset with another Federal agency.
(a) When USDA is owed a debt by an employee of another agency, the other agency will not initiate the requested offset until USDA provides the agency with a written certification that the debtor owes USDA a debt (including the amount and basis of the debt and the due date of the payment) and that USDA has complied with these regulations.
(b) USDA may use salary offset against one of its employees who is indebted to another agency, if requested to do so by that agency. Such a request must be accompanied by;
(1) A certification by the requesting agency that the person owes the debt (including the amount and basis of the debt and the due date of the payment).
(2) That the agency has complied with its regulations required by 5 U.S.C. 5514 and 5 CFR part 550, subpart K.
(c) Debts may be referred to Treasury under § 3.44 for collection through salary offset in accordance with 31 CFR 285.7.
§ 3.73 Determination of indebtedness.
(a) In determining that an employee is indebted to USDA and that 31 CFR parts 900 through 904 have been satisfied and that salary offset is appropriate, USDA will review the debt to make sure that it is valid and past due.
(b) If USDA determines that any of the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section have not been met, no determination of indebtedness will be made and salary offset will not proceed until USDA is assured that the requirements have been met.
§ 3.74 Notice requirements before offset.
Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, salary offset will not be made unless USDA first provides the employee with a minimum of 30 days written notice. This Notice of Intent to Offset Salary will state:
(a) That USDA has reviewed the records relating to the debt and has determined that a debt is owed, the amount of the debt, and the facts giving rise to the debt;
(b) USDA's intention to collect the debt by means of deduction from the employee's current disposable pay until the debt and all accumulated interest are paid in full;
(c) The approximate beginning date, frequency, and amount of the intended deduction (stated as a fixed dollar amount or as a percentage of pay, not to exceed 15 percent of disposable pay), and the intention to continue the deductions until the debt is paid in full or otherwise resolved;
(d) An explanation of USDA requirements concerning interest, penalties and administrative costs; unless such payments are waived in accordance with 31 U.S.C. 3717 and § 3.17;
(e) The employee's right to inspect and copy USDA records relating to the debt;
(f) The employee's right to enter into a written agreement with USDA for a repayment schedule differing from that proposed by USDA, so long as the terms of the repayment schedule proposed by the employee are agreeable to USDA;
(g) The employee's right to a hearing conducted by a hearing official on USDA's determination of the debt, the amount of the debt, or percentage of disposable pay to be deducted each pay period, so long as a petition is filed by the employee as prescribed by USDA;
(h) That the timely filing of a petition for hearing will stay the collection proceedings;
(i) That a final decision on the hearing will be issued at the earliest practical date, but not later than 60 days after the filing of the petition requesting the hearing, unless the employee requests, and the hearing officer grants, a delay in the proceedings;
(j) That any knowingly false or frivolous statements, representations, or evidence may subject the employee to:
(1) Disciplinary procedures appropriate under 5 U.S.C. chapter 75, 5 CFR part 752, or any other applicable laws or regulations;
(2) Penalties under the False Claims Act, 31 U.S.C. 3729-3731, or any other applicable statutory authority; or
(3) Criminal penalties under 18 U.S.C. 286, 287, 1001, and 1002 or any other applicable statutory authority;
(k) Any other rights and remedies available to the employee under laws or regulations governing the program for which the collection is being made;
(l) That amounts paid on or deducted for the debt which are later waived or found not owed to the United States will be promptly refunded to the employee, unless there are applicable contractual or statutory provisions to the contrary;
(m) The method and time period for requesting a hearing; and
(n) The name and address of an official of USDA to whom communications must be directed.
§ 3.75 Request for a hearing.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, an employee must file a petition to request a hearing that is received by USDA not later than 30 days from the date of the USDA notice described in § 3.74, if an employee wants a hearing concerning:
(1) The existence or amount of the debt; or
(2) USDA's proposed salary offset schedule (including percentage).
(b) The petition must be signed by the employee and must identify and explain with reasonable specificity and brevity the facts, evidence and witnesses which the employee believes support his or her position. If the employee objects to the percentage of disposable pay to be deducted from each check, the petition must state the objection and the reasons for it.
(c) If the employee files a petition for a hearing later than the 30 days as described in paragraph (a) of this section, the hearing officer may accept the request if the employee can show that the delay was because of circumstances beyond his or her control or because of failure to receive notice of the filing deadline (unless the employee has actual notice of the filing deadline).
§ 3.76 Result if employee fails to meet deadlines.
An employee will not be granted a hearing and will have his or her disposable pay offset as specified in USDA's offset schedule if the employee:
(a) Fails to file a petition for a hearing as prescribed in § 3.75; or
(b) Is scheduled to appear and fails to appear at the hearing.
§ 3.77 Hearing.
(a) If an employee timely files a petition for a hearing under § 3.75, USDA will select the time, date, and location for the hearing.
(b) A hearing will not be held and Federal salary offset will not be pursued if the cost of the hearing is greater than the delinquent debt.
(c)(1) Hearings will be conducted by the hearing official designated in accordance with 5 CFR 550.1107; and
(2) Rules of evidence will not be adhered to, but the hearing official will consider all evidence that he or she determines to be relevant to the debt that is the subject of the hearing and weigh it accordingly, given all of the facts and circumstances surrounding the debt.
(d) USDA will have the burden of going forward to prove the existence of the debt.
(e) The employee requesting the hearing will bear the ultimate burden of proof.
(f) The evidence presented by the employee must prove that no debt exists or cast sufficient doubt such that reasonable minds could differ as to the existence of the debt.
§ 3.78 Written decision following a hearing.
Written decisions provided after a hearing will include:
(a) A statement of the facts presented at the hearing to support the nature and origin of the alleged debt and those presented to refute the debt;
(b) The hearing officer's analysis, findings, and conclusions, considering all the evidence presented and the respective burdens of the parties, in light of the hearing;
(c) The amount and validity of the alleged debt determined as a result of the hearing;
(d) The payment schedule (including percentage of disposable pay), if applicable;
(e) The determination that the amount of the debt at this hearing is the final agency action on this matter regarding the existence and amount of the debt for purposes of executing salary offset under 5 U.S.C. 5514. However, even if the hearing official determines that a debt may not be collected by salary offset, but the creditor agency finds that the debt is still valid, the creditor agency may still pursue collection of the debt by other means authorized by this part; and
(f) Notice that the final determination by the hearing official regarding the existence and amount of a debt is subject to referral to Treasury under § 3.33 in the same manner as any other delinquent debt.
§ 3.79 Review of USDA records related to the debt.
(a) Notification by employee. An employee who intends to inspect or copy USDA records related to the debt must send a letter to USDA stating his or her intention. The letter must be received by USDA within 30 days of the date of the Notice of Intent to Offset Salary.
(b) USDA response. In response to the timely notice submitted by the debtor as described in paragraph (a) of this section, USDA will notify the employee of the location and time when the employee may inspect and copy USDA records related to the debt.
§ 3.80 Written agreement to repay debts as alternative to salary offset.
(a)(1) The employee may propose, in response to a Notice of Intent to Offset Salary, a written agreement to repay the debt as an alternative to salary offset. Any employee who wishes to do this must submit a proposed written agreement to repay the debt that is received by USDA within 30 days of the date of the Notice of Intent to Offset Salary or 15 days after the date of a hearing decision issued under § 3.78.
(2) For FSA FLP debt, an alternative repayment agreement submitted after a hearing decision must include a payment schedule similar to the payment schedule in the hearing decision and include payment amounts that are at least equal to the payment amounts in the hearing decision.
(b) USDA will notify the employee whether the employee's proposed written agreement for repayment is acceptable. USDA may accept a repayment agreement instead of proceeding by offset. In making this determination, USDA will balance the USDA interest in collecting the debt against hardship to the employee. If the debt is delinquent and the employee has not disputed its existence or amount, USDA will accept a repayment agreement, instead of offset, for good cause such as, if the employee is able to establish that offset would result in undue financial hardship or would be against equity and good conscience. For FSA FLP debt, a decision by USDA under this paragraph is not subject to review by NAD under part 11 of this title.
§ 3.81 Procedures for salary offset: when deductions may begin.
(a) Deductions to liquidate an employee's debt will be by the method and in the amount stated in USDA's Notice of Intent to Offset Salary to collect from the employee's current pay.
(b) If the employee filed a petition for a hearing with USDA before the expiration of the period provided for in § 3.75, then deductions will begin after the hearing officer has provided the employee with a hearing, and a final written decision has been rendered in favor of USDA.
(c) If an employee retires or resigns before collection of the amount of the indebtedness is completed, the remaining indebtedness will be collected according to the procedures for administrative offset (see subpart D of this part).
§ 3.82 Procedures for salary offset: types of collection.
A debt will be collected in a lump-sum or in installments. Collection will be by lump-sum collection unless the employee is financially unable to pay in one lump-sum, or if the amount of the debt exceeds 15 percent of disposable pay for an ordinary pay period. In these cases, deduction will be by installments, as specified in § 3.83.
§ 3.83 Procedures for salary offset: methods of collection.
(a) General. A debt will be collected by deductions at officially-established pay intervals from an employee's current pay account, unless the employee and USDA agree to alternative arrangements for repayment under § 3.80.
(b) Installment deductions. Installment deductions will be made over a period not greater than the anticipated period of employment. The size and frequency of installment deductions will bear a reasonable relation to the size of the debt and the employee's ability to pay. However, the amount deducted for any period will not exceed 15 percent of the disposable pay from which the deduction is made, unless the employee has agreed in writing to the deduction of a greater amount. If possible, the installment payment will be sufficient in size and frequency to liquidate the debt in no more than 3 years. Installment payments of less than $25 per pay period or $50 a month will be accepted only in the most unusual circumstances.
(c) Sources of deductions. USDA will make deductions only from basic pay, special pay, incentive pay, retired pay, retainer pay, or in the case of an employee not entitled to basic pay, other authorized pay.
§ 3.84 Procedures for salary offset: imposition of interest, penalties, and administrative costs.
Interest, penalties and administrative costs will be charged in accordance with § 3.17.
§ 3.85 Non-waiver of rights.
So long as there are no statutory or contractual provisions to the contrary, no employee payment (or all or portion of a debt) collected under these regulations will be interpreted as a waiver of any rights that the employee may have under 5 U.S.C. 5514.
§ 3.86 Refunds.
USDA will refund promptly to the appropriate individual amounts offset under these regulations when:
(a) A debt is waived or otherwise found not owed to the United States (unless expressly prohibited by law or regulation); or
(b) USDA is directed by an administrative or judicial order to refund amounts deducted from the employee's current pay.
§ 3.87 Agency regulations.
USDA agencies may issue regulations or policies not inconsistent with OPM regulations (5 CFR part 550, subpart K) and regulations in this subpart governing the collection of a debt by salary offset.
Subpart H Cooperation With the Internal Revenue Service
Authority: 26 U.S.C. 61; 31 U.S.C. 3720A.
§ 3.90 Reporting discharged debts to the Internal Revenue Service.
When USDA discharges a debt, whether for the full value or less, it will report the discharge to the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) in accordance with current IRS instructions.
Subpart I Adjusted Civil Monetary Penalties
Authority: 28 U.S.C. 2461 note.
§ 3.91 Adjusted civil monetary penalties.
(a) In general—(1) Adjustments. The Secretary will adjust the civil monetary penalties, listed in paragraph (b) of this section, to take account of inflation as mandated by the Federal Civil Penalties Inflation Adjustment Act Improvements Act of 2015, as amended.
(2) Timing. Any increase in the dollar amount of a civil monetary penalty listed in paragraph (b) of this section applies only to violations occurring after May 29, 2025.
(3) Illustrative purposes. The descriptions of the civil monetary penalties listed in paragraph (b) of this section are for illustrative purposes only. This section does not amend, interpret, implement, or alter in any way the statutory provisions in which the civil monetary penalties listed in paragraph (b) of this section are set. Moreover, the descriptions of the civil monetary penalties listed in paragraph (b) of this section do not necessarily contain a complete description of the circumstances (for example, requirements regarding the “state of mind” of the violator(s), requirements regarding the type of law or issuance violated, etc.) under which the penalties are assessed. Persons should consult the statutory text in which the civil monetary penalties are set and any implementing regulations to make applicability determinations.
(b) Penalties—(1) Agricultural Marketing Service. (i) Civil penalty for improper record keeping codified at 7 U.S.C. 136i-1(d), has: A maximum of $1,182 in the case of the first offense, and a minimum of $2,296 in the case of subsequent offenses, except that the penalty will be less than $2,296 if the Secretary determines that the person made a good faith effort to comply.
(ii) Civil penalty for a violation of the unfair conduct rule under the Perishable Agricultural Commodities Act, in lieu of license revocation or suspension, codified at 7 U.S.C. 499b(5), has a maximum of $6,435.
(iii) Civil penalty for violation of the licensing requirements under the Perishable Agricultural Commodities Act, codified at 7 U.S.C. 499c(a), has a maximum of $2,054 for each such offense and not more than $513 for each day it continues, or a maximum of $513 for each offense if the Secretary determines the violation was not willful.
(iv) Civil penalty in lieu of license suspension under the Perishable Agricultural Commodities Act, codified at 7 U.S.C. 499h(e), has a maximum penalty of $4,108 for each violative transaction or each day the violation continues.
(v) Civil penalty for a violation of the Export Apple Act, codified at 7 U.S.C. 586, has a minimum of $187 and a maximum of $18,767.
(vi) Civil penalty for a violation of the Export Grape and Plum Act, codified at 7 U.S.C. 596, has a minimum of $358 and a maximum of $35,910.
(vii) Civil penalty for a violation of an order issued by the Secretary under the Agricultural Adjustment Act, reenacted with amendments by the Agricultural Marketing Agreement Act of 1937, codified at 7 U.S.C. 608c(14)(B), has a maximum of $3,592. Each day the violation continues is a separate violation.
(viii) Civil penalty for failure to file certain reports under the Agricultural Adjustment Act, reenacted by the Agricultural Marketing Agreement Act of 1937, codified at 7 U.S.C. 610(c), has a maximum of $358.
(ix) Civil penalty for a violation of a seed program under the Federal Seed Act, codified at 7 U.S.C. 1596(b), has a minimum of $122 and a maximum of $2,449.
(x) Civil penalty for failure to collect any assessment or fee for a violation of the Cotton Research and Promotion Act, codified at 7 U.S.C. 2112(b), has a maximum of $3,592.
(xi) Civil penalty for failure to pay, collect, or remit any assessment or fee for a violation of a program under the Potato Research and Promotion Act, codified at 7 U.S.C. 2621(b)(1), has a minimum of $1,610 and a maximum of $14,847.
(xii) Civil penalty for failure to obey a cease-and-desist order under the Potato Research and Promotion Act, codified at 7 U.S.C. 2621(b)(3), has a maximum of $1,610. Each day the violation continues is a separate violation.
(xiii) Civil penalty for failure to pay, collect, or remit any assessment or fee or for a violation of a program under the Egg Research and Consumer Information Act, codified at 7 U.S.C. 2714(b)(1), has a minimum of $1,861 and a maximum of $18,611.
(xiv) Civil penalty for failure to obey a cease-and-desist order under the Egg Research and Consumer Information Act, codified at 7 U.S.C. 2714(b)(3), has a maximum of $1,861. Each day the violation continues is a separate violation.
(xv) Civil penalty for failure to remit any assessment or fee or for a violation of a program under the Beef Research and Information Act, codified at 7 U.S.C. 2908(a)(2), has a maximum of $14,519.
(xvi) Civil penalty for failure to remit any assessment or for a violation of a program regarding wheat and wheat foods research, codified at 7 U.S.C. 3410(b), has a maximum of $3,592.
(xvii) Civil penalty for failure to pay, collect, or remit any assessment or fee or for a violation of a program under the Floral Research and Consumer Information Act, codified at 7 U.S.C. 4314(b)(1), has a minimum of $1,691 and a maximum of $16,899.
(xviii) Civil penalty for failure to obey a cease-and-desist order under the Floral Research and Consumer Information Act, codified at 7 U.S.C. 4314(b)(3), has a maximum of $1,691. Each day the violation continues is a separate violation.
(xix) Civil penalty for violation of an order under the Dairy Promotion Program, codified at 7 U.S.C. 4510(b), has a maximum of $3,124.
(xx) Civil penalty for pay, collect, or remit any assessment or fee or for a violation of the Honey Research, Promotion, and Consumer Information Act, codified at 7 U.S.C. 4610(b)(1), has a minimum of $939 and a maximum of $9,624.
(xxi) Civil penalty for failure to obey a cease-and-desist order under the Honey Research, Promotion, and Consumer Information Act, codified at 7 U.S.C. 4610(b)(3), has a maximum of $961. Each day the violation continues is a separate violation.
(xxii) Civil penalty for a violation of a program under the Pork Promotion, Research, and Consumer Information Act of 1985, codified at 7 U.S.C. 4815(b)(1)(A)(i), has a maximum of $2,905.
(xxiii) Civil penalty for failure to obey a cease-and-desist order under the Pork Promotion, Research, and Consumer Information Act of 1985, codified at 7 U.S.C. 4815(b)(3)(A), has a maximum of $1,453. Each day the violation continues is a separate violation.
(xxiv) Civil penalty for failure to pay, collect, or remit any assessment or fee or for a violation of a program under the Watermelon Research and Promotion Act, codified at 7 U.S.C. 4910(b)(1), has a minimum of $1,453 and a maximum of $14,519.
(xxv) Civil penalty for failure to obey a cease-and-desist order under the Watermelon Research and Promotion Act, codified at 7 U.S.C. 4910(b)(3), has a maximum of $1,453. Each day the violation continues is a separate violation.
(xxvi) Civil penalty for failure to pay, collect, or remit any assessment or fee or for a violation of a program under the Pecan Promotion and Research Act of 1990, codified at 7 U.S.C. 6009(c)(1), has a minimum of $2,364 and a maximum of $23,634.
(xxvii) Civil penalty for failure to obey a cease-and-desist order under the Pecan Promotion and Research Act of 1990, codified at 7 U.S.C. 6009(e), has a maximum of $2,362.
(xxviii) Civil penalty for failure to pay, collect, or remit any assessment or fee or for a violation of a program under the Mushroom Promotion, Research, and Consumer Information Act of 1990, codified at 7 U.S.C. 6107(c)(1), has a minimum of $1,149 and a maximum of $11,489.
(xxix) Civil penalty for failure to obey a cease-and-desist order under the Mushroom Promotion, Research, and Consumer Information Act of 1990, codified at 7 U.S.C. 6107(e), has a maximum of $1,149. Each day the violation continues is a separate violation.
(xxx) Civil penalty for failure to pay, collect, or remit any assessment or fee or for a violation of the Lime Research, Promotion, and Consumer Information Act of 1990, codified at 7 U.S.C. 6207(c)(1), has a minimum of $1,149 and a maximum of $11,489.
(xxxi) Civil penalty for failure to obey a cease-and-desist order under the Lime Research, Promotion, and Consumer Information Act of 1990, codified at 7 U.S.C. 6207(e), has a maximum of $1,149. Each day the violation continues is a separate violation.
(xxxii) Civil penalty for failure to pay, collect, or remit any assessment or fee or for a violation of a program under the Soybean Promotion, Research, and Consumer Information Act, codified a 7 U.S.C. 6307(c)(1)(A), has a maximum of $2,364.
(xxxiii) Civil penalty for failure to obey a cease-and-desist order under the Soybean Promotion, Research, and Consumer Information Act, codified at 7 U.S.C. 6307(e), has a maximum of $11,767. Each day the violation continues is a separate violation.
(xxxiv) Civil penalty for failure to pay, collect, or remit any assessment or fee or for a violation of a program under the Fluid Milk Promotion Act of 1990, codified at 7 U.S.C. 6411(c)(1)(A), has a minimum of $1,149 and a maximum of $11,489, or in the case of a violation that is willful, codified at 7 U.S.C. 6411(c)(1)(B), has a minimum of $22,576 and a maximum of $229,739.
(xxxv) Civil penalty for failure to obey a cease-and-desist order under the Fluid Milk Promotion Act of 1990, codified at 7 U.S.C. 6411(e), has a maximum of $11,823. Each day the violation continues is a separate violation.
(xxxvi) Civil penalty for knowingly labeling or selling a product as organic except in accordance with the Organic Foods Production Act of 1990, codified at 7 U.S.C. 6519(c), has a maximum of $22,974.
(xxxvii) Civil penalty for failure to pay, collect, or remit any assessment or fee or for a violation of a program under the Fresh Cut Flowers and Fresh Cut Greens Promotion and Information Act of 1993, codified at 7 U.S.C. 6808(c)(1)(A)(i), has a minimum of $1,083 and a maximum of $10,831.
(xxxviii) Civil penalty for failure to obey a cease-and-desist order under the Fresh Cut Flowers and Fresh Cut Greens Promotion and Information Act of 1993, codified at 7 U.S.C. 6808(e)(1), has a maximum of $10,831. Each day the violation continues is a separate violation.
(xxxix) Civil penalty for a violation of a program under the Sheep Promotion, Research, and Information Act of 1994, codified at 7 U.S.C. 7107(c)(1)(A), has a maximum of $2,111.
(xl) Civil penalty for failure to obey a cease-and-desist order under the Sheep Promotion, Research, and Information Act of 1994, codified at 7 U.S.C. 7107(e), has a maximum of $1,055. Each day the violation continues is a separate violation.
(xli) Civil penalty for a violation of an order or regulation issued under the Commodity Promotion, Research, and Information Act of 1996, codified at 7 U.S.C. 7419(c)(1), has a minimum of $1,992 and a maximum of $19,939 for each violation.
(xlii) Civil penalty for failure to obey a cease-and-desist order under the Commodity Promotion, Research, and Information Act of 1996, codified at 7 U.S.C. 7419(e), has a minimum of $1,992 and a maximum of $19,939. Each day the violation continues is a separate violation.
(xliii) Civil penalty for a violation of an order or regulation issued under the Canola and Rapeseed Research, Promotion, and Consumer Information Act, codified at 7 U.S.C. 7448(c)(1)(A)(i), has a maximum of $1,992 for each violation.
(xliv) Civil penalty for failure to obey a cease-and-desist order under the Canola and Rapeseed Research, Promotion, and Consumer Information Act, codified at 7 U.S.C. 7448(e), has a maximum of $9,970. Each day the violation continues is a separate violation.
(xlv) Civil penalty for violation of an order or regulation issued under the National Kiwifruit Research, Promotion, and Consumer Information Act, codified at 7 U.S.C. 7468(c)(1), has a minimum of $998 and a maximum of $9,970 for each violation.
(xlvi) Civil penalty for failure to obey a cease-and-desist order under the National Kiwifruit Research, Promotion, and Consumer Information Act, codified at 7 U.S.C. 7468(e), has a maximum of $998. Each day the violation continues is a separate violation.
(xlvii) Civil penalty for a violation of an order or regulation under the Popcorn Promotion, Research, and Consumer Information Act, codified at 7 U.S.C. 7487(a), has a maximum of $1,992 for each violation.
(xlviii) Civil penalty for certain violations under the Egg Products Inspection Act, codified at 21 U.S.C. 1041(c)(1)(A), has a maximum of $11,489 for each violation.
(xlix) Civil penalty for violation of an order or regulation issued under the Hass Avocado Promotion, Research, and Information Act of 2000, codified at 7 U.S.C. 7807(c)(1)(A)(i), has a minimum of $1,812 and a maximum of $18,124 for each violation.
(l) Civil penalty for failure to obey a cease-and-desist order under the Hass Avocado Promotion, Research, and Information Act of 2000, codified at 7 U.S.C. 7807(e)(1), has a maximum of $18,141 for each offense. Each day the violation continues is a separate violation.
(li) Civil penalty for violation of certain provisions of the Livestock Mandatory Reporting Act of 1999, codified a 7 U.S.C. 1636b(a)(1), has a maximum of $18,767 for each violation.
(lii) Civil penalty for failure to obey a cease-and-desist order under the Livestock Mandatory Reporting Act of 1999, codified a 7 U.S.C. 1636b(g)(3), has a maximum of $18,767 for each violation. Each day the violation continues is a separate violation.
(liii) Civil penalty for failure to obey an order of the Secretary issued pursuant to the Dairy Product Mandatory Reporting program, codified at 7 U.S.C. 1637b(c)(4)(D)(iii), has a maximum of $18,141 for each offense.
(liv) Civil penalty for a willful violation of the Country of Origin Labeling program by a retailer or person engaged in the business of supplying a covered commodity to a retailer, codified at 7 U.S.C. 1638b(b)(2), has a maximum of $1,458 for each violation.
(lv) Civil penalty for violations of the Dairy Research Program, codified at 7 U.S.C. 4535 and 4510(b), has a maximum of $3,124 for each violation.
(lvi) Civil penalty for a packer or swine contractor violation, codified at 7 U.S.C. 193(b), has a maximum of $35,904.
(lvii) Civil penalty for a livestock market agency or dealer failure to register, codified at 7 U.S.C. 203, has a maximum of $2,448 and not more than $122 for each day the violation continues.
(lviii) Civil penalty for operating without filing, or in violation of, a stockyard rate schedule, or of a regulation or order of the Secretary made thereunder, codified at 7 U.S.C. 207(g), has a maximum of $2,449 and not more than $122 for each day the violation continues.
(lix) Civil penalty for a stockyard owner, livestock market agency, or dealer, who engages in or uses any unfair, unjustly discriminatory, or deceptive practice or device in connection with determining whether persons should be authorized to operate at the stockyards, or with receiving, marketing, buying, or selling on a commission basis or otherwise, feeding, watering, holding, delivery, shipment, weighing, or handling of livestock, codified at 7 U.S.C. 213(b), has a maximum of $35,904.
(lx) Civil penalty for a stockyard owner, livestock market agency, or dealer, who knowingly fails to obey any order made under the provisions of 7 U.S.C. 211, 212, or 213, codified at 7 U.S.C. 215(a), has a maximum of $2,449.
(lxi) Civil penalty for live poultry dealer violations, codified at 7 U.S.C. 228b-2(b), has a maximum of $104,446.
(lxii) Civil penalty for a violation, codified at 7 U.S.C. 86(c), has a maximum of $350,870.
(lxiii) Civil penalty for failure to comply with certain provisions of the U.S. Warehouse Act, codified at 7 U.S.C. 254, has a maximum of $45,354 per violation if an agricultural product is not involved in the violation.
(2) Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service. (i) Civil penalty for a violation of the imported seed provisions of the Federal Seed Act, codified at 7 U.S.C. 1596(b), has a minimum of $122 and a maximum of $2,449.
(ii) Civil penalty for a violation of the Animal Welfare Act, codified at 7 U.S.C. 2149(b), has a maximum of $14,575, and knowing failure to obey a cease-and-desist order has a civil penalty of $2,185.
(iii) Civil penalty for any person that causes harm to, or interferes with, an animal used for the purposes of official inspection by USDA, codified at 7 U.S.C. 2279e(a), has a maximum of $18,141.
(iv) Civil penalty for a violation of the Swine Health Protection Act, codified at 7 U.S.C. 3805(a), has a maximum of $36,461.
(v) Civil penalty for any person that violates the Plant Protection Act (PPA), or that forges, counterfeits, or, without authority from the Secretary, uses, alters, defaces, or destroys any certificate, permit, or other document provided for in the PPA, codified a 7 U.S.C. 7734(b)(1), has a maximum of the greater of: $90,708 in the case of any individual (except that the civil penalty may not exceed $1,813 in the case of an initial violation of the PPA by an individual moving regulated articles not for monetary gain), $453,537 in the case of any other person for each violation, $728,765 for all violations adjudicated in a single proceeding if the violations do not include a willful violation, and $1,457,528 for all violations adjudicated in a single proceeding if the violations include a willful violation; or twice the gross gain or gross loss for any violation, forgery, counterfeiting, unauthorized us, defacing, or destruction of a certificate, permit, or other document provided for in the PPA that results in the person deriving pecuniary gain or causing pecuniary loss to another.
(vi) Civil penalty for any person (except as provided in 7 U.S.C. 8309(d)) that violates the Animal Health Protection Act (AHPA), or that forges, counterfeits, or, without authority from the Secretary, uses, alters, defaces, or destroys any certificate, permit, or other document provided under the AHPA, codified at 7 U.S.C. 8313(b)(1), has a maximum of the greater of: $87,055 in the case of any individual, except that the civil penalty may not exceed $1,741 in the case of an initial violation of the AHPA by an individual moving regulated articles not for monetary gain, $435,273 in the case of any other person for each violation, $728,765 for all violations adjudicated in a single proceeding if the violations do not include a willful violation, and $1,457,528 for all violations adjudicated in a single proceeding if the violations include a willful violation; or twice the gross gain or gross loss for any violation, forgery, counterfeiting, unauthorized use, defacing, or destruction of a certificate, permit, or other document provided under the AHPA that results in the person's deriving pecuniary gain or causing pecuniary loss to another person.
(vii) Civil penalty for any person that violates certain regulations under the Agricultural Bioterrorism Protection Act of 2002 regarding transfers of listed agents and toxins or possession and use of listed agents and toxins, codified at 7 U.S.C. 8401(i)(1), has a maximum of $435,273 in the case of an individual and $870,550 in the case of any other person.
(viii) Civil penalty for violation of the Horse Protection Act, codified at 15 U.S.C. 1825(b)(1), has a maximum of $7,183.
(ix) Civil penalty for failure to obey Horse Protection Act disqualification, codified at 15 U.S.C. 1825(c), has a maximum of $14,037.
(x) Civil penalty for knowingly violating, or, if in the business as an importer or exporter, violating, with respect to terrestrial plants, any provision of the Endangered Species Act of 1973, any permit or certificate issued thereunder, or any regulation issued pursuant to section 9(a)(1)(A) through (F), (a)(2)(A) through (D), (c), (d) (other than regulations relating to record keeping or filing reports), (f), or (g), as specified at 16 U.S.C. 1540(a)(1), has a maximum of $65,656 for each violation.
(xi) Civil penalty for knowingly violating, or, if in the business as an importer or exporter, violating, with respect to terrestrial plants, any other regulation under the Endangered Species Act of 1973, as specified at 16 U.S.C. 1540(a)(1), has a maximum of $31,441 for each violation.
(xii) Civil penalty for violating, with respect to terrestrial plants, the Endangered Species Act of 1973, or any regulation, permit, or certificate issued thereunder, as specified at 16 U.S.C. 1540(a)(1), has a maximum of $1,657 for each violation.
(xiii) Civil penalty for knowingly and willfully violating 49 U.S.C. 80502 with respect to the transportation of animals by any rail carrier, express carrier, or common carrier (except by air or water), a receiver, trustee, or lessee of one of those carriers, or an owner or master of a vessel, codified at 49 U.S.C. 80502(d), has a minimum of $206 and a maximum of $1,055.
(xiv) Civil penalty for a violation of the Commercial Transportation of Equine for Slaughter Act, 7 U.S.C. 1901 note, and its implementing regulations in 9 CFR part 88, as specified in 9 CFR 88.6, has a maximum of $6,240. Each horse transported in violation of 9 CFR part 88 is a separate violation.
(xv) Civil penalty for knowingly violating section 3(d) or 3(f) of the Lacey Act Amendments of 1981, or for violating any other provision provided that, in the exercise of due care, the violator should have known that the plant was taken, possessed, transported, or sold in violation of any underlying law, treaty, or regulation, has a maximum of $32,648 for each violation, as specified in 16 U.S.C. 3373(a)(1) (but if the plant has a market value of less than $436, and involves only the transportation, acquisition, or receipt of a plant taken or possessed in violation of any law, treaty, or regulation of the United States, any Indian Tribal law, any foreign law, or any law or regulation of any State, the penalty will not exceed the maximum provided for violation of said law, treaty, or regulation, or $32,648, whichever is less).
(xvi) Civil penalty for violating section 3(f) of the Lacey Act Amendments of 1981, as specified in 16 U.S.C. 3373(a)(2), has a maximum of $816.
(3) Food and Nutrition Service. (i) Civil penalty for violating a provision of the Food and Nutrition Act of 2008 (Act), or a regulation under the Act, by a retail food store or wholesale food concern, codified at 7 U.S.C. 2021(a) and (c), has a maximum of $145,754 for each violation.
(ii) Civil penalty for trafficking in food coupons, codified at 7 U.S.C. 2021(b)(3)(B), has a maximum of $52,522 for each violation, except that the maximum penalty for violations occurring during a single investigation is $94,578.
(iii) Civil penalty for the sale of firearms, ammunitions, explosives, or controlled substances for coupons, codified at 7 U.S.C. 2021(b)(3)(C), has a maximum of $47,289 for each violation, except that the maximum penalty for violations occurring during a single investigation is $94,578.
(iv) Civil penalty for any entity that submits a bid to supply infant formula to carry out the Special Supplemental Nutrition Program for Women, Infants and Children and discloses the amount of the bid, rebate, or discount practices in advance of the bid opening or for any entity that makes a statement prior to the opening of bids for the purpose of influencing a bid, codified at 42 U.S.C. 1786(h)(8)(H)(i), has a maximum of $222,610,188.
(v) Civil penalty for a vendor convicted of trafficking in food instruments, codified at 42 U.S.C. 1786(o)(1)(A) and 42 U.S.C. 1786(o)(4)(B), has a maximum of $19,247 for each violation, except that the maximum penalty for violations occurring during a single investigation is $76,992.
(vi) Civil penalty for a vendor convicted of selling firearms, ammunition, explosive, or controlled substances in exchange for food instruments, codified at 42 U.S.C. 1786(o)(1)(B) and 42 U.S.C. 1786(o)(4)(B), has a maximum of $18,774 for each violation, except that the maximum penalty for violations occurring during a single investigation is $76,992.
(4) Food Safety and Inspection Service. (i) Civil penalty for certain violations under the Egg Products Inspection Act, codified at 21 U.S.C. 1041(c)(1)(A), has a maximum of $11,489 for each violation.
(ii) [Reserved]
(5) Forest Service. (i) Civil penalty for willful disregard of the prohibition against the export of unprocessed timber originating from Federal lands, codified at 16 U.S.C. 620d(c)(1)(A), has a maximum of $1,182,251 per violation or three times the gross value of the unprocessed timber, whichever is greater.
(ii) Civil penalty for a violation in disregard of the Forest Resources Conservation and Shortage Relief Act or the regulations that implement such Act regardless of whether such violation caused the export of unprocessed timber originating from Federal lands, codified in 16 U.S.C. 620d(c)(2)(A)(i), has a maximum of $177,360 per violation.
(iii) Civil penalty for a person that should have known that an action was a violation of the Forest Resources Conservation and Shortage Relief Act or the regulations that implement such Act regardless of whether such violation caused the export of unprocessed timber originating from Federal lands, codified at 16 U.S.C. 620d(c)(2)(A)(ii), has a maximum of $118,225 per violation.
(iv) Civil penalty for a willful violation of the Forest Resources Conservation and Shortage Relief Act or the regulations that implement such Act regardless of whether such violation caused the export of unprocessed timber originating from Federal lands, codified in 16 U.S.C. 620d(c)(2)(A)(iii), has a maximum of $1,182,251.
(v) Civil penalty for a violation involving protections of caves, codified at 16 U.S. C. 4307(a)(2), has a maximum of $25,838.
(6) [Reserved]
(7) Federal Crop Insurance Corporation. (i) Civil penalty for any person who willfully and intentionally provides any false or inaccurate information to the Federal Crop Insurance Corporation or to an approved insurance provider with respect to any insurance plan or policy that is offered under the authority of the Federal Crop Insurance Act, or who fails to comply with a requirement of the Federal Crop Insurance Corporation, codified in 7 U.S.C. 1515(h)(3)(A), has a maximum of the greater of: The amount of the pecuniary gain obtained as a result of the false or inaccurate information or the noncompliance; or $15,335.
(ii) [Reserved]
(8) Rural Housing Service. (i) Civil penalty for a violation of section 536 of Title V of the Housing Act of 1949, codified in 42 U.S.C. 1490p(e)(2), has a maximum of $251,321 in the case of an individual, and a maximum of $2,513,215 in the case of an applicant other than an individual.
(ii) Civil penalty for equity skimming under section 543(a) of the Housing Act of 1949, codified in 42 U.S.C. 1490s(a)(2), has a maximum of $45,354.
(iii) Civil penalty under section 543b of the Housing Act of 1949 for a violation of regulations or agreements made in accordance with Title V of the Housing Act of 1949, by submitting false information, submitting false certifications, failing to timely submit information, failing to maintain real property in good repair and condition, failing to provide acceptable management for a project, or failing to comply with applicable civil rights laws and regulations, codified in 42 U.S.C. 1490s(b)(3)(A), has a maximum of the greater of: Twice the damages USDA, guaranteed lender, or project that is secured for a loan under Title V suffered or would have suffered as a result of the violation; or $90,708 per violation.
(9) [Reserved]
(10) Commodity Credit Corporation. (i) Civil penalty for willful failure or refusal to furnish information, or willful furnishing of false information under of section 156 of the Federal Agricultural Improvement and Reform Act of 1996, codified at 7 U.S.C. 7272(g)(5), has a maximum of $19,940 for each violation.
(ii) Civil penalty for willful failure or refusal to furnish information or willful furnishing of false data by a processor, refiner, or importer of sugar, syrup, and molasses under section 156 of the Federal Agriculture Improvement and Reform Act of 1996, codified at 7 U.S.C. 7272(g)(5), has a maximum of $19,940 for each violation.
(iii) Civil penalty for filing a false acreage report that exceeds tolerance under section 156 of the Federal Agriculture Improvement and Reform Act of 1996, codified at 7 U.S.C. 7272(g)(5), has a maximum of $19,940 for each violation.
(iv) Civil penalty for knowingly violating any regulation of the Secretary of the Commodity Credit Corporation pertaining to flexible marketing allotments for sugar under section 359h(b) of the Agricultural Adjustment Act of 1938, codified at 7 U.S.C. 1359hh(b), has a maximum of $14,575 for each violation.
(v) Civil penalty for knowing violation of regulations promulgated by the Secretary pertaining to cotton insect eradication under section 104(d) of the Agricultural Act of 1949, codified at 7 U.S.C. 1444a(d), has a maximum of $17,956 for each offense.
(11) Office of the Secretary. (i) Civil penalty for making, presenting, submitting or causing to be made, presented or submitted, a false, fictitious, or fraudulent claim as defined under the Program Fraud Civil Remedies Act of 1986, codified at 31 U.S.C. 3802(a)(1), has a maximum of $14,309.
(ii) Civil penalty for making, presenting, submitting or causing to be made, presented or submitted, a false, fictitious, or fraudulent written statement as defined under the Program Fraud Civil Remedies Act of 1986, codified at 31 U.S.C. 3802(a)(2), has a maximum of $14,309.
[85 FR 36672, June 17, 2020, as amended at 86 FR 24699, May 10, 2021; 86 FR 30535, June 9, 2021; 87 FR 8395, Feb. 15, 2022; 88 FR 30029, May 10, 2023; 89 FR 48495, June 7, 2024; 90 FR 22607, May 29, 2025]
4 PART 4 [RESERVED]
PART 5 DETERMINATION OF PARITY PRICES
Authority: 7 U.S.C. 1301, 1375.
Editorial Note: Nomenclature changes to part 5 appear at 62 FR 8361, Feb. 25, 1997.
§ 5.1 Parity index and index of prices received by farmers.
(a) The parity index and related indices for the purpose of calculating parity prices after May 1, 1976, according to the formula contained in section 301(a) of the Agricultural Adjustment Act of 1938, as amended by the Agricultural Acts of 1948, 1949, 1954, and 1956 (hereinafter referred to as section 301(a)) shall be the index of prices paid by farmers, interest, taxes, and farm wage rates, as revised May 1976 and published in the May 28, 1976, and subsequent issues of the monthly report, “Agricultural Prices.” The publication of these indices by the National Agricultural Statistics Service in the monthly report, “Agricultural Prices”, shall be continued.
(b) The measure of the general level of prices received by farmers as provided for in section 301(a)(1)(B)(ii) after January 1, 1959, shall be the index of prices received by farmers as revised January 1959 and published in the January 30, 1959, and subsequent issues of “Agricultural Prices”. The simple average of the 120 monthly indices included in the preceding 10 calendar years plus an adjustment to take account of the effect on the index of any adjustment made on average prices of individual commodities as hereinafter specified shall be used in the calculation of the adjusted base prices. Parity prices heretofore published for periods prior to January 1, 1959 shall not be revised.
(c) The term milkfat as used in these regulations is synonymous with the term butterfat, and when any statute requires calculation of the parity price of butterfat, the parity price of milkfat shall be the parity price of butterfat.
[24 FR 697, Jan. 31, 1959, as amended by Amdt. 6, 24 FR 9778, Dec. 5, 1959; Amdt. 29, 41 FR 22333, June 3, 1976]
§ 5.2 Marketing season average price data.
It is hereby found that it is impractical to use averages of prices received by farmers on a calendar year basis for the following agricultural commodities for the purpose of calculating adjusted base prices and, therefore, marketing season average prices will be used. An allowance for any supplemental payment resulting from price support operations shall be included in the determination of the adjusted base prices. For cigar binder tobacco, types 51-52, for each of the marketing seasons beginning in the years 1949 through 1958, 37.9 cents per pound shall be used in lieu of the average of prices received by farmers for such tobacco during each such marketing season.
Basic Commodities
Extra long staple cotton; peanuts; rice, and the following types of tobacco: Flue-cured, types 11-14; Virginia fire-cured, type 21; Kentucky-Tennessee fire-cured, types 22-23; burley, type 31; dark air-cured, types 35-36; sun-cured, type 37; Pennsylvania seedleaf, type 41; cigar filler and binder, types 42-44 and 53-55; Puerto Rican filler, type 46 (price refers to year of harvest); and cigar binder, types 51-52.
Designated Nonbasic Commodities
Tung nuts; honey, wholesale extracted.
Wool and Mohair
Wool and mohair.
Other Nonbasic Commodities citrus fruit
Grapefruit; lemons; limes; oranges; tangerines; and Temples.
deciduous and other fruit
Apples for processing; apricots for fresh consumption; apricots for processing (except dried); dried apricots; avocados; blackberries; boysenberries; gooseberries; loganberries; black raspberries; red raspberries; youngberries; tart cherries; sweet cherries; cranberries; dates; grapes, raisins, dried; all grapes excluding raisins, dried; nectarines for fresh consumption, nectarines for processing; olives for processing (except crushed for oil); olives, crushed for oil; olives for canning; papayas (Hawaii), for fresh consumption; peaches for fresh consumption; clingstone peaches for processing (except dried); freestone peaches for processing (except dried); dried peaches; pears for fresh consumption; pears for processing (except dried); dried pears; plums (California), for fresh consumption; plus (California), for processing; dried prunes (California); prunes and plums (excluding California), for processing (except dried); strawberries for fresh consumption; and strawberries for processing.
Seed Crops
Alfalfa, bentgrass, crimson clover, Chewings fescue, red fescue, tall fescue, Marion Kentucky bluegrass, Ladino clover, lespedeza, orchard grass, red clover, timothy, and hairy vetch.
sugar crops
Sugar beets and sugarcane for sugar.
tree nuts
Almonds; filberts; pecans, all; and walnuts.
vegetables for fresh market
Artichokes, asparagus, snap beans, broccoli, cabbage, cantaloupe, carrots, cauliflower, celery, sweet corn, cucumbers, eggplant, escarole, garlic, honeydew melons, lettuce, onions, green peppers, spinach, tomatoes, and watermelons.
vegetables for processing
Asparagus, lima beans, snap beans, beets, cabbage, sweet corn, cucumbers, green peas, spinach, and tomatoes.
Other Commodities
Beeswax; cottonseed; hops; peas; dry field; peppermint oil; popcorn; potatoes; spearmint oil; and tobacco, types 61-62. All other commodities for which monthly price data are not available.
[21 FR 761, Feb. 3, 1956]
Editorial Note:For Federal Register citations affecting § 5.2, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.
§ 5.3 Selection of calendar year price data.
In computing the adjusted base price for those commodities for which calendar year price data are used, “* * * the average of the prices received by farmers for such commodity, at such times as the Secretary may select during each year * * *,” as used in section 301(a)(1)(B)(i), shall be the simple average of the 12 monthly estimates of the prices received by farmers as published by the National Agricultural Statistics Service in “Agricultural Prices” for those commodities for which such prices are available. An allowance for unredeemed loans and purchase agreement deliveries, any supplemental payments resulting from price support operations, and the value of marketing certificates, such as those received by producers of wheat pursuant to the Agricultural Adjustment Act of 1938, as amended, and others of generally similar character and effect, shall be added to the price specified above. Prices received for milk wholesale, milkfat, beef cattle, sheep, and lambs shall include wartime subsidy payments as provided by section 301(a)(1)(B). For Maryland Tobacco, type 32, the price data for each calendar year shall be the weighted average price of type 32 tobacco sold during the period January 1-December 31.
[Amdt. 14, 29 FR 12451, Sept. 1, 1964]
§ 5.4 Commodities for which parity prices shall be calculated.
Parity prices shall be calculated for the following commodities:
Basic Commodities
Wheat; corn; American upland cotton; extra long staple cotton; rice; peanuts; 1 and the following types of tobacco: flue-cured, types 11-14; Virginia fire-cured, type 21; Kentucky-Tennessee fire-cured, types 22-23; burley, type 31; Maryland, type 32; dark air-cured, types 35-36; sun-cured, type 37; Pennsylvania seedleaf, type 41; cigar filler and binder, types 42-44 and 53-55; Puerto Rican filler, type 46; and cigar binder, types 51-52.
1 For the purpose of calculating parity prices the commodity peanuts shall exclude peanuts produced for oil in 1950 and 1951 under the provisions of subsections (g) and (h) of section 359 of the Agricultural Adjustment Act of 1938 as amended.
Designated Nonbasic Commodities
Milk sold to plants; milkfat in cream; tung nuts; honey, wholesale extracted.
Wool and Mohair
Wool and mohair.
Other Nonbasic Commodities citrus fruit
Grapefruit; lemons; limes; oranges; tangerines; and Temples.
deciduous and other fruit
Apples (primarily for fresh use); apples for processing; apricots for fresh consumption; apricots for processing (except dried); dried apricots; avocados; blackberries; boysenberries; gooseberries; loganberries; black raspberries; red raspberries; youngberries; tart cherries; sweet cherries; cranberries; dates; grapes, raisins, dried; all grapes, excluding raisins, dried; nectarines for fresh consumption; nectarines for processing; olives for processing (excluding crushed for oil); olives, crushed for oil; olives for canning; papayas (Hawaii), for fresh consumption; peaches for fresh consumption; clingstone peaches for processing (except dried); freestone peaches for processing (except dried); dried peaches; pears for fresh consumption; pears for processing (except dried); dried pears; plums (California), for fresh consumption; plums (California), for processing; dried prunes (California); prunes and plums (excluding California), for processing (except dried); strawberries for fresh consumption; and strawberries for processing.
seed crops
Alfalfa, bentgrass, crimson clover, Chewings fescue, red fescue, tall fescue, Marion Kentucky bluegrass, Ladino clover, lespedeza, orchard grass, red clover, timothy, and hairy vetch.
sugar crops
Sugar beets, and sugarcane for sugar.
tree nuts
Almonds; filberts; pecans, all; and walnuts.
vegetables for fresh market
Artichokes, asparagus, snap beans, broccoli, cabbage, cantaloups, carrots, cauliflower, celery, sweet corn, cucumbers, eggplant, escarole, garlic, honeydew melons, lettuce, onions, green peppers, spinach, tomatoes, and watermelons.
vegetables for processing
Asparagus, lima beans, snap beans, beets, cabbage, sweet corn, cucumbers, green peas, spinach and tomatoes.
other commodities
Beef cattle; hogs; lambs; calves; sheep; turkeys; eggs; beeswax; potatoes; hops; peppermint oil; popcorn; spearmint oil; tobacco, Types 61 and 62; barley; beans, dry edible; cottonseed; peas, dry field; flaxseed; hay, all baled; oats; rye; sorghum grain; soybeans; sweetpotatoes; and crude pine gum.
[21 FR 763, Feb. 3, 1956, as amended by Amdt. 1, 22 FR 693, Feb. 2, 1957; Amdt. 3, 23 FR 1565, Mar. 5, 1958; Amdt. 17, 31 FR 10767, Aug. 13, 1966; Amdt. 23, 34 FR 1132, Jan. 24, 1969; Amdt. 25, 34 FR 15785, Oct. 14, 1969; Amdt. 26, 35 FR 3158, Feb. 19, 1970; Amdt. 27, 36 FR 15516, Aug. 17, 1971; 38 FR 10795, May 2, 1973]
§ 5.5 Publication of season average, calendar year, and parity price data.
(a) New adjusted base prices for all of the commodities on a calendar year basis and for as many of the commodities on a marketing season average basis as are practicable shall be published on or about January 31 of each year. In cases where preliminary marketing season average price data are used in estimating the adjusted base prices published in January, any additional price data which becomes available shall be used in estimating a revised adjusted base price which shall be published prior to the beginning of the marketing season for the commodity.
(b) The official parity prices determined under section 301(a)(1) and the regulations in this part and the indexes and relevant price data shall be published in the monthly report “Agricultural Prices” issued by the National Agricultural Statistics Service. Parity prices for all commodities for which parity prices are computed shall be so published in the January and July issues each year. The parity prices published in other issues may be restricted to those which the National Agricultural Statistics Service, after consultation with the Agricultural Marketing Service, the Farm Service Agency, and any other interested government agency, considers necessary or desirable. The parity prices determined in accordance with this part shall be the parity prices used in other reports, determinations, or documents of the Department.
[21 FR 763, Feb. 3, 1956, as amended by Amdt. 16, 30 FR 2521, Feb. 26, 1965]
§ 5.6 Revision of the parity price of a commodity.
(a) Initiation of hearings. The “modernized” parity formula specified in section 301(a)(1) of the Agricultural Adjustment Act of 1938, as amended, takes into consideration the average prices received by farmers for agricultural commodities during the last ten years and is designed gradually to adjust relative parity prices of specific commodities for persistent or continuing changes in demand and supply conditions which are reflected in market prices. Accordingly, only in rare cases is it possible for the parity price of any agricultural commodity to become seriously out of line with the parity prices of other agricultural commodities. In any case, however, in which producers of any agricultural commodity believe that the parity price of such commodity, as computed pursuant to the provisions of section 301(a)(1), is seriously out of line with the parity prices of other agricultural commodities, a request for a public hearing under section 301(a)(1)(F) may be submitted to the Secretary of Agriculture by a substantial number of interested producers. The producers shall also furnish to the Secretary, with such request or separately, data supporting their conclusion that the parity price of such commodity is seriously out of line with the parity prices of other commodities. Upon receipt of such a request with supporting data, or at any time upon the Secretary's own motion, this Department will make a preliminary study of the relationship between the parity price of such commodity and the parity prices of other commodities, and if the Secretary concludes that there appears to be reasonable grounds for believing that the parity price of such commodity is seriously out of line with the parity prices of other agricultural commodities, a hearing will be held pursuant to the provisions of section 301(a)(1)(F).
(b) Notice of hearing. If the Secretary of Agriculture determines that such a hearing shall be held, he shall issue a notice of the hearing, which shall be filed with the Hearing Clerk of the United States Department of Agriculture, who shall promptly (1) cause such notice to be published in the Federal Register, and (2) mail a copy thereof to each of the producers who requested the hearing and to grower organizations known to be interested in the hearing. Legal notice of the hearing shall be deemed to be given upon filing such notice with the Federal Register for publication, and failure to give notice in the manner otherwise provided in this paragraph shall not affect the legality of the notice. The notice of hearing shall state the purpose of the hearing and the time and place of the hearing. The time of the hearing shall not be less than fifteen days after the date of publication of the notice in the Federal Register, unless the Secretary shall determine that an emergency exists which requires a shorter period of notice, in which case the period of notice shall be that which the Secretary determines to be reasonable in the circumstances.
(c) Conduct of hearing—(1) Presiding officer. Each hearing held under section 301(a)(1)(F) shall be presided over by a Hearing Examiner of the Office of Administrative Law Judges or such other employee of the Department as the Secretary may designate for the purpose.
(2) Time and place of hearing. Each hearing shall be heard at the time and place set forth in the notice of hearing but may be continued by the presiding officer from day to day or adjourned to a later date or to a different place without notice other than the announcement thereof at the hearing.
(3) Order of procedure. At the commencement of the hearing, the presiding officer shall file as an exhibit a copy of the Federal Register containing the notice of the hearing and shall then outline briefly the procedure to be followed. Evidence shall then be received from interested persons in such order as the presiding officer shall prescribe.
(4) Submission of evidence. The hearing shall be conducted in such a way as to obtain a clear and orderly record. All interested persons appearing at the hearing shall be given reasonable opportunity to offer data, views, or arguments relevant to (i) whether the parity price for the agricultural commodity involved is or is not seriously out of line with the parity prices of other agricultural commodities, and (ii) the proper relationship between the parity price of such commodity and the parity prices of other agricultural commodities and the revisions, if any, which should be made in computing the parity price of such commodity. All documentary exhibits shall be submitted in duplicate. The presiding officer shall, insofar as possible, exclude irrelevant, immaterial, or unduly repetitious evidence but shall not apply technical judicial rules of evidence. Every witness shall be subject to questioning by the presiding officer or by any other representative of the Department, but cross-examination by other persons shall not be allowed, except in the discretion of the presiding officer. The proceedings at the hearing shall be transcribed verbatim.
(5) Written arguments. The presiding officer shall fix a time, not to exceed ten days from the close of the hearing, within which interested persons may file written arguments with the Hearing Clerk.
(d) Preparation and issuance of determination—(1) Preparation of recommendation. As soon as practicable after the close of the hearing, the presiding officer, or such employees of the Department as may be assigned for the purpose, shall review, consider, and weigh all evidence of probative value, views, and arguments which have been submitted, and may consider other pertinent information and data which is available in the Department of Agriculture, and shall submit a recommendation thereon to the Secretary.
(2) Determination by the Secretary. As soon as possible after receipt of the recommendation, the Secretary shall determine whether the parity price of such commodity computed in accordance with section 301(a)(1) appears to be seriously out of line with the parity prices of other agricultural commodities whether the facts require a revision of the method of computing the parity price of such commodity, and the revision, if any, which is required in the method of computing the parity price of such commodity. Such determination by the Secretary shall be final. The Secretary's determination shall be filed with the Hearing Clerk who shall cause the determination to be published promptly in the Federal Register. The Hearing Clerk shall also mail a copy of the determination to each producer and grower organization which participated in or is known to be interested in the hearing. Upon application to the Hearing Clerk, any person shall be entitled to a copy of the determination.
[23 FR 9252, Nov. 29, 1958]
PART 6 IMPORT QUOTAS AND FEES
Cross Reference: For United States International Trade Commission regulations on investigations of effects of imports on agricultural programs, see 19 CFR part 204.
Subpart A General Provisions
Authority: Sec. 8, 65 Stat. 75; 19 U.S.C. 1365.
Source: 17 FR 8287, Sept. 16, 1952; 19 FR 57, Jan. 6, 1954, unless otherwise noted. Redesignated at 85 FR 31937, May 28, 2020.
§ 6.2 Responsibility for actions under section 22 and section 8(a).
The primary responsibility within the Department of Agriculture for action on matters for which the Secretary is responsible under section 22 of the Agricultural Adjustment Act of 1933, as amended, and section 8(a) of the Trade Agreements Extension Act of 1951 is assigned to the Administrator, Foreign Agricultural Service (referred to in this part as the “Administrator”), but the other offices, agencies, and bureaus of the Department whose activities will be affected by any action under section 22 or section 8(a) shall be consulted by the Administrator in discharging his responsibility under this part.
§ 6.3 Requests by interested persons for action by Department of Agriculture.
(a) Section 22. A request for action under section 22 should be submitted in duplicate to the Administrator, Foreign Agricultural Service, United States Department of Agriculture, Washington 25, D.C. Such request shall include a statement of the reasons why action would be warranted under section 22 and shall be supported by appropriate information and data.
(b) Section 8(a). A request for action under section 8(a) should be submitted in duplicate to the Administrator, Foreign Agricultural Service, United States Department of Agriculture, Washington 25, D.C. Such request shall include a statement of the reasons why the commodity is perishable, and why, due to such perishability, a condition exists requiring emergency treatment, and shall be supported by appropriate information and data. A request under section 8(a) submitted in connection with a proposed section 7 (Trade Agreements Extension Act of 1951) investigation shall not be acted upon until a section 7 application has been properly filed by the person making the request with the Tariff Commission, and a copy of such application and supporting information and data are furnished the Administrator.
§ 6.4 Investigations.
(a) Section 22. The Administrator shall cause an investigation to be made whenever, based upon a request submitted pursuant to § 6.3 or upon other information available to him, he determines that there is reasonable ground to believe that the imposition of import quotas or fees under section 22 may be warranted, or that the termination or modification of import quotas or fees in effect under section 22 may be warranted.
(b) Section 8(a). The Administrator shall cause an immediate investigation to be made whenever (1) a request is received for emergency treatment in connection with an application properly filed with the Tariff Commission under section 7; (2) a request is received for emergency treatment under section 22 if the Administrator determines that there is reasonable ground to believe that the imposition of import quotas or fees under section 22 may be warranted; or (3) the Administrator, upon the basis of other information available to him, has reasonable ground for believing that emergency treatment under section 8(a) is necessary. The Administrator shall expedite to the fullest practicable extent his attention to requests for emergency treatment under section 8(a), and such requests shall receive priority over requests for other action under section 22. The investigation shall cover (1) whether the commodity is a perishable agricultural commodity; (2) whether, due to the perishability of the commodity, a condition exists requiring emergency treatment as indicated by such factors as (i) the marketing season for the commodity, (ii) past and prospective domestic production, stocks, requirements, and prices, (iii) past and prospective imports; and (3) such other matters as the Administrator determines are relevant to a determination as to whether emergency treatment for the commodity is necessary. No public hearing shall be held in connection with investigations under this paragraph.
§ 6.5 Hearings under section 22.
The Administrator is authorized to provide for such public hearings as he deems necessary to discharge the responsibility for action under section 22 vested in him by §§ 6.2 and 6.4(a). In view of the need, however, for prompt action on requests for action under section 22, public hearings shall be held in connection with investigations conducted under § 6.4(a) only when the Administrator determines that a public hearing is necessary to obtain supplementary information not otherwise available. Any public hearing which is held shall be conducted by representatives designated for the purpose by the Administrator; shall be preceded by such public notice as, in the opinion of the Administrator, will afford interested persons reasonable opportunity to attend and present information; and minutes of the proceedings at such hearing shall be obtained. Hearings shall be informal and technical rules of evidence shall not apply. Such hearings are for the purpose of obtaining information for the assistance of the Secretary. However, in discharging his responsibilities under section 22, the Secretary is not restricted to the information adduced at the hearings.
§ 6.6 Submission of recommendations under section 22.
(a) The Administrator shall make a report to the Secretary upon the completion of each investigation made by him pursuant to § 6.4(a). The report shall summarize the information disclosed by the investigation; shall contain the recommendations of the Administrator; and, in case action under section 22 is recommended, shall be accompanied by a suggested letter from the Secretary to the President recommending that the Tariff Commission be directed to conduct an investigation. Such report shall be submitted to the other offices, agencies, and bureaus of the Department of Agriculture whose activities would be affected, for concurrence or comment.
(b) The Secretary will recommend that the President direct the Tariff Commission to conduct an investigation under section 22 only if he has reason to believe, upon the basis of the information available to him, that import quotas or fees should be imposed.
§ 6.7 Submission of recommendations under section 8(a) (emergency treatment).
(a) Section 22. The Administrator's report submitted pursuant to § 6.6 shall indicate whether or not emergency treatment is necessary. If emergency treatment is recommended, the report shall discuss the condition which requires emergency treatment and be accompanied by suggested letters from the Secretary to the President, to the Tariff Commission, and to the petitioner (if any) advising them of the Secretary's determination. The suggested letter from the Secretary to the President shall include a recommendation as to whether such emergency treatment should take the form of action by the President prior to receiving the recommendations of the Tariff Commission, or whether a decision by the President may appropriately be withheld until the recommendations of the Tariff Commission are received. If emergency treatment requested is not recommended, the report to the Secretary shall be accompanied by suggested letters from the Secretary to the petitioner and the Tariff Commission stating the action taken.
(b) Section 7. The Administrator shall make a report to the Secretary upon the completion of each investigation made by him pursuant to § 6.4(b). The report shall summarize the information disclosed by the investigation, including the points listed in § 6.4(b) which were considered in reaching the recommendation, and shall contain the recommendations of the Administrator as to whether or not emergency treatment is required. If emergency treatment is recommended, the report shall discuss the condition which requires emergency treatment and shall be accompanied by suggested letters from the Secretary to the President, to the Tariff Commission, and to the petitioner advising them of the Secretary's determination. The suggested letter from the Secretary to the President shall include a recommendation as to whether such emergency treatment should take the form of action by the President prior to receiving the recommendations of the Tariff Commission, or whether a decision by the President may appropriately be withheld until the recommendations of the Tariff Commission are received. If emergency treatment is not recommended, the report to the Secretary shall be accompanied by suggested letters from the Secretary to the petitioner and to the Tariff Commission stating the action taken. Each such report shall be submitted to the other offices, agencies, and bureaus of the Department of Agriculture whose activities would be affected, for concurrence or comment.
§ 6.8 Representation at Tariff Commission hearings.
The Department of Agriculture shall be represented at all hearings conducted by the Tariff Commission under section 22 by persons designated by the Administrator, assisted by a representative of the Office of the General Counsel. Such representatives shall present the recommendations of the Department of Agriculture, shall submit such information and data in support thereof as are available, and shall exercise the right of examining other witnesses which is granted to the Secretary.
[17 FR 8287, Sept. 16, 1952; 20 FR 1830, Mar. 25, 1955]
§ 6.9 Information.
Persons desiring information from the Department of Agriculture regarding section 22 or section 8(a), or any action with respect thereto, should address such inquiries to the Administrator, Foreign Agricultural Service, United States Department of Agriculture, Washington 25, DC.
Subpart B Dairy Tariff-Rate Quota Import Licensing
Authority: Additional U.S. Notes 6, 7, 8, 12, 14, 16-23 and 25 to Chapter 4 and General Note 15 of the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States (19 U.S.C. 1202), Pub. L. 97-258, 96 Stat. 1051, as amended (31 U.S.C. 9701), and secs. 103 and 404, Pub. L. 103-465, 108 Stat. 4819 (19 U.S.C. 3513 and 3601).
Source: 61 FR 53007, Oct. 9, 1996, unless otherwise noted. Redesignated at 85 FR 31938, May 28, 2020.
§ 6.20 Introduction.
(a) Presidential Proclamation 6763 of December 23, 1994, modified the Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States affecting the import regime for certain articles of dairy products. The Proclamation terminated quantitative restrictions that had been imposed pursuant to section 22 of the Agricultural Adjustment Act of 1933, as amended (7 U.S.C. 624); proclaimed tariff-rate quotas for such articles pursuant to Public Law 103-465; and specified which of such articles may be entered only by or for the account of a person to whom a license has been issued by the Secretary of Agriculture.
(b) Effective January 1, 1995, the prior regime of absolute quotas for certain dairy products was replaced by a system of tariff-rate quotas. The articles subject to licensing under the tariff-rate quotas are listed in Appendices 1, 2, and 3 to be published annually in a notice in the Federal Register. Licenses permit the holder to import specified quantities of the subject articles into the United States at the applicable in-quota rate of duty. If an importer has no license for an article subject to licensing, such importer will, with certain exceptions, be required to pay the applicable over-quota rate of duty.
(c) The Secretary of Agriculture has determined that this subpart will, to the fullest extent practicable, result in fair and equitable allocation of the right to import articles subject to such tariff-rate quotas. The subpart will also maximize utilization of the tariff-rate quotas for such articles, taking due account of any special factors which may have affected or may be affecting the trade in the articles concerned.
[80 FR 44254, July 27, 2015]
§ 6.21 Definitions.
As used in this subpart and the appendices thereto, the following terms are defined as follows:
Article. One of the products listed in Appendices 1, 2, or 3, which are the same as those described in Additional U.S. Notes 6, 7, 8, 12, 14, 16-23 and 25 to Chapter 4 of the Harmonized Tariff Schedule.
Article other than cheese or cheese products. Any article that is a dairy product, but not a cheese or cheese product.
CBP. United States Customs and Border Protection, U.S. Department of Homeland Security.
Cheese or cheese products. Articles in headings 0406, 1901.90.34, and 1901.90.36 of the Harmonized Tariff Schedule.
Commercial entry. Any entry except those made by or for the account of the United States Government or for a foreign government, for the personal use of the importer or for sampling, taking orders, research, or the testing of equipment.
Country. Country of origin as determined in accordance with CBP rules and regulations, except that “EC”, and “Other countries” shall each be treated as a country.
DAIRIES. The “Dairy Accelerated Importer Retrieval and Information Exchange System”. The web-based user interface system which persons must utilize to apply for and manage licenses, and through which the Licensing Authority will communicate all program notices.
Dairy products. Articles in headings 0401 through 0406, margarine cheese listed under headings 1901.90.34 and 1901.90.36, ice cream listed under heading 2105, and casein listed under heading 3501 of the Harmonized Tariff Schedule.
Department. The United States Department of Agriculture.
EC. Those countries listed in Additional U.S. Note 2 to Chapter 4 of the Harmonized Tariff Schedule.
Enter or Entry. To make or making entry for consumption, or withdrawal from warehouse for consumption in accordance with CBP regulations and procedures.
Harmonized Tariff Schedule or HTS. The Harmonized Tariff Schedule of the United States.
Licensee. A person to whom a license has been issued under this subpart.
Licensing Authority. Any officer or employee of the U.S. Department of Agriculture designated to act in this position by the Director of the Division charged with managing the Dairy Tariff-Rate Quota Import Licensing System.
Other countries. Countries not listed by name as having separate tariff-rate quota allocations for an article.
Person. An individual, firm, corporation, partnership, association, trust, estate or other legal entity.
Process or processing. Any additional preparation of a dairy product, such as melting, grating, shredding, cutting and wrapping, or blending with any additional ingredient.
Quota year. The 12-month period beginning on January 1 of a given year.
Tariff-rate quota amount or TRQ amount. The amount of an article subject to the applicable in-quota rate of duty established under a tariff-rate quota.
United States. The customs territory of the United States, which is limited to the 50 states, the District of Columbia, and Puerto Rico.
[80 FR 44254, July 27, 2015]
§ 6.22 Requirement for a license.
A person who seeks to enter, or cause to be entered an article as a commercial entry, shall obtain a license, in accordance with this subpart.
[80 FR 44254, July 27, 2015]
§ 6.23 Eligibility to apply for a license.
(a) In general. To apply for any license, a person shall have:
(1) A business office, and be doing business, in the United States, and
(2) An agent in the United States for service of process, and
(3) An email address to be used for correspondence regarding licensing activities and reports.
The licensee is responsible to continuously maintain a valid email address in DAIRIES for use in communicating with the Licensing Authority.
(b) Eligibility for 2016 and subsequent quota years. (1) Historical licenses (Appendix 1). A person issued a historical license for an article for the current quota year may apply for a historical license (Appendix 1) for the next quota year for the same article from the same country, if such person was, during the 12-month period ending August 31 prior to the quota year, either:
(i) Where the article is cheese or cheese product,
(A) The owner of and importer of record for at least three separate commercial entries of cheese or cheese products totaling not less than 57,000 kilograms net weight, each of the three entries not less than 2,000 kilograms net weight;
(B) The owner of and importer of record for at least eight separate commercial entries of cheese or cheese products, from at least eight separate shipments, totaling not less than 19,000 kilograms net weight, each of the eight entries not less than 450 kilograms net weight, with a minimum of two entries in each of at least three quarters during that period; or
(C) The owner or operator of a plant listed in Section II or listed in Section I as a processor of cheese of the most current issue of “Dairy Plants Surveyed and Approved for USDA Grading Service” and had processed or packaged at least 450,000 kilograms of cheese or cheese products in its own plant in the United States; or
(ii) Where the article is not cheese or cheese product,
(A) The owner of and importer of record for at least three separate commercial entries of dairy products totaling not less than 57,000 kilograms net weight, each of the three entries not less than 2,000 kilograms net weight;
(B) The owner of and importer of record for at least eight separate commercial entries of dairy products, from at least eight separate shipments, totaling not less than 19,000 kilograms net weight, each of the eight entries not less than 450 kilograms net weight, with a minimum of two entries in each of at least three quarters during that period;
(C) The owner or operator of a plant listed in the most current issue of “Dairy Plants Surveyed and Approved for USDA Grading Service” and had manufactured, processed or packaged at least 450,000 kilograms of dairy products in its own plant in the United States; or
(D) The exporter of dairy products in the quantities and number of shipments required under (A) or (B) above.
(2) Nonhistorical licenses for cheese or cheese products (Appendix 2). A person may annually apply for a nonhistorical license for cheese or cheese products (Appendix 2) if such person meets the requirements of paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section.
(3) Nonhistorical licenses for articles other than cheese or cheese products (Appendix 2). A person may annually apply for a nonhistorical license for articles other than cheese or cheese products (Appendix 2) if such person meets the requirements of paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section.
(4) Designated license (Appendix 3). A designated license may be issued to a person who has applied for a license, has met the requirements of paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section, and is designated by the government of a country for such license according to § 6.25(d).
(c) Exceptions. (1) A licensee that fails in a quota year to enter at least 85 percent of the amount of an article permitted under a license shall not be eligible to receive a license for the same article from the same country for the next quota year. For the purpose of this paragraph, the amount of an article permitted under the license will exclude any amounts surrendered pursuant to § 6.26(a), but will include any additional allocations received pursuant to § 6.26(b).
(2) Paragraph (c)(1) of this section will not apply where the licensee demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Licensing Authority that the failure resulted from breach by a carrier of its contract of carriage, breach by a supplier of its contract to supply the article, act of God or force majeure.
(3) Paragraph (c)(1) of this section may not apply in the case of historical or nonhistorical licenses, where the licensee demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Licensing Authority that the country specified on the license maintains or permits an export monopoly to control the dairy articles concerned and the licensee petitions the Licensing Authority to waive this requirement. The licensee shall submit evidence that the country maintains an export monopoly as defined in this paragraph. For the purposes of this paragraph “export monopoly” means a privilege vested in one or more persons consisting of the exclusive right to carry on the exportation of any article of dairy products from a country to the United States.
(4) The Licensing Authority will not issue a nonhistorical license (Appendix 2) for an article from a country during a quota year to an applicant who is affiliated with another applicant to whom the Licensing Authority is issuing a non-historical license for the same article from the same country for that quota year. Further, the Licensing Authority will not issue a nonhistorical license for butter to an applicant who is affiliated with another applicant to whom the Licensing Authority is issuing a historical butter license of 57,000 kilograms or greater. For the purpose of this paragraph, an applicant will be deemed affiliated with another applicant if:
(i) The applicant is the spouse, brother, sister, parent, child or grandchild of such other applicant;
(ii) The applicant is the spouse, brother, sister, parent, child or grandchild of an individual who owns or controls such other applicant;
(iii) The applicant is owned or controlled by the spouse, brother, sister, parent, child or grandchild of an individual who owns or controls such other applicant.
(iv) Both applicants are 5 percent or more owned or directly or indirectly controlled, by the same person;
(v) The applicant, or a person who owns or controls the applicant, benefits from a trust that controls such other applicant.
(5) The Licensing Authority will not issue a nonhistorical license (Appendix 2) for an article from a country during a quota year to an applicant who is associated with another applicant to whom the Licensing Authority is issuing a nonhistorical license for the same article from the same country for that quota year. Further, the Licensing Authority will not issue a nonhistorical license for butter to an applicant who is associated with another applicant to whom the Licensing Authority is issuing a historical butter license for 57,000 kilograms or greater. For the purpose of this paragraph, an applicant will be deemed associated with another applicant if:
(i) The applicant is an employee of, or is controlled by an employee of, such other applicant;
(ii) The applicant manages or is managed by such other applicant, or economically benefits, directly or indirectly, from the use of the license issued to such other applicant.
(6) The Licensing Authority will not issue a nonhistorical license for an article from a country during a quota year, for which the applicant receives a designated license.
[80 FR 44254, July 27, 2015]
§ 6.24 Application for a license.
(a) Application for license shall be made on electronic forms designated for the purpose by the Licensing Authority. All parts of the application shall be completed. The application shall be transmitted no earlier than September 1 and no later than midnight October 15 of the year preceding that for which license application is made. The Licensing Authority will not accept incomplete applications.
(b)(1) Where the applicant seeks to establish eligibility on the basis of imports, applications shall include identification of entries sufficient to establish the applicant as the importer of record of entries required under § 6.23, during the 12-month period ending August 31 prior to the quota year for which license is being sought. For qualifying licensed entries, verification will be only processed through DAIRIES and cross checked with entries in the CBP system. For qualifying unlicensed entries, the applicant will submit an electronic copy (e.g. scanned PDF) of CBP Form 7501 to the Licensing Authority.
(2) Where the applicant seeks to establish eligibility on the basis of exports, applications shall include:
(i) Census Form 7525 or a copy of the electronic submission of such form, and
(ii) The commercial invoice or bill of sale for the quantities and number of export shipments required under § 6.23, during the 12-month period ending August 31 prior to the quota year for which license is being sought.
(c) An applicant requesting more than one nonhistorical license must rank order these requests by the applicable Additional U.S. Note number. Cheese and cheese products must be ranked separately from dairy articles other than cheese or cheese products.
[80 FR 44254, July 27, 2015]
§ 6.25 Allocation of licenses.
(a) Licensing Authority. The Licensing Authority will issue historical, nonhistorical and designated licenses.
(b) Historical licenses for the 2016 and subsequent quota years (Appendix 1). A person issued a historical license for the current quota year will be issued a historical license in the same amount for the same article from the same country for the next quota year except that beginning with the 2024 quota year, a person who has surrendered more than 50 percent of such historical license in at least three of the prior 5 quota years will thereafter be issued a license in an amount equal to the average annual quantity entered during those 5 quota years.
(c) Nonhistorical licenses (Appendix 2). The Licensing Authority will allocate nonhistorical licenses on the basis of a rank-order lottery system, which will operate as follows:
(1) The minimum license size shall be:
(i) Where the article is cheese or cheese product:
(A) The total amount available for nonhistorical license where such amount is less than 9,500 kilograms;
(B) 9,500 kilograms where the total amount available for nonhistorical license is between 9,500 kilograms and 500,000 kilograms, inclusive;
(C) 19,000 kilograms where the total amount available for nonhistorical license is between 500,001 kilograms and 1,000,000 kilograms, inclusive;
(D) 38,000 kilograms where the total amount available for nonhistorical license is greater than 1,000,000 kilograms; or
(E) An amount less than the minimum license size established in paragraphs (c)(1)(i) (A) through (D) of this section, if requested by the licensee;
(ii) Where the article is not cheese or cheese product:
(A) The total amount available for nonhistorical license where such amount is less than 19,000 kilograms;
(B) 19,000 kilograms where the total amount available for nonhistorical license is between 19,000 kilograms and 550,000 kilograms, inclusive;
(C) 38,000 kilograms where the total amount available for nonhistorical license is between 550,001 kilograms and 1,000,000 kilograms, inclusive; and
(D) 57,000 kilograms where the total amount available for nonhistorical license is greater than 1,000,000 kilograms;
(E) An amount less than the minimum license sizes established in paragraphs (c)(1)(i)(A) through (D) of this section, if requested by the licensee.
(2) Taking into account the order of preference expressed by each applicant, as required by § 6.24(c), the Licensing Authority will allocate licenses for an article from a country by a series of random draws. A license of minimum size will be issued to each applicant in the order established by such draws until the total amount of such article in Appendix 2 has been allocated. An applicant that receives a license for an article will be removed from the pool for subsequent draws until every applicant has been allocated at least one license, provided that the licenses for which they applied are not already fully allocated. Any amount remaining after the random draws which is less than the applicable minimum license size may, at the discretion of the licensing Authority, be prorated equally among the licenses awarded for that article.
(d) Designated licenses (Appendix 3). (1) With respect to an article listed in Appendix 3, the government of the applicable country may, not later than October 31 prior to the beginning of a quota year, submit directly by email to the Licensing Authority:
(i) The names, addresses and emails of the importers that it is designating to receive licenses; and
(ii) The amount, in kilograms, of such article for which each such importer is being designated. Where quantities for designation result from both Tokyo Round concessions and Uruguay Round concessions, the designations should be made in terms of each.
(2) To the extent practicable, the Licensing Authority will issue designated licenses to those importers, and in those amounts, indicated by the government of the applicable country, provided that the importer designated meets the eligibility requirements set forth in § 6.23. Consistent with the international obligations of the United States, the Licensing Authority may disregard a designation if the Licensing Authority determines that the person designated is not eligible for any of the reasons set forth in § 6.23(c)(1) or (2).
(3) If a government of a country which negotiated in the Uruguay Round for the right to designate importers has not done so, but determines to designate importers for the next quota year, it shall indicate its intention to do so directly and in writing to the Licensing Authority not later than July 1 prior to the beginning of such next quota year. Furthermore, if a government that has designated importers for a quota year determines that it will not continue to designate importers for the next quota year, it shall so indicate directly and in writing to the Licensing Authority, not later than July 1 prior to such next quota year.
[80 FR 44254, July 27, 2015, as amended at 87 FR 52852, Aug. 30, 2022]
§ 6.26 Surrender and reallocation.
(a) If a licensee determines that it will not enter the entire amount of an article permitted under its license, such licensee shall surrender its license right to enter the amount that it does not intend to enter. Surrender shall be made to the Licensing Authority no later than October 1. Any surrender shall be final and shall be only for that quota year, except as provided in § 6.25(b). The amount of the license not surrendered shall be subject to the license use requirements of § 6.23(c)(1).
(b) For each quota year, the Licensing Authority will, to the extent practicable, reallocate any amounts surrendered.
(c) Any person who qualified for or was issued a cheese or cheese product license for a quota year may apply to receive additional license, or addition to an existing license for a portion of the amount being reallocated. A person who did not qualify for a cheese or cheese product license for a quota year, but qualified only for a license for articles other than cheese or cheese products, may only apply to receive an additional license for articles other than cheese or cheese products, or addition to an existing license for articles other than cheese or cheese products for a portion of the amount being reallocated. The application shall be submitted to the Licensing Authority no earlier than September 1 and not later than September 15, and shall specify:
(1) The name and control number of the applicant;
(2) The article and country being requested, the applicable HTS Additional U.S. Note number and, if more than one article is requested, a rank-order by Additional U.S. Note number; and
(3) If applicable, the number of the license issued to the applicant for that quota year permitting entry of the same article from the same country.
(d) The Licensing Authority will reallocate surrendered amounts among applicants as follows:
(1) The minimum license size, or addition to an existing license, will be the total amount of the article from a country surrendered, or 10,000 kilograms, whichever is less;
(2) Minimum size licenses, or additions to an existing license, will be allocated among applicants requesting articles on the basis of the rank-order lottery system described in § 6.25(c);
(3) If there is any amount of an article from a country left after minimum size licenses have been issued, the Licensing Authority may allocate the remainder in any manner it determines equitable among applicants who have requested that article; and
(4) No amount will be reallocated to a licensee who has surrendered a portion of its license for the same article from the same country during that quota year unless all other licensees applying for a reallocated quantity have been allocated a license;
(e) However, if the government of an exporting country chooses to designate eligible importers for surrendered amounts under Appendix 3, the Licensing Authority shall issue the licenses in accordance with § 6.25(d)(2), provided that the government of the exporting country notifies the Licensing Authority of its designations no later than September 1. Such notification shall contain the names, addresses, and emails addresses of the importers that it is designating and the amount in kilograms of such article for which each importer is being designated. In such case the requirements of paragraph (c) of this section shall not apply.
[80 FR 44254, July 27, 2015]
§ 6.27 Limitations on use of license.
(a) A licensee shall not obtain or use a license for speculation, brokering, or offering for sale, or permit any other person to use the license for profit.
(b) A licensee who is eligible as a manufacturer or processor, pursuant to § 6.23, shall process at least 75 percent of its licensed imports in such person's own facilities and maintain the records necessary to so substantiate.
[80 FR 44254, July 27, 2015]
§ 6.28 Transfer of license.
(a) If a licensee sells or conveys its business involving articles covered by this subpart to another person, including the complete transfer of the attendant assets, the Licensing Authority will transfer to such other person the historical, nonhistorical or designated license issued for that quota year. Such sale or conveyance must be unconditional, except that it may be in escrow with the sole condition for return of escrow being that the Licensing Authority determines that such sale does not meet the requirements of this paragraph.
(b) The parties seeking transfer of license shall give written notice to the Licensing Authority of the intended sale or conveyance described in paragraph (a) of this section by email. The notice must be received by the Licensing Authority at least 20 working days prior to the intended consummation of the sale or conveyance. Such notice shall include electronic copies of the documents of sale or conveyance. The Licensing Authority will review the documents for compliance with the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section and advise the parties in writing of its findings by the end of the 20-day period. The parties shall have the burden of demonstrating to the satisfaction of the Licensing Authority that the contemplated sale or conveyance complies with the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section. Within 15 days of the consummation of the sale or conveyance, the parties shall email the final documents to the Licensing Authority. The Licensing Authority will not transfer the licenses unless the documents are submitted in accordance with this paragraph.
(c) The eligibility for a license of a person to whom a business is sold or conveyed will be determined for the next quota year in accordance with § 6.23. For the purposes of § 6.23(b)(1) the person to whom a business is sold or conveyed shall be deemed to be the person to whom the historical licenses were issued during the quota year in which the sale or conveyance occurred. Further, for the purposes of § 6.23(b) and (c), the entries made under such licenses by the original licensee during the year in which the sale of conveyance is made, shall be considered as having been made by the person to whom the business was sold or conveyed.
[80 FR 44254, July 27, 2015]
§ 6.29 Use of licenses.
(a) An article entered under a license shall be an article produced in the country specified on the license.
(b) An article entered or withdrawn from warehouse for consumption under a license must be entered in the name of the licensee as the importer of record by the licensee or its agent, and must be owned by the licensee at the time of such entry.
(c) If the article entered or withdrawn from warehouse for consumption was purchased by the licensee through a direct sale from a foreign supplier, the licensee shall present the following documents or their authorized electronic equivalent, when available, at the time of entry:
(1) A true and correct copy of a through bill of lading from the country; and
(2) A commercial invoice or bill of sale from the seller, showing the quantity and value of the product, the date of purchase and the country; or
(3) Where the article was entered into warehouse by the foreign supplier, CBP Form 7501 endorsed by the foreign supplier, and the commercial invoice.
(d) If the article entered was purchased by the licensee via sale-in-transit, the licensee shall present the following documents or their authorized electronic equivalent, when available, at the time of entry:
(1) A true and correct copy of a through bill of lading endorsed by the original consignee of the goods;
(2) A certified copy of the commercial invoice or bill of sale from the foreign supplier to the original consignee of the goods; and
(3) A commercial invoice or bill of sale from the original consignee to the licensee.
(e) If the article entered was purchased by the licensee in warehouse, the licensee shall present the following documents or their authorized electronic equivalent, when available, at the time of entry:
(1) CBP Form 7501 endorsed by the original consignee of the goods;
(2) A certified copy of the commercial invoice or bill of sale from the foreign supplier to the original consignee of the goods; and
(3) A commercial invoice or bill of sale from the original consignee to the licensee.
(f) The Licensing Authority may waive the requirements of paragraphs (c), (d) or (e), if it determines that because of strikes, lockouts or other unusual circumstances, compliance with those requirements would unduly interfere with the entry of such articles.
(g) Nothing in this subpart shall prevent the use of immediate delivery in accordance with the provisions of CBP regulations relating to tariff-rate quotas.
[80 FR 44254, July 27, 2015, as amended at 81 FR 87802, Dec. 6, 2016]
§ 6.30 Record maintenance and inspection.
A licensee shall retain all records relating to its purchases, sales and transactions governed by this subpart, including all records necessary to establish the licensee's eligibility, for five years subsequent to the end of the quota year in which such purchases, sales or transactions occurred. During that period, the licensee shall, upon reasonable notice and during ordinary hours of business, grant officials of the U.S. Department of Agriculture full and complete access to the licensee's premises to inspect, audit or copy such records.
[80 FR 44254, July 27, 2015]
§ 6.31 Debarment and suspension.
The provisions in 2 CFR parts 417 and 421 apply to this subpart.
[85 FR 31938, May 28, 2020]
§ 6.32 Globalization of licenses.
If the Licensing Authority determines that entries of an article from a country are likely to fall short of that country's allocated amount as indicated in Appendices 1, 2, and 3, the Licensing Authority may permit, with the approval of the Office of the United States Trade Representative, the applicable licensees to enter the remaining balance or a portion thereof from any country during that quota year. Requests for consideration of such adjustments must be submitted to the Licensing Authority no later than September 1. The Licensing Authority will obtain prior consent for such an adjustment of licenses from the government of the exporting country for quantities in accordance with the Uruguay Round commitment of the United States. No globalization requests will be considered prior to April 1 of each year.
[80 FR 44254, July 27, 2015]
§ 6.33 License fee.
(a) A fee will be assessed each quota year for each license to defray the Department's costs of administering the licensing system. To the extent practicable, the fee will be announced by the Licensing Authority in a notice published in the Federal Register no later than August 31 of the year preceding the quota year for which the fee is assessed.
(b) The license fee for each license issued is due and payable in full no later than March 15 of the year for which the license is issued. The fee for any license issued after March 15 of any quota year is due and payable in full no later than 10 days from the date of issuance of the license. Fee payments are payable to the Treasurer of the United States and shall be made solely utilizing the electronic software designated for the purpose by the Licensing Authority as provided in § 6.36(b).
(c) If the license fees for all licenses issued to a licensee are not paid by the final payment date, a hold will be placed on the use of all licenses issued to the licensee and no articles will be permitted entry under those licenses. The Licensing Authority shall send a warning by email advising the licensee that if payment is not made in accordance with § 6.36(b) and received within 10 calendar days from the date of the email, all licenses issued to that licensee will be revoked. Where the license at issue is a historical license, this will result, pursuant to § 6.23(b), in the person's loss of historical eligibility for such license.
[80 FR 44254, July 27, 2015]
§ 6.34 Adjustment of appendices.
(a) Whenever a historical license (Appendix 1) is not issued to an applicant pursuant to the provisions of § 6.23, is permanently surrendered or is revoked by the Licensing Authority, the amount of such license will be transferred to Appendix 2.
(b) The cumulative annual transfers to Appendix 2 made in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section will be published by Notice in the Federal Register each year. If a transfer results in the addition of a new article, or an article from a country not previously listed in Appendix 2, the Licensing Authority shall afford all eligible applicants for that quota year the opportunity to apply for a license for such article.
[80 FR 44254, July 27, 2015]
§ 6.35 Correction of errors.
(a) If a person demonstrates, to the satisfaction of the Licensing Authority, that errors were made by officers or employees of the United States Government, the Licensing Authority will review and rectify the errors to the extent permitted under this subpart.
(b) To be considered, a person must provide sufficient documentation regarding the error to the Licensing Authority by email, not later than August 31 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the error was alleged to have been committed.
(c) If the error resulted in the loss of a historical license by a license holder, the Licensing Authority will transfer the amount of such license from Appendix 2 to Appendix 1 in order to provide for the issuance of such license in the calendar year following the calendar year for which the license was revoked. The cumulative annual transfers to Appendix 1 in accordance with this paragraph will be published in the Federal Register.
[80 FR 44254, July 27, 2015]
§ 6.36 Miscellaneous.
(a) If any deadline date in this subpart falls on a Saturday, Sunday, or a Federal holiday, then the deadline shall be the next business day.
(b) All applications and fee payments required under this subpart shall be made utilizing the electronic software designated for this purpose by the Licensing Authority, and official correspondence with the Licensing Authority, except as provided under § 6.28(b), shall be by email. Digital scanned versions (e.g. PDF, JPEG, TIF, etc.) of hardcopy documents submitted by email are acceptable electronic communications.
[80 FR 44254, July 27, 2015]
Subpart C Price-Undercutting of Domestic Cheese by Quota Cheeses
Authority: Sec. 702, Pub. L. 96-39, 93 Stat. 144, 19 U.S.C. 1202 note.
Source: 45 FR 9883, Feb. 13, 1980, unless otherwise noted. Redesignated at 85 FR 31938, May 28, 2020.
§ 6.40 General.
This subpart sets forth the procedures applicable to the determination by the Secretary of Agriculture as to whether the price at which any article of quota cheese is being offered for sale in the United States on a duty-paid wholesale basis is less than the domestic wholesale market price of similar articles produced in the United States (i.e., price-undercutting) in accordance with section 702 of the Trade Agreements Act of 1979 (Pub. L. 96-39, 93 Stat. 144, 19 U.S.C. 1202 note) (hereinafter referred to as the Act).
§ 6.41 Definitions.
(a) Complainant means the person who has filed with the Investigating Authority, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this subpart, a written complaint alleging that price-undercutting is occurring.
(b) Country of origin means the country, as defined in 19 CFR 134.1(b), in which the quota article subject to this regulation was produced or manufactured.
(c) Foreign government means the government of the country of origin or, for purposes of determining whether a subsidy has been provided for the member states of the European Economic Community, the subsidy granting bodies of the European Economic Community.
(d) Investigating Authority means the Director, Dairy, Livestock and Poultry Division, Commodity Programs, Foreign Agricultural Service.
(e) Quota cheese means the articles provided for in the following items of the Tariff Schedules of the United States:
117.00 (except Stilton produced in the United Kingdom); 117.05 (except Stilton produced in the United Kingdom); 117.15; 117.20; 117.25; 117.42; 117.44; 117.55; 117.60 (except Gammelost and Nokkelost); 117.75 (except goat's milk cheeses and soft-ripened cow's milk cheeses); 117.81; 117.86; 117.88 (except goat's milk cheeses and soft-ripened cow's milk cheeses);
(f) Secretary means the Secretary of Agriculture.
(g) Subsidy has the same meaning as such term has in section 771(5) of the Tariff Act of 1930 as added by section 101 of the Trade Agreements Act of 1979 (19 U.S.C. 1677(5)).
(h) The United States means the Customs Territory of the United States, which is limited to the United States, District of Columbia and Puerto Rico.
§ 6.42 Complaints of price-undercutting.
(a) Submission of complaint. Any person who has reason to believe that the price at which any article of quota cheese is offered for sale or sold in the United States on a duty-paid wholesale price basis is less than the domestic wholesale market price of similar articles produced in the United States and that a foreign government is providing a subsidy with respect to such article of quota cheese may file with the Investigating Authority a written complaint making such allegation.
(b) Contents of complaint. Such complaint shall contain, or be accompanied by, information to substantiate complainant's allegations, in substantially the following form:
(1) The name and address of the complainant.
(2) The location of the domestic wholesale market in which price-undercutting is alleged to be occurring.
(3) The article of quota cheese involved in the alleged price-undercutting.
(4) The country of origin of such article of quota cheese.
(5) The similar domestic article, the price of which the complainant believes is being undercut.
(6) The month and year that the complainant first concluded that the price-undercutting was taking place.
(7) To extent known to the complainant, all pertinent facts with regard to the alleged subsidy, and, if known, the statutory or other authority under which it is paid, the manner in which it is paid, and the value of such subsidy when received and used by producers or sellers of such quota cheese.
(8) All other information which the complainant believes substantiates the allegation of price-undercutting, including the complainant's estimate of the domestic wholesale market price of the similar article produced in the United States and the duty-paid wholesale price of the quota cheese involved. If available, samples of the domestic and imported cheese products should be submitted.
§ 6.43 Determinations.
(a) Making determinations. Not later than 30 days after receiving an acceptable complaint, as described in § 6.42(b), alleging price-undercutting, the Secretary shall make a determination as to the validity of the allegation. In making such determination, the following shall apply:
(1) The “domestic wholesale market” shall be one or more of the three major U.S. market areas, viz., New York City, Chicago, and San Francisco, and/or any other market area within the Customs Territory of the United States, which the Investigating Authority determines most representative of the area specified by the complainant as the one in which price-undercutting is alleged to be occurring (hereinafter referred to as “designated area”).
(2) The “duty-paid wholesale price” determined by the Investigating Authority shall be the average of prices at which wholesalers have sold or offered for sale in the designated area the article of quota cheese alleged to be involved in price-undercutting, as obtained in a survey directed by the Investigating Authority during the investigation: Provided, That whenever the designated area is not or does not include one of the major market areas specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, the Investigating Authority may adjust the average of prices determined for such designated area on the basis of the average of prices determined for the major market area which is determined to be the most representative of the designated area, taking into consideration any special factors which may be affecting prices in the designated area.
(3) The “domestic wholesale market price” determined by the Investigating Authority for a similar article produced in the United States to that article of quota cheese which is alleged to be involved in price-undercutting shall be the average of prices at which wholesalers have sold the similar article produced in the United States in the designated area, as obtained in a survey directed by the Investigating Authority during the investigation: Provided, That whenever the designated area is not or does not include one of the major market areas specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, the Investigating Authority may adjust the average of prices determined for such designated area on the basis of the average of prices determined for the major market area which is determined to be the most representative of the designated area, taking into consideration any special factors which may be affecting prices in the designated area.
(4) “Similar article produced in the United States” shall be an article of cheese, cheese product, or imitation cheese produced in the United States and marketed in the domestic wholesale market, which is determined by the Investigating Authority, based upon available information to be most like the imported article of quota cheese alleged to be involved in price-undercutting, in terms of its physical properties and end use. In making this determination, first consideration shall be given to the normal end uses of the article produced in the United States in comparison with the end use of the article of quota cheese alleged to be involved in price-undercutting. If the end use of both articles is determined to be the same (e.g., processing or retail sale), the physical characteristics of the two articles shall be considered.
If the common end use of the two articles is processing, the representative samples of the two articles shall be examined in terms of processing quality, taking special note of processing yields. If the common end use of the two articles is retail sale, representative samples of the two articles shall be examined in terms of similarities of taste, texture, general appearance, quality, age, and packaging. Imported imitation quota cheese shall only be compared with imitation domestic cheese. If it is determined that the domestic cheese the price of which is claimed to be undercut is not similar to the quota cheese allegedly undercutting it, there shall be no finding of price-undercutting.
(b) Reporting determinations. Determinations by the Secretary as to the validity of allegations of price-undercutting made under this subpart shall be published in the Federal Register not later than 5 days after the date the determination is made.
§ 6.44 Delegation of authority.
The powers vested in the Administrator, FAS, insofar as such powers relate to the functions of the Investigating Authority by this regulation are hereby delegated to the Investigating Authority. This final rule has been reviewed under the USDA criteria established to implement Executive Order 12044, “Improving Government Regulations.” a determination has been made that this action should not be classified “significant” under those criteria. A Final Impact Statement has been prepared and is available from Carol M. Harvey in room 6622, South Agriculture Building, 14th and Independence Ave., SW., Washington, DC 20250.
PART 7 SELECTION AND FUNCTIONS OF FARM SERVICE AGENCY STATE AND COUNTY COMMITTEES
Authority: 7 U.S.C. 2279-1, 16 U.S.C. 590d and 590h.
Source: 77 FR 33070, June 5, 2012, unless otherwise noted.
§ 7.1 Administration.
(a) The regulations in this part apply to the election and functions of the Farm Service Agency (FSA) county committees and the functions of FSA State committees (“county committees” and “State committees,” respectively). State and county committees will be under the general supervision of the FSA Administrator.
(b) State and county committees, and representatives and employees of those committees, do not have authority to modify or waive any of the provisions of this part.
(c) State committees will take any actions required by these regulations that have not been taken by a county committee. State committees will also:
(1) Correct, or require a county committee to correct, any action taken by such county committee that is not in accordance with this part, or
(2) Require a county committee to withhold taking any action that is not in accordance with this part.
(d) No provision or delegation to a State or county committee will preclude the FSA Administrator, or designee, from determining any question arising under this part, or from reversing or modifying any determination made by a State or county committee.
(e) These regulations will be administered in accordance with the Uniform Guidelines for Conducting FSA County Committee Elections.
(f) Unless specifically provided in this part, the Deputy Administrator, Field Operations, FSA (Deputy Administrator), is authorized to issue the official instructions and procedures referred to in this part to implement the provisions of this part.
(g) This part applies to the United States, its territories, and Puerto Rico.
§ 7.2 General.
State and county committees will, as directed by the Secretary, or a designee of the Secretary, carry out the programs and functions of the Secretary.
§ 7.3 Definitions.
The following definitions apply to this part. The definitions in § 718.2 of this title also apply to this part, except where they conflict with the definitions in this section.
Cooperate means to enroll a farming operation or agricultural property with a county office.
Deputy Administrator means Deputy Administrator for Field Operations, Farm Service Agency, U.S. Department of Agriculture or the designee.
Local administrative area means an elective area for FSA committees in a single county or multi-county jurisdiction.
Participate means to receive assistance, services, or benefits directly from the United States Department of Agriculture (USDA), or from USDA indirectly through another governmental agency.
Socially disadvantaged farmer or rancher is an individual or entity who is a member of a group whose members have been subject to racial, ethnic, or gender prejudice because of their identity as members of a group without regard to their individual qualities. These groups consist of: American Indians or Alaskan Natives, Asians, Blacks or African Americans, Native Hawaiians or other Pacific Islanders, Hispanics, and women.
State committee means the FSA State committee.
Uniform Guidelines means the Uniform Guidelines for Conducting Farm Service Agency County Committee Elections, which are available in FSA Handbook 15-AO.
§ 7.4 Selection of committee members.
(a) State committee members will be selected by the Secretary and will serve at the pleasure of the Secretary.
(b) County committee members will be elected as specified in § 7.11 of this part or appointed as specified in § 7.17 of this part.
§ 7.5 Eligible voters.
(a) Persons must meet the requirements of paragraphs (b) or (c) of this section to be eligible to vote in direct elections of county committee members.
(b) Farmers and ranchers who are of legal voting age in the State in which their farms or ranches are located, regardless of race, color, national origin, gender, religion, age, disability, political beliefs, sexual orientation, and marital or family status, and any farmers or ranchers not of legal voting age who are in charge of the supervision and conduct of the farming operations on an entire farm, are eligible to vote for direct election of county committee members, if they:
(1) Participated in a program administered within a county, or area under the jurisdiction of the county committee, within 1 year of the date of the election; or
(2) Not later than the final date to return ballots, cooperate as evidenced in county office records.
(c) In any State having a community property law, the spouse of a person who is eligible to vote in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section is also eligible to vote.
(d) If an eligible voter is a legal entity, the eligible voter's vote may be cast by a duly authorized representative of such entity, as determined by the Deputy Administrator, Field Operations, FSA.
(e) Each county office will maintain a list of eligible voters for each local administrative area within the county. A county office must disclose a list containing the names of eligible voters to the public. A county office must disclose a list containing the names and addresses of eligible voters to a candidate for a county committee position at the request of the candidate.
(f) Farmers and ranchers who are not on the list of eligible voters who believe that they meet eligibility requirements may file a written challenge with the county committee and may appeal county committee voting ineligibility determinations to the State committee.
(g) Each eligible voter will be entitled to only one ballot in any election held in any one local administrative area. If the eligible voter has an interest in land located in more than one local administrative area in a single county, such voter will not be entitled to vote in more than one local administrative area in that county. There will be no voting by proxy.
§ 7.6 Establishment of local administrative areas.
(a) The Secretary, or the Secretary's designee, may designate local administrative areas within a county or a larger area under the jurisdiction of a county committee.
(1) There will be a minimum of three local administrative areas in each county. In counties that have been combined or consolidated into a multiple county office, there will be 3 to 11 local administrative areas. In single-county offices, there will be three to five local administrative areas. With respect to Alaska and Puerto Rico, the county will be the area so designated by the State committees. In Louisiana, the term “county” applies to parishes.
(2) Each local administrative area will have not more than one elected county committee member.
(3) The boundaries of the local administrative areas will be determined by the State committee after considering recommendations by the county committee in which the local administrative areas are located.
(4) The county committee must give public notice of the local administrative area boundaries in advance of the election and nomination processes.
(b) [Reserved]
§ 7.7 Calling of elections.
(a) The Secretary will establish a county committee in each county or area under the jurisdiction of a multiple county office.
(b) Each election of county committee members must be held on a date, or within a specified period of time, determined by the Deputy Administrator. Each such election must be held in accordance with instructions issued by the Deputy Administrator, and the instructions must be available for public examination in each county office.
(c) If the number of eligible voters voting in any election of county committee members is so small that the State committee determines that the result of that election does not represent the views of a substantial number of eligible voters, the State committee may declare the election void and call a new election. If it is determined by the State committee that the election for any position on a county committee has not been held substantially in accordance with official instructions, the State committee will declare such election void and call a new election.
§ 7.8 Nominations for county committee.
(a) Nominations to the county committee will be publicly solicited with a closing date for nominations not less than 90 days prior to the election date.
(b) Each solicitation for nomination will include the nondiscrimination statement used by the Secretary.
(c) To be eligible for nomination for election in a single county jurisdiction in the local administrative area conducting the election, a person must be a farmer or rancher residing within that local administrative area under the jurisdiction of the county committee. In a multiple county jurisdiction, or in the case where an local administrative area or county boundary runs through a farm, a person will only be eligible for nomination in the jurisdiction and local administrative area in which the person's records are administered.
(d) To be eligible, nominees must be farmers or ranchers who:
(1) Participated in a program administered within an area under the jurisdiction of the county committee; or
(2) At the time of the deadline to submit nominations, cooperate as evidenced in county office records.
(e) Nominations of eligible farmers and ranchers will be solicited and accepted from organizations representing the interests of socially disadvantaged farmers and ranchers.
(f) Eligible farmers and ranchers may nominate themselves or other farmers and ranchers who meet the nomination criteria in paragraph (d) of this section, and who certify their willingness to serve on the county committee.
(g) If elected, nominees must meet all the eligibility requirements in § 7.18 to serve as county committee members.
§ 7.9 Slate of candidates.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, a slate of candidates will consist of one or more eligible farmers and ranchers nominated through public solicitation of nominees as specified in § 7.8.
(b) If no nominations are received by the closing date for nominations, the county committee must develop a slate of candidates in accordance with the Uniform Guidelines.
(c) A slate developed by the county committee must include at least one individual representing the interests of socially disadvantaged farmers and ranchers.
(d) Candidates must certify their willingness to serve on the county committee if elected as a member or alternate.
(e) The county committee must accept write-in candidates on ballots.
(f) Write-in candidates, if elected as a member or an alternate, must meet the eligibility requirements of § 7.18 and must certify their willingness to serve on the county committee before they will be certified as a member or alternate.
§ 7.10 Conduct of county committee elections.
(a) The county committee serving at the time of the election will be responsible for the conduct of the county committee election in accordance with the Uniform Guidelines and with any instructions issued by the Deputy Administrator.
(b) County committee elections must not be associated with, or held in conjunction with, any other election or referendum conducted for any other purpose.
(c) The county committee must give advance public notice at least 30 calendar days prior to the election date of how, when, and where eligible voters may vote.
(d) The county committee must provide at least 10 calendar days of public notice of the date, time, and place at which election ballots will be opened and counted.
(e) The county committee must provide at least 10 calendar days of public notice that any person may observe the opening and counting of the election ballots.
(f) The county executive director must notify all nominees of the outcome of the election within 5 calendar days of the election date. The notification must be in writing.
§ 7.11 Election of county committee members.
(a) Where there are three local administrative areas as specified in § 7.6, there will be an election of a county committee member and, if available, any alternates, for a term of not more than 3 years, or until such person's successor is elected and qualified, in only one of the local administrative areas so that the term of office of one county committee member and any alternates within one of the local administrative areas will expire each year.
(b) Where there are more than three local administrative areas as specified in § 7.6, there will be an election in at least one of the local administrative areas each year, such that the term of office of the county committee member(s) and any alternates within at least one-third of the local administrative areas will expire each year.
(c) Every 3 years, the eligible voters in a local administrative area will elect a county committee member and may elect first and second alternates, as available, to serve. The alternates will serve, in the order of the number of votes received, as acting members of the county committee, in case of the temporary absence of a member, or to become a member of the county committee in that same order elected in case of the resignation, disqualification, removal, or death of a member. In other words, the candidate receiving the most votes will be elected as the committee member, and the candidates receiving the second and third most votes, if there are multiple candidates, will be elected as first and second alternates, respectively.
(d) An alternate serving as an acting member of the county committee will have the same duties, responsibilities, and authority as a regular member of such committee. In the event an alternate fills a permanent vacancy on the county committee, such person will assume the remainder of the unexpired term of the county committee member who was replaced.
(e) The election must be conducted in all counties by mail or other distribution of ballots in accordance with the Uniform Guidelines, except that the Deputy Administrator may authorize use of the meeting or polling place method in any county where such exception is deemed justified.
(f) Elections will be by secret ballot with each eligible voter allowed to cast one vote and having the option of writing in the name of a candidate.
(g) Failure to elect alternates at the regular election will not invalidate such election or require a special election to elect alternates.
§ 7.12 Composition of a county committee.
(a) A committee established under this part will consist of not fewer than 3 nor more than 11 elected members.
(b) Committee members must be fairly representative of the farmers and ranchers within their respective LAA from which they are elected.
(c) The county committee must select a secretary who must be the county executive director or other employee of the county committee. The secretary cannot be a county committee member.
(d) The county committee must select a chairperson and vice-chairperson.
§ 7.13 Tie votes.
Tie votes in county committee elections will be settled by lot in a manner that is open to the public.
§ 7.14 Vacancies.
(a) In case of a vacancy in the office of chairperson of a county committee, the respective vice chairperson will become chairperson. In case of a vacancy in the office of vice chairperson of a three member committee, the respective third member will become vice chairperson. In case of a vacancy in the office of a member, a respective first alternate, if available, will become a member. In case of a vacancy in the office of vice chairperson of a four to five member county committee, the first alternate, if available, for the LAA of the vice chairperson will become a member and the county committee will conduct an organizational meeting to select a vice chairperson; and in case of a vacancy in the office of the first alternate, a respective second alternate, if available, will become the first alternate. When unanimously recommended by the members of the county committee, as constituted under this paragraph, and approved by the State committee, the offices of chairperson and vice chairperson of the county committee may be filled by any county committee member without regard to the order of succession specified in this paragraph.
(b) In the event that a vacancy, other than one caused by temporary absence, occurs in the membership of the county committee and no alternate is available to fill the vacancy, a special election may be held to fill such vacancies as exist in the membership.
(c) In the event that a vacancy, other than one caused by temporary absence, occurs in the membership of the county committee and no alternate is available to fill the vacancy, the State committee may designate a person to serve out the balance of the term of the vacant position on the county committee.
§ 7.15 Challenges and appeals.
(a) Challenges and appeals by nominees regarding voter eligibility or the results of a county committee election must be handled in accordance with the Uniform Guidelines.
(b) Any nominee has the right to challenge an election in writing, in person, or both within 15 calendar days after the results of the election are posted.
(c) Challenges to the election must be made to the county committee, which will provide a decision on the challenge to the appellant within 7 calendar days of the receipt of the challenge.
(d) The county committee's decision may be appealed to the State Committee within 15 calendar days of receipt of the notice of the decision if the appellant desires.
(e) In the event that an election is nullified as a result of a challenge or appeal, or an error in the election process, a special election must be conducted by the county office and closely monitored by the FSA State office.
§ 7.16 Report of election.
(a) The county committee must file an election report with the Secretary through the Deputy Administrator's office not later than 20 days after the date an election is held.
(b) The election report must include:
(1) The number of eligible voters in the local administrative area;
(2) The number of ballots cast in the election by eligible voters;
(3) The percentage of eligible voters that cast ballots;
(4) The number of ballots disqualified in the election;
(5) The percentage of ballots disqualified;
(6) The number of nominees for each seat up for election;
(7) The race, ethnicity, and gender of each nominee, as provided by the voluntary self identification of each nominee; and
(8) The final election results, including the number of ballots received by each nominee.
§ 7.17 Remedial measures.
(a) FSA will consider additional efforts to achieve the objective that county committees are fairly representative of farmers and ranchers within areas covered by the committees. Such efforts may include, but are not limited to, compliance reviews of selected counties, further centralization of the election process, and the appointment of socially disadvantaged farmers and ranchers to particular committees in accordance with a notice published in the Federal Register issued by the Secretary authorizing such appointments.
(b) The Secretary may ensure inclusion of socially disadvantaged farmers and ranchers by appointment of 1 additional voting member to a county committee when a significant population of socially disadvantaged farmers and ranchers exist in the committee jurisdiction and no member is elected from that socially disadvantaged population. The appointment of the socially disadvantaged voting member will be in accordance with standards and qualifications furnished by the State committee.
§ 7.18 Eligibility requirements of county committee members.
(a) To be eligible to hold office as a county committee member or an alternate to any county office, a person must meet the conditions specified in this section.
(b) Such person must:
(1) Meet the eligibility for nomination criteria specified in § 7.8;
(2) Reside in the local administrative area in which the election is held, in cases where a State line, a county line, or a local administrative area boundary runs through a farm, eligible farmers and ranchers residing on such farm may hold office in the county and local administrative area in which the farm has been determined to be located for program participation purposes;
(3) Not be ineligible based on prohibited political activities, as specified in the Uniform Guidelines;
(4) Not have been dishonorably discharged from any branch of the armed services; removed for cause from any public office; convicted of any fraud, larceny, embezzlement, or felony, unless any such disqualification is waived by the State committee or the Deputy Administrator;
(5) Not have been removed as a county committee member, alternate to any county office, or as an employee for: Failure to perform the duties of the office; committing, attempting, or conspiring to commit fraud; incompetence; impeding the effectiveness of any program administered in the county; refusal to carry out or failure to comply with the Department's policy relating to equal opportunity and civil rights, including the equal employment policy, or interfering with others in carrying out such policy; or for violation of official instructions, unless any such disqualification is waived by the State committee or the Deputy Administrator;
(6) Not have been disqualified for future service because of a determination by a State committee that during previous service as a county committee member, alternate to any county office, or as an employee of the county committee, the person has: Failed to perform the duties of such office or employment; committed, attempted, or conspired to commit fraud; impeded the effectiveness of any program administered in the county; in the course of their official duties, refused to carry out or failed to comply with the Department's policy relating to equal opportunity and civil rights, including the equal employment policy, or interfered with others in carrying out such policy; or violated official instructions, unless any such disqualification is waived by the State committee or the Deputy Administrator;
(7) Not be an employee of the U.S. Department of Agriculture during the term of office;
(8) Not be a sales agent or employee of the Risk Management Agency or their affiliates during the term of office;
(9) Not be already serving as a county committee member with 1 or more years remaining in their current term of office; and
(10) Not have served more than 9 consecutive years (three consecutive terms as an elected member) as an elected or appointed county committee member just prior to the current election in which elected office is sought. After a break in service of at least 1 year, a member who has previously served 9 consecutive years may run for re-election or be re-appointed.
§ 7.19 Eligibility requirements of all other personnel.
(a) The county executive director and other employees of the county committee must not have been: Dishonorably discharged from any branch of the armed services; removed for cause from any public office; or convicted of any fraud, larceny, embezzlement, or any other felony, unless any such disqualification is waived by the State committee or the Deputy Administrator.
(b) The county executive director or any other employee of the county committee must not have been removed as a county committee member, alternate to any county office, county executive director, or other employee of the county committee for: Failure to perform the duties of the office; committing, attempting, or conspiring to commit fraud; incompetence; impeding the effectiveness of any program administered in the county; refusal to carry out or failure to comply with the Department's policy relating to equal opportunity and civil rights, including equal employment policy, or interfering with others in carrying out such policy; or for violation of official instructions, unless such disqualification is waived by the State committee or the Deputy Administrator.
(c) The county executive director or any other employee of the county committee must not have been disqualified for future employment because of a determination by a State committee that during previous service as a county committee member, alternate to any county office, or as an employee of the county committee, the person has: Failed to perform the duties of such office or employment; committed, attempted, or conspired to commit fraud; impeded the effectiveness of any program administered in the county; refused to carry out or failed to comply with the Department's policy relating to equal opportunity and civil rights, including the equal employment policy, or interfered with others in carrying out such policy; or violated official instructions, unless such disqualification is waived by the State committee or the Deputy Administrator.
§ 7.20 Prohibition on dual office.
(a) A member of the county committee cannot, during the time they are a committee member, also serve as:
(1) The secretary to the county committee;
(2) A member of the State committee; or
(3) A county executive director or any other county office employee.
(b) [Reserved]
§ 7.21 Terms of office of county committee members.
(a) The term of office of county committee members and alternates to such office will begin on a date fixed by the Deputy Administrator, which will be after their election or appointment.
(b) Before any county committee member or alternate to the county committee may take office as a county committee member, such person must sign an oath of office to pledge that they will faithfully, fairly, and honestly perform to the best of their ability all of the duties devolving on them as committee members.
(c) A term of office will continue until a successor is elected and qualified as specified in §§ 7.8 and 7.9 or appointed as specified in § 7.17.
§ 7.22 State committee duties.
The State committee, subject to the general direction and supervision of the Deputy Administrator, will be generally responsible for carrying out all Farm Programs in the State or any other functions assigned by the Secretary or a designee of the Secretary.
§ 7.23 County committee duties.
(a) The county committee, subject to the general direction and supervision of the State committee, will be generally responsible for carrying out in the county Farm Programs and any other program or function assigned by the Secretary or a designee of the Secretary.
(b) The county committee will:
(1) Employ the county executive director, subject to standards and qualifications furnished by the State committee, except that incumbent directors must not be removed except as specified in § 7.28. There must be no employment discrimination due to race, color, national origin, gender, religion, age, disability, political beliefs, sexual orientation, or marital or family status. The county executive director may not be removed for advocating or carrying out the Department's policy on equal opportunity and civil rights, including the equal employment policy. In the event it is claimed that dismissal is for such reasons, the dismissal will not become effective until the State committee and the Deputy Administrator have determined that dismissal was not because of such reasons;
(2) Direct outreach activities to reach and inform socially disadvantaged farmers and ranchers of all programs and county committee election processes;
(3) Follow official instructions to review, approve, and certify forms, reports, and documents requiring such action;
(4) Recommend to the State committee needed changes in boundaries of local administrative areas;
(5) Make available to farmers, ranchers, and the public information concerning the objectives and operations of the programs administered through the county committee;
(6) Make available to agencies of the Federal Government and others information with respect to the county committee activities in accordance with official instructions issued;
(7) Give public notice of the designation and boundaries of each local administrative area within the county prior to the election of county committee members;
(8) Direct the giving of notices in accordance with applicable regulations and official instructions;
(9) Recommend to the State committee desirable changes in or additions to existing programs;
(10) Conduct such hearings and investigations as the State committee may request; and
(11) Perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the State committee.
§ 7.24 Chairperson of the county committee duties.
The chairperson of the county committee or the person acting as the chairperson will preside at meetings of the county committee, certify such documents as may require the chairperson's certification, and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the State committee.
§ 7.25 County executive director duties.
(a) The county executive director will execute the policies established by the county committee and be responsible for the day-to-day operations of the county office.
(b) The county executive director will:
(1) In accordance with standards and qualifications furnished by the State committee, employ the personnel of the county office. There must be no employment discrimination due to race, color, national origin, gender, religion, age, disability, political beliefs, sexual orientation, and marital or family status. An employee may not be removed under this paragraph for advocating or carrying out the Department's policy on equal opportunity and civil rights, including the equal employment policy. In the event it is claimed that the dismissal is for such reason, the dismissal will not become effective until the State committee and the Deputy Administrator have determined that dismissal was not because of such reason;
(2) Receive, dispose of, and account for all funds, negotiable instruments, or property coming into the custody of the county committee.
§ 7.26 Private business activity and conflicts of interest.
(a) No county committee member, alternate to any such office, or county office employee, may at any time use such office or employment to promote any private business interest.
(b) County committee members, alternates, and any person employed in the county office will be subject to the official instructions issued with respect to conflicts of interest and proper conduct.
§ 7.27 Political activity.
Permitted and prohibited political activities, with respect to any State committee member, county committee member, county executive director, or any other county employee, will be determined in accordance with applicable policies specified in FSA handbooks and directives.
§ 7.28 Removal from office or employment for cause.
(a) Adverse personnel actions involving any county committee member or alternate member, county executive director, or other county office employee will be taken for failing to perform the duties of their office, impeding the effectiveness of any program administered in the county, violating official instructions, or for misconduct.
(b) Any person whom FSA proposes to suspend or remove from office or employment must be given advance written notice of the reason for such action and must be advised of the right to reply to such a proposal and any right of further review and appeal if the person is removed or suspended.
§ 7.29 Delegation of authority to Deputy Administrator.
(a) Notwithstanding the authority vested by this part to a State committee, a county committee, and the county executive director, the Deputy Administrator has the authority to take adverse personnel actions involving any county committee member or alternate member, county executive director, or other county office employee for failing to perform the duties of their office or for misconduct.
(b) Any person whom FSA proposes to suspend or remove from office or employment must be given advance written notice of the reason for such action and must be advised of the right to reply to such a proposal and any right of further review and appeal if the person is removed or suspended.
§ 7.30 Custody and use of books, records, and documents.
(a) All books, records, and documents of or used by the county committee in the administration of programs assigned to it, or in the conduct of elections, will be the property of FSA or the United States Department of Agriculture, as applicable, and must be maintained in good order in the county office.
(b) Voted ballots must be placed into and remain in sealed containers, such containers not being opened until the prescribed date and time for counting. Following the counting of ballots, the ballots must be placed in sealed containers and retained for 1 year unless otherwise determined by the Deputy Administrator.
(c) The books, records, and documents referred to in paragraph (a) of this section must be available for use and examination:
(1) At all times by authorized representatives of the Secretary, the Administrator, or a designee of the Administrator.
(2) By State and county committee members, and authorized employees of the State and county office in the performance of duties assigned to them under this part, subject to instructions issued by the Deputy Administrator;
(3) At any reasonable time to any program participant insofar as such person's interests under the programs administered by the county committee may be affected, subject to instructions issued by the Deputy Administrator; and
(4) To any other person only in accordance with instructions issued by the Deputy Administrator.
§ 7.31 Administrative operations.
The administrative operations of county committees including, but not limited to, the following, must be conducted, except as otherwise provided in this part, in accordance with official instructions issued: Annual, sick, and other types of employee leave; the calling and conduct of elections; and the maintenance of records of county committee meetings.
§ 7.34 Retention of authority.
(a) Nothing in this part will preclude the Secretary, the Administrator, or the Deputy Administrator from administering any or all programs, or exercising other functions delegated to the county committee, State committee, or any employee of such committees.
(b) In exercising this authority, the Secretary, the Administrator, or the Deputy Administrator may designate for such period of time as deemed necessary a person or persons of their choice to be in charge with full authority to carry out the programs or other functions without regard to the normal duties of such committees or employees.
PART 8 4-H CLUB NAME AND EMBLEM
Authority: 5 U.S.C. 301; 18 U.S.C. 707.
Source: 50 FR 31582, Aug. 2, 1985, unless otherwise noted.
§ 8.1 Policy.
The Cooperative Extension Service, of which the 4-H Club program is a part, invites and appreciates the cooperation of all organizations, agencies, and individuals whose interest, products, or services will contribute to the educational effort of the Cooperative Extension Service as conducted through the 4-H Club program.
§ 8.2 Delegation of authority.
The Director of the National Institute of Food and Agriculture, United States Department of Agriculture, may authorize the use of the 4-H Club Name and Emblem in accordance with the regulations in this part.
[50 FR 31582, Aug. 2, 1985, as amended at 60 FR 52293, Oct. 6, 1995; 76 FR 4803, Jan. 27, 2011]
§ 8.3 Definitions.
4-H Club Name and Emblem as used in this part means the emblem consisting of a green four-leaf clover with stem and the letter “H” in white or gold on each leaflet, or any insignia in colorable imitation thereof, or the words, “4-H Club,” “4-H Clubs” or any combination of these or other words or characters in colorable imitation thereof.
Cooperative Extension Service, as used in this part includes the entire Cooperative Extension System consisting of the National Institute of Food and Agriculture, United States Department of Agriculture; the State Cooperative Extension Services; and the County Cooperative Extension Services.
County Cooperative Extension Service as used in this part refers to a county Extension office or equivalent Extension office operating under a State Cooperative Extension Service.
National Institute of Food and Agriculture as used in this part means the Federal agency within the United States Department of Agriculture that administers Federal agricultural cooperative extension programs.
State Cooperative Extension Service as used in this part means an organization established at the land-grant college or university under the Smith-Lever Act of May 8, 1914, as amended (7 U.S.C. 341-349); section 209(b) of the Act of October 26, 1974, as amended (D.C. Code, through section 31-1719(b)); or section 1444 of the National Agricultural Research, Extension, and Teaching Policy Act of 1977, as amended (7 U.S.C. 3221).
[50 FR 31582, Aug. 2, 1985, as amended at 52 FR 8432, Mar. 17, 1987; 52 FR 47660, Dec. 15, 1987; 60 FR 52293, Oct. 6, 1995; 76 FR 4803, Jan. 27, 2011]
§ 8.4 Basic premises.
(a) The 4-H Club Name and Emblem are held in trust by the Secretary of Agriculture of the United States Department of Agriculture for the educational and character-building purposes of the 4-H program and can be used only as authorized by the statute and according to the authorization of the Secretary or designated representative.
(b) The 4-H Club Name and Emblem may be used by authorized representatives of the United States Department of Agriculture, the Cooperative Extension Services, the land-grant institutions, and the National 4-H Council, according to these regulations, for serving the educational needs and interests of 4-H youth.
(c) Any use of the 4-H Club Name and Emblem is forbidden if it exploits the 4-H programs, its volunteer leaders or 4-H youth participants or the United States Department of Agriculture, the Cooperative Extension Services, or the land-grant institutions, or their employees.
(d) The 4-H Club Name and Emblem shall not be used to imply endorsement of commercial firms, products, or services.
§ 8.5 Revocation of present authorizations.
Effective September 16, 1985, authorization permits for the use of the 4-H Club Name and Emblem presently in effect will be revoked. However, such authorizations may be renewed upon written request.
§ 8.6 Authorization for use.
(a) The Director of the National Institute of Food and Agriculture may grant authorization for use of the 4-H Club Name and Emblem:
(1) For educational or informational uses which the Cooperative Extension Service deems to be in the best interests of the 4-H program and which can be properly controlled by the Cooperative Extension Service.
(2) For services to youth which the Cooperative Extension Service determines it is not in a position itself to perform.
(b) Authorizations, when issued, will be valid for specified purposes and periods of time only. Application forms for requesting authorization to use the 4-H Club Name and Emblem may be obtained from the Director of the National Institute of Food and Agriculture, United States Department of Agriculture, Washington, D.C. 20250.
(c) Granting an authorization to an individual, organization, or institution for a specific use does not preclude granting a similar authorization to another individual, organization, or institution for the same or a similar purpose.
(d) All uses of the 4-H Club Name or Emblem shall be consistent with the educational purposes, character-building objectives, and dignity of the 4-H program and the 4-H Club Name or Emblem shall be given a position of prominence. It is not permissible to superimpose any letter, design, or object on the 4-H Club Emblem, or to materially alter its intended shape.
(e) Specific authorization is not required to use the 4-H Club Name or Emblem in media such as newspapers, periodicals, and radio and television programs when such use is primarily for educational or informational purposes. Likewise, specific authorization is not required to use the 4-H Club Name or Emblem in those exhibits, displays, etc., which are designed primarily to pay tribute to or salute the 4-H program and are in keeping with the policies enunciated herein.
(f) Authorization must be obtained for use of the 4-H Club Name or Emblem by other than representatives of the Cooperative Extension Services, the land-grant institutions, and the National 4-H Council in connection with contests and awards, books, booklets, charts, posters, and all other forms of publications; all calendars regardless of origin or use; theatrical and nontheatrical motion pictures; slides, slide films, and other visual and audio-visual materials; supplies (whether to be sold or provided without charge); and titles of persons.
(g) Any authorization or permission for use of the 4-H Club Name and Emblem may be revoked at any time after written notice.
[50 FR 31582, Aug. 2, 1985, as amended at 60 FR 52293, Oct. 6, 1995; 76 FR 4803, Jan. 27, 2011]
§ 8.7 Continued use.
(a) The Cooperative Extension Services, land-grant institutions, local 4-H Clubs and groups and other officially affiliated 4-H organziations recognized by the Secretary of Agriculture and the Cooperative Extension Service are authorized to use the 4-H Club Name or Emblem:
(1) For their own educational or informational purposes according to these regulations;
(2) On materials which are originated, requested, purchased, distributed, or sold by them for use in their respective geographical areas of responsibilities;
(3) Except as specifically authorized by the above-named organizations for use within the respective geographic boundaries specified (club or group, county, area, State) and as provided for in paragraph (a)(4) of this section, manufacturers, wholesalers, jobbers, retailers, purchasers or others cannot manufacture, sell, or distribute materials bearing the 4-H Club Name or Emblem.
(4) Any proposal for distribution on an interstate, regional, or nationwide basis of materials, supplies, and similar items bearing the 4-H Club Name or Emblem which originates with an organization or individual not affiliated with the Cooperative Extension Service shall be brought to the attention of the Director of the National Institute of Food and Agriculture, United States Department of Agriculture, for approval.
(b) [Reserved]
[50 FR 31582, Aug. 2, 1985, as amended at 60 FR 52293, Oct. 6, 1995; 76 FR 4803, Jan. 27, 2011]
§ 8.8 Use by public informational services.
(a) In any advertisement, display, exhibit, visual and audio-visual material, news release, publication in any form, radio and television program devoted in whole or in part to 4-H, the 4-H message or salute must be distinctly set apart from any commercial product message or reference.
(b) Advertisements, news releases, publications in any form, visuals and audio-visuals, or displays in any form must not include actual or implied testimonials or endorsements of business firms, commercial products or services, either by 4-H Clubs, other 4-H organizations and affiliated groups, 4-H youth participants, volunteer 4-H leaders, the Cooperative Extension Services, the land-grant institutions, USDA, or by any employees associated with any of the foregoing. Statements that a product is used or preferred to the exclusion of similar products are not permitted.
(c) The granting of an authorization to a non-Extension affiliated agency, organization or individual, for production of films, visual and audio-visual materials, books, publications in any form, etc., is contingent upon approval of the initial proposal and subject to review of the script of the visual or audio-visual or draft of the publication when the draft is in the final working form.
§ 8.9 Use in 4-H fund raising.
(a) Fund-raising programs using the 4-H Name or Emblem may be carried out for specific educational purposes. Such fund-raising programs and use of the 4-H name and emblem on, or associated with, products, and services for such purposes must have the approval of appropriate Cooperative Extension office, as follows:
(1) Approval of the County Cooperative Extension Service, or the appropriate land-grant institution, if the fund-raising program is confined to the area served by the County Cooperative Extension Service.
(2) Approval of the State Cooperative Extension Service, or the appropriate land-grant institution, if the fund-raising program is multi-county or Statewide.
(3) Approval of the Director of the National Institute of Food and Agriculture, United States Department of Agriculture, or a designee, if the fund-raising program is multi-State or Nationwide.
(b) When used to promote 4-H educational programs, the 4-H Club name and emblem, subject to obtaining authorization as provided in these regulations, may be used on or associated with products and services sold in connection with 4-H fund-raising programs so long as no endorsement or the appearance of an endorsement of a commercial firm, product or service is either intended or effected. Tributes to 4-H contained on or associated with commercial products or services, when such products or services are used for the fund-raising activities, are subject to the requirements of this paragraph. All moneys received from 4-H fund-raising programs, except those necessary to pay reasonable expenses, must be expended to further the 4-H educational programs.
[52 FR 8432, Mar. 17, 1987, as amended at 60 FR 52293, Oct. 6, 1995; 76 FR 4803, Jan. 27, 2011]
PART 9 PANDEMIC ASSISTANCE PROGRAMS
Authority: 15 U.S.C. 714b and 714c; Division B, Title I, Pub. L. 116-136, 134 Stat. 505; and Division N, Title VII, Subtitle B, Chapter 1, Pub. L. 116-260.
Source: 85 FR 30830, May 21, 2020, unless otherwise noted.
Subpart A CFAP General Provisions
Source: Redesignated at 85 FR 59384, Sept. 22, 2020, unless otherwise noted.
§ 9.1 Applicability and administration.
(a) Subparts A through C of this part specify the eligibility requirements and payment calculations for the Coronavirus Food Assistance Program (CFAP). CFAP will provide payments with respect to commodities that have been significantly impacted by the effects of the COVID-19 outbreak. CFAP is being implemented through two rounds of payments, with the first round (CFAP 1) determined as specified in subpart B of this part, and the second round (CFAP 2) determined as specified in subpart C of this part. To be eligible for CFAP payments, participants must comply with all provisions under this subpart and the relevant particular subpart for CFAP 1 or CFAP 2. Payments will be made with respect to only commodities produced in the United States; commodities other than livestock that are imported into the United States may not be used to determine any CFAP payment. For livestock, “produced in the United States” means physically located in the United States:
(1) For assistance under subpart B of this part:
(i) On January 15, 2020, and remaining in the United States until sold, for livestock sold between January 15, 2020, and April 15, 2020; or
(ii) On the applicable date selected for livestock in inventory between April 16, 2020, and May 14, 2020; and
(2) For assistance under subpart C of this part, on the applicable date selected for livestock in inventory between April 16, 2020, and August 31, 2020.
(b) The program is administered under the general supervision and direction of the Administrator, Farm Service Agency (FSA) with the assistance of the Agricultural Marketing Service (AMS).
(c) The FSA State committee will take any action required by subparts A through C of this part that an FSA county committee has not taken. The FSA State committee will also:
(1) Correct, or require an FSA county committee to correct, any action taken by such county FSA committee that is not in accordance with the regulations of subparts A through C of this part; or
(2) Require an FSA county committee to withhold taking any action that is not in accordance with subparts A through C of this part.
(d) No provision or delegation to an FSA State or county committee will preclude the FSA Administrator, the Deputy Administrator, or a designee or other such person, from determining any question arising under the CFAP, or from reversing or modifying any determination made by an FSA State or county committee.
[85 FR 30830, May 21, 2020, as amended at 85 FR 59174, Sept. 21, 2020; 85 FR 59384, Sept. 22, 2020; 86 FR 4881, Jan. 19, 2021; 88 FR 1876, Jan. 11, 2023]
§ 9.2 Definitions.
The following definitions apply to subparts A through C of this part. The definitions in parts 718 and 1400 of this title apply, except where they conflict with the definitions in this section.
AMS means USDA's Agricultural Marketing Service.
Application means the CFAP application form.
Cattle means commercially raised or maintained bovine animals, excluding beefalo, bison, and animals used for dairy production or intended for dairy production.
Commodity means an agricultural commodity produced in the United States and intended to be marketed for commercial production that has been designated as eligible for payments under CFAP.
Controlled environment means an environment in which everything that can practicably be controlled by the producer with structures, facilities, and growing media (including but not limited to water, soil, or nutrients), is in fact controlled by the producer, as determined by industry standards.
Foreign entity means a corporation, trust, estate, or other similar organization that has more than 10 percent of its beneficial interest held by individuals who are not:
(1) Citizens of the United States; or
(2) Lawful aliens possessing a valid Alien Registration Receipt Card.
Foreign person means any person who is not a citizen or national of the United States or who is admitted into the United States for permanent residence under the Immigration and Nationality Act and possesses a valid Alien Registration Receipt Card issued by the United States Citizenship and Immigration Services, Department of Homeland Security.
Hogs means any swine 120 pounds or more.
NOFA means a Notice of Funding Availability published in the Federal Register.
Ownership interest means to have either legal ownership interest or beneficial ownership interest in a legal entity. For the purposes of administering CFAP, a person or legal entity that owns a share or stock in a legal entity that is a corporation, limited liability company, limited partnership, or similar type entity, and shares in the profits or losses of such entity is considered to have an ownership interest in such legal entity. A person or legal entity that is a beneficiary of a trust or heir of an estate who benefits from the profits or losses of such entity is also considered to have an ownership interest in such legal entity.
Pigs means any swine weighing less than 120 pounds.
Wool means the fiber sheared from a live sheep and includes, unless noted otherwise, graded and nongraded wool. Graded wool is paid on a clean basis, and ungraded wool is paid on a greasy basis.
[85 FR 30830, May 21, 2020, as amended at 85 FR 35799, June 12, 2020; 85 FR 59175, Sept. 21, 2020; 85 FR 59384, Sept. 22, 2020; 88 FR 1876, Jan. 11, 2023]
§ 9.3 Producer eligibility requirements.
To be eligible for a CFAP payment, a producer must:
(a) Meet all of the requirements in subparts A through C of this part;
(b) Be a:
(1) Citizen of the United States;
(2) Resident alien, which for purposes of subparts A through C of this part means “lawful alien” as defined in part 1400 of this title;
(3) Partnership of citizens of the United States;
(4) Corporation, limited liability company, or other organizational structure organized under State law;
(5) Indian Tribe or Tribal organization, as defined in section 4(b) of the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act (25 U.S.C. 5304); or
(6) Foreign person or foreign entity who meets all requirements as described in part 1400 of this title; and
(c) For payments under § 9.102 of this part, have had a share in the eligible commodity on January 15, 2020, or April 16, 2020, through May 14, 2020.
[85 FR 30830, May 21, 2020, as amended at 85 FR 59384, Sept. 22, 2020; 88 FR 1876, Jan. 11, 2023]
§ 9.4 Time and method of application.
(a) A completed application under this subpart must be submitted in person, by mail, email, or facsimile to any FSA county office by the close of business on:
(1) September 11, 2020, for payments issued under § 9.102; and
(2) October 12, 2021, for payments issued under § 9.203.
(b) Failure of an individual, entity, or a member of an entity to submit the following payment limitation and payment eligibility forms within 60-days from the date of signing the CFAP application, may result in no payment or a reduced payment:
(1) A farm operating plan for an individual or legal entity as provided in part 1400 of this title;
(2) Form CCC-901 Member Information for Legal Entities (if applicable);
(3) An average adjusted gross income statement for the 2020 program year for the person or legal entity, including the legal entity's members, partners, or shareholders, as provided in part 1400 of this title; form CCC-941 Average Adjusted Gross Income (AGI) Certification and Consent to Disclosure of Tax Information;
(4) CCC-942 Certification of Income From Farming, Ranching and Forestry Operations (optional); and
(5) A highly erodible land conservation (sometimes referred to elsewhere as HELC) and wetland conservation certification as provided in part 12 of this title (form AD-1026 Highly Erodible Land Conservation (HELC) and Wetland Conservation (WC) Certification for CFAP applicant and applicable affiliates).
(c) If requested by USDA, the applicant must provide documentation that:
(1) Establishes the applicant's ability and intent to harvest, transport, and market the commodity for the intended market or crop's expected production in a quantity determined based on the producer's approved yield, expected level of production, or inventory of the livestock, crop, or commodity;
(2) Establishes the applicant's ownership share in the commodity; and
(3) Establishes the applicant's value at risk in the commodity.
(d) A producer applying for assistance for a crop subject to § 9.203(a) or (b) must file a report of all acreage of the crop on FSA-578, Report of Acreage.
(e) To receive an additional payment under § 9.203(p), a producer must submit form CCC-860, Socially Disadvantaged, Limited Resource, Beginning and Veteran Farmer or Rancher Certification, with a certification applicable to the 2020 program year by the date announced by the Deputy Administrator.
[85 FR 30830, May 21, 2020, as amended at 85 FR 49594, Aug. 14, 2020; 85 FR 59384, Sept. 22, 2020; 86 FR 4882, Jan. 15, 2021; 86 FR 48017, Aug. 27, 2021; 88 FR 1876, Jan. 11, 2023]
§ 9.5 [Reserved]
§ 9.6 Eligibility subject to verification.
(a) Producers who are approved for participation in CFAP are required to retain documentation in support of their application for 3 years after the date of approval.
(b) Participants receiving CFAP payments or any other person who furnishes such information to USDA must permit authorized representatives of USDA or the Government Accountability Office, during regular business hours, to enter the agricultural operation and to inspect, examine, and to allow representatives to make copies of books, records, or other items for the purpose of confirming the accuracy of the information provided by the participant.
§ 9.7 Miscellaneous provisions.
(a) If a CFAP payment resulted from erroneous information provided by a participant, or any person acting on their behalf, the payment will be recalculated and the participant must refund any excess payment with interest calculated from the date of the disbursement of the payment.
(1) If FSA determines that the applicant intentionally misrepresented either the total amount or applicant's share of the commodities, acres, sales, or revenue on their application, the application will be disapproved and the applicant must refund the full payment to FSA with interest from the date of disbursement.
(2) Any required refunds must be resolved in accordance with part 3 of this title.
(b) The regulations in part 718, subpart D, and parts 11 and 780 of this title apply to determinations made under subparts A through C of this part.
(c) Any payment under subparts A through C of this part will be made without regard to questions of title under State law and without regard to any claim or lien against the commodity or proceeds from the sale of the commodity. The regulations governing offsets in part 3 of this title do not apply to payments made under subparts A through C of this part.
(d) The $900,000 average AGI limitation provisions in part 1400 of this title relating to limits on payments for persons or legal entities, excluding joint ventures and general partnerships, apply to each applicant for CFAP unless at least 75 percent of the person or legal entity's average AGI is derived from farming, ranching, or forestry-related activities. The average AGI will be calculated for a person or such legal entity based on the 2016, 2017, and 2018 tax years. If the person or such legal entity's average AGI is below $900,000 or at least 75 percent of the person or legal entity's average AGI is derived from farming, ranching, or forestry-related activities, the person or legal entity, is eligible to receive payments under subparts A through C of this part.
(e)(1) The total amount of CFAP payments that a program applicant who is an individual may receive directly or through the attribution of payments as provided in paragraph (e)(3) of this section is $250,000 under each of subparts B and C. The total amount of payments that a program applicant who is a legal entity created under State law may receive is $250,000 under each of subparts B and C, except as provided in paragraph (e)(2) of this section. Payments made to a program applicant who is a joint venture or a general partnership are limited to the aggregated amount of payments that individual or legal entity members of the joint venture or general partnership may otherwise receive.
(2)(i) The total amount of CFAP payments a corporation, limited liability company, limited partnership, trust, or estate may receive is $250,000 under each of subparts B and C unless the members, partners, stockholders, beneficiaries, or heirs of the legal entity meet the provisions of paragraphs (e)(2)(ii) or (iii) of this section.
(ii) The total amount of CFAP payments a corporation, limited liability company, limited partnership, trust, or estate may receive is $500,000 under each of subparts B and C if two different individual persons who are members, partners, stockholders, beneficiaries, or heirs of the legal entity each provided at least 400 hours of active personal labor or active personal management or combination thereof with respect to the production of commodities for which an application or applications are made in accordance with subparts A through C of this part.
(iii) The total amount of CFAP payments a corporation, limited liability company, limited partnership, trust, or estate may receive is $750,000 under each of subparts B and C if three different individual persons who are members, partners, stockholders, beneficiaries, or heirs of the legal entity each provided at least 400 hours of active personal labor or active personal management or combination thereof with respect to the production of commodities for which an application or applications are made in accordance with subparts A through C of this part.
(3)(i) Except for payments subject to the increased payment limitation in (e)(2)(ii) and (e)(2)(iii) of this section, a CFAP payment made to any legal entity will be attributed to individuals or legal entities with an ownership interest in the legal entity in accordance with § 1400.105 of this title. Payments attributed to a legal entity with an ownership interest in the legal entity will be further attributed as provided in § 1400.105 of this title. If the legal entity does not qualify for an increased payment limitation under (e)(2)(ii) or (iii) of this section and the total amount of CFAP payments made directly or indirectly to an individual or legal entity has met the applicable amount specified in paragraph (e)(1) of this section, the payment to the legal entity will be reduced commensurate with the amount of the ownership interest of the individual or legal entity in the legal entity. CFAP payments subject to attribution under this paragraph will be attributed to individuals and legal entities until the attribution is made only to an individual except the attribution will stop at the fourth level of ownership.
(ii) A payment subject to the increased payment limitation in (e)(2)(ii) or (iii) of this section will be limited to the lesser of the amount specified in either (e)(2)(ii) or (iii) of this section, or the sum of the amount specified in (e)(1) of this section that each eligible member, stockholder, partner, heir, or beneficiary of the legal entity may receive, regardless of ownership share. Payments attributed to a legal entity with an ownership interest in the legal entity will be further attributed to individuals and legal entities until the attribution is made only to an individual, except the attribution will stop at the fourth level of ownership.
(4) If an individual or legal entity is not eligible to receive CFAP payments due to the individual or legal entity failing to satisfy some other payment eligibility provision such as AGI in or conservation compliance provisions or some other payment eligibility impediment, the payment made either directly or indirectly to the individual or legal entity will be reduced to zero. The amount of the reduction for the direct payment to the applicant will be commensurate with the direct or indirect ownership interest of the ineligible individual or ineligible legal entity. The application of this ineligibility to receive a CFAP payment due to the excessive AGI of an individual or legal entity will stop at the fourth level of ownership.
(f) For the purposes of the effect of a lien on eligibility for Federal programs (28 U.S.C. 3201(e)), USDA waives the restriction on receipt of funds under CFAP but only as to beneficiaries who, as a condition of the waiver, agree to apply the CFAP payments to reduce the amount of the judgment lien.
(g) In addition to any other Federal laws that apply to CFAP, the following laws apply: 15 U.S.C. 714; 18 U.S.C. 286, 287, 371, 1001; and 31 U.S.C. 1001.
(h) Subparts A through C of this part apply to applications submitted under CFAP through the applicable date in § 9.4(a), or until funds made available for CFAP are exhausted.
(i) To be eligible to receive a CFAP payment and facilitate administration of paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section, a person or legal entity must provide their name, address, and taxpayer identification number to USDA. In addition, a legal entity must provide the name taxpayer identification number, address and ownership share of each person or legal entity that holds or acquires a direct or indirect ownership interest in the legal entity. CFAP payments to a legal entity will be reduced in proportion to a member's ownership share when the taxpayer identification number for a person or legal entity that holds less than a 10 percent direct or indirect ownership interest at, or above, the fourth level of ownership in the business structure is not provided to USDA. Additionally, a legal entity will not be eligible to receive CFAP payments when a valid taxpayer identification number for a person or legal entity that holds a direct or indirect ownership interest of 10 percent or greater, at or above the fourth level of ownership in the business structure, is not provided to USDA.
[85 FR 30830, May 21, 2020, as amended at 85 FR 49594, Aug. 14, 2020; 85 FR 59385, Sept. 22, 2020; 86 FR 48017, Aug. 27, 2021; 88 FR 1876, Jan. 11, 2023]
§ 9.8 Perjury.
In either applying for or participating in CFAP, or both, the producer is subject to laws against perjury and any penalties and prosecution resulting therefrom, with such laws including but not limited to 18 U.S.C. 1621. If the producer willfully makes and represents as true any verbal or written declaration, certification, statement, or verification that the producer knows or believes not to be true, in the course of either applying for or participating in CFAP, or both, then the producer is guilty of perjury and, except as otherwise provided by law, may be fined, imprisoned for not more than 5 years, or both, regardless of whether the producer makes such verbal or written declaration, certification, statement, or verification within or without the United States.
Subpart B CFAP 1
Source: 85 FR 59385, Sept. 22, 2020, unless otherwise noted.
§ 9.101 Definitions.
The following definitions apply to this subpart. The definitions in parts 718 and 1400 of this title also apply, except where they conflict with the definitions in this section.
All other cattle means commercially raised or maintained bovine animals not meeting the definition of another category of cattle in this subpart, excluding beefalo, bison, and animals used for dairy production or intended for dairy production.
Aquaculture means only those species as announced in a NOFA.
Cattle raised or maintained for breeding purposes means animals commercially raised or maintained for use as either a sire or dam for the production of livestock offspring or lactation.
Crop means non-specialty crops and specialty crops.
Feeder cattle 600 pounds or more means cattle weighing more than 600 pounds but less than the weight of slaughter cattle-fed cattle as defined in this section.
Feeder cattle less than 600 pounds means cattle weighing less than 600 pounds.
First quarter means January, February, and March of 2020.
Lambs and yearlings means all sheep less than 2 years old.
Non-specialty crop means any of the following crops: Barley, canola, corn, durum wheat, hard red spring wheat, millet, oats, sorghum, soybeans, sunflowers, and upland cotton. The term excludes crops intended for grazing.
Producer means a person or legal entity who shares in the risk of producing a crop or livestock and who is entitled to a share in the crop or livestock available for marketing or would have shared had the crop or livestock been produced and marketed. A contract grower who does not own the livestock, will be considered a producer if the contract allows the grower to have risk in the livestock.
Second quarter means April, May, and June of 2020.
Slaughter Cattle—fed cattle means cattle with a weight of 1,200 pounds or more that are intended for slaughter.
Slaughter cattle—mature cattle means culled cattle raised or maintained for breeding purposes, but which were removed from inventory and are intended for slaughter.
Specialty crops means any of the following crops: Almonds; apples; artichokes; asparagus; avocados; beans; blueberries; broccoli; cabbage; cantaloupe; carrots; cauliflower; celery; corn, sweet; cucumbers, eggplant; garlic; grapefruit; kiwifruit; lemons; lettuce, iceberg; lettuce, romaine; mushrooms; onions, dry; onions, green; oranges; papayas; peaches; pears; pecans; peppers, bell type; peppers, other; potatoes; raspberries; rhubarb; spinach; squash; strawberries; sweet potatoes; tangerines; taro; tomatoes; walnuts; watermelons; and any crops for which funds are made available. The term excludes crops intended for grazing.
Unpriced means not subject to an agreed-upon price in the future through a forward contract, agreement, or similar binding document as of January 15, 2020.
[85 FR 59385, Sept. 22, 2020, as amended at 88 FR 1876, Jan. 11, 2023]
§ 9.102 Calculation of payments.
(a) Payments for eligible non-specialty crops will be the sum of:
(1) Unpriced inventory that is harvested but held in inventory as of January 15, 2020, not to exceed 50 percent of 2019 total production, multiplied by 50 percent, multiplied by the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Stability Act (CARES Act) payment rate in paragraph (h) of this section; and
(2) Unpriced inventory as of January 15, 2020, not to exceed 50 percent of 2019 total production, multiplied by 50 percent, multiplied by the Commodity Credit Corporation (CCC) payment rate in paragraph (h) of this section.
(b) CFAP covers losses for specialty crops that experienced immediate losses, a price decline, spoiled, were unpaid, or were unharvested due to market conditions between January 15, 2020, and April 15, 2020. Specialty crops in inventory or in storage facilities that may be sold after April 15, 2020, are not eligible. Specialty crops that were under an agreed upon set price before January 15, 2020, and were or will be paid at that price or higher, do not qualify for assistance under paragraph (b)(1) of this section, but may qualify under paragraphs (b)(2) or (b)(3) of this section. Payments for eligible specialty crops will be the sum of:
(1) For specialty crops listed in paragraph (h) of this section that were sold between January 15, 2020, and April 15, 2020, the quantity sold multiplied by the payment rate in column 2 of Table 1 in paragraph (h) of this section;
(2) For specialty crops harvested and shipped but that were subsequently spoiled or unpaid due to loss of marketing channels between January 15, 2020, and April 15, 2020, the harvested and shipped quantity that spoiled or is unpaid multiplied by the payment rate in column 3 of Table 1 in paragraph (h) of this section; and
(3) For specialty crops that did not leave the farm, were donated, or were mature crops that remained unharvested between January 15, 2020, and April 15, 2020, due to loss of marketing channel, the sum of the quantity of crops that did not leave the farm or were donated, or the quantity of mature crops that remained unharvested, multiplied by the payment rate in column 4 of Table 1 in paragraph (h) of this section.
(c) Payments for cattle will be the sum of the results of the following three calculations:
(1) Unpriced cattle sold between January 15, 2020, to April 15, 2020, multiplied by the CARES Act payment rate in paragraph (h) of this section;
(2) Cattle inventory owned between April 16, 2020, to May 14, 2020, multiplied by the CCC payment rate in paragraph (h) of this section; and
(3) Cattle inventory owned between April 16, 2020, to May 14, 2020, multiplied by:
(i) $14.75 for slaughter cattle—mature cattle;
(ii) $63 for slaughter cattle—fed cattle;
(iii) $7 for feeder cattle less than 600 pounds;
(iv) $25.50 for feeder cattle 600 pounds or more; and
(v) $17.25 for all other cattle.
(d) Payments for hogs and pigs will be equal to the sum of the results of the following two calculations:
(1) Unpriced hogs and pigs sold between January 15, 2020, to April 15, 2020, multiplied by the CARES Act payment rate in paragraph (h) of this section; and
(2) Hog and pig inventory owned between April 16, 2020, to May 14, 2020, multiplied by the CCC payment rate in paragraph (h) of this section.
(e) Payments for dairy will be equal to the sum of the results of the following two calculations:
(1) First quarter production, multiplied by the CARES Act payment rate in paragraph (h) of this section; and
(2) First quarter production, multiplied by 1.014, multiplied by the CCC payment rate in paragraph (h) of this section.
(3) Dairy operations that dissolved on or before March 31, 2020, are eligible for payment under paragraph (e)(1) of this section. Dairy operations that dissolve or have dissolved after March 31, 2020, are eligible for a prorated payment under paragraph (e)(2) of this section for the number of days the dairy operation commercially markets milk in the second quarter.
(f) Payments for lambs and yearlings will be equal to the sum of the results of the following two calculations:
(1) Unpriced lambs and yearlings sold between January 15, 2020, to April 15, 2020, multiplied by the CARES Act payment rate in paragraph (h) of this section; and
(2) Lambs and yearlings in inventory owned between April 16, 2020, to May 14, 2020, multiplied by the CCC payment rate in paragraph (h) of this section.
(g) Payments for wool are the sum of:
(1) Unpriced inventory on January 15, 2020, not to exceed 50 percent of 2019 total production, multiplied by 50 percent, multiplied by the CARES Act payment rate paragraph (h) of this section; and
(2) Unpriced inventory on January 15, 2020, not to exceed 50 percent of 2019 total production, multiplied by 50 percent, multiplied by the CCC payment rate in paragraph (h) of this section.
(h) The payment rates in Tables 1 and 2 of this paragraph (h) will be used to calculate CFAP payments:
Table 1 to Paragraph (h)—Payment Rates for Specialty Crops
[Including, but not limited to, the listed commodities]
Commodity | CARES Act payment rate for sales losses ($/lb) | CARES Act payment rate for product that left the farm but spoiled due to loss of marketing channel ($/lb) | CCC Payment rate ($/lb)
Almonds | $0.26 | $0.57 | $0.11
Apples | $0.05 | $0.22 | $0.04
Artichokes | 0.88 | 0.69 | 0.13
Asparagus | 0.25 | 0.05
Avocados | 0.14 | 0.03
Beans | 0.17 | 0.16 | 0.03
Blueberries | 0.20 | 0.93 | 0.18
Broccoli | 0.62 | 0.49 | 0.10
Cabbage | 0.04 | 0.07 | 0.01
Cantaloupes | 0.14 | 0.03
Carrots | 0.02 | 0.11 | 0.02
Cauliflower | 0.11 | 0.31 | 0.06
Celery | 0.07 | 0.01
Corn, sweet | 0.09 | 0.13 | 0.03
Cucumbers | 0.18 | 0.17 | 0.03
Eggplant | 0.07 | 0.15 | 0.03
Garlic | 0.17 | 1.10 | 0.22
Grapefruit | 0.11 | 0.02
Kiwifruit | 0.44 | 0.09
Lemons | 0.08 | 0.21 | 0.04
Lettuce, iceberg | 0.20 | 0.15 | 0.03
Lettuce, romaine | 0.07 | 0.12 | 0.02
Mushrooms | 0.58 | 0.11
Onions, dry | 0.01 | 0.05 | 0.01
Onions, green | $0.51 | $0.70 | $0.14
Oranges | 0.14 | 0.03
Papaya | 0.31 | 0.06
Peaches | 0.30 | 0.06
Pears | 0.08 | 0.18 | 0.03
Pecans | 0.28 | 0.93 | 0.18
Peppers, bell type | 0.14 | 0.22 | 0.04
Peppers, other | 0.15 | 0.22 | 0.04
Potatoes fresh—other | 0.01 | 0.04 | 0.01
Potatoes fresh—Russets | 0.07 | 0.09 | 0.02
Potatoes—processing | 0.02 | 0.03 | 0.01
Potatoes—seed | 0.02 | 0.04 | 0.01
Raspberries | 0.44 | 1.69 | 0.33
Rhubarb | 0.76 | 0.15
Spinach | 0.37 | 0.37 | 0.07
Squash | 0.72 | 0.39 | 0.08
Strawberries | 0.84 | 0.72 | 0.14
Sweet potatoes | 0.18 | 0.04
Tangerines | 0.05 | 0.25 | 0.05
Taro | 0.12 | 0.29 | 0.06
Tomatoes | 0.64 | 0.38 | 0.07
Walnuts | 0.26 | 0.34 | 0.07
Watermelons | 0.04 | 0.06 | 0.01
Table 2 to Paragraph (h)—Payment Rates for Non-Specialty Crops, Dairy, Livestock, and Wool
Commodity | Unit | CARES Act payment rate ($/unit) | CCC payment rate ($/unit)
Barley | Bu | 0.34 | 0.37
Canola | lb | 0.01 | 0.01
Corn | bu | 0.32 | 0.35
Durum wheat | bu | 0.19 | 0.20
Hard red spring wheat | bu | 0.18 | 0.20
Millet | bu | 0.31 | 0.34
Oats | bu | 0.15 | 0.17
Sorghum | bu | 0.30 | 0.32
Soybeans | bu | 0.45 | 0.50
Sunflowers | lb | 0.02 | 0.02
Upland cotton | lb | 0.09 | 0.10
Dairy | cwt | 4.71 | 1.47
Slaughter cattle—mature cattle | head | 92 | 33
Slaughter cattle—fed cattle | head | 214 | 33
Feeder cattle less than 600 pounds | head | 102 | 33
Feeder cattle 600 pounds or more | head | 139 | 33
All other cattle | head | 102 | 33
Pigs | head | 28 | 17
Hogs | head | 18 | 17
Lambs and yearlings | head | 33 | 7
Wool (graded, clean basis) | lb | 0.71 | 0.78
Wool (non-graded, greasy basis) | lb | 0.36 | 0.39
(i) Payments for cattle and hogs will be calculated separately for the following categories:
(1) Slaughter cattle—mature cattle;
(2) Slaughter cattle—fed cattle;
(3) Feeder cattle less than 600 pounds;
(4) Feeder cattle 600 pounds or more;
(5) All other cattle;
(6) Pigs; and
(7) Hogs.
(j)(1) USDA may make payments with respect to other commodities. In order to determine whether other commodities will be included in CFAP, a notice will be issued that will specify the types of market information the public may submit for consideration by USDA. After receipt of the information and the use of other related information available to USDA, a NOFA will specify the other eligible commodities and the manner in which payments will be determined.
(2) Producers that are privately owned aquaculture businesses growing freshwater and saltwater products in controlled environments, including raceways, ponds, tanks, and recirculating systems, extending to all farmed shrimp and salmonids (trout and salmon) are included in CFAP to the extent USDA determines individual types of the products have incurred qualifying losses between January 15, 2020, and April 15, 2020. The determination of which species are included will be specified in the NOFA referenced in paragraph (j)(1) of this section. CFAP does not provide assistance for molluscan shellfish and marine algae.
(k) An initial payment will be issued for 80 percent of each CFAP payment calculated. A final payment will be issued on a date determined by the Secretary, to the extent such funds are available. The total of all CFAP payments made, including all initial and final payments, cannot exceed a total of $9.5 billion for CARES Act funds and $6.5 billion for CCC funds.
[85 FR 30830, May 21, 2020, as amended at 85 FR 35799, June 12, 2020' 85 FR 41329, July 10, 2020; 85 FR 49594, Aug. 14, 2020; 85 FR 59175, Sept. 21, 2020. Redesignated at 85 FR 59385, Sept. 22, 2020; 86 FR 4882, Jan. 19, 2021; 87 FR 1876, Jan. 11, 2023]
Subpart C CFAP 2
Source: 85 FR 59386, Sept. 22, 2020, unless otherwise noted.
§ 9.201 Definitions.
The following definitions apply to this subpart. The definitions in parts 718 and 1400 of this title also apply, except where they conflict with the definitions in this section.
Aquaculture means any species of aquatic organisms grown as food for human consumption, fish raised as feed for fish that are consumed by humans, ornamental fish propagated and reared in an aquatic medium. Eligible aquacultural species must be raised by a commercial operator and in water in a controlled environment.
Average revenue loss level means the average percentage of revenue loss for contract producers determined by USDA for a geographic area based on the best available data including, but not limited to, losses reported by contract producers for the same area and type of livestock or poultry.
Beginning farmer or rancher means a farmer or rancher who has not operated a farm or ranch for more than 10 years and who materially and substantially participates in the operation. For a legal entity to be considered a beginning farmer or rancher, at least 50 percent of the interest must be beginning farmers or ranchers.
Breeding stock means:
(1) For cattle, bulls and cows;
(2) For hogs and pigs, boars and sows; and
(3) For lambs and sheep, rams and ewes.
Broilers includes any chicken that has been commercially produced for meat purposes that has left the farm for slaughter, and not used for laying or breeding purposes.
Contract producer means a producer who grows or produces an eligible commodity under contract for or on behalf of another person or entity. The contract producer does not have ownership in the commodity and is not entitled to a share from sales proceeds of the commodity.
Crop insurance means an insurance policy reinsured by Federal Crop Insurance Corporation under the provisions of the Federal Crop Insurance Act, as amended. It does not include private plans of insurance.
Eggs means dried, frozen, liquid, and shell eggs.
Eligible contract livestock or poultry means broilers, pullets, layers, poultry eggs, turkeys, ducks, geese, pheasants, quail, hogs, pigs, and other livestock or poultry types determined eligible and announced by USDA, including breeding stock of those eligible livestock and poultry types.
Eligible revenue means the revenue received by a contract producer for contract production of eligible contract livestock or poultry, as reported on Internal Revenue Service Form 1099.
Experimental means a crop for which all of the following apply:
(1) The crop is planted for experimental purposes conducted under the direct supervision of a State experiment station or commercial company;
(2) Production of the crop is destroyed before harvest or used for testing or other experimental purposes; and
(3) A representative of the State experiment station or the commercial company certifies that any production harvested from the experiment will not be marketed in any form.
Flat-rate crop means alfalfa, amaranth grain, buckwheat, canola, cotton, Extra Long Staple (ELS) cotton, crambe (colewort), einkorn, emmer, flax, guar, hemp, indigo, industrial rice, kenaf, khorasan, millet, mustard, oats, peanuts, quinoa, rapeseed, rice, rice, sweet, rice, wild, rye, safflower, sesame, speltz, sugar beets, sugarcane, teff, and triticale. The term excludes hay, except alfalfa, and crops with intended uses of grazing, green manure, or left standing.
Floriculture means cut flowers and cut greenery from annual and perennial flowering plants grown in a container or controlled environment for commercial sale. Floriculture is included in sales commodities.
Fruits means any of the following fruits: Abiu, acerola (Barbados cherry), achachairu, antidesma, apples, apricots, aronia (chokeberry), atemoya (custard apple), avocados, bananas, blueberries, breadfruit, cacao, caimito, calabaza melon, canary melon, canary seed, caneberries, canistel, cantaloupes, carambola (star fruit), casaba melon, cherimoya (sugar apple), cherries, Chinese bitter melon, citron, citron melon, coconuts, cranberries, crenshaw melon, dates, donaqua (winter melon), durian, elderberries, figs, genip, gooseberries, grapefruit, grapes, ground cherry, guamabana (soursop), guava, guavaberry, honeyberries, honeydew, huckleberries, Israel melons, jack fruit, jujube, juneberries, kiwiberry, kiwifruit, Korean golden melon, kumquats, langsat, lemons, limequats, limes, longan, loquats, lychee, mangos, mangosteen, mayhaw berries, mesple, mulberries, nectarines, noni, olives, oranges, papaya, passion fruits, pawpaw, peaches, pears, persimmons, pineapple, pitaya (dragon fruit), plantain, plumcots, plums, pomegranates, prunes, pummelo, quinces, raisins, rambutan, sapodilla, sapote, schizandra berries, sprite melon, star gooseberry, strawberries, tangelos, tangerines, tangors, wampee, watermelon, wax jamboo fruit, and wolfberry (goji).
Hemp means the plant species Cannabis sativa L. and any part of that plant, including the seeds thereof and all derivatives, extracts, cannabinoids, isomers, acids, salts, and salts of isomers, whether growing or not, with a delta-9 tetrahydrocannabinol concentration of not more than 0.3 percent on a dry weight basis, that is grown under a license or other required authorization issued by the applicable governing authority that permits the production of the hemp.
Horticulture means any of the following horticulture: Anise, basil, cassava, chervil (Fresh parsley), chia, chicory (radicchio), cilantro, cinnamon, curry leaves, galanga, ginger, ginseng, guayule, herbs, hops, lotus root, marjoram, meadowfoam, mint, moringa, niger seed, oregano, parsley, pennycress, peppermint, pohole, psyllium, rosemary, sage, savory, shrubs (forbs), sorrel, spearmint, tangos, tea, thyme, turmeric, vanilla, wasabi, water cress, and yu cha.
Ineligible commodities for CFAP 2 means any of the following commodities: Birdsfoot and trefoil, clover, cover crop, fallow, forage soybeans, forage sorghum, gardens (commercial and home), grass, kochia (prostrata), lespedeza, milkweed, mixed forage, pelts (excluding mink), perennial peanuts, pollinators, sunn hemp, vetch, and seed of ineligible crops other than grass seed.
Layer means a chicken producing table or commercial type shell eggs.
Limited resource farmer or rancher means a farmer or rancher:
(1) Who is a person whose:
(i) Direct or indirect gross farm sales did not exceed $180,300 in each calendar year for 2017 and 2018 (the relevant years for the 2020 program year); and
(ii) Total household income was at or below the national poverty level for a family of four in each of the same two previous years referenced in paragraph (1)(i) of this definition; 24 or
24 Limited resource farmer or rancher status can be determined using a website available through the Limited Resource Farmer and Rancher Online Self Determination Tool through Natural Resources Conservation Service at https://lrftool.sc.egov.usda.gov.
(2) That is an entity and all members who hold an ownership interest in the entity meet the criteria in paragraph (1) of this definition.
NAP means the Noninsured Crop Disaster Assistance Program under section 196 of the Federal Agriculture Improvement and Reform Act of 1996 (7 U.S.C. 7333) and part 1437 of this title.
Nursery crops means decorative or nondecorative plants grown in a container or controlled environment for commercial sale. Nursery crops are included in sales commodities.
Other livestock means any of the following livestock: Animals commercially raised for food, fur, fiber, or feathers, including alpacas, bison, buffalo, beefalo, deer, ducks, elk, emus, geese, goats, guinea pigs, llamas, mink, ostrich, pheasants, pullets, quail, rabbits, reindeer, turkey, water buffalo, and yak. It includes by-products of those live animals (such as fleece). It excludes all equine, reptiles, bees, breeding stock (including eggs to be hatched for breeding stock), companion or comfort animals, pets, and animals raised for hunting or game purposes.
Prevented planting means the inability to plant the intended crop acreage with proper equipment by the final planting date for the crop type because of a natural disaster.
Price trigger commodities means price trigger crops and price trigger livestock and products as defined in this section.
Price trigger crops means any of the following crops: Barley, corn, sorghum, soybeans, sunflowers, upland cotton, wheat (all classes), excluding crops with an intended use of grazing, green manure, or left standing.
Price trigger livestock and products means any of the following livestock and products: Beef cattle, broilers, dairy (cow milk), eggs, lambs, sheep, hogs, and pigs; excluding breeding stock.
Producer means a person or legal entity who shares in the risk of producing a commodity. Except for contract producers, producers who are not in the business of farming at the time of application are not considered eligible producers.
Pullet means a young female chicken that has not laid an egg.
Sales-based commodities means, as defined in this section, aquaculture, sales-based crops, nursery crops and floriculture, other livestock, and the following commodities: Goat milk, grass seed, mink (including pelts), mohair wool, and turfgrass sod.
Sales-based crops means ambrosia, arundo, camelina, cactus, cardoon, fruits, honey, horticulture, maple sap, tobacco, tree nuts, and vegetables. Fruits, horticulture, tree nuts, and vegetables are defined in this section. The term excludes crops with an intended use of grazing, green manure, or left standing.
Socially disadvantaged farmer or rancher means a farmer or rancher who is a member of a group whose members have been subjected to racial, ethnic, or gender prejudice because of their identity as members of a group without regard to their individual qualities. For entities, at least 50 percent of the ownership interest must be held by individuals who are members of such a group. Socially disadvantaged groups include the following and no others unless approved in writing by the Deputy Administrator:
(1) American Indians or Alaskan Natives;
(2) Asians or Asian-Americans;
(3) Blacks or African Americans;
(4) Hispanics or Hispanic Americans;
(5) Native Hawaiians or other Pacific Islanders; and
(6) Women.
Tree nuts means any of the following tree nuts: Almonds, carob, cashew, chestnuts, coffee, hazel nuts, jojoba, macadamia nuts, pecans, pine nuts, pistachios, and walnuts.
Turn means a group of eligible contract livestock or poultry that is delivered to a contract producer who provides labor and equipment to produce the livestock or poultry for the integrator or owner.
Underserved farmer or rancher means a beginning farmer or rancher, limited resource farmer or rancher, socially disadvantaged farmer or rancher, or veteran farmer or rancher.
Vegetables means any of the following vegetables: Alfalfa sprouts, aloe vera, artichokes, arugula (greens), asparagus, bamboo shoots, batatas, bean sprouts, beans (including dry edible), beets, bok choy, broccoflower, broccoli, broccolini, broccolo-cavalo, Brussel sprouts, cabbage, calaloo, carrots, cauliflower, celeriac, celery, chickpea (see beans, garbanzo), chives, collard greens, coriander, corn, sweet, cucumbers, daikon, dandelion greens, dasheen (taro root, malanga), dill, eggplant, endive, escarole, frisee, gailon (gai lein, Chinese broccoli), garlic, gourds, greens, horseradish, Jerusalem artichokes (sunchoke), kale, kohlrabi, leeks, lentils, lettuce, melongene, mesculin mix, microgreens, mushrooms, okra, onions, parsnip, peas (including dry edible), pejibaye (heart of palm), peppers, potatoes, potatoes sweet, pumpkins, radicchio, radishes, rhubarb, rutabaga, salsify (oyster plant), scallions, seed—vegetable, shallots, spinach, squash, swiss chard, tannier, taro, tomatillos, tomatoes, truffles, turnip top (greens), turnips, yam, and yautia (malanga);
Veteran farmer or rancher means a farmer or rancher:
(1) Who has served in the Armed Forces (as defined in 38 U.S.C. 101(10) 25 ) and:
25 The term “Armed Forces” means the United States Army, Navy, Marine Corps, Air Force, Space Force, and Coast Guard, including the reserve components.
(i) Has not operated a farm or ranch for more than 10 years; or
(ii) Has obtained status as a veteran (as defined in 38 U.S.C. 101(2) 26 ) during the most recent 10-year period; or
26 The term “veteran” means a person who served in the active military, naval, air, or space service, and who was discharged or released under conditions other than dishonorable.
(2) That is an entity and at least 50 percent of the ownership interest is held by members who meet the criteria in paragraph (1) of this definition.
WHIP+ means the Wildfires and Hurricanes Indemnity Program Plus (WHIP+) under part 760, subpart O, of this title.
[85 FR 59386, Sept. 22, 2020, as amended at 86 FR 4882, Jan. 19, 2021; 86 FR 48017, Aug. 27, 2021; 88 FR 1877, Jan. 11, 2023]
§ 9.202 Eligibility.
(a) Producers, excluding contract producers, are eligible for payment under § 9.203(a) through (i) if they meet all other requirements for eligibility under subpart A of this part and this subpart.
(b) Contract producers are not eligible for payment under § 9.203(a) through (i). Contract producers are eligible for payment under § 9.203(l) if they:
(1) Produced eligible contract livestock or poultry under a contract in either the 2018 or 2019 calendar year and in the 2020 calendar year;
(2) Received revenue under such a contract during the period from January 1, 2020, through December 27, 2020;
(3) Had a loss in eligible revenue for the period from January 1, 2020, through December 27, 2020, as compared to the period from:
(i) January 1, 2018, through December 27, 2018; or
(ii) January 1, 2019, through December 27, 2019; and
(4) Meet all other requirements for eligibility under subpart A of this part and this subpart.
(c) Contract producers must provide a copy of their contract pursuant to which they raised an eligible commodity as specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section and provide documentation to support the information provided on their application if requested by FSA.
(d) Contract producers are eligible for payment under § 9.203(m) if they:
(1) Did not receive eligible revenue from January 1 through December 27 in 2018 or 2019, but received eligible revenue for the period from January 1, 2020, through December 27, 2020; and
(2) Meet all other requirements for eligibility under subpart A of this part and this subpart.
[86 FR 4882 Jan. 19, 2021, as amended at 86 FR 48017, Aug. 27, 2021; 88 FR 1877, Jan. 11, 2023]
§ 9.203 Calculation of payments.
(a) Payments for price trigger crops will be equal to the greater of:
(1) Eligible acres of the crop multiplied by a rate of $15 per acre; or
(2) Eligible acres of the crop multiplied by the applicable yield, multiplied by the crop marketing percentage in Table 1 of paragraph (j) of this section, multiplied by the crop payment rate in Table 1 of paragraph (j) of this section.
(3) Under paragraph (a) of this section, eligible acres include the producer's share of the determined acres, or reported acres if determined acres are not present, of the crop planted for the 2020 crop year, excluding prevented planted and experimental acres. For producers who insured acres of the crop under a policy or plan of insurance under the Federal Crop Insurance Act (7 U.S.C. 1501-1524), the yield will be the average of the producer's 2020 actual production history (APH) approved yield from all of the producer's insured acres nationwide. For producers for whom FSA is unable to obtain a 2020 APH approved yield, the yield will be:
(i) The 2019 Agriculture Risk Coverage-County Option (ARC-CO) benchmark yield if the applicant:
(A) Has coverage for the crop under an Area Risk Protection Insurance Plan, Margin Protection Plan, Stacked Income Protection Plan, Supplemental Coverage Option, or Whole-Farm Revenue Protection Plan under the Federal Crop Insurance Act;
(B) Is a landlord of the applicable acreage and their share is insured by the tenant under a policy or plan of insurance under the Federal Crop Insurance Act;
(C) Is a tenant of the applicable acreage and their share is insured by the landlord under a policy or plan of insurance under the Federal Crop Insurance Act; or
(D) Is a joint venture and the crop is insured by one of the members under a policy or plan of insurance under the Federal Crop Insurance Act; or
(ii) The 2019 Agriculture Risk Coverage-County Option (ARC-CO) benchmark yield multiplied by 85 percent for all other applicants.
(4) ARC-CO yields in paragraph (a)(3) of this section for producers growing a crop in multiple counties will be weighted based on the producer's crop acreage physically located in each county.
(5) An additional payment will be issued for price trigger crops equal to the eligible acres of the crop multiplied by a payment rate of $20 per acre.
(b) Payments for flat-rate crops will be equal to eligible acres of the crop multiplied by a rate of $15 per acre. Eligible acres include the producer's share of the determined acres, or reported acres if determined acres are not present, excluding prevented planted and experimental acres. An additional payment will be issued for flat-rate crops equal to the eligible acres of the crop multiplied by a payment rate of $20 per acre.
(c) Payments for beef cattle will be equal to the lower of the producer's maximum owned inventory of eligible beef cattle, excluding breeding stock, on a date selected by the producer from April 16, 2020, through August 31, 2020, or 4,546 head multiplied by the number of payment limitations for the producer, multiplied by a payment rate of $55 per head.
(d) Payments for hogs and pigs will be equal to the lower of the producer's maximum owned inventory of eligible hogs and pigs, excluding breeding stock, on a date selected by the producer from April 16, 2020, through August 31, 2020, or 10,870 head multiplied by the number of payment limitations for the producer, multiplied by a payment rate of $23 per head.
(e) Payments for lambs and sheep will be equal to the producer's highest owned inventory of eligible lambs and sheep, excluding breeding stock, on a date selected by the producer from April 16, 2020, through August 31, 2020, multiplied by a payment rate of $27 per head.
(f)(1) Payments for broilers will be equal to 75 percent of the producer's 2019 broiler production multiplied by a payment rate of $1.01 per bird (head).
(2) Payments for broiler producers who began farming in 2020 and had no production in 2019 will be calculated as provided in paragraph (f)(1) of this section, except that the payments will be based on the producer's actual 2020 broiler production as of the date the producer submits an application for payment under this subpart.
(g)(1) Payments for dairy (cow milk) will be equal to the sum of the following two calculations:
(i) The producer's total actual milk production from April 1, 2020, to August 31, 2020, multiplied by the payment $1.20 per hundredweight; and
(ii) The producer's estimated milk production from September 1, 2020, to December 31, 2020, based on the daily average production from April 1, 2020, through August 31, 2020, multiplied by 122, multiplied by a payment rate of $1.20 per hundredweight.
(2) Dairy operations that stop commercially marketing milk after the date they apply for CFAP 2 but before December 31, 2020, must notify FSA of the date they stop commercially marketing milk. Those dairies are eligible only for a prorated payment under paragraph (g)(1)(ii) of this section for the number of days the dairy operation commercially markets milk from September 1, 2020, through December 31, 2020.
(h)(1) Payments for eggs will be equal to 75 percent of the producer's 2019 egg production multiplied by the payment rate in Table 1 of paragraph (j) of this section.
(2) Payments for egg producers who began farming in 2020 and had no production in 2019 will be calculated as provided in paragraph (h)(1) of this section, except that the payments will be based on the producer's actual 2020 egg production as of the date the producer submits an application for payment under this subpart.
(i) Payments for sales-based commodities will be:
(1) Based on one of the following as elected by the producer:
(i) The producer's sales for calendar year 2018 and crop insurance indemnities and NAP and WHIP+ payments for the 2018 crop year for all sales-based commodities; or
(ii) The producer's sales for calendar year 2019 and crop insurance indemnities and NAP and WHIP+ payments for the 2019 crop year for all sales-based commodities.
(2) Equal to the sum of the results for the following calculation for each sales range in Table 2 of paragraph (j) of this section:
(i) The sum of the amount of the producer's eligible sales for the sales-based commodities in the applicable calendar year and the producer's crop insurance indemnities and NAP and WHIP+ payments for the sales commodities for the applicable crop year within the specified range, multiplied by the payment rate for that range in Table 2 of paragraph (j) of this section.
(ii) Eligible sales only includes sales of raw commodities grown by the producer; the portion of sales derived from adding value to the commodity, such as processing and packaging, and from sales of products purchased for resale is not included in the payment calculation unless determined eligible by the Secretary.
(3) Payments for producers of sales commodities who began farming in 2020 and had no sales in 2019, calculated as provided in paragraph (i)(2) of this section, except that the payments will be based on the producer's actual 2020 sales, without crop insurance indemnities, NAP or WHIP+ payments, as of the date the producer submits an application for payment under this section.
(j) The payment rates in Tables 1 and 2 of this paragraph (j) will be used to calculate CFAP payments:
Table 1 to Paragraph (j)—Payment Rates for Price Trigger Crops and Eggs
Commodity | Units | Crop marketing percentage (percent) | Payment rate ($/unit)
Barley | bu | 63 | $0.54
Corn | bu | 40 | 0.58
Cotton, Upland | lb | 46 | 0.08
Sorghum | bu | 55 | 0.56
Soybean | bu | 54 | 0.58
Sunflowers | lb | 44 | 0.02
Wheat (all classes) | bu | 73 | 0.54
Shell Eggs | dozen | n/a | 0.05
Liquid Eggs | lb | n/a | 0.04
Dried Eggs | lb | n/a | 0.14
Frozen Eggs | lb | n/a | 0.05
Table 2 to Paragraph (j)—Payment Rates for Sales Commodities
2018 or 2019 Sales range (including crop insurance indemnities and NAP and WHIP+ payments) | Percent payment factor
Up to $49,999 | 10.6
$50,000-$99,999 | 9.9
$100,000-$499,999 | 9.7
$500,000-$999,999 | 9.0
All sales over $1 million | 8.8
(k) CFAP 2 payments will not be calculated or issued for ineligible commodities.
(l) For eligible contract producers, if eligible revenue for the period from January 1, 2020, through December 27, 2020, decreased compared to eligible revenue for the period from January 1, 2018, through December 27, 2018, or the period from January 1, 2019, through December 27, 2019, then payments will be equal to:
(1) Eligible revenue received from January 1, 2018, through December 27, 2018, or from January 1, 2019, through December 27, 2019; minus
(2) Eligible revenue received from January 1, 2020, through December 27, 2020; multiplied by
(3) 80 percent.
(4) USDA will adjust the eligible revenue based on information certified by the contract producer on form AD-3117B for contract producers who did not have a full period of revenue from January 1 to December 27 for either 2018 or 2019, or who increased their operation size in 2020. Information required to calculate these adjustments may include a contract producer's square footage increase to the operation in 2020, or a contract producer's production or number of turns for 2018, 2019, or 2020, as applicable.
(m) For eligible contract producers who did not receive eligible revenue from January 1 through December 27 in 2018 or 2019, but received eligible revenue for the period from January 1, 2020, through December 27, 2020:
(1) FSA will divide the eligible revenue received from January 1, 2020, through December 27, 2020, by the result of 1 minus the average revenue loss level, determined by USDA for a geographic area based on the best available data including, but not limited to, losses reported by other contract producers for the same area and type of livestock or poultry; and
(2) The payment will be equal to:
(i) The result of the calculation in paragraph (m)(1) of this section minus the contract producer's eligible revenue received from January 1, 2020, through December 27, 2020; multiplied by
(ii) 80 percent.
(n) Payments under paragraphs (l) and (m) of this section and the average revenue loss levels under paragraph (m)(1) of this section will be calculated separately for the following categories:
(1) Chickens—broilers, pullets, and layers;
(2) Chicken eggs;
(3) Turkeys;
(4) Hogs and pigs;
(5) Ducks, geese, pheasants, quail; and
(6) All other eligible poultry eggs.
(o) The calculations in paragraphs (l) and (m) of this section are subject to the availability of funds and will be factored, if needed.
(p) An additional payment equal to 15 percent of a producer's CFAP 2 payment calculated according to paragraphs (a) through (k) of this section will be issued to producers who have certified their status as a beginning farmer or rancher, limited resource farmer or rancher, or veteran farmer or rancher applicable to the 2020 program year on CCC-860.
[85 FR 59386, Sept. 22, 2020. Redesignated and amended at 86 FR 4882, 4883, Jan. 19, 2021; 86 FR 48017, Aug. 27 2021; 88 FR 1877, Jan. 11, 2023; 90 FR 30558, July 10, 2025]
Subpart D Pandemic Assistance Revenue Program
Source: 88 FR 1877, Jan. 11, 2023, unless otherwise noted.
§ 9.301 Applicability and administration.
(a) This subpart specifies the eligibility requirements and payment calculations for the Pandemic Assistance Revenue Program (PARP). FSA is administering PARP to respond to the COVID-19 pandemic by providing support for eligible producers of agricultural commodities who suffered an eligible revenue loss in calendar year 2020 due to the COVID-19 pandemic. To be eligible for PARP payments, participants must comply with all provisions under this subpart.
(b) PARP is administered under the general supervision and direction of the Administrator, Farm Service Agency (FSA).
(c) The FSA State committee will take any action required by this subpart that an FSA county committee has not taken. The FSA State committee will also:
(1) Correct, or require an FSA county committee to correct, any action taken by such county FSA committee that is not in accordance with the regulations of this subpart; or
(2) Require an FSA county committee to withhold taking any action that is not in accordance with this subpart.
(d) No provision or delegation to an FSA State or county committee will preclude the FSA Administrator, the Deputy Administrator, or a designee or other such person, from determining any question arising under the programs of this subpart, or from reversing or modifying any determination made by an FSA State or county committee.
(e) The Deputy Administrator has the authority to permit State and county committees to waive or modify deadlines (except deadlines specified in a law) and other requirements or program provisions not specified in law, in cases where lateness or failure to meet such other requirements or program provisions do not adversely affect operation of PARP.
§ 9.302 Definitions.
The following definitions apply to this subpart. The definitions in part 1400 of this title apply, except where they conflict with the definitions in this section.
2017 WHIP means the 2017 Wildfires and Hurricanes Indemnity Program under 7 CFR part 760, subpart O.
Agricultural commodity means a crop, aquaculture, livestock, livestock byproduct, or other animal or animal byproduct that is produced as part of a farming operation and is intended to be commercially marketed. It includes only commodities produced in the United States, or produced outside the United States by a producer located in the United States and marketed inside the United States. It excludes:
(1) Wild free-roaming animals;
(2) Horses and other animals used or intended to be used for racing or wagering;
(3) Aquatic species that do not meet the definition of aquaculture;
(4) Cannabis sativa L. and any part of that plant that does not meet the definition of hemp; and
(5) Timber.
Applicable pandemic assistance includes payments received directly by an applicant under the following programs:
(1) The Coronavirus Food Assistance Program (CFAP);
(2) The Pandemic Livestock Indemnity Program (PLIP); and
(3) The Spot Market Hog Pandemic Program (SMHPP).
Application means the PARP application form.
Aquaculture means any species of aquatic organisms grown as food for human or livestock consumption or for industrial or biomass uses, fish raised as feed for fish that are consumed by humans, and ornamental fish propagated and reared in an aquatic medium. Eligible aquacultural species must be raised by a commercial operator and in water in a controlled environment.
ARC and PLC means the Agriculture Risk Coverage (ARC) and Price Loss Coverage (PLC) programs under 7 CFR part 1412.
BCAP means the Biomass Crop Assistance Program under 7 CFR part 1450.
Beginning farmer or rancher means a farmer or rancher who has not operated a farm or ranch for more than 10 years and who materially and substantially participates in the operation. For a legal entity to be considered a beginning farmer or rancher, at least 50 percent of the interest must be beginning farmers or ranchers.
Cattle feeder operation means an operation that intensely feeds cattle on behalf of another person or entity for finishing purposes and is compensated based on feed, yardage, or weight gain of the cattle.
CCC means the Commodity Credit Corporation.
CFAP means the Coronavirus Food Assistance Program 1 and 2 under 7 CFR part 9, subparts A through C, excluding assistance for contract producers specified in § 9.203(l) through (o).
Contract producer means a producer who grows or produces an agricultural commodity under contract for or on behalf of another person or entity. The contract producer does not have ownership in the commodity and is not entitled to a share from sales proceeds of the commodity. The term “contract producer” does not include cattle feeder operations.
Controlled environment means an environment in which everything that can practicably be controlled by the producer with structures, facilities, and growing media (including but not limited to water, soil, or nutrients), is in fact controlled by the producer, as determined by industry standards.
County means the county or parish of a state. For Alaska, Puerto Rico, and the Virgin Islands, a county is an area designated by the State committee with the concurrence of the Deputy Administrator.
County committee means the FSA county committee.
Crop insurance means an insurance policy reinsured by Federal Crop Insurance Corporation under the provisions of the Federal Crop Insurance Act, as amended, or a private plan of insurance.
Deputy Administrator means Deputy Administrator for Farm Programs, Farm Service Agency, U.S. Department of Agriculture, or their designee.
DMC means the Dairy Margin Coverage Program under 7 CFR part 1430, subpart D.
ELAP means the Emergency Assistance for Livestock, Honeybees, and Farm-Raised Fish Program under 7 CFR part 1416, subpart B.
ERP means the Emergency Relief Program, which was administered in 2 phases:
(1) ERP Phase 1, administered according to the notice of funds availability published in the Federal Register on May 18, 2022 (87 FR 30164-30172) and the clarification to the notice of funds availability that was published on August 18, 2022 (87 FR 50828-50830); and
(2) ERP Phase 2, administered according to 7 CFR part 760, subpart S.
Farming operation means a business enterprise engaged in the production of agricultural products, commodities, or livestock, operated by a person, legal entity, or joint operation, and that is eligible to receive payments, directly or indirectly, under this subpart. A person or legal entity may have more than one farming operation if the person or legal entity is a member of one or more legal entity or joint operation.
Foreign entity means a corporation, trust, estate, or other similar organization that has more than 10 percent of its beneficial interest held by individuals who are not:
(1) Citizens of the United States; or
(2) Lawful aliens possessing a valid Alien Registration Receipt Card.
Foreign person means any person who is not a citizen or national of the United States or who is admitted into the United States for permanent residence under the Immigration and Nationality Act and possesses a valid Alien Registration Receipt Card issued by the United States Citizenship and Immigration Services, Department of Homeland Security.
Hemp means the plant species Cannabis sativa L. and any part of that plant, including the seeds thereof and all derivatives, extracts, cannabinoids, isomers, acids, salts, and salts of isomers, whether growing or not, with a delta-9 tetrahydrocannabinol concentration of not more than 0.3 percent on a dry weight basis, that is grown under a license or other required authorization issued by the applicable governing authority that permits the production of the hemp.
IRS means the Department of Treasury, Internal Revenue Service.
LDP means the Loan Deficiency Payment programs in 7 CFR parts 1421, 1425, 1427, 1434, and 1435.
Legal entity means a corporation, joint stock company, association, limited partnership, irrevocable trust, estate, charitable organization, or other similar organization including any such organization participating in a business structure as a partner in a general partnership, a participant in a joint venture, a grantor of a revocable trust, or as a participant in a similar organization. A business operating as a sole proprietorship is considered a legal entity.
Limited resource farmer or rancher means a farmer or rancher:
(1) Who is a person whose:
(i) Direct or indirect gross farm sales did not exceed $180,300 in each calendar year for 2017 and 2018 (the relevant years for the 2020 program year); and
(ii) Total household income was at or below the national poverty level for a family of four in each of the same two previous years referenced in paragraph (1)(i) of this definition; 1 or
1 Limited resource farmer or rancher status can be determined using a website available through the Limited Resource Farmer and Rancher Online Self Determination Tool through Natural Resources Conservation Service at https://lrftool.sc.egov.usda.gov.
(2) That is an entity and all members who hold an ownership interest in the entity meet the criteria in paragraph (1) of this definition.
LFP means the Livestock Forage Disaster Program under CFR part 1416, subpart C.
LIP means the Livestock Indemnity Program under 7 CFR part 1416, subpart D.
Minor child means a person who is under 18 years of age as of June 1, 2020.
MFP means the 2018 Market Facilitation Program under 7 CFR part 1409, subpart A, and the 2019 Market Facilitation Program under 7 CFR part 1409, subpart B.
Milk Loss Program means the Milk Loss Program under 7 CFR part 760, subpart Q.
MLG means a marketing loan gain under the Marketing Assistance Loan programs in 7 CFR parts 1421, 1425, 1427, 1434, and 1435.
MPP-Dairy means the Margin Protection Program for Dairy under 7 CFR part 1430, subpart A.
NAP means the Noninsured Crop Disaster Assistance Program under section 196 of the Federal Agriculture Improvement and Reform Act of 1996 (7 U.S.C. 7333) and 7 CFR part 1437.
On-Farm Storage Loss Program means the On-Farm Storage Loss Program under 7 CFR part 760, subpart P.
Ownership interest means to have either legal ownership interest or beneficial ownership interest in a legal entity. For the purposes of administering PARP, a person or legal entity that owns a share or stock in a legal entity that is a corporation, limited liability company, limited partnership, or similar type entity where members hold a legal ownership interest and shares in the profits or losses of such entity is considered to have an ownership interest in such legal entity. A person or legal entity that is a beneficiary of a trust or heir of an estate who benefits from the profits or losses of such entity is also considered to have a beneficial ownership interest in such legal entity.
Person means an individual, natural person and does not include a legal entity.
PLIP means the Pandemic Livestock Indemnity Program announced in the notice of funds availability published on July 19, 2021 (86 FR 37990-37994).
PMVAP means the Pandemic Market Volatility Assistance Program administered by USDA's Agricultural Marketing Service.
Producer means a person or legal entity who was in the business of farming to produce an agricultural commodity in calendar year 2020, and who was entitled to a share in the agricultural commodity available for marketing or would have shared had the agricultural commodity been produced and marketed. For PARP, “producer” also includes cattle feeder operations.
Socially disadvantaged farmer or rancher means a farmer or rancher who is a member of a group whose members have been subjected to racial, ethnic, or gender prejudice because of their identity as members of a group without regard to their individual qualities. For entities, at least 50 percent of the ownership interest must be held by individuals who are members of such a group. Socially disadvantaged groups include the following and no others unless approved in writing by the Deputy Administrator:
(1) American Indians or Alaskan Natives;
(2) Asians or Asian-Americans;
(3) Blacks or African Americans;
(4) Hispanics or Hispanic Americans;
(5) Native Hawaiians or other Pacific Islanders; and
(6) Women.
TAP means the Tree Assistance Program under 7 CFR part 1416, subpart E.
SMHPP means the Spot Market Hog Pandemic Program announced in the notice of funds availability published on December 14, 2021 (86 FR 71003-71007).
STRP means the Seafood Trade Relief Program announced in the notice of funds availability published on September 14, 2020 (85 FR 56572-56575).
Underserved farmer or rancher means a beginning farmer or rancher, limited resource farmer or rancher, socially disadvantaged farmer or rancher, or veteran farmer or rancher.
United States means all 50 States of the United States, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, and any other territory or possession of the United States.
Veteran farmer or rancher means a farmer or rancher:
(1) Who has served in the Armed Forces (as defined in 38 U.S.C. 101(10) 2 ) and:
2 The term “Armed Forces” means the United States Army, Navy, Marine Corps, Air Force, Space Force, and Coast Guard, including the reserve components.
(i) Has not operated a farm or ranch for more than 10 years; or
(ii) Has obtained status as a veteran (as defined in 38 U.S.C. 101(2) 3 ) during the most recent 10-year period; or
3 The term “veteran” means a person who served in the active military, naval, air, or space service, and who was discharged or released under conditions other than dishonorable.
(2) That is an entity and at least 50 percent of the ownership interest is held by members who meet the criteria in paragraph (1) of this definition.
WHIP+ means the Wildfires and Hurricanes Indemnity Program Plus under 7 CFR part 760, subpart O.
§ 9.303 Producer eligibility requirements.
(a) To be eligible for PARP, a producer must:
(1) Have been in the business of farming in the 2020 calendar year;
(2) Have had at least a 15 percent decrease in allowable gross revenue for the 2020 calendar year, as compared to the:
(i) Actual allowable gross revenue for the 2018 or 2019 calendar year, whichever is reflective of a typical year, as elected by the producer, if the producer had allowable gross revenue in the 2018 or 2019 calendar year; or
(ii) Producer's expected allowable gross revenue for the 2020 calendar year, if the producer had no allowable gross revenue for the 2018 and 2019 calendar years; and
(3) Meet all other requirements for eligibility under this subpart.
(b) To be eligible for a PARP payment, a producer must be a:
(1) Citizen of the United States;
(2) Resident alien, which for purposes of this subpart means “lawful alien” as defined in part 1400 of this title;
(3) Partnership organized under State Law;
(4) Corporation, limited liability company, or other organizational structure organized under State law;
(5) Indian Tribe or Tribal organization, as defined in section 4(b) of the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act (25 U.S.C. 5304); or
(6) Foreign person or foreign entity who meets all requirements as described in 7 CFR part 1400.
§ 9.304 Allowable gross revenue.
(a) For the purposes of this subpart, “allowable gross revenue” includes revenue from:
(1) Sales of agricultural commodities produced by the producer, including sales resulting from value added through post-production activities;
(2) Sales of agricultural commodities a producer purchased for resale that had a change in characteristic due to the time held (for example, a plant purchased at a size of 2 inches and sold as an 18-inch plant after 4 months), less the cost or other basis of such commodities;
(3) The taxable amount of cooperative distributions directly related to the sale of the agricultural commodities produced by the producer;
(4) Benefits under the following agricultural programs: ARC and PLC, BCAP, DMC, LDP, MFP, MLG, and MPP-Dairy;
(5) CCC loans, if treated as income and reported to IRS;
(6) Crop insurance proceeds;
(7) Federal disaster program payments under the following programs: 2017 WHIP, ELAP, LFP, LIP, NAP, Milk Loss Program, On-Farm Storage Loss Program, STRP, TAP, and WHIP+;
(8) Payments issued through grant agreements with FSA for losses of agricultural commodities;
(9) Grants from the Department of Commerce, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration and State program funds providing direct payments for the loss of agricultural commodities or the loss of revenue from agricultural commodities;
(10) Revenue from raised breeding livestock;
(11) Revenue earned as a cattle feeder operation;
(12) Other revenue directly related to the production of agricultural commodities that IRS requires the producer to report as income and
(13) For 2020 allowable gross revenue, payments PMVAP regardless of the calendar year in which the payment was received.
(b) Allowable gross revenue does not include revenue from sources other than those listed in paragraph (a) of this section, including but not limited to, revenue from:
(1) Applicable pandemic assistance;
(2) Sales of commodities that are excluded from “agricultural commodities,”
(3) Resale items not held for characteristic change;
(4) Income from a pass-through entity such as an S Corp or limited liability company;
(5) Conservation program payments;
(6) Any pandemic assistance payments that were not intended to compensate for the loss of agricultural commodities or the loss of revenue from agricultural commodities due to the pandemic (for example, payments to provide assistance with the cost of purchasing personal protective equipment, retrofitting facilities for worker and consumer safety, shifting to online sales platforms, transportation, worker housing, or medical costs);
(7) Custom hire income;
(8) Net gain from hedging or speculation;
(9) Wages, salaries, tips, and cash rent;
(10) Rental of equipment or supplies; and
(11) Acting as a contract producer of an agricultural commodity.
(c) If a producer did not have a full year of revenue for 2018 or 2019, or increased their production capacity in 2020 compared to 2018 or 2019, the producer may certify to an adjusted 2018 or 2019 allowable gross revenue on form FSA-1122A. Increases in production capacity do not include changes due to crop rotation from year to year, changes in farming practices such as converting from conventional tillage to no-till, or increasing the rate of fertilizers or chemicals. Documentation required to support such an adjustment must be provided within 30 calendar days of submitting their PARP application and demonstrate that the producer:
(1) Had the production capacity to support the expected full year revenue;
(2) Added production capacity to the farming operation;
(3) Increased the use of existing production capacity; or
(4) Made physical alterations to existing production capacity.
(d) If a producer did not have allowable gross revenue in 2018 and 2019, the producer must certify on form FSA-1122A as to what had been their reasonably expected 2020 allowable gross revenue prior to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic. Documentation required to support the producer's certification must be provided within 30 calendar days of submitting the producer's PARP application. Acceptable documentation must be generated in the ordinary course of business and dated prior to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and includes, but is not limited to:
(1) Financial documents such as a business plan or cash flow statement that demonstrate an expected level of revenue;
(2) Sales contracts or purchase agreements; and
(3) Documentation supporting production capacity, use of existing production capacity, or physical alterations that demonstrate production capacity.
(e) A producer who does not provide acceptable documentation described in paragraph (c) or (d) of this section within 30 calendar days of submitting their application is not eligible for an adjustment to their 2019 allowable gross revenue or to have their payment calculated using an expected 2020 allowable gross revenue, as applicable.
(f) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(13) of this section, the allowable gross revenue for a specific calendar year will be based on the calendar year in which that revenue was received by the producer.
(g) Producers who file or would file a joint tax return will certify their allowable gross revenue based on what it would have been had they filed taxes separately for the applicable year.
§ 9.305 Time and method of application.
(a) A completed PARP application under this subpart must be submitted to any FSA county office by the close of business on the date announced by the Deputy Administrator. Applications may be submitted in person or by mail, email, facsimile, or other methods announced by FSA.
(b) Failure of an individual, entity, or a member of an entity to submit the following payment limitation and payment eligibility forms within 60 days from the PARP application deadline, may result in no payment or a reduced payment:
(1) Form AD-2047, Customer Data Worksheet, for new customers or existing customers who need to update their customer profile;
(2) Form FSA-1122A, PARP Application, if applicable;
(3) Form CCC-860, Socially Disadvantaged, Limited Resource, Beginning and Veteran Farmer or Rancher Certification, if applicable;
(4) Form CCC-901, Member Information for Legal Entities, if applicable;
(5) Form CCC-902 Farm Operating Plan for an individual or legal entity as provided in 7 CFR part 1400;
(6) Form CCC-941, Average Adjusted Gross Income (AGI) Certification and Consent to Disclosure of Tax Information, for the 2020 program year for the person or legal entity, including the legal entity's members, partners, or shareholders, as provided in 7 CFR part 1400;
(7) Form FSA-1123, Certification of 2020 Adjusted Gross Income (AGI), if applicable; and
(8) Form AD-1026, Highly Erodible Land Conservation (HELC) and Wetland Conservation (WC) Certification, for the PARP applicant and applicable affiliates as provided in 7 CFR part 12.
(c) If requested by USDA, the producer must provide additional documentation that establishes the producer's eligibility for PARP. If supporting documentation is requested, the documentation must be submitted to USDA within 30 calendar days from the request or the application will be disapproved by USDA. FSA may request supporting documentation to verify information provided by the producer and their eligibility including, but not limited to, the producer's:
(1) Allowable gross revenue reported on the PARP application; and
(2) Ownership share in the agricultural commodities.
§ 9.306 Payment calculation.
(a) If the producer's allowable gross revenue for 2020 decreased by at least 15 percent compared to the producer's allowable gross revenue for 2018 or 2019, as elected by the producer:
(1) FSA will calculate:
(i) The producer's 2018 or 2019 allowable gross revenue, as elected by the producer and as adjusted according to § 9.304(c), if applicable; minus
(ii) The producer's 2020 allowable gross revenue; multiplied by
(iii) A payment factor of:
(A) Ninety (90) percent for a beginning farmer or rancher, limited resource farmer or rancher, or veteran farmer or rancher, who has submitted form CCC-860 certifying they meet the definition for at least one of the applicable groups; or
(B) Eighty (80) percent for all other producers; and
(2) The producer's PARP payment will be equal to the result of the calculation in paragraph (a)(1) of this section minus the producer's applicable pandemic assistance, and 2020 program year ERP payments.
(b) If a producer did not have allowable gross revenue in 2018 and 2019 and the producer's allowable gross revenue for 2020 decreased by at least 15 percent compared to the producer's expected 2020 allowable gross revenue:
(1) FSA will calculate:
(i) The producer's expected 2020 allowable gross revenue, as specified in § 9.304(d), minus
(ii) The producer's actual 2020 allowable gross revenue;
(iii) Multiplied by a payment factor of:
(A) 90 percent for a beginning farmer or rancher, limited resource farmer or rancher, or veteran farmer or rancher, who has submitted form CCC-860 certifying they meet the definition for at least one of the applicable groups; or
(B) 80 percent for all other producers; and
(2) The producer's PARP payment will be equal to the result of the calculation in paragraph (b)(1) of this section minus the producer's applicable pandemic assistance, and 2020 program year ERP payments.
(c) If a producer receives assistance through 2020 program year ERP or any program included under applicable pandemic assistance after their PARP payment is calculated, their PARP payment will be recalculated and the producer must refund any resulting overpayment.
(d) Payments calculated according to this section are subject to the availability of funds and may be factored if total calculated payments exceed the available funding.
[88 FR 1877, Jan. 11, 2023, as amended at 90 FR 30558, July 10, 2025]
§ 9.307 Adjusted gross income limitation, payment limitation, and attribution.
(a) To be eligible to receive a PARP payment and facilitate administration of paragraphs (b) through (f) of this section, a person or legal entity must provide their name, address, valid taxpayer identification number, and ownership share to USDA. In addition, a legal entity must provide the name, address, valid taxpayer identification number, and ownership share of each person or legal entity, that holds or acquires a direct or indirect ownership interest in the legal entity. PARP payments to a legal entity will be reduced in proportion to a member's ownership share when a valid taxpayer identification number for a person or legal entity that holds less than a 10 percent direct or indirect ownership interest, at or above the fourth level of ownership in the business structure, is not provided to USDA. Additionally, a legal entity will not be eligible to receive PARP payments when a valid taxpayer identification number for a person or legal entity that holds a direct or indirect ownership interest of 10 percent or greater, at or above the fourth level of ownership in the business structure, is not provided to USDA.
(b) The $900,000 average adjusted gross income limitation provisions in 7 CFR part 1400 relating to limits on income for persons or legal entities, including members of legal entities, joint ventures, and general partnerships applies to PARP. The average adjusted gross income will be calculated for a person or legal entity based on the 2016, 2017, and 2018 tax years. If the person's or legal entity's average adjusted gross income exceeds $900,000, the applicant is ineligible for PARP except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section.
(c) A person or legal entity that does not meet the average adjusted gross income requirements described in paragraph (b) of this section, may otherwise meet the adjusted gross income requirements, provided the person's or legal entity's 2020 adjusted gross income, as defined under 26 U.S.C. 62 or comparable measure, is not more than $900,000. Except for general partnerships and joint ventures, a PARP applicant that is a person or legal entity, including members holding an ownership interest in the legal entity, is required to:
(1) Certify, on a form that is approved for that purpose by the Deputy Administrator, that their 2020 adjusted gross income or comparable measure is not more than $900,000; and
(2) Submit a certification from a licensed CPA or attorney affirming the person's or legal entity's 2020 adjusted gross income is not more than $900,000.
(d) Members of general partnerships and joint ventures not meeting the income requirements described in paragraph (b) of this section may otherwise meet the income requirements, provided the member's 2020 adjusted gross income, as defined under 26 U.S.C. 62 or comparable measure, is not more than $900,000. The member is required to provide the information described in paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this section.
(e) A person or legal entity other than a joint venture or general partnership cannot receive, directly or indirectly, more than $125,000 under PARP. USDA may establish a lower maximum payment amount per person, legal entity, or member of a joint venture or general partnership after the application period has ended if calculated payment amounts exceed available funding. Payments made to a PARP applicant who is a joint operation, including a joint venture or a general partnership, may not exceed the amount determined by multiplying $125,000 (or the reduced maximum payment limitation, if applicable) by the number of persons or legal entities that comprise the first-level membership of the joint operation.
(f) A PARP payment made to a legal entity will be considered in combination with other PARP payments attributed to every person or legal entity with a direct or indirect ownership interest in the legal entity. The maximum limitation described in paragraph (e) of this section for a legal entity is determined based on payments to the legal entity and members who are an individual person or a legal entity. If a member's combined PARP payments reach the maximum payment limitation when summed from all businesses in which the person or legal entity has an ownership interest, then subsequent payments to the legal entity will be reduced by the proportionate ownership interest of the member. A payment to a legal entity will be attributed to those members who have a direct or indirect ownership interest in the legal entity, unless the payment of the legal entity has been reduced by the proportionate ownership interest of the member due to that member's ineligibility. Attribution of payments made to legal entities will be tracked through four levels of ownership in legal entities as follows:
(1) First level of ownership: Any payment made to a legal entity that is owned in whole or in part by a person will be attributed to the person in an amount that represents the direct ownership interest in the first-level or payment legal entity;
(2) Second level of ownership: Any payment made to a first-level legal entity that is owned in whole or in part by another legal entity (referred to as a second-level legal entity) will be attributed to the second-level legal entity in proportion to the ownership of the second-level legal entity in the first-level legal entity; if the second-level legal entity is owned in whole or in part by a person, the amount of the payment made to the first-level legal entity will be attributed to the person in the amount that represents the indirect ownership in the first-level legal entity by the person;
(3) Third and fourth levels of ownership: Except as provided in the second-level ownership in paragraph (f)(2) of this section and in the fourth level of ownership in paragraph (f)(4) of this section, any payments made to a legal entity at the third and fourth levels of ownership will be attributed in the same manner as specified in paragraph (f)(2) of this section; and
(4) Fourth-level of ownership: If the fourth level of ownership is that of a legal entity and not that of a person, a reduction in payment will be applied to the first-level or payment legal entity in the amount that represents the indirect ownership in the first level or payment legal entity by the fourth-level legal entity.
(g) Payments made to a PARP applicant that is an Indian Tribe or Tribal organization, as defined in the section 4(b) of the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act (25 U.S.C. 5304), are not subject to:
(1) AGI requirements described in paragraphs (b) through (d) of this section;
(2) Payment limitation described in paragraph (e) of this section; and
(3) Attribution of payments described in paragraph (f) of this section.
(h) Payments made directly or indirectly to a person who is a minor child will not be combined with the earnings of the minor child's parent or legal guardian.
§ 9.308 Eligibility subject to verification.
(a) Producers who are approved for participation in PARP are required to retain documentation in support of their application for 3 years after the date of approval.
(b) Participants receiving PARP payments must permit authorized representatives of USDA or the Government Accountability Office, during regular business hours, to enter the agricultural operation and to inspect, examine, and to allow representatives to make copies of books, records, or other items for the purpose of confirming the accuracy of the information provided by the participant.
§ 9.309 Miscellaneous provisions.
(a) If a PARP payment resulted from erroneous information provided by a producer, or any person acting on their behalf, the payment will be recalculated and the producer must refund any excess payment with interest calculated from the date of the disbursement of the payment.
(b) If FSA determines that the producer intentionally misrepresented information provided on their application, the application will be disapproved and the producer must refund the full payment to FSA with interest from the date of disbursement.
(c) Any required refunds must be resolved in accordance with part 3 of this title.
(d) The regulations in 7 CFR part 718, subpart D, and 7 CFR parts 11 and 780 apply to determinations made under this subpart.
(e) A producer, whether a person or legal entity that either fails to timely provide all required documentation or fails to satisfy any eligibility requirement for PARP, is not eligible to receive PARP payments, directly or indirectly. A PARP payment to an eligible legal entity applicant whose member(s) either fails to timely provide all required documentation or fails to satisfy any eligibility requirement for PARP will be reduced proportionate to that member's ownership interest in the legal entity.
(f) Any payment under this subpart will be made without regard to questions of title under State law and without regard to any claim or lien against the commodity or proceeds from the sale of the commodity. The regulations governing offsets in part 3 of this title do not apply to payments made under this subpart.
(g) For the purposes of the effect of a lien on eligibility for Federal programs (28 U.S.C. 3201(e)), USDA waives the restriction on receipt of funds under PARP but only as to beneficiaries who, as a condition of the waiver, agree to apply the PARP payments to reduce the amount of the judgment lien.
(h) The provisions in 7 CFR 718.3, 718.4, 718.5, 718.6, 718.8, 718.9, 718.10, and 718.11 are applicable to multiple programs and apply to PARP.
(i) In addition to any other Federal laws that apply to PARP, the following laws apply: 15 U.S.C. 714; 18 U.S.C. 286, 287, 371, and 1001.
§ 9.310 Perjury.
In either applying for or participating in PARP, or both, the producer is subject to laws against perjury and any resulting penalties and prosecution, including, but not limited to, 18 U.S.C. 1621. If the producer willfully makes and represents as true any verbal or written declaration, certification, statement, or verification that the producer knows or believes not to be true, in the course of either applying for or participating in PARP, or both, then the producer may be guilty of perjury and, except as otherwise provided by law, may be fined, imprisoned for not more than 5 years, or both, regardless of whether the producer makes such verbal or written declaration, certification, statement, or verification within or without the United States.
10 PART 10 [RESERVED]
PART 11 NATIONAL APPEALS DIVISION
Authority: 5 U.S.C. 301; Title II, Subtitle H, Pub. L. 103-354, 108 Stat. 3228 (7 U.S.C. 6991 et seq.); Reorganization Plan No. 2 of 1953 (5 U.S.C. App.).
Source: 64 FR 33373, June 23, 1999, unless otherwise noted.
Subpart A National Appeals Division Rules of Procedures
§ 11.1 Definitions.
For purposes of this part:
Adverse decision means an administrative decision made by an officer, employee, or committee of an agency that is adverse to a participant. The term includes a denial of equitable relief by an agency or the failure of an agency to issue a decision or otherwise act on the request or right of the participant within timeframes specified by agency program statutes or regulations or within a reasonable time if timeframes are not specified in such statutes or regulations. The term does not include a decision over which the Board of Contract Appeals has jurisdiction.
Agency means:
(1) The Commodity Credit Corporation (CCC);
(2) The Farm Service Agency (FSA);
(3) The Federal Crop Insurance Corporation (FCIC);
(4) The Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS);
(5) The Risk Management Agency (RMA);
(6) The Rural Business-Cooperative Service (RBS);
(7) Rural Development (RD);
(8) The Rural Housing Service (RHS);
(9) The Rural Utilities Service (RUS) (but not for programs authorized by the Rural Electrification Act of 1936 or the Rural Telephone Bank Act, 7 U.S.C. 901 et seq.);
(10) A State, county, or area committee established under section 8(b)(5) of the Soil Conservation and Domestic Allotment Act (16 U.S.C. 590h (b)(5)); and
(11) Any predecessor or successor agency to the above-named agencies, and any other agency or office of the Department which the Secretary may designate.
Agency record means all the materials maintained by an agency related to an adverse decision which are submitted to the Division by an agency for consideration in connection with an appeal under this part, including all materials prepared or reviewed by the agency during its consideration and decisionmaking process, but shall not include records or information not related to the adverse decision at issue. All materials contained in the agency record submitted to the Division shall be deemed admitted as evidence for purposes of a hearing or a record review under § 11.8.
Agency representative means any person, whether or not an attorney, who is authorized to represent the agency in an administrative appeal under this part.
Appeal means a written request by a participant asking for review by the National Appeals Division of an adverse decision under this part.
Appellant means any participant who appeals an adverse decision in accordance with this part. Unless separately set forth in this part, the term “appellant” includes an authorized representative.
Authorized representative means any person, whether or not an attorney, who is authorized in writing by a participant, consistent with § 11.6(c), to act for the participant in an administrative appeal under this part. The authorized representative may act on behalf of the participant except when the provisions of this part require action by the participant or appellant personally.
Case record means all the materials maintained by the Secretary related to an adverse decision: The case record includes both the agency record and the hearing record.
Days means calendar days unless otherwise specified.
Department means the United States Department of Agriculture (USDA).
Director means the Director of the Division or a designee of the Director.
Division means the National Appeals Division established by this part.
Equitable relief means relief which is authorized under section 326 of the Food and Agriculture Act of 1962 (7 U.S.C. 1339a) and other laws administered by the agency.
Ex parte communication means an oral or written communication to any officer or employee of the Division with respect to which reasonable prior notice to all parties is not given, but it shall not include requests for status reports, or inquiries on Division procedure, in reference to any matter or proceeding connected with the appeal involved.
Hearing, except with respect to § 11.5, means a proceeding before the Division to afford a participant the opportunity to present testimony or documentary evidence or both in order to have a previous determination reversed and to show why an adverse determination was in error.
Hearing Officer means an individual employed by the Division who conducts the hearing and determines appeals of adverse decisions by any agency.
Hearing record means all documents, evidence, and other materials generated in relation to a hearing under $11.8.
Implement means the taking of action by an agency of the Department in order fully and promptly to effectuate a final determination of the Division.
Participant means any individual or entity who has applied for, or whose right to participate in or receive, a payment, loan, loan guarantee, or other benefit in accordance with any program of an agency to which the regulations in this part apply is affected by a decision of such agency. The term does not include persons whose claim(s) arise under:
(1) Programs subject to various proceedings provided for in 7 CFR part 1;
(2) Programs governed by Federal contracting laws and regulations (appealable under other rules and to other forums, including to the Department's Board of Contract Appeals under 7 CFR part 24);
(3) The Freedom of Information Act (appealable under 7 CFR part 1, subpart A);
(4) Suspension and debarment disputes, including, but not limited to, those falling within the scope of 7 CFR part 1407 and 2 CFR part 417;
(5) Export programs administered by the Commodity Credit Corporation;
(6) Disputes between reinsured companies and the Federal Crop Insurance Corporation;
(7) Tenant grievances or appeals prosecutable under the provisions of 7 CFR part 1944, subpart L, under the multi-family housing program carried out by RHS;
(8) Personnel, equal employment opportunity, and other similar disputes with any agency or office of the Department which arise out of the employment relationship;
(9) The Federal Tort Claims Act, 28 U.S.C. 2671 et seq., or the Military Personnel and Civilian Employees Claims Act of 1964, 31 U.S.C. 3721;
(10) Discrimination complaints prosecutable under the nondiscrimination regulations at 7 CFR parts 15, 15a, 15b, 15e, and 15f; or
(11) Section 361, et seq., of the Agricultural Adjustment Act of 1938, as amended (7 U.S.C. 1361, et seq.) involving Tobacco Marketing Quota Review Committees.
Record review means an appeal considered by the Hearing Officer in which the Hearing Officer's determination is based on the agency record and other information submitted by the appellant and the agency, including information submitted by affidavit or declaration.
Secretary means the Secretary of Agriculture.
[64 FR 33373, June 23, 1999, as amended at 85 FR 31938, May 28, 2020]
§ 11.2 General statement.
(a) This part sets forth procedures for proceedings before the National Appeals Division within the Department. The Division is an organization within the Department, subject to the general supervision of and policy direction by the Secretary, which is independent from all other agencies and offices of the Department, including Department officials at the state and local level. The Director of the Division reports directly to the Secretary of Agriculture. The authority of the Hearing Officers and the Director of the Division, and the administrative appeal procedures which must be followed by program participants who desire to appeal an adverse decision and by the agency which issued the adverse decision, are included in this part.
(b) Pursuant to section 212(e) of the Federal Crop Insurance Reform and Department of Agriculture Reorganization Act of 1994, Pub. L. 103-354 (the Act), 7 U.S.C. 6912(e), program participants shall seek review of an adverse decision before a Hearing Officer of the Division, and may seek further review by the Director, under the provisions of this part prior to seeking judicial review.
§ 11.3 Applicability.
(a) Subject matter. The regulations contained in this part are applicable to adverse decisions made by an agency, including, for example, those with respect to:
(1) Denial of participation in, or receipt of benefits under, any program of an agency;
(2) Compliance with program requirements;
(3) The making or amount of payments or other program benefits to a participant in any program of an agency; and
(4) A determination that a parcel of land is a wetland or highly erodible land.
(b) Limitation. The procedures contained in this part may not be used to seek review of statutes or USDA regulations issued under Federal Law.
§ 11.4 Other laws and regulations.
(a) The provisions of the Administrative Procedure Act generally applicable to agency adjudications (5 U.S.C. 554-557), and the Equal Access to Justice Act (5 U.S.C. 504) and its implementing regulations at 7 CFR part 1, subpart J, shall apply to proceedings under this part except for proceedings under § 11.5 and § 11.6(a).
(b) The Federal Rules of Evidence, 28 U.S.C. App., shall not apply to proceedings under this part.
[64 FR 33373, June 23, 1999, as amended at 74 FR 57401, Nov. 6, 2009]
§ 11.5 Informal review of adverse decisions.
(a) Required informal review of FSA adverse decisions. Except with respect to farm credit programs, a participant must seek an informal review of an adverse decision issued at the field service office level by an officer or employee of FSA, or by any employee of a county or area committee established under section 8(b)(5) of the Soil Conservation and Domestic Allotment Act, 16 U.S.C. 590h(b)(5), before NAD will accept an appeal of a FSA adverse decision. Such informal review shall be done by the county or area committee with responsibility for the adverse decision at issue. The procedures for requesting such an informal review before FSA are found in 7 CFR part 780. After receiving a decision upon review by a county or area committee, a participant may seek further informal review by the State FSA committee or may appeal directly to NAD under § 11.6(b).
(b) Optional informal review. With respect to adverse decisions issued at the State office level of FSA and adverse decisions of all other agencies, a participant may request an agency informal review of an adverse decision of that agency prior to appealing to NAD. Procedures for requesting such an informal review are found at 7 CFR part 780 (FSA), 7 CFR part 614 (NRCS), 7 CFR part 1900, subpart B (RUS), 7 CFR part 1900, subpart B (RBS), and 7 CFR part 1900, subpart B (RHS).
(c) Mediation. A participant also shall have the right to utilize any available alternative dispute resolution (ADR) or mediation program, including any mediation program available under title V of the Agricultural Credit Act of 1987, 7 U.S.C. 5101 et seq., in order to attempt to seek resolution of an adverse decision of an agency prior to a NAD hearing. If a participant:
(1) Requests mediation or ADR prior to filing an appeal with NAD, the participant stops the running of the 30-day period during which a participant may appeal to NAD under § 11.6(b)(1), and will have the balance of days remaining in that period to appeal to NAD once mediation or ADR has concluded.
(2) Requests mediation or ADR after having filed an appeal to NAD under § 11.6(b), but before the hearing, the participant will be deemed to have waived his right to have a hearing within 45 days under § 11.8(c)(1) but shall have a right to have a hearing within 45 days after conclusion of mediation or ADR.
§ 11.6 Director review of agency determination of appealability and right of participants to Division hearing.
(a) Director review of agency determination of appealability. (1) Not later than 30 days after the date on which a participant receives a determination from an agency that an agency decision is not appealable, the participant must submit a written request personally signed by the participant to the Director to review the determination in order to obtain such review by the Director.
(2) The Director shall determined whether the decision is adverse to the individual participant and thus appealable or is a matter of general applicability and thus not subject to appeal, and will issue a final determination notice that upholds or reverses the determination of the agency. This final determination is not appealable. If the Director reverses the determination of the agency, the Director will notify the participant and the agency of that decision and inform the participant of his or her right to proceed with an appeal.
(3) The Director may delegate his or her authority to conduct a review under this paragraph to any subordinate official of the Division other than a Hearing Officer. In any case in which such review is conducted by such a subordinate official, the subordinate official's determination shall be considered to be the determination of the Director and shall be final and not appealable.
(b) Appeals of adverse decisions. (1) To obtain a hearing under § 11.8, a participant personally must request such hearing not later than 30 days after the date on which the participant first received notice of the adverse decision or after the date on which the participant receives notice of the Director's determination that a decision is appealable. In the case of the failure of an agency to act on the request or right of a recipient, a participant personally must request such hearing not later than 30 days after the participant knew or reasonably should have known that the agency had not acted within the timeframes specified by agency program regulations, or, where such regulations specify no timeframes, not later than 30 days after the participant reasonably should have known of the agency's failure to act.
(2) A request for a hearing shall be in writing and personally signed by the participant, and shall include a copy of the adverse decision to be reviewed, if available, along with a brief statement of the participant's reasons for believing that the decision, or the agency's failure to act, was wrong. The participant also shall send a copy of the request for a hearing to the agency, and may send a copy of the adverse decision to be reviewed to the agency, but failure to do either will not constitute grounds for dismissal of the appeal. Instead of a hearing, the participant may request a record review.
(c) If a participant is represented by an authorized representative, the authorized representative must file a declaration with NAD, executed in accordance with 28 U.S.C. 1746, stating that the participant has duly authorized the declarant in writing to represent the participant for purposes of a specified adverse decision or decisions, and attach a copy of the written authorization to the declaration.
§ 11.7 Ex parte communications.
(a)(1) At no time between the filing of an appeal and the issuance of a final determination under this part shall any officer or employee of the Division engage in ex parte communications regarding the merits of the appeal with any person having any interest in the appeal pending before the Division, including any person in an advocacy or investigative capacity. This prohibition does not apply to:
(i) Discussions of procedural matters related to an appeal; or
(ii) Discussions of the merits of the appeal where all parties to the appeal have been given notice and an opportunity to participate.
(2) In the case of a communication described in paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section, a memorandum of any such discussion shall be included in the hearing record.
(b) No interested person shall make or knowingly cause to be made to any officer or employee of the Division an ex parte communication relevant to the merits of the appeal.
(c) If any officer or employee of the Division receives an ex parte communication in violation of this section, the one who receives the communication shall place in the hearing record:
(1) All such written communications;
(2) Memoranda stating the substance of all such oral communications; and
(3) All written responses to such communications, and memoranda stating the substance of any oral responses thereto.
(d) Upon receipt of a communication knowingly made or knowingly caused to be made by a party in violation of this section the Hearing Officer or Director may, to the extent consistent with the interests of justice and the policy of the underlying program, require the party to show cause why such party's claim or interest in the appeal should not be dismissed, denied, disregarded, or otherwise adversely affected on account of such violation.
§ 11.8 Division hearings.
(a) General rules. (1) The Director, the Hearing Officer, and the appellant shall have access to the agency record of any adverse decision appealed to the Division for a hearing. Upon request by the appellant, the agency shall provide the appellant a copy of the agency record.
(2) The Director and Hearing Officer shall have the authority to administer oaths and affirmations, and to require, by subpoena, the attendance of witnesses and the production of evidence. A Hearing Officer shall obtain the concurrence of the Director prior to issuing a subpoena.
(i) A subpoena requiring the production of evidence may be requested and issued at any time while the case is pending before the Division.
(ii) An appellant or an agency, acting through any appropriate official, may request the issuance of a subpoena requiring the attendance of a witness by submitting such a request in writing at least 14 days before the scheduled date of a hearing. The Director or Hearing Officer shall issue a subpoena at least 7 days prior to the scheduled date of a hearing.
(iii) A subpoena shall be issued only if the Director or a Hearing Officer determined that:
(A) For a subpoena of documents, the appellant or the agency has established that production of documentary evidence is necessary and is reasonably calculated to lead to information which would affect the final determination or is necessary to fully present the case before the Division; or
(B) For a subpoena of a witness, the appellant or the agency has established that either a representative of the Department or a private individual possesses information that is pertinent and necessary for disclosure of all relevant facts which could impact the final determination, that the information cannot be obtained except through testimony of the person, and that the testimony cannot be obtained absent issuance of a subpoena.
(iv) The party requesting issuance of a subpoena shall arrange for service. Service of a subpoena upon a person named therein may be made by registered or certified mail, or in person. Personal service shall be made by personal delivery of a copy of the subpoena to the person named therein by any person who is not a party and who is not less than 18 years of age. Proof of service shall be made by filing with the Hearing Officer or Director who issued the subpoena a statement of the date and manner of service and of the names of the persons served, certified by the person who made the service in person or by return receipts for certified or registered mail.
(v) A party who requests that a subpoena be issued shall be responsible for the payment of any reasonable travel and subsistence costs incurred by the witness in connection with his or her appearance and any fees of a person who serves the subpoena in person. The Department shall pay the costs associated with the appearance of a Department employee whose role as a witness arises out of his or her performance of official duties, regardless of which party requested the subpoena. The failure to make payment of such charges on demand may be deemed by the Hearing Officer or Director as sufficient ground for striking the testimony of the witness and the evidence the witness has produced.
(vi) If a person refuses to obey a subpoena, the Director, acting through the Office of the General Counsel of the Department and the Department of Justice, may apply to the United States District Court in the jurisdiction where that person resides to have the subpoena enforced as provided in the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure (28 U.S.C. App.).
(3) Testimony required by subpoena pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of this section may, at the discretion of the Director or a Hearing Officer, be presented at the hearing either in person or telephonically.
(b) Hearing procedures applicable to both record review and hearings. (1) Upon the filing of an appeal under this part of an adverse decision by any agency, the agency promptly shall provide the Division with a copy of the agency record. If requested by the applicant prior to the hearing, a copy of such agency record shall be provided to the appellant by the agency within 10 days of receipt of the request by the agency.
(2) The Director shall assign the appeal to a Hearing Officer and shall notify the appellant and agency of such assignment. The notice also shall advise the appellant and the agency of the documents required to be submitted under paragraph (c)(2) of this section, and notify the appellant of the option of having a hearing by telephone.
(3) The Hearing Officer will receive evidence into the hearing record without regard to whether the evidence was known to the agency officer, employee, or committee making the adverse decision at the time the adverse decision was made.
(c) Procedures applicable only to hearings. (1) Upon a timely request for a hearing under § 11.6(b), an appellant has the right to have a hearing by the Division on any adverse decision within 45 days after the date of receipt of the request for the hearing by the Division.
(2) The Hearing Officer shall set a reasonable deadline for submission of the following documents:
(i) By the appellant;
(A) A short statement of why the decision is wrong;
(B) A copy of any document not in the agency record that the appellant anticipates introducing at the hearing; and
(C) A list of anticipated witnesses and brief descriptions of the evidence such witnesses will offer.
(ii) By the agency:
(A) A copy of the adverse decision challenged by the appellant;
(B) A written explanation of the agency's position, including the regulatory or statutory basis therefor;
(C) A copy of any document not in the agency record that the agency anticipates introducing at the hearing; and
(D) A list of anticipated witnesses and brief descriptions of the evidence such witnesses will offer.
(3) Not less than 14 days prior to the hearing, the Division must provide the appellant, the authorized representative, and the agency a notice of hearing specifying the date, time, and place of the hearing. The hearing will be held in the State of residence of the appellant, as determined by the Hearing Officer, or at a location that is otherwise convenient to the appellant, the agency, and the Division. The notice also shall notify all parties of the right to obtain an official record of the hearing.
(4) Pre-hearing conference. Whenever appropriate, the Hearing Officer shall hold a pre-hearing conference in order to attempt to resolve the dispute or to narrow the issues involved. Such pre-hearing conference shall be held by telephone unless the Hearing Officer and all parties agree to hold such conference in person.
(5) Conduct of the hearing. (i) A hearing before a Hearing Officer will be in person unless the appellant agrees to a hearing by telephone.
(ii) The hearing will be conducted by the Hearing Officer in the manner determined by the Division most likely to obtain the facts relevant to the matter or matters at issue. The Hearing Officer will allow the presentation of evidence at the hearing by any party without regard to whether the evidence was known to the officer, employee, or committee of the agency making the adverse decision at the time the adverse decision was made. The Hearing Officer may confine the presentation of facts and evidence to pertinent matters and exclude irrelevant, immaterial, or unduly repetitious evidence, information, or questions. Any party shall have the opportunity to present oral and documentary evidence, oral testimony of witnesses, and arguments in support of the party's position; controvert evidence relied on by any other party; and question all witnesses. When appropriate, agency witnesses requested by the appellant will be made available at the hearing. Any evidence may be received by the Hearing Officer without regard to whether that evidence could be admitted in judicial proceedings.
(iii) An official record shall be made of the proceedings of every hearing. This record will be made by an official tape recording by the Division. In addition, either party may request that a verbatim transcript be made of the hearing proceedings and that such transcript shall be made the official record of the hearing. The party requesting a verbatim transcript shall pay for the transcription service, shall provide a certified copy of the transcript to the Hearing Officer free of charge, and shall allow any other party desiring to purchase a copy of the transcript to order it from the transcription service.
(6) Absence of parties. (i) If at the time scheduled for the hearing either the appellant or the agency representative is absent, and no appearance is made on behalf of such absent party, or no arrangements have been made for rescheduling the hearing, the Hearing Officer has the option to cancel the hearing unless the absent party has good cause for the failure to appear. If the Hearing Officer elects to cancel the hearing, the Hearing Officer may:
(A) Treat the appeal as a record review and issue a determination based on the agency record as submitted by the agency and the hearing record developed prior to the hearing date;
(B) Accept evidence into the hearing record submitted by any party present at the hearing (subject to paragraph (c)(6)(ii) of this section), and then issue a determination; or
(C) Dismiss the appeal.
(ii) When a hearing is cancelled due to the absence of a party, the Hearing Officer will add to the hearing record any additional evidence submitted by any party present, provide a copy of such evidence to the absent party or parties, and allow the absent party or parties 10 days to provide a response to such additional evidence for inclusion in the hearing record
(iii) Where an absent party has demonstrated good cause for the failure to appear, the Hearing Officer shall reschedule the hearing unless all parties agree to proceed without a hearing.
(7) Post-hearing procedure. The Hearing Officer will leave the hearing record open after the hearing for 10 days, or for such other period of time as the Hearing Officer shall establish, to allow the submission of information by the appellant or the agency, to the extent necessary to respond to new facts, information, arguments, or evidence presented or raised at the hearing. Any such new information will be added by the Hearing Office to the hearing record and sent to the other party or parties by the submitter of the information. The Hearing Officer, in his or her discretion, may permit the other party or parties to respond to this post-hearing submission.
(d) Interlocutory review. Interlocutory review by the Director of rulings of a Hearing Officer are not permitted under the procedures of this part.
(e) Burden of proof. The appellant has the burden of proving that the adverse decision of the agency was erroneous by a preponderance of the evidence.
(f) Timing of issuance of determination. The Hearing Officer will issue a notice of the determination on the appeal to the named appellant, the authorized representative, and the agency not later than 30 days after a hearing or the closing date of the hearing record in cases in which the Hearing Officer receives additional evidence from the agency or appellant after a hearing. In the case of a record review, the Hearing Officer will issue a notice of determination within 45 days of receipt of the appellant's request for a record review. Upon the Hearing Officer's request, the Director may establish an earlier or later deadline. A notice of determination shall be accompanied by a copy of the procedures for filing a request for Director review under § 11.9. If the determination is not appealed to the Director for review under § 11.9, the notice provided by the Hearing Officer shall be considered to be a notice of a final determination under this part.
§ 11.9 Director review of determinations of Hearing Officers.
(a) Requests for Director review. (1) Not later than 30 days after the date on which an appellant receives the determination of a Hearing Officer under § 11.8, the appellant must submit a written request, signed personally by the named appellant, to the Director to review the determination in order to be entitled to such review by the Director. Such request shall include specific reasons why the appellant believes the determination is wrong.
(2) Not later than 15 business days after the date on which an agency receives the determination of a Hearing Officer under § 11.8, the head of the agency may make a written request that the Director review the determination. Such request shall include specific reasons why the agency believes the determination is wrong, including citations of statutes or regulations that the agency believes the determination violates. Any such request may be made by the head of an agency only, or by a person acting in such capacity, but not by any subordinate officer of such agency.
(3) A copy of a request for Director review submitted under this paragraph shall be provided simultaneously by the submitter to each party to the appeal.
(b) Notification of parties. The Director promptly shall notify all parties of receipt of a request for review.
(c) Responses to request for Director review. Other parties to an appeal may submit written responses to a request for Director review within 5 business days from the date of receipt of a copy of the request for review.
(d) Determination of Director. (1) The Director will conduct a review of the determination of the Hearing Officer using the agency record, the hearing record, the request for review, any responses submitted under paragraph (c) of this section, and such other arguments or information as may be accepted by the Director, in order to determine whether the decision of the Hearing Officer is supported by substantial evidence. Based on such review, the Director will issue a final determination notice that upholds, reverses, or modifies the determination of the Hearing Officer. The Director's determination upon review of a Hearing Officer's decision shall be considered to be the final determination under this part and shall not be appealable. However, if the Director determines that the hearing record is inadequate or that new evidence has been submitted, the Director may remand all or a portion of the determination to the Hearing Officer for further proceedings to complete the hearing record or, at the option of the Director, to hold a new hearing.
(2) The Director will complete the review and either issue a final determination or remand the determination not later than—
(i) 10 business days after receipt of the request for review, in the case of a request by the head of an agency; or
(ii) 30 business days after receipt of the request for review, in the case of a request by an appellant.
(3) In any case or any category of cases, the Director may delegate his or her authority to conduct a review under this section to any Deputy or Assistant Directors of the Division. In any case in which such review is conducted by a Deputy or Assistant Director under authority delegated by the Director, the Deputy or Assistant Director's determination shall be considered to be the determination of the Director under this part and shall be final and not appealable.
(e) Equitable relief. In reaching a decision on an appeal, the Director shall have the authority to grant equitable relief under this part in the same manner and to the same extent as such authority is provided an agency under applicable laws and regulations.
§ 11.10 Basis for determinations.
(a) In making a determination, the Hearing Officers and the Director are not bound by previous findings of facts on which the agency's adverse decision was based.
(b) In making a determination on the appeal, Hearing Officers and the Director shall ensure that the decision is consistent with the laws and regulations of the agency, and with the generally applicable interpretations of such laws and regulations.
(c) All determinations of the Hearing Officers and the Director must be based on information from the case record, laws applicable to the matter at issue, and applicable regulations published in the Federal Register and in effect on the date of the adverse decision or the date on which the acts that gave rise to the adverse decision occurred, whichever date is appropriate under the applicable agency program laws and regulations.
§ 11.11 Reconsideration of Director determinations.
(a) Reconsideration of a determination of the Director may be requested by the appellant or the agency within 10 days of receipt of the determination. The Director will not consider any request for reconsideration that does not contain a detailed statement of a material error of fact made in the determination, or a detailed explanation of how the determination is contrary to statute or regulation, which would justify reversal or modification of the determination.
(b) The Director shall issue a notice to all parties as to whether a request for reconsideration meets the criteria in paragraph (a) of this section. If the request for reconsideration meets such criteria, the Director shall include a copy of the request for reconsideration in the notice to the non-requesting parties to the appeal. The non-requesting parties shall have 5 days from receipt of such notice from the Director to file a response to the request for reconsideration with the Director.
(c) The Director shall issue a decision on the request for reconsideration within 5 days of receipt of responses from the non-requesting parties. If the Director's decision upon reconsideration reverses or modifies the final determination of the Director rendered under § 11.9(d), the Director's decision on reconsideration will become the final determination of the Director under § 11.9(d) for purposes of this part.
§ 11.12 Effective date and implementation of final determinations of the Division.
(a) On the return of a case to an agency pursuant to the final determination of the Division, the head of the agency shall implement the final determination not later than 30 days after the effective date of the notice of the final determination.
(b) A final determination will be effective as of the date of filing of an application, the date of the transaction or event in question, or the date of the original adverse decision, whichever is applicable under the applicable agency program statutes or regulations.
§ 11.13 Judicial review.
(a) A final determination of the Division shall be reviewable and enforceable by any United States District Court of competent jurisdiction in accordance with chapter 7 of title 5, United States Code.
(b) An appellant may not seek judicial review of any agency adverse decision appealable under this part without receiving a final determination from the Division pursuant to the procedures of this part.
§ 11.14 Filing of appeals and computation of time.
(a) An appeal, a request for Director Review, or any other document will be considered “filed” when delivered in writing to the Division, when postmarked, or when a complete facsimile copy is received by the Division.
(b) Whenever the final date for any requirement of this part falls on a Saturday, Sunday, Federal holiday, or other day on which the Division is not open for the transaction of business during normal working hours, the time for filing will be extended to the close of business on the next working day.
(c) The time for filing an appeal, a request for Director review, or any other document expires at 5:00 p.m. local time at the office of the Division to which the filing is submitted on the last day on which such filing may be made.
§ 11.15 Participation of third parties and interested parties in Division proceedings.
In two situations, parties other than the appellant or the agency may be interested in participating in Division proceedings. In the first situation, a Division proceeding may in fact result in the adjudication of the rights of a third party, e.g., an appeal of a tenant involving a payment shared with a landlord, an appeal by one recipient of a portion of a payment shared by multiple parties, an appeal by one heir of an estate. In the second situation, a party may desire to receive notice of and perhaps participate in an appeal because of the derivative impact the appeal determination will have on that party, e.g., guaranteed lenders and reinsurance companies. The provisions in this section set forth rules for the participation of such third and interested parties.
(a) Third parties. When an appeal is filed, the Division shall notify any potential third party whose rights may be adjudicated of its right to participate as an appellant in the appeal. This includes the right to seek Director review of the Hearing Officer determination. Such third parties may be identified by the Division itself, by an agency, or by the original appellant. The Division shall issue one notice to the third party of its right to participate, and if such party declines to participate, the Division determination will be binding as to that third party as if it had participated. For purposes of this part, a third party includes any party for which a determination of the Division could lead to an agency action on implementation that would be adverse to the party thus giving such party a right to a Division appeal.
(b) Interested parties. With respect to a participant who is a borrower under a guaranteed loan or an insured under a crop insurance program, the respective guaranteed lender or reinsurance company having an interest in a participant's appeal under this part may participate in the appeal as an interested party, but such participation does not confer the status of an appellant upon the guaranteed lender or reinsurance company such that it may request Director review of a final determination of the Division.
Subpart B Organization And Functions
Authority: 5 U.S.C. 301 and 552; 7 CFR part 2.
Source: 63 FR 44773, Aug. 21, 1998, unless otherwise noted.
§ 11.20 General statement.
This subpart provides guidance for the general public as to the organization and functions of NAD.
§ 11.21 Organization.
NAD was established on October 13, 1994. Delegation of authority to the Director, NAD, appears at § 2.34 of this title. The organization is comprised of three regional offices: Eastern Regional Office, Indianapolis, Indiana; Southern Regional Office, Memphis, Tennessee; and Western Regional Office, Lakewood, Colorado; and the headquarters staff located in Alexandria, Virginia. NAD is headed by a Director. NAD is assigned responsibility for certain administrative appeals as set forth in subpart A of this part.
§ 11.22 Functions.
(a) Director. Provides executive direction for NAD. The Director is responsible for developing and implementing nationwide plans, policies, and procedures for the timely and orderly hearing and disposition of appeals filed by individuals or entities in accordance with subpart A of this part. The Director will respond to all FOIA requests concerning appeal decisions and case records maintained by NAD.
(b) Deputy Director for Hearings and Administration. Responsible for all administrative functions of NAD, including budget, correspondence, personnel, travel, equipment, and regulation review and development.
(c) Deputy Director for Planning, Training, and Quality Control. Responsible for NAD strategic planning, including the organization's compliance with the Government Performance and Results Act, Pub. L. 103-62, employee training, and the establishment and maintenance of a quality assurance program.
(d) Assistant Directors for Regions. Responsible for oversight of the adjudication process for cases filed in the NAD regional offices. Assistant Directors ensure statutory and administrative time frames are met, and oversee the administrative functions, training, and supervision of the support staff located in the regional offices and the large dispersed staff of professional hearing officers located throughout the regions. The three regional offices serve as the custodian for all NAD determinations and case records.
Subpart C Availability of Information to the Public
Authority: 5 U.S.C. 301 and 552; 7 CFR 1.1-1.16.
Source: 63 FR 44774, Aug. 21, 1998, unless otherwise noted.
§ 11.30 General statement.
This subpart implements the regulations of the Secretary of Agriculture at 7 CFR 1.1 through 1.16 concerning FOIA (5 U.S.C. 552). The Secretary's regulations, as implemented by the regulations in this part, govern the availability of the records of NAD to the public.
§ 11.31 Public inspection and copying.
Section 1.5 of this title requires that certain materials be made available by each USDA agency for public inspection and copying in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 522(a)(2). Members of the public wishing to gain access to these NAD records should write to the appropriate address shown in appendix A of this subpart.
§ 11.32 Initial requests for records.
(a) Requests for NAD records should be in writing and addressed to the NAD official having custody of the records desired as indicated in § 11.22(d). Addresses are found in Appendix A of this subpart. In his or her petition, the requester may ask for a fee waiver if there is likely to be a charge for the requested information. The criteria for waiver of fees are found in section 6 of appendix A, subpart A of part 1 of this title. All requests for records shall be deemed to have been made pursuant to FOIA, regardless of whether FOIA is specifically mentioned. To facilitate processing of a request, the phrase “FOIA REQUEST” should be placed in capital letters on the front of the envelope.
(b) A request must reasonably describe records to enable NAD personnel to locate them with reasonable effort. Where possible, a requester should supply specific information, such as dates, titles, appellant name or appeal number, that may help identify the records. If the request relates to a matter in pending litigation, the court and its location should be identified.
(c) If NAD determines that a request does not reasonably describe the records, it shall inform the requester of this fact and extend the requester an opportunity to clarify the request or to confer promptly with knowledgeable NAD personnel to attempt to identify the records he or she is seeking. The “date of receipt” in such instances, for purposes of § 1.12(a) of this title, shall be the date of receipt of the amended or clarified request.
(d) Nothing in this subpart shall be interpreted to preclude NAD from honoring an oral request for information, but if the requester is dissatisfied with the response, the NAD official involved shall advise the requester to submit a written request in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section. The “date of receipt” of such a request for purposes of § 1.12(a) of this title shall be the date of receipt of the written request. For recordkeeping purposes, the NAD official responding to an oral request for information may ask the requester to also submit his or her request in writing.
(e) If a request for records or a fee waiver under this subpart is denied, the person making the request shall have the right to appeal the denial. Requesters also may appeal NAD decisions regarding a requester's status for purposes of fee levels under section 5 of Appendix A, subpart A of part 1 of this title. All appeals must be in writing and addressed to the official designated in § 11.33. To facilitate processing of an appeal, the phrase “FOIA APPEAL” should be placed in capital letters on the front of the envelope.
(f) NAD shall develop and maintain a record of all written and oral FOIA requests and FOIA appeals received by NAD, which shall include, in addition to any other information, the name of the requester, brief summary of the information requested, an indication of whether the request or appeal was denied or partially denied, the FOIA exemption(s) cited as the basis for any denials, and the amount of fees associated with the request or appeal.
§ 11.33 Appeals.
Any person whose initial FOIA request is denied in whole or in part may appeal that denial to the Director, National Appeals Division, U.S. Department of Agriculture, 3101 Park Center Drive, Suite 1113, Alexandria, Virginia 22302. The Director will make the final determination on the appeal.
Appendix A to Subpart C of Part 11 List of Addresses
This list provides the titles and mailing addresses of officials who have custody of NAD records. This list also identifies the normal working hours, Monday through Friday, excluding holidays, during which public inspection and copying of certain kinds of records is permitted.
Director, National Appeals Division, U.S. Department of Agriculture, 3101 Park Center Drive, Suite 1113, Alexandria, Virginia 22302, Hours: 8 a.m.-5 p.m.
Regional Assistant Director, Eastern Region, National Appeals Division, U.S. Department of Agriculture, 3500 DePauw Boulevard, Suite 2052, Indianapolis, Indiana 46268, Hours: 8 a.m.-5 p.m.
Regional Assistant Director, Southern Region, National Appeals Division, U.S. Department of Agriculture, 7777 Walnut Grove Road, LLB-1, Memphis, Tennessee 38120, Hours: 8 a.m.-5 p.m.
Regional Assistant Director, Western Region, National Appeals Division, U.S. Department of Agriculture, 755 Parfet Street, Suite 494, Lakewood, Colorado 80215-5506, Hours: 8 a.m.-5 p.m.
PART 12 HIGHLY ERODIBLE LAND CONSERVATION AND WETLAND CONSERVATION
Authority: 16 U.S.C. 3801, 3811-12, 3812a, 3813-3814, and 3821-3824.
Source: 61 FR 47025, Sept. 6, 1996, unless otherwise noted.
Subpart A General Provisions
§ 12.1 General.
(a) Scope. This part sets forth the terms and conditions under which a person who produces an agricultural commodity on highly erodible land or designates such land for conservation use, plants an agricultural commodity on a converted wetland, or converts a wetland shall be determined to be ineligible for certain benefits provided by the United States Department of Agriculture (USDA) and agencies and instrumentalities of USDA.
(b) Purpose. The purpose of the provisions of this part are to remove certain incentives for persons to produce agricultural commodities on highly erodible land or converted wetland and to thereby—
(1) Reduce soil loss due to wind and water erosion;
(2) Protect the Nation's long-term capability to produce food and fiber;
(3) Reduce sedimentation and improve water quality; and
(4) Assist in preserving the values, acreage, and functions of the Nation's wetlands.
[61 FR 47025, Sept. 6, 1996, as amended at 76 FR 82077, Dec. 30, 2011]
§ 12.2 Definitions.
(a) General. The following definitions shall be applicable for the purposes of this part:
Agricultural commodity means any crop planted and produced by annual tilling of the soil, including tilling by one-trip planters, or sugarcane.
Approved insurance provider means a private insurance company that has been approved and reinsured by FCIC to provide insurance coverage to persons participating in programs authorized by the Federal Crop Insurance Act, as amended (7 U.S.C. 1501-1524).
Best drained condition means the hydrologic conditions with respect to depth, duration, frequency, and timing of soil saturation or inundation resulting from drainage manipulations that occurred prior to December 23, 1985, and that exist during the wet portion of the growing season during normal climatic conditions.
CCC means the Commodity Credit Corporation, a wholly-owned government corporation within USDA organized under the provisions of 15 U.S.C. 714 et seq.
Conservation District (CD) means a subdivision of a State or local government organized pursuant to the applicable law to develop and implement soil and water conservation activities or programs.
Conservation plan means the document that—
(1) Applies to highly erodible cropland;
(2) Describes the conservation system applicable to the highly erodible cropland and describes the decisions of the person with respect to location, land use, tillage systems, and conservation treatment measures and schedules; and
(3) Is approved by the local soil conservation district in consultation with the local committees established under section 8(b)(5) of the Soil Conservation and Domestic Allotment Act (16 U.S.C. 590h(b)(5)) and the Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS) for purposes of compliance with this part.
Conservation system means a combination of one or more conservation measures or management practices that are—
(1) Based on local resource conditions, available conservation technology, and the standards and guidelines contained in the NRCS field office technical guides (available from NRCS State offices); and
(2) Designed for purposes of this part to achieve, in a cost-effective and technically practicable manner, a substantial reduction in soil erosion or a substantial improvement in soil conditions on a field or group of fields containing highly erodible cropland when compared to the level of erosion or soil conditions that existed before the application of the conservation measures and management practices.
Conservation use or set aside means cropland that is designated as conservation-use acreage, set aside, or other similar designation for the purpose of fulfilling provisions under any acreage-limitation or land-diversion program administered by the Secretary of Agriculture requiring that the producer devote a specified acreage to conservation or other non-crop production uses.
Creation of a wetland means the development of the hydrologic, geochemical, and biological components necessary to support and maintain a wetland where a wetland did not previously exist. Any wetland established on a non-hydric soil will be considered a created wetland.
Department means the United States Department of Agriculture (USDA).
Enhancement of a wetland means the alteration of an existing wetland to increase its specific functions and values. Enhancement actions include new capabilities, management options, structures, or other actions to influence one or several functions and values.
Erodibility index means a numerical value that expresses the potential erodibility of a soil in relation to its soil loss tolerance value without consideration of applied conservation practices or management.
FCIC means the Federal Crop Insurance Corporation, a wholly owned corporation within USDA whose programs are administered by RMA.
FSA means the Farm Service Agency, an agency of USDA which is generally responsible for administering commodity production adjustment and certain conservation programs of USDA.
Field means a part of a farm that is separated from the balance of the farm by permanent boundaries such as fences, roads, permanent waterways, or other similar features. At the option of the owner or operator of the farm, croplines may also be used to delineate a field if farming practices make it probable that the croplines are not subject to change. Any highly erodible land on which an agricultural commodity is produced after December 23, 1985, and is not exempt under § 12.5(a), shall be considered part of the field in which the land was included on December 23, 1985, unless, to carry out this title, the owner and FSA agree to modify the boundaries of the field.
Highly erodible land means land that has an erodibility index of 8 or more.
Hydric soils means soils that, in an undrained condition, are saturated, flooded, or ponded long enough during a growing season to develop an anaerobic condition that supports the growth and regeneration of hydrophytic vegetation.
Hydrophytic vegetation means plants growing in water or in a substrate that is at least periodically deficient in oxygen during a growing season as a result of excessive water content.
Landlord means a person who rents or leases farmland to another person.
Local FSA office means the county office of the Farm Service Agency serving the county or a combination of counties in the area in which a person's land is located for administrative purposes.
NIFA means the National Institute of Food and Agriculture, an agency of USDA which is generally responsible for coordinating the information and educational programs of USDA.
Normal climatic conditions means the normal range of hydrologic inputs on a site as determined by the bounds provided in the Climate Analysis for Wetlands Tables or methods posted in the Field Office Technical Guide.
NRCS means the Natural Resources Conservation Service, an agency within USDA which is generally responsible for providing technical assistance in matters of natural resources conservation and for administering certain conservation programs of USDA.
Operator means the person who is in general control of the farming operations on the farm during the crop year.
Owner means a person who is determined to have legal ownership of farmland and shall include a person who is purchasing farmland under contract.
Person means an individual, partnership, association, corporation, cooperative, estate, trust, joint venture, joint operation, or other business enterprise or other legal entity and, whenever applicable, a State, a political subdivision of a State, or any agency thereof, and such person's affiliates as provided in § 12.8 of this part.
Playa means a usually dry and nearly level lake plain that occupies the lowest parts of closed depressions (basins). Temporary inundation occurs primarily in response to precipitation-runoff events. Playas may or may not be characterized by high water table and saline conditions. They occur primarily in the Southern Great Plains.
Pocosin means a wet area on nearly level interstream divides in the Atlantic Coastal Plain. Soils are generally organic but may include some areas of high organic mineral soils.
Pothole means a closed depression, generally circular, elliptical, or linear in shape, occurring in glacial outwash plains, moraines, till plains, and glacial lake plains.
Reinsurance year means a 1-year period beginning July 1 and ending on June 30 of the following year, identified by reference to the year containing June.
Restoration of a wetland means the re-establishment of wetland conditions, including hydrologic condition or native hydrophytic vegetation, to an area where a wetland had previously existed.
RMA means the Risk Management Agency, an agency within USDA that administers the programs of the FCIC through which Federally reinsured crop insurance is provided to American farmers and ranchers.
Secretary means the Secretary of USDA.
Sharecropper means a person who performs work in connection with the production of a crop under the supervision of the operator and who receives a share of such crop for such labor.
Soil map unit means an area of the landscape shown on a soil map which consists of one or more soils.
State means each of the 50 states, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, Guam, the Virgin Islands of the United States, American Samoa, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, or the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands.
Tenant means a person usually called a “cash tenant”, “fixed-rent tenant”, or “standing rent tenant” who rents land from another for a fixed amount of cash or a fixed amount of a commodity to be paid as rent; or a person (other than a sharecropper) usually called a “share tenant” who rents land from another person and pays as rent a share of the crops or proceeds therefrom. A tenant shall not be considered the farm operator unless the tenant is determined to be the operator pursuant to this part and 7 CFR part 718.
Wetland, except when such term is a part of the term “converted wetland”, means land that—
(1) Has predominance of hydric soils;
(2) Is inundated or saturated by surface or groundwater at a frequency and duration sufficient to support a prevalence of hydrophytic vegetation typically adapted for life in saturated soil conditions; and
(3) Under normal circumstances does support a prevalence of such vegetation, except that this term does not include lands in Alaska identified as having a high potential for agricultural development and a predominance of permafrost soils.
Wetland delineation means outlining the boundaries of a wetland determination on aerial photography, digital imagery, other graphic representation of the area, or on the land.
Wetland determination means a decision regarding whether or not an area is a wetland, including identification of wetland type and size. A wetland determination may include identification of an area as one of the following types of wetland—
(1) Artificial wetland is an area that was formerly non-wetland, but now meets wetland criteria due to human activities, such as:
(i) An artificial lake or pond created by excavating or diking land that is not a wetland to collect and retain water that is used primarily for livestock, fish production, irrigation, wildlife, fire control, flood control, cranberry growing, or rice production, or as a settling pond; or
(ii) A wetland that is temporarily or incidentally created as a result of adjacent development activity;
(2) Commenced-conversion wetland is a wetland, farmed wetland, farmed-wetland pasture, or a converted wetland on which conversion began, but was not completed, prior to December 23, 1985.
(3) Converted wetland is a wetland that has been drained, dredged, filled, leveled, or otherwise manipulated (including the removal of woody vegetation or any activity that results in impairing or reducing the flow and circulation of water) for the purpose of or to have the effect of making possible the production of an agricultural commodity without further application of the manipulations described herein if:
(i) Such production would not have been possible but for such action, and
(ii) Before such action such land was wetland, farmed wetland, or farmed-wetland pasture and was neither highly erodible land nor highly erodible cropland;
(4) Farmed wetland is a wetland that prior to December 23, 1985, was manipulated and used to produce an agricultural commodity at least once before December 23, 1985, and on December 23, 1985, did not support woody vegetation, and met the following hydrologic criteria:
(i) If not a playa, pocosin, or pothole, experienced inundation for 15 consecutive days or more during the growing season or 10 percent of the growing season, whichever is less, in most years (50 percent chance or more), which requisite inundation is determined through:
(A) Observation of wetland hydrology indicators as identified in the local NRCS Field Office Technical Guide;
(B) Procedures identified in State Off-Site Methods for wetland identification set forth in the local NRCS Field Office Technical Guide; or
(C) The use of analytic techniques, such as the use of drainage equations or the evaluation of monitoring data.
(ii) If a playa, pocosin, or pothole experienced ponding for 7 or more consecutive days during the growing season in most years (50-percent chance of more) or saturation for 14 or more consecutive days during the growing season in most years (50-percent chance or more). Wetlands which are found to support wetland hydrology through Step 1 of the wetland determination process in § 12.30(c)(7) and application of the procedures described in § 12.31(c) will be determined to meet the requisite criteria.
(5) Farmed-wetland pasture is a wetland that prior to December 23, 1985, was manipulated and managed for pasture or hayland, was not used to produce an agricultural commodity at least once before December 23, 1985, and on December 23, 1985, experienced inundation or ponding for 7 or more consecutive days during the growing season in most years (50-percent chance or more) or saturation for 14 or more consecutive days during the growing season in most years (50-percent chance or more). Wetlands which are found to support wetland hydrology through step 1 of the wetland determination process in § 12.30(c)(7) and application of the procedures described in § 12.31(c) will be determined to meet the requisite criteria.
(6) Not-inventoried land, is an area for which no evaluation of soils, vegetation, or hydrology has been conducted to determine if wetland criteria are met;
(7) Non-wetland is;
(i) Land that under natural conditions does not meet wetland criteria, or
(ii) Is converted wetland the conversion of which occurred prior to December 23, 1985, and on that date, the land did not meet wetland criteria but an agricultural commodity was not produced and the area was not managed for pasture or hay;
(8) Prior-converted cropland is a converted wetland where the conversion occurred prior to December 23, 1985, an agricultural commodity had been produced at least once before December 23, 1985, and as of December 23, 1985, the converted wetland did not support woody vegetation and did not meet the hydrologic criteria for farmed wetland.
(9) Wetland, as defined above in this section.
Wetland hydrology means inundation or saturation by surface or groundwater during a growing season at a frequency and duration sufficient to support a prevalence of hydrophytic vegetation.
(b) Terms for FSA operations. In the regulations in this part, and in all instructions, forms, and documents in connection therewith, all other words and phrases specifically relating to FSA operations shall, unless required by the subject matter or the specific provisions of this part, have the meanings assigned to them in the regulations at part 718 of this title that govern reconstitutions of farms, allotments, and bases and any subsequent amendment thereto.
[61 FR 47025, Sept. 6, 1996; 61 FR 53491, Oct. 11, 1996; 76 FR 4803, Jan. 27, 2011; 80 FR 22879, Apr. 24, 2015; 83 FR 63050, Dec. 7, 2018; 85 FR 35151, Aug. 28, 2020]
§ 12.3 Applicability.
(a) The provisions of this part apply to all land, including Indian tribal land, in the 50 States, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, Guam, the Virgin Islands of the United States, American Samoa, and the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands.
(b) The rules in this part are applicable to all current and future determinations on matters within the scope of this part. Nothing in these rules relieves any person of any liability under previous versions of these rules.
(c) Notwithstanding paragraph (b) of this section, for the purpose of eligibility for Federal crop insurance premium subsidy for a policy or plan of insurance under the Federal Crop Insurance Act (7 U.S.C. 1501-1524), the provisions of this part apply to final HEL and wetland conservation determinations, including all administrative appeals, after February 7, 2014, on matters within the scope of this part.
(1) For acts or situations of non-compliance or failure to certify compliance according to this part, ineligibility for Federal crop insurance premium subsidies will be applied beginning with the 2016 reinsurance year for any Federally reinsured policy or plan of insurance with a sales closing date on or after July 1, 2015.
(2) [Reserved]
[80 FR 22879, Apr. 24, 2015]
§ 12.4 Determination of ineligibility.
(a) Actions. Except as provided in §§ 12.5 or 12.13, a person shall be ineligible for all or a portion of USDA program benefits listed in this section if:
(1) The person produces an agricultural commodity on a field in which highly erodible land is predominant, or designates such a field for conservation use;
(2) The person produces an agricultural commodity on a wetland that was converted after December 23, 1985; or
(3) After November 28, 1990, the person converts a wetland by draining, dredging, filling, leveling, removing woody vegetation, or other means for the purpose, or to have the effect, of making the production of an agricultural commodity possible.
(b) Highly erodible land. A person determined to be ineligible under paragraph (a)(1) of this section may be ineligible for all program benefits listed in (d) and (e) of this section.
(c) Wetland conservation. Except as provided in § 12.13, a person determined to be ineligible under paragraph (a)(2) of this section is ineligible for all or a portion of the USDA program benefits listed in paragraph (d) of this section for which the person otherwise would have been eligible during the crop year of the commodity that was planted on the converted wetland. Except as provided in § 12.13, a person determined to be ineligible under paragraph (a)(3) of this section for the conversion of a wetland is ineligible for all or a portion of the USDA program benefits listed in paragraph (d) of this section for which the person otherwise would have been eligible during the crop year which is equal to the calendar year during which the violation occurred and each subsequent crop year until the converted wetland is restored or the loss of wetland values, acreage, and functions have been mitigated prior to the beginning of such calendar year in accordance with § 12.5(b)(4)(i) (A) and (C) through (F) of this part. Ineligibility under paragraph (a)(2) of this section may be reduced, in lieu of the loss of all benefits specified under paragraph (d) of this section for such crop year, based on the seriousness of the violation, as determined by the FSA Deputy Administrator for Farm Programs or designee upon recommendation by the FSA County Committee. Factors such as the information that was available to the affected person prior to the violation, previous land use patterns, the existence of previous wetland violations under this part or under other Federal, State, or local wetland provisions, the wetland values, acreage, and functions affected, the recovery time for full mitigation of the wetland values, acreage, and functions, and the impact that a reduction in payments would have on the person's ability to repay a USDA farm loan will be considered in making this determination.
(d) Programs subject to either highly erodible land or wetland conservation. USDA program benefits covered by a determination of ineligibility under this rule are:
(1) Contract payments, marketing assistance loans, and any type of price support or payment made available under the Agricultural Act of 2014, the Commodity Credit Corporation Charter Act (15 U.S.C. 714b and 714c), or successor Acts.
(2) A farm credit program loan made or guaranteed under the Consolidated Farm and Rural Development Act (7 U.S.C. 1921 et seq.) or any other provision of law administered by FSA if the Secretary determines that the proceeds of such loan will be used for a purpose that contributes to the conversion of wetlands that would make production of an agricultural commodity possible or for a purpose that contributes to excessive erosion of highly erodible land (i.e., production of an agricultural commodity on highly erodible land without a conservation plan or conservation system as required by this part);
(3) A payment made pursuant to a contract entered into under the Environmental Quality Incentives Program under chapter 4 of subtitle D of the Food Security Act of 1985, as amended; or a payment under any other provision of Subtitle D of that Act;
(4) A payment made under section 401 or 402 of the Agricultural Credit Act of 1978 (16 U.S.C. 2201 or 2202);
(5) A payment, loan, or other assistance under section 3 or 8 of the Watershed Protection and Flood Prevention Act (16 U.S.C. 1003 or 1006a) and;
(6) Federal crop insurance premium subsidies for a policy or plan of insurance offered under the Federal Crop Insurance Act (7 U.S.C. 1501-1524).
(e) Programs subject to highly erodible land only. In addition to programs listed in paragraph (d) of this section, a person determined to be ineligible under paragraph (a)(1) of this section shall be ineligible as determined by FSA for the following USDA program benefits for which the person otherwise would have been eligible during the crop year for which the determination applies:
(1) A farm storage facility loan made under section 4(h) of the Commodity Credit Corporation Charter Act (15 U.S.C. 714b(h));
(2) A disaster payment made under the Federal Agricultural Improvement and Reform Act, Pub. L. 104-127, or any other act; and
(3) A payment made under section 4 or 5 of the Commodity Credit Corporation Charter Act (15 U.S.C. 714b or 714c) for the storage of an agricultural commodity acquired by the Commodity Credit Corporation.
(f) Determination of ineligibility. For the purpose of paragraph (a) of this section, a person shall be determined to have produced an agricultural commodity on a field in which highly erodible land is predominant or to have designated such a field for conservation use, to have produced an agricultural commodity on converted wetland, or to have converted a wetland if:
(1) NRCS has determined that—
(i) Highly erodible land is predominant in such field, or
(ii) All or a portion of the field is converted wetland; and
(2) FSA has determined that the person is or was the owner or operator of the land, or entitled to share in the crops available from the land, or in the proceeds thereof; and
(3) With regard to the provisions of paragraph (a)(1) and (a)(2) of this section, FSA has determined that the land is or was planted to an agricultural commodity or was designated as conservation use during the year for which the person is requesting benefits.
(g) Intent to participate in USDA programs. Persons who wish to participate in any of the USDA programs described in paragraph (d) or (e) of this section are responsible for contacting the appropriate agency of USDA well in advance of the intended participated date so that Form AD-1026 can be completed. This contact will help assure that the appropriate determinations regarding highly erodible land or wetland, and conservation plans or conservation systems are scheduled in a timely manner. A late contact may not allow sufficient time for USDA to service the request and could result in a substantial delay in receiving a USDA determination of eligibility or ineligibility.
[61 FR 47025, Sept. 6, 1996; 61 FR 53491, Oct. 11, 1996; 76 FR 82077, Dec. 30, 2011; 80 FR 22880, Apr. 24, 2015]
§ 12.5 Exemption.
(a) Exemptions regarding highly erodible land—(1) Highly erodible cropland in production or in USDA programs during 1981 through 1985 crop years. During the period beginning on December 23, 1985, and ending on the later of January 1, 1990, or the date that is two years after the date the cropland on which an agricultural commodity is produced was surveyed by NRCS to determine if such land is highly erodible, no person shall be determined to be ineligible for benefits as provided in § 12.4 as the result of the production of an agricultural commodity on any highly erodible land:
(i) That was planted to an agricultural commodity in any year 1981 through 1985; or
(ii) That was set aside, diverted, or otherwise not cultivated in any such crop years under a program administered by the Secretary for any such crops to reduce production of an agricultural commodity.
(2) Compliance with a conservation plan or conservation system. As further specified in this part, no person shall be ineligible for the program benefits described in § 12.4 as the result of production of an agricultural commodity on highly erodible land or the designation of such land for conservation use if such production or designation is in compliance with a conservation plan or conservation system approved under paragraph (a)(2)(i) or (a)(2)(ii) of this section. A person shall not be ineligible for program benefits under § 12.4 as the result of the production of an agricultural commodity on highly erodible land or as the result of designation of such land as conservation use if the production or designation is:
(i) In an area within a CD, under a conservation system that has been approved by the CD after the CD determines that the conservation system is in conformity with technical standards set forth in the NRCS field office technical guide for such district; or
(ii) In an area not within a CD, under a conservation system that has been approved by NRCS to be adequate for the production of such agricultural commodity on highly erodible land or for the designation of such land as conservation use.
(3) Reliance upon NRCS determination for highly erodible land. A person may be relieved from ineligibility for program benefits as the result of the production of an agricultural commodity which was produced on highly erodible land or for the designation of such land as conservation use in reliance on a determination by NRCS that such land was not highly erodible land, except that this paragraph shall not apply to any agricultural commodity that was planted on highly erodible land, or for the designation of highly erodible land as conservation use after NRCS determines that such land is highly erodible land, and the person is notified of such determinations.
(4) Areas of 2 acres or less. No person shall be determined to be ineligible under § 12.4 for noncommercial production of agricultural commodities on highly erodible land on an area of 2 acres or less if it is determined by FSA that such production is not intended to circumvent the conservation requirements otherwise applicable under this part.
(5) Good faith. (i) No person will become ineligible under § 12.4 as a result of the failure of such person to apply a conservation system on highly erodible land if all of the following apply:
(A) FSA determines such person has acted in good faith and without the intent to violate the provisions of this part;
(B) NRCS determines that the person complies with paragraph (a)(5)(ii) of this section; and
(C) The good faith determination of the FSA county or State committee has been reviewed and approved by the applicable State Executive Director, with the technical concurrence of the State Conservationist; or district director, with the technical concurrence of the area conservationist.
(ii) A person who otherwise meets the requirements of paragraphs (a)(5)(i)(A) and (a)(5)(i)(C) of this section will be allowed a reasonable period of time, as determined by NRCS, but not to exceed one year, during which to implement the measures and practices necessary to be considered actively applying the person's conservation plan, as determined by USDA. If a person does not take the required corrective actions, the person may be determined to be ineligible for the crop year during which such actions were to be taken, as well as any subsequent crop year.
(iii) Notwithstanding the good-faith requirements of paragraph (a)(5)(i) of this section, if NRCS observes a possible compliance deficiency while providing on-site technical assistance, NRCS will provide to the responsible person, not later than 45 days after observing the possible violation, information regarding actions needed to comply with the plan and this subtitle. NRCS will provide this information in lieu of reporting the observation as a violation, if the responsible person attempts to correct the deficiencies as soon as practicable, as determined by NRCS, after receiving the information, but not later than one year after receiving the information. If a person does not take the required corrective actions, the person may be determined to be ineligible for the crop year during which the compliance deficiencies occurred, as well as any subsequent crop year.
(iv) A person who meets the requirements of paragraphs (a)(5)(i) and (a)(5)(ii) of this section will, in lieu of the loss of all benefits specified under § 12.4(d) and (e) for such crop year, be subject to a reduction in benefits by an amount commensurate with the seriousness of the violation, as determined by FSA. The dollar amount of the reduction will be determined by FSA and may be based on the number of acres and the degree of erosion hazard for the area in violation, as determined by NRCS, or upon such other factors as FSA determines appropriate.
(v) Any person whose benefits are reduced in a crop year under paragraph (a)(5) of this section may be eligible for all of the benefits specified under § 12.4(d) and (e) for any subsequent crop year if, prior to the beginning of the subsequent crop year, NRCS determines that such person is actively applying a conservation plan according to the schedule specified in the plan on all highly erodible land planted to an agricultural commodity or designated as conservation use.
(6) Allowable variances. (i) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this part, no person shall be determined to be ineligible for benefits as a result of the failure of such person to apply a conservation system if NRCS determines that—
(A) The failure is technical and minor in nature and that such violation has little effect on the erosion control purposes of the conservation plan applicable to the land on which the violation has occurred; or
(B) The failure is due to circumstances beyond the control of the person; or
(C) NRCS grants a temporary variance from the practices specified in the plan for the purpose of handling a specific problem, including weather, pest, and disease problems, which NRCS determines cannot reasonably be addressed except through such variance.
(ii) If the person's request for a temporary variance involves the use of practices or measures to address weather, pest, or disease problems, NRCS shall make a decision on whether to grant the variance during the 30-day period beginning on the date of receipt of the request. If NRCS fails to render a decision during the period, the temporary variance shall be considered granted unless the person seeking the variance had reason to know that the variance would not be granted. In determining whether to grant a variance for natural disasters such as weather, pest, or disease problems, NRCS will consider such factors as:
(A) The percent of a stand damaged or destroyed by the event;
(B) The percent of expected crop production compared to normal production for that crop;
(C) The documented invasion of non-native insects, weeds, or diseases for which no recognized treatment exists;
(D) Whether an event is severe or unusual based on historical weather records; and
(E) Other specific circumstances caused by a natural event that prevented the implementation of conservation practices or systems, installation of structures, or planting of cover crops.
(7) Technical and minor violations. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this part, a reduction in benefits in an amount commensurate with the seriousness of the violation, as determined by FSA, and consistent with paragraph (a)(5)(iv) of this section, will be applied if NRCS determines that a violation involving highly erodible land that would otherwise lead to a loss of benefits is both of the following:
(i) Technical and minor in nature; and
(ii) Has a minimal effect on the erosion control purposes of the conservation plan applicable to the land on which the violation occurred.
(b) Exemptions for wetlands and converted wetlands—(1) General exemptions. A person shall not be determined to be ineligible for program benefits under § 12.4 as the result of the production of an agricultural commodity on converted wetland or the conversion of wetland if:
(i) The land is a prior-converted cropland and meets the definition of a prior-converted cropland as of the date of a wetland determination by NRCS;
(ii) The land has been determined by NRCS to be a prior-converted cropland and such determination has been certified, and NRCS determines that the wetland characteristics returned after the date of the wetland certification as a result of—
(A) The lack of maintenance of drainage, dikes, levees, or similar structures,
(B) The lack of management of the lands containing the wetland, or
(C) Circumstances beyond the control of the person;
(iii) The land was determined by NRCS to be a farmed wetland or a farmed-wetland pasture and—
(A) Such land meets wetland criteria through a voluntary restoration, enhancement, or creation action after that determination,
(B) The technical determinations regarding the baseline site conditions and the restoration, enhancement, or creation action have been adequately documented by NRCS,
(C) The proposed conversion action is documented by the NRCS prior to implementation, and
(D) The extent of the proposed conversion is limited so that the conditions will be at least equivalent to the wetland values, acreage, and functions that existed at the time of implementation of the voluntary wetland restoration, enhancement, or creation action;
(iv) NRCS has determined that the conversion if for a purpose that does not make the production of an agricultural commodity possible, such as conversions for fish production, trees, vineyards, shrubs, cranberries, agricultural waste management structures, livestock ponds, fire control, or building and road construction and no agricultural commodity is produced on such land;
(v) NRCS has determined that the actions of the person with respect to the conversion of the wetland or the combined effect of the production of an agricultural commodity on a wetland converted by the person or by someone else, individually and in connection with all other similar actions authorized by NRCS in the area, would have only a minimal effect on the wetland functions and values of wetlands in the area;
(vi)(A) After December 23, 1985, the Army Corps of Engineers issued an individual permit pursuant to section 404 of the Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. 1344, authorizing such action and the permit required mitigation that adequately replaced the values, acreage, and functions of the wetlands converted, as determined by NRCS, or
(B) After December 23, 1985, the action is encompassed under section 404 of the Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. 1344, by an Army Corps of Engineers nationwide or regional general permit and the wetland values, acreage, and functions were adequately mitigated, as determined by NRCS; or
(vii) The land is determined by NRCS to be—
(A) An artificial wetland,
(B) A wet area created by a water delivery system, irrigation, irrigation system, or application of water for irrigation,
(C) A nontidal drainage or irrigation ditch excavated in non-wetland, or
(D) A wetland converted by actions of persons other than the person applying for USDA program benefits or any of the person's predecessors in interest after December 23, 1985, if such conversion was not the result of a scheme or device to avoid compliance with this part. Further drainage improvement on such land is not permitted without loss of eligibility for USDA program benefits, unless NRCS determines under paragraph (b)(1)(v) of this section that further drainage activities applied to such land would have minimal effect on the wetland functions and values in the area. In applying this paragraph, a converted wetland shall be presumed to have been converted by the person applying for USDA program benefits unless the person can show that the conversion was caused by a third party with whom the person was not associated through a scheme or device as described under § 12.10 of this part. In this regard, activities of a water resource district, drainage district, or similar entity will be attributed to all persons within the jurisdiction of the district or other entity who are assessed for the activities of the district or entity. Accordingly, where a person's wetland is converted due to the actions of the district or entity, the person shall be considered to have caused or permitted the drainage. Notwithstanding the provisions of the preceding sentences and as determined by FSA to be consistent with the purposes of this part, the activities of a drainage district or other similar entity will not be attributed to a person to the extent that the activities of the district or entity were beyond the control of the person and the wetland converted is not used by the person for the production of an agricultural commodity or a forage crop for harvest by mechanical means or mitigation for the converted wetland occurs in accordance with this part.
(2) Commenced conversion wetlands. (i) The purpose of a determination of a commenced conversion made under this paragraph is to implement the legislative intent that those persons who had actually started conversion of a wetland or obligated funds for conversion prior to December 23, 1985, would be allowed to complete the conversion so as to avoid unnecessary economic hardship.
(ii) All persons who believed they had a wetland or converted wetland for which conversion began but was not completed prior to December 23, 1985, must have requested by September 19, 1988, FSA to make a determination of commencement in order to be considered exempt under this section.
(iii) Any conversion activity considered by FSA to be commenced under this section lost its exempt status if such activity as not completed on or before January 1, 1995. For purposes of this part, land on which such conversion activities were completed by January 1, 1995, shall be evaluated by the same standards and qualify for the same exemptions as prior-converted croplands. For purposes of this part, land on which such conversion activities were not completed by January 1, 1995, shall be evaluated by the same standards and qualify for the same exemptions as wetlands or farmed wetlands, as applicable.
(iv) Only those wetlands for which the construction had begun, or to which the contract or purchased supplies and materials related, qualified for a determination of commencement. However, in those circumstances where the conversion of wetland did not meet the specific requirements of this paragraph, the person could have requested a commencement of conversion determination from the FSA Deputy Administrator for Farm Programs, upon a showing that undue economic hardship would have resulted because of substantial financial obligations incurred prior to December 23, 1985, for the primary and direct purpose of converting the wetland.
(3) Wetlands farmed under natural conditions. A person shall not be determined to be ineligible for program benefits under § 12.4 of this part as a result of the production of an agricultural commodity on a wetland on which the owner or operator of a farm or ranch uses normal cropping or ranching practices to produce agricultural commodities in a manner that is consistent for the area, where such production is possible as a result of natural conditions, such as drought, and is without action by the producer that alters the hydrology or removes woody vegetation.
(4) Mitigation. (i) No person shall be determined to be ineligible under § 12.4 for any action associated with the conversion of a wetland if the wetland values, acreage, and functions are adequately mitigated, as determined by NRCS, through the restoration of a converted wetland, the enhancement of an existing wetland, or the creation of a new wetland, if the mitigation—
(A) Is in accordance with a mitigation plan approved by NRCS;
(B) Is in advance of, or concurrent with, the wetland conversion or the production of an agricultural commodity, as applicable;
(C) Is not at the expense of the federal government in either supporting the direct or indirect costs of the restoration activity or costs associated with acquiring or securing mitigation sites, except if conducted under a mitigation banking program established by USDA;
(D) Occurs on lands in the same general area of the local watershed as the converted wetlands, provided that for purposes of this paragraph, lands in the same general area of the local watershed may include regional mitigation banks;
(E) Is on lands for which the owner has granted an easement to USDA or in the case of a mitigation bank operated under a USDA program, an entity approved by USDA, recorded the easement on public land records, and has agreed to the maintenance of the restored, created, or enhanced wetland for as long as the converted wetland for which the mitigation occurred remains in agricultural use or is not returned to its original wetland classification with equivalent values, acreage, and functions; and
(F) Provides the equivalent values, acreage, and functions that will be lost as a result of the wetland conversion.
(ii) A mitigation plan is a record of decisions that document the actions necessary to compensate for the loss of wetland values, acreage, and functions that result from converting a wetland. The mitigation plan may be a component of a larger natural resources conservation plan.
(iii) The State Conservationist, in consultation with the State Technical Committee, may name certain types or classes of wetland not eligible for exemption under paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this section where the State Conservationist determines that mitigation will not achieve equivalent replacement of wetland values, acreage, and functions within a reasonable time frame or for other reasons identified by the State Conservationist. Any type or class of wetland that a State Conservationist identifies as not eligible for exemption under paragraph (b)(4)(i) of this section will be published in the Federal Register for inclusion in this part.
(5) Good faith violations. (i) A person who is determined under § 12.4 of this part to be ineligible for benefits as the result of the production of an agricultural commodity on a wetland converted after December 23, 1985, or as the result of the conversion of a wetland after November 28, 1990, may regain eligibility for benefits if all of the following apply:
(A) FSA determines that such person acted in good faith and without the intent to violate the wetland provisions of this part; and
(B) NRCS determines that the person is implementing all practices in a mitigation plan within an agreed-to period, not to exceed one year; and
(C) The good faith determination of the FSA county or State committee has been reviewed and approved by the applicable State Executive Director, with the technical concurrence of the State Conservationist; or district director, with the technical concurrence of the area conservationist.
(ii) In determining whether a person acted in good faith under paragraph (b)(5)(i)(A) of this section, the FSA shall consider such factors as whether—
(A) The characteristics of the site were such that the person should have been aware that a wetland existed on the subject land,
(B) NRCS had informed the person about the existence of a wetland on the subject land,
(C) The person did not convert the wetland, but planted an agricultural commodity on converted wetland when the person should have known that a wetland previously existed on the subject land,
(D) The person has a record of violating the wetland provisions of this part or other Federal, State, or local wetland provisions, or
(E) There exists other information that demonstrates that the person acted with the intent to violate the wetland provisions of this part.
(iii) After the requirements of paragraph (b)(5)(i) of this section are met, USDA may waive applying the ineligibility provisions of § 12.4.
(6) Reliance upon NRCS wetland determination. (i) A person shall not be ineligible for program benefits as a result of taking an action in reliance on a previous certified wetland determination by NRCS.
(ii) A person who may be ineligible for program benefits as the result of the production of an agricultural commodity on converted wetland or for the conversion of a wetland may seek relief under § 12.11 of this part if such action was taken in reliance on an incorrect technical determination by NRCS as to the status of such land. If the error caused the person to make a substantial financial investment, as determined by the NRCS, for the conversion of a wetland, the person may be relieved of ineligibility for actions related to that portion of the converted wetland for which the substantial financial investment was expended in conversion activities. The relief available under this paragraph shall not apply to situations in which the person knew or reasonably should have known that the determination was in error because the characteristics of the site were such that the person should have been aware that a wetland existed on the subject land, or for other reasons.
(7) Responsibility to provide evidence. It is the responsibility of the person seeking an exemption related to converted wetlands under this section to provide evidence, such as receipts, crop-history data, drawings, plans or similar information, for purposes of determining whether the conversion or other action is exempt in accordance with this section.
[61 FR 47025, Sept. 6, 1996; 61 FR 53491, Oct. 11, 1996; 76 FR 82077, Dec. 30, 2011; 80 FR 22880, Apr. 24, 2015]
§ 12.6 Administration.
(a) General. In general determinations will be made as follows:
(1) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, a determination of ineligibility for benefits in accordance with the provisions of this part will be made by the agency of USDA to which the person has applied for benefits. All determinations required to be made under the provisions of this part will be made by the agency responsible for making such determinations, as provided in this section.
(2) Eligibility for Federal crop insurance premium subsidies will be based on final determinations, including all administrative appeals, made by NRCS and FSA. Neither RMA, FCIC, approved insurance providers, or any employee, agent, or contractors thereof, will make any determination regarding compliance with the highly erodible land or wetland provisions of this part, unless specifically provided for in § 12.13.
(b) Administration by FSA. (1) The provisions of this part which are applicable to FSA will be administered under the general supervision of the Administrator, FSA, and shall be carried out in the field in part by State FSA committees and county FSA committees (COC).
(2) The FSA Deputy Administrator for Farm Programs may determine any question arising under the provisions of this part which are applicable to FSA and may reverse or modify any determination of eligibility with respect to programs administered by FSA made by a State FSA committee or COC or any other FSA office or FSA official (except the Administrator) in connection with the provisions of this part.
(3) FSA shall make the following determinations which are required to be made in accordance with this part:
(i) Whether a person produced an agricultural commodity on a particular field as determined under § 12.5(a)(1);
(ii) The establishment of field boundaries;
(iii) Whether land was planted to an agricultural commodity in any of the years, 1981 through 1985, for the purposes of § 12.5(a)(1);
(iv) Whether land was set aside, diverted, or otherwise not cultivated under a program administered by the Secretary for any crop to reduce production of an agricultural commodity under §§ 12.4(g) and 12.5(a)(1);
(v) Whether for the purposes of § 12.9, the production of an agricultural commodity on highly erodible land or converted wetland by a landlord's tenant or sharecropper is required under the terms and conditions of the agreement between the landlord and such tenant or sharecropper;
(vi) Whether the conversion of a particular wetland was commenced before December 23, 1985, for the purposes of § 12.5(b)(3);
(vii) Whether the conversion of a wetland was caused by a third party under § 12.5(b)(1)(vii)(D);
(viii) Whether certain violations were made in good faith under §§ 12.5(a)(5) or 12.5(b)(5);
(ix) The determination of the amount of reduction in benefits based on the seriousness of the violation, based on technical information provided by NRCS;
(x) The determination of whether the application of the producer's conservation plan or system would impose an undue economic hardship on the producer; and
(xi) Whether the proceeds of a farm loan made, insured, or guaranteed by FSA will be used for a purpose that will contribute to excessive erosion of highly erodible land or to the conversion of wetland.
(4) A representative number of farms selected in accordance with instructions issued by the Deputy Administrator shall be inspected by an authorized representative of FSA to determine compliance with any requirement specified in this part as a prerequisite for obtaining program benefits.
(5) FSA may consult with U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service on third-party determinations.
(c) Administration by NRCS. (1) The provisions of this part that are applicable to NRCS shall be administered under the general supervision of the Associate Chief for Conservation, and shall be carried out in the field by the regional conservationist, state conservationist, area conservationist, and district conservationist or other NRCS representative.
(2) An NRCS representative shall make the following determinations which are required to be made in accordance with this part:
(i) Whether land is highly erodible or has a wetland type or a converted wetland identified in accordance with the provisions of this part;
(ii) Whether highly erodible land is predominant on a particular field under § 12.22;
(iii) Whether the conservation plan that a person is applying is based on the local NRCS field office technical guide and is approved by—
(A) The CD and NRCS, or
(B) NRCS;
(iv) Whether the conservation system that a person is using has been approved by the CD under § 12.5(a)(2) or, in an area not within a CD, a conservation system approved by NRCS to be adequate for the production of an agricultural commodity on highly erodible land;
(v) Whether the actions of a person(s) with respect to the conversion of a wetland or production of an agricultural commodity on converted wetland would have only a minimal effect on the functions and values of wetlands in the area;
(vi) Whether an approved conservation plan is being applied on highly erodible fields in accordance with the schedule specified therein or whether a failure to apply the plan is technical and minor in nature, due to circumstances beyond the control of the person, or whether a temporary variance form the requirements of the plan should be granted;
(vii) Whether an approved conservation system is being used on a highly erodible field;
(viii) Whether the conversion of a wetland is for the purpose or has the effect of making the production of an agricultural commodity possible;
(ix) Whether a farmed wetland or farmed-wetland pasture is abandoned;
(x) Whether the planting of an agricultural commodity on a wetland is possible under natural conditions;
(xi) Whether maintenance of existing drainage of a wetland described in § 12.33 exceeds the scope and effect of the original drainage;
(xii) Whether a plan for the mitigation of a converted wetland will be approved and whether the mitigation of a converted wetland is accomplished according to the approved mitigation plan;
(xiii) Whether all technical information relating to the determination of a violation and severity of a violation has been provided to FSA for making payment-reduction determinations; and
(xiv) Whether or not a commenced-conversion activity was completed by January 1, 1995.
(3) NRCS may provide such other technical assistance for implementation of the provisions of this part as is determined to be necessary.
(4) A person may obtain a highly erodible land or a wetland scope-and-effect determination by making a written request on Form AD-1026. The determination will be made in writing, and a copy will be provided to the person.
(5) A determination of whether or not an area meets the highly erodible land criteria or whether wetland criteria, identified in accordance with the current Federal wetland delineation methodology in use at the time of the determination and that are consistent with current mapping conventions, may be made by the NRCS representative based upon existing records or other information and without the need for an on-site determination. This determination will be made by the NRCS representative as soon as possible following a request for such a determination.
(6) An on-site determination as to whether an area meets the applicable criteria shall be made by an NRCS representative if the person has disagreed with the determination made under paragraph (c)(5) of this section, or if adequate information is not otherwise available to an NRCS representative on which to make an off-site determination.
(7) An on-site determination, where applicable, will be made by the NRCS representative as soon as possible following a request for such a determination, but only when site conditions are favorable for the evaluation of soils, hydrology, or vegetation.
(8) With regard to wetland determinations, if an area is continuously inundated or saturated for long periods of time during the growing season to such an extent that access by foot to make a determination of predominance of hydric soils or prevalence of hydrophytic vegetation is not feasible, the area will be determined to be a wetland.
(9) Persons who are adversely affected by a determination made under this section and believe that the requirements of this part were improperly applied may appeal, under § 12.12 of this part, any determination by NRCS.
(10) NRCS will operate a program or work with third parties to establish mitigation banks to assist persons in complying with §§ 12.4(c) and 12.5(b)(4). Persons will be able to access mitigation banks established or approved through this program without requiring the Secretary to hold an easement in a mitigation bank.
(d) Administration by NIFA. The NIFA shall coordinate the related information and education program for USDA concerning implementation of this rule.
(e) Assistance of other Federal agencies. If NRCS determines, through agreement or otherwise, that the purposes of this part would be furthered by the assistance of other Federal agencies with wetland responsibilities, NRCS may accept such assistance and adopt any or all such actions by these agencies as an action by an NRCS representative under this part.
(f) Administration by RMA. The provisions of this part that are applicable to RMA will be administered under the general supervision of the Administrator, RMA.
(1) Eligibility for Federal crop insurance premium subsidies will be based on the person's:
(i) Accurate and timely filing of a certification of compliance (Form AD-1026 or successor form) with the conservation compliance provisions; and
(ii) Compliance with the conservation compliance provisions.
(2) Ineligibility for Federal crop insurance premium subsidies due to violations of the conservation compliance provisions will be based on final determinations, including all administrative appeals, made by NRCS and FSA as provided in this part.
(3) Neither RMA nor FCIC will make any determination of eligibility regarding compliance with the highly erodible land or wetland provisions in this part, unless specifically provided for in § 12.13.
(4) RMA will provide the applicable information regarding determinations made by NRCS and FSA to the appropriate approved insurance providers to ensure those determinations affecting Federal crop insurance premium subsidy eligibility are implemented according to this part.
(g) Approved insurance providers. No approved insurance provider or any employee, agent, or contractor of an approved insurance provider will:
(1) Make any determination of eligibility regarding compliance with the highly erodible land or wetland provisions of this part; or
(2) Be responsible or liable for a person's eligibility for Federal crop insurance premium subsidy under this part, except in cases of fraud, misrepresentation, or scheme and device by the approved insurance provider or any employee, agent, or contractor thereof.
[61 FR 47025, Sept. 6, 1996; 61 FR 53491, Oct. 11, 1996; 76 FR 4804, Jan. 27, 2011; 80 FR 22880, Apr. 24, 2015]
§ 12.7 Certification of compliance.
(a) Self-certification. In order for a person to be determined to be eligible for any of the benefits specified in § 12.4:
(1) It must be determined by USDA whether any field in which the person applying for the benefits has an interest and intends to produce an agricultural commodity contains highly erodible land;
(2) The person applying for or receiving the benefits must certify in writing on Form AD-1026 that such person will not produce an agricultural commodity on highly erodible land, or designate such land for conservation use; or plant an agricultural commodity on a converted wetland; or convert a wetland to make possible the production of an agricultural commodity during the crop year in which the person is seeking such benefits, unless such actions are exempt, under §§ 12.5 or 12.13 from the provisions of § 12.4 of this part;
(3) A person may certify application of practices required by the person's conservation plan. NRCS shall permit a person who makes such a certification with respect to a conservation plan to revise the conservation plan in any manner, if the same level of conservation treatment provided for by the conservation system under the person's conservation plan is maintained. NRCS may not revise the person's conservation plan without the concurrence of the person;
(4) The person applying for a FSA direct or guaranteed farm credit program loan must certify that such person shall not use the proceeds of the loan for a purpose that will contribute to excessive erosion on highly erodible land or to conversion of wetlands for the purpose, or to have the effect, of making the production of an agricultural commodity possible; and
(5) The person applying for the benefits must authorize and provide representatives of USDA access to all land in which such person has an interest for the purpose of verifying any such certification.
(b) Availability to other agencies. Each agency of USDA shall make all certifications of compliance received by such agency and the results of investigations concerning such certifications of compliance available to other agencies.
(c) Compliance. A certification made in accordance with this section does not relieve any person from compliance with provisions of this part.
(d) Timely filing. In order for a person to be determined eligible for Federal crop insurance premium subsidies for a policy or plan of insurance under the Federal Crop Insurance Act (7 U.S.C. 1501-1524), the person must have Form AD-1026 or successor form on file with FSA, as specified in § 12.13.
[61 FR 47025, Sept. 6, 1996, as amended at 80 FR 22880, Apr. 24, 2015]
§ 12.8 Affiliated persons.
(a) Ineligibility of affiliated persons. Ineligibility of an individual or entity under this part for benefits shall also be an ineligibility for benefits for “affiliated persons” as defined in this section.
(b) Affiliated persons of an individual. If the person requesting benefits is an individual, the affiliated persons are:
(1) The spouse and minor child of such person or guardian of such child; except that spouses who establish to the satisfaction of the COC that operations of the husband and wife are maintained separately and independently shall not be considered affiliates;
(2) Any partnership, joint venture, or other enterprise in which the person or any person listed in paragraphs (b)(1) has an ownership interest or financial interest; unless such interest is held indirectly through another business enterprise; or
(3) Any trust in which the individual, business enterprise, or any person listed in paragraph (b)(1) is a beneficiary or has a financial interest, unless such interest is held indirectly through another business enterprise.
(c) Affiliated persons of an entity. If the person who has requested benefits from USDA is a corporation, partnership, or other joint venture, the affiliated persons are any participant or stockholder therein of the corporation, partnership, or other joint venture, except for persons who have an indirect interest through another business enterprise in such corporation, partnership, or other joint venture or persons with a 20 percent or less share in a corporation.
(d) Limitation. Any reduction in payments which results only from the application of the affiliation provisions of this section to a partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise shall be limited to the extent of interest held in such partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise by the person or business enterprise that committed the violation. However, for violations for which the business enterprise is considered directly responsible under the provisions of this part, the business enterprise shall be subject to a full loss of benefits, including those instances in which the business enterprise has an interest in the land where the violation occurred or where the business enterprise had an interest in the crops produced on the land.
(e) Avoidance of this part. Limitations on affiliation shall not apply as needed to correct for any action that would otherwise tend to defeat the purposes of this part.
§ 12.9 Landlords and tenants.
(a) Landlord eligibility. Landlord eligibility will include the following:
(1) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, the ineligibility of a tenant or sharecropper for:
(i) Program benefits (as specified in § 12.4) except as provided in paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section will not cause a landlord to be ineligible for USDA program benefits accruing with respect to land other than those in which the tenant or sharecropper has an interest; and
(ii) Federal crop insurance premium subsidies for a policy or plan of insurance under the Federal Crop Insurance Act (7 U.S.C. 1501-1524) will, in lieu of ineligibility for premium subsidy, result in a reduction in the amount of premium subsidy paid by FCIC on all policies and plans of insurance for the landlord.
(A) The percentage reduction will be determined by comparing the total number of cropland acres on the farm on which the violation occurred to the total number of cropland acres on all farms in which landlord has an interest, as determined by FSA.
(B) The farms and cropland acres used to determine the premium subsidy reduction percentage will be the farms and cropland acres of the landlord for the reinsurance year in which the tenant or sharecropper is determined ineligible.
(C) The percentage reduction will be applied to all policies and plans of insurance of the landlord in the reinsurance year subsequent to the reinsurance year in which the tenant or sharecropper is determined ineligible.
(D) If the landlord and tenant or sharecropper are insured under the same policy, the landlord will be ineligible for premium subsidy on that policy in lieu of a percentage reduction on that policy.
(2) If the production of an agricultural commodity on highly erodible land or converted wetland by the landlord's tenant or sharecropper is required under the terms and conditions of the agreement between the landlord and such tenant or sharecropper and such agreement was entered into after December 23, 1985, or if the landlord has acquiesced in such activities by the tenant or sharecropper:
(i) The provisions of paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section will not be applicable to a landlord; and
(ii) A landlord will be ineligible for premium subsidy on all policies and plans of insurance in the reinsurance year subsequent to the reinsurance year in which the tenant or sharecropper is determined ineligible.
(b) Tenant or sharecropper eligibility. Tenant or sharecropper eligibility will include the following:
(1) If all of the requirements in paragraph (b)(2) of this section are met:
(i) The ineligibility of a tenant or sharecropper, except as provided in paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section, may be limited to the program benefits listed in § 12.4(b) accruing with respect to only the farm on which the violation occurred; and
(ii) In lieu of ineligibility for Federal crop insurance premium subsidies for all policies or plans of insurance under the Federal Crop Insurance Act (7 U.S.C. 1501-1524), the premium subsidy on all policies and plans of insurance of the ineligible tenant or sharecropper will be reduced.
(A) The percentage reduction will be determined by comparing the total number of cropland acres on the farm on which the violation occurred to the total number of cropland acres on all farms in which tenant or sharecropper has an interest, as determined by FSA.
(B) The farms and cropland acres used to determine the premium subsidy reduction percentage will be the farms and cropland acres of the tenant or sharecropper for the reinsurance year in which the tenant or sharecropper is determined ineligible.
(C) The percentage reduction will be applied to all policies and plans of insurance of the tenant or sharecropper in the reinsurance year subsequent to the reinsurance year in which the tenant or sharecropper is determined ineligible.
(D) If the landlord and tenant or sharecropper are insured under the same policy, the tenant or sharecropper will be ineligible for premium subsidy on that policy in lieu of a percentage reduction on that policy.
(2) The provisions of paragraph (b)(1) of this section will not apply unless all the following are met:
(i) The tenant or sharecropper shows that a good-faith effort was made to comply by developing an approved conservation plan for the highly erodible land in a timely manner and prior to any violation of the provisions of this part;
(ii) The owner of such farm refuses to apply such a plan and prevents the tenant or sharecropper from implementing certain practices that are a part of the approved conservation plan; and
(iii) FSA determines that the lack of compliance is not a part of a scheme or device as described in § 12.10.
(3) If relief is granted under paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the tenant or sharecropper must actively apply those conservation treatment measures that are determined to be within the control of the tenant or sharecropper.
[61 FR 47025, Sept. 6, 1996, as amended at 80 FR 22881, Apr. 24, 2015]
§ 12.10 Scheme or device.
All or any part of the benefits listed in § 12.4 otherwise due a person from USDA may be withheld or required to be refunded if the person adopts or participates in adopting any scheme or device designed to evade, or which has the effect of evading, the provisions of this part. Such acts shall include, but are not limited to, concealing from USDA any information having a bearing on the application of the provisions of this part or submitting false information to USDA or creating entities for the purpose of concealing the interest of a person in a farming operation or to otherwise avoid compliance with the provisions of this part. Such acts shall also include acquiescence in, approval of, or assistance to acts which have the effect of, or the purpose of, circumventing these regulations.
§ 12.11 Action based upon advice or action of USDA.
The provisions of part 718 of this Title, as amended, relating to performance based upon the action or advice of a County Committee (COC) or State FSA Committee shall be applicable to the provisions of this part. In addition, if it is determined by the appropriate USDA agency that the action of a person which would form the basis of any ineligibility under this part was taken by such person in good-faith reliance on erroneous advice, information, or action of any other authorized representative of USDA, the appropriate agency may make such benefits available to the extent that similar relief would be allowed under 7 CFR part 718.
§ 12.12 Appeals.
Any person who has been or who would be denied program benefits in accordance with § 12.4 as the result of any determination made in accordance with the provisions of this part may obtain a review of such determination in accordance with the administrative appeals procedures of the agency which rendered such determination. Agency appeal procedures are contained in the Code of Federal Regulations as follows: FSA, part 780 of this title; NRCS, part 614 of this title; Rural Utilities Service, part 1900, subpart B of this title.
§ 12.13 Special Federal crop insurance premium subsidy provisions.
(a) General. The provisions and exemptions in this section are only applicable to Federal crop insurance premium subsidies for a policy or plan of insurance under the Federal Crop Insurance Act (7 U.S.C. 1501-1524). The exemptions in this section are in addition to any that apply under § 12.5. Any conflict between this section and another will be resolved by applying this section, but only for Federal crop insurance premium subsidies. Any exemptions or relief under this section apply to Federal crop insurance premium subsidies and do not apply to other benefits even for the same person for the same crop year or reinsurance year. Unless otherwise specified in this section, the provisions in this section apply to both highly erodible land and wetlands.
(b) Ineligibility for failing to certify compliance. Subject to paragraph (b)(2) of this section, failing to certify compliance as specified in § 12.7 will result in ineligibility as follows:
(1) A Form AD-1026, or successor form, for the person must be filed with FSA for the reinsurance year in order for the person to be eligible for any Federal crop insurance premium subsidies for the reinsurance year. Persons will be ineligible for Federal crop insurance premium subsidy on their crop insurance policy if form AD-1026, or successor form, has not been filed with FSA for the reinsurance year by the premium billing date for their Federally-reinsured crop insurance policy.
(2) A person that has not filed an AD-1026 for the reinsurance year by the premium billing date may be eligible for premium subsidy for the reinsurance year if they provide information necessary for the person's filing of a Form AD-1026 if the person:
(i) Is unable to file a Form AD-1026 due to circumstances beyond the person's control, as determined by FSA; or
(ii) Files a Form AD-1026 in good faith and FSA subsequently determines that additional information is needed, but the person is unable to comply due to circumstances beyond the control of the person.
(3) A person who does not have Form AD-1026, or successor form, on file with FSA for the reinsurance year may be eligible for Federal crop insurance premium subsidy for the initial reinsurance year if the person can demonstrate they meet RMA's conditions for new to farming, new to crop insurance, a new entity, or have not previously been required to file form AD-1026.
(c) Ineligibility for violations. If a person is ineligible due to a violation of the provisions of this part, the timing and results will be as follows:
(1) Unless an exemption in this section or § 12.5 applies, ineligibility for Federal crop insurance premium subsidy for a policy or plan of insurance under the Federal Crop Insurance Act (7 U.S.C. 1501-1524) due to a violation of the provisions of this part will:
(i) Not apply to the reinsurance year in which the violation occurred or any reinsurance year prior to the date of the final determination of a violation, including all administrative appeals of the determination, as determined by NRCS or FSA as applicable; and
(ii) Only apply to reinsurance years subsequent to the date of a final determination of a violation, including all administrative appeals of the determination, as determined by NRCS or FSA as applicable. A person who is in violation of the provisions of this part, as determined by FSA or NRCS, in a reinsurance year, will, unless otherwise exempted, be ineligible for any Federal crop insurance premium subsidy beginning with the subsequent reinsurance year. For example, a person who is determined to be in violation of the provisions of this part and has exhausted all administrative appeals on June 1, 2015, (2015 reinsurance year) will, unless otherwise exempted, be ineligible for Federal crop insurance premium subsidy effective July 1, 2015, the start of the 2016 reinsurance year, and will not be eligible for any Federal crop insurance premium subsidy for any policy or plan of insurance during the 2016 reinsurance year. Even if the person becomes compliant during the 2016 reinsurance year, the person will not be eligible for Federal crop insurance premium subsidy until the 2017 reinsurance year starting on July 1, 2016.
(2) Eligibility for Federal crop insurance premium subsidy for a policy or plan of insurance under the Federal Crop Insurance Act (7 U.S.C. 1501-1524) due to a violation of the provisions of this part will be based on FSA and NRCS final determinations, including all administrative appeals, regarding compliance with the provisions of this part.
(3) The amount of premium subsidy for an insured person will be reduced when any person with a substantial beneficial interest in the insured person is ineligible for premium subsidy under this part. The amount of reduction will be commensurate with the ineligible person's substantial beneficial interest in the insured person. The ineligible person's substantial beneficial interest in the insured person will be determined according to the policy provisions of the insured person.
(4) Administrative appeals include appeals made in accordance with § 12.12 and part 11 of this title, but do not include any judicial review or appeal, or any other legal action.
(d) Exemption to develop and comply with an approved HEL conservation plan. The following exemptions provide a delay in the requirement to develop and comply with an NRCS approved HEL conservation plan for certain persons.
(1) Persons subject to the provisions of this part regarding highly erodible land, specifically those related to section 1211(a) of the Food Security Act of 1985, as amended, for the first time solely due to amendments to that section by section 2611(a) of the Agricultural Act of 2014 (16 U.S.C. 3811(a)(1)), will have 5 reinsurance years after the date the person is determined to have HEL and has exhausted all administrative appeals, if applicable, to develop and comply with a conservation plan approved by NRCS before being ineligible for Federal crop insurance premium subsidies. The additional time to develop and comply with a conservation plan approved by NRCS applies only to persons who have not previously been subject to the highly erodible land conservation provisions of this part. The additional time provided in this paragraph does not apply to any person who had any interest in any land or crop, including an affiliated person, that was subject to the provisions of this part before February 7, 2014. The 5 reinsurance years to develop and comply with a conservation plan approved by NRCS starts:
(i) For persons who have no land with an NRCS HEL determination, the 5 reinsurance years begins the start of the reinsurance year (July 1) following the date NRCS makes a HEL determination and the person exhausts all their administrative appeals; or
(ii) For persons who have any land for which an NRCS HEL determination has been made and all administrative appeals have been exhausted, the 5 reinsurance years begins the start of the reinsurance year (July 1) following the date the person certifies compliance with FSA to be eligible for USDA benefits subject to the conservation compliance provisions.
(2) Persons who meet all the following criteria will have 2 reinsurance years from the start of the reinsurance year (July 1) following the date the person certifies compliance with FSA to be eligible for USDA benefits subject to the conservation compliance provisions to develop and comply with a conservation plan approved by NRCS before being ineligible for Federal crop insurance premium subsidies:
(i) Were subject to the provisions of this part regarding highly erodible land, specifically those related to section 1211(a) of the Food Security Act of 1985 (16 U.S.C. 3811(a)(1)), as amended, any time before February 7, 2014;
(ii) Before February 7, 2014, stopped participating in all USDA programs subject to the provisions of this part regarding highly erodible land;
(iii) Would have been in violation of the provisions of this part regarding highly erodible land had they continued to participate in those programs after February 7, 2014; and
(iv) Are currently in violation of the provisions of this part regarding highly erodible land.
(e) Exemption for prior wetland conversions completed prior to February 7, 2014. No person will be ineligible for Federal crop insurance premium subsidies for a policy or plan of insurance under the Federal Crop Insurance Act (7 U.S.C. 1501-1524) for:
(1) Converting a wetland if the wetland conversion was completed, as determined by NRCS, before February 7, 2014; or
(2) Planting or producing an agricultural commodity on a converted wetland if the wetland conversion was completed, as determined by NRCS, before February 7, 2014.
(f) Exemption for wetland conversion that impacts less than 5 acres. The following exemption is for wetland conversion that impacts less than 5 acres of an entire farm:
(1) In lieu of ineligibility for Federal crop insurance premium subsidies for a policy or plan of insurance under the Federal Crop Insurance Act (7 U.S.C. 1501-1524) due to a wetland conversion violation or concurrent with a planned wetland conversion occurring after February 7, 2014, a person may, if approved by NRCS, pay a contribution to NRCS in an amount equal to 150 percent of the cost of mitigating the converted wetland, as determined by NRCS.
(2) A person is limited to only one exemption, as determined by NRCS, described in paragraph (f)(1) of this section per farm.
(3) NRCS will not refund this payment even if the person later conducts actions which will mitigate the earlier conversion.
(g) Exemption for wetland conversion when a policy or plan of insurance is available to a person for the first time. The following exemption is for wetland conversion when a policy or plan of insurance is available to the person for the first time.
(1) When a policy or plan of insurance that provides coverage for an agricultural commodity is available to the person, including as a person who is a substantial beneficial interest holder, for the first time after February 7, 2014, as determined by RMA, ineligibility for Federal crop insurance premium subsidies for such policy or plan of insurance due to a wetland conversion violation will only apply to wetland conversions that are completed, as determined by NRCS, after the date the policy or plan of insurance first becomes available to the person.
(2) The exemption described in paragraph (g)(1) of this section:
(i) Applies only to the policy or plan of insurance that becomes available to the person for the first time after February 7, 2014, as determined by RMA;
(ii) Does not exempt or otherwise negate the person's ineligibility for Federal crop insurance premium subsidies on any other policy or plan of insurance; and
(iii) Applies only if the person takes steps necessary, as determined by NRCS, to mitigate all wetlands converted after February 7, 2014, in a timely manner, as determined by NRCS, but not to exceed 2 reinsurance years.
(3) For the purposes of the paragraph (g)(1) of this section:
(i) A policy or plan of insurance is considered to have been available to the person after February 7, 2014, if, after February 7, 2014, in any county in which the person had any interest in any acreage, including as a person who is a substantial beneficial interest holder:
(A) There was a policy or plan of insurance available on the county actuarial documents that provided coverage for the agricultural commodity; or
(B) The person obtained a written agreement to insure the agricultural commodity in any county; and
(ii) Changing, adding, or removing options, endorsements, or coverage to an existing policy or plan of insurance will not be considered as a policy or plan of insurance being available for the first time to a person.
(h) Wetland conversion mitigation exemption. Unless another exemption applies, the following exemption provides additional time to mitigate wetland conversions.
(1) A person determined to be in violation of the provisions of this part due to a wetland conversion occurring after February 7, 2014, will have 1 reinsurance year after the final determination of violation, including all administrative appeals, as determined by NRCS, to initiate a mitigation plan to remedy the violation, as determined by NRCS, before becoming ineligible for Federal crop insurance premium subsidies for a policy or plan of insurance under the Federal Crop Insurance Act (7 U.S.C. 1501-1524.). For example, if in May 2017, after NRCS has determined that a person is in violation for converting a wetland and the person has exhausted all administrative appeals, the person will have until June 30, 2018, to initiate a mitigation plan to remedy the violation before becoming ineligible for Federal crop insurance premium subsidies starting with the 2019 reinsurance year.
(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (h)(1) of this section, if a person determined to be in violation of the provisions of this part due to a wetland conversion occurring after February 7, 2014, as determined by NRCS, and is subject to the provisions of this part for the first time solely due to section 2611(b) of the Agricultural Act of 2014, such person will have 2 reinsurance years after the final determination of violation, including all administrative appeals, as determined by NRCS, to be implementing all practices in a mitigation plan to remedy the violation, as determined by NRCS, before becoming ineligible for Federal crop insurance premium subsidies for a policy or plan of insurance under the Federal Crop Insurance Act (7 U.S.C. 1501-1524).
(3) Administrative appeals include appeals made in accordance with § 12.12 and part 11 of this title, but do not include any judicial review or appeal, or any other legal action.
(i) Good faith exemption. The following is a good faith exemption for wetland conservation:
(1) A person determined by FSA or NRCS to be in violation, including all administrative appeals, of the provisions of this part due to converting a wetland after February 7, 2014, or producing an agricultural commodity on a wetland that was converted after February 7, 2014, may regain eligibility for Federal crop insurance premium subsidies for a policy or plan of insurance under the Federal Crop Insurance Act (7 U.S.C. 1501-1524) if all of the following criteria are met:
(i) FSA determines that such person acted in good faith and without the intent to violate the wetland conservation provisions of this part;
(ii) NRCS determines that the person is implementing all practices in a mitigation plan to remedy or mitigate the violation within an agreed-to period, not to exceed 2 reinsurance years; and
(iii) The good faith determination of the FSA county or State committee has been reviewed and approved by the applicable State Executive Director, with the technical concurrence of the State Conservationist; or District Director, with the technical concurrence of the area conservationist.
(2) In determining whether a person acted in good faith under paragraph (i)(1)(i) of this section, FSA will consider such factors as whether:
(i) The characteristics of the site were such that the person should have been aware that a wetland existed on the subject land;
(ii) NRCS had informed the person about the existence of a wetland on the subject land;
(iii) The person has a record of violating the wetland provisions of this part or other Federal, State, or local wetland provisions; or
(iv) There exists other information that demonstrates the person acted with the intent to violate the wetland conservation provisions of this part.
(3) After the requirements of paragraph (i)(1) of this section are met, FSA may waive applying the ineligibility provisions of this section to allow the person to implement the mitigation plan approved by NRCS. The waiver will apply for up to two reinsurance years.
(j) Landlord and Tenant wetland violations relief. The following provides landlord and tenant relief for wetland violations:
(1) Except as provided in (j)(2) of this section, the ineligibility of a tenant or sharecropper for Federal crop insurance premium subsidies for a policy or plan of insurance under the Federal Crop Insurance Act (7 U.S.C. 1501-1524) will, in lieu of ineligibility for premium subsidy, result in a reduction in the amount of premium subsidy paid by FCIC on all policies and plans of insurance for the landlord.
(i) The percentage reduction will be determined by comparing the total number of cropland acres on the farm on which the violation occurred to the total number of cropland acres on all farms in which landlord has an interest, as determined by FSA.
(ii) The farms and cropland acres used to determine the premium subsidy reduction percentage will be the farms and cropland acres of the landlord for the reinsurance year in which the tenant or sharecropper is determined ineligible.
(iii) The percentage reduction will be applied to all policies and plans of insurance of the landlord in the reinsurance year subsequent to the reinsurance year in which the tenant or sharecropper is determined ineligible.
(iv) If the landlord and tenant or sharecropper are insured under the same policy, the landlord will be ineligible for premium subsidy on that policy in lieu of a percentage reduction on that policy.
(2) A landlord will be ineligible for the premium subsidy on all policies and plans of insurance in the reinsurance year subsequent to the reinsurance year in which the tenant or sharecropper is determined ineligible if the production of an agricultural commodity on a converted wetland by the landlord's tenant or sharecropper is required under the terms and conditions of the agreement between the landlord and such tenant or sharecropper and such agreement was entered into after February 7, 2014, or if the landlord has acquiesced in such activities by the tenant or sharecropper.
(3) If all the requirements in paragraph (j)(4) of this section are met, in lieu of ineligibility for Federal crop insurance premium subsidies for all policies or plans of insurance under the Federal Crop Insurance Act (7 U.S.C. 1501-1524) for producing or planting an agricultural commodity on a wetland converted after February 7, 2014, the premium subsidy on all policies and plans of insurance of the ineligible tenant or sharecropper will be reduced.
(i) The percentage reduction will be determined by comparing the total number of cropland acres on the farm on which the violation occurred to the total number of cropland acres on all farms in which tenant or sharecropper has an interest, as determined by FSA.
(ii) The farms and cropland acres used to determine the premium subsidy reduction percentage will be the farms and cropland acres of the tenant or sharecropper for the reinsurance year in which the tenant or sharecropper is determined ineligible.
(iii) The percentage reduction will be applied to all policies and plans of insurance of the tenant or sharecropper in the reinsurance year subsequent to the reinsurance year in which the tenant or sharecropper is determined ineligible.
(iv) If the landlord and tenant or sharecropper are insured under the same policy, the tenant or sharecropper will be ineligible for premium subsidy on that policy in lieu of a percentage reduction on that policy.
(4) The provisions of paragraph (j)(3) of this section will not apply unless all the following are met:
(i) The tenant or sharecropper shows that a good-faith effort was made to comply by developing a plan, approved by NRCS, for the restoration or mitigation of the converted wetland in a timely manner and prior to any violation;
(ii) The owner of such farm refuses to apply such a plan and prevents the tenant or sharecropper from implementing the approved plan;
(iii) FSA determines the lack of compliance is not a part of a scheme or device as described in § 12.10; and
(iv) The tenant or sharecropper actively applies the practices and measures of the approved plan that are within their control.
(k) Evaluation of certification. NRCS will evaluate the certification in a timely manner.
(1) A person who properly completes, signs, and files Form AD-1026, or successor form, with FSA certifying compliance with the provisions of this part will be eligible for Federal crop insurance premium subsidies for a policy or plan of insurance under the Federal Crop Insurance Act (7 U.S.C. 1501-1524) during the period of time such certification is being evaluated by NRCS, if an evaluation is required.
(2) A person will not be ineligible for Federal crop insurance premium subsidies for a policy or plan of insurance under the Federal Crop Insurance Act (7 U.S.C. 1501-1524) if:
(i) NRCS fails to complete a required evaluation of the person's Form AD-1026, or successor form in a timely manner after all documentation has been provided to NRCS; and
(ii) The person is subsequently determined to have been in violation of the provisions of this part during the time NRCS was completing the evaluation.
(3) The relief from ineligibility provided in paragraph (k)(2) of this section:
(i) Applies only to violations that occurred prior to or during the time NRCS is completing the required evaluation;
(ii) Does not apply to any violations that occur subsequent to NRCS completing the evaluation;
(iii) Does not apply if FSA or NRCS determines the person employed, adopted, or participated in employing or adopting a scheme or device, as provided in § 12.10, to evade the provisions of this part or to become eligible for the relief provided in paragraph (k)(2) of this section; and
(iv) Does not apply if the required evaluation is delayed due to unfavorable site conditions for the evaluation of soils, hydrology, or vegetation.
(l) Failing to notify FSA of a change. Requirements to pay equitable contribution for failing to notify FSA of a change are as follows.
(1) A person who fails to notify FSA of any change that could alter their status as compliant with the provisions of this part and is subsequently determined, by FSA or NRCS, to have committed a violation of the wetland conservation provisions of this part after February 7, 2014, will be required to pay to NRCS an equitable contribution.
(2) The amount of equitable contribution will be determined by NRCS, but will not exceed the total amount of Federal crop insurance premium subsidy paid by FCIC on behalf of the person for all policies and plans of insurance for all years in which the person is determined to have been in violation.
(3) A person who fails to pay the full equitable contribution amount by the due date determined by NRCS will be ineligible for Federal crop insurance premium subsidy on any policy or plan of insurance beginning with the subsequent reinsurance year. The person will be ineligible for Federal crop insurance premium subsidy for the entire reinsurance year even if full payment of the equitable contribution amount is received by NRCS during the reinsurance year.
[80 FR 22881, Apr. 24, 2015, as amended at 82 FR 58334, Dec. 12, 2017]
Subpart B Highly Erodible Land Conservation
§ 12.20 NRCS responsibilities regarding highly erodible land.
In implementing the provisions of this part, NRCS shall, to the extent practicable:
(a) Develop and maintain criteria for identifying highly erodible lands;
(b) Prepare and make available to the public lists of highly erodible soil map units;
(c) Make soil surveys for purposes of identifying highly erodible land; and
(d) Provide technical guidance to conservation districts which approve conservation plans and systems, in consultation with local county FSA committees, for the purposes of this part.
§ 12.21 Identification of highly erodible lands criteria.
(a) Basis for identification as highly erodible. Soil map units and an erodibility index will be used as the basis for identifying highly erodible land. The erodibility index for a soil is determined by dividing the potential average annual rate of erosion for each soil by its predetermined soil loss tolerance (T) value. The T value represents the maximum annual rate of soil erosion that could occur without causing a decline in long-term productivity. The equation for measuring erosion is described below.
(1) The potential average annual rate of sheet and rill erosion is estimated by multiplying the following factors of the Universal Soil Loss Equation (USLE):
(i) Rainfall and runoff (R);
(ii) The degree to which the soil resists water erosion (K); and
(iii) The function (LS), which includes the effects of slope length (L) and steepness (S).
(2) The potential average annual rate of wind erosion is estimated by multiplying the following factors of the Wind Erosion Equation (WEQ): Climatic characterization of windspeed and surface soil moisture (C) and the degree to which soil resists wind erosion (I).
(3) The USLE is explained in the U.S. Department of Agriculture Handbook 537, “Predicting Rainfall Erosion Losses.” The WEQ is explained in the paper by Woodruff, N.P., and F. H. Siddaway, 1965, “A Wind Erosion Equation,” Soil Science Society of America Proceedings, Vol. 29. No. 5, pages 602-608. Values for all the factors used in these equations are contained in the NRCS field office technical guide and the references which are a part of the guide. The Universal Soil Loss Equation, the Revised Universal Soil Loss Equation, and the Wind Erosion Equation and the rules under which NRCS uses the equations are published at §§ 610.11 through 610.15 of this title.
(b) Highly erodible. A soil map unit shall be determined to be highly erodible if either the RKLS/T or the CI/T value for the map unit equals or exceeds 8.
(c) Potentially highly erodible. Whenever a soil map unit description contains a range of a slope length and steepness characteristics that produce a range of LS values that result in RKLS/T quotients both above and below 8, the soil map unit will be entered on the list of highly erodible soil map units as “potentially highly erodible.” The final determination of erodibility for an individual field containing these soil map unit delineations will be made by an on-site investigation, or by use of Light Detection and Ranging or other elevation data of an adequate resolution to make slope length and steepness measurements. In any case where a person disagrees with an off-site determination on potentially highly erodible soils, a determination will be made on-site.
[61 FR 47025, Sept. 6, 1996; 61 FR 53491, Oct. 11, 1996; 83 FR 63051, Dec. 7, 2018]
§ 12.22 Highly erodible field determination criteria.
(a) Predominance. Highly erodible land shall be considered to be predominant on a field if either:
(1) 33.33 percent or more of the total field acreage is identified as soil map units which are highly erodible; or
(2) 50 or more acres in such field are identified as soil map units which are highly erodible.
(b) Modification of field boundaries. A person may request the modification of field boundaries for the purpose of excluding highly erodible land from a field. Such a request must be submitted to, and is subject to the approval of, FSA. FSA shall use the technical determination of NRCS in approving this request.
(c) Impact of changing field boundaries. When field boundaries are changed to include areas of land that were included in a field that was previously determined to be predominately highly erodible according to paragraph (a) of this section, such areas shall continue to be subject to the requirements for predominately highly erodible fields, except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section.
(d) Small area of noncropland. Small areas of noncropland within or adjacent to the boundaries of existing highly erodible crop fields such as abandoned farmsteads, areas around filled or capped wells, rock piles, trees, or brush which are converted to cropland are considered to meet the requirement of § 12.5(a)(2) if they are included in an approved conservation plan for the entire highly erodible field.
[61 FR 47025, Sept. 6, 1996; 61 FR 53491, Oct. 11, 1996]
§ 12.23 Conservation plans and conservation systems.
(a) Use of field office technical guide. A conservation plan or conservation system developed for the purposes of § 12.5(a) must be based on, and to the extent practicable conform with, the NRCS field office technical guide in use at the time the plan is developed or revised. For highly erodible croplands which were used to produce agricultural commodities prior to December 23, 1985, the applicable conservation systems in the field office technical guide are designed to achieve substantial reductions in soil erosion. Conservation systems shall be technically and economically feasible; based on local resource conditions and available conservation technology; cost-effective; and shall not cause undue economic hardship on the person applying the conservation system. Any conservation plans or systems that were approved prior to July 3, 1996, are deemed to be in compliance with this paragraph.
(b) Substantial reduction in soil erosion. For the purpose of determining whether there is a substantial reduction in soil erosion on a field containing highly erodible cropland which was used to produce an agricultural commodity prior to December 23, 1985, the measurement of erosion reduction achieved by applying a conservation plan or system shall be based on a comparison of the estimated annual level of erosion that is expected to occur on that portion of the field for which a conservation plan or system was developed and is being applied, to the estimated annual level of erosion that existed on that same portion of the field before the application of a conservation plan or system. On a field that is converted from native vegetation after July 3, 1996, and where any crop production will result in increased erosion, in no case will the required conservation plan or system permit a substantial increase in erosion.
(c) Field trials. NRCS may allow a person to include in the person's conservation plan or a conservation system under the plan, on a field-trial basis, practices that are not currently approved but that NRCS considers have a reasonable likelihood of success. These trials must have prior approval by NRCS, and must be documented in the person's conservation plan specifying the limited time period during which the field trial is in effect. If, at the end of the conservation field trial period, NRCS finds that the practice does not meet conservation compliance requirements, the person will not be ineligible for USDA program benefits during the period of the field trial.
(d) Highly erodible land previously under a Conservation Reserve Program contract. Any person who owns or operates highly erodible land that was under a Conservation Reserve Program contract as authorized by section 1231 of the Food Security Act of 1985, as amended, shall have 2 years after the expiration of termination of the contract to fully apply a conservation system if the conservation plan for such land requires the installation of structural measures for the production of an agricultural commodity. NRCS officials may extend this period one additional year for circumstances beyond the control of the person. The person shall not be required to meet a higher conservation standard than the standard applied to other highly erodible cropland located within the area served by the field office technical guide for the area in which the field is located.
(e) Information regarding conservation options. NRCS, in providing assistance to a person for the preparation or revision of a conservation plan under this part, will provide such person with information concerning cost-effective and applicable erosion control alternatives, crop flexibility, or other conservation assistance options that may be available.
(f) Timely request for assistance. Persons who require NRCS assistance for the development of a conservation plan or the installation of a conservation system are encouraged to request this assistance well in advance of deadline dates for compliance; otherwise the person may not be able to comply with these provisions and maintain eligibility for USDA program benefits.
(g) Action by conservation districts. Conservation districts approve or disapprove conservation plans or conservation systems after NRCS determines that the plans or systems conform to the NRCS field office technical guide. If a conservation district fails, without due cause, to act on a request for conservation plan or conservation system approval within 45 days, or if no conservation district exists, NRCS will approve or disapprove, as appropriate, the conservation plan or system in question.
(h) Application of a conservation plan or system. A person is considered to be applying a conservation plan for purposes of § 12.5(a) if the conservation system or plan being applied achieves or exceeds the substantial reduction in soil erosion as described in paragraph (b) which the conservation system or plan was designed to achieve. It is the responsibility of the person to:
(1) Certify that the conservation plan or system is being applied; and
(2) Arrange for a revision of the conservation plan with NRCS, if changes are made in land use, crop rotation or management, conservation practices, or in the original schedule of practice installation that would affect the achievement of substantial reduction in soil erosion in a given crop year.
(i) Appeal to FSA. Persons who are adversely affected by the determinations made under this subpart and believe that the requirements of this subpart were improperly applied may appeal the decision to FSA under § 12.12.
(j) Undue economic hardship. After a technical determination has been made, the FSA county committee shall, if a person asserts that the application of the person's conservation system would impose an undue economic hardship on the person, make a recommendation to the State FSA Committee as to whether or not the application of the conservation system would impose an undue economic hardship. The State FSA Committee may provide the person with a variance on the basis of the hardship. Under this variance, and any conditions that may be required in the variance, the person will be considered to be in compliance with the applicable provisions of this part. The State FSA Committee will consider relevant factors, such as the cost of installation of required conservation practices and benefits earned through programs subject to compliance with this part, and the person's general economic situation.
Subpart C Wetland Conservation
§ 12.30 NRCS responsibilities regarding wetlands.
(a) Technical and coordination responsibilities. In carrying out the provisions of this part, NRCS shall:
(1) Oversee the development and application of criteria to identify hydric soils in consultation with the National Technical Committee for Hydric Soils and make available to the public an approved county list of hydric soil map units, which is based upon the National List of Hydric Soils;
(2) Coordinate with the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service and others in updating the National List of Plant Species that Occur in Wetlands;
(3) Make or approve wetland determinations, delineations and certifications, functional assessments, mitigation plans, categorical minimal effects, and other technical determinations relative to the implementation of the wetland conservation provisions of this part. Wetland determinations, delineations and certifications will be done on a tract, field, or sub-field basis;
(4) Develop and utilize off-site and on-site wetland identification procedures;
(5) Assure quality of service and determinations through procedures developed by NRCS in consultation with other Federal agencies that have wetland responsibilities;
(6) Investigate complaints and make technical determinations regarding potential violations;
(7) Develop a process at the state level, in coordination with the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, to ensure that these provisions are carried out in a technically defensible and timely manner, seek assistance as appropriate, and annually review the progress being made on implementation; and
(b) Technical assistance from others In carrying out the provisions of this part, NRCS may request technical assistance from the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, State or local agencies, conservation districts, or qualified private entities when NRCS determines that additional staff resources or technical expertise are needed to address adequately the requirements of this part or to enhance the quality of implementation of this part.
(c) Certification of wetland determinations and wetland delineations. (1) Certification of a wetland determination means that the wetland determination is sufficient for the purpose of making a determination of ineligibility for program benefits under § 12.4. NRCS may certify a wetland determination without making a field investigation. NRCS must notify the person affected by the certification and provide an opportunity to appeal the determination prior to the certification becoming final. All wetland determinations issued after November 28, 1990, are considered certified if the person affected by the certification was notified of the certification and provided information on the right to appeal.
(2) The wetland determination and wetland delineation shall be certified as final by the NRCS official 30 days after providing the person notice of certification or, if an appeal is filed with USDA, after the administrative appeal procedures are exhausted.
(3) In the case of an appeal, NRCS will review and certify the accuracy of the determination of all lands subject to the appeal to ensure that the subject lands have been accurately delineated. Prior to a decision being rendered on the appeal, NRCS will conduct an on-site investigation of the subject land.
(4) Before any benefits are withheld, an on-site investigation of a potential wetland violation will be made by NRCS. NRCS will make a reasonable effort to include the affected person in the on-site investigation. The affected person will be provided an opportunity to appeal the on-site determination to USDA if the on-site determination differs from the original determination. Such action by NRCS shall be considered a review of the prior determination and certification of the delineation. If the prior determination was a certified wetland determination, an appeal of the NRCS on-site determination shall be limited to the determination that the wetland was converted in violation of this part.
(5) A copy of the information from the final certified wetland determination and the wetland delineation shall be recorded on official USDA aerial photography, digital imagery, or other graphic representation of the area.
(6) As long as the affected person is in compliance with the wetland conservation provision of this part, and as long as the area is devoted to the use and management of the land for production of food, fiber, or horticultural crops, a certification made under this section will remain valid and in effect until such time as the person affected by the certification requests review of the certification by NRCS. A person may request review of a certification only if a natural event alters the topography or hydrology of the subject land to the extent that the final certification is no longer a reliable indication of site conditions, or if NRCS concurs with an affected person that an error exists in the current wetland determination.
(7) The wetland determination process for wetland conservation compliance includes three distinct steps. In Step 1, wetland identification, it is determined if the area of interest supports a prevalence of hydrophytic vegetation, a predominance of hydric soils, and wetland hydrology under normal circumstances. In Step 2, determination of wetland type, it is determined if any exemptions apply from § 12.5(b). The findings are reflected in the assignment of an appropriate wetland conservation compliance label. In Step 3, sizing of the wetland, the boundary of each wetland type determined in Step 2 is delineated on the certified wetland determination map.
[61 FR 47025, Sept. 6, 1996; 61 FR 53491, Oct. 11, 1996; 76 FR 22785, Apr. 25, 2011; 83 FR 63051, Dec. 7, 2018; 85 FR 53152, Aug. 28, 2020; 91 FR 47785, July 29, 2026]
§ 12.31 Wetland identification procedures.
(a) Hydric soils. (1) NRCS shall identify hydric soils through the use of published soil maps which reflect soil surveys completed by NRCS or through the use of on-site reviews. If a published soil map is unavailable for a given area, NRCS may use unpublished soil maps which were made according to the specifications of the National Cooperative Soil Survey or may conduct an on-site evaluation of the land.
(2) NRCS shall determine whether an area of a field or other parcel of land has a predominance of hydric soils that are inundated or saturated as follows:
(i) If a soil map unit has hydric soil as all or part of its name, that soil map unit or portion of the map unit related to the hydric soil shall be determined to have a predominance of hydric soils;
(ii) If a soil map unit is named for a miscellaneous area that meets the criteria for hydric soils (i.e., riverwash, playas, beaches, or water) the soil map unit shall be determined to have a predominance of hydric soils; or
(iii) If a soil map unit contains inclusions of hydric soils, that portion of the soil map unit identified as hydric soil shall be determined to have a predominance of hydric soils.
(3) List of hydric soils. (i) Hydric soils are those soils which meet criteria set forth in the publication “Hydric Soils of the United States 1985” which was developed by the National Technical Committee for Hydric Soils and which is incorporated by reference. This publication may be obtained upon request by writing NRCS at U.S. Department of Agriculture, P.O. Box 2890, Washington, DC 20013, and is available for inspection at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to: http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html. Incorporation of this publication by reference was approved by the Director of the Federal Register on June 24, 1986. The materials are incorporated as they exist on the date of the approval and a notice of any change in these materials will be published in the Federal Register.
(ii) An official list of hydric soil map units shall be maintained at the local NRCS office and shall include—
(A) All soils from the National List of Hydric Soils that can be found in that field office area, and
(B) Any soil map units or areas which the state conservationist determines to meet such hydric soil criteria.
(iii) Any deletions of a hydric soil unit from the hydric soil map unit list must be made according to the established procedure contained in the publication “Hydric Soils of the United States 1985” for adding or deleting soils from the National List of Hydric Soils.
(b) Hydrophytic vegetation. Hydrophytic vegetation consists of plants growing in water or in a substrate that is at least periodically deficient in oxygen during a growing season as a result of excessive water content.
(1) A plant shall be considered to be a plant species that occurs in wetland if such plant is listed in the National Wetland Plant List, or (as determined by NRCS) successor publication. The publication may be accessed at: http://rsgisias.crrel.usace.army.mil/NWPL/.
(2) For the purposes of the definition of “wetland” in § 12.2 of this part, land shall be determined to have a prevalence of hydrophytic vegetation if:
(i) NRCS determines through the criteria specified in paragraph (b)(3) of this section that under normal circumstances such land supports a prevalence of hydrophytic vegetation. The term “normal circumstances” refers to the soil and hydrologic conditions that are normally present, without regard to whether the vegetation has been removed; or
(ii) In the event the vegetation on such land has been altered or removed, NRCS will determine if a prevalence of hydrophytic vegetation typically exists in the local area on the same hydric soil map unit under non-altered hydrologic conditions.
(3) The determination of prevalence of hydrophytic vegetation will be made in accordance with the current Federal wetland delineation methodology in use by NRCS at the time of the determination.
(c) Wetland Hydrology. (1) Wetland Hydrology consists of inundation or saturation by surface or groundwater during a growing season at a frequency and duration sufficient to support a prevalence of hydrophytic vegetation.
(2) When a wetland is affected by drainage manipulations that occurred prior to December 23, 1985, and did not support woody vegetation on December 23, 1985, such that production of an agricultural commodity on that date was possible, wetland hydrology shall be identified on the basis of the best-drained condition resulting from such drainage manipulations.
(3) The determination of wetland hydrology will be made in accordance with the current Federal wetland delineation methodology in use by NRCS at the time of the determination.
(4) When making a decision on wetland hydrology, NRCS will utilize a fixed precipitation date range of 1971-2000 for determining normal climatic conditions.
(d) Mitigation wetlands. Notwithstanding the provisions of this section, wetlands which are created in order to mitigate the loss of other wetlands as a result of irrigation, recreation, municipal water, flood control, or other similar projects shall not be considered to be artificial wetland for the purposes of § 12.5(b)(1)(vii)(A) of this part.
(e)(1) Minimal effect determination. For the purposes of § 12.5(b)(1)(v), NRCS shall determine whether the effect of any action of a person associated with the conversion of a wetland, the conversion of wetland and the production of an agricultural commodity on converted wetland, or the combined effect of the production of an agricultural commodity on a wetland converted by someone else has a minimal effect on the functions and values of wetlands in the area. Such determination shall be based upon a functional assessment of functions and values of the subject wetland and other related wetlands in the area. The assessment of functions and values of the subject wetland will be made through an on-site evaluation. Such an assessment of related wetlands in the area may be made based on a general knowledge of wetland conditions in the area. A request for such determination will be made prior to the beginning of activities that would convert the wetland. If a person has converted a wetland and then seeks a determination that the effect of such conversion on wetland was minimal, the burden will be upon the person to demonstrate to the satisfaction of NRCS that the effect was minimal.
(2) Scope of minimal-effect determination. The production of an agricultural commodity on any portion of a converted wetland in conformance with a minimal-effect determination by NRCS is exempt under § 12.5(b)(1)(v). However, any additional action of a person that will change the functions and values of a wetland for which a minimal-effect determination has been made shall be reported to NRCS for a determination of whether the effect continues to be minimal. The loss of a minimal-effect determination will cause a person who produces an agricultural commodity on the converted wetland after such change in status to be ineligible, under § 12.4, for certain program benefits. In situations where the wetland values, acreage, and functions are replaced by the restoration, enhancement, or creation of a wetland in accordance with a mitigation plan approved by NRCS, the exemption provided by the determination will be effective after NRCS determines that all practices in a mitigation plan are being implemented.
(f) Categorical Minimal Effect Exemptions. (1) The state conservationist, in consultation with the state technical committee established under 16 U.S.C. 3861, shall identify any categories of conversion activities and conditions which are routinely determined by NRCS to have minimal effect on wetland functions and values, as described in paragraph (d) of this section, and recommend to the Chief, NRCS, or a designee, inclusion on a list of categorical minimal effect exemptions.
(2) The Chief, or designee, shall evaluate the conversion practices recommended by the state conservationists in the region to ensure consistency across State and regional lines, and to determine whether any categories of conversion activities identified pursuant to paragraph (e)(1) of this section, if such activities were exempt from the ineligibility provisions of § 12.4, would only have a minimal effect on wetland functions and values in a wetland system within the region.
(3) Any categories of conversion activities which meet the criteria of paragraph (e)(2) of this section will be published in the Federal Register for inclusion in this part and shall be exempt under § 12.5(b)(1)(v) of this part.
(4) The NRCS local field office shall maintain a list of any activities and conditions which are determined by the Chief, or designee, exempt pursuant to this section and will provide the list to a person upon request.
[61 FR 47025, Sept. 6, 1996, as amended at 69 FR 18803, Apr. 9, 2004; 76 FR 82077, Dec. 30, 2011; 80 FR 22885, Apr. 24, 2015; 83 FR 63052, Dec. 7, 2018; 85 FR 53152, Aug. 28, 2020]
§ 12.32 Converted wetland identification criteria.
(a) Converted wetland shall be identified by determining whether the wetland was altered so as to meet the definition of converted wetland. In making this determination, the following factors are to be considered:
(1) Where hydric soils have been used for production of an agricultural commodity and the effect of the drainage or other altering activity is not clearly discernible, NRCS will compare the site with other sites containing the same hydric soils in a natural condition to determine if the hydric soils can or cannot be used to produce an agricultural commodity under natural conditions. If the soil on the comparison site could not produce an agricultural commodity under natural conditions, the subject wetland will be considered to be converted wetland.
(2) Where woody hydrophytic vegetation has been removed from hydric soils for the purpose of or permitting the production of an agricultural commodity, the area will be considered to be converted wetland.
(b) A wetland shall not be considered to be converted if:
(1) Production of an agricultural commodity on such land is possible as a result of a natural condition, such as drought, and it is determined that the actions of the person producing such agricultural commodity does not permanently alter or destroy natural wetland characteristics. Destruction of herbaceous hydrophytic vegetation (i.e., plants other than woody shrubs or trees) as a result of the production of an agricultural commodity shall not be considered as altering or destroying natural wetland characteristic if such vegetation could return following cessation of the natural condition which made production of the agricultural commodity possible; or
(2) Such land is correctly identified as farmed wetland or farmed-wetland pasture.
§ 12.33 Use of wetland and converted wetland.
(a) The provisions of § 12.32(b)(2) are intended to protect remaining values, acreage, and functions of the wetlands described therein. Persons may continue to farm such wetlands under natural conditions or as they did prior to December 23, 1985. However, no action can be taken to increase effects on the water regime beyond that which existed on such lands on or before December 23, 1985, unless NRCS determines the effect on losing remaining wetland values would be minimal under § 12.5(b)(1)(v). If, after December 23, 1985, changes due to human activity occurred in the watershed and resulted in an increase in the water regime on a person's land, the person may be allowed to adjust the existing drainage system to accommodate the increased water regime on the condition that the person affected by this additional water provides NRCS with appropriate documentation of the increased water regime, the causes thereof, and the planned changes in the existing drainage system. In order to maintain program eligibility, a person must provide sufficient documentation and receive approval from NRCS prior to making any changes that will have the effect of increasing the capacity of the existing drainage systems.
(b) Unless otherwise provided in this part, the production of an agricultural commodity on land determined by NRCS to be prior-converted cropland is exempted by law from these regulations for the area which was converted. Maintenance or improvement of drainage systems on prior-converted croplands are not subject to this rule so long as the prior-converted croplands are used for the production of food, forage, or fiber and as long as such actions do not alter the hydrology of nearby wetlands or do not make possible the production of an agricultural commodity on these other wetlands. Other wetlands under this section means any natural wetland, farmed wetland, farmed-wetland pasture, or any converted wetland that is not exempt under § 12.5 of this part.
(c) Abandonment is the cessation for five consecutive years of management or maintenance operations related to the use of a farmed wetland or a farmed-wetland pasture. Unless the criteria for receiving an exemption under § 12.5(b)(1)(iii) are met, such land is considered to be abandoned when the land meets the wetland criteria of § 12.31. In order for documentation of site conditions to be considered adequate under § 12.5(b)(1)(iii), the affected person must provide to NRCS available information concerning the extent of hydrological manipulation, the extent of woody vegetation, and the history of use. In accordance with § 12.5(b)(1)(iii), participation in a USDA approved wetland restoration, set-aside, diverted acres, or similar programs shall not be deemed to constitute abandonment.
(d) The maintenance of the drainage capacity or any alteration or manipulation, including the maintenance of a natural waterway operated and maintained as a drainage outlet, that affects the circulation and flow of water made to a farmed wetland or farmed-wetland pasture would not cause a person to be determined to be ineligible under this part, provided that the maintenance does not exceed the scope and effect of the original alteration or manipulation, as determined by NRCS, and provided that the area is not abandoned. Any resultant conversion of wetlands is to be at the minimum extent practicable, as determined by NRCS.
[61 FR 47025, Sept. 6, 1996, as amended at 76 FR 82077, Dec. 30, 2011]
13 PART 13 [RESERVED]
PART 14 DETERMINING THE PRIMARY PURPOSE OF CERTAIN PAYMENTS FOR FEDERAL TAX PURPOSES
Authority: Sec. 543, Pub. L. 95-600; as amended by sec. 105, Pub. L. 96-222; 26 U.S.C. 126, 1255 and 5 U.S.C. 301.
Source: 45 FR 58507, Sept. 4, 1980, unless otherwise noted.
§ 14.1 Purpose.
(a) Part 14 sets forth criteria to be used by the Secretary of Agriculture in determining the primary purpose of certain payments received by persons under applicable programs. Determining the primary purpose for which applicable payments are made is one step toward the exclusion of all or part of the payments from gross income for Federal income tax purposes.
(b) The criteria set forth in part 14 apply only to the determinations to be made by the Secretary of Agriculture.
§ 14.2 Applicability.
(a) Part 14 applies only to payments received under the programs listed in paragraphs (a)(1) through (10) of this section. Payments received under programs not listed in paragraphs (a)(1) through (10) of this section, are not considered eligible for exclusion from gross income under this part.
(1) The rural clean water program authorized by section 208(j) of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. 1288(j)).
(2) The rural abandoned mine program authorized by section 406 of the Surface Mining Control and Reclamation Act of 1977 (30 U.S.C. 1236).
(3) The water bank program authorized by the Water Bank Act (16 U.S.C. 1301 et seq.).
(4) The emergency conservation measures program authorized by title IV of the Agricultural Credit Act of 1978 (16 U.S.C. 2201 et seq.).
(5) The agricultural conservation program authorized by the Soil Conservation and Domestic Allotment Act (16 U.S.C. 590a).
(6) The Great Plains conservation program authorized by section 16 of the Soil Conservation and Domestic Allotment Act (16 U.S.C. 590p(b)).
(7) The resource conservation and development program authorized by the Bankhead-Jones Farm Tenant Act and by the Soil Conservation and Domestic Allotment Act (7 U.S.C. 1010; 16 U.S.C. 590a et seq.).
(8) The forestry incentives program authorized by section 4 of the Cooperative Forestry Assistance Act of 1978 (16 U.S.C. 2103).
(9) Any small watershed program administered by the Secretary of Agriculture that is determined by the Secretary of the Treasury or his delegate to be substantially similar to the type of programs described in paragraphs (a)(1) through (8) of this section.
(10) Any program of a State, a possession of the United States, a political subdivision of a State or a possession of the United States, the District of Columbia, or a combination of any of the foregoing under which payments are made primarily for the purpose of conserving soil and water resources, protecting or restoring the environment, improving forests, or providing a habitat for wildlife.
(b) The criteria set forth in § 14.5 for determining the primary purpose of payments with respect to their eligibility for exclusion from gross income shall also be used to determine the applicability of this part to payments received under non-Federal programs as provided in § 14.2(a)(10).
§ 14.3 Objective.
The objective of the determinations made under part 14 is to provide maximum conservation, environmental, forestry improvement, and wildlife benefits to the general public from the operation of applicable programs.
§ 14.4 Policy.
Federal tax, conservation, natural resource, and environmental policies should complement rather than conflict with one another. Therefore, the Federal income tax liability on applicable payments should be reduced or eliminated to the extent that the payments yield conservation, environmental, forestry improvement, or wildlife benefits to the general public beyond the benefits that accrue to those who receive the payments.
§ 14.5 Procedure.
(a) The portion of an applicable payment that may be excluded from gross income under part 14 shall be that portion or all, as appropriate, that—
(1) Is determined to be made primarily for the purpose of conserving soil and water resources, protecting or restoring the environment, improving forests, or providing wildlife habitat; and
(2) Is determined by the Secretary of the Treasury as not increasing substantially the annual income derived from the property associated with the payment.
(b) Primary purpose means the principal, fundamental, predominant, or independent objective for which a payment is made. The following shall be considered in determining the primary purpose of a payment:
(1) Single-purpose payments shall be considered as having that purpose as their primary purpose.
(2) Multiple-purpose payments. If a payment is made for several purposes, it may be considered as having soil and water conservation, environmental protection or restoration, forestry improvement, or providing wildlife habitat as its primary purpose to the extent of the portion of the payment that is made for one or more of such purposes.
(3) Where a purpose of a payment, or portion thereof, is in doubt, the following sources should be considered—
(i) Authorizing legislation, legislative history, administrative regulation, administrative history, interpretive case law, and the administrative policies and procedures under which the applicable program operates and the payment is made; and
(ii) Agreements or other documentation accompanying the transfer of the payment;
(iii) Use made of the payment by the recipient.
§ 14.6 Criteria for determining the primary purpose of payments with respect to potential exclusion from gross income.
(a) Soil conservation. (1) Payments shall be considered to be made primarily for the purpose of soil conservation if they are intended to finance activities, measures, or practices to reduce soil deterioration.
(2) Soil deterioration refers to impairments of the physical or chemical properties of soil that are largely irreversible and that can be expected to result in a long-term or permanent reduction in the productive capacity of the resource regardless of the level of technology available or applied. Erosion by water and wind and the associated changes that result in permanent or long-term reductions in the productive capacity of the soil are forms of soil deterioration.
(b) Water conservation. (1) Water conservation includes actions that, for a given level of water supply, reduce the demand for or use of water by—
(i) Improving efficiency in use;
(ii) Reducing loss and waste;
(iii) Increasing the recycling or reuse of water, thereby making existing supplies available for other current or future uses; or
(iv) Improving land management practices for the purpose of reducing water use, loss, waste, increasing the efficiency of water use, or increasing the recycling or reuse of water.
(2) Payments shall be considered to be made primarily for the purpose of water conservation if they are intended to finance actions, measures, or practices that can be expected to result in water conservation as defined in paragraph b(1) of this section.
(c) Protecting the environment. (1) Payments shall be considered to be made primarily for the purpose of protecting the environment if they are intended to finance actions, measures, or practices undertaken to prevent man-caused or man-induced reductions or degradations in the quantity or quality of the natural external or extrinsic conditions directly or indirectly affecting people.
(2) External or extrinsic conditions refer to the complex of natural conditions or circumstances, including but not limited to those affecting public health and safety, in which people reside or otherwise carry out their lives.
(d) Restoring the environment. (1) Payments shall be considered to be made primarily for the purpose of restoring the environment if they are intended to finance actions, measures, or practices undertaken to reestablish, return, or enhance the quantity or quality of the natural external or extrinsic conditions directly or indirectly affecting people that existed before the man-caused or man-induced degradation.
(2) External or extrinsic conditions have the same meaning with respect to restoring the environment as they do for protecting the environment.
(e) Improving forests. (1) Payments shall be considered to be made primarily for the purpose of improving forests if they are intended to finance actions, measures, or practices undertaken for the direct or indirect conservation or enhancement of the quantity or quality of timber resources.
(2) Improving forests includes the generation and regeneration of timber stands as well as the silvicultural improvement of such timber stands but excludes harvest cuttings not undertaken primarily for silvicultural improvement.
(f) Providing habitat for wildlife. (1) Payments shall be considered to be made primarily for the purpose of providing habitat for wildlife if they are intended to finance actions, measures, or practices leading directly to the establishment of those physical and biological conditions or resources that can be expected to support primarily noncultivated and nondomesticated animal and plant life. The animal and plant life must be of value to the public in their natural state apart from any value that may be realized from them as private economic gain.
(2) Wildlife includes but is not limited to species of terrestrial or aquatic animals and plants.
(3) Habitat includes, but is not limited to, the food supply, water supply, and nesting and escape cover necessary to support populations of wildlife species. Included in the definition of wildlife habitat are domestic crops raised for the primary purpose of providing food supply or cover for specific wildlife species.
§ 14.7 Non-Federal programs and payments.
(a) Definition of non-Federal programs. Non-Federal program means any program of a State, a possession of the United States, a political subdivision of any State or possession of the United States, the District of Columbia, or a combination of any of the foregoing.
(b) Applicability. Payments received through non-Federal programs under which payments are made primarily for the purpose of conserving soil and water resources, protecting or restoring the environment, improving forests, or providing a habitat for wildlife may be considered for exclusion from gross income under part 14.
(c) Determining the primary purpose of non-Federal payments. The determination of the primary purpose for which non-Federal payments are made with respect to their potential for exclusion from gross income shall be made by using the criteria set forth in part 14 for determining the primary purpose of Federal payments.
(d) Procedure for determining the primary purpose of payments made under non-Federal programs. (1) To initiate the process of determining the applicability of this part to payments received through non-Federal programs and the primary purpose of the payments for potential exclusion from gross income, the non-Federal official responsible for the program through which the payments are made should provide six copies of the following materials relating to the program to the Secretary of Agriculture—
(i) Authorizing legislation;
(ii) Rules or regulations;
(iii) Current policies and procedures under which payments are made and used;
(iv) A description of all practices or measures for which payments are made and used; and
(v) Any other information that may be helpful in determining the purpose for which payments, or portions thereof, are made and used.
(2) Any changes in the supporting documentation listed in paragraphs (d)(1)(i) through (d)(1)(iv) of this section, should be reported to the Secretary within 30 days of the date they become final.
PART 15 NONDISCRIMINATION
Authority: 5 U.S.C. 301; 29 U.S.C. 794.
Subpart A Nondiscrimination in Federally-Assisted Programs of the Department of Agriculture—Effectuation of Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964
Source: 29 FR 16274, Dec. 4, 1964; 29 FR 16966, Dec. 11, 1964, unless otherwise noted.
§ 15.1 Purpose and application of part.
(a) The purpose of the regulations in this part is to effectuate the provisions of title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (hereinafter referred to as the “Act”) to the end that no person in the United States shall, on the ground of race, color, or national origin, be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be otherwise subjected to discrimination under any program or activity of an applicant or recipient receiving Federal financial assistance from the Department of Agriculture or any Agency thereof.
(b) The regulations in this part apply to any program or activity of an applicant or recipient for which Federal financial assistance is authorized under a law administered by the Department including, but not limited to, the Federal financial assistance listed in the appendix to this part. They apply to money paid, property transferred, or other Federal financial assistance extended to an applicant or recipient for its program or activity after the effective date of these regulations pursuant to an application approved or statutory or other provision made therefor prior to such effective date. The regulations in this part do not apply to (1) any Federal financial assistance by way of insurance or guaranty contract, (2) money paid, property transferred, or other assistance extended prior to the effective date of the regulations in this part, (3) any assistance to an applicant or recipient who is an ultimate beneficiary, or (4) except as provided in § 15.3(c), any employment practice of any employer, employment agency or labor organization. The fact that a specific kind of Federal financial assistance is not listed in the appendix, shall not mean, if title VI of the Act is otherwise applicable, that such Federal financial assistance is not covered. Other Federal financial assistance under statutes now in force or hereinafter enacted may be added to this list by notice approved and issued by the Secretary and published in the Federal Register.
[29 FR 16274, Dec. 4, 1964, as amended at 38 FR 17925, July 5, 1973; 68 FR 51341, Aug. 26, 2003]
§ 15.2 Definitions.
(a) Department means the Department of Agriculture, and includes each of its operating agencies and other organizational units.
(b) Agency means any service, bureau, agency, office, administration, instrumentality of or corporation within the U.S. Department of Agriculture extending Federal financial assistance to any program or activity, or any officer or employee of the Department to whom the Secretary delegates authority to carry out any of the functions or responsibilities of an agency under this part.
(c) Secretary means the Secretary of Agriculture or any officer or employee of the Department to whom the Secretary has heretofore delegated, or to whom the Secretary may hereafter delegate, the authority to act in his stead under the regulations in this part.
(d) Hearing Officer means a hearing examiner appointed pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 3105, and designated to hold hearings under the regulations in this part or any person authorized to hold a hearing and make a final decision under the regulations in this part.
(e) Recipient means any State, political subdivision of any State, or instrumentality of any State or political subdivision, any public or private agency, institution, or organization, or other entity or any individual in any State, to whom Federal financial assistance is extended, directly or through another recipient, including any successor, assignee, or transferee thereof, but such term does not include any ultimate beneficiary.
(f) Primary recipient includes any recipient which is authorized or required to extend Federal financial assistance to another recipient.
(g) Federal financial assistance or financial assistance includes (1) grants and loans of Federal funds, (2) the grant or donation of Federal property and interests in property, (3) the detail of Federal personnel, (4) the sale and lease of, and the permission to use (on other than a casual or transient basis), Federal property or any interest in such property or the furnishing of services without consideration or at a nominal consideration, or at a consideration which is reduced for the purpose of assisting the recipient, or in recognition of the public interest to be served by such sale, lease or furnishing of services to the recipient, and (5) any Federal agreement, arrangement, or other contract which has as one of its purposes the provision of assistance.
(h) Grant, loan or contract includes any grant, loan agreement or commitment to loan, contract or agreement to provide financial assistance or any other arrangement between the Department or any Agency and a recipient of financial assistance.
(i) United States means the States of the United States, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, American Samoa, Guam, Wake Island, the Canal Zone, and the territories and possessions of the United States, and the term State means any one of the foregoing.
(j) Applicant means one who submits an application, request, or plan required to be approved by an Agency, or by a primary recipient, as a condition to eligibility for Federal financial assistance, and application means such an application, request, or plan.
(k) Program or activity and program mean all of the operations of any entity described in paragraphs (k)(1) through (4) of this section, any part of which is extended Federal financial assistance:
(1)(i) A department, agency, special purpose district, or other instrumentality of a State or of a local government; or
(ii) The entity of such State or local government that distributes such assistance and each such department or agency (and each other State or local government entity) to which the assistance is extended, in the case of assistance to a State or local government;
(2)(i) A college, university, or other postsecondary institution, or a public system of higher education; or
(ii) A local educational agency (as defined in 20 U.S.C. 7801), system of vocational education, or other school system;
(3)(i) An entire corporation, partnership, or other private organization, or an entire sole proprietorship—
(A) If assistance is extended to such corporation, partnership, private organization, or sole proprietorship as a whole; or
(B) Which is principally engaged in the business of providing education, health care, housing, social services, or parks and recreation; or
(ii) The entire plant or other comparable, geographically separate facility to which Federal financial assistance is extended, in the case of any other corporation, partnership, private organization, or sole proprietorship; or
(4) Any other entity which is established by two or more of the entities described in paragraph (k)(1), (2), or (3) of this section.
(l) Facility includes all or any portion of structures, equipment, or other real or personal property or interests therein, and the provision of facilities includes the construction, expansion, renovation, remodeling, alteration or acquisition of facilities.
[29 FR 16274, Dec. 4, 1964, as amended at 36 FR 3411, Feb. 24, 1971; 38 FR 17925, July 5, 1973; 68 FR 51340, 51341, Aug. 26, 2003]
§ 15.3 Discrimination prohibited.
(a) General. No person in the United States shall, on the ground of race, color, or national origin, be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be otherwise subjected to discrimination under any program or activity of the applicant or recipient to which these regulations apply. These regulations apply, but are not restricted, to unequal treatment in priority, quality, quantity, methods or charges for service, use, occupancy or benefit, participation in the service or benefit available, or in the use, occupancy or benefit of any structure, facility, or improvement.
(b) Specific discriminatory actions prohibited. (1) A recipient under any program to which the regulations in this part apply may not, directly or through contractual or other arrangements on the ground of race, color, or national origin:
(i) Deny an individual any service, financial aid, or other benefit provided under the program;
(ii) Provide any service, financial aid, or other benefit, to an individual which is different, or is provided in a different manner, from that provided to others under the program;
(iii) Subject an individual to segregation or separate treatment in any matter related to his receipt of any service, financial aid, or other benefit under the program;
(iv) Restrict an individual in any way in the enjoyment of any advantage or privilege, enjoyed by others receiving any service, financial aid, or other benefit under the program;
(v) Treat an individual differently from others in determining whether he satisfies any admission, enrollment, quota, eligibility, membership or other requirement or condition which individuals must meet in order to be provided any service, financial aid, or other benefit provided under the program;
(vi) Deny an individual an opportunity to participate in the program through the provisions of services or otherwise or afford him an opportunity to do so which is different from that afforded others under the program (including the opportunity to participate in the program as an employee but only to the extent set forth in paragraph (c) of this section).
(vii) Deny a person the opportunity to participate as a member of a planning or advisory body which is an integral part of the program.
(2) [Reserved]
(3) In determining the site or location of facilities, an applicant or recipient may not make selections with the purpose of excluding individuals from, denying them the benefits of, or subjecting them to discrimination under any of its programs or activities to which the regulations in this part apply, on the grounds of race, color, or national origin; or with the purpose of defeating or substantially impairing the accomplishment of the objectives of the Act and the regulations in this part.
(4) As used in this section, the services, financial aid, or other benefit provided under a program or activity of an applicant or recipient receiving Federal financial assistance shall be deemed to include any and all services, financial aid, or other benefit provided in or through a facility provided or improved in whole or part with the aid of Federal financial assistance.
(5) The enumeration of specific forms of prohibited discrimination in these regulations does not limit the applicability of the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section.
(c) Employment practices. Where a primary objective of the Federal financial assistance to a program to which the regulations in this part apply is to provide employment, a recipient may not, directly or through contractual or other arrangements, subject an individual to discrimination on the ground of race, color, or national origin in its employment practices under the program including recruitment or recruitment advertising, employment, layoff or termination, upgrading, demotion, or transfer, rates of pay or other forms of compensation, and use of facilities. This paragraph (c) applies to programs where a primary objective of the Federal financial assistance is:
(1) To reduce unemployment;
(2) To assist individuals in meeting expenses incident to the commencement or continuation of their education or training; or
(3) To provide work experience which contributes to education or training.
(d) Examples. In order that all parties may have a clear understanding of the applicability of the regulations in this part to their activities, there are listed in this section types of Federal financial assistance together with illustrations, by way of example only, of types of activity covered by the regulations in this part. These illustrations and examples, however, are not intended to be all inclusive. The fact that a particular type of Federal financial assistance is not listed does not, of course, indicate that a program is not covered by the regulations in this part. Moreover, the examples set forth with respect to any particular listed type of Federal financial assistance are not limited to that program alone and the prohibited actions described may also be prohibited in other programs or activities whether or not listed below.
(1) Cooperative Agricultural Extension Program. (i) Discrimination in making available or in the manner of making available instructions, demonstrations, information, and publications offered by or through the Cooperative Extension Service;
(ii) Discrimination in the use in any program or activity funded by the Cooperative Extension Service of any facility, including offices, training facilities, lecture halls, or other structures or improvements; or
(iii) Discrimination in training activities, admission to or participation in fairs, competitions, field days, and encampments, conducted or sponsored by, or in which the Cooperative Extension Service participates.
(2) Rural Electrification and Rural Telephone Programs. (i) Refusal or failure by a borrower to accept applications for membership or applications to purchase shares of stock, or discrimination by a borrower in the terms and conditions of membership or stock ownership, where such membership or stock ownership is a condition prerequisite to the furnishing of electric or telephone service by the borrower, or to the receipt of any benefits or advantages related to such service;
(ii) Refusal or failure by a borrower to extend, or discrimination by a borrower in the extension of, electric or telephone service to unserved persons;
(iii) Denial by a borrower to any person of the benefits of improvement, expansion or upgrading, or discrimination by a borrower among consumers or subscribers in improving, expanding or upgrading, of electric or telephone service;
(iv) Discrimination by a borrower in respect of rates, or terms or conditions of, service among consumers or subscribers;
(v) Exclusion by a borrower of any member or stockholder, if the borrower is a cooperative or mutual type of corporation, from participation in any meeting of members or stockholders of the borrower, discrimination among its members or stockholders in respect of the exercise of any of their rights as members or stockholders, or in the manner of the exercise of such rights; or
(vi) Exclusion by a borrower of any consumer or subscriber from, denial by a borrower to any consumer or subscriber of the use of, or discrimination by a borrower against any consumer or subscriber in his use of, any of the borrower's facilities.
(3) Direct Distribution Program. (i) Exclusion of an otherwise eligible recipient agency (school, summer camp for children, institution, welfare agency or disaster organization) or person from participation in the Direct Distribution Program.
(ii) Discrimination in the allocation of food to eligible persons.
(iii) Discrimination in the manner in which or the place or times at which foods donated under the Program are distributed by recipient agencies to eligible persons.
(iv) Segregation of persons served in different meal periods or by different seating or serving or different food or different size portions by recipient agencies serving prepared meals containing donated foods.
(4) National School Lunch Program. (i) Discrimination by a State agency in the selection of schools to participate in the Program or in the assignment to schools of rates of reimbursement.
(ii) Exclusion of any child from participation in the Program.
(iii) Discrimination by school officials in the selection of children to receive free or reduced-price lunches.
(iv) Segregation of participating children in different lunch periods or different seating, and discrimination by serving different food or different size portions.
(v) Failure to offer free and reduced-price lunches, on an equitable basis in schools of a school district in which children are assigned to schools on the basis of race, color, or national origin.
(5) Food Stamp Program. (i) Discrimination by a State agency in certifying households as eligible for the Program.
(ii) Segregation or other discrimination in the manner in which or the times at which eligible households are issued food coupons.
(6) Special Milk Program for Children. (i) Discrimination by a State agency in the selection of schools and child-care institutions to participate in the Program.
(ii) Discrimination by a State agency in the selection of needy schools to receive reimbursement for milk served free.
(iii) Discrimination by a State agency in the assignment of reimbursement rates to schools and child-care institutions or in the adjustment of such rates, or in fixing allowable distribution costs.
(iv) Exclusion of any child from participation in the Program and segregation of participating children in different serving periods or different places of service.
(v) Discrimination by school officials or child-care institutions in the selection of children to receive free milk.
(7) Price Support Programs carried out through producer associations or cooperatives or through persons who are required to provide specified benefits to producers. (i) Denial of the benefits of price support for a producers commodity.
(ii) Denial of membership or stock ownership to any producer by any association or cooperative.
(iii) Discrimination among producers in the manner of making or paying any price support advances, loans, or payments.
(iv) Discrimination in the fees or charges collected from or in the net gains distributed to producers.
(v) Discrimination in the use of facilities and services generally made available to members or patrons under the Price Support Program.
(8) Forest Service Programs. (i) Refusal or failure by a recipient of a permit or lease to provide to any person the benefits from the use of land administered by the Forest Service, the resources therefrom, or improvements thereon.
(ii) Refusal or failure by any recipient to provide to any person the benefits from Federal payments based on a share of the receipts from lands administered by the Forest Service.
(iii) Refusal or failure by any recipient to provide to any person the benefits from Federal assistance in cooperative programs for the protection, development, management, and use of forest resources.
(iv) Refusal or failure by any cooperator or other recipient to provide to any person the benefits from Federal assistance through grants or advances of funds for research.
(9) Farmers Home Administration Programs—(i) Direct soil and water loans to association. (a) A borrower's denial of, or discrimination in furnishing, services under a program or activity financed wholly or partially with the aid of the loan, as in the case of a water supply system.
(b) A borrower's denial of, or discrimination or segregation in permitting, the use of facilities which are part of a project financed wholly or partially with the aid of the loan, as in the case of a golf course, swimming pool, tennis courts, parking areas, lounges, dining rooms, and rest rooms of a recreation association.
(c) Discrimination by a borrower in the terms and conditions of membership or stock ownership, or refusal or failure of a borrower to accept applications for membership or for purchase of shares of stock, or discrimination by a borrower in acting or failing to act upon such applications, where such membership or stock ownership is a prerequisite to the participation in services furnished by, or the use of facilities of, the borrower which are financed wholly or partially with the aid of the loan or to the receipt of any benefits or advantages related to such services or the use of such facilities.
(d) Denial or impairment by a borrower of any person's rights as a member or stockholder of the borrower, or borrower's discrimination against or segregation of persons in the exercise of their rights as members or stockholders of the borrower.
(ii) Direct senior citizens rental housing loans to private nonprofit corporations and consumer cooperatives. (a) A borrower's exclusion of any person from, discrimination in the terms and conditions of eligibility for, or discrimination against or segregation of any person in, the use and occupancy of the housing and related facilities financed wholly or partially with the aid of the loan.
(b) Discrimination by a borrower in the terms and conditions of membership or stock ownership, or refusal or failure of a borrower to accept applications for membership or for purchase of shares of stock, or discrimination by a borrower in acting or failing to act upon such applicattions, where such membership or stock ownership is a condition of eligibility for use and occupancy of the housing and related facilities financed wholly or partially with the aid of the loan or to the receipt of any benefits or advantages related to such housing or facilities.
(c) Denial or impairment by a borrower of any person's rights as a member or stockholder of the borrower, or a borrower's discrimination against or segregation of persons in the exercise of their rights as members or stockholders of the borrower.
(10) Cooperative State Research Programs. (i) Discrimination in making available information whether published or provided through public or private statement, correspondence, demonstration or field day.
(ii) Discrimination in participation in any Cooperative Research Program or project.
(iii) Discrimination in the use of any facility, including offices, laboratories, or other structures, or research plots or fields.
(iv) Discrimination in employment of graduate students to conduct research when such students receive substantial research training benefits as a result of such employment.
[29 FR 16274, Dec. 4, 1964, as amended at 35 FR 18383, Dec. 3, 1970; 38 FR 17925, July 5, 1973; 68 FR 51341, Aug. 26, 2003; 91 FR 36517, June 17, 2026]
§ 15.4 Assurances required.
(a) General. (1) Every application for Federal financial assistance to which these regulations apply, except an application to which paragraph (b) of this section applies, and every application for Federal financial assistance to provide a facility, shall as a condition to its approval and the extension of any Federal financial assistance pursuant to the application, contain or be accompanied by an assurance that the applicant's program or activity will be conducted or the facility operated in compliance with all requirements imposed by or pursuant to the Act and the regulations in this part. In the case where the Federal financial assistance is to provide or is in the form of personal property, or real property or interest therein, or structures thereon, the assurance shall obligate the recipient, or, in the case of a subsequent transfer, the transferee, for the period during which the property is used for the purpose for which the Federal financial assistance is extended or for another purpose involving the provision of similar services and benefits or for as long as the recipient retains ownership or possession of the property, whichever is longer. In all other cases, the assurance shall obligate the recipient for the period during which Federal financial assistance is extended pursuant to the application. The Agency shall specify the form of the foregoing assurances and the extent to which like assurances will be required of subgrantees, contractors, and subcontractors, successors in interest and other participants. Any such assurance shall include provisions which give the United States a right to seek its judicial enforcement.
(2) In the case of real property, structures, or improvements thereon, or interests therein, which was acquired through Federal financial assistance, or in the case where Federal financial assistance is provided in the form of a transfer of real property or interest therein from the Federal Government, the instrument effecting or recording the transfer shall contain a covenant running with the land assuring nondiscrimination for the period during which the real property is used for a purpose for which the Federal financial assistance is extended or for another purpose involving the provision of similar services or benefits, or for as long as the recipient retains ownership or possession of the property, whichever is longer. Where no transfer of property is involved, but property is improved through Federal financial assistance, the recipient shall agree to include such a covenant in any subsequent transfer of such property. Where the property is obtained from the Federal Government, such covenant may also include a condition coupled with a right to be reserved by the Agency to revert title to the property in the event of a breach of the covenant where, in the discretion of the Agency concerned, such a condition and right of reverter is appropriate to the purposes of the Federal financial assistance under which the real property is obtained and to the nature of the grant and the grantee. In such event, if a transferee of real property proposes to mortgage or otherwise encumber the real property as security for financing construction of new, or improvement of existing, facilities on such property for the purposes for which the property was transferred, the Agency may agree, upon request of the transferee and if necessary to accomplish such financing, and upon such conditions as it deems appropriate to forbear the exercise of such right to revert title for so long as the lien of such mortgage or other encumbrance remains effective.
(3) Transfers of surplus property are subject to regulations issued by the Administrator of General Services (41 CFR 101-6.2).
(b) Every application by a State or a State Agency, including a State Extension Service, but not including an application for aid to an institution of higher education, continuing Federal financial assistance to which the regulations in this part apply shall as a condition to its approval and the exension of any Federal financial assistance pursuant to the application (1) contain or be accompanied by a statement that the program is (or, in the case of a new program, will be) conducted in compliance with all requirements imposed by or pursuant to this part, and (2) provide or be accompanied by provision for such methods of administration for the program as are found by the Agency to give reasonable assurance that the applicant and all recipients of Federal financial assistance under such program will comply with all requirements imposed by or pursuant to the regulations in this part: Provided, That where no application is required prior to payment, the State or State Agency, including a State Extension Service, shall, as a condition to the extension of any Federal financial assistance, submit an assurance complying with the requirements of paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section.
(c) Assurances from institutions. The assurance required with respect to an institution of higher education, or any other institution, insofar as the assurance relates to the institution's practices with respect to admission or other treatment of individuals or to the opportunity to participate in the provision of services or other benefits to such individuals, shall be applicable to the entire institution.
(d) Recipients other than applicants. Each recipient not required to submit an application for Federal financial assistance, shall furnish, as a condition to the extension of any such assistance, an assurance or statement as is required of applicants under paragraphs (a), (b)(1) and (2) of this section.
(e) Elementary and secondary schools. The requirements of paragraphs (a), (b), or (d) of this section with respect to any elementary or secondary school or school system shall be deemed to be satisfied if such school or school system (1) is subject to a final order of a court of the United States for the desegregation of such school or school system, and provides an assurance that it will comply with such order, including any future modification of such order, or (2) submits a plan for the desegregation of such school or school system which the responsible official of the Department of Health, Education, and Welfare determines is adequate to accomplish the purposes of the Act and this part, and provides reasonable assurance that it will carry out such plan; in any case of continuing Federal financial assistance the said responsible official of the Department of Health, Education, and Welfare may reserve the right to redetermine, after such period as may be specified by him, the adequacy of the plan to accomplish the purposes of the Act and this part within the earliest practical time. In any case in which a final order of a court of the United States for the desegregation of such school or school system is entered after submission of such a plan, such plan shall be revised to conform to such final order, including any future modification of such order.
[29 FR 16274, Dec. 4, 1964, as amended at 32 FR 3967, Mar. 11, 1967; 35 FR 18383, Dec. 3, 1970; 38 FR 17926, July 5, 1973; 68 FR 53141, Aug. 26, 2003]
§ 15.5 Compliance.
(a) Cooperation and assistance. Each Agency shall to the fullest extent practicable seek the cooperation of recipients in obtaining compliance with the regulations and this part and shall provide assistance and guidance to recipients to help them comply voluntarily with the regulations in this part. As a normal part of the administration of Federal financial assistance covered by the regulations in this part, designated personnel will in their reviews and other activities or as specifically directed by the Agency, review the activities of recipients to determine whether they are complying with the regulations in this part. Reports by such personnel shall include statements regarding compliance and instances, if any, of noncompliance. In the event of noncompliance, the Agency shall seek to secure voluntary compliance by all appropriate means.
(b) Compliance reports. Each recipient shall keep such records and submit to the Agency timely, complete and accurate compliance reports at such times, and in such form and containing such information, as the Agency may determine to be necessary to ascertain whether the recipient has complied or is complying with the regulations in this part. In the case in which a primary recipient extends Federal financial assistance to any other recipient, such other recipient shall also submit such compliance reports to the primary recipient as may be necessary to enable the primary recipient to carry out its obligations under the regulations in this part. In general, recipients should have available for the Agency racial and ethnic data showing the extent to which members of minority groups are beneficiaries of federally assisted programs.
(c) Access to sources of information. Each recipient shall permit access by authorized employees of this Department during normal business hours to such of its books, records, accounts, and other sources of information, and its facilities as may be pertinent to ascertain compliance with the regulations in this part. Where any information required of a recipient is in the exclusive possession of any other agency, institution or person and this agency, institution or person shall fail or refuse to furnish this information, the recipient shall so certify in its report and shall set forth what efforts it has made to obtain the information.
(d) Information to beneficiaries and participants. Each recipient shall make available to participants, beneficiaries, and other interested persons such information regarding the provisions of the regulations in this part and their applicability to the program for Federal statutes, authorities, or other means by which Federal financial assistance is extended and which the recipient receives Federal financial assistance, and make such information available to them in such manner, as the Department or its Agencies finds necessary to apprise such persons of the protections against discrimination assured them by the Act and the regulations in this part.
[29 FR 16274, Dec. 4, 1964, as amended at 29 FR 16966, Dec. 11, 1964; 38 FR 17926, July 5, 1973; 68 FR 51341, Aug. 26, 2003]
§ 15.6 Complaints.
Any person who believes himself/herself or any specific class of individuals to be subjected to discrimination prohibited by the regulations in this part may by himself/herself or by an authorized representative file with the Secretary or any Agency a written complaint. A complaint must be filed not later than 180 days from the date of the alleged discrimination, unless the time for filing is extended by the Agency or by the Secretary. Such complaint shall be promptly referred to the Assistant Secretary for Civil Rights. The complaint shall be investigated in the manner determined by the Assistant Secretary for Civil Rights and such further action taken by the Agency or the Secretary as may be warranted.
[50 FR 25687, June 21, 1985, as amended at 68 FR 27449, May 20, 2003]
§ 15.7 Intimidatory or retaliatory acts prohibited.
No recipient or other person shall intimidate, threaten, coerce, or discriminate against any individual for the purpose of interfering with any right or privilege secured by section 601 of the Act or the regulations in this part, or because he has made a complaint, testified, assisted, or participated in any manner in an investigation, proceeding, or hearing under the regulations in this part. The identity of complainants shall be kept confidential except to the extent necessary to carry out the purposes of the regulations in this part, including the conduct of any hearing or judicial proceeding arising thereunder.
§ 15.8 Procedure for effecting compliance.
(a) General. If there appears to be a failure or threatened failure to comply with the regulations in this part, and if the noncompliance or threatened noncompliance cannot be corrected by informal means, compliance with the regulations in this part may be effected by the suspension or termination of or refusal to grant or to continue Federal financial assistance, upon a finding, in accordance with the procedure hereinafter prescribed, or by any other means authorized by law. Such other means may include, but are not limited to, (1) a reference to the Department of Justice with a recommendation that appropriate proceedings be brought to enforce any rights of the United States under any law of the United States (including other titles of the Act), or any assurance or other contractual undertaking, and (2) any applicable proceeding under State or local law.
(b) Noncompliance with § 15.4. If an applicant fails or refuses to furnish an assurance required under § 15.4 or otherwise fails or refuses to comply with the requirements imposed by or pursuant to that section, Federal financial assistance may be refused in accordance with the procedures of paragraph (c) of this section. The Department shall not be required to provide assistance in such a case during the pendency of the administrative proceedings under such paragraph, except that the Department shall continue assistance during the pendency of such proceedings where such assistance is due and payable pursuant to an application therefor approved prior to the effective date of the regulations in this part.
(c) Termination of or refusal to grant or to continue Federal financial assistance. No order suspending, terminating, or refusing to grant or to continue Federal financial assistance shall become effective until (1) the Agency has advised the applicant or recipient of his failure to comply and has determined that compliance cannot be secured by voluntary means, (2) there has been an express finding on the record, after opportunity for hearing, of a failure by the applicant or recipient to comply with the requirement imposed by or pursuant to the regulations in this part, (3) the action has been approved by the Secretary pursuant to § 15.10(e), and (4) the expiration of 30 days after the Secretary has filed with the committee of the House and the committee of the Senate, having legislative jurisdiction over the program involved, a full written report of the circumstances and the grounds for such action. Any action to suspend or terminate or to refuse to grant or to continue Federal financial assistance shall be limited to the particular political entity, or part thereof, or other applicant or recipient as to whom such a finding has been made and shall be limited in its effect to the particular program, or part thereof, in which such noncompliance has been so found.
(d) Other means authorized by law. No action to effect compliance by any other means authorized by law shall be taken until (1) the Secretary has determined that compliance cannot be secured by voluntary means, (2) the recipient or other person has been notified of its failure to comply and of the action to be taken to effect compliance, and (3) the expiration of at least ten days from the mailing of such notice to the recipient or other person. During this period of at least ten days, additional efforts shall be made to persuade the recipient or other person to comply with the regulations in this part and to take such corrective action as may be appropriate.
§ 15.9 Hearings.
(a) Opportunity for hearing. Whenever an opportunity for a hearing is required under the regulations in this part, reasonable notice shall be given by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, to the affected applicant or recipient. This notice shall advise the applicant or recipient of the action proposed to be taken, the specific provision under which the proposed action against it is to be taken, and the matters of fact or law asserted as the basis for this action, and either (1) fix a date not less than 20 days after the date of such notice within which the applicant or recipient may request of the Secretary or the Agency that the matter be scheduled for hearing or (2) advise the applicant or recipient that the matter in question has been set down for hearing at a stated place and time. The time and place so fixed shall be reasonable and shall be subject to change for cause. The complainant, if any, shall be advised of the time and place of the hearing. An applicant or recipient may waive a hearing and submit written information and argument for the record. The failure of an applicant or recipient to request a hearing under this subsection or to appear at a hearing for which a date has been set shall be deemed to be a waiver of the right to a hearing under section 602 of the Act and the regulations in this part and consent to the making of a decision on the basis of such information as is available.
(b) Time and place of hearing. Hearings shall be held at the offices of the Department in Washington, DC, at a time fixed by the hearing officer or by the Secretary unless it is determined that the convenience of the applicant or recipient or of the Department requires that another place be selected. Hearings shall be held before a hearing officer.
(c) Right to counsel. In all proceedings under this section, the applicant or recipient and the Department shall have the right to be represented by counsel.
(d) Procedures, evidence, and record. (1) The hearing, decision, and any administrative review thereof shall be conducted in conformity with 5 U.S.C. 554-557, and in accordance with such rules of procedure promulgated by the Secretary as not inconsistent with this section, relating to the conduct of the hearing, giving of notices subsequent to those provided for in paragraph (a) of this section, taking of testimony, exhibits, arguments and briefs, requests for findings, and other related matters. Both the Department, and the applicant or recipient shall be entitled to introduce all relevant evidence on the issues as stated in the notice for hearing or as determined by the hearing officer conducting the hearing at the outset of or during the hearing.
(2) Technical rules of evidence shall not apply to hearings conducted pursuant to these regulations in this part, but rules or principles designed to assure production of the most credible evidence available and to subject testimony to test by cross-examination shall be applied where reasonably necessary by the hearing officer. The hearing officer may exclude irrelevant, immaterial, or unduly repetitious evidence. All documents and other evidence offered or taken for the record shall be open to examination by the parties and opportunity shall be given to refute facts and arguments advanced on either side of the issues. A transcript shall be made of the oral evidence except to the extent the substance thereof is stipulated for the record. All decisions shall be based upon the hearing record and written findings shall be made.
(e) Consolidated or joint hearings. In cases in which the same or related facts are asserted to constitute noncompliance with these regulations with respect to two or more to which the regulations in this part apply, or noncompliance with the regulations in this part and the regulations of one or more other Federal Departments or Agencies issued under title VI of the Act, the Secretary may, by agreement with such other Departments or Agencies, where applicable provide for the conduct of consolidated or joint hearings, and for the application to such hearings of rules of procedure not inconsistent with the regulations in this part. Final decisions in such cases, insofar as the regulations in this part are concerned, shall be made in accordance with § 15.10.
[29 FR 16274, Dec. 4, 1964, as amended at 35 FR 18384, Dec. 3, 1970; 38 FR 17926, July 5, 1973; 68 FR 51341, Aug. 26, 2003]
§ 15.10 Decisions and notices.
(a) Decision by hearing officer or Secretary. (1) The hearing officer shall either make an initial decision, if so authorized, or certify the entire record including his recommended findings, and proposed decision to the Secretary for a final decision, and a copy of such initial decision or certification shall be mailed to the applicant or recipient. The applicant or recipient may within 30 days of the mailing of such notice of initial decision file with the Secretary his exceptions to the initial decision, with his reasons therefor.
(2) In the absence of exceptions, the Secretary may on his own motion within 45 days after the initial decision serve on the applicant or recipient a notice that he will review the decision. Upon the filing of such exceptions or of such notice of review the Secretary shall review the initial decision and issue his own decision thereon including the reasons therefor. In the absence of either exceptions or a notice of review the initial decision shall constitute the final decision of the Secretary.
(b) Decisions on record or review. Whenever a record is certified to the Secretary for decision or he reviews the decision of a hearing officer pursuant to paragraph (a), the applicant or recipient shall be given reasonable opportunity to file with him briefs or other written statements of its contentions, and a copy of the final decision of the Secretary shall be given in writing to the applicant or recipient, and to the complainant, if any.
(c) Decisions on record where a hearing is waived. Whenever a hearing is waived pursuant to § 15.9(a), a decision shall be made by the Secretary on the record and a copy of such decision shall be given in writing to the applicant or recipient, and to the complainant, if any.
(d) Rulings required. Each decision of a hearing officer shall set forth his ruling on each finding, conclusion, or exception presented, and shall identify the requirement or requirements imposed by or pursuant to the regulations in this part with which it is found that the applicant or recipient has failed to comply.
(e) Decision by Secretary. The Secretary shall make any final decision which provides for the suspension or termination of, or the refusal to grant or continue Federal financial assistance, or the imposition of any other sanction available under the regulations in this part or the Act.
(f) Content of orders. The final decision may provide for suspension or termination of, or refusal to grant or continue Federal financial assistance, in whole or in part, to which this regulation applies, and may contain such terms, conditions, and other provisions as are consistent with and will effectuate the purposes of the Act and the regulations in this part, including provisions designed to assure that no Federal financial assistance to which this regulation applies will thereafter be extended to the applicant or recipient determined by such decision to be in default in its performance of an assurance given by it pursuant to the regulations in this part, or to have otherwise failed to comply with the regulations in this part, unless and until it corrects its noncompliance and satisfies the Agency that it will fully comply with the regulations in this part.
(g) Post termination proceedings. (1) An applicant or recipient adversely affected by an order issued under paragraph (f) of this section shall be restored to full eligibilty to receive Federal financial assistance if it satisfies the terms and conditions of that order for such eligibility or if it brings itself into compliance with the Act and the regulations in this part and provides reasonable assurance that it will fully comply therewith. An elementary or secondary school or school system which is unable to file an assurance of compliance with § 15.4 (a), (b), or (d) shall be restored to full eligibility to receive Federal financial assistance if it complies with the requirements of a § 15.4(e) and is otherwise in compliance with the Act and the regulations in this part.
(2) Any applicant or recipient adversely affected by an order entered pursuant to paragraph (f) of this section may at any time request the Secretary to restore fully its eligibility to receive Federal financial assistance. Any such request shall be supported by information showing that the applicant or recipient has met the requirements of paragraph (g)(1) of this section. If the Secretary determines that those requirements have been satisfied, he shall restore such eligibility.
(3) If the Secretary denies any such request, the applicant or recipient may submit a request for a hearing in writing, specifying why it believes the denial to have been in error. It shall thereupon be given an expeditious hearing, with a decision on the record, in accordance with rules of procedure set forth in subpart C of this part. The applicant or recipient will be restored to such eligibility if it proves at such a hearing, that it has satisfied the requirements of paragraph (g)(1) of this section. While proceedings under this paragraph are pending, the sanctions imposed by the order issued under paragraph (f) of this section shall remain in effect.
[29 FR 16274, Dec. 4, 1964, as amended at 35 FR 18384, Dec. 3, 1970; 38 FR 17926, July 5, 1973; 68 FR 51341, Aug. 26, 2003]
§ 15.11 Judicial review.
Action taken pursuant to section 602 of the Act is subject to judicial review as provided in section 603 of the Act.
§ 15.12 Effect on other regulations; forms and instructions.
(a) Effect on other regulations. All regulations, orders, or like directions heretofore issued by any officer of the Department which impose requirements designed to prohibit any discrimination against individuals on the ground of race, color, or national origin under any program to which the regulations in this part apply, and which authorize the suspension or termination of or refusal to grant or to continue Federal financial assistance to any applicant for or recipient of such assistance for failure to comply with such requirements, are hereby superseded to the extent that such discrimination is prohibited by the regulations in this part, except that nothing in the regulations in this part shall be deemed to relieve any person of any obligation assumed or imposed under any such superseded regulation, order, instruction, or like direction prior to the effective date of the regulations in this part. Nothing in these regulations, however, shall be deemed to supersede any of the following including future amendments thereof:
(1) Executive Order 11246 and regulations issued thereunder; or
(2) Executive Order 11063 and regulations issued thereunder or any other regulations or instructions insofar as they prohibit discrimination on the ground of race, color, or national origin in any program or situation to which the regulations in this part are inapplicable, or prohibit discrimination on any other ground.
(b) Forms and instructions. Each Agency shall issue and promptly make available forms and such implementing instructions and procedures consistent with the regulations in this part as may be necessary. Each Agency in making available Federal financial assistance to any program or activity may utilize contractual commitments in obtaining compliance with the regulations in this part, including obtaining compliance by recipients other than the contracting recipient.
(c) Supervision and coordination. The Secretary may from time to time assign to officials of other Departments or Agencies of the Government with the consent of such Department or Agency, responsibilities in connection with the effectuation of the purposes of title VI of the Act and the regulations in this part (other than responsibility for final decision as provided in § 15.10) including the achievement of effective coordination and maximum uniformity within the Department and within the Executive Branch of the Government in the application of title VI and these regulations to similar programs and in similar situations. Any action taken, determination made, or requirement imposed by an official of another Department or Agency acting under this paragraph shall have the same effect as though such action had been taken by the Secretary or any Agency of this Department.
[29 FR 16274, Dec. 4, 1964, as amended at 38 FR 17927, July 5, 1973; 68 FR 51341, Aug. 26, 2003]
Appendix to Subpart A of Part 15 List of Federal Financial Assistance From USDA
The types of Federal assistance administered by the U.S. Department of Agriculture include but are not limited to the following:
Type of Federal Financial Assistance | Authority
Administered by the Agricultural Cooperative Service
1. Cooperative Development | Cooperative Marketing Act of 1926, 7 U.S.C. 451 et seq. Agricultural Marketing Act of 1946, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 1621 et seq.
Administered by the Agricultural Marketing Service
2. Federal-State marketing improvement program | Agricultural Marketing Act of 1946, Section 204b, 7 U.S.C. 1623(b).
Administered by the Agricultural Research Service
3. Soil and Water Conservation | 7 CFR 3015.205(b); Department of Agriculture Organic Act of 1862 (7 U.S.C. 2201); the Agricultural Marketing Act of 1946, as amended, (7 U.S.C. 427, 1621) and the Food Security Act of 1985 (7 U.S.C. 1281 et seq.).
4. Animal Productivity | 7 CFR 3015.205(b); Department of Agriculture Organic Act of 1862; (7 U.S.C. 2201); the Agricultural Marketing Act of 1946, as amended, (7 U.S.C. 427, 1621) and the Food Security Act of 1985 (7 U.S.C. 1281 et seq.).
5. Plant Productivity | 7 CFR 3015.205(b); Department of Agriculture Organic Act of 1862, (7 U.S.C. 2201); the Agricultural Marketing Act of 1946, as amended, (7 U.S.C. 427, 1621) and the Food Security Act of 1985 (7 U.S.C. 1281 et seq.).
6. Commodity Conversion and Delivery | 7 CFR 3015.205(b); Department of Agriculture Organic Act of 1862 (7 U.S.C. 2201); the Agricultural Marketing Act of 1946, as amended, (7 U.S.C. 427, 1621) and the Food Security Act of 1985 (7 U.S.C. 1281 et seq.).
7. Human Nutrition | 7 CFR 3015.205(b); Department of Agriculture Organic Act of 1862 (7 U.S.C. 2201); the Agricultural Marketing Act of 1946, as amended, (7 U.S.C. 427, 1621) and the Food Security Act of 1985 (7 U.S.C. 1281 et seq.).
8. Integration of Agricultural Systems | 7 CFR 3015.205(b); Department of Agriculture Organic Act of 1862 (7 U.S.C. 2201); the Agricultural Marketing Act of 1946, as amended, (7 U.S.C. 427, 1621) and the Food Security Act of 1985 (7 U.S.C. 1281 et seq.).
Administered by the Agricultural Stabilization and Conservation Service
9. Price support programs operating through producer associations, cooperatives and other recipients in which the recipient is required to furnish specified benefits to producers (e.g. tobacco, peanuts, cotton, rice, honey, dry edible beans, tung oil, naval stores and soybeans price support programs) | Agricultural Adjustment Act of 1938, 7 U.S.C. 1301-1393; Pub. L. 73-430; Commodity Credit Corporation Charter Act, 15 U.S.C. 714 et seq.; Agricultural Act of 1949, as amended; 7 U.S.C. 1421 et seq.; Pub. L. 81-439, as amended; Agriculture and Food Act of 1961; Pub. L. 97-98; Dairy and Tobacco Adjustment Act of 1983; Pub. L. 98-180; Agricultural Programs Adjustment Act of 1984; Pub. L. 98-258; Food Security Act of 1985; Pub. L. 99-198.
Administered by Cooperative State Research Service
10. 1890 Research Facilities | Sec. 1433 of the National Agricultural Research, Extension and Teaching Policy Act of 1977, Pub. L. 95-113, as amended; 7 U.S.C. 3195.
11. Payments to 1890 Land-Grant Colleges and Tuskegee Institute | Sec. 1445 of the National Agricultural Research, Extension and Teaching Policy Act of 1977; Pub. L. 85-113, as amended; 7 U.S.C. 3222.
12. Cooperative Forestry Research (McIntire-Stennis Act) | Cooperative Forestry Research Act of October 10, 1962; Pub. L. 87-788; 16 U.S.C. 582a-582q-7.
13. Payments to Agricultural Experiment Stations under Hatch Act | Hatch Act of 1887, as amended; 7 U.S.C. 361a-361i.
14. Grants for Agricultural Research Competitive Research Grants | Sec. 2(b) of Pub. L. 89-106; 7 U.S.C. 450i(b), as amended.
15. Grants for Agricultural Research, Special Research Grants | Sec. 2(c) of Pub. L. 89-106; 7 U.S.C. 450i(c), as amended.
16. Animal Health and Disease Research | National Agricultural Research, Extension and Teaching Policy Act of 1977, Sec. 1433, Pub. L. 95-113, as amended; 7 U.S.C. 3195.
Administered by Extension Service
17. Home Economics | Smith-Lever Act, as amended; 7 U.S.C. 341-349; District of Columbia Post-secondary Education Reorganization Act, D.C. Code, Sec. 31-1518; Title V, Rural Development Act of 1972, as amended; 7 U.S.C. 2661 et seq. Sec. 14, Title 14, National Agricultural Research, Extension and Teaching Policy Act of 1977; Pub. L. 95-113, as amended.
18. 4-H Youth Development | Smith-Lever Act, as amended; 7 U.S.C. 341-349; District of Columbia Public Postsecondary Education Reorganization Act, D.C. Code, Sec. 31-1518; Title VI, Rural Development Act of 1972, as amended; 7 U.S.C. 2661 et seq.; Sections 1425 and 1444, National Agricultural Research, Extension and Teaching Policy Act of 1977; Pub. L. 95-113, as amended; 7 U.S.C. 3221, 3175; Pub. L. 96-374, Sec. 1361(c); 7 U.S.C. 301 note; Pub. L. 97-98, Agriculture and Food Act of 1981, sec. 1401.
19. Agricultural and Natural Resources | Smith-Lever Act, as amended; 7 U.S.C. 341-349; District of Columbia Public Postsecondary Education Reorganization Act, D.C. Code, Sec. 31-1518; Title V, Rural Development Act of 1972, as amended; 7 U.S.C. 2661 et seq.; Sec. 14, National Agricultural Research, Extension and Teaching Policy Act of 1977; Pub. L. 95-113, as amended; 7 U.S.C. 3101 et seq.
20. Community Resource Development | Smith-Lever Act, as amended; 7 U.S.C. 341-349; District of Columbia Public Postsecondary Reorganization Act, D.C. Code 31-1518; Title V, Rural Development Act of 1972, as amended; 7 U.S.C. 2661 et seq.; National Agricultural Research, Extension and Teaching Policy Act of 1977; Pub. L. 95-113, as amended; 7 U.S.C. 3101 et seq.; Renewable Resources Extension Act of 1978; 16 U.S.C. 1671-1676.
Administered by Federal Crop Insurance Corporation
21. Crop Insurance | Federal Crop Insurance Act, as amended; 7 U.S.C. 1501-1520; Title V of the Agricultural Adjustment Act of 1938; 52 Stat. 31 and Federal Crop Insurance Act of 1980; Pub. L. 96-385 (Sept. 26, 1980); 94 Stat. 1312-1319.
Administered by Farmers Home Administration
22. Farm Ownership Loans to install or improve recreational facilities or other nonfarm enterprises | Section 302 of the Consolidated Farm and Rural Development Act, as amended; 7 U.S.C. 1923.
23. Farm Operating Loans to install or improve recreational facilities or other nonfarm enterprises | Sec. 312 of the Consolidated Farm and Rural Development Act, as amended; 7 U.S.C. 1942.
24. Community Facility Loans | Sec. 306 of the Consolidated Farm and Rural Development Act, as amended; 7 U.S.C. 1926.
25. Rural Rental Housing and related facilities for elderly persons and families of low income | Sec. 515, Title V, Housing Act of 1949, as amended; 42 U.S.C. 1485.
26. Rural Cooperative Housing | Sec. 515, Title V, Housing Act of 1949, as amended; 42 U.S.C. 1485.
27. Rural Housing Site Loans | Sec. 524, Title V, Housing Act of 1949, as amended; 42 U.S.C. 1490d.
28. Farm and Labor Housing Loans | Sec. 514, Title V, Housing Act of 1949, as amended; 42 U.S.C. 1484.
29. Farm Labor Housing Grants | Sec. 516, Title V, Housing Act of 1949, as amended; 42 U.S.C. 1486.
30. Mutual self-help housing grants. (Technical assistance grants) | Sec. 523, Title V, Housing Act of 1949, as amended; 42 U.S.C. 1490c.
31. Technical and supervisory assistance grants | Sec. 525, Title V, Housing Act of 1949, as amended; 42 U.S.C. 1490e.
32. Individual Recreation Loans | Sec. 304 of the Consolidated Farm and Rural Development Act, as amended; 7 U.S.C. 1924.
33. Recreation Association Loans | Sec. 306 of the Consolidated Farm and Rural Development Act, as amended; 7 U.S.C. 1926.
34. Private enterprise grants | Sec. 310(B)(c) of the Consolidated Farm and Rural Development Act, as amended; 7 U.S.C. 1932(c).
35. Indian Tribal Land Acquisition Loans | Pub. L. 91-229, approved April 11, 1970; 25 U.S.C. 488.
36. Grazing Association Loans | Sec. 306 of the Consolidated Farm and Rural Development Act, as amended; 7 U.S.C. 1926.
37. Irrigation and Drainage Associations | Sec. 306 of the Consolidated Farm and Rural Development Act, as amended; 7 U.S.C. 1926.
38. Area development assistance planning grant program | Sec. 306(a)(11) of the Consolidated Farm and Rural Development Act, as amended; 7 U.S.C. 1926(a)(11).
39. Resource conservation and development loans | Sec. 32(e) of Title III, the Bankhead-Jones Farm Tenant Act; 7 U.S.C. 1011(e).
40. Rural Industrial Loan Program | Sec. 310B of the Consolidated Farm and Rural Development Act, as amended; 7 U.S.C. 1932.
41. Rural renewal and resource conservation development, land conservation and land utilization | Sec. 31-35, Title III, Bankhead-Jones Farm Tenant Act; 7 U.S.C. 1010-1013a.
42. Soil and water conservation, recreational facilities, uses; pollution abatement facilities loans | Sec. 304 of the Consolidated Farm and Rural Development Act, as amended; 7 U.S.C. 1924.
43. Watershed protection and flood prevention program | Sec. 1-12 of the Watershed Protection and Flood Prevention Act, as amended; 16 U.S.C. 1001-1008.
44. Water and Waste Facility Loans and Grants | Sec. 306 of the Consolidated Farm and Rural Development Act, as amended; 7 U.S.C. 1926.
Administered by Food and Nutrition Service
45. Food Stamp Program | The Food Stamp Act of 1977, as amended; 7 U.S.C. 2011-2029.
46. Nutrition Assistance Program for Puerto Rico. This is the Block Grant signoff of the Food Stamp Program for Puerto Rico | The Food Stamp Act of 1977, as amended; Sec. 19, 7 U.S.C. 2028.
47. Food Distribution (Food Donation Program). (Direct Distribution Program) | Sec. 32, Pub. L. 74-320, 49 Stat. 744 (7 U.S.C. 612c); Pub. L. 75-165. 50 Stat. 323 (15 U.S.C. 713c); secs. 6, 9, 60 Stat. 231, 233, Pub. L. 79-396 (42 U.S.C. 1755, 1758); sec. 416, Pub. L. 81-439, 63 Stat. 1058 (7 U.S.C. 1431); sec. 402, Pub. L. 91-665, 68 Stat. 843 (22 U.S.C. 1922); sec. 210, Pub. L. 84-540, 70 Stat. 202 (7 U.S.C. 1859); sec. 9, Pub. L. 85-931, 72 Stat. 1792 (7 U.S.C. 1431b); Pub. L. 86-756, 74 Stat. 899 (7 U.S.C. 1431 note); sec. 709, Pub. L. 89-321, 79 Stat. 1212 (7 U.S.C. 1446a-1); sec. 3, Pub. L. 90-302, 82 Stat. 117 (42 U.S.C. 1761); secs. 409, 410, Pub. L. 93-288, 88 Stat. 157 (42 U.S.C. 5179, 5189); sec. 2, Pub. L. 93-326, 88 Stat. 286 (42 U.S.C. 1762a); sec. 16, Pub. L. 94-105, 89 Stat. 522 (42 U.S.C. 1766); sec. 1304(a), Pub. L. 95-113, 91 Stat. 980 (7 U.S.C. 612 note); sec. 311, Pub. L. 95-478, 92 Stat. 1533 (42 U.S.C. 3030a); sec. 10, Pub. L. 95-627, 92 Stat. 3623 (42 U.S.C. 1760); Pub. L. 98-8, 97 Stat. 35 (7 U.S.C. 612c note); (5 U.S.C. 301).
48. Food Distribution Program Commodities on Indian Reservations | The Food Stamp Act of 1977, as amended, Section 4(b), 7 U.S.C. 2013(b).
49. National School Lunch Program | National School Lunch Act, as amended; 42 U.S.C. 1751-1760.
50. Special Milk Program for Children (School Milk Program) | Child Nutrition Act of 1966, Sec. 3, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 1772.
51. School Breakfast Program | Child Nutrition Act of 1966, Sec. 4, as amended; 42 U.S.C. 1773.
52. Summer Food Service Program for Children | National School Lunch Act, Sec. 13, as amended; 42 U.S.C. 1761.
53. Child Care Food Program | National School Lunch Act, Sec. 17, as amended; 42 U.S.C. 1766.
54. Nutrition Education and Training Program | Child Nutrition Act of 1966, Sec. 19, 42 U.S.C. 1788.
55. Special Supplemental Food Program for Women, Infants and Children | Child Nutrition Act of 1966, Sec. 17, 42 U.S.C. 1786.
56. Commodity Supplemental Food Program. | Agriculture and Consumer Protection Act of 1973, as amended; 7 U.S.C. 612c note.
57. Temporary Emergency Food Assistance Program | Temporary Emergency Food Assistance Act of 1983, as amended; 7 U.S.C. 612c note.
58. State Administrative Expenses for Child Nutrition | Child Nutrition Act of 1966, Sec. 7, as amended; 42 U.S.C. 1776.
59. Nutrition Assistance Program for the Commonwealth of the North Mariana Islands. (This is the Block Grant spin-off of the Food Stamp Program for CNMI) | Trust Territory of the Pacific Island, 48 U.S.C. 1681 note.
Administered by Forest Service
60. Permits for use of National Forests and National Grasslands by other than individuals at a nominal or no charge | Act of June 4, 1897, as amended, 16 U.S.C. 551; Sec. 501 of the Federal Land Policy Management Act of 1976, 43 U.S.C. 1761; Term Permit Act of March 4, 1915, as amended, 16 U.S.C. 4971, Secs. 3 and 4 of the American Antiquities Act of June 8, 1906, 16 U.S.C. 432; Sec. 32 of the Bankhead-Jones Farm Tenant Act, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 1011.
61. Youth Conservation Corps | Act of August 13, 1970, as amended, 16 U.S.C. 1701-1706. Note: This is a Federally financed and conducted program on National Forest land providing summer employment to teen-age youth doing conservation work while learning about their natural environment and heritage. Recruitment of recipient youth is without regard to economic, social or racial classification. Policy requires that random selection from the qualified applicant pool be made in a public forum.
62. Job Corps | 29 U.S.C. 1691-1701. Note: This is a Federally financed and conducted program providing education and skills training to young men and women. The U.S. Department of Labor is entirely responsible for recruiting of recipient youth.
63. Permits for disposal of common varieties of mineral material from lands under the Forest Service jurisdiction for use by other individuals at a nominal or no charge | Secs. 1-4 of the Act of July 31, 1947, as amended, 30 U.S.C. 601-603, 611.
64. Use of Federal land for airports | Airport and Airway Improvement Act of 1982, as amended, 49 U.S.C. 2202, 2215. National Forest lands are exempt, Sec. 2215(c).
65. Conveyance of land to States or political subdivisions for widening highways, streets and alleys | Act of October 13, 1964, 78 Stat. 1089. Forest Road and Trail Act, codified at 16 U.S.C. 532-538.
66. Payment of 25 percent of National Forest receipts to States for schools and roads | Act of May 23, 1908, as amended, 16 U.S.C. 500.
67. Payment to Minnesota from National Forest receipts of a sum based on a formula | Sec. 5 of the Act of June 22, 1948, as amended, 16 U.S.C. 577 g-l.
68. Payment of 25 percent of net revenues from Title III, Bankhead-Jones Farm Tenant Act lands to Counties for school and road purposes | Sec. 33 of the Bankhead-Jones Farm Tenant Act, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 1012.
69. Cooperative action to protect, develop, manage and utilize forest resources on State and private lands | Cooperative Forestry Assistance Act of 1976, 16 U.S.C. 2101-2111.
70. Advance of funds for cooperative research | Sec. 20 of the Granger-Thye Act of April 24, 1950, 16 U.S.C. 581-1.
71. Grants for support of scientific research | Forest and Rangeland Renewable Resources Planning Act of 1974, as amended, 16 U.S.C. 1600 et seq.
72. Research Cooperation | Forest and Rangeland Renewable Resources Research Planning Act of 1974, as amended, 16 U.S.C.
73. Grants to Maine, Vermont and New Hampshire for the purpose of assisting economically disadvantaged citizens over 55 years of age | Older American Act of 1965, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 3056.
74. Senior Community Service Employment, develop, manage and utilize forest resources on State and private lands | Older American Act of 1965, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 3056.
75. Cooperative Law Enforcement | 16 U.S.C. 551a and 553.
76. Forest Utilization and Marketing | Cooperative Forestry Assistance Act of 1978, Pub. L. 95-313, 16 U.S.C. 1606, 2101-2111.
77. Fire prevention and suppression | Cooperative Forestry Assistance Act of 1978, Pub. L. 95-313, Sec. 7, 16 U.S.C. 2106.
78. Assistance to States for tree planting | Cooperative Forestry Assistance Act of 1978, Pub. L. 95-313, Secs. 3, 6, 16 U.S.C. 2102, 2105.
79. Technical assistance forest management | Cooperative Forestry Assistance Act of 1978, Pub. L. 95-313, Sec. 8, 16 U.S.C. 2107.
80. Extramural Research (Cooperative Agreements and Grants) | Range Renewable Resources Act of 1978; Rangeland and Latest Renewable Resources Research Act; 16 U.S.C. 1641-1647.
Administered by Food Safety and Inspection Service
81. Federal-State Cooperative Agreements and Talmadge-Aiken Agreements | Federal Meat Inspection Act; 21 U.S.C. 601 et seq. Talmadge-Aiken Act; 7 U.S.C. 450. Poultry Products Inspection Act; 21 U.S.C. 451 et seq.
Administered by Office of International Cooperation and Development
82. Technical Assistance | 7 U.S.C. 3291; 22 U.S.C. 2357; 22 U.S.C. 2392.
83. International Training | 7 U.S.C. 3291; 22 U.S.C. 2357; 22 U.S.C. 2392.
84. Scientific and Technical Exchanges | 7 U.S.C. 3291.
85. International Research | 7 U.S.C. 3291.
Administered by Soil Conservation Service
86. Conservation Technical Assistance to Landusers | Sec. 1-6 and 17 of the Soil Conservation and Domestic Allotment Act, 16 U.S.C. 590a-590f, 590g.
87. Plant Materials Conservation | Soil Conservation Act of 1935, Pub. L. 74-46; 49 Stat. 163, 16 U.S.C. 590(a-f).
88. Technical and financial assistance in Watershed Protection and flood prevention | Watershed Protection and Flood Protection Act, as amended, 16 U.S.C. 1001-1005, 1007-1008; Flood Control Act, as amended and supplemented; 33 U.S.C. 701; 16 U.S.C. 1606(a) and Sec. 403-405 of the Agriculture Credit Act of 1978; 16 U.S.C. 2203-2205. Flood Prevention: Pub. L. 78-534; 58 Stat. 905; 33 U.S.C. 701(b)(1); Pub. L. 81-516.
89. Technical and financial assistance in Watershed Protection and flood prevention | Emergency Operation (216); 68 Stat. 184; 33 U.S.C. 701(b)(1). Watershed Operation: Pub. L. 83-566; 68 Stat. 666:16 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.
90. Soil Survey | Sec. 1-6 and 17 of the Soil Conservation and Domestic Allotment Act, as amended, 16 U.S.C. 590a-590f, 590g.
91. Rural Abandoned Mine Program | Surface Mining Control and Reclamation Act of 1977, Sec. 406; Pub. L. 95-87, 30 U.S.C. 1236, 91 Stat. 460.
92. Resource Conservation and Development | Soil Conservation Act of 1935; Pub. L. 74-46; Bankhead-Jones Farm Tenant Act; Pub. L. 75-210, as amended, Pub. L. 89-796; Pub. L. 87-703; Pub. L. 91-343; Pub. L. 92-419; Pub. L. 97-98; 95 Stat. 1213; 16 U.S.C. 590a-590f, 590g.
93. Great Plains Conservation | Soil Conservation and Domestic Allotment Act, Pub. L. 74-46, as amended by the Great Plains Act of August 7, 1956; Pub. L. 84-1021, Pub. L. 86-793 approved September 14, 1980. Pub. L. 91-118 approved November 1, 1969; Pub. L. 96-263 approved June 6, 1980; 16 U.S.C. 590a-590f, 590g.
[53 FR 48506, Dec. 1, 1988, as amended at 68 FR 51341, Aug. 26, 2003]
B Subpart B [Reserved]
Subpart C Rules of Practice and Procedure for Hearings, Decisions and Administrative Review Under the Civil Rights Act of 1964
Authority: Sec. 602, 78 Stat. 252; 42 U.S.C. 2000d-1; sec. 15.9(d) of subpart A to 7 CFR, part 15, and laws referred to in the appendix to subpart A, part 15, title 7 CFR.
Source: 30 FR 14355, Nov. 17, 1965, unless otherwise noted.
37 General Information
§ 15.60 Scope of rules.
The rules of practice and procedure in this subpart supplement §§ 15.9 and 15.10 of subpart A of this part and govern the practice for hearings, decisions, and administrative review conducted by the Department of Agriculture, pursuant to title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, section 602 (78 Stat. 252) and this part, title 7, CFR, except these rules shall not apply to any stage of a proceeding which has occurred prior to the effective date hereof.
§ 15.61 Records to be public.
All documents and papers filed in any proceeding under this part may be inspected and copied in the Office of the Department Hearing Clerk.
§ 15.62 Definitions.
All terms used in this subpart shall, unless the context otherwise requires, have the same meaning as defined in subpart A of this part.
§ 15.63 Computation of time.
A period of time begins with the day following the act or event and includes the last day of the period, unless it is a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday observed in the District of Columbia, in which case it shall be the following workday. When the period of time prescribed or allowed is less than 7 days, intermediate Saturdays, Sundays, and legal holidays shall be excluded from the computation.
§ 15.64 Parties.
The term party shall include an applicant or recipient with respect to whom the agency has issued a notice of hearing or opportunity to request a hearing in accordance with subpart A of this part and § 15.81. The agency shall be deemed a party to all proceedings.
§ 15.65 Appearance.
Any party may appear in person or by counsel or authorized representative and participate fully in any proceeding.
§ 15.66 Complainants not parties.
A person submitting a complaint pursuant to § 15.6 is not a party to the proceedings governed by this subpart, but may petition, after proceedings have been commenced, to become an intervener.
§ 15.67 Intervener.
Any interested person or organization may file a petition to intervene which will include a statement of position and a statement of what petitioner expects to contribute to the hearing, and a copy of the petition will be served on all parties. Such petition should be filed prior to the prehearing conference, or if none is held, before the commencement of the hearing, unless the petitioner shows good cause for filing the petition later. The hearing officer may grant the petition if he believes that such participation will not unduly delay a hearing and will contribute materially to the proceeding. An intervener is not a party and may not introduce evidence at a hearing, or propound questions to a witness, unless the hearing officer determines that the proposed additional evidence is relevant and will clarify the facts. The intervener may submit and serve on all parties a brief in support or opposition to any brief of a party. All service and notice required by and upon a party shall apply to an intervener.
§ 15.68 Ex parte communications.
(a) General. After proceedings have been commenced, any communication or discussion ex parte, as regards the merits of the proceeding or a factually related proceeding, between an employee of the Department involved in the decisional process and a person not employed by the Department, and any such communication or discussion between any employee of the Department, who is or has been engaged in any way in the investigation or prosecution of the proceeding or a factually related proceeding, and an employee of the Department who is involved or may be involved in the decisional process of a proceeding, except at a conference, hearing or review proceeding under these rules is improper and prohibited.
(b) Request for information. A request for information about the status of a proceeding without discussing issues or expressing points of view and inquiries with respect to procedural matters or an emergency request for an extension of time are not deemed ex parte communications. When practical all parties should be notified of any request for an extension of time. Communication between an applicant or recipient and the agency or the Secretary with respect to securing voluntary compliance with any requirement of subpart A of this part is not prohibited.
(c) Unsponsored written material. Letters expressing views or urging action and other unsponsored written material regarding matters in issue in a proceeding will be placed in the correspondence section of the docket of the proceeding. Such are not deemed part of the evidence or record.
38 Form, Execution, Filing and Service of Documents
§ 15.71 Form of documents to be filed.
All copies of documents filed in a proceeding shall be dated, signed in ink, shall show the address and position or title of the signatory, and shall show the docket number and title of the proceeding on the front page.
§ 15.72 Filing.
All documents relating to a proceeding under this subpart shall be filed in an original and two copies of such document with the Office of the Hearing Clerk at Room 112, Administration Building, Department of Agriculture, Washington, D.C., 20250, during regular business hours. Regular business hours are every Monday through Friday (legal holidays in the District of Columbia excepted) from 9 a.m. to 5:30 p.m., eastern standard or daylight saving time, whichever is effective in the District of Columbia at the time.
§ 15.73 Service.
Service shall be made by the Hearing Clerk by personal delivery of one copy to each person to be served or by mailing by first-class mail, or air mail if more than 300 miles, properly addressed with postage prepaid. When a party or intervener has appeared by attorney or representative, service upon such attorney or representative will be deemed proper service. The initial notice of hearing, opportunity to request a hearing, or notice setting a date for a hearing shall be by certified mail, return receipt requested.
§ 15.74 Date of service.
The date of service shall be the day when the matter is deposited in the U.S. mail or is delivered in person, except that the date of service of the initial notice a hearing or notice of opportunity to request a hearing or notice setting a date for a hearing shall be the date of its delivery, or of its attempted delivery if delivery is refused.
39 Initial Notice and Response
§ 15.81 How proceedings are commenced.
Proceedings are commenced by mailing a notice to an applicant or recipient of alleged noncompliance with the Act and the Secretary's regulations thereunder. The notice will be signed by the interested agency head or by the Secretary and shall be filed with the hearing clerk for proper service by the hearing clerk according to the rules of this subpart. The notice shall include either a notice of hearing or notice of opportunity to request a hearing as determined by the Secretary and shall comply with the requirements of § 15.9(a).
§ 15.82 Notice of hearing and response thereto.
A notice of hearing shall fix a date not less than 30 days from the date of service of the notice of a hearing on matters alleged in the notice. If the applicant or recipient does not desire a hearing, he should so state in writing, in which case the applicant or recipient shall have the right to submit written information and argument for the record, and the additional right to further participate in the proceeding. Failure to appear at the time set for a hearing, without good cause, shall be deemed a waiver of the right to a hearing under section 602 of the Act and the regulations in this part and consent to the making of a decision on such information as is available which may be presented for the record.
§ 15.83 Notice of opportunity to request a hearing and response thereto.
A notice of opportunity to request a hearing shall set a date not less than 20 days from service of said notice within which the applicant or recipient may file a request for a hearing, or may wiave a hearing and submit written information and argument for the record, in which case, the applicant or recipient shall have the right to further participate in the proceeding. When the applicant or recipient elects to file a request for a hearing, a time shall be set for the hearing at a date not less than 20 days from the date applicant or recipient is notified of the date set for the hearing. Failure of the applicant or recipient to request a hearing or to appear at the date set shall be deemed a waiver of the right to a hearing, under section 602 of the Act and the regulations in this part and consent to the making of a decision on such information as is available which may be presented for the record.
§ 15.84 Answer.
In any case covered by § 15.82 or § 15.83 the applicant or recipient shall file an answer. Said answer shall admit or deny each allegation of the notice, unless the applicant or recipient is without knowledge, in which case the answer shall so state, and the statement will be considered a denial. Failure to file an answer shall be deemed an admission of all allegations of fact in the notice. Allegations of fact in the notice not denied or controverted by answer shall be deemed admitted. Matters intended to be offered as affirmative defenses must be stated as a separate part of the answer. The answer under § 15.82 shall be filed within 20 days from the date of service of the notice of hearing. The answer under § 15.83 shall be filed within 20 days of service of the notice of opportunity to request a hearing.
§ 15.85 Amendment of notice or answer.
The notice of hearing or notice of opportunity to request a hearing may be amended once as a matter of course before an answer thereto is served, and each applicant or recipient may amend his answer once as a matter of course not later than 10 days before the date fixed for hearing but in no event later than 20 days from the date of service of his original answer. Otherwise a notice or answer may be amended only by leave of the hearing officer. An applicant or recipient shall file his answer to an amended notice within the time remaining for filing the answer to the original notice or within 10 days after service of the amended notice, whichever period may be the longer, unless the hearing officer otherwise orders.
§ 15.86 Consolidated or joint hearings.
Two or more proceedings against the same respondent, or against different respondents in which the same or related facts are asserted to constitute noncompliance, may be consolidated for hearing or decision or both by the agency head, if he has the principal responsibility within the Department for the administration of all the laws extending the Federal financial assistance involved. If laws administered by more than one agency head are involved, such officials may by agreement order consolidation for hearing. The Secretary may order proceedings in the Department consolidated for hearing with proceedings in other Federal Departments or agencies, by agreement with such other Departments or agencies. All parties to any proceeding consolidated subsequently to service of the notice of hearing or notice of opportunity to request a hearing shall be promptly served with notice of such consolidation.
40 Hearing Officer
§ 15.91 Who presides.
A hearing officer shall preside over all proceedings held under this part. The hearing officer shall be a hearing examiner qualified under section 11 of the Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. 1001 et seq.), and designated to hold hearings under the regulations in this subpart or any person authorized to hold a hearing and make a final decision. The hearing officer will serve until he has made an initial decision, certified the record to the Secretary, or made a final decision if so authorized.
§ 15.92 Designation of hearing officer.
Unless otherwise provided by an order of the Secretary at the time the notice of alleged noncompliance provided in § 15.81 is filed with the Office of the Hearing Clerk, the hearing shall be held before a hearing examiner, who shall be appointed by the Chief Hearing Examiner, Office of Hearing Examiners within five days after the filing of such notice. Unless otherwise provided, the hearing examiner shall certify the entire record with his recommended findings and proposed decision to the Secretary for final decision.
§ 15.93 Time and place of hearing.
When a notice of hearing is sent to an applicant or recipient, the time and place of hearing shall be fixed by the Secretary, and when the applicant or recipient requests a hearing, the time and place shall be set by the hearing officer and in either case in conformity with § 15.9(b). The complainant, if any, shall be advised of the time and place of the hearing.
§ 15.94 Disability of hearing officer.
In the case of death, illness, disqualification, or unavailability of the designated hearing officer, another hearing officer may be designated by the Secretary to take his place. If such death, illness, disqualification or unavailability occurs during the course of a hearing, the hearing will be either continued under a substitute hearing officer, or terminated and tried de novo in the discretion of the Secretary. In the absence of the designated hearing officer any hearing examiner may rule on motions and other interlocutory papers.
§ 15.95 Responsibilities and duties of hearing officer.
The hearing officer shall have the duty to conduct a fair hearing, to take all necessary action to avoid delay, and to maintain order. He shall have all powers necessary to these ends, including (but not limited to) the power to:
(a) Arrange and issue notice of the date, time and place of hearings, or, upon due notice to the parties, to change the date, time and place of hearings previously set.
(b) Hold conferences to settle, simplify, or fix the issues in a proceeding, or to consider other matters that may aid in the expeditious disposition of the proceeding.
(c) Require parties and interveners to state their position with respect to the various issues in the proceeding.
(d) Administer oaths and affirmations.
(e) Rule on motions, and other procedural items on matters pending before him.
(f) Regulate the course of the hearing and conduct of parties therein.
(g) Examine witnesses and direct witnesses to testify.
(h) Receive, rule on, exclude or limit evidence.
(i) Fix the time for filing motions, petitions, briefs, or other items in matters pending before him.
(j) In accordance with his authority issue an initial decision, or recommended findings and proposed decision, or final decision.
(k) Take any other action a hearing officer is authorized to take under these rules or subpart A of this part.
41 Motions
§ 15.101 Form and content.
(a) General. Motions shall state the relief sought and the authority relied upon. If made before or after the hearing, the motion shall be in writing and filed with the hearing clerk with a copy to all parties. If made at the hearing, they should be stated orally but the hearing officer may require that any motion be reduced to writing and filed and served on all parties in the same manner as a formal motion.
(b) Extension of time or postponement. A request for an extention of time should be filed and served on all parties and should set forth the reasons for the request and may be granted upon a showing of good cause. Answers to such requests are permitted, if made promptly.
§ 15.102 Responses to motions.
Within 8 days or such reasonable time as may be fixed by the hearing officer, or Secretary, if the motion is properly addressed to him, any party may file a response to the motion, unless the motion is made at a hearing in which case an immediate response may be required. The hearing officer may dispose of motions at a prehearing conference.
§ 15.103 Disposition of motions.
The hearing officer may not sustain or grant a motion prior to expiration of the time for filing responses thereto, but may overrule or deny such motion without waiting on a response: Provided, however, That prehearing conferences, hearings, and decisions need not be delayed pending disposition of motions. Oral motions may be ruled on immediately. Motions submitted to the hearing officer not disposed of in separate rulings or in his decision will be deemed denied. Oral argument shall not be held on written motions unless expressly ordered. Interlocutory appeals from rulings on motions shall be governed by § 15.123.
42 Hearing Procedures
§ 15.110 Prehearing conferences.
(a) In any case in which it appears that such procedure will expedite the proceeding, the hearing officer may, prior to the commencement of the hearing, request the parties to meet with him or to correspond with him regarding any of the following:
(1) Simplification and clarification of the issues;
(2) Necessity or desirability of amendments to the pleadings;
(3) Stipulations, admissions of fact and of the contents and authenticity of documents;
(4) Matters of which official notice will be taken;
(5) Limitation of the number of experts or other witnesses;
(6) Disposal of all motions; and
(7) Such other matters as may expedite and aid in the disposition of the proceeding.
(b) The hearing officer shall enter in the record a written summary of the results of the conference or correspondence with the parties.
§ 15.111 Purpose of hearing.
(a) The hearing is directed to receiving factual evidence and expert opinion testimony related to the issues in the proceeding. Argument will not be received in evidence; rather it should be presented in statements, memoranda or briefs, as determined by the hearing officer. Brief opening statements, which shall be limited to a statement of the party's position and what he intends to prove, may also be made at hearings.
(b) Hearings for the reception of evidence will be held only in cases where issues of fact must be resolved in order to determine whether the respondent has failed to comply with one or more applicable requirements of subpart A of this part. In any case where it appears from the answer of the applicant or recipient to the notice of hearing or notice of opportunity to request a hearing, from his failure timely to answer, or from his admissions or stipulations in the record that there are no matters of material fact in dispute, the hearing officer may enter an order so finding, and fixing the time for the submission of evidence by the Government for the record. Thereafter, the proceedings shall go to conclusion in accordance with subpart A of this part and the rules of this subpart. An appeal from such order may be allowed in accordance with the rules for interlocutory appeal in § 15.123.
§ 15.112 Statement of position and brief.
The hearing officer may require all parties and any intervener to file a written statement of position or brief prior to the beginning of a hearing.
§ 15.113 Testimony.
(a) Testimony shall be given orally under oath or affirmation by witnesses at the hearing, but the hearing officer, in his discretion, may require or permit that the testimony of any witness be prepared in writing and served on all parties in advance of the hearing. Such testimony may be adopted by the witness at the hearing and filed as part of the record thereof. Unless authorized by the hearing officer, witnesses will not be permitted to read prepared testimony into the record. Except as provided in §§ 15.115 and 15.116, witnesses shall be available at the hearing for cross-examination.
(b) Proposed exhibits shall be exchanged either at a prehearing conference, or otherwise prior to the hearing. Proposed exhibits not so exchanged may be denied admission as evidence unless good cause is shown why they were not exchanged. The authenticity of all proposed exhibits exchanged prior to hearing will be deemed admitted unless written objection thereto is filed prior to the hearing or unless good cause is shown at the hearing for failure to file such written objection.
§ 15.115 Affidavits.
An affidavit, intended to be used as evidence without cross-examination of the affiant, will be filed and served on the parties at least 15 days prior to the hearing; and not less than seven days prior to hearing a party may file and serve written objections to any affidavit on the ground that he believes it necessary to test the truth of assertions therein by cross-examination. In such event, the affidavit objected to will not be received in evidence unless the affiant is made available for cross-examination at the hearing or otherwise as prescribed by the hearing officer. In absence of an objection being filed within the time specified, such affidavit will be received in evidence.
§ 15.116 Depositions.
Upon such terms as may be just, the hearing officer, in his discretion, may authorize the testimony of any witness to be taken by deposition.
§ 15.117 Evidence.
Irrelevant, immaterial, unreliable, and unduly repetitious evidence will be excluded, and technical rules of evidence shall not apply but rules or principles designed to assure the most credible evidence available and to subject testimony to test by cross-examination shall apply.
§ 15.118 Cross-examination.
Cross-examination will be limited to the scope of direct examination and matters at issue in the hearing.
§ 15.119 Objections.
Objections to evidence shall be timely and briefly state the ground relied upon. The ruling of the hearing officer will be part of the record. Argument in support of the objection will not be part of the record.
§ 15.120 Exceptions to rulings of hearing officer unnecessary.
Exceptions to rulings of the hearing officer are unnecessary. It is sufficient that a party, at the time the ruling of the hearing officer is sought, makes known the action which he desires the hearing officer to take, or his objection to an action taken, and his grounds therefor.
§ 15.121 Official notice.
A public document, or part thereof, such as an official report decision, opinion, or published scientific or economic statistical data issued by any branch of the Federal or a State Government which has been shown to be reasonably available to the public, may be offered for official notice and accepted in the record without further proof of authenticity. Where official notice is to be taken, any party, on timely request, shall have an opportunity to show the contrary.
§ 15.122 Offer of proof.
An offer of proof made in connection with an objection taken to any ruling of the hearing officer rejecting or excluding proposed oral testimony shall consist of a statement for the record of the substance of the evidence which counsel contends would be adduced by such testimony; and, if the excluded evidence consists of evidence in documentary or written form or of reference to documents or records, a copy of such evidence shall be marked for identification and shall accompany the record as an offer of proof.
§ 15.123 Appeals from ruling of hearing officer.
A ruling of the hearing officer may not be appealed to the Secretary prior to consideration of the entire proceeding by the hearing officer except with the consent of the hearing officer and where he certifies on the record or in writing that the allowance of an interlocutory appeal is clearly necessary to prevent exceptional delay, expense, or prejudice to any part or substantial detriment to the public interest. If an appeal is allowed, any party may file a brief with the Secretary within such period as the hearing officer directs. Oral argument will be heard in the discretion of the Secretary.
§ 15.124 Admissions as to facts and documents.
Not later than 15 days prior to the scheduled date of the hearing except for good cause shown, or prior to such earlier date as the hearing officer may order, any party may serve upon an opposing party a written request for the admission of the genuineness and authenticity of any relevant documents described in and exhibited with the request, or for the admission of the truth of any relevant matters of fact stated in the request. Each of the matters of which an admission is requested shall be deemed admitted, unless within a period designated in the request (not less than 10 days after service thereof, or within such further time as the hearing officer may allow upon motion and notice) the party to whom the request is directed serves upon the requesting party a sworn statement either denying specifically the matters of which an admission is requested or setting forth in detail the reasons why he cannot truthfully either admit or deny such matters. Copies of requests for admission and answers thereto shall be served on all parties. Any admission made by a party to such request is only for the purposes of the pending proceeding, or any proceeding or action instituted for the enforcement of any order entered therein, and shall not constitute an admission by him for any other purpose or be used against him in any other proceeding or action.
[31 FR 8586, June 21, 1966]
43 The Record
§ 15.131 Official transcript.
The hearing clerk will designate the official reporter for all hearings. The official transcript of testimony taken, together with any affidavits, exhibits, depositions, briefs, or memoranda of law shall be filed with the hearing clerk. Transcripts of testimony in hearings will be supplied by the official reporter to the parties and to the public at rates not to exceed the maximum rates fixed by the contract between the Department and the reporter. Upon notice to all parties, the hearing officer may authorize corrections to the transcript which involve matters of substance.
§ 15.132 Record for decision.
The transcript of testimony, exhibits, affidavits, depositions, briefs, memoranda of law, and all pleadings, motions, papers, and requests filed in the proceeding, except the correspondence section of the docket, including rulings, and any recommended findings and proposed decision, or initial decision shall constitute the exclusive record for final decision.
44 Posthearing Procedures
§ 15.135 Posthearing briefs.
The hearing officer shall fix a reasonable time for filing posthearing briefs, which may contain proposed findings of fact and conclusions of law, and, if permitted, reply briefs. Briefs should include a summary of the evidence relied upon together with references to exhibit numbers and pages of the transcript, with citations of the authorities relied upon. Briefs shall be filed in the Office of the Hearing Clerk with a copy to all parties.
§ 15.136 Decisions and notices.
When the time for submission of posthearing briefs has expired the hearing officer shall either make an initial decision or final decision, if so authorized, or certify the entire record including his recommended findings and proposed decision to the Secretary for a final decision and a copy of such initial, or final decision or certification shall be mailed to the applicant or recipient and other parties by the hearing clerk.
§ 15.137 Exceptions to initial or proposed decision.
Within 30 days of the mailing of such notice of initial or recommended findings and proposed decision, the applicant or recipient and other parties may file with the hearing clerk for consideration by the Secretary exceptions to the initial or recommended findings and proposed decision, with reasons therefor. Each party will be given reasonable opportunity to file briefs or other written statements of contentions in which the party may request that the decision be modified, reversed, affirmed or adopted.
§ 15.138 Review of initial decision.
In the absence of exceptions to an initial decision, the Secretary may on his own motion within 45 days after an initial decision serve upon the parties a notice that he will review the decision and will give the parties reasonable opportunity to file briefs or other written statements of contentions. At the expiration of said time for filing briefs, the Secretary will review the initial decision and issue a final decision thereon. In the absence of either exceptions to an initial decision or a notice or review, the initial decision shall constitute the final decision of the Secretary.
§ 15.139 Oral argument.
If any party desires to argue orally before the Secretary on the review of recommended findings and proposed decision, or an initial decision, he shall so state at the time he files his exceptions or brief. The Secretary may grant such request in his discretion. If granted, he will serve notice of oral argument on all parties and will set forth the order of presentation and the amount of time allotted, and the time and place of argument.
§ 15.140 Service of decisions.
All final decisions shall be promptly served on all parties and the complainant.
§ 15.141 Contents of decision.
Each decision of a hearing officer shall set forth his ruling on each finding, conclusion, or exception presented, and shall identify the requirement or requirements imposed by or pursuant to the regulations in this part with which it is found that the applicant or recipient has failed to comply.
§ 15.142 Content of orders.
The final decision may provide for suspension or termination of, or refusal to grant or continue Federal financial assistance, in whole or in part, under the program involved, and may contain such terms, conditions, and other provisions as are consistent with and will effectuate the purposes of the Act and the regulations in this part, including provisions designed to assure that no Federal financial assistance will thereafter be extended under such program to the applicant or recipient determined by such decision to be in default in its performance of an assurance given by it pursuant to the regulations in this part, or to have otherwise failed to comply with the regulations in this part, unless and until it corrects its noncompliance and satisfies the Agency that it will fully comply with the regulations in this part.
§ 15.143 Decision where financial assistance affected.
The Secretary shall make any final decision which provides for the suspension or termination of, or the refusal to grant or continue Federal financial assistance, or the imposition of any other sanction available under the regulations in this part or the Act.
PART 15a EDUCATION PROGRAMS OR ACTIVITIES RECEIVING OR BENEFITTING FROM FEDERAL FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE
Authority: 20 U.S.C. 1681, 1682, 1683, 1685, 1686, 1687, 1688; 42 U.S.C. 7101 et seq.; and 50 U.S.C. 2401 et seq.
Source: 82 FR 46656, Oct. 6, 2017, unless otherwise noted.
Subpart A Introduction
§ 15a.100 Purpose.
The purpose of this part is to effectuate Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, as amended (except sections 904 and 906 of those Amendments) (20 U.S.C. 1681, 1682, 1683, 1685, 1686, 1687, 1688), which is designed to eliminate (with certain exceptions) discrimination on the basis of sex in any education program or activity receiving Federal financial assistance, whether or not such program or activity is offered or sponsored by an educational institution as defined in this part.
§ 15a.105 Definitions.
As used in this part, the term:
Administratively separate unit means a school, department, or college of an educational institution (other than a local educational agency) admission to which is independent of admission to any other component of such institution.
Admission means selection for part-time, full-time, special, associate, transfer, exchange, or any other enrollment, membership, or matriculation in or at an education program or activity operated by a recipient.
Applicant means one who submits an application, request, or plan required to be approved by an official of the Federal agency that awards Federal financial assistance, or by a recipient, as a condition to becoming a recipient.
Designated agency official means the Secretary of Agriculture or any officer or employees of the Department to whom the Secretary has heretofore delegated, or to whom the Secretary may hereafter delegate, the authority to act for the Secretary under the regulations in this part.
Educational institution means a local educational agency (LEA) as defined by 20 U.S.C. 8801(18), a preschool, a private elementary or secondary school, or an applicant or recipient that is an institution of graduate higher education, an institution of undergraduate higher education, an institution of professional education, or an institution of vocational education, as defined in this section.
Federal financial assistance means any of the following, when authorized or extended under a law administered by the Federal agency that awards such assistance:
(1) A grant or loan of Federal financial assistance, including funds made available for:
(i) The acquisition, construction, renovation, restoration, or repair of a building or facility or any portion thereof; and
(ii) Scholarships, loans, grants, wages, or other funds extended to any entity for payment to or on behalf of students admitted to that entity, or extended directly to such students for payment to that entity.
(2) A grant of Federal real or personal property or any interest therein, including surplus property, and the proceeds of the sale or transfer of such property, if the Federal share of the fair market value of the property is not, upon such sale or transfer, properly accounted for to the Federal Government.
(3) Provision of the services of Federal personnel.
(4) Sale or lease of Federal property or any interest therein at nominal consideration, or at consideration reduced for the purpose of assisting the recipient or in recognition of public interest to be served thereby, or permission to use Federal property or any interest therein without consideration.
(5) Any other contract, agreement, or arrangement that has as one of its purposes the provision of assistance to any education program or activity, except a contract of insurance or guaranty.
Institution of graduate higher education means an institution that:
(1) Offers academic study beyond the bachelor of arts or bachelor of science degree, whether or not leading to a certificate of any higher degree in the liberal arts and sciences;
(2) Awards any degree in a professional field beyond the first professional degree (regardless of whether the first professional degree in such field is awarded by an institution of undergraduate higher education or professional education); or
(3) Awards no degree and offers no further academic study, but operates ordinarily for the purpose of facilitating research by persons who have received the highest graduate degree in any field of study.
Institution of professional education means an institution (except any institution of undergraduate higher education) that offers a program of academic study that leads to a first professional degree in a field for which there is a national specialized accrediting agency recognized by the Secretary of Education.
Institution of undergraduate higher education means:
(1) An institution offering at least two but less than four years of college level study beyond the high school level, leading to a diploma or an associate degree, or wholly or principally creditable toward a baccalaureate degree; or
(2) An institution offering academic study leading to a baccalaureate degree; or
(3) An agency or body that certifies credentials or offers degrees, but that may or may not offer academic study.
Institution of vocational education means a school or institution (except an institution of professional or graduate or undergraduate higher education) that has as its primary purpose preparation of students to pursue a technical, skilled, or semiskilled occupation or trade, or to pursue study in a technical field, whether or not the school or institution offers certificates, diplomas, or degrees and whether or not it offers full-time study.
Recipient means any State or political subdivision thereof, or any instrumentality of a State or political subdivision thereof, any public or private agency, institution, or organization, or other entity, or any person, to whom Federal financial assistance is extended directly or through another recipient and that operates an education program or activity that receives such assistance, including any subunit, successor, assignee, or transferee thereof.
Student means a person who has gained admission.
Title IX means Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, Public Law 92-318, 86 Stat. 235, 373 (codified as amended at 20 U.S.C. 1681-1688) (except sections 904 and 906 thereof), as amended by section 3 of Public Law 93-568, 88 Stat. 1855, by section 412 of the Education Amendments of 1976, Public Law 94-482, 90 Stat. 2234, and by Section 3 of Public Law 100-259, 102 Stat. 28, 28-29 (20 U.S.C. 1681, 1682, 1683, 1685, 1686, 1687, 1688).
Transition plan means a plan subject to the approval of the Secretary of Education pursuant to section 901(a)(2) of the Education Amendments of 1972, 20 U.S.C. 1681(a)(2), under which an educational institution operates in making the transition from being an educational institution that admits only students of one sex to being one that admits students of both sexes without discrimination.
§ 15a.110 Remedial and affirmative action and self-evaluation.
(a) Remedial action. If the designated agency official finds that a recipient has discriminated against persons on the basis of sex in an education program or activity, such recipient shall take such remedial action as the designated agency official deems necessary to overcome the effects of such discrimination.
(b) Affirmative action. In the absence of a finding of discrimination on the basis of sex in an education program or activity, a recipient may take affirmative action consistent with law to overcome the effects of conditions that resulted in limited participation therein by persons of a particular sex. Nothing in this part shall be interpreted to alter any affirmative action obligations that a recipient may have under Executive Order 11246, 3 CFR, 1964-1965 Comp., p. 339; as amended by Executive Order 11375, 3 CFR, 1966-1970 Comp., p. 684; as amended by Executive Order 11478, 3 CFR, 1966-1970 Comp., p. 803; as amended by Executive Order 12086, 3 CFR, 1978 Comp., p. 230; as amended by Executive Order 12107, 3 CFR, 1978 Comp., p. 264.
(c) Self-evaluation. Each recipient education institution shall, within one year of the effective date of this part:
(1) Evaluate, in terms of the requirements of this part, its current policies and practices and the effects thereof concerning admission of students, treatment of students, and employment of both academic and nonacademic personnel working in connection with the recipient's education program or activity;
(2) Modify any of these policies and practices that do not or may not meet the requirements of this part; and
(3) Take appropriate remedial steps to eliminate the effects of any discrimination that resulted or may have resulted from adherence to these policies and practices.
(d) Availability of self-evaluation and related materials. Recipients shall maintain on file for at least three years following completion of the evaluation required under paragraph (c) of this section, and shall provide to the designated agency official upon request, a description of any modifications made pursuant to paragraph (c)(2) of this section and of any remedial steps taken pursuant to paragraph (c)(3) of this section.
§ 15a.115 Assurance required.
(a) General. Either at the application stage or the award stage, Federal agencies must ensure that applications for Federal financial assistance or awards of Federal financial assistance contain, be accompanied by, or be covered by a specifically identified assurance from the applicant or recipient, satisfactory to the designated agency official, that each education program or activity operated by the applicant or recipient and to which this part applies will be operated in compliance with this part. An assurance of compliance with this part shall not be satisfactory to the designated agency official if the applicant or recipient to whom such assurance applies fails to commit itself to take whatever remedial action is necessary in accordance with § 15a.110(a) to eliminate existing discrimination on the basis of sex or to eliminate the effects of past discrimination whether occurring prior to or subsequent to the submission to the designated agency official of such assurance.
(b) Duration of obligation. (1) In the case of Federal financial assistance extended to provide real property or structures thereon, such assurance shall obligate the recipient or, in the case of a subsequent transfer, the transferee, for the period during which the real property or structures are used to provide an education program or activity.
(2) In the case of Federal financial assistance extended to provide personal property, such assurance shall obligate the recipient for the period during which it retains ownership or possession of the property.
(3) In all other cases such assurance shall obligate the recipient for the period during which Federal financial assistance is extended.
(c) Form. (1) The assurances required by paragraph (a) of this section, which may be included as part of a document that addresses other assurances or obligations, shall include that the applicant or recipient will comply with all applicable Federal statutes relating to nondiscrimination. These include but are not limited to: Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, as amended (20 U.S.C. 1681-1683, 1685-1688).
(2) The designated agency official will specify the extent to which such assurances will be required of the applicant's or recipient's subgrantees, contractors, subcontractors, transferees, or successors in interest.
§ 15a.120 Transfers of property.
If a recipient sells or otherwise transfers property financed in whole or in part with Federal financial assistance to a transferee that operates any education program or activity, and the Federal share of the fair market value of the property is not upon such sale or transfer properly accounted for to the Federal Government, both the transferor and the transferee shall be deemed to be recipients, subject to the provisions of §§ 15a.205 through 15a.235(a).
§ 15a.125 Effect of other requirements.
(a) Effect of other Federal provisions. The obligations imposed by this part are independent of, and do not alter, obligations not to discriminate on the basis of sex imposed by Executive Order 11246, 3 CFR, 1964-1965 Comp., p. 339; as amended by Executive Order 11375, 3 CFR, 1966-1970 Comp., p. 684; as amended by Executive Order 11478, 3 CFR, 1966-1970 Comp., p. 803; as amended by Executive Order 12087, 3 CFR, 1978 Comp., p. 230; as amended by Executive Order 12107, 3 CFR, 1978 Comp., p. 264; sections 704 and 855 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 295m, 298b-2); Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (42 U.S.C. 2000e et seq.); the Equal Pay Act of 1963 (29 U.S.C. 206); and any other Act of Congress or Federal regulation.
(b) Effect of State or local law or other requirements. The obligation to comply with this part is not obviated or alleviated by any State or local law or other requirement that would render any applicant or student ineligible, or limit the eligibility of any applicant or student, on the basis of sex, to practice any occupation or profession.
(c) Effect of rules or regulations of private organizations. The obligation to comply with this part is not obviated or alleviated by any rule or regulation of any organization, club, athletic or other league, or association that would render any applicant or student ineligible to participate or limit the eligibility or participation of any applicant or student, on the basis of sex, in any education program or activity operated by a recipient and that receives Federal financial assistance.
§ 15a.130 Effect of employment opportunities.
The obligation to comply with this part is not obviated or alleviated because employment opportunities in any occupation or profession are or may be more limited for members of one sex than for members of the other sex.
§ 15a.135 Designation of responsible employee and adoption of grievance procedures.
(a) Designation of responsible employee. Each recipient shall designate at least one employee to coordinate its efforts to comply with and carry out its responsibilities under this part, including any investigation of any complaint communicated to such recipient alleging its noncompliance with this part or alleging any actions that would be prohibited by this part. The recipient shall notify all its students and employees of the name, office address, and telephone number of the employee or employees appointed pursuant to this paragraph.
(b) Complaint procedure of recipient. A recipient shall adopt and publish grievance procedures providing for prompt and equitable resolution of student and employee complaints alleging any action that would be prohibited by this part.
§ 15a.140 Dissemination of policy.
(a) Notification of policy. (1) Each recipient shall implement specific and continuing steps to notify applicants for admission and employment, students and parents of elementary and secondary school students, employees, sources of referral of applicants for admission and employment, and all unions or professional organizations holding collective bargaining or professional agreements with the recipient, that it does not discriminate on the basis of sex in the educational programs or activities that it operates, and that it is required by Title IX and this part not to discriminate in such a manner. Such notification shall contain such information, and be made in such manner, as the designated agency official finds necessary to apprise such persons of the protections against discrimination assured them by Title IX and this part, but shall state at least that the requirement not to discriminate in education programs or activities extends to employment therein, and to admission thereto unless §§ 15a.300 through 15a.310 do not apply to the recipient, and that inquiries concerning the application of Title IX and this part to such recipient may be referred to the employee designated pursuant to § 15a.135, or to the designated agency official.
(2) Each recipient shall make the initial notification required by paragraph (a)(1) of this section within 90 days of the date this part first applies to such recipient, which notification shall include publication in:
(i) Newspapers and magazines operated by such recipient or by student, alumnae, or alumni groups for or in connection with such recipient; and
(ii) Memoranda or other written communications distributed to every student and employee of such recipient.
(b) Publications. (1) Each recipient shall prominently include a statement of the policy described in paragraph (a) of this section in each announcement, bulletin, catalog, or application form that it makes available to any person of a type, described in paragraph (a) of this section, or which is otherwise used in connection with the recruitment of students or employees.
(2) A recipient shall not use or distribute a publication of the type described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section that suggests, by text or illustration, that such recipient treats applicants, students, or employees differently on the basis of sex except as such treatment is permitted by this part.
(c) Distribution. Each recipient shall distribute without discrimination on the basis of sex each publication described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, and shall apprise each of its admission and employment recruitment representatives of the policy of nondiscrimination described in paragraph (a) of this section, and shall require such representatives to adhere to such policy.
Subpart B Coverage
§ 15a.200 Application.
Except as provided in §§ 15a.205 through 15a.235(a), this part applies to every recipient and to each education program or activity operated by such recipient that receives Federal financial assistance.
§ 15a.205 Educational institutions and other entities controlled by religious organizations.
(a) Exemption. This part does not apply to any operation of an educational institution or other entity that is controlled by a religious organization to the extent that application of this part would not be consistent with the religious tenets of such organization.
(b) Exemption claims. An educational institution or other entity that wishes to claim the exemption set forth in paragraph (a) of this section shall do so by submitting in writing to the designated agency official a statement by the highest-ranking official of the institution, identifying the provisions of this part that conflict with a specific tenet of the religious organization.
§ 15a.210 Military and merchant marine educational institutions.
This part does not apply to an educational institution whose primary purpose is the training of individuals for a military service of the United States or for the merchant marine.
§ 15a.215 Membership practices of certain organizations.
(a) Social fraternities and sororities. This part does not apply to the membership practices of social fraternities and sororities that are exempt from taxation under section 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, 26 U.S.C. 501(a), the active membership of which consists primarily of students in attendance at institutions of higher education.
(b) YMCA, YWCA, Girl Scouts, Boy Scouts, and Camp Fire Girls. This part does not apply to the membership practices of the Young Men's Christian Association (YMCA), the Young Women's Christian Association (YWCA), the Girl Scouts, the Boy Scouts, and Camp Fire Girls.
(c) Voluntary youth service organizations. This part does not apply to the membership practices of a voluntary youth service organization that is exempt from taxation under section 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, 26 U.S.C. 501(a), and the membership of which has been traditionally limited to members of one sex and principally to persons of less than nineteen years of age.
§ 15a.220 Admissions.
(a) Admissions to educational institutions prior to June 24, 1973, are not covered by this part.
(b) Administratively separate units. For the purposes only of this section, §§ 15a.225 and 15a.230, and §§ 15a.300 through 15a.310, each administratively separate unit shall be deemed to be an educational institution.
(c) Application of §§ 15a.300 through 15a.310. Except as provided in paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section, §§ 15a.300 through 15a.310 apply to each recipient. A recipient to which §§ 15a.300 through 15a.310 apply shall not discriminate on the basis of sex in admission or recruitment in violation of §§ 15a.300 through 15a.310.
(d) Educational institutions. Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section as to recipients that are educational institutions, §§ 15a.300 through 15a.310 apply only to institutions of vocational education, professional education, graduate higher education, and public institutions of undergraduate higher education.
(e) Public institutions of undergraduate higher education. Sections 15a.300 through 15a.310 do not apply to any public institution of undergraduate higher education that traditionally and continually from its establishment has had a policy of admitting students of only one sex.
§ 15a.225 Educational institutions eligible to submit transition plans.
(a) Application. This section applies to each educational institution to which §§ 15a.300 through 15a.310 apply that:
(1) Admitted students of only one sex as regular students as of June 23, 1972; or
(2) Admitted students of only one sex as regular students as of June 23, 1965, but thereafter admitted, as regular students, students of the sex not admitted prior to June 23, 1965.
(b) Provision for transition plans. An educational institution to which this section applies shall not discriminate on the basis of sex in admission or recruitment in violation of §§ 15a.300 through 15a.310.
§ 15a.230 Transition plans.
(a) Submission of plans. An institution to which § 15a.225 applies and that is composed of more than one administratively separate unit may submit either a single transition plan applicable to all such units, or a separate transition plan applicable to each such unit.
(b) Content of plans. In order to be approved by the Secretary of Education, a transition plan shall:
(1) State the name, address, and Federal Interagency Committee on Education Code of the educational institution submitting such plan, the administratively separate units to which the plan is applicable, and the name, address, and telephone number of the person to whom questions concerning the plan may be addressed. The person who submits the plan shall be the chief administrator or president of the institution, or another individual legally authorized to bind the institution to all actions set forth in the plan.
(2) State whether the educational institution or administratively separate unit admits students of both sexes as regular students and, if so, when it began to do so.
(3) Identify and describe with respect to the educational institution or administratively separate unit any obstacles to admitting students without discrimination on the basis of sex.
(4) Describe in detail the steps necessary to eliminate as soon as practicable each obstacle so identified and indicate the schedule for taking these steps and the individual directly responsible for their implementation.
(5) Include estimates of the number of students, by sex, expected to apply for, be admitted to, and enter each class during the period covered by the plan.
(c) Nondiscrimination. No policy or practice of a recipient to which § 15a.225 applies shall result in treatment of applicants to or students of such recipient in violation of §§ 15a.300 through 15a.310 unless such treatment is necessitated by an obstacle identified in paragraph (b)(3) of this section and a schedule for eliminating that obstacle has been provided as required by paragraph (b)(4) of this section.
(d) Effects of past exclusion. To overcome the effects of past exclusion of students on the basis of sex, each educational institution to which § 15a.225 applies shall include in its transition plan, and shall implement, specific steps designed to encourage individuals of the previously excluded sex to apply for admission to such institution. Such steps shall include instituting recruitment programs that emphasize the institution's commitment to enrolling students of the sex previously excluded.
§ 15a.235 Statutory amendments.
(a) This section, which applies to all provisions of this part, addresses statutory amendments to Title IX.
(b) This part shall not apply to or preclude:
(1) Any program or activity of the American Legion undertaken in connection with the organization or operation of any Boys State conference, Boys Nation conference, Girls State conference, or Girls Nation conference;
(2) Any program or activity of a secondary school or educational institution specifically for:
(i) The promotion of any Boys State conference, Boys Nation conference, Girls State conference, or Girls Nation conference; or
(ii) The selection of students to attend any such conference;
(3) Father-son or mother-daughter activities at an educational institution or in an education program or activity, but if such activities are provided for students of one sex, opportunities for reasonably comparable activities shall be provided to students of the other sex;
(4) Any scholarship or other financial assistance awarded by an institution of higher education to an individual because such individual has received such award in a single-sex pageant based upon a combination of factors related to the individual's personal appearance, poise, and talent. The pageant, however, must comply with other nondiscrimination provisions of Federal law.
(c) Program or activity or program means:
(1) All of the operations of any entity described in paragraphs (c)(1)(i) through (iv) of this section, any part of which is extended Federal financial assistance:
(i)(A) A department, agency, special purpose district, or other instrumentality of a State or of a local government; or
(B) The entity of such State or local government that distributes such assistance and each such department or agency (and each other State or local government entity) to which the assistance is extended, in the case of assistance to a State or local government;
(ii)(A) A college, university, or other postsecondary institution, or a public system of higher education; or
(B) A local educational agency (as defined in section 8801 of title 20), system of vocational education, or other school system;
(iii)(A) An entire corporation, partnership, or other private organization, or an entire sole proprietorship—
(1) If assistance is extended to such corporation, partnership, private organization, or sole proprietorship as a whole; or
(2) Which is principally engaged in the business of providing education, health care, housing, social services, or parks and recreation; or
(B) The entire plant or other comparable, geographically separate facility to which Federal financial assistance is extended, in the case of any other corporation, partnership, private organization, or sole proprietorship; or
(iv) Any other entity that is established by two or more of the entities described in paragraphs (c)(1)(i), (ii), or (iii) of this section.
(2)(i) Program or activity does not include any operation of an entity that is controlled by a religious organization if the application of 20 U.S.C. 1681 to such operation would not be consistent with the religious tenets of such organization.
(ii) For example, all of the operations of a college, university, or other postsecondary institution, including but not limited to traditional educational operations, faculty and student housing, campus shuttle bus service, campus restaurants, the bookstore, and other commercial activities are part of a “program or activity” subject to this part if the college, university, or other institution receives Federal financial assistance.
(d)(1) Nothing in this part shall be construed to require or prohibit any person, or public or private entity, to provide or pay for any benefit or service, including the use of facilities, related to an abortion. Medical procedures, benefits, services, and the use of facilities, necessary to save the life of a pregnant woman or to address complications related to an abortion are not subject to this section.
(2) Nothing in this section shall be construed to permit a penalty to be imposed on any person or individual because such person or individual is seeking or has received any benefit or service related to a legal abortion. Accordingly, subject to paragraph (d)(1) of this section, no person shall be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be subjected to discrimination under any academic, extracurricular, research, occupational training, employment, or other educational program or activity operated by a recipient that receives Federal financial assistance because such individual has sought or received, or is seeking, a legal abortion, or any benefit or service related to a legal abortion.
Subpart C Discrimination on the Basis of Sex in Admission and Recruitment Prohibited
§ 15a.300 Admission.
(a) General. No person shall, on the basis of sex, be denied admission, or be subjected to discrimination in admission, by any recipient to which §§ 15a.300 through 15a.310 apply, except as provided in §§ 15a.225 and 15a.230.
(b) Specific prohibitions. (1) In determining whether a person satisfies any policy or criterion for admission, or in making any offer of admission, a recipient to which §§ 15a.300 through 15a.310 apply shall not:
(i) Give preference to one person over another on the basis of sex, by ranking applicants separately on such basis, or otherwise;
(ii) Apply numerical limitations upon the number or proportion of persons of either sex who may be admitted; or
(iii) Otherwise treat one individual differently from another on the basis of sex.
(2) A recipient shall not administer or operate any test or other criterion for admission that has a disproportionately adverse effect on persons on the basis of sex unless the use of such test or criterion is shown to predict validly success in the education program or activity in question and alternative tests or criteria that do not have such a disproportionately adverse effect are shown to be unavailable.
(c) Prohibitions relating to marital or parental status. In determining whether a person satisfies any policy or criterion for admission, or in making any offer of admission, a recipient to which §§ 15a.300 through 15a.310 apply:
(1) Shall not apply any rule concerning the actual or potential parental, family, or marital status of a student or applicant that treats persons differently on the basis of sex;
(2) Shall not discriminate against or exclude any person on the basis of pregnancy, childbirth, termination of pregnancy, or recovery therefrom, or establish or follow any rule or practice that so discriminates or excludes;
(3) Subject to § 15a.235(d), shall treat disabilities related to pregnancy, childbirth, termination of pregnancy, or recovery therefrom in the same manner and under the same policies as any other temporary disability or physical condition; and
(4) Shall not make pre-admission inquiry as to the marital status of an applicant for admission, including whether such applicant is “Miss” or “Mrs.” A recipient may make pre-admission inquiry as to the sex of an applicant for admission, but only if such inquiry is made equally of such applicants of both sexes and if the results of such inquiry are not used in connection with discrimination prohibited by this part.
§ 15a.305 Preference in admission.
A recipient to which §§ 15a.300 through 15a.310 apply shall not give preference to applicants for admission, on the basis of attendance at any educational institution or other school or entity that admits as students only or predominantly members of one sex, if the giving of such preference has the effect of discriminating on the basis of sex in violation of §§ 15a.300 through 15a.310.
§ 15a.310 Recruitment.
(a) Nondiscriminatory recruitment. A recipient to which §§ 15a.300 through 15a.310 apply shall not discriminate on the basis of sex in the recruitment and admission of students. A recipient may be required to undertake additional recruitment efforts for one sex as remedial action pursuant to § 15a.110(a), and may choose to undertake such efforts as affirmative action pursuant to § 15a.110(b).
(b) Recruitment at certain institutions. A recipient to which §§ 15a.300 through 15a.310 apply shall not recruit primarily or exclusively at educational institutions, schools, or entities that admit as students only or predominantly members of one sex, if such actions have the effect of discriminating on the basis of sex in violation of §§ 15a.300 through 15a.310.
Subpart D Discrimination on the Basis of Sex in Education Programs or Activities Prohibited
§ 15a.400 Education programs or activities.
(a) General. Except as provided elsewhere in this part, no person shall, on the basis of sex, be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be subjected to discrimination under any academic, extracurricular, research, occupational training, or other education program or activity operated by a recipient that receives Federal financial assistance. Sections 15a.400 through 15a.455 do not apply to actions of a recipient in connection with admission of its students to an education program or activity of a recipient to which §§ 15a.300 through 15a.310 do not apply, or an entity, not a recipient, to which §§ 15a.300 through 15a.310 would not apply if the entity were a recipient.
(b) Specific prohibitions. Except as provided in §§ 15a.400 through 15a.455, in providing any aid, benefit, or service to a student, a recipient shall not, on the basis of sex:
(1) Treat one person differently from another in determining whether such person satisfies any requirement or condition for the provision of such aid, benefit, or service;
(2) Provide different aid, benefits, or services or provide aid, benefits, or services in a different manner;
(3) Deny any person any such aid, benefit, or service;
(4) Subject any person to separate or different rules of behavior, sanctions, or other treatment;
(5) Apply any rule concerning the domicile or residence of a student or applicant, including eligibility for instate fees and tuition;
(6) Aid or perpetuate discrimination against any person by providing significant assistance to any agency, organization, or person that discriminates on the basis of sex in providing any aid, benefit, or service to students or employees;
(7) Otherwise limit any person in the enjoyment of any right, privilege, advantage, or opportunity.
(c) Assistance administered by a recipient educational institution to study at a foreign institution. A recipient educational institution may administer or assist in the administration of scholarships, fellowships, or other awards established by foreign or domestic wills, trusts, or similar legal instruments, or by acts of foreign governments and restricted to members of one sex, that are designed to provide opportunities to study abroad, and that are awarded to students who are already matriculating at or who are graduates of the recipient institution; Provided, that a recipient educational institution that administers or assists in the administration of such scholarships, fellowships, or other awards that are restricted to members of one sex provides, or otherwise makes available, reasonable opportunities for similar studies for members of the other sex. Such opportunities may be derived from either domestic or foreign sources.
(d) Aids, benefits or services not provided by recipient. (1) This paragraph (d) applies to any recipient that requires participation by any applicant, student, or employee in any education program or activity not operated wholly by such recipient, or that facilitates, permits, or considers such participation as part of or equivalent to an education program or activity operated by such recipient, including participation in educational consortia and cooperative employment and student-teaching assignments.
(2) Such recipient:
(i) Shall develop and implement a procedure designed to assure itself that the operator or sponsor of such other education program or activity takes no action affecting any applicant, student, or employee of such recipient that this part would prohibit such recipient from taking; and
(ii) Shall not facilitate, require, permit, or consider such participation if such action occurs.
§ 15a.405 Housing.
(a) Generally. A recipient shall not, on the basis of sex, apply different rules or regulations, impose different fees or requirements, or offer different services or benefits related to housing, except as provided in this section (including housing provided only to married students).
(b) Housing provided by recipient. (1) A recipient may provide separate housing on the basis of sex.
(2) Housing provided by a recipient to students of one sex, when compared to that provided to students of the other sex, shall be as a whole:
(i) Proportionate in quantity to the number of students of that sex applying for such housing; and
(ii) Comparable in quality and cost to the student.
(c) Other housing. (1) A recipient shall not, on the basis of sex, administer different policies or practices concerning occupancy by its students of housing other than that provided by such recipient.
(2)(i) A recipient which, through solicitation, listing, approval of housing, or otherwise, assists any agency, organization, or person in making housing available to any of its students, shall take such reasonable action as may be necessary to assure itself that such housing as is provided to students of one sex, when compared to that provided to students of the other sex, is as a whole:
(A) Proportionate in quantity; and
(B) Comparable in quality and cost to the student.
(ii) A recipient may render such assistance to any agency, organization, or person that provides all or part of such housing to students of only one sex.
§ 15a.410 Comparable facilities.
A recipient may provide separate toilet, locker room, and shower facilities on the basis of sex, but such facilities provided for students of one sex shall be comparable to such facilities provided for students of the other sex.
§ 15a.415 Access to course offerings.
(a) A recipient shall not provide any course or otherwise carry out any of its education program or activity separately on the basis of sex, or require or refuse participation therein by any of its students on such basis, including health, physical education, industrial, business, vocational, technical, home economics, music, and adult education courses.
(b)(1) With respect to classes and activities in physical education at the elementary school level, the recipient shall comply fully with this section as expeditiously as possible but in no event later than one year from the effective date of these regulations. With respect to physical education classes and activities at the secondary and post-secondary levels, the recipient shall comply fully with this section as expeditiously as possible but in no event later than three years from the effective date of these regulations.
(2) This section does not prohibit grouping of students in physical education classes and activities by ability as assessed by objective standards of individual performance developed and applied without regard to sex.
(3) This section does not prohibit separation of students by sex within physical education classes or activities during participation in wrestling, boxing, rugby, ice hockey, football, basketball, and other sports the purpose or major activity of which involves bodily contact.
(4) Where use of a single standard of measuring skill or progress in a physical education class has an adverse effect on members of one sex, the recipient shall use appropriate standards that do not have such effect.
(5) Portions of classes in elementary and secondary schools, or portions of education programs or activities, that deal exclusively with human sexuality may be conducted in separate sessions for boys and girls.
(6) Recipients may make requirements based on vocal range or quality that may result in a chorus or choruses of one or predominantly one sex.
§ 15a.420 Access to schools operated by LEAs.
A recipient that is a local educational agency shall not, on the basis of sex, exclude any person from admission to:
(a) Any institution of vocational education operated by such recipient; or
(b) Any other school or educational unit operated by such recipient, unless such recipient otherwise makes available to such person, pursuant to the same policies and criteria of admission, courses, services, and facilities comparable to each course, service, and facility offered in or through such schools.
§ 15a.425 Counseling and use of appraisal and counseling materials.
(a) Counseling. A recipient shall not discriminate against any person on the basis of sex in the counseling or guidance of students or applicants for admission.
(b) Use of appraisal and counseling materials. A recipient that uses testing or other materials for appraising or counseling students shall not use different materials for students on the basis of their sex or use materials that permit or require different treatment of students on such basis unless such different materials cover the same occupations and interest areas and the use of such different materials is shown to be essential to eliminate sex bias. Recipients shall develop and use internal procedures for ensuring that such materials do not discriminate on the basis of sex. Where the use of a counseling test or other instrument results in a substantially disproportionate number of members of one sex in any particular course of study or classification, the recipient shall take such action as is necessary to assure itself that such disproportion is not the result of discrimination in the instrument or its application.
(c) Disproportion in classes. Where a recipient finds that a particular class contains a substantially disproportionate number of individuals of one sex, the recipient shall take such action as is necessary to assure itself that such disproportion is not the result of discrimination on the basis of sex in counseling or appraisal materials or by counselors.
§ 15a.430 Financial assistance.
(a) General. Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, in providing financial assistance to any of its students, a recipient shall not:
(1) On the basis of sex, provide different amounts or types of such assistance, limit eligibility for such assistance that is of any particular type or source, apply different criteria, or otherwise discriminate;
(2) Through solicitation, listing, approval, provision of facilities, or other services, assist any foundation, trust, agency, organization, or person that provides assistance to any of such recipient's students in a manner that discriminates on the basis of sex; or
(3) Apply any rule or assist in application of any rule concerning eligibility for such assistance that treats persons of one sex differently from persons of the other sex with regard to marital or parental status.
(b) Financial aid established by certain legal instruments. (1) A recipient may administer or assist in the administration of scholarships, fellowships, or other forms of financial assistance established pursuant to domestic or foreign wills, trusts, bequests, or similar legal instruments or by acts of a foreign government that require that awards be made to members of a particular sex specified therein; Provided, that the overall effect of the award of such sex-restricted scholarships, fellowships, and other forms of financial assistance does not discriminate on the basis of sex.
(2) To ensure nondiscriminatory awards of assistance as required in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, recipients shall develop and use procedures under which:
(i) Students are selected for award of financial assistance on the basis of nondiscriminatory criteria and not on the basis of availability of funds restricted to members of a particular sex;
(ii) An appropriate sex-restricted scholarship, fellowship, or other form of financial assistance is allocated to each student selected under paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section; and
(iii) No student is denied the award for which he or she was selected under paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section because of the absence of a scholarship, fellowship, or other form of financial assistance designated for a member of that student's sex.
(c) Athletic scholarships. (1) To the extent that a recipient awards athletic scholarships or grants-in-aid, it must provide reasonable opportunities for such awards for members of each sex in proportion to the number of students of each sex participating in interscholastic or intercollegiate athletics.
(2) A recipient may provide separate athletic scholarships or grants-in-aid for members of each sex as part of separate athletic teams for members of each sex to the extent consistent with this paragraph (c) and § 15a.450.
§ 15a.435 Employment assistance to students.
(a) Assistance by recipient in making available outside employment. A recipient that assists any agency, organization, or person in making employment available to any of its students:
(1) Shall assure itself that such employment is made available without discrimination on the basis of sex; and
(2) Shall not render such services to any agency, organization, or person that discriminates on the basis of sex in its employment practices.
(b) Employment of students by recipients. A recipient that employs any of its students shall not do so in a manner that violates §§ 15a.500 through 15a.550.
§ 15a.440 Health and insurance benefits and services.
Subject to § 15a.235(d), in providing a medical, hospital, accident, or life insurance benefit, service, policy, or plan to any of its students, a recipient shall not discriminate on the basis of sex, or provide such benefit, service, policy, or plan in a manner that would violate §§ 15a.500 through 15a.550 if it were provided to employees of the recipient. This section shall not prohibit a recipient from providing any benefit or service that may be used by a different proportion of students of one sex than of the other, including family planning services. However, any recipient that provides full coverage health service shall provide gynecological care.
§ 15a.445 Marital or parental status.
(a) Status generally. A recipient shall not apply any rule concerning a student's actual or potential parental, family, or marital status that treats students differently on the basis of sex.
(b) Pregnancy and related conditions. (1) A recipient shall not discriminate against any student, or exclude any student from its education program or activity, including any class or extracurricular activity, on the basis of such student's pregnancy, childbirth, false pregnancy, termination of pregnancy, or recovery therefrom, unless the student requests voluntarily to participate in a separate portion of the program or activity of the recipient.
(2) A recipient may require such a student to obtain the certification of a physician that the student is physically and emotionally able to continue participation as long as such a certification is required of all students for other physical or emotional conditions requiring the attention of a physician.
(3) A recipient that operates a portion of its education program or activity separately for pregnant students, admittance to which is completely voluntary on the part of the student as provided in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, shall ensure that the separate portion is comparable to that offered to non-pregnant students.
(4) Subject to § 15a.235(d), a recipient shall treat pregnancy, childbirth, false pregnancy, termination of pregnancy and recovery therefrom in the same manner and under the same policies as any other temporary disability with respect to any medical or hospital benefit, service, plan, or policy that such recipient administers, operates, offers, or participates in with respect to students admitted to the recipient's educational program or activity.
(5) In the case of a recipient that does not maintain a leave policy for its students, or in the case of a student who does not otherwise qualify for leave under such a policy, a recipient shall treat pregnancy, childbirth, false pregnancy, termination of pregnancy, and recovery therefrom as a justification for a leave of absence for as long a period of time as is deemed medically necessary by the student's physician, at the conclusion of which the student shall be reinstated to the status that she held when the leave began.
§ 15a.450 Athletics.
(a) General. No person shall, on the basis of sex, be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, be treated differently from another person, or otherwise be discriminated against in any interscholastic, intercollegiate, club, or intramural athletics offered by a recipient, and no recipient shall provide any such athletics separately on such basis.
(b) Separate teams. Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section, a recipient may operate or sponsor separate teams for members of each sex where selection for such teams is based upon competitive skill or the activity involved is a contact sport. However, where a recipient operates or sponsors a team in a particular sport for members of one sex but operates or sponsors no such team for members of the other sex, and athletic opportunities for members of that sex have previously been limited, members of the excluded sex must be allowed to try out for the team offered unless the sport involved is a contact sport. For the purposes of this part, contact sports include boxing, wrestling, rugby, ice hockey, football, basketball, and other sports the purpose or major activity of which involves bodily contact.
(c) Equal opportunity. (1) A recipient that operates or sponsors interscholastic, intercollegiate, club, or intramural athletics shall provide equal athletic opportunity for members of both sexes. In determining whether equal opportunities are available, the designated agency official will consider, among other factors:
(i) Whether the selection of sports and levels of competition effectively accommodate the interests and abilities of members of both sexes;
(ii) The provision of equipment and supplies;
(iii) Scheduling of games and practice time;
(iv) Travel and per diem allowance;
(v) Opportunity to receive coaching and academic tutoring;
(vi) Assignment and compensation of coaches and tutors;
(vii) Provision of locker rooms, practice, and competitive facilities;
(viii) Provision of medical and training facilities and services;
(ix) Provision of housing and dining facilities and services;
(x) Publicity.
(2) For purposes of paragraph (c)(1) of this section, unequal aggregate expenditures for members of each sex or unequal expenditures for male and female teams if a recipient operates or sponsors separate teams will not constitute noncompliance with this section, but the designated agency official may consider the failure to provide necessary funds for teams for one sex in assessing equality of opportunity for members of each sex.
(d) Adjustment period. A recipient that operates or sponsors interscholastic, intercollegiate, club, or intramural athletics at the elementary school level shall comply fully with this section as expeditiously as possible but in no event later than one year from the effective date of these regulations. A recipient that operates or sponsors interscholastic, intercollegiate, club, or intramural athletics at the secondary or postsecondary school level shall comply fully with this section as expeditiously as possible but in no event later than three years from the effective date of these regulations.
§ 15a.455 Textbooks and curricular material.
Nothing in this part shall be interpreted as requiring or prohibiting or abridging in any way the use of particular textbooks or curricular materials.
Subpart E Discrimination on the Basis of Sex in Employment in Education Programs or Activities Prohibited
§ 15a.500 Employment.
(a) General. (1) No person shall, on the basis of sex, be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be subjected to discrimination in employment, or recruitment, consideration, or selection therefor, whether full-time or part-time, under any education program or activity operated by a recipient that receives Federal financial assistance.
(2) A recipient shall make all employment decisions in any education program or activity operated by such recipient in a nondiscriminatory manner and shall not limit, segregate, or classify applicants or employees in any way that could adversely affect any applicant's or employee's employment opportunities or status because of sex.
(3) A recipient shall not enter into any contractual or other relationship which directly or indirectly has the effect of subjecting employees or students to discrimination prohibited by §§ 15a.500 through 15a.550, including relationships with employment and referral agencies, with labor unions, and with organizations providing or administering fringe benefits to employees of the recipient.
(4) A recipient shall not grant preferences to applicants for employment on the basis of attendance at any educational institution or entity that admits as students only or predominantly members of one sex, if the giving of such preferences has the effect of discriminating on the basis of sex in violation of this part.
(b) Application. The provisions of §§ 15a.500 through 15a.550 apply to:
(1) Recruitment, advertising, and the process of application for employment;
(2) Hiring, upgrading, promotion, consideration for and award of tenure, demotion, transfer, layoff, termination, application of nepotism policies, right of return from layoff, and rehiring;
(3) Rates of pay or any other form of compensation, and changes in compensation;
(4) Job assignments, classifications, and structure, including position descriptions, lines of progression, and seniority lists;
(5) The terms of any collective bargaining agreement;
(6) Granting and return from leaves of absence, leave for pregnancy, childbirth, false pregnancy, termination of pregnancy, leave for persons of either sex to care for children or dependents, or any other leave;
(7) Fringe benefits available by virtue of employment, whether or not administered by the recipient;
(8) Selection and financial support for training, including apprenticeship, professional meetings, conferences, and other related activities, selection for tuition assistance, selection for sabbaticals and leaves of absence to pursue training;
(9) Employer-sponsored activities, including social or recreational programs; and
(10) Any other term, condition, or privilege of employment.
§ 15a.505 Employment criteria.
A recipient shall not administer or operate any test or other criterion for any employment opportunity that has a disproportionately adverse effect on persons on the basis of sex unless:
(a) Use of such test or other criterion is shown to predict validly successful performance in the position in question; and
(b) Alternative tests or criteria for such purpose, which do not have such disproportionately adverse effect, are shown to be unavailable.
§ 15a.510 Recruitment.
(a) Nondiscriminatory recruitment and hiring. A recipient shall not discriminate on the basis of sex in the recruitment and hiring of employees. Where a recipient has been found to be presently discriminating on the basis of sex in the recruitment or hiring of employees, or has been found to have so discriminated in the past, the recipient shall recruit members of the sex so discriminated against so as to overcome the effects of such past or present discrimination.
(b) Recruitment patterns. A recipient shall not recruit primarily or exclusively at entities that furnish as applicants only or predominantly members of one sex if such actions have the effect of discriminating on the basis of sex in violation of §§ 15a.500 through 15a.550.
§ 15a.515 Compensation.
A recipient shall not make or enforce any policy or practice that, on the basis of sex:
(a) Makes distinctions in rates of pay or other compensation;
(b) Results in the payment of wages to employees of one sex at a rate less than that paid to employees of the opposite sex for equal work on jobs the performance of which requires equal skill, effort, and responsibility, and that are performed under similar working conditions.
§ 15a.520 Job classification and structure.
A recipient shall not:
(a) Classify a job as being for males or for females;
(b) Maintain or establish separate lines of progression, seniority lists, career ladders, or tenure systems based on sex; or
(c) Maintain or establish separate lines of progression, seniority systems, career ladders, or tenure systems for similar jobs, position descriptions, or job requirements that classify persons on the basis of sex, unless sex is a bona fide occupational qualification for the positions in question as set forth in § 15a.550.
§ 15a.525 Fringe benefits.
(a) “Fringe benefits” defined. For purposes of this part, fringe benefits means: Any medical, hospital, accident, life insurance, or retirement benefit, service, policy or plan, any profit-sharing or bonus plan, leave, and any other benefit or service of employment not subject to the provision of § 15a.515.
(b) Prohibitions. A recipient shall not:
(1) Discriminate on the basis of sex with regard to making fringe benefits available to employees or make fringe benefits available to spouses, families, or dependents of employees differently upon the basis of the employee's sex;
(2) Administer, operate, offer, or participate in a fringe benefit plan that does not provide for equal periodic benefits for members of each sex and for equal contributions to the plan by such recipient for members of each sex; or
(3) Administer, operate, offer, or participate in a pension or retirement plan that establishes different optional or compulsory retirement ages based on sex or that otherwise discriminates in benefits on the basis of sex.
§ 15a.530 Marital or parental status.
(a) General. A recipient shall not apply any policy or take any employment action:
(1) Concerning the potential marital, parental, or family status of an employee or applicant for employment that treats persons differently on the basis of sex; or
(2) Which is based upon whether an employee or applicant for employment is the head of household or principal wage earner in such employee's or applicant's family unit.
(b) Pregnancy. A recipient shall not discriminate against or exclude from employment any employee or applicant for employment on the basis of pregnancy, childbirth, false pregnancy, termination of pregnancy, or recovery therefrom.
(c) Pregnancy as a temporary disability. Subject to § 15a.235(d), a recipient shall treat pregnancy, childbirth, false pregnancy, termination of pregnancy, recovery therefrom, and any temporary disability resulting therefrom as any other temporary disability for all job-related purposes, including commencement, duration, and extensions of leave, payment of disability income, accrual of seniority and any other benefit or service, and reinstatement, and under any fringe benefit offered to employees by virtue of employment.
(d) Pregnancy leave. In the case of a recipient that does not maintain a leave policy for its employees, or in the case of an employee with insufficient leave or accrued employment time to qualify for leave under such a policy, a recipient shall treat pregnancy, childbirth, false pregnancy, termination of pregnancy, and recovery therefrom as a justification for a leave of absence without pay for a reasonable period of time, at the conclusion of which the employee shall be reinstated to the status that she held when the leave began or to a comparable position, without decrease in rate of compensation or loss of promotional opportunities, or any other right or privilege of employment.
§ 15a.535 Effect of state or local law or other requirements.
(a) Prohibitory requirements. The obligation to comply with §§ 15a.500 through 15a.550 is not obviated or alleviated by the existence of any State or local law or other requirement that imposes prohibitions or limits upon employment of members of one sex that are not imposed upon members of the other sex.
(b) Benefits. A recipient that provides any compensation, service, or benefit to members of one sex pursuant to a State or local law or other requirement shall provide the same compensation, service, or benefit to members of the other sex.
§ 15a.540 Advertising.
A recipient shall not in any advertising related to employment indicate preference, limitation, specification, or discrimination based on sex unless sex is a bona fide occupational qualification for the particular job in question.
§ 15a.545 Pre-employment inquiries.
(a) Marital status. A recipient shall not make pre-employment inquiry as to the marital status of an applicant for employment, including whether such applicant is “Miss” or “Mrs.”
(b) Sex. A recipient may make pre-employment inquiry as to the sex of an applicant for employment, but only if such inquiry is made equally of such applicants of both sexes and if the results of such inquiry are not used in connection with discrimination prohibited by this part.
§ 15a.550 Sex as a bona fide occupational qualification.
A recipient may take action otherwise prohibited by §§ 15a.500 through 15a.550 provided it is shown that sex is a bona fide occupational qualification for that action, such that consideration of sex with regard to such action is essential to successful operation of the employment function concerned. A recipient shall not take action pursuant to this section that is based upon alleged comparative employment characteristics or stereotyped characterizations of one or the other sex, or upon preference based on sex of the recipient, employees, students, or other persons, but nothing contained in this section shall prevent a recipient from considering an employee's sex in relation to employment in a locker room or toilet facility used only by members of one sex.
Subpart F Other Provisions
§ 15a.605 Enforcement procedures.
The procedural provisions applicable to title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (42 U.S.C. 2000d) are hereby adopted and applied to this part. These procedures may be found at 7 CFR 15.5-15.11 and 15.60-15.143.
PART 15b NONDISCRIMINATION ON THE BASIS OF HANDICAP IN PROGRAMS OR ACTIVITIES RECEIVING FEDERAL FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE
Authority: 29 U.S.C. 794.
Source: 47 FR 25470, June 11, 1982, unless otherwise noted.
Subpart A General Provisions
§ 15b.1 Purpose.
The purpose of this part is to implement section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, as amended, to the end that no otherwise qualified handicapped individual in the United States shall solely by reason of his or her handicap be excluded from the participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be subjected to discrimination under any program or activity receiving Federal financial assistance.
§ 15b.2 Applicability.
This part applies to all programs or activities that receive Federal financial assistance extended by the Department of Agriculture after the effective date of this part whether or not the assistance was approved after the effective date. Subparts A, B, and C are of general applicability. Subparts D, E, and F are more specifically tailored. Subpart G is procedural.
[47 FR 25470, June 11, 1982, as amended at 55 FR 52139, Dec. 19, 1990; 68 FR 51342, Aug. 26, 2003]
§ 15b.3 Definitions.
As used in this part, the term or phrase:
(a) The Act means the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, Public Law 93-112, 87 Stat. 390 (1973), as amended by the Rehabilitation Act Amendments of 1974, Public Law 93-651, 89 Stat. 2 (1974) and Public Law 93-516, 88 Stat. 1617 (1974) and the Rehabilitation, Comprehensive Services and Developmental Disabilities Amendments of 1978, Public Law 95-602, 92 Stat. 2955 (1978). The Act appears at 29 U.S.C. 701-794.
(b) Section 504 means section 504 of the Act, 29 U.S.C. 794.
(c) Education of the Handicapped Act means the Education of the Handicapped Act, Public Law 92-230, Title VI, 84 Stat. 175 (1970), as amended by the Education of the Handicapped Amendments of 1974, Public Law 93-380, Title VI, 88 Stat. 576 (1974), the Education for All Handicapped Children Act of 1975, Public Law 94-142, 89 Stat. 773 (1975), and the Education of the Handicapped Amendments of 1977, Public Law 95-49, 91 Stat. 230 (1977). The Education of the Handicapped Act appears at 20 U.S.C. 1401-1461.
(d) Department means the Department of Agriculture and includes each of its operating agencies and other organizational units.
(e) Secretary means the Secretary of Agriculture or any officer or employee of the Department to whom the Secretary has delegated or may delegate the authority to act under the regulations of this part.
(f) Recipient means any State or its political subdivision, any instrumentality of a State or its political subdivision, any public or private agency, institution, organization, or other entity, or any person to which Federal financial assistance is extended directly or through another recipient, including any successor, assignee, or transferee of a recipient, but excluding the ultimate beneficiary of the assistance.
(g) Federal financial assistance or assistance means any grant, contract (other than a procurement contract or a contract of insurance or guaranty), cooperative agreement, formula allocation, loan, or any other arrangement by which the Department provides or otherwise makes available assistance in the form of:
(1) Funds;
(2) Services of Federal personnel;
(3) Real and personal Federal property or any interest in Federal property, including:
(i) A sale, transfer, lease or use (on other than a casual or transient basis) of Federal property for less than fair market value, for reduced consideration or in recognition of the public nature of the recipient's program or activity; and
(ii) Proceeds from a subsequent sale, transfer or lease of Federal property if the Federal share of its fair market value is not returned to the Federal Government.
(4) Any other thing of value.
(h) Facility means all or any portion of buildings, structures, equipment, roads, walks, parking lots, or other real or personal property or interest in such property.
(i) Handicapped person means any person who has a physical or mental impairment which substantially limits one or more major life activities, has a record of such an impairment, or is regarded as having such an impairment.
(j) Physical or mental impairment means (1) any physiological disorder or condition, cosmetic disfigurement, or anatomical loss affecting one or more of the following body systems: Neurological; musculoskeletal; special sense organs; respiratory, including speech organs; cardiovascular; reproductive; digestive; genitourinary; hemic and lymphatic; skin; and endocrine; or (2) any mental or psychological disorder, such as mental retardation, organic brain syndrome, emotional or mental illness, and specific learning disabilities. The term physical or mental impairment includes, but is not limited to, such diseases and conditions as orthopedic, visual, speech, and hearing impairments; cerebral palsy; epilepsy; muscular dystrophy; multiple sclerosis, cancer; heart disease; diabetes; mental retardation; emotional illness; and drug addiction and alcoholism.
(k) Major life activities means functions such as caring for one's self, performing manual tasks, walking, seeing, hearing, speaking, breathing, learning and working.
(l) Has a record of such an impairment means has a history of, or has been misclassified as having, a mental or physical impairment that substantially limits one or more major life activities.
(m) Is regarded as having an impairment means (1) has a physical or mental impairment that does not substantially limit major life activities but that is treated by a recipient as constituting such a limitation; (2) has a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits major life activities only as a result of the attitudes of others towards such impairments, or (3) has none of the impairments defined in paragraph (j) of this section but is treated by a recipient as having such an impairment.
(n) Qualified handicapped person (used synonymously with otherwise qualified handicapped individual) means:
(1) With respect to employment, a handicapped person who, with reasonable accommodation, can perform the essential functions of the job in question, but the term does not include any individual who is an alcoholic or drug abuser whose current use of alcohol or drugs prevents such individual from performing the duties of the job in question or whose employment, by reason of such current alcohol or drug abuse, would constitute a direct threat to property or the safety of others;
(2) With respect to public preschool, elementary, secondary, or adult educational services, a handicapped person, (i) of an age during which non-handicapped persons are provided such services, (ii) of an age during which it is mandatory under State law to provide such services to handicapped persons, or (iii) to whom a State is required to provide a free appropriate public education under section 612 of the Education of the Handicapped Act; and
(3) With respect to postsecondary and vocational education services, a handicapped person who meets all academic and technical standards requisite to admission or participation in the recipient's education program or activity;
(4) With respect to other services, a handicapped person who meets the essential eligibility requirements for the receipt of such services.
(o) Handicap means any condition or characteristic that renders a person a handicapped person as defined in paragraph (i) of this section.
(p) For purposes of § 15b.18(d), Historic Preservation Programs are those that receive Federal financial assistance that has preservation of historic properties as a primary purpose.
(q) For purposes of § 15b.18(e), Historic properties means those buildings or facilities that are eligible for listing in the National Register of Historic Places, or such properties designated as historic under a statute of the appropriate State or local government body.
(r) For purposes of § 15b.18(d), Substantial impairment means a significant loss of the integrity of finished materials, design quality or special character which loss results from a permanent alteration.
(s) Program or activity means all of the operations of any entity described in paragraphs (s)(1) through (4) of this section, any part of which is extended Federal financial assistance:
(1)(i) A department, agency, special purpose district, or other instrumentality of a State or of a local government; or
(ii) The entity of such State or local government that distributes such assistance and each such department or agency (and each other State or local government entity) to which the assistance is extended, in the case of assistance to a State or local government;
(2)(i) A college, university, or other postsecondary institution, or a public system of higher education; or
(ii) A local educational agency (as defined in 20 U.S.C. 7801), system of vocational education, or other school system;
(3)(i) An entire corporation, partnership, or other private organization, or an entire sole proprietorship—
(A) If assistance is extended to such corporation, partnership, private organization, or sole proprietorship as a whole; or
(B) Which is principally engaged in the business of providing education, health care, housing, social services, or parks and recreation; or
(ii) The entire plant or other comparable, geographically separate facility to which Federal financial assistance is extended, in the case of any other corporation, partnership, private organization, or sole proprietorship; or
(4) Any other entity which is established by two or more of the entities described in paragraph (s)(1), (2), or (3) of this section.
[47 FR 25470, June 11, 1982, as amended at 55 FR 52139, Dec. 19, 1990; 68 FR 51342, Aug. 26, 2003]
§ 15b.4 Discrimination prohibited.
(a) General. No qualified handicapped person shall, on the basis of handicap, be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or otherwise be subjected to discrimination under any program or activity receiving assistance from this Department.
(b) Discriminatory actions prohibited. (1) A recipient, in providing any aid, benefit or service, may not, directly or through contractual, licensing, or other arrangements, on the basis of handicap:
(i) Deny a qualified handicapped person the opportunity to participate in or benefit from the aid, benefit or services;
(ii) Afford a qualified handicapped person an opportunity to participate in or benefit from the aid, benefit or services that is not equal to that afforded others;
(iii) Provide a qualified handicapped person with an aid, benefit or service that is not as effective in affording equal opportunity to obtain the same result, to gain the same benefit or to reach the same level of achievement in the most integrated setting appropriate as that provided to others;
(iv) Provide a different or separate aid, benefit or service to handicapped persons or to any class of handicapped persons unless such action is necessary to provide qualified handicapped persons with an aid, benefit or service that are as effective as those provided to others;
(v) Aid or perpetuate discrimination against a qualified handicapped person by providing significant assistance to an agency, organization, or person that discriminates on the basis of handicap in providing any aid, benefit or service to beneficiaries of the recipient's program or activity;
(vi) Deny a qualified handicapped person the opportunity to participate as a member of planning or advisory boards; or
(vii) Otherwise limit a qualified handicapped person in the enjoyment of any rights, privilege, advantage, or opportunity enjoyed by others receiving an aid, benefit or service.
(2) For purposes of this part, aids, benefits and services, to be equally effective, are not required to produce the identical result or level of achievement for handicapped and nonhandicapped persons, but must afford handicapped persons equal opportunity to obtain the same result, to gain the same benefit, or to reach the same level of achievement, in the most integrated setting appropriate to the person's needs.
(3) Despite the existence of separate or different aid, benefits, or services provided in accordance with this part, a recipient may not deny a qualified handicapped person the opportunity to participate in such programs or activities that are not separate or different.
(4) A recipient may not, directly or through contractual or other arrangements, utilize criteria or methods of administration (i) that have the effect of subjecting qualified handicapped persons to discrimination on the basis of handicap, (ii) that have the purpose or effect of defeating or substantially impairing accomplishment of the objectives of the recipient's program or activity with respect to handicapped persons, or (iii) that perpetuate the discrimination of another recipient if both recipients are subject to common administrative control or are agencies of the same State.
(5) In determining the site or location of a facility, an applicant for assistance or a recipient may not make selections (i) that have the effect of excluding handicapped persons, from denying them the benefits of, or otherwise subjecting them to discrimination under any program or activity that receives Federal financial assistance or (ii) that have the purpose or effect of defeating or substantially impairing the accomplishment of the objectives of the program or activity with respect to handicapped persons.
(6) As used in this section, an aid, benefit or service provided under a program or activity receiving Federal financial assistance includes any aid, benefit or service provided in or through a facility that has been constructed, expanded, altered, leased or rented, or otherwise acquired, in whole or in part, with Federal financial assistance.
(c) Aid, benefits, or services limited by Federal law. The exclusion of nonhandicapped persons from aid, benefits, or services limited by Federal statute or executive order to handicapped persons or the exclusion of a specific class of handicapped persons from aid, benefits, or services limited by Federal statute or executive order to a different class of handicapped persons is not prohibited by this part.
(d) Communications. Recipients shall take appropriate steps to ensure that communications with their applicants, employees, and beneficiaries are available to persons with impaired vision and hearing.
[47 FR 25470, June 11, 1982, as amended at 68 FR 51342, Aug. 26, 2003]
§ 15b.5 Assurances required.
(a) Assurances. An applicant for Federal financial assistance to which this part applies shall submit an assurance, on a form specified by the Secretary, that the program or activity will be operated in compliance with this part. An applicant may incorporate these assurances by reference in subsequent applications to the Department.
(b) Duration of obligation. (1) In the case of Federal financial assistance extended in the form of real property or to provide real property or structures on the property, the assurance will obligate the recipient, or, in the case of a subsequent transfer, the transferee, for the period during which the real property or structures are used for the purpose for which Federal financial assistance is extended or for another purpose involving the provision of similar services or benefits.
(2) In the case of Federal financial assistance extended to provide personal property, the assurance will obligate the recipient for the period during which it retains ownership or possession of the property.
(3) In all other cases, the assurance will obligate the recipient for the period during which Federal financial assistance is extended.
(c) Covenants. (1) Where Federal financial assistance is provided in the form of real property or interest in the property from the Department, the instrument effecting or recording this transfer shall contain a covenant running with the land to assure nondiscrimination for the period during which the real property is used for the purpose for which the Federal financial assistance is extended or for another purpose involving the provision of similar services or benefits.
(2) Where no transfer of property is involved but property is purchased or improved with Federal financial assistance, the recipient shall agree to include the covenant described in paragraph (c)(1) of this section in the instrument effecting or recording any subsequent transfer of the property.
(3) Where Federal financial assistance is provided in the form of real property or interest in the property from the Department, the covenant shall also include a condition coupled with a right to be reserved by the Department to revert title to the property in the event of a breach of the covenant. If a transferee of real property proposes to mortgage or otherwise encumber the real property as security for financing construction of new, or improvement of existing, facilities on the property for the purposes for which the property was transferred, the Secretary may, upon request of the transferee and if necessary to accomplish such financing and upon such conditions as the Secretary deems appropriate, agree to forebear the exercise of such right to revert title for so long as the lien of such mortgage or other encumbrance remains effective.
[47 FR 25470, June 11, 1982, as amended at 68 FR 51342, Aug. 26, 2003]
§ 15b.6 Designation of responsible employee and adoption of grievance procedures.
(a) Designation of responsible employee. A recipient that employs fifteen or more persons shall designate at least one person to coordinate its efforts to comply with this part.
(b) Adoption of grievance procedures. A recipient that employs fifteen or more persons shall adopt grievance procedures that incorporate appropriate due process standards and that provide for the prompt and equitable resolution of complaints alleging any action prohibited by this part. Such procedures need not be established with respect to complaints from applicants for employment or from applicants for admission to postsecondary educational institutions.
(c) The Secretary may require any recipient with fewer than fifteen employees to designate a responsible employee and adopt grievance procedures when the Secretary finds a violation of this part or finds that complying with these administrative requirements will not significantly impair the ability of the recipient to provide benefits or services.
§ 15b.7 Notice of nondiscrimination and accessible services.
(a) A recipient shall take appropriate initial and continuing steps to notify participants, beneficiaries, applicants, and employees, including those with impaired vision or hearing, and unions or professional organizations holding collective bargaining or professional agreements with the recipient that it does not discriminate on the basis of handicap in violation of section 504 and this part. The notification shall state, where appropriate, that the recipient does not discriminate in admission or access to, or treatment or employment in, its programs or activities. The recipient shall also identify the responsible employee designated pursuant to § 15b.6(a), and identify the existence and location of accessible services, activities, and facilities. A recipient shall make the initial notification required by this paragraph within 90 days of the effective date of this part. Methods of initial and continuing notification may include but are not limited to the posting of notices, placement of notices in the recipient's publications, radio announcements, and the use of other visual and aural media.
(b) If a recipient publishes or uses recruitment materials or publications containing general information that it makes available to participants, beneficiaries, applicants or employees, it shall include in those materials or publications a statement of the policy described in paragraph (a) of this section. A recipient may meet the requirement of this paragraph either by including appropriate inserts in existing materials and publications or by revising and reprinting the materials and publications.
[47 FR 25470, June 11, 1982, as amended at 68 FR 51342, Aug. 26, 2003]
§ 15b.8 Remedial action, voluntary action, and self-evaluation.
(a) Remedial action. (1) If the Secretary finds that a recipient has discriminated against persons on the basis of handicap in violation of section 504 or this part, the recipient shall take such remedial action as the Secretary deems necessary to overcome the effects of the discrimination.
(2) Where a recipient is found to have discriminated against persons on the basis of handicap in violation of section 504 or this part and where another recipient exercises control over the recipient that has discriminated, the Secretary, where appropriate, may require either or both recipients to take remedial action.
(3) The Secretary may, where necessary to overcome the effects of discrimination in violation of section 504 or this part, require a recipient to take remedial action (i) with respect to handicapped persons who are no longer participants in the recipient's program or activity but who were participants in the program when such discrimination occurred or (ii) with respect to handicapped persons who would have been participants in the program or activity had the discrimination not occurred, or (iii) with respect to handicapped persons presently in the program or activity, but not receiving full benefits or equal and integrated treatment within the program.
(b) Voluntary action. A recipient may take steps, in addition to any action that is required by this part, to overcome the effects of conditions that resulted in limited participation in the recipient's program or activity by qualified handicapped persons.
(c) Self-evaluation. (1) A recipient shall, within one year of the effective date of this part:
(i) Evaluate, with the assistance of interested persons, including handicapped persons or organizations representing handicapped persons, its current policies and practices and the effects thereof that do not or may not meet the requirements of this part.
(ii) Modify, after consultation with interested persons, including handicapped persons or organizations representing handicapped persons, any policies and practices that do not meet the requirements of this part; and
(iii) Take, after consultation with interested persons, including handicapped persons or organizations representing handicapped persons, appropriate remedial steps to eliminate the effects of any discrimination that resulted from adherence to these policies and practices.
(2) A recipient shall, for at least three years following completion of the evaluation required under paragraph (c)(1) of this section, maintain on file, make available for public inspection, and provide to the Secretary upon request: (i) A list of the interested persons consulted, (ii) a description of areas examined and any problems identified, and (iii) a description of any modifications made and of any remedial steps taken.
[47 FR 25470, June 11, 1982, as amended at 68 FR 51342, Aug. 26, 2003]
§ 15b.9 Effect of State or local law or other requirements, and effect of employment opportunities.
(a) The obligation to comply with this part is not obviated or alleviated by the existence of any State or local law or other requirement that, on the basis of handicap, imposes prohibitions or limits upon the eligibility of qualified handicapped persons to receive services or to practice any occupation or profession.
(b) The obligation to comply with this part is not obviated or alleviated because employment opportunities in any occupation or profession are or may be more limited for handicapped persons than for nonhandicapped persons.
§ 15b.10 Effect of compliance with regulations of other Federal agencies.
A recipient that has designated a responsible official and established a grievance procedure, provided notice, completed a self-evaluation, or prepared a transition plan in the course of complying with regulations issued by other Federal agencies under section 504 will be in compliance with § 15b.6, § 15b.7, § 15b.8(c), or § 15b.18(f), respectively, if all requirements of those sections have been met in regard to programs or activities assisted by this Department.
[47 FR 25470, June 11, 1982, as amended at 68 FR 51342, Aug. 26, 2003]
Subpart B Employment Practices
§ 15b.11 Applicability.
This subpart applies to all programs or activities that receive Federal financial assistance provided by the Department of Agriculture after the effective date of this part.
[47 FR 25470, June 11, 1982, as amended at 55 FR 52139, Dec. 19, 1990; 68 FR 51342, Aug. 26, 2003]
§ 15b.12 Discrimination prohibited.
(a) General. (1) No qualified handicapped person shall, on the basis of handicapped, be subjected to discrimination in employment under any program or activity receiving assistance from this Department.
(2) A recipient shall make all decisions concerning employment in a manner which ensures that discrimination on the basis of handicap does not occur and may not limit, segregate, or classify applicants or employees in any way that adversely affects their opportunities or status because of handicap.
(3) A recipient may not participate in a contractural or other relationship that has the effect of subjecting qualified handicapped applicants or employees to discrimination prohibited by this subpart. This includes relationships with employment and referral agencies, with labor unions with organizations providing or administering fringe benefits to employees of the recipient, and with organizations providing training and apprenticeships.
(4) All provisions of this subpart pertaining to employment, apply equally to volunteer service.
(b) Specific activities. The provisions of this subpart apply to:
(1) Recruitment, advertising, and the processing of applications for employment;
(2) Hiring, upgrading, promotion, award of tenure, demotion, transfer, layoff, termination, right to return from layoff, and rehiring;
(3) Rates of pay or any other form of compensation and changes in compensation;
(4) Job assignments, job classifications, organizational structures, position descriptions, lines of progression, and seniority lists;
(5) Leaves of absence, sick leave, or any other leave;
(6) Fringe benefits available by virtue of employment, whether or not administered by the recipient;
(7) Selection and financial support for training, including apprenticeship, professional meetings, conferences, and other related activities, and selection for leaves of absence to pursue training;
(8) Employer sponsored activities, including those that are social or recreational; and
(9) Any other term, condition, or privilege of employment.
(c) A recipient's obligation to comply with this subpart is not affected by any inconsistent term of any collective bargaining agreement to which it is a party.
[47 FR 25470, June 11, 1982, as amended at 68 FR 51343, Aug. 26, 2003]
§ 15b.13 Reasonable accommodation.
(a) A recipient shall make reasonable accommodation to the known physical or mental limitations of an otherwise qualified handicapped applicant or employee unless the recipient can demonstrate that the accommodation would impose an undue hardship on the operation of its program or activity.
(b) Reasonable accommodation may include (1) Making facilities used by employees readily accessible to and useable by handicapped persons, and (2) Job restructuring, part-time or modified work schedules, acquisition or modification of equipment or devices, the provisions of readers or interpreters, and other similar actions.
(c) In determining pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section whether an accommodation would impose an undue hardship on the operation of a recipient's programs or activities, factors to be considered include:
(1) The overall size of the recipient's program or activity with respect to number of employees, number and type of facilities, and size of budget;
(2) The type of the recipient's operation, including the composition and structure of recipient's workforce;
(3) The nature and cost of the accommodation needed.
(d) A recipient may not deny any employment opportunity to a qualified handicapped employee or applicant if the basis for the denial is the need to make reasonable accommodation to the physical or mental limitations of the employee or applicant.
[47 FR 25470, June 11, 1982, as amended at 68 FR 51343, Aug. 26, 2003]
§ 15b.14 Employment criteria.
(a) A recipient may not make use of any employment test or other selection criterion that screens out or tends to screen out handicapped persons or any class of handicapped persons unless: (1) The recipient shows that the test score or other selection criterion, as used by the recipient, is job-related for the position in question, and (2) the Secretary cannot show that alternative job-related tests or criteria are available that do not screen out or tend to screen out as many handicapped persons.
(b) A recipient shall select and administer tests concerning employment so as best to ensure that, when administered to an applicant or employee who has a handicap that impairs sensory, manual, or speaking skills, the test results accurately reflect the applicant's or employee's job skills, aptitude, or whatever other factor the test purports to measure, rather than reflecting the applicant's or employee's impaired sensory, manual, or speaking skills (except where those skills are the factors that the test purports to measure).
§ 15b.15 Preemployment inquiries.
(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, a recipient may not conduct a preemployment medical examination or may not make preemployment inquiry of an applicant as to whether the applicant is a handicapped person or as to the nature or severity of a handicap. A recipient may, however, make preemployment inquiry into an applicant's ability to perform job-related functions.
(b) When a recipient is taking remedial action to correct the effects of past discrimination pursuant to § 15b.8(a), when a recipient is taking voluntary action to overcome the effects of conditions that resulted in limited participation in its federally assisted program or activity pursuant to § 15b.8(b), or when a recipient is taking affirmative action pursuant to section 503 of the Act, the recipient may invite applicants for employment to indicate whether and to what extent they are handicapped: Provided, That (1) the recipient states clearly on any written questionnaire used for this purpose or makes clear orally if no written questionnaire is used that the information requested is intended for use solely in connection with its remedial action obligations or its voluntary affirmative action efforts; and (2) the recipient states clearly that the information is being requested on a voluntary basis, that it will be kept confidential as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, that refusal to provide it will not subject the applicant or employee to any adverse treatment, and that it will be used only in accordance with this part.
(c) Nothing in this section shall prohibit a recipient for conditioning an offer of employment on the results of a medical examination conducted prior to the employee's entrance on duty: Provided, That (1) all entering employees are subjected to such an examination regardless of handicap; and (2) the results of such an examination are used only in accordance with the requirements of this part.
(d) Information obtained in accordance with this section as to the medical condition or history of the applicant shall be collected and maintained on separate forms that shall be accorded the same confidentiality as medical records except that:
(1) Supervisors and managers may be informed regarding restrictions on the work or duties of handicapped persons and regarding necessary accommodations;
(2) First aid and safety personnel may be informed, where appropriate, if the condition might require emergency treatment; and
(3) Governement officials investigating compliance with the Act shall be provided relevant information upon request.
Subpart C Accessibility
§ 15b.16 Applicability.
This subpart applies to all programs or activities that receive Federal financial assistance provided by the Department of Agriculture after the effective date of this part.
[47 FR 25470, June 11, 1982, as amended at 55 FR 52139, Dec. 19, 1990; 68 FR 51343, Aug. 26, 2003]
§ 15b.17 Discrimination prohibited.
No qualified handicapped person shall, because a recipient's facilities are inaccessible to or unusuable by handicapped persons, be denied the benefits of, be excluded from participation in, or otherwise be subjected to discrimination under any program or activity receiving assistance from this Department.
§ 15b.18 Existing facilities.
(a) Accessibility. A recipient shall operate each assisted program or activity so that when each part is viewed in its entirety it is readily accessible to and usable by qualified handicapped persons. This paragraph does not necessarily require a recipient to make each of its existing facilities or every part of an existing facility accessible to and usable by qualified handicapped persons.
(b) Method. A recipient may comply with the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section through such means as redesign of equipment, reassignment of classes or other services to accessible buildings, assignment of aides to beneficiaries, home visits, delivery of services at alternate accessible sites, alteration of exiting facilities and construction of new facilities in conformance with the requirements of § 15b.19, or any other method that results in making its program or activity accessible to qualified handicapped persons. A recipient is not required to make structural changes in existing facilities where other methods are effective in achieving compliance with paragraph (a) of this section. In choosing among available methods for meeting the requirement of paragraph (a) of this section, a recipient shall give priority to those methods that serve qualified handicapped persons in the most intergrated setting appropriate.
(c) Small providers. If a recipient with fewer than fifteen employees finds, after consultation with a handicapped person seeking its services, that there is no method of complying with paragraph (a) of this section other than by making a significant alteration in its existing facilities, the recipient may, as an alternative, refer the handicapped person to other providers of those services that are accessible at no additional cost to handicapped persons.
(d) Application for modification of requirements. Recipients that determine after a self-evaluation conducted according to the requirements of § 15b.8(c), that accessibility can only be accomplished through substantial modifications which would result in a fundamental alteration in the nature of the program or activity, may apply to the Secretary for a modification of the requirements of this section.
(e) Historic Preservation Programs; Application for waiver of program accessibility requirements. (1) A recipient shall operate each assisted program or activity involving Historic Preservation Programs so that when each part is viewed in its entirety it is readily accessible to and usable by handicapped persons. This paragraph does not necessarily require a recipient to make each of its existing historic properties or every part of an historic property accessible to and usable by handicapped persons. Methods of achieving accessibility include:
(i) Making physical alterations which enable handicapped persons to have access to otherwise inaccessible areas or features of historic properties;
(ii) Using audio-visual materials and devices to depict otherwise inaccessible areas or features of historic properties;
(iii) Assigning persons to guide handicapped persons into or through otherwise inaccessible portions of historic properties;
(iv) Adopting other innovative methods to achieve accessibility. Because the primary benefit of an Historic Preservation Program is the experience of the historic property itself, in taking steps to achieve accessibility, recipients shall give priority to those means which make the historic property, or portions thereof physicially accessible to handicapped individuals.
(2) Where accessibility cannot be achieved without causing a substantial impairment of significant historic features, the Secretary may grant a waiver of the accessibility requirement. In determining whether accessibility can be achieved without causing a substantial impairment, the Secretary shall consider the following factors:
(i) Scale of property, reflecting its ability to absorb alterations;
(ii) Use of the property, whether primarily for public or private purpose;
(iii) Importance of the historic features of the property to the conduct of the program or activity; and,
(iv) Cost of alterations in comparison to the increase in accessibility.
The Secretary shall periodically review any waiver granted under this section and may withdraw it if technological advances or other changes so warrant.
(3) Where the property is federally owned or where Federal funds may be used for alterations, the comments of the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation shall be obtained when required by section 106 of the National Historic Preservation Act of 1966, as amended (16 U.S.C. 470), and 36 CFR part 800, prior to effectuation of structural alterations.
(f) Time period. A recipient shall comply with the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section within sixty days of the effective date of this part except that where structural changes in facilities are necessary, such changes shall be made within three years of the effective date of this part and as expeditiously as possible.
(g) Transition plan. In the event that structural changes to facilities are necessary to meet the requirement of paragraph (a) of this section, a recipient shall develop, within one year of the effective date of this part, a transition plan setting forth the steps necessary to complete such changes. The plan shall be developed with the assistance of interested persons, including handicapped persons or organizations representing handicapped persons. A copy of the transition plan shall be made available for public inspection. The plan shall, at a minimum:
(1) Identify physical obstacles in the recipient's facilities that limit the accessibility of its program or activity to handicapped persons;
(2) Describe in detail the methods that will be used to make the facilities accessible;
(3) Specify the schedule for taking the steps necessary to achieve full accessibility under paragraph (a) of this section and if the time period of the transition plan is longer than one year, identify steps that will be taken during each year of the transition period; and
(4) Identify the person responsible for implementation of the plan.
[47 FR 25470, June 11, 1982, as amended at 68 FR 51342, 51343, Aug. 26, 2003]
§ 15b.19 New construction.
(a) Design and construction. Each facility or part of a facility constructed by, on behalf of, or for the use of a recipient shall be designed and constructed in such manner that the facility or part of the facility is readily accessible to and usable by handicapped persons, if the construction is commenced after the effective date of this part.
(b) Alteration. Each facility or part of a facility which is altered by, on behalf of, or for the use of a recipient after the effective date of this part in a manner that affects or could affect the usability of the facility or part of the facility shall to the maximum extent feasible, be altered in such manner that the altered portion of the facility is readily accessible to and usable by handicapped persons.
(c) Conformance with Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards. (1) Effective as of January 18, 1991, design, construction, or alteration of buildings in conformance with sections 3-8 of the Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards (USAF) (appendix A to 41 CFR subpart 101-19.6) shall be deemed to comply with the requirements of this section with respect to those buildings. Departures from particular technical and scoping requirements of UFAS by the use of other methods are permitted where substantially equivalent or greater access to and usability of the building is provided.
(2) For purposes of this section, section 4.1.6(1)(g) of UFAS shall be interpreted to exempt from the requirements of UFAS only mechanical rooms and other spaces that, because of their intended use, will not require accessibility to the public or beneficiaries or result in the employment or residence therein of persons with physical handicaps.
(3) This section does not require recipients to make building alterations that have little likelihood of being accomplished without removing or altering a load-bearing structural member.
(d) Compliance with the Architectural Barriers Act of 1968. Nothing in this section of § 15b.18 relieves recipients, whose facilities are covered by the Architectural Barriers Act of 1968, as amended (42 U.S.C. 4151-4157) from their responsibility of complying with the requirements of that Act and any implementing regulations.
[47 FR 25470, June 11, 1982, as amended at 55 FR 52138, 52139, Dec. 19, 1990]
Subpart D Preschool, Elementary, Secondary, Adult, and Extension Education
§ 15b.20 Applicability.
Except as otherwise noted, this subpart applies to public and private schools, elementary, secondary, adult, and extension education programs or activities that receive Federal financial assistance provided by the Department of Agriculture after the effective date of this part and to recipients that operate, or that receive Federal financial assistance for the operation of, such programs or activities.
[47 FR 25470, June 11, 1982, as amended at 55 FR 52139, Dec. 19, 1990; 68 FR 51343, Aug. 26, 2003]
§ 15b.21 Location and notification.
A recipient that operates a public elementary or secondary education program or activity shall annually:
(a) Undertake to identify and locate every qualified handicapped person residing in the recipient's jurisdiction who is not receiving a public education; and
(b) Take appropriate steps to notify handicapped persons and their parents or guardians of the recipient's duty under this subpart.
[47 FR 25470, June 11, 1982, as amended at 68 FR 51343, Aug. 26, 2003]
§ 15b.22 Free appropriate public education.
(a) General. A recipient that operates a public elementary or secondary education program or activity shall provide a free appropriate public education to each qualified handicapped person who is in the recipient's jurisdiction, regardless of the nature or severity of the person's handicap.
(b) Appropriate education. (1) For the purpose of this subpart, the provision of an appropriate education is the provision of regular or special education and related aids and services that (i) are designed to meet individual educational needs of handicapped persons as adequately as the needs of nonhandicapped persons are met and (ii) are based upon adherence to procedures that satisfy the requirements of §§ 15b.23, 15b.24, and ;15b.25.
(2) Implementation of an Individualized Education Program developed in accordance with the Education of the Handicapped Act is one means of meeting the standard established in paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section.
(3) A recipient may place a handicapped person or refer such person for aid, benefits, or services other than those that it operates or provides as its means of carrying out the requirements of this subpart. If so, the recipient remains responsible for ensuring that the requirements of this subpart are met with respect to any handicapped person so placed or referred.
(c) Free education—(1) General. For the purpose of this section, the provision of a free education is the provision of educational and related services without cost to handicapped persons or their parents or guardians, except for those fees that are imposed on nonhandicapped persons or their parents or guardians. It may consist either of the provision of free services or, if a recipient places a handicapped person in or refers such person for aid, benefits, or services not operated or provided by the recipient as its means of carrying out the requirements of this subpart, payment for the costs of the aid, benefits, or services. Funds available from any public or private agency may be used to meet the requirements of this subpart. Nothing in this section shall be construed to relieve an insurer or similar third party from an otherwise valid obligation to provide or pay for services provided to a handicapped person.
(2) Transportation. If a recipient places a handicapped person or refers such person for aid, benefits, or services not operated or provided by the recipient as its means of carrying out the requirements of this subpart, the recipient shall ensure that adequate transportation to and from aid, benefits, or services is provided at no greater cost than would be incurred by the person or his or her parents or guardian if the person were placed in the program operated by the recipient.
(3) Residential placement. If a public or private residential placement is necessary to provide a free appropriate public education to a handicapped person because of their handicap, the placement, including nonmedical care and room and board, shall be provided at no cost to the person or his or her parents or guardian.
(4) Placement of handicapped persons by parents. If a recipient has made available in conformance with the requirements of this section and § 15b.23, a free appropriate public education to a handicapped person and the person's parents or guardian choose to place the person in a private school, the recipient is not required to pay for the person's education in the private school. Disagreements between a parent or guardian and a recipient regarding whether the recipient has made a free appropriate education available or otherwise regarding the question of financial responsibility are subject to the due process procedures of § 15b.25.
(d) Compliance. A recipient may not exclude any qualified handicapped person from a public elementary or secondary education after the effective date of this regulation. A recipient that is not, on the effective date of this regulation, in full compliance with the other requirements of the preceding paragraphs of this section shall meet such requirements at the earliest practicable time but in no event later than September 1, 1982.
[47 FR 25470, June 11, 1982, as amended at 68 FR 51343, Aug. 26, 2003]
§ 15b.23 Educational setting.
(a) Academic setting. A recipient to which this subpart applies shall educate, or shall provide for the education of each qualified handicapped person in its jurisdiction with persons who are not handicapped to the maximum extent appropriate to the needs of the handicapped person. A recipient shall place a handicapped person in the regular educational environment operated by the recipient unless it is demonstrated by the recipient that the education of the person in the regular environment with the use of supplementary aids and services cannot be achieved satisfactorily. Whenever a recipient places a person in a setting other than the regular educational environment pursuant to this paragraph, it shall take into account the proximity of the alternate setting to the person's home.
(b) Nonacademic setting. In providing or arranging for the provision of nonacademic and extracurricular services and activities, including meals, recess periods, and the services and activities set forth in § 15b.26(a)(2), a recipient shall ensure that handicapped persons participate with nonhandicapped persons in such activities and services to the maximum extent appropriate to the needs of the handicapped person in question.
(c) Comparable facilities. If a recipient, in compliance with paragraph (a) of this section, operates a facility that is identifiable as being for handicapped persons, the recipient shall ensure that the facility and the services and activities provided therein are comparable to the other facilities, services, and activities of the recipient.
§ 15b.24 Evaluation and placement.
(a) Placement evaluation. A recipient that operates a public elementary or secondary education program or activity shall conduct an evaluation in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section of any person who, because of handicap, needs or is believed to need special education or related services before taking any action with respect to the initial placement of the person in regular or special education and any subsequent significant change in placement.
(b) Evaluation procedures. A recipient to which this section applies shall establish standards and procedures for the evaluation and placement of persons who, because of handicap, need or are believed to need special education or related services which ensure that:
(1) Tests and other evaluation materials have been validated for the specific purpose for which they are used and are administered by trained personnel in conformance with the instructions provided by their producer;
(2) Tests and other evaluation materials include those tailored to assess specific areas of educational need and not merely those which are designed to provide a single general intelligence quotient; and
(3) Tests are selected and administered so as best to ensure that, when a test is administered to a student with impaired sensory, manual, or speaking skills, the test results accurately reflect the student's aptitude or achievement level or whatever other factor the test purports to measure, rather than reflecting the student's impaired sensory, manual or speaking skills (except where those skills are the factors that the test purports to measure).
(c) Placement procedures. In interpreting evaluation data and in making placement decisions, a recipient shall (1) draw upon information from a variety of sources, including aptitude and achievement tests, teacher recommendations, physical conditions, social or cultural background, and adaptive behavior, (2) establish procedures to ensure that information obtained from all such sources is documented and carefully considered, (3) ensure that the placement decision is made by a group of persons, including persons knowledgeable about the child, the meaning of the evaluation data, and the placement options, and (4) ensure that the placement decision is made in conformity with § 15b.23.
(d) Reevaluation. A recipient to which this section applies shall establish procedures, in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section, for periodic reevaluation of students who have been provided special education and related services. A reevaluation procedure consistent with the Education for the Handicapped Act is one means of meeting this requirement.
[47 FR 25470, June 11, 1982, as amended at 68 FR 51343, Aug. 26, 2003]
§ 15b.25 Procedural safeguards.
A recipient that provides a public elementary or secondary education shall establish and implement, with respect to action regarding the identification, evaluation, or educational placement of persons who, because of handicap, need or are believed to need special instruction or related services, a system of procedural safeguards that includes notice, an opportunity for the parents or guardian of the person to examine relevant records, an impartial hearing with opportunity for participation by the person's parents or guardian and representation by counsel, and a review procedure. Compliance with the procedural safeguards of section 615 of the Education of the Handicapped Act is one means of meeting this requirement.
[47 FR 25470, June 11, 1982, as amended at 68 FR 51343, Aug. 26, 2003]
§ 15b.26 Nonacademic services.
(a) General. (1) Recipients to which this subpart applies shall provide nonacademic and extracurricular services and activities in such a manner as is necessary to afford handicapped students an equal opportunity for participation in such services and activities.
(2) Nonacademic and extracurricular services and activities may include counseling services, physical education and athletics, food services, transportation, health services, recreational activities, special interest groups or clubs sponsored by the recipient, referrals to agencies which provide assistance to handicapped persons, and assistance in obtaining outside employment.
(b) Counseling services. A recipient to which this subpart applies that provides personal, academic, or vocational counseling, guidance, or placement services to its students shall provide these services without discrimination on the basis of handicap. The recipient shall ensure that qualified handicapped students are not counseled toward more restrictive career objectives than are nonhandicapped students with similar interests and abilities.
(c) Physical education and athletics. (1) In providing physical education courses and athletics and similar aid, benefits, and services to any of its students, a recipient to which this subpart applies may not discriminate on the basis of handicap. A recipient that offers physical education courses or that operates or sponsors interscholastic, club, or intramural athletics shall provide to qualified handicapped students an equal opportunity for participation.
(2) A recipient may offer handicapped students physical education and athletic activities that are separate or different from those offered to nonhandicapped students only if separation or differentiation is consistent with requirements of § 15b.23, and only if no qualified handicapped student is denied the opportunity to compete for teams or to participate in courses that are not separate or different.
(d) Food services. In providing food services to any of its students, a recipient to which this subpart applies may not discriminate on the basis of handicap. (1) Recipients shall serve special meals, at no extra charge, to students whose handicap restricts their diet. Recipients may require students to provide medical certification that special meals are needed because of their handicap.
(2) Where existing food service facilities are not completely accessible and usable, recipients may provide aides or use other equally effective methods to serve food to handicapped persons. Recipients shall provide all food services in the most intergrated setting appropriate to the needs of handicapped persons as required by § 15b.23(b).
[47 FR 25470, June 11, 1982, as amended at 68 FR 51343, Aug. 26, 2003]
§ 15b.27 Extension education.
(a) General. A recipient to which this subpart applies that provides extension education may not, on the basis of handicap, exclude qualified handicapped persons. A recipient shall take into account the needs of such persons in determining the benefits or services to be provided.
(b) Delivery sites. (1) Where existing extension office facilities are inaccessible, recipients may make aid, benefits, or services normally provided at those sites available to qualified handicapped persons through other methods which are equally effective. These methods may include meetings in accessible locations, home visits, written or telephonic communications, and other equally effective alternatives.
(2) For aid, benefits, or services delivered at other publicly-owned facilities, recipients shall select accessible facilities wherever possible. If accessible facilities cannot be selected because they are unavailable or infeasible due to the nature of the activity, recipients shall use other methods to deliver aid, benefits, or services to qualified handicapped persons. These methods may include the redesign of activities or some sessions of activities, the provision of aides, home visits, or other equally effective alternatives.
(3) For aid, benefits, or services delivered at privately-owned facilities, such as homes and farm buildings, recipients shall use accessible facilities whenever qualified handicapped persons requiring such accessibility are participating, have expressed an interest in participating, or are likely to participate. If accessible facilities cannot be selected because they are unavailable or infeasible due to the nature of the activity, recipients shall use other methods to deliver aid, benefits, or services to qualified handicapped persons. These methods may include the redesign of activities or some sessions of activities, the provision of aides, home visits, or other equally effective alternatives.
(4) Recipients shall make camping activities accessible to qualified handicapped persons. Recipients are not required to make every existing camp, all existing camp facilities, or all camp sessions accessible, but recipients who operate more than one camp or session may not limit qualified handicapped persons to one camp or session.
(c) Materials. Recipients shall make materials accessible to qualified handicapped persons with sensory or mental impairments. Commonly-used materials shall be readily available in alternate forms such as Braille or tape. Upon request, recipients shall make other materials available through appropriate means such as Braille, tape, readers, large print formats, simplified versions, written scripts, or interpreters. Recipients need not provide individually prescribed devices, readers for personal use or study, or other devices or services of a personal nature.
[47 FR 25470, June 11, 1982, as amended at 68 FR 51342, 51343, Aug. 26, 2003]
§ 15b.28 Private education.
(a) A recipient that provides private elementary or secondary education may not, on the basis of handicap, exclude a qualified handicapped person if the person can, with minor adjustments, be provided an appropriate education, as defined by § 15b.22(b)(1)(i). Each recipient to which this section applies is also subject to the provisions of §§ 15b.23 and 15b.26.
(b) A recipient to which this section applies may not charge more for the provision of an appropriate education to handicapped persons than to nonhandicapped persons except to the extent that any additional charge is justified by a substantial increase in cost to the recipient.
[47 FR 25470, June 11, 1982, as amended at 68 FR 51343, Aug. 26, 2003]
Subpart E Postsecondary Education
§ 15b.29 Applicability.
Subpart E applies to public and private postsecondary education programs or activities, including postsecondary vocational education programs and activities, that receive Federal financial assistance provided by the Department of Agriculture after the effective date of this part.
[47 FR 25470, June 11, 1982, as amended at 55 FR 52139, Dec. 19, 1990; 68 FR 51343, Aug. 26, 2003]
§ 15b.30 Admissions and recruitment.
(a) General. Qualified handicapped persons may not, on the basis of handicap, be denied admission or be subjected to discrimination in admission or recruitment by a recipient to which this subpart applies.
(b) Admissions. In administering its admission policies, a recipient to which this subpart applies:
(1) May not apply limitations upon the number or proportion of handicapped persons who may be admitted;
(2) May not make use of any test or criterion for admission that has a disproportionate, adverse effect on handicapped persons or any class of handicapped persons unless (i) the test or criterion, as used by the recipient, has been validated as a predictor of success in the education program or activity in question and (ii) alternate tests or criteria that have a less disproportionate, adverse effect are not shown by the Secretary to be available.
(3) Shall assure itself that (i) admissions tests are selected and administered so as best to ensure that, when a test is administered to an applicant who has a handicap that impairs sensory, manual, or speaking skills, the test results accurately reflect the applicant's aptitude or achievement level or whatever other factor the test purports to measure, rather than reflecting the applicant's impaired sensory, manual, or speaking skills (except where those skills are the factors that the test purports to measure); (ii) admissions tests that are designed for persons with impaired sensory, manual, or speaking skills are offered as often and in as timely a manner as are other admissions tests; and (iii) admissions tests are administered in facilities that, on the whole, are accessible to handicapped persons; and
(4) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, may not make preadmission inquiry as to whether an applicant for admission is a handicapped person but, after admission, may take inquiries on a confidential basis as to handicaps that may require accommodation.
(c) Preadmission inquiry exception. When a recipient is taking remedial action to correct the effects of past discrimination pursuant to § 15b.8(a) or when a recipient is taking voluntary action to overcome the effects of conditions that resulted in limited participation in its federally assisted program or activity pursuant to § 15b.8(b), the recipient may invite applicants for admissions to indicate whether and to what extent they are handicapped: Provided, That (1) the recipient states clearly on any written questionnaire used for this purpose or makes clear orally if no written questionnaire is used that the information requested is intended for use solely in connection with its remedial action obligations or its voluntary action efforts; and (2) the recipient states clearly that the information is being requested on a voluntary basis, that it will be kept confidential, that refusal to provide it will not subject the applicant to any adverse treatment, and that it will be used only in accordance with this part.
(d) Validity studies. For the purpose of paragraph (b)(2) of this section, a recipient may base prediction equations on first year grades, but shall conduct periodic validity studies against the criterion of overall success in the education program or activity in question in order to monitor the general validity of the test scores.
§ 15b.31 Treatment of students.
(a) General. No qualified handicapped student shall, on the basis of handicap, be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or otherwise be subjected to discrimination under any academic, research, occupational training, housing, health, insurance, counseling, financial aid, physical education, athletics, recreation, transportation, other extracurricular, other postsecondary education aid, benefits, or services to which this subpart applies.
(b) A recipient to which this subpart applies that considers participation by students in education programs or activities not operated wholly by the recipient as part of, or equivalent to, an education program or activity operated by the recipient shall assure itself that the other education program or activity, as a whole, provides an equal opportunity for the participation of qualified handicapped persons.
(c) A recipient to which this subpart applies may not, on the basis of handicap, exclude any qualified handicapped student from any course, course of study, or other part of its education program or activity.
(d) A recipient to which this subpart applies shall operate its programs or activities in the most integrated setting appropriate.
[47 FR 25470, June 11, 1982, as amended at 68 FR 51343, Aug. 26, 2003]
§ 15b.32 Academic adjustments.
(a) Academic requirements. A recipient to which this subpart applies shall make such modifications to its academic requirements as are necessary to ensure that such requirements do not discriminate or have the effect of discriminating on the basis of handicap, against a qualified handicapped applicant or student. Academic requirements that the recipient can demonstrate are essential to the instruction being pursued by such student or to any directly related licensing requirement will not be regarded as discriminatory within the meaning of this section. Modifications may include changes in the length of time permitted for the completion of degree requirements, substitution of specific courses required for the completion of degree requirements, and adaptation of the manner in which specific courses are conducted.
(b) Other rules. A recipient to which this subpart applies may not impose upon handicapped students other rules, such as the prohibition of tape recorders in classrooms or of dog guides in campus buildings, that have the effect of limiting the participation of handicapped students in the recipient's education program or activity.
(c) Course examinations. In its course examinations or other procedures for evaluating students' academic achievement, a recipient to which this subpart applies shall provide such methods for evaluating the achievement of students who have a handicap that impairs sensory, manual, or speaking skills as will best ensure that the results of the evaluation represent the students' achievements in the course, rather than reflecting the students' impaired sensory, manual, or speaking skills (except where such skills are the factors that the test purports to measure).
(d) Auxiliary aids. (1) A recipient to which this subpart applies shall take such steps as are necessary to ensure that no handicapped student is denied the benefits of, excluded from participation in, or otherwise subjected to discrimination because of the absence of educational auxiliary aids for students with impaired sensory, manual, or speaking skills.
(2) Auxiliary aids may include taped texts, interpreters or other effective methods of making orally delivered materials available to students with hearing impairments, readers in libraries for students with visual impairments, classroom equipment adapted for use by students with manual impairments, and other similar services and actions. Recipients need not provide attendants, individually prescribed devices, readers for personal use or study, or other devices or services of a personal nature.
[47 FR 25470, June 11, 1982, as amended at 68 FR 51343, Aug. 26, 2003]
§ 15b.33 Housing.
(a) Housing provided by the recipient. A recipient that provides housing to its nonhandicapped students shall provide comparable, convenient, and accessible housing to handicapped students at the same cost as to others. At the end of the transition period provided for in subpart C, such housing shall be available in sufficient quantity and variety so that the scope of handicapped students' choice of living accommodations is, as a whole, comparable to that of nonhandicapped students.
(b) Other housing. A recipient that assists any agency, organization, or person in making housing available to any of its students shall take such action as may be necessary to assure itself that such housing is, as a whole, made available in a manner that does not result in discrimination on the basis of handicap.
§ 15b.34 Financial and employment assistance to students.
(a) Provision of financial assistance. (1) In providing financial assistance to qualified handicapped persons, a recipient to which this subpart applies may not, (i) on the basis of handicap, provide less assistance than is provided to nonhandicapped persons, limit eligibility for assistance, or otherwise discriminate or (ii) assist any entity or person that provides assistance to any of the recipient's students in a manner that discriminates against qualified handicapped persons on the basis of handicap.
(2) A recipient may administer or assist in the administration of scholarships, fellowships, or other forms of financial assistance established under wills, trusts, bequests, or similar legal instruments that require awards to be made on the basis of factors that discrimate or have the effect of discriminating on the basis of handicap only if the overall effect of the award of scholarships, fellowships, and other forms of financial assistance is not discriminatory on the basis of handicap.
(b) Assistance in making available outside employment. A recipient that assists any agency, organization, or person in providing employment opportunities to any of its students shall assure itself that such employment opportunities, as a whole, are made available in a manner that would not violate subpart B if they were provided by the recipient.
(c) Employment of students by recipients. A recipient that employs any of its students may not do so in a manner that violates subpart B.
§ 15b.35 Nonacademic services.
(a) Physical education and athletics. (1) In providing physical education courses and athletics and similar aid, benefits, or services to any of its students, a recipient to which this subpart applies may not discriminate on the basis of handicap. A recipient that offers physical education courses or that operates or sponsors intercollegiate, club, or intramural athletics shall provide to qualified handicapped students an equal opportunity for participation in these activities.
(2) A recipient may offer to handicapped students physical education and athletic activities that are separate or different only if separation or differentiation is consistent with the requirements of § 15b.31(d) and only of no qualified handicapped student is denied the opportunity to compete for teams or to participate in courses that are not separate or different.
(b) Counseling and placement services. A recipient to which this subpart applies that provides personal, academic, or vocational counseling, guidance, or placement services to its students shall provide these services without discrimination on the basis of handicap. The recipient shall ensure that qualified handicapped students are not counseled toward more restrictive career objectives than are nonhandcapped students with similar interests and abilities. This requirement does not preclude a recipient from providing factual information about licensing and certification requirements that may present obstacles to handicapped persons in their pursuit of particular careers.
(c) Social organizations. A recipient that provides significant assistance to fraternities, sororities, or similar organizations shall assure itself that the membership practices of such organizations do not permit discrimination otherwise prohibited by this subpart.
[47 FR 25470, June 11, 1982, as amended at 68 FR 51343, Aug. 26, 2003]
Subpart F Other Aid, Benefits, or Services
§ 15b.36 Applicability.
Subpart F applies to aid, benefits, or services, other than those covered by subparts D and E, that receive Federal financial assistance provided by the Department of Agriculture after the effective date of this part.
[47 FR 25470, June 11, 1982, as amended at 55 FR 52139, Dec. 19, 1990; 68 FR 51343, Aug. 26, 2003]
§ 15b.37 Auxiliary aids.
(a) A recipient to which this subpart applies that employs fifteen or more persons shall provide appropriate auxiliary aids to persons with impaired sensory, manual, or speaking skills, where necessary to afford such persons an equal opportunity to benefit from the service in question.
(b) The Secretary may require recipients with fewer than fifteen employees to provide auxiliary aids where the provision of aids would not significantly impair the ability of the recipient to provide its benefits or services.
(c) For the purpose of this section, auxiliary aids may include Brailled and taped material, interpreters, and other aids for persons with impaired hearing or vision.
§ 15b.38 Health care facilities.
(a) Communications. A recipient that provides notice concerning benefits or services or written material concerning waivers of rights or consent to treatment shall take such steps as are necessary to ensure that qualified handicapped persons, including those with impaired sensory or speaking skills, are not denied effective notice because of their handicap.
(b) Emergency treatment for the hearing impaired. A recipient hospital that provides health services or benefits shall establish a procedure for effective communication with persons with impaired hearing for the purpose of providing emergency health care.
(c) Drug and alcohol addicts. A recipient to which this subpart applies that operates a general hospital or outpatient facility may not discriminate in admission or treatment against a drug or alcohol abuser or alcoholic who is suffering from a medical condition, because of the person's drug or alcohol abuse or alcoholism.
§ 15b.39 Education of institutionalized persons.
A recipient to which this subpart applies that operates or supervises a program or activity that provides aid, benefits, or services for persons who are institutionalized because of handicap shall ensure that each qualified handicapped person, as defined in § 15b.3(n)(2), in its program or activity is provided an appropriate education, as defined in § 15b.22(b). Nothing in this section shall be interpreted as altering in any way the obligations of recipients under subpart D.
[47 FR 25470, June 11, 1982, as amended at 68 FR 51343, Aug. 26, 2003]
§ 15b.40 Food services.
(a) Recipients which provide food services shall serve special meals, at no extra charge, to persons whose handicap restricts their diet. Recipients may require handicapped persons to provide medical certification that special meals are needed because of their handicap.
(b) Where existing food service facilities are not completely accessible and usable, recipients may provide aides or use other equally effective methods to serve food to handicapped persons. Recipients shall provide all food services in the most integrated setting appropriate to the needs of handicapped persons.
[47 FR 25470, June 11, 1982, as amended at 68 FR 51343, Aug. 26, 2003]
§ 15b.41 Multi-family rental housing.
(a) General. No qualified handicapped person shall, on the basis of handicap, be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or otherwise be subjected to discrimination in multi-family rental housing.
(b) New construction. (1) Recipients receiving assistance from the Department for multi-family rental housing projects constructed after the effective date of this part shall construct at least five percent of the units in the project or one unit, whichever is greater, to be accessible to or adaptable for physically handicapped persons. The requirement that five percent of the units in the project or at least one unit, whichever is greater, be accessible or adaptable may be modified if a recipient shows, through a market survey approved by the Department, that a different percentage of accessible or adaptable units is appropriate for a particular project and its service area.
(i) The variety of units accessible to or adaptable for physically handicapped persons shall be comparable to the variety of units available in the project as a whole.
(ii) No extra charge may be made for use of accessible or adaptable units.
(iii) A recipient that operates multi-family rental housing projects on more than one site may not locate all accessible or adaptable units at one site unless only one accessible or adaptable unit is required.
(2) Standards for accessibility are contained in subpart C and in appropriate regulations.
(c) Existing facilities. Recipients receiving assistance from the Department for multi-family rental housing projects constructed prior to the effective date of this part shall assure that their facilities comply with the accessibility requirements established in § 15b.18 if a qualified handicapped person applies for admission. Necessary physical alterations made pursuant to such requirements shall be completed within a reasonable amount of time after the unit becomes available for occupancy by the qualified handicapped person. Subject to the availability of funds and fulfillment by the recipient of all program eligibility requirements, the Department may assist recipients to comply with accessibility requirements through methods such as (1) consideration of subsequent loan applications for purposes of making existing facilities accessible or for the construction of additional units which are accessible and (2) consideration of approval to commit project reserve account funds for minor modifications in order to make existing facilities accessible.
[47 FR 25470, June 11, 1982, as amended at 68 FR 51343, Aug. 26, 2003]
Subpart G Procedures
§ 15b.42 Procedures.
The procedural provisions applicable to title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 apply to this part. These procedures are found in 7 CFR 15.5-15.11 and 15.60-15.143.
0
Appendix A to Part 15b List of Federal Financial Assistance From USDA
The types of Federal financial assistance administered by the U.S. Department of Agriculture include but are not limited to the following:
Type of Federal Financial Assistance | Authority
Administered by the Agricultural Cooperative Service
1. Technical assistance for agricultural cooperatives | Cooperative Marketing Act of 1926, 7 U.S.C., Secs. 451-457.
Administered by the Agricultural Marketing Service
2. Federal-State marketing improvement program | Sec. 204(b) of the Agricultural Marketing Act of 1946, 7 U.S.C. 1623(b).
3. Market news service | Sec. 203(g) of the Agricultural Marketing Act of 1946, 7 U.S.C. 1622(g); the Cotton Statistics and Estimates Act, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 471-476; the Tobacco Statistics Act, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 501-508; the Tobacco Inspection Act, 7 U.S.C. 511-511(q); the Naval Stores Act, 7 U.S.C. 91-99; the Turpentine and Rosin Statistics Act, 7 U.S.C. 2248; the United States Cotton Futures Act, 7 U.S.C. 15b; and the Peanut Statistics Act as amended, 7 U.S.C. 951-957.
Administered by the Agricultural Research Service
4. Agriculture research grants | Secs. 1 and 10 of the Act of June 29, 1935, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 427 and 427i; and 202-208 of the Agricultural Marketing Act of 1946, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 1621-1627.
Administered by the Agricultural Stabilization Conservation Service
5. Price support programs operating through producer associations, cooperatives, and other recipients in which the recipient is required to furnish specified benefits to producers (e.g., tobacco, peanuts, sugar, cotton, rice, honey and soybeans price support programs) | Agricultural Act of 1949, as amended; 7 U.S.C. 1421-1447.
6. Disaster feed donation programs | Section 407 of the Agricultural Act of 1949, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 1427.
Administered by the Cooperative State Research Service
7. Payments under the Hatch Act | Hatch Act of 1887, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 361a-361i.
8. McIntire-Stennis cooperative forestry research | Act of October 10, 1962, as amended, 16 U.S.C. 582a-582a-7.
9. Payments to 1890 colleges and Tuskegee Institute for research | Sec. 1445 of the Food and Agriculture Act of 1977, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 3222.
10. Native latex research | Native Latex Commercialization and Economic Development Act of 1978, 7 U.S.C. 178 et seq.
11. Alcohol Fuels research | Sec. 1419 of the Food and Agriculture Act of 1977, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 3154.
12. Animal Health Research | Sec. 1433 of the Food and Agriculture Act of 1977, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 3195.
13. Competitive research grants | Sec. 2(b) of the Act of August 4, 1965, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 450i(b).
14. Experiment station research facilities | Act of July 22, 1963, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 390-390j.
15. Special research grants | Sec. 2(c) of the Act of August 4, 1965, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 450i(c).
16. Rural development research | Title V of the Rural Development Act of 1972, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 2661 et. seq.
Administered by Extension Service
17. Cooperative extension work | Smith-Lever Act, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 341-349; District of Columbia Public Postsecondary Education Reorganization Act, D.C. Code Secs. 31-1719; Rural Development Act of 1972, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 2661 et. seq.; Sec. 1444 of the Food and Agriculture Act of 1977, 7 U.S.C. 3221.
Administered by Farmers Home Administration
18. Farm ownership loans to install or improve recreational facilities or other nonfarm enterprises | Sec. 303 of the Consolidated Farm and Rural Development Act, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 1923.
19. Operating loans to install or improve recreational facilities or other nonfarm enterprises | Sec. 312 of the Consolidated Farm and Rural Development Act, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 1942.
20. Soil and water conservation, (including pollution abatement facilities), and recreational facilities | Sec. 304 of the Consolidated Farm and Rural Development Act, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 1924.
21. Financial and other assistance to landowners, operators, or occupiers to carry out land uses and conservation | Sec. 203 of the Appalachian Regional Development Act of 1965, as amended, 40 U.S.C. App. 203.
22. Rural renewal, resource, conservation development, land conservation and utilization | Secs. 31-35 of the Bankhead-Jones Farm Tenant Act, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 1010-1035.
23. Watershed protection and flood prevention program | Watershed Protection and Flood Prevention Act, as amended, 16 U.S.C. 1001-1008.
24. Resource conservation and development loans | Sec. 32(e) of the Bankhead-Jones Farm Tenant Act, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 1011(e).
25. Farm labor housing loans | Sec. 514 of the Housing Act of 1949, 42 U.S.C. 1484.
26. Farm labor housing grants | Sec. 516 of the Housing Act of 1949, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 1486.
27. Rural rental housing for the elderly and families of low and moderate income persons | Sec. 515 of the Housing Act of 1949, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 1485.
28. Rural cooperative housing | Sec. 515 of the Housing Act of 1949, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 1485.
29. Rural housing site loans | Sec. 524 of the Housing Act of 1949, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 1490d.
30. Technical and supervisory assistance grants | Sec. 525 of the Housing Act of 1949, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 1490e.
31. Technical assistance grants | Sec. 523 of the Housing Act of 1949, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 1490c.
32. Rural housing self-help site loans | Sec. 523 of the Housing Act of 1949, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 1490c.
33. Mutual self-help housing | Sec. 523 of the Housing Act of 1949, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 1490c.
34. Water and waste facility loans and grants and community facility loans and grants | Sec. 306 of the Consolidated Farm and Rural Development Act, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 1926.
35. Rural and industrial loan program | Sec. 310(a) of the Consolidated Farm and Rural Development Act, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 1932(a).
36. Private business enterprise grants | Sec. 310(c) of the Consolidated Farm and Rural Development Act, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 1932(c).
37. Area development assistance planning grant program | Sec. 306(a)(11) of the Consolidated Farm and Rural Development Act, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 1926(a)(11).
38. Energy impacted area development assistance program | Sec. 601 of the Power Plant and Industrial Fuel Use Act of 1978, 42 U.S.C. 8401.
Administered by the Federal Grain Inspection Service
39. Inspection administration and supervision | U.S. Grain Standards Act, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 71-87; and, Sec. 203(h) of the Agricultural Marketing Act of 1946, 7 U.S.C. 1621-1630.
Administered by the Food and Nutrition Service
40. Food stamp program | Food Stamp Act of 1964, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 2011-2027.
41. Special supplemental food program for women, infants, and children (WIC) | Sec. 17 of the Child Nutrition Act of 1966, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 1786.
42. Commodity supplemental food program | Sec. 32 of the Act of August 24, 1935, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 612c; Sec. 416 of the Agricultural Act of 1949, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 1431.
43. Food distribution program | Sec. 416 of the Agricultural Act of 1949, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 1431; Sec. 32 of the Act of August 24, 1935, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 612c; Secs. 6, 13 and 17 of the National School Lunch Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 1755, 1761, 1766; Sec. 8 of the Child Nutrition Act of 1966, 42 U.S.C. 1777; Sec. 709 of the Food and Agriculture Act of 1965, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 1446a-1.
44. National school lunch program | National School Lunch Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 1751-1769a.
45. School breakfast program | Sec. 4 of the Child Nutrition Act of 1966, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 1773.
46. Special milk program | Sec. 3 of the Child Nutrition Act of 1966, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 1772.
47. Food service equipment assistance | Sec. 5 of the Child Nutrition Act of 1966, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 1774; Sec. 5 of the National School Lunch Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 1754.
48. Summer food service program | Sec. 13 of the National School Lunch Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 1761.
49. Child care food program | Sec. 17 of the National School Lunch Act, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 1766.
50. Nutrition education and training program | Secs. 18 and 19 of the Child Nutrition Act of 1966, 42 U.S.C. 1787, 1788.
Administered by the Food Safety and Inspection Service
51. Payments to States for the inspection of egg handlers to insure that they are properly disposing of restricted eggs | Egg Products Inspection Act, 21 U.S.C. 1031-1056.
52. Financial and technical assistance to States for meat inspection activities | Federal Meat Inspection Act, as amended, 21 U.S.C. 601-695.
53. Financial and technical assistance to States for poultry inspection activities | Poultry Products Inspection Act, as amended, 21 U.S.C. 451-470.
54. Financial and technical assistance to States for meat and poultry inspection activities | Talmadge-Aiken Act, 7 U.S.C. 450.
Administered by the Forest Service
55. Permits for use of National Forests and National Grasslands by other than individuals at a nominal or no charge | Act of June 4, 1897, as amended, 16 U.S.C. 551; Sec. 501 of the Federal Land Policy Management Act of 1976, 43 U.S.C. 1761; Term Permit Act of March 4, 1915; as amended, 16 U.S.C. 497; Secs. 3 and 4 of the American Antiquities Act of June 8, 1906, 16 U.S.C. 432; Sec. 32 of the Bankhead-Jones Farm Tenant Act, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 1011.
56. Permit for land use of Government-owned improvements by other than individuals at a nominal charge | Sec. 7 of the Granger-Thye Act of April 24, 1950, 16 U.S.C. 580d.
57. Permits for disposal of common varieties of mineral materials from lands under the Forest Service jurisdiction for use by other than individuals at a nominal or no charge | Secs. 1-4 of the Act of July 31, 1947, as amended, 30 U.S.C. 601-603, 611.
58. Easements for use of National Forests and Grasslands by other than individuals at a nominal or no charge | Sec. 32 of the Bankhead-Jones Farm Tenant Act, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 1011; Sec. 501 of the Federal Land Policy and Management Act of 1976, 43 U.S.C. 1761.
59. Easements for road rights-of-way over lands administered by the Forest Service | Sec. 2 of the Act of October 13, 1964, 16 U.S.C. 533.
60. Road rights-of-way | Federal Highway Act of 1958, 23 U.S.C. 107, 317.
61. Rights-of-ways for wagon roads or railroads | Sec. 501 of the Act of March 3, 1899, 16 U.S.C. 525.
62. Timber granted free or at nominal cost to any group | Sec. 1 of the Act of June 4, 1897, as amended, 16 U.S.C. 551; Sec. 32 of the Bankhead-Jones Farm Tenant Act, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 1011.
63. Transfer for fire-lookout towers, improvements and land to States political subdivisions | Sec. 5 of the Act of June 20, 1958, 16 U.S.C. 565b.
64. Payment of 25 percent of National Forest receipts to States for schools and roads | Act of May 23, 1908, as amended, 16 U.S.C. 500.
65. Payment to Minnesota from National Forest receipts of a sum based on a formula | Sec. 5 of the Act of June 22, 1948, as amended, 16 U.S.C. 577g, 577g-1.
66. Payment of 25 percent of net revenues from Title III, Bankhead-Jones Farm Tenant Act lands to counties for schools and road purposes | Sec. 33 of the Bankhead-Jones Farm Tenant Act, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 1012.
67. Cooperative action to protect, develop, manage, and utilize forest resources on State and private lands | Cooperative Forestry Assistance Act of 1978, 16 U.S.C. 2101-2111.
68. Advance of funds for cooperative research | Sec. 20 of the Granger-Thye Act of April 24, 1950, 16 U.S.C. 581i-1.
69. Grants for support of scientific research | Act of September 6, 1958, 42 U.S.C. 1891-1893.
70. Research cooperation | Forest and Rangeland Renewable Resources Research Planning Act of 1974, as amended, 16 U.S.C. 1600-1614.
71. Youth conservation corps State grant program | Act of August 13, 1970, as amended, 16 U.S.C. 1701-1706.
72. Young adult conservation corps State grant program | Secs. 801-809 of the Comprehensive Employment and Training Act, as amended, 29 U.S.C. 991-999.
73. Grants to Maine, Vermont, and New Hampshire for the purpose of assisting economically disadvantaged citizens over 55 years of age | Older Americans Act of 1965, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 3001-3057g.
74. Senior community service employment program (SCSEP) | Sec. 902(b)(2) of Title IX of the Older Americans Amendments of 1975, 42 U.S.C.
Administered by the Rural Electrification Administration
75. Rural electrification and rural telephone programs | Rural Electrification Act of 1963, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 901-950b.
76. CATV, community facilities program | Secs. 306 and 310B of the Consolidated Farm and Rural Development Act of 1979, 7 U.S.C. 1926, 1932.
Administered by Science and Education Program Staff
77. Higher education | Sec. 22 of the Act of June 29, 1935, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 329; Sec. 1417 of the Food and Agriculture Act of 1977, 7 U.S.C. 3152.
Administered by the Soil Conservation Service
78. Soil and water conservation | Secs. 1-6 and 17 of the Soil Conservation and Domestic Allotment Act, as amended, 16 U.S.C. 590a-590f, 590q.
79. Plant materials for conservation | Secs. 1-6 and 17 of the Soil Conservation and Domestic Allotment Act, as amended, 16 U.S.C. 590a-590f, 590q.
80. Resource, conservation and development | Secs. 31 and 32 of the Bankhead-Jones Farm Tenant Act, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 1010, 1111; Secs. 1-6 and 17 of the Soil Conservation and Domestic Allotment Act, as amended, 16 U.S.C. 590a-590f, 590q.
81. Watershed protection and flood prevention | Watershed Protection and Flood Prevention Act, as amended, 16 U.S.C. 1001-1008.
82. Great plains conservation | Secs. 1-6 and 17 of the Soil Conservation and Domestic Allotment Act, as amended, 16 U.S.C. 590a-590f, 590q.
83. Soil survey | Secs. 1-6 and 17 of the Soil Conservation and Domestic Allotment Act, as amended, 16 U.S.C. 590a-590f, 590q.
84. River basin surveys and investigations | Sec. 6 of the Watershed Protection and Flood Prevention Act, 16 U.S.C. 1006.
85. Snow survey and water supply forecasting | Secs. 1-6 and 17 of the Soil Conservation and Domestic Allotment Act, as amended, 16 U.S.C. 590a-590f, 590q.
86. Land inventory and monitoring | Secs. 1-6 and 17 of the Soil Conservation and Domestic Allotment Act, as amended, 16 U.S.C. 590a-590f, 590q; Sec. 302 of the Rural Development Act of 1972, 7 U.S.C. 1010a.
87. Resource appraisal and program development | Soil and Water Resources Conservation Act of 1977, 16 U.S.C. 2001-2009.
88. Rural clean water program | Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. 1251-1376.
89. Rural abandoned mine program | Secs. 406-413 of the Surface Mining Control and Reclamation Act of 1977, 30 U.S.C. 1236-1243.
90. Emergency watershed protection | Sec. 7 of the Act of June 28, 1938, as amended, 33 U.S.C. 701b-1; Sec. 403, Agriculture Credit Act of 1978, 16 U.S.C. 2203.
91. Eleven authorized watershed projects | Sec. 13 of the Act of December 22, 1944, 58 Stat. 905.
Administered by the Office of Transportation
92. Transportation services | Sec. 201 of the Agricultural Adjustment Act of 1938, 7 U.S.C. 1291; Sec. 203(j) of the Agricultural Marketing Act of 1946, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 1622(l); Sec. 104 of the Agricultural Trade Development and Assistance Act of 1954, as amended, 7 U.S.C. 1704.
[47 FR 25470, June 11, 1982, as amended at 68 FR 51342, Aug. 26, 2003]
PART 15c NONDISCRIMINATION ON THE BASIS OF AGE IN PROGRAMS OR ACTIVITIES RECEIVING FEDERAL FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE FROM THE UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE
Authority: 5 U.S.C. 301; 42 U.S.C. 6101 et seq.
Source: 79 FR 73192, Dec. 10, 2014, unless otherwise noted.
§ 15c.1 Purpose.
The purpose of this part is to establish the nondiscrimination policy of the USDA on the basis of age in programs and activities funded in whole or in part by USDA, in compliance with the Age Discrimination Act of 1975, as amended (Age Act), and the requirements set by the HHS in its Government-wide regulation at 45 CFR part 90.
§ 15c.2 Definitions.
Action means any act, activity, policy, rule, standard, or method of administration or use of any policy, rule, standard or method of administration.
Age Act means The Age Discrimination Act of 1975, as amended, 42 U.S.C. 6101 et seq.
Age means the number of elapsed years from the date of a person's birth.
Age distinction means any action using age or an age-related term.
Age-related term means a word or words that necessarily imply a particular age or range of ages (e.g. “children,” “adult,” or “older person”).
Agency means a major organizational unit of USDA with delegated authorities to deliver programs, activities, benefits, and services.
Agency Head means the head of any agency within USDA which may hold the title Administrator, Chief, or Director depending on the agency.
Assistant Secretary for Civil Rights (ASCR) means the civil rights officer for USDA responsible for the performance and oversight of all civil rights functions within USDA, and who retains the authority to delegate civil rights functions to heads of USDA agencies and offices. The ASCR is also responsible for evaluating agency heads on their performance of civil rights functions.
Beneficiary means a person or group of persons with an entitlement to receive or enjoy the benefits, services, resources, and information from, or to participate in, the activities and programs funded in whole or in part by USDA.
Complainant means any person or group of persons who files with any USDA agency a complaint that alleges discrimination in a program or activity funded in whole or in part by USDA.
Complaint means a written statement that contains the complainant's name and address and describes the alleged discriminatory action in sufficient detail to inform the Office of the Assistant Secretary for Civil Rights (OASCR) of the nature and date of the alleged civil rights violation. The statement must be signed by the complainant(s) or someone authorized to sign on behalf of the complainant(s). The complaint need not be written or signed if submitted in an alternate format to accommodate the complaint filing needs of a person who has Limited English Proficiency, a disability, or other special need. The complaint must be based on one or more prohibited bases.
Compliance Review means a systematically planned and regularly initiated investigation that assesses and evaluates the civil rights and equal opportunity policies, procedures and practices of a USDA agency or instrumentality to determine compliance with civil rights statutes, regulations, standards, and policies.
Department (used interchangeably with USDA) means the Department of Agriculture, and includes each of its operating agencies and other organizational units.
Discrimination means unlawful treatment or denial of benefits, services, terms, conditions, rights, or privileges to a person or persons based on a protected basis, including age.
(1) Federal Financial Assistance includes:
(i) Grants and loans of Federal funds;
(ii) The grant or donation of Federal property and interests in property;
(iii) The detail of Federal personnel;
(iv) The sale and lease of, and the permission to use (on other than a casual or transient basis), Federal property, or any interest in such property, or the furnishing of services without consideration or at a nominal consideration, or at a consideration which is reduced for the purpose of assisting the recipient, or in recognition of the public interest to be served by such sale, lease or furnishing of services to the recipient; and
(v) Any Federal agreement, arrangement, or other contract which has as one of its purposes the provision of assistance.
(2) Federal financial assistance does not include procurement contracts at market value, contracts of guarantee or insurance, regulated programs, licenses, or programs that provide direct benefits. The complaint must be based on one or more prohibited bases.
HHS means The United States Department of Health and Human Services.
Normal Operation means the operation of a program or activity without significant changes that would impair its ability to meet its objectives.
Program or activity includes all of the operations of:
(1) State and local governments. (i) A department, agency, special purpose district, or other instrumentality of a State or of a local government; or
(ii) The entity of such State or local government that distributes Federal financial assistance and each such department or agency (and each other State or local government entity) to which the assistance is extended, in the case of assistance to a State or local government.
(2) Educational institutions. (i) A college, university, or other postsecondary institution, or a public system of higher education; or
(ii) A local educational agency (as defined in 20 U.S.C. 7801), system of vocational education, or other school system.
(3) Private organizations. (i) An entire corporation, partnership, or other private organization, or an entire sole proprietorship—
(A) If assistance is extended to such corporation, partnership, private organization, or sole proprietorship as a whole; or
(B) Which is principally engaged in the business of providing education, health care, housing, social services, or parks and recreation.
(ii) The entire plant or other comparable, geographically separate facility to which Federal financial assistance is extended, in the case of any other corporation, partnership, private organization, or sole proprietorship.
(4) Other organizations receiving Federal financial assistance. Any other entity which is established by two or more of the entities described in paragraph (r)(1), (2), or (3) of this section; any part of which is extended Federal financial assistance.
Recipient means any State, political subdivision of any State, or instrumentality of any State or political subdivision (to include the District of Columbia and any United States territories and possessions), any public or private entity, institution, organization or any of their instrumentalities, or any individual (provided the individual is not the ultimate beneficiary) in any State, to whom Federal financial assistance is extended, directly or through another recipient, for any program or activity, including any successor, assignee, or transferee thereof.
Statutory Objective means any purpose of a program or activity expressly stated in any Federal statute, State statute, or local statute or ordinance adopted by an elected general purpose legislative body.
§ 15c.3 Discrimination prohibited.
(a) General. No person in the United States shall, on the basis of age, be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be subjected to discrimination under any program or activity receiving Federal financial assistance.
(b) Specific discriminatory actions prohibited. A recipient may not, in any program or activity receiving Federal financial assistance, directly or through contractual, licensing, or other arrangements use age distinctions or take any other actions which have the effect, on the basis of age, of:
(1) Excluding individuals from, denying them the benefits of, or subjecting them to discrimination under, a program or activity receiving Federal financial assistance, or
(2) Denying or limiting individuals in their opportunity to participate in any program or activity receiving Federal financial assistance.
(c) Specific forms of age discrimination. The specific forms of age discrimination listed in paragraph (b) of this section do not necessarily constitute a complete list.
(d) Exceptions to the rules against age discrimination. (1) A recipient is permitted to take an action, otherwise prohibited by this section, if the action reasonably takes into account age as a factor necessary to the normal operation or the achievement of any statutory objective of a program or activity. An action reasonably takes into account age as a factor necessary to the normal operation or the achievement of any statutory objective of a program or activity, if:
(i) Age is used as a measure or approximation of one or more other characteristics;
(ii) The other characteristic(s) must be measured or approximated in order for the normal operation of the program or activity to continue, or to achieve any statutory objective of the program or activity;
(iii) The other characteristic(s) can be reasonably measured or approximated by the use of age; and
(iv) The other characteristic(s) are impractical to measure directly on an individual basis.
(2) A recipient is permitted to take an action otherwise prohibited by this section that is based on a factor other than age, even though that action may have a disproportionate effect on persons of different ages. An action may be based on a factor other than age only if the factor bears a direct and substantial relationship to the normal operation of the program or activity or to the achievement of a statutory objective.
(3) If a recipient operating a program or activity provides special benefits to the elderly or to children, such use of age distinctions shall be presumed to be necessary to the normal operation of the program or activity, notwithstanding the provisions of this subpart.
(4) Any age distinctions contained in a rule or regulation issued by USDA shall be presumed to be necessary to the achievement of a statutory objective of the program or activity to which the rule or regulation applies, notwithstanding the provisions of this part.
§ 15c.4 Compliance, assurance, and notice requirements.
(a) USDA recipients have primary responsibility to ensure that their programs and activities are in compliance with the Age Act and this regulation and shall take steps to eliminate violations of the Age Act. Each recipient of Federal financial assistance from USDA shall sign a written assurance as specified by the Department that it shall comply with the Age Act and this regulation. Each recipient initially receiving funds from USDA that makes the funds available to a sub-recipient must notify the sub-recipient of its obligations under the Age Act.
(b) Each recipient shall make necessary information about the Age Act and this regulation available to its beneficiaries in order to inform them about the protections against discrimination provided by the Act and this regulation.
§ 15c.5 Information requirements.
Each recipient shall maintain records in a form and containing information which the agency determines may be necessary to ascertain whether the recipient is complying with the Age Act and this regulation. Each recipient shall provide the agency any information necessary to determine whether the recipient is in compliance with the Age Act and this rule. Each recipient shall also permit reasonable access to the agency of the books, records, accounts, and other facilities and sources of information to the extent necessary to determine whether a recipient is in compliance with the Age Act and this regulation.
§ 15c.6 Compliance reviews.
(a) USDA may conduct compliance reviews or use other similar procedures to review the activities of recipients to determine whether they are complying with the Age Act and this regulation and to investigate and address violations of the Age Act. USDA may conduct these reviews, at any time, even in the absence of a complaint against a recipient. The reviews may be as comprehensive as necessary to determine whether a violation of the Age Act or this regulation has occurred.
(b) If a compliance review indicates a violation of the Age Act or this regulation, USDA shall attempt to achieve voluntary compliance with the Age Act. USDA shall monitor and evaluate a recipient's efforts to remedy a violation to ensure compliance consistent with applicable civil rights requirements until compliance has been achieved. If voluntary compliance cannot be achieved, USDA shall undertake enforcement of the Age Act and this regulation.
§ 15c.7 Complaints.
(a) Filing of complaints. Any person who believes he/she or any specific class of individuals has been subject to discrimination by a recipient or believes that the recipient is otherwise in noncompliance with the provisions of the Age Act or this regulation may file a complaint with OASCR. The USDA Program Discrimination Complaint Form may be used to file a complaint.
(b) Time and place of filing. All age discrimination complaints alleging discrimination or noncompliance must be filed within 180 days of the last discriminatory act, to be timely. All complaints under this part shall be filed with the Office of the Assistant Secretary for Civil Rights, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, DC 20250.
(c) Notice of rights and responsibilities. USDA shall provide notice to the complainant and the recipient of their:
(1) Rights and obligations under complaint procedures including their right to have a representative at all stages of the complaint process;
(2) Rights to contact the agency for information and assistance regarding the complaint resolution process; and
(3) Obligation to participate actively in efforts toward speedy resolution of the complaint.
(d) Mediation of complaints. All complaints that allege discrimination based on age shall be mediated in an attempt to resolve disputes at the earliest stage possible. The complainant and the recipient are required to participate in the mediation process. If the complainant and recipient reach a mutually satisfactory resolution of the complaint during the mediation period, they shall reduce the agreement to writing.
(e) Investigation of complaints. If the parties are unable to reach a resolution, USDA shall investigate the complaint. During the investigation of the complaint, OASCR or an agency delegated complaint processing authority shall use informal fact finding methods, including joint or separate discussions with the complainant and recipient, to establish the facts and, if possible, settle the complaint on terms that are mutually agreeable to the parties. USDA may seek the assistance of any involved State agency. If informal resolution efforts are unsuccessful, OASCR shall complete the investigation.
(f) Final determination. After a complete investigation, OASCR shall make a final determination as to the merits of the complaint. The complainant shall be notified of the final determination and provided notice of his or her right to file a civil action under the Age Act, 42 U.S.C. 6104(e), and 15c.10 of this part.
(g) Voluntary compliance. If OASCR or an agency delegated complaint processing authority finds that age discrimination has occurred, USDA shall attempt to obtain voluntary compliance. The recipient shall take any remedial action which USDA may require to overcome the effects of discrimination. If USDA cannot obtain voluntary compliance, it shall undertake enforcement of the Age Act and this regulation.
§ 15c.8 Prohibition against intimidation or retaliation.
A recipient may not engage in acts of intimidation or retaliation against any person who:
(a) Attempts to assert a right protected by the Age Act; or
(b) Cooperates in any mediation, investigation, hearing, or other part of the agency's investigation, conciliation, and enforcement process.
§ 15c.9 Enforcement.
(a) If USDA finds that a recipient has committed a violation of the Age Act and determines that voluntary compliance cannot be obtained, the Department shall enforce the requirements of the Age Act and this regulation through the termination of a recipient's Federal financial assistance under the program or activity involved where the recipient has violated the Age Act or this regulation. The determination of the recipient's violation may be made only after a recipient has had an opportunity for a hearing on the record before an administrative law judge.
(1) Any termination under this paragraph (a) shall be limited to the particular recipient and particular program or activity receiving Federal financial assistance or portion thereof found to be in violation of the Age Act or this regulation.
(2) No action under this paragraph (a) may be taken until:
(i) OASCR, or designee, has advised the recipient of its failure to comply with the Age Act and this regulation, and has determined that voluntary compliance cannot be obtained; and
(ii) Thirty days have elapsed after the head of the agency involved has sent a written report of the circumstances and grounds of the action to the committees of the Congress having legislative jurisdiction over the program or activity involved.
(3) An agency may defer granting new Federal financial assistance to a recipient when termination proceedings under this paragraph (a) are initiated.
(b) When an agency withholds funds from a recipient under this regulation, the Agency Head may disburse the withheld funds directly to any public or non-profit private organization or agency, or State or political subdivision of the State. These alternate recipients must demonstrate the ability to comply with this regulation and to achieve the goals of the Federal statute authorizing the Federal financial assistance.
(c) USDA may seek to achieve compliance with the Age Act and this regulation by any other means authorized by law.
§ 15c.10 Exhaustion of administrative remedies.
(a) A complainant may file a civil action, in a United States district court for the district in which the recipient is found or transacts business, following the exhaustion of administrative remedies under the Act. Administrative remedies are exhausted if:
(1) 180 days have elapsed since the complainant filed the complaint and the agency has made no finding with regard to the complaint; or
(2) The agency issues any finding in favor of the recipient.
(b) Before commencing the action, the complainant shall give 30 days' notice by registered mail to the Secretary of HHS, the Attorney General of the United States, the head of the granting USDA agency, and the recipient stating the alleged violation of the Age Act, the relief requested, the court in which the action will be brought, and whether or not attorney's fees are demanded in the event the complainant prevails.
(c) No action shall be brought if the same alleged violation of the Act by the same recipient is the subject of a pending action in any court of the United States. A complainant prevailing in a civil action has the right to be awarded the costs of the action, including reasonable attorney's fees, but that these costs must be demanded in the complaint.
Appendix A to 7 CFR Part 15c Age Distinctions in Federal Statutes or Regulations Affecting Financial Assistance Administered by the United States Department of Agriculture
Program | Statute | Section and age distinction | Regulation
Farm Service Agency
Farm Loan Programs | 7 U.S.C. 1941 Persons Eligible For Loans | Section 761.2 defines “rural youth” as meaning a person who has reached the age of 10 but has not reached the age of 21 and resides in a rural area or any city or town with a population of 50,000 or fewer people | 7 CFR part 761.
Food and Nutrition Service
Senior Farmer's Market Nutrition Program | 7 U.S.C. 3007 Senior Farmers' Market Nutrition Program | Section 249.2 defines “senior” as meaning an individual 60 years of age or older, or as defined in § 249.6(a)(1) Section 249.6(a)(1) establishes categorical eligibility for the Senior Farmers' Market Nutrition Program. The categorical eligibility states that: “participants must be not less than 60 years of age, except that State agencies may exercise the option to deem Native Americans who are 55 years of age or older as categorically eligible for SFMNP benefits. State agencies may, at their discretion, also deem disabled individuals less than 60 years of age who are currently living in housing facilities occupied primarily by older individuals where congregate nutrition services are provided, as categorically eligible to receive SFMNP benefits” | 7 CFR part 249.
Special Supplemental Nutrition Program for Women, Infants, and Children | 42 U.S.C. 1786 | Section 246.2 defines “children” as meaning persons who have had their first birthday but have not yet attained their fifth birthday Section 246.2 defines “infants” as meaning persons under 1 year of age
Section 246.10(e) establishes category and nutritional needs of the participant for each of the seven food packages available under the program. Food Packages I, II, and IV contain age distinctions. (e)(1) Food Package I—Infants birth through 5 months—(i) Participant category served. This food package is designed for issuance to infant participants from birth through age 5 months who do not have a condition qualifying them to receive Food Package III. (ii) Infant feeding categories—(A) Birth to one month. Three infant feeding options are available during the first month after birth(B) . . . One through 5 months. Three infant feeding options are available from 1 month through 5 months . . . (2) Food Package II—Infants 6 through 11 months—(i) Participant category served. This food package is designed for issuance to infant participants from 6 through 11 months of age . . . (4) Food Package IV—Children 1 through 4 years—(i) Participant category served. This food package is designed for issuance to participants 1 through 4 years of age | 7 CFR part 246.
Commodity Supplemental Food Program | Sec. 5, Pub. L. 93-86, 87 Stat. 249, as added by Sec. 1304(b)(2), Pub. L. 95-113, 91 Stat. 980 (7 U.S.C. 612c note); sec. 1335, Pub. L. 97-98, 95 Stat. 1293 (7 U.S.C. 612c note); sec. 209, Pub. L. 98-8, 97 Stat. 35 (7 U.S.C. 612c note); sec. 2(8), Pub. L. 98-92, 97 Stat. 611 (7 U.S.C. 612c note); sec. 1562, Pub. L. 99-198, 99 Stat. 1590 (7 U.S.C. 612c note); sec. 101(k), Pub. L. 100-202; sec. 1771(a), Pub. L. 101-624, 101 Stat. 3806 (7 U.S.C. 612c note); sec 402(a), Pub. L. 104-127, 110 Stat. 1028 (7 U.S.C. 612c note); sec. 4201, Pub. L. 107-171, 116 Stat. 134 (7 U.S.C. 7901 note); sec. 4221, Pub. L. 110-246, 122 Stat. 1886 (7 U.S.C. 612c note) | Section 247.1 defines “children” as meaning persons who are at least 1 year of age but have not reached their sixth birthday Section 247.1 defines “elderly persons” as meaning persons at least 60 years of age Section 247.1 defines “infants” as meaning persons under 1 year of age | 7 CFR part 247.
Food Stamp and Food Distribution Program | 7 U.S.C. 2011-2036 | Section 271.2 defines “elderly or disabled member” as meaning a member of a household who: (1) Is 60 years of age or older | 7 CFR part 271
Section 271.2 defines “Thrifty food plan” as meaning the diet required to feed a family of four persons consisting of a man and a woman 20 through 50, a child 6 through 8, and a child 9 through 11 years of age, determined in accordance with the Secretary's calculations | 7 CFR part 273
Section 273.1 defined “Elderly and disabled persons” as meaning an otherwise eligible member of a household who is 60 years of age or older and is unable to purchase and prepare meals because he or she suffers from a disability considered permanent under the Social Security Act or a non-disease-related, severe, permanent disability may be considered
Section 273.1(b) outlines special household requirements. (b) Special household requirements—(1) Required household combinations. The following individuals who live with others must be considered as customarily purchasing food and preparing meals with the others, even if they do not do so, and thus must be included in the same household, unless otherwise specified.(i) Spouses; (ii) A person under 22 years of age who is living with his or her natural or adoptive parent(s) or step-parent(s); and (iii) A child (other than a foster child) under 18 years of age who lives with and is under the parental control of a household member other than his or her parent. A child must be considered to be under parental control for purposes of this provision if he or she is financially or otherwise dependent on a member of the household, unless State law defines such a person as an adult
Section 273.1(d) outlines head of household requirements. When designating the head of household, the State agency shall allow the household to select an adult parent of children (of any age) living in the household, or an adult who has parental control over children (under 18 years of age) living in the household, as the head of household provided that all adult household members agree to the selection
Section 273.4(a)(4)(iii) outlines household members meeting citizenship or alien status requirements. An unmarried dependent child of such Hmong or Highland Laotian who is under the age of 18 or if a full-time student under the age of 22; an unmarried child under the age of 18 or if a full time student under the age of 22 of such a deceased Hmong or Highland Laotian provided the child was dependent upon him or her at the time of his or her death; or an unmarried disabled child age 18 or older if the child was disabled and dependent on the person prior to the child's 18th birthday. For purposes of this paragraph (a)(4)(iii), child means the legally adopted or biological child of the person described in paragraph (a)(4)(i) of this section,
Section 273.4(a)(5)(ii) outlines household members meeting citizenship or alien status requirements which includes an alien who has been subjected to a severe form of trafficking in persons and who is under the age of 18, to the same extent as an alien who is admitted to the United States as a refugee under Section 207 of the INA;
Section 273.4(a)(5)(iii) outlines household members meeting citizenship or alien status requirements which includes the spouse, child, parent or unmarried minor sibling of a victim of a severe form of trafficking in persons under 21 years of age, and who has received a derivative T visa, to the same extent as an alien who is admitted to the United States as a refugee under Section 207 of the INA
Section 273.4(a)(5)(iv) outlines household members meeting citizenship or alien status requirements which includes the spouse or child of a victim of a severe form of trafficking in persons 21 years of age or older, and who has received a derivative T visa, to the same extent as an alien who is admitted to the United States as a refugee under Section 207 of the INA
Section 273.4(a)(6)(ii)(A) outlines the criteria for a qualified alien which includes an alien age 18 or older lawfully admitted for permanent residence under the INA who has 40 qualifying quarters as determined under Title II of the SSA, including qualifying quarters of work not covered by Title II of the SSA, based on the sum of: quarters the alien worked; quarters credited from the work of a parent of the alien before the alien became 18 (including quarters worked before the alien was born or adopted); and quarters credited from the work of a spouse of the alien during their marriage if they are still married or the spouse is deceased
Section 273.4(a)(6)(ii)(G)(3) outlines the criteria for a qualified alien with military connections which includes the spouse and unmarried dependent children of a person described in paragraph (a)(6)(ii)(G)(1) or (2) of this section, including the spouse of a deceased veteran, provided the marriage fulfilled the requirements of 38 U.S.C. 1304, and the spouse has not remarried. An unmarried dependent child for purposes of this paragraph (a)(6)(ii)(G)(3) is: a child who is under the age of 18 or, if a full-time student, under the age of 22; such unmarried dependent child of a deceased veteran provided such child was dependent upon the veteran at the time of the veteran's death; or an unmarried disabled child age 18 or older if the child was disabled and dependent on the veteran prior to the child's 18th birthday. For purposes of this paragraph (a)(6)(ii)(G)(3), child means the legally adopted or biological child of the person described in paragraph (a)(6)(ii)(G)(1) or (2) of this section
Section 273.4(a)(6)(ii)(I) outlines the criteria for a qualified alien which includes an individual who on August 22, 1996, was lawfully residing in the U.S., and was born on or before August 22, 1931
Section 273.4(a)(6)(ii)(J) outlines the criteria for a qualified alien which includes an individual who is under 18 years of age
Section 273.4(a)(6)(iii)(A) outlines qualified aliens that must be in a qualified status for 5 years before being eligible to receive food stamps which includes an alien age 18 or older lawfully admitted for permanent residence under the INA
Section 273.4(c)(3)(vi) outlines exempt aliens which includes a sponsored alien child under 18 years of age of a sponsored alien
Section 273.4(c)(3)(vii) ) outlines exempt aliens which includes a citizen child under age 18 of a sponsored alien
Section 273.5 (b)(1) outlines criteria for student eligibility for the program which includes be age 17 or younger or age 50 or older
Section 273.5(b)(8) outlines criteria for student eligibility for the program which includes a person who is responsible for the care of a dependent household member under the age of 6
Section 273.5(b)(9) outlines criteria for student eligibility for the program which includes a person who is responsible for the care of a dependent household member who has reached the age of 6 but is under age 12
Section 273.5(b)(10) outlines criteria for student eligibility for the program which includes a single parent enrolled in an institution of higher education on a full-time basis (as determined by the institution) and be responsible for the care of a dependent child under age 12
Section 273.5(b)(4) states that if the household is unable to provide an SSN or proof of application for an SSN at its next recertification within 6 months following the baby's birth, the State agency shall determine if the good cause provisions of paragraph (d) of this section are applicable
Section 273.7(b)(1)(i) outlines exemptions from work requirements which includes a person younger than 16 years of age or a person 60 years of age or older and a person age 16 or 17 who is not the head of a household or who is attending school, or is enrolled in an employment training program, on at least a half-time basis, is also exempt. If the person turns 16 (or 18 under the preceding sentence) during a certification period, the State agency must register the person as part of the next scheduled recertification process, unless the person qualifies for another exemption
Section 273.9(b)(1)(v) defines income which includes the phrase this provision does not apply to household members under 19 years of age who are under the parental control of another adult member, regardless of school attendance and/or enrollment
Section 273.9(d)(4) outlines income deduction which include dependent care stating the maximum monthly dependent care deduction amount households shall be granted under this provision is $200 a month for each dependent child under two (2) years of age and $175 a month for each other dependent
Section 273.10(e)(2)(i)(A) outlines eligibility benefits states households which contain an elderly or disabled member as defined in § 271.2
Section 273.10(e)(2)(i)(B) outlines eligibility benefits which states in addition to meeting the net income eligibility standards, households which do not contain an elderly or disabled member shall have their gross income, as calculated in accordance with paragraph (e)(1)(i)(A) of this section, compared to the gross monthly income standards defined in § 273.9(a)(1)
Section 273.10(e)(2)(i)(D) outlines eligibility benefits which states if a household contains a member who is 59 years old on the date of application, but who will become 60 before the end of the month of application, the State agency shall determine the household's eligibility in accordance with paragraph (e)(2)(i)(A) of this section
Section 273.24(c)(1) outlines exceptions for when the time limit does not apply to an individual which include a person under 18 or 50 years of age or older Section 273.24(c)(3) outlines exceptions for when the time limit does not apply to an individual which include a parent (natural, adoptive, or step) of a household member under age 18, even if the household member who is under 18 is not himself eligible for food stamps Section 273.24(c)(4) outlines exceptions for when the time limit does not apply to an individual which include a person residing in a household where a household member is under age 18, even if the household member who is under 18 is not himself eligible for food stamps
National School Lunch Program | 42 U.S.C. 1751-1760, 1779 | Section 210.2 defines “Child” as meaning a (a) a student of high school grade or under as determined by the State educational agency, who is enrolled in an educational unit of high school grade or under as described in paragraphs (a) and (b) of the definition of “School,” including students who are mentally or physically disabled as defined by the State and who are participating in a school program established for the mentally or physically disabled; or (b) a person under 21 chronological years of age who is enrolled in an institution or center as described in paragraph (c) of the definition of “School;” or (c) For purposes of reimbursement for meal supplements served in afterschool care programs, an individual enrolled in an afterschool care program operated by an eligible school who is 12 years of age or under, or in the case of children of migrant workers and children with disabilities, not more than 15 years of age Section 12(d) defines “Child” as meaning an individual, regardless of age, who—(i) is determined by a State educational agency, in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Secretary, to have one or more disabilities; and (ii) is attending any institution, as defined in section 17(a), or a nonresidential public or nonprofit private school of high school grade or under, for the purpose of participating in a school program established for individuals with disabilities | 7 CFR part 210.
School Breakfast Program | 42 U.S.C. 1773, 1779 | Section 220.2 defines “Child” as meaning a (1) A student of high school grade or under as determined by the State educational agency, who is enrolled in an educational unit of high school grade or under as described in paragraphs (1) and (2) of the definition of “School”, including students who are mentally or physically disabled as defined by the State and who are participating in a school program established for the mentally or physically disabled; or (2) a person under 21 chronological years of age who is enrolled in an institution or center as described in paragraph (3) of the definition of School in this section | 7 CFR part 220.
Child and Adult Care Food Program | 42 U.S.C. 1766 | Section 1766 outlines that reimbursement may be provided under this section only for supplements served to school children who are not more than 18 years of age, except that the age limitation provided by this subsection shall not apply to a child | 7 CFR part 226.
Section 1766(a)(3) and 7 CFR 226.2 outlines that reimbursement are permitted for meals served to children through the age of 12, children of migrant workers through the age of 15, and persons with disabilities, in child care centers and day care homes
Section 1766(o)(1) and 7 CFR 226.2 outlines that adult day care centers receive reimbursement for meals served to enrolled adults who are functionally impaired or age 60 and older
Section 1766(t)(5); and 7 CFR 226.2 outlines that reimbursement are permitted for emergency shelters for up to three meals served each day to residents age 18 and younger
Section 1766(r) and 7 CFR 226.17a(c) outlines that reimbursement are permitted in at-risk afterschool care programs for meals served during the regular school year to children through the age of 18
Summer Food Service Program | 42 U.S.C. 1761 | Section 1761(a)(1)(B) and 7 CFR 225.2 outlines that Children age 18 and under may receive meals through SFSP. A person 19 years of age and over who has a mental or physical disability (as determined by a State of local educational agency) and who participates during the school year in a public or private non-profit school program (established for the mentally or physically disabled) is also eligible to receive meals. In certain circumstances, pregnant women who receive Early Head Start services are also eligible to receive meals through SFSP if they are age 18 or under. To establish eligibility, prospective mothers must be enrolled in Early Head Start and be eligible to receive school meals through the NSLP or another child nutrition program | 7 CFR part 225.
Forest Service
National Parks and Federal Recreational Lands Pass | 16 U.S.C. 6808h | Section 6808h(b)(1) AGE DISCOUNT.—The Secretary shall make the National Parks and Federal Recreational Lands Pass available, at a cost of $10.00, to any United States citizen or person domiciled in the United States who is 62 years of age or older, if the citizen or person provides adequate proof of such age and such citizenship or residency | None.
Natural Resources Conservation Service
Agriculture Conservation Experienced Services (ACES) | 16 U.S.C. 3851 | Section 1252 authorizes and directs the Secretary to “establish a conservation experienced services program (in this section referred to as the “ACES Program”) for the purpose of utilizing the talents of individuals who are age 55 or older, but who are not employees of the Department of Agriculture or a State agriculture department, to provide technical services in support of the conservation-related programs and authorities carried out by the Secretary.” | None.
Rural Development
Section 504 Origination Loans and Grants | 42 U.S.C. 1474 | Section 504 loans and grants are intended to help very low-income owner-occupants in rural areas repair their properties. Section 3550.103 provides that “to be eligible for grant assistance, an application must be 62 years of age or older at the time of the application.” | 7 CFR 3550.101 et seq.
Section 515 Rural Rental Housing Loans Program Section 521 Rental Assistance Program | 42 U.S.C. 1490a | Under the Direct Multi-Family Housing Loan and Grants, Section 515 Rural Rental Housing program supplies apartments for elderly and disabled people that are equipped with special amenities. USDA provides assistance through the separately appropriated Section 521 Rental Assistance Program, which brings tenants' rent down to 30 percent of their adjusted incomes. Section 3560 defines “elderly person” as “a person who is at least 62 years old.” | 7 CFR part 3560.
National Institute of Food and Agriculture
Secondary Education, Two-Year Postsecondary Education, and Agriculture in the K-12 Classroom Challenge Grants Program | 7 U.S.C. 3152(j) | Section 1417(j) directs the Secretary to “promote complementary and synergistic linkages among secondary, 2-year postsecondary, and higher education programs in the food and agricultural sciences in order to promote excellence in education and encourage more young Americans to pursue and complete a baccalaureate or higher degree in the food and agricultural sciences.” The Act further empowers the Secretary to make competitive or noncompetitive grants to public secondary schools, institutions of higher education that award an associate's degree, other institutions of higher education, and nonprofit organizations [to] . . . (C) to interest young people in pursuing higher education in order to prepare for scientific and professional careers in the food and agricultural sciences; . . . and (G) to support current agriculture in the classroom programs for grades K-12 | None.
Hispanic-Serving Institutions—Competitive Grants Program for Hispanic Agricultural Workers and Youth | 7 U.S.C. 3243, as amended | Section 1456(e)(1), as amended by the Agricultural Act of 2014, states that the “Secretary shall establish a competitive grants program . . . (B) to award competitive grants to Hispanic-serving agricultural colleges and universities to provide for training in the food and agricultural sciences of Hispanic agricultural workers and Hispanic youth working in the food and agricultural sciences | 7 CFR part 3434.
Girl Scouts of the United States of America, the Boy Scouts of America, the National 4-H Council, and the National FFA Organization | 7 U.S.C. 7630, as amended | Section 410(d). Grants for Youth Organizations of the Agricultural, Research, Extension and Education Reform Act of 1998, directs the Secretary to make grants available to the designated youth organizations for the organizations' establishment of pilot projects to expand their programs in rural areas and small towns. Eligibility is limited to the four statutorily-identified youth organizations | None.
Youth Farm Safety and Education Certification (YFSEC) | 7 U.S.C. 341, et seq.; 7 U.S.C. 343(d) | The primary purpose of program is to develop a coordinated approach to agricultural safety and health education for youth. YFSEC Program notices define “youth” as “children or adolescents who have reached their 12th birthday; but not their 20th birthday.” | 29 CFR part 570, subpart E-1.
Expanded Food and Nutrition Education Program (EFNEP) | 7 U.S.C. 3175 | Section 1425 authorizes a national education program to enable low-income individuals and families. Through EFNEP, the Department delivers several “youth” programs that offer education on nutrition, food preparation, and food safety | 7 CFR part 15, subpart A.
The Children, Youth, and Families At-Risk Sustainable Community Projects (CYFAR SCP) | 7 U.S.C. 341, et seq.; 7 U.S.C. 343(d) | Section 3(d) of the Smith-Lever Act authorizes the Department to administer the CYFAR SCP. Per Program notices, CYFAR SCP supports community educational programs for at-risk children, youth, and families which are based on locally identified needs, soundly grounded in research, and which lead to the accomplishment of one of four CYFAR National Outcomes; and (2) [t]o integrate CYFAR programming into ongoing Extension programs for children, youth, and families—insuring that at-risk, low income children, youth, and families continue to be part of Extension and/or 4-H programs and have access to resources and educational opportunities | 7 CFR part 3015, 7 CFR part 3019, 7 CFR part 3430.
Risk Management Agency
Federal Crop Insurance Program | 7 U.S.C. 1501 | Per the Crop Insurance Handbook, which provides the official FCIC approved underwriting standards for policies administered by Approved Insurance Providers under the Common Crop Insurance Policy Basic Provisions, 7 CFR part 457 including the Catastrophic Risk Protection Endorsement, 7 CFR part 402, and the Actual Production History Regulation 7 CFR part 400 Subpart G for the 2014 and succeeding crop years, to be eligible for crop insurance the applicant must be of “legal majority.” Legal majority is defined as “where the individual has reached 18 years old or was conferred legal majority by a court. (1) For individuals less than 18 years of age or where legal majority has not been conferred by a court, to be eligible for crop insurance: (a) A minor must provide evidence an insurable share exists; and (b) a court-appointed guardian or parent must co-sign the application. (2) When a court-appointed guardian or parent cosigns the application: (a) An acknowledgement guaranteeing payment of the annual premium must be include ed with the application; and (b) a written statement describing the farming operation and the insurable share must be provided. (3) For CAT coverage only, a minor who is competent to enter into a binding contract, may insure a crop at CAT level without a cosigner; however, if not competent to enter into a binding contract, a court-appointed guardian or parent must sign the application.” | 7 CFR parts 400, 402, 457.
PART 15d NONDISCRIMINATION IN PROGRAMS OR ACTIVITIES CONDUCTED BY THE UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE
Authority: 5 U.S.C. 301.
Source: 64 FR 66709, Nov. 30, 1999, unless otherwise noted.
§ 15d.1 Purpose.
The purpose of this part is to set forth the nondiscrimination policy of the United States Department of Agriculture in programs or activities conducted by the Department, including such programs and activities in which the Department or any agency thereof makes available any benefit directly to persons under such programs and activities.
§ 15d.2 Definitions.
For the purpose of this part, the following definitions apply:
Agency means a major organizational unit of the Department with delegated authority to deliver programs, activities, benefits, and services. Heads of Agencies receive their delegated authority as prescribed in 7 CFR part 2.
Agency Head Assessment means the annual Agency Civil Rights Performance Plan and Accomplishment Report conducted by the Office of the Assistant Secretary for Civil Rights (OASCR). It is an evaluation tool used by OASCR to assess USDA Agency Heads and Staff Office Directors on their civil rights activities and accomplishments to ensure accountability throughout the Department on these issues.
Alternative Dispute Resolution or ADR means any number of conflict resolution procedures in which parties agree to use a third-party neutral to resolve complaints or issues in controversy. ADR methods include, but are not limited to, mediation, facilitation, fact finding, arbitration, use of ombuds, or any combination thereof.
Assistant Secretary for Civil Rights or ASCR means the civil rights officer for USDA responsible for the performance and oversight of all civil rights functions within USDA, and who retains the authority to delegate civil rights functions to heads of USDA agencies and offices. The ASCR is also responsible for evaluating agency heads on their performance of civil rights functions.
Complaint means a written statement that contains the complainant's name and address and describes an agency's alleged discriminatory action in sufficient detail to inform the ASCR of the nature and date of an alleged civil rights violation. The statement must be signed by the complainant(s) or someone authorized to sign on behalf of the complainant(s). To accommodate the needs of people with disabilities, special needs, or who have Limited English Proficiency, a complaint may be in an alternative format.
Compliance report means a written review of an agency's compliance with civil rights requirements, to be prepared by OASCR and to identify each finding of non-compliance or other civil rights related issue. The review is conducted at the discretion of OASCR or if there has been a formal finding of non-compliance.
Conducted Programs and Activities means the program services, benefits or resources delivered directly to the public by USDA.
Days mean calendar days, not business days.
Department (used interchangeably with USDA) means the Department of Agriculture and includes each of its operating agencies and other organizational units.
Discrimination means unlawful treatment or denial of benefits, services, rights or privileges to a person or persons because of their race, color, national origin, religion, sex, sexual orientation, disability, age, marital status, sexual orientation, familial status, parental status, income derived from a public assistance program, political beliefs, or gender identity.
Secretary means the Secretary of Agriculture or any officer or employee of the Department whom the Secretary has heretofore delegated, or whom the Secretary may hereafter delegate, the authority to act in his or her stead under the regulations in this part.
[79 FR 41410, July 16, 2014]
§ 15d.3 Discrimination prohibited.
(a) No agency, officer, or employee of the USDA shall, on the grounds of race, color, national origin, religion, sex, sexual orientation, disability, age, marital status, family/parental status, income derived from a public assistance program, political beliefs, or gender identity, exclude from participation in, deny the benefits of, or subject to discrimination any person in the United States under any program or activity conducted by the USDA.
(b) No person shall be subjected to reprisal for opposing any practice(s) prohibited by this part, for filing a complaint, or for participating in any other manner in a proceeding under this part.
[79 FR 41411, July 16, 2014]
§ 15d.4 Compliance.
(a) Compliance program. OASCR shall evaluate each agency's efforts to comply with this part and shall make recommendations for improving such efforts.
(1) OASCR shall oversee the compliance reviews and evaluations, and issue compliance reports that monitor compliance efforts to ensure that there is equitable and fair treatment in conducted programs.
(2) OASCR shall monitor all settlement agreements pertaining to program complaints for compliance to ensure full implementation and enforcement.
(3) OASCR shall oversee Agency Head Assessments to ensure that Agency Heads are in compliance with civil rights laws and regulations.
(4) OASCR shall monitor all findings of non-compliance to ensure that compliance is achieved.
(5) OASCR shall require agencies to collect the race, ethnicity and gender of applicants and program participants, who choose to provide such information on a voluntary basis, in USDA-conducted programs, for purposes of civil rights compliance oversight, and evaluation.
(b) Agency data collection and compliance reports. (1) Each Agency shall, for civil rights compliance, collect, maintain and annually compile data on all program applicants and participants in conducted programs by county and State, including but not limited to, application and participation rate data regarding socially disadvantaged and limited resources applicants and participants. At a minimum, the data should include:
(i) Numbers of applicants and participants by race, ethnicity, and gender, subject to appropriate privacy protections, as determined by the Secretary and in accordance with law; and
(ii) The application and participation rate, by race, ethnicity, and gender, as a percentage of the total participation rate.
(2) Each Agency shall submit to the OASCR timely, complete and accurate program application and participation reports containing the information described in § 15d.4(b)(1), on an annual basis, and upon the request of the OASCR independently of the annual requirement.
(c) Complaint reporting compliance. OASCR shall ensure compliance with mandated complaint reporting requirements, such as those required by section 14006 of the Food, Conservation, and Energy Act of 2008 (Pub. L. 110-246).
[79 FR 41411, July 16, 2014]
§ 15d.5 Complaints.
(a) Any person who believes that he or she (or any specific class of individuals) has been, or is being, subjected to practices prohibited by this part may file (or file through an authorized representative) a written complaint alleging such discrimination. The written complaint must be filed within 180 calendar days from the date the person knew or reasonably should have known of the alleged discrimination, unless the time is extended for good cause by the ASCR or designee. Any person who complains of discrimination under this part in any fashion shall be advised of the right to file a complaint as herein provided.
(b) All complaints under this part should be filed with the Office of the Assistant Secretary for Civil Rights, 1400 Independence Ave. SW., U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, DC 20250, who will investigate the complaints. The ASCR will make final determinations as to the merits of complaints under this part and as to the corrective actions required to resolve program complaints. The complainant will be notified of the final determination on the complaint.
(c) Any complaint filed under this part alleging discrimination on the basis of disability will be processed under 7 CFR part 15e.
(d) For complaints OASCR deems appropriate for ADR, OASCR shall offer ADR services to complainants.
[79 FR 41411, July 16, 2014]
PART 15e ENFORCEMENT OF NONDISCRIMINATION ON THE BASIS OF HANDICAP IN PROGRAMS OR ACTIVITIES CONDUCTED BY THE UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE
Authority: 29 U.S.C. 794.
Source: 58 FR 57697, 57699, Oct. 26, 1993, unless otherwise noted.
§ 15e.101 Purpose.
The purpose of this part is to effectuate section 119 of the Rehabilitation, Comprehensive Services, and Developmental Disabilities Amendments of 1978, which amended section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 to prohibit discrimination on the basis of handicap in programs or activities conducted by Executive agencies or the United States Postal Service.
§ 15e.102 Application.
This part (§§ 15e.101-15e.170) applies to all programs or activities conducted by the agency, except for programs or activities conducted outside the United States that do not involve individuals with handicaps in the United States.
§ 15e.103 Definitions.
For purposes of this part, the term—
Assistant Attorney General means the Assistant Attorney General, Civil Rights Division, United States Department of Justice.
Auxiliary aids means services or devices that enable persons with impaired sensory, manual, or speaking skills to have an equal opportunity to participate in, and enjoy the benefits of, programs or activities conducted by the agency. For example, auxiliary aids useful for persons with impaired vision include readers, Brailled materials, audio recordings, and other similar services and devices. Auxiliary aids useful for persons with impaired hearing include telephone handset amplifiers, telephones compatible with hearing aids, telecommunication devices for deaf persons (TTD's), interpreters, notetakers, written materials, and other similar services and devices.
Complete complaint means a written statement that contains the complainant's name and address and describes the agency's alleged discriminatory action in sufficient detail to inform the agency of the nature and date of the alleged violation of section 504. It shall be signed by the complainant or by someone authorized to do so on his or her behalf. Complaints filed on behalf of classes or third parties shall describe or identify (by name, if possible) the alleged victims of discrimination.
Facility means all or any portion of buildings, structures, equipment, roads, walks, parking lots, rolling stock or other conveyances, or other real or personal property.
Historic preservation programs means programs conducted by the agency that have preservation of historic properties as a primary purpose.
Historic properties means those properties that are listed or eligible for listing in the National Register of Historic Places or properties designated as historic under a statute of the appropriate State or local government body.
Individual with handicaps means any person who has a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits one or more major life activities, has a record of such an impairment, or is regarded as having such an impairment. As used in this definition, the phrase:
(1) Physical or mental impairment includes—
(i) Any physiological disorder or condition, cosmetic disfigurement, or anatomical loss affecting one or more of the following body systems: Neurological; musculoskeletal; special sense organs; respiratory, including speech organs; cardiovascular; reproductive; digestive; genitourinary; hemic and lymphatic; skin; and endocrine; or
(ii) Any mental or psychological disorder, such as mental retardation, organic brain syndrome, emotional or mental illness, and specific learning disabilities. The term “physical or mental impairment” includes, but is not limited to, such diseases and conditions as orthopedic, visual, speech, and hearing impairments, cerebral palsy, epilepsy, muscular dystrophy, multiple sclerosis, cancer, heart disease, diabetes, mental retardation, emotional illness, HIV disease (whether symptomatic or asymptomatic), and drug addiction and alcoholism.
(2) Major life activities include functions such as caring for one's self, performing manual tasks, walking, seeing, hearing, speaking, breathing, learning, and working.
(3) Has a record of such an impairment means has a history of, or has been misclassified as having, a mental or physical impairment that substantially limits one or more major life activities.
(4) Is regarded as having an impairment means—
(i) Has a physical or mental impairment that does not substantially limit major life activities but is treated by the agency as constituting such a limitation;
(ii) Has a physical or mental impairment that substantially limits major life activities only as a result of the attitudes of others toward such impairment; or
(iii) Has none of the impairments defined in paragraph (1) of this definition but is treated by the agency as having such an impairment.
Qualified individual with handicaps means—
(1) With respect to preschool, elementary, or secondary education services provided by the agency, an individual with handicaps who is a member of a class of persons otherwise entitled by statute, regulation, or agency policy to receive education services from the agency;
(2) With respect to any other agency program or activity under which a person is required to perform services or to achieve a level of accomplishment, an individual with handicaps who meets the essential eligibility requirements and who can achieve the purpose of the program or activity without modifications in the program or activity that the agency can demonstrate would result in a fundamental alteration in its nature;
(3) With respect to any other program or activity, an individual with handicaps who meets the essential eligibility requirements for participation in, or receipt of benefits from, that program or activity; and
(4) Qualified handicapped person as that term is defined for purposes of employment in 29 CFR 1614.203(a)(6), which is made applicable to this part by § 15e.140.
Section 504 means section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (Pub. L. 93-112, 87 Stat. 394 (29 U.S.C. 794)), as amended. As used in this part, section 504 applies only to programs or activities conducted by Executive agencies and not to federally assisted programs.
Substantial impairment means a significant loss of the integrity of finished materials, design quality, or special character resulting from a permanent alteration.
§§ 15e.104-15e.109 [Reserved]
§ 15e.110 Self-evaluation.
(a) The agency shall, by November 28, 1994, evaluate its current policies and practices, and the effects thereof, that do not or may not meet the requirements of this part and, to the extent modification of any such policies and practices is required, the agency shall proceed to make the necessary modifications.
(b) The agency shall provide an opportunity to interested persons, including individuals with handicaps or organizations representing individuals with handicaps, to participate in the self-evaluation process by submitting comments (both oral and written).
(c) The agency shall, for at least three years following completion of the self-evaluation, maintain on file and make available for public inspection:
(1) A description of areas examined and any problems identified; and
(2) A description of any modifications made.
§ 15e.111 Notice.
The agency shall make available to employees, applicants, participants, beneficiaries, and other interested persons such information regarding the provisions of this part and its applicability to the programs or activities conducted by the agency, and make such information available to them in such manner as the head of the agency finds necessary to apprise such persons of the protections against discrimination assured them by section 504 and this part.
§§ 15e.112-15e.129 [Reserved]
§ 15e.130 General prohibitions against discrimination.
(a) No qualified individual with handicaps shall, on the basis of handicap, be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or otherwise be subjected to discrimination under any program or activity conducted by the agency.
(b)(1) The agency, in providing any aid, benefit, or service, may not, directly or through contractual, licensing, or other arrangements, on the basis of handicap—
(i) Deny a qualified individual with handicaps the opportunity to participate in or benefit from the aid, benefit, or service;
(ii) Afford a qualified individual with handicaps an opportunity to participate in or benefit from the aid, benefit, or service that is not equal to that afforded others;
(iii) Provide a qualified individual with handicaps with an aid, benefit, or service that is not as effective in according equal opportunity to obtain the same result, to gain the same benefit, or to reach the same level of achievement as that provided to others;
(iv) Provide different or separate aid, benefits, or services to individuals with handicaps or to any class of individuals with handicaps than is provided to others unless such action is necessary to provide qualified individuals with handicaps with aid, benefits, or services that are as effective as those provided to others;
(v) Deny a qualified individual with handicaps the opportunity to participate as a member of planning or advisory boards;
(vi) Otherwise limit a qualified individual with handicaps in the enjoyment of any right, privilege, advantage, or opportunity enjoyed by others receiving the aid, benefit, or service.
(2) The agency may not deny a qualified individual with handicaps the opportunity to participate in programs or activities that are no separate or different, despite the existence of permissibly separate or different programs or activities.
(3) The agency may not, directly or through contractual or other arrangements, utilize criteria or methods of administration the purpose or effect of which would—
(i) Subject qualified individuals with handicaps to discrimination on the basis of handicap; or
(ii) Defeat or substantially impair accomplishment of the objectives of a program or activity with respect to individuals with handicaps.
(4) The agency may not, in determining the site or location of a facility, make selections the purpose or effect of which would—
(i) Exclude individuals with handicaps from, deny them the benefits of, or otherwise subject them to discrimination under any program or activity conducted by the agency; or
(ii) Defeat or substantially impair the accomplishment of the objectives of a program or activity with respect to individuals with handicaps.
(5) The agency, in the selection of procurement contractors, may not use criteria that subject qualified individuals with handicaps to discrimination on the basis of handicap.
(6) The agency may not administer a licensing or certification program in a manner that subjects qualified individuals with handicaps to discrimination on the basis of handicap, nor may the agency establish requirements for the programs or activities of licensees or certified entities that subject qualified individuals with handicaps to discrimination on the basis of handicap. However, the programs or activities of entities that are licensed or certified by the agency are not, themselves, covered by this part.
(c) The exclusion of nonhandicapped persons from the benefits of a program limited by Federal statute or Executive order to individuals with handicaps or the exclusion of a specific class of individuals with handicaps from a program limited by Federal statute or Executive order to a different class of individuals with handicaps is not prohibited by this part.
(d) The agency shall administer programs and activities in the most integrated setting appropriate to the needs of qualified individuals with handicaps.
§§ 15e.131-15e.139 [Reserved]
§ 15e.140 Employment.
No qualified individual with handicaps shall, on the basis of handicap, be subjected to discrimination in employment under any program or activity conducted by the agency. The definitions, requirements, and procedures of section 501 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 791), as established by the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission in 29 CFR part 1614, shall apply to employment in federally conducted programs or activities.
§§ 15e.141-15e.148 [Reserved]
§ 15e.149 Program accessibility: Discrimination prohibited.
Except as otherwise provided in § 15e.150, no qualified individual with handicaps shall, because the agency's facilities are inaccessible to or unusable by individuals with handicaps, be denied the benefits of, be excluded from participation in, or otherwise be subjected to discrimination under any program or activity conducted by the agency.
§ 15e.150 Program accessibility: Existing facilities.
(a) General. The agency shall operate each program or activity so that the program or activity, when viewed in its entirety, is readily accessible to and usable by individuals with handicaps. This paragraph does not—
(1) Necessarily require the agency to make each of its existing facilities accessible to and usable by individuals with handicaps;
(2) In the case of historic preservation programs, require the agency to take any action that would result in a substantial impairment of significant historic features of an historic property; or
(3) Require the agency to take any action that it can demonstrate would result in a fundamental alteration in the nature of a program or activity or in undue financial and administrative burdens. In those circumstances where agency personnel believe that the proposed action would fundamentally alter the program or activity or would result in undue financial and administrative burdens, the agency has the burden of proving that compliance with § 15e.150(a) would result in such alteration or burdens. The decision that compliance would result in such alteration or burdens must be made by the agency head or his or her designee after considering all agency resources available for use in the funding and operation of the conducted program or activity, and must be accompanied by a written statement of the reasons for reaching that conclusion. If an action would result in such an alteration or such burdens, the agency shall take any other action that result in such an alteration or such burdens but would nevertheless ensure that individuals with handicaps receive the benefits and services of the program or activity.
(b) Methods—(1) General. The agency may comply with the requirements of this section through such means as redesign of equipment, reassignment of services to accessible buildings, assignment of aides to beneficiaries, home visits, delivery of services at alternate accessible sites, alteration of existing facilities and construction of new facilities, use of accessible rolling stock, or any other methods that result in making its programs or activities readily accessible to and usable by individuals with handicaps. The agency is not required to make structural changes in existing facilities where other methods are effective in achieving compliance with this section. The agency, in making alterations to existing buildings, shall meet accessibility requirements to the extent compelled by the Architectural Barriers Act of 1968, as amended (42 U.S.C. 4151-4157), and any regulations implementing it. In choosing among available methods for meeting the requirements of this section, the agency shall give priority to those methods that offer programs and activities to qualified individuals with handicaps in the most integrated setting appropriate.
(2) Historic preservation programs. In meeting the requirements of § 15e.150(a) in historic preservation programs, the agency shall give priority to methods that provide physical access to individuals with handicaps. In cases where a physical alteration to an historic property is not required because of § 15e.150(a)(2) or (a)(3), alternative methods of achieving program accessibility include—
(i) Using audio-visual materials and devices to depict those portions of an historic property that cannot otherwise be made accessible;
(ii) Assigning persons to guide individuals with handicaps into or through portions of historic properties that cannot otherwise be made accessible; or
(iii) Adopting other innovative methods.
(c) Time period for compliance. The agency shall comply with the obligations established under this section by January 24, 1994, except that where structural changes in facilities are undertaken, such changes shall be made by November 26, 1996, but in any event as expeditiously as possible.
(d) Transition plan. In the event that structural changes to facilities will be undertaken to achieve program accessibility, the agency shall develop, by May 26, 1994, a transition plan setting forth the steps necessary to complete such changes. The agency shall provide an opportunity to interested persons, including individuals with handicaps or organizations representing individuals with handicaps, to participate in the development of the transition plan by submitting comments (both oral and written). A copy of the transition plan shall be made available for public inspection. The plan shall, at a minimum—
(1) Identify physical obstacles in the agency's facilities that limit the accessibility of its programs or activities to individuals with handicaps;
(2) Describe in detail the methods that will be used to make the facilities accessible;
(3) Specify the schedule for taking the steps necessary to achieve compliance with this section and, if the time period of the transition plan is longer than one year, identify steps that will be taken during each year of the transition period; and
(4) Indicate the official responsible for implementation of the plan.
§ 15e.151 Program accessibility: New construction and alterations.
Each building or part of a building that is constructed or altered by, on behalf of, or for the use of the agency shall be designed, constructed, or altered so as to be readily accessible to and usable by individuals with handicaps. The definitions, requirements, and standards of the Architectural Barriers Act (42 U.S.C. 4151-4157), as established in 41 CFR 101-19.600 to 101-19.607, apply to buildings covered by this section.
§§ 15e.152-15e.159 [Reserved]
§ 15e.160 Communications.
(a) The agency shall take appropriate steps to ensure effective communication with applicants, participants, personnel of other Federal entities, and members of the public.
(1) The agency shall furnish appropriate auxiliary aids where necessary to afford an individual with handicaps an equal opportunity to participate in, and enjoy the benefits of, a program or activity conducted by the agency.
(i) In determining what type of auxiliary aid is necessary, the agency shall give primary consideration to the requests of the individual with handicaps.
(ii) The agency need not provide individually prescribed devices, readers for personal use or study, or other devices of a personal nature.
(2) Where the agency communicates with applicants and beneficiaries by telephone, telecommunication devices for deaf persons (TDD's) or equally effective telecommunication systems shall be used to communicate with persons with impaired hearing.
(b) The agency shall ensure that interested persons, including persons with impaired vision or hearing, can obtain information as to the existence and location of accessible services, activities, and facilities.
(c) The agency shall provide signage at a primary entrance to each of its inaccessible facilities, directing users to a location at which they can obtain information about accessible facilities. The international symbol for accessibility shall be used at each primary entrance of an accessible facility.
(d) This section does not require the agency to take any action that it can demonstrate would result in a fundamental alteration in the nature of a program or activity or in undue financial and administrative burdens. In those circumstances where agency personnel believe that the proposed action would fundamentally alter the program or activity or would result in undue financial and administrative burdens, the agency has the burden of proving that compliance with § 15e.160 would result in such alteration or burdens. The decision that compliance would result in such alteration or burdens must be made by the agency head or his or her designee after considering all agency resources available for use in the funding and operation of the conducted program or activity and must be accompanied by a written statement of the reasons for reaching that conclusion. If an action required to comply with this section would result in such an alteration or such burdens, the agency shall take any other action that would not result in such an alteration or such burdens but would nevertheless ensure that, to the maximum extent possible, individuals with handicaps receive the benefits and services of the program or activity.
§§ 15e.161-15e.169 [Reserved]
§ 15e.170 Compliance procedures.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, this section applies to all allegations of discrimination on the basis of handicap in programs and activities conducted by the agency.
(b) The agency shall process complaints alleging violations of section 504 with respect to employment according to the procedures established by the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission in 29 CFR part 1614 pursuant to section 501 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 U.S.C. 791).
(c) The Director, Office of Advocacy and Enterprise, shall be responsible for coordinating implementation of this section and shall make the determinations described in paragraph (g) of this section. Complaints may be sent to Office of Advocacy and Enterprise, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, DC 20250.
(d) The agency shall accept and investigate all complete complaints for which it has jurisdiction. All complete complaints must be filed within 180 days of the alleged act of discrimination. The agency may extend this time period for good cause.
(e) If the agency receives a complaint over which it does not have jurisdiction, it shall promptly notify the complainant and shall make reasonable efforts to refer the complaint to the appropriate Government entity.
(f) The agency shall notify the Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board upon receipt of any complaint alleging that a building or facility that is subject to the Architectural Barriers Act of 1968, as amended (42 U.S.C. 4151-4157), is not readily accessible to and usable by individuals with handicaps.
(g) Within 180 days of the receipt of a complete complaint for which it has jurisdiction, the agency shall notify the complainant of the results of the investigation in a letter containing—
(1) Findings of fact and conclusions of law;
(2) A description of a remedy for each violation found; and
(3) A notice of the right to appeal.
(h) Appeals of the findings of fact and conclusions of law or remedies must be filed by the complainant within 90 days of receipt from the agency of the letter required by § 15e.170(g). The agency may extend this time for good cause.
(i) Timely appeals shall be accepted and processed by the head of the agency.
(j) The head of the agency shall notify the complainant of the results of the appeal within 60 days of the receipt of the request. If the head of the agency determines that additional information is needed from the complainant, he or she shall have 60 days from the date of receipt of the additional information to make his or her determination on the appeal.
(k) The time limits cited in paragraphs (g) and (j) of this section may be extended with the permission of the Assistant Attorney General.
(l) The agency may delegate its authority for conducting complaint investigations to other Federal agencies, except that the authority for making the final determination may not be delegated to another agency.
[58 FR 57697, 57699, Oct. 26, 1993, as amended at 58 FR 57697, Oct. 26, 1993]
§§ 15e.171-15e.999 [Reserved]
15f PART 15f [RESERVED]
PART 16 EQUAL OPPORTUNITY FOR RELIGIOUS ORGANIZATIONS
Authority: 5 U.S.C. 301; 42 U.S.C. 2000bb et seq.; E.O. 13279, 67 FR 77141, 3 CFR, 2002 Comp., p. 258; E.O. 13280, 67 FR 77145, 3 CFR, 2002 Comp., p. 262; E.O. 13559, 75 FR 71319, 3 CFR, 2010 Comp., p. 273; E.O. 13831, 83 FR 20715, 3 CFR, 2018 Comp., p. 806; E.O. 14015, 86 FR 10007, 3 CFR, 2021 Comp., p. 517.
Source: 69 FR 41382, July 9, 2004, unless otherwise noted.
§ 16.1 Purpose and applicability.
(a) The purpose of this part is to set forth Department of Agriculture (USDA) policy regarding equal opportunity for faith-based organizations to participate in USDA assistance programs for which other private organizations are eligible.
(b) Except as otherwise specifically provided in this part, the policy outlined in this part applies to all recipients and subrecipients of USDA domestic social service programs to which 2 CFR part 400 applies, and to recipients and subrecipients of Commodity Credit Corporation assistance that is administered by agencies of USDA for the purpose of domestic social service programs.
[89 FR 15707, Mar. 4, 2024, as amended at 91 FR 20577, Apr. 17, 2026]
§ 16.2 Definitions.
As used in this part:
Direct Federal financial assistance, Federal financial assistance provided directly, Direct funding, or Directly funded means financial assistance received by an entity selected by the Government or intermediary (under this part) to carry out a service (e.g., by contract, grant, loan agreement, or cooperative agreement). References to Federal financial assistance will be deemed to be references to direct Federal financial assistance, unless the referenced assistance meets the definition of indirect Federal financial assistance or Federal financial assistance provided indirectly. Except as otherwise provided by USDA regulation, the recipients of sub-grants that receive Federal financial assistance through State-administered programs (e.g., flow-through programs such as the National School Lunch Program authorized under the Richard B. Russell National School Lunch Act, 42 U.S.C. 1751 et seq.) are not considered recipients of USDA indirect assistance. These recipients of sub-awards are considered recipients of USDA direct financial assistance.
Explicitly religious activities include activities that involve overt religious content such as worship, religious instruction, or proselytization. Any such activities must be offered separately, in time or location, from the programs or services funded under the agency's grant or cooperative agreement, and participation must be voluntary for beneficiaries of the agency grant or cooperative agreement-funded programs and services.
Federal financial assistance means assistance that non-Federal entities receive or administer in the form of grants, contracts, loans, loan guarantees, property, cooperative agreements, food commodities, direct appropriations, or other assistance, but does not include a tax credit, deduction, or exemption. Federal financial assistance may be direct or indirect.
Indirect Federal financial assistance or Federal financial assistance provided indirectly refers to situations where the service provider receives the assistance wholly as a result of a genuine and independent private choice of the beneficiary, not a choice of the Government, and the cost of that service is paid through a voucher, certificate, or other similar means of Government-funded payment. The availability of adequate secular alternatives is a significant factor in determining whether a program affords a genuine and independent private choice.
Intermediary means an entity, including a non-governmental organization, acting under a contract, grant, or other agreement with the Federal Government or with a State or local government that accepts USDA direct assistance and distributes that assistance to other organizations that, in turn, provide government-funded services. If an intermediary, acting under a contract, grant, or other agreement with the Federal Government or with a State or local government that is administering a program supported by Federal financial assistance, is given the authority under the contract, grant, or agreement to select non-governmental organizations to provide services funded by the Federal Government, the intermediary must ensure compliance by the recipient of a contract, grant, or agreement with this part and any implementing rules or guidance. If the intermediary is a non-governmental organization, it retains all other rights of a non-governmental organization under the program's statutory and regulatory provisions.
Religious exercise has the meaning given to the term in 42 U.S.C. 2000cc-5(7)(A).
[85 FR 82132, Dec. 17, 2020], as amended at 89 FR 15707, Mar. 4, 2024]
§ 16.3 Faith-based organizations and Federal financial assistance.
(a) A faith-based organization is eligible, on the same basis as any other organization, to access and participate in any USDA assistance programs for which it is otherwise eligible. Neither the USDA awarding agency nor any State or local government or other intermediary receiving funds under any USDA awarding agency program or service shall, in the selection of service providers, discriminate for or against an organization on the basis of the organization's religious character, motives, or affiliation, or lack thereof, or on the basis of conduct that would not be considered grounds to favor or disfavor a similarly situated secular organization. Decisions about awards of USDA direct assistance or USDA indirect assistance must also be free from political interference, or even the appearance of such interference, and must be made on the basis of merit, not on the basis of religion or religious belief, or lack thereof. Notices or announcements of award opportunities and notices of award or contracts shall include language substantially similar to that in appendices A and B to this part.
(b) A faith-based organization that participates in USDA assistance programs will retain its autonomy; right of expression; religious character; authority over its governance; and independence from Federal, State, and local governments, and may continue to carry out its mission, including the definition, development, practice, and expression of its religious beliefs, provided that it does not use USDA direct assistance to support any ineligible purposes, including explicitly religious activities that involve overt religious content such as worship, religious instruction, or proselytization. A faith-based organization may:
(1) Use its facilities to provide services and programs funded with financial assistance from USDA awarding agency without concealing, altering, or removing religious art, icons, scriptures, or other religious symbols,
(2) Retain religious terms in its organization's name,
(3) Select its board members and otherwise govern itself on a religious basis, and
(4) Include religious references in its mission statements and other governing documents.
(c) A faith-based organization's exemption from the Federal prohibition on employment discrimination on the basis of religion, set forth in section 702(a) of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, 42 U.S.C. 2000e-1, is not forfeited when an organization participates in a USDA assistance program.
(d) No grant document, agreement, covenant, memorandum of understanding, policy, or regulation that is used by a USDA awarding agency or a State or local government in administering Federal financial assistance from the USDA awarding agency shall require faith-based organizations to provide assurances or notices where they are not required of non-faith-based organizations.
(1) Any restrictions on the use of grant funds shall apply equally to faith-based organizations and non-faith-based organizations.
(2) All organizations that participate in USDA awarding agency programs or services, including organizations with religious character, motives, or affiliation, must carry out eligible activities in accordance with all program requirements and other applicable requirements governing the conduct of USDA awarding agency-funded activities, including those prohibiting the use of direct financial assistance to engage in explicitly religious activities, subject to any accommodations that are granted to organizations on a case-by-case basis in accordance with the Constitution and laws of the United States.
(3) No grant document, agreement, covenant, memorandum of understanding, policy, or regulation that is used by the USDA awarding agency or a State or local government in administering financial assistance from the USDA awarding agency shall disqualify faith-based organizations from participating in the USDA awarding agency's programs or services on the basis of the organizations' religious character, motives, or affiliation, or lack thereof, or on the basis of conduct that would not be considered grounds to disqualify a similarly situated secular organization.
(e) If an intermediary, acting under a contract, grant, or other agreement with the Federal Government or with a State or local government that is administering a program supported by Federal financial assistance, is delegated the authority under the contract, grant, or agreement to select non-governmental organizations to provide services funded by the Federal Government, the intermediary must ensure compliance by the subrecipient with the provisions of this part and any implementing regulations or guidance. If the intermediary is a non-governmental organization, it retains all other rights of a non-governmental organization under the program's statutory and regulatory provisions.
(f) USDA direct financial assistance may be used for the acquisition, construction, or rehabilitation of structures to the extent authorized by the applicable program statutes and regulations. USDA direct assistance may not be used for the acquisition, construction, or rehabilitation of structures to the extent that those structures are used by the USDA funding recipients for explicitly religious activities. Where a structure is used for both eligible and ineligible purposes, USDA direct financial assistance may not exceed the cost of those portions of the acquisition, construction, or rehabilitation that are attributable to eligible activities in accordance with the cost accounting requirements applicable to USDA funds. Sanctuaries, chapels, or other rooms that an organization receiving direct assistance from USDA uses as its principal place of worship, however, are ineligible for USDA-funded improvements. Disposition of real property after the term of the grant or any change in use of the property during the term of the grant is subject to government-wide regulations governing real property disposition (see 2 CFR part 400).
(1) Any use of USDA direct financial assistance for equipment, supplies, labor, indirect costs, and the like shall be prorated between the USDA program or activity and any ineligible purposes by the faith-based organization in accordance with applicable laws, regulations, and guidance.
(2) Nothing in this section shall be construed to prevent the residents of housing who are receiving USDA direct assistance funds from engaging in religious exercise within such housing.
(g) If a recipient contributes its own funds in excess of those funds required by a matching or grant agreement to supplement USDA awarding agency supported activities, the recipient has the option to segregate those additional funds or commingle them with the Federal award funds. If the funds are commingled, the provisions of this section shall apply to all of the commingled funds in the same manner, and to the same extent, as the provisions apply to the Federal funds. With respect to the matching funds, the provisions of this section apply irrespective of whether such funds are commingled with Federal funds or segregated.
(h) Nothing in this part shall be construed to preclude a USDA awarding agency or any State or local government or other intermediary from accommodating religion or making an accommodation for religious exercise with respect to one or more program requirements on a case-by-case basis in accordance with the Constitution and laws of the United States. A USDA awarding agency, State or local government, or other intermediary shall not disqualify an organization from participating in any USDA assistance program for which it is eligible on the basis of the organization's indication that it may request an accommodation with respect to one or more program requirements, unless the organization has made clear that the accommodation is necessary to its participation and the USDA awarding agency, State or local government, or other intermediary has determined that it would deny the accommodation.
[85 FR 82133, Dec. 17, 2020, as amended at 89 FR 15707, Mar. 4, 2024]
§ 16.4 Responsibilities of participating organizations.
(a) Any organization that receives direct or indirect Federal financial assistance shall not, with respect to services supported in whole or in part with Federal financial assistance, or in their outreach activities related to such services, discriminate against a current or prospective program beneficiary on the basis of religion, religious belief, a refusal to hold a religious belief, or a refusal to attend or participate in a religious practice. However, an organization that participates in a program funded by indirect financial assistance need not modify its program activities to accommodate a beneficiary who chooses to expend the indirect aid on the organization's program.
(b) Organizations that receive USDA direct assistance under any USDA program may not engage in explicitly religious activities, including activities that involve overt religious content such as worship, religious instruction, or proselytization, as part of the programs or services funded by USDA direct assistance. If an organization conducts such activities, the activities must be offered separately, in time or location, from the programs or services supported with USDA direct assistance, and participation must be voluntary for beneficiaries of the programs or services supported with such USDA direct assistance. The use of indirect Federal financial assistance is not subject to this restriction. Nothing in this part restricts the Department's authority under applicable Federal law to fund activities that can be directly funded by the Government consistent with the Establishment Clause.
(c)(1) All organizations that receive USDA direct assistance under any domestic USDA program must give written notice to all beneficiaries and prospective beneficiaries of certain protections in a manner and form prescribed by USDA. The required language for this written notice to beneficiaries is set forth in appendix C to this part. This notice must include the following information:
(i) The organization may not discriminate against beneficiaries or prospective beneficiaries on the basis of religion, a religious belief, a refusal to hold a religious belief, or a refusal to attend or participate in a religious practice;
(ii) The organization may not require beneficiaries or prospective beneficiaries to attend or participate in any explicitly religious activities that are offered by the organization, and any participation by beneficiaries or prospective beneficiaries in such activities must be purely voluntary;
(iii) The organization must separate in time or location any privately funded explicitly religious activities from activities supported by direct Federal financial assistance; and
(iv) Beneficiaries or prospective beneficiaries may report violations of these protections (including denials of services or benefits) by an organization by contacting or filing a written complaint with USDA's Office of the Assistant Secretary for Civil Rights.
(2) The USDA awarding agency may determine that this written notice must also inform beneficiaries and prospective beneficiaries about how to obtain information from the awarding agency about other federally funded service providers in their area that provide the services available under the applicable program.
(3) This written notice must be given to beneficiaries prior to the time they enroll in the program or receive services from the program. When the nature of the service provided or exigent circumstances make it impracticable to provide such written notice in advance of the actual service, service providers must advise beneficiaries of their protections at the earliest available opportunity.
(d) A beneficiary or prospective beneficiary in a program supported by indirect Federal financial assistance may report an organization's violation of the religious protections in this part, including any denials of services or benefits by an organization, by contacting or filing a written complaint with USDA's Office of the Assistant Secretary for Civil Rights.
(e) Nothing in paragraphs (a) through (c) of this section shall be construed to prevent faith-based organizations that receive USDA assistance under the Richard B. Russell National School Lunch Act, 42 U.S.C. 1751 et seq., the Child Nutrition Act of 1966, 42 U.S.C. 1771 et seq., or USDA international school feeding programs from considering religion in their admissions practices or from imposing religious attendance or curricular requirements at their schools.
[85 FR 82134, Dec. 17, 2020, as amended at 89 FR 15708, Mar. 4, 2024]
§ 16.5 Severability.
To the extent that any provision of this regulation is declared invalid by a court of competent jurisdiction, USDA intends for all other provisions that are capable of operating in the absence of the specific provision that has been invalidated to remain in effect.
[85 FR 82134, Dec. 17, 2020]
§ 16.6 Compliance.
USDA agencies will monitor compliance with this part in the course of regular oversight of USDA programs.
[89 FR 15709, Mar. 4, 2024]
Appendix A to Part 16 Notice or Announcement of Award Opportunities
(a) Faith-based organizations may apply for this award on the same basis as any other organization, as set forth at, and subject to the protections and requirements of, this part and any applicable constitutional and statutory requirements, including 42 U.S.C. 2000bb et seq. USDA will not, in the selection of recipients, discriminate for or against an organization on the basis of the organization's religious character, motives, or affiliation, or lack thereof, or on the basis of conduct that would not be considered grounds to favor or disfavor a similarly situated secular organization.
(b) A faith-based organization that participates in this program will retain its independence from the Government and may continue to carry out its mission consistent with religious freedom and conscience protections in Federal law. Religious accommodations may also be sought under many of these religious freedom and conscience protection laws.
(c) A faith-based organization may not use direct Federal financial assistance from USDA to support or engage in any explicitly religious activities except when consistent with the Establishment Clause of the First Amendment and any other applicable requirements. An organization receiving Federal financial assistance also may not, in providing services funded by USDA, or in their outreach activities related to such services, discriminate against a program beneficiary or prospective program beneficiary on the basis of religion, a religious belief, a refusal to hold a religious belief, or a refusal to attend or participate in a religious practice.
[89 FR 15709, Mar. 4, 2024]
Appendix B to Part 16 Notice of Award or Contract
(a) A faith-based organization that participates in this program retains its independence from the Government and may continue to carry out its mission consistent with religious freedom and conscience protections in Federal law. Religious accommodations may also be sought under many of these religious freedom and conscience protection laws.
(b) A faith-based organization may not use direct Federal financial assistance from USDA to support or engage in any explicitly religious activities except when consistent with the Establishment Clause of the First Amendment and any other applicable requirements. An organization receiving Federal financial assistance also may not, in providing services funded by USDA, or in their outreach activities related to such services, discriminate against a program beneficiary or prospective program beneficiary on the basis of religion, a religious belief, a refusal to hold a religious belief, or a refusal to attend or participate in a religious practice.
[89 FR 15709, Mar. 4, 2024]
Appendix C to Part 16 Written Notice of Beneficiary Protections
Name of Organization:
Name of Program:
Contact Information for Program Staff: [provide name, phone number, and email address, if appropriate]
Because this program is supported in whole or in part by financial assistance from the Federal Government, we are required to let you know that:
(1) We may not discriminate against you on the basis of religion, a religious belief, a refusal to hold a religious belief, or a refusal to attend or participate in a religious practice;
(2) We may not require you to attend or participate in any explicitly religious activities (including activities that involve overt religious content such as worship, religious instruction, or proselytization) that are offered by our organization, and any participation by you in such activities must be purely voluntary;
(3) We must separate in time or location any privately funded explicitly religious activities (including activities that involve overt religious content such as worship, religious instruction, or proselytization) from activities supported with direct Federal financial assistance; and
(4) You may report violations of these protections, including any denials of services or benefits by an organization, by contacting or filing a written complaint with the U.S. Department of Agriculture, Office of the Assistant Secretary for Civil Rights, Executive Director, Center for Civil Rights Enforcement, 1400 Independence Avenue SW, Washington, DC 20250-9410, or by email to program.intake@usda.gov.
[When required by the Department, the notice must also state:] (5) If you would like to seek information about whether there are any other federally funded organizations that provide these kinds of services in your area, please contact [insert appropriate point of contact].
This written notice must be given to you before you enroll in the program or receive services from the program, unless the nature of the service provided or exigent circumstances make it impracticable to provide such notice before we provide the actual service. In such an instance, this notice must be given to you at the earliest available opportunity.
[89 FR 15709, Mar. 4, 2024]
PART 17 SALES OF AGRICULTURAL COMMODITIES MADE AVAILABLE UNDER TITLE I OF THE AGRICULTURAL TRADE DEVELOPMENT AND ASSISTANCE ACT OF 1954, AS AMENDED
Authority: 7 U.S.C. 1701-1704, 1731-1736b, 1736f, 5676; E.O. 12220, 45 FR 44245.
Source: 62 FR 52932, Oct. 10, 1997, unless otherwise noted.
§ 17.1 General.
(a) What this part covers. This part contains the regulations governing the financing of the sale and exportation of agricultural commodities by the Commodity Credit Corporation (CCC), through private trade channels to the maximum extent practicable, under the authority of title I of the Agricultural Trade Development and Assistance Act of 1954, as amended (hereinafter called “the Act”).
(b) Agricultural commodities agreements. (1) Under the Act, the Government of the United States enters into Agricultural Commodities Agreements with governments of foreign countries or with private entities. These agreements cover financing of the sale and exportation of agricultural commodities, including certain ocean transportation costs.
(2) Agricultural Commodities Agreements may provide that a participant will repay CCC for the financing extended by CCC either in dollars or in local currencies.
(3) A private entity must maintain a bona fide business office in the United States and have a person, principal, or agent on whom service of judicial process may be had in the United States unless the General Sales Manager determines that there are adequate assurances of repayment to CCC for the financing extended by CCC.
(c) Purchase authorizations. This part covers, among other things, the issuance by the General Sales Manager of purchase authorizations which authorize the participant to:
(1) Purchase agricultural commodities; and
(2) Procure ocean transportation therefor.
(d) Financing. For amounts to be financed by CCC, CCC will pay the supplier of commodity or of ocean transportation in accordance with § 17.9(a)(3). The cost of ocean freight or ocean freight differential will be financed by CCC only when specifically provided for in the purchase authorization.
(e) Where information is available. General information about operations under this part is available from the Director, Pub. L. 480 Operations Division, Foreign Agricultural Service, USDA, Washington, DC 20250-1033. Information about financing operations under this part, including forms prescribed for use thereunder, is available from the Controller, Commodity Credit Corporation, USDA, 1400 Independence Avenue, SW, Washington, DC 20250-0581.
[62 FR 52932, Oct. 10, 1997, as amended at 63 FR 59692, Nov. 5, 1998]
§ 17.2 Definition of terms.
Terms used in the regulations in this part are defined or identified as follows, subject to amplification in subsequent sections:
Affiliate and associated company. Any legal entity which owns or controls, or is owned or controlled by, another legal entity. For a corporation, ownership of the voting stock is the controlling criterion. A legal entity is considered to own or control a second legal entity if—
(1) The legal entity owns an interest of 50 percent or more in the second legal entity; or
(2) The legal entity and one or more other legal entities, in which it owns an interest of 50 percent or more, together own an interest of 50 percent or more in the second legal entity; or
(3) The legal entity owns an interest of 50 percent or more in another legal entity which in turn owns an interest of 50 percent or more in the second legal entity.
CCC. The Commodity Credit Corporation, USDA.
Commodity. An agricultural commodity produced in the United States, or product thereof produced in the United States, as specified in the applicable purchase authorization.
Controller. The Controller, Commodity Credit Corporation, or the Controller's designee.
Copy. A photocopy or other type of copy of an original document showing all data shown on the original, including signature or the name of the person signing the original or, if the signature or name is not shown on the copy, a statement that the original was signed.
Delivery. The transfer to or for the account of an importer of custody and right of possession of the commodity at U.S. ports or Canadian transshipment points in accordance with the delivery terms of the contract and purchase authorization. For purposes of financing, delivery is deemed to occur as of the on-board date shown on the ocean bill of lading.
Destination country The foreign country to which the commodity is exported.
Director. The Director, Pub. L. 480 Operations Division, Foreign Agricultural Service.
Expediting services. Services provided to the vessel owner at the discharge port in order to facilitate the discharge and sailing of the vessel; this may include assisting with paperwork, obtaining permits and inspections, supervision and consultation.
FAS. The Foreign Agricultural Service, USDA.
FSA. The Farm Service Agency, USDA.
FSA Office. The office designated in the purchase authorization to administer this financing operation on behalf of CCC.
Finance. To expend CCC funds, whether or not the participant is required to repay the funds to CCC. For example, this part refers to CCC “financing” both the ocean freight differential, which the participant does not repay, and the commodity cost, which the participant does repay.
Form CCC-106. The form entitled “Advice of Vessel Approval.”
Form CCC-329. The signed original of the form entitled “Supplier's Certificate.”
General Sales Manager and GSM. The General Sales Manager, FAS, or the General Sales Manager's designee.
Importer. The person that contracts with the supplier for the importation of the commodity. The importer may be the participant or any person to which a participant has issued a subauthorization.
Importing country. Any nation with which an agreement has been signed under the Act.
Invitation for bids and IFB. A publicly advertised request for offers.
Legal entity includes, but is not limited to, an individual (except that an individual and his or her spouse and their minor children are considered as one legal entity), partnership, association, company, corporation and trust.
Letter of credit. An irrevocable commercial letter of credit issued, confirmed, or advised by a banking institution in the United States and payable in U.S. dollars.
Local currency. The currency of the importing or destination country.
Notice of arrival. A written notice in accordance with § 17.8(g) stating that the vessel has arrived at the first port of discharge.
Ocean bill of lading—(1) In the case of cargo carried on a vessel other than LASH barges: An “on-board” bill of lading, or a bill of lading with an “on-board” endorsement, which is dated and signed or initialed on behalf of the carrier; or
(2) In the case of cargo carried in a LASH barge: (i) For the purpose of financing commodity price, an “on-board” bill of lading showing the date the commodity was loaded on board barges, which is dated and signed or initialed on behalf of the carrier, or a bill of lading or a LASH barge bill of lading with an “on-board barge” endorsement which is dated and signed or initialed on behalf of the carrier.
(ii) For the purpose of financing ocean freight or ocean freight differential, a bill of lading which is dated and signed or initialed on behalf of the carrier indicating that the barge containing the cargo was placed aboard the vessel named in the Form CCC-106 not later than eight running days after the last LASH barge loading date (contract layday) specified in the Form CCC-106. This may be either an “on board” bill of lading or a bill of lading or a LASH barge bill of lading with an “on-board ocean vessel” endorsement.
(3) Documentary requirements for a copy of an “ocean bill of lading” refer to a non-negotiable copy thereof.
Ocean freight contract. A charter party or liner booking note.
Ocean transportation. Interchangeable with the term “ocean freight”.
Ocean transportation brokerage. Services provided by shipping agents related to their engagement to arrange ocean transportation and services provided by ships brokers related to their engagement to arrange employment of vessels.
Ocean transportation-related services. Furnishing the following services: lightening, stevedoring, and bagging (whether these services are performed at load or discharge), and inland transportation, i.e., transportation from the discharge port to the designated inland point of entry in the destination country, if the discharge port is not located in the destination country.
Participant. The collective term used to denote the importing country or the private entity with which an agreement has been negotiated under the Act.
Person. An individual or other legal entity.
Private entity. The nongovernmental legal entity with which an agreement has been signed under the Act.
Purchase authorization. Form FAS-480, “Authorization to Purchase Agricultural Commodities,” issued to a participant under this part.
Purchasing agent. Any person engaged by a participant to procure agricultural commodities.
Secretary. The Secretary of Agriculture of the United States, or the Secretary's designee.
Selling agent. A representative for the supplier of the commodity, who is not employed by or otherwise connected with the importer or the participant.
Shipping agent. Any person engaged by a participant to arrange ocean transportation.
Ships broker. Any person engaged by a supplier of ocean transportation to arrange employment of vessels.
Supplier. Any person who sells a commodity to an importer under the terms of a purchase authorization, or who sells ocean transportation to an importer or supplier of the commodity under the terms of a purchase authorization.
USDA. The U.S. Department of Agriculture.
United States. The 50 States, the District of Columbia, and Puerto Rico.
§ 17.3 Purchase authorizations.
(a) Issuance. After an agreement is signed, the GSM will issue a purchase authorization to the participant for each commodity included in the agreement.
(b) Contents. Each purchase authorization includes the following information:
(1) The commodity to be purchased and specifications, approximate quantity and maximum dollar amount authorized;
(2) Contracting requirements;
(3) The contracting period, during which suppliers and importers must enter into contracts; and the delivery period, during which the commodity must be delivered;
(4) The terms of delivery to the importer;
(5) Documentation required for CCC financing in addition to or in lieu of the documentation specified in § 17.9;
(6) Provisions relating to payment to CCC, if applicable;
(7) The address of the FSA office administering the financing operation on behalf of CCC;
(8) The method of financing provided under the Agricultural Commodities Agreement;
(9) Any provisions relating to financing by CCC in addition to or in lieu of those specified in this part;
(10) Authorization to procure ocean transportation, and provisions relating to the financing of ocean freight or ocean freight differential, as applicable;
(11) Any other provisions considered necessary by the General Sales Manager.
(c) Applicability of this part. In addition to the provisions of a particular purchase authorization, each purchase authorization, unless otherwise provided, is subject to the provisions of this part to the same extent as if the provisions were fully set forth in the purchase authorization.
(d) Modification or revocation. The General Sales Manager reserves the right at any time for any reason or cause whatsoever to supplement, modify or revoke any purchase authorization, including the termination of deliveries, if it is determined to be in the interest of the U.S. Government. CCC shall reimburse suppliers who would otherwise be entitled to be financed by CCC for costs which were incurred as a result of such action by the GSM in connection with firm sales or shipping contracts, and which were not otherwise recovered by the supplier after a reasonable effort to minimize such costs: Provided, however, That such reimbursement shall not be made to a supplier if the GSM determines that the GSM's action was taken because the supplier failed to comply with the requirements of the regulations in this part or the applicable purchase authorization; Provided further, That reimbursement to suppliers of ocean transportation shall not exceed the ocean freight differential when the purchase authorization provides only for financing the differential.
(e) Subauthorizations. The participant may issue subauthorizations to importers consistent with the terms of the applicable purchase authorization. The participant, in subauthorizing, shall specify to importers all the provisions of the applicable purchase authorization which apply to the subauthorization.
(f) Cotton textiles. (1) Except as provided in paragraph (f)(2) of this section, financing of textiles under this part is limited to cotton yarns and fabrics processed up to and including the dyed and printed state, and preshrinking. Any processing of such yarns and fabrics beyond this stage will be at the expense of the participant.
(2) Purchase authorizations may permit cotton textiles processed beyond the stage described in paragraph (f)(1) of this section to be purchased, but the maximum financing by CCC is limited to the equivalent value of the cotton yarns and fabrics described in paragraph (f)(1) of this section, contained in the textiles, plus eligible ocean transportation costs.
(3) Financing is available only for textiles manufactured entirely of U.S. cotton in the United States.
§ 17.4 Agents of the participant or importer.
(a) General. (1) A participant or importer is not required to use a purchasing agent or shipping agent, or employ the services of any other agent, broker, consultant, or other representative (hereafter “agent”) in connection with arranging the purchase of agricultural commodities under title I of the Act and arranging ocean transportation for such commodities. However, if an agent is used, the participant shall submit a written nomination of the agent to the Deputy Administrator, Export Credits, FAS, along with a copy of the proposed agreement between the participant or importer and such agent. The written nomination shall also specify the period of time to be covered by the nomination. A person may not act as agent for a participant or importer unless the Deputy Administrator, Export Credits, FAS, has provided a written statement that the nomination is accepted in accordance with the provisions of this section.
(2) See § 17.6(c) regarding commissions, fees, or other compensation of any kind to agents of a participant or importer.
(3) A freight agent employed by the Agency for International Development under titles II and III is not eligible to act as an agent for the participant or importer during the period of such employment. A subcontractor of such freight agent is not eligible to act as an agent for the participant or importer during the period of its subcontract.
(b) Affiliate defined. For purposes of this section, the term affiliate has the meaning provided in § 17.2 and, in addition, persons will also be considered to be affiliates if any of the following conditions are met:
(1) There are any common officers or directors.
(2) There is any investment by eligible commodity suppliers, selling agents, or persons engaged in furnishing ocean transportation or ocean transportation-related services for commodities provided under any title of the Act, section 416(b) of the Agricultural Act of 1949, or the Food for Progress Act of 1985, whether or not any part of the ocean transportation is financed by the U.S. Government, or by agents of such persons, or their officers or directors, in the agent of the participant or importer.
(3) There is any investment by the agent of the participant or importer, or its officers or directors, in approved commodity suppliers; selling agents; or persons engaged in furnishing ocean transportation or ocean transportation-related services for commodities provided under any title of the Act, section 416(b) of the Agricultural Act of 1949, or the Food for Progress Act of 1985, whether or not any part of the ocean transportation is financed by the U.S. Government, or in agents of such persons. These conditions include those cases in which investment has been concealed by the utilization of any scheme or device to circumvent the purposes of this section but does not include investment in any mutual fund.
(c) Information to be furnished. A person nominated to act as an agent of the participant or importer, and any independent contractor that may be hired by such person to perform functions of a shipping agent, shall furnish to the Deputy Administrator, Export Credits, FAS, the following information or documentation as may be applicable:
(1) The names of all incorporators;
(2) The names and titles of all officers and directors;
(3) The names of all affiliates, including the names and titles of all officers and directors of each affiliate, and a description of the type of business in which the affiliate is engaged;
(4) The names and proportionate share interest of all stockholders;
(5) If beneficial interest in stock is held by other than the named shareholders, the names of the holders of the beneficial interest and the proportionate share of each;
(6) The amount of the subscribed capital;
(7) For USDA acceptance of a nomination covering services provided during each U.S. fiscal year (October 1-September 30), a written statement signed by such person:
(i) Certifying that, during the U.S. fiscal year covered by USDA's acceptance of the nomination, the person has not engaged in, and will not engage in, supplying commodities under any title of the Act or the Food for Progress Act of 1985 or furnishing ocean transportation or ocean transportation-related services for commodities provided under any title of the Act, section 416(b) of the Agricultural Act of 1949, or the Food for Progress Act of 1985, whether any part of the ocean transportation is financed by the U.S. Government; and that the person has not served and will not serve as an agent of firms engaged in providing such commodities, ocean transportation and ocean transportation-related services;
(ii) Certifying that, for ocean transportation brokerage services provided during the U.S. fiscal year covered by USDA's acceptance of the nomination, the person has not shared and will not share freight commissions with the participant, the importer, or any agent of the participant or the importer, whether CCC finances any part of the ocean freight. CCC will consider as sharing a commission a situation where the agent forgoes part or all of a commission and the supplier of ocean transportation pays a commission directly to the participant, the importer, or any other person on behalf of the participant or the importer; and
(iii) Undertaking that, during the U.S. fiscal year covered by USDA's acceptance of the nomination, affiliates of such person have not engaged in and will not engage in the activities or actions prohibited in this paragraph (c)(7).
(8) A certification that neither the person nor any affiliates has arranged to give or receive any payment, kickback, or illegal benefit in connection with the person's selection as agent of the participant or importer.
(d) USDA acceptance. (1) USDA will consider accepting the nomination of a person to act as an agent of the participant or importer when the documents required to be submitted by this section are received by the Deputy Administrator, Export Credits, FAS.
(2) USDA's acceptance of such nomination shall remain in effect for the period of time requested by the participant or such shorter period as the Deputy Administrator, Export Credits, FAS, may determine. USDA will withdraw such acceptance if the agent of the participant or importer, or any of the affiliates of such agent, violates the certifications or undertakings made pursuant to paragraphs (c) (7) and (8) of this section.
(3) A person is required to submit the information and documentation required by § 17.4(c) to support the person's first nomination to act as an agent of any participant or importer for each fiscal year. For subsequent nominations covering the same fiscal year, the person must provide a written certification that the information and documentation provided earlier are still accurate and complete, or must provide the details of any changes to previously submitted information.
(e) Notification. The Deputy Administrator, Export Credits, FAS, shall promptly notify persons nominated as agents of the participant or importer, of the determination or of the need for further inquiry, and shall provide a written response within 30 calendar days of receipt of all the required documents. If USDA will not accept the nomination, the notification shall state the reasons therefor. The determination of the Deputy Administrator, Export Credits, FAS, is effective immediately and continues in effect pending the result of any appeal to the General Sales Manager.
(f) Non-acceptance or withdrawal. (1) If USDA does not accept the nomination of a person, or if acceptance has been withdrawn pursuant to the provisions of this section, the person may, within 30 calendar days, present to the General Sales Manager, orally or in writing, any reasons as to why such action should not stand. Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed as to prohibit a person whose nomination has not been accepted or whose acceptance has been withdrawn by USDA from being nominated at a later time.
(2) If, in the procurement of commodities made available under title I, Pub. L. 480, a participant or importer uses an agent whose nomination has not been accepted in writing by the Deputy Administrator, Export Credits, FAS, USDA may withhold sales approval.
(3) If, in the shipping of commodities made available under title I, Pub. L. 480, a participant or importer uses an agent whose nomination has not been accepted in writing by the Deputy Administrator, Export Credits, FAS, USDA may withhold vessel approval or may deduct from the ocean freight differential to be paid, the amount of any commission to the agent in connection with the shipment.
(g) No competitive advantage. A shipping agent may not take any action which would give a competitive advantage to any supplier of commodities or ocean transportation. This includes, but is not limited to, providing advance notice of IFB's or amendments, or selectively enforcing IFB or contract requirements.
[62 FR 52932, Oct. 10, 1997; 62 FR 63606, Dec. 1, 1997]
§ 17.5 Contracts between commodity suppliers and importers.
(a) Commodity suppliers and selling agents. (1) Commodity suppliers must be determined to be eligible under the Pub. L. 480, title I program in order for their contracts to be eligible for CCC financing. A prospective commodity supplier must be engaged in the business of selling agricultural commodities for export from the United States. The commodity supplier must maintain a bona fide business office in the United States, and must have a person, principal or agent on whom service of judicial process may be had in the United States.
(2) Persons who wish to participate as commodity suppliers shall submit the following information to the Foreign Agricultural Service, Stop 1033, USDA, 1400 Independence Ave., SW, Washington, DC 20250-1033:
(i) A current financial statement of the prospective supplier, preferably an audited statement, as evidence of financial responsibility. Submission of a letter of reference from a bank is also encouraged.
(ii) A statement containing general background information about the firm, including the names and titles of the chief executive officers and a description of the firm's experience as an exporter of U.S. agricultural commodities. Copies of bills of lading supporting this statement are also requested.
(iii) Any other information requested relating to whether the prospective supplier is responsible and is able to perform its obligations under this part and the purchase authorization.
(3) If, at the time the commodity supplier reports the sale it is determined that an agent employed or engaged by a commodity supplier to obtain a contract is not a selling agent as defined in § 17.2, the sale will not be eligible for financing.
(b) Eligibility for financing. To be eligible for financing, commodity contracts must comply with the following requirements unless otherwise specified in the purchase authorization.
(1) Commodity contracts between suppliers and importers are considered to be conditioned on the approval by USDA of the contract price; conformance of the sale to the provisions of the purchase authorization; responsiveness of the offer to IFB terms; and compliance by the supplier and the selling agent, if any, with paragraph (a) of this section.
(2) Importers and suppliers must enter into contracts within the contracting period specified in the purchase authorization. The contracts must provide for deliveries to the importer in accordance with the delivery terms and during the delivery period specified in the purchase authorization, or any amendment or modification thereto.
(3) Contracts for a commodity, under a purchase authorization which limits delivery terms to f.o.b. or f.a.s., must be separate and apart from the contracts for ocean transportation of the commodity.
(4) The supplier's sales price may not exceed the prevailing range of export market prices as applied to the terms of sale at the time of sale, as determined by USDA. The “time of sale” is the date and time specified in the IFB for receipt of offers; or the date of the contract amendment if the amendment affects the sale price, as determined by USDA. The contract price may not be on a cost plus a percentage-of-cost basis.
(c) Contracting procedures—(1) Purchasing—general. (i) Importers must purchase commodities on the basis of IFB's.
(ii) The participant shall maintain a record of all offers received from suppliers until the expiration of three years after final payment under contracts awarded under the purchase authorization. The GSM may examine these records or request specific information in connection with the offers.
(2) Invitations for bids. The following conditions shall apply on all purchases of commodities on the basis of IFB's:
(i) The General Sales Manager must approve the terms of the IFB before it is issued by the importer.
(ii) The importer shall issue the IFB in the United States and shall open all offers in public in the United States at the time and place specified in the IFB.
(iii) The IFB must permit submission of offers from all suppliers who meet the requirements of this subpart.
(iv) The IFB may not preclude offers for shipment from any United States port(s) unless the purchase authorization provides for exportation only from certain ports.
(v) The IFB may not establish minimum quantities to be offered or which will be considered.
(vi) The IFB must stipulate the responsibility for each party for payment of any costs not eligible for financing by CCC.
(vii) The IFB must be in compliance with this part, the purchase authorization, and sound commercial standards.
(3) Contract awards. (i) The importer shall consider only offers which are responsive to the IFB and shall make awards either on the basis of the lowest commodity price(s) offered or on the basis of lowest landed cost. However, when vessels offered under the flag of the participant, the importing country or the destination country; or vessels controlled by the participant, the importing country or the destination country are to be used, the participant must purchase commodities for shipment on such vessels only on the basis of the lowest commodity price(s) offered. This limitation may, however, be waived by the GSM:
(A) When the lowest commodity price(s) offered are in locations where vessels cannot reasonably be made available without a substantial increase in freight costs to the participant;
(B) For small quantities offered at additional loading points (in aggregate not more than 15 percent of the total tonnage offered by a vessel); or
(C) Where this limitation would conflict with the purposes of the program.
(ii) For purposes of this section, “lowest commodity price(s)” means the lowest commodity price(s) offered for loading onto the type of vessel (dry bulk carrier, tanker, etc.) to be utilized to carry the commodity purchased.
(iii) For purposes of this section, “lowest landed cost” means the combination of commodity price and ocean freight rate resulting in the lowest total cost to deliver the commodity to the importing country, considering the quantity which must be shipped on privately owned U.S.-flag commercial vessels, as determined by the Director. Lowest landed cost may be defined on either a foreign flag or U.S. flag basis. Awards may not be made on the lowest landed cost basis unless IFB's are issued for commodity and ocean freight so that all commodity and ocean freight offers are reviewed simultaneously.
(iv) Participants are encouraged to purchase commodities on the basis of lowest landed cost when U.S. flag vessels are to be used. If such commodity purchases are not made on the basis of lowest landed cost (U.S. flag), ocean freight differential payments will nonetheless be calculated on the rates of U.S. flag vessels which would represent the lowest landed cost.
(v) Announcement of awards shall be made in the United States. The importer shall promptly submit to the Director copies of all offers received with a copy of the IFB which was issued. No sale can be approved for financing until this information has been received by FAS. The decision of the GSM shall be final regarding the responsiveness of offers to IFB terms in the awarding of contracts.
(d) Contract quantity eligible for financing. The quantity eligible for financing in the contract between the supplier and the importer may not exceed that quantity approved by the Pub. L. 480 Operations Division, FAS, including any approved contract tolerance.
(e) Contract disputes. Contracts between suppliers and importers should stipulate the responsibility of each party for payment of any costs not eligible for financing by CCC. Questions as to payment of ineligible costs should be resolved between the contracting parties.
(f) Contract provisions. Each contract entered into for financing under this part is deemed to include all terms and conditions required by the regulations in this part.
(g) Export Trade Act (Webb-Pomerene Law). A supplier who is a member of a Webb-Pomerene association and who enters into contracts with importers as a member of such an association shall so indicate in a statement on, or attached to, the copy of the supplier's detailed invoice referred to in § 17.9(c)(2).
§ 17.6 Discounts, fees, commissions and payments.
For purposes of this section, the term “payment” means a commission, fee or other compensation of any kind. The term “other compensation of any kind” includes anything given in return for any consideration, services, or benefits received or to be received.
(a) Discounts. If a contract provides for one or more discounts (including but not limited to trade or quantity discounts and discounts for prompt payment) whether expressed as such or as “commissions” to the importer, CCC will only pay the invoice amount after the discount (supplier's contracted price less all discounts).
(b) Selling agents. (1) A supplier may not make a payment to a selling agent employed or engaged by the supplier to obtain a contract. This prohibition applies to any payment to a person who has acted as a selling agent to obtain a contract even though the payment may be for services performed that are not themselves services to obtain a contract.
(2) A person is deemed to act “to obtain a contract” if the person acts on behalf of a commodity supplier to:
(i) Influence a buyer to award a contract to the supplier;
(ii) Give the supplier a competitive advantage in relation to other potential suppliers; or
(iii) Influence CCC to approve a contract for financing under this part.
(3) CCC will not consider acts which are purely ministerial in nature and do not require the exercise of personal influence, judgment, or discretion (such as attending bid openings or presenting offers at bid openings), or services to implement a contract after it has been entered into by the parties (such as handling documentation problems or contract disputes), as acts to obtain a contract.
(c) Other prohibitions. (1) Suppliers of commodities or ocean transportation may not:
(i) Pay a commission to the participant or importer; to any agency, including an agency of the government of the importing country or the destination country; or to a corporation owned or controlled by the participant or the government of the importing country or the destination country.
(ii) Pay a commission to any affiliate of the participant, if the participant is a private entity;
(iii) Make any payment to an agent of the participant or importer, in the person's capacity as such agent, other than ocean transportation brokerage commissions.
(iv) Pay an address commission or payment.
(2) For ocean transportation, in addition to this paragraph, see also § 17.8(j).
(3) When any portion of the ocean freight is financed by CCC, total ocean transportation brokerage commissions earned on U.S. and non-U.S.-flag bookings by all parties arranging vessel fixtures shall not exceed 2 1/2 percent of the total freight costs.
(4) If a payment is made in violation of this section, CCC may demand dollar refund of the entire amount financed by CCC under the contract.
§ 17.7 Notice of sale procedures.
(a) Telephonic notice of sale. The supplier shall, immediately upon making a firm sale, telephone a notice of sale to Pub L. 480 Operations Division, FAS. A sale is considered firm when the supplier has been notified by the importer of an award, even though the contract is conditioned on approval by FAS (see § 17.5(b)(1).) If the supplier fails to furnish a notice of sale within 3 working days after the date of sale, CCC has the right to refuse to finance the sale.
(b) Sale approval. (1) Pub. L. 480 Operations Division will notify the supplier by telephone of approval of the notice of sale.
(2) The supplier will prepare Form FAS-359, “Declaration of Sale,” and submit it to Pub. L. 480 Operations Division promptly as soon as FAS has provided the CCC Registration Number to the supplier. The supplier or the supplier's authorized representative must sign the form.
(3) Each Form FAS-359 shall cover only a single sale contract. If a sale is made under two or more purchase authorizations, the supplier will prepare separate forms for each purchase authorization.
(4) If any correction is needed to the Form FAS-359, the supplier must immediately notify FAS. If a contract is amended, the supplier should present the original Form FAS-359 for payment along with a copy of the written USDA approval of the contract amendment.
(c) Sale disapproval. (1) Pub. L. 480 Operations Division, FAS, will notify the supplier by telephone when a sale is disapproved for financing. The related contract between the supplier and importer shall, for purposes of financing, be considered null and void.
(2) On receipt of a notice of disapproval, the supplier shall promptly notify the importer.
(d) Contract delivery period. Price approval is limited to exports made during the delivery period stated in the notice of sale or any contract amendment approved by the Pub. L. 480 Operations Division, FAS. If the supplier cannot complete delivery by the terminal delivery date of the contract delivery period, the supplier and the participant or importer shall submit a notice of contract amendment as provided in paragraph (e) of this section. If the supplier fails to comply, § 17.10(d) shall apply.
(e) Contract amendments. (1) The supplier and the participant or importer shall each submit a written notice of each contract amendment to the Director immediately after the amendment to the contract is made. This includes not only any change in the contract delivery period or any other terms and conditions of the contract as provided in the information given in the original notice of sale or any amendment thereto, but also any change in any other terms and conditions of the contract.
(2) The notice of contract amendment must contain the following:
(i) A request that USDA approve an amendment to the specifically identified sale contract between (the participant or importer) and (the commodity supplier).
(ii) A statement of what the amendment consists of (as, extension of delivery period through (date)) and a detailed explanation of the reasons for the amendment.
(iii) A statement that the contract amendment has been agreed to by both buyer and seller.
(3) Pub. Law 480 Operations Division, FAS, will notify the supplier as to whether the amendment is approved or disapproved.
(4) The supplier shall furnish a copy of the USDA approval of the amendment with other documentation submitted to obtain payment.
(5) If the supplier fails to furnish notice of a contract amendment to Pub. L. 480 Operations Division, FAS, within 3 working days after the date of such amendment, CCC has the right to refuse to finance the sale or any portion of the sale.
(6) Any amendment must be consistent with the provisions of the purchase authorization and this part and must otherwise be acceptable to Pub. L. 480 Operations Division, FAS.
§ 17.8 Ocean transportation.
(a) General. (1) This section applies to the financing of ocean freight or ocean freight differential. Ocean freight will be financed by CCC only to the extent specifically provided for in the purchase authorization. The purchase authorization may provide requirements in addition to or in lieu of those specified in this section.
(2) The supplier of ocean transportation must be engaged in the business of furnishing ocean transportation from the United States and must have a person, principal or agent, on whom service of judicial process may be had in the United States.
(3) The quantity of the commodity which must be shipped on privately owned U.S.-flag commercial vessels will be determined by the Director.
(4) The supplier of ocean transportation shall release copies of the ocean bills of lading to the supplier of the commodity promptly upon completion of loading of the vessel.
(5) When CCC finances any part of the ocean freight or the ocean freight differential, the participant must open an operable irrevocable letter of credit for the portion of the ocean freight not financed by CCC. All banking institution charges, such as commissions, expenses, etc., are for the account of the participant. The amount of the letter of credit shall be computed using the information provided in the Form CCC-106. The letter of credit shall provide for sight payment or acceptance of a draft, payable in U.S. dollars, on the basis of the quantities specified in the applicable ocean freight contract. If the supplier of ocean transportation accepts the commodity before receipt of an acceptable letter of credit from a bank, the supplier takes such action at its own risk. This action in itself does not affect eligibility for CCC financing.
(b) Contracting procedures—(1) Invitations for Bids (IFB's). (i) Public freight “Invitations for Bids” are required in the solicitation of freight offers from all U.S. and non-U.S. flag vessels when CCC is financing any portion of the ocean freight.
(ii) For non-U.S. flag vessels when CCC is not financing any portion of the ocean freight, public freight IFB's are also required unless otherwise authorized by the Director, or unless the participant requires the use of vessels under its flag, the flag of the destination country, or other non-U.S. flag vessels under its control. Vessels considered to be under the control of the participant or the destination country include vessels under time charters, bare boat charters, consecutive voyage charters, or other contractual arrangements for the carriage of commodities which provide guaranteed access to vessels.
(iii) Prior to release to the trade, all freight IFB's must be submitted to the Director for approval. Freight IFB's must be issued by means of Bridge News, New York, plus at least one other means of communication.
(iv) All freight IFB's must:
(A) Specify a closing time for the receipt of offers and state that late offers will not be considered;
(B) Provide that offers are required to have a canceling date no later than the last contract layday specified in the IFB;
(C) Provide the same deadline for receipt of offers from both U.S. flag vessels and non-U.S. flag vessels;
(D) Stipulate the responsibility for each party for payment of any costs not eligible for financing by CCC (in the IFB or the pro forma charter party).
(2) Competitive bidding. When CCC is financing any portion of the freight, all offers shall be opened in public in the United States at the time and place specified in the IFB. Offers shall be opened prior to receipt of offers for the sale of commodities as the Director determines appropriate. Only offers which are responsive to the IFB may be considered, and no negotiation shall be permitted.
(3) Records of offers. Copies of all offers received must be promptly furnished to the Director, who may require the participant, or its shipping agent, to submit a written certification to the GSM that all offers received (with the times of receipt designated thereon) were transmitted to the Department. For purposes of this paragraph “time of receipt” shall be the time a hand-carried offer or a mailed offer was received at the designated location for presentation or, if transmitted electronically, the time the offer was received, as supported by evidence satisfactory to the Director.
(4) Re-tenders. The Director may permit or require a participant to refuse any and all bids, and in such case a participant may conduct a re-tender with the approval of the Director. The Director shall not approve or require freight re-tenders unless they will increase the likelihood of meeting U.S. flag cargo preference requirements, will permit the desired quantity to be shipped, will likely result in reduced CCC expenditures, or are otherwise determined to be in the best interest of the program.
(c) Request for vessel approval. The pertinent terms of all proposed charters and all proposed liner bookings, regardless of whether any portion of ocean freight is financed by CCC, must be submitted to the Director for review and approval before fixture of the vessel. Tentative advance vessel approvals may be obtained by telephone provided Form CCC-105, “Ocean Shipment Data—Pub. L. 480 (Request for Vessel Approval)”, is furnished promptly confirming the information supplied by telephone. The Form CCC-105 shall be submitted in duplicate to the Director.
(d) Advice of vessel approval. (1) USDA will give written approval of charters and liner bookings on Form CCC-106, “Advice of Vessel Approval.” The Form CCC-106 will state whether CCC will finance any part of the ocean freight. For f.a.s. or f.o.b. shipments, CCC will issue a signed original of Form CCC-106 to the ocean carrier when CCC finances any part of the ocean freight. For c.& f. or c.i.f. shipments, CCC will issue Form CCC-106 to the supplier of commodity.
(2) If CCC agrees to finance any portion of the ocean freight, the participant or its agent shall forward a copy of the ocean freight contract immediately after execution to the Director for review and approval prior to issuance of Form CCC-106.
(3) CCC may also require the supplier of ocean transportation to submit copies of lightening, stevedoring, or bagging contracts for any voyage for which CCC finances ocean freight or ocean freight differential.
(e) Special charter party provisions required when any part of ocean freight is financed by CCC. This paragraph applies when CCC finances any part of the ocean freight for commodities booked on charter terms. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of the regulations in this part and the charter party or ocean bills of lading issued pursuant thereto, the provisions of the regulations in this part shall prevail. The charter party shall contain or, for the purpose of financing pursuant to the regulations in this part, be deemed to contain the following provisions:
(1) That if there is any failure on the part of the supplier of ocean transportation to perform the charter party after the vessel has tendered at the loading port, the charterer shall be entitled to incur all expenses which in the judgment of the General Sales Manager are required to enable the vessel to carry out her obligations under the charter party including, but not limited to, expenses for lifting any liens asserted against the vessel.
(2) That, notwithstanding any prior assignments of freight made by the owner or operator, the expenses authorized in paragraph (e)(1) of this section may be deducted from the freight earned under the charter party.
(3) That ocean freight is earned and that 100% thereof is payable by the charterers when the vessel and cargo arrive at the first port of discharge, subject to paragraph (e)(4) of this section, and to the further condition that if a force majeure as described in paragraph (l)(1) of this section results in the loss of part of the vessel's cargo, 100% of the ocean freight is payable on the part so lost. This provision does not relieve the carrier of the obligation to carry to other points of discharge if so required by the charter party.
(4) That if a force majeure as described in paragraph (l)(1) of this section prevents the vessel's arrival at the first port of discharge, the freight shall be payable by the charterer at the time the General Sales Manager determines that such force majeure was the cause of nonarrival.
(5) That laydays are non-reversible.
(6) That in a dispute involving any rights and obligations of CCC, including rights and obligations as successor or assignee, which cannot be settled by agreement, the dispute shall not be subject to arbitration.
(f) Special charter party information required when any part of ocean freight is financed by CCC. When CCC finances any part of the ocean freight for commodities booked on charter terms, the charter party shall contain the following information:
(1) The name of each party participating in the ocean freight brokerage commission, if any, and the percentage thereof payable to each party;
(2) The name of the vessel and the name of the substitute vessel, if any.
(g) Notice of arrival. Each Form CCC-106 will indicate whether a notice of arrival is required. A notice of arrival, when required, must be furnished promptly by the participant or its designated agent or other source acceptable to CCC (excluding the carrier or its agent) and must include the name of the vessel, the purchase authorization number, the first port of discharge, and the date of arrival. The notice of arrival of the vessel also constitutes prima facie evidence of arrival of the cargo.
(h) Foreign flag vessels. The cost of ocean transportation will be financed by CCC on non-U.S. flag vessels only when, and to the extent, specifically provided in the applicable purchase authorization.
(i) U.S.-flag vessels. When a commodity is required to be shipped on a privately owned U.S.-flag commercial vessel, Form CCC-106 will set forth:
(1) The rate of the ocean freight differential, if any, which the Director determines to exist between the prevailing foreign-flag vessel rate and the U.S.-flag vessel rate; and
(2) The approximate tonnage for which CCC will authorize reimbursement of ocean freight or ocean freight differential, as appropriate.
(j) Items not eligible for financing by CCC. The following costs will not be financed by CCC, either separately or as part of the commodity contract price:
(1) Loading, trimming, and other related shipping expenses unless included in the ocean freight rate;
(2) Discharge costs unless included in the ocean freight rate;
(3) The cost of “dead freight”;
(4) Cargo dues and taxes assessed by the importing or recipient country;
(5) Surcharges assessed by steamship conferences or carriers, unless specifically authorized by the Director;
(6) General average contributions;
(7) Stevedoring overtime and vessel crew overtime;
(8) Ship's disbursements;
(9) Any payments prohibited in § 17.6 (b) and (c); and
(10) Detention.
(k) General financing provisions. When any part of ocean freight will be financed either separately or as part of the commodity contract price, the following shall apply:
(1) Ocean freight contracts must show the ocean freight rate from one loading port to one discharge port, and may provide for an increase in rate for an additional port of loading or discharge, or other option. CCC, however, will finance initially the lowest such rate or OFD, as appropriate. Increased amounts due because of the exercise of such option will be financed only after receipt of an ocean bill of lading or other evidence showing that the option was exercised.
(2) In the case of transshipment to a foreign flag vessel, CCC will finance the ocean freight or OFD, as appropriate, only to the point of transshipment, at a rate determined by the GSM, and CCC will not finance any part of the ocean freight beyond the point of transshipment unless specifically approved by the GSM. If the commodity was transported from a U.S. port and was transshipped at another U.S. port, CCC will not finance, without prior approval of the GSM, any part of the ocean freight incurred before transshipment.
(3) The ocean freight rate eligible for CCC financing and the rate used for the U.S.-flag vessel in calculating ocean freight differential shall not exceed the following rates for the category of the vessel concerned:
(i) For commodities covered by published tariff rates—the published conference contract rate;
(ii) For other commodities—the market rate prevailing at the time of request for approval as determined by the Director, but in any event not in excess of rates charged other shippers (irrespective of booking dates) for like commodities on the voyage concerned.
(4) Payment will be made for ocean freight or OFD, as appropriate, from loading points to discharge points at rates approved by the Director on Form CCC-106 in conformity with paragraph (k)(3) of this section.
(5) Freight for a vessel designated on Form CCC-106 as a U.S. flag vessel shall not be eligible for financing unless such vessel complies with the provisions of Pub. L. 87-266.
(6) Ocean freight contracts must specify that the participant shall be liable for detention of the vessel for loading delays attributable solely to the decision of the supplier of ocean transportation not to commence loading because of the failure of the participant to establish an ocean freight letter of credit in accordance with paragraph (a)(5) of this section. However, ocean freight contracts may not contain a specified detention rate. The ocean transportation supplier shall be entitled to reimbursement for detention costs for all time so lost, for each calendar day or any part of the calendar day, including Saturdays, Sundays and holidays. The period of such delay shall not commence earlier than upon presentation of the vessel at the designated loading port within the laydays specified in the ocean freight contract, and upon notification of the vessel's readiness to load in accordance with the terms of the applicable ocean freight contract. The period of such delay shall end at the time that operable irrevocable letters of credit have been established for the applicable ocean freight or the time the vessel begins loading, whichever is earlier. Time calculated as detention shall not count as laytime. Reimbursement for such detention shall be payable no later than upon the vessel's arrival at the first port of discharge.
(l) Force majeure. (1) The GSM will waive the requirement for the notice of arrival required by Form CCC-106 by a written notice to the supplier of ocean transportation on the receipt of evidence satisfactory to the General Sales Manager that the vessel is lost or unable to proceed to destination after completion of loading as a result of one or more of the following causes: Damage caused by perils of the sea or other waters; collisions; wrecks; stranding without the fault of the carrier; jettison; fire from any cause; Act of God; public enemies or pirates; arrest or restraint of princes, rulers or peoples without the fault of the supplier of ocean transportation; wars; public disorders; captures; or detention by public authority in the interest of public safety. The supplier may substitute such waiver for the notice of arrival.
(2) The determination of a force majeure by the GSM shall not relieve the participant from its obligation under the Agricultural Commodities Agreement to pay CCC, when due, the dollar amount of ocean freight, plus interest (exclusive of ocean freight differential), financed by CCC.
(m) Demurrage/despatch. CCC will not finance demurrage and CCC will not share in despatch earnings. Owners and commodity suppliers will settle laytime accounts at load port(s) and owners and charterers will settle laytime accounts at discharge port(s). Under no circumstances shall CCC be responsible for resolving disputes involving calculation of laytime or the payment of demurrage or despatch.
(n) Ocean freight included in the commodity contract price. For cost and freight or c.i.f. contracts the ocean freight, or the ocean freight differential, as appropriate, will be financed only to the extent specifically provided in the applicable purchase authorization.
(o) Separate freight contracts. Contracts for ocean transportation, under a purchase authorization which limits delivery terms to f.o.b. or f.a.s., must be separate and apart from the contracts for the commodity.
§ 17.9 CCC payment to suppliers.
(a) General. (1) The supplier shall request payment from CCC for the amount of the commodity price or the ocean freight or ocean freight differential to be financed by CCC.
(2) The supplier shall support such a request for payment by presenting to CCC the documents required by this section, the purchase authorization, and the IFB, unless such documents were previously submitted to CCC. Such documents, however, need not be submitted when and to the extent that the Controller determines that the intended purpose of a document is served by documents otherwise available to or under the control of CCC or by alternate documents specified in such determination.
(3) CCC will examine each document to ascertain that it is in accordance with this part, the purchase authorization, and the IFB. CCC will audit all the required documents to ensure accuracy, completeness, and consistency. When CCC has determined that all required documents have been submitted and that the documents are acceptable for payment, CCC will pay the supplier for the commodity price or the ocean freight or ocean freight differential to be financed by CCC which is supported by the documents.
(4) CCC is required to issue all payments by electronic transfer. Each supplier submitting documents to CCC for payment must provide the name of the company, the bank ABA number to which payment is to be made, the account number for the company at the bank, the company's Taxpayer Identification Number, and the type of account being used.
(b) General documentation requirements. The supplier must put the appropriate purchase authorization number on all required documents which are prepared under the supplier's control, and should arrange for the appropriate purchase authorization number to be put on all other required documents at the time of their preparation.
(c) Documents required for payment—commodity. The general provisions relating to such documents are as follows. Additional requirements for payment to commodity suppliers for
c.& f. or c.i.f. sales are contained in paragraph (c)(8) of this section.
(1) Supplier's certificate. A signed original of Form CCC-329 “Supplier's Certificate” from the commodity supplier covering the net invoice price for the commodity.
(2) Supplier's detailed invoice. Two copies of the supplier's detailed invoice showing quantity, description, contracted price, net total invoice price expressed in dollars, the amount for which financing is requested from CCC, the amount not eligible for financing by CCC, and basis of delivery of the commodity (e.g., f.o.b. vessel). In arriving at the net invoice price there shall be deducted:
(i) All discounts from the supplier's contracted price through payments, credits, or other allowances made or to be made to the importer, the importer's agent or consignee;
(ii) All purchasing agents' commissions;
(iii) All other amounts not eligible for financing.
(3) Additional payment. A request for an additional payment submitted for a transaction for which all or part of the required documents have been previously submitted to CCC shall be supported by a Form CCC-329 “Supplier's Certificate” and the supplier's detailed invoice, covering the additional amount requested. The supplier's invoice must show the date, serial number and the amount of the original invoice and the basis for the additional amount claimed.
(4) Weight certificate. The weight certificate shall be issued by or on authority of a State or other governmental weighing department, Chamber of Commerce, Board of Trade, Grain Exchange, or other independent organization or firm providing public weighing services. Such organization or firm must have:
(i) Qualified, impartial, paid employees who are stationed at the port facility or, if authorized under the applicable purchase authorization, other facility where weights customarily are determined, one of whom performed the weighing covered by the certificate; or
(ii) Qualified, independent, impartial, supervised, weighmasters stationed at the port facility or, if authorized under the applicable purchase authorization, other facility where weights are customarily determined, one of whom supervised the employee of such a facility in the performance of the weighing covered by the certificate.
(5) Federal appeal inspection. The official certificate representing the results of an appeal inspection, when included in the documents presented for payment, shall supersede any other inspection certificate required by this part, the applicable purchase authorization, the IFB or the contract.
(6) Form CCC-359. (i) Form FAS-359, “Declaration of Sale,” signed for the GSM, is the written document by which USDA notified the supplier that the sale was approved for financing. The supplier shall submit Form FAS-359 to CCC with the documents covering the first transaction under the contract. The unit price shown on the supplier's invoice must not exceed the approved unit price shown on the Form FAS-359.
(ii) For subsequent transactions under the same contract, the supplier shall certify on the CCC copy of the detailed invoice as follows:
I hereby certify that the applicable Form FAS-359 was submitted to CCC with documents covering Invoice No. ______ dated ________ for $______.
(7) Bill of lading. Four copies of the ocean bill of lading.
(8) C.&.f. or c.i.f. sales. In addition to the requirements of paragraph (c)(1) through (7) of this section, the following requirements apply for c.&f. or c.i.f. sales:
(i) Signed original of Form CCC-106.
(ii) The supplier's detailed invoice shall show a computation of the dollar amount of ocean freight differential, whenever the Form CCC-106 provides for an ocean freight differential on a cost and freight or c.i.f. sale and authorizes financing of any portion of ocean freight by CCC. In arriving at the net invoice price the supplier shall deduct the ocean freight, or portion thereof which is not being financed by CCC.
(iii) One nonnegotiable copy of the insurance certificate or policy where the cost of insurance is included in the price of the commodity to be financed by CCC.
(iv) A request for an additional payment shall also include a statement signed by the ship's master or owner (or agent of either of them) showing exercise of the higher-rated option, if the payment is stated to be due because of the exercise of a higher-rated option provided in an ocean freight contract.
(d) Documents required for payment—ocean freight financed separately from commodity price—(1) Supplier's certificate. A signed original of Form CCC-329, “Supplier's Certificate”, executed by the carrier or its agent, covering the dollar cost of ocean freight or ocean freight differential.
(2) Ocean bill of lading. One copy of the ocean bill of lading and, if required by the related Form CCC-106, a notice of arrival at the first port of discharge of the vessel named in the Form CCC-106. In lieu of a notice of arrival the carrier may present a waiver of the notice of arrival signed by the GSM or Controller.
(3) Invoice. One copy of the carrier's invoice which shows the total freight costs, the amount not eligible for financing by CCC, and the amount for which payment is requested from CCC. If the invoice relates to a U.S.-flag vessel, such invoice shall contain the following typed or stamped certification, executed by the supplier:
The undersigned hereby certifies that the vessel named herein and for which ocean freight is claimed, qualifies as a privately owned U.S.-flag commercial vessel within the requirements of Pub. L. 87-266 and is an eligible U.S.-flag vessel for the purposes of Pub. L. 664, 83rd Congress.
(4) Form CCC-106. Signed original of Form CCC-106.
(5) Ocean freight contract. One copy of the ocean freight contract.
(6) Higher rated option. A request for payment of any amounts claimed because of the exercise of a higher rated option following payment of a lower rated option pursuant to § 17.8(k)(1) shall be supported by the following documents:
(i) One copy of the carrier's invoice as described in paragraph (d)(3) of this section except for the certification required therein.
(ii) The Form CCC-329, “Supplier's Certificate”, for the balance claimed.
(iii) A statement signed by the ship's master, owner, or owner's agent, and signed laytime statements or other written concurrence of charterer or the charterer's agent showing the exercise of the higher rated option.
(e) Payment of freight by CCC prior to the vessel's arrival at the discharge port. (1) Upon request by the supplier, CCC may pay the ocean freight or ocean freight differential to be financed by CCC before the vessel arrives at the first port of discharge if the supplier furnishes CCC financial coverage in the form of an acceptable letter of credit from a U.S. bank.
(2) The amount of security required by CCC under paragraph (e)(1) of this section may be computed by multiplying the ocean freight rate or ocean freight differential rate financed by CCC as shown on the related Form CCC-106 times either:
(i) The tonnage shown on the related bill of lading, if the bill of lading is furnished to CCC; or
(ii) The tonnage stated in the ocean freight contract (without tolerance).
(3) On receipt of an acceptable letter of credit, the Controller will issue a waiver of the notice of arrival which is required under paragraph (d)(2) of this section.
(f) Advice of amount financed. CCC will forward advice of payment to the participant.
§ 17.10 Refunds and insurance.
(a) Participant—failure to comply. The participant shall pay in U.S. dollars promptly to CCC on demand by the General Sales Manager the entire amount financed by CCC (or such lesser amount as the GSM may demand) whenever the GSM determines that the participant has failed to comply with any agreement or commitment made by the participant in connection with the transaction financed or with the applicable Agricultural Commodities Agreement between the U.S. and the participant.
(b) Adjustment refunds. All claims by importers for adjustment refunds arising out of terms of the contract or out of the normal customs of the trade, including arbitration and appeal awards, allowances, and claims for overpayment of ocean transportation, if such refunds relate to amounts financed by CCC, shall be settled by payment in U.S. dollars and such payment shall be remitted by the supplier to CCC. The remittance shall be identified with the date and amount of the original payment and the applicable purchase authorization number.
(c) Insurance on c.i.f. sales. The provisions of this paragraph apply only to transactions under purchase authorizations that specifically authorize c.i.f. sales in which the cost of insurance is included in the net c.i.f. invoice price of the commodity financed. When the supplier furnishes insurance in favor of or for the account of the importer, the policies or certificates of insurance shall include a loss payable clause which provides that all claims shall be paid in U.S. dollars to the Controller. Such payments shall be accompanied by advice of the purchase authorization number, the names and addresses of the supplier and importer, the nature of the claim, the quantity of the commodity involved in the claim, the date of shipment, the bill of lading number, and the name of the vessel. CCC will credit the account of the participant or will refund local currency in accordance with paragraph (e) of this section.
(d) Refund of ineligible amounts. If a sale has been financed and CCC determines that the sales price exceeds the price permissible under § 17.5(b)(4), or that the sale is otherwise ineligible for financing, in whole or in part, the supplier shall refund in dollars such excess price or ineligible amount to CCC promptly on demand. If not promptly refunded, such amount may be set off by CCC against monies it owes to the supplier. The making of any such refund to CCC, or any such setoff by CCC shall not prejudice the right of the supplier to challenge such determination in a court action brought against CCC for recovery of the amount refunded or set off.
(e) Refund of local currency or reduction of amount due. Immediately after receipt by CCC of U.S. dollar payment from suppliers, or from or for the account of the participant under this section, CCC will provide for payment to the participant of the local currency equivalent of dollars received, if such local currency has been deposited for the particular transaction, or will credit the participant's account as follows:
(1) For payments under this section, except paragraph (a), the local currency refunded will be at the exchange rate agreed to by the Government of the United States and the participant in effect at the time the local currency is paid to or for the account of the importer, except that if there has been a change in the exchange system or structure of the importing country or the destination country, such payment shall be made at the agreed exchange rate which was in effect on the date of dollar disbursement for the transaction financed, and except further that local currency shall not be paid when the dollars are to be reauthorized for replacement of the commodity.
(2) For payment under paragraph (a) of this section, the local currency refunded will be at the agreed exchange rate in effect on the date of the dollar disbursement for the transaction financed: Provided, that local currency will not be refunded to the extent that deposits of such currency have been made available to the participant on a grant basis.
(3) For refunds received by CCC under long-term credit agreements the participant's account shall be credited with the dollar amount refunded or otherwise recovered, and the participant notified accordingly.
§ 17.11 Recordkeeping and access to records.
Suppliers and agents of the participant or importer shall keep accurate books, records and accounts with respect to all contracts entered into hereunder, including those pertaining to ocean transportation-related services and records of all payments by suppliers to representatives of the importer or participant, if CCC finances any part of the ocean freight. Suppliers and agents shall permit authorized representatives of the U.S. Government to have access to their premises during regular hours to inspect, examine, audit and make copies of such books, records and accounts. Suppliers and agents shall retain such records until the expiration of three years after final payment under such contracts.
PART 18 EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY IN THE STATE COOPERATIVE EXTENSION SERVICES
Authority: 5 U.S.C. 301, and secs. 1-10, 38 Stat. 372, as amended; 7 U.S.C. 341-349.
Source: 33 FR 12173, Aug. 29, 1968, unless otherwise noted.
§ 18.1 Definitions.
For the purpose of this part:
(a) Secretary means the Secretary of Agriculture of the United States or his designee.
(b) Cooperative Extension Service means the Cooperative Extension Service of each Land-Grant University.
(c) President means the President or chief executive of each Land-Grant University or his designee.
(d) Discrimination includes discrimination on the basis of race, color, national origin, sex, or religion.
(e) Employment includes hiring, assignment, transfer, promotion, compensation, discipline, and discharge and all other conditions, terms and privileges of employment.
(f) Program means a comprehensive Equal Employment Opportunity plan submitted by a President in satisfaction of the requirements of § 18.3.
§ 18.2 Purpose, applicability and coverage.
(a) Purpose. This part provides a cooperative procedure involving the President and Secretary to assure that the Cooperative Extension Service provides equal opportunity in employment to each individual without regard to race, color, national origin, sex, or religion.
(b) Applicability. The regulations in this part apply to every Land-Grant University operating a Cooperative Extension Service.
(c) Coverage. This part applies to all positions in all units of the Cooperative Extension Service but does not apply to employees provided by county and other political subdivisions in support of Cooperative Extension Service programs.
[33 FR 12173, Aug. 29, 1968, as amended at 38 FR 14154, May 8, 1973]
§ 18.3 Development and adoption of equal employment opportunity programs.
(a) Submission. Within 90 days after the effective date of this part, the President shall furnish to the Secretary a positive continuing program to assure that employment is provided without discrimination.
(b) Development. The President and the Secretary may consult with each other at any time regarding the development and evaluation of the program in order to better effectuate the purpose of this part. The program may be a part of a general program establishing employment procedures for employees of the university and may cover other rights and privileges of employees.
(c) Concurrence. The Secretary may concur with the program proposed by the President. If the Secretary does not concur with the proposed program, he shall inform the President and make suggestions for improvement. The President will have 30 days thereafter to furnish a satisfactory proposal.
(d) Amendment. After concurrence has been obtained on the program, the President may make recommendations to amend the program to improve its effectiveness and furnish them to the Secretary for concurrence. If the Secretary, at any time finds that a program, as implemented, does not achieve the purposes described in § 18.2, he shall confer with the President concerning needed improvements and changes. The President will furnish a satisfactory amendment to the Secretary within 30 days for concurrence.
(e) Effective date. The program or amendments to it shall be made effective by the President not later than 30 days from the date of concurrence.
§ 18.4 Elements of program.
A satisfactory program shall include:
(a) A statement of policy prohibiting discrimination in employment;
(b) An administrative procedure enforcing that policy;
(c) A positive affirmative action plan designed to assure equal opportunity in employment;
(d) A procedure for identifying and eliminating employment practices tending to create or continue discrimination in employment;
(e) A procedure for evaluating the success of the program;
(f) Adequate provision for publicizing the program including dissemination of information to all those covered by these regulations;
(g) A procedure for prompt processing of complaints assuring no less than minimum rights prescribed in § 18.5;
(h) Adequate provisions for the protection of complainants, employees, witnesses, and representatives from interference, harassment, intimidation and reprisal;
(i) A procedure for the informal resolution of complaints; and,
(j) A procedure for recording receipt and disposition of all complaints. A report of the receipt and a report of the disposition of all formal complaints will be sent promptly to the Secretary.
§ 18.5 Formal complaint procedure.
A procedure shall be provided for the filing of a formal written complaint if a complainant is not satisfied with the result of informal procedure or if the complainant does not desire to follow the informal procedure. A complaint procedure shall contain the following minimum provisions for the processing of formal complaints.
(a) Elements of the formal complaint. The formal complaint shall be in writing and state the name and address of the complainant; the basis of the claim; and indicate whether the alleged discrimination was based on race, color, national origin, sex, or religion.
(b) Time limits for processing. The procedure will include time limits for the orderly processing of complaints.
(c) Who may file. A complaint may be filed by an employee, a former employee, or an applicant for employment who believes that discrimination in employment has been practiced against him or that an employment practice in the Cooperative Extension Service has or will result in discrimination in employment against him. An employee, a former employee, or an applicant for employment, or an organization may file a complaint of general discriminatory practices: Provided, however, That upon request of the President, the complainant shall furnish to him names of individuals who are adversely affected by those practices.
(d) Right of representation. A complainant may designate in writing, an individual or an organization to represent him in the processing of his complaint, and is entitled to the advice of counsel at his expense at all stages of the proceeding. If the representative designated by the complainant is an employee of the U.S. Department of Agriculture, or of a Cooperative Extension Service, such employee, as well as an employee-complainant, shall have a reasonable amount of official time with pay, if he is in a pay status, for the purpose of appearing at any hearing on the complaint or conciliation effort. The rights and privileges set forth in this paragraph shall also be available to any person whose alleged conduct is the cause of the complaint.
(e) Where filed. The procedure shall clearly state the persons, and their locations, with whom complaints may be filed. It shall also state that complaints may be filed with the Secretary. Complaints filed with the Secretary shall be promptly forwarded to the President or his designee for processing.
(f) When filed. A complaint shall be submitted within 90 days of the conduct giving rise to the complaint. The President may extend the prescribed time limit for good cause shown by the complainant.
(g) Hearing. A complainant or the President may request a hearing which shall be transcribed or recorded. The hearing shall be conducted promptly during regular working hours in the county where the alleged discrimination occurred or at a time and place agreed to by the President and the complainant. The President, the complainant and any person whose alleged conduct is the cause of the complaint shall have the right to call and cross-examine witnesses under oath. The hearing shall be provided by the President, and shall be conducted by an impartial board or hearing officer who shall promptly submit a proposed decision including findings of fact, conclusions, and recommendations for action to the President.
(h) Decision by the President. The President shall review the entire file on the complaint, including the record of the hearing if a hearing was held, and shall promptly:
(1) Remand to the hearing board or officer for further action; or
(2) Make a decision on the complaint; or
(3) Otherwise dispose of the complaint.
The President shall notify the complainant of his decision or disposition.
[33 FR 12173, Aug. 29, 1968, as amended at 38 FR 14154, May 30, 1973]
§ 18.6 [Reserved]
§ 18.7 Reports.
Within 6 months of the program going into effect and thereafter at least annually, the President shall submit a summary report to the Secretary on implementation and operation of the program. The Secretary may request additional reports as he deems advisable.
§ 18.8 Noncompliance.
A university conducting a Cooperative Extension Service will be in violation of this part:
(a) If the President fails to file a program in which the Secretary concurs under § 18.3, or fails to file an appropriate amendment in accordance with § 18.3(d);
(b) If after concurrence in the President's program the Secretary finds that a university has failed to administer such program according to its terms;
(c) If the Secretary finds that any officer of the university has intimidated, coerced, or improperly pressured a complainant, employee, representative, or witness exercising the rights given him by this part or any program adopted pursuant thereto, and that corrective action has not been taken.
[33 FR 12173, Aug. 29, 1968, as amended at 38 FR 14154, May 30, 1973]
§ 18.9 Sanctions.
(a) When the Secretary finds that any noncompliance with this part has occurred, he may initiate action to refuse to authorize payment of funds for the Cooperative Extension Service, or take other appropriate action provided by law.
(b) The remedies available to the Secretary under this part, and remedies made available to any person under a program adopted pursuant to this part do not exclude any others which may be available under law.
19 PART 19 [RESERVED]
PART 20 EXPORT SALES REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
Authority: 7 U.S.C. 5712.
Source: Rev. 2, 40 FR 23839, June 3, 1975, unless otherwise noted.
§ 20.1 General.
The regulations of this part 20 are issued under section 404 of the Agricultural Trade Act of 1978, as amended, to implement the export sales reporting requirements of section 602 of the Agricultural Trade Act of 1978, as amended.
[56 FR 32951, July 18, 1991]
§ 20.2 Administration.
The regulations of this part will be administered by the Foreign Agricultural Service (FAS) under the general supervision of the Administrator, FAS. Information pertaining to these regulations may be obtained from the office specified in § 20.10.
[Amdt. 3, 45 FR 8562, Feb. 8, 1980]
§ 20.3 Delegation of authority.
Authority has been delegated to the Administrator to promulgate amendments and revisions to the regulations in this part.
[Amdt. 3, 45 FR 8562, Feb. 8, 1980]
§ 20.4 Definitions.
As used in these regulations and in all instructions, forms, and documents pertaining hereto, the words and phrases defined in this section shall have the meaning assigned to them as follows:
(a) Administrator. The Administrator, Foreign Agricultural Service, U.S. Department of Agriculture.
(b) Buy-back contract. A transaction under which a reporting exporter having sold a commodity for export to a foreign buyer liquidates the export sale contract by making an offsetting purchase of the same kind of commodity from the same foreign buyer.
(c) Commodity. Wheat and wheat flour, feed grains, oilseeds, cotton, rice, cattle hides and skins, beef and pork, and any products thereof, and any other agricultural commodity the Secretary may designate. “Commodity” shall also mean a commodity having identifying characteristics as described in any announcement issued pursuant to § 20.5 such as class(es) of wheat and rice, or staple length(s) of cotton. Mixed wheat shall be considered to be the predominant wheat class of the blend. This definition excludes commodities to be used for seed which have been treated in such a manner that their use is limited to seed for planting purposes or on which a certificate has been issued by a recognized seed testing laboratory setting forth variety, germination and purity.
(d) Country of destination. (1) Any country outside the United States or (2) any territory or possession of the United States. Country of destination shall be the ultimate destination of the export, and shall not be deemed to be the country through which any transshipment takes place.
(e) Export. A shipment of a commodity from the United States destined to a country specified in paragraph (d) of this section. The commodity shall be deemed to have been exported on the date of the applicable export carrier onboard bill of lading or the date the commodity is received for shipment, as specified on the bill of lading, in the case of a commodity received for shipment in a lash barge or containerized van if a through on-board bill of lading is issued for shipment to a country specified in paragraph (d) of this section.
(f) Export carrier. The vessel on which a commodity is exported from the United States to a country specified in paragraph (d) of this section, or if export is by railcar, truck, or airplane, “export carrier” means such railcar, truck, or airplane.
(g) Exports for exporter's own account. A transaction involving shipments made by the reporting exporter which are unsold at the time of export, shipments on consignment to selling agents of the reporting exporter for subsequent sale for the account of the reporting exporter, shipments by the reporting exporter that have not been allocated to any outstanding export sale, and shipments from the United States to any foreign country in bond for subsequent shipment to a third country.
(h) Export sale. A transaction entered into between a reporting exporter and a foreign buyer. The transaction must be represented by a written document evidencing that (1) the exporter agrees to export the commodity, (2) the foreign buyer agrees to receive the commodity, (3) a fixed price or an agreed upon mechanism by which such a price can be determined is established, and (4) payment will be made to or for the account of the reporting exporter by or on the behalf of the foreign buyer for delivery of the commodity. The quantity of “outstanding export sale” means the quantity not yet exported under an export sale. The terms of delivery specified in the written agreement, such as FAS vessel, FOB vessel, C&F, CIF, etc., do not determine whether a transaction is an export sale which must be reported. A transaction which otherwise meets this definition and is subject to the posting of an exporter performance bond or letter of credit from the foreign buyer is included in this definition and such a transaction shall be reported under these regulations. However, a transaction which becomes operative only upon the imposition of export controls is excluded from this definition of “export sale” and such a transaction shall not be reported under these regulations.
(i) Foreign buyer and foreign seller. A person whose place of doing business with respect to the transaction is outside the United States. Foreign buyer or foreign seller includes a person who maintains a place of doing business outside the United States even though the transaction is concluded in the United States by his agent who has a place of business in the United States or by his employee who does not maintain a place of doing business in the United States. (If such employee maintains a place of doing business in the United States with respect to the transaction, the resulting contract is construed to be a domestic sale.) Notwithstanding the foregoing, all foreign governments, agencies and instrumentalities are considered foreign buyers or foreign sellers even though transactions are concluded by their employees in the United States or they maintain a place of business with respect to the transaction in the United States.
(j) Marketing year. The reporting period specified for a commodity in appendix A to this part.
(k) Optional origin contracts. A transaction involving an export sale contract between a reporting exporter and a foreign buyer under which the reporting exporter has the option of exporting the commodity from the United States or from one or more other exporting countries or an export sale contract under which no origin is specified.
(l) Person. An individual, partnership, corporation, association or other legal entity.
(m) Purchases from foreign sellers. A transaction involving the purchase of a commodity from a seller whose place of business with respect to the transaction is outside the United States.
(n) Quantity. The actual contract quantity (exclusive of any upward or downward tolerance) specified in the agreement between the reporting exporter and foreign buyer or seller.
(o) Reporting exporter. A person who enters into a transaction referred to in this section whose place of doing business with respect to such transaction is in the United States. A reporting exporter shall include any person who sells a commodity to a foreign buyer irrespective of whether or not such person may appear as the shipper on the export documentation or whether or not such person is required to file a Shipper's Export Declaration. A reporting exporter would not normally include agents of either the reporting exporter or foreign buyer, brokers, or freight forwarders unless such agents, brokers or freight forwarders are acting in the capacity of a principal. (See examples § 20.6(c).)
(p) United States. All of the 50 States, the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico.
[Rev. 2, 40 FR 23839, June 3, 1975, as amended by Amdt. 1, 41 FR 19950, May 14, 1976; Amdt. 3, 45 FR 8562, Feb. 8, 1980; Amdt. 4, 45 FR 24104, Apr. 9, 1980; 68 FR 62214, Nov. 3, 2003; 78 FR 16778, Mar. 19, 2013; 84 FR 64704, Nov. 25, 2019]
§ 20.5 Announcements.
Commodities for which reports are required under these regulations are set forth in appendix A to this part. Any change therein will be made by publication in the Federal Register of an amendment thereto, and, in addition, announcement of such change will be made through the press service. The unit of measure to be used in reporting the commodity, the beginning and ending dates of the marketing year for each commodity, and any other information deemed necessary to be included in the report will be specified in appendix A to this part and amendments thereto and in the announcements through press service.
[Rev. 2, 40 FR 23839, June 3, 1975, as amended at 68 FR 62214, Nov. 3, 2003; 84 FR 64704, Nov. 25, 2019]
§ 20.6 Submission of reports.
(a) Weekly reports. For each commodity for which reports are required under these regulations, the reporting exporter shall file weekly with the office specified in § 20.10 and not later than the time specified in paragraph (k) of this section, a report by marketing year on the applicable forms contained in appendix 2 (FAS-97, “Report of Optional Origin Sales,” FAS-98, “Report of Export Sales and Exports,” and on FAS-100, “Report of Exports for Exporter's Own Account”), setting forth the following information and that required by such forms. Information for each applicable item on the respective form shall be reported. If the reporting exporter determines that the report forms cannot be received in the office specified in “20.10 by the time specified in paragraph (k) of this section, the exporter shall transmit the information contained in the report forms by the use of FAX, telephone, or electronic submission. The required form must be subsequently submitted in accordance with § 20.6(k)(2). Exporters have the option to submit the weekly reports using an electronic reporting system (forms 97e, 98e, and 100e) which may be accessed via a secured Internet website. Reporting exporters should contact the Export Sales Reporting staff to obtain passwords and access to the Internet reporting site. Exporters also have the option of satisfying the requirements of Forms FAS-97, FAS-98, and FAS-100 by submitting ASCII comma delimited files via e-mail to the ESR mailbox at esr@fas.usda.gov.
(1) United States origin sales only. (i) Total quantity of outstanding export sales from the previous report by country of destination.
(ii) Quantity of new export sales made during the week expressed in the specified unit of measure (do not include any tolerance). Include the quantity of any optional original export sale for which an option was exercised during the week to export the commodity from the United States.
(iii) Quantity of any purchases of the same kind of commodity made from foreign sellers during the week.
(iv) Quantity of export sales cancelled and quantity of buyback contracts made during the week.
(v) Changes in destination during the week for export sales previously reported.
(vi) Changes in the marketing year during the week for export sales previously reported.
(vii) Exports made against export sales during the week.
(viii) Total outstanding balance of export sales at the close of business for the current report.
(2) Optional origin sales (United States and other countries). (i) Total quantity of outstanding export sales from the previous report by country of destination.
(ii) Quantity of new export sales made during the week expressed in the specified unit of measure (do not include any tolerance) by country of destination.
(iii) Quantity of export sales for which an option was exercised during the week which would determine the origin of the commodity to be exported with the origin indicated as the United States or other than the United States.
(iv) Quantity of optional export sales cancelled and the quantity of optional buy-back contracts made during the week.
(v) Changes in destination during the week for sales previously reported.
(vi) Changes in the marketing year during the week for sales previously reported.
(vii) Total outstanding balance of optional export sales for which an option has not been exercised at the time of compiling the report.
(3) Exports for exporter's own account. (i) Total outstanding balance of exports for exporter's own account that has been shipped from the United States as shown on the previous report by country where located or, if in transit, by country of intermediate destination.
(ii) Quantity of new exports for exporter's own account exported during the week.
(iii) Quantity of previously reported exports for exporter's own account that was applied to outstanding or new export sales during the week.
(iv) Quantity of previously reported exports for exporter's own account sold to other U.S. exporters during the week.
(v) Changes in destination during the week for exports previously reported.
(vi) The total outstanding balance of exports for exporter's own account at the close of business for the current report.
(b) Monthly reports. The information described in paragraph (a) of this section shall be reported monthly when specified by an announcement issued pursuant to § 20.5. The forms specified in paragraph (a) of this section shall be utilized to furnish the information required to be reported monthly and such information shall be filed in the manner and at the time required by § 20.6(k).
(c) Exporters who are required to report. The reporting exporter has the sole responsibility of reporting any and all information required by these regulations. The following are examples of who shall be considered the reporting exporter for the purpose of these regulations. (Firm A in each example is a firm whose place of doing business with respect to the transaction is in the United States, and the commodity to be delivered under the purchase contract is subject to these regulations. See § 20.4(i) for definition of a foreign buyer and foreign seller.)
(1) Firm A makes an export sale to Firm B whose place of doing business with respect to the transaction is also in the United States. Firm B has made or will make an export sale to a foreign buyer. In this case Firm A cannot report the sale to Firm B since Firm B's place of doing business with respect to the transaction is located in the United States. In this example, Firm B is required to report the sale to the foreign buyer.
(2) Firm A makes an export sale to a foreign buyer through the foreign buyer's agent and the agent's place of doing business with respect to the transaction is in the United States. In this example Firm A is required to report the export sale since the resulting contract is between Firm A and the foreign buyer.
(3) Firm A consigns an export to his agent (other than an employee of Firm A). When the agent makes a sale to a foreign buyer, Firm A is required to report the sale. If the agent makes the sale to a firm whose place of doing business with respect to the transaction is in the United States, Firm A will not report the sale.
(4) Firm A makes a purchase from a foreign seller. In this example, Firm A is required to report the purchase.
(5) Firm A makes a purchase from an agent of a foreign seller and the agent's place of doing business with respect to the transaction is in the United States. In this example, Firm A is required to report the purchase. The agent is not a principal party in interest in the contract and cannot report the sale to Firm A. The foreign seller is not a reporting exporter and is not required to make a report of the sale.
(6) Firm A, the agent of the foreign buyer, whose place of doing business with respect to the transaction is in the United States, purchases commodities domestically at interior warehouses and arranges for exportation to its principal, the foreign buyer. In this example, Firm A is required to report the sale and export.
(7) If a reporting exporter has a transaction not described in paragraphs (1) through (6) of this paragraph (c) and is in doubt whether a transaction should be reported, the exporter should request a decision from the office specified in § 20.10.
(d) Contract terms. Reports of contract terms shall be filed when requested in accordance with § 20.11. The report showing contract terms shall be filed on FAS-99, “Contract Terms Supporting Export Sales and Foreign Purchases,” and shall include the following:
(1) Reporting exporter's contract number.
(2) Date of export sale or purchase.
(3) Name of foreign buyer or foreign seller.
(4) Delivery period specified in the export sale or purchase.
(5) Delivery terms specified in the export sale or purchase (F.O.B., C. & F., etc.).
(6) Actual quantity of the export sale or purchase.
(7) Quantity not exported against the sale or foreign purchase (do not include any tolerance).
(8) Country of destination.
(9) On purchases from foreign sellers, show separately from export sales all items of this paragraph (d).
(e) Reporting of destination. The reporting exporters shall report the country of destination specified in the export sale contract or otherwise declared in writing by the foreign buyer. (Where a government, or agency of such government, is the sole importer of the commodity in a country, the exporter shall report that country as the country of destination only if the exporter or foreign buyer has made a direct sale to that foreign government or agency.) If the country of destination is not so specified or declared, the exporter shall report the destination as “unknown.” If by the time of exportation the exporter has not so ascertained the country of destination, the name of the country reported to the Bureau of Customs of the Shipper's Export Declaration for such export shipment should be reported, even though it may be an intermediate destination. The reporting exporter is not expected to report destination changes made after reporting the export on FAS-98, “Report of Export Sales and Exports.”
(f) Optional class or kind of commodity. If the export sale provides for an option as to the class or kind of commodity to be delivered under the export sale, the reporting exporter should report the particular class or kind of commodity expected to be exported.
(g) Range in contract quantity. If the export sale provides for a range in quantity (e.g. 10,000 metric tons to 12,000 metric tons with or without a loading tolerance) with the reporting exporter or buyer having the option to declare a firm quantity at a later date, the reporting exporter shall report the maximum export sale quantity (exclusive of any loading tolerance). If an option is exercised for a lesser quantity at a later date, the reporting exporter shall report the reduction as an amendment to an export sale previously reported.
(h) Transfer of unexported balances from one marketing year to the next marketing year. If exports against an export sale are not complete by the end of the marketing year in which the commodity is being reported for export, the reporting exporter shall transfer the quantity not exported against the export sale to the next marketing year on the first report submitted after the beginning of the new marketing year.
(i) Errors on previous reports. Whenever an exporter discovers an error or is advised by the office specified in § 20.10 of an error on a prior report, the error shall be corrected in the current weekly report to reflect the proper outstanding export sales and exports. The exporter shall also furnish a complete written explanation of such reporting error.
(j) When reports are required. (1) A reporting exporter shall submit reports for those commodities for which there are new export sales, outstanding export sales, exports for exporter's own account for which an offsetting export sale has not been made and reported, or purchases from foreign sellers.
(2) A reporting exporter may discontinue reporting for a commodity only when actual exports and other required reporting of changes have reduced to zero all export sales, exports for exporter's own account and purchases from foreign sellers. The reporting exporter shall report a zero balance prior to discontinuing reporting for the commodity involved.
(3) If a reporting exporter discontinues making reports because a zero balance has been reached for a particular commodity, the exporter shall be responsible to commence reporting again once a new export sale, a new export for exporter's own account, or a new purchase from a foreign seller for that commodity is made.
(k) Manner and time of reporting—(1) Manner. An original of all report forms, other than electronic forms and ASCII comma delimited files, must be filed with the office specified in § 20.10. Each report form shall contain the full business name, address and telephone number of the reporting exporter and the name and original signature of the person submitting the report form on behalf of the reporting exporter. Computer generated printouts may be used in lieu of standard reporting forms when approved by the office specified in § 20.10.
(2) Time of filing reports. Information required to be reported weekly (either via fax, telephone, or electronically) must be received in the office specified in § 20.10 no later than 11:59 p.m. eastern time, on each Monday or such other time as may be approved in advance by that office. Such weekly report must set forth the required information as to export sales transactions made during the seven day period ending the preceding Thursday, midnight. If Friday or Monday is a national holiday, the due date shall be Tuesday. If information is transmitted by other than use of forms specified in § 20.6(a) (such as by use of telephone or electronic transmission) the required forms containing such information shall be transmitted by first class mail the next business day. It is the responsibility of the reporting exporter to arrange the most efficient and expeditious manner for the office specified in § 20.10 to receive the reported information. Information required to be reported monthly must be received in the office specified in § 20.10 no later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, the fourth business day following the end of the reporting month, or such other time as may be approved in advance by that office, setting forth the required information as to export sales transactions made during the reporting month ending midnight the last day of such month.
[Rev. 2, 40 FR 23839, June 3, 1975, as amended by Amdt. 3, 45 FR 8562, Feb. 8, 1980; Amdt. 4, 45 FR 24104, Apr. 9, 1980; 45 FR 24439, Apr. 10, 1980; Amdt. 5, 45 FR 24439, Apr. 10, 1980; 47 FR 746, Jan. 7, 1982; 68 FR 62214, Nov. 3, 2003]
§ 20.7 Confidentiality of reports.
A reporting exporter's individual reports shall remain confidential and subject to examination only by designatees of the Administrator. Information from reports filed by exporters on a weekly basis will be compiled and published in compilation form each week following the week of reporting. Information from daily reports filed by exporters will be made available to the public on the following business day at 9 a.m., eastern time. Information from monthly reports filed by exporters will be compiled and published in compilation form in the weekly report no later than the week following the time of filing specified in § 20.6(k).
[43 FR 5497, Feb. 9, 1978, as amended by Amdt. 3, 45 FR 8562, Feb. 8, 1980; Amdt. 5, 45 FR 24440, Apr. 10, 1980; 68 FR 62215, Nov. 3, 2003]
§ 20.8 Failure to report.
Any person who knowingly fails to report export sales pursuant to the requirements of these regulations shall be fined not more than $25,000 or imprisoned not more than one year, or both.
§ 20.9 Records.
Each reporting exporter shall establish and maintain accurate records as to all export sales of commodities subject to these regulations. Such records shall include, but shall not be limited to, export sales contracts or other agreements with the foreign buyer or foreign seller pursuant to which any export has or will be made; bills of lading or delivery documents evidencing all such exports and inspection and weight certificates relating thereto. Such records shall be available during regular business hours for inspection and audit by authorized employees of the United States Department of Agriculture and shall be preserved for three years after the date of export to which they relate.
§ 20.10 Place of submission of reports.
Weekly reports and information required to be submitted in connection therewith shall be addressed to or delivered to the following office FAX: (202) 690-3270 or (202) 690-3273:
Foreign Agricultural Service, Export Sales Reporting Division, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, DC 20250.
[Amdt. 4, 45 FR 8562, Feb. 8, 1980, as amended at 68 FR 62215, Nov. 3, 2003]
§ 20.11 Additional reports and information.
(a) Daily reports. The reporting exporter shall report daily to the Administrator information with respect to sales of agricultural commodities as requested. Daily reports shall be made by telephone no later than 3 p.m., E.s.t., on the next business day following the calendar day of the sale.
(b) Additional information. The reporting exporter shall furnish such other additional reports and information, including price data, as may be requested with respect to export sales of agricultural commodities.
[Rev. 2, 40 FR 23839, June 3, 1975, as amended by Amdt. 3, 45 FR 8562, Feb. 8, 1980]
§ 20.12 OMB control number assigned pursuant to Paperwork Reduction Act.
The information collection requirements contained in these regulations have been approved by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under the provisions of 44 U.S.C. chapter 35 and have been assigned OMB control number 0551-0007.
[51 FR 30203, Aug. 25, 1986]
Appendix A to Part 20 Commodities Subject to Reporting, Units of Measure To Be Used in Reporting, and Beginning and Ending Dates of Marketing Years
Commodity to be reported | Unit of measure to be used in reporting | Beginning of marketing year | End of marketing year
Wheat—hard red winter | Metric Tons | June 1 | May 31.
Wheat—soft red winter | Metric Tons | June 1 | May 31.
Wheat—hard red spring | Metric Tons | June 1 | May 31.
Wheat—white (incl. hard and soft white) | Metric Tons | June 1 | May 31.
Wheat—durum | Metric Tons | June 1 | May 31.
Wheat—Products—All wheat flours (including clears) bulgur, semolina, farina, and rolled, cracked and crushed wheat | Metric Tons | June 1 | May 31.
Barley—Unmilled (including feed and hull-less waxy barley) | Metric Tons | June 1 | May 31.
Corn—Unmilled (including waxy, cracked—if 50% whole kernels) | Metric Tons | Sept. 1 | Aug. 31.
Rye—Unmilled | Metric Tons | June 1 | May 31.
Oats—Unmilled | Metric Tons | June 1 | May 31.
Grain Sorghum—Unmilled | Metric Tons | Sept. 1 | Aug. 31.
Soybeans | Metric Tons | Sept. 1 | Aug. 31.
Soybean Cake and Meal | Metric Tons | Oct. 1 | Sept. 30.
Soybean Oil—including: Crude (including degummed), once refined, soybean salad oil (including refined and further processed by bleaching, deodorizing or winterizing), hydrogenated, packaged oil | Metric Tons | Oct. 1 | Sept. 30.
Flaxseed | Metric Tons | June 1 | May 31.
Linseed Oil—including raw, boiled | Metric Tons | June 1 | May 31.
Cottonseed | Metric Tons | Aug. 1 | July 31.
Cottonseed Cake and Meal | Metric Tons | Oct. 1 | Sept. 30.
Cottonseed Oil—including crude, once refined, cottonseed salad oil (refined and further processed by bleaching, deodorizing or winterizing), hydrogenated | Metric Tons | Oct. 1 | Sept. 30.
Sunflowerseed Oil crude, once refined, sunflowerseed salad oil (refined and further processed by bleaching, deodorizing or winterizing), hydrogenated | Metric Tons | Oct. 1 | Sept. 30.
Cotton—American Pima—Raw, extra-long staple | Running Bales | Aug. 1 | July 31.
Cotton—Upland—Raw, staple length 1 1/16 inches and over | Running Bales | Aug. 1 | July 31.
Cotton—Upland—Raw, staple length 1 inch up to 1 1/16 inches | Running Bales | Aug. 1 | July 31.
Cotton—Upland—Raw, staple length under 1 inch | Running Bales | Aug. 1 | July 31.
Rice—long grain, rough (including parboiled) | Metric Tons | Aug. 1 | July 31.
Rice—medium, short and other classes, rough (including parboiled) | Metric Tons | Aug. 1 | July 31.
Rice—long grain, brown (including parboiled) | Metric Tons | Aug. 1 | July 31.
Rice—medium, short and other classes, brown (including parboiled) | Metric Tons | Aug. 1 | July 31.
Rice—long grain, milled (including parboiled) | Metric Tons | Aug. 1 | July 31.
Rice—medium, short and other classes, milled (including parboiled, brewer's rice) | Metric Tons | Aug. 1 | July 31.
Cattle Hides and Skins—Whole cattle hides (excluding wet blues) | Pieces | Jan. 1 | Dec. 31.
Cattle Hides and Skins—Whole calf skins (excluding wet blues) | Pieces | Jan. 1 | Dec. 31.
Cattle Hides and Skins—Whole kip skins (excluding wet blues) | Pieces | Jan. 1 | Dec. 31.
Cattle Hides and Skins—Cattle, calf, and kip cut into croupons, crops, dossets, sides, butts and butt bend (hide equivalent) (excluding wet blues) | Number | Jan. 1 | Dec. 31.
Cattle Hides and Skins—Cattle, calf and kip, in cuts not otherwise specified; pickled/limed (excluding wet blues) | Pounds | Jan. 1 | Dec. 31.
Cattle, calf and kip, Wet blues—unsplit (whole or sided) hide equivalent | Number | Jan. 1 | Dec. 31.
Cattle, calf and kip, Wet blues—grain splits (whole or sided) hide equivalent | Number | Jan. 1 | Dec. 31.
Cattle, calf and kip, Wet blues—splits, (excluding grain splits) | Pounds | Jan. 1 | Dec. 31.
Beef—fresh, chilled or frozen muscle cuts/whether or not boxed 1 | Metric Tons | Jan. 1 | Dec. 31.
Pork—fresh, chilled or frozen muscle cuts/whether or not boxed 1 | Metric Tons | Jan. 1 | Dec. 31.
1 For greater clarity, “muscle cuts” includes carcasses, whether whole, divided in half or further sub-divided into individual primals, sub-primals, or fabricated cuts, with or without bone. Carcasses which are broken down, boxed, and sold as a complete unit are muscle cuts. Total weight of carcasses reported may include minor non-reportable items attached to carcasses (e.g., hooves attached to carcasses). Meats removed during the conversion of an animal to a carcass (e.g., variety meats such as beef/pork hearts, beef tongues, etc.) are not muscle cuts nor are items sold as bones practically free of meat (e.g., beef femur bones) or fat practically free of meat (e.g., pork clear plate) removed from a carcass.
[84 FR 64704, Nov. 25, 2019]
PART 21 UNIFORM RELOCATION ASSISTANCE AND REAL PROPERTY ACQUISITION FOR FEDERAL AND FEDERALLY ASSISTED PROGRAMS
Authority: Sec. 231, Uniform Relocation Assistance and Real Property Acquisition Policies Act of 1970, Pub. L. 91-646, 84 Stat. 1894 (42 U.S.C. 4601) as amended by the Surface Transportation and Uniform Relocation Assistance Act of 1987, title IV of Pub. L. 100-17, 101 Stat. 246-256 (42 U.S.C. 4601 note).
§ 21.1 Uniform relocation assistance and real property acquisition.
Regulations and procedures for complying with the Uniform Relocation Assistance and Real Property Acquisition Policies Act of 1970 (Pub. L. 91-646, 84 Stat. 1894, 42 U.S.C. 4601) as amended by the Surface Transportation and Uniform Relocation Assistance Act of 1987 (title IV of Pub. L. 100-17, 101 Stat. 246-256, 42 U.S.C 4601 note) are set forth in 49 CFR part 24.
[52 FR 48017, Dec. 17, 1987, and 54 FR 8912, 8913, Mar. 2, 1989]
PART 22 RURAL DEVELOPMENT COORDINATION
Authority: Sec. 301, 80 Stat. 379, 5 U.S.C. 301 and delegations of authority by the Secretary of Agriculture, 38 FR 14944-14948, 7 CFR 2.23, as amended by 38 FR 24633.
Source: 38 FR 29020, Oct. 18, 1973, unless otherwise noted.
Subpart A General
§ 22.101 The Rural Development Act of 1972 (Pub. L. 92-419).
The Rural Development Act of 1972 (Pub. L. 92-419), herein called the Act consists of six titles designed to facilitate the development of rural communities through a series of authorizations including grants, loans, and administrative provisions. This Act adds new statutory rural development coordination responsibilities to certain Federal departments and agencies to be carried out under the leadership of the Secretary of Agriculture.
§ 22.102 Summary of authorities.
The purpose of this section is to give notice that certain authorities have been delegated by the Secretary of USDA agencies for implementation. New Secretarial delegations covering the Rural Development Act were effective May 31, 1973, and were published in the Federal Register June 7, 1973 (38 FR 14944-14953). These are as follows:
(a) Title I (38 FR 14948). Responsibility delegated to theAssistant Secretary for Rural Development. The responsibility for administering loan and grant authorities is redelegated to the Farmers Home Administration, except the responsibility for administering loan authorities with respect to rural electrification and telephone facilities and service which has been redelegated to the Rural Electrification Administration.
(b) Titles II (38 FR 14945-14948), III (38 FR 14945-14948), and V (38 FR 14945-14948. Responsibility delegated to the Assistant Secretary for Conservation, Research and Education and redelegated as follows:
(1) Titles II (38 FR 14951-14952) and III (38 FR 14951-14952) to the Administrator, Soil Conservation Service.
(2) Title V (38 FR 14949-14950) to the Administrators, Cooperative State Research Service and the Extension Service respectively.
(c) Title IV (38 FR 14945-14948). Responsibility delegated to the Assistant Secretary for Conservation, Research and Education and redelegated (38 FR 14950-14951) to the Chief of the Forest Service.
(d) Title VI, section 603 (38 FR 14948). Responsibility delegated to and redelegated (38 FR 14953) to the Administrator, Rural Development Service.
The Rural Development Act recognizes that many Federal departments and agencies of the executive branch of government administer programs and provide services which are applicable to the needs of rural communities. Section 603 of the Rural Development Act charges the Secretary of Agriculture with providing governmentwide leadership for, and with coordinating a nationwide rural development program. In such coordination, the Secretary shall seek measures that will achieve effective integration of relevant Federal services in rural areas as provided by Agriculture agencies and other Departments and agencies. This section also requires that the Secretary shall establish goals and report to the Congress on progress in complying with specified purposes of the Act. The Federal Regional Council will play a major role in coordination at the field level. An organic Act of the Department (7 U.S.C. 2201) has been amended to require the Secretary to add Rural Development to those purposes for which he is authorized to acquire and diffuse useful information.
§ 22.103 Purpose.
The purpose of these regulations is to establish the policies, procedures, and responsibilities required by section 603 of the Rural Development Act.
§ 22.104 General policy.
Federal implementation of the Act will be consistent with the President's policy of decentralized decisionmaking and administrative responsibility which gives fullest possible consideration to State and local rural development goals and priorities. As a result of section 817(4) of the Agriculture and Consumer Protection Act of 1973 (Pub. L. 93-86) which prohibits prior approval by any State officials of any loan or grant under any program authorized by title I of the Rural Development Act of 1972 (Pub. L. 92-419), it has been necessary to substantially modify the planned administration of programs under section 603 of the Rural Development Act.
Subpart B Roles and Responsibilities of Federal Government
§ 22.201 Coordination.
The following identifies types and levels of coordination:
(a) Washington level interdepartmental and interagency coordination for purposes of the Act.
(b) Coordination for purposes of the Act among agencies within the U.S. Department of Agriculture.
(c) Coordination among and between the field operations of Federal agencies for purposes of the Act.
(d) Coordination for purposes of the Act between levels of field operations of the Federal government and State governments.
§ 22.202 Federal unit responsibilities.
The following Federal units have major responsibilities in implementing the Act.
(a) Rural Development policy questions requiring resolution by the Committee on Community Development of the President's Domestic Council may be so referred by the Secretary of Agriculture, who will sit as a member and as Chairman of the Rural Development Committee.
(b) The Under Secretary of Agriculture will represent the Secretary in matters pertaining to rural development policy when such matters are of mutual concern to the Under Secretaries' Group for Regional Operations (Executive Order 11647 as amended by E.O. 11731) and the Federal Regional Councils, or at such other times that he or the Secretary may deem appropriate.
(c) The Assistant Secretary of Agriculture for Rural Development will chair an Assistant Secretaries' Working Group consisting of interdepartmental and interagency members from Agriculture, Health, Education, and Welfare, Housing and Urban Development, Defense, Labor, Commerce, Transportation, Environmental Protection Agency, Small Business Administration and others as appropriate. This working group will operate under the aegis of the Rural Development Committee of the Domestic Council. The purpose of this working group is:
(1) To develop and recommend rural development policy applicable to more than one executive department or agency.
(2) To develop cooperative procedures between and among executive departments and agencies in matters pertaining to rural development.
(3) To devise effective rural development strategies and to bring Federal resources and services to bear toward their realization.
(4) To advise the Under Secretaries' Group on involvement of Federal Regional Councils in rural development activities.
The Secretary of Agriculture may utilize the services of the Assistant Secretaries' Working Group in performing his rural development functions for the Rural Development Committee of the Domestic Council.
(d) The Administrator, Rural Development Service, under the policy direction of the Under Secretary for Rural Development shall coordinate rural development activities under section 603 of the Rural Development Act as directed by the Secretary. In the fulfillment of such responsibilities, he is authorized to communicate directly with other Federal department and agency officials of corresponding levels of authority and with State and Federal Regional Council officials.
(e) The Federal Regional Councils shall have primary responsibility for interagency program coordination at the field level and will provide assistance to and liaison with States in promoting rural development. Federal attention to this type of cooperation and coordination will be emphasized. In addition, the Federal Regional Councils, operating within policy determined at the Washington level, shall be responsible for performing an oversight function to assess how well the machinery is working in carrying out the Rural Development Act authorities. Each Federal Regional Council shall create an appropriate management structure to accomplish the foregoing. This may include the creation of a Rural Development Committee. The Department of Agriculture will chair such Rural Development Committees or otherwise assume the lead in managing rural development activities of the Federal Regional Councils.
(1) Procedures for the coordination of rural development activities will be consistent with the policies expressed herein and with any specific Federal guideline based on these regulations or on Executive Order 11647, as amended by Executive Order 11731.
(2) Councils shall exercise authority under Executive Order 11647, as amended by Executive Order 11731, to promote in rural areas integrated program and funding plans involving several Federal agencies.
§ 22.203 Major responsibilities under title VI, Sec. 603.
(a) Title VI, section 603(b). (1) Section 603(b) of the Rural Development Act charges the Secretary of Agriculture with providing leadership in the development of a nationwide rural development program. Included in this program would be pertinent Federal departments and agencies which might contribute to this rural development mission. In carrying out his responsibilities, the Secretary shall report annually, prior to September 1, to the Congress on rural development goals for employment, income, population, housing, and quality of community services and facilities. To carry out the provisions of the Act specified above, the following major responsibilities are identified:
(i) The Rural Development Committee of the Domestic Council will assume responsibility for interdepartmental policy formulation and resolution of issues pertaining to this section of the Act as determined by the Secretary of Agriculture. This committee consists of members of the Community Development Committee of the Domestic Council, to wit: The Secretary of Agriculture, Chairman of the Rural Development Committee; the Secretary of HUD, Chairman of the Urban Development Committee; the Secretary of Transportation, Chairman of the Transportation Policy Development Committee; the Secretaries of Treasury, Commerce, and Labor and the Director of OMB.
(ii) The Secretary of Agriculture shall be responsible for Washington level coordination pursuant to this section of the Act.
(iii) At the regional level, the Federal Regional Councils shall develop and implement procedures designed to identify and facilitate access to Federal resources appropriate for rural development purposes within States. Such procedures will be consistent with policies expressed or endorsed by the Under Secretaries' Group. The Councils shall also be responsible for monitoring the effectiveness with which the Rural Development Act is implemented within their respective regions.
(2) The Secretary of Agriculture is also authorized to initiate or expand research and development efforts related to solution of rural development problems including problems of rural water supply, rural sewage and solid waste management, and rural industrialization.
(3) The Rural Development Service will operate a rural development research program and may also participate in rural development research in cooperation with Federal, State, and private research units.
(b) Title VI, section 603(c) of the Rural Development Act. (1) Under guidance by the Under Secretaries' Group, and under the leadership of the U.S. Department of Agriculture member on each of the Federal Regional Councils, the Rural Development Committees of the Federal Regional Councils or other Federal Regional Council mechanisms assigned to work with rural development, shall be responsible for proposing to the appropriate Federal and State agencies actions in such areas as:
(i) Adjustment, where appropriate, of administrative boundaries used by field staffs of Federal and federally supported agencies to conform with boundaries of multicounty jurisdictions. “Multicounty jurisdictions” as used means substate planning districts or other combinations of county jurisdictions as designated by States for State planning purposes.
(ii) Co-location of field units of Federal agencies and consolidation of offices in the vicinity of principal centers of local government administration (including multicounty jurisdictional administration), to encourage increased cooperation within and among different governmental levels.
(iii) Exchange of personnel between Federal and State agencies under the Intergovernmental Personnel Act (Pub. L. 91-648), to supplement and broaden staffs administering rural development programs, and provide specific technical expertise for certain projects.
(iv) Interchange of personnel among Federal agencies for the purposes expressed in paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section.
(2) In addition, the U.S. Department of Agriculture member on the Federal Regional Councils shall, by July 31, of each year, report to the Assistant Secretary for Rural Development who shall in turn report to the Under Secretaries' Group and the Congress on progress made in carrying out the programs outlined in paragraphs (b)(1)(ii) through (iv) of this section and plans for programs to be implemented during the following fiscal year. The first report will be due to the Assistant Secretary by July 31, 1974.
§ 22.204 Rural development committees.
State rural development committees, consisting of USDA agency members and, in most instances, State governments and other Federal agency representatives are available to assist States in accomplishing their rural development objectives. Such assistance if requested by the State can take the form of technical assistance and cooperative services to States in carrying out their rural development priorities.
§ 22.205 Allocation of loan and grant funds.
(a) Title I grant funds and approved loan funding levels will be allocated among States by a formula designed to ensure equitable treatment. This applies to amounts made available for business and industrial loans, water, sewer and other community facilities except electrical and telephone facilities provided by or through the Rural Electrification Administration.
(b) During the second half of the fiscal year, the Secretary of Agriculture shall review State and multicounty jurisdictional rural development programs and projects so that unused allocations may be shifted from one State to another so as to enable the obligation of all available funds prior to the end of the fiscal year.
(c) The formula used for fund allocation will ensure that a minimum loan and grant level is established so that no State receives an amount too small to serve the purposes of the Act. A percentage of total loan and grant authority will be withheld from initial allocation to allow subsequent appropriate technical adjustments in amounts allocated to individual States.
(d) Title V funds shall be distributed by the Secretary under the formula specified in the Act. Title V activities will be consistent with the principle that States and multicounty jurisdictions have responsibility for the rural development planning and priority setting functions.
Subpart C Roles and Responsibilities of State Governments
§ 22.301 Selection and designation.
Procedures for implementing the Act are designed to give the fullest possible consideration to planning and development goals and strategies at the State and multicounty jurisdictional levels. The governing bodies of multicounty organizations should include representatives of local governments contained within the respective multicounty jurisdictions. State development strategies and priorities shall be fully considered in the Federal administration of Rural Development Act authorities.
§ 22.302 Area eligibility.
Eligibility for programs under the Act will be based on the criteria of community size and location of population as specified in the Act. State designations of eligible areas will be duly considered by the Federal government in the determination of eligibility for loan and grant assistance.
§ 22.303 Cooperation with Federal Regional Councils.
States are urged to establish and maintain close and cooperative relationships with the Federal Regional Councils which will be in a position to assist the States and multicounty jurisdictions in the identification and application of available resources. States may authorize direct communications and liaison between the Regional Councils and multicounty jurisdictions within States.
§ 22.304 Multiyear planning and programming.
State and multicounty jurisdictions are encouraged to adopt multiyear planning and development programs. As administrative procedures for implementing the Act support the feasibility of such a process, these programs should consider joint State, Federal, and local budget planning factors and be refined to conform to the actual fund availability as annual budgets are finalized and allocated. Such programs, once initiated, will be extended by the annual addition of a new planning year until programs are completed or terminated.
§ 22.305 Conformance with OMB Circular No. A-95.
The State and multicounty jurisdictional rural development planning process must conform to the review requirements expressed in OMB Circular No. A-95 under parts I, III, and IV as appropriate.
§ 22.306 Financing rural development planning.
States will be required to finance rural development planning through their own resources, revenue-sharing allocations, or the Department of Housing and Urban Development planning and management assistance program or other available Federal planning programs.
§ 22.307 Program evaluation.
The Department of Agriculture is responsible for continuous program evaluation to determine if individual projects and the entire program is cost effective in terms of reaching rural development goals. As a result, USDA is responsible for conducting and reporting an annual evaluation of selected rural development projects and the overall rural development program. USDA shall include as a part of its evaluation Federal Regional Council assessment of the effectiveness of interagency coordination and delivery of services within the overall rural development program. States and multicounty districts are encouraged to participate in the joint preparation of such program evaluations. Copies of such evaluations should be supplied to the Administrator, Rural Development Service, Department of Agriculture and to the Federal Regional Councils, in sufficient time so as to arrive not later than July 1. The initial evaluation, due July 1, 1974, in addition to the requirements listed below, should include a background statement and should summarize first year program efforts and results. Annual evaluation should:
(a) Describe the process used in planning, project selection and priority setting, and the criteria and process used in evaluating program effectiveness.
(b) Describe the specific objectives of the programs.
(c) Describe and assess the cost and effectiveness of projects being pursued within individual multicounty jurisdictions.
(d) Express observations, conclusions and recommendations based on such evaluations which may contribute to the development of better management, coordination and planning procedures.
§ 22.308 Project approval.
State and multicounty jurisdictional planning is a State and local prerogative. Federal agencies will be responsive to State rural development strategies and priorities. However, determination of eligibility and feasibility and final approval of individual projects involving Federal funds must remain with the Federal government consistent with the Act and implementing regulations.
§ 22.309 Seeking Federal review.
States may, if they elect, submit multicounty development plans and proposals to the Federal Regional Councils and to the Rural Development Service, USDA, for review and comment. Such review will neither obligate the Federal government with respect to such programs nor require States to conform with suggestions supplied by the USDA or the Federal Regional Council.
PART 23 STATE AND REGIONAL ANNUAL PLANS OF WORK
Authority: Sec. 508, 86 Stat. 674 (7 U.S.C. 2668).
Source: 38 FR 29023, Oct. 18, 1973, unless otherwise noted.
Subpart A State Program
§ 23.1 General.
(a) Title V of the Rural Development Act of 1972 (Pub. L. 92-419) hereafter referred to as “Title V” is the Research and Education component of the Rural Development Act of 1972. Title V provides the opportunity to utilize and build upon the research, extension, and community service capability of public and private institutions of higher education in each State to expand scientific inquiry and education backup for rural development. The higher educational and research institutions in each State, including the Land Grant Institutions of 1890, are authorized to assist in developing and disseminating through the most appropriate manner, scientific information, technical assistance, and feasibility studies required to improve the rural development capability of local citizens, agencies, and governments. Programs authorized under title V shall be organized and conducted by one or more colleges or universities in each State to provide a coordinated program in each State which will have the greatest impact on accomplishing the objectives of rural development in both the short and longer term and the use of these studies to support the State's comprehensive program to be supported under title V.
(b) Title V operations will be consonant with the purpose that all Federal rural development activities be coordinated with other federally assisted rural development activities and with the State's ongoing rural development program. To effectuate such purpose, the Assistant Secretary for Conservation, Research and Education will implement title V plans and activities in close coordination with the Assistant Secretary for Rural Development.
§ 23.2 Administration.
(a) Title V will be administered by the Director of the National Institute of Food and Agriculture in cooperation with the chief administrative officer of the State Land Grant University who will administer the program within his respective State. To assure national and State coordination with programs under the Smith-Lever Act of 1914 and the Hatch Act (as amended), August 11, 1955, the administration of the programs shall be in association with the programs conducted under the Smith-Lever Act and the Hatch Act as required by section 504(b) of the Act.
(b) Programs authorized under title V shall be conducted as mutually agreed upon by the Secretary and the chief administrative officer of the State Land Grant University responsible for administering said programs in a memorandum of understanding which shall provide for the coordination of the programs, coordination of these programs with other rural development programs of Federal, State, and local government, and such other matters as the Secretary shall determine.
[38 FR 29023, Oct. 18, 1973, as amended at 76 FR 4804, Jan. 27, 2011]
§ 23.3 Coordination.
The chief administrative officer of the administratively responsible State Land Grant University will designate an official who will be responsible for the overall coordination of the authorized programs for the State. The designated official will be responsible for the overall coordination of planning, organizing, funding, conducting and evaluating programs in association with the person responsible for the administration of research programs, the person responsible for the administration of the extension programs, and the administrative head of agriculture of the University (chairman of the State Rural Development Advisory Council).
§ 23.4 State Rural Development Advisory Council.
(a) The chief administrative officer of the administratively responsible State Land Grant University will appoint a State Rural Development Advisory Council with membership as set forth in section 504(e) of title V. The function of the Council shall be to review and approve annual program plans conducted under title V. The Council will also advise the chief administrative officer on all matters pertaining to the authorized programs.
(b) The Chairman of the State Rural Development Advisory Council will insure that programs proposed under title V including regional programs applicable within the State are not inconsistent with and are, to a maximum extent practicable, in consonance with other rural development programs and activities approved in that State.
(c) Those elements of the research and extension plan which would impact directly on rural development activities being developed or pursued by States will be considered jointly by the State Rural Development Advisory Council and appropriate State agencies to assure a constructive reinforcement of those State activities.
§ 23.5 Availability of funds.
Funds available under title V for extension and research programs shall be allocated to, and following approval of a State Annual Plan of Work, paid to the official of the State Land Grant University designated to receive funds under the Smith-Lever and Hatch Acts respectively. Funds will be available for State programs for expenditures authorized by section 503(c) of title V, in the fiscal year for which the funds were appropriated and the next fiscal year.
§ 23.6 Plan of Work.
(a) A State Annual Plan of Work for carrying out the programs authorized under title V shall be prepared. The Plan of Work should include:
(1) Identification of major problems and needs which can be met by each related extension and research program in the geographic or problem area.
(2) The relationship of this program to ongoing planning and development efforts.
(3) The organizational structure for planning, conducting, and evaluating each pilot program, including the names and title of the members of the Rural Development Advisory Council and the composition of major committees and work groups.
(4) A separate concise statement describing specific extension projects to be funded under each program. The statement should contain the following elements: Title, objectives, organization and operational procedures, probable duration, personnel, institutions involved, and relation to the research effort. In addition, a brief description of each regular or special extension project which is complementary and supports the title V pilot program, but which is funded from other sources shall be included.
(5) A separate concise statement describing specific research projects to be funded under each program. The statement should contain the following elements: Title, objectives, organization, and operational procedures, probable duration, personnel, institutions involved, and relation to the extension effort. In addition, a brief description of each regular or special research project which is complementary and supports the title V program, but which is funded from other sources, shall be included.
(6) A plan for evaluating the impact of each program on the development of the area, including the effectiveness of the extension and research program techniques, and organizational structure for planning and conducting each program. Appraisals by community leaders in the area should be included in the evaluation.
(7) Provisions for making an annual progress report to the Assistant Secretary for Conservation, Research, and Education which will document achievements pertaining to the goals and objectives as stated in the Plan of Work.
(8) A budget statement for each program to be submitted on forms provided by the Assistant Secretary for Conservation, Research, and Education.
(b) The Plan of Work shall include plans for all programs to be conducted with funds authorized under section 503(b)(3) and (4) of title V. The Plan of Work shall include plans for the programs to be conducted by each cooperating and participating university or college and such other information as included in these guidelines. Each State program must include research and extension activities directed toward identification of programs which are likely to have the greatest impact upon accomplishing the objectives of rural development in both the short and longer terms and the use of these studies to support the State's comprehensive program to be supported under section 505(b) of title V. In addition, all other rural development extension and research efforts funded from other sources that contribute directly to the proposed programs shall be described in the Plan of Work.
(c) Since the appropriation authorization for title V is limited to a three-year period the Plan of Work should be developed to demonstrate extension and research program techniques and organizational structures for providing essential knowledge to assist and support rural development efforts within that time.
(1) In accordance with the above criteria, the Plan of Work should:
(i) Concentrate on limited geographic or problem areas where title V efforts would be expected to have high impact within the three-year authorization.
(ii) Give emphasis to rural areas, including towns and cities with populations of less than 50,000.
(iii) Involve the administratively responsible Land Grant University and other public or private colleges and universities, as appropriate, in meeting with high priority extension and research needs of the area(s).
(iv) Give priority to education and research assistance leading to increasing job and income opportunities, improving quality of life, improving essential community services and facilities, improving housing and home improvements, and enhancing those social processes necessary to achieve these goals.
(v) Be consistent with Statewide comprehensive planning and development efforts and objectives. Procedures set forth under § 23.4(c) are designed to achieve attainment of this requirement.
(d) Four copies of the Plan of Work approved by the State Rural Development Advisory Council shall be submitted by the person responsible for the overall coordination of the title V programs in the State to the Assistant Secretary for Conservation, Research and Education, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, DC 20250, within 60 days after enactment of the annual Appropriation Act for the Department of Agriculture.
(e) Plans of Work not meeting the above criteria will not be approved by the Assistant Secretary for Conservation, Research and Education.
Subpart B Regional Program
§ 23.9 General.
(a) Section 503(b)(2), title V, of the Rural Development Act of 1972 (Pub. L. 92-419) hereafter referred to as “Title V” authorizes funds to finance work authorized under title V which serve two or more States; in which universities in two or more States cooperate; or which is conducted by one University serving two or more States. The authorized funding under section 503(b)(2) is hereafter referred to as the “Regional Programs.”
(b) The Regional Programs shall develop and provide knowledge essential to assist and support rural development in the region, and shall provide for technical consultation and personnel development for the research and extension staff in the several States of the region to help them to be more responsive to rural development needs and activities.
(c) The Regional Programs will concentrate on the high priority knowledge, training, and personnel needs required for the research and extension staff in the several States to conduct effective rural development research and extension to carry out the provisions of title V. These efforts may include personnel development and consultation; synthesis of existing research knowledge and the interpretation of this knowledge for rural development program and policy purposes; the development of strategies and procedures on high priority rural development problems of regional significance; as funds permit, the conduct of research on one of two high priority problems for which information is lacking but is urgently needed for rural development, and the evaluation of rural development programs and policies.
(d) Regional Programs will be consonant with all rural development activities under the Act and other pertinent Federal development programs. To effectuate such purpose, the Assistant Secretary for Conservation, Research and Education will implement title V plans and activities in close cooperation with the Assistant Secretary for Rural Development. In order to insure such consonance, the Director of each Regional Center will insure that regional programs having an impact within one or more States are brought to the attention of the appropriate State overall coordinator for consideration pursuant to procedures in § 23.4(c).
§ 23.10 Administration.
(a) The Regional Programs will be administered through four Regional Rural Development Centers hereafter referred to as “Regional Centers” in cooperation with the National Institute of Food and Agriculture. The Director of each Regional Center shall be responsible for compliance with all appropriate provisions of title V and the regulations of this subpart. Regions as delineated for purposes under section 503(b)(2) will be coterminous with the regional delineation by the National Association of State Universities and Land Grant Colleges. Each Regional Center will be established by the regional association of State Agricultural Experiment Station Directors and the regional organization of Cooperative Extension Directors in the region to be served by the Regional Center. These associations and organizations will designate the location of the Regional Center.
(b) Although the Regional Center will administer the program, it is also expected that it will draw on expertise from outside the Regional Center. The Director of each Regional Center shall seek advice and assistance from regional and subregional committees, groups or persons who can contribute to the Regional Center's program.
[38 FR 29023, Oct. 18, 1973, as amended at 76 FR 4804, Jan. 27, 2011]
§ 23.11 Board of Directors.
(a) For each Regional Center there shall be a Board of Directors selected by the Regional Association of Agricultural Experiment Station Directors and the Regional Organization of Cooperative State Extension Directors. Membership on the Board of Directors shall include representatives from State Cooperative Extension Services and State Agricultural Experiment Stations from the States in the region and/or other State administrators of programs carried out under title V in the region.
(b) The Director of each Regional Center will be responsible to the Board of Directors for the Regional Program conducted at that Regional Center. The Regional Annual Plan of Work will be developed by the Director and reviewed and approved by the Board of Directors.
§ 23.12 Availability of funds.
Available funds will be allocated equally and following approval of a Regional Annual Plan of Work paid to the Directors of the four Regional Centers. Funds will be available for Regional Programs for expenditures authorized by section 503(c) of title V, in the fiscal year for which the funds were appropriated and the next fiscal year.
§ 23.13 Plan of Work.
(a) A Regional Plan of Work for carrying out the programs authorized to be funded under section 503(b)(2) of title V shall be prepared. The Plan of Work should include:
(1) A brief narrative statement including identification of high priority knowledge, skill, and organization needs for rural development program and policy purposes in the region and identification of technical consultation, training, and personnel needs of research and extension workers in support of rural development programs.
(2) A statement indicating:
(i) The types of personnel to be trained, technical consultation to be conducted, the estimated number of participants, the location or locations where the program will be conducted, and the staff who will conduct the work;
(ii) The types of topical areas of rural development for which the synthesis of available research knowledge for rural development purposes is planned;
(iii) The type of high priority rural development research which will be undertaken as funds permit and the staff which would do the research;
(iv) The type of evaluation studies which will be made and the staff which will do the evaluation; and
(v) The relationship of the Plan of Work to priorities activated under subpart A of this part, which in turn support State development strategies.
(3) A concise statement of the organization structure for planning and conducting the program funded under section 503(b)(2).
(4) A plan for evaluating the usefulness of the program and the effectiveness of the organizational structure.
(5) Provision for making an annual progress report to the Assistant Secretary for Conservation, Research and Education which will document achievements pertaining to the goals and objectives as stated in the Plan of Work.
(6) A budget statement to be submitted on forms provided by the Assistant Secretary for Conservation, Research and Education.
(b) The Plan of Work shall be coordinated with the work program of other pertinent multi-State organizations or bodies for those activities of the Regional Rural Development Centers which go beyond direct assistance to individual State programs conducted under title V.
(c) The Director of the Center will forward four copies of the Plan of Work to the Assistant Secretary for Conservation, Research and Education, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D.C. 20250, by a time to be specified by the Assistant Secretary for Conservation, Research and Education.
(d) Regional Annual Plans of Work not meeting the above criteria will not be approved by the Assistant Secretary for Conservation, Research and Education.
24 PART 24 [RESERVED]
PART 25 RURAL EMPOWERMENT ZONES AND ENTERPRISE COMMUNITIES
Authority: 5 U.S.C. 301; 26 U.S.C. 1391; Pub. L. 103-66, 107 Stat. 543; Pub L. 105-34, 111 Stat. 885; Sec. 766, Pub. L. 105-277, 112 Stat. 2681-37; Pub. L. 106-554 [Title I of H.R. 5562], 114 Stat. 2763.
Source: 63 FR 19114, Apr. 16, 1998, unless otherwise noted.
Subpart A General Provisions
§ 25.1 Applicability and scope.
(a) Applicability. This part contains policies and procedures applicable to rural empowerment zones and enterprise communities, authorized under the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1993, title XIII, subchapter C, part I (Round I), the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997, title IX, subtitle F (Round II), the Agriculture, Rural Development, Food and Drug Administration, and Related Agencies Appropriations Act, 1999 (Public Law 105-277) (Round IIS), and the Community Renewal Tax Relief Act of 2000 (Public Law 106-554) (Round III).
(b) Scope. This part contains provisions relating to area requirements, the nomination process for rural Empowerment Zones and rural Enterprise Communities, and the designation of these Zones and Communities by the Secretary of the U.S. Department of Agriculture (Secretary) (USDA). Provisions dealing with the nominations and designation of urban Empowerment Zones and Enterprise Communities are promulgated by the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD). This part also contains provisions relating to granting certain nominated areas status as Champion communities.
[63 FR 19114, Apr. 16, 1998, as amended at 67 FR 13556, Apr. 24, 2002]
§ 25.2 Objective and purpose.
The purpose of this part is to provide for the establishment of Empowerment Zones and Enterprise Communities in rural areas in order to facilitate the empowerment of the disadvantaged and long-term unemployed such that they may become economically self-sufficient, and to promote revitalization of economically distressed areas, primarily by facilitating:
(a) Coordination of economic, human services, health, transportation, education, community, and physical development plans, and other plans and related activities at the local level;
(b) Local partnerships fully involving affected communities and local institutions and organizations in developing and implementing a comprehensive multi-sectoral strategic plan for any nominated rural Empowerment Zone or Enterprise Community;
(c) Tax incentives and credits; and
(d) Distribution of other federal resources including grants from USDA and other federal departments, including Empowerment Zone and Enterprise Community Social Services Block Grant (EZ/EC SSBG) funds as may be available from the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (HHS).
§ 25.3 Definitions.
As used in this part—
Annual report means the report submitted to USDA by all rural Empowerment Zones and Enterprise Communities pursuant to § 25.400.
Applicant means the entity that is submitting the community's strategic plan for accomplishing comprehensive economic, human community, and physical development within the area; such an entity may include, but is not limited to, State governments, local governments, tribal governments, regional planning agencies, non-profit organizations, community-based organizations, or a partnership of community members and other entities. The applicant may be the same as or different from the lead managing entity.
Baseline condition means a measurable condition or problem at the time of designation for which benchmark goals have been established for improvement.
Benchmark activity means a program, project, task or combination thereof which is designed to achieve a benchmark goal.
Benchmark goal means a measurable goal targeted for achievement in the strategic plan.
Brownfield means a “qualified contaminated site” meeting the requirements of section 941 of the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997, (26 U.S.C. 198(c)), where the site is located in an empowerment zone or enterprise community.
Census tract means a population census tract, or, if census tracts are not defined for the area, a block numbering area (BNA) as established by the Bureau of the Census, U.S. Department of Commerce. BNAs are areas delineated by state officials or (lacking state participation) by the Census Bureau, following Census Bureau guidelines, for the purpose of grouping and numbering decennial census blocks in counties or statistically equivalent entities in which census tracts have not been established. A BNA is equivalent to a census tract in the Census Bureau's geographic hierarchy.
Champion Community means a rural area granted such status by the Secretary pursuant to this part from among those communities which applied for designation as either a rural Empowerment Zone or Enterprise Community and which were not so designated.
Designation means the process by which the Secretary designates rural areas as empowerment zones or enterprise communities pursuant to eligibility criteria established by subchapter U of the Internal Revenue Code (26 U.S.C. 1391 et seq.).
Designation date means December 21, 1994, in the case of Round I designations, December 24, 1998, in the case of Round II and Round IIS designations and January 11, 2002, in the case of Round III designations
Designation period means, in the case of empowerment zones, the lesser of such time as has elapsed from the designation date to December 31, 2009 or from the designation date to the effective date of an applicable notice of revocation pursuant to 7 CFR 25.405(e) and, in the case of enterprise communities, the lesser of ten years or such time as has elapsed from the designation date to the effective date of an applicable notice of revocation pursuant to 7 CFR 25.405(e).
Developable site means a parcel of land in a nominated area which may be developed for commercial or industrial purposes.
Empowerment Zone means a rural area so designated by the Secretary pursuant to this part.
Enterprise Community means a rural area so designated by the Secretary pursuant to this part.
EZ/EC SSBG funds or EZ/EC Social Services Block Grant funds means any funds that may be provided to states or tribal governments by HHS in accordance with section 2007(a) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1397f), for use by designated Empowerment Zones or Enterprise Communities.
Funding official means the state director in the state where the designated rural area is located, or if the designated rural area is located in more than one state, the state where the headquarters office of the lead managing entity is located.
HHS means the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services.
HUD means the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development.
Indian reservation means a reservation as defined in section 168(j)(6) of the Internal Revenue Code, 26 U.S.C. 168(j)(6).
Lead managing entity means the entity that will administer and be responsible for the implementation of the strategic plan.
Local government means any county, city, town, township, parish, village, or other general purpose political subdivision of a state, and any combination of these political subdivisions that is recognized by the Secretary.
Nominated area means an area which is nominated by one or more local governments and the state or states in which it is located for designation in accordance with this part.
Office of Community Development or OCD means the office of the Deputy Administrator, Community Development, as identified in 7 CFR 2003.26(b)(4).
Outmigration means the negative percentage change reported by the Bureau of the Census, U.S. Department of Commerce, for the sum of:
(1) Net Domestic Migration;
(2) Net Federal Movement; and
(3) Net International Migration, as such terms are defined for purposes of the 1990 Census.
Poverty rate means, for a given Census tract, the poverty rate reported in Table 19 of the Bureau of the Census CPH-3 series of publications from the 1990 Census of Population and Housing: Population and Housing Characteristics for Census Tracts and Block Numbering Areas.
Revocation of designation means the process by which the Secretary may revoke the designation of an area as an Empowerment Zone or Enterprise Community pursuant to § 25.405.
Round I identifies designations of rural Empowerment Zones and Enterprise Communities pursuant to subchapter C, part I (Empowerment Zones, Enterprise Communities and Rural Development Investment Areas) of Title XIII of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1993 (Pub. L. 103-66).
Round II identifies designations of rural Empowerment Zones pursuant to subtitle F (Empowerment Zones, Enterprise Communities, Brownfields, and Community Development Financial Institutions) of Title IX of the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997 (Pub. L. 105-34).
Round IIS identifies designations of rural enterprise communities pursuant to section 766 of the Agriculture, Rural Development, Food and Drug Administration, and Related Agencies Appropriations Act, 1999 (Public Law 105-277).
Round III identifies designations of empowerment zones pursuant to section 111 of the Community Renewal Tax Relief Act of 2000 (Public Law 106-554).
Rural area means any area defined pursuant to § 25.503.
Secretary means the Secretary of the U.S. Department of Agriculture.
State means any state in the United States.
State director means the state director for the Rural Development mission area within USDA, as identified in 7 CFR 2003.10.
Strategic plan means a plan for achieving benchmark goals evidencing improvement over identified baseline conditions, developed with the participation and commitment of local governments, tribal governments, state governments, private sector, community members and others, pursuant to the provisions of § 25.202.
USDA means the U.S. Department of Agriculture.
USDA EZ/EC grant program means the grant program authorized by section 766 of the Agriculture, Rural Development, Food and Drug Administration, and Related Agencies Appropriations Act, 1999 (Public Law 105-277).
[63 FR 19114, Apr. 16, 1998, as amended at 67 FR 13556, Apr. 24, 2002; 68 FR 16170, Apr. 3, 2003]
§ 25.4 Secretarial review and designation.
(a) Designation. The Secretary will review applications for the designation of nominated rural areas to determine the effectiveness of the strategic plans submitted by applicants; such designations of rural empowerment zones and enterprise communities as are made shall be from the applications submitted in response to the notice inviting applications or other applicable notice published in the Federal Register. The Secretary may elect to designate as champion communities those nominated areas which are not designated as either a rural empowerment zone or enterprise community and whose applications meet the criteria contained in § 25.301.
(b) Number of rural empowerment zones, enterprise communities and champion communities—(1) Round I. The Secretary may designate up to three rural Empowerment Zones and up to thirty rural Enterprise Communities prior to December 31, 1996.
(2) Round II. The Secretary may, prior to January 1, 1999, designate up to five rural empowerment zones in addition to those designated in Round I.
(3) Round IIS. The Secretary may designate up to 20 rural enterprise communities in addition to those designated in Round I.
(4) Round III. The Secretary may, prior to January 1, 2002, designate up to two rural empowerment zones in addition to those designated in Round I and Round II.
(5) Champion communities. The number of champion communities is limited to the number of applicants which are not designated empowerment zones or enterprise communities.
(c) Period of designation. The designation of a rural area as an Empowerment Zone or Enterprise Community shall remain in effect during the period beginning on the designation date and ending on the earliest of the:
(1) End of the tenth calendar year beginning on or after the designation date;
(2) Termination date designated by the state and local governments in their application for nomination;
(3) Date the Secretary revokes the designation; or
(4) Date the Empowerment Zone or Enterprise Community modifies its boundary without first obtaining the written approval of the Secretary.
[63 FR 19114, Apr. 16, 1998, as amended at 67 FR 13556, Apr. 24, 2002]
§ 25.5 Waivers.
The Secretary may waive any provision of this part in any particular case for good cause, where it is determined that application of the requirement would produce a result adverse to the purpose and objectives of this part.
§§ 25.6-25.99 [Reserved]
Subpart B Area Requirements
§ 25.100 Eligibility requirements.
A nominated rural area may be eligible for designation pursuant to this part only if the area:
(a) Has a maximum population of 30,000;
(b) Is one of pervasive poverty, unemployment, and general distress, as described in § 25.102;
(c) Meets the area size and boundary requirements of § 25.103;
(d) Is located entirely within the jurisdiction of the general local government making the nomination; and
(e) Meets the poverty rate criteria contained in § 25.104.
(f) Provision for Alaska and Hawaii. A nominated area in Alaska or Hawaii shall be presumed to meet the criteria of paragraphs (b), (c), and (e) of this section if, for each Census tract or block group in the area, at least 20 percent of the families in such tract have an income which is 50 percent or less of the statewide median family income.
§ 25.101 Data utilized for eligibility determinations.
(a) Source of data. The data to be employed in determining eligibility pursuant to this part shall be based on the 1990 Census, and from information published by the Bureau of Census and the Bureau of Labor Statistics, provided, however, that for purposes of demonstrating outmigration pursuant to § 25.104(b)(2)(iii), data from the 1980 Census and interim data collected by the Bureau of Census for the 1990-1994 period may be used. The data shall be comparable in point or period of time and methodology employed.
(b) Use of statistics on boundaries. The boundary of a rural area nominated for designation as an Empowerment Zone or Enterprise Community must coincide with the boundaries of Census tracts, or, where tracts are not defined, with block numbering areas, except:
(1) Nominated areas in Alaska and Hawaii shall coincide with the boundaries of census tracts or block groups as such term is used for purposes of the 1990 Census;
(2) Developable sites are not required to coincide with the boundaries of Census tracts; and
(3) Nominated areas wholly within an Indian reservation are not required to adhere to census tract boundaries if sufficient credible data are available to show compliance with other requirements of this part. The requirements of § 25.103 are otherwise applicable.
[63 FR 19114, Apr. 16, 1998, as amended at 63 FR 53780, Oct. 7, 1998]
§ 25.102 Pervasive poverty, unemployment and general distress.
(a) Pervasive poverty. Conditions of poverty must be reasonably distributed throughout the entire nominated area. The degree of poverty shall be demonstrated by citing available statistics on low-income population, levels of public assistance, numbers of persons or families in poverty or similar data.
(b) Unemployment. The degree of unemployment shall be demonstrated by the provision of information on the number of persons unemployed, underemployed (those with only a seasonal or part-time job) or discouraged workers (those capable of working but who have dropped out of the labor market—hence are not counted as unemployed), increase in unemployment rate, job loss, plant or military base closing, or other relevant unemployment indicators having a direct effect on the nominated area.
(c) General distress. General distress shall be evidenced by describing adverse conditions within the nominated area other than those of pervasive poverty and unemployment. Below average or decline in per capita income, earnings per worker, per capita property tax base, average years of school completed; outmigration and population decline, a high or rising incidence of crime, narcotics use, abandoned housing, deteriorated infrastructure, school dropouts, teen pregnancy, incidents of domestic violence, incidence of certain health conditions and illiteracy are examples of appropriate indicators of general distress. The data and methods used to produce such indicators that are used to describe general distress must all be stated.
§ 25.103 Area size and boundary requirements.
(a) General eligibility requirements. A nominated area:
(1) May not exceed one thousand square miles in total land area;
(2) Must have one continuous boundary if located in more than one State or may consist of not more than three noncontiguous parcels if located in only one State;
(3) If located in more than one State, must be located within no more than three contiguous States;
(4) May not include any portion of a central business district (as such term is used for purposes of the most recent Census of Retail Trade) unless the poverty rate for each Census tract in such district is not less than 35 percent for an Empowerment Zone (30 percent in the case of an Enterprise Community);
(5) Subject to paragraph (b)(4) of this section, may not include any portion of an area already included in an Empowerment Zone or Enterprise Community or included in an area otherwise nominated to be designated under this section;
(b) Eligibility requirements specific to different rounds.
(1) For purposes of Round I designations only, a nominated area may not include any area within an Indian reservation;
(2) For purposes of applying paragraph (a)(1) of this section to Round II, Round IIS and Round III designations:
(i) A Census tract larger than 1,000 square miles shall be reduced to a 1,000 square mile area with a continuous boundary, if necessary, after application of §§ 25.103(b)(2) (ii) and (iii);
(ii) Land owned by the Federal, State or local government may (and in the event the Census tract exceeds 1,000 square miles, will) be excluded in determining the square mileage of a nominated area; and
(iii) Developable sites, in the aggregate not exceeding 2,000 acres, may (and in the event the Census tract exceeds 1,000 square miles, will) be excluded in determining the square mileage of the nominated area;
(3) For purposes of applying paragraph (a)(2) of this section to Round II, Round IIS and Round III designations, the following shall not be treated as violating the continuous boundary requirement nor the limit on the number of noncontiguous parcels:
(i) Exclusion of excess area pursuant to paragraph (b)(2)(i) of this section;
(ii) Exclusion of government owned land pursuant to paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section; or
(iii) Exclusion of developable sites pursuant to paragraph (b)(2)(iii) of this section; and
(4) Paragraph (a)(5) of this section shall not apply where a Round I Enterprise Community is applying either in its entirety or together with an additional area for a Round II Empowerment Zone designation.
[63 FR 19114, Apr. 16, 1998, as amended at 63 FR 53780, Oct. 7, 1998; 67 FR 13557, Mar. 25, 2002]
§ 25.104 Poverty rate.
(a) General. Eligibility of an area on the basis of poverty shall be established in accordance with the following poverty rate criteria specific to Round I, Round II, Round IIS and Round III nominated areas:
(1) Round I—(i) In each Census tract, the poverty rate may not be less than 20 percent;
(ii) For at least 90 percent of the Census tracts within the nominated area, the poverty rate may not be less than 25 percent; and
(iii) For at least 50 percent of the Census tracts within the nominated area, the poverty rate may not be less than 35 percent.
(2) Round II, Round IIS and Round III—(i) In each Census tract, the poverty rate may not be less than 20 percent;
(ii) For at least 90 percent of the Census tracts within the nominated area, the poverty rate may not be less than 25 percent;
(iii) Up to three noncontiguous developable sites, in the aggregate not exceeding 2,000 acres, may be excluded in determining whether the requirements of paragraphs (a)(2)(i) and (a)(2)(ii) of this section are met; and
(iv) The Secretary may designate not more than one rural Empowerment Zone without regard to paragraphs (a)(2)(i) and (a)(2)(ii) of this section if such nominated area satisfies the emigration criteria specified in paragraph (b)(2)(iii) of this section.
(b) Special rules. The following special rules apply to the determination of poverty rate for Round I, Round II, Round IIS and Round III nominated areas:
(1) Round I—(i) Census tracts with no population. Census tracts with no population shall be treated as having a poverty rate that meets the requirements of paragraphs (a)(1)(i) and (a)(1)(ii) of this section, but shall be treated as having a zero poverty rate for purposes of applying paragraph (a)(1)(iii) of this section;
(ii) Census tracts with populations of less than 2,000. A Census tract with a population of less than 2,000 shall be treated as having a poverty rate which meets the requirements of paragraphs (a)(1) (i) and (ii) of this section if more than 75 percent of the tract is zoned for commercial or industrial use;
(iii) Adjustment of poverty rates for Round I Enterprise Communities. For Round I Enterprise Communities only, the Secretary may, where necessary to carry out the purposes of this part, apply one of the following alternatives:
(A) Reduce by 5 percentage points one of the following thresholds for not more than 10 percent of the Census tracts (or, if fewer, five Census tracts) in the nominated area:
(1) The 20 percent threshold in paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section;
(2) The 25 percent threshold in paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section;
(3) The 35 percent threshold in paragraph (a)(1)(iii) of this section; or
(B) Reduce the 35 percent threshold in paragraph (a)(1)(iii) of this section by 10 percentage points for three Census tracts.
(2) Round II, Round IIS and Round III—(i) Census tracts with no population. Census tracts with no population shall be treated the same as those Census tracts having a population of less than 2,000;
(ii) Census tracts with populations of less than 2,000. A Census tract with a population of less than 2,000 shall be treated as having a poverty rate of not less than 25 percent if:
(A) More than 75 percent of such tract is zoned for commercial or industrial use; and
(B) Such tract is contiguous to 1 or more other Census tracts which have a poverty rate of 25 percent or more, where such determination is made without applying § 25.104(b)(2)(ii).
(iii) Emigration criteria. For purposes of the discretion as may be exercised by the Secretary pursuant to paragraph (a)(2)(iv) of this section, a nominated area must demonstrate outmigration of not less than 15 percent over the period 1980-1994 for each census tract. The outmigration for each census tract in the nominated area shall be as reported for the county in which the census tract is located: Provided, however, That the nominated area may include not more than one census tract where the reported outmigration is less than 15 percent, which tract shall be contiguous to at least one other census tract in the nominated area.
(c) General rules. The following general rules apply to the determination of poverty rate for Round I, Round II, Round IIS and Round III nominated areas.
(1) Rounding up of percentages. In making the calculations required by this section, the Secretary shall round all fractional percentages of one-half percentage point or more up to the next highest whole percentage point figure.
(2) Noncontiguous parcels. Each such parcel (excluding, in the case of Round II, Round IIS and Round III, up to three noncontiguous developable sites not exceeding 2,000 acres in the aggregate) must separately meet the poverty criteria contained in this section.
(3) Areas not within census tracts. In the case of an area which is not tracted for Census tracts, the block numbering area shall be used for purposes of determining poverty rates. Block groups may be used for Alaska and Hawaii.
[63 FR 19114, Apr. 16, 1998, as amended at 67 FR 13557, Apr. 24, 2002]
§§ 25.105-25.199 [Reserved]
Subpart C Nomination Procedure
§ 25.200 Nominations by State and local governments.
(a) Nomination criteria. One or more local governments and the States in which an area is located must nominate such area for designation as an Empowerment Zone or Enterprise Community. Nominated areas can be considered for designation only if:
(1) The rural area meets the applicable requirements for eligibility identified in § 25.100;
(2) The Secretary determines such governments have the authority to nominate the area for designation and to provide the assurances described in paragraph (b) of this section; and
(3) The Secretary determines all information furnished by the nominating States and local governments is reasonably accurate.
(b) Required certifications and assurances. The State and local governments nominating an area for designation must:
(1) Submit the following certifications:
(i) Each nominating governmental entity has the authority to:
(A) Nominate the rural area for designation as an Empowerment Zone or Enterprise Community and make the assurances required under this part;
(B) Make the State and local commitments contained in the strategic plan or otherwise required under this part; and
(C) Provide written assurances satisfactory to the Secretary that these commitments will be met; and
(ii) The nominated area satisfies the eligibility criteria referenced in § 25.100, inclusive of the requirement that either;
(A) No portion of the area nominated is already included in a designated Empowerment Zone or Enterprise Community or in an area otherwise nominated to be designated under this section; or
(B) Where an existing Round I Enterprise Community is seeking to be designated as a Round II Empowerment Zone, that the nominated area includes the entirety of the applicable Round I Enterprise Community and that any other areas as may be included in the application do not comprise any portion of a designated Empowerment Zone or Enterprise Community or part of an area otherwise nominated to be designated under this section; and
(2) Provide written assurance that:
(i) The strategic plan will be implemented;
(ii) The nominating governments will make available, or cause to be made available, all information requested by USDA to aid in the evaluation of progress in implementing the strategic plan; and
(iii) EZ/EC SSBG funds, as applicable, will be used to supplement, not supplant, other Federal or non-Federal funds available for financing services or activities which promote the purposes of section 2007 of the Social Security Act.
§ 25.201 Application.
No rural area may be considered for designation pursuant to this part unless the application:
(a) Demonstrates that the nominated rural area satisfies the eligibility criteria contained in § 25.100;
(b) Includes a strategic plan, which meets the requirements contained in § 25.202;
(c) Includes the written commitment of the applicant, as applicable, that EZ/EC SSBG funds will be used to supplement, not replace, other Federal and non-Federal funds available for financing services or activities that promote the purposes of section 2007 of the Social Security Act; and
(d) Includes such other information as may be required by USDA.
§ 25.202 Strategic plan.
(a) Principles of strategic plan. The strategic plan included in the application must be developed in accordance with the following four key principles:
(1) Strategic vision for change, which identifies what the community will become and a strategic map for revitalization. The vision should build on assets and coordinate a response to community needs in a comprehensive fashion. It should also set goals and performance benchmarks for measuring progress and establish a framework for evaluating and adjusting the revitalization plan.
(2) Community-based partnerships, involving the participation of all segments of the community, including the political and governmental leadership, community groups, local public health and social service departments and nonprofit groups providing similar services, environmental groups, local transportation planning entities, public and private schools, religious organizations, the private and nonprofit sectors, centers of learning, and other community institutions and individual citizens.
(3) Economic opportunity, including job creation within the community and throughout the region, entrepreneurial initiatives, small business expansion, job training and other important services such as affordable childcare and transportation services that may enable residents to be employed in jobs that offer upward mobility.
(4) Sustainable community development, to advance the creation of livable and vibrant communities through comprehensive approaches that coordinate economic, physical, environmental, community, and human development. These approaches should preserve the environment and historic landmarks—they may include “brownfields” clean-up and redevelopment, and promote transportation, education, and public safety.
(b) Minimum requirements. The strategic plan must:
(1) Describe the coordinated economic, human, community, and physical development plan and related activities proposed for the nominated area;
(2) Describe the process by which the affected community is a full partner in the process of developing and implementing the plan and the extent to which local institutions and organizations have contributed to the planning process;
(3) Identify the amount of State, local, and private resources that will be available in the nominated area and the private and public partnerships to be used, which may include participation by, and cooperation with, universities, medical centers, and other private and public entities;
(4) Identify the funding requested under any Federal program in support of the proposed economic, human, community, and physical development and related activities, including details about proposed uses of EZ/EC SSBG funds that may be available from HHS;
(5) Identify the baselines, methods, and benchmarks for measuring the success of carrying out the strategic plan, including the extent to which poor persons and families will be empowered to become economically self-sufficient;
(6) Must not include any action to assist any establishment in relocating from one area outside the nominated area to the nominated area, except that assistance for the expansion of an existing business entity through the establishment of a new branch, affiliate, or subsidiary is permitted if:
(i) The establishment of the new branch, affiliate, or subsidiary will not result in a decrease in employment in the area of original location or in any other area where the existing business entity conducts business operations; and
(ii) There is no reason to believe that the new branch, affiliate, or subsidiary is being established with the intention of closing down the operations of the existing business entity in the area of its original location or in any other area where the existing business entity conducts business operation; and
(7) Include such other information as required by USDA in the notice inviting applications or other applicable notice.
(c) Implementation of strategic plan. The strategic plan may be implemented by State governments, tribal governments, local governments, regional planning agencies, non-profit organizations, community-based organizations, or other nongovernmental entities. Activities included in the strategic plan may be funded from any source, Federal, State, local, or private, which agrees to provide assistance to the nominated area.
(d) Public access to materials and proceedings. The applicant or the lead managing entity, as applicable, must make available to the public copies of the strategic plan and supporting documentation and must conduct its meetings in accordance with the applicable open meetings acts.
[63 FR 19114, Apr. 16, 1998, as amended at 67 FR 13557, Apr. 24, 2002]
§ 25.203 Submission of applications.
General. A separate application for designation as an empowerment zone or enterprise community must be submitted for each rural area for which such designation is requested. The application shall be submitted in a form to be prescribed by USDA in the notice inviting applications or other applicable notice as published in the Federal Register and must contain complete and accurate information.
[67 FR 13557, Apr. 24, 2002]
§ 25.204 Evaluation of the strategic plan.
The strategic plan will be evaluated for effectiveness as part of the designation process for nominated rural areas described in subpart D of this part. On the basis of this evaluation, USDA may request additional information pertaining to the plan and the proposed area and may, as part of that request, suggest modifications to the plan, proposed area, or term that would enhance its effectiveness. The effectiveness of the strategic plan will be determined in accordance with the four key principles contained in § 25.202(a). USDA will review each plan submitted in terms of the four equally weighted principal objectives, and of such other elements of these principal objectives as are appropriate to address the opportunities and problems of each nominated area, which may include:
(a) Strategic vision for change—(1) Goals and coordinated strategy. The extent to which the strategic plan reflects a projection for the community's revitalization which links economic, human, physical, community development and other activities in a mutually reinforcing, synergistic way to achieve ultimate goals;
(2) Creativity and innovation. The extent to which the activities proposed in the plan are creative, innovative and promising and will promote the civic spirit necessary to revitalize the nominated area;
(3) Building on assets. The extent to which the vision for revitalization realistically addresses the needs of the nominated area in a way that takes advantage of its assets; and
(4) Benchmarks and learning. The extent to which the plan includes performance benchmarks for measuring progress in its implementation, including an on-going process for adjustments, corrections and building on what works.
(b) Community-based partnerships—(1) Community partners. The extent to which residents of the community participated in developing the strategic plan and their commitment to implementing it, the extent to which community-based organizations in the nominated area have participated in the development of the nominated area, and their record of success measured by their achievements and support for undertakings within the nominated area;
(2) Private and nonprofit organizations as partners. The extent to which partnership arrangements include commitments from private and nonprofit organizations, including corporations, utilities, banks and other financial institutions, human services organizations, health care providers, and educational institutions supporting implementation of the strategic plan;
(3) State and local government partners. The extent to which States and local governments are committed to providing support to the strategic plan, including their commitment to “reinventing” their roles and coordinating programs to implement the strategic plan; and
(4) Permanent implementation and evaluation structure. The extent to which a responsible and accountable implementation structure or process has been created to ensure that the plan is successfully carried out and that improvements are made throughout the period of the zone or community's designation.
(c) Economic opportunity. (1) The extent to which businesses, jobs, and entrepreneurship will increase within the zone or community;
(2) The extent to which residents will achieve a real economic stake in the zone or community;
(3) The extent to which residents will be employed in the process of implementing the plan and in all phases of economic, community and human development;
(4) The extent to which residents will be linked with employers and jobs throughout the entire area and the way in which residents will receive training, assistance, and family support to become economically self-sufficient;
(5) The extent to which economic revitalization in the zone or community interrelates with the broader regional economies; and
(6) The extent to which lending and investment opportunities will increase within the zone or community through the establishment of mechanisms to encourage community investment and to create new economic growth.
(d) Sustainable community development—(1) Consolidated planning. The extent to which the plan is part of a larger strategic community development plan for the nominating localities and is consistent with broader regional development strategies;
(2) Public safety. The extent to which strategies such as community policing will be used to guarantee the basic safety and security of persons and property within the zone or community;
(3) Amenities and design. The extent to which the plan considers issues of design and amenities that will foster a sustainable community, such as open spaces, recreational areas, cultural institutions, transportation, energy, land and water uses, waste management, environmental protection and the vitality of life of the community;
(4) Sustainable development. The extent to which economic development will be achieved in a manner consistent that protects public health and the environment;
(5) Supporting families. The extent to which the strengths of families will be supported so that parents can succeed at work, provide nurture in the home, and contribute to the life of the community;
(6) Youth development. The extent to which the development of children, youth, and young adults into economically productive and socially responsible adults will be promoted and the extent to which young people will be:
(i) Provided with the opportunity to take responsibility for learning the skills, discipline, attitude, and initiative to make work rewarding;
(ii) Invited to take part as resources in the rebuilding of their community; and
(iii) Provided the opportunity to develop a sense of industry and competency and a belief they might exercise some control over the course of their lives.
(7) Education goals. The extent to which schools, religious organizations, non-profit organizations, for-profit enterprises, local governments and families will work cooperatively to provide all individuals with the fundamental skills and knowledge they need to become active participants and contributors to their community, and to succeed in an increasingly competitive global economy;
(8) Affordable housing. The extent to which a housing component, providing for adequate safe housing and ensuring that all residents will have equal access to that housing is contained in the strategic plan;
(9) Drug abuse. The extent to which the plan addresses levels of drug abuse and drug-related activity through the expansion of drug treatment services, drug law enforcement initiatives, and community-based drug abuse education programs;
(10) Health care. The extent to which the plan promotes a community-based system of health care that facilitates access to comprehensive, high quality care, particularly for the residents of EZ/EC neighborhoods;
(11) Equal opportunity. The extent to which the plan offers an opportunity for diverse residents to participate in the rewards and responsibilities of work and service. The extent to which the plan ensures that no business within a nominated zone or community will directly or through contractual or other arrangements subject a person to discrimination on the basis of race, color, creed, national origin, gender, handicap or age in its employment practices, including recruitment, recruitment advertising, employment, layoff, termination, upgrading, demotion, transfer, rates of pay or the forms of compensation, or use of facilities. Applicants must comply with the provisions of Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, and the Age Discrimination Act of 1975.
§§ 25.205-25.299 [Reserved]
Subpart D Designation Process
§ 25.300 USDA action and review of nominations for designation.
(a) Establishment of submission procedures. USDA will establish a time period and procedure for the submission of applications for designation as empowerment zones or enterprise communities, including submission deadlines and addresses, in a notice inviting applications or other applicable notice, to be published in the Federal Register.
(b) Acceptance for processing. USDA will accept for processing those applications as empowerment zones and enterprise communities which USDA determines have met the criteria required under this part. USDA will notify the states and local governments whether or not the nomination has been accepted for processing. The application must be received by USDA on or before the close of business on the date established by the notice inviting applications or other applicable notice published in the Federal Register. The applications must be complete, inclusive of the strategic plan, as required by § 25.202, and the certifications and written assurances required by § 25.200(b).
(c) Site visits. In the process of reviewing each application accepted for processing, USDA may undertake site visits to any nominated area to aid in the process of evaluation.
(d) Modification of the strategic plan, boundaries of nominated rural areas, or period during the application review period. Subject to the limitations imposed by § 25.100.
(1) USDA may request additional information pertaining to the strategic plan and proposed area and may, as a part of that request, suggest modifications to the strategic plan or nominated area that would enhance the effectiveness of the strategic plan;
(2) Enlargement of a nominated area will not be allowed if the inclusion of the additional area will result in an average poverty rate less than the average poverty rate at the time of initial application; and
(3) An applicant may modify the nominated area or strategic plan during the application review period with USDA approval.
(e) Designations. Final determination of the boundaries of areas and the term for which the designations will remain in effect will be made by the Secretary.
[63 FR 19114, Apr. 16, 1998, as amended at 67 FR 13557, Apr. 24, 2002]
§ 25.301 Selection factors for designation of nominated rural areas.
In choosing among nominated rural areas eligible for designation as Empowerment Zone, Enterprise Community or Champion Community, the Secretary shall consider:
(a) The potential effectiveness of the strategic plan, in accordance with the key principles in § 25.202(a);
(b) The strength of the assurances made pursuant to § 25.200(b) that the strategic plan will be implemented;
(c) The extent to which an application proposes activities that are creative and innovative;
(d) The extent to which areas consisting of noncontiguous parcels are not so widely separated as to compromise achievement by the nominated area of a cohesive community or regional identity; and
(e) Such other factors as established by the Secretary, which include the degree of need demonstrated by the nominated area for assistance under this part and the diversity within and among the nominated areas. If other factors are established by USDA, a Federal Register Notice will be published identifying such factors, along with an extension of the application due date if necessary.
§§ 25.302-25.399 [Reserved]
Subpart E Post-Designation Requirements
§ 25.400 Reporting.
(a) Periodic reports. Empowerment Zones, Enterprise Communities and Champion Communities shall submit to USDA periodic reports which identify the community, local government and State actions which have been taken in accordance with the strategic plan. In addition to these reports, such other information relating to designated Empowerment Zones, Enterprise Communities and Champion communities as USDA may request from time to time shall be submitted promptly. On the basis of this information and of on-site reviews, USDA will prepare and issue periodic reports on the effectiveness of the Empowerment Zones/Enterprise Communities Program.
(b) Annual report. All rural Empowerment Zones and Enterprise Communities shall submit an annual report to USDA for each calendar year which includes an executive summary and benchmark progress report as follows:
(1) Executive summary. The executive summary shall identify the progress and setbacks experienced in efforts to achieve benchmark goals. Activities other than those expressly included in the strategic plan should also be noted in order to provide an understanding of where the community stands with respect to implementation of the strategic plan. Furthermore, the executive summary should address the following:
(i) Identify the most significant accomplishments to date.
(ii) Describe the level of community participation and overall support for the EZ/EC initiative.
(iii) List and describe new partnerships or alliances formed.
(iv) Identify problems or obstacles not otherwise anticipated in the strategic plan.
(v) Describe solutions developed or efforts to address the problems and obstacles.
(vi) Identify practices or concepts which were found especially effective in implementing the strategic plan.
(2) Benchmark progress report. For each benchmark goal the community will provide a current measure of the baseline condition which is the subject of targeted improvement and whether the current measure represents an improvement from the baseline condition as initially stated in the strategic plan. For each benchmark activity the community will provide a status report in form and substance acceptable to USDA.
(c) Timely State data. Where not prevented by State law, nominating State governments must provide the timely release of data requested by USDA for the purposes of monitoring and assisting the success of Empowerment Zones and Enterprise Communities.
§ 25.401 Responsibility of lead managing entity.
(a) Financial. The lead managing entity will be responsible for strategic plan program activities and monitoring the fiscal management of the funds of the Empowerment Zone or Enterprise Community.
(b) Reporting. The lead managing entity will be responsible for developing the reports required under this subpart.
(c) Cooperation. All entities with significant involvement in implementing the strategic plan shall cooperate with the lead managing entity in its compliance with paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section.
§ 25.402 Periodic performance reviews.
USDA will regularly evaluate the progress in implementing the strategic plan in each designated Empowerment Zone and Enterprise Community on the basis of performance reviews to be conducted on site and using other information submitted. USDA may also commission evaluations of the Empowerment Zone program as a whole by an impartial third party. Evidence of continual involvement of all segments of the community, including low income and disadvantaged residents, must be evidenced in the implementation of the strategic plan.
§ 25.403 Ongoing 2-year work plan requirement.
(a) Each Empowerment Zone and Enterprise Community shall prepare and submit annually, work plans for the subsequent 2-year interval of the designation period.
(b) The 2-year work plan shall be submitted to USDA 45 days prior to the start of the applicable 2-year period.
(c) The 2-year work plan must include the following sections and content:
(1) Section 1—Work Plan. Identify the benchmark goals to be achieved in the applicable 2 years of the strategic plan, together with the benchmark activities to be undertaken during the applicable 2 years of implementation. Include references to the applicable baseline conditions and performance indicators to be used in assessing performance.
(2) Section 2—Operational Budget. For each benchmark activity to be undertaken in the applicable 2 years of the strategic plan, set forth the following information:
(i) Expected implementation costs;
(ii) Proposed sources of funding and whether actual commitments have been obtained;
(iii) Technical assistance resources and other forms of support pledged by Federal, State and local governments, non-profit organizations, foundations, private businesses, and any other entity to assist in implementation of the community's strategic plan, and whether this support is conditional upon the designation of the community as an Empowerment Zone; and
(iv) Documentation of applications for assistance and commitments identified as proposed funding and other resources.
§ 25.404 Validation of designation.
(a) Maintaining the principles of the program. The empowerment zone, enterprise community or champion community (the designated community) must maintain a process for ensuring ongoing broad-based participation by community residents consistent with the approved application and planning process outlined in the strategic plan.
(1) Continuous improvement. The designated community must maintain a process for evaluating and learning from its experiences. It must detail the methods by which the community will assess its own performance in implementing its benchmarks, the process it will use for reviewing goals and benchmarks and revising its strategic plan.
(2) Participation. The designated community must develop as part of its strategic plan a written plan for assuring continuous broad-based community participation in the implementation of the strategic plan and the means by which the strategic plan is implemented, including board membership in the lead entity and other key partnership entities.
(b) Administration of the strategic plan. The strategic plan must be administered in a manner consistent with the principles of the program contained in § 25.202(a).
(1) Lead entity. The lead entity must have legal status and authority to receive and administer funds pursuant to Federal, state and other government or nonprofit programs.
(2) Capacity. The lead entity must have the capacity to implement the strategic plan, as demonstrated by audited financial statements as of the most recent fiscal year or other documentation that may be requested by USDA.
(3) Board membership. The membership of the board must be representative of the entire socio-economic spectrum in the designated community including business, social service agencies, health and education entities, low income and minority residents. Board membership may be determined by either broad-based election or by appointment to meet this diversity requirement; however, not more than 45 percent of board members may be selected by appointment. Elections of community residents to the board may be done by any locally acceptable process; however, at least one board member from each of the designated community's census tracts must be elected and representative of the low income residents in their census tract. The Deputy Administrator, Office of Community Development, may waive the 45 percent maximum appointment limit only for Tribal Governmental Organizations where the Deputy Administrator determines, in writing, that a more representative board would be obtained through the appointment process.
(4) Partnerships. The relationship between the designated community's lead entity board and local governments and other major regional and community organizations operating in the same geographic area is critical to the community's success in implementing its strategic plan. Every effort should be made to identify and maintain relationships with local partners. Documentation including, but not limited to, minutes of meetings, benchmark activity reports and annual reports of the lead entity must reflect the contributions of local partnership entities.
(5) Public information. The designated community must have written procedures in place describing the means by which citizens of the community and partnership organizations will be kept informed of the community's activities and progress in implementing the strategic plan, consistent with the principal objective of community based partnerships pursuant to § 25.202(a)(2). These procedures must be kept current and compliance with them documented on an ongoing basis.
(c) Reevaluation of designations. On the basis of the performance reviews described in § 25.402, and subject to the provisions relating to the revocation of designation appearing at § 25.405, USDA will make findings as to the continuing eligibility for and the validity of the designation of any Empowerment Zone, Enterprise Community, or Champion Community.
(d) Modification of designation. Based on a rural zone or community's success in carrying out its strategic plan, and subject to the provisions relating to revocation of designation in accordance with § 25.405 and the requirements as to the number, maximum population and other characteristics of rural Empowerment Zones referenced in § 25.100, the Secretary may modify designations by reclassifying rural Empowerment Zones as Enterprise Communities or Enterprise Communities as Empowerment Zones.
[63 FR 19114, Apr. 16, 1998, as amended at 67 FR 13557, Apr. 24, 2002]
§ 25.405 Revocation of designation.
(a) Basis for revocation. The Secretary may revoke the designation of a rural area as an Empowerment Zone or Enterprise Community, or withdraw status as a Champion Community, if the Secretary determines, on the basis of the periodic monitoring and assessments described in § 25.402, that the applicant, lead managing entity, or the States or local governments in which the rural area is located have:
(1) Modified the boundaries of the area without written approval from USDA;
(2) Failed to make progress in implementing the strategic plan; or
(3) Not complied substantially with the strategic plan (which may include failing to apply funds as contained in the strategic plan without advance written approval from USDA).
(b) Letter of Warning. Before revoking the designation of a rural area as an Empowerment Zone or Enterprise Community, the Secretary will issue a letter of warning to the applicant, the lead managing entity (if different from the applicant) and the nominating States and local governments, with a copy to all affected Federal agencies of which USDA is aware:
(1) Advising that the Secretary has determined that the applicant and/or lead managing entity and/or the nominating local governments and State:
(i) Have modified the boundaries of the area without written approval from USDA; or
(ii) Are not complying substantially with, or have failed to make satisfactory progress in implementing the strategic plan; and
(2) Requesting a reply from all involved parties within 90 days of the receipt of this letter of warning.
(c) Notice of revocation. To revoke the designation, the Secretary must issue a final notice of revocation of the designation of the rural area as an Empowerment Zone or Enterprise Community, after:
(1) Allowing 90 days from the date of receipt of the letter of warning for response; and
(2) Making a determination pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section.
(d) Notice to affected Federal agencies. USDA will notify all affected Federal agencies of which it is aware of its determination to revoke any designation pursuant to this section or to modify a designation pursuant to § 25.404(b).
(e) Effective date. The final notice of revocation of designation will be published in the Federal Register, and the revocation will be effective on the date of publication.
§§ 25.406-25.499 [Reserved]
Subpart F Special Rules
§ 25.500 Indian reservations.
(a) An area in an Indian reservation shall be treated as nominated by a State and a local government if it is nominated by the reservation governing body.
(b) For purposes of paragraph (a) of this section, a reservation governing body must be the governing body of an Indian entity recognized and eligible to receive services from the United States Bureau of Indian Affairs, U.S. Department of Interior.
(c) Where two or more governing bodies have joint jurisdiction over an Indian reservation, the nomination of a reservation area must be a joint nomination.
§ 25.501 Governments.
If more than one State or local government seeks to nominate an area under this part, any reference to or requirement of this part shall apply to all such governments.
§ 25.502 Nominations by State-chartered economic development corporations.
Any rural area nominated by an economic development corporation chartered by a State and qualified to do business in the State in which it is located shall be treated as nominated by a State and local government.
§ 25.503 Rural areas.
(a) What constitutes “rural”. A rural area may consist of any area that lies outside the boundaries of a Metropolitan Area, as designated by the Office of Management and Budget, or, is an area that has a population density less than or equal to 1,000 persons per square mile, the land use of which is primarily agricultural.
(b) Exceptions to the definition. On a case by case basis, the Secretary may grant requests for waiver from the definition of “rural” stated in paragraph (a) of this section upon a showing of good cause. Applicants seeking to apply for a rural designation who do not satisfy the definition in paragraph (a) of this section must submit a request for waiver in writing to the Deputy Administrator, USDA Office of Community Development, Reporters Building, Room 701, STOP 3203, 300 7th Street, SW., Washington, DC 20024-3202. Requests must include:
(1) The name, address and daytime phone number of the contact person for the applicant seeking the waiver; and
(2) Sufficient information regarding the area that would support the infrequent exception from the definition.
(c) Waiver process. The Secretary, in consultation with the Department of Commerce, will have discretion to permit rural applications for communities that do not meet the above rural criteria.
§§ 25.504-25.999 [Reserved]
Subpart G Round II and Round IIS Grants
Source: 67 FR 13558, Mar. 25, 2002, unless otherwise noted.
§ 25.600 Purpose.
This subpart outlines USDA policies and authorizations and contains procedures for the USDA EZ/EC grant program.
§ 25.601 Delegation of authority.
(a) Program administration. The Deputy Administrator, Office of Community Development, shall be responsible for the overall development of policy and administration of the USDA EZ/EC grant program.
(b) Funding official. Unless otherwise provided, the state director is responsible for implementing the authorities in this subpart, consistent with the guidance issued by the Office of Community Development. Except for grant approval and environmental determination authorities, state directors may re-delegate their duties to qualified staff members.
(c) Environmental review determinations. The funding official is responsible for making environmental review determinations.
(d) Authority to issue regulations. The Under Secretary, Rural Development, may promulgate regulations under this part.
§ 25.602 Eligible recipients.
(a) General. The grants made under this subpart shall be made to the lead managing entities on behalf of the Round II rural empowerment zones and Round IIS rural enterprise communities, respectively, in accordance with an approved strategic plan. Such grants shall be available to successor entities approved in writing by USDA.
(b) Exception. The funding official, with the approval of the Office of Community Development, may elect to award all or part of the available grant funds to an alternate grantee.
(c) Subrecipients. The grantee shall relay funds to subrecipients, as provided in the approved strategic plan, as soon as practicable.
§ 25.603 Grant approval and obligation of funds.
Grants may be made at such time as the nominated area has been designated and such other prerequisites as USDA shall determine have been met, including but not limited to:
(a) The empowerment zone or enterprise community has entered into a memorandum of agreement satisfactory to USDA;
(b) The empowerment zone or enterprise community has conformed its strategic plan to be consistent with the level of federal grant aid available and such conforming amendments (if any) have met with the approval of the Office of Community Development and the funding official;
(c) Completion of the environmental review process, including all appropriate public notices;
(d) The proposed grantee has agreed, in form and substance satisfactory to the Office of Community Development, to any funding conditions imposed by USDA;
(e) The grantee has submitted a request for obligation of funds, in form and substance satisfactory to the Office of Community Development, inclusive of the following certification:
“The grantee certifies that it and all direct or substantial subrecipients are in compliance and will continue to comply with all applicable laws, regulations, executive orders and other generally applicable requirements, including those contained in 7 CFR part 25, 2 CFR part 200, and 2 CFR chapter IV and any agreement to meet funding conditions, in effect at the time of the grant or as subsequently amended.”
[67 FR 13558, Mar. 25, 2002, as amended at 85 FR 31938, May 28, 2020]
§ 25.604 Disbursement of grant funds.
(a) The funding official will determine, based on 7 CFR parts 3015, 3016 and 3019, as applicable, whether disbursement of a grant will be by advance or reimbursement.
(b) A “request for advance or reimbursement,” in form and substance satisfactory to USDA, must be completed by the grantee on behalf of itself and all applicable subrecipients and submitted to the funding official.
(c) Requests for advance or reimbursement must identify:
(1) The amount requested for each benchmark activity;
(2) The cumulative amount advanced to date (not inclusive of the current amount requested) for each benchmark activity;
(3) The total USDA EZ/EC grant obligated for each benchmark activity;
(4) The total approved budget for the applicable project or program (inclusive of non USDA EZ/EC grant program sources);
(5) An estimated percentage of completion or progress made in accomplishing the benchmark goal associated with each benchmark activity;
(6) Certification that the lead managing entity and the subrecipients (where applicable) are in compliance with all applicable laws and regulatory requirements; and
(7) Such other information as the funding official may require.
(d) Requests for advance or reimbursement may include only activities or projects which are identified in an approved strategic plan.
§ 25.605 Grant program reporting requirements.
Grantees may incorporate grant reporting requirements in the reports submitted pursuant to § 25.400, or submit them separately. In complying with the requirements of 7 CFR parts 3015, 3016, or 3019, as applicable, grantees must submit, in lieu of the forms prescribed therein, the equivalent of such forms prescribed by the Office of Community Development pursuant to this subpart as such may be adapted to the USDA EZ/EC grant program and which may be submitted and retained in electronic form.
§ 25.606 Financial management and records.
(a) In complying with the requirements of 7 CFR parts 3015, 3016, or 3019, as applicable, grantees must submit, in lieu of the forms prescribed therein, the equivalent of such forms prescribed by the Office of Community Development pursuant to this subpart as such may be adapted to the USDA EZ/EC grant program and which may be submitted and retained in electronic form.
(b) Grantees must retain financial records, supporting documents, statistical records and all other records pertinent to the grant for a period of at least 3 years after the end of the designation period, except that the records shall be retained beyond the 3 year period if audit findings have not been resolved or if directed by the United States. Records may be retained and submitted in electronic form if allowed by Generally Accepted Government Accounting Principles.
§ 25.607 Suspension or termination of grant funds.
(a) Grants under this subpart may be suspended or terminated by the funding official, in all or in part, in accordance with this subpart and the applicable provisions of 7 CFR parts 3015, 3016 and 3019, as applicable.
(b) The funding official may elect to suspend or terminate the entirety of a grant, or funding of a particular benchmark activity, but nevertheless fund the remainder of a request for advance or reimbursement, where the funding official has determined:
(1) That grantee or subrecipient of the grant funds has demonstrated insufficient progress toward achieving the related benchmark goal or in any other way failed to comply with the strategic plan;
(2) There is reason to believe that other sources of joint funding have not been or will not be forthcoming on a timely basis;
(3) The strategic plan calls for a revised use of the grant funds; or
(4) Such other cause as the funding official identifies in writing to the grantee (including but not limited to the use of federal grant funds for ineligible purposes).
§§ 25.608-25.619 [Reserved]
§ 25.620 Eligible grant purposes.
Eligible grant purposes are:
(a) Services directed at the goals of—
(1) Achieving or maintaining economic self-support to prevent, reduce, or eliminate dependency;
(2) Achieving or maintaining self sufficiency, including reduction or prevention of dependency;
(3) Preventing or remedying neglect, abuse, or exploitation of children and adults unable to protect their own interests, or preserving, rehabilitating or reuniting families;
(b) Projects and activities identified in the strategic plan for the area; and
(c) Activities that benefit residents of the area for which the grant is made.
§ 25.621 Ineligible grant purposes.
Grant funds may not be used:
(a) As a source of local matching funds required for other federal grants;
(b) To fund political activities;
(c) To duplicate current services or replace or substitute for financial support provided from other sources. If the current service is inadequate, however, grant funds may be used to augment financial support or service levels beyond what is currently provided;
(d) To pay costs of preparing the application package for designation under this program;
(e) To pay costs of a project which were incurred prior to the execution date of the applicable memorandum of agreement;
(f) To pay for assistance to any private business enterprise which does not have at least 51 percent ownership by those who are either citizens of the United States or reside in the United States after being legally admitted for permanent residence;
(g) To pay any judgment or debt owed to the United States;
(h) To assist in the relocation of businesses;
(i) To support or promote gambling; or
(j) For political lobbying.
§ 25.622 Other considerations.
(a) Civil rights compliance requirements. All grants made under this subpart are subject to Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 and 7 CFR part 1901, subpart E.
(b) Environmental review requirements. Grants made under this subpart must comply with environmental review requirements in accordance with 7 CFR part 1970.
(c) Other USDA regulations. This program is subject to the provisions of the following regulations, as applicable:
(1) 2 CFR part 400, Uniform Administrative Requirements, Cost Principles, and Audit Requirements for Federal Awards;
(2) 2 CFR part 415, General Program Administrative Regulations;
(3) 2 CFR part 416, General Program Administrative Regulations for Grants and Cooperative Agreements to State and Local Governments;
(4) 2 CFR part 417, Nonprocurement Debarment and Suspension;
(5) 2 CFR part 418, New Restrictions on Lobbying;
(6) 2 CFR part 421, Requirements for Drug-Free Workplace (Financial Assistance); and
(7) 2 CFR part 422, Research Institutions Conducting USDA-Funded Extramural Research; Research Misconducts.
[67 FR 13558, Mar. 25, 2002, as amended at 81 FR 11025, Mar. 2, 2016; 85 FR 31938, May 28, 2020]
§ 25.623 Programmatic changes.
Prior approval from USDA is required for all changes to the scope or objectives of an approved strategic plan or benchmark activity. Failure to obtain prior approval of changes to the strategic plan or benchmarks, including changes to the scope of work or a project budget may result in suspension, termination, and recovery of USDA EZ/EC grant funds.
§§ 25.624-25.999 [Reserved]
26 PART 26 [RESERVED]
Subtitle B Regulations of the Department of Agriculture
CHAPTER I AGRICULTURAL MARKETING SERVICE (STANDARDS, INSPECTIONS, MARKETING PRACTICES), DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE
SUBCHAPTER A COMMODITY STANDARDS AND CONTAINER REQUIREMENTS
PART 27 COTTON CLASSIFICATION UNDER COTTON FUTURES LEGISLATION
Authority: 7 U.S.C. 15b, 7 U.S.C. 473b, 7 U.S.C. 1622(g).
Source: 22 FR 10923, Dec. 28, 1957; 30 FR 7239, May 29, 1965, unless otherwise noted.
Cross Reference: For regulations relating to cotton classing, testing, and standards, and cottonseed sold or offered for sale for crushing purposes, see parts 28 and 61 of this chapter.
Subpart A Requirements
14 Definitions
§ 27.1 Meaning of words.
Words used in this subpart in the singular form shall be deemed to import the plural and vice versa, as the case may demand.
§ 27.2 Terms defined.
As used throughout this subpart, unless the context otherwise requires, the following terms shall be construed, respectively, to mean:
(a) The Act. The United States Cotton Futures Act (90 Stat. 1841-1846; 7 U.S.C. 15b).
(b) Department. The United States Department of Agriculture.
(c) Service. The Agricultural Marketing Service of the Department.
(d) Administrator. The Administrator of the Service, or any officer or employee of the Service, to whom authority has heretofore been delegated, or to whom authority may hereafter be delegated, to act in the Administrator's stead.
(e) Cotton Division. The Cotton Division of the Service.
(f) Director. The Director of the Cotton Division, or any officer or employee of the Division to whom authority has heretofore been delegated, or to whom authority may hereafter be delegated to act in the Director's stead.
(g) Marketing Services Office. A facility of the Cotton Division established under the Act at any point.
(h) Quality Assurance Division. The Quality Assurance Division at Memphis, Tennessee; shall provide supervision of futures cotton classification.
(i) Exchange. Exchange, board of trade, or similar institution or place of business, at, on, or in which a basis grade contract may be made.
(j) Exchange inspection agency. The inspection agency of the New York Cotton Exchange, the New Orleans Cotton Exchange, the Board of Trade of the city of Chicago, or of any other exchange which may have an organized inspection agency recognized as such by the Director, as the case may be.
(k) Basis grade contract. Contract of sale of cotton for future delivery mentioned in the Act, made at, on, or in any exchange in compliance with subsection 15b(f) of the Act.
(l) Person. Individual, association, partnership, or corporation.
(m) Owner. Person who owns, controls, or has the disposition of any cotton.
(n) Classification. The classification of any cotton shall be determined by the quality of a sample in accordance with the Universal Cotton Standards (the official cotton standards of the United States) for cotton property measurements of American Upland cotton. High Volume Instruments will determine all cotton property measurements except extraneous matter. Cotton classers authorized by the Cotton and Tobacco Program will determine the presence of extraneous matter. Original Smith-Doxey data may serve as certification that bales submitted for quality verification meet quality and age parameters set by an applicable exchange inspection agency as a futures classification option.
(o) Micronaire determination. The measure of the fiber fineness and maturity of cotton, in combination, in terms of Micronaire readings as determined by an authorized employee of the Department in accordance with the official cotton standards of the United States for fiber fineness and maturity.
(p) Smith-Doxey data. Data reflecting the original classification of a cotton bale provided to producers of cotton under the Smith-Doxey Act of April 13, 1937 (Pub. L. 75-28).
[22 FR 10923, Dec. 28, 1957, as amended at 32 FR 4157, Mar. 17, 1967; 42 FR 40677, Aug. 11, 1977; 48 FR 49210, Oct. 25, 1983; 65 FR 36598, June 9, 2000; 77 FR 5380, Feb. 3, 2012; 77 FR 20504, Apr. 5, 2012; 78 FR 68984, Nov. 18, 2013]
15 General
§ 27.3 Requirements of subsection 15b(f) of the Act.
The inspection, sampling, classification, and Micronaire determination of cotton pursuant to subsection 15b(f) of the Act shall be performed as prescribed in this subpart. All tenders of cotton and settlements therefor under basis grade contracts shall be made subject to the regulations in this subpart. No contract shall for the purposes of this subpart be deemed to comply with subsection 15b(f) of the Act if it contain or incorporate therein, by reference or otherwise, any provision or any bylaw, rule, or custom of an exchange which is inconsistent or in conflict with any requirement of said subsection 15b(f), nor if the parties enter into any collateral or additional agreement or understanding, either verbal or written, respecting the subject matter of such contract which is inconsistent or in conflict with any requirement of said subsection 15b(f).
[42 FR 40677, Aug. 11, 1977]
§ 27.4 Obligations and rights under Act: not affected by regulations.
Nothing in this subpart shall be construed as relieving any party to a basis grade contract of any obligation imposed upon the party, or as depriving the party of any right to which the party might be entitled under any provision of the contract or exchange rule made a part thereof which shall not be inconsistent with the act or the regulations made under the Act.
[48 FR 49210, Oct. 25, 1983]
§ 27.5 Effect of amendments.
Any amendment to this subpart, unless otherwise stated therein, shall apply to all tenders of cotton and settlements therefor made on and after the effective date of such amendment, under basis grade contracts entered into prior, as well as subsequent, to such effective date.
[22 FR 10923, Dec. 28, 1957, as amended at 42 FR 40677, Aug. 11, 1977]
16 Administration
§ 27.8 Director.
The Director shall perform for and under the supervision of the Administrator, such duties as the Administrator may require in enforcing the provisions of the Act and this subpart.
§ 27.9 Classing Offices; Quality Assurance Division.
Classing Offices shall be maintained at points designated for the purpose by the Administrator. The Quality Assurance Division shall provide supervision of futures cotton classification and perform other duties as assigned by the Deputy Administrator.
[77 FR 5380, Feb. 3, 2012]
§ 27.10 Supervision of cotton inspection, weighing, sampling; and other duties.
Authorized employees of the Cotton Division will act, when necessary, as supervisors of cotton inspection to supervise the inspection, weighing, and sampling of cotton to be classified and will perform such other duties as may be required of them for the purposes of this subpart.
[26 FR 1656, Feb. 25, 1961]
§ 27.11 Area Director, Marketing Services Office; responsibility.
Subject to this subpart and the instructions of the Director, the Area Director of each Marketing Services Office shall be responsible for the proper performance of the duties imposed on such office and on the persons connected therewith.
[48 FR 49210, Oct. 25, 1983]
17 Classification Requests
§ 27.12 Classification request for each lot of cotton.
For each lot or mark of cotton of which the applicant desires separate classification and certification, the applicant shall make a separate written request in a form prescribed or supplied by the Cotton Division for that purpose.
[48 FR 49210, Oct. 25, 1983]
§ 27.13 Micronaire determination request incidental to classification request.
The classification request may include a request for Micronaire determination.
§ 27.14 Filing of classification requests.
Requests for futures classification shall be filed with the Quality Assurance Division within 10 days after sampling and before classification of the samples.
[77 FR 5380, Feb. 3, 2012]
§ 27.15 Withdrawal or rejection of classification or Micronaire determination requests.
Any request for classification or for Micronaire determination may be withdrawn by the applicant at any time before the classification or Micronaire determination of the cotton covered thereby, subject to the payment of such fees, if any, as may be prescribed under §§ 27.80 to 27.92. Any request for classification or for Micronaire determination may be rejected for noncompliance with the act or this subpart.
18 Inspection and Samples
§ 27.16 Inspection; weighing; samples; supervision.
The inspection, weighing, and sampling of cotton for which classification is desired and the preparation and delivery of samples to the Marketing Services Office shall be (a) under the supervision of a supervisor of cotton inspection, or (b) by or under the direction of an exchange inspection agency and subject to the supervision of a supervisor of cotton inspection.
[48 FR 49210, Oct. 25, 1983]
§ 27.18 Persons not to be employed for inspection or sampling.
No person shall, after notice to the interested parties, be employed in any way in connection with any phase of the inspection and sampling of cotton or the preparation of the samples thereof, for the purposes of classification under this subpart, who for good cause is disapproved by the Director.
§ 27.20 Drawing and handling of samples of cotton; inspection of bales.
One sample shall be drawn from the top side of each bale and one from the bottom side. Each such sample shall weigh not less than 5 ounces, the two samples from each bale to weigh together not less than 10 ounces. The bale shall be inspected and any condition not fully indicated by the samples shall be explained by the supervisor of cotton inspection or exchange inspection agency in a written memorandum, which shall acompany the samples to the Marketing Services Office. Samples shall not be dressed or trimmed and shall be carefully handled in such manner as not to cause loss of leaf, sand, or other material, or otherwise change their representative character. Any sample which does not meet the requirements of this section may be rejected by the supervisor of cotton inspection or the Area Director.
[48 FR 49210, Oct. 25, 1983]
§ 27.21 [Reserved]
§ 27.22 Wrapping and marking of samples of cotton.
The original sets of samples of the bales constituting a lot or mark to be classified separately shall be inclosed in one or more wrappers or containers, as the case may require. The wrappers or containers of original samples shall be so labeled or marked, or both, as to show that they contain original samples, together with the lot number, if any, the marks, and the number of bales, and such other information as may be necessary in accordance with the instructions of the Area Director of the Marketing Services Office to which the samples are to be delivered.
[48 FR 49210, Oct. 25, 1983]
§ 27.23 Duplicate sets of samples of cotton.
The duplicate sets of samples shall be inclosed in wrappers or containers separate and apart from the original sets in the manner prescribed or original samples in the foregoing section, except that the wrappers or containers shall be labeled or marked, or both, so as to show that they contain duplicate samples and shall be delivered to the person requesting the classification of the cotton.
§ 27.24 Delivery of samples of cotton.
The original sample from each bale to be classified shall be delivered to the Marketing Services Office with which the classification request was filed, at its classification room. If there is no Marketing Services Office at the point where the cotton is sampled, the supervisor of cotton inspection or the exchange inspection agency shall forward the samples to the proper Marketing Services Office. No samples covered by pending classification requests which are ready for delivery as provided for herein shall be withheld from such delivery except as authorized in writing by the Area Director or the Director.
[48 FR 49210, Oct. 25, 1983]
§ 27.25 Additional samples of cotton; drawing.
In addition to the samples hereinbefore prescribed, separate samples, if desired, may be drawn and furnished to the owner of the cotton.
§ 27.28 Disposition of samples.
Samples submitted to a Marketing Services Office shall become the property of the Department and shall be disposed of in accordance with the property regulations of Department when no longer needed for classification or Micronaire determinations.
[48 FR 49211, Oct. 25, 1983]
19 Classification and Micronaire Determinations
§ 27.31 Classification of cotton.
For purposes of subsection 15b (f) of The Act, classification of cotton is the determination of the quality of a sample in accordance with the Universal Cotton Standards (the official cotton standards of the United States) for the color grade and leaf grade of American upland cotton, and fiber property measurements such as micronaire. High Volume Instruments will determine all fiber property measurements except extraneous matter. High Volume Instrument colormeter measurements will be used for determining the official color grade. Cotton classers authorized by the Cotton and Tobacco Programs will determine the presence of extraneous matter and authorized employees of the Cotton and Tobacco Programs will determine all fiber property measurements using High Volume Instruments.
[77 FR 20504, Apr. 5, 2012]
§ 27.32 Order of classification.
All cotton for which classifications requests shall be pending shall be classified as far as practicable in the order in which proper samples thereof, ready for such classification, shall have been delivered to the Marketing Services Office, except as otherwise provided in this subpart or when the Area Director or the Director shall find that an emergency exists and shall order otherwise.
[48 FR 49211, Oct. 25, 1983]
§ 27.33 Exposing of samples for classification.
Classification shall not proceed until the samples, after being delivered to the Marketing Services Office, shall have been exposed for such length of time as in the judgment of the Area Director shall be sufficient to put them in proper condition for the purpose.
[48 FR 49211, Oct. 25, 1983]
§ 27.34 Classification procedure.
Classification shall proceed as rapidly as possible, but not when light or other conditions make uncertain the accuracy of the results to be obtained.
§ 27.35 Lower class of two samples to prevail.
In case a sample drawn from one portion of a bale is lower in class than one drawn from another portion of such bale, except as otherwise provided in this subpart, the classification of the bale shall be that of the sample showing the lower class.
§ 27.36 Classification determinations based on official standards.
All cotton shall be classified on the basis of the official cotton standards of the United States in effect at the time of such classification.
[77 FR 5380, Feb. 3, 2012]
§ 27.37 Cotton reduced in grade.
If cotton be reduced in grade, by reason of the presence of extraneous matter or other irregularities or defects, below its grade according to the official cotton standards of the United States, the grade from which it is so reduced, and the condition or reason which so reduces its grade shall be determined and stated.
[25 FR 5872, June 25, 1960]
§ 27.38 Terms defined for purposes of classification.
For the purposes of classification the following terms shall be construed, respectively, to mean:
(a) Cotton of perished staple. Cotton that has the strength of fiber as ordinarily found in cotton destroyed or unduly reduced through exposure to the weather either before picking or after baling, or through heating by fire, or on account of water packing, or by other causes.
(b) [Reserved]
(c) Gin cut cotton. Cotton that shows damage in ginning, through cutting by the saws, to an extent that reduces its value more than two grades.
(d) Reginned cotton. Cotton that has passed through the ginning process more than once, and cotton that, after having been ginned, has been subjected to a cleaning process and then baled.
(e) Repacked cotton. Cotton that is composed of factors', brokers', or other samples, or of loose or miscellaneous lots collected and rebaled, or cotton in a bale which is composed of cotton from two or more smaller bales or parts of bales that are combined after the cotton leaves the gin.
(f) False packed cotton. Cotton in a bale (1) containing substances entirely foreign to cotton, (2) containing damaged cotton in the interior with or without any indication of such damage upon the exterior, (3) composed of good cotton upon the exterior and decidedly inferior cotton in the interior, in such manner as not to be detected by customary examination, or (4) containing pickings or linters worked into the bale.
(g) Mixed packed cotton. Cotton in a bale which, in the sample taken therefrom, shows (1) a difference of three or more grades, or (2) a difference of three or more color groups, or (3) a difference in length of staple of one-eighth inch or more. For purposes of this paragraph, White Cotton (including the Plus grades), Light Gray Cotton, and Gray Cotton shall constitute one color group, and Light Spotted Cotton, Spotted Cotton, Tinged Cotton, and Yellow Stained Cotton shall each constitute a color group.
(h) Water packed cotton. Cotton in a bale that has been penetrated by water during the baling process, causing damage to the fiber, or a bale that through exposure to the weather or by other means, while apparently dry on the exterior, has been damaged by water in the interior.
[22 FR 10926, Dec. 28, 1957, as amended at 26 FR 5945, July 1, 1961; 32 FR 7011, May 9, 1967; 35 FR 17935, Nov. 21, 1970]
20 Cotton Class Certificates
§ 27.39 Issuance of classification records.
Except as otherwise provided in this section, as soon as practicable after the classification of cotton has been completed by the Cotton and Tobacco Programs, the Quality Assurance Division shall issue an electronic cotton classification record showing the results of such classification. Each electronic record shall bear the date of its issuance. The electronic record shall show the identification of the cotton according to the information in the possession of the Cotton and Tobacco Programs, the classification of the cotton and such other facts as the Deputy Administrator may require.
[77 FR 5380, Feb. 3, 2012]
§ 27.40 New certificates; conditions of issuance.
For the business convenience of a holder of a cotton class certificate issued under this subpart a new certificate may be issued at the request of the holder, to take the place of the former certificate without the reclassification of the cotton and without a new Micronaire determination for the cotton. In any case where a new certificate is issued in accordance with this section, the former certificate shall be surrendered for cancellation, and such new certificate shall bear a new number, the date of its issuance, and the date of original certification, and shall otherwise comply with this subpart.
§ 27.41 Lost certificate; duplicate.
Upon the written request of the last holder of a valid cotton class certificate and a showing to the satisfaction of the Area Director of the Marketing Services Office which issued such certificate, that it has been lost or destroyed and, if lost, that diligent effort has been made to find it without success, a new certificate shall be issued without the reclassification of the cotton and without a new Micronaire determination for the cotton. Such new certificate shall bear the same number and date of issuance as the lost or destroyed certificate, and shall include a statement to the effect that it is a duplicate issued in lieu of the lost or destroyed original, as the case may be.
[48 FR 49211, Oct. 25, 1983]
§ 27.42 Surrender of certificate.
For good cause any certificate issued under this subpart shall be surrendered to a Marketing Services Office for correction or cancellation. If such certificate be not surrendered upon request it shall nevertheless be invalid under subsection 15b(f) of the Act and this subpart.
[48 FR 49211, Oct. 25, 1983]
§ 27.43 Validity of cotton class certificates.
Each cotton class certificate for cotton classified as tenderable shall be valid for use in the tender of such cotton on a basis grade contract made in accordance with the Act and this subpart and the rules of an exchange not inconsistent therewith.
[22 FR 10926, Dec. 28, 1957, as amended at 42 FR 40677, Aug. 11, 1977]
§ 27.44 Invalidity of cotton class certificates.
Any cotton class certificate shall become invalid for use in the tender or delivery of the cotton covered thereby on a basis grade contract whenever such cotton shall be removed from the place of storage specified therein, except when it is handled and re-stored or transferred to a different place of storage and restored under the supervision of an exchange inspection agency or a supervisor of cotton inspection.
(90 Stat. 1841-1846; (7 U.S.C. 15b))
[22 FR 10926, Dec. 28, 1957, as amended at 26 FR 1657, Feb. 25, 1961; 42 FR 40677, Aug. 11, 1977]
§ 27.45 No storage of cotton for classification at disapproved place.
No cotton submitted for classification under subsection 15b(f) of the Act shall be located or stored at a place disapproved for the purpose by the Area Director or the Director on account of being unsuitable for the safekeeping or proper storage of such cotton, or on account of the failure or refusal of the custodian thereof to comply or to permit compliance with the requirements of this subpart. Notice of such disapproval shall be given in such manner as the Director may direct. Thereafter every cotton class certificate previously issued for cotton located or stored at such place shall be invalid for the delivery of such cotton on a basis grade contract, unless the cotton shall be removed under the supervision of an exchange inspection agency, or a supervisor of cotton inspection, to a place which shall be suitable for the purpose. Upon such removal and the request of the holder of the cotton class certificate for such cotton a new certificate in lieu thereof, as provided elsewhere in this subpart, shall be issued.
[48 FR 49211, Oct. 25, 1983]
§ 27.46 Cotton withdrawn from storage.
The exchange inspection agency under the supervision or control of which any cotton classified pursuant to this subpart shall be held or stored shall furnish to the Marketing Services Office which classified such cotton, on the first business day of each week, a written statement of all cotton withdrawn from storage, or the lot number or other identification of which has been changed, or which has otherwise been removed from the supervision or control of such exchange inspection agency during the next preceding week. Such statement shall show each lot number, and, if changed, the new lot number, and in case of the withdrawal or removal of a portion only of the lot, the tag numbers of the bales so withdrawn or removed. If such removal shall be to a different place of storage under the supervision or control of the exchange inspection agency, the statement shall show the new location.
[48 FR 49211, Oct. 25, 1983]
§ 27.47 Tender or delivery of cotton; conditions.
Subject to the provisions of §§ 27.52 through 27.55, no cotton shall be tendered or delivered on a basis grade contract unless on or prior to the date fixed for delivery under such contract, and in advance of final settlement of the contract, the person making the tender shall furnish to the person receiving the same a valid outstanding cotton classification record complying with the regulations in this subpart, showing such cotton to be tenderable on a basis grade contract.
[77 FR 5380, Feb. 3, 2012]
21 Delayed Certification
§ 27.52 Delivery without certification.
If upon the date fixed for delivery in accordance with subsection 15b(f) of the Act cotton class certificates shall not have been issued by a Marketing Services Office for cotton to be delivered pursuant to such notice, samples of which cotton shall have been in the custody of the Marketing Services Office for the time hereinafter prescribed, the delivery of such cotton may be made upon compliance with and subject to the conditions specified in §§ 27.52 through 27.55. Sections 27.52 through 27.55 shall not apply to cotton upon which a Marketing Services Office has already issued cotton class certificates pursuant to this subpart.
[48 FR 49212, Oct. 25, 1983, as amended at 50 FR 47707, Nov. 20, 1985]
§ 27.53 Notice for delayed certification; requirements.
On the date of giving the transferable notice of the delivery in accordance with subsection 15b(f) of the act the person issuing such notice or the person on whose behalf it was issued shall also give written notice to the Marketing Services Office with which the classification request was required to be filed, specifying the date of delivery and the number of bales so to be delivered which have not been certified. In such notice, or later in writing before the delivery of the samples to the Marketing Services Office the lot numbers of the cotton so to be delivered shall be specified.
[48 FR 49212, Oct. 25, 1983]
§ 27.54 Inspection and sampling for delayed certification.
Such cotton must have been duly inspected and sampled, and the original samples thereof properly prepared in accordance with this subpart must be delivered to the Marketing Services Office not later than the date of issuance of the transferable notice, except when the delivery day fixed by such transferable notice is the last delivery day in the month of delivery. In such case the cotton must have been duly inspected and sampled, and the original samples thereof properly prepared in accordance with this subpart must have been delivered to the Marketing Services Office in accordance with all regulations applicable and in readiness for classification not later than 8 p.m. of the second business day preceding such last delivery day.
[48 FR 49212, Oct. 25, 1983]
§ 27.55 Requirements in lieu of cotton class certificates on delivery day.
If on the morning of the delivery day specified in the transferable notice the cotton class certificates covering the cotton involved are not ready for delivery when called for, the tenderer of the cotton shall present to the receiver a receipt issued by an exchange inspection agency certifying that warehouse receipts, listed by lot numbers, representing cotton weighed and sampled in an approved warehouse under the supervision of such agency, have been received by the exchange inspection agency and are in the custody of the Cotton Division Marketing Services Office where certification requests are required to be filed. The requirements of §§ 27.52-27.55 shall be complied with prior to delivery by the tenderer of the agency's receipt to the receiver. Upon issuance by Marketing Services Office, the tenderer shall furnish to the receiver the cotton class certificates complying with the regulations in this subpart, showing the cotton to be tenderable on a basis grade contract.
[50 FR 47707, Nov. 20, 1985]
22 Postponed Classification
§ 27.57 Request for postponement.
If the applicant desires the postponement of the classification of any cotton covered by a classification request filed pursuant to the regulations in this subpart until later notice, the original classification request must so state, or the applicant must so advise the Marketing Services Office in writing before the classification has been entered upon. Such request must show cause and that it is not made merely for dilatory reasons.
[48 FR 49212, Oct. 25, 1983]
§ 27.58 Postponed classification; must be within 30 days.
If thereafter the classification of the cotton be desired, notice thereof shall be filed not later than the expiration of 30 days after the date upon which the samples were drawn from the cotton, and the original samples must have remained continuously in the possession of the Marketing Services Office or under its control.
[48 FR 49212, Oct. 25, 1983]
§ 27.59 Postponed classification; interference.
Classification pursuant to such suspended request shall not be allowed to interfere with or delay the classification of other samples previously made ready for classification or which are otherwise entitled to priority.
§ 27.60 When original request deemed withdrawn.
If the period of 30 days specified in § 27.58 shall expire without the filing of the notice of desire for classification the applicant shall be deemed to have withdrawn the original request for the classification of such cotton.
§§ 27.61-27.72 [Reserved]
§ 27.73 Supervision of transfers of cotton.
Whenever the owner of any cotton inspected and sampled for classification pursuant to this subpart and for which the owner holds valid cotton class certificates desires to transfer such cotton to a different delivery point, or to a different warehouse at the same delivery point, for the purpose of having it made available for delivery upon a basis grade contract, such transfer shall be effected under the supervision of an exchange inspection agency or a supervisor of cotton inspection.
[48 FR 49213, Oct. 25, 1983]
23 Costs of Classification and Micronaire
§ 27.80 Fees; review classification, futures classification and supervision.
For services rendered by the Cotton and Tobacco Programs pursuant to this subpart, whether the cotton involved is tenderable or not, the person requesting the services shall pay fees as follows:
(a) For each calendar year, AMS will calculate the rate for services, per hour per program employee using the following formulas:
(1) Regular rate. The total AMS grading or classification program personnel direct pay divided by direct hours, which is then multiplied by the next year's percentage of cost of living increase, plus the benefits rate, plus the operating rate, plus the allowance for bad debt rate. If applicable, travel expenses may also be added to the cost of providing the service.
(2) Overtime rate. The total AMS grading or classification program personnel direct pay divided by direct hours, which is then multiplied by the next year's percentage of cost of living increase and then multiplied by 1.5 plus the benefits rate, plus the operating rate, plus an allowance for bad debt. If applicable, travel expenses may also be added to the cost of providing the service.
(3) Holiday rate. The total AMS grading or classification program personnel direct pay divided by direct hours which is then multiplied by the next year's percentage of cost of living increase and then multiplied by 2, plus benefits rate, plus the operating rate, plus an allowance for bad debt. If applicable, travel expenses may also be added to the cost of providing the service.
(b) For each calendar year, based on historical costs, AMS will calculate the benefits, operating, and allowance for bad debt components of the regular, overtime and holiday rates as follows:
(1) Benefits rate. The total AMS grading or classification program direct benefits costs divided by the total hours (regular, overtime, and holiday) worked, which is then multiplied by the next calendar year's percentage cost of living increase. Some examples of direct benefits are health insurance, retirement, life insurance, and Thrift Savings Plan (TSP) retirement basic and matching contributions.
(2) Operating rate. The total AMS grading or classification program operating costs divided by total hours (regular, overtime, and holiday) worked, which is then multiplied by the percentage of inflation.
(3) Allowance for bad debt rate. Total AMS grading or classification program allowance for bad debt divided by total hours (regular, overtime, and holiday) worked.
(c) Basis. The calendar year cost of living expenses and percentage of inflation factors used in the formulas in this section are based on the most current Office of Management and Budget's Presidential Economic Assumptions.
[77 FR 5380, Feb. 3, 2012, as amended at 79 FR 67318, Nov. 13, 2014]
§ 27.81 Fees; certificates.
For each new certificate issued in substitution for a prior certificate at the request of the holder thereof, for the purpose of business convenience, or when made necessary by the transfer of cotton under the supervision of any exchange inspection agency as provided in § 27.73, the person making the request shall pay a fee determined as described in § 27.80.
[79 FR 67318, Nov. 13, 2014]
§ 27.83 No fees for certain certificates.
No fee shall be collected for a new cotton class certificate issued in lieu of a prior certificate solely for the purpose of correcting clerical errors therein or for the purpose of substituting a new form applicable to outstanding certificates, or without an application therefor.
§ 27.85 Fees; withdrawn requests or applications.
When the request for classification, or the application for review or classification, of any cotton or the request for Micronaire determination for any cotton shall be withdrawn after the service requested has been started pursuant to such request or application, the person making such request or application shall pay the fee prescribed by § 27.80 as to any service completed prior to such withdrawal.
§ 27.87 Fees; classification and Micronaire determination information.
Whenever the person who requests the classification of, or Micronaire determination for, any cotton, or the person on whose behalf such request is made, also requests the transmission by telegraph or telephone of information concerning such classification or Micronaire determination, the person making the request for such classification or determination shall pay, in addition to the applicable costs prescribed in this subpart, the cost of tolls incurred in such transmission.
§ 27.89 Expenses; inspection; sampling.
Expense of inspection and sampling, the preparation of the samples and the delivery of such samples in accordance with § 27.24, shall be borne by the party requesting the classification of the cotton involved. When a review of classification or a Micronaire determination is requested and samples of the cotton involved are not in possession of a Marketing Services Office, the expense of inspection, sampling, preparation of samples, and delivery of the samples to the Marketing Services Office shall be borne by the party requesting the service.
[48 FR 49213, Oct. 25, 1983]
§ 27.90 Bills for payment of fees and expenses.
The Cotton Division shall deliver bills to all persons from whom payment for fees or expenses on account of services under this subpart shall be due. Such bills shall be rendered as soon as practicable after the last day of each month for the amounts due and unpaid on such day. When necessary, in the discretion of the Area Director or the Director, any bill may be rendered at an earlier date for any fees and expenses then due by the person to whom such bill shall be rendered. Payment of any such bill shall be made as soon as possible after the rendition thereof, but in any event not later than 2 weeks after such rendition.
[48 FR 49213, Oct. 25, 1983]
§ 27.91 Advance deposit may be required.
If requested by the Area Director with whom the classification request is required to be filed or by the Director, the person from whom any payment under this subpart may become due shall make an advance deposit to cover such payment in such amount as may be necessary in the judgment of the official requesting the same.
[48 FR 49213, Oct. 25, 1983]
§ 27.92 Method of payment; advance deposit.
Any payment or advance deposit under this subpart shall be by check, draft, or money order, payable to the order of “Agricultural Marketing Service, USDA,” and may not be made in cash except in cases where the total payment or deposit does not exceed $1.
24 Spot Markets
§ 27.93 Bona fide spot markets.
The following markets have been determined, after investigation, and are hereby designated to be bona fide spot markets within the meaning of the act:
Southeastern; North Delta; South Delta; East Texas and South Texas; West Texas, Kansas and Oklahoma; Desert Southwest; and San Joaquin Valley. Such markets will comprise the following areas:
Southeastern
All counties in the states of Alabama, Florida, Georgia, North Carolina, South Carolina, and Virginia and all counties in the state of Tennessee east of and including Stewart, Houston, Humphreys, Perry, Wayne and Hardin counties.
North Delta
All counties in the states of Arkansas and Missouri and all counties in Tennessee west of and including the counties of Henry, Benton, Henderson, Decatur, Chester and McNairy counties and the Mississippi counties of Alcorn, Benton, Calhoun, Chickasaw, DeSoto, Grenada, Itawamba, Lafayette, Lee, Marshall, Monroe, Panola, Pontotoc, Prentiss, Tate, Tippah, Tishomingo, Union and Yalobusha.
South Delta
All counties in the state of Louisiana and all counties in the state of Mississippi not included in the North Delta market.
East Texas and South Texas
Texas counties east of and including Montague, Wise, Parker, Erath, Comanche, Mills, San Saba, Mason, Sutton, Edwards, Kinney, Maverick, Webb, Zapata, Star, and Hidalgo counties.
West Texas, Kansas, and Oklahoma
All counties in Kansas and Oklahoma, all Texas counties not included in the East Texas, South Texas, and Desert Southwest Markets, and the New Mexico counties of Union, Quay, Curry, Roosevelt, and Lea.
Desert Southwest
The Texas counties of Val Verde, Crockett, Terrell, Pecos, Brewster, Presidio, Jeff Davis, Culberson, Hudspeth and El Paso, all New Mexico counties except those included in the West Texas market, all counties in the state of Arizona and the California counties south of and including Riverside and Orange counties.
San Joaquin Valley
All California counties except those included in the Desert Southwest market.
[53 FR 29326, Aug. 4, 1988, as amended at 78 FR 25182, Apr. 30, 2013; 88 FR 49994, Aug. 1, 2023; 88 FR 69529, Oct. 6, 2023]
§ 27.94 Spot markets for contract settlement purposes.
The following are designated as spot markets for the purpose of determining as provided in paragraph 15b(f)(3) of the act, the differences above or below the contract price which the receiver shall pay for grades tendered or deliverable in settlement of a basis grade contract:
(a) For cotton delivered in settlement of any No. 2 contract on the Intercontinental Exchange (ICE); Southeastern, North and South Delta, East Texas and South Texas, West Texas, Kansas, Oklahoma, and Desert Southwest.
(b) [Reserved]
[53 FR 29327, Aug. 4, 1988, as amended at 88 FR 49994, Aug. 1, 2023]
25 Price Quotations and Differences
§ 27.95 Spot markets to conform to Act and regulations.
Every bona fide spot market shall, as a condition of its designation and of the retention thereof, conform to the act and any applicable regulations.
[53 FR 29327, Aug. 4, 1988]
§ 27.96 Quotations in bona fide spot markets.
The price or value and differences between the price or value of grades and staple lengths of cotton shall be based solely upon the official cotton standards of the United States and shall be the actual commercial value or price and differences as determined by the sale of spot cotton in such spot market. Quotations shall be determined and maintained in each designated spot market by the Cotton Division, Agricultural Marketing Service, USDA, as follows:
(a) In spot markets designated to determine differences for the settlement of futures contracts, the Cotton Division will on each business day determine and quote by bale volume the prices or values of base qualities which are deliverable on any active futures contracts, as well as the differences for all other qualities deliverable on such contracts. The prices or differences for non-deliverable qualities will be determined and quoted by bale volume in each such spot market for those qualities normally produced or traded in that particular market.
(b) In spot markets not designated to determine differences for the settlement of futures contracts, the Cotton Division will on each business day determine and quote by bale volume the prices or differences for all qualities of cotton normally produced or traded in each such spot market.
[53 FR 29327, Aug. 4, 1988]
§ 27.97 Ascertaining the accuracy of price quotations.
The buyers and sellers of cotton in each spot market shall be responsible for providing accurate and timely price, quality, and volume of purchases data by growth area to the Cotton Division. The Cotton Division is responsible for ascertaining the accuracy of the price quotations in each designated spot market. The Cotton Division will carry out this responsibility by performing the following duties and functions:
(a) The Cotton Division will collect and analyze pertinent information on the prices and values of spot cotton from each spot market.
(b) In the process of determining price quotations, the Cotton Division will contact a minimum of three buyers and sellers of cotton in each bona fide market at least two times per week during the active trading season and one time per week during the remainder of the year to obtain information on prices, qualities, volume, and terms of sales in sufficient detail to determine quotations.
(c) The Cotton Division will summarize the price and quality data and, based on analysis of this summary, make determinations regarding quotations of price, value and differences.
(d) Quotations for each spot market shall be reviewed and approved by the Cotton Division's Market News Branch Chief or Assistant Branch Chief prior to publication.
(e) The Cotton Division will publish the appropriate quotations by bale volume for grades, staple lengths, micronaire determinations, and other quality factors for each spot market on a daily basis.
(The information collection requirements contained in this section were approved by the Office of Management and Budget under OMB control number 0581-0029)
[53 FR 29327, Aug. 4, 1988]
§ 27.98 Value of grade where no sale; determination.
As provided in § 27.96, whenever no sale of a particular grade of cotton shall have been made on a given day in a particular spot market, the value of such grade in the market on that day will be determined as follows:
(a) If on such given day there shall have been in such market both a sale of any higher grade and a sale of any lower grade, the average of the declines, or advances, or decline and advance, as the case may be, of the next higher grade and the next lower grade so sold shall be deducted from, or added to, as the case may be, the value, on the last preceding business day, of the grade the value of which on such given day is sought to be ascertained.
(b) If on such given day there shall have been in such market a sale of either a higher or a lower grade, but not sales of both, the decline or advance of the next higher or the next lower grade so sold shall be deducted from, or added to, as the case may be, the value on the last preceding business day of the grade the value of which on such given day is sought to be ascertained.
(c) If on such given day there shall have been in such market no sale of spot cotton of any grade, the value of each grade shall be deemed to be the same as its value therein on the last preceding business day, unless in the meantime there shall have been bona fide bids and offers, or sales of hedged cotton, or other sales of cotton, or changes in prices of futures contracts made subject to the act, which in the usual course of business would clearly establish a rise or fall in the value of spot cotton in such market, in which case such rise or fall may be calculated and added to or deducted from the value on the preceding business day of cotton of all grades affected thereby.
[53 FR 29327, Aug. 4, 1988]
§ 27.99 Values; expression.
For the purpose of this subpart values shall be expressed in terms of cents and hundredths of a cent. A fraction of a hundredth, when equal to, or greater than, the half thereof, shall be treated as a hundredth, and when less than a half of a hundredth shall be disregarded.
[22 FR 10923, Dec. 28, 1957; 30 FR 7239, May 29, 1965. Redesignated at 53 FR 29328, Aug. 4, 1988]
§ 27.100 Administration.
The details of the method of carrying out the provisions of this subpart in each bona fide spot market shall be subject to the approval of the Director or shall be prescribed by the Director.
[48 FR 49214, Oct. 25, 1983. Redesignated at 53 FR 29328, Aug. 4, 1988]
B Subpart B [Reserved]
PART 28 COTTON CLASSING, TESTING, AND STANDARDS
Cross Reference: For regulations relating to cotton classification under cotton futures legislation, and cottonseed sold or offered for sale for crushing purposes, see parts 27 and 61 of this chapter.
Source: 22 FR 10930, Dec. 28, 1957, unless otherwise noted.
Subpart A Requirements Under the United States Cotton Standards Act
Authority: 7 U.S.C. 55 and 61.
66 definitions
§ 28.1 Meaning of words.
Words used in this part in the singular form shall be deemed to import the plural, and vice versa, as the case may demand.
§ 28.2 Terms defined.
As used throughout this subpart, unless the context otherwise requires, the following terms shall be construed, respectively, to mean:
(a) The Act. The United States Cotton Standards Act, approved March 4, 1923 (42 Stat. 1517; 7 U.S.C. 51 et seq.) with such amendments as may be made from time to time.
(b) Regulations. Regulations mean the provisions in this subpart.
(c) Department. The United States Department of Agriculture.
(d) Secretary. The Secretary of Agriculture of the United States, or any officer or employee of the Department who has been delegated, or who mayhereafter be delegated the authority to act for the Secretary.
(e) Service. The Agricultural Marketing Service of the U.S. Department of Agriculture.
(f) Administrator. The Administrator of the Agricultural Marketing Service, or any officer or employee of the Service, who has been delegated, or who may hereafter be delegated the authority to act for the Administrator.
(g) Program. The Cotton and Tobacco Program of the Agricultural Marketing Service.
(h) Director. The Director of the Cotton Division, or any officer or employee of the Division who has been delegated, or who may hereafter be delegated the authority to act for the Director.
(i) Classing Office. A facility of the Cotton Division established under the act at any point.
(j) Quality Assurance Division. The national classing supervision office at Memphis, Tennessee performing final review of cotton classification.
(k) Cotton classer. An employee of the Department so designated by the Director after having passed the prescribed practical cotton classing examination.
(l) License. A license issued under the Act by the Secretary to sample cotton.
(m) Licensed warehouse or gin. A cotton warehouse or gin licensed under the United States Cotton Standards Act to sample cotton.
(n) Cotton. The word cotton means cotton of any variety produced within the continental United States. In this subpart, for administrative convenience the word “cotton” is used to signify vegetable hair removed from cottonseed in the usual process of ginning.
(o) Upland Cotton. All cotton grown anywhere within the continental United States including the growths sometimes referred to as Upland, Gulf, and Texas cotton, but excluding American Pima growths.
(p) Official Cotton Standards. Official Cotton Standards of the United States for the color grade and the leaf grade of American upland cotton, the color grade and the leaf grade of American Pima cotton, the length of staple, and fiber property measurements, adopted or established pursuant to the Act, or any change or replacement thereof.
(q) Universal Cotton Standards. The official cotton standards of the United States for the grade of American upland cotton. May be referenced informally as “Universal standards.”
(r) Person. Individual, association, partnership, or corporation, or two or more individuals having a joint or common interest.
(s) Owner. Person who through financial interest, owns, controls, or has the disposition either of cotton or of samples.
(t) Custodian. Person who has possession or control of cotton or of samples, as agent, controller, broker, or factor, as the case may be.
(u) State. A State, Territory, or district of the United States.
(Sec. 2, Pub. Res. 72-73, 47 Stat. 1621 (7 U.S.C. 51b); sec. 3c, Pub. L. 75-28, 50 Stat. 62 (7 U.S.C. 473c))
[22 FR 10932, Dec. 28, 1957, as amended at 28 FR 10633, Oct. 3, 1963; 30 FR 6637, May 14, 1965; 42 FR 24711, May 16, 1977; 46 FR 24927, May 4, 1981; 52 FR 30880, Aug. 18, 1987; 58 FR 41993, Aug. 6, 1993; 65 FR 36600, June 9, 2000; 81 FR 7029, Feb. 10, 2016]
67 administrative and general
§ 28.3 Director.
The Director shall perform for and under the supervision of the Secretary and the Administrator, such duties as the Secretary or the Administrator may require in enforcing the provisions of the Act and the regulations issued thereunder.
§ 28.4 Classing offices.
Classing Offices shall be maintained at points designated by the Administrator. Requests for the review of the classification and/or comparison of cotton performed by Classing Offices may be referred to the Quality Control Section.
[52 FR 30881, Aug. 18, 1987]
§§ 28.5-28.6 [Reserved]
§ 28.7 Area Director, Classing Office; responsibility.
Subject to this subpart and the instructions of the Director, the Area Director of each Classing Office shall be responsible for the proper performance of the duties imposed on such office and on the persons connected therewith. The Area Director shall be responsible for receiving all correspondence relating to the classification of cotton under the act and for providing that all samples are prepared for classification and/or comparison in such manner that the name of the owner and/or the custodian shall be unknown to the cotton classers until after the samples are classified.
[52 FR 30881, Aug. 18, 1987]
§ 28.8 Classification of cotton; determination.
For the purposes of The Act, the classification of any cotton shall be determined by the quality of a sample in accordance with Universal Cotton Standards (the official cotton standards of the United States) for the color grade and the leaf grade of American upland cotton, the length of staple, and fiber property measurements such as micronaire. High Volume Instruments will determine all fiber property measurements except extraneous matter, special conditions and remarks. High Volume Instrument colormeter measurements will be used for determining the official color grade. Cotton classers authorized by the Cotton and Tobacco Programs will determine the presence of extraneous matter, special conditions and remarks and authorized employees of the Cotton and Tobacco Programs will determine all fiber property measurements using High Volume Instruments. The classification record of a Classing Office or the Quality Control Division with respect to any cotton shall be deemed to be the classification record of the Department.
[77 FR 20505, Apr. 5, 2012]
§ 28.9 Inspection; sampling; classification.
The inspection, sampling, and classification of cotton in the United States pursuant to the Act shall be performed as prescribed in this subpart. Subject in general to the provisions of this subpart the Director may issue from time to time instructions for the sampling, classification, and issuance of classification memoranda for cotton classed for special programs and other Government agencies, including the review of any classification performed pursuant to §§ 28.901 through 28.919.
[58 FR 41993, Aug. 6, 1993]
68 requests for classification and comparison
§ 28.15 Classification and comparison; requests.
All requests for classification and comparison shall be in writing on a form supplied by the Division and shall contain such information as the Director may require. For each lot or mark of cotton which the applicant desires classified or compared separately he shall specify which of the following forms of service is desired:
(a) Form A determination. The classification or comparison of samples freshly drawn and submitted to a Classing Office direct from a licensed warehouseman, at the request of the owner of the cotton or the owner's agent. Such classification or comparison shall be evidenced by a Form A memorandum which shall be subject to review as provided in § 28.66.
(b) Form C determination. The classification of bales of cotton inspected and sampled under the supervision of an employee of the Division. The classification in such cases shall be evidenced by a Form C certificate which shall be subject to review as provided in § 28.66.
(c) Form D determination. The classification or comparison of samples submitted by the owner of the cotton or the owner's agent. Such classification or comparison shall be evidenced by a Form D memorandum which shall be subject to review as provided in § 28.66.
(d) Micronaire reading service. Micronaire (mike) reading service is available under Forms A, C, and D determinations upon request from the applicant and subject to the fees specified in § 28.116 of this part 28.
[22 FR 10932, Dec. 28, 1957, as amended at 31 FR 7734, June 1, 1966; 52 FR 30881, Aug. 18, 1987]
§ 28.16 Request for return of samples.
Any applicant desiring return of the samples after classification or comparison is completed, at the applicant's expense, shall indicate this service on the form used for requesting such classification or comparison.
[52 FR 30881, Aug. 18, 1987]
§ 28.17 Filing of requests for classification or comparison.
All requests for classification or comparison leading to Form A, Form D memoranda or, Form C certificates shall be filed with the Classing Office which serves the territory in which the cotton is located. Samples which are submitted to any Classing Office for classification or comparison may be referred by such Classing Office to another Classing Office for classification or comparison.
[52 FR 30881, Aug. 18, 1987]
§ 28.18 One request only for classification.
Not more than one request for a Form A determination, or a Form C determination, or a Form D determination of the same cotton, except a request for a review determination, shall be filed by the same owner within any 30-day period. Any subsequent request shall be accomplished by redrawn samples and the Area Director may require that any Form A or Form D memoranda, Form C certificates, or other classification data previously issued by a Classing Office with respect to samples purporting to represent the same cotton shall be returned before such redrawn samples are classed.
[52 FR 30881, Aug. 18, 1987]
§ 28.19 Withdrawal or rejection of classification request.
Any classification request may be withdrawn by the applicant at any time before the classification of the cotton covered thereby, subject to the payment of such fees, if any, as may be prescribed in these regulations. Any classification request may be rejected by the Area Director or the Head of the Quality Control Section for noncompliance with the act or this subpart.
[52 FR 30881, Aug. 18, 1987]
69 licensing of warehouses and gins for sampling
Authority: Sections 28.20 to 28.24 issued under sec. 2, Pub. Res. 72-73, 47 Stat. 1621 (7 U.S.C. 51b); sec. 3c, Pub. L. 75-28, 50 Stat. 62 (7 U.S.C. 473c).
Source: Sections 28.20 through 28.24 appear at 42 FR 24711, May 16, 1977, unless otherwise noted.
§ 28.20 When license is required.
Samples for Form A determination shall be accepted under this subpart from licensed warehousemen only. Samples for classification pursuant to §§ 28.901 through 28.917 shall be accepted from licensed gins or warehouses. No license is required to sample cotton for Form C or Form D determination.
§ 28.21 Eligibility and application.
Any cotton warehouse or gin which may desire to submit samples for determination or classification for which a license is required under § 28.20 shall be eligible for a license. Application for licenses to draw and submit samples shall be submitted by warehouses and gins on forms furnished by the Division.
§ 28.22 Authority granted by license.
Licenses issued by the Division shall authorize the warehouse to draw and submit samples from cotton stored in the warehouse for Form A determination or for classification pursuant to §§ 28.901 through 28.917. Licenses issued by the Division shall authorize gins to draw and submit samples from cotton ginned at the gin for classification pursuant to §§ 28.901 through 28.917. Licenses shall be valid for a period of five years.
§ 28.23 Suspension or revocation of license.
(a) Any license issued to a warehouse or gin to sample cotton may be suspended or revoked, following notice and opportunity for hearing, if the licensee has knowingly or carelessly sampled cotton improperly, or has submitted improper samples for classification, or has violated any provision of the Act or the regulations, or has used the license, or allowed it to be used, for any improper purpose.
(b) Procedure. (1) All cases arising under this paragraph shall be conducted under the Uniform Rules of Practice, 7 CFR 1.130 et seq., and instituted upon a complaint filed by the Administrator.
(2) In all cases except those involving willfulness, or in which the public health, interest, or safety otherwise requires, prior to the institution of a formal proceeding, the Administrator shall give written notice to the licensee of facts or conduct which appear to warrant institution of such a proceeding and shall afford the licensee the opportunity, within a reasonable time, to demonstrate or achieve compliance with the Act and regulations.
(c) Suspension pending adjudication. In any situation where the integrity of sampling procedures would be seriously jeopardized if a license remained valid pending formal adjudication, the Administrator may temporarily suspend the license effective on or after the third day after mailing notice thereof to the licensee's last know address. Notice of temporary suspension may be made at or after the filing of a complaint and shall contain the reasons for the action.
(d) Conditional suspension. (1) The Administrator may temporarily suspend a license, without hearing, for a correctable cause. Such suspension, after appropriate corrective action is taken, will terminate.
(2) Written notice shall be given to the licensee in advance of a temporary suspension if practicable, or within 2 days of oral notice, stating the reasons and grounds for temporary suspension.
(3) A licensee may request a formal hearing procedure following receipt of oral or written notice of temporary suspension.
(e) During any period in which the cotton sampling license of a warehouse or gin is suspended or revoked, the Division will not accept any samples from the licensee for Form A determination, or for classification pursuant to §§ 28.901 through 28.917.
§ 28.24 Surrender of license certificate.
In the event of suspension or revocation of a license, the licensee shall promptly surrender the license to the Division.
70 drawing, submission and disposition of samples
§ 28.25 Samples for Form A determination.
Samples for Form A determination shall be drawn, handled, identified, and shipped by a licensed warehouse according to the methods and procedures specified in this section. Any samples or set of samples which do not meet these specified requirements may be rejected by the Area Director.
(a) Samples shall be freshly drawn.
(b) Each sample shall consist of two portions, one drawn from each side of the bale. Each portion shall be at least six (6) inches wide and approximately twelve (12) inches long and shall weigh at least three (3) ounces.
(c) Where it is necessary to draw two sets of samples, a single cut should be made in each side of the bale, and the portion of cotton removed from each cut should be broken in half across the layers to provide two complete samples. In those cases where this method would result in samples of insufficient length, it will be acceptable to split the sample lengthwise along the layers provided the outside portion from each side is submitted for the official classification.
(d) Dressing, trimming, or discarding part of the sample is prohibited. No part of the cotton or pieces of bagging, leaf, grass, dirt, sand, or any other material shall be removed from either side of the sample.
(e) A coupon showing the correct warehouse bale number and name and address of warehouse shall be placed between the two portions of each sample.
(f) Samples shall be identified and sacked immediately after they are cut without further handling prior to shipment to the Classing Office.
(g) Samples shall be addressed to and mailed, shipped, or delivered direct to the Classing Office serving the territory in which the warehouse is located. Samples shall in no case be consigned or routed through the owner or custodian of the cotton. Samples mailed or shipped shall be prepaid.
(h) The Area Director may require that any licensed warehouse shall provide the crop year, gin name and gin bale number for each sample submitted whenever the Area Director deems that such information is necessary in order to assure that each sample is properly identified with the correct bale of cotton.
(i) The licensed warehouse shall cooperate with employees of the Division making inspections of sampling procedures, and shall draw or permit the drawing of such additional samples, without charge as may be deemed necessary to appraise sampling procedures.
(Sec. 2, Pub. Res. 72-73, 47 Stat. 1621 (7 U.S.C. 51b); sec. 3c, Pub. L. 75-28, 50 Stat. 62 (7 U.S.C. 473c), sec. 10, 42 Stat. 1519, sec. 3c, 50 Stat. 62; 7 U.S.C. 61, 473c)
[28 FR 10633, Oct. 3, 1963, as amended at 42 FR 24712, May 16, 1977; 45 FR 46783, July 11, 1980; 52 FR 30881, Aug. 18, 1987]
§ 28.26 Samples for Form C determination.
Samples submitted for Form C determination shall be drawn under the supervision of a Division employee who shall retain custody or control of the samples until they are shipped prepaid or delivered at the applicant's expense to the Classing Office serving the territory in which the bales of cotton are located.
[52 FR 30881, Aug. 18, 1987]
§ 28.27 Samples for Form D determination.
Samples for Form D determination shall be shipped or delivered at the owner's expense to the Classing Office serving the territory in which the samples are located. A tag or coupon showing the bale number of the bale from which the sample was drawn, or other identification, shall be placed between the two portions of each sample.
[52 FR 30881, Aug. 18, 1987]
§ 28.28 Lost or damaged samples.
If any samples are lost, damaged, or mutilated, the Area Director shall inform the applicant.
[52 FR 30882, Aug. 18, 1987]
§ 28.29 Return of samples.
When so stipulated in the classification request for Form A, C or D detemination, the samples submitted shall be returned to the applicant at the applicant's expense, at the time the memorandum is issued or when the request for classification is withdrawn or rejected.
[52 FR 30882, Aug. 18, 1987]
§ 28.30 Samples not returned are property of Department.
Samples not returned in accordance with this subpart, and loose cotton separated from samples in the handling and classification thereof, shall become the property of the Department.
[28 FR 10633, Oct. 3, 1963]
71 violations
§ 28.31 Denial of service.
The Administrator may for good cause, including the acts or practices set forth in § 28.32, debar any person, including the agents, officers, subsidiaries, or affiliates of such person, from any or all benefits of the Act for a specified period, after notice and opportunity for hearing has been afforded. Procedures outlined, or referred, in part 50 of this chapter (7 CFR 50.1 et seq.) shall govern proceedings under this section.
(Sec. 2, Pub. Res. 72-73, 47 Stat. 1621 (7 U.S.C. 51b); sec. 3c, Pub. L. 75-28, 50 Stat. 62 (7 U.S.C. 473c))
[42 FR 24712, May 16, 1977]
§ 28.32 Misrepresentation; deceptive or fraudulent acts or practices; violations.
Any of the following acts or practices may result in debarment from any or all benefits of the Act:
(a) Any knowing misrepresentation or deceptive or fraudulent act or practice made or committed, or attempted to be committed, by any person in connection with
(1) Any request for classification,
(2) The drawing, handling, identifying, or submitting of any samples for classification,
(3) The making, issuing, or using of any memorandum or certificate of classification issued by a Classing Office or the Quality Assurance Division or
(b) Any knowing violation of the regulations in this subpart or of the Act.
[28 FR 10634, Oct. 3, 1963, as amended at 52 FR 30882, Aug. 18, 1987; 81 FR 7029, Feb. 10, 2016]
72 classification
§ 28.35 Method of classification.
All cotton samples shall be classified on the basis of the Universal Cotton Standards, the official cotton standards of the United States in effect at the time of classification.
[81 FR 7029, Feb. 10, 2016]
§ 28.36 Order of classification.
All samples for which classification requests are pending shall be classified, as far as practicable, in the order in which the samples are delivered for classification. When in the opinion of the Area Director or Quality Assurance Director there is a need to deviate from this order of classification, the director shall designate which samples will be given priority in classification.
[81 FR 7029, Feb. 10, 2016]
§ 28.37 Exposing of samples for classification.
Classification shall not proceed until the samples, after being delivered to the Program, shall have been exposed for such length of time as in the judgment of the Area Director or Quality Assurance Director shall be sufficient to put them in proper condition for the purpose.
[81 FR 7029, Feb. 10, 2016]
§ 28.38 Lower class (of two samples) to determine classification.
If a sample drawn from one portion of a bale is lower class than one drawn from another portion of such bale, except as otherwise provided in this subpart, the classification of the bale shall be that of the sample showing the lower class.
[81 FR 7029, Feb. 10, 2016]
§ 28.39 [Reserved]
§ 28.40 Terms defined; cotton classification.
For the purposes of classification of any cotton or of its comparison with a type or other samples, the following terms shall be construed, respectively, to mean:
(a) Fire-damaged cotton. In those cases where it is certain that the cotton is fire damaged, the classification record shall be marked Code 97 (Fire-Damaged Upland Cotton saw ginned) and no official color grade assigned to the sample.
(b) Micronaire (mike) reading. The measurement of the fiber fineness and maturity, in combination, of cotton as determined by an airflow instrument. For any cotton that has a micronaire reading of 2.6 or lower, the Classing Office will enter the micronaire reading on all classification memoranda issued for such cotton.
(c) Extraneous matter. Extraneous matter is any substance appearing in a cotton sample that is not discernible in the official cotton standards. Such material may consist of rough preparation, sand, dust, oil, grass, whole seeds, parts of seeds, motes, spindle twist, bark, stems, cloth and plastic.
(d) Re-ginned cotton. Cotton that, after having been ginned and baled, has been subjected to a ginning process and then re-baled. Responsibility for identifying cotton, which has been actually re-ginned, rests with the owner of the cotton or the owner's agent.
(e) Repacked cotton. Cotton that is composed of factors', brokers', or other samples, or of loose or miscellaneous lots collected and rebaled, or cotton in a bale which is composed of cotton from two or more smaller bales or parts of bales that are combined after the cotton leaves the gin.
(f) False packed cotton. Cotton in a bale (1) containing substances entirely foreign to cotton; (2) containing damaged cotton in the interior with or without any indication of such damage upon the exterior; (3) composed of good cotton upon the exterior and decidedly inferior cotton in the interior, in such manner as not to be detected by customary examination; or (4) containing pickings or linters worked into the bale.
(g) Mixed-packed cotton. Cotton in a bale which, in the sample taken therefrom, shows a difference of two or more color grades, and/or a difference of two or more color groups, or grade of the other side that is one color grade and one color group higher between the two portions of the sample. White, Light Spotted, Spotted, Tinged, and Yellow Stained shall each constitute a color group. The classification assigned will be that of the portion showing the lower color grade. The classification record for the bale will contain a code 75, to designate mixed quality.
(h) Water-damaged cotton. Cotton in a bale that has been penetrated by water during the baling process, causing damage to the fiber, or a bale that through exposure to the weather or by other means, while apparently dry on the exterior, has been damaged by water in the interior. If such condition can be ascertained, the classification record shall be marked Code 98 (Water-Damaged Upland Cotton saw ginned) and no official color grade will be assigned.
[22 FR 10933, Dec. 28, 1957, as amended at 26 FR 5945, July 1, 1961; 32 FR 7011, May 9, 1967; 52 FR 30882, Aug. 18, 1987; 81 FR 7029, Feb. 10, 2016]
73 sample or type comparison
§ 28.45 Scope of comparison; requests.
A comparison of cotton samples with a type may be requested with respect to grade, or to staple, including any of the component qualities embodied in the grade, or to all these factors. The classification of the type and the samples in accordance with the official cotton standards of the United States may also be requested. The applicant must specify in a written request the scope of service desired.
[52 FR 30882, Aug. 18, 1987]
§ 28.46 Method of submitting samples and types.
The method of submitting samples and types for comparison shall be the same as that prescribed in this subpart for submitting samples for classification.
§ 28.47 Statement of finding for comparisons.
For requests to compare samples to a type, findings shall be stated in terms of the classification of each sample submitted, the classification of the type as measured by the official cotton standards of the United States, and other explanatory notations as needed.
[81 FR 7030, Feb. 10, 2016]
74 certificates and memoranda
§ 28.55 Issuance of memoranda and certificates.
As soon as practicable after the classification of cotton has been completed by a Classing Office, there shall be issued a cotton class memorandum or certificate of the appropriate kind showing the results of such classification. Upon request from an applicant, classification results may be issued in preliminary form on record sheets.
[52 FR 30882, Aug. 18, 1987]
§ 28.56 Form A and Form D memorandum.
(a) When a classification and/or comparison has been made of any samples submitted to a Classing Office direct from a public warehouse, the results of such classification and/or comparison may be stated in a Form A memorandum.
(b) When a classification and/or comparison has been made of any samples submitted by the owner of the cotton or the owner's agent, the results of such classification and/or comparison may be stated in a Form D memorandum.
(c) Form A and Form D memoranda shall not be deemed to be final certificates within the meaning of section 4 of the Act (42 Stat. 1517; 7 U.S.C. 54).
[22 FR 10930, Dec. 28, 1957, as amended at 52 FR 30882, Aug. 18, 1987]
§ 28.57 Form C certificate.
When classification has been made of cotton inspected and sampled under supervision of a Division employee there shall be issued a cotton class certificate known as a Form C certificate. Each Form C certificate shall show the true classification of the cotton in the respects specified in the request. Such certificate, when it has been once reviewed in accordance with § 28.66, shall be deemed to be a final certificate as to the classification shown, within the meaning of section 4 of the Act (42 Stat. 1517; 7 U.S.C. 54), in all cases except when superseded by a certificate or award made as provided in § 28.161.
§ 28.58 New memorandum or certificate; issuance.
Upon the written request of a holder of a cotton class memorandum or certificate issued under this subpart, a new memorandum or certificate shall be issued, without the reclassification of the cotton, to take the place of the former memorandum or certificate for any cotton covered thereby, when necessary on account of the breaking or splitting of a lot or otherwise for the business convenience of such holder. In any case where a new memorandum or certificate is requested in accordance with this section the former memorandum or certificate shall be surrendered for cancellation, and such new memorandum or certificate shall bear a new number and the date of its issuance and the date of original classification and shall otherwise comply with this subpart.
§ 28.59 Lost memorandum or certificate may be replaced by duplicate.
Upon the written request of the last holder of a valid Form A or Form D memorandum, or Form C Certificate and a showing to the satisfaction of the Area Director of the Classing Office which issued such memorandum or certificate that it has been lost or destroyed and, if lost, that diligent effort has been made to find it without success, a new memorandum or certificate shall be issued without the reclassification of the cotton. Such new memorandum or certificate shall bear the same number and date of issuance as the lost or destroyed memorandum or certificate and shall include a statement to the effect that it is a duplicate issued in lieu of the lost or destroyed original, as the case may be.
[52 FR 30882, Aug. 18, 1987]
§ 28.60 Surrender of memoranda or certificates.
For good cause, any memorandum or certificate issued under this subpart shall be surrendered to the Area Director of the Classing Office which issued it, upon the Area Director's request or upon the request of the Director. A new memorandum or certificate complying with this subpart may be issued in substitution therefor. If such memorandum or certificate be not surrendered upon such request, it shall nevertheless be invalid for the purposes of the act and this subpart.
[52 FR 30882, Aug. 18, 1987]
75 reviews
§ 28.65 Provisions for reviews.
Reviews of classifications or comparisons represented by Form A or D memoranda or Form C certificates shall be governed by § 28.66.
§ 28.66 Review procedure.
A review of any Form A, C, or D determination may be requested by the owner or custodian of the cotton from which the sample was drawn within 30 days after the issuance of the original memorandum. Such review shall cover all of the quality factors for which the original determination was made. Requests for reviews of Form A or D determinations may be filed with, and the review made by, the Classing Office which issued such memorandum or the Quality Control System. Requests for reviews of Form C determinations shall be filed with, and the reviews made by, the Quality Control System. Redrawn samples shall be required for reviews of Form A and Form C determinations except in cases where the original samples have remained, identity preserved, in the custody of the Division. When redrawn samples are necessary, they shall be drawn and submitted as prescribed in this subpart. As evidence of a review determination, a Form A or D memorandum or Form C certificate appropriately marked to indicate that it represents a review determination shall be issued to the applicant requesting the review. The applicant may be required by the Classing Office or the Quality Control Section issuing such review determination to surrender the original classification memorandum or certificate. In any event the review determination shall supersede and invalidate the original determination.
[52 FR 30882, Aug. 18, 1987]
§ 28.68 Withdrawal of application for review.
Any application for review may be withdrawn by the applicant at any time before the review classification of the cotton covered thereby has been completed, subject to the payment of such fees, if any, as may be prescribed in this subpart.
76 practical forms of cotton standards
§ 28.105 Practical forms of cotton standards.
(a) Practical forms of the cotton standards of the United States prepared in physical form, each certified under the seal of the U.S. Department of Agriculture and under the signature of the Administrator, thereto affixed by the Administrator or by some other official or employee of the Department duly authorized by the Administrator, and in the case of the standards for grade accompanied by photographs representing the cotton in such practical forms on the date of certification, are available for sale to any person requesting the same, subject to the other conditions of this section.
(b) Each application for practical forms of the cotton standards shall be upon an application form furnished by the Division, shall be signed by the applicant, and shall incorporate the following conditions:
(1) That no practical form of any of the cotton standards for the grade of American Upland cotton shall be considered or used as representing such standards after the date of its cancellation in accordance with this section or in any event after the expiration of 12 months following the date of its certification: Provided, That sets of practical forms stored, protected, and preserved in accordance with certain agreements for the adoption of universal standards may be used for such periods as may be prescribed in such agreements.
(2) That said practical forms and the photographs accompanying them shall be subject to inspection on any business day, between the hours of 9 a.m. and 4 p.m., by the Administrator or by an officer or agent of the Department authorized by the Administrator for that purpose.
(3) That the signature of the Administrator certifying to any practical form, or any photograph of said practical form accompanying the same, or both, may be cancelled if it be found, upon such inspection, either that copy of said forms for any reason misrepresents the cotton standards or that any such photographs have been altered or mutilated.
[22 FR 10930, Dec. 28, 1975, as amended at 48 FR 37003, Aug. 16, 1983; 52 FR 30883, Aug. 18, 1987]
§ 28.106 Universal cotton standards.
Whenever any of the official cotton standards shall have been adopted as universal standards by an association or exchange located in a country other than the United States, the name of such association or exchange may be shown on the outside of the box or container.
§ 28.107 Original cotton standards and reserve sets.
(a) The containers of the original Universal Standards and other official cotton standards of the United States currently adopted, whenever such official standards are represented by practical forms, shall be marked as prescribed in the order or orders of their establishment, and shall be wrapped and sealed. After being so marked, wrapped and sealed, they shall be held in secure storage in the custody of the U.S. Department of Agriculture. The Director may authorize the temporary removal of such containers from storage and the transporting of the containers to other locations for purposes of Universal Cotton Standards Conferences and other purposes as deemed necessary by the Director. Such containers shall remain in the control and custody of the Director until the original standards contained therein are superseded by new or revised standards.
(b) At each Universal Cotton Standards Conference held for approving key copies of the Universal Standards there shall be prepared two full sets of practical forms of copies of such standards, which shall be known as “Reserve Sets” and which, upon the certification and recommendation of qualified experts, shall be certified by such experts as true copies of the currently adopted standards as and when established. Such reserve sets shall be enclosed in metal-lined cases and sealed in the presence of a special committee duly authorized by the Director and composed of representatives from the associations attending the conference and the Department. The special committee shall deposit the set designated as the First Reserve Set in a vault in a bank in Memphis, Tenn. The Division shall keep the set designated as the Second Reserve Set in secure storage. These reserve sets shall remain sealed and deposited until such time as they shall be required for examination and use as set forth in paragraph (c) of this section.
(c) At the beginning of the next Universal Cotton Standards Conference, a special committee duly authorized by the Director and composed of representatives from the associations attending the conference and the Department shall deliver the First Reserve Set from its storage place to the site of the conference. This special committee shall witness the opening of the First Reserve Set for display at the conference. The Director shall arrange for removal of the Second Reserve Set from its storage place and for the transport of such set to the site of the conference. If upon examination of the First Reserve Set by representatives at the conference it should appear that such set has undergone any substantial change, the Second Reserve Set shall be opened and used in its stead.
(d) The First Reserve Set of each conference or the Second Reserve Set, if it has been used in place of the First Reserve Set, as provided in paragraph (c) of this section shall be retained by the Division until the currently adopted standards which they represent have been superseded by new or revised standards.
[30 FR 6637, May 14, 1965, as amended at 48 FR 16874, Apr. 20, 1983; 52 FR 30883, Aug. 18, 1987]
77 fees and costs
§ 28.115 Fees and costs; payment.
All charges for practical forms of cotton standards and all fees and expenses for services of inspection of bales and supervision of sampling, classification, comparison, or review by a Classing Office shall be paid at the time of filing the request for the service desired, except that in the discretion of the Director bills may be delivered to persons from whom payment or charges or fees may become due. Such bills shall be rendered as soon as practicable after the last day of each month for amounts due and unpaid on such dates. When necessary, in the discretion of the Area Director, any bill may be rendered at an earlier date for any charges or fees then due from the person to whom such bill may be rendered. Payment of any such bill shall be made as soon as possible after the rendition thereof, but in any event not later than the expiration of 2 weeks thereafter.
[52 FR 30883, Aug. 18, 1987]
§ 28.116 Amounts of fees for classification; exemption.
(a) For the classification of any cotton or samples, the person requesting the services shall pay a fee, based on the description that follows, subject to the additional fee provided by paragraph (c) of this section.
(1) For each calendar year, AMS will calculate the rate for services per hour per program employee using the following formulas:
(i) Regular rate. The total AMS grading or classification program personnel direct pay divided by direct hours, which is then multiplied by the next year's percentage of cost of living increase, plus the benefits rate, plus the operating rate, plus the allowance for bad debt rate. If applicable, travel expenses may also be added to the cost of providing the service.
(ii) Overtime rate. The total AMS grading or classification program personnel direct pay divided by direct hours, which is then multiplied by the next year's percentage of cost of living increase and then multiplied by 1.5 plus the benefits rate, plus the operating rate, plus an allowance for bad debt. If applicable, travel expenses may also be added to the cost of providing the service.
(iii) Holiday rate. The total AMS grading or classification program personnel direct pay divided by direct hours which is then multiplied by the next year's percentage of cost of living increase and then multiplied by 2, plus benefits rate, plus the operating rate, plus an allowance for bad debt. If applicable, travel expenses may also be added to the cost of providing the service.
(2) For each calendar year, based on historical costs, AMS will calculate the benefits, operating, and allowance for bad debt components of the regular, overtime and holiday rates as follows:
(i) Benefits rate. The total AMS grading or classification program direct benefits costs divided by the total hours (regular, overtime, and holiday) worked, which is then multiplied by the next calendar year's percentage cost of living increase. Some examples of direct benefits are health insurance, retirement, life insurance, and Thrift Savings Plan (TSP) retirement basic and matching contributions.
(ii) Operating rate. The total AMS grading or classification program operating costs divided by total hours (regular, overtime, and holiday) worked, which is then multiplied by the percentage of inflation.
(iii) Allowance for bad debt rate. Total AMS grading or classification program allowance for bad debt divided by total hours (regular, overtime, and holiday) worked.
(3) The calendar year cost of living expenses and percentage of inflation factors used in the formulas in this section are based on the most current Office of Management and Budget's Presidential Economic Assumptions.
(b) When a comparison is requested of any samples with a type or with other samples, the fees prescribed in paragraph (a) of this section shall apply to every sample involved, including each of the samples of which the type is composed.
(c) An additional fee based on current shipping rates shall be assessed for returning samples unless the request for service is so worded that the samples become government property immediately after classification.
(d) For any review of classification or comparison of any cotton, the fees prescribed in paragraph (a) of this section shall apply. The additional fee prescribed in paragraph (c) of this section is not applicable to review of classification if made on the same sample as the original class or comparison.
[79 FR 67318, Nov. 13, 2014]
§ 28.117 Fee for new memorandum or certificate.
For each new memorandum or certificate issued in substitution for a prior memorandum or certificate at the request of the holder, thereof, on account of the breaking or splitting of the lot of cotton covered thereby or otherwise for his business convenience, the person requesting such substitution shall pay a fee determined as described in § 28.116. If the memorandum is provided by electronic means, the fee shall be determined using the same provisions.
[79 FR 67319, Nov. 13, 2014]
§ 28.118 When no fee collected for new certificate or memorandum.
No fee shall be collected for a new cotton class certificate or memorandum issued in lieu of a prior certificate or memorandum solely for the purpose of correcting clerical errors therein, or for the purpose of substituting a new form applicable to outstanding certificates or memorandums, or without an application therefor.
§ 28.119 Fee when request for classification is withdrawn.
When the request for the classification or comparison of any cotton or an application for review shall be withdrawn after the classification of such cotton has been started pursuant thereto, the person filing the same shall pay the prescribed fee as to any such cotton already classified.
§ 28.120 Expenses to be borne by party requesting classification.
For any samples submitted for Form A, Form C, or Form D determinations, the expenses of inspecting and sampling, or supervising the sampling, and the preparation of the samples and delivery of such samples to the classification room or other place specifically designated for the purpose by the Director shall be borne by the party requesting classification.
[56 FR 24673, May 31, 1991]
§ 28.121 Advance deposits.
Upon request, the person from whom any payment under this subpart may become due shall make an advance deposit to cover such payment in such amount as may be necessary in the judgment of the official of the Program requesting the same.
[81 FR 7030, Feb. 10, 2016]
§ 28.122 Fee for practical classing examination.
The fee for the practical classing examination for cotton shall be determined as described in § 28.116. Any applicant who passes the examination may be issued a certificate indicating this accomplishment. Any person who fails to pass the examination may be reexamined. The fee for this practical reexamination will be determined as described in § 28.116.
[79 FR 67319, Nov. 13, 2014]
§ 28.123 Costs of practical forms of cotton standards.
The costs of practical forms of the cotton standards of the United States are as follows:
Effective date: July 1, 1992 | Dollars each box or roll
Domestic shipments | Shipments delivered outside the continental United States
f.o.b. Memphis, TN | Surface delivery | Air freight collect | Air parcel post delivered
Grade Standards:
American Upland | $125 | $130 | $125 | $165
American Pima | 160 | 165 | 160 | 200
Standards for length of staple:
American Upland (prepared in one pound rolls for each length) | 19 | 22 | 19 | 33
American Pima (prepared in one pound rolls for each length) | 20 | 23 | 20 | 34
[57 FR 27892, June 23, 1992]
§ 28.124 Payments; procedure.
Any payment or advance deposit under §§ 28.115 through 28.123 shall be by check, draft, or money order, payable to the order of the “Agricultural Marketing Service, USDA”, and may not be made in cash except in cases where the total payment or deposit does not exceed $1.
[22 FR 10937, Dec. 28, 1957, as amended at 30 FR 6637, May 14, 1965]
§ 28.125 No voiding or modifying claims for payment.
Nothing in this subpart shall be construed to void or modify any claim which a person or party requesting and paying for a service may have against any other person or party for the payment of part or all of such costs.
§ 28.126 Loaning of forms and exhibits.
In the discretion of the Director, limited numbers of copies of the practical forms of any of the official standards, or specially prepared exhibits illustrating any of such standards or cotton samples, may be loaned to governmental agencies for official purposes or to educational and other institutions or organizations for demonstration purposes.
78 adjustment of contract disputes
§ 28.160 Cotton examiners on foreign exchanges.
Whenever any association or exchange in any country other than the United States shall adopt the universal standards and establish them as the basis of all transactions and contracts for American upland cotton, made and executed according to its rules, the Director may appoint certain members or officials of such exchanges as cotton examiners. Insofar as the administration of the act applies to cotton involved in contracts made in accordance with the rules of such exchange, the administration shall be as prescribed in §§ 28.161 through 28.162.
§ 28.161 Disputes involving contracts for shipment of cotton from United States.
When an association or exchange located in a country other than the United States shall adopt any of the official cotton standards of the United States and when the members of the committee of such association or exchange having final jurisdiction in the matter of appeals have been designated as cotton examiners by the Director, such committee may be constituted for the purposes of this act a Board of the Department and authorized to act as follows:
(a) Insofar as the exchange has adopted the universal standards the committee may pass upon the classification of cotton involved in a dispute between a party in the United States and a party without the United States to a contract made under the rules of the association or exchange.
(b) The submission of samples of cotton involved in such a dispute to such association or exchange or such committee in accordance with the rules of the association or exchange shall be deemed to be a submission to the Department.
(c) Determinations of classification made by the boards so constituted shall be final. When so provided in the articles, rules, or bylaws of the association or exchange, such determinations may be evidenced by awards. If an award is made which does not state the classification, such board will, upon request of the owner or custodian of the cotton and the payment of a reasonable additional fee, issue a certificate showing in detail the true classification for grade and color of such cotton, based upon a comparison of the samples with the universal standards or with a type or other samples on which the cotton has been sold, as the case may be.
§ 28.162 Procedure.
The manner of procedure in submitting and handling samples, in classification and in instituting and conducting arbitrations and appeals shall be as prescribed in the articles, bylaws, and rules of the association or exchange.
79 publications media
§ 28.165 OMB control numbers assigned pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act.
(a) Purpose. This section collects and displays the control numbers assigned to information collection requirements of the Office of Management and Budget contained in 7 CFR part 28 under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1980.
(b) Display.
7 CFR sections where identified and described | Current OMB control No.
28.15-28.19 | 0581-0008
28.20-28.24 | 0581-0008
28.25 | 0581-0009
28.66 | 0581-0008
28.105 | 0581-0008
28.115 | 0581-0008
28.120 | 0581-0008
28.122 | 0581-0008
28.139 | 0581-0008
28.146 | 0581-0008
28.177 | 0581-0008
28.181-28.184 | 0581-0008
28.904 | 0581-0009
28.906 | 0581-0009
28.911 | 0581-0008
[52 FR 30884, Aug. 18, 1987]
Subpart B Classification for Foreign-Growth Cotton
Authority: Sec. 205, 60 Stat. 1090, as amended (7 U.S.C. 1624); 7 U.S.C. 471-476.
§ 28.175 Administrative and general.
Insofar as applicable, and not inconsistent with this subpart, the provisions of subpart A of this part shall likewise apply to the classification and comparison of foreign-growth cotton. For the purposes of this subpart, foreign-growth cotton is defined as either cotton produced outside the continental United States or cotton produced in the continental United States but it is stored in and sample submitted for classification from location outside the continental United States.
[81 FR 7030, Feb. 10, 2016]
§ 28.176 Designation of official certificates, memoranda, marks, other identifications, and devices for purpose of the Agricultural Marketing Act.
Subsection 203(h) of the Agricultural Marketing Act of 1946, as amended by Public Law 272, 84th Congress, provides criminal penalties for various specified offenses relating to official certificates, memoranda, marks or other identifications, and devices for making such marks or identifications, issued or authorized under section 203 of said Act and certain misrepresentations concerning the inspection or grading of agricultural products under said section. For the purposes of said subsection and the provisions in this subpart, the terms listed below shall have the respective meanings specified:
(a) Official certificate means any form of certification, either written, printed or electronic, used under this subpart to certify with respect to the fiber quality and conditions of samples submitted (including the compliance of submitted samples with applicable specifications).
(b) Official memorandum means any initial record of findings made by an authorized person in the process of grading and classing, pursuant to this subpart, any processing or plant-operation report made by an authorized person in connection with grading and classing under this subpart, and any report made by an authorized person of services performed pursuant to this subpart.
(c) Official mark, for the purposes of this subpart, means the grade mark, inspection mark, and any other mark associated only with the samples submitted to the Department for classification.
(d) Official identification means any United States (U.S.) standard designation of class, grade, quality, or condition specified in this subpart or any symbol, stamp, label, or seal indicating that the submitted sample has been officially graded and/or indicating the class, grade, quality, or condition of the submitted sample.
(e) Official device means a stamping appliance branding device, stencil, printed label or any other mechanically or manually operated tool that is approved by the Administrator for the purpose of applying any official mark or other identification to any product or the packaging material thereof.
[22 FR 10930, Dec. 28, 1957, as amended at 81 FR 7030, Feb. 10, 2016]
§ 28.177 Request for classification and comparison of cotton.
The applicant shall make a separate request, using an application supplied by the Program, for each lot or mark of cotton that the applicant desires classified or compared separately. All requests for classification or comparison shall be filed with the Quality Assurance Division or the Classing Office designated by the Deputy Administrator of the Cotton and Tobacco Program.
[81 FR 7030, Feb. 10, 2016]
§ 28.178 Submission of cotton samples.
Samples for foreign-growth cotton classification or comparison shall be drawn, handled, identified, and shipped according to the methods and procedures specified in this section. Any samples or set of samples which do not meet these specified requirements may be rejected by the Program.
(a) Samples shall be freshly drawn.
(b) Each sample shall consist of two portions, one drawn from each side of the bale. Each portion shall be at least six (6) inches (15.25 cm) wide and approximately twelve (12) inches (30.5 cm) long and shall weigh at least eight (8) ounces (227 grams).
(c) Dressing, trimming, or discarding part of the sample is prohibited. No part of the cotton or pieces of bagging, leaf, grass, dirt, sand, or any other material shall be removed from either side of the sample.
(d) A barcoded coupon showing the correct location/warehouse code and bale number along with the name and address of owner/owner's agent shall be placed between the two portions of each sample.
(e) Samples shall be identified and sacked immediately after they are cut without further handling prior to shipment to the Program.
(f) Samples shall be addressed to and mailed, shipped, or delivered direct to the Program without being routed through the owner of the cotton or the owner's agent. All expenses related to the sampling and transportation of samples—including but not limited to any fees related to Customs clearance such as fumigation and/or phytosanitary certification—shall be prepaid by the owner of the cotton or the owner's agent.
(g) All foreign-growth cotton samples submitted for classification and/or comparison shall be enclosed in one or more wrappers, which shall be labeled or marked, or both, in such manner as to show the location/warehouse code; name and address of the owner/owner's agent; the number of bales represented by the samples in each wrapper; and such other information as may be necessary in accordance with the instructions of the Deputy Administrator.
[81 FR 7030, Feb. 10, 2016]
§ 28.179 Lost or damaged samples.
The Program is not responsible for compensating the owner or owner's agent of cotton samples that are lost, damaged or mutilated prior to the Program taking receipt of said samples. The Program shall inform applicants in the event that samples are lost, damaged or mutilated.
[81 FR 7030, Feb. 10, 2016]
§ 28.180 No return of samples.
Samples submitted for foreign-growth classification and/or comparison will not be returned to the applicant. Loosed cotton samples shall become the property of the Program.
[81 FR 7030, Feb. 10, 2016]
§ 28.181 Withdrawal of classification request.
Any classification or comparison request may be withdrawn by the applicant at any time before the classification of the cotton covered thereby. If the withdrawal request is communicated after the classification/comparison has been started, the applicant shall pay the fees prescribed in § 28.188.
[81 FR 7030, Feb. 10, 2016]
§ 28.182 Denial of service.
The Deputy Administrator may for good cause, including the acts or practices set forth in § 28.32(a) or any knowing violation of the regulations in this subpart, deny any person, including the agents, officers, subsidiaries, or affiliates of such person, from any or all benefits of this subpart for a specified period, after notice and opportunity for hearing has been afforded. Procedures outlined, or referred, in part 50 of this chapter (7 CFR 50.1 through 50.12) shall govern proceedings under this section.
[81 FR 7031, Feb. 10, 2016]
§ 28.183 Methods of cotton classification and comparison.
(a) The classification of foreign-growth cotton samples shall be determined by the quality of a sample in accordance with the Universal Cotton Standards (the official cotton standards of the United States) for the color grade and the leaf grade of Upland Cotton, the length of staple, and fiber property measurements such as length uniformity, strength, and micronaire. High Volume Instruments will determine all fiber property measurements except the determination of the presence of extraneous matter, special conditions and remarks. High Volume Instrument colorimeter measurements will be used for determining the official color grade. Cotton classers certified by the Cotton and Tobacco Program will determine the presence of extraneous matter, special conditions and remarks and authorized employees of the Cotton and Tobacco Program will determine all fiber property measurements using High Volume Instruments. The classification record issued by the Quality Assurance Division with respect to any cotton sample shall be deemed to be the classification record of the Department.
(b) Additional procedures and methods pertaining to the classification of foreign-growth cotton samples are outlined in §§ 28.36 through 28.40.
(c) When a comparison of such cotton samples with other actual samples or with a type is requested, the procedure and methods shall be as outlined in §§ 28.45 through 28.47.
[81 FR 7031, Feb. 10, 2016]
§ 28.184 Availability of electronic cotton classification data.
As soon as practicable after the classification or comparison of cotton has been completed, electronic cotton classification data for each sample submitted will be made available for the owner or the owner's agent to retrieve. The data record transmitted is representative of only the sample submitted by the owner or the owner's agent rather than any particular cotton bale.
[81 FR 7031, Feb. 10, 2016]
§ 28.185 Issuance of cotton classification memoranda.
Upon request, there shall be issued a cotton classification memorandum which shall embody within its written or printed terms:
(a) The results of the classification or comparison.
(b) The name of the country in which the cotton was produced.
(c) The source from which the samples were received for classification.
(d) A statement that any classification made has been on the basis of the Universal Cotton Standards (the official cotton standards of the United States) at the time of such classification.
(e) A statement that any classification made applies only to the samples as submitted by the owner or the owner's agent and does not purport to represent any particular cotton bales.
(f) The signature of the Director of the facility providing the classification service and the date of issuance of the memorandum.
[22 FR 10930, Dec. 28, 1957, as amended at 52 FR 30884, Aug. 18, 1987. Redesignated and amended at 81 FR 7030, 7031, Feb. 10, 2016]
§ 28.186 Review of cotton classification or comparison.
An immediate review of every classification or comparison made pursuant to this subpart is performed automatically. Therefore, separate review classification services for foreign-growth cotton are not offered by the Program. Costs associated with such review classifications are integrated into the fees established in § 28.188.
[81 FR 7031, Feb. 10, 2016]
§ 28.187 Surrender of memoranda.
For good cause, any memorandum issued under this subpart shall be surrendered to the Program, upon the request of the Director of the Quality Assurance Division, and a new memorandum complying with this subpart issued in substitution therefor. If the memorandum is not surrendered upon such request, it shall nevertheless be invalid for the purpose of this subpart.
[81 FR 7031, Feb. 10, 2016]
§ 28.188 Fee amounts.
The provisions of §§ 28.116 through 28.119 relating to fees shall apply to services performed with respect to foreign-growth cotton.
[81 FR 7031, Feb. 10, 2016]
§ 28.189 Expenses to be borne by party requesting classification.
For any samples submitted for foreign-growth classification, all expenses related to the sampling and transportation of samples, which may include but is not limited to any fees related to Customs clearance such as fumigation and/or phytosanitary certification, shall be prepaid by the owner of the cotton or the owner's agent.
[81 FR 7031, Feb. 10, 2016]
§ 28.190 Advance deposits.
Advance deposit requirements for services rendered under this subpart are specified in § 28.121.
[81 FR 7031, Feb. 10, 2016]
§ 28.191 Payments methods.
Acceptable methods of payment or advance deposit for fees specified in § 28.188 are as follows:
(a) Credit card (Visa, MasterCard, Discover, or American Express): For remittance of payment by credit card, cardholder's name, billing address, credit card number, expiration date, etc. are required.
(b) Wire transfers/Electronic Fund Transfers (EFT): Electronic payments are processed through the Federal Reserve Bank. Customer/company name and government issued identification number are required. All fees associated with wire transfers/EFT are the responsibility of the remitter. Orders will not be processed until the total amount of the order is collected.
(c) Check: Checks must be drawn on a United States bank in United States currency and include the bank routing number on the check. Checks should be made payable to “USDA, AMS, Cotton and Tobacco Program”.
[81 FR 7031, Feb. 10, 2016]
§ 28.192 No voiding or modifying claims for payment.
Nothing in this subpart shall be construed to void or modify any claim which a person or party requesting and paying for a service may have against any other person or party for the payment of part or all of such costs.
[81 FR 7031, Feb. 10, 2016]
Subpart C Standards
80 Official Cotton Standards of the United States for Length of Staple
Authority: Sections 28.301 to 28.307 issued under Sec. 10, 42 Stat. 1519; 7 U.S.C. 61. Interpret or apply sec. 6, 42 Stat. 1518, as amended, sec. 4854, 68A Stat. 580; 7 U.S.C. 56, 26 U.S.C. 4854.
§ 28.301 Measurement: humidity; temperature.
The length of staple of any cotton shall be the normal length by measurement, without regard to quality or value, of a typical portion of its fibers under a relative humidity of the atmosphere of 65 percent and a temperature of 70 °F.
§ 28.302 Terms of designation.
The length of staple of any cotton shall be designated by that one of the following terms which expresses its measurement in inches and fractions of an inch in accordance with § 28.301:
“Below 13/16; 7/8; 29/32; 15/16; 31/32; 1; 1 1/32; 1 1/16; 1 3/32; 1 1/8; 1 5/32; 1 3/16; 1 7/32; 1 1/4; 1 9/32; 1 5/16; 1 11/32; 1 3/8; 1 13/32; 1 7/16; 1 15/32; 1 1/2; 1 17/32; 1 9/16; 1 19/32; 1 5/8; 1 21/32; 1 11/16; 1 23/32; 1 3/4; and upward in like manner in gradations of thirty-seconds, disregarding any fraction less than a thirty-second.”
§ 28.303 Standards for length of staple for American upland cotton.
(a) Effective July 12, 1985, standards for the lengths of staple of American upland cotton shall be measurements as determined by the Suter-Webb Duplex Cotton Fiber Sorter in accordance with the test method prescribed in paragraph (c) of this section. Ranges for each official staple length are shown in the table below. Staple standards exceeding 1 1/4 inches, in graduations of thirty-second inches, will be expressed in increments of .041 inches.
[In inches]
Staple length | Upper quartile length range
13/16 | .827-.847
7/8 | .909-.929
29/32 | .950-.970
15/16 | .990-1.010
31/32 | 1.031-1.051
1 | 1.072-1.092
1 1/32 | 1.113-1.133
1 1/16 | 1.154-1.174
1 3/32 | 1.195-1.215
1 1/8 | 1.236-1.256
1 5/32 | 1.277-1.297
1 3/16 | 1.318-1.338
1 7/32 | 1.359-1.379
1 1/4 | 1.400-1.420
(b) Cotton selected for the preparation of practical forms of staple standards shall, to the extent practicable, measure at the mid-point of the appropriate staple range indicated in paragraph (a) of this section.
(c) Length measurements shall be performed in accordance with the “Standard Test Method for Length and Length Distribution of Cotton Fibers (Array Method), ANSI/ASTM D 1440-77 (1982), which is incorporated by reference pursuant to the provisions of 5 U.S.C. 552(a). This standard test method has been adopted by the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) and approved as an American National Standard by the American National Standards Institute. It is published in the “Annual Book of ASTM Standards,” Part 33, volume 07.02. Copies of the ASTM book and copies of ASTM standard D 1440-77 as a separate publication may be obtained from ASTM, Customer Service, 1916 Race Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103. A copy of the ASTM standard test method is also on file at the Office of the Federal Register. A notice of any change in the ASTM standard test method cited herein will be published in the Federal Register.
[49 FR 28391, July 12, 1984]
§ 28.304 Original representation of American Pima cotton staple lengths.
The following lengths of American Pima staple are represented by a quantity of cotton in the custody of the United States Department of Agriculture suitably contained and marked “Original Representation of Official Cotton Standards of the United States” followed in each instance by the name of growth, appropriate designation for staple length, and the effective date.
Staple length (inches) | Effective date
1 5/16 | Aug. 1, 1961.
1 3/8 | Aug. 10, 1943.
1 7/16 | Aug. 10, 1943.
1 1/2 | Aug. 1, 1929.
[49 FR 28391, July 12, 1984]
§ 28.306 Over 13/16 inch staple.
Cotton which is more than thirteen-sixteenths of an inch in length of staple but is not exactly one of the measurements specified in § 28.302, shall be designated by that one of such measurements which comes nearest under its true measurement.
[22 FR 10930, Dec. 28, 1957. Redesignated at 49 FR 28391, July 12, 1984]
§ 28.307 Bale of different staple lengths.
Whenever the length of staple of cotton taken from one part of a bale is different from that taken from another part of the same bale, the length of staple of the cotton in such bale shall be that of the part which is the shorter.
[22 FR 10930, Dec. 28, 1957. Redesignated at 49 FR 28391, July 12, 1984]
81 Official Cotton Standards of the United States for the Color Grade of American Upland Cotton
Authority: Section 28.401 to 28.451 issued under Sec. 10, 42 Stat. 1519; (7 U.S.C. 61). Interpret or apply Sec. 6, 42 Stat. 1518, as amended; (7 U.S.C. 56), unless otherwise noted.
Source: 57 FR 34497, Aug. 5, 1992, unless otherwise noted.
82 white cotton
§ 28.401 Good Middling Color.
Good Middling Color is color which is within the range represented by a set of samples in the custody of the United States Department of Agriculture in a container marked “Original Official Cotton Standards of the United States, American Upland, Good Middling, effective July 1, 1987.”
§ 28.402 Strict Middling Color.
Strict Middling Color is color which is within the range represented by a set of samples in the custody of the United States Department of Agriculture in a container marked “Original Official Cotton Standards of the United States, American Upland, Strict Middling, effective July 1, 1987.”
§ 28.403 Middling Color.
Middling Color is color which is within the range represented by a set of samples in the custody of the United States Department of Agriculture in a container marked “Original Official Cotton Standards of the United States, American Upland, Middling, effective July 1, 1987.”
§ 28.404 Strict Low Middling Color.
Strict Low Middling Color is color which is within the range represented by a set of samples in the custody of the United States Department of Agriculture in a container marked “Original Official Cotton Standards of the United States, American Upland, Strict Low Middling, effective July 1, 1987.”
§ 28.405 Low Middling Color.
Low Middling Color is color which is within the range represented by a set of samples in the custody of the United States Department of Agriculture in a container marked “Original Official Cotton Standards of the United States, American Upland, Low Middling, effective July 1, 1987.”
§ 28.406 Strict Good Ordinary Color.
Strict Good Ordinary Color is color which is within the range represented by a set of samples in the custody of the United States Department of Agriculture in a container marked “Original Official Cotton Standards of the United States, American Upland, Strict Good Ordinary, effective July 1, 1987.”
§ 28.407 Good Ordinary Color.
Good Ordinary Color is color which is within the range represented by a set of samples in the custody of the United States Department of Agriculture in a container marked “Original Official Cotton Standards of the United States, American Upland, Good Ordinary, effective July 1, 1987.”
83 Light Spotted Cotton
Source: 57 FR 34497, Aug. 5, 1992, unless otherwise noted.
§ 28.411 Good Middling Light Spotted Color.
Good Middling Light Spotted Color is color which in spot or color, or both, is between Good Middling Color and Good Middling Spotted Color.
§ 28.412 Strict Middling Light Spotted Color.
Strict Middling Light Spotted Color is color which in spot or color, or both, is between Strict Middling Color and Strict Middling Spotted Color.
§ 28.413 Middling Light Spotted Color.
Middling Light Spotted Color is color which in spot or color, or both, is between Middling Color and Middling Spotted Color.
§ 28.414 Strict Low Middling Light Spotted Color.
Strict Low Middling Light Spotted Color is color which in spot or color, or both, is between Strict Low Middling Color and Strict Low Middling Spotted Color.
§ 28.415 Low Middling Light Spotted Color.
Low Middling Light Spotted Color is color which in spot or color, or both, is between Low Middling Color and Low Middling Spotted Color.
§ 28.416 Strict Good Ordinary Light Spotted Color.
Strict Good Ordinary Light Spotted Color is color which in spot or color, or both, is between Strict Good Ordinary Color and Strict Good Ordinary Spotted Color.
84 Spotted Cotton
Source: 57 FR 34498, Aug. 5, 1992, unless otherwise noted.
§ 28.421 Good Middling Spotted Color.
Good Middling Spotted Color is color which is better than Strict Middling Spotted Color.
§ 28.422 Strict Middling Spotted Color.
Strict Middling Spotted Color is color which is within the range represented by a set of samples in the custody of the United States Department of Agriculture in a container marked “Original Official Cotton Standards of the United States, American Upland, Strict Middling Spotted, effective July 1, 1987.”
§ 28.423 Middling Spotted Color.
Middling Spotted Color is color which is within the range represented by a set of samples in the custody of the United States Department of Agriculture in a container marked “Original Official Cotton Standards of the United States, American Upland, Middling Spotted, effective July 1, 1987.”
§ 28.424 Strict Low Middling Spotted Color.
Strict Low Middling Spotted Color is color which is within the range represented by a set of samples in the custody of the United States Department of Agriculture in a container marked “Original Official Cotton Standards of the United States, American Upland, Strict Low Middling Spotted, effective July 1, 1987.”
§ 28.425 Low Middling Spotted Color.
Low Middling Spotted Color is color which is within the range represented by a set of samples in the custody of the United States Department of Agriculture in a container marked “Original Official Cotton Standards of the United States, American Upland, Low Middling Spotted, effective July 1, 1987.”
§ 28.426 Strict Good Ordinary Spotted Color.
Strict Good Ordinary Spotted Color is color which is within the range represented by a set of samples in the custody of the United States Department of Agriculture in a container marked “Original Official Cotton Standards of the United States, American Upland, Strict Good Ordinary Spotted, effective July 1, 1987.”
85 tinged cotton
Source: 57 FR 34498, Aug. 5, 1992, unless otherwise noted.
§ 28.431 Strict Middling Tinged Color.
Strict Middling Tinged Color is color which is better than Middling Tinged Color.
§ 28.432 Middling Tinged Color.
Middling Tinged Color is color which is within the range represented by a set of samples in the custody of the United States Department of Agriculture in a container marked “Original Official Cotton Standards of the United States, American Upland, Middling Tinged, effective July 1, 1987.”
§ 28.433 Strict Low Middling Tinged Color.
Strict Low Middling Tinged Color is color which is within the range represented by a set of samples in the custody of the United States Department of Agriculture in a container marked “Original Official Cotton Standards of the United States, American Upland, Strict Low Middling Tinged, effective July 1, 1987.”
§ 28.434 Low Middling Tinged Color.
Low Middling Tinged Color is color which is within the range represented by a set of samples in the custody of the United States Department of Agriculture in a container marked “Original Official Cotton Standards of the United States, American Upland, Low Middling Tinged, effective July 1, 1987.”
86 yellow stained cotton
§ 28.441 Strict Middling Yellow Stained Color.
Strict Middling Yellow Stained Color is color which is deeper than that of Strict Middling Tinged Color.
[57 FR 34498, Aug. 5, 1992]
§ 28.442 Middling Yellow Stained Color.
Middling Yellow Stained Color is American Upland cotton which in color is deeper than Middling Tinged Color.
[57 FR 34498, Aug. 5, 1992]
87 below color grade cotton
§ 28.451 Below Color Grade Cotton.
Below color grade cotton is American Upland cotton which is lower in color grade than Good Ordinary, or Strict Good Ordinary Light Spotted, or Strict Good Ordinary Spotted, or Low Middling Tinged, or Middling Yellow Stained. In cotton classification, the official designation for such cotton is Below Color Grade. The term Below Good Ordinary Color, or Below Strict Good Ordinary Light Spotted Color, or Below Strict Good Ordinary Spotted Color, or Below Low Middling Tinged Color, or Below Middling Yellow Stained Color and other additional explanatory terms considered necessary to describe adequately the condition of the cotton may be entered on classification memorandums or certificates.
[57 FR 34498, Aug. 5, 1992]
88 Official Cotton Standards of the United States for the Leaf Grade of American Upland Cotton
Authority: Sections 28.461 to 28.482 issued under Sec. 10, 42 Stat. 1519; (7 U.S.C. 61). Section 28.482 also issued under Sec. 3c, 50 Stat. 62 (7 U.S.C. 473c) and 90 Stat. 1841-1846 as amended (7 U.S.C. 15b). Interpret or apply Sec. 6, 42 Stat. 1518, as amended; (7 U.S.C. 56), unless otherwise noted.
89 leaf grades
Source: 57 FR 34498, Aug. 5, 1992, unless otherwise noted.
§ 28.461 Leaf Grade 1.
Leaf Grade 1 is leaf which is within the range represented by a set of samples in the custody of the United States Department of Agriculture in a container marked “Original Official Cotton Standards of the United States, American Upland, Good Middling, effective July 1, 1987.”
§ 28.462 Leaf Grade 2.
Leaf Grade 2 is leaf which is within the range represented by a set of samples in the custody of the United States Department of Agriculture in a container marked “Original Official Cotton Standards of the United States, American Upland, Strict Middling, effective July 1, 1987.”
§ 28.463 Leaf Grade 3.
Leaf Grade 3 is leaf which is within the range represented by a set of samples in the custody of the United States Department of Agriculture in a container marked “Original Official Cotton Standards of the United States, American Upland, Middling, effective July 1, 1987.”
§ 28.464 Leaf Grade 4.
Leaf Grade 4 is leaf which is within the range represented by a set of samples in the custody of the United States Department of Agriculture in a container marked “Original Official Cotton Standards of the United States, American Upland, Strict Low Middling, effective July 1, 1987.”
§ 28.465 Leaf Grade 5.
Leaf Grade 5 is leaf which is within the range represented by a set of samples in the custody of the United States Department of Agriculture in a container marked “Original Official Cotton Standards of the United States, American Upland, Low Middling, effective July 1, 1987.”
§ 28.466 Leaf Grade 6.
Leaf Grade 6 is leaf which is within the range represented by a set of samples in the custody of the United States Department of Agriculture in a container marked “Original Official Cotton Standards of the United States, American Upland, Strict Good Ordinary, effective July 1, 1987.”
§ 28.467 Leaf Grade 7.
Leaf Grade 7 is leaf which is within the range represented by a set of samples in the custody of the United States Department of Agriculture in a container marked “Original Official Cotton Standards of the United States, American Upland, Good Ordinary, effective July 1, 1987.”
90 below leaf grade cotton
§ 28.471 Below Leaf Grade Cotton.
Below leaf grade cotton is American Upland cotton which is lower in leaf grade than Leaf Grade 7. In cotton classification, the official designation for such cotton is Below Leaf Grade. Other additional explanatory terms considered necessary to describe adequately the condition of the cotton may be entered on classification memorandums or certificates.
[57 FR 34499, Aug. 5, 1992]
91 general
§ 28.480 General.
(a) American Upland cotton which in color is within the range of the color standards established in this part shall be designated according to the color standard irrespective of the leaf content. American Upland cotton which in leaf is within the leaf standards established in this part shall be designated according to the leaf standard irrespective of the color.
(b) The term preparation is used to describe the degree of smoothness or roughness with which cotton is ginned and the relative neppiness or nappiness of the ginned lint. Normal preparation for any color grade of American Upland cotton for which there is a physical color standard shall be that found in the physical color standard. Normal preparation for any color grade of American Upland cotton for which there is a descriptive color standard shall be that found in the physical standards for color used to define the descriptive color grade. Explanatory terms considered necessary to adequately describe the preparation of cotton may be entered on classification memorandums or certificates.
[57 FR 34499, Aug. 5, 1992]
§ 28.481 Alternate title for standards.
Since these standards have been agreed upon and accepted by the leading European cotton associations and exchanges, they may also be termed and referred to as the “Universal Standards for American Cotton.”
[24 FR 5171, June 25, 1959]
§ 28.482 United States Cotton Futures Act.
The cotton standards contained in § 28.301 through § 28.603 of this part shall be effective for purposes of the United States Cotton Futures Act (7 U.S.C. 15b) and the regulations thereunder (7 CFR part 27).
[45 FR 46783, July 11, 1980]
92 Official Cotton Standards of the United States for the ColorGrade of American Pima Cotton
Authority: Secs. 28.501 to 28.510 issued under Sec. 10, 42 Stat. 1519 (7 U.S.C. 61). Interpret or apply Sec. 6, 42 Stat. 1518, as amended (7 U.S.C. 56.)
§ 28.501 Color Grade No. 1.
Color grade No. 1 shall be American Pima cotton which in color is within the range represented by a set of samples in the custody of the U.S. Department of Agriculture in a container marked “Original Official Cotton Standards of the United States, American Pima, Color Grade No. 1, effective July 1, 1986.”
[65 FR 36600, June 9, 2000]
§ 28.502 Color Grade No. 2.
Color grade No. 2 shall be American Pima cotton which in color is within the range represented by a set of samples in the custody of the U.S. Department of Agriculture in a container marked “Original Official Cotton Standards of the United States, American Pima, Color Grade No. 2, effective July 1, 1986.”
[65 FR 36600, June 9, 2000]
§ 28.503 Color Grade No. 3.
Color grade No. 3 shall be American Pima cotton which in color is within the range represented by a set of samples in the custody of the U.S. Department of Agriculture in a container marked “Original Official Cotton Standards of the United States, American Pima, Color Grade No. 3, effective July 1, 1986.”
[65 FR 36600, June 9, 2000]
§ 28.504 Color Grade No. 4.
Color grade No. 4 shall be American Pima cotton which in color is within the range represented by a set of samples in the custody of the U.S. Department of Agriculture in a container marked “Original Official Cotton Standards of the United States, American Pima, Color Grade No. 4, effective July 1, 1986.”
[65 FR 36600, June 9, 2000]
§ 28.505 Color Grade No. 5.
Color grade No. 5 shall be American Pima cotton which in color is within the range represented by a set of samples in the custody of the U.S. Department of Agriculture in a container marked “Original Official Cotton Standards of the United States, American Pima, Color Grade No. 5, effective July 1, 1986.”
[65 FR 36600, June 9, 2000]
§ 28.506 Color Grade No. 6.
Color grade No. 6 shall be American Pima cotton which in color is within the range represented by a set of samples in the custody of the U.S. Department of Agriculture in a container marked “Original Official Cotton Standards of the United States, American Pima, Color Grade No. 6, effective July 1, 1986.”
[65 FR 36600, June 9, 2000]
§ 28.507 Color Grade No. 7.
American Pima cotton which in color is inferior to Color Grade No. 6 shall be designated as “Color Grade No. 7.”
[65 FR 36600, June 9, 2000]
§§ 28.508-28.510 [Reserved]
93 Official Cotton Standards of the United States for the Leaf Grade of American Pima Cotton
§ 28.511 Leaf Grade No. 1.
Leaf grade No. 1 shall be American Pima cotton which in leaf is within the range represented by a set of samples in the custody of the U.S. Department of Agriculture in a container marked “Original Official Cotton Standards of the United States, American Pima, Leaf Grade No. 1, effective July 1, 1986.”
[65 FR 36601, June 9, 2000]
§ 28.512 Leaf Grade No. 2.
Leaf grade No. 2 shall be American Pima cotton which in leaf is within the range represented by a set of samples in the custody of the U.S. Department of Agriculture in a container marked “Original Official Cotton Standards of the United States, American Pima, Leaf Grade No. 2, effective July 1, 1986.”
[65 FR 36601, June 9, 2000]
§ 28.513 Leaf Grade No. 3.
Leaf grade No. 3 shall be American Pima cotton which in leaf is within the range represented by a set of samples in the custody of the U.S. Department of Agriculture in a container marked “Original Official Cotton Standards of the United States, American Pima, Leaf Grade No. 3, effective July 1, 1986.”
[65 FR 36601, June 9, 2000]
§ 28.514 Leaf Grade No. 4.
Leaf grade No. 4 shall be American Pima cotton which in leaf is within the range represented by a set of samples in the custody of the U.S. Department of Agriculture in a container marked “Original Official Cotton Standards of the United States, American Pima, Leaf Grade No. 4, effective July 1, 2001.”
[65 FR 36601, June 9, 2000]
§ 28.515 Leaf Grade No. 5.
Leaf grade No. 5 shall be American Pima cotton which in leaf is within the range represented by a set of samples in the custody of the U.S. Department of Agriculture in a container marked “Original Official Cotton Standards of the United States, American Pima, Leaf Grade No. 5, effective July 1, 2001.”
[65 FR 36601, June 9, 2000]
§ 28.516 Leaf Grade No. 6.
Leaf grade No. 6 shall be American Pima cotton which in leaf is within the range represented by a set of samples in the custody of the U.S. Department of Agriculture in a container marked “Original Official Cotton Standards of the United States, American Pima, Leaf Grade No. 6, effective July 1, 2001.”
[65 FR 36601, June 9, 2000]
§ 28.517 Leaf Grade No. 7.
American Pima cotton which in leaf is inferior to Leaf Grade No. 6 shall be designated as “Leaf Grade No. 7.”
[65 FR 36601, June 9, 2000]
94 Application of Standards and Explanatory Terms
§ 28.521 Application of color and leaf grade standards.
American Pima cotton which in color is within the range of the color standards established in this part shall be designated according to the color standard irrespective of the leaf content. American Pima cotton which in leaf is within the range of the leaf standards established in this part shall be designated according to the leaf standard irrespective of the color content.
[65 FR 36601, June 9, 2000]
§ 28.522 Explanatory terms.
(a) The term preparation is used to describe the degree of smoothness or roughness of the ginned lint. Normal preparation for any color grade of American Pima cotton for which there is a physical color standard shall be that found in the physical color standard. If the preparation is other than normal, it shall be entered on the classification record.
(b) Explanatory terms considered necessary to adequately describe the presence of preparation, spindle twist, and extraneous matter such as bark, grass, seed coat fragments, oil, etc. in the sample, shall be part of the classification record.
[65 FR 36601, June 9, 2000]
95 Symbols and Code Numbers Used in Recording Cotton Classification
Authority: Sec. 28.525 issued under Sec. 10, 42 Stat. 1519 (7 U.S.C. 61). Interpret or apply Sec. 6, 42 Stat. 1518, as amended (7 U.S.C. 56).
§ 28.525 Symbols and code numbers.
For administrative convenience, the symbols and code numbers prescribed in this section may be used in lieu of cotton grade names and staple length designations in inches.
(a) Symbols and Code numbers used for Color Grades of American Upland Cotton.
Color grade | Symbol | Code No.
Good Middling | GM | 11
Strict Middling | SM | 21
Middling | Mid | 31
Strict Low Middling | SLM | 41
Low Middling | LM | 51
Strict Good Ordinary | SGO | 61
Good Ordinary | GO | 71
Good Middling Light Spotted | GM Lt SP | 12
Strict Middling Light Spotted | SM Lt Sp | 22
Middling Light Spotted | Mid Lt Sp | 32
Strict Low Middling Light Spotted | SLM Lt Sp | 42
Low Middling Light Spotted | LM Lt Sp | 52
Stict Good Ordinary Light Spotted | SGO Lt Sp | 62
Good Middling Spotted | GM Sp | 13
Strict Middling Spotted | SM Sp | 23
Middling Spotted | Mid Sp | 33
Strict Low Middling Spotted | SLM Sp | 43
Low Middling Spotted | LM Sp | 53
Strict Good Ordinary Spotted | SGO Sp | 63
Strict Middling Tinged | SM Tg | 24
Middling Tinged | Mid Tg | 34
Strict Low Middling Tinged | SLM Tg | 44
Low Middling Tinged | LM Tg | 54
Strict Middling Yellow Stained | SM YS | 25
Middling Yellow Stained | Mid YS | 35
Below Grade—(Below Good Ordinary) | BG | 81
Below Grade—(Below Strict Good Ordinary Light Spotted) | BG | 82
Below Grade—(Below Strict Good Ordinary Spotted) | BG | 83
Below Grade—(Below Low Middling Tinged) | BG | 84
Below Grade—(Below Middling Yellow Stained) | BG | 85
(b) Symbols and Code Numbers used for Leaf Grades of American Upland Cotton.
Leaf grade | Symbol | Code No.
Leaf Grade 1 | LG1 | 1
Leaf Grade 2 | LG2 | 2
Leaf Grade 3 | LG3 | 3
Leaf Grade 4 | LG4 | 4
Leaf Grade 5 | LG5 | 5
Leaf Grade 6 | LG6 | 6
Leaf Grade 7 | LG7 | 7
Below Leaf Grade | BLG | 8
(c) Symbols and Code Numbers for Color Grades of American Pima Cotton.
Full grade name | Symbol Code | No.
Color Grade No. 1 | AP C1 | 01
Color Grade No. 2 | AP C2 | 02
Color Grade No. 3 | AP C3 | 03
Color Grade No. 4 | AP C4 | 04
Color Grade No. 5 | AP C5 | 05
Color Grade No. 6 | AP C6 | 06
Color Grade No. 7 | AP C7 | 07
(d) Symbols and Code Numbers for Leaf Grades of American Pima Cotton.
Full grade name | Symbol Code | No.
Leaf Grade No. 1 | AP L1 | 1
Leaf Grade No. 2 | AP L2 | 2
Leaf Grade No. 3 | AP L3 | 3
Leaf Grade No. 4 | AP L4 | 4
Leaf Grade No. 5 | AP L5 | 5
Leaf Grade No. 6 | AP L6 | 6
Leaf Grade No. 7 | AP L7 | 7
(e) Code numbers for Length of Staple Designations.
Length of staple—inches | Code No.
Below 13/16 | 24
13/16 | 26
7/8 | 28
29/32 | 29
15/16 | 30
31/32 | 31
1 | 32
1 1/32 | 33
1 1/16 | 34
1 3/32 | 35
1 1/8 | 36
1 5/32 | 37
1 3/16 | 38
1 7/32 | 39
1 1/4 | 40
1 9/32 | 41
1 5/16 | 42
1 11/32 | 43
1 3/8 | 44
1 13/32 | 45
1 7/16 | 46
1 15/32 | 47
1 1/2 | 48
1 17/32 | 49
1 9/16 | 50
1 19/32 | 51
1 5/8 | 52
1 21/32 | 53
1 11/16 | 54
1 23/32 | 55
1 3/4 | 56
[32 FR 8760, June 20, 1967, as amended at 50 FR 25198, June 18, 1985; 51 FR 23039, June 25, 1986; 57 FR 34499, Aug. 5, 1992; 65 FR 36601, June 9, 2000]
96 Official Cotton Standards of the United States for Fiber Fineness and Maturity
Authority: Sections 28.601 to 28.603 issued under secs. 6, 10, 42 Stat. 1518, 1519, sec. 4854, 68A Stat. 580; 7 U.S.C. 56, 61, 26 U.S.C. 4854.
Source: Sections 28.601 through 28.603 appear at 30 FR 7239, May 29, 1965, unless otherwise noted.
§ 28.601 Official cotton standards for fiber fineness and maturity.
The official cotton standards of the United States for fiber fineness and maturity shall be the measure of such qualities, in combination, provided by air flow instrument tests in terms of micronaire readings in accordance with the procedure specified in § 28.603.
§ 28.602 Terms of designations.
The fiber fineness and maturity of any cotton shall be designated by the micronaire reading obtained from an air flow instrument test for a specimen of the cotton as determined under § 28.603, e.g., 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, etc. To simplify recording, the decimal point may be omitted, and the micronaire reading recorded as 41, 42, 43, etc.
§ 28.603 Procedures for air flow tests of micronaire reading.
In determining in terms of micronaire readings, the fiber fineness and maturity, in combination, of cotton, the following procedures shall apply:
(a) Facilities and equipment shall include:
(1) Air flow instrument complete with accessories to measure the fineness and maturity, in combination, of cotton in terms of micronaire reading on the curvilinear scale adopted in September 1950 by the Department of Agriculture, or its equivalent.
(2) A suitable supply of compressed air filtered to remove moisture and other impurities.
(3) Balance or scales suitable for accurately weighing the specimens required for the particular instrument.
(4) International Calibration Cotton Standards with established micronaire reading values for calibration of the air flow instrument.
(b) The instrument shall be calibrated each day before routine testing begins, as follows:
(1) The air shall be allowed to flow through the instrument until the indicator stabilizes.
(2) Specimens from at least two of the calibration cottons shall be tested to insure proper calibration of the instrument. The instrument shall be considered in calibration if the values obtained on the test specimens agree with the established values of the calibration cottons within 0.1 micronaire reading.
(c) Testing of the cotton specimen shall be performed as follows:
(1) Approximately the same amount of cotton shall be taken from each side of the sample for a test specimen. The weight of the test specimen shall be that weight prescribed for the air flow instrument being used.
(2) The weighed specimen shall be tested in a properly calibrated instrument.
(3) The specimen shall be inserted into the specimen holder of the instrument so that the mass of fibers is well distributed within the specimen holder.
(4) The air shall then be allowed to flow through the specimen in accordance with the method of operation of the instrument.
(5) The position of the instrument indicator shall be determined to the nearest 0.1 micronaire reading when it becomes stable.
(d) The accuracy of the instrument shall be checked at least every 2 hours during operation by testing appropriate calibration cottons. If the value obtained on a specimen from the calibration cotton is outside the established limits of 0.1 micronaire reading, or when successive readings show the results to be within the established limits, but consistently high or low, the instrument and technique shall be thoroughly checked to remedy the discrepancies. Additional tests using calibration cottons shall be made until acceptable results are obtained before routine testing is resumed.
Subpart D Cotton Classification and Market News Service for Producers
Authority: 7 U.S.C. 51-65; 7 U.S.C. 471-476.
Source: 74 FR 26772, June 4, 2009, unless otherwise noted.
97 Definitions
§ 28.901 Definitions.
When used in the regulations in this subpart:
(a) Act means the United States Cotton Standards Act of 1923, as amended (7 U.S.C. 51-65) and the Cotton Statistics and Estimates Act of 1927 (7 U.S.C. 471-476), unless otherwise noted.
(b) Service means the Agricultural Marketing Service of the United States Department of Agriculture.
(c) Administrator means the Administrator of the Agricultural Marketing Service, or any officer or employee of the Service to whom authority has heretofore been delegated, or to whom authority may hereafter be delegated to act for the Administrator.
(d) Division means the Cotton Division of the Agricultural Marketing Service.
(e) Director means the Director of the Cotton Division, or any officer or employee of the Division to whom authority has heretofore been delegated or to whom authority may hereafter be delegated, to act for the Director.
(f) Producer means any individual, partnership, corporation, association, trust, estate, or other legal entity, a State or political subdivision thereof, or any agency of such State or political subdivision producing American Upland or American Pima cotton in the capacity of landowner, landlord, tenant, or sharecropper.
98 Administration
§ 28.902 Director.
The Director shall perform for and under the supervision of the Administrator, such duties as the Administrator may require in enforcing the regulations in this subpart.
99 Classification and Market News Services
§ 28.903 Classification of samples.
The Director, or an authorized representative, upon the receipt of a producer's cotton sample which complies with the regulations in this subpart shall, as hereinafter provided, furnish to such producer or to an agent designated by the producer the classification in accordance with the official cotton standards of the United States.
§ 28.904 Market news.
The Director shall cause to be distributed to producers of cotton and to others on request, timely information on prices for various qualities of cotton.
100 Sampling
§ 28.906 Sampling arrangements.
(a) Cotton must be sampled by a gin or warehouse that holds a valid license to sample cotton issued pursuant to §§ 28.20 through 28.22.
(b) The Director, or an authorized representative may direct that sampling be performed by employees of the Department of Agriculture for the purpose of appraising the sampling procedures at cotton gins or warehouses, or for the purpose of providing service to producers in special cases where a licensed gin or warehouse is not available.
§ 28.907 Responsibilities of licensed gins or warehouses.
Each licensee shall be primarily responsible for drawing, identifying, handling, and shipping samples of cotton in accordance with this subpart and with instructions furnished by the Director or an authorized representative from time to time.
§ 28.908 Samples.
(a) Only one sample to be submitted. Only one sample from each bale of eligible cotton shall be submitted for classification under this subpart. This does not prohibit the submission of an additional sample from a bale for review classification if the producer so desires.
(b) Drawing of samples manual. (1) Each cut sample shall be drawn from the bale after it is tied out following the ginning process, and shall be approximately 6 ounces in weight, not less than 3 ounces of which are to be drawn from each side of the bale: Provided, That each sample from a bale of American Pima cotton shall be approximately 10 ounces in weight, not less than 5 ounces of which are to be drawn from each side of the bale.
(2) Where it is necessary to draw two sets of samples, a single cut should be made in each side of the bale, and the portion of cotton removed from each cut should be broken in half across the layers to provide two complete samples. In those cases where this method would result in samples of insufficient length, it will be acceptable to split the sample lengthwise along the layers, provided the outside portion from each side is submitted for the official classification.
(c) Mechanical sampling. Samples may be drawn in gins equipped with mechanical samplers approved by the Division and operated according to sampling instructions furnished by the Director or an authorized representative. Such samples shall not be less than 6 ounces in weight.
(d) Samples must be representative. Each sample must be representative of the bale from which drawn.
(e) Handling samples. Samples shall not be dressed or trimmed and shall be carefully handled in such manner as not to cause loss of leaf, sand, or other material, or otherwise change their representative character. Samples shall be handled only by employees of the licensee prior to shipment or delivery to the cotton classing office of the Division.
(f) Identifying and shipping samples. Each sample shall be identified with a tag, supplied or approved by the Division, bearing the gin or warehouse number of the bale from which the sample was drawn and the name and address of the producer of the bale. The tag shall be placed between the two halves of the sample, the sample tightly rolled and enclosed in a package or bag for shipment. Each package or bag shall be labeled or marked with the name and address of the licensed gin or warehouse. The packages shall be shipped or delivered direct to the cotton classing office serving the territory in which the cotton is ginned. Samples that were drawn by a mechanical sampler at the gin may be transported with the bales to the warehouse and then shipped or delivered direct to the classing office by the warehouse.
(g) Request for classification. Samples received from a licensed gin or warehouse with the identification tag required in § 28.908(f) shall constitute a request for classification service by the producer.
§ 28.909 Costs.
(a) Costs incident to sampling, tagging, and identification of samples and transporting samples to points of shipment shall be assumed by the producer, but tags and containers for the shipment of samples and shipping charges via U.S. Postal Service or duly authorized common carrier will be furnished by the service. After classification the samples shall become the property of the Government. The proceeds of the sale of cotton samples shall be used to defray the costs of providing the services under this subpart.
(b) The cost of High Volume Instrument (HVI) cotton classification service to producers will be based on formulas set forth in § 28.116. The proceeds of the sale of cotton samples shall be used to defray the costs of providing the service under this subpart.
(c) The Division will periodically bill producers or the voluntary agents designated by producers for the cost of classification. A discount of 5 cents per sample will be granted for services provide under this section when billing is made to voluntary agents.
[74 FR 26772, June 4, 2009, as amended at 79 FR 67319, Nov. 13, 2014]
101 Classification
§ 28.910 Classification of samples and issuances of classification data.
(a)(1) The samples submitted as provided in the subpart shall be classified by employees of the Division, and classification memoranda showing the official quality determination of each sample according to the official cotton standards of the United States shall be issued by any one of the following methods at no additional charge:
(i) Electronic means; or
(ii) Telecommunications, with all long distance telephone line charges paid by the receiver of data.
(2) When an additional copy of the classification memorandum is issued by any method listed in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, there will be a charge determined as described in § 28.116. If provided as an additional method of data transfer, the minimum fee for each method issued shall also be determined as described in § 28.116.
(b) Owners of cotton, other than producers, may receive classification data showing the official quality determination of each sample by means of telecommunications from a central database to be maintained by the Division. The fee for this service shall be determined as described in § 28.116, with all communication charges paid by the receiver of data.
(c) Upon request of an owner of cotton for which classification memoranda have been issued under the subpart, a new memorandum shall be issued for the business convenience of such owner without the reclassification of the cotton. Such rewritten memorandum shall bear the date of its issuance and the date or inclusive dates of the original classification. The per-hour fee for a new memorandum shall be determined according to § 28.116, with a minimum per-sheet fee determined under the same provisions.
[79 FR 67319, Nov. 13, 2014]
§ 28.911 Review classification.
(a) A producer may request one review classification for each bale of eligible cotton. The fee for review classification shall be determined based on the formulas in § 28.116.
(b) Samples for review classification must be drawn by gins or warehouses licensed pursuant to §§ 28.20 through 28.22, or by employees of the United States Department of Agriculture. Each sample for review classification shall be taken, handled, and submitted according to § 28.908 and to supplemental instructions issued by the Director or an authorized representative of the Director. Costs incident to sampling, tagging, identification, containers, and shipment for samples for review classification shall be assumed by the producer. After classification, the samples shall become the property of the Government unless the producer requests the return of the samples. The proceeds from the sale of samples that become Government property shall be used to defray the costs of providing the services under this subpart. Producers who request return of their samples after classing will pay a fee determined based on the formulas in § 28.116.
[74 FR 26772, June 4, 2009, as amended at 79 FR 67319, Nov. 13, 2014]
102 Limitations of Services
§ 28.917 Limitations of Services.
The Director, or an authorized representative, may suspend, terminate, or withhold cotton classing and market news services to any producer upon any failure of the producer to comply with the act or these regulations. Failure to remit fees for classification services shall result in loss of service.
Subpart E Cotton Fiber and Processing Tests
Authority: Sec. 3c, 50 Stat. 62; 7 U.S.C. 473c; sec. 3d, 55 Stat. 131 (7 U.S.C. 473d).
Source: 35 FR 8532, June 3, 1970, unless otherwise noted.
103 Definitions
§ 28.950 Terms defined.
As used throughout this subpart, unless the context otherwise requires, the following terms shall be construed, respectively, to mean:
(a) Regulations. Regulations mean the provisions in this subpart.
(b) Service. The Agricultural Marketing Service of the U.S. Department of Agriculture.
(c) Administrator. The Administrator of the Agricultural Marketing Service, or any officer or employee of the Service, to whom authority has been delegated to act for the Administrator.
(d) Division. The Cotton Division of the Agricultural Marketing Service.
(e) Director. The Director of the Cotton Division, or any officer or employee of the Division to whom authority has been delegated to act for the Director.
(f) Laboratories. Laboratories of the Cotton Division that perform the fiber and processing tests described in this subpart.
[35 FR 8532, June 3, 1970, as amended at 46 FR 30073, June 5, 1981; 46 FR 51593, Oct. 21, 1981]
104 Administration
§ 28.951 Director.
The Director shall perform, for and under the supervision of the Administrator, such duties as the Administrator may require in enforcing the regulations in this subpart.
105 Fiber and Processing Tests
§ 28.952 Testing of samples.
The Director or an authorized representative, upon written requests, shall make fiber and processing tests of the properties of cotton samples and report the results thereof to the persons from whom such requests are received, subject to compliance by such persons with the regulations in this subpart and to the payment by them of fees as prescribed herein.
[46 FR 30073, June 5, 1981; 46 FR 51593, Oct. 21, 1981]
§ 28.953 Requirements as to samples.
Each sample of ginned cotton lint submitted for fiber and processing tests shall weigh approximately as shown below unless otherwise specified in the particular test item as prescribed herein:
1 ounce or more for fiber tests. 6 pounds or more for carded yarn spinning tests. 8 pounds or more for combed yarn spinning tests. 10 pounds or more for carded and combed yarn spinning tests.
Each individual sample submitted for testing shall contain a tag or coupon bearing a number or other identification symbol. Individually labeled samples may be sent in one or more parcels, each of which shall bear on the outside thereof the name and address of the person submitting it. Persons who submit samples to laboratories for testing shall comply with any Federal or State quarantine requirements applicable to counties from which such samples are shipped.
§ 28.954 Costs of submitting samples.
The transportation of samples to a laboratory for testing shall be without expense to the Government.
§ 28.955 Disposition of samples.
The remnants of samples accumulated in the making of tests under the regulations in this subpart shall become the property of the Government unless the applicant requests that such remnants be returned. Returns will be at the applicant's expense.
[46 FR 30073, June 5, 1981; 46 FR 51593, Oct. 21, 1981]
§ 28.956 Prescribed fees.
Fees for fiber and processing tests shall be assessed as listed below:
Item number and kind of test | Fee per test
1.0 Calibration cotton for use with High Volume Instruments, per 5 pound package:
a. f.o.b. Memphis, Tennessee | $95.00
b. By surface delivery within continental United States | 100.00
c. By air freight collect outside continental United States | 95.00
d. By air parcel post delivery outside continental United States | 135.00
1.1 High Volume Instrument (HVI) System Check Level. Furnishing two samples per month for HVI determinations, summarizing returned data, and reporting deviations for average of all laboratories for measurements taken, per 12 months:
a. By surface delivery within continental United States | 168.00
b. By air parcel post delivery outside continental United States | 324.00
2.0 Furnishing international calibration cotton standards with standard values for micronaire reading and fiber strength at zero and 1/8-inch gage and Fibrograph length:
a. f.o.b. Memphis, Tennessee 1/2-lb. sample | 20.00
b. By surface delivery within continental United States, 1/2-lb. sample | 22.00
c. By air freight collect outside continental United States, 1/2-lb. sample | 20.00
d. By air parcel post delivery, outside continental United States, 1/2-lb. sample | 30.00
2.1 Furnishing international calibration cotton standards with standard values for micronaire reading only:
a. f.o.b. Memphis Tennessee, 1-lb. sample | 28.00
b. Surface delivery within continental United States, 1-lb. sample | 31.00
c. By air freight collect outside continental United States, 1-lb. sample | 28.00
d. By air parcel post delivery outside continental United States, 1-lb. sample | 42.00
3.0 Furnishing standard color tiles for calibrating cotton colormeters, per set of five tiles including box:
a. f.o.b. Memphis, Tennessee | 125.00
b. Surface delivery within continental United States | 130.00
c. By air freight collect outside continental United States | 125.00
d. By air parcel post delivery outside continental United States | 165.00
3.1 Furnishing single color calibration tiles for use with specific instruments or as replacements in above sets, each tile:
a. f.o.b. Memphis, Tennessee | 22.00
b. Surface delivery within continental United States | 25.00
c. By air freight collect outside continental United States | 22.00
d. By air parcel post delivery outside continental United States | 35.00
3.2 Furnishing single trashmeter calibration standard, each:
a. f.o.b. Memphis, Tennessee | 30.00
b. Surface delivery within continental United States | 33.00
c. By air freight collect outside continental United States | 30.00
d. By air parcel post delivery outside continental United States | 44.00
3.3 Furnishing one set of standard color tiles for calibrating cotton colormeters and one trashmeter calibration standard, per set of five tiles and the standard including box:
a. f.o.b. Memphis, Tennessee | 150.00
b. Surface delivery within continental United States | 155.00
c. By air freight collect outside continental United States | 150.00
d. By air parcel post delivery outside continental United States | 190.00
3.4 Furnishing a single cotton sample of a designated leaf level mounted under glass, each:
a. f.o.b. Memphis, Tennessee | 40.00
b. Surface delivery within continental United States | 44.00
c. By air freight collect outside continental United States | 40.00
d. By air parcel post delivery outside continental United States | 54.00
3.5 Furnishing six cotton samples of six designated leaf levels each mounted under glass, per set of six samples:
a. f.o.b. Memphis, Tennessee | 240.00
b. Surface delivery within continental United States | 264.00
c. By air freight collect outside continental United States | 240.00
d. By air parcel post delivery outside continental United States | 300.00
4.0 Furnishing a colormeter calibration sample box containing six cotton samples with color values Rd and +b for each sample, per box:
a. f.o.b. Memphis, Tennessee | 42.00
b. Surface delivery within continental United States | 47.00
c. By air freight collect outside continental United States | 42.00
d. By air parcel post delivery outside continental United States | 82.00
4.1 Furnishing a trashmeter calibration sample box containing six cotton samples with trashmeter percent area reading for each sample, per box:
a. f.o.b. Memphis, Tennessee | 42.00
b. Surface delivery within continental United States | 47.00
c. By air freight collect outside continental United States | 42.00
d. By air parcel post delivery outside continental United States | 82.00
5.0 High Volume Instrument (HVI) measurement. Reporting Micronaire, length, length uniformity, 1/8-inch gage strength, color and trash content. Based on a 6 oz. (170 g.) sample, per sample | 1.75
6.0 Color of ginned cotton lint. Reporting data on the reflectance and yellowness in terms of Rd and +b values as based on the Nickerson-Hunter Cotton Colorimeter on samples which measure 5 × 6 1/2 inches and weigh approximately 50 grams, per sample | 1.25
7.0 Fiber length of ginned cotton lint by Fibrograph method. Reporting the average length and average length uniformity as based on 4 specimens from a blended sample, per sample | 9.50
7.1 Fiber length of ginned cotton lint by Fibrograph method. Reporting the average length and average length uniformity as based on 2 specimens from each unblended sample | 6.00
8.0 Pressley strength of ginned cotton lint by flat bundle method for either zero or 1/8-inch gage as specified by applicant. Reporting the average strength as based on 6 specimens from a blended sample, per sample | 9.75
8.1 Pressley strength of ginned cotton lint by flat bundle method for either zero or 1/8-inch gage as specified by applicant. Reporting the strength as based on 2 specimens for each unblended sample, per sample | 6.00
9.0 Stelometer strength and elongation of ginned cotton lint by the flat bundle method for 1/8-inch gage. Reporting the average strength and elongation:
a. Based on 6 specimens from each blended sample, per sample | 9.75
b. Based on 4 specimens from each blended sample, per sample | 7.50
c. Based on 2 specimens from each blended sample, per sample | 6.00
10.0 Micronaire readings on ginned lint. Reporting the micronaire based on 2 specimens per sample | 0.70
10.1 Micronaire reading based on 1 specimen per sample | 0.40
11.0 Fiber maturity and fineness of ginned cotton lint by the Causticaire method. Reporting the average maturity, fineness, and micronaire reading as based on 2 specimens from a blended sample, per sample | 16.00
Minimum fee | 80.00
12.0 Fiber fineness and maturity of ginned cotton lint by the IIC-Shirley Fineness/Maturity Tester method, reporting the average micronaire, maturity ratio, percent mature fibers and fineness (linear density) based on 2 specimens from a blended sample, per sample | 7.50
13.0 Fiber length array of cotton samples. Reporting the average percentage of fibers by weight in each 1/8-inch group, average length and average length variability as based on 3 specimens from a blended sample:
a. Ginned cotton lint, per sample | 78.00
b. Cotton comber noils, per sample | 119.00
c. Other cotton wastes, per sample | 143.00
13.1 Fiber length array of cotton samples. Reporting the average percentage of fibers by weight in each 1/8-inch group, average length, and average length variability as based on 2 specimens from a blended sample:
a. Ginned cotton lint, per sample | 57.00
b. Cotton comber noils, per sample | 82.00
c. Other cotton wastes, per sample | 112.00
13.2 Fiber length array of cotton samples, including purified or absorbent cotton. Reporting the average percentage of fibers by weight in each 1/8-inch group, average length and average length variability as based on 3 specimens from a blended sample, per sample | 137.000
14.0 Fiber length and length distribution of cotton samples by the Almeter method. Reporting the upper 25 percent length, mean length, coefficient of variation, and short fiber percentages by weight, number or tuft in each 1/8-inch group, as based on 2 specimens from a blended sample:
a. Report percentages of fiber by weight only | 28.00
b. Report percentages of fiber by weight and number or tuft | 33.00
c. Report percentages of fiber by weight, number and tuft | 38.00
15.0 Foreign matter content of cotton samples. Reporting data on the non-lint content as based on the Shirley Analyzer separation of lint and foreign matter:
a. For samples of ginned lint or comber noils, per 100-gram specimen | 8.50
b. For samples of ginning and processing wastes other than comber noils, per 100-gram specimen | 15.00
16.0 Neps content of ginned cotton lint. Reporting the neps per 100 square inches as based on the web prepared from a 3-gram specimen by using accessory equipment with the mechanical fiber blender, per sample | 17.00
17.0 Sugar content of cotton. Reporting the percent sugar content as based on a quantitative analysis of reducing substances (sugars) on cotton fibers, per sample | 5.50
Minimum fee | 27.50
18.0 Miniature carded cotton spinning test. Reporting data on tenacity (centinewtons per tex) of 22's yarn and HVI data (see item 5.0). Based on the processing of 50 grams of cotton in accordance with special procedures, per sample | 27.00
19.0 Two-pound cotton carded yarn spinning test available to cotton breeders only. Reporting data on yarn skein strength, yarn appearance, yarn neps, and the classification and the fiber length of the cotton as well as comments on any unusual processing performance as based on the processing of 2 pounds of cotton in accordance with standard procedures into two standard carded yarn numbers employing a standard twist multiplier, per sample | 88.00
20.0 Cotton carded yarn spinning test. Reporting data on waste extracted, yarn skein strength, yarn appearance, yarn neps and classification, and fiber length as well as comments summarizing any unusual observations as based on the processing of 6 pounds of cotton in accordance with standard laboratory procedures at one of the standard rates of carding of 6 1/2, 9 1/2, or 12 1/2 pounds-per-hour into two of the standard carded yarn numbers of 8s, 14s, 36s, or 50s, employing a standard twist multiplier unless otherwise specified, per sample | 120.00
21.0 Spinning potentials test. Determining the finest yarn which can be spun with no ends down and reporting spinning potential yarn number. This test requires an additional 4 pounds of cotton, per sample | 110.00
22.0 Cotton combed yarn spinning test. Reporting data on waste extracted, yarn skein strength, yarn appearance, yarn neps, and classification and fiber length as well as comments summarizing any unusual observations as based on the processing of 8 pounds of cotton in accordance with standard procedures at one of the standard rates of carding of 4 1/2, 6 1/2, or 9 1/2 pounds per hour into two of the standard combed yarn numbers of 22s, 36s, 44s, 50s, 60s, 80s, or 100s employing a standard twist multiplier unless otherwise specified, per sample | 160.00
23.0 Cotton carded and combed yarn spinning test. Reporting the results as based on the processing of 10 pounds of cotton into two of the standard carded and two of the standard combed yarn numbers employing the same carding rate and the same yarn numbers for both the carded and the combed yarns, per sample | 232.00
24.0 Cotton carded and combed yarn spinning test. Reporting the results as based on the processing of 9 pounds of cotton into two of the standard and two of the standard combed yarn numbers employing different carding rates and/or yarn numbers for the carded and combed yarns, per sample | 252.00
25.0 Processing and testing of additional yarn. Any carded or combed yarn number processed in connection with spinning tests including either additional yarn numbers or additional twist multipliers employed on the same yarn numbers, per additional lot of yarn | 35.00
25.1 Processing and finishing of additional yarn. Any yarn number processed in connection with spinning tests. Approximately 300 yards on each of 16 paper tubes for testing by the applicant, per additional lot of yarn | 48.00
26.0 Twist in yarns by direct-counting method. Reporting direction of twist and average turns per inch of yarn:
(a) Single yarns based on 40 specimens per lot of yarn | 88.00
(b) Plied or cabled yarns based on 10 specimens, per lot of yarn | 26.00
27.0 Skein strength of yarn. Reporting data on the strength and the yarn numbers based on 25 skeins from yarn furnished by the applicant, per sample | 14.00
27.1 Single Strand Yarn Strength Test. Measuring 100 strands on a Statimat Tester and reporting yarn strength, elongation and coefficient of variation, per test | 6.50
28.0 Appearance grade of yarn furnished on bobbins by applicant. Reporting the appearance grade in accordance with ASTM standards as based on yarn wound from one bobbin, per bobbin | 6.00
28.1 Furnishing yarn wound on boards in connection with yarn appearance tests | 9.50
28.2 Yarn Imperfections Test. Measuring yarn on the Uster Evenness Tester and reporting the yarn imperfections, thick places, thin places, and neps, and the present coefficient of variation, per sample | 6.50
29.0 Strength of cotton fabric. Reporting the average warp and filling strength by the grab method as based on 5 breaks for both warp and filling of fabric furnished by the applicant, per sample | 20.00
29.1 Cotton fabric analysis. Reporting data on the number of warp and filling threads per inch and weight per yard of fabric based on at least three (3) 6 × 6 inch specimens of fabric which were processed or furnished by the applicant, per sample | 35.00
30.0 Chemical finishing tests on finished drawing silver. The Ahiba Texomat Dyer is used for scouring, bleaching and dyeing of a 3-gram sample. Color measurements are made on the unfinished, bleached and dyed cotton samples, using a Hunterlab Colorimeter, Model 25 M-3. The color values are reported in terms of reflectance (Rd), yellowness (+b) and blueness (-b) | 16.00
Minimum fee | 48.00
32.0 Furnishing identified cotton samples. Includes samples of ginned lint stock at any stage of processing or testing, waste of any type, yarn or fabric selected and identified in connection with fiber and/or spinning tests, per identified sample | 4.25
33.0 Furnishing additional copies of test reports. Including extra copies in addition to the two copies routinely furnished in connection with each test item, per additional sheet | 1.50
Minimum fee | 6.00
33.1 Furnishing a certified relisting of test results. Includes samples of sub-samples selected from any previous tests, per sheet | 18.00
33.2 Sending copies of test reports for facsimile (FAX), per sheet:
a. Within continental United States | 2.00
b. Outside continental United States | 5.00
34.0 Classification of ginned cotton lint is available in connection with other fiber tests, under the provisions of 7 CFR part 28, § 28.56, Classification includes grade only based on a 6 oz. (170 g.) sample.
[57 FR 27893, June 23, 1992]
§ 28.957 Special tests and fees.
Tests may be performed for cooperating agencies and organizations to the extent that available facilities will permit, subject to the payment of fees as determined by the Director. Special tests and services not listed in § 28.956 may be performed to the extent that available facilities will permit, subject to the payment of fees determined by the Director.
§ 28.958 Payment of fees.
As soon as practicable after the last day of each calendar month, bills shall be rendered by officers in charge of testing laboratories to all persons from whom payment of fees and costs under the regulations in this subpart shall become due, provided that when desirable any bill may be rendered at an earlier date. Payment shall be by check or by draft or post office or express money order, payable to the order of “Agricultural Marketing Service, USDA.”
[35 FR 8532, June 3, 1970. Redesignated at 46 FR 30075, June 5, 1981]
§ 28.959 Limitation of testing services.
If at any time funds available for services under the regulations in this subpart may be insufficient to provide for the testing of all samples that may be submitted for the purpose, the Director may place reasonable limitations upon the quantities of samples to be submitted by individuals during any one fiscal year or any one calendar month, and may direct that samples received from cotton breeders shall take precedence over those received from other persons.
[35 FR 8532, June 3, 1970. Redesignated at 46 FR 30075, June 5, 1981]
§ 28.960 Confidential information.
No information concerning individual tests under the regulations in this subpart shall be published or communicated in such a way as to disclose to others the identity of the owners of cotton represented by samples submitted for testing, except with the written permission of such owners.
[35 FR 8532, June 3, 1970. Redesignated at 46 FR 30075, June 5, 1981]
§ 28.961 False and misleading information.
The publication or communication by any person of false or misleading information concerning the results of tests as reported by laboratories under the regulations in this subpart shall be deemed sufficient cause for denial of testing services to such persons.
[35 FR 8532, June 3, 1970. Redesignated at 46 FR 30075, June 5, 1981]
PART 29 TOBACCO INSPECTION
Authority: 7 U.S.C. 511-511s.
Cross Reference: For regulations with respect to tobacco warehouses, see part 737 of chapter VII.
Subpart A Policy Statement and Provisions Governing the Extension of Tobacco Inspection Services
§ 29.1 Definitions.
For purposes of this subpart A, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
(a) Additional sale means an additional auction sale proposed to be conducted on a designated market.
(b) Adequate set of buyers means 5 or more buyers representing 5 or more companies or buying organizations which either will use the tobacco in the manufacture of tobacco products in this country or in foreign countries, or will pack and sell the tobacco later for use by manufacturers in this country or foreign countries, and who could reasonably be expected to purchase at least two-thirds of the total U.S. production of the kind of tobacco for which the additional services are requested.
(c) Auction market means a marketing center containing one or more warehouses where tobacco is delivered by producers thereof, or their agents, for sale by the auction process. There may be one or more auction sales on an auction market.
(d) Bona fide auction sale and auction sale mean the buying and selling of tobacco offered by producers by the auction process which customarily and usually consists of an adequate set of buyers; an auctioneer who takes each buyer's bid; a sales starter who makes the opening bid on each lot; and a ticket marker who records the applicable sales data on each lot.
(e) Designated market means an auction market designated by the Secretary under section 5 of the Tobacco Inspection Act including the town or city which is the population center of the market whose name the market bears and all of the geographical area within 5 road miles of the boundaries of said city or town. And further provided, That this geographical limitation may be waived by the Secretary after a hearing held pursuant to §§ 29.2 and 29.3.
(f) Secretary means the Secretary of Agriculture of the United States, or any officer or employee of the U.S. Department of Agriculture to whom authority has heretofore been delegated, or to whom authority may hereafter be delegated, to act in his stead.
(g) Hearing Officer means any administrative law judge appointed pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 3105, and assigned to the proceeding involved, or such other employee of the Department of Agriculture as the Secretary may designate to act as hearing officer at such hearing.
(h) New market means an auction market, other than a designated market, at which inspection service under the tobacco Inspection Act was not provided on a regular basis during the preceding marketing season.
(i) Hearing Clerk means the Office of the Hearing Clerk, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, DC 20250.
(j) Kind of tobacco means any one of the following: Flue-cured, Burley, Fire-cured, Dark air-cured, Maryland or Virginia sun-cured.
[37 FR 7765, Apr. 20, 1972, as amended at 39 FR 3548, Jan. 28, 1974; 42 FR 17097, Mar. 31, 1977; 58 FR 21343, Apr. 21, 1993; 90 FR 22844, May 30, 2025; 90 FR 23421, June 3, 2025]
§ 29.2 Policy statement.
Inspection services currently provided in auction marketing areas are adequate and the lack of these services is not a limiting factor to accelerated marketings. Consequently, the extension of inspection services, without limitation even though the cost of such service is paid by the seller, would not contribute to the effectuation of the purposes of either of these services. The additional cost incident to the unlimited extension of these services would be unjustifiable and excessive in relation to the total quantity of tobacco available for market. Accordingly, inspection services shall be made available on new markets, and additional sales for other than flue-cured tobacco only as hereinafter provided.
(a) Reasonable inspection services. The extension of tobacco inspection services to new markets and additional sales will be conditioned upon the reasonableness of such services existing in the marketing area of the proposed new market or additional sale. Transactions in tobacco as conducted at auction markets customarily involve the sale of tobacco at a bona fide auction sale. Determination with respect to reasonableness, and consequently with respect to granting or denying additional services, will be based on evidence:
(1) That the proposed new market or additional sale will function as a bona fide auction sale; and
(2) That additional services are justifiable in relation to other market data, including the volume of tobacco produced in the area surrounding the proposed new market or additional sale; the roads and road distances involved in moving tobacco to the proposed new market or additional sale in relation to other tobacco marketing centers; the relative availability or congestion of all facilities for redrying and packing tobacco handled or to be handled in the proposed new market or additional sale; the location of other auction markets on which tobacco produced in the marketing area of the proposed new market or additional sale may be marketed; the number of tobacco growers to be affected by the proposed new market or additional sale; the volume of tobacco likely to be sold in the proposed new market or additional sale; the relationship of sales in the proposed new market or additional sale to sales in other auction markets in the producing area for that kind of tobacco; other economic factors affecting the marketing of tobacco, by growers, in the marketing area of the proposed new market or additional sale and in the producing area for that kind of tobacco, including limitations on sales imposed by any marketing agreement and/or order, or by any other means; and also, as to flue-cured tobacco, data with regard to producer designations which shall include, but not be limited to, the markets and warehouses currently available for the producers, who would be eligible to designate the new market or, warehouse, who desire to designate the new market.
(b) Order of priority. If the Secretary finds that there are insufficient qualified tobacco inspectors available to service adequately all applicants otherwise found to be qualified for additional inspection service pursuant to this subpart for a kind of tobacco, those applicants found to be eligible for additional services on auction markets designated for mandatory inspection shall be given priority over applicants for additional inspection service on other auction markets. If it becomes necessary to determine which of several qualified applicants having an equal order of priority under the preceding sentence shall receive additional inspection services, those auction sales or auction markets where the greatest number of growers needing such service may be served with the qualified inspectors shall have priority. If an application for an additional sale on a designated market is denied for lack of qualified inspectors, the Secretary, on application from such market, may temporarily suspend the requirement of inspection and certification on such market pursuant to section 5 of the Tobacco Inspection Act.
[37 FR 7765, Aug. 20, 1972, as amended at 42 FR 17097, Mar. 31, 1977; 46 FR 62393, Dec. 24, 1981; 90 FR 22844, May 30, 2025; 90 FR 23421, June 3, 2025]
§ 29.3 Procedures for filing, hearing, and determination of applications.
(a) Time and place of filing. Applications for the extension of tobacco inspection to new markets and to additional sales on designated markets shall be filed with the Hearing Clerk not later than September 15 in the case of flue-cured tobacco, December 1 in the case of Maryland tobacco, and July 15 in the case of burley and all other kinds of tobacco. Applications should be addressed to the Office of the Hearing Clerk, United States Department of Agriculture, 1400 Independence Ave. SW, Stop 9203, Room 1031, South Building, Washington, DC 20250-9203. Applications which are not received by the Hearing Clerk on or before the foregoing cutoff date for the kind of tobacco shall be rejected as untimely filed. After denial of an application for additional inspection services for a marketing season, no application from the same auction market or proposed new market shall be considered for the next consecutive marketing season, unless the application contains a statement by the applicant setting forth new facts that constitute evidence of such a substantial change in conditions since the previous hearing as the review committee as specified in paragraph (h) of this section deems would warrant such further hearing.
(b) Form and content of application. The application shall be in writing, shall set forth the grounds for the application and shall be signed by the applicant or applicants. If an applicant is a corporation, the application shall be executed by a responsible officer of such corporation. The application shall include a statement of the name, address and form of business organization of each party to the application and the location of the proposed new market or additional sale.
(c) Hearings on applications. Following the closing date for filing applications for each kind of tobacco, a hearing or hearings shall be held on the applications, if any, filed for additional inspection services for the kind of tobacco in question. Such hearing or hearings shall be scheduled to begin within 60 days following the closing date for such applications. Notice of hearing shall be issued by the Secretary, filed with the Hearing Clerk, and published in the Federal Register, and a copy shall be mailed by the Hearing Clerk to each applicant. Such publication and mailing shall be not less than 5 days prior to the opening of the hearing.
(d) Hearing officer. A hearing officer shall preside over each such hearing. The hearing officer shall determine the order of procedure at the hearing, shall have power to administer oaths and affirmations, to rule on and admit evidence, and, following the opening of the hearing, to recess the hearing to such other times and places as he deems desirable or necessary.
(e) Scope of hearing and burden of proof. Each applicant shall have the burden of presenting evidence relative to the factors specified in § 29.2(a).
(f) Record and evidence. The proceedings at each such hearing shall be transcribed verbatim. All oral testimony shall be under oath or affirmation. All documentary exhibits shall be submitted in triplicate by the person offering the same. The Hearing Officer shall, insofar as possible, exclude testimony and exhibits which are irrelevant, immaterial, or not of the sort upon which responsible persons are accustomed to rely. Cross-examination shall be allowed only to the extent that the Hearing Officer in his discretion deems it desirable or necessary to develop the material facts.
(g) Briefs. If requested at the hearing, the presiding officer shall fix a time, not to exceed 20 days from the close of the hearing, within which interested persons may mail briefs to the Hearing Clerk.
(h) Certification and referral. As soon as practicable following the close of the hearing, the Hearing Officer shall certify the transcript of the proceedings at the hearing together with all exhibits and shall transmit the same to the Hearing Clerk for referral to a review committee comprised of the Administrator, Agricultural Marketing Service, the Administrator, Agricultural Stabilization and Conservation Service, and a representative of the Office of the Secretary to be designated by the Secretary.
(i) Recommended action. The review committee shall review and consider the applications, hearing record, including exhibits, and all other available information and data relating to applications for each kind of tobacco and shall submit a recommendation thereon to the Secretary.
(j) Final decision. The Secretary shall issue the decision on each application and such decision shall be final: Provided, That any determination that additional services will be provided may be reconsidered and may be vacated if it is subsequently found that any material fact upon which such determination was based was materially erroneous or false, or that the new market or additional sale in question is not functioning as a bona fide auction sale. Such decision shall be filed with the Hearing Clerk who shall mail a true copy thereof, by certified mail, to the applicant.
[37 FR 7765, Apr. 20, 1972, as amended at 39 FR 3548, Jan. 28, 1974; 41 FR 24693, June 18, 1976; 42 FR 17098, Mar. 31, 1977; 46 FR 62393, Dec. 24, 1981; 90 FR 22844, May 30, 2025; 90 FR 23421, June 3, 2025]
Subpart B Requirements
Source: 13 FR 9474, Dec. 31, 1948; 19 FR 57, Jan. 6, 1954, unless otherwise noted.
160 definitions
§ 29.12 Terms defined.
As used in this subpart and in all instructions, forms, and documents in connection therewith, the words and phrases hereinafter defined shall have the indicated meanings so assigned unless the context or subject matter otherwise requires.
§ 29.13 The act.
The Tobacco Inspection Act, approved August 23, 1935. (7 U.S.C. 511 et seq.)
§ 29.14 Secretary.
Secretary means the Secretary of Agriculture of the United States, or any officer or employee of the Department to whom authority has heretofore been delegated, or to whom authority may hereafter be delegated, to act in his stead.
§ 29.15 Department.
The U.S. Department of Agriculture.
§ 29.16 Division.
Tobacco Division, Agricultural Marketing Service, U.S. Department of Agriculture.
§ 29.17 Director.
Director or Acting Director, Tobacco Division, Agricultural Marketing Service, U.S. Department of Agriculture.
§ 29.18 Person.
Individual, association, partnership, or corporation.
§ 29.19 Inspector.
Person employed, licensed, or authorized by the Secretary to determine and certify the type, grade, condition, or other characteristics of tobacco.
§ 29.20 Sampler.
Person employed, licensed, or authorized by the Secretary to select, tag, and seal official samples of tobacco.
§ 29.21 Weigher.
Person employed, licensed, or authorized by the Secretary to weigh and certify the weight of tobacco.
§ 29.22 Appeal inspector.
An inspector or other person designated or authorized by the Division to hear appeals under the Act and the regulations in this subpart.
§ 29.23 Tobacco.
Tobacco in its unmanufactured forms as it appears between the time it is cured and stripped from the stalk, or primed and cured and the time it enters a manufacturing process. Conditioning, sweating, and stemming are not regarded as manufacturing processes.
§ 29.24 Official standards.
Standards for tobacco promulgated by the Secretary under the Act.
§ 29.25 Tentative standards.
Standards for tobacco prepared by the Division for trial purposes and limited use pending promulgation by the Secretary of Official Standards.
§ 29.26 Office of inspection.
A field office of the tobacco inspection service of the Division.
§ 29.27 Certificate.
A certificate issued under the Act and the regulations in this subpart.
§ 29.28 Interested party.
The owner or other financially interested person; including the warehouseman, commission merchant, association, and other person who has the tobacco in his custody for sale; the authorized agent of the owner; and persons to whom or by whom the tobacco has been sold on the basis of a certificate issued, or sample prepared, under the Act, but not including a person who is negotiating for its purchase.
§ 29.29 Regulations.
Rules and regulations of the Secretary under the Act.
§ 29.30 Package.
A hogshead, tierce, case, bale, or other securely enclosed parcel or bundle.
§ 29.31 Lot.
A pile, basket, bulk, package, or other definite unit.
§ 29.32 Identification number.
A number or a combination of letters and numbers in a design or mark approved by the Director, stamped, printed, or stenciled on a lot of tobacco or attached thereto by an inspector, sampler, or weigher for the purpose of identifying the lot covered by a certificate issued under the Act.
§ 29.33 Official sample.
A sample selected, tagged, and signed by an inspector or sampler under the Act.
§ 29.34 Sample seal.
A seal approved by the Director for sealing official samples.
§ 29.35 Lot seal.
A seal approved by the Director for sealing lots of tobacco certificated under the Act.
§ 29.36 Auction market.
A place to which tobacco is delivered by the producers thereof, or their agents, for sale at auction through a warehouseman or commission merchant.
§ 29.37 Designated market.
An auction market designated by the Secretary, under section 5 of the Act.
§ 29.38 Public notice.
A proclamation by the Secretary under the Act (a) stating that an auction market is designated under the Act; (b) giving notice of such fact; (c) specifying a date when the requirement of inspection and certification under the act shall become effective; and (d) released to the press, mailed to the tobacco board of trade or warehouse association of such market, and mailed to the postmaster at such market for posting.
§ 29.39 Permissive inspection.
Inspection authorized under section 6 of the Act.
§ 29.40 Mandatory inspection.
Inspection authorized or required under section 5 of the Act or section 759 of the Appropriations Act.
[67 FR 36080, May 23, 2002]
161 definitions
§ 29.41 The Appropriations Act.
The Agriculture, Rural Development, Food and Drug Administration, and Related Agencies Appropriations Act for 2002 (Pub. L. 107-76).
[67 FR 36080, May 23, 2002]
§ 29.42 Receiving station.
Points at which producer tobacco is offered for marketing (other than sale at auction on a designated market), including tobacco auction warehouses, packing houses, prizeries, or places where tobacco is handled or stored.
[67 FR 36080, May 23, 2002]
162 administration
§ 29.51 Administration.
The Director is charged with the supervision of the Division and the performance of all duties assigned thereto in the administration of the Act. Information concerning such administration may be obtained by addressing: The Director, Tobacco Division, Agricultural Marketing Service, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, DC 20250.
163 permissive inspection
§ 29.56 Permissive inspection.
Permissive inspection consists of inspection, including sampling and weighing, and certificating tobacco upon the request of an interested party. Upon such request, the Director may authorize and require an inspector, as a part of his duties, to supervise the preparation of tobacco to be inspected under the Act, including the sorting, handling, conditioning, or packing of such tobacco. Special tests and services may be performed for interested persons to the extent that available facilities will permit, subject to the payment of fees as provided in § 29.123.
[13 FR 9474, Dec. 31, 1948; 19 FR 57, Jan. 6, 1954, as amended at 64 FR 67470, Dec. 2, 1999; 65 FR 36782, June 12, 2000]
§ 29.57 Where inspection is offered.
Tobacco may be inspected, sampled, or weighed for the purposes of the Act, upon request of an interested party, at points indicated in paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this section whenever official inspectors, samplers, or weighers are available and the tobacco is offered under conditions that permit of its proper examination.
(a) Points at which tobacco enters, or is offered for, interstate or foreign shipment, including packing houses, prizeries, warehouses, and other places where tobacco is handled, packed, or stored.
(b) The stations or the headquarters of inspectors, samplers, or weighers. An official station may be any town, city, or place having a market, receiving station, or other facilities for handling, packing, or storing tobacco and where there is a sufficient volume of work to justify the stationing of an inspector, sampler, or weigher.
(c) Points near an official station, to the extent permitted by the time of the inspector, sampler, or weigher at such official station.
§ 29.58 Who may obtain inspection.
Inspection, sampling, or weighing as described in § 29.56 may be requested by an interested party, or his authorized agent, by filing an application in accordance with §§ 29.59 and 29.60.
§ 29.59 How to make application.
Application for inspection, sampling, or weighing of tobacco shall be made to the Division, the office of inspection, or as the case may be, to an official inspector, sampler, or weigher. It may be made orally or in writing and delivered in person, by mail, by telegraph, or otherwise. If made orally, the Division or the official receiving it may require a written confirmation.
§ 29.60 Form of application.
Application for inspection, sampling, or weighing tobacco shall include the following information:
(a) The date of the application;
(b) The designation of the tobacco and the crop year of its production;
(c) The name and post-office address of the applicant and of the person, if any, making the application as agent;
(d) The financial interest of the applicant in the tobacco;
(e) The exact nature of the service desired as (1) inspection, (2) inspection and sealing packages, (3) sampling, or (4) weighing;
(f) A statement that the tobacco (1) is in commerce, as defined in the act, or (2) is to be inspected, sampled, or weighed in connection with its entering such commerce;
(g) If the tobacco has been officially inspected, sampled, or weighed previously, the application must have the previous certificate attached, or show with respect to such previous service (1) by whom, (2) the date, (3) previous determinations as certificated;
(h) The reason for requesting reinspection, resampling, or reweighing; and
(i) Such other necessary information as the Director may require.
§ 29.61 When application deemed filed.
An application shall be deemed filed when delivered to the Division, the office of inspection, or according to the nature of the service requested, to an official inspector, sampler, or weigher. When an application is filed, the date and time of filing shall be recorded by the official receiving it.
§ 29.62 When application may be rejected.
An application may be rejected (a) for noncompliance with the Act or the regulations in this subpart, or (b) when it is not practicable to provide the service. All expenses incurred in connection with an application rejected for noncompliance with the Act or the regulations in this subpart shall be paid by the applicant as provided in § 29.124.
§ 29.63 When application may be withdrawn.
An application may be withdrawn at any time before the requested service is rendered upon payment of expenses incurred in connection therewith as provided in § 29.124.
§ 29.64 Authority of agent.
Proof of authority of any person making an application as agent may be required in the discretion of the official receiving the application.
§ 29.65 Accessibility of tobacco.
All tobacco to be inspected, sampled, or weighed upon application shall be made accessible by the applicant for proper examination, including any necessary display in proper light for determination of grade or other characteristics or for drawing of samples. In the case of tobacco in packages, the coverings shall be removed by the applicant in such manner as may be prescribed by the inspector, sampler, or weigher.
§ 29.66 Certificates.
(a) Forms. Each certificate issued under this regulation shall (1) show that it was issued under The Tobacco Inspection Act; (2) be in a form approved for the purpose by the Director and (3) embody within its written or printed terms, with respect to the particular kind of service, all applicable information required by paragraphs (b), (c), (d), (e), and (f) of this section. Each certificate may also contain any information, not inconsistent with the act and the regulations in this subpart, as may be approved or required by the Director. The Director may, in his discretion, specify or limit the period in which a certificate shall be valid.
(b) Inspection certificate. Each inspection certificate shall show (1) the caption “Tobacco Inspection Certificate”; (2) whether it is an original, first, second, or other copy; (3) the number of the certificate; (4) the identification number and private identification marks on the lot; (5) the date and number of the official sample, if any; (6) the location of the tobacco at the time of inspection or sampling; (7) the date of inspection; (8) the type and grade of the tobacco; (9) the kind of lot or package; and (10) the signature of the official inspector; also such additional information as may be required by the Director. An inspection certificate covering a package of tobacco shall also show the form and condition of the tobacco.
(c) Sample inspection certificate. Each sample inspection certificate shall carry the caption “Tobacco Sample Inspection Certificate” and shall otherwise comply with the requirements of an inspection certificate, and in addition include a clearly worded statement that the type, grade, or other tobacco characteristics, shown therein, apply only to the tobacco contained in the sample inspected.
(d) Weight certificate. Each weight certificate shall show (1) the caption “Tobacco Weight Certificate”; (2) whether it is an original, first, second, or other copy; (3) the number of the certificate; (4) the identification number or private identification marks on the lot; (5) the location of the tobacco at the time of weighing; (6) the date of weighing; (7) the weight of each lot; (8) the kind of lot or package; and (9) the signature of the official weigher.
(e) Official sample tag. Each official sample drawn and prepared shall have attached thereto, a certificate or tag showing (1) the caption “Official Tobacco Sample”; (2) the date of sampling; (3) the location of the tobacco at the time of sampling; (4) the kind of lot or package; (5) the condition of the tobacco; (6) the identification number and private identification marks on the lot; and (7) when a lot is found to be damaged, nested, or in doubtful keeping order, a statement of such fact.
(f) Combination certificate. A combination certificate of inspection and weight may be issued under the Act, if such certificate carries the caption “Tobacco Inspection and Weight Certificate” and otherwise meets all of the requirements of paragraphs (b) and (d) of this section.
§ 29.67 Disposition of certificates.
When a certificate of inspection or weight is issued under the Act upon the request of an interested party, the original certificate and one copy shall be delivered or mailed to the applicant or a person designated by him, and one copy shall be mailed or delivered to the Division or local office of inspection. Charges may be made for additional copies furnished the interested party upon request as provided in § 29.128.
§ 29.68 Advance information.
Upon the request of an applicant for whom tobacco has been inspected, sampled, or weighed and certificated under the Act, all or any part of the contents of such certificate may be tel- egraphed or telephoned to him as his expense. Information relative to grade or other determinations contained or to be contained in a certificate shall not be divulged by an inspector, sampler, or weigher to any person other than an interested party or his agent without the approval of the Director, and such information shall not be furnished an interested party before the certificate is issued.
§ 29.69 Weighing apparatus.
A scale used for determination of weight to be certificated under the Act shall be subject to examination for accuracy according to the regulations of the State or municipality in which located. No disapproved scale shall be used to determine weight of tobacco for the purposes of the Act and the regulations in this subpart.
164 mandatory inspection
§ 29.71 Mandatory inspection.
Mandatory inspection consists of:
(a) Inspecting and certifying tobacco under the Act on designated markets before it is offered for sale at auction; or
(b) Inspecting and certifying tobacco at receiving stations under the Appropriations Act at the time the tobacco is delivered for sale.
[67 FR 36080, May 23, 2002]
§ 29.72 Where mandatory inspection is required.
(a) Auction. All tobacco offered for sale at auction on a market designated in accordance with the Act and § 29.73 shall be inspected and certificated under the Act upon the date specified by the Secretary in public notice of such designation, and thereafter, except when the requirement of such inspection and certification is temporarily suspended by the Deputy Administrator in accordance with the Act and the regulations in this subpart.
(b) Other. Tobacco of the kinds specified below offered for sale by the producers thereof at receiving stations shall be inspected and certificated under the Appropriations Act at the time of delivery and prior to change of ownership. The specified kinds are flue-cured tobacco, types 11, 12, 13, and 14; burley tobacco, type 31; Kentucky-Tennessee fire-cured tobacco, types 22 and 23; Virginia fire-cured tobacco, type 21; Virginia sun-cured tobacco, type 37; and dark air-cured tobacco, types 35 and 36.
[67 FR 36080, May 23, 2002]
§ 29.73 Designation of markets; termination of designation.
An auction market where tobacco bought or sold thereon at auction or the products customarily manufactured therefrom move in commerce may be designated under the Act by the Secretary after the Director has advised the Secretary that two-thirds of the growers voting in the referendum held in accordance with § 29.74 favored the designation of such market. When a market is designated by the Secretary, he shall give public notice of the fact and in such public notice he shall specify the date on which the requirement of inspection and certification of tobacco sold at auction on such market shall become effective. The Director may temporarily suspend the requirement of inspection and certification on a designated market when it is found impracticable to provide such services because competent inspectors are not obtainable or because the quantity of tobacco available for inspection is insufficient to justify the cost of such service. A designation shall terminate automatically at the end of any two consecutive marketing seasons during which a designated market does not conduct any sales of tobacco at auction. A market whose designation is terminated under this section shall be considered as a new market, as defined in § 29.1, and any future application for services shall be filed and determined in accordance with the provisions of §§ 29.3 and 29.2.
[38 FR 27599, Oct. 5, 1973]
§ 29.74 Growers' referendum.
(a) Method of conducting. Any referendum held as provided in section 5 of the Act shall be conducted by the Division in accordance with this section. The Director shall determine (1) the market or group of markets to be covered by a referendum; (2) when a referendum is to be held; and (3) the period during which growers, entitled to vote therein, may cast their ballots. When a referendum is held for a group of markets, the result of such referendum may be construed to apply either individually or collectively to such markets. Before holding a referendum, the Division shall establish from the records of the collectors of internal revenue for the preceding marketing season, or in the absence of such records then from such other reliable sources of information as are available, a list showing the names of all growers who are entitled to vote in the referendum, and from the list so established the eligibility of growers to vote in a referendum shall be determined by the Division: Provided, That if a grower, whose name appears on such lists for two or more markets selling the same class of tobacco, votes in one referendum for a market selling such type, he shall not be eligible to vote in a referendum for any other market selling such type. If no growers sold tobacco at auction on a proposed new market during the preceding marketing season, then the list of growers entitled to vote in the referendum shall be comprised of the growers residing in the county where the pRoposed new market is located and in the adjacent counties.
(b) Form of ballot. Ballots to be used for voting in a referendum held under the Act shall be in a form approved for the purpose by the Director.
(c) Distribution of ballots. Ballots to be used by growers in a referendum under the act may be distributed by mail or otherwise as the Director may select. The Director may establish and publish a list of voting places for the purpose of any referendum and distribute ballots therefrom. When ballots are not mailed directly to growers who are entitled to vote, insofar as their addresses are known, the Director shall announce the voting places at which ballots can be secured, and copies of such announcement shall be given to the press and mailed, for posting and distribution, to the post offices of the market or group of markets covered by the referendum and to post offices in the vicinity of such markets or group of markets. Any explanatory statement with reference to a referendum, provisions of the Act and these regulations, or the operation and benefits of the services authorized by the act may be attached to or supplied with ballots.
(d) Filing and tabulation of votes. Each ballot, when filled in and signed by a grower entitled to vote in a referendum, shall be mailed or delivered by him as specified in the ballot. Persons authorized by the Director to receive votes in any referendum shall promptly file all votes received or collected by them with the Division. All ballots filed in a referendum shall be examined to verify the eligibility of the voter and the Director shall have compiled the result of the referendum and furnish the Secretary a statement showing whether or not two-thirds of the growers voting favored the designation of the market or group of markets covered by the referendum. In verifying votes, ballots which do not show the desire of the voter, or ballots which are defective or illegible, or ballots on which the signature or other identification does not correspond with the established list shall not be counted. The choice of any individual voter shall not be divulged by any official of the Division, except to the Secretary when requested. Votes, ballots, and other documents pertaining to a referendum shall be preserved in the Division for a period of 2 years from the closing date of such referendum, and may be destroyed thereafter.
[13 FR 9474, Dec. 31, 1948; 19 FR 57, Jan. 6, 1954, as amended at 55 FR 21738, May 29, 1990]
§ 29.74a Producer referenda on mandatory grading.
(a)(1) Method of conducting. Referenda shall be conducted among producers who were engaged in the production of the following types of tobacco harvested in the immediately preceding crop year: flue-cured tobacco, types 11, 12, 13, 14; Kentucky-Tennessee fire-cured tobacco, types 22 and 23; Virginia fire-cured tobacco, type 21; Virginia sun-cured tobacco, type 37; dark air-cured tobacco, types 35 and 36; burley tobacco, type 31; and cigar filler and binder tobacco, types 42, 43, 53, 54, and 55. A referendum will be conducted for each kind of tobacco and the results will apply to each individual kind. A producer is eligible to vote in referenda for each kind of tobacco they produce.
(2) Farmers engaged in the production of tobacco. For purposes of the referenda, persons engaged in the production of tobacco includes any person who is entitled to share in a crop of the tobacco or the proceeds thereof because he or she shares in the risks of production of the crop as an owner, landlord, tenant, or sharecropper (a landlord whose return from the crop is fixed regardless of the amount of the crop produced is excluded) on a farm on which such crop is planted in a workmanlike manner for harvest: Provided, That any failure to harvest the crop because of conditions beyond the control of such person shall not affect his or her status as a person engaged in the production of the crop.
(3) One vote limitation. Each person eligible to vote in a particular referendum shall be entitled to only one vote in such referendum regardless of the number of farms in which such person is interested or the number of communities, counties, or States in which farms are located in which farms such person is interested: Provided, That:
(i) The individual members of a partnership shall each be entitled to one vote, but the partnership as an entity shall not be entitled to vote;
(ii) An individual eligible voter shall be entitled to one vote even though he or she is interested in an entity (including but not limited to a corporation) which entity is also eligible to vote;
(iii) A person shall also be entitled to vote in each instance of his or her capacity as a fiduciary (including but not limited to a guardian, administrator, executor or trustee) if in such fiduciary capacity he or she is eligible to vote but the person for whom he or she acts as a fiduciary shall not be eligible to vote.
(4) Joint and family interest. Where several persons, such as members of a family, have participated or will participate in the production of tobacco under the same lease or cropping agreement, only the person or persons who signed the lease or agreement, or agreed to an oral lease or agreement, shall be eligible to vote. Where two or more persons have produced or will produce tobacco as joint tenants, tenants in common, or owners of community property, each such person shall be entitled to one vote if otherwise eligible. The eligibility of one spouse does not affect the eligibility of the other spouse.
(5) Minors. A minor shall be entitled to one vote if he or she is otherwise eligible and is 18 years of age or older when he or she votes.
(b) Referenda procedures. See part 717 of chapter VII of this title for eligibility criteria and the procedures to be used in carrying out mandatory grading referenda. Where not inconsistent with this part, the definitions contained in parts 717, 718 and 723 of this title will govern administration of these referenda. A copy of the regulations in parts 717, 718, and 723 of this title, a referendum ballot, and voting procedures are available for review in any USDA Service Center.
[67 FR 9896, Mar. 5, 2002, as amended at 90 FR 22612, May 29, 2025]
§ 29.75 Accessibility of tobacco.
(a) All tobacco subject to mandatory inspection shall be made readily accessible for inspection.
(b)(1) Each warehouse operator shall block off in his warehouse adequate space for each basket of flue-cured tobacco offered for sale on the auction market, and shall prominently number each 10th basket space. The blocking and numbering arrangement shall follow the order of sale; that is, down one row and back on the adjacent row.
(2) Each warehouse shall display a plainly visible sign with the total number of baskets of flue-cured tobacco allotted to be sold each day. Each warehouse operator shall designate to the inspector the number of the starting space for each day's sale and grading will begin at this designated space. All spaces, whether empty or full, shall be counted. No tobacco will be graded beyond the numbered space corresponding with the number of baskets allotted for each day's sale. The grading shall proceed from the beginning point of the sale to the closing point of the sale in an orderly sequence. An inspector shall not go back and grade any basket of tobacco placed in a space which was empty when grading for the day's sales passed such sales space.
(c) Before starting inspection of the day's sale of flue-cured tobacco in each warehouse, the head grader or market supervisor grader shall determine if there is compliance with the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section. If he determines that the prescribed system has not been followed, the inspectors shall proceed to the next scheduled warehouse and shall return to the noncomplying warehouse on the next sales day for such warehouse when the head grader or market supervisor grader shall again determine if the prescribed system has been followed before starting the inspection.
(d) A reduction in daily sales for any warehouse resulting from noncompliance with this section, including empty spaces, shall not prevent the maximum number of baskets allotted per day per set of buyers from being sold in the market.
(e) Each receiving station operator shall make tobacco accessible to the inspector for proper examination including any necessary display in adequate light for determination of grade, class, type, or other characteristics.
[13 FR 9477, Dec. 31, 1948; 19 FR 57, Jan. 6, 1954, as amended at 28 FR 6211, June 18, 1963; 67 FR 36081, May 23, 2002]
§ 29.75a Display of burley tobacco on auction warehouse floors in designated markets.
(a)(1) Each lot of burley tobacco displayed for sale on auction warehouse floors shall have a minimum space of 24 inches from butts to butts between the rows. Distances between lots of tobacco within the row shall be no less than 8 inches between immediately adjacent lots.
(2) The number of bales on a pallet shall not exceed eight. Tobacco packed in bales shall have the stems turned toward the aisle.
(3) Each warehouse operator shall display a plainly visible sign showing the total number of lots of burley tobacco allotted to be sold each day. Such sign shall be displayed at the point of lots where the days' sales will conclude and no additional tobacco shall be graded beyond that point.
(4) Each warehouse operator shall arrange his entire day's sale in a continuous and orderly arrayed sequence of lots and rows of tobacco. Any arrangement of tobacco in rows of progressively varying lengths, or any deviations from an orderly arrayed sequence of lots and rows of tobacco, shall have prior approval of the Set Work Leader or Circuit Supervisor.
(5) Each warehouse operator shall designate to the Set Work Leader or Circuit Supervisor the starting point or lot for each day's sale, and counting and grading will begin at this designated point and proceed to the closing point of the sale in an orderly sequence. All lot spaces, containing or not containing a lot of tobacco, and all lots of tobacco, covered or uncovered, shall be counted and included in the daily sales allotment. Lots of tobacco shall not be removed, added, rearranged, or substituted between the time they are counted for the day's sale and the time they are graded for the day's sale, provided, however, that with prior approval of the Set Work Leader or Circuit Supervisor compensating lots of tobacco may be substituted for empty spaces and covered lots included in a daily sales count.
(6) Each operator of a warehouse at which baled burley tobacco is offered for sale shall open the particular bale, in a lot of tobacco, chosen by a grader for inspection and reseal that bale after inspection.
(7) Each seller, by offering burley tobacco for sale, certifies that the lot inspected by a grader is representative of the grade of all the tobacco in that lot, that the leaf was stalk-cured, that the bales do not contain any foreign matter or material, and are not nested.
(b) Before starting inspection of the day's sale of burley tobacco in each warehouse, the Set Work Leader or Circuit Supervisor shall determine if there is compliance with the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section. If he determines that the prescribed requirements have not been followed, the inspector shall proceed to the next sale or sales as originally scheduled for that day and grade the number of lots of tobacco scheduled for such sale or sales, and shall return to the noncomplying warehouse on the next regularly scheduled sales day for such warehouse, at which time the Set Work Leader or Circuit Supervisor shall again determine if the prescribed system has been followed before starting the inspection. If noncompliance or failure to observe requirements of paragraph (a) of this section are discovered after inspection for the day's sale has started, the inspector shall discontinue inspection and proceed to the next sale or sales scheduled for that day and shall return to the noncomplying warehouse on the next regularly scheduled sales day for such warehouse.
(c) The provisions of this section shall not preclude the application of other administrative remedies or the institution of criminal proceedings in appropriate cases as provided by the Act.
[30 FR 12627, Oct. 2, 1965, as amended at 47 FR 51721, Nov. 17, 1982; 56 FR 31534, July 11, 1991]
§ 29.75b Display of baled flue-cured tobacco on auction warehouse floors in designated markets.
Each lot of baled flue-cured tobacco displayed for sale on auction warehouse floors shall have a minimum of 30 inches from side to side between rows with the open side of the bale facing the aisles. Distance between lots of baled tobacco within the row shall be no less than 18 inches between immediately adjacent lots.
[65 FR 46086, July 27, 2000]
§ 29.75c Display of tobacco at receiving stations.
Each lot of tobacco delivered for sale at receiving stations and transferred to a conveyor system for unloading shall maintain a distance between adjacent lots of not less than 18 inches during the inspection process. The platform area used for examination with a conveyor system shall be a minimum of 4 × 4 feet. Any lots of tobacco displayed in a manner other than a conveyor system shall maintain a minimum clearance of 18 inches on all sides. If the tobacco is inspected or graded by the recipient, it shall be made available for mandatory inspection at the same time and location within the receiving station.
[67 FR 36081, May 23, 2002]
§ 29.76 Mandatory inspection ticket.
A mandatory inspection ticket shall consist of a Tobacco Inspection Certificate made and issued in combination with an auction warehouse ticket in a form approved by the Director.
§ 29.77 Warehousemen to provide tickets.
A mandatory inspection ticket, in the form required by § 29.76 shall be provided by each auction warehouseman on a designated market to cover each lot of tobacco offered for sale at auction by him on such market.
§ 29.78 Changes or alterations.
No change or alteration shall be made, in the weight or other identification of the lot, on a mandatory inspection ticket after the certification of type and grade by an official inspector, and any such change or alteration shall constitute and be construed as a change or alteration in the certificate issued or authorized under the Act.
§ 29.79 Disposition of ticket.
One copy of the mandatory inspection ticket shall be attached to, or placed on, the tobacco certificated as a further identification of the lot and all copies of such ticket shall become null and void when such identifying copy is removed from the lot. When and as requested by the Director, one copy of such ticket, showing (a) the certification of type and grade; (b) the weight and other identification; and (c) the details of the sale at auction, shall be delivered by the warehouseman to the Division or the head inspector of the market.
§ 29.80 Announcing grades.
The grade of each lot of tobacco as certified by an official inspector on a designated market shall be clearly announced by the warehouseman or his representative at the time the lot is offered in the auction: Provided, That the Director may waive the requirement of announcing grades in the auction if he finds it impractical for the warehouseman to render this service.
§ 29.81 Interference with inspectors.
(a) Auction. (1) No person, including the owner, producer, warehouseman, purchaser, agent, or employee thereof shall attempt, in any manner, to influence an inspector with respect to the grade designation of tobacco, or impede, in any manner, an inspector while the inspector is in the process of grading tobacco on the warehouse auction floor, or ask any question or discuss any matter pertaining to the grading of tobacco while the inspector is grading any tobacco on the warehouse auction floor. While inspectors are engaged in grading the day's sale, all requests for information concerning the grade designation on or requests to review the grade of any lot of tobacco shall be made only to the head grader or to the market supervisor grader.
(2) In the event that the head grader or market supervisor grader determines that a person has violated any provision of this section, inspection ticket(s) if already issued on the lot(s) of unsold tobacco involved shall be null and void and no further inspection shall be performed on such lot(s) offered for sale by the warehouseman in whose premises the violation occurred until the next regularly-scheduled sale for such warehouse: Provided, That if violation consists of talking to the inspector while he/she is grading the tobacco, a warning shall be given on first offense and penalty provisions shall apply on any subsequent offense. A reduction in daily sales for any warehouse resulting from a violation of this section shall not prevent the maximum number of lots or pounds allotted per day per set of buyers from being sold in a designated market.
(b) Other. No person, including the owner, producer, receiving station operator, purchaser, agent, or employee thereof shall attempt, in any manner, to influence an inspector with respect to the grade designation of tobacco, or impede, in any manner, an inspector while the inspector is in the process of grading tobacco.
(c) Administrative remedies. The provisions of this section shall not preclude the application of other administrative remedies or the institution of criminal proceedings in appropriate cases as provided by the Act.
[67 FR 36081, May 23, 2002]
165 appeal
§ 29.90 When appeal may be taken.
Whenever an interested party believes that a certificate issued or a sample prepared under the act is not correct he may file an appeal: Provided, That (a) the period for which such certificate was issued or sample was prepared, if any specified, has not expired; (b) all tobacco covered by such certificate or sample is accessible to an appeal inspector for making a proper reinspection, resampling, or reweighing, and can be definitely identified by him as the tobacco covered by such certificate or sample; and (c) the tobacco has not deteriorated or undergone any material change.
§ 29.91 How to obtain an appeal.
An appeal shall be made in writing and filed with the Division or the office of inspection for the type of tobacco involved. Such appeal shall show:
(a) The date; (b) the name and post office address of the appellant and of the person, if any, making the appeal in his behalf; (c) the financial interest of the appellant in the tobacco; (d) the reasons for making the appeal; and such other information as may be required by the Director. The appeal shall be accompanied by the certificate or sample from which the appeal is taken, unless such requirement is waived by the Division when it is impracticable for the appellant to furnish such certificate. The appeal inspector may require the appellant to furnish any other relevant and necessary information for the proper consideration of the appeal.
§ 29.92 Record of filing time.
When an appeal is filed, the date and time of filing shall be recorded by the officer receiving it.
§ 29.93 When appeal may be refused.
If it shall appear that the reasons stated in an appeal are frivolous or unsubstantial or that the act or this subpart have not been complied with, the appeal may be denied or dismissed. When an appeal is denied or dismissed, the appeal inspector shall (a) notify the appellant by telegraph or in writing giving the reason for such denial or dismissal; (b) mail a copy of such notification to the Division; and (c) return or release to the appellant, or other person designated by him, any certificate or sample which was filed with the appeal. All expenses incurred in connection with an appeal prior to its refusal or dismissal shall be paid by the appellant, as provided in § 29.126.
§ 29.94 When appeal may be withdrawn.
An appeal may be withdrawn by the appellant at any time before an appeal certificate is issued or an appeal sample is prepared, upon the payment of any expenses incurred in connection with the appeal as provided in § 29.126.
§ 29.95 Review or second inspection not an appeal.
A review or investigation made in accordance with § 29.132, or a second inspection, sampling, or weighing made upon the request of an interested party for the purpose of securing new or later information when the correctness of an old certificate or sample is not questioned, shall not be considered an appeal.
§ 29.96 Order in which made.
Appeals shall be heard and passed upon, so far as practicable, in the order in which they are filed.
§ 29.97 Who shall pass upon appeals.
Appeals shall be passed upon by an appeal inspector designated for the purpose by the Director. When authorized, by the Director, two or more appeal inspectors may jointly pass upon an appeal. The Division may authorize an inspector, supervising inspector, or other person to act as an appeal inspector, but no appeal inspector shall pass upon an appeal involving the correctness of a certificate issued or sample prepared by him.
§ 29.98 Appeal findings.
Immediately after an appeal has been heard and the tobacco involved therein has been reexamined, an appeal certificate shall be issued or an appeal sample prepared by the appeal inspector. Such certificate or sample shall show the finding of the appeal inspector and shall be labeled “Appeal Certificate” or “Appeal Sample”, as the case may be, over the signature of the appeal inspector. An appeal certificate or sample shall supersede all other certificates or samples for the same lot of tobacco and shall refer specifically to the certificate or sample from which the appeal was made. In all other respects the provisions of this subpart relative to certificates or samples shall apply to an appeal certificate or sample. The findings of the appeal inspector as certificated shall be final, unless the Director shall direct a review of such findings.
§ 29.99 Superseded certificate or sample.
When superseded under this subpart by an appeal certificate or an appeal sample, such superseded certificate or sample shall become null and void and shall not thereafter be used to represent the tobacco described therein. If the original and the copies of the old certificate were not delivered to the appeal inspector for cancellation, the appeal inspector shall notify such persons or firms as he may consider necessary to prevent fraudulent use of any such null and void certificate.
166 inspectors, samplers, and weighers
§ 29.106 Who may be employed, licensed, or authorized.
Any persons who is not financially interested directly or indirectly in merchandising tobacco, except as a grower or except in disposing of tobacco previously acquired, and who has demonstrated his competency may be employed, licensed, or authorized to inspect, sample, or weigh tobacco. Licenses issued by the Secretary shall be countersigned by a supervising official of the Division. Licenses to inspect or to sample shall specify the type or types of tobacco which the licensee is authorized to inspect or sample.
§ 29.107 Order of providing service.
When tobacco is to be inspected, sampled, or weighed upon request, such services shall be rendered as far as practicable in the order in which applications were received. In conducting mandatory inspection, the inspection shall start at the beginning of the “break” in the auction warehouse where the sale is scheduled to start and the inspection shall continue in the order of sale on each warehouse floor and from warehouse to warehouse.
§ 29.108 Certificate issuance.
A certificate shall be issued as soon as practicable after any tobacco has been inspected or weighed for the purpose of the Act. A separate certificate shall be issued for each lot of tobacco inspected or weighed, except when a certificate covering two or more lots is specifically authorized by the Director. In case of a lost or destroyed certificate, a duplicate thereof may be issued under the same number, date, and name by an authorized supervising official. Any such duplicate certificate shall be plainly marked “Duplicate” above the signature of the supervising official who issued it.
§ 29.109 Inspection determinations.
The determination of type, grade, size, form, condition, or other tobacco characteristics shall be based upon a thorough examination of the lot of tobacco to be certificated or an official sample of such lot. The certification of a lot of tobacco shall be a true representation of the lot, or of the official sample, at the time of inspection.
§ 29.110 Method of sampling.
In sampling tobacco under the Act, at least three breaks shall be made at different points in the lot, and in the discretion of the sampler as many more breaks shall be made as seem necessary to show the range of the entire lot. From the breaks so made tobacco to be used in the official sample shall be selected. The official shall, so far as practicable, include tobacco of each quality, color, length, and other characteristics found in the lot in such proportions as would truly represent the lot. In case a lot is found to be damaged, nested, or in doubtful keeping order, the official sample tag shall be so marked. Official sample tags shall be attached to the sample, in a manner prescribed by the Director.
§ 29.111 Weight determinations.
Daily before weighing any tobacco for the purposes of the Act, a weigher shall verify the accuracy of the scales to be used by him. Except as may be otherwise specified by the Director, all weights certificated shall be within an accuracy of 1 pound.
§ 29.112 Proper light.
Tobacco shall not be inspected or sampled for the purposes of the Act except when displayed in proper light for correct determination of grade or other characteristics of tobacco. No tobacco shall be inspected or sampled for the purposes of the Act in the direct rays of the sun or by any artificial light which does not permit the inspector correctly to determine the grade or other characteristics of tobacco.
§ 29.113 Suspension and termination.
The license of an inspector, sampler, or weigher may be suspended, pending final action by the Secretary, by any official authorized to countersign licenses whenever he considers such action to be for the best interest of the service. The designation of an appeal inspector may be withdrawn at any time by the Division. Before the license of an inspector, sampler, or weigher is terminated or revoked pursuant to the Act and the regulations in this subpart, such appointee or licensee shall be furnished by the Secretary, or his designated representative, with a written statement specifying the charges, and within 7 days after his suspension, the licensee may file an appeal in writing with the Secretary supported by any evidence he may wish to offer in connection therewith.
167 fees and charges
§ 29.123 Fees and charges.
Fees and charges for tobacco inspection and certification service shall be collected by the Director to cover, insofar as practicable, all costs of the services, including establishment of standards, administrative, and supervisory costs, as follows:
(a) Mandatory inspection. For each year, AMS will calculate the rate for services, per hour per program employee as described in § 29.123(b) and (c). The fee shall be paid by sellers of tobacco and assessed against the warehouse or receiving station operator irrespective of ownership or interest in the tobacco. When the warehouse or receiving station operator pays the Department, it is presumed the fee was collected from the seller. Inspection and related services shall be suspended or denied if the warehouse or receiving station operator fails to pay the fees and charges imposed under this section. The fee shall be based on total poundage of tobacco inspected and sold during each calendar month. The fee shall be due and payable on the first day of the immediately following month and on the day immediately following the last sale each marketing year. Mandatory inspection and certification services shall take precedence over permissive inspections, other than reinspections.
(b) Domestic permissive inspection and certification—(1) Regular rate. The total AMS grading, inspection, or sampling program personnel direct pay divided by direct hours, which is then multiplied by the next year's percentage of cost of living increase, plus the benefits rate, plus the operating rate, plus the allowance for bad debt rate. If applicable, travel expenses may also be added to the cost of providing the service.
(2) Overtime rate. The total AMS grading, inspection, or sampling program personnel direct pay divided by direct hours, which is then multiplied by the next year's percentage of cost of living increase and then multiplied by 1.5 plus the benefits rate, plus the operating rate, plus an allowance for bad debt. If applicable, travel expenses may also be added to the cost of providing the service.
(3) Holiday rate. The total AMS grading, inspection, or sampling program personnel direct pay divided by direct hours which is then multiplied by the next year's percentage of cost of living increase and then multiplied by 2, plus benefits rate, plus the operating rate, plus an allowance for bad debt. If applicable, travel expenses may also be added to the cost of providing the service.
(4) Applicability. The fees in paragraphs (b)(1) through (3) of this section shall be applicable for hogshead, bale cases, or sample inspections.
(c)(1) For each calendar year, based on previous fiscal year/historical actual costs, AMS will calculate the benefits, operating, and allowance for bad debt components of the regular, overtime and holiday rates as follows:
(i) Benefits rate. The total AMS grading, inspection, or sampling program direct benefits costs divided by the total hours (regular, overtime, and holiday) worked, which is then multiplied by the next calendar year's percentage cost of living increase. Some examples of direct benefits are health insurance, retirement, life insurance, and Thrift Savings Plan (TSP) retirement basic and matching contributions.
(ii) Operating rate. The total AMS grading, inspection, or sampling program operating costs divided by total hours (regular, overtime, and holiday) worked, which is then multiplied by the percentage of inflation.
(iii) Allowance for bad debt rate. Total AMS grading, inspection, or sampling program allowance for bad debt divided by total hours (regular, overtime, and holiday) worked.
(2) The calendar year cost of living expenses and percentage of inflation factors used in the formulas in this section are based on the most recent Office of Management and Budget's Presidential Economic Assumptions.
(d) Export permissive inspection and certification. The inspection and certification fee for export tobacco will be determined as described in § 29.123(b) and (c).
(e) Fees and charges fixed in accordance with this subpart shall be paid by the applicant or person obtaining the service in accordance with a statement rendered by the Division. A deposit to cover all, or a part of, fees and charges for services to be rendered may be required by the Division. Fees for services rendered shall be remitted by check or draft made payable to “Agricultural Marketing Service”, United States Department of Agriculture.
(f) Fees for special tests and services will be determined by agreement between the Deputy Administrator, Tobacco Programs, and the applicant or applicants for service.
[46 FR 62393, Dec. 24, 1981]
Editorial Note:For Federal Register citations affecting § 29.123, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.
§ 29.124 When application rejected or withdrawn.
When an application for inspection, sampling, or weighing is rejected in accordance with § 29.62, or withdrawn in accordance with § 29.63, the applicant may be required to pay a reasonable charge for the time used by an inspector, sampler, or weigher, and other expenses incurred in connection with such application prior to its rejection or withdrawal.
§ 29.125 Charge for appeals.
A charge of $5 shall be made for each appeal filed under § 29.90 and the fee for an appeal inspection, sampling, or weighing shall equal the fee for the original inspection, sampling, or weighing from which the appeal is taken, plus any charges for travel or other expenses incurred in hearing the appeal: Provided, That when a material error in the certificate or sample from which the appeal is taken is found by the appeal inspector the charge and fee shall be waived.
[13 FR 9474, Dec. 31, 1948; 19 FR 57, Jan. 6, 1954, as amended at 46 FR 62394, Dec. 24, 1981]
§ 29.126 When appeal refused or withdrawn.
When an appeal is refused in accordance with § 29.93 or withdrawn in accordance with § 29.94, the appellant may be required to pay a reasonable charge for the time used by the appeal inspector and other expenses incurred in connection with such appeal prior to its denial, dismissal, or withdrawal.
§ 29.127 Demonstrations and courses of instruction.
Charges, not in excess of the cost thereof, as may be approved by the Director, may be made for demonstrations, samples, or courses of instruction when such are furnished upon request.
[46 FR 62394, Dec. 24, 1981]
§ 29.128 For certificates.
A charge may be made, in the discretion of the Director, for copies of certificates other than those required to be distributed in § 29.67, and for the issuance of a duplicate certificate in accordance with § 29.108.
§ 29.129 National Advisory Committee for Inspection Services.
(a) To assist the Secretary in determining the level of inspection and related services and the fees and charges therefore, a National Advisory Committee of tobacco producers shall be appointed in accordance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act (5 U.S.C. appendix I).
(b) The committee shall consist of 14 members and 14 alternates. There will be a flue-cured subcommittee, a burley subcommittee, and a fire and dark air-cured subcommittee.
(c) Recommendations to the Secretary for membership on the committee will be received from the following organizations: One from the Georgia Farm Bureau, one from the South Carolina Farm Bureau, one from the Virginia Farm Bureau, three from the North Carolina Farm Bureau, two from the North Carolina Grange, one from the Tennessee Farm Bureau, three from the Kentucky Farm Bureau, one from the Florida, Indiana, Missouri, West Virginia, or Maryland Farm Bureau, and one from the Wisconsin or Ohio Farm Bureau.
(d) The committee and/or subcommittees shall meet at the call of the Secretary.
[46 FR 62394, Dec. 24, 1981]
168 miscellaneous
§ 29.131 [Reserved]
§ 29.132 Division investigations.
An inspector, sampler, or weigher, when authorized by the Division, may of his own initiative, or upon the request of an interested party, review for the purpose of verification or confirmation any tobacco which he has certificated, and any supervising official may review the work of any inspector, sampler, or weigher: Provided, That such review shall not be made if the ownership of the tobacco involved has changed since the date of certification, unless there is intimation or evidence of deterioration or of irregularities or fraud in connection with the certification or sampling. When such review discloses an error in the certification, the inspector, sampler, or weigher concerned, or supervising official shall immediately correct the error by making an appropriate change in the certificate or by canceling the certificate and issuing a new certificate in lieu thereof. Any correction made on a certificate shall be initialed by the issuing official or by the supervising official. When a new certificate is issued for a lot of tobacco, the old certificate and copies thereof shall become null and void and shall not thereafter be used to represent the tobacco described therein.
§ 29.133 Identification number.
The Director may require the use of official identification numbers in connection with tobacco certificated or sampled under the Act. When identification numbers are required, they shall be specified by the Director, and shall be attached to, or stamped, printed, or stenciled on, the lots of tobacco certificated or sampled, in a manner specified by the Director.
§ 29.400 Inspection, certification, and testing of imported tobacco.
Tobacco offered for importation into the United States, including tobacco entering foreign trade zones shall upon request be inspected for grade and/or pesticide testing.
[90 FR 22442, May 28, 2025]
§ 29.401 Definitions.
As used in §§ 29.400 through 29.500, the words and phrases hereinafter defined shall have the following meanings:
(a) Importation. Arriving within the territorial limits of the United States with the intent to unload.
(b) Importer. The owner of the tobacco at the time of importation or the owner's successor in interest if the tobacco is sold prior to the completion of the requirements of §§ 29.400 through 29.500.
(c) Inspection certificate. An official written representation of a lot of tobacco made by an inspector and issued to an importer.
(d) Invoice. A writing on behalf of the importer that is used in commercial transactions of tobacco for selling, purchasing, shipping, or consigning.
(e) Lot. A unit of shipment of tobacco encompassed by a single invoice.
(f) Package. A hogshead, carton, case, bale, or other securely enclosed parcel or bundle.
(g) Packing list. A document itemizing each package covered by a single invoice listing, among other things, the kind of tobacco in each package, the net weight, and the marks and numbers identifying each package.
(h) Point of entry. The place at the port of entry or foreign trade zone where tobacco is unloaded from a carrier or unpacked from a container for the purpose of warehousing, manipulation, or manufacturing.
(i) Port of entry. Any place designated by Executive order of the President, by order of the Secretary of the Treasury, or by Act of Congress, at which a customs officer is authorized to accept entries of merchandise, to collect duties, and to enforce the various provisions of the Customs and Navigation Laws. The term “port of entry” incorporates the geographical area under the jurisdiction of the port director when such port is one other than a district headquarters port.
(j) Tobacco. Tobacco between the time it is cured and stripped from the stalk or primed and cured, in whole leaf or unmanufactured form, and the time it is utilized in product manufacturing. Conditioning, sweating, stemming, and threshing are not considered manufacturing.
(k) Transshipped tobacco. Tobacco that arrives within the territorial limits of the United States for the purpose of continuous transportation without being unloaded for warehousing, manipulation, or manufacturing, to a destination outside the territorial limits of the United States.
(l) Unload. To remove from a carrier at the port of entry or at a foreign trade zone.
(m) [Reserved]
(n) Pesticide. Any substance or mixture of substances intended for preventing, destroying, repelling, or mitigating any pest, and any substance or mixture of substances intended for use as a plant regulator, defoliant, or desiccant.
(o) [Reserved]
(p) Prohibited pesticide residue. The maximum concentration of residue allowable for a specific pesticide or combination of pesticides as set forth in § 29.427.
(q) Stems. The midribs or large central veins of tobacco leaves.
(r) Pesticide test sample. An official sample or samples, collected from a lot of tobacco by the Secretary of Agriculture for analysis by a certified chemist to ascertain the residue levels of banned pesticides.
(s) Sample Identification Form. A document approved by the Director that identifies and accompanies the sample to the testing facility on which the test results will be certified by a chemist in charge of testing.
(t) [Reserved]
(u) Testing. The chemical analysis of a pesticide test sample to determine levels of pesticide residues.
(v) [Reserved]
(w) Reexported. Any imported tobacco not used to manufacture tobacco products that is subsequently exported.
(x) Blended. Tobacco that is combined or mixed into a uniform product.
(y) Leaves. Whole, undivided tobacco leaves containing lamina and stem.
(z) Strips. The sides (including portions of sides) of tobacco leaf from which the stem has been removed or a lot of tobacco composed of strips.
[49 FR 27467, July 3, 1984, as amended at 51 FR 30198, Aug. 22, 1986; 54 FR 24663, June 9, 1989; 90 FR 22442, May 28, 2025]
§ 29.402 Advance notice.
The importer shall notify, orally or in writing, the Director, of the date and location that tobacco subject to inspection under § 29.400 will be unloaded for warehousing, manipulation, or manufacturing. This notice shall be received at least five working days prior to unloading the tobacco for warehousing, manipulation, or manufacturing.
[90 FR 22442, May 28, 2025]
§ 29.403 Accessibility of tobacco.
All tobacco subject to inspection under § 29.400 shall be made accessible by the importer for examination in a manner prescribed by the inspector. This includes providing proper lighting, removal of package coverings, and such other provisions as the inspector may deem necessary for inspection.
[49 FR 27468, July 3, 1984]
§ 29.404 Inspection.
The inspector shall review each lot of tobacco through a process of selective sampling in sufficient detail to allow an accurate determination of the types and grades contained in each lot.
[49 FR 27468, July 3, 1984]
§ 29.405 Inspection by submitted samples.
The Director, in lieu of onsite inspection, may approve submission by the importer of samples where time, geographical distance, or availability of inspectors prevent a timely onsite inspection, or where tobacco is classified as a “temporary importation under bond” as defined in 19 CFR 10.31 et seq. The importer shall certify that sampling was conducted in accordance with procedures approved by the Director. All tobacco inspected by submitted sample is subject to spot-checking at the discretion of the Director. Submitted samples shall be disposed of in a manner approved by the Director unless return of the sample is requested by the importer at the time of submission. Samples will only be returned at the importer's expense.
[49 FR 27468, July 13, 1984]
§ 29.426 Collection of pesticide test samples.
Any lot of tobacco not certified by the importer as being free of prohibited pesticide residues shall upon request be sampled in sufficient detail to determine whether the lot conforms with the pesticide residue standards.
[90 FR 22442, May 28, 2025]
§ 29.427 Pesticide residue standards.
The maximum concentration of residues of the following pesticides allowed in flue-cured or burley tobacco, expressed as parts by weight of the residue per one million parts by weight of the tobacco (ppm) are:
CHLORDANE | 3.0
DIBROMOCHLOROPROPANE (DBCP) | 1.0
DICAMBA (Temporary) | 5.0
ENDRIN | 0.1
ETHYLENE DIBROMIDE (EDB) | 0.1
FORMOTHION | 0.5
HEXACHLOROBENZENE (HCB) | 0.1
METHOXYCHLOR | 0.1
TOXAPHENE | 0.3
2,4-D (Temporary) | 5.0
2,4,5-T | 0.1
Sum of ALDRIN and DIELDRIN | 0.1
Sum of CYPERMETHRIN and PERMETHRIN (Temporary) | 3.0
Sum of DDT, TDE (DDD), and DDE | 0.4
Sum of HEPTACHLOR and HEPTACHLOR EPOXIDE | 0.1
[54 FR 24663, June 9, 1989; 54 FR 27855, July 3, 1989]
§ 29.428 Identification of sample for testing.
Samples of imported tobacco shall be identified by the inspector on a form approved by the Director. The original and first two copies shall accompany the sample to the designated testing facility. The remaining copy of the identification form will be sent to the Director. Upon the completion of testing the designated facility will complete the form and mail the original and one copy to the Director and retain one copy for their records.
[51 FR 30199, Aug. 22, 1986]
§ 29.430 Appeals.
Requests for resampling for the purpose of appeals of test results for imported tobacco must be communicated to the Director within 30 days from the receipt of notification. The statement must specify in detail the relief requested. The importer or entity requesting the appeal will bear the cost of any subsequent sampling and testing. Subsequent samples will be selected only from tobacco which is in the original package and from tobacco which has not been mixed, blended, or altered in any manner since the initial sampling.
[51 FR 30199, Aug. 22, 1986, as amended at 90 FR 22442, May 28, 2025]
§ 29.500 Fees and charges for inspection and acceptance of imported tobacco.
The fee for inspection of imported tobacco will be determined as described in § 29.123 and shall be paid by the importer.
[90 FR 22442, May 28, 2025]
Subpart C Standards
Source: 42 FR 21092, Apr. 25, 1977, unless otherwise noted.
169 Official Standard Grades for Flue-Cured Tobacco (U.S. Types 11, 12, 13, 14 and Foreign Type 92)
170 definitions
§ 29.1001 Definitions.
As used in these standards, the words and phrases hereinafter defined shall have the indicated meanings so assigned.
§ 29.1002 Body.
The thickness and density of a leaf or the weight per unit of surface. (See Elements of Quality Chart.)
§ 29.1003 Class.
A major division of tobacco based on method of cure or principal usage.
§ 29.1004 Clean.
Tobacco is described as clean when it contains only a normal amount of sand or soil particles. Leaves grown on the lower position of the stalk normally contain more sand or dirt than those from higher stalk positions. (See Rule 4.)
§ 29.1005 Color.
The third factor of a grade based on the relative hues, saturations or chromas, and color values common to the type.
§ 29.1006 Color intensity.
The varying degree of saturation or chroma. Color intensity as applied to tobacco describes the strength or weakness of a specific color or hue. (See Elements of Quality Chart.)
§ 29.1007 Color symbols.
As applied to flue-cured tobacco, color symbols are L—lemon, F—orange, FR—orange red, R—red, V—greenish, K—variegated, KR—variegated red or scorched, G—green, GR—green red, GK—green variegated (may be scorched), GG—gray green, KL—variegated lemon, KF—variegated orange, KV—variegated greenish, KM—variegated (scorched) mixed, KD—variegated dark red, and LL—whitish-lemon.
[48 FR 29670, June 28, 1983]
§ 29.1008 Combination symbols.
A color or group symbol used with another symbol to form the third factor of a grademark to denote a particular side or characteristic of the tobacco. As applied to flue-cured tobacco, the combination symbols are XL—lug side, PO—oxidized primings, XO—oxidized lugs or cutters, BO—oxidized leaf or smoking leaf, GL—thin-bodied nondescript, GF—medium-bodied nondescript, LP—lemon (primings side), and FP—orange (primings side), KK-excessively scorched.
[48 FR 29671, June 28, 1983, as amended at 51 FR 25027, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1009 Condition.
The state of tobacco which results from the method of preparation or from the degree of fermentation. Words used to describe the condition of tobacco are: Undried, air-dried, steam-dried, sweating, sweated, and aged.
§ 29.1010 Crude.
A subdegree of maturity. Crude leaves are usually hard and slick as a result of extreme immaturity. A similar condition may result from fire-kill, sunburn, or sunscald. Any leaf which is crude to the extent of 20 percent or more of its surface may be described as crude. (See Rule 20.)
§ 29.1011 Cured.
Tobacco dried of its sap by either natural or artificial processes.
§ 29.1012 Damage.
The effect of mold, must, rot, black rot, or other fungus or bacterial diseases which attack tobacco in its cured state. Tobacco having the odor of mold, must, or rot is considered damaged. (See Rule 21.)
§ 29.1013 Dirty.
The state of tobacco containing moderate to excessive amounts of dirt or sand, or tobacco to which additional quantities of dirt or sand have been added. (See Rule 24.)
§ 29.1014 Elasticity.
The flexible, springy nature of the tobacco leaf to recover approximately its original size and shape after it has been stretched.
§ 29.1015 Elements of quality.
Elements of quality and the degrees used in the specifications of the Official Standard Grades for Flue-cured, U.S. Types 11-14, and Foreign Type 92 are shown in chart form. Words have been selected to describe the degrees of each element.
[42 FR 21092, Apr. 25, 1977, as amended at 49 FR 16755, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.1016 Excessively scorched.
As applied to flue-cured tobacco, the combination symbol “KK” when used as the third factor of a grademark denotes that a lot contains over 50 percent of unripe tobacco.
[51 FR 25027, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1017 Finish.
The reflectance factor in color perception. Finish indicates the sheen or shine of the surface of a tobacco leaf.
[42 FR 21092, Apr. 25, 1977. Redesignated at 51 FR 25027, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1018 Fire-killed.
Any leaf of which 5 percent or more of its surface has a set green color caused by excessive heat in the curing process. Any lot containing 5 percent or more of such tobacco may be described as fire-killed. (See Rule 23.)
[42 FR 21092, Apr. 25, 1977. Redesignated at 51 FR 25027, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1019 Flue-cured.
Tobacco cured under artificial atmospheric conditions by a process of regulating the heat and ventilation without allowing smoke or fumes from the fuel to come in contact with the tobacco; or tobacco cured by some other process which accomplishes the same results.
[42 FR 21092, Apr. 25, 1977. Redesignated at 51 FR 25027, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1020 Foreign matter.
Any extraneous substance or material such as straw, strings, rubber bands, grass, weeds, or an excessive amount of dirt or sand. (See Rule 24.)
[42 FR 21092, Apr. 25, 1977. Redesignated at 51 FR 25027, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1021 Form.
The stage or preparation of tobacco such as stemmed or unstemmed.
[42 FR 21092, Apr. 25, 1977. Redesignated at 51 FR 25027, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1022 Grade.
A subdivision of a type according to group, quality, and color.
[42 FR 21092, Apr. 25, 1977. Redesignated at 51 FR 25027, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1023 Grademark.
A grademark normally consists of three symbols which indicate group, quality, and color. A letter is used to indicate group, a number to indicate quality, and a letter or letters to indicate color. For example, B3F means Leaf, good quality, orange color.
[42 FR 21092, Apr. 25, 1977. Redesignated at 51 FR 25027, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1024 Green (G).
A color term applied to immature or crude tobacco. Any leaf which has a green color affecting 20 percent or more of its surface may be described as green. (See Rule 19.)
[42 FR 21092, Apr. 25, 1977. Redesignated at 51 FR 25027, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1025 Greenish (V).
A color term applied to greenish-tinged tobacco. Any leaf which has a greenish tinge or a pale green color affecting 20 percent or more of its surface may be described as greenish. (See Rule 18.)
[42 FR 21092, Apr. 25, 1977. Redesignated at 51 FR 25027, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1026 Group.
A division of a type covering closely related grades based on certain characteristics which are related to stalk position, body, or the general quality of the tobacco. Groups in Flue-cured, U.S. Types 11-14, and Foreign Type 92 are: Leaf (B), Smoking Leaf (H), Cutters (C), Lugs (X), Primings (P) Mixed (M), Nondescript (N), and Scrap (S).
[52 FR 28533, July 31, 1987]
§ 29.1027 Injury.
Hurt or impairment from any cause except the fungus or bacterial diseases which attack tobacco in its cured state, but which is not serious enough to be classified as waste. (See definitions of Damage and Waste; see also Rule 14.)
[42 FR 21092, Apr. 25, 1977. Redesignated at 51 FR 25027, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1028 Leaf.
Whole, unstemmed leaf. Leaf, when applied to tobacco in strip form, shall describe the divided unit of a whole leaf.
[49 FR 16755, Apr. 20, 1984. Redesignated at 51 FR 25027, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1029 Leaf scrap.
A byproduct of stemmed and unstemmed tobacco.
[42 FR 21092, Apr. 25, 1977. Redesignated at 49 FR 16755, Apr. 20, 1984, and 51 FR 25027, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1030 Leaf structure.
The cell development of a leaf as indicated by its porosity. (See Elements of Quality Chart.)
[42 FR 21092, Apr. 25, 1977. Redesignated at 49 FR 16755, Apr. 20, 1984, and 51 FR 25027, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1031 Lemon (L).
Yellow.
[42 FR 21092, Apr. 25, 1977. Redesignated at 49 FR 16755, Apr. 20, 1984, and 51 FR 25027, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1032 Length.
The linear measurement of cured tobacco leaves from the butt of the midrib to the extreme tip. Length, as an element of quality, does not apply to tobacco in strip form.
[42 FR 21092, Apr. 25, 1977. Redesignated and amended at 49 FR 16755, Apr. 20, 1984, and further redesignated at 51 FR 25027, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1033 Lot.
A pile, basket, bulk, or more than one bale, case, hogshead, tierce, package, or other definite package unit.
[42 FR 21092, Apr. 25, 1977. Redesignated at 49 FR 16755, Apr. 20, 1984, and 51 FR 25027, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1034 Maturity.
The degree of ripeness. (See Elements of Quality Chart.)
[42 FR 21092, Apr. 25, 1977. Redesignated at 49 FR 16755, Apr. 20, 1984, and 51 FR 25027, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1035 Mixed color (KM).
Distinctly different colors of the type mingled together. (See Rule 16.)
[42 FR 21092, Apr. 25, 1977. Redesignated at 49 FR 16755, Apr. 20, 1984, and 51 FR 25027, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1036 Mixed Group (M).
This group consists of tobacco from three or more groups or two distinctly different groups which are mixed together in various combinations.
[49 FR 16755, Apr. 20, 1984. Redesignated at 51 FR 25027, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1037 Nested.
Any lot of Types 11-14 tobacco which has been loaded, packed or arranged to conceal tobacco of inferior grade, quality or condition. Nested includes: (a) Any lot of tobacco which contains injured or other inferior tobacco, any of which cannot be readily detected upon inspection because of the way the lot is packed or arranged; (b) Any lot of tobacco which consists of distinctly different grades, qualities or conditions and which is stacked or arranged with the same kinds together so that the tobacco in the lower portions of the lot is distinctly inferior in grade, quality or condition from the tobacco in the top portion of the lot.
[52 FR 28534, July 31, 1987]
§ 29.1038 No-G.
A designation applied to a lot of tobacco which is offtype, semicured, fire-killed, smoked, oxidized over 10 percent, or has an odor foreign to the type. (See Rule 23.)
[47 FR 51721, Nov. 17, 1982. Redesignated at 48 FR 29671, June 28, 1983, 49 FR 16756, Apr. 20, 1984, and 51 FR 25027, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1039 No-G-F.
A designation applied to a lot of tobacco that contains stalks, suckers, or foreign matter. (See Rule 24.)
[42 FR 21092, Apr. 25, 1977. Redesignated at 48 FR 29671, June 28, 1983, 49 FR 16756, Apr. 20, 1984, and 51 FR 25027, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1040 No-G-Nested.
A designation applied to a lot of Types 11-14 tobacco which is classified as nested. (See Rule 27.)
[47 FR 51721, Nov. 17, 1982. Redesignated at 48 FR 29671, June 28, 1983. Redesignated and amended at 49 FR 16756, Apr. 20, 1984, and further redesignated at 51 FR 25027, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1041 Oil.
A soft, semifluid constituent of tobacco. (See Elements of Quality Chart.)
[42 FR 21092, Apr. 25, 1977. Redesignated at 47 FR 51721, Nov. 17, 1982, 48 FR 29671, June 28, 1983, 49 FR 16756, Apr. 20, 1984, and 51 FR 25027, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1042 Offtype.
Tobacco of distinctly different characteristics which cannot be classified as Flue-cured, U.S. Types 11-14 or Foreign Type 92. (See Rule 23.)
[42 FR 21092, Apr. 25, 1977. Redesignated at 47 FR 51721, Nov. 17, 1982, and at 48 FR 29671, June 28, 1983. Redesignated and amended at 49 FR 16756, Apr. 20, 1984, and further redesignated at 51 FR 25027, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1043 Orange (F).
A reddish yellow.
[42 FR 21092, Apr. 25, 1977. Redesignated at 47 FR 51721, Nov. 17, 1982, 48 FR 29671, June 28, 1983, 49 FR 16756, Apr. 20, 1984, and 51 FR 25027, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1044 Orange Red (FR).
A yellowish red.
[42 FR 21092, Apr. 25, 1977. Redesignated at 47 FR 51721, Nov. 17, 1982, 48 FR 29671, June 28, 1983, 49 FR 16756, Apr. 20, 1984, and 51 FR 25027, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1045 Order (case).
The state of tobacco with respect to its moisture content.
[42 FR 21092, Apr. 25, 1977. Redesignated at 47 FR 51721, Nov. 17, 1982, 48 FR 29671, June 28, 1983, 49 FR 16756, Apr. 20, 1984, and 51 FR 25027, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1046 Oxidized (O).
A term applied to tobacco that has deteriorated and turned black during the curing process. Any leaf of which 10 percent or more of its surface has been blackened during the curing process may be described as oxidized. Oxidized tobacco is also known as barn scald or barn rot. (See Rules 23 and 25.)
[42 FR 21092, Apr. 25, 1977. Redesignated at 47 FR 51721, Nov. 17, 1982, 48 FR 29671, June 28, 1983, 49 FR 16756, Apr. 20, 1984, and 51 FR 25027, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1047 Package.
A hogshead, tierce, case, bale, or other securely enclosed parcel or bundle.
[42 FR 21092, Apr. 25, 1977. Redesignated at 47 FR 51721, Nov. 17, 1982, 48 FR 29671, June 28, 1983, 49 FR 16756, Apr. 20, 1984, and 51 FR 25027, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1048 Packing.
A lot of tobacco consisting of a number of packages submitted as one definite unit for sampling or inspecting. It is represented to contain the same kind of tobacco and has a common identification number or mark on each package.
[42 FR 21092, Apr. 25, 1977. Redesignated at 47 FR 51721, Nov. 17, 1982, 48 FR 29671, June 28, 1983, 49 FR 16756, Apr. 20, 1984, and 51 FR 25027, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1049 Papery.
A term used to describe thin-bodied, oilless tobacco usually associated with whitish-lemon color.
[51 FR 25027, July 10, 1986; 51 FR 28687, Aug. 11, 1986]
§ 29.1050 Prematurity.
A condition of growth and development characteristic of the lower leaves of the tobacco plant. Premature leaves have some appearance of ripeness due to a process of starvation caused by translocation of plant food elements from these leaves to other leaves higher on the stalk.
[42 FR 21092, Apr. 25, 1977. Redesignated at 47 FR 51721, Nov. 17, 1982, 48 FR 29671, June 28, 1983, 49 FR 16756, Apr. 20, 1984, and 51 FR 25027, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1051 Quality.
A division of a group or the second factor of a grade based on the relative degree of one or more elements of quality.
[42 FR 21092, Apr. 25, 1977. Redesignated at 47 FR 51721, Nov. 17, 1982, 48 FR 29671, June 28, 1983, 49 FR 16756, Apr. 20, 1984, and 51 FR 25027, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1052 Raw.
Tobacco as it appears between the time of harvesting and the beginning of the curing process.
[42 FR 21092, Apr. 25, 1977. Redesignated at 47 FR 51721, Nov. 17, 1982, 48 FR 29671, June 28, 1983, 49 FR 16756, Apr. 20, 1984, and 51 FR 25027, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1053 Red (R).
A brownish red.
[42 FR 21092, Apr. 25, 1977. Redesignated at 47 FR 51721, Nov. 17, 1982, 48 FR 29671, June 28, 1983, 49 FR 16756, Apr. 20, 1984, and 51 FR 25027, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1054 Semicured.
Tobacco in the process of being cured or which is partially but not thoroughly cured. Semicured includes tobacco which contains fat stems, swelled stems, frozen tobacco, frozen stems, or stems that have not been thoroughly dried in the curing process. (See Rule 23.)
[42 FR 21092, Apr. 25, 1977. Redesignated at 47 FR 51721, Nov. 17, 1982, 48 FR 29671, June 28, 1983, 49 FR 16756, Apr. 20, 1984, and 51 FR 25027, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1055 Side.
A certain phase of quality, color, or length as contrasted with some other phase of quality, color, or length; or any peculiar characteristic of tobacco.
[42 FR 21092, Apr. 25, 1977. Redesignated at 47 FR 51721, Nov. 17, 1982, 48 FR 29671, June 28, 1983, 49 FR 16756, Apr. 20, 1984, and 51 FR 25027, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1056 Slick.
A term used to denote tobacco having a close or tight leaf structure. Any leaf of lemon or orange color of which 20 percent or more of its surface is close or tight may be described as slick. (See Rule 17.)
[42 FR 21092, Apr. 25, 1977. Redesignated at 47 FR 51721, Nov. 17, 1982, 48 FR 29671, June 28, 1983, 49 FR 16756, Apr. 20, 1984, and 51 FR 25027, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1057 Smoked.
Any tobacco affected by smoke or fumes in the curing process. (See Rule 23.)
[42 FR 21092, Apr. 25, 1977. Redesignated at 47 FR 51721, Nov. 17, 1982, 48 FR 29671, June 28, 1983, 49 FR 16756, Apr. 20, 1984, and 51 FR 25027, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1058 Sound.
Free of damage.
[42 FR 21092, Apr. 25, 1977. Redesignated at 47 FR 51721, Nov. 17, 1982, 48 FR 29671, June 28, 1983, 49 FR 16756, Apr. 20, 1984, and 51 FR 25027, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1059 Special factor.
A symbol or term authorized to be used with specified grades. Tobacco to which a special factor is applied may meet the general specifications but which has a peculiar side or characteristic which tends to modify the grade. (See Rules 10, 21, 22, 26, 28, 29, and 30.)
[60 FR 36027, July 13, 1995, as amended at 65 FR 46086, July 27, 2000]
§ 29.1060 Steam-dried.
The condition of unfermented tobacco as customarily prepared for storage by means of a redrying machine or other steam-conditioning equipment.
[42 FR 21092, Apr. 25, 1977. Redesignated at 47 FR 51721, Nov. 17, 1982, 48 FR 29671, June 28, 1983, 49 FR 16756, Apr. 20, 1984, and 51 FR 25027, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1061 Stem.
The midrib or large central vein of a tobacco leaf.
[42 FR 21092, Apr. 25, 1977. Redesignated at 47 FR 51721, Nov. 17, 1982, 48 FR 29671, June 28, 1983, 49 FR 16756, Apr. 20, 1984, and 51 FR 25027, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1062 Stemmed.
A form of tobacco, including strips or strip scrap, from which the stems or midribs have been removed.
[42 FR 21092, Apr. 25, 1977. Redesignated at 47 FR 51721, Nov. 17, 1982, 48 FR 29671, June 28, 1983, 49 FR 16756, Apr. 20, 1984, and 51 FR 25027, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1063 Strips.
The sides of a tobacco leaf from which the stem has been removed from a lot of tobacco composed of strips.
[42 FR 21092, Apr. 25, 1977. Redesignated at 47 FR 51721, Nov. 17, 1982, 48 FR 29671, June 28, 1983, 49 FR 16756, Apr. 20, 1984, and 51 FR 25027, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1064 Sweated.
The condition of tobacco which has passed through one or more fermentations natural to tobacco packed with a normal percentage of moisture. This condition sometimes is described as aged.
[42 FR 21092, Apr. 25, 1977. Redesignated at 47 FR 51721, Nov. 17, 1982, 48 FR 29671, June 28, 1983, 49 FR 16756, Apr. 20, 1984, and 51 FR 25027, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1065 Sweating.
The condition of tobacco in the process of fermentation.
[42 FR 21092, Apr. 25, 1977. Redesignated at 47 FR 51721, Nov. 17, 1982, 48 FR 29671, June 28, 1983, 49 FR 16756, Apr. 20, 1984, and 51 FR 25027, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1066 Symbol (S).
As applied to Flue-cured tobacco the symbol (S) when used (a) as the third factor of a grademark, denotes slick, unripe tobacco in lemon or orange color, and (b) when used preceding a grademark, denotes tobacco in strip form. (See Rules 17 and 28.)
[49 FR 16756, Apr. 20, 1984. Redesignated at 49 FR 16756, Apr. 20, 1984, and 51 FR 25027, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1067 Tobacco.
Tobacco as it appears between the time it is primed and cured, and the time it enters into the different manufacturing processes. The acts of stemming, threshing, sweating, and conditioning are not regarded as manufacturing processes. Tobacco, as used in these standards, does not include manufactured or semi-manufactured products, stems, cuttings, clippings, trimmings, siftings, or dust.
[42 FR 21092, Apr. 25, 1977. Redesignated at 47 FR 51721, Nov. 17, 1982, and at 48 FR 29671, June 28, 1983. Redesignated and amended at 49 FR 16756, Apr. 20, 1984, and further redesignated at 51 FR 25027, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1068 Tobacco products.
Manufactured tobacco, including cigarettes, cigars, smoking tobacco, chewing tobacco, and snuff.
[42 FR 21092, Apr. 25, 1977. Redesignated at 47 FR 51721, Nov. 17, 1982, 48 FR 29671, June 28, 1983, 49 FR 16756, Apr. 20, 1984, and 51 FR 25027, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1069 Type.
A division of a class of tobacco having certain common characteristics and closely related grades. Tobacco which has the same characteristics and corresponding qualities, colors, and lengths is classified as one type, regardless of any factors of historical or geographical nature which cannot be determined by an examination of the tobacco.
[42 FR 21092, Apr. 25, 1977. Redesignated at 47 FR 51721, Nov. 17, 1982, 48 FR 29671, June 28, 1983, 49 FR 16756, Apr. 20, 1984, and 51 FR 25027, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1070 Type 11.
That type of flue-cured tobacco commonly known as Western Flue-cured or Old Belt and Middle Belt Flue-cured, produced principally in the Piedmont sections of Virginia and North Carolina and the district extending eastward to the coastal plains region. That portion of this type known as Old Belt Flue-cured, normally characterized by a heavier body and darker color shade and produced principally in the Piedmont sections of Virginia and North Carolina, may be classified as Type 11a; and that portion of the type known as Middle Belt Flue-cured, normally characterized by a thinner body and lighter color shade and produced principally in a section lying between the Piedmont and coastal plains regions of Virginia and North Carolina, may be classified as Type 11b.
[42 FR 21092, Apr. 25, 1977. Redesignated at 47 FR 51721, Nov. 17, 1982, 48 FR 29671, June 28, 1983, 49 FR 16756, Apr. 20, 1984, and 51 FR 25027, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1071 Type 12.
That type of flue-cured tobacco commonly known as Eastern Flue-cured or Eastern Carolina Flue-cured, produced principally in the coastal plains section of North Carolina, north of the South River.
[42 FR 21092, Apr. 25, 1977. Redesignated at 47 FR 51721, Nov. 17, 1982, 48 FR 29671, June 28, 1983, 49 FR 16756, Apr. 20, 1984, and 51 FR 25027, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1072 Type 13.
That type of flue-cured tobacco commonly known as Southeastern Flue-cured or South Carolina Flue-cured, produced principally in the coastal plains section of South Carolina and the southeastern counties of North Carolina, south of the South River.
[42 FR 21092, Apr. 25, 1977. Redesignated at 47 FR 51721, Nov. 17, 1982, 48 FR 29671, June 28, 1983, 49 FR 16756, Apr. 20, 1984, and 51 FR 25027, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1073 Type 14.
That type of flue-cured tobacco commonly known as Southern Flue-cured, produced principally in the southern section of Georgia, in northern Florida, and to some extent in Alabama.
[42 FR 21092, Apr. 25, 1977. Redesignated at 47 FR 51721, Nov. 17, 1982, 48 FR 29671, June 28, 1983, 49 FR 16756, Apr. 20, 1984, and 51 FR 25027, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1074 Type 92.
That type of flue-cured tobacco commonly known as Foreign-grown Flue-cured, produced in countries other than the United States.
[49 FR 16756, Apr. 20, 1984. Redesignated at 51 FR 25027, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1075 Undried.
The condition of unfermented tobacco which has not been air-dried or steam-dried.
[42 FR 21092, Apr. 25, 1977. Redesignated at 47 FR 51721, Nov. 17, 1982, 48 FR 29671, June 28, 1983, 49 FR 16756, Apr. 20, 1984, and 51 FR 25027, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1076 Uniformity.
An element of quality which describes the consistency of a lot of tobacco as it is prepared for market. Uniformity is expressed as a percentage in grade specifications. (See Rule 13.)
[42 FR 21092, Apr. 25, 1977. Redesignated at 47 FR 51721, Nov. 17, 1982, 48 FR 29671, June 28, 1983, 49 FR 16756, Apr. 20, 1984, and 51 FR 25027, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1077 Unsound (U).
Damaged. (See Rule 21.)
[42 FR 21092, Apr. 25, 1977. Redesignated at 47 FR 51721, Nov. 17, 1982, 48 FR 29671, June 28, 1983, 49 FR 16756, Apr. 20, 1984, and 51 FR 25027, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1078 Unstemmed.
A form of tobacco, including whole leaf and leaf scrap, from which the stems or midribs have not been removed.
[42 FR 21092, Apr. 25, 1977. Redesignated at 47 FR 51721, Nov. 17, 1982, 48 FR 29671, June 28, 1983, 49 FR 16756, Apr. 20, 1984, and 51 FR 25027, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1079 Variegated (K).
Any tobacco that does not blend with the normal colors of the types; any leaf of which 20 percent or more of its surface is grayish, mottled, bleached, doty-faced, scalded, or sunbaked. (See Rule 15.)
[42 FR 21092, Apr. 25, 1977. Redesignated at 47 FR 51721, Nov. 17, 1982, 48 FR 29671, June 28, 1983, 49 FR 16756, Apr. 20, 1984, and 51 FR 25027, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1080 Variegated dark red (KD).
A dark brownish-red discoloration which usually results from excessive sunbaking during the growing process or from storing cured tobacco over extended periods of time. Any leaf of which 20 percent or more of its surface is dark brownish-red may be described as variegated dark red.
[48 FR 29671, June 28, 1983. Redesignated at 49 FR 16756, Apr. 20, 1984 and 51 FR 25027, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1081 Variegated red or scorched (KR).
A red discoloration which usually results from excessive heat in the curing process. Any leaf of which 20 percent or more of its surface has been reddened in the curing process may be described as variegated red or scorched. (See Rule 16.)
[42 FR 21092, Apr. 25, 1977. Redesignated at 47 FR 51721, Nov. 17, 1982, 49 FR 16756, Apr. 20, 1984, and 51 FR 25027, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1082 Waste.
The portion or portions of the web of tobacco leaves which have been lost or rendered less serviceable for use in tobacco products, including:
(a) Portions which have decomposed or largely decomposed by field diseases and field-firing, pole-burning, bulk-burning; (b) portions which are dead, lifeless, and do not have sufficient strength or stability to hold together in the normal manufacturing process due to excessive injury of any kind.
[42 FR 21092, Apr. 25, 1977. Redesignated at 47 FR 51721, Nov. 17, 1982, 49 FR 16756, Apr. 20, 1984, and 51 FR 25027, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1083 Wet (W).
Any sound tobacco containing excessive moisture to the extent that it is in unsafe or doubtful-keeping order. Wet applies to any tobacco which is not damaged but which is likely to damage if treated in the customary manner. (See Rule 22.)
[42 FR 21092, Apr. 25, 1977. Redesignated at 47 FR 51721, Nov. 17, 1982, 49 FR 16756, Apr. 20, 1984, and 51 FR 25027, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1084 Whitish-lemon (LL).
A whitish-yellow color which usually results during wet growing seasons when rain leaches or washes out the yellow color from the leaf. Any leaf of which 20 percent or more of its leaf surface has whitish-yellow color may be described as whitish-lemon.
[48 FR 29671, June 28, 1983. Redesignated at 49 FR 16756, Apr. 20, 1984 and 51 FR 25027, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1085 Width.
The relative breadth of a tobacco leaf expressed in relation to its length. Width, as an element of quality, does not apply to tobacco in strip form. (See Elements of Quality Chart.)
Elements | Degrees
Maturity | Immature | Unripe | Mature | Ripe | Mellow.
Leaf structure | Tight | Close | Firm | Open
Body | Heavy | Fleshy | Medium | Thin
Oil | Lean | Oily | Rich
Color intensity | Pale | Weak | Moderate | Strong | Deep.
Width | Stringy | Narrow | Normal | Spready
Length | ( 1 ) | ( 1 ) | ( 1 )
Uniformity | ( 2 ) | ( 2 ) | ( 2 )
Injury tolerance | ( 2 ) | ( 2 ) | ( 2 )
Waste tolerance | ( 2 ) | ( 2 ) | ( 2 )
1 Expressed in inches.
2 Expressed in percentage.
[42 FR 21092, Apr. 25, 1977. Redesignated at 47 FR 51721, Nov. 17, 1982, and at 48 FR 29671, June 28, 1983. Redesignated and amended at 49 FR 16756, Apr. 20, 1984, and further redesignated at 51 FR 25027, July 10, 1986]
171 elements of quality
§ 29.1101 Elements of quality and degrees of each element.
These standardized words or terms are used to describe tobacco quality and to assist in interpreting grade specifications. Tobacco attributes or characteristics which constitute quality are designated as elements of quality. The range within each element is expressed by the use of words or terms designated as degrees. These several degrees are arranged to show their relative value, but the actual value of each degree varies with group.
172 rules
§ 29.1106 Rules.
The application of these official standard grades shall be in accordance with the following rules.
§ 29.1107 Rule 1.
Each grade shall be treated as a subdivision of a particular type. When the grade is stated in an inspection certificate, the type also shall be stated.
§ 29.1108 Rule 2.
The determination of a grade shall be based upon a thorough examination of a lot of tobacco or of an official sample of the lot.
§ 29.1109 Rule 3.
In drawing an official sample from a hogshead or other package of tobacco, three or more breaks shall be made at such points and in such manner as the inspector or sampler may find necessary to determine the kinds of tobacco and the percentage of each kind contained in the lot. All breaks shall be made so that the tobacco contained in the center of the package is visible to the sampler, except for baled tobacco that is not opened for inspection (see Rule 30). Tobacco shall be drawn from at least three breaks from which a representative sample shall be selected. The sample shall include tobacco of each different group, quality, color, length, and kind found in the lot in proportion to the quantities of each contained in the lot.
[65 FR 46086, July 27, 2000]
§ 29.1110 Rule 4.
All standard grades must be clean unless otherwise noted by a special factor.
§ 29.1111 Rule 5.
The grade assigned to any lot of tobacco shall be a true representation of the tobacco at the time of inspection and certification. If, at any time, it is found that a lot of tobacco does not comply with the specifications of the grade previously assigned, it shall not thereafter be represented as such grade.
§ 29.1112 Rule 6.
A lot of tobacco on the marginal line between two colors shall be placed in the color with which it best corresponds with respect to body or other associated elements of quality.
§ 29.1113 Rule 7.
Any lot of tobacco which meets the specifications of two grades shall be placed in the higher grade. Any lot of tobacco on the marginal line between two grades shall be placed in the lower grade.
§ 29.1114 Rule 8.
A lot of tobacco meets the specifications of a grade when it is not lower in any degree of any element of quality than the minimum specifications of such grade.
§ 29.1115 Rule 9.
The use of any grade may be restricted by the Director during any marketing season when it is found that the grade is not needed or appears in insufficient volume to justify its use.
§ 29.1116 Rule 10.
Any special factor approved by the Director of the Tobacco Division, Agricultural Marketing Service, may be used to show a peculiar side or characteristic of the tobacco which tends to modify the grade.
[42 FR 21092, Apr. 25, 1977, as amended at 49 FR 16756, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.1117 Rule 11.
Interpretations, the use of specifications, and the meaning of terms shall be in accordance with determinations or clarifications made by the Chief of the Marketing Programs Branch and approved by the Director.
§ 29.1118 Rule 12.
In determining the grade of a lot of tobacco, the lot as a whole shall be considered. Minor irregularities which do not affect over one percent of the tobacco shall be overlooked.
§ 29.1119 Rule 13.
Degrees of uniformity shall be expressed in terms of percentages. The percentages shall govern the portion of a lot which must meet the specifications of the grade. (These percentages shall not affect limitations established by other rules.) The minor portion must be closely related, but may be of a different group, quality, and color from the major portion.
§ 29.1120 Rule 14.
The application of injury tolerance as an element of quality shall be expressed in terms of a percentage. The appraisal of injury shall be based upon the percentage of affected leaf surface or the degree of injury. In appraising injury, consideration shall be given to the normal characteristics of the group as related to injury.
§ 29.1121 Rule 15.
Any lot of tobacco containing 20 percent or more of variegated tobacco other than variegated red or scorched shall be described as variegated and designated by the color symbol “K,” “KL,” “KF,” “KD,” or “KV.”
[42 FR 21092, Apr. 25, 1977, as amended at 48 FR 29671, June 28, 1983]
§ 29.1122 Rule 16.
Any lot of ripe tobacco which contains 20 percent or more of variegated red or scorched tobacco shall be designated by the color symbol “KR.” Any lot of unripe tobacco which is under 20 percent greenish or green but which contains 20 percent or more of scorched tobacco, or any lot of tobacco which contains 20 percent or more of a color distinctly different from the major color shall be classified as mixed color and designated by the color symbol “KM”. Any lot of unripe tobacco in the C, or B groups which is under 20 percent greenish or green but which contains 50 percent or more of scorched tobacco shall be classified as excessively scorched and designated by the combination symbol “KK”.
[42 FR 21092, Apr. 25, 1977, as amended at 51 FR 25028, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1123 Rule 17.
Any lot of lemon, or orange colored tobacco containing over 20 percent of slick tobacco shall be designated by the symbol “S” in the X, C, or B groups.
§ 29.1124 Rule 18.
Any lot of mature tobacco in lemon or orange color containing 20 percent or more of greenish tobacco, or any lot which is not green but which contains 20 percent or more of greenish and green tobacco combined shall be designated by the color symbol “V.”
§ 29.1125 Rule 19.
Any lot of tobacco containing 20 percent or more of green tobacco, or any lot which is not crude but contains 20 percent or more of green and crude combined shall be designated by the color symbols “G,” “GR,” “GK,” “GG,” or the combination symbols “GL,” or “GF.”
§ 29.1126 Rule 20.
Crude tobacco shall not be included in any grade of any color except green, green red, green variegated, gray green, or the combination symbols “GL,” or “GF” in the nondescript group. Any lot containing 20 percent or more of crude tobacco shall be classified as nondescript.
§ 29.1127 Rule 21.
Damaged tobacco which otherwise meets the specifications of a grade shall be treated as a special factor grade by placing the special factor “U” after the grademark.
§ 29.1128 Rule 22.
Sound tobacco that is wet or in doubtful-keeping order but which otherwise meets the specifications of a grade shall be treated as a special factor grade by placing the special factor “W” after the grademark.
§ 29.1129 Rule 23.
Tobacco shall be designated by the grademark “No-G,” when it is offtype, semicured, fire-killed, smoked, oxidized over 10 percent, has an odor foreign to the type, or is packed in bales which are not approximately 42 inches wide × 42 inches high × 40 inches long.
[65 FR 46086, July 27, 2000]
§ 29.1130 Rule 24.
Tobacco shall be designated by the grademark, “No-G-F,” when it contains stalks, suckers, or foreign matter such as straw, strings, rubber bands, grass, weeds, or an excessive amount of dirt or sand.
§ 29.1131 Rule 25.
Any lot of tobacco containing 10 percent or less of oxidized tobacco, except as provided in rule 12, shall be designated by the combination symbols “PO,” “XO,” or “BO.” Crude or green tobacco containing 10 percent or less of oxidized shall be grade “N2.”
§ 29.1132 Rule 26.
Tobacco that contains a moderate amount of dirt or sand, but which otherwise meets the specifications of any Primings grade, including the first quality Nondescript from the Primings group, shall be designated by placing the special factor, “dirt” or “sand” after the grademark.
§ 29.1133 Rule 27.
Tobacco in Types 11-14 shall be designated by the grademark “No-G-Nested” when it is nested.
[47 FR 51721, Nov. 17, 1982, as amended at 49 FR 16756, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.1134 Rule 28.
Tobacco in strip form which otherwise meets the specifications of a grade shall be treated as a special factor grade by placing the special factor “S” preceding the grademark.
[49 FR 16756, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.1135 Rule 29.
Any lot of tobacco containing 25 percent or more of an adjacent group, which otherwise meets the specifications of a grade shall be treated as a special factor grade by placing the special factor “M” preceding the grademark.
[60 FR 36028, July 13, 1995]
§ 29.1136 Rule 30.
Any lot of baled tobacco that is not opened for inspection but which otherwise meets the specifications of a grade shall be graded by the exterior only.
[65 FR 46086, July 27, 2000]
173 grades
§ 29.1161 [Reserved]
§ 29.1162 Leaf (B Group).
This group consists of leaves normally grown at or above the midportion of the stalk. Leaves of the B group have a pointed tip, tend to fold, usually are heavier in body than the other groups, and show little or no ground injury.
Grades, Grade Names, Minimum Specifications, and Tolerances
B1L—Choice Quality Lemon Leaf
Ripe, firm leaf structure, medium body, rich in oil, deep color intensity, spready, 20 inches or over in length. Uniformity, 90 percent; injury tolerance, 5 percent.
B2L—Fine Quality Lemon Leaf
Ripe, firm leaf structure, medium body, rich in oil, deep color intensity, normal width, 18 inches or over in length. Uniformity, 85 percent; injury tolerance, 10 percent.
B3L—Good Quality Lemon Leaf
Ripe, firm leaf structure, medium body, oily, strong color intensity, normal width, 16 inches or over in length. Uniformity, 80 percent; injury tolerance, 15 percent.
B4L—Fair Quality Lemon Leaf
Ripe, firm leaf structure, medium body, only, moderate color intensity, normal width. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 20 percent, of which not over 5 percent may be waste.
B5L—Low Quality Lemon Leaf
Ripe, firm leaf structure, medium body, lean in oil, weak color intensity, narrow. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 30 percent, of which not over 10 percent may be waste.
B6L—Poor Quality Lemon Leaf
Ripe, firm leaf structure, medium body, lean in oil, weak color intensity, stringy. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 40 percent, of which not over 20 percent may be waste.
B1F—Choice Quality Orange Leaf
Ripe, firm leaf structure, fleshy, rich in oil, deep color intensity, spready, 20 inches or over in length. Uniformity, 90 percent; injury tolerance, 5 percent.
B2F—Fine Quality Orange Leaf
Ripe, firm leaf structure, fleshy, rich in oil, deep color intensity, normal width, 18 inches or over in length. Uniformity, 85 percent; injury tolerance, 10 percent.
B3F—Good Quality Orange Leaf
Ripe, firm leaf structure, fleshy, oily, strong color intensity, normal width, 16 inches or over in length. Uniformity, 80 percent; injury tolerance, 15 percent.
B4F—Fair Quality Orange Leaf
Ripe, firm leaf structure, fleshy, oily, moderate color intensity, normal width. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 20 percent, of which not over 5 percent may be waste.
B5F—Low Quality Orange Leaf
Ripe, firm leaf structure, fleshy, lean in oil, weak color intensity, narrow. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 30 percent, of which not over 10 percent may be waste.
B6F—Poor Quality Orange Leaf
Ripe, firm leaf structure, fleshy, lean in oil, weak color intensity, stringy. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 40 percent, of which not over 20 percent may be waste.
B1FR—Choice Quality Orange Red Leaf
Ripe, firm leaf structure, fleshy, rich in oil, deep color intensity, spready, 20 inches or over in length. Uniformity, 90 percent; injury tolerance, 5 percent.
B2FR—Fine Quality Orange Red Leaf
Ripe, firm leaf structure, fleshy, rich in oil, deep color intensity, normal width, 18 inches or over in length. Uniformity, 85 percent; injury tolerance, 10 percent.
B3FR—Good Quality Orange Red Leaf
Ripe, firm leaf structure, fleshy, oily, strong color intensity, normal width, 16 inches or over in length. Uniformity, 80 percent; injury tolerance, 15 percent.
B4FR—Fair Quality Orange Red Leaf
Ripe, firm leaf structure, fleshy, oily, moderate color intensity, normal width. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 20 percent, of which not over 5 percent may be waste.
B5FR—Low Quality Orange Red Leaf
Ripe, firm leaf structure, fleshy, lean in oil, weak color intensity, narrow. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 30 percent, of which not over 10 percent may be waste.
B6FR—Poor Quality Orange Red Leaf
Ripe, firm leaf structure, fleshy, lean in oil, weak color intensity, stringy. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 40 percent, of which not over 20 percent may be waste.
B5R—Low Quality Red Leaf
Ripe, firm leaf structure, heavy, lean in oil, weak color intensity, narrow. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 30 percent, of which not over 10 percent may be waste.
B3K—Good Quality Variegated Leaf
Ripe, firm leaf structure, fleshy, oily, normal width, 16 inches or over in length. Uniformity, 80 percent; injury tolerance, 15 percent.
B4K—Fair Quality Variegated Leaf
Ripe, firm leaf structure, fleshy, lean in oil, normal width. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 20 percent, of which not over 5 percent may be waste.
B5K—Low Quality Variegated Leaf
Ripe, firm leaf structure, fleshy, lean in oil, narrow. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 30 percent, of which not over 10 percent may be waste.
B6K—Poor Quality Variegated Leaf
Ripe, firm leaf structure, fleshy, lean in oil, stringy. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 40 percent, of which not over 20 percent may be waste.
B3KR—Good Quality Variegated Red or Scorched Leaf
Ripe, firm leaf structure, fleshy, oily, normal width, 16 inches or over in length. Uniformity, 80 percent; injury tolerance 15 percent.
B4KR—Fair Quality Variegated Red or Scorched Leaf
Ripe, firm leaf structure, fleshy, lean in oil, normal width. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 20 percent, of which not over 5 percent may be waste.
B5KR—Low Quality Variegated Red or Scorched Leaf
Ripe, firm leaf structure, fleshy, lean in oil, narrow. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 30 percent, of which not over 10 percent may be waste.
B3V—Good Quality Greenish Leaf
Mature, firm leaf structure, fleshy, oily, normal width, 16 inches or over in length. Uniformity, 80 percent; injury tolerance 15 percent.
B4V—Fair Quality Greenish Leaf
Mature, firm leaf structure, fleshy, oily, normal width. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 20 percent, of which not over 5 percent may be waste.
B5V—Low Quality Greenish Leaf
Mature, firm leaf structure, fleshy, lean in oil, narrow. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 30 percent, of which not over 10 percent may be waste.
B3KL—Good Quality Variegated Lemon Leaf
Unripe, close leaf structure, heavy, normal width, 16 inches or over in length. Uniformity, 80 percent; injury tolerance, 15 percent.
B4KL—Fair Quality Variegated Lemon Leaf
Unripe, close leaf structure, heavy, normal width. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 20 percent of which not over 5 percent may be waste.
B5KL—Low Quality Variegated Lemon Leaf
Unripe, tight leaf structure, heavy, narrow. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 30 percent, of which not over 10 percent may be waste.
B6KL—Poor Quality Variegated Lemon Leaf
Unripe, tight leaf structure, heavy, stringy. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 40 percent, of which not over 20 percent may be waste.
B3KF—Good Quality Variegated Orange Leaf
Unripe, close leaf structure, heavy, normal width, 16 inches or over in length. Uniformity, 80 percent; injury tolerance, 15 percent.
B4KF—Fair Quality Variegated Orange Leaf
Unripe, close leaf structure, heavy, normal width. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 20 percent, of which not over 5 percent may be waste.
B5KF—Low Quality Variegated Orange Leaf
Unripe, tight leaf structure, heavy, narrow. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 30 percent, of which not over 10 percent may be waste.
B6KF—Poor Quality Variegated Orange Leaf
Unripe, tight leaf structure, heavy, stringy. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 40 percent, of which not over 20 percent may be waste.
B3KD—Good Quality Variegated Dark Red Leaf
Unripe, close leaf structure, heavy, normal width, 16 inches (40.6 cm) or over in length. Uniformity, 80 percent; injury tolerance, 15 percent.
B4KD—Quality Variegated Dark Red Leaf
Unripe, close leaf structure, heavy, normal width. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 20 percent, of which not over 5 percent may be waste.
B5KD—Low Quality Variegated Dark Red Leaf
Unripe, tight leaf structure, heavy, narrow. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 30 percent, of which not over 10 percent may be waste.
B6KD—Poor Quality Variegated Dark Red Leaf
Unripe, tight leaf structure, heavy, stringy. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 40 percent, of which not over 20 percent may be waste.
B3KM—Good Quality Variegated Mixed Leaf
Unripe, close leaf structure, heavy, normal width, 16 inches or over in length. Uniformity, 80 percent; injury tolerance, 15 percent.
B4KM—Fair Quality Variegated Mixed Leaf
Unripe, close leaf structure, heavy, normal width. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 20 percent, of which not over 5 percent may be waste.
B5KM—Low Quality Variegated Mixed Leaf
Unripe, tight leaf structure, heavy, narrow. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 30 percent, of which not over 10 percent may be waste.
B6KM—Poor Quality Variegated Mixed Leaf
Unripe, tight leaf structure, heavy, stringy. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 40 percent, of which not over 20 percent may be waste.
B3KK Good Quality Excessively Scorched Leaf
Unripe, close leaf structure, heavy, normal width, 16 inches (40.6 cm) or over in length. Uniformity, 80 percent; injury tolerance, 15 percent.
B4KK Fair Quality Excessively Scorched Leaf
Unripe, close leaf structure, heavy, normal width. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 20 percent, of which not over 5 percent may be waste.
B5KK Low Quality Excessively Scorched Leaf
Unripe, tight leaf structure, heavy, narrow. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 30 percent, of which not over 10 percent may be waste.
B6KK Poor Quality Excessively Scorched Leaf
Unripe, tight leaf structure, heavy, stringy. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 40 percent, of which not over 20 percent may be waste.
B4KV—Fair Quality Variegated Greenish Leaf
Unripe, firm leaf structure, medium body, normal width. Uniformity, 70 percent; tolerance, 25 percent waste.
B5KV—Low Quality Variegated Greenish Leaf
Unripe, firm leaf structure, medium body, narrow. Uniformity, 70 percent; tolerance, 30 percent waste.
B6KV—Poor Quality Variegated Greenish Leaf
Unripe, firm leaf structure, medium body, stringy. Uniformity, 70 percent; tolerance, 40 percent waste.
B3S—Good Quality Slick Leaf
Unripe, close leaf structure, fleshy, normal width, 16 inches or over in length. Uniformity, 80 percent; injury tolerance, 15 percent.
B4S—Fair Quality Slick Leaf
Unripe, close leaf structure, fleshy, normal width. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance, 20 percent, of which not over 5 percent may be waste.
B5S—Low Quality Slick Leaf
Unripe, tight leaf structure, fleshy, narrow. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 30 percent, of which not over 10 percent may be waste.
B4G—Fair Quality Green Leaf
Immature, close leaf structure, fleshy, oily, normal width. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 20 percent, of which not over 5 percent may be waste.
B5G—Low Quality Green Leaf
Immature, tight leaf structure, fleshy, lean in oil, narrow. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 30 percent, of which not over 10 percent may be waste.
B6G—Poor Quality Green Leaf
Immature, tight leaf structure, fleshy, lean in oil, stringy. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 40 percent, of which not over 20 percent may be waste.
B5GR—Low Quality Green Red Leaf
Immature, tight leaf structure, heavy, lean in oil, narrow. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 30 percent, of which not over 10 percent may be waste.
B4GK—Fair Quality Green Variegated Leaf
Immature, close leaf structure, heavy, normal width. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 20 percent, of which not over 5 percent may be waste.
B5GK—Low Quality Green Variegated Leaf
Immature, tight leaf structure, heavy, narrow. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 30 percent, of which not over 10 percent may be waste.
B6GK—Poor Quality Green Variegated Leaf
Immature, tight leaf structure, heavy, stringy. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 40 percent, of which not over 20 percent may be waste.
B5GG—Low Quality Gray Green Leaf
Immature, tight leaf structure, heavy, narrow. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 30 percent, of which not over 10 percent may be waste.
[42 FR 21092, Apr. 25, 1977, as amended at 48 FR 29671, June 28, 1983; 49 FR 16756, Apr. 20, 1984; 51 FR 25028, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1163 Smoking Leaf (H Group).
This group consists of leaves normally grown at or above the midportion of the stalk. Leaves of the H group show a high degree of maturity, more open leaf structure in relation to the B Group, and a material amount of injury characteristic of very ripe leaf tobacco.
Grades, Grade Names, Minimum Specifications, and Tolerances
H3F—Good Quality Orange Smoking Leaf
Mellow, open leaf structure, medium body, lean in oil, strong color intensity, normal width, 16 inches or over in length. Uniformity, 80 percent; injury tolerance, 15 percent.
H4F—Fair Quality Orange Smoking Leaf
Mellow, open leaf structure, medium body, lean in oil, moderate color intensity, normal width. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 20 percent, of which not over 5 percent may be waste.
H5F—Low Quality Orange Smoking Leaf
Mellow, open leaf structure, medium body, lean in oil, weak color intensity, narrow. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 30 percent, of which not over 10 percent may be waste.
H6F—Poor Quality Orange Smoking Leaf
Mellow, open leaf structure, medium body, lean in oil, weak color intensity, stringy. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 40 percent, of which not over 20 percent may be waste.
H4FR—Fair Quality Orange Red Smoking Leaf
Mellow, open leaf structure, fleshy, lean in oil, moderate color intensity, normal width. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 20 percent, of which not over 5 percent may be waste.
H5FR—Low Quality Orange Red Smoking Leaf
Mellow, open leaf structure, fleshy, lean in oil, weak color intensity, narrow. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 30 percent, of which not over 10 percent may be waste.
H6FR—Poor Quality Orange Red Smoking Leaf
Mellow, open leaf structure, medium body, lean in oil, weak color intensity, stringy. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 40 percent, of which not over 20 percent may be waste.
H4K—Fair Quality Variegated Smoking Leaf
Mellow, open leaf structure, medium body, lean in oil, moderate color intensity, normal width. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 20 percent, of which not over 5 percent may be waste.
H5K—Low Quality Variegated Smoking Leaf
Mellow, open leaf structure, medium body, lean in oil, weak color intensity, narrow. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 30 percent, of which not over 10 percent may be waste.
H6K—Poor Quality Variegated Smoking Leaf
Mellow, open leaf structure, medium body, lean in oil, weak color intensity, stringy. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 40 percent, of which not over 20 percent may be waste.
[42 FR 21092, Apr. 25, 1977, as amended at 48 FR 29671, June 28, 1983; 49 FR 16756, Apr. 20, 1984; 51 FR 25028, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1164 Cutters (C Group).
This group consists of leaves normally grown at or just below the midportion of the stalk. Leaves of the C group have a tendency to roll concealing the stem or midrib. Cutters usually have a rounded tip, are thin to medium in body, and show some ground injury.
Grades, Grade Names, Minimum Specifications, and Tolerances
C1L—Choice Quality Lemon Cutters
Ripe, open leaf structure, medium body, oily, deep color intensity, spready, 20 inches or over in length. Uniformity, 90 percent, injury tolerance, 5 percent.
C2L—Fine Quality Lemon Cutters
Ripe, open leaf structure, thin, oily, deep color intensity, spready, 20 inches or over in length. Uniformity, 85 percent; injury tolerance, 10 percent.
C3L—Good Quality Lemon Cutters
Ripe, open leaf structure, thin, oily, strong color intensity, spready, 18 inches or over in length. Uniformity, 80 percent; injury tolerance, 15 percent.
C4L—Fair Quality Lemon Cutters
Ripe, open leaf structure, thin, lean in oil, moderate color intensity, normal width, 16 inches or over in length. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 20 percent, of which not over 5 percent may be waste.
C5L—Low Quality Lemon Cutters
Ripe, open leaf structure, thin, lean in oil, weak color intensity, normal width, 16 inches or over in length. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 30 percent, of which not over 10 percent may be waste.
C4LL—Fair Quality Whitish-Lemon Cutters
Unripe, firm leaf structure, thin (papery), lean in oil, normal width, 16 inches or over in length. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 20 percent, of which not over 5 percent may be waste.
C5LL Low Quality Whitish-Lemon Cutters
Unripe, firm leaf structure, thin (papery), lean in oil, normal width, 16 inches (40.6 cm) or over in length. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 30 percent, of which not over 10 percent may be waste.
C5LP—Low Quality Lemon Cutters (Primings Side)
Prematurely ripe, open leaf structure, thin, lean in oil, pale color intensity, normal width, 16 inches or over in length. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 30 percent, of which not over 10 percent may be waste.
C1F—Choice Quality Orange Cutters
Ripe, open leaf structure, medium body, oily, deep color intensity, spready, 20 inches or over in length. Uniformity, 90 percent; injury tolerance, 5 percent.
C2F—Fine Quality Orange Cutters
Ripe, open leaf structure, medium body, oily, deep color intensity, spready, 20 inches or over in length. Uniformity, 85 percent; injury tolerance, 10 percent.
C3F—Good Quality Orange Cutters
Ripe, open leaf structure, medium body, oily, strong color intensity, spready, 18 inches or over in length. Uniformity, 80 percent; injury tolerance, 15 percent.
C4F—Fair Quality Orange Cutters
Ripe, open leaf structure, medium body, lean in oil, moderate color intensity, normal width, 16 inches or over in length. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 20 percent, of which not over 5 percent may be waste.
C5F—Low Quality Orange Cutters
Ripe, open leaf structure, medium body, lean in oil, weak color intensity, normal width, 16 inches or over in length. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 30 percent, of which not over 10 percent may be waste.
C5FP—Low Quality Orange Cutters (Primings Side)
Prematurely ripe, open leaf structure, medium body, lean in oil, pale color intensity, normal width, 16 inches or over length. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 30 percent, or which not over 10 percent may be waste.
C4KR—Fair Quality Variegated Red or Scorched Cutters
Ripe, open leaf structure, medium body, lean in oil, moderate color intensity, normal width, 16 inches or over in length. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 20 percent, of which not over 5 percent may be waste.
C4V—Fair Quality Greenish Cutters
Mature, open leaf structure, medium body, lean in oil, normal width, 16 inches or over in length. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 20 percent, of which not over 5 percent may be waste.
C4KL—Fair Quality Variegated Lemon Cutters
Unripe, close leaf structure, medium body, normal width, 16 inches or over in length. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 20 percent, of which not over 5 percent may be waste.
C4KF—Fair Quality Variegated Orange Cutters
Unripe, close leaf structure, medium body, normal width, 16 inches or over in length. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 20 percent, of which not over 5 percent may be waste.
C4KM—Fair Quality Variegated Mixed Cutters
Unripe, close leaf structure, medium body, normal width, 16 inches or over in length. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 20 percent, of which not over 5 percent may be waste.
C4KK Fair Quality Excessively Scorched Cutters
Unripe, close leaf structure, medium body, normal width, 16 inches (40.6 cm) or over in length. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance, 20 percent, of which not over 5 percent may be waste.
C4S—Fair Quality Slick Cutters
Unripe, close leaf structure, medium body, normal width, 16 inches or over in length. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 20 percent, of which not over 5 percent may be waste.
C4G—Fair Quality Green Cutters
Immature, close leaf structure, medium body, lean in oil, normal width, 16 inches or over in length. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 20 percent, of which not over 5 percent may be waste.
C4GK—Fair Quality Green Variegated Cutters
Immature, close leaf structure, medium body, normal width, 16 inches or over in length. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 20 percent, of which not over 5 percent may be waste.
[42 FR 21092, Apr. 25, 1977, as amended at 48 FR 29671, June 28, 1983; 49 FR 16756, Apr. 20, 1984; 51 FR 25028, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1165 Lugs (X Group).
This group consists of leaves normally grown near the bottom of the stalk. Leaves of the X group usually have a blunt tip and open face; they show some ground injury characteristic of the group.
Grades, Grade Names, Minimum Specifications, and Tolerances
X1L—Choice Quality Lemon Lugs
Ripe, open leaf structure, thin, oily, strong color intensity. Uniformity, 80 percent; injury tolerance 20 percent, of which not over 5 percent may be waste.
X2L—Fine Quality Lemon Lugs
Ripe, open leaf structure, thin, oily, strong color intensity. Uniformity, 75 percent; injury tolerance 25 percent, of which not over 10 percent may be waste.
X3L—Good Quality Lemon Lugs
Ripe, open leaf structure, thin, lean in oil, moderate color intensity. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 40 percent, of which not over 20 percent may be waste.
X4L—Fair Quality Lemon Lugs
Ripe, open leaf structure, thin, lean in oil, weak color intensity. Uniformity, 70 percent; tolerance, 30 percent waste.
X5L—Low Quality Lemon Lugs
Ripe, open leaf structure, thin, lean in oil, pale color intensity. Uniformity, 70 percent; tolerance, 40 percent waste.
X3LL Good Quality Whitish-Lemon Lugs
Unripe, firm leaf structure, thin (papery), lean in oil. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 40 percent, of which not over 20 percent may be waste.
X4LL—Fair Quality Whitish-Lemon Lugs
Unripe, firm leaf structure, thin (papery), lean in oil. Uniformity, 70 percent; tolerance, 30 percent waste.
X1F—Choice Quality Orange Lugs
Ripe, open leaf structure, medium body, oily, strong color intensity. Uniformity, 80 percent; injury tolerance 20 percent, of which not over 5 percent may be waste.
X2F—Fine Quality Orange Lugs
Ripe, open leaf structure, medium body, oily, strong color intensity. Uniformity, 75 percent; injury tolerance 25 percent, of which not over 10 percent may be waste.
X3F—Good Quality Orange Lugs
Ripe, open leaf structure, medium body, lean in oil, moderate color intensity. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 40 percent, of which not over 20 percent may be waste.
X4F—Fair Quality Orange Lugs
Ripe, open leaf structure, medium body, lean in oil, weak color intensity. Uniformity, 70 percent; tolerance, 30 percent waste.
X5F—Low Quality Orange Lugs
Ripe, open leaf structure, medium body, lean in oil, pale color intensity. Uniformity, 70 percent; tolerance, 40 percent waste.
X3KR—Good Quality Variegated Red or Scorched Lugs
Ripe, open leaf structure, medium body, lean in oil, moderate color intensity. Uniformity, 70 percent, injury tolerance 40 percent, of which not over 20 percent may be waste.
X4KR—Fair Quality Variegated Red or Scorched Lugs
Ripe, open leaf structure, medium body, lean in oil, weak color intensity. Uniformity, 70 percent; tolerance, 30 percent waste.
X3V—Good Quality Greenish Lugs
Mature, open leaf structure, medium body, lean in oil. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 40 percent, of which not over 20 percent may be waste.
X4V—Fair Quality Greenish Lugs
Mature, open leaf structure, medium body, lean in oil. Uniformity, 70 percent; tolerance, 30 percent waste.
X4KL—Fair Quality Variegated Lemon Lugs
Unripe, close leaf structure, thin. Uniformity, 70 percent; tolerance, 30 percent waste.
X4KF—Fair Quality Variegated Orange Lugs
Unripe, close leaf structure, medium body. Uniformity, 70 percent; tolerance, 30 percent waste.
X4KV—Fair Quality Variegated Greenish Lugs
Unripe, firm leaf structure, medium body. Uniformity, 70 percent; tolerance, 30 percent waste.
X3KM—Good Quality Variegated Mixed Lugs
Unripe, close leaf structure, medium body. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 40 percent, of which not over 20 percent may be waste.
X4KM—Fair Quality Variegated Mixed Lugs
Unripe, close leaf structure, medium body. Uniformity, 70 percent; tolerance, 30 percent waste.
X3S—Good Quality Slick Lugs
Unripe, close leaf structure, medium body. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 40 percent, of which not over 20 percent may be waste.
X4S—Fair Quality Slick Lugs
Unripe, close leaf structure, medium body. Uniformity, 70 percent; tolerance, 30 percent waste.
X4G—Fair Quality Green Lugs
Immature, firm leaf structure, medium body, lean in oil. Uniformity, 70 percent; tolerance, 30 percent waste.
X5G—Low Quality Green Lugs
Immature, firm leaf structure, medium body, lean in oil. Uniformity, 70 percent; tolerance, 40 percent waste.
X4GK—Fair Quality Green Variegated Lugs
Immature, close leaf structure, medium body. Uniformity, 70 percent; tolerance, 30 percent waste.
[42 FR 21092, Apr. 25, 1977, as amended at 48 FR 29671, June 28, 1983; 49 FR 16756, Apr. 20, 1984; 51 FR 25028, July 10, 1986]
§ 29.1166 Primings (P Group).
This group consists of round-tipped leaves from the lowest portion of the stalk. Leaves of the P group ripen prematurely as a result of starvation and show a material amount of injury characteristic of leaves grown close to the ground.
Grades, Grade Names, Minimum Specifications, and Tolerances
P2L—Fine Quality Lemon Primings
Prematurely ripe, open leaf structure, thin, oily, moderate color intensity. Uniformity, 75 percent; injury tolerance 25 percent, of which not over 10 percent may be waste.
P3L—Good Quality Lemon Primings
Prematurely ripe, open leaf structure, thin, lean in oil, weak color intensity. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 40 percent, of which not over 20 percent may be waste.
P4L—Fair Quality Lemon Primings
Prematurely ripe, open leaf structure, thin, lean in oil, pale color intensity. Uniformity, 70 percent; tolerance, 30 percent waste.
P5L—Low Quality Lemon Primings
Prematurely ripe, open leaf structure, thin, lean in oil, pale color intensity. Uniformity, 70 percent; tolerance, 40 percent waste.
P2F—Fine Quality Orange Primings
Prematurely ripe, open leaf structure, medium body, oily, moderate color intensity. Uniformity, 75 percent; injury tolerance 25 percent, of which not over 10 percent may be waste.
P3F—Good Quality Orange Primings
Prematurely ripe, open leaf structure, medium body, lean in oil, weak color intensity. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance 40 percent, of which not over 20 percent may be waste.
P4F—Fair Quality Orange Primings
Prematurely ripe, open leaf structure, medium body, lean in oil, pale color intensity. Uniformity, 70 percent; tolerance, 30 percent waste.
P5F—Low Quality Orange Primings
Prematurely ripe, open leaf structure, medium body, lean in oil, pale color intensity. Uniformity, 70 percent; tolerance, 40 percent waste.
P4G—Fair Quality Green Primings
Immature, firm leaf structure, medium body, lean in oil. Uniformity, 70 percent; tolerance, 30 percent waste.
P5G—Low Quality Green Primings
Immature, firm leaf structure, medium body, lean in oil. Uniformity, 70 percent; tolerance, 40 percent waste.
[42 FR 21092, Apr. 25, 1977, as amended at 49 FR 16756, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.1167 Mixed (M Group).
This group consists of tobacco from three or more groups or two distinctly different groups which are mixed together in various combinations.
Grades, Grade Names, Minimum Specifications, and Tolerances
M4F—Fair Quality Mixed Groups
Ripe, firm leaf structure, heavy, lean in oil. Injury tolerance 30 percent, of which not over 10 percent may be waste.
M5F—Low Quality Mixed Groups
Ripe, firm leaf structure, heavy, lean in oil. Injury tolerance 40 percent, of which not over 20 percent may be waste.
M4KR—Fair Quality Variegated Red or Scorched Mixed Groups
Ripe, firm leaf structure, fleshy, lean in oil. Injury tolerance 30 percent, of which not over 10 percent may be waste.
M4KM—Fair Quality Variegated Mixed Groups
Unripe, close leaf structure, heavy. Injury tolerance 30 percent, of which not over 10 percent may be waste.
M5KM—Low Quality Variegated Mixed Groups
Unripe, tight leaf structure, heavy. Injury tolerance 40 percent, of which not over 20 percent may be waste.
M4GK—Fair Quality Green Variegated Mixed Groups
Immature, close leaf structure, heavy. Injury tolerance 30 percent, of which not over 10 percent may be waste.
M5GK—Low Quality Green Variegated Mixed Groups
Immature, tight leaf structure, heavy. Injury tolerance, 40 percent, of which not over 20 percent may be waste.
[49 FR 16756, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.1168 Nondescript (N Group).
Extremely common tobacco which does not meet the minimum specifications or which exceeds the tolerance of the lowest grade of any other group except Scrap.
Grades, Grade Names, Minimum Specifications, and Tolerances
N1L— Best Nondescript from the P Group Tolerance: 50 percent waste. N1XL— Best Nondescript from the X Group Tolerance: 50 percent waste. N1K— Best Nondescript from the B or H Groups Tolerance: 50 percent injury or waste. N1R— Best, Heavy, Dark-colored Nondescript from the B Group Tolerance: 50 percent injury or waste. N1KV— Best, Variegated, Medium-bodied Greenish Nondescript from the B Group Tolerance: 50 percent waste. N1GL— Best, Thin, Crude Green Nondescript from the P or X Groups Tolerance: 50 percent crude or waste. N1GF— Best, Fleshy, Medium-colored, Crude Green Nondescript from the B Group Tolerance: 50 percent crude, injury or waste. N1GR— Best, Heavy, Dark-colored, Crude Green Nondescript from the B Group Tolerance: 50 percent crude, injury or waste. N1GG— Best, Crude, Gray Green Nondescript from the B Group Tolerance: 50 percent crude, injury or waste. N1PO— Oxidized Tobacco from the P Group Tolerance: 50 percent waste. N1XO— Oxidized Tobacco from the X or C Groups Tolerance: 50 percent waste. N1BO— Oxidized Tobacco from the B or H Groups Tolerance: 50 percent injury or waste. N2— Poorest Nondescript of any Group or Color Tolerance: Over 50 percent crude, injury or waste. Pursuant to Rule 25, this grade also includes crude or green tobacco containing 10 percent or less of oxidized.
[54 FR 7926, Feb. 24, 1989]
§ 29.1169 Scrap (S Group).
A byproduct of stemmed and unstemmed tobacco. Scrap accumulates from handling tobacco in farm buildings, warehouses, packing and conditioning plants, and stemmeries.
Grade, Grade Name and Specifications
S—Scrap. Loose, whole, or broken unstemmed leaves; or the web portion of tobacco leaves reduced to scrap by any process.
[42 FR 21092, Apr. 25, 1977, as amended at 49 FR 16756, Apr. 20, 1984]
174 summary of standard grades
§ 29.1181 Summary of standard grades.
23 Grades of Leaf
B1L | B1F | B1FR
B2L | B2F | B2FR
B3L | B3F | B3FR | B3K
B4L | B4F | B4FR | B4K
B5L | B5F | B5FR | B5R | B5K
B6L | B6F | B6FR | B6K
10 Grades of Smoking Leaf
H3F
H4F | H4FR | H4K
H5F | H5FR | H5K
H6F | H6FR | H6K
10 Grades of Cutters
C1L | C1F
C2L | C2F
C3L | C3F
C4L | C4F
C5L | C5F
10 Grades of Lugs
X1L | X1F
X2L | X2F
X3L | X3F
X4L | X4F
X5L | X5F
8 Grades of Primings
P2L | P2F
P3L | P3F
P4L | P4F
P5L | P5F
6 Grades of Greenish
B3V | X3V
B4V | C4V | X4V
B5V
20 Grades of Variegated
B3KL | B3KF | B3KD
B4KL | B4KF | B4KD | B4KV | C4KL | C4KF | X4KL | X4KF | X4KV
B5KL | B5KF | B5KD | B5KV
B6KL | B6KF | B6KD | B6KV
7 Mixed Grades
M4F | M4KR | M4KM | M4GK
M5F | M5KM | M5GK
15 Grades of Green
B4G | B4GK | C4G | C4GK | X4G | X4GK | P4G
B5G | B5GR | B5GK | B5GG | X5G | P5G
B6G | B6GK
7 Grades of Variegated Mixed
B3KM | X3KM
B4KM | C4KM | X4KM
B5KM
B6KM
6 Grades of Variegated Red or Scorched
B3KR | X3KR
B4KR | C4KR | X4KR
B5KR
5 Grades of Excessively Scorched
B3KK
B4KK
B5KK
B6KK
C4KK
6 Grades of Slick
B3S | X3S
B4S | C4S | X4S
B5S
4 Grades of Whitish-Lemon
X3LL | C4LL
X4LL | C5LL
2 Grades of Cutters (Primings Side)
C5LP | C5FP
13 Grades of Nondescript
N1L | N1KV | N1GG
N1XL | N1GL | N1PO
N1K | N1GF | N1XO
N1R | N1GR | N1BO
N2
1 Grade of Scrap
S
Special factors “U” (unsound), “W” (doubtful-keeping order), “S” (strip), and “M” (mixed) may be applied to all grades. The special factors “dirt” or “sand” may be applied to any grade in the Primings group, including first quality Nondescript from the Primings group. Tobacco not covered by the standard grades is designated “No-G,” “No-G-F,” or “No-G-Nested.”
[48 FR 29671, June 28, 1983, as amended at 49 FR 16756, Apr. 20, 1984; 51 FR 25028, July 10, 1986; 52 FR 28534, July 31, 1987; 60 FR 36028, July 13, 1995]
175 key to standard grademarks
§ 29.1225 Key to standard grademarks.
Groups
B—Leaf. H—Smoking Leaf. C—Cutters. X—Lugs. P—Primings. M—Mixed Group. N—Nondescript. S—Scrap.
Qualities
1—Choice. 2—Fine. 3—Good. 4—Fair. 5—Low. 6—Poor.
Color Symbols
L—Lemon. LL—Whitish-lemon. F—Orange. FR—Orange red. R—Red. K—Variegated. KR—Variegated red or scorched. G—Green. V—Greenish. GR—Green red. GK—Green variegated. GG—Gray green. KL—Variegated lemon. KF—Variegated orange. KV—Variegated greenish. KM—Variegated mixed. KD—Variegated dark red. LL—Whitish-lemon.
Combination Symbols
XL—Lug side. PO—Oxidized primings, XO—Oxidized lugs or cutters. BO—Oxidized leaf or smoking leaf. GL—Thin-bodied nondescript. GF—Medium-bodied nondescript. LP—Lemon (primings side). FP—Orange (primings side). KK—Excessively scorched.
Special Symbol
S—Slick.
[42 FR 21092, Apr. 25, 1977, as amended at 48 FR 29672, June 28, 1983; 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984; 51 FR 25028, July 10, 1986; 52 FR 28534, July 31, 1987]
176 Official Standard Grades for Virginia Fire-Cured Tobacco (U.S. Type 21)
Authority: Sections 29.2251 to 29.2481, issued under 7 U.S.C. 511m and 511r.
Source: Sections 29.2251 through 29.2481 appear at 37 FR 13521, July 11, 1972, unless otherwise noted.
177 definitions
§ 29.2251 Definitions.
As used in these standards, the words and phrases hereinafter defined shall have the indicated meanings so assigned.
§ 29.2252 Air-dried.
The condition of unfermented tobacco as customarily prepared for storage under natural atmospheric conditions.
§ 29.2253 Body.
The thickness and density of a leaf or the weight per unit of surface. (See chart, § 29.2351.)
§ 29.2254 Brown colors.
A group of colors ranging from a reddish brown to yellowish brown. These colors vary from low to medium saturation and from very low to medium brilliance. As used in these standards, the range is expressed as light brown (L), medium brown (F), and dark brown (D).
§ 29.2255 Class.
A major division of tobacco based on method of cure or principal usage.
§ 29.2256 Clean.
Tobacco is described as clean when it contains only a normal amount of sand or soil particles. Leaves grown on the lower portion of the stalk normally contain more dirt or sand than those from higher stalk positions. (See Rule 4, § 29.2395.)
§ 29.2257 Color.
The third factor of a grade based on the relative hues, saturation or chroma, and color values common to the type.
§ 29.2258 Color intensity.
The varying degree of saturation or chroma. Color intensity as applied to tobacco describes the strength or weakness of a specific color or hue. It is applicable to brown colors. (See chart, § 29.2351.)
§ 29.2259 Color symbols.
As applied to this type, color symbols are: L—light brown, F—medium brown, D—dark brown, M—mixed or variegated, G—green, GL—light green, and GD—dark green.
[45 FR 47115, July 14, 1980]
§ 29.2260 Condition.
The state of tobacco which results from the method of preparation or from the degree of fermentation. Words used to describe the condition of tobacco are undried, air-dried, steam-dried, sweating, sweated, and aged.
§ 29.2261 Crude.
A subdegree of maturity. Crude leaves are usually hard and slick as a result of extreme immaturity. A similar condition may result from fire-kill, sunburn, or sunscald. Any leaf which is crude to the extent of 20 percent or more of its surface may be described as crude. (See Rule 19, § 29.2410.)
§ 29.2262 Cured.
Tobacco dried of its sap by either natural or artificial processes.
§ 29.2263 Damage.
The effect of mold, must, rot, black rot, or other fungous or bacterial diseases which attack tobacco in its cured state. Tobacco having the odor of mold, must, or rot is considered damaged. (See Rule 20, § 29.2411.)
§ 29.2264 Dirty.
The state of tobacco containing an abnormal amount of dirt or sand, or tobacco to which additional quantities of dirt or sand have been added. (See Rule 22, § 29.2413.)
§ 29.2265 Elasticity.
The flexible, springy nature of the tobacco leaf to recover approximately its original size and shape after it has been stretched. (See chart, § 29.2351.)
§ 29.2266 Elements of quality.
Physical characteristics used to determine the quality of tobacco. Words selected to describe degrees within each element are shown in the chart in § 29.2351.
§ 29.2267 Fiber.
The term applied to the veins in a tobacco leaf. The large central vein is called the midrib or stem. The smaller lateral and cross veins are considered from the standpoint of size and color.
§ 29.2268 Finish.
The reflectance factor in color perception. Finish indicates the sheen or shine of the surface of a tobacco leaf. (See chart, § 29.2351.)
§ 29.2269 Fire-cured.
Tobacco cured under artificial atmospheric conditions by the use of open fires from which the smoke and fumes of burning wood are partly absorbed by the tobacco.
§ 29.2270 Foreign matter.
Any extraneous substance or material such as stalks, suckers, straw, strings, rubber bands, and abnormal amounts of dirt or sand. (See Rule 22, § 29.2413.)
§ 29.2271 Form.
The stage of preparation of tobacco such as unstemmed or stemmed.
§ 29.2272 Grade.
A subdivision of a type according to group, quality, and color.
§ 29.2273 Grademark.
A grademark normally consists of three symbols which indicate group, quality, and color. A letter is used to indicate group, a number to indicate quality, and a letter or letters to indicate color. For example, B3D means Heavy Leaf, good quality, and dark-brown color.
§ 29.2274 Green (G).
A term applied to green-colored tobacco. Any leaf which has a green color affecting 20 percent or more of its surface may be described as green. (See Rule 18, § 29.2409.)
§ 29.2275 Group.
A division of a type covering closely related grades based on certain characteristics which are usually related to stalk position, body, or the general quality of the tobacco. Groups in this type are Wrappers (A), Heavy Leaf (B), Thin Leaf (C), Lugs (X), Nondescript (N), and Scrap (S).
§ 29.2276 Injury.
Hurt or impairment from any cause except the fungous or bacterial diseases which attack tobacco in its cured state. (See Rule 16, § 29.2407.)
§ 29.2277 Leaf scrap.
A byproduct of unstemmed tobacco. Leaf scrap results from handling unstemmed tobacco and consists of tangled whole or broken leaves.
§ 29.2278 Leaf structure.
The cell development of a leaf as indicated by its porosity. (See chart, § 29.2351.)
§ 29.2279 Length.
The linear measurement of cured tobacco leaves from the butt of the midrib to the extreme tip.
§ 29.2280 Lot.
A pile, basket, bulk, or more than one bale, case, hogshead, tierce, package, or other definite package unit.
§ 29.2281 Maturity.
The degree of ripeness. (See chart, § 29.2351.)
§ 29.2282 Mixed color or variegated (M).
Distinctly different colors of the type mingled together, or any leaf of which 20 percent or more of its surface is off brown, grayish, mottled, or bleached and does not blend with the normal colors of the type or group. (See Rule 17, § 29.2408.)
§ 29.2283 Nested.
Any tobacco which has been loaded, packed, or arranged to conceal foreign matter or tobacco of inferior grade, quality, or condition. (See Rule 22, § 29.2413.)
§ 29.2284 No grade.
A designation applied to a lot of tobacco classified as nested, offtype, rework, semicured, or premature primings; tobacco that is damaged 20 percent or more, abnormally dirty, extremely wet or watered, contains foreign matter, or has an odor foreign to the type. (See Rule 22, § 29.2413.)
§ 29.2285 Offtype.
Tobacco of distinctly different characteristics which cannot be classified as Fire-cured, U.S. Type 21. (See Rule 22, § 29.2413.)
§ 29.2286 Oil.
A soft, semifluid constituent of tobacco. (See chart, § 29.2351.)
§ 29.2287 Order (case).
The state of tobacco with respect to its moisture content.
§ 29.2288 Package.
A hogshead, tierce, case, bale, or other securely enclosed parcel or bundle.
§ 29.2289 Packing.
A lot of tobacco consisting of a number of packages submitted as one definite unit for sampling or inspection. It is represented to contain the same kind of tobacco and has a common identification number or mark on each package.
§ 29.2290 Premature primings.
Ground leaves harvested before reaching complete growth and development. These leaves lack body and strength. (See Rule 22, § 29.2413.)
§ 29.2291 Quality.
A division of a group or the second factor of a grade based on the relative degree of one or more elements of quality.
§ 29.2292 Resweated.
The condition of tobacco which has passed through a second fermentation under abnormally high temperatures or refermented with a relatively high percentage of moisture. Resweated includes tobacco which has been dipped or reconditioned after its first fermentation and put through a forced or artificial sweat.
§ 29.2293 Rework.
Any lot of tobacco which needs to be resorted or otherwise reworked to prepare it properly for market, including: (a) Tobacco which is so mixed that it cannot be classified properly in any grade of the type, because the lot contains a substantial quantity of two or more distinctly different grades which should be separated by sorting; (b) tobacco which contains an abnormally large quantity of foreign matter or an unusual number of muddy or extremely dirty leaves which should be removed; and (c) tobacco not packed straight or otherwise not properly prepared for market. (See Rule 22, § 29.2413.)
§ 29.2294 Semicured.
Tobacco in the process of being cured or which is partially but not thoroughly cured. Semicured includes tobacco which contains fat stems, wet butts, swelled stems, or stems that have not been thoroughly dried in the curing process. (See Rule 22, § 29.2413.)
§ 29.2295 Semifired (SF).
Tobacco that is partially or lightly smoked or has not received the amount of smoke that is characteristic of fire-cured tobacco.
[51 FR 40406, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.2296 Side.
A certain phase of quality, color, or length as contrasted with some other phase of quality, color, or length; or any peculiar characteristics of tobacco.
[37 FR 13521, July 11, 1972. Redesignated at 51 FR 40406, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.2297 Size.
The length of tobacco leaves. (See chart, § 29.2371.)
[37 FR 13521, July 11, 1972. Redesignated at 51 FR 40406, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.2298 Sound.
Free of damage.
[37 FR 13521, July 11, 1972. Redesignated at 51 FR 40406, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.2299 Special factor.
A symbol or term authorized to be used with specified grades. Tobacco to which a special factor is applied may meet the general specifications but has a peculiar side or characteristic which tends to modify the grade. (See Rule 10, § 29.2401.)
[37 FR 13521, July 11, 1972. Redesignated at 51 FR 40406, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.2300 Steam-dried.
The condition of unfermented tobacco as customarily prepared for storage by means of a redrying machine or other steam-conditioning equipment.
[37 FR 13521, July 11, 1972. Redesignated at 51 FR 40406, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.2301 Stem.
The midrib or large central vein of a tobacco leaf.
[37 FR 13521, July 11, 1972. Redesignated at 51 FR 40406, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.2302 Stemmed.
A form of tobacco, including strips and strip scrap, from which the stems or midribs have been removed.
[37 FR 13521, July 11, 1972. Redesignated at 51 FR 40406, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.2303 Strength.
The stress a tobacco leaf can bear without tearing. (See chart, § 29.2351.)
[37 FR 13521, July 11, 1972. Redesignated at 51 FR 40406, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.2304 Strips.
The sides of a tobacco leaf from which the stem has been removed or a lot of tobacco composed of strips.
[37 FR 13521, July 11, 1972. Redesignated at 51 FR 40406, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.2305 Subgrade.
Any grade modified by a special factor symbol.
[37 FR 13521, July 11, 1972. Redesignated at 51 FR 40406, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.2306 Sweated.
The condition of tobacco which has passed through one or more fermentations natural to tobacco packed with a normal percentage of moisture. This condition is sometimes described as aged.
[37 FR 13521, July 11, 1972. Redesignated at 51 FR 40406, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.2307 Sweating.
The condition of tobacco in the process of fermentation.
[37 FR 13521, July 11, 1972. Redesignated at 51 FR 40406, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.2308 Tobacco.
Tobacco as it appears between the time it is cured and stripped from the stalk, or primed and cured, and the time it enters into the different manufacturing processes. The acts of stemming, sweating, and conditioning are not regarded as manufacturing processes. Tobacco, as used in these standards, does not include manufactured or semimanufactured products, stems, cuttings, clippings, trimmings, siftings, or dust.
[37 FR 13521, July 11, 1972. Redesignated at 51 FR 40406, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.2309 Tobacco products.
Manufactured tobacco, including cigarettes, cigars, smoking tobacco, chewing tobacco, and snuff.
[37 FR 13521, July 11, 1972. Redesignated at 51 FR 40406, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.2310 Type.
A division of a class of tobacco having certain common characteristics and closely related grades. Tobacco which has the same characteristics and corresponding qualities, colors, and lengths is classified as one type, regardless of any factors of historical or geographical nature which cannot be determined by an examination of the tobacco.
[37 FR 13521, July 11, 1972. Redesignated at 51 FR 40406, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.2311 Type 21.
That type of fire-cured tobacco, known as Virginia Fire-cured or Dark-fired, produced principally in the Piedmont and mountain sections of Virginia.
[37 FR 13521, July 11, 1972. Redesignated at 51 FR 40406, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.2312 Undried.
The condition of unfermented tobacco which has not been air-dried or steam-dried.
[37 FR 13521, July 11, 1972. Redesignated at 51 FR 40406, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.2313 Uniformity.
An element of quality which describes the consistency of a lot of tobacco as it is prepared for market. Uniformity is expressed as a percentage in grade specifications. (See Rule 15, § 29.2406.)
[37 FR 13521, July 11, 1972. Redesignated at 51 FR 40406, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.2314 Unsound (U).
Damaged under 20 percent. (See Rule 20, § 29.2411.)
[37 FR 13521, July 11, 1972. Redesignated at 51 FR 40406, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.2315 Unstemmed.
A form of tobacco, including whole leaf and leaf scrap, from which the stems or midribs have not been removed.
[37 FR 13521, July 11, 1972. Redesignated at 51 FR 40406, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.2316 Wet (W).
Any sound tobacco containing excessive moisture to the extent that it is in unsafe or doubtful-keeping order. Wet applies to any tobacco which is not damaged but which is likely to damage if treated in the customary manner. (See Rule 21, § 29.2412.) (For extremely wet or watered tobacco, see Rule 22, § 29.2413.)
[37 FR 13521, July 11, 1972. Redesignated at 51 FR 40406, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.2317 Width.
The relative breadth of a tobacco leaf expressed in relation to its length. (See chart, § 29.2351.)
[37 FR 13521, July 11, 1972. Redesignated at 51 FR 40406, Nov. 7, 1986]
178 elements of quality
§ 29.2351 Elements of quality and degrees of each element.
Tobacco attributes or characteristics which constitute quality are designated as elements of quality. The range within each element is expressed by words or terms designated as degrees. These degrees are arranged to show their relative value and are used in determining the quality of tobacco. The actual value of each degree varies with group.
Elements | Degrees
Body | Thin | Medium | Heavy.
Maturity | Immature | Mature | Ripe.
Leaf structure | Close | Firm | Open.
Oil | Lean | Oily | Rich.
Elasticity | Inelastic | Semielastic | Elastic.
Strength | Weak | Normal | Strong.
Finish | Dull | Clear | Bright.
Color Intensity | Pale | Moderate | Deep.
Width | Narrow | Normal | Spready Broad.
Uniformity. Expressed in percentages.
Injury tolerance. Expressed in percentages.
179 sizes
§ 29.2371 Standard sizes. 1
Inches | Size
12-20 | 1
20-28 | 2
Over 28 | 3
1 The application of sizes is governed by the major portion of the lot or package.
[51 FR 40406, Nov. 7, 1986]
180 rules
§ 29.2391 Rules.
The application of these official standard grades shall be in accordance with the following rules.
§ 29.2392 Rule 1.
Each grade shall be treated as a subdivision of a particular type. When the grade is stated in an inspection certificate, the type also shall be stated.
§ 29.2393 Rule 2.
The determination of a grade shall be based upon a thorough examination of a lot of tobacco or of an official sample of the lot.
§ 29.2394 Rule 3.
In drawing an official sample from a hogshead or other package of tobacco, two or more breaks shall be made at such points and in such manner as the inspector or sampler may find necessary to determine the kinds of tobacco and the percentage of each kind contained in the lot. All breaks shall be made so that the tobacco contained in the center of the package is visible to the sampler. Tobacco shall be drawn from at least two breaks from which a representative sample shall be selected.
§ 29.2395 Rule 4.
All standard grades must be clean.
§ 29.2396 Rule 5.
The grade assigned to any lot of tobacco shall be a true representation of the tobacco at the time of inspection and certification. If, at any time, it is found that a lot of tobacco does not comply with the specifications of the grade previously assigned it shall not thereafter be represented as such grade.
§ 29.2397 Rule 6.
A lot of tobacco on the marginal line between two colors shall be placed in the color with which it best corresponds with respect to body or other associated elements of quality.
§ 29.2398 Rule 7.
Any lot of tobacco which meets the specifications of two grades shall be placed in the higher grade. Any lot of tobacco on the marginal line between two grades shall be placed in the lower grade.
§ 29.2399 Rule 8.
A lot of tobacco meets the specifications of a grade when it is not lower in any degree of any element of quality than the minimum specifications of such grade.
§ 29.2400 Rule 9.
In determining the grade of a lot of tobacco, the lot as a whole shall be considered. Minor irregularities which do not affect over 1 percent of the tobacco shall be overlooked.
§ 29.2401 Rule 10.
Any special factor symbol approved by the Director of the Tobacco Division, Agricultural Marketing Service, may be used after a grademark to show a peculiar side or characteristic of the tobacco which tends to modify the grade.
§ 29.2402 Rule 11.
Interpretations, the use of specifications, and the meaning of terms shall be in accordance with determinations or clarifications made by the Chief of the Standards and Testing Branch and approved by the Director.
§ 29.2403 Rule 12.
The use of any grade may be restricted by the Director during any marketing season, when it is found that the grade is not needed or appears in insufficient volume to justify its use.
§ 29.2404 Rule 13.
Length shall be stated in connection with each grade of the A, B and C groups and may be stated in connection with the grades of other groups. The standard tobacco sizes shall be used.
[51 FR 40406, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.2405 Rule 14.
The standard tobacco size 2 shall be used to designate X group tobacco of M or G color when such tobacco is 20 inches or over in length.
[51 FR 40406, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.2406 Rule 15.
Uniformity shall be expressed in percentages. These percentages shall govern the portion of a lot which must meet each specification of the grade. The minor portion must be closely related but may be of a different group, quality, and color from the major portion. Specified percentages of uniformity shall not affect limitations established by other rules.
§ 29.2407 Rule 16.
Injury tolerance shall be expressed in percentages. The appraisal of injury shall be based upon the percentage of affected leaf surface or the degree of injury. In appraising injury, consideration shall be given to the normal characteristics of the group.
§ 29.2408 Rule 17.
Any lot of tobacco of the B, C, or X groups containing over 30 percent of mixed color or variegated leaves or over 30 percent of mixed color and variegated leaves combined shall be classified as “mixed” and designated by the color symbol “M.”
§ 29.2409 Rule 18.
Any lot of tobacco containing 20 percent or more of green leaves or any lot which is not crude but contains 20 percent or more of green and crude combined shall be designated by the color symbols “G”, “GL”, or “GD”.
[45 FR 47115, July 14, 1980]
§ 29.2410 Rule 19.
Crude leaves shall not be included in any grade of any color except green, light green, or dark green. Any lot containing 20 percent or more of crude leaves shall be designated nondescript.
[45 FR 47115, July 14, 1980]
§ 29.2411 Rule 20.
Tobacco damaged under 20 percent but which otherwise meets the specifications of a grade shall be treated as a subgrade by placing the special factor “U” after the grademark. Tobacco damaged 20 percent or more shall be designated “No-G.”
§ 29.2412 Rule 21.
Sound tobacco that is wet or in doubtful-keeping order but which otherwise meets the specifications of a grade shall be treated as a subgrade by placing the special factor “W” after the grademark. This special factor does not apply to tobacco designated “No-G.”
§ 29.2413 Rule 22.
Tobacco shall be designated No Grade, using the grademark “No-G,” when it is classified as dirty, nested, offtype, semicured, premature primings, damaged 20 percent or more, extremely wet or watered or when it needs to be reworked, contains foreign matter, or has an odor foreign to type.
§ 29.2414 Rule 23.
Tobacco that is semifired but which otherwise meets the specifications of a grade shall be treated as a subgrade by placing the special factor “SF” after the grademark. This factor does not apply to tobacco designated “No-G”.
[51 FR 40406, Nov. 7, 1986]
181 grades
§ 29.2436 Wrappers (A Group).
This group consists of leaves usually grown at or above the center portion of the stalk. Cured leaves of the A group show a low percentage of injury affecting wrapper yield. Wrappers are high in oil, very elastic, and have a smooth leaf surface.
U.S. grades | Grade names and specifications
A1F | Choice Medium-brown Wrappers.
Medium body, ripe, firm, rich in oil, elastic, strong, bright finish, deep color intensity, broad, 95 percent uniform, and 5 percent injury tolerance.
A2F | Fine Medium-brown Wrappers.
Medium body, ripe, firm, rich in oil, elastic, strong, clear finish, deep color intensity, spready, 90 percent uniform, and 10 percent injury tolerance.
A1D | Choice Dark-brown Wrappers.
Heavy, ripe, firm, rich in oil, elastic, strong, bright finish, deep color intensity, broad, 95 percent uniform, and 5 percent injury tolerance.
A2D | Fine Dark-brown Wrappers.
Heavy, ripe, firm, rich in oil, elastic, strong, clear finish, deep color intensity, spready, 90 percent uniform, and 10 percent injury tolerance.
§ 29.2437 Heavy Leaf (B Group).
This group consists of leaves usually grown at or above the center portion of the stalk. These leaves have a pointed tip, tend to fold, are heavier in body than those of the X or C groups, and show no ground injury. Choice- and fine-quality leaves of this group have a distinctive, smooth leaf surface.
U.S. grades | Grade names and specifications
B1F | Choice Medium-brown Heavy Leaf.
Medium body, ripe, firm, oily, semi-elastic, strong, bright finish, deep color intensity, broad, 95 percent uniform, and 5 percent injury tolerance.
B2F | Fine Medium-brown Heavy Leaf.
Medium body, ripe, firm, oily, semi-elastic, strong, clear finish, deep color intensity, spready, 90 percent uniform, and 10 percent injury tolerance.
B3F | Good Medium-brown Heavy Leaf.
Medium body, mature, firm, oily, semielastic, normal strength, clear finish, moderate color intensity, normal width, 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
B4F | Fair Medium-brown Heavy Leaf.
Medium body, mature, close, lean in oil, inelastic, weak, dull-finish, pale color intensity, narrow, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
B5F | Low Medium-brown Heavy Leaf.
Medium body, mature, close, lean in oil, inelastic, weak, dull finish, pale color intensity, narrow, 60 percent uniform, and 40 percent injury tolerance.
B1D | Choice Dark-brown Heavy Leaf.
Heavy, ripe, firm, oily, semielastic, strong, bright finish, deep color intensity, spready, 95 percent uniform, and 5 percent injury tolerance.
B2D | Fine Dark-brown Heavy Leaf.
Heavy, ripe, firm, oily, semielastic, strong, clear finish, deep color intensity, spready, 90 percent uniform, and 10 percent injury tolerance.
B3D | Good Dark-brown Heavy Leaf.
Heavy, mature, firm, oily, semi-elastic, normal strength, clear finish, moderate color intensity, normal width, 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
B4D | Fair Dark-brown Heavy Leaf.
Heavy, mature, close, lean in oil, inelastic, weak, dull finish, pale color intensity, narrow, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
B5D | Low Dark-brown Heavy Leaf.
Heavy, mature, close, lean in oil, inelastic, weak, dull finish, pale color intensity, narrow, 60 percent uniform, and 40 percent injury tolerance.
B3M | Good Mixed Color Heavy Leaf.
Medium to heavy body, mature, firm, oily, semielastic, normal strength and width, 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
B4M | Fair Mixed Color Heavy Leaf.
Medium to heavy body, mature, close, lean in oil, inelastic, weak, narrow, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
B5M | Low Mixed Color Heavy Leaf.
Medium to heavy body, mature, close, lean in oil, inelastic, weak, narrow, 60 percent uniform, and 40 percent injury tolerance.
B3G | Good Green Heavy Leaf.
Medium to heavy body, mature, firm, oily, semielastic, normal strength, clear finish, normal width, 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
B4G | Fair Green Heavy Leaf.
Medium to heavy body, immature, close, lean in oil, inelastic, weak, dull finish, narrow, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
B5G | Low Green Heavy Leaf.
Medium to heavy body, immature, close, lean in oil, inelastic, weak, dull finish, narrow, 60 percent uniform, and 40 percent injury tolerance.
§ 29.2438 Thin Leaf (C Group).
This group consists of leaves usually grown at the center portion of the stalk. These leaves normally have a rounded tip, are thinner in body than those of the B group, and show little or no ground injury. Choice- and fine-quality tobacco of this group has a distinctive, smooth leaf surface.
U.S. grades | Grade names and specifications
C1L | Choice Light-brown Thin Leaf.
Thin to medium body, mature to ripe, firm, oily, semielastic, strong, bright finish, deep color intensity, broad, 95 percent uniform, and 5 percent injury tolerance.
Fine Light-brown Thin Leaf.
Thin to medium body, mature to ripe, firm, oily, semielastic, strong, clear finish, deep color intensity, spready, 90 percent uniform, and 10 percent injury tolerance.
Good Light-brown Thin Leaf.
Thin to medium body, mature to ripe, firm, oily, semielastic, normal strength, clear finish, moderate color intensity, normal width, 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
C4L | Fair Light-brown Thin Leaf.
Thin to medium body, mature to ripe, close, lean in oil, inelastic, weak, dull finish, pale color intensity, narrow, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
Low Light-brown Thin Leaf.
Thin to medium body, mature to ripe, close, lean in oil, inelastic, weak, dull finish, pale color intensity, narrow, 60 percent uniform, and 40 percent injury tolerance.
Choice Medium-brown Thin Leaf.
Thin to medium body, mature to ripe, firm, oily, semielastic, strong, bright finish, deep color intensity, broad, 95 percent uniform, and 5 percent injury tolerance.
C2F | Fine Medium-brown Thin Leaf.
Thin to medium body, mature to ripe, firm, oily, semielastic, strong, clear finish, deep color intensity, spready, 90 percent uniform, and 10 percent injury tolerance.
C3F | Good Medium-brown Thin Leaf.
Thin to medium body, mature to ripe, firm, oily, semielastic, normal strength, clear finish, moderate color intensity, normal width, 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
C4F | Fair Medium-brown Thin Leaf.
Thin to medium body, mature to ripe, close, lean in oil, inelastic, weak, dull finish, pale color intensity, narrow, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
C5F | Low Medium-brown Thin Leaf.
Thin to medium body, mature to ripe, close, lean in oil, inelastic, weak, dull finish, pale color intensity, narrow, 60 percent uniform, and 40 percent injury tolerance.
C2D | Fine Dark-brown Thin Leaf.
Thin to medium body, mature to ripe, firm, oily, semielastic, strong, clear finish, deep color intensity, spready, 90 percent uniform, and 10 percent injury tolerance.
C3D | Good Dark-brown Thin Leaf.
Thin to medium body, mature to ripe, firm, lean in oil, inelastic, normal strength, clear finish, moderate color intensity, normal width, 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
C4D | Fair Dark-brown Thin Leaf.
Thin to medium body, mature to ripe, close, lean in oil, inelastic, weak, dull finish, pale color intensity, narrow, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
C5D | Low Dark-brown Thin Leaf.
Thin to medium body, mature to ripe, close, lean in oil, inelastic, weak, dull finish, pale color intensity, narrow, 60 percent uniform, and 40 percent injury tolerance.
C3M | Good Mixed Color Thin Leaf.
Thin to medium body, mature, firm, oily, semielastic, normal strength and width, 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
C4M | Fair Mixed Color Thin Leaf.
Thin to medium body, mature, close, lean in oil, inelastic, weak, narrow, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
C5M | Low Mixed Color Thin Leaf.
Thin to medium body, immature, close, lean in oil, inelastic, weak, narrow, 60 percent uniform, and 40 percent injury tolerance.
C3G | Good Green Thin Leaf.
Thin to medium body, mature, firm, oily, semielastic, normal strength, clear finish, normal width, 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
C4G | Fair Green Thin Leaf.
Thin to medium body, immature, close, lean in oil, inelastic, weak, dull finish, narrow, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
C5G | Low Green Thin Leaf.
Thin to medium body, immature, close, lean in oil, inelastic, weak, dull finish, narrow, 60 percent uniform and 40 percent injury tolerance.
§ 29.2439 Lugs (X Group).
This group consists of leaves that normally grow near the bottom of the stalk. These leaves usually have a blunt tip, tend to roll, and show ground injury.
U.S. grades | Grade names and specifications
X1L | Choice Light-brown Lugs.
Thin to medium body, ripe, firm to open, oily, normal strength, clear finish, moderate color intensity, 95 percent uniform, and 5 percent injury tolerance.
X2L | Fine Light-brown Lugs.
Thin to medium body, ripe, firm to open, oily, normal strength, clear finish, moderate color intensity, 90 percent uniform, and 10 percent injury tolerance.
X3L | Good Light-brown Lugs.
Thin to medium body, ripe, open, lean in oil, normal strength, dull finish, pale color intensity, 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
X4L | Fair Light-brown Lugs.
Thin to medium body, mature open, lean in oil, weak, dull finish, pale color intensity, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
X5L | Low Light-brown Lugs.
Thin to medium body, mature, open, lean in oil, weak, dull finish, pale color intensity, 60 percent uniform, and 40 percent injury tolerance.
X1F | Choice Medium-brown Lugs.
Medium body, ripe, firm to open, oily, normal strength, clear finish, moderate color intensity, 95 percent uniform, and 5 percent injury tolerance.
X2F | Fine Medium-brown Lugs.
Medium body, ripe, firm to open, oily, normal strength, clear finish, moderate color intensity, 90 percent uniform, and 10 percent injury tolerance.
X3F | Good Medium-brown Lugs.
Medium body, ripe, open, lean in oil, normal strength, dull finish, pale color intensity, 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
X4F | Fair Medium-brown Lugs.
Thin to medium body, mature, open, lean in oil, weak, dull finish, pale color intensity, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
X5F | Low Medium-brown Lugs.
Thin to medium body, mature, open, lean in oil, weak, dull finish, pale color intensity, 60 percent uniform, and 40 percent injury tolerance.
X1D | Choice Dark-brown Lugs.
Medium to heavy body, ripe, firm to open, oily, normal strength, clear finish, moderate color intensity, 95 percent uniform, and 5 percent injury tolerance.
X2D | Fine Dark-brown Lugs.
Medium to heavy body, ripe, firm to open, oily, normal strength, clear finish, moderate color intensity, 90 percent uniform, and 10 percent injury tolerance.
X3D | Good Dark-brown Lugs.
Medium to heavy body, ripe, open, lean in oil, normal strength, dull finish, pale color intensity, 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
X4D | Fair Dark-brown Lugs.
Medium to heavy body, mature, open, lean in oil, weak, dull finish, pale color intensity, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
X5D | Low Dark-brown Lugs.
Medium to heavy body, mature, open, lean in oil, weak, dull finish, pale color intensity, 60 percent uniform, and 40 percent injury tolerance.
X3M | Good Mixed Color Lugs.
Medium to heavy body, mature, open, lean in oil, normal strength, 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
X4M | Fair Mixed Color Lugs.
Thin to medium body, mature, open, lean in oil, weak, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
X5M | Low Mixed Color Lugs.
Thin to medium body, mature, open, lean in oil, weak, 60 percent uniform, and 40 percent injury tolerance.
X3G | Good Green Lugs.
Medium to heavy body, mature, firm, lean in oil, normal strength, dull finish, 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
X4G | Fair Green Lugs.
Medium to heavy body, immature, close, lean in oil, weak, dull finish, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
X5G | Low Green Lugs.
Thin to medium body, immature, close, lean in oil, weak, dull finish, 60 percent uniform, and 40 percent injury tolerance.
§ 29.2440 (N Group).
Extremely common tobacco which does not meet the minimum specifications or which exceeds the tolerance of the lowest grade of any other group except scrap.
U.S. grades | Grade names and specifications
N1L | First quality light colored nondescript, thin to medium body and 50 percent injury tolerance.
N1D | First quality dark colored nondescript, medium to heavy body and 50 percent injury tolerance.
N1GL | First quality light colored crude green nondescript, thin to medium body and 50 percent crude leaves or injury tolerance.
N1GD | First quality dark colored crude green nondescript, medium to heavy body and 50 percent crude leaves or injury tolerance.
N2 | Substandard Nondescript—Nondescript of any group or color, over 50 percent crude leaves or injury tolerance.
[45 FR 47115, July 14, 1980]
§ 29.2441 Scrap (S Group).
A byproduct of unstemmed and stemmed tobacco. Scrap accumulates from handling tobacco in farm buildings, warehouses, packing and conditioning plants, and stemmeries.
U.S. grade | Grade name and specifications
S | Scrap. Tangled, whole, or broken unstemmed leaves, or the web portions of tobacco leaves reduced to scrap by any process.
182 summary of standard grades
§ 29.2461 Summary of standard grades.
4 Grades of wrappers
A1F | A2F | A1D | A2D
20 Grades of thin leaf
C1L | C1F
C2L | C2F | C2D
C3L | C3F | C3D | C3M | C3G
C4L | C4F | C4D | C4M | C4G
C5L | C5F | C5D | C5M | C5G
5 Grades of nondescript
N1L | N1D | N1GL | N1GD
N2
16 Grades of heavy leaf
B1F | B1D
B2F | B2D
B3F | B3D | B3M | B3G
B4F | B4D | B4M | B4G
B5F | B5D | B5M | B5G
21 Grades of lugs
X1L | X1F | X1D
X2L | X2F | X2D
X3L | X3F | X3D | X3M | X3G
X4L | X4F | X4D | X4M | X4G
X5L | X5F | X5D | X5M | X5G
1 Grade of scrap
S
Special factors “U”, “W” and “SF” may be applied to all grades. Tobacco not covered by the standard grades is designated “No-G.”
Standard sizes applicable.
A1, A2 | 2, 3
B1 | 2, 3
B2, B3, B4, B5 | 1, 2, 3
C1 | 2, 3
C2, C3, C4, C5 | 1, 2, 3
X3, X4, X5, M and G 1 | 2
1 No size is applied to these grades if tobacco is under size 2.
[45 FR 44293, July 1, 1980, as amended at 51 FR 40406, Nov. 7, 1986]
183 key to standard grademarks
§ 29.2481 Key to standard grademarks.
Groups A—Wrappers. B—Heavy Leaf. C—Thin Leaf. X—Lugs. N—Nondescript. S—Scrap. Qualities 1—Choice. 2—Fine. 3—Good. 4—Fair. 5—Low. Colors L—Light brown. F—Medium brown. D—Dark brown. M—Mixed or variegated. G—Green. GL—Light green. GD—Dark green.
[45 FR 44293, July 1, 1980]
184 Official Standard Grades for Kentucky and Tennessee Fire-Cured and Foreign-Grown Fire-Cured Tobacco (U.S. Types 22, 23, and Foreign Type 96)
Source: Sections 29.2501 through 29.2696 appear at 37 FR 13626, July 12, 1972, unless otherwise noted.
185 definitions
§ 29.2501 Definitions.
As used in these standards, the words and phrases hereinafter defined shall have the indicated meanings so assigned.
§ 29.2502 Air-dried.
The condition of unfermented tobacco as customarily prepared for storage under natural atmospheric conditions.
§ 29.2503 Body.
The thickness and density of a leaf or the weight per unit of surface. (See chart, § 29.2601.)
§ 29.2504 Brown colors.
A group of colors ranging from a reddish brown to yellowish brown. These colors vary from low to medium saturation and from very low to medium brilliance. As used in these standards, the range is expressed as light brown (L), medium brown (F), and dark brown (D).
§ 29.2505 Class.
A major division of tobacco based on method of cure or principal usage.
§ 29.2506 Clean.
Tobacco is described as clean when it contains only a normal amount of sand or soil particles. Leaves grown on the lower portion of the stalk normally contain more dirt or sand than those from higher stalk positions. (See Rule 4, § 29.2620.)
§ 29.2507 Color.
The third factor of a grade based on the relative hues, saturation or chroma, and color values common to the type.
§ 29.2508 Color intensity.
The varying degree of saturation or chroma. Color intensity as applied to tobacco describes the strength or weakness of a specific color or hue. It is applicable to brown colors. (See chart, § 29.2601.)
§ 29.2509 Color symbols.
As applied to these types, color symbols are L—light brown, F—medium brown, D—dark brown, M—mixed or variegated VF—greenish medium brown, and G—green.
§ 29.2510 Condition.
The state of tobacco which results from the method of preparation or from the degree of fermentation. Words used to describe the condition of tobacco are undried, air-dried, steam-dried, sweating, sweated, and aged.
§ 29.2511 Crude.
A subdegree of maturity. Crude leaves are usually hard and slick as a result of extreme immaturity. A similar condition may result from firekill, sunburn, or sunscald. Any leaf which is crude to the extent of 20 percent or more of its surface may be described as crude. (See Rule 19, § 29.2635.)
§ 29.2512 Cured.
Tobacco dried of its sap by either natural or artificial processes.
§ 29.2513 Damage.
The effect of mold, must, rot, black rot, or other fungus or bacterial diseases which attack tobacco in its cured state. Tobacco having the odor of mold, must, or rot is considered damaged. (See Rule 20, § 29.2636.)
§ 29.2514 Dirty.
The state of tobacco containing an abnormal amount of dirt or sand, or tobacco to which additional quantities of dirt or sand have been added. (See Rule 22, § 29.2638.)
§ 29.2515 Elasticity.
The flexible, springy nature of the tobacco leaf to recover approximately its original size and shape after it has been stretched. (See chart, § 29.2601.)
§ 29.2516 Elements of quality.
Physical characteristics used to determine the quality of tobacco. Words selected to describe degrees within each element are shown in the chart in § 29.2601.
§ 29.2517 Fiber.
The term applied to the veins in a tobacco leaf. The large central vein is called the midrib or stem. The smaller lateral and cross veins are considered from the standpoint of size and color.
§ 29.2518 Finish.
The reflectance factor in color perception. Finish indicates the sheen or shine of the surface of a tobacco leaf. (See chart, § 29.2601.)
§ 29.2519 Fire-cured.
Tobacco cured under artificial atmospheric conditions by the use of open fires from which the smoke and fumes of burning wood are partly absorbed by the tobacco.
§ 29.2520 Foreign matter.
Any extraneous substance or material such as stalks, suckers, straw, strings, rubber bands, and abnormal amounts of dirt or sand. (See Rule 22, § 29.2638.)
§ 29.2521 Form.
The stage of preparation of tobacco such as unstemmed or stemmed.
§ 29.2522 Grade.
A subdivision of a type according to group, quality, and color.
§ 29.2523 Grademark.
A grademark normally consists of three symbols which indicate group, quality, and color. A letter is used to indicate group, a number to indicate quality, and a letter or letters to indicate color. For example, B3D means Heavy Leaf, good quality, and dark-brown color.
§ 29.2524 Green (G).
A term applied to green-colored tobacco. Any leaf which has a green color affecting 20 percent or more of its surface may be described as green. (See Rule 18, § 29.2634.)
§ 29.2525 Greenish.
A term applied to greenish-tinged tobacco. Any leaf which has a greenish tinge or a pale green color affecting 20 percent or more of its surface may be described as greenish. (See Rule 17, § 29.2633.)
§ 29.2526 Group.
A division of a type covering closely related grades based on certain characteristics which are usually related to stalk position, body, or the general quality of the tobacco. Groups in these types are Wrappers (A), Heavy Leaf (B), Thin Leaf (C), Lugs (X), Nondescript (N), and Scrap (S).
§ 29.2527 Injury.
Hurt or impairment from any cause except the fungous or bacterial diseases which attack tobacco in its cured state. (See Rule 15, § 29.2631.)
§ 29.2528 Leaf.
Whole, unstemmed leaf. Leaf, when applied to tobacco in strip form, shall describe the divided unit of a whole leaf.
[49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.2529 Leaf scrap.
A byproduct of unstemmed tobacco. Leaf scrap results from handling unstemmed tobacco and consists of loose and tangled whole or broken leaves.
[37 FR 13626, July 12, 1972. Redesignated at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.2530 Leaf structure.
The cell development of a leaf as indicated by its porosity. (See chart, § 29.2601.)
[37 FR 13626, July 12, 1972. Redesignated at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.2531 Length.
The linear measurement of cured tobacco leaves from the butt of the midrib to the extreme tip.
[37 FR 13626, July 12, 1972. Redesignated at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.2532 Lot.
A pile, basket, bulk, or more than one bale, case, hogshead, tierce, package, or other definite package unit.
[37 FR 13626, July 12, 1972. Redesignated at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.2533 Maturity.
The degree of ripeness. (See chart, § 29.2601.)
[37 FR 13626, July 12, 1972. Redesignated at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.2534 Mixed color or variegated (M).
Distinctly different colors of the type mingled together, or any leaf of which 20 percent or more of its surface is off brown, grayish, mottled, or bleached and does not blend with the normal colors of the type or group. (See Rule 16, § 29.2632.)
[37 FR 13626, July 12, 1972. Redesignated at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.2535 Nested.
Any lots of Types 22 and 23 tobacco which has been loaded, packed, or arranged to conceal foreign matter or tobacco of inferior grade, quality, or condition. (See Rule 22, § 29.2638.)
[37 FR 13626, July 12, 1972. Redesignated and amended at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.2536 No grade.
A designation applied to a lot of tobacco classified as nested, offtype, rework, or semicured; tobacco that is damaged 20 percent or more, abnormally dirty, extremely wet or watered, contains foreign matter, or has an odor foreign to the type. (See Rule 22, § 29.2638.)
[37 FR 13626, July 12, 1972. Redesignated at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.2537 Offtype.
Tobacco of distinctly different characteristics which cannot be classified as Fire-cured, U.S. Types 22, 23, or Foreign Type 96. (See Rule 22, § 29.2638.)
[37 FR 13626, July 12, 1972. Redesignated and amended at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.2538 Oil.
A soft, semifluid constituent of tobacco. (See chart, § 29.2601.)
[37 FR 13626, July 12, 1972. Redesignated at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.2539 Order (case).
The state of tobacco with respect to its moisture content.
[37 FR 13626, July 12, 1972. Redesignated at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.2540 Package.
A hogshead, tierce, case, bale, or other securely enclosed parcel or bundle.
[37 FR 13626, July 12, 1972. Redesignated at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.2541 Packing.
A lot of tobacco consisting of a number of packages submitted as one definite unit for sampling or inspection. It is represented to contain the same kind of tobacco and has a common identification number or mark on each package.
[37 FR 13626, July 12, 1972. Redesignated at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.2542 Quality.
A division of a group or the second factor of a grade based on the relative degree of one or more elements of quality.
[37 FR 13626, July 12, 1972. Redesignated at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.2543 Raw.
Freshly harvested tobacco or tobacco as it appears between the time of harvesting and the beginning of the curing process.
[37 FR 13626, July 12, 1972. Redesignated at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.2544 Resweated.
The condition of tobacco which has passed through a second fermentation under abnormally high temperatures or refermented with a relatively high percentage of moisture. Resweated includes tobacco which has been dipped or reconditioned after its first fermentation and put through a forced or artificial sweat.
[37 FR 13626, July 12, 1972. Redesignated at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.2545 Rework.
Any lot of Types 22 and 23 tobacco which needs to be resorted or otherwise reworked to prepare it properly for market, including: (a) Tobacco which is so mixed that it cannot be classified properly in any grade of the type, because the lot contains a substantial quantity of two or more distinctly different grades which should be separated by sorting; (b) tobacco which contains an abnormally large quantity of foreign matter or an unusual number of muddy or extremely dirty leaves which should be removed; and (c) tobacco not packed straight or otherwise not properly prepared for market. (See Rule 22, § 29.2638.)
[37 FR 13626, July 12, 1972. Redesignated and amended at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.2546 Semicured.
Tobacco in the process of being cured or which is partially but not thoroughly cured. (See Rule 22, § 29.2638.)
[37 FR 13626, July 12, 1972. Redesignated at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.2547 Semifired (SF).
Tobacco that is partially or lightly smoked or has not received the amount of smoke that is characteristic of fire-cured tobacco.
[51 FR 40406, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.2548 Side.
A certain phase of quality, color, or length as contrasted with some other phase of quality, color, or length; or any peculiar characteristic of tobacco.
[37 FR 13626, July 12, 1972. Redesignated at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984 and 51 FR 40406, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.2549 Size.
The length of tobacco leaves. Size does not apply to tobacco in strip form. (See chart, § 29.2606.)
[37 FR 13626, July 12, 1972. Redesignated and amended at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984 and further redesignated at 51 FR 40406, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.2550 Sound.
Free of damage.
[37 FR 13626, July 12, 1972. Redesignated at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984 and 51 FR 40406, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.2551 Special factor.
A symbol or term authorized to be used with specified grades. Tobacco to which a special factor is applied may meet the general specifications but has a peculiar side or characteristic which tends to modify the grade. (See Rule 10, § 29.2626.)
[37 FR 13626, July 12, 1972. Redesignated at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984 and 51 FR 40406, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.2552 Steam-dried.
The condition of unfermented tobacco as customarily prepared for storage by means of a redrying machine or other steam-conditioning equipment.
[37 FR 13626, July 12, 1972. Redesignated at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984 and 51 FR 40406, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.2553 Stem.
The midrib or large central vein of a tobacco leaf.
[37 FR 13626, July 12, 1972. Redesignated at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984 and 51 FR 40406, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.2554 Stemmed.
A form of tobacco, including strips and strip scrap, from which the stems or midribs have been removed.
[37 FR 13626, July 12, 1972. Redesignated at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984 and 51 FR 40406, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.2555 Strength.
The stress a tobacco leaf can bear without tearing. (See chart, § 29.2601.)
[37 FR 13626, July 12, 1972. Redesignated at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984 and 51 FR 40406, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.2556 Strips.
The sides of a tobacco leaf from which the stem has been removed or a lot of tobacco composed of strips.
[37 FR 13626, July 12, 1972. Redesignated at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984 and 51 FR 40406, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.2557 Subgrade.
Any grade modified by a special factor symbol.
[37 FR 13626, July 12, 1972. Redesignated at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984 and 51 FR 40406, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.2558 Sweated.
The condition of tobacco, which has passed through one or more fermentations natural to tobacco packed with a normal percentage of moisture. This condition is sometimes described as aged.
[37 FR 13626, July 12, 1972. Redesignated at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984 and 51 FR 40406, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.2559 Sweating.
The condition of tobacco in the process of fermentation.
[37 FR 13626, July 12, 1972. Redesignated at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984 and 51 FR 40406, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.2560 Tobacco.
Tobacco as it appears between the time it is cured and stripped from the stalk, or primed and cured, and the time it enters into the different manufacturing processes. The acts of stemming, threshing, sweating, and conditioning are not regarded as manufacturing processes. Tobacco, as used in these standards, does not include manufactured or semimanufactured products, stems, cutting, clippings, trimmings, siftings, or dust.
[37 FR 13626, July 12, 1972. Redesignated and amended at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984, and further redesignated 51 FR 40406, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.2561 Tobacco products.
Manufactured tobacco, including cigarettes, cigars, smoking tobacco, chewing tobacco, and snuff.
[37 FR 13626, July 12, 1972. Redesignated at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984 and 51 FR 40406, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.2562 Type.
A division of a class of tobacco having certain common characteristics and closely related grades. Tobacco which has the same characteristics and corresponding qualities, colors, and lengths is classified as one type, regardless of any factors of historical or geographical nature which cannot be determined by an examination of the tobacco.
[37 FR 13626, July 12, 1972. Redesignated at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984 and 51 FR 40406, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.2563 Type 22.
That type of Fire-cured tobacco, known as Eastern District Fire-cured, produced principally in a section east of the Tennessee River in southern Kentucky and northern Tennessee.
[37 FR 13626, July 12, 1972. Redesignated at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984 and 51 FR 40406, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.2564 Type 23.
That type of Fire-cured tobacco, known as Western District Fire-cured or Dark-fired, produced principally in a section west of the Tennessee River in Kentucky and extending into Tennessee.
[37 FR 13626, July 12, 1972. Redesignated at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984 and 51 FR 40406, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.2565 Type 96.
That type of fire-cured tobacco known as Foreign-grown Fire-cured produced in countries other than the United States.
[49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984. Redesignated at 51 FR 40406, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.2566 Undried.
The condition of unfermented tobacco which has not been air-dried or steam-dried.
[37 FR 13626, July 12, 1972. Redesignated at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984 and 51 FR 40406, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.2567 Uniformity.
An element of quality which describes the consistency of a lot of tobacco as it is prepared for market. Uniformity is expressed as a percentage in grade specifications. (See Rule 14, § 29.2630.)
[37 FR 13626, July 12, 1972. Redesignated at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984 and 51 FR 40406, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.2568 Unsound (U).
Damaged under 20 percent. (See Rule 20, § 29.2636.)
[37 FR 13626, July 12, 1972. Redesignated at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984 and 51 FR 40406, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.2569 Unstemmed.
A form of tobacco, including whole leaf and leaf scrap, from which the stems or midribs have not been removed.
[37 FR 13626, July 12, 1972. Redesignated at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984 and 51 FR 40406, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.2570 Wet (W).
Any sound tobacco containing excessive moisture to the extent that it is in unsafe or doubtful-keeping order. Wet applies to any tobacco which is not damaged but which is likely to damage if treated in the customary manner. (See Rule 21, § 29.2637.) (For extremely wet or watered tobacco, see rule 22, § 29.2638.)
[37 FR 13626, July 12, 1972. Redesignated at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984 and 51 FR 40406, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.2571 Width.
The relative breadth of a tobacco leaf expressed in relation to its length. Width, as an element of quality, does not apply to tobacco in strip form. (See chart, § 29.2601.)
[37 FR 13626, July 12, 1972. Redesignated and amended at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984 and further redesignated at 51 FR 40406, Nov. 7, 1986]
186 elements of quality
§ 29.2601 Elements of quality and degrees of each element.
Tobacco attributes or characteristics which constitute quality are designated as elements of quality. The range within each element is expressed by words or terms designated as degrees. These degrees are arranged to show their relative value and are used in determining the quality of tobacco. The actual value of each degree varies with group.
Elements | Degrees
Body | Thin | Medium | Heavy.
Maturity | Immature | Mature | Ripe.
Leaf structure | Close | Firm | Open.
Oil | Lean | Oily | Rich.
Elasticity | Inelastic | Semielastic | Elastic.
Strength | Weak | Normal | Strong.
Finish | Dull | Clear | Bright.
Color intensity | Pale | Moderate | Deep.
Width | Narrow | Normal | Spready.
Uniformity......Expressed in percentages.
Injury tolerance...Expressed in percentages.
187 Sizes
§ 29.2606 Standard sizes. 1
Inches | Size
12-20 | 1
20-28 | 2
Over 28 | 3
1 The application of sizes is governed by the major portion of the lot or package.
[51 FR 40406, Nov. 7, 1986]
188 Rules
§ 29.2616 Rules.
The application of these official standard grades shall be in accordance with §§ 29.2617 through 29.2639.
[37 FR 13626, July 12, 1972, as amended at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.2617 Rule 1.
Each grade shall be treated as a subdivision of a particular type. When the grade is stated in an inspection certificate, the type also shall be stated.
§ 29.2618 Rule 2.
The determination of a grade shall be based upon a thorough examination of a lot of tobacco or of an official sample of the lot.
§ 29.2619 Rule 3.
In drawing an official sample from a hogshead or other package of tobacco, two or more breaks shall be made at such points and in such manner as the inspector or sampler may find necessary to determine the kinds of tobacco and the percentage of each kind contained in the lot. All breaks shall be made so that the tobacco contained in the center of the package is visible to the sampler. Tobacco shall be drawn from at least two breaks from which a representative sample shall be selected.
§ 29.2620 Rule 4.
All standard grades must be clean.
§ 29.2621 Rule 5.
The grade assigned to any lot of tobacco shall be a true representation of the tobacco at the time of inspection and certification. If, at any time, it is found that a lot of tobacco does not comply with the specifications of the grade previously assigned it shall not thereafter be represented as such grade.
§ 29.2622 Rule 6.
A lot of tobacco on the marginal line between two colors shall be placed in the color with which it best corresponds with respect to body or other associated elements of quality.
§ 29.2623 Rule 7.
Any lot of tobacco which meets the specifications of two grades shall be placed in the higher grade. Any lot of tobacco on the marginal line between two grades shall be placed in the lower grade.
§ 29.2624 Rule 8.
A lot of tobacco meets the specifications of a grade when it is not lower in any degree of any element of quality than the minimum specifications of such grade.
§ 29.2625 Rule 9.
In determining the grade of a lot of tobacco, the lot as a whole shall be considered. Minor irregularities which do not affect over one percent of the tobacco shall be overlooked.
§ 29.2626 Rule 10.
Any special factor approved by the Director of the Tobacco Division, Agricultural Marketing Service, may be used to show a peculiar side or characteristic of the tobacco which tends to modify the grade.
[37 FR 13626, July 12, 1972, as amended at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.2627 Rule 11.
Interpretations, the use of specifications, and the meaning of terms shall be in accordance with determinations or clarifications made by the Chief of the Standards and Testing Branch and approved by the Director.
§ 29.2628 Rule 12.
The use of any grade may be restricted by the Director during any marketing season, when it is found that the grade is not needed or appears in insufficient volume to justify its use.
§ 29.2629 Rule 13.
Length shall be stated in connection with each grade of the A, B, and C groups, except strip grades, and may be stated in connection with the grades of other groups. The standard tobacco sizes shall be used.
[37 FR 13626, July 12, 1972, as amended at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984; 51 FR 40406, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.2630 Rule 14.
Uniformity shall be expressed in percentages. These percentages shall govern the portion of a lot which must meet each specification of the grade. The minor portion must be closely related but may be of a different group, quality, and color from the major portion. Specified percentages of uniformity shall not affect limitations established by other rules.
§ 29.2631 Rule 15.
Injury tolerance shall be expressed in percentages. The appraisal of injury shall be based upon the percentage of affected leaf surface or the degree of injury. In appraising injury, consideration shall be given to the normal characteristics of the group.
§ 29.2632 Rule 16.
Any lot of tobacco of the B, C, or X groups containing over 30 percent of mixed color or variegated leaves or over 30 percent of mixed color and variegated leaves combined shall be classified as “mixed” and designated by the color symbol “M.”
§ 29.2633 Rule 17.
Any lot of tobacco containing 20 percent or more of greenish leaves or any lot which contains 20 percent of greenish and green leaves combined shall be designated by the color symbol “VF.”
§ 29.2634 Rule 18.
Any lot of tobacco containing 20 percent or more of green leaves or any lot which is not crude but contains 20 percent or more of green and crude combined shall be designated by the color symbol “G.”
§ 29.2635 Rule 19.
In the B, C, and X groups crude leaves shall be restricted to the fourth and fifth qualities of green grades. Any lot containing 20 percent or more of crude leaves shall be classified as Nondescript.
§ 29.2636 Rule 20.
Tobacco damaged under 20 percent but which otherwise meets the specifications of a grade shall be treated as a subgrade by placing the special factor “U” after the grademark. Tobacco damaged 20 percent or more shall be designated “No-G.”
§ 29.2637 Rule 21.
Sound tobacco that is wet or in doubtful-keeping order but which otherwise meets the specifications of a grade shall be treated as a subgrade by placing the special factor “W” after the grademark. This special factor does not apply to tobacco designated “No-G.”
§ 29.2638 Rule 22.
Tobacco shall be designated No Grade, using the grademark “No-G,” when it is dirty, nested, offtype, semicured, damaged 20 percent or more, extremely wet or watered, or when it needs to be reworked, contains foreign matter, or has an odor foreign to type.
§ 29.2639 Rule 23.
Tobacco in strip form which otherwise meets the specifications of a grade shall be treated as a subgrade by placing the special factor “S” preceding the grademark.
[49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.2640 Rule 24.
Tobacco that is semifired but which otherwise meets the specifications of a grade shall be treated as a subgrade by placing the special factor “SF” after the grademark. This factor does not apply to tobacco designated “No-G”.
[51 FR 40406, Nov. 7, 1986]
189 grades
§ 29.2661 Wrappers (A Group).
This group consists of leaves usually grown at or above the center portion of the stalk. Cured leaves of this group are elastic and show a low percentage of injury affecting wrapper yield.
Grades | Grade names and specifications
A1F | Choice Medium-brown Wrappers.
Thin to medium body, ripe, firm, rich in oil, elastic, strong, bright finish, deep color intensity, spready, 90 percent uniform, and 10 percent of leaves not lower than B1 or C1.
A2F | Fine Medium-brown Wrappers.
Thin to medium body, ripe, firm, rich in oil, elastic, strong, bright finish, deep color intensity, spready, 75 percent uniform, and 25 percent of leaves not lower than B2 or C2.
A3F | Good Medium-brown Wrappers.
Thin to medium body, ripe, firm oily, elastic, strong, clear finish, moderate color intensity, spready, 60 percent uniform, and 40 percent of leaves not lower than B3 or C3.
A1D | Choice Dark-brown Wrappers.
Thin to heavy body, ripe, firm, rich in oil, elastic, strong, bright finish, deep color intensity, spready, 90 percent uniform, and 10 percent of leaves not lower than B1 or C1.
A2D | Fine Dark-brown Wrappers.
Thin to heavy body, ripe, firm, rich in oil, elastic, strong, bright finish, deep color intensity, spready, 75 percent uniform, and 25 percent of leaves not lower than B2 or C2.
A3D | Good Dark-brown Wrappers.
Thin to heavy body, ripe, firm, oily, elastic, strong, clear finish, moderate color intensity, spready, 60 percent uniform, and 40 percent of leaves not lower than B3 or C3.
[37 FR 13626, July 12, 1972, as amended at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.2662 Heavy Leaf (B Group).
This group consists of leaves which are medium to heavy in body.
Grades | Grade names and specifications
B1F | Choice Medium-brown Heavy Leaf.
Medium body, ripe, firm, oily, elastic, strong, bright finish, deep color intensity, normal width, 95 percent uniform, and 5 percent injury tolerance.
B2F | Fine Medium-brown Heavy Leaf.
Medium body, ripe, firm, oily, elastic, strong, clear finish, deep color intensity, normal width, 90 percent uniform, and 10 percent injury tolerance.
B3F | Good Medium-brown Heavy Leaf.
Medium body, ripe, firm, oily, semielastic, normal strength, clear finish, moderate color intensity, normal width, 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
B4F | Fair Medium-brown Heavy Leaf.
Medium body, mature, close, lean in oil, inelastic, weak, dull finish, pale color intensity, narrow, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
B5F | Low Medium-brown Heavy Leaf.
Medium body, mature, close, lean in oil, inelastic, weak, dull finish, pale color intensity, narrow, 60 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
B1D | Choice Dark-brown Heavy Leaf.
Medium to heavy body, ripe, firm, oily, elastic, strong, bright finish, deep color intensity, normal width, 95 percent uniform and 5 percent injury tolerance.
B2D | Fine Dark-brown Heavy Leaf.
Medium to heavy body, ripe, firm, oily, elastic, strong, clear finish, deep color intensity, normal width, 90 percent uniform, and 10 percent injury tolerance.
B3D | Good Dark-brown Heavy Leaf.
Medium to heavy body, ripe, firm, oily, semielastic, normal strength, clear finish, moderate color intensity, normal width, 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
B4D | Fair Dark-brown Heavy Leaf.
Medium to heavy body, mature, close, lean in oil, inelastic, weak, dull finish, pale color intensity, narrow, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
B5D | Low Dark-brown Heavy Leaf.
Medium to heavy body, mature, close, lean in oil, inelastic, weak, dull finish, pale color intensity, narrow, 60 percent uniform, and 40 percent injury tolerance.
B3M | Good Mixed Color or Variegated Heavy Leaf.
Medium to heavy body, ripe, firm, oily, semielastic, normal strength, clear finish, normal width, 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
B4M | Fair Mixed Color or Variegated Heavy Leaf.
Medium to heavy body, mature, close, lean in oil, inelastic, weak, dull finish, narrow, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
B5M | Low Mixed Color or Variegated Heavy Leaf.
Medium to heavy body, mature, close, lean in oil, inelastic, weak, dull finish, narrow, 60 percent uniform, and 40 percent injury tolerance.
B3VF | Good Greenish Medium-brown Heavy Leaf.
Medium body, mature, firm, oily, semielastic, normal strength, clear finish, normal width, 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
B4VF | Fair Greenish Medium-brown Heavy Leaf.
Medium body, mature, close, lean in oil, inelastic, weak, dull finish, narrow, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
B5VF | Low Greenish Medium-brown Heavy Leaf.
Medium body, mature, close, lean in oil, inelastic, weak, dull finish, narrow, 60 percent uniform, and 40 percent injury tolerance.
B3G | Good Green Heavy Leaf.
Medium to heavy body, mature, firm, oily, semi- elastic, normal strength, clear finish, normal width, 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
B4G | Fair Green Heavy Leaf.
Medium to heavy body, mature, close, lean in oil, inelastic, weak, dull finish, narrow, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
B5G | Low Green Heavy Leaf.
Medium to heavy body, immature, close, lean in oil, inelastic, weak, dull finish, narrow, 60 percent uniform, and 40 percent injury tolerance.
[37 FR 13626, July 12, 1972; 37 FR 15501, Aug. 3, 1972, as amended at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984; 51 FR 40407, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.2663 Thin Leaf (C Group).
This group consists of leaves that are thin in body.
Grades | Grade names and specifications
C1L | Choice Light-brown Thin Leaf.
Thin, ripe, firm, oily, semielastic, normal strength, bright finish, deep color intensity, normal width, 95 percent uniform, and 5 percent injury tolerance.
C2L | Fine Light-brown Thin Leaf.
Thin, ripe, firm, oily, semielastic, normal strength, clear finish, deep color intensity, normal width, 90 percent uniform, and 10 percent injury tolerance.
C3L | Good Light-brown Thin Leaf.
Thin, ripe, firm, oily, inelastic, normal strength, clear finish, moderate color intensity, normal width, 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
C4L | Fair Light-brown Thin Leaf.
Thin, mature, close, lean in oil, inelastic, weak, dull finish, pale color intensity, narrow, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
C5L | Low Light-brown Thin Leaf.
Thin, mature, close, lean in oil, inelastic, weak, dull finish, pale color intensity, narrow, 60 percent uniform, and 40 percent injury tolerance.
C1F | Choice Medium-brown Thin Leaf.
Thin, ripe, firm, oily, semielastic, normal strength, bright finish, deep color intensity, normal width, 95 percent uniform, and 5 percent injury tolerance.
C2F | Fine Medium-brown Thin Leaf.
Thin, ripe, firm, oily, semielastic, normal strength, clear finish, deep color intensity, normal width, 90 percent uniform, and 10 percent injury tolerance.
C3F | Good Medium-brown Thin Leaf.
Thin, ripe, firm, oily, inelastic, normal strength, clear finish, moderate color intensity, normal width, 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
C4F | Fair Medium-brown Thin Leaf.
Thin, mature, close, lean in oil, inelastic, weak, dull finish, pale color intensity, narrow, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
C5F | Low Medium-brown Thin Leaf.
Thin, mature, close, lean in oil, inelastic, weak, dull finish, pale color intensity, narrow, 60 percent uniform, and 40 percent injury tolerance.
C1D | Choice Dark-brown Thin Leaf.
Thin, ripe, firm, oily, semielastic, normal strength, bright finish, deep color intensity, normal width, 95 percent uniform, and 5 percent injury tolerance.
C2D | Fine Dark-brown Thin Leaf.
Thin, ripe, firm, oily, semielastic, normal strength, clear finish, deep color intensity, normal width, 90 percent uniform, and 10 percent injury tolerance.
C3D | Good Dark-brown Thin Leaf.
Thin, ripe, firm, oily, inelastic, normal strength, clear finish, moderate color intensity, normal width, 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
C4D | Fair Dark-brown Thin Leaf.
Thin, mature, close, lean in oil, inelastic, weak, dull finish, pale color intensity, narrow, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
C5D | Low Dark-brown Thin Leaf.
Thin, mature, close, lean in oil, inelastic, weak, dull finish, pale color intensity, narrow, 60 percent uniform, and 40 percent injury tolerance.
C3M | Good Mixed Color or Variegated Thin Leaf.
Thin, ripe, firm, oily, inelastic, normal strength, clear finish, normal, width, 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
C4M | Fair Mixed Color or Variegated Thin Leaf.
Thin, mature, close, lean in oil, inelastic, weak, dull finish, narrow, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
C5M | Low Mixed Color or Variegated Thin Leaf.
Thin, mature, close, lean in oil, inelastic, weak, dull finish, narrow, 60 percent uniform, and 40 percent injury tolerance.
C3VF | Good Greenish Medium-brown Thin Leaf.
Thin, mature, firm, oily, inelastic, normal strength, clear finish, normal width, 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
C4VF | Fair Greenish Medium-brown Thin Leaf.
Thin, mature, close, lean in oil, inelastic, weak, dull finish, narrow, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
C5VF | Low Greenish Medium-brown Thin Leaf.
Thin, mature, close, lean in oil, inelastic, weak, dull finish, narrow, 60 percent uniform, and 40 percent injury tolerance.
C3G | Good Green Thin Leaf.
Thin, mature, firm, oily, inelastic, normal strength, clear finish, normal width, 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
C4G | Fair Green Thin Leaf.
Thin, immature, close, lean in oil, inelastic, weak, dull finish, narrow, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
C5G | Low Green Thin Leaf.
Thin, immature, close, lean in oil, inelastic, weak, dull finish, narrow, 60 percent uniform, and 40 percent injury tolerance.
[37 FR 13626, July 12, 1972, as amended at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.2664 Lugs (X Group).
This group consists of leaves that normally grow near the bottom of the stalk. Leaves of the X group usually have a high degree of maturity and show ground injury.
Grades | Grade names and specifications
X1L | Choice Light-brown Lugs.
Thin, ripe, firm, oily, normal strength, clear finish, moderate color intensity, 95 percent uniform, and 5 percent injury tolerance.
X2L | Fine Light-brown Lugs.
Thin, ripe, firm, oily, normal strength, clear finish, moderate color intensity, 90 percent uniform, and 10 percent injury tolerance.
X3L | Good Light-brown Lugs.
Thin, ripe, firm, oily, normal dull finish, pale color intensity, 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
X4L | Fair Light-brown Lugs.
Thin, mature, open, lean in oil, weak, dull finish, pale color intensity, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
X5L | Low Light-brown Lugs.
Thin, mature, open, lean in oil, weak, dull finish, pale color intensity, 60 percent uniform, and 40 percent injury tolerance.
X1F | Choice Medium-brown Lugs.
Medium body, ripe, firm, oily, normal strength, clear finish, moderate color intensity, 95 percent uniform, and 5 percent injury tolerance.
X2F | Fine Medium-brown Lugs.
Medium body, ripe, firm, oily, normal strength, clear finish, moderate color intensity, 90 percent uniform, and 10 percent injury tolerance.
X3F | Good Medium-brown Lugs. Medium body, ripe, firm, lean in oil, weak, dull finish, pale color intensity, 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
X4F | Fair Medium-brown Lugs.
Thin to medium body, mature, open, lean in oil, weak, dull finish, pale color intensity, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
X5F | Low Medium-brown Lugs.
Thin to medium body, mature, open, lean in oil, weak, dull finish, pale color intensity, 60 percent uniform, and 40 percent injury tolerance.
X1D | Choice Dark-brown Lugs.
Medium to heavy body, ripe, firm, oily, normal strength, clear finish, moderate color intensity, 95 percent uniform, and 5 percent injury tolerance.
X2D | Fine Dark-brown Lugs.
Medium to heavy body, ripe, firm, oily, normal strength, clear finish, moderate color intensity, 90 percent uniform, and 10 percent injury tolerance.
X3D | Good Dark-brown Lugs.
Medium to heavy body, ripe, firm, lean in oil, weak, dull finish, pale color intensity, 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
X4D | Fair Dark-brown Lugs.
Medium to heavy body, mature, open, lean in oil, weak, dull finish, pale color intensity, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
X5D | Low Dark-brown Lugs.
Thin to heavy, mature, open, lean in oil, weak, dull finish, pale color intensity, 60 percent uniform, and 40 percent injury tolerance.
X3M | Good Mixed Color or Variegated Lugs.
Thin to heavy, ripe, firm, lean in oil, weak, dull finish, 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
X4M | Fair Mixed Color or Variegated Lugs.
Thin to heavy, mature, close, lean in oil, weak, dull finish, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
X5M | Low Mixed Color or Variegated Lugs.
Thin to heavy, mature, close, lean in oil, weak, dull finish, 60 percent uniform, and 40 percent injury tolerance.
X3VF | Good Greenish Medium-brown Lugs.
Medium body, mature, firm, lean in oil, weak, dull finish, 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
X4VF | Fair Greenish Medium-brown Lugs.
Thin to medium body, mature, close, lean in oil, weak, dull finish, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
X5VF | Low Greenish Medium-brown Lugs.
Thin to medium body, mature, close, lean in oil, weak, dull finish, 60 percent uniform, and 40 percent injury tolerance.
X3G | Good Green Lugs.
Medium to heavy body, mature, firm, weak, lean in oil, dull finish, 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
X4G | Fair Green Lugs.
Thin to medium body, immature, close, lean in oil, weak, dull finish, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
X5G | Low Green Lugs.
Thin to medium body, immature, close, lean in oil, weak, dull finish, 60 percent uniform, and 40 percent injury tolerance.
[37 FR 13626, July 12, 1972, as amended at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984; 51 FR 40407, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.2665 Nondescript (N Group).
Extremely common tobacco which does not meet the minimum specifications or which exceeds the tolerance of the lowest grade of any other group except Scrap.
Grades | Grade names and specifications
N1L | First Quality Light Colored Nondescript.
Thin to medium body and 60 percent injury tolerance.
N1D | First Quality Dark Colored Nondescript.
Medium to heavy body and 60 percent injury tolerance.
N1GL | First Quality Crude Green Nondescript from the C or B Groups 60 percent crude leaves or injury tolerance.
N1GX | First Quality Crude Green Nondescript from the X Group 60 percent crude leaves or injury tolerance.
N2 | Substandard Nondescript.
Nondescript of any group or color; over 60 percent crude leaves or injury tolerance.
[37 FR 13626, July 12, 1972, as amended at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984; 51 FR 40407, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.2666 Scrap (S Group).
A byproduct of unstemmed and stemmed tobacco. Scrap accumulates from handling tobacco in farm buildings, warehouses, packing and conditioning plants, and stemmeries.
Grades | Grade names and specifications
S | Scrap.
Tangled, whole, or broken unstemmed leaves, or the web portions of tobacco leaves reduced to scrap by any process.
[37 FR 13626, July 12, 1972, as amended at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984]
190 Summary of Standard Grades
§ 29.2686 Summary of standard grades.
6 Grades of Wrappers
A1F | A3F | A2D | A3D
A2F | A1D
19 Grades of Heavy Leaf
B1F | B1D | B3M | B5VF
B2F | B2D | B4M | B3G
B3F | B3D | B5M | B4G
B4F | B4D | B3VF | B5G
B5F | B5D | B4VF
24 Grades of Thin Leaf
C1L | C2F | C3D | C3VF
C2L | C3F | C4D | C4VF
C3L | C4F | C5D | C5VF
C4L | C5F | C3M | C3G
C5L | C1D | C4M | C4G
C1F | C2D | C5M | C5G
24 Grades of Lugs
X1L | X2F | X3D | X3VF
X2L | X3F | X4D | X4VF
X3L | X4F | X5D | X5VF
X4L | X5F | X3M | X3G
X5L | X1D | X4M | X4G
X1F | X2D | X5M | X5G
5 Grades of Nondescript
N1L | N1D | N1GL | N1GX | N2
1 Grade of Scrap
S
Special factors “U”, “W”, “S” and “SF” may be applied to all grades. Tobacco not covered by the standard grades is designated “No-G.”
Standard Sizes Applicable
A1, A2, A3 | 2, 3
B1, B2, B3, B4, B5 | 1, 2, 3
C1, C2, C3, C4, C5 | 1, 2, 3
[37 FR 13626, July 12, 1972, as amended at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984; 51 FR 40407, Nov. 7, 1986]
191 Key to Standard Grademarks
§ 29.2696 Key to standard grademarks.
Groups A—Wrappers. B—Heavy Leaf. C—Thin Leaf. X—Lugs. N—Nondescript. S—Scrap. Qualities 1—Choice. 2—Fine. 3—Good. 4—Fair. 5—Low. Colors L—Light brown. F—Medium brown. D—Dark brown. M—Mixed or variegates. VF—Greenish medium brown. G—Green.
192 Official Standard Grades for Burley Tobacco (U.S. Type 31 and Foreign Type 93)
Source: Sections 29.3001 through 29.3182 appear at 24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959, unless otherwise noted.
193 definitions
§ 29.3001 Definitions.
As used in these standards, the words and phrases hereinafter defined shall have the indicated meanings so assigned.
§ 29.3002 Air-cured.
Tobacco cured under natural atmospheric conditions. Artificial heat is sometimes used to control excess humidity during the curing period to prevent house-burn and barn-burn in damp weather. Air-cured tobacco should not carry the odor of smoke or fumes resulting from the application of artificial heat.
§ 29.3003 Air-dried.
The condition of unfermented tobacco as customarily prepared for storage under natural atmospheric conditions.
§ 29.3004 Body.
The thickness and density of a leaf or the weight per unit of surface. (See Elements of quality.)
§ 29.3005 Burley, Type 31.
That type of air-cured tobacco, commonly known as Burley, produced principally in Kentucky, Tennessee, Virginia, North Carolina, Ohio, Indiana, West Virginia, and Missouri.
§ 29.3006 Burley, Type 93.
That type of air-cured tobacco commonly known as Foreign-grown Burley, produced in countries other than the United States.
[49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3007 Buff color (L).
A light yellow slightly shaded toward red.
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959; 24 FR 9121, Nov. 10, 1959. Redesignated at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3008 Class.
A major division of tobacco based on method of cure or principal usage.
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959. Redesignated at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3009 Clean.
Tobacco is described as clean when it contains only a normal amount of sand or soil particles. Leaves grown on the lower portion of the stalk normally contain more dirt or sand than those from higher stalk positions. (See Rule 20.)
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959. Redesignated at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3010 Color.
The third factor of a grade, based on the relative hues, saturations or chroma, and color values common to the type.
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959. Redesignated at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3011 Color intensity.
The varying degree of saturation or chroma. Color intensity as applied to tobacco describes the strength or weakness of a specific color or hue. It is applicable to all colors except variegated. Color intensity is reversed in its application to grades of greenish and green tobaccos and is omitted from these grade specifications. (See Elements of quality.)
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959. Redesignated at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3012 Color symbols.
As applied to Burley, single color symbols are as follows: L—buff, F—tan, R—red, D—dark red, K—variegated, M—mixed color, V—greenish, and G—green.
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959, as amended at 35 FR 10490, June 27, 1970. Redesignated at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3013 Combination color symbols.
As applied to Burley, combination color symbols are as follows: FL—tannish buff, FR—tannish red, VF—greenish tan, VR—greenish red, GF—green tan, and GR—green red. (See rules 17 and 18.)
[51 FR 40407, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.3014 Condition.
The state of tobacco which results from the method of preparation or from the degree of fermentation. Words used to describe the condition of tobacco are as follows: Undried, air-dried, steam-dried, sweating, sweated, and aged. Burley is air-dried or steam-dried for storage and aging.
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959. Redesignated at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3015 Crude.
A subdegree of maturity. Crude leaves are usually hard and slick as a result of extreme immaturity. A similar condition may result from sunburn or sunscald. Any leaf which is crude to the extent of 20 percent of its leaf surface may be described as crude. (See Rule 19.)
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959; 24 FR 9121, Nov. 10, 1959. Redesignated at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3016 Cured.
Tobacco dried of its sap by either natural or artificial processes.
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959. Redesignated at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3017 Damage.
The effect of mold, must, rot, black rot, or other fungous or bacterial diseases which attack tobacco in its cured state. Tobacco having the odor of mold, must, or rot is considered damaged. (See Rule 23.)
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959. Redesignated at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3018 Dark red color (D).
A dark reddish brown.
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959. Redesignated at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3019 Dirty.
The state of tobacco containing an abnormal amount of dirt or sand, or tobacco to which additional quantities of dirt or sand have been added. (See Rule 23.)
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959. Redesignated at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3020 Elements of quality.
Elements of quality and the degrees used in the specifications of the official standard grades of Burley, Types 31 and 93, are shown in § 29.3101. Words have been selected to describe the degrees of each element. Some of the words are almost synonymous in their meaning, yet, they are sufficiently different to represent steps within the range of the elements of quality to which they are applied.
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959. Redesignated and amended at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3021 Fiber.
The term applied to the veins in a tobacco leaf. The large central vein is called the midrib or stem. The smaller lateral and cross veins are considered from the standpoint of size and color and in some types are treated as elements of quality. In Burley, fiber size and color are not of great importance, except where a fine distinction must be made between several lots of high quality or between sides of the same lot.
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959. Redesignated at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3022 Finish.
The reflectance factor in color perception. Finish indicates the sheen or shine of the surface of a tobacco leaf. Descriptive terms range from bright to dingy. (See Elements of quality.)
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959. Redesignated at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3023 Foreign matter.
Any extraneous substance or material such as stalks, suckers, straw, strings, rubber bands, et cetera. Abnormal amounts of dirt or sand also are included. (See Rule 23.)
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959. Redesignated at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3024 Form.
The stage of preparation of tobacco such as unstemmed or stemmed.
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959. Redesignated at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3025 General color.
The color of tobacco considered in relation to the type as a whole. General color is distinguished from the restricted use of the term “color” within a group. It is basically related to body and other overall characteristics of the type.
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959. Redesignated at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3026 General quality.
The quality of tobacco considered in relation to the type as a whole. General quality is distinguished from the restricted use of the term “quality” within a group.
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959. Redesignated at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3027 Grade.
A subdivision of a type according to group, quality, and color.
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959. Redesignated at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3028 Grademark.
A grademark normally consists of three symbols which indicate group, quality, and color. A letter is used to indicate group, a number to indicate quality, and a letter or letters to indicate color. For example, C2F means Lugs, second quality, and tan color.
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959. Redesignated at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3029 Green (G).
A color term applied to immature or crude tobacco. Any leaf which has a green color affecting 20 percent or more of its leaf surface may be described as green. (See Rule 18.)
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959. Redesignated at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3030 Greenish (V).
A color term applied to greenish-tinged tobacco. Any leaf which has a greenish tinge or a pale green color affecting 20 percent or more of its surface may be described as greenish. (See Rule 17.)
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959. Redesignated at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3031 Group.
A division of a type covering closely related grades based on certain characteristics which are related to stalk position or the general quality of the tobacco. Groups in Burley, Types 31 and 93, are as follows: Flyings (X), Lugs or Cutters (C), Leaf (B), Tips (T), Mixed (M), Nondescript (N), and Scrap (S).
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959. Redesignated and amended at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3032 Injury.
Hurt or impairment from any cause except the fungous or bacterial diseases which attack tobacco in its cured state. (See definition of Damage.) Injury to tobacco may be caused by field diseases, insects, or weather conditions; insecticides, fungicides, or cell growth inhibitors; nutritional deficiencies or excesses; or improper fertilizing, harvesting, curing, or handling. Injured tobacco includes dead, burnt, hail-cut, torn, broken, frostbitten, sunburned, sunscalded, scorched, fire-killed, bulk-burnt, steam-burnt, barn-burnt, house-burnt, bleached, bruised, discolored, or deformed leaves; or tobacco affected by wildfire, rust, frog- eye, mosaic, root rot, wilt, black shank, or other diseases. (See Elements of quality and Rule 14.)
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959. Redesignated at 49 FR 16757, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3033 Leaf.
Whole, unstemmed leaf. Leaf, when applied to tobacco in strip form, shall describe the divided unit of a whole leaf.
[49 FR 16758, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3034 Leaf scrap.
A by-product of unstemmed tobacco. Leaf scrap results from handling unstemmed tobacco and consists of loose and tangled whole or broken leaves.
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959. Redesignated at 49 FR 16758, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3035 Leaf structure.
The cell development of a leaf as indicated by its porosity or solidity. (See Elements of quality.)
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959. Redesignated at 49 FR 16758, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3036 Leaf surface.
The smoothness or roughness of the web or lamina of a tobacco leaf. Leaf surface is affected to some extent by the size and shrinkage of the veins or fibers. (See Elements of quality.)
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959. Redesignated at 49 FR 16758, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3037 Length.
The linear measurement of cured tobacco leaves from the butt of the midrib to the extreme tip. Length, as an element of quality, does not apply to tobacco in strip form. (See Elements of quality.)
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959. Redesignated and amended at 49 FR 16757, 16758, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3038 Lot.
A pile, basket, bulk, bale or bales, sheet, case hogshead, tierce, package, or other definite package unit.
[48 FR 40366, Sept. 7, 1983. Redesignated at 49 FR 16758, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3039 Maturity.
The degree of ripeness. Tobacco is mature when it reaches its prime state of development. The extremes are expressed as immature and mellow. (See Elements of quality.)
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959; 24 FR 9121, Nov. 10, 1959. Redesignated at 49 FR 16758, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3040 Mixed color (M).
Distinctly different colors of the type mingled together. (See Rule 16.)
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959. Redesignated at 49 FR 16758, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3041 Nested.
Any lot of Type 31 tobacco which as has been loaded, packed or arranged to conceal foreign matter or tobacco of inferior grade, quality, or condition. Nested includes:
(a) Any lot of tobacco which contains foreign matter, is damaged, injured, or tangled, or contains other inferior tobacco, any of which cannot be readily detected upon inspection because of the way the lot is packed or arranged;
(b) Any lot of tobacco which consists of distinctly different grades, qualities or conditions and which is stacked or arranged with the same kinds together so that the tobacco in the lower portions of the lot is distinctly inferior in grade, quality or condition from the tobacco in the top portion of the lot.
[47 FR 51721, Nov. 17, 1982. Redesignated and amended at 49 FR 16757, 16758, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3042 No grade.
A designation applied to a lot of tobacco which is classified as offtype, rework, semicured, damaged 20 percent or more, abnormally dirty, contains foreign matter, and/or having an odor foreign to the type.
[47 FR 51721, Nov. 17, 1982. Redesignated at 49 FR 16758, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3043 No-G-Nested.
A designation applied to a lot of Type 31 tobacco which is classified as nested.
[47 FR 51721, Nov. 17, 1982. Redesignated and amended at 49 FR 16757, 16758, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3044 Offtype.
Tobacco of distinctly different characteristics which cannot be classified as Burley, Type 31 or 93. (See Rule 23.)
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959. Redesignated at 47 FR 51721, Nov. 17, 1982. Redesignated and amended at 49 FR 16757, 16758, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3045 Order (case).
The state of tobacco with respect to its moisture content.
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959. Redesignated at 49 FR 16758, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3046 Oriented.
A term applied to Type 31 untied tobacco which denotes the arrangement of leaves in a straight and orderly manner. Oriented includes:
(a) Any lot of baled tobacco in which the leaves are packed parallel to the length of the bale with the butts to the outside and the tips of the leaves overlapping sufficiently to make a level, solid and uniform package;
(b) Any lot of sheeted tobacco in which the leaves are arranged in a circular pattern with the butts to the outside.
[48 FR 40366, Sept. 7, 1983. Redesignated and amended at 49 FR 16758, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3047 Package.
A hogshead, tierce, case, bale, or other securely enclosed parcel or bundle.
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959. Redesignated at 47 FR 51722, Nov. 17, 1982, and at 49 FR 16758, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3048 Packing.
A lot of tobacco consisting of a number of packages submitted as one definite unit for sampling or inspection. It is represented to contain the same kind of tobacco and has a common identification number or mark on each package.
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959. Redesignated at 47 FR 51722, Nov. 17, 1982, and at 49 FR 16758, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3049 Pink or pinkish.
A color term applied to pink or pinkish tobacco. Any leaf which has a pink or pinkish color affecting 20 percent or more of its leaf surface is considered as mixed color. (See Rule 16.)
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959. Redesignated at 47 FR 51722, Nov. 17, 1982, and at 49 FR 16758, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3050 Quality.
A division of a group or the second factor of a grade, based on the relative degree of one or more elements of quality in tobacco.
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959. Redesignated at 47 FR 51722, Nov. 17, 1982, and at 49 FR 16758, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3051 Raw.
Freshly harvested tobacco or tobacco as it appears between the time of harvesting and the beginning of the curing process.
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959. Redesignated at 47 FR 51722, Nov. 17, 1982, and at 49 FR 16758, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3052 Red color (R).
A brownish red.
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959. Redesignated at 47 FR 51722, Nov. 17, 1982, and at 49 FR 16758, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3053 Rework.
Any lot of Type 31 tobacco which needs to be restored or otherwise rearranged to prepare it properly for market, including:
(a) Tobacco which contains an abnormally large quantity of foreign matter or an unusual number of muddy or extremely dirty leaves which should be removed;
(b) Tobacco not properly tied in hands, not packed in bales approximately 1 × 2 × 3 feet, not oriented, not packed straight, bales not opened for inspection when chosen by a grader, or otherwise not properly prepared for market.
[47 FR 51722, Nov. 17, 1982. Redesignated and amended at 49 FR 16758, Apr. 20, 1984; 60 FR 7429, Feb. 8, 1995; 62 FR 60156, Nov. 7, 1997]
§ 29.3054 Semicured.
Tobacco in the process of being cured or which is partially but not thoroughly cured. Semicured includes tobacco which contains fat stems, wet butts, swell stems, frozen tobacco, and tobacco having frozen stems or stems that have not been thoroughly dried in the curing process. (See Rule 23.)
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959. Redesignated at 47 FR 51722, Nov. 17, 1982, and at 49 FR 16758, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3055 Side.
A certain phase of quality, color, or length as contrasted with some other phase of quality, color, or length; or any peculiar characteristic of tobacco.
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959. Redesignated at 47 FR 51722, Nov. 17, 1982, and at 49 FR 16758, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3056 Sound.
Free of damage.
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959. Redesignated at 47 FR 51722, Nov. 17, 1982, and at 49 FR 16758, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3057 Special factor.
A symbol or term authorized to be used with specified grades. Tobacco to which a special factor is applied may meet the general specifications but has a peculiar side or characteristic which tends to modify the grade. (See Rule 9.)
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959. Redesignated at 47 FR 51722, Nov. 17, 1982, and at 49 FR 16758, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3058 Steam-dried.
The condition of unfermented tobacco as customarily prepared for storage by means of a redrying machine or other steam-conditioning equipment.
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959. Redesignated at 47 FR 51722, Nov. 17, 1982, and at 49 FR 16758, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3059 Stem.
The midrib or large central vein of a tobacco leaf.
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959. Redesignated at 47 FR 51722, Nov. 17, 1982, and at 49 FR 16758, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3060 Stemmed.
A form of tobacco, including strips and strip scrap, from which the stems or midribs have been removed.
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959. Redesignated at 47 FR 51722, Nov. 17, 1982, and at 49 FR 16758, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3061 Strength (tensile).
The stress a tobacco leaf can bear without tearing. Tensile strength is not an important element of quality in Burley tobacco.
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959. Redesignated at 47 FR 51722, Nov. 17, 1982, and at 49 FR 16758, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3062 Strips.
The sides of a tobacco leaf from which the stem has been removed; or a lot of tobacco composed of strips.
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959. Redesignated at 47 FR 51722, Nov. 17, 1982, and at 49 FR 16758, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3063 Subgrade.
Any grade modified by a special factor symbol.
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959. Redesignated at 47 FR 51722, Nov. 17, 1982, and at 49 FR 16758, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3064 Sweated.
The condition of tobacco which has passed through one or more fermentations natural to tobacco packed with a normal percentage of moisture. This condition is sometimes described as aged.
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959. Redesignated at 47 FR 51722, Nov. 17, 1982, and at 49 FR 16758, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3065 Sweating.
The condition of tobacco in the process of fermentation.
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959. Redesignated at 47 FR 51722, Nov. 17, 1982, and at 49 FR 16758, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3066 Tan color.
A light red-yellow.
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959. Redesignated at 47 FR 51722, Nov. 17, 1982, and at 49 FR 16758, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3067 Tannish-buff (FL).
A light red-yellow shaded toward buff.
[51 FR 40407, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.3068 Tannish-red color (FR).
A light red shaded toward tan.
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959. Redesignated at 47 FR 51722, Nov. 17, 1982, 49 FR 16758, Apr. 20, 1984 and 51 FR 40407, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.3069 Tobacco.
Tobacco as it appears between the time it is cured and stripped from the stalk, or primed and cured, and the time it enters into the different manufacturing processes. The acts of stemming, threshing and sweating, and conditioning are not regarded as manufacturing processes. Tobacco, as used in these standards, does not include manufactured or semimanufactured products, stems, cuttings, clippings, trimmings, siftings, or dust.
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959. Redesignated at 47 FR 51722, Nov. 17, 1982. Redesignated and amended at 49 FR 16758, Apr. 20, 1984, and further redesignated at 51 FR 40407, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.3070 Tobacco products.
Manufactured tobacco, including cigarettes, cigars, smoking tobacco, chewing tobacco, and snuff, which is subject to Internal Revenue tax.
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959. Redesignated at 47 FR 51722, Nov. 17, 1982, 49 FR 16758, Apr. 20, 1984, and 51 FR 40407, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.3071 Type.
A division of a class of tobacco having certain common characteristics and closely related grades. Tobacco which has the same characteristics and corresponding qualities, colors, and lengths is classified as one type, regardless of any factors of historical or geographical nature which cannot be determined by an examination of the tobacco.
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959. Redesignated at 47 FR 51722, Nov. 17, 1982, 49 FR 16758, Apr. 20, 1984, and 51 FR 40407, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.3072 Undried.
The condition of unfermented tobacco which has not been air-dried or steam-dried.
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959. Redesignated at 47 FR 51722, Nov. 17, 1982, 49 FR 16758, Apr. 20, 1984, and 51 FR 40407, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.3073 Uniformity.
An element of quality which describes the consistency of a lot of tobacco as it is prepared for market. Uniformity is expressed in grade specifications as a percentage. The percentage is applicable to group, quality, and color. (See Rule 13.)
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959. Redesignated at 47 FR 51722, Nov. 17, 1982, 49 FR 16758, Apr. 20, 1984, and 51 FR 40407, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.3074 Unsound (U).
Damaged under 20 percent. (See Rule 21.)
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959. Redesignated at 47 FR 51722, Nov. 17, 1982, 49 FR 16758, Apr. 20, 1984, and 51 FR 40407, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.3075 Unstemmed.
A form of tobacco, including whole leaf and leaf scrap, from which the stems or midribs have not been removed.
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959. Redesignated at 47 FR 51722, Nov. 17, 1982, 49 FR 16758, Apr. 20, 1984, and 51 FR 40407, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.3076 Variegated (K).
Any leaf of which 20 percent or more of its surface is yellow, grayish, mottled, or bleached, and does not blend with the normal colors of the type or group and is generally characterized by a lower degree of leaf structure and maturity than tobacco of the corresponding group and quality. (See Rule 15.)
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959. Redesignated at 47 FR 51722, Nov. 17, 1982, 49 FR 16758, Apr. 20, 1984, and 51 FR 40407, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.3077 Wet (W).
Any sound tobacco containing excessive moisture to the extent that it is in an unsafe or doubtful-keeping order. Wet applies to any tobacco which is not damaged but which is likely to damage if treated in the customary manner. (See Rule 22.)
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959. Redesignated at 47 FR 51722, Nov. 17, 1982, 49 FR 16758, Apr. 20, 1984, and 51 FR 40407, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.3078 Width.
The relative breadth of a tobacco leaf expressed in relation to its length. Width as an element of quality, does not apply to tobacco in strip form. (See Elements of quality.)
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959. Redesignated at 47 FR 51722, Nov. 17, 1982. Redesignated and amended at 49 FR 16758, Apr. 20, 1984, and further redesignated at 51 FR 40407, Nov. 7, 1986]
194 elements of quality
§ 29.3101 Elements of quality and degrees of each element.
These standardized words or terms are used to describe tobacco quality and to assist in interpreting grade specifications. Tobacco attributes or characteristics which constitute quality are designated as elements of quality. The range within each element is expressed by the use of words or terms designated as degrees. These several degrees are arranged to show their relative value, but the actual value of each degree varies with type, group, and grade. In each case the first and last degrees represent the full range for the element, and the intermediate degrees show gradual steps between them.
Elements | Degrees
1 Body | Tissuey | Thin | Medium | Fleshy | Heavy.
2 Maturity | Mellow | Ripe | Mature | Underripe | Immature.
3 Leaf structure (porosity and solidity). | Porous | Open | Firm | Close | Solid.
4 Leaf surface (smoothness) | Smooth | Even | Wavy | Wrinkly | Rough.
5 Finish | Bright | Clear | Moderate | Dull | Dingy.
6 Color intensity | Deep | Strong | do | Weak | Pale.
7 Width | Broad | Spready | Normal | Narrow | Stringy.
8 Length | ( 1) | ( 1) | ( 1) | ( 1) | ( 1)
9 Uniformity | ( 2) | ( 2) | ( 2) | ( 2) | ( 2)
10 Injury tolerance | ( 2) | ( 2) | ( 2) | ( 2) | ( 2)
1 Expressed in inches.
2 Expressed in percentage.
195 rules
§ 29.3103 Rules.
The application of these official standard grades shall be in accordance with the following rules.
§ 29.3104 Rule 1.
Each grade shall be treated as a subdivision of a particular type. When the grade is stated in an inspection certificate, the type also shall be stated.
§ 29.3105 Rule 2.
The determination of a grade shall be based upon a thorough examination of a lot of tobacco or of an official sample of the lot.
§ 29.3106 Rule 3.
In drawing an official sample from a hogshead or other package of tobacco, three or more breaks shall be made at such points and in such manner as the inspector or sampler may find necessary to determine the kinds of tobacco and the percentage of each kind contained in the lot. One break shall be made not more than six inches from the top of the package and one not more than six inches from the bottom. All breaks shall be made so that the tobacco contained in the center of the package is visible to the sampler. Tobacco shall be drawn from at least three breaks from which a representative sample shall be selected. The sample shall include tobacco of each different group, quality, color, length, and kind found in the lot in proportion to the quantities of each contained in the lot.
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959, as amended at 49 FR 16758, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3107 Rule 4.
The grade assigned to any lot of tobacco shall be a true representation of the tobacco at the time of inspection and certification. If, at any time, it is found that a lot of tobacco does not comply with the specifications of the grade previously assigned, it shall not thereafter be represented as such grade.
§ 29.3108 Rule 5.
A lot of tobacco on the marginal line between two colors shall be placed in the color with which it best corresponds with respect to body or other associated elements of quality.
§ 29.3109 Rule 6.
Any lot of tobacco which meets the specifications of two grades shall be placed in the higher grade. Any lot of tobacco on the marginal line between two grades shall be placed in the lower grade.
§ 29.3110 Rule 7.
A lot of tobacco meets the specifications of a grade when it is not lower in any degree of any element of quality than the minimum specifications of such grade.
§ 29.3111 Rule 8.
In determining the grade of a lot of tobacco, the lot as a whole shall be considered. Minor irregularities which do not affect over one percent of the tobacco shall be overlooked.
§ 29.3112 Rule 9.
Any special factor symbol, approved by the Director of the Tobacco Division of the Agricultural Marketing Service, may be used to show a peculiar side or characteristic of the tobacco which tends to modify the grade.
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959, as amended at 49 FR 16758, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3113 Rule 10.
Interpretations, the use of specifications, and the meaning of terms shall be in accordance with determinations or clarifications made by the Chief of the Standards Branch and approved by the Director.
§ 29.3114 Rule 11.
The use of any grade may be restricted by the Director during any marketing season, when it is found that the grade is not needed or appears in insufficient volume to justify its use.
§ 29.3115 Rule 12.
Any lot, except strip form, of Leaf (B Group) tobacco in which 20 percent or more of its leaves are under 16 inches in length shall be designated as Tips (T Group).
[49 FR 16758, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3116 Rule 13.
Degrees of uniformity shall be expressed in terms of percentages. The percentages shall govern the portion of a lot which must meet the specifications of the grade. The minor portion must be closely related but may be of a different group, quality, and color from the major portion. These percentages shall not affect limitations established by other rules.
§ 29.3117 Rule 14.
The application of injury as an element of quality shall be expressed in terms of a percentage of tolerance. The appraisal of injury shall be based upon the percentage of affected leaf surface or the degree of injury. In appraising injury, consideration shall be given to the normal characteristics of the group as related to injury.
§ 29.3118 Rule 15.
Any lot of tobacco containing over 20 percent of variegated leaves shall be described as “variegated” and designated by the color symbol “K.”
[51 FR 40407, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.3119 Rule 16.
Any lot of tobacco of B, C, or X groups which contains 30 percent or more of pink or pinkish leaves or contains 30 percent or more of a color distinctly different from the major color shall be classified as “mixed” and designated by the color symbol “M.”
§ 29.3120 Rule 17.
Any lot of tobacco containing 20 percent or more of greenish leaves, or any lot which contains 20 percent of greenish and green leaves combined, shall be designated by the color symbol “V” in the C group and the combination color symbols “VF” or “VR” in the B and T groups.
§ 29.3121 Rule 18.
Any lot of tobacco containing 20 percent or more of green leaves, or any lot which is not crude but contains 20 percent or more of green and crude combined, shall be designated by the color symbol “G” in the X, C, and M groups and the combination color symbol “GF” and “GR” in the B and T groups.
[55 FR 40645, Oct. 4, 1990]
§ 29.3122 Rule 19.
Crude leaves shall not be included in any grade of any color except green, green tan, and green red. Any lot containing 20 percent or more of crude leaves shall be designated as Nondescript.
§ 29.3123 Rule 20.
All standard grades must be clean.
§ 29.3124 Rule 21.
Tobacco damaged under 20 percent but which otherwise meets the specifications of a grade shall be treated as a subgrade by placing the special factor “U” after the grademark. Tobacco damaged 20 percent or more shall be designated as “No-G.”
§ 29.3125 Rule 22.
Sound tobacco that is wet or is doubtful-keeping order but which otherwise meets the specifications of a grade shall be treated as a subgrade by placing the special factor “W” after the grademark. This special factor does not apply to tobacco designated as “No-G.”
§ 29.3126 Rule 23.
Tobacco shall be designated as No Grade, using the grademark, “No-G,” when it is dirty, offtype, semicured, needs to be reworked, damaged 20 percent or more, contains foreign matter, or has an odor foreign to the type.
[47 FR 51722, Nov. 17, 1982]
§ 29.3127 Rule 24.
Tobacco in Type 31 shall be designated by the grademark “No-G-Nested” when it is nested.
[47 FR 51722, Nov. 17, 1982, as amended at 49 FR 16758, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3128 Rule 25.
Tobacco in strip form which otherwise meets the specifications of a grade shall be treated as a subgrade by placing the special factor “S” preceding the grademark.
[49 FR 16758, Apr. 20, 1984]
196 grades
§ 29.3151 Flyings (X Group).
This group consists of leaves normally grown at the bottom of the stalk. These leaves are flat and open-faced and have a blunt or oblate tip. Compared with other groups on the stalk, Flyings consist of relatively thin to tissuey leaves which show the highest degree of maturity and the most open leaf structure. Flyings show a material amount of injury characteristic of leaves grown near the ground. (See Rule 14.)
Grades | Grade names and specifications
X1L | Choice Buff Flyings.
Tissuey, mellow, open to porous, even, clear finish, strong color intensity, 95 percent uniform, and 5 percent injury tolerance.
X2L | Fine Buff Flyings.
Tissuey, mellow, open to porous, even, moderate finish and color intensity, 90 percent uniform, and 10 percent injury tolerance.
X3L | Good Buff Flyings.
Tissuey, ripe to mellow, open to porous, wavy, dull finish, weak color intensity, 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
X4L | Fair Buff Flyings.
Tissuey, mature to ripe, open to porous, wrinkly to wavy, dingy finish, pale color intensity, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
X5L | Low Buff Flyings.
Tissuey, mature to ripe, open to porous, wrinkly, dingy finish, pale color intensity, 60 percent uniform, and 40 percent injury tolerance.
X1F | Choice Tan Flyings.
Thin, mellow, open to porous, even, clear finish, strong color intensity, 95 percent uniform, and 5 percent injury tolerance.
X2F | Fine Tan Flyings.
Thin, mellow, open to porous, even, moderate finish and color intensity, 90 percent uniform, and 10 percent injury tolerance.
X3F | Good Tan Flyings.
Thin, ripe to mellow, open to porous, wavy, dull finish, weak color intensity, 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
X4F | Fair Tan Flyings.
Thin, mature to ripe, open to porous, wrinkly to wavy, dingy finish, pale color intensity, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
X5F | Low Tan Flyings.
Thin, mature to ripe, open to porous, wrinkly, dingy finish, pale color intensity, 60 percent uniform, and 40 percent injury tolerance.
X4M | Fair Mixed Color Flyings.
Medium to tissuey body, mature to ripe, firm to porous, wrinkly to wavy, dingy finish, pale color intensity, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
X5M | Low Mixed Color Flyings.
Medium to tissuey body, mature to ripe, firm to porous, wrinkly, dingy finish, pale color intensity, 60 percent uniform, and 40 percent injury tolerance.
X4G | Fair Green Flyings.
Medium to tissuey body, immature, firm, wrinkly to wavy, dingy finish, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
X5G | Low Green Flyings.
Medium to tissuey body, immature, firm, wrinkly, dingy finish, 60 percent uniform, and 40 percent injury tolerance.
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959, as amended at 35 FR 10490, June 27, 1970; 49 FR 16758, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3152 Lugs or Cutters (C Group).
This group consists of leaves normally grown at the midportion of the stalk. Cured leaves from this stalk position have a tendency to roll, concealing the stem or midrib. Lugs or Cutters have an oblate to rounded tip and are usually thin to medium in body. The leaves are spready in relation to their length and show little or no ground injury.
Grades | Grade names and specifications
C1L | Choice Buff Lugs.
Thin, ripe, open, smooth, bright finish, deep color intensity, broad, 20″ or over in length, 95 percent uniform and 5 percent injury tolerance.
C2L | Fine Buff Lugs.
Thin, ripe, open, smooth, bright finish, strong color intensity, spready, 20″ or over in length, 90 percent uniform, and 10 percent injury tolerance.
C3L | Good Buff Lugs.
Thin, ripe, open, even, clear finish, moderate color intensity, normal width, 18″ or over in length, 85 percent uniform, and 15 percent injury tolerance.
C4L | Fair Buff Lugs.
Thin, mature to ripe, firm to open, wavy to even, moderate finish, weak color intensity, narrow to normal width, 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
C5L | Low Buff Lugs.
Thin, mature, firm to open, wavy dull finish, pale color intensity, narrow, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
C1F | Choice Tan Lugs.
Medium to thin body, ripe, open, smooth, bright finish, deep color intensity, broad, 20″ or over in length, 95 percent uniform, and 5 percent injury tolerance.
C2F | Fine Tan Lugs.
Medium to thin body, ripe, open, smooth, bright finish, strong color intensity, spready, 20″ or over in length, 90 percent uniform, and 10 percent injury tolerance.
C3F | Good Tan Lugs.
Medium to thin body, ripe, open, even, clear finish, moderate color intensity, normal width, 18″ or over in length, 85 percent uniform, and 15 percent injury tolerance.
C4F | Fair Tan Lugs.
Medium to thin body, mature to ripe, firm to open, wavy to even, moderate finish, weak color intensity, narrow to normal width, 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
C5F | Low Tan Lugs.
Medium to thin body, mature, firm to open, wavy, dull finish, pale color intensity, narrow, 70 percent uniform and 30 percent injury tolerance.
C3K | Good Variegated Lugs.
Medium body, ripe, open, even, normal width, 18″ or over in length, 85 percent uniform, and 15 percent injury tolerance.
C4K | Fair Variegated Lugs.
Medium body, mature to ripe, firm to open, wavy to even, narrow to normal width, 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
C5K | Low Variegated Lugs.
Medium body, mature, close to firm, wavy, narrow, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
C3M | Good Mixed Color Lugs.
Medium to tissuey body, mature to ripe, firm to open, even, moderate finish and color intensity, normal width, 18″ or over in length, 85 percent uniform, and 15 percent injury tolerance.
C4M | Fair Mixed Color Lugs.
Medium to tissuey body, mature to ripe, firm to open, wavy to even, dull finish, weak color intensity, narrow to normal width, 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
C5M | Low Mixed Color Lugs.
Medium to tissuey body, mature to ripe, firm to open, wavy, dingy finish pale color intensity, narrow, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
C3V | Good Greenish Lugs.
Medium to thin body, underripe open, even, clear finish, normal width 18″ or over in length, 85 percent uniform, and 15 percent injury tolerance.
C4V | Fair Greenish Lugs.
Medium to thin body, underripe, firm to open, wavy to even, moderate finish, narrow to normal width, 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
C5V | Low Greenish Lugs.
Medium to thin body, underripe firm to open, wavy, dull finish, narrow, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
C4G | Fair Green Lugs.
Medium body, immature, close to firm, wavy to even, moderate finish, narrow to normal width, 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
C5G | Low Green Lugs.
Medium body, immature, close to firm, wavy, dull finish, narrow, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959, as amended at 35 FR 10490, June 27, 1970; 49 FR 16758, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3153 Leaf (B Group).
This group consists of leaves normally grown above the midpoint of the stalk. Cured leaves from the upper stalk position have a tendency to fold, concealing the face of the leaf and exposing the stem or midrib. These leaves have a pointed tip and generally are medium to heavy in body. They are narrower in relation to their length than corresponding qualities of the C Group.
Grades | Grade names and specifications
B1F | Choice Tan Leaf.
Medium body, ripe, open, smooth, clear finish, deep color intensity, spready, 20″ or over in length, 95 percent uniform, and 5 percent injury tolerance.
B2F | Fine Tan Leaf.
Medium body ripe, open, even, clear finish, deep color intensity, spready, 20″ or over in length, 90 percent uniform, and 10 percent injury tolerance.
B3F | Good Tan Leaf.
Medium body, mature to ripe, firm to open, wavy to even, moderate finish and color intensity, narrow to normal width, 18″ or over in length, 85 percent uniform, and 15 percent injury tolerance.
B4F | Fair Tan Leaf.
Medium body, mature, firm, wavy, dull finish, weak color intensity, narrow, 16″ or over in length, 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
B5F | Low Tan Leaf.
Medium body, mature, firm, wrinkly, dingy finish, pale color intensity, stringy, 16″ or over in length, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
B2FL | Fine Tannish-buff Leaf.
Medium body, ripe, open, even, clear finish, strong color intensity, spready, 20” or over in length, 90 percent uniform, and 10 percent injury tolerance.
B3FL | Good Tannish-buff Leaf
Medium body, mature to ripe, firm to open, wavy to even, moderate finish and color intensity, narrow to normal width, 18” or over in length, 85 percent uniform, and 15 percent injury tolerance.
B4FL | Fair Tannish-buff Leaf.
Medium body, mature, firm, wavy, dull finish, weak color intensity, narrow, 16” or over in length, 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
B1FR | Choice Tannish-red Leaf.
Fleshy to medium body, ripe, open, smooth, clear finish, deep color intensity, spready, 20″ or over in length, 95 percent uniform, and 5 percent injury tolerance.
B2FR | Fine Tannish-red Leaf.
Fleshy to medium body, ripe, open, even, clear finish, strong color intensity, spready, 20″ or over in length, 90 percent uniform, and 10 percent injury tolerance.
B3FR | Good Tannish-red Leaf.
Fleshy to medium body, mature to ripe, firm to open, wavy to even, moderate finish and color intensity, narrow to normal width, 18″ or over in length, 85 percent uniform, and 15 percent injury tolerance.
B4FR | Fair Tannish-red Leaf.
Fleshy to medium body, mature firm, wavy, dull finish, weak color intensity, narrow, 16″ or over in length 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
B5FR | Low Tannish-red Leaf.
Fleshy to medium body, mature, firm, wrinkly, dingy finish, pale color intensity, stringy, 16″ or over in length, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
B1R | Choice Red Leaf.
Heavy to fleshy, ripe, firm to open, even, clear finish, deep color intensity, spready, 20″ or over in length 95 percent uniform, and 5 percent injury tolerance.
B2R | Fine Red Leaf.
Heavy to fleshy, ripe, firm to open wavy, clear finish, strong color intensity, spready, 20″ or over in length 90 percent uniform, and 10 percent injury tolerance.
B3R | Good Red Leaf.
Heavy to fleshy, mature to ripe, firm, wrinkly to wavy, moderate finish and color intensity, narrow to normal width, 18″ or over in length, 85 percent uniform, and 15 percent injury tolerance.
B4R | Fair Red Leaf.
Heavy to fleshy, mature, close to firm, wrinkly, dull finish, weak color intensity, narrow, 16″ or over in length, 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
B5R | Low red Leaf.
Heavy to fleshy, mature, close, rough, dingy finish, pale color intensity, stringy, 16″ or over in length, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
B4D | Fair Dark-red Leaf.
Heavy to fleshy, mature, close, wrinkly, dull finish, weak color intensity, narrow, 16″ or over in length, 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
B5D | Low Dark-red Leaf.
Heavy to fleshy, underripe to mature, solid, rough, dingy finish, pale color intensity, stringy, 16″ or over in length, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
B3K | Good Variegated Leaf.
Fleshy to medium body, mature to ripe, firm to open, wrinkly to wavy, narrow to normal width, 18″ or over in length, 85 percent uniform, and 15 percent injury tolerance.
B4K | Fair Variegated Leaf.
Fleshy, mature, close to firm, wrinkly, narrow, 16″ or over in length, 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
B5K | Low Variegated Leaf.
Heavy to fleshy, underripe to mature, solid to close, rough, stringy, 16″ or over in length, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
B2M | Fine Mixed Color Leaf.
Fleshy to medium body, ripe, open, even, clear finish, strong color intensity, 20” or over in length, 90 percent uniform, and 10 percent injury tolerance.
B3M | Good Mixed Color Leaf.
Fleshy to medium body, mature to ripe, firm to open, wavy to even, moderate finish and color intensity, narrow to normal width, 18″ or over in length, 85 percent uniform, and 15 percent injury tolerance.
B4M | Fair Mixed Color Leaf.
Fleshy to medium body, mature to ripe, firm to open, wavy, dull finish, weak color intensity, narrow, 16″ or over in length, 80 percent uniform and 20 percent injury tolerance.
B5M | Low Mixed Color Leaf.
Fleshy to medium body, underripe to mature, firm to open, wrinkly, dingy finish, pale color intensity stringy, 16″ or over in length, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
B3VF | Good Greenish-tan Leaf.
Medium body, underripe, firm to open, wavy to even, moderate finish, narrow to normal width, 18″ or over in length, 85 percent uniform, and 15 percent injury tolerance.
B4VF | Fair Greenish-tan Leaf.
Medium body, underripe, close to firm, wavy, dull finish, narrow, 16″ or over in length, 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
B5VF | Low Greenish-tan Leaf.
Medium body, underripe, close, wrinkly, dingy finish, stringy, 16″ or over in length, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
B3VR | Good Greenish-red Leaf.
Heavy to fleshy, underripe, firm, wrinkly to wavy, moderate finish, narrow to normal width, 18″ or over in length, 85 percent uniform, and 15 percent injury tolerance.
B4VR | Fair Greenish-red Leaf.
Heavy to fleshy, underripe, close to firm, wrinkly, dull finish, narrow, 16″ or over in length, 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
B5VR | Low Greenish-red Leaf.
Heavy to fleshy, underripe, close, rough, dingy finish, stringy, 16″ or over in length, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
B3GF | Good Green-tan Leaf.
Fleshy to medium body, immature, firm to open, wrinkly to wavy, moderate finish, narrow to normal width, 18″ or over in length, 85 percent uniform, and 15 percent injury tolerance.
B4GF | Fair Green-tan Leaf.
Fleshy to medium body, immature, close to firm, wrinkly, dull finish, narrow, 16″ or over in length, 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
B5GF | Low Green-tan Leaf.
Fleshy to medium body, immature, close, rough, dingy finish, stringy, 16″ or over in length, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
B3GR | Good Green-red Leaf.
Heavy to fleshy, immature, close to firm, wrinkly to wavy, moderate finish, narrow to formal width, 18″ or over in length, 85 percent uniform and 15 percent injury tolerance.
B4GR | Fair Green-red Leaf.
Heavy to fleshy, immature, solid to close, wrinkly, dull finish, narrow width, 16″ or over in length, 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
B5GR | Low Green-red Leaf.
Heavy to fleshy, immature, solid, rough, dingy finish, stringy, 16″ or over in length, 70 percent uniform and 30 percent injury tolerance.
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959, as amended at 49 FR 16758, Apr. 20, 1984; 51 FR 40407, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.3154 Tips (T Group).
This group consists of leaves usually grown at the top of the stalk. These relatively narrow and sharp-pointed leaves have the general characteristics of B-Group tobacco. Tips have a slightly lower degree of maturity and leaf structure than other leaves on the stalk. (See Rule 12.)
Grades | Grade names and specifications
T3F | Good Tan Tips.
Medium body, mature to ripe, firm to open, wavy to even, moderate finish and color intensity, narrow to normal width, under 16″ in length, 85 percent uniform, and 15 percent injury tolerance.
T4F | Fair Tan Tips.
Medium body, mature, firm, wavy dull finish, weak color intensity, narrow, under 16″ in length, 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
T5F | Low Tan Tips.
Medium body, mature, firm, wrinkly, dingy finish, pale color intensity, stringy, under 16″ in length, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
T3FR | Good Tannish-red Tips.
Fleshy to medium body, mature to ripe, firm to open, wavy to even, moderate finish and color intensity, narrow to normal width, under 16″ in length, 85 percent uniform, and 15 percent injury tolerance.
T4FR | Fair Tannish-red Tips.
Fleshy to medium body, mature, firm, wavy, dull finish, weak color intensity, narrow, under 16″ in length, 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
T5FR | Low Tannish-red Tips.
Fleshy to medium body, mature, firm, wrinkly, dingy finish, pale color intensity, stringy, under 16″ in length, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
T3R | Good Red Tips.
Heavy to fleshy, mature to ripe, firm, wrinkly to wavy, moderate finish and color intensity, narrow to normal width, under 16″ in length, 85 percent uniform, and 15 percent injury tolerance.
T4R | Fair Red Tips.
Heavy to fleshy, mature, close to firm, wrinkly, dull finish, weak color intensity, narrow, under 16″ in length, 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
T5R | Low Red Tips.
Heavy to fleshy, mature, close, rough, dingy finish, pale color intensity, stringy, under 16″ in length, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
T4D | Fair Dark-red Tips.
Heavy to fleshy, mature, close, wrinkly, dull finish, weak color intensity, narrow, under 16″ in length, 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
T5D | Low Dark-red Tips.
Heavy to fleshy, underripe to mature, solid, rough, dingy finish, pale color intensity, stringy, under 16″ in length, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
T4K | Fair Variegated Tips.
Fleshy, mature, close to firm, wrinkly, narrow, under 16″ in length, 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
T5K | Low Variegated Tips.
Heavy to fleshy, underripe to mature, solid to close, rough, stringy, under 16″ in length, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
T4VF | Fair Greenish-tan Tips.
Medium body, underripe, close to firm, wavy, dull finish, narrow, under 16″ in length, 80 percent uniform and 20 percent injury tolerance.
T5VF | Low Greenish-tan Tips.
Medium body, underripe, close, wrinkly, dingy finish, stringy, under 16″ in length, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
T4VR | Fair Greenish-red Tips.
Heavy to fleshy, underripe, close to firm, wrinkly, dull finish, narrow, under 16″ in length, 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
T5VR | Low Greenish-red Tips.
Heavy to fleshy, underripe, close, rough, dingy finish, stringy, under 16″ in length, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
T4GF | Fair Green-tan Tips.
Fleshy to medium body, immature, close to firm, wrinkly, dull finish, narrow, under 16″ in length, 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
T5GF | Low Green-tan Tips.
Fleshy to medium body, immature, close, rough, dingy finish, stringy, under 16″ in length, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
T4GR | Fair Green-red Tips.
Heavy to fleshy, immature, solid to close, wrinkly, dull finish, narrow, under 16″ in length, 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
T5GR | Low Green-red Tips.
Heavy to fleshy, immature, solid, rough, dingy finish, stringy, under 16″ in length, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959, as amended at 49 FR 16758, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3155 Mixed (M Group).
This group consists of tobacco of distinctly different groups which are mixed together in various combinations.
Grades | Grade names and specifications
M3F | Good Light Mixed.
General quality of X3, C3, B3, T3, medium to tissuey body, light general color, under 20 percent greenish, and 15 percent injury tolerance.
M4F | Fair Light Mixed.
General quality of X4, C4, B4, T4, medium to tissuey body, light general color under 20 percent greenish, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
M5F | Low Light Mixed.
General quality of X5, C5, B5, T5, medium to tissuey body, light general color, under 20 percent greenish, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
M3FR | Good Dark Mixed.
General quality of X3, C3, B3, T3, heavy to medium body, dark general color, under 20 percent greenish, and 15 percent injury tolerance.
M4FR | Fair Dark Mixed.
General quality of X4, C4, B4, T4, heavy to medium body, dark general color, under 20 percent greenish, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
M5FR | Low Dark Mixed.
General quality of X5, C5, B5, T5, heavy to medium body, dark general color, under 20 percent greenish, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
M4K | Fair Variegated Mixed.
General quality of X4, C4, B4, T4, fleshy to thin body, under 20 percent greenish, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
M5K | Low Variegated Mixed.
General quality of X5, C5, B5, T5, fleshy to thin body, under 20 percent greenish, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
M4G | Fair Green Mixed. General quality of X4, C4, B4, and T4, heavy to tissuey body, immature, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
M5G | Low Green Mixed. General quality of X5, C5, B5, and T5, heavy to tissuey body, immature, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
[35 FR 10490, June 27, 1970, as amended at 49 FR 16758, Apr. 20, 1984; 51 FR 40407, Nov. 7, 1986; 55 FR 40645, Oct. 4, 1990]
§ 29.3156 Nondescript (N Group).
Extremely common tobacco which does not meet the minimum specifications or which exceeds the tolerance of the lowest grade of any other group.
Grades | Grade names and specifications
N1L | First Quality Light Colored Nondescript
Thin to tissuey body and 60 percent injury tolerance.
N1F | First Quality Medium Colored Nondescript
Fleshy to medium body and 60 percent injury tolerance.
N1R | First Quality Dark Colored Nondescript
Heavy to fleshy body and 60 percent injury tolerance.
N1G | First Quality Crude Green Nondescript
60 percent crude leaves or injury tolerance.
N2L | Second Quality Light to Medium Colored Nondescript
Medium to tissuey body and over 60 percent injury tolerance.
N2R | Second Quality Medium to Dark Colored Nondescript
Heavy to medium body and over 60 percent injury tolerance.
N2G | Second Quality Crude Green Nondescript
Over 60 percent crude leaves or injury tolerance.
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959, as amended at 49 FR 16758, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3157 Scrap (S Group).
A by-product of unstemmed and stemmed tobacco. Scrap accumulates from handling tobacco in farm buildings, warehouses, packing and conditioning plants, and stemmeries.
Grades | Grade names and specifications
S | Scrap.
Loose, tangled, whole, or broken unstemmed leaves, or web portions of tobacco leaves reduced to scrap by any process.
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959, as amended at 49 FR 16758, Apr. 20, 1984]
197 summary of standard grades
§ 29.3181 Summary of standard grades.
14 Grades of Flying
X1L | X5L | X4F | X4G
X2L | X1F | X5F | X5G
X3L | X2F | X4M
X4L | X3F | X5M
21 Grades of Lugs or Cutters
C1L | C2F | C5K | C5V
C2L | C3F | C3M | C4G
C3L | C4F | C4M | C5G
C4L | C5F | C5M
C5L | C3K | C3V
C1F | C4K | C4V
39 Grades of Leaf
B1F | B3FR | B3K | B3VR
B2F | B4FR | B4K | B4VR
B3F | B5FR | B5K | B5VR
B4F | B1R | B2M | B3GF
B5F | B2R | B3M | B4GF
B2FL | B3R | B4M | B5GF
B3FL | B4R | B5M | B3GR
B4FL | B5R | B3VF | B4GR
B1FR | B4D | B4VF | B5GR
B2FR | B5D | B5VF
21 Grades of Tips
T3F | T3R | T5K | T5GF
T4F | T4R | T4VF | T4GR
T5F | T5R | T5VF | T5GR
T3FR | T4D | T4VR
T4FR | T5D | T5VR
T5FR | T4K | T4GF
8 Grades of Mixed Group
M3F | M5F | M4FR | M4K
M4F | M3FR | M5FR | M5K
7 Grades of Nondescript
N1L | N1R | N2L | N2G
N1F | N1G | N2R
1 Grade of Scrap
S
Special factors “U”, “W” and “S” may be applied to all grades. Tobacco not covered by the standard grades is designated by No-G or No-G-Nested.
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959, as amended at 35 FR 10490, June 27, 1970; 47 FR 51722, Nov. 17, 1982; 49 FR 16758, Apr. 20, 1984; 51 FR 40407, Nov. 7, 1986]
198 Key to Standard Grademarks
§ 29.3182 Key to standard grademarks.
Groups X—Flyings. C—Lugs or Cutters B—Leaf. T—Tips. M—Mixed. N—Nondescript. S—Scrap. Qualities 1—Choice. 2—Fine. 3—Good. 4—Fair. 5—Low. Colors L—Buff. F—Tan. FL—Tannish buff. FR—Tannish red. R—Red. D—Dark red. K—Variegated. M—Mixed. V—Greenish. VF—Greenish tan. VR—Greenish red. G—Green. GF—Green tan. GR—Green red.
[24 FR 8771, Oct. 29, 1959, as amended at 51 FR 40407, Nov. 7, 1986]
199 Official Standard Grades for Dark Air-Cured Tobacco (U.S. Types 35, 36, 37 and Foreign Type 95)
Authority: Sections 29.3501 to 29.3686 issued under 7 U.S.C. 511m and 511r.
Source: Sections 29.3501 through 29.3686 appear at 30 FR 9207, July 23, 1965, unless otherwise noted.
200 definitions
§ 29.3501 Definitions.
As used in §§ 29.3501 to 29.3686, the words and phrases hereinafter defined shall have the indicated meanings so assigned.
§ 29.3502 Air-cured.
Tobacco cured under natural atmospheric conditions without the use of fire, except for the purpose of preventing pole-burn in damp weather.
§ 29.3503 Air-dried.
The condition of unfermented tobacco as customarily prepared for storage under natural atmospheric conditions.
§ 29.3504 Body.
The thickness and density of a leaf or the weight per unit of surface. (See Elements of Quality, § 29.3586.)
§ 29.3505 Brown colors.
A group of colors ranging from a light brown to a dark brown. These colors vary from medium to low saturation and from medium to very low brillance. As used in these standards, the colors are expressed as light brown (L), medium brown (F), reddish brown (R), and dark brown (D).
§ 29.3506 Class.
A major division of tobacco based on method of cure or principal usage.
§ 29.3507 Clean.
Tobacco is described as clean when it contains only a normal amount of sand or soil particles. Leaves grown on the lower portion of the stalk normally contain more dirt or sand than those from higher stalk positions. (See Rule 4, § 29.3605.)
§ 29.3508 Color.
The third factor of a grade based on the relative hues, saturations or chromas, and color values common to the type.
§ 29.3509 Color intensity.
The varying degree of saturation or chroma. Color intensity as applied to tobacco describes the strength or weakness of a specific color or hue. It is applicable to all colors except green. (See Elements of Quality, § 29.3586.)
§ 29.3510 Color symbols.
As applied to Dark Air-cured tobacco, color symbols are L—light brown, F—medium brown, R—reddish brown, D—dark brown, M—mixed, and G—green.
§ 29.3511 Condition.
The state of tobacco which results from the method of preparation or from the degree of fermentation. Words used to describe the condition of tobacco are: Undried, air-dried, steam-dried, sweating, sweated, and aged.
§ 29.3512 Crude.
A subdegree of maturity. Crude leaves are usually hard and slick as a result of extreme immaturity. A similar condition may result from firekill, sunburn, or sunscald. Any leaf which is crude to the extent of 20 percent or more of its leaf surface may be described as crude. (See Rule 20, § 29.3621.)
§ 29.3513 Cured.
Tobacco dried of its sap by either natural or artificial processes.
§ 29.3514 Damage.
The effect of mold, must, rot, black rot, or other fungus or bacterial diseases which attack tobacco in its cured state. Tobacco having the odor of mold, must, or rot is considered damaged. (See Rule 24, § 29.3625.)
§ 29.3515 Dirty.
The state of tobacco containing an abnormal amount of dirt or sand, or tobacco to which additional quantities of dirt or sand have been added. (See Rule 24, § 29.3625.)
§ 29.3516 Elasticity.
The flexible, springy nature of the tobacco leaf to recover approximately its original size and shape after it has been stretched. (See Elements of Quality, § 29.3586.)
§ 29.3517 Finish.
The reflectance factor in color perception. Finish indicates the sheen or shine of the surface of a tobacco leaf. (See Elements of Quality, § 29.3586.)
§ 29.3518 Foreign matter.
Any extraneous substance or material such as stalks, suckers, straw, strings, and rubber bands. Abnormal amounts of dirt or sand are also included. (See Rule 24, § 29.3625.)
§ 29.3519 Form.
The stage of preparation of tobacco such as unstemmed or stemmed.
§ 29.3520 Grade.
A subdivision of a type according to group, quality, and color.
§ 29.3521 Grademark.
A grademark normally consists of three symbols which indicate group, quality, and color. A letter is used to indicate group, a number to indicate quality, and a letter or letters to indicate color. For example, B3D means Heavy Leaf, third quality, and dark-brown color.
§ 29.3522 Green (G).
A term applied to green-colored, immature, or crude tobacco. Any leaf which has a green color affecting 20 percent or more of its leaf surface may be described as green. (See Rule 19, § 29.3620.)
§ 29.3523 Group.
A division of a type covering closely related grades based on certain characteristics which are related to stalk position, body, or the general quality of the tobacco. Groups in Dark Air-cured types are: Wrappers (A), Heavy Leaf (B), Thin Leaf (C), Lugs (X), Nondescript (N), and Scrap (S).
[51 FR 40408, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.3524 Injury.
Hurt or impairment from any cause except the fungus or bacterial diseases which attack tobacco in its cured state. (See definition of Damage, § 29.3514.) Injury to tobacco may be caused by field diseases, insects, or weather conditions; insecticides, fungicides, or cell growth inhibitors; nutritional deficiencies or cesses; or improper fertilizing, harvesting, curing, or handling. Injured tobacco includes dead, burned, hail-cut torn, broken, frostbitten, sunburned, sunscalded, scorched, fire-killed, bulk-burnt, steam-burnt, house-burnt bleached, bruised, discolored, or deformed leaves; or tobacco affected by wildfire rust, frogeye, mosaic, root rot, wilt, black shank, or other diseases. (See Rule 15, § 29.3616.)
§ 29.3525 Leaf.
Whole, unstemmed leaf. Leaf, when applied to tobacco in strip form, shall describe the divided unit of a whole leaf.
[49 FR 16759, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3526 Leaf scrap.
A byproduct of unstemmed tobacco Leaf scrap results from handling unstemmed tobacco and consists of loose and tangled whole or broken leaves.
[30 FR 9207, July 23, 1965. Redesignated at 49 FR 16759, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3527 Leaf structure.
The cell development of a leaf as indicated by its porosity. (See Elements of Quality, § 29.3586.)
[30 FR 9207, July 23, 1965. Redesignated at 49 FR 16759, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3528 Leaf surface.
The roughness or smoothness of the web or lamina of a tobacco leaf. Leaf surface is affected to some extent by the size and shrinkage of the veins or fibers (See Elements of Quality, § 29.3586.)
[30 FR 9207, July 23, 1965. Redesignated at 49 FR 16759, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3529 Length.
The linear measurement of cured tobacco leaves from the butt of the midrib to the extreme tip. (See Standard Tobacco Sizes, § 29.3591.)
[51 FR 40408, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.3530 Lot.
A pile, basket, bulk, or more than one bale, case, hogshead, tierce, package, or other definite package unit.
[30 FR 9207, July 23, 1965. Redesignated at 49 FR 16759, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3531 Maturity.
The degree of ripeness. (See Elements of Quality, § 29.3586, and Rule 16, § 29.3617.)
[30 FR 9207, July 23, 1965. Redesignated at 49 FR 16759, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3532 Mixed (M).
Variegated or distinctly different colors of the type mingled together. (See Rules 17, § 29.3618; 18, § 29.3619.)
[30 FR 9207, July 23, 1965. Redesignated at 49 FR 16759, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3533 Nested.
Any lot of Types 35, 36 and 37 tobacco which has been loaded, packed, or arranged to conceal foreign matter or tobacco of inferior grade, quality, or condition. Nested includes:
(a) Any lot of tobacco which contains foreign matter or damaged, injured, tangled, or other inferior tobacco, any of which cannot be readily detected upon inspection because of the way the lot is packed or arranged; (b) any lot of tied tobacco which contains foreign matter in the inner portions of the hands or which contains foreign matter in the heads under the tie leaves; (c) any lot of tied tobacco in which the leaves on the outside of the hands are placed or arranged to conceal inferior quality leaves on the inside of the hands or which contains wet tobacco or tobacco of lower quality in the heads under the tie leaves; and (d) any lot of tobacco which consists of distinctly different grades, qualities, or conditions and which is stacked or arranged in layers with the same kinds together so that the tobacco in the lower layer or layers is distinctly inferior in grade, quality, or condition from the tobacco in the top or upper layers. (See Rule 24, § 29.3625.)
[30 FR 9207, July 23, 1965. Redesignated and amended at 49 FR 16759, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3534 No grade.
A designation applied to a lot of tobacco classified as nested, offtype, rework, or semicured; tobacco that is damaged 20 percent or more, abnormally dirty, extremely wet or watered, contains foreign matter, or has an odor foreign to the type. (See Rule 24, § 29.3625.)
[30 FR 9207, July 23, 1965. Redesignated at 49 FR 16759, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3535 Offtype.
Tobacco of distinctly different characteristics which cannot be classified as Dark Air-cured, U.S. Type 35, 36, 37, or Foreign Type 95. (See Rule 24, § 29.3625.)
[30 FR 9207, July 23, 1965. Redesignated and amended at 49 FR 16759, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3536 Order (case).
The state of tobacco with respect to its moisture content.
[30 FR 9207, July 23, 1965. Redesignated at 49 FR 16759, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3537 Package.
A hogshead, tierce, case, bale, or other securely enclosed parcel or bundle.
[30 FR 9207, July 23, 1965. Redesignated at 49 FR 16759, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3538 Packing.
A lot of tobacco consisting of a number of packages submitted as one definite unit for sampling or inspecting. It is represented to contain the same kind of tobacco and has a common identification number or mark on each package.
[30 FR 9207, July 23, 1965. Redesignated at 49 FR 16759, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3539 Quality.
A division of a group or the second factor of a grade based on the relative degree of one or more elements of quality in tobacco.
[30 FR 9207, July 23, 1965. Redesignated at 49 FR 16759, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3540 Raw.
Freshly harvested tobacco or tobacco as it appears between the time of harvesting and the beginning of the curing process.
[30 FR 9207, July 23, 1965. Redesignated at 49 FR 16759, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3541 Resweated.
The condition of tobacco which has passed through a second fermentation under abnormally high temperatures or refermented with a relatively high percentage of moisture. Resweated includes tobacco which has been dipped or reconditioned after its first fermentation and put through a forced or artificial sweat.
[30 FR 9207, July 23, 1965. Redesignated at 49 FR 16759, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3542 Rework.
Any lot of Types 35, 36, and 37 tobacco which needs to be resorted or otherwise reworked to prepare it properly for market in the manner which is customary in the type area, including:
(a) Tobacco which is so mixed that it cannot be classified properly in any grade of the type, because the lot contains a substantial quantity of two or more distinctly different grades which should be separated by sorting;
(b) Tobacco which contains an abnormally large quantity of foreign matter or an unusual number of muddy or extremely dirty leaves which should be removed; and
(c) Tobacco not tied in hands, not packed straight, not properly tied, or otherwise not properly prepared for market. (See Rule 24, § 29.3625.)
[30 FR 9207, July 23, 1965. Redesignated and amended at 49 FR 16759, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3543 Semicured.
Tobacco in the process of being cured or which is partially but not thoroughly cured. Semicured includes tobacco which contains fat stems, wet butts, swelled stems, frozen tobacco, and tobacco having frozen stems or stems that have not been thoroughly dried in the curing process. (See Rule 24, § 29.3625.)
[30 FR 9207, July 23, 1965. Redesignated at 49 FR 16759, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3544 Side.
A certain phase of quality, color, or length as contrasted with some other phase of quality, color, or length; or any peculiar characteristic of tobacco.
[30 FR 9207, July 23, 1965. Redesignated at 49 FR 16759, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3545 Size.
The length of tobacco leaves. Size does not apply to tobacco in strip form. (See Standard Tobacco Sizes § 29.3591.)
[51 FR 40408, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.3546 Sound.
Free of damage.
[30 FR 9207, July 23, 1965. Redesignated at 49 FR 16759, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3547 Special factor.
A symbol or term authorized to designate a peculiar side or characteristic which tends to modify a grade. (See Rules 21, § 29.3622; 22, § 29.3623; 23, § 29.3624.)
[30 FR 9207, July 23, 1965. Redesignated at 49 FR 16759, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3548 Steam-dried.
The condition of unfermented tobacco as customarily prepared for storage by means of a redrying machine or other steam-conditioning equipment.
[30 FR 9207, July 23, 1965. Redesignated at 49 FR 16759, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3549 Stem.
The midrib or large central vein of a tobacco leaf.
[30 FR 9207, July 23, 1965. Redesignated at 49 FR 16759, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3550 Stemmed.
A form of tobacco, including strips and strip scrap, from which the stems or midribs have been removed.
[30 FR 9207, July 23, 1965. Redesignated at 49 FR 16759, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3551 Strips.
The sides of a tobacco leaf from which the stem has been removed or a lot of tobacco composed of strips.
[30 FR 9207, July 23, 1965. Redesignated at 49 FR 16759, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3552 Subgrade.
Any grade modified by a special factor symbol.
[30 FR 9207, July 23, 1965. Redesignated at 49 FR 16759, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3553 Sweated.
The condition of tobacco which has passed through one or more fermentations natural to tobacco packed with a normal percentage of moisture. This condition is sometimes described as aged.
[30 FR 9207, July 23, 1965. Redesignated at 49 FR 16759, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3554 Sweating.
The condition of tobacco in the process of fermentation.
[30 FR 9207, July 23, 1965. Redesignated at 49 FR 16759, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3555 Tobacco.
Tobacco as it appears between the time it is cured and stripped from the stalk, or primed and cured, and the time it enters into the different manufacturing processes. The acts of stemming, threshing, sweating, and conditioning are not regarded as manufacturing processes. Tobacco, as used in these standards, does not include manufactured or semimanufactured products, stems, cuttings, clippings, trimmings, siftings, or dust.
[30 FR 9207, July 23, 1965. Redesignated and amended at 49 FR 16759, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3556 Tobacco products.
Manufactured tobacco, including cigarettes, cigars, smoking tobacco, chewing tobacco, and snuff, which is subject to Internal Revenue tax.
[30 FR 9207, July 23, 1965. Redesignated at 49 FR 16759, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3557 Type.
A division of a class of tobacco having certain common characteristics and closely related grades. Tobacco which has the same characteristics and corresponding qualities, colors, and lengths is classified as one type, regardless of any factors of historical or geographical nature which cannot be determined by an examination of the tobacco.
[30 FR 9207, July 23, 1965. Redesignated at 49 FR 16759, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3558 Type 35.
That type of air-cured tobacco commonly known as One Sucker Air-cured, Kentucky-Tennessee-Indiana One Sucker, or Dark Air-cured One Sucker, including the upper Cumberland District One Sucker, and produced principally in northern Tennessee, south central Kentucky, and southern Indiana.
[30 FR 9207, July 23, 1965. Redesignated at 49 FR 16759, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3559 Type 36.
That type of air-cured tobacco commonly known as Green River, Green River Air-cured, or Dark Air-cured of the Henderson and Owensboro Districts, and produced principally in the Green River section of Kentucky.
[30 FR 9207, July 23, 1965. Redesignated at 49 FR 16759, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3560 Type 37.
That type of air-cured or sun-cured tobacco commonly known as Virginia Sun-cured, Virginia Sun and Air-cured, or Dark Air-cured of Virginia, and produced principally in the central section of Virginia north of the James River.
[30 FR 9207, July 23, 1965. Redesignated at 49 FR 16759, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3561 Type 95.
That type of air-cured tobacco commonly known as Foreign-grown Dark Air-cured produced in countries other than the United States.
[49 FR 16759, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3562 Undried.
The condition of unfermented tobacco which has not been air-dried or steam-dried.
[30 FR 9207, July 23, 1965. Redesignated at 49 FR 16759, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3563 Uniformity.
An element of quality which describes the consistency of a lot of tobacco as it is prepared for market. Uniformity is expressed in grade specifications as a percentage. The percentage is applicable to group, quality, and color. (See Rule 14, § 29.3615.)
[30 FR 9207, July 23, 1965. Redesignated at 49 FR 16759, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3564 Unsound (U).
Damaged under 20 percent. (See Rule 21, § 29.3622.)
[30 FR 9207, July 23, 1965. Redesignated at 49 FR 16759, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3565 Unstemmed.
A form of tobacco, including whole leaf and leaf scrap, from which the stems or midribs have not been removed.
[30 FR 9207, July 23, 1965. Redesignated at 49 FR 16759, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3566 Variegated.
Any leaf of which 20 percent or more of its leaf surface is off brown, grayish, mottled, or bleached and does not blend with the normal colors of the type. (See Rules 17, § 29.3618; 18, § 29.3619.)
[30 FR 9207, July 23, 1965. Redesignated at 49 FR 16759, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3567 Wet (W).
Any sound tobacco containing excessive moisture to the extent that it is in unsafe- or doubtful-keeping order. Wet applies to any tobacco which is not damaged but which is likely to damage if treated in the customary manner. (See Rule 22, § 29.3623.) (For extremely wet or watered tobacco, see rule 24, § 29.3625.)
[30 FR 9207, July 23, 1965. Redesignated at 49 FR 16759, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3568 Width.
The relative breadth of a tobacco leaf expressed in relation to its length. Width, as an element of quality, does not apply to tobacco in strip form. (See Elements of Quality, § 29.3586.)
[30 FR 9207, July 23, 1965. Redesignated and amended at 49 FR 16759, Apr. 20, 1984]
201 elements of quality
§ 29.3586 Elements of quality and degrees of each element.
These standardized words or terms are used to describe tobacco quality and to assist in interpreting grade specifications. Tobacco attributes or characteristics which constitute quality are designated as elements of quality. The range within each element is expressed by the use of words or terms designated as degrees. These several degrees are arranged to show their relative value, but the actual value of each degree varies with type, group, and grade.
Elements | Degrees
Maturity | Immature | Underripe | Mature | Ripe.
Body | Thin | Medium | Heavy.
Leaf structure | Close | Firm | Open.
Leaf surface | Rough | Crepy | Smooth.
Oil | Lean | Oily | Rich.
Finish | Dull | Normal | Clear.
Color intensity | Pale | Moderate | Deep.
Elasticity | Inelastic | Semielastic | Elastic.
Width | Narrow | Normal | Spready.
Uniformity | ( 1) | ( 1) | ( 1).
Injury tolerance | ( 1) | ( 1) | ( 1).
1 Expressed in percentage.
202 sizes
§ 29.3591 Standard tobacco sizes. 1
Inches | Sizes
12-20 | 1
20-28 | 2
Over 28 | 3
1 The application of sizes is governed by the major portion of the lot or package.
[51 FR 40408, Nov. 7, 1986]
203 rules
§ 29.3601 Rules.
The application of §§ 29.3501 to 29.3568, § 29.3591, §§ 29.3646 to 29.3648, §§ 29.3650 to 29.3652 and 29.3681 shall be in accordance with the following rules.
[51 FR 40408, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.3602 Rule 1.
Each grade shall be treated as a subdivision of a particular type. When the grade is stated in an inspection certificate, the type also shall be stated.
§ 29.3603 Rule 2.
The determination of a grade shall be based upon a thorough examination of a lot of tobacco or of an official sample of the lot.
§ 29.3604 Rule 3.
In drawing an official sample from a hogshead or other package of tobacco, three or more breaks shall be made at such points and in such manner as the inspector or sampler may find necessary to determine the kinds of tobacco and the percentage of each kind contained in the lot. All breaks shall be made so that the tobacco contained in the center of the package is visible to the sampler. Tobacco shall be drawn from at least three breaks from which a representative sample shall be selected. The sample shall include tobacco of each different group, quality, color, length, and kind found in the lot in proportion to the quantities of each contained in the lot.
[30 FR 9207, July 23, 1965, as amended at 49 FR 16759, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3605 Rule 4.
All standard grades must be clean.
§ 29.3606 Rule 5.
The grade assigned to any lot of tobacco shall be a true representation of the tobacco at the time of inspection and certification. If, at any time, it is found that a lot of tobacco does not comply with the specifications of the grade previously assigned it shall not thereafter be represented as such grade.
§ 29.3607 Rule 6.
A lot of tobacco on the marginal line between two colors shall be placed in the color with which it best corresponds with respect to body or other associated elements of quality.
§ 29.3608 Rule 7.
Any lot of tobacco which meets the specifications of two grades shall be placed in the higher grade. Any lot of tobacco on the marginal line between two grades shall be placed in the lower grade.
§ 29.3609 Rule 8.
A lot of tobacco meets the specifications of a grade when it is not lower in any degree of any element of quality than the minimum specifications of such grade.
§ 29.3610 Rule 9.
In determining the grade of a lot of tobacco, the lot as a whole shall be considered. Minor irregularities which do not affect over one percent of the tobacco shall be overlooked.
§ 29.3611 Rule 10.
Any special factor approved by the Director of the Tobacco Division, Agricultural Marketing Service, may be used to show a peculiar side or characteristic of the tobacco which tends to modify the grade.
[30 FR 9207, July 23, 1965, as amended at 49 FR 16759, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3612 Rule 11.
Interpretations, the use of specifications, and the meaning of the terms shall be in accordance with determinations or clarifications made by the Chief of the Standards and Testing Branch and approved by the Director.
§ 29.3613 Rule 12.
The use of any grade may be restricted by the Director during any marketing season, when it is found that the grade is not needed or appears in insufficient volume to justify its use.
§ 29.3614 Rule 13.
Length shall be stated in connection with each grade of the A, B, and C groups, except strip grades, and may be stated in connection with grades of other groups. For this purpose, the standard tobacco sizes shall be used. (See Applicable Standard Sizes, § 29.3681.)
[51 FR 40408, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.3615 Rule 14.
Degrees of uniformity shall be expressed in terms of percentages. The percentages shall govern the portion of a lot which must meet the specifications of the grade. The minor portion must be closely related but may be of a different group, quality, and color from the major portion. These percentages shall not affect limitations established by other rules.
§ 29.3616 Rule 15.
The application of injury as an element of quality shall be expressed in terms of a percentage of tolerance. The appraisal of injury shall be based upon the percentage of affected leaf surface or the degree of injury. In appraising injury, consideration shall be given to the normal characteristics of the group as related to injury.
§ 29.3617 Rule 16.
Normal injury associated with ripeness shall be excluded from injury tolerance except when such injury is considered detrimental to the quality of the tobacco.
§ 29.3618 Rule 17.
Any lot of tobacco which is not green but contains over 30 percent of variegated leaves shall be described as “variegated” and designated by the color symbol “M.” Variegated leaves may be included in any group to the following extent: In the third quality, 10 percent; in the fourth quality, 20 percent; and in the fifth quality, 30 percent.
§ 29.3619 Rule 18.
Any lot of tobacco of the B, C, or X groups shall be classified as “mixed” and designated by the color symbol “M” when it is not green but contains (a) over 30 percent of colors distinctly different from the major color or (b) over 30 percent of a combination of variegated and colors distinctly different from the major color mingled together.
[51 FR 40408, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.3620 Rule 19.
Any lot of tobacco containing 20 percent or more of green leaves or any lot which is not crude but contains 20 percent or more of green and crude combined shall be designated by the color symbol “G.”
§ 29.3621 Rule 20.
Crude leaves shall not be included in any grade of any color except the fourth and fifth qualities of the B, C, and X groups in green color. Any lot containing 20 percent or more of crude leaves shall be designated as Nondescript.
[51 FR 40408, Nov. 7, 1986]
§ 29.3622 Rule 21.
Tobacco damaged under 20 percent but which otherwise meets the specifications of a grade shall be treated as a subgrade by placing the special factor “U” after the grademark. Tobacco damaged 20 percent or more shall be designated “No-G.”
§ 29.3623 Rule 22.
Sound tobacco that is wet or in doubtful-keeping order but which otherwise meets the specifications of a grade shall be treated as a subgrade by placing the special factor “W” after the grademark. This special factor does not apply to tobacco designated “No-G.”
§ 29.3624 Rule 23.
Special factors “BH” (big heads) and “BL” (broad leaf) shall be used as follows: “BH” in types 35 and 36 to designate tobacco tied in extremely big hands and “BL” in type 35 to designate broad leaf tobacco.
§ 29.3625 Rule 24.
Tobacco shall be designated as No Grade, using the grademark “No-G,” when it is dirty, nested, offtype, semicured, damaged 20 percent or more, extremely wet or watered, or when it needs to be reworked, contains foreign matter, or has an odor foreign to the type.
§ 29.3626 Rule 25.
Tobacco in strip form which otherwise meets the specifications of a grade shall be treated as a subgrade by placing the special factor “S” preceding the grademark.
[49 FR 16759, Apr. 20, 1984]
204 grades
§ 29.3646 Wrappers (A Group).
This group consists of leaves from the Heavy Leaf and the Thin Leaf groups. Cured leaves of the A group are very elastic, have small- to medium-sized and blending fibers, and show a low percentage of injury affecting wrapper yield.
Grades | Grade names, minimum specifications, and tolerances
A1F | Choice Quality Medium-brown Wrappers.
Ripe, medium body, open leaf structure, smooth, rich in oil, clear finish, deep color intensity elastic, spready, and 20 percent of leaves not lower than B2 or C2.
A2F | Fine Quality Medium-brown Wrappers
Ripe, medium body, open leaf structure, smooth, rich in oil, clear finish, deep color intensity, elastic, spready and 30 percent of leaves not lower than B2 or C2.
A3F | Good Quality Medium-brown Wrappers.
Ripe, medium body, open leaf structure, smooth, oily, clear finish, deep color intensity, elastic, normal width, and 40 percent of leaves not lower than B3 or C3.
A1R | Choice Quality Reddish-brown Wrappers.
Ripe, medium body, open leaf structure, smooth, rich in oil, clear finish, deep color intensity, elastic, spready, and 20 percent of leaves not lower than B2 or C2.
A2R | Fine Quality Reddish-brown Wrappers.
Ripe, medium body, open leaf structure, smooth, rich in oil, clear finish, deep color intensity, elastic, spready and 30 percent of leaves not lower than B2 or C2.
A3R | Good Quality Reddish-brown Wrappers.
Ripe, medium body, open leaf structure, smooth, oily, clear finish, deep color intensity, elastic, normal width, and 40 percent of leaves not lower than B3 or C3.
[30 FR 9207, July 23, 1965, as amended at 49 FR 16759, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3647 Heavy Leaf (B Group).
This group consists of leaves which are medium to heavy in body and show little or no ground injury.
Grades | Grade names, minimum specifications, and tolerances
B1F | Choice Quality Medium-brown Heavy Leaf.
Ripe medium body, open leaf structure, smooth, rich in oil, clear finish, deep color intensity, semielastic, spready, 90 percent uniform, and 10 percent injury tolerance.
B2F | Fine Quality Medium-brown Heavy Leaf.
Ripe, medium body, open leaf structure, smooth, rich in oil, clear finish, deep color intensity, semielastic, spready, 85 percent uniform, and 15 percent injury tolerance.
B3F | Good Quality Medium-brown Heavy Leaf.
Mature, medium body, firm leaf structure, crepy, oily, normal finish, moderate color intensity, semielastic, normal width 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury toleance.
B4F | Fair Quality Medium-brown Heavy Leaf.
Mature, medium body, close leaf structure, rough, lean in oil, dull finish, pale color intensity, inelastic, narrow, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
B5F | Low Quality Medium-brown Heavy Leaf.
Underripe, medium body, close leaf structure, rough, lean in oil, dull finish, pale color intensity, inelastic, narrow, 60 percent uniform, and 40 percent injury tolerance.
B1R | Choice Quality Reddish-brown Heavy Leaf.
Ripe, heavy, open leaf structure, smooth, rich in oil, clear finish, deep color intensity, semielastic, spready, 90 percent uniform, and 10 percent injury tolerance.
B2R | Fine Quality Reddish-brown Heavy Leaf.
Ripe, heavy, open leaf structure, smooth, rich in oil, clear finish, deep color intensity, semi-elastic, spready, 85 percent uniform, and 15 percent injury tolerance.
B3R | Good Quality Reddish-brown Heavy Leaf.
Mature, heavy, firm leaf structure, crepy, oily, normal finish, moderate color intensity, semielastic, normal width, 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
B4R | Fair Quality Reddish-brown Heavy Leaf.
Mature, heavy, close leaf structure, rough, lean in oil, dull finish, pale color intensity, inelastic, narrow, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
B5R | Low Quality Reddish-brown Heavy Leaf.
Underripe, heavy, close leaf structure, rough, lean in oil, dull finish, pale color intensity, inelastic, narrow, 60 percent uniform, and 40 percent injury tolerance.
B1D | Choice Quality Dark-brown Heavy Leaf.
Ripe, heavy, open leaf structure, smooth, rich in oil, normal finish, deep color intensity, semi-elastic, spready, 90 percent uniform, and 10 percent injury tolerance.
B2D | Fine Quality Dark-brown Heavy Leaf.
Ripe, heavy, open leaf structure, smooth, rich in oil, normal finish, deep color intensity, semielastic, spready 85 percent uniform, and 15 percent injury tolerance.
B3D | Good Quality Dark-brown Heavy Leaf.
Mature, heavy, firm leaf structure, crepy, oily, normal finish, moderate color intensity, semielastic, normal width, 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
B4D | Fair Quality Dark-brown Heavy Leaf.
Mature, heavy, close leaf structure, rough, lean in oil, dull finish, pale color intensity, inelastic, narrow, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
B5D | Low Quality Dark-brown Heavy Leaf.
Underripe, heavy, close leaf structure, rough, lean in oil, dull finish, pale color intensity, inelastic, narrow, 60 percent uniform, and 40 percent injury tolerance.
B3M | Good Quality Mixed Heavy Leaf.
Mature, medium body, firm leaf structure, crepy, oily, normal finish, moderate color intensity, semielastic, normal width, 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
B4M | Fair Quality Mixed Heavy Leaf.
Mature, medium body, close leaf structure, rough, lean in oil, dull finish, pale color intensity, inelastic, narrow, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
B5M | Low Quality Mixed Heavy Leaf.
Underripe, medium body, close leaf structure, rough, lean in oil, dull finish, pale color intensity, inelastic, narrow, 60 percent uniform, and 40 percent injury tolerance.
B3G | Good Quality Green Heavy Leaf.
Underripe, heavy, firm leaf structure crepy, oily, normal finish, semielastic, normal width, 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
B4G | Fair Quality Green Heavy Leaf.
Immature, medium body, close leaf structure, rough, lean in oil, dull finish, inelastic, narrow, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
B5G | Low Quality Green Heavy Leaf.
Immature, medium body, close leaf structure, rough, lean in oil, dull finish, inelastic, narrow, 60 percent uniform, and 40 percent injury tolerance.
[30 FR 9207, July 23, 1965, as amended at 49 FR 16759, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3648 Thin Leaf (C Group).
This group consists of leaves that are thin to medium in body and show little or no ground injury.
Grades | Grade names, minimum specifications, and tolerances
C1L | Choice Quality Light-brown Thin Leaf.
Ripe, thin, open leaf structure, smooth, oily, clear finish, deep color intensity, semielastic, spready, 90 percent uniform, and 10 percent injury tolerance.
C2L | Fine Quality Light-brown Thin Leaf.
Ripe, thin, open leaf structure, smooth, oily, clear finish, deep color intensity, semielastic, spready, 85 percent uniform, and 15 percent injury tolerance.
C3L | Good Quality Light-brown Thin Leaf.
Mature, thin, firm leaf structure, crepy, oily, normal finish, moderate color intensity, semielastic, normal width, 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
C4L | Fair Quality Light-brown Thin Leaf.
Mature, thin, close leaf structure, rough, lean in oil, dull finish, pale color intensity, inelastic, narrow, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
C5L | Low Quality Light-brown Thin Leaf
Underripe, thin, close leaf structure, rough, lean in oil, dull finish, pale color intensity, inelastic, narrow, 60 percent uniform, and 40 percent injury tolerance.
C1F | Choice Quality Medium-brown Thin Leaf.
Ripe, thin, open leaf structure, smooth, rich in oil, clear finish, deep color intensity, semi-elastic, spready, 90 percent uniform, and 10 percent injury tolerance.
C2F | Fine Quality Medium-brown Thin Leaf.
Ripe, thin, open leaf structure, smooth, rich in oil, clear finish, deep color intensity, semi-elastic, spready, 85 percent uniform, and 15 percent injury tolerance.
C3F | Good Quality Medium-brown Thin Leaf.
Mature, thin, firm leaf structure, crepy, oily, normal finish, moderate color intensity, semielastic, normal width, 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
C4F | Fair Quality Medium-brown Thin Leaf.
Mature, thin, close leaf structure, rough, lean in oil, dull finish, pale color intensity, inelastic, narrow, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
C5F | Low Quality Medium-brown Thin Leaf.
Underripe, thin, close leaf structure, rough, lean in oil, dull finish, pale color intensity, inelastic, narrow, 60 percent uniform, and 40 percent injury tolerance.
C1R | Choice Quality Reddish-brown Thin Leaf.
Ripe, thin, open leaf structure, smooth, rich in oil, clear finish, deep color intensity, semi-elastic, spready, 90 percent uniform, and 10 percent injury tolerance.
C2R | Fine Quality Reddish-brown Thin Leaf.
Ripe, thin, open leaf structure, smooth, rich in oil, clear finish, deep color intensity, semi-elastic, spready, 85 percent uniform, and 15 percent injury tolerance.
C3R | Good Quality Reddish-brown Thin Leaf.
Mature, thin, firm leaf structure, crepy, oily, normal finish, moderate color intensity, semielastic, normal width, 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
C4R | Fair Quality Reddish-brown Thin Leaf.
Mature, thin, close leaf structure, rough, lean in oil, dull finish, pale color intensity, inelastic, narrow, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
C5R | Low Quality Reddish-brown Thin Leaf.
Underripe, thin, close leaf structure, rough, lean in oil, dull finish, pale color intensity, inelastic, narrow, 60 percent uniform, and 40 percent injury tolerance.
C3M | Good Quality Mixed Thin Leaf.
Mature, thin, firm leaf structure, crepy, oily, normal finish, moderate color intensity, semielastic, normal width, 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
C4M | Fair Quality Mixed Thin Leaf.
Mature, thin, close leaf structure, rough, lean in oil, dull finish, pale color intensity, inelastic, narrow, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
C5M | Low Quality Mixed Thin Leaf.
Underripe, thin, close leaf structure, rough, lean in oil, dull finish, pale color intensity, inelastic, narrow, 60 percent uniform, and 40 percent injury tolerance.
C3G | Good Quality Green Thin Leaf.
Underripe, medium body, firm leaf structure, crepy, oily, normal finish, semielastic, normal width, 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
C4G | Fair Quality Green Thin Leaf.
Immature, thin, close leaf structure, rough, lean in oil, dull finish, inelastic, narrow, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
C5G | Low Quality Green Thin Leaf.
Immature, thin, close leaf structure, rough, lean in oil, dull finish, inelastic, narrow, 60 percent uniform, and 40 percent injury tolerance.
[30 FR 9207, July 23, 1965, as amended at 49 FR 16759, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3649 [Reserved]
§ 29.3650 Lugs (X Group).
This group consists of leaves that normally grow on the lower portions of the stalk. Leaves of the X group usually have a high degree of maturity and show ground and other injury characteristic of the group.
Grades | Grade names, minimum specifications, and tolerances
X1L | Choice Quality Light-brown Lugs.
Ripe, thin, open leaf structure, smooth, oily, clear finish, deep color intensity, semielastic, normal width, 90 percent uniform, and 10 percent injury tolerance.
X2L | Fine Quality Light-brown Lugs.
Ripe, thin, open leaf structure, smooth, oily, clear finish, deep color intensity, semielastic, normal width, 85 percent uniform, and 15 percent injury tolerance.
X3L | Good Quality Light-brown Lugs.
Mature, thin, firm leaf structure, crepy, lean in oil, normal finish, moderate color intensity, inelastic, narrow, 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
X4L | Fair Quality Light-brown Lugs.
Mature, thin, close leaf structure, rough, lean in oil, dull finish, pale color intensity, inelastic, narrow, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
X5L | Low Quality Light-brown Lugs.
Underripe, thin, close leaf structure, rough, lean in oil, dull finish, pale color intensity, inelastic, narrow, 60 percent uniform, and 40 percent injury tolerance.
X1F | Choice Quality Medium-brown Lugs.
Ripe, thin, open leaf structure, smooth, oily, clear finish, deep color intensity, semielastic, normal width, 90 percent uniform, and 10 percent injury tolerance.
X2F | Fine Quality Medium-brown Lugs.
Ripe, thin, open leaf structure, smooth, oily, clear finish, deep color intensity, semielastic, normal width, 85 percent uniform, and 15 percent injury tolerance.
X3F | Good Quality Medium-brown Lugs.
Mature, thin, firm leaf structure, crepy, lean in oil, normal finish, moderate color intensity, inelastic, narrow 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
X4F | Fair Quality Medium-brown Lugs.
Mature, thin, close leaf structure, rough, lean in oil, dull finish, pale color intensity, inelastic, narrow, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
X5F | Low Quality Medium-brown Lugs.
Underripe, thin, close leaf structure, rough, lean in oil, dull finish, pale color intensity, inelastic, narrow, 60 percent uniform, and 40 percent injury tolerance.
X1R | Choice Quality Reddish-brown Lugs.
Ripe, medium body, open leaf structure, smooth, oily, clear finish, deep color intensity, semielastic, normal width, 90 percent uniform, and 10 percent injury tolerance.
X2R | Fine Quality Reddish-brown Lugs.
Ripe, medium body, open leaf structure, smooth, oily, clear finish, deep color intensity, semielastic, normal width, 85 percent uniform, and 15 percent injury tolerance.
X3R | Good Quality Reddish-brown Lugs.
Mature, medium body, firm leaf structure, crepy, lean in oil, normal finish, moderate color intensity, inelastic, narrow, 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
X4R | Fair Quality Reddish-brown Lugs.
Mature, thin, close leaf structure, rough, lean in oil, dull finish, pale color intensity, inelastic, narrow, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
X5R | Low Quality Reddish-brown Lugs.
Underripe, thin, close leaf structure, rough, lean in oil, dull finish, pale color intensity, inelastic, narrow, 60 percent uniform, and 40 percent injury tolerance.
X3D | Good Quality Dark-brown Lugs.
Mature, medium body, firm leaf structure, crepy, lean in oil, normal finish, moderate color intensity, inelastic, narrow, 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
X4D | Fair Quality Dark-brown Lugs.
Mature, thin, close leaf structure, rough, lean in oil, dull finish, pale color intensity, inelastic, narrow, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
X5D | Low Quality Dark-brown Lugs.
Underripe, thin, close leaf structure, rough, lean in oil, dull finish, pale color intensity, inelastic, narrow, 60 percent uniform, and 40 percent injury tolerance.
X3M | Good Quality Mixed Lugs.
Mature, thin, firm leaf structure, crepy, lean in oil, normal finish, moderate color intensity, inelastic, narrow, 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
X4M | Fair Quality Mixed Lugs.
Mature, thin, close leaf structure, rough, lean in oil, dull finish, pale color intensity, inelastic, narrow, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
X5M | Low Quality Mixed Lugs.
Underripe, thin, close leaf structure, rough, lean in oil, dull finish, pale color intensity, inelastic, narrow, 60 percent uniform, and 40 percent injury tolerance.
X3G | Good Quality Green Lugs.
Underripe, medium body, firm leaf structure, crepy, lean in oil, normal finish, inelastic, narrow, 80 percent uniform, and 20 percent injury tolerance.
X4G | Fair Quality Green Lugs.
Immature, thin, close leaf structure, rough, lean in oil, dull finish, inelastic, narrow, 70 percent uniform, and 30 percent injury tolerance.
X5G | Low Quality Green Lugs.
Immature, thin, close leaf structure, rough, lean in oil, dull finish, inelastic, narrow, 60 percent uniform, and 40 percent injury tolerance.
[30 FR 9207, July 23, 1965, as amended at 49 FR 16759, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3651 Nondescript (N Group).
Extremely common tobacco which does not meet the minimum specifications or which exceeds the tolerance of the lower grade of any other group except Scrap.
Grades | Grade names, minimum specifications, and tolerances
N1L | First Quality Light-colored Nondescript.
Thin to medium body and 60 percent injury tolerance.
N2L | Second Quality Light-colored Nondescript.
Thin to medium body and over 60 percent injury tolerance.
N1R | First Quality Dark-colored Nondescript.
Thin to heavy body and 60 percent injury tolerance.
N2R | Second Quality Dark-colored Nondescript.
Thin to heavy body and over 60 percent injury tolerance.
N1G | First Quality Crude Green Nondescript
60 percent crude leaves or injury tolerance.
N2G | Second Quality Crude Green Nondescript.
Over 60 percent crude leaves or injury tolerance.
[30 FR 9207, July 23, 1965, as amended at 49 FR 16759, Apr. 20, 1984]
§ 29.3652 Scrap (S Group).
A byproduct of stemmed and unstemmed tobacco. Scrap accumulates from handling tobacco in farm buildings, warehouses, packing and conditioning plants, and stemmeries.
Grades | Grade name and specifications
S | Scrap.
Loose, tangled, whole, or broken unstemmed leaves; or the web portions of tobacco leaves reduced to scrap by any process.
[30 FR 9207, July 23, 1965, as amended at 49 FR 16759, Apr. 20, 1984]
205 summary of standard grades
§ 29.3676 Summary of standard grades.
6 Grades of Wrappers
A1F | A1R
A2F | A2R
A3F | A3R
21 Grades of Heavy Leaf
B1F | B1R | B1D
B2F | B2R | B2D
B3F | B3R | B3D | B3M | B3G
B4F | B4R | B4D | B4M | B4G
B5F | B5R | B5D | B5M | B5G
21 Grades of Thin Leaf
C1L | C1F | C1R
C2L | C2F | C2R
C3L | C3F | C3R | C3M | C3G
C4L | C4F | C4R | C4M | C4G
C5L | C5F | C5R | C5M | C5G
24 Grades of Lugs
X1L | X1F | X1R
X2L | X2F | X2R
X3L | X3F | X3R | X3D | X3M | X3G
X4L | X4F | X4R | X4D | X4M | X4G
X5L | X5F | X5R | X5D | X5M | X5G
6 Grades of Nondescript
N1L | N1R | N1G
N2L | N2R | N2G
1 Grade of Scrap
S
Special factors “U”, “W”, and “S” may be applied to all grades in all types, “BH” to grades in types 35 and 36, and “BL” to type 35. Tobacco not covered by the standard grades is designated “No-G.”
[30 FR 9207, July 23, 1965, as amended at 49 FR 16759, Apr. 20, 1984; 51 FR 40408, Nov. 7, 1986]
206 Applicable Standard Sizes
§ 29.3681 Applicable standard sizes.
Types 35, 36, 37 and 95
A1, A2, A3 | 2, 3
B1, B2, B3, B4, B5 | 1, 2, 3
C1, C2, C3, C4, C5 | 1, 2, 3
[51 FR 40408, Nov. 7, 1986]
207 Key to Standard Grademarks
§ 29.3686 Key to standard grademarks.
Group | Qualities | Colors
A—Wrappers | 1—Choice | L—Light brown
B—Heavy Leaf | 2—Fine | F—Medium brown
C—Thin Leaf | 3—Good | R—Reddish brown
X—Lugs | 4—Fair | D—Dark brown
N—Nondescript | 5—Low | M—Mixed
S—Scrap | G—Green
[30 FR 9207, July 23, 1965, as amended at 51 FR 40408, Nov. 7, 1986]
Official Standard Grades for Wisconsin Cigar-Binder Tobacco (U.S. Types 54 and 55) 1
1 These standards also apply to Type 53 Havana seed tobacco.
208 Definitions
§ 29.6001 Definitions.
As used in these standards, the words and phrases hereinafter defined shall have the indicated meanings so assigned.
§ 29.6002 Air-cured.
Tobacco cured under natural atmospheric conditions. Artificial heat sometimes is used to control excess humidity during the curing period to prevent pole-sweat, pole-burn, and shed-burn in damp weather. Air-cured tobacco should not carry the odor of smoke or fumes resulting from the application of artificial heat.
§ 29.6003 Body.
The thickness and density of a leaf or the weight per unit of surface. (See chart.)
§ 29.6004 Burn.
The duration of combustion or length of time that a tobacco leaf will hold fire after ignition. (See Rule 18.)
§ 29.6005 Case (order).
The state of tobacco with respect to its moisture content.
§ 29.6006 Class.
A major division of tobacco based on method of cure or principal usage.
§ 29.6007 Clean.
Tobacco is described as clean when it contains only a normal amount of sand or soil particles. Leaves grown on the lower portion of the stalk normally contain more sand or dirt than those from higher stalk positions. (See Rule 4.)
§ 29.6008 Condition.
The state of tobacco which results from the method of preparation or from the degree of fermentation. Words used to describe the condition of tobacco are Undried, air-dried, steam-dried, sweating, sweated, and aged.
§ 29.6009 Crude.
A subdegree of maturity. (See Rule 15.)
§ 29.6010 Cured.
Tobacco dried of its sap by either natural or artificial processes.
§ 29.6011 Damage.
The effect of mold, must, rot, black rot or other fungus or bacterial diseases which attack tobacco in its cured state. Tobacco having the odor of mold, must or rot is considered damaged. (See Rule 17.)
§ 29.6012 Dirty.
The state of tobacco containing an abnormal amount of dirt or sand, or tobacco to which additional quantities of dirt or sand have been added. (See Rule 17.)
§ 29.6013 Elasticity.
The flexible, springy nature of the tobacco leaf to recover approximately its original size and shape after it has been stretched. (See chart.)
§ 29.6014 Elements of quality.
Physical characteristics used to determine the quality of tobacco. Words selected to describe degrees within each element are shown in the chart in § 29.6081.
§ 29.6015 Foreign matter.
Any extraneous substance or material such as stalks, suckers, straw, strings, and rubber bands. (See Rule 17.)
§ 29.6016 Form.
The stage of preparation of tobacco such as stemmed or unstemmed.
§ 29.6017 General quality.
The quality of tobacco considered in relation to the type as a whole. General quality is distinguished from the restricted use of the term “quality” within a group.
§ 29.6018 Grade.
A subdivision of a type according to group and quality and to other characteristics when they are of sufficient importance to be treated separately.
§ 29.6019 Grademark.
In these types a grademark normally consists of a letter to indicate group and a number to indicate quality. For example, B2 means Binder, fair quality.
§ 29.6020 Group.
A type division consisting of one or more grades based on the general quality of tobacco. Groups in these types are: Binder (B), Stripper (C), Straight Stripped (X), Farm Filler (Y), Nondescript (N), and Scrap (S).
§ 29.6021 Injury.
Hurt or impairment from any cause except the fungus or bacterial diseases which attack tobacco in its cured state. (See definition of Damage.) Injury to tobacco may be caused by field diseases, insects, or weather conditions; insecticides, fungicides, or cell growth inhibitors; nutritional deficiencies or excesses; or improper fertilization, harvesting, curing, or handling. Injured tobacco includes dead, burnt, hail-cut, torn, broken, frostbitten, frozen (see Rule 16), sunburned, sun-scalded, bulk-burnt, pole-burnt, shed-burnt, pole-sweated, stem-rotted, bleached, bruised, discolored, or deformed leaves; or tobacco affected by wildfire, rust, frogeye, mosaic, root rot, wilt, black shank, or other diseases. (See Rule 13.)
§ 29.6022 Leaf scrap.
A byproduct of unstemmed tobacco Leaf scrap results from handling unstemmed tobacco and consists of loose and tangled whole or broken leaves.
§ 29.6023 Leaf structure.
The cell development of a leaf as indicated by its porosity. The degrees range from close (slick and tight) to open (porous). (See chart.)
§ 29.6024 Length.
The linear measurement of cured tobacco leaves from the butt of the midrib to the extreme tip.
§ 29.6025 Lot.
A pile, basket, bulk, package, or other definite unit.
§ 29.6026 Maturity.
The degree of ripeness. (See chart.)
§ 29.6027 Nested.
Any tobacco which has been loaded, packed, or arranged to conceal foreign matter or tobacco of inferior grade, quality, or condition. Nested includes any lot of tobacco which contains foreign matter or damaged, injured, tangled, or other inferior tobacco, any of which cannot be readily detected upon inspection because of the way the lot is packed or arranged. (See Rule 17.)
§ 29.6028 No Grade.
A designation applied to a lot of tobacco classified as damaged, dirty, nested, offtype, semicured, or wet; tobacco that is improperly packed, contains foreign matter, or has an odor foreign to the type. (See Rules 5 and 17.)
§ 29.6029 Offtype.
Tobacco of distinctly different characteristics which cannot be classified as Type 53, 54, or 55. (See Rule 17.)
§ 29.6030 Package.
A hogshead, tierce, case, bale, or other securely enclosed parcel or bundle.
§ 29.6031 Packing.
A lot of tobacco consisting of a number of packages submitted as one definite unit for sampling or inspection. It is represented to contain the same kind of tobacco and has a common identification number or mark on each package.
§ 29.6032 Quality.
A division of a group or the second factor of a grade based on the relative degree of one or more elements of quality.
§ 29.6033 Raw.
Tobacco as it appears between the time of harvesting and the beginning of the curing process.
§ 29.6034 Semicured.
Tobacco in the process of being cured or which is partially but not thoroughly cured. Semicured includes tobacco which contains fat stems, wet butts, swelled stems, and tobacco having frozen stems or stems that have not been thoroughly dried in the curing process. (See definition of No Grade and Rule 17.)
§ 29.6035 Side.
A certain phase of quality as contrasted with some other phase of quality or any peculiar characteristic of tobacco.
§ 29.6036 Sound.
Free of damage. (See Rule 4.)
§ 29.6037 Stem.
The midrib or large central vein of a tobacco leaf.
§ 29.6038 Stemmed.
A form of tobacco, including strips and strip scrap, from which the stems or midribs have been removed.
§ 29.6039 Stem rot.
The deterioration of an uncured or frozen stem resulting from bacterial action. Although stem rot results from bacterial action, it is inactive in cured tobacco and is treated as a kind of injury in these types. (See Rule 14.)
§ 29.6040 Strength (tensile).
The stress a tobacco leaf can bear without tearing. (See chart.)
§ 29.6041 Strips.
The sides of a tobacco leaf from which the stem has been removed or a lot of tobacco composed of strips.
§ 29.6042 Sweated.
The condition of tobacco which has passed through one or more fermentations natural to tobacco packed with a normal percentage of moisture. This condition sometimes is described as aged.
§ 29.6043 Tobacco.
Tobacco in its unmanufactured forms as it appears between the time it is cured and stripped from the stalk, or primed and cured, and the time it enters a manufacturing process. Conditioning, sweating, and stemming are not regarded as manufacturing processes.
§ 29.6044 Tobacco products.
Manufactured tobacco, including cigarettes, cigars, smoking tobacco, chewing tobacco, and snuff, which is subject to Internal Revenue tax.
§ 29.6045 Type.
A division of a class of tobacco having certain common characteristics and closely related grades. Tobacco which has the same characteristics and corresponding qualities, colors, and lengths is classified as one type, regardless of any factors of historical or geographical nature which cannot be determined by an examination of the tobacco.
§ 29.6046 Type 53.
That type of cigar-leaf tobacco commonly known as York State or Havana Seed of New York and Pennsylvania, produced principally in the Big Flats and Onondaga sections of New York and extending into Pennsylvania.
§ 29.6047 Type 54.
That type of cigar-leaf tobacco commonly known as Southern Wisconsin Cigar-leaf or Southern Wisconsin Binder-type, produced principally south and east of the Wisconsin River.
§ 29.6048 Type 55.
That type of cigar-leaf tobacco commonly known as Northern Wisconsin Cigar-leaf or Northern Wisconsin Binder-type, produced principally north and west of the Wisconsin River and extending into Minnesota.
§ 29.6049 Undried.
The condition of unfermented tobacco which has not been air-dried or steam-dried.
§ 29.6050 Uniformity.
A grade requirement designating the percentage of a lot which must meet the specified degree of each element of quality. (See Rule 12.)
§ 29.6051 Unstemmed.
A form of tobacco, including whole leaf and leaf scrap, from which the stems or midribs have not been removed.
§ 29.6052 Unsweated.
The condition of cured tobacco which has not been sweated.
§ 29.6053 Wet (high-case).
Any sound tobacco containing excessive moisture to the extent that it is in unsafe or doubtful-keeping order. Wet applies to any tobacco which is not damaged but which is likely to damage if treated in the customary manner. (See Rule 17.)
§ 29.6054 Width.
The relative breadth of a tobacco leaf expressed in relation to its length. (See chart.)
209 Elements of Quality
§ 29.6081 Elements of quality and degrees of each element.
These standardized words or terms are used to describe tobacco quality and to assist in interpreting grade specifications. Tobacco attributes or characteristics which constitute quality are designated as elements of quality. The range within each element is expressed by the use of words or terms designated as degrees. These degrees are arranged to show their relative value, but the actual value of each degree varies with type and group.
Elements | Degrees
Body | Heavy | Medium | Thin.
Maturity | Immature | Mature | Ripe.
Leaf structure | Close | Firm | Open.
Elasticity | Inelastic | Semielastic | Elastic.
Strength (tensile) | Weak | Normal | Strong.
Width | Narrow | ......do | Spready.
Length | ( 1) | ( 1) | ( 1)
Uniformity | ( 2) | ( 2) | ( 2)
Injury tolerance | ( 2) | ( 2) | ( 2)
1 Expressed in inches.
2 Expressed in percentages.
210 Rules
§ 29.6086 Rules.
The application of these official standard grades shall be in accordance with the following rules.
§ 29.6087 Rule 1.
Each grade shall be treated as a subdivision of a particular type. When the grade is stated in an inspection certificate, the type also shall be stated.
§ 29.6088 Rule 2.
The determination of grade shall be based upon a representative sample or a thorough examination of a packing of tobacco.
§ 29.6089 Rule 3.
The grade of unsorted tobacco shall be based upon a representative sample of the packing. A minimum of 10 percent of the bundles or bales shall be selected at random for sampling; a higher percentage may be sampled at the discretion of the inspector. To obtain the sample, a sufficient amount of tobacco shall be drawn to be representative of each selected bale. In determining the grade, the inspector shall consider the quality of all samples. The grade assigned shall represent the quality of the lot as a whole.
§ 29.6090 Rule 4.
Standard grades shall be assigned to clean and sound tobacco only.
§ 29.6091 Rule 5.
Tobacco leaves shall be placed straight in bundles or bales of normal weight, size, and shape with the butts out and tips overlapping from 6 to 8 inches or sufficiently to make a level, solid, and uniform pack. The sides of the bundles shall be completely covered with paper, or other suitable protective material, and tightly bound with not less than three large twines spaced so that the tobacco will be held securely together. Improperly packed tobacco shall be designated as “No—G.”
§ 29.6092 Rule 6.
The grade assigned to any lot of tobacco shall be a true representation of the tobacco at the time of inspection and certification. If, at any time, it is found that a lot of tobacco does not comply with the specifications of the grade previously assigned, it shall not thereafter be represented as such grade.
§ 29.6093 Rule 7.
Any lot of tobacco which meets the specifications of two grades shall be placed in the higher grade. Any lot of tobacco on the marginal line between two grades shall be placed in the lower grade.
§ 29.6094 Rule 8.
A lot of tobacco meets the specifications of a grade when it is not lower in any degree of any element of quality than the minimum specifications of such grade.
§ 29.6095 Rule 9.
In determining the grade of a lot of tobacco, the lot as a whole shall be considered. Minor irregularities which do not affect over one percent of the tobacco shall be overlooked.
§ 29.6096 Rule 10.
Interpretations, the use of specifications, and the meaning of terms shall be in accordance with determinations or clarifications made by the Chief of the Standardization Branch and approved by the Director of the Tobacco Division, Agricultural Marketing Service.
§ 29.6097 Rule 11.
The use of any grade may be restricted by the Director during any marketing season when it is found that the grade is not needed or appears in insufficient volume to justify its use.
§ 29.6098 Rule 12.
Uniformity shall be expressed in percentages. These percentages shall govern the portion of a lot which must meet each specification of the grade; the remaining portion must be related. Grade specifications state the minimum acceptable degree of each element of quality. Specified percentages of uniformity shall not affect limitations established by other rules.
§ 29.6099 Rule 13.
Injury tolerance shall be expressed in percentages. The appraisal of injury shall be based upon the percentage of affected leaf surface or the degree of injury, and consideration shall be given to the kinds of injury normal to the group or grade.
§ 29.6100 Rule 14.
Stem rot shall not exceed 40 percent of the specified injury tolerance for any grade.
§ 29.6101 Rule 15.
In grade specifications the tolerance of crude shall apply to the entire leaf surface of the lot.
§ 29.6102 Rule 16.
In grade specifications frozen shall be treated as a separate kind of injury and the tolerance shall apply to the entire leaf surface of the lot.
§ 29.6103 Rule 17.
Tobacco shall be designated as No Grade, using the grademark “No—G,” when it is damaged, dirty, nested, offtype, semicured, wet, improperly packed, contains foreign matter, or has an odor foreign to the type.
§ 29.6104 Rule 18.
Burn shall be determined as the average burning time of leaves selected at random from the sample. A minimum of 10 leaves shall be selected as representative regardless of the number of bundles or bales in the lot. All burn tests shall be made in the bindercutting area on the same side of the leaf. The leaf shall be punctured to permit quick ignition when placed over a candle, alcohol lamp, or electrical-lighting device. Good burn shall average 6 seconds or longer; fair burn, 3 to 5 seconds; and poor burn, under 3 seconds. B1 and B2 shall require good burn and B3, fair burn.
211 Grades
§ 29.6126 Binder (B Group).
Tobacco of this group is of cigar-binder quality from which trash and trashy Farm Fillers have been removed.
U.S. grades | Grade names, minimum specifications, and tolerances
B1 | Fine Quality Binder. Thin, ripe, open, elastic, strong, spready, and 19 inches or over in length. Uniformity, 90 percent; injury tolerance, 10 percent.
B2 | Fair Quality Binder. Medium body, ripe, open, semielastic, strong, normal width, and 19 inches or over in length. Uniformity, 80 percent; injury tolerance, 20 percent.
B3 | Low Quality Binder. Medium, ripe, firm, semielastic, normal strength and width, and 17 inches or over in length. Uniformity, 70 percent; injury tolerance, 30 percent.
§ 29.6127 Stripper (C Group).
This group consists of tobacco from which the trash and trashy Farm Fillers have been removed but does not meet the specifications of the Binder group.
U.S. grades | Grade names, minimum specifications, and tolerances
C1 | Fine Quality Stripper. Heavy, ripe, firm, semielastic, normal strength and width, and 16 inches or over in length. Uniformity, 90 percent; injury tolerance, 10 percent.
C2 | Fair Quality Stripper. Heavy, mature, close, inelastic, normal strength, narrow, and 16 inches or over in length. Uniformity, 80 percent. Tolerances: 5 percent crude, 5 percent frozen, and 20 percent injury.
C3 | Low Quality Stripper. Heavy, immature, close, inelastic, weak, and narrow. Uniformity, 70 percent. Tolerances: 10 percent crude, 10 percent frozen, and 30 percent injury.
§ 29.6128 Straight Stripped (X Group).
This group consists of unsorted tobacco from which the trash has been removed.
U.S. grades | Grade names, minimum specifications, and tolerances
X1 | Fine Quality Straight Stripped. Heavy, ripe, firm, semielastic, normal strength and width, and 16 inches or over in length. Uniformity, 85 percent; injury tolerance, 15 percent.
X2 | Fair Quality Straight Stripped. Heavy mature, close, inelastic, normal strength, narrow, and 16 inches or over in length. Uniformity, 75 percent. Tolerances: 5 percent crude, 5 percent frozen, and 25 percent injury.
X3 | Low Quality Straight Stripped. Heavy, immature, close, inelastic, weak, and narrow. Uniformity, 60 percent. Tolerances: 10 percent crude, 10 percent frozen, and 40 percent injury.
§ 29.6129 Farm Filler (Y Group).
This group consists of tobacco from the lower portion of the stalk and may include throw out leaves from the Binder and Stripper groups.
U.S. grades | Grade names, minimum specifications, and tolerances
Y1 | Fine Quality Farm Filler. Thin, ripe, open, semielastic, normal strength and width, and 12 inches or over in length. Uniformity, 85 percent; injury tolerance, 15 percent.
Y2 | Fair Quality Farm Filler. Thin, ripe, firm, inelastic, normal strength, and narrow. Uniformity, 75 percent. Tolerances: 5 percent crude, 5 percent frozen, and 25 percent injury.
Y3 | Low Quality Farm Filler. Thin, mature, close, inelastic, weak, and narrow. Uniformity, 60 percent. Tolerances: 10 percent crude, 10 percent frozen, and 40 percent injury.
§ 29.6130 Nondescript (N Group).
Tobacco which does not meet the minimum specifications or exceeds the tolerance of the lowest grade of any other group.
U.S. grades | Grade names, minimum specifications, and tolerances
N1 | First Quality Nondescript. Tolerances: 20 percent crude, 20 percent frozen, and 60 percent injury.
N2 | Second Quality Nondescript. Over 20 percent crude, over 20 percent frozen, or over 60 percent injury.
§ 29.6131 Scrap (S Group).
A byproduct of unstemmed and stemmed tobacco. Scrap accumulates from handling tobacco in farm buildings, warehouses, packing and conditioning plants, and stemmeries.
U.S. grades | Grade names and specifications
S | Loose, tangled, whole, or broken unstemmed leaves, or the web portion of tobacco leaves reduced to scrap by any process.
212 Summary of Standard Grades
§ 29.6155 Summary of standard grades.
Three grades of binder | Three grades of stripper
B1 | C1
B2 | C2
B3 | C3
Three grades of straight stripped | Three grades of farm filler
X1 | Y1
X2 | Y2
X3 | Y3
Two grades of nondescript | One grades of scrap
N1 | S
N2
Tobacco not covered by standard grades is designated as “No-G.”
213 Key to Standard Grademarks
§ 29.6161 Key to standard grademarks.
Groups | Qualities
B—Binder | 1—Fine.
C—Stripper | 2—Fair.
X—Straight Stripped | 3—Low.
Y—Farm Filler
N—Nondescript
S—Scrap
D Subparts D-E [Reserved]
Subpart F Policy Statement and Provisions Governing the Identification and Certification of Tobacco
Source: 47 FR 8980, Mar. 3, 1982, unless otherwise noted.
214 definitions
§ 29.9201 Terms defined.
As used in this subpart and in all instructions, forms, and documents in connection therewith, the words and phrases hereinafter defined shall have the indicated meanings so assigned.
§ 29.9202 Approved receiving station.
Points approved by the Director at which tobacco is offered for marketing or shipment into commerce including tobacco auction warehouses, packing houses, prizeries, or places where tobacco is handled or stored.
§ 29.9203 Certification.
The documentation of class or type, weight, or other tobacco characteristics as required in § 29.9263.
§ 29.9204 Crop-lot.
The assemblage of individual lots representing the season's production of each kind or type of tobacco produced on an individual farm.
[47 FR 8980, Mar. 3, 1982, as amended at 90 FR 22613, May 29, 2025]
§ 29.9205 Identification number (farm serial number).
The serial number assigned to an individual farm by the appropriate office of the Agricultural Stabilization and Conservation Service.
§ 29.9206 Inspection.
The examination by an inspector of a lot or crop-lot of tobacco to make determinations necessary for proper certification.
§ 29.9208 Permissive inspection.
Permissive inspection consists of inspecting and certificating tobacco, upon the request of an interested party.
§ 29.9209 Lot.
A pile, basket, bulk, package, or other definite unit.
§ 29.9210 Office of inspection.
A field office of the inspection service of the Tobacco Division.
215 administration
§ 29.9231 Administration.
The Director, Tobacco Division, Agricultural Marketing Service, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, DC, 20250, is charged with the supervision of the Division and the performance of all duties assigned thereto in the administration of the act. The conduct of all services and the licensing or employment of inspection/grading/sampling personnel under these regulations shall be accomplished without discrimination as to race, color, creed, sex, or national origin. Information concerning such administration may be obtained from the Director.
§ 29.9232 Where certification is available.
Tobacco may be inspected and certified by class or type, upon request of an interested party, when the tobacco is displayed at an approved receiving station where the tobacco is accessible to the inspector.
[90 FR 22613, May 29, 2025]
§ 29.9233 When certification will be made.
Certification services for the tobacco shall be made when inspectors are available and such sales will not interfere with scheduled sales on designated auction markets.
[47 FR 8980, Mar. 3, 1982, as amended at 90 FR 22613, May 29, 2025]
§ 29.9234 Who may obtain certification.
Certification of tobacco may be requested by an interested party (applicant) by filing an application in accordance with §§ 29.9236 and 29.9237.
[47 FR 8980, Mar. 3, 1982, as amended at 90 FR 22613, May 29, 2025]
§ 29.9235 How to make application.
Application for certification by class or type of nonquota tobacco shall be made to the office of inspection, not less than 14 days before the date of requested certification. The application shall be in writing and signed by the applicant.
§ 29.9236 Form of application.
Application for inspection and certification of class or type of tobacco shall include the following information;
(a) The date of the application;
(b) The producer's certification of the type of the tobacco, the crop year when produced, and where produced;
(c) The name and post office address of the applicant;
(d) The financial interest of the applicant in the tobacco;
(e) The exact nature of the service desired;
(f) A statement that the tobacco is (1) in commerce, as defined in the act, or (2) entering such commerce; and
(g) Such other necessary information as the Director may require.
[47 FR 8980, Mar. 3, 1982, as amended at 90 FR 22613, May 29, 2025]
§ 29.9237 When application deemed filed.
An application shall be deemed filed when delivered to the office of inspection. When an application is filed, the date and time of filing shall be recorded by the official receiving it.
§ 29.9238 When application may be rejected.
An application may be rejected (a) for noncompliance with the act or the regulations in this subpart, or (b) when it is not practicable to provide the service. All expenses incurred in connection with an application rejected for noncompliance with the act or the regulations in this subpart shall be paid by the applicant as provided in § 29.124 of subpart B of this part.
§ 29.9239 When application may be withdrawn.
An application may be withdrawn at any time before the requested service is rendered. Payment of expenses incurred in connection therewith shall be paid by the applicant as provided in § 29.124 and subpart B of this part.
§ 29.9241 Accessibility of tobacco.
All tobacco to be inspected and certified by class or type upon application shall be made accessible by the applicant for proper examination, including any necessary display in proper light for determination of grade, class, type, or other characteristics or for drawing of samples. Each croplot shall be displayed at an approved receiving station in a continuous and orderly sequence with no other producer's tobacco in between. The lots shall be arranged in rows 18 inches apart with the leaves of adjacent lots not touching within the rows. Coverings shall be removed by the applicant in such manner as may be prescribed by the inspector.
[47 FR 8980, Mar. 3, 1982, as amended at 90 FR 22613, May 29, 2025]
216 fees and charges
§ 29.9251 Fees and charges.
Fees and charges for inspection and certification services shall comprise the cost of salaries, travel, per diem, and related expenses to cover the costs of performing the service. Fees shall be for actual time required to render the service calculated to the nearest 30-minute period. The hourly rate shall be $47.40. The overtime rate for service performed outside the inspector's regularly scheduled tour of duty shall be $53.70. The rate of $64.45 shall be charged for work performed on Sundays and holidays.
[56 FR 41922, Aug. 26, 1991, as amended at 66 FR 28361, May 23, 2001]
217 certifying procedures
§ 29.9263 Tobacco classification certificate.
Each tobacco classification certificate shall show:
(a) The caption “Tobacco Classification Certificate”;
(b) Whether it is an original, first, second, or other copy;
(c) The number of the certificate;
(d) The sale bill identification number;
(e) The location of the tobacco at the time of inspection and certification;
(f) The date of certification;
(g) The class or type of tobacco;
(h) The number of lots in the crop-lot;
(i) The weight of each lot;
(j) The signature of the inspector and,
(k) Such additional information as may be required by the Director.
§ 29.9264 Forms.
Each certificate issued under this regulation shall:
(a) Show that it was issued under the Tobacco Inspection Act;
(b) Be in a form approved for the purpose by the Director, and
(c) Embody within it, written or printed terms with respect to the particular kind of service, all applicable information required by § 29.9263. Each certificate may also contain any information, not inconsistent with the act and the regulations in this subpart, as may be approved or required by the Director. The Director may, in his discretion, specify or limit the period in which a certificate shall be valid.
§ 29.9265 Disposition of certificate.
Distribution of the Tobacco Classification Certificate shall be limited to the provisions of this section. The original certificate and one copy shall be delivered or mailed to the applicant or his agent. One copy and the copy of the ASCS certificate shall be forwarded by the inspector to the Division or office of inspection.
§ 29.9266 Changes or alterations.
No change or alteration shall be made in the weight or other identification of a lot on the Tobacco Classification Certificate after the certification of class or type, and any such change or alteration shall constitute and be construed as a change or alteration in the certificate issued or authorized under the act.
218 preclusion
§ 29.9281 Preclusion.
The provisions of this subpart shall not preclude the application of other administrative remedies or the institution of criminal proceedings in appropriate cases as provided by the act.
Subpart G Policy Statement and Provisions Governing the Availability of Tobacco Inspection Services to Flue-Cured Tobacco
Source: 39 FR 17754, May 20, 1974, unless otherwise noted.
§ 29.9401 Definitions.
As used in this subpart, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
(a) Secretary means the Secretary of Agriculture of the United States, or any officer or employee of the Department to whom authority has heretofore been delegated or may hereafter be delegated to act in his stead.
(b) Marketing area means a geographical area within the flue-cured tobacco production area specified by the Secretary each year on the basis of his determination that significant quantities of tobacco produced in such area are ready for marketing.
(c) Resale tobacco means any tobacco offered for sale, or sold, by someone other than its producer.
(d) Nonauction-purchased tobacco means tobacco purchased at other than a bona fide auction sale, as defined in 7 CFR 29.1(d), on a designated market, as defined in 7 CFR 29.1(e).
(e) Nonauction-purchased resale tobacco means tobacco being offered for sale, or sold, at auction by a person who purchased it at other than a bona fide auction sale, as defined in 7 CFR 29.1(d), on a designated market, as defined in 7 CFR 29.1(e).
[39 FR 17754, May 20, 1974, as amended at 40 FR 31592, July 28, 1975]
§ 29.9402 Policy statement.
The sets of inspectors available to serve the flue-cured marketing areas are currently adequate to provide inspection service as rapidly as tobacco can be purchased, handled and processed by the currently existing facilities of the buyers, and the lack of inspection personnel is not a limiting factor to accelerated marketings. The sets of buyers assigned to the flue-cured markets by the buying industry are adequate to purchase tobacco as rapidly as it can be handled and processed by the buyers' facilities. However, the tobacco ready for marketing during most weeks of the marketing season substantially exceeds the quantities which can be purchased, handled and processed by the currently existing facilities of the buyers. Moreover, the total number of flue-cured markets are substantially greater than the number of sets of buyers assigned by the buying companies or the number of sets of available inspectors. In this situation, about 6 months is required to market a year's crop of flue-cured tobacco and all warehouses cannot be served at the same time by the available sets of inspectors and the sets of buyers assigned by the buying companies. As additional sets of inspectors would not relieve the situation, inspection service will be provided by assigning the available inspectors to the various marketing areas and to warehouses within the marketing areas in a manner determined by the Secretary to provide the best and most equitable service to all growers.
[39 FR 17754, May 20, 1974, as amended at 90 FR 22845, May 30, 2025; 90 FR 23421, June 3, 2025]
§ 29.9403 Flue-Cured Tobacco Advisory Committee.
To assist the Secretary in making the apportionment and assignment of inspectors, a Flue-Cured Tobacco Advisory Committee, appointed in accordance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act (5 U.S.C. appendix I), shall advise and recommend to the Secretary marketing area opening dates and selling schedules for both designated and undesignated flue-cured tobacco to be sold in each marketing area and in each warehouse within each marketing area.
[39 FR 30475, Aug. 23, 1974, as amended at 49 FR 4067, Feb. 2, 1984; 50 FR 45806, Nov. 4, 1985; 51 FR 5987, Feb. 19, 1986; 67 FR 61468, Oct. 1, 2002]
§ 29.9404 Marketing area opening dates and marketing schedules.
(a) The Flue-Cured Tobacco Advisory Committee shall recommend, to the Secretary, marketing areas in the flue-cured tobacco production area and marketing area opening dates and selling schedules for both designated and undesignated tobacco for each marketing area and for the individual warehouses in each marketing area, which specify the length of time inspectors will be available to inspect designated tobacco and undesignated tobacco and/or the quantity of designated or undesignated tobacco to be marketed in each area and through each warehouse within such marketing area. In developing such opening date and selling schedules, the Committee shall take into account the following:
(1) When a sufficient volume of tobacco produced within a specific area of the flue-cured tobacco production area will be ready for marketing;
(2) The volume of tobacco ready for marketing which the producers have designated under § 1464.2(e) of this title to be sold at specific warehouses and also the volume of tobacco ready for marketing which has not been so designated by the producer;
(3) With regard to undesignated tobacco, the Committee shall first determine, on the basis of all information available to it, the volume of undesignated tobacco in a geographical area, and then shall provide sales opportunity for each warehouse to sell an amount of the undesignated tobacco available for sale from that geographical area in proportion to the amount of tobacco designated to the warehouse in comparison to the total amount of tobacco designated in the marketing area in which the warehouse is located. Provided, however, that the Secretary may authorize additional undesignated sales opportunity if the warehouse provided proper proof that it does, in fact, have available for sale a volume of tobacco which has not previously been designated and which was eligible for designation to that warehouse had the producer chosen to designate and that such additional volume of tobacco warrants more sales opportunity than allowed by the schedule;
(4) The processing or redrying capacity of the industry and the number of inspectors available to provide inspection service during the specific period involved;
(5) Such other factors or information as may be necessary to develop an effective and equitable opening date and selling schedule.
(b) The Flue-Cured Tobacco Advisory Committee shall thereupon submit its recommended opening date and selling schedules for designated and undesignated tobacco and the geographic areas to be included in specific marketing areas to the Secretary together with a basis supporting its recommendations.
[39 FR 17754, May 20, 1974, as amended at 39 FR 30476, Aug. 23, 1974; 40 FR 24174, June 5, 1975; 40 FR 30917, July 24, 1975]
§ 29.9405 Issuance of marketing area opening date and selling schedules by the Secretary.
(a) The Secretary shall review the recommendations of the Flue-Cured Tobacco Advisory Committee and based upon such recommendations and the basis therefor and such other information as may be available to him, shall specify the geographic areas to be encompassed by specific marketing areas, set the opening dates for sale within the marketing areas and issue the selling schedules for designated and undesignated tobacco. The inspection of flue-cured tobacco shall be in accordance with said schedules.
(b) The Flue-Cured Tobacco Advisory Committee shall recommend modifications in the opening date and marketing schedule during the flue-cured tobacco marketing season as may be warranted by changes in marketing conditions and the Secretary shall act thereon in the same manner as approving the initial opening date and marketing schedules.
[39 FR 17754, May 20, 1974, as amended at 39 FR 30476, Aug. 23, 1974]
§ 29.9406 Failure of warehouse to comply with opening and selling schedule.
(a) Each warehouse shall comply with opening and selling schedules issued by the Secretary for designated and undesignated flue-cured tobacco.
(b) For each of any two consecutive sales days during the marketing season a warehouse may exceed its scheduled sales opportunity for designated or undesignated tobacco, but the pounds sold during the second or third sales day must be adjusted so the warehouse will be back in compliance at the end of the third sales day or no tobacco inspection will be made available on the next succeeding sales day. Any such adjustment which is within 100 pounds of the required reduction shall be considered as in compliance with this section. During the closeout period, if a warehouse sells tobacco in excess of that allowed by the sales schedule on either of the last two sales days of the marketing season, then such excess sales shall be deducted from its scheduled sales opportunity on the first, or more, sales days of the next marketing season.
(c) The amount of the poundage adjustment specified in paragraph (b) of this section for a warehouse selling in excess of the sales schedule shall be as follows:
(1) If the excess is 5,000 pounds or less of designated producer tobacco, the adjustment in producer sales opportunity shall be one pound for each pound of excess; sales in excess of 5,000 pounds shall be a violation of the sales schedule and the adjustment for the first violation shall be 5,000 pounds plus the larger of 3 pounds for each pound in excess of 5,000 pounds or 5,000 pounds; for the second violation, the adjustment shall be 5,000 pounds plus the larger of 5 pounds for each pound in excess of 5,000 or 15,000 pounds; and for the third and subsequent violations, the adjustment shall be 5,000 pounds plus the larger of 5 pounds for each pound in excess of 5,000 pounds or 50 percent of a scheduled day's sales opportunity.
(2) If the excess is 1,000 pounds or less of undesignated producer tobacco, the adjustment in producers sales opportunity is one pound for each pound of excess; if the excess is larger than 1,000 pounds, the adjustment is 1,000 pounds plus the larger of 3 pounds for each pound in excess of 1,000 or 2,000 pounds.
(3) If the excess is designated producer tobacco that is not eligible for sale at the warehouse on the day of the sale, the adjustment in producers sales opportunity for the first violation is the larger of 3 pounds for each pound in excess or 5,000 pounds, and for the second and succeeding violations, the larger of 5 pounds for each pound in excess or 10,000 pounds.
(d) If, on any sales day, a warehouse does not sell the full quantity of designated or undesignated tobacco authorized to be sold at such warehouse, the designated or undesignated sales opportunity at such warehouse on the next immediate sales day shall automatically be increased by the unsold quantity except that no such increase in sales opportunity shall exceed 5,000 pounds for designated tobacco or 500 pounds for undesignated tobacco.
[46 FR 56156, Nov. 16, 1981, as amended at 65 FR 46087, July 27, 2000; 90 FR 22845, May 30, 2025; 90 FR 23421, June 3, 2025]
§ 29.9407 Records and reports.
(a) Each warehouse, on a designated market, shall provide the Secretary with any information that is requested on forms provided said warehouse by the Secretary.
(b) Each warehouse shall keep records for a period of two years from the opening of the marketing season in which the tobacco is sold, and make available to the Secretary such records as are necessary for the Secretary to verify the information required by paragraph (a) of this section.
(c) Failure to comply with the requirements of this section including but not limited to failure to provide information which is accurate, shall result in suspension of tobacco inspection services for a minimum of the equivalent of one sales day or until such time as the warehouse comes into compliance.
(Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 0581-0056)
(44 U.S.C. 3506)
[46 FR 56156, Nov. 16, 1981, as amended at 47 FR 745, Jan. 7, 1982]
PART 30 TOBACCO STOCKS AND STANDARDS
Authority: 7 U.S.C. 502.
Source: 39 FR 5300, Feb. 12, 1974, unless otherwise noted.
219 Classification of Leaf Tobacco Covering Classes, Types and Groups of Grades
§ 30.1 Definitions of terms used in classification of leaf tobacco.
For the purpose of §§ 30.1 through 30.44 the terms appearing in §§ 30.2 through 30.21 shall be construed as explained therein.
§ 30.2 Leaf tobacco.
Tobacco in the forms in which it appears between the time it is cured and stripped from the stalk, or primed and cured, and the time it enters into the different manufacturing processes. The acts of stemming, sweating or fermenting, and conditioning are not regarded as manufacturing processes. Leaf tobacco does not include any manufactured or semimanufactured tobacco, stems which have been removed from leaves, cuttings, clippings, trimmings, shorts, or dust.
§ 30.3 Unstemmed.
A form of leaf tobacco consisting of a collection of leaves from which the stems or midribs have not been removed, including leaf-scrap.
§ 30.4 Stemmed.
A form of leaf tobacco consisting of a collection of leaves from which the stems or midribs have been removed, including strip scrap.
§ 30.5 Class.
One of the major divisions of leaf tobacco based on the distinct characteristics of the tobacco caused by differences in varieties, soil and climatic conditions, and the methods of cultivation, harvesting, and curing.
§ 30.6 Type.
A subdivision of a class of leaf tobacco, having certain common characteristics which permit of its being divided into a number of related grades. Any tobacco that has the same characteristics and corresponding qualities, colors, and lengths, shall be treated as one type, regardless of any factors of historical or geographical nature which cannot be determined by an examination of the tobacco.
§ 30.7 Group.
A group of grades, or a division of a type covering several closely related grades, based on the general quality of the tobacco, including the percentage of injury, and other factors. The factors that determine the group divisions also largely determine the usage or suitability of tobacco for certain purposes.
§ 30.8 Scrap.
A byproduct from handling leaf tobacco in both the unstemmed and stemmed forms, consisting of loose and tangled portions of tobacco leaves, floor sweepings, and all other tobacco materials (except stems) which accumulate in auction and storage warehouses, packing and conditioning plants, and stemmeries. Scrap which accumulates from handling unstemmed leaf tobacco is known as leaf-scrap, and scrap which accumulates from handling stemmed leaf tobacco is known as strip-scrap. The scrap group, covering both leaf-scrap and strip-scrap is designated by the letter “S”.
§ 30.9 Nondescript.
Any tobacco of a certain type which cannot be placed in other groups of the type, or any nested tobacco, or any muddy or extremely dirty tobacco, or any tobacco containing an unusual quantity of foreign matter, or any crude tobacco, or any tobacco which is damaged to the extent of 20 percent or more, or any tobacco infested with live tobacco beetles or other injurious insects, or any wet tobacco, or any tobacco that contains fat stems or wet butts. The nondescript group is designated by the letter “N”.
[39 FR 11893, Apr. 1, 1974]
§ 30.10 Cure.
To dry the sap from newly harvested tobacco by either natural or artificial process. Proper curing is done under such conditions as will permit of the chemical and physiological changes necessary to develop the desired quality of color in tobacco.
§ 30.11 Flue-cure.
To cure tobacco under artificial atmospheric conditions by a process of regulating the heat and ventilation without allowing smoke or fumes from the fuel to come in contact with the tobacco.
§ 30.12 Fire-cure.
To cure tobacco under artificial atmospheric conditions by the use of open fires, the smoke and fumes of which are allowed to come in contact with the tobacco.
§ 30.13 Air-cure.
To cure tobacco under natural atmospheric conditions without the use of fire, except for the purpose of preventing pole burn (house burn) in damp weather.
§ 30.14 Cigar filler.
The tobacco that forms the core or inner part of a cigar. Cigar-filler tobacco is tobacco of the kind and quality commonly used for cigar fillers. Cigar-filler types are those which produce chiefly tobacco suitable for cigar-filler purposes.
§ 30.15 Cigar binder.
A portion of a tobacco leaf rolled around the filler of a cigar to bind or hold it together and form the first covering. Cigar-binder tobacco is tobacco of the kind and quality commonly used for cigar binders. Cigar-binder types are those which produce chiefly tobacco suitable for cigar-binder purposes.
§ 30.16 Cigar wrapper.
A portion of a tobacco leaf forming the outer covering of a cigar. Cigar-wrapper tobacco is tobacco of the kind and quality commonly used for cigar wrappers. Cigar-wrapper types are those which produce chiefly tobacco suitable for cigar-wrapper purposes.
§ 30.17 Damage.
The effect of mold, must, rot, black rot, or other fungous or bacterial diseases which attack tobacco in its cured state. Any tobacco having the odor of mold, must, or rot shall be included in damaged tobacco. (Note distinction between “damage” and “injury.”)
§ 30.18 Injury.
Hurt or impairment from any cause except the fungous or bacterial diseases which attack tobacco in its cured state. Injured tobacco shall include any dead, burnt, or ragged tobacco; or tobacco that has been torn or broken, frozen or frosted, sunburned or scalded, scorched or fire-killed, bulk-burnt or stem-burnt, pole burnt or house burnt, bleached or bruised; or tobacco containing discolored or deformed leaves; or tobacco hurt by insects; or tobacco affected by wild-fire, black fire, rust, frogeye, mosaic, frenching, sanddrown, or other field diseases.
§ 30.19 Nested.
Any lot of tobacco which has been so handled or packed as to conceal damaged, injured, tangled, or inferior tobacco, or foreign matter.
§ 30.20 Crude.
A subdegree of maturity, crude leaves usually have the general appearance of being raw and unfinished as a result of extreme immaturity. Crude tobacco ordinarily has a characteristic green color.
§ 30.21 Foreign matter.
Any substance or material extraneous to tobacco leaves, such as dirt, sand, stalks, suckers, straws, and strings.
§ 30.31 Classification of leaf tobacco.
For the purpose of this classification leaf tobacco shall be divided into the following classes:
Class 1. Flue-cured types. Class 2. Fire-cured types. Class 3. 1 Air-cured types. Class 4. Cigar-filler types. Class 5. Cigar-binder types. Class 6. Cigar-wrapper types. Class 7. Miscellaneous domestic types. Class 8. Foreign-grown cigar-leaf types. Class 9. Foreign-grown types, other than cigar types.
1 Class 3 covers Air-cured tobacco other than cigar leaf. This class may be subdivided as follows: Class 3a, Light Air-cured tobacco, including types 31 and 32, and Class 3b, Dark Air-cured tobacco, including types 35, 36, and 37.
For the purpose of this classification the classes shall be divided into the types and groups set forth in §§ 30.36 through 30.44.
§ 30.36 Class 1; flue-cured types and groups.
All flue-cured tobacco is graded under the same set of Official Standard Grades for Flue-cured Tobacco (U.S. Types 11, 12, 13, and 14). Flue-cured types are defined according to established general geographical areas of production. However, the determination as to type designations are based upon and indicate the geographic location where inspection and certification are performed—and do not necessarily identify the production area in which the tobacco was grown.
(a) Type 11a. That type of flue-cured tobacco commonly known as Western Flue-cured or Old Belt Flue-cured, produced principally in the Piedmont sections of Virginia and North Carolina.
(b) Type 11b. That type of flue-cured tobacco commonly known as Middle Belt Flue-cured, produced principally in a section lying between the Piedmont and coastal plains regions of Virginia and North Carolina.
(c) Type 12. That type of flue-cured tobacco commonly known as Eastern Flue-cured or Eastern Carolina Flue-cured, produced principally in the coastal plains section of North Carolina, north of the South River.
(d) Type 13. That type of flue-cured tobacco commonly known as Southeastern Flue-cured or South Carolina Flue-cured, produced principally in the coastal plains section of South Carolina and the southeastern counties of North Carolina, south of the South River.
(e) Type 14. That type of flue-cured tobacco commonly known as Southern Flue-cured, produced principally in the southern section of Georgia, in northern Florida, and to some extent, in Alabama.
Groups applicable to types 11, 12, 13, and 14:
A—Wrappers. B—Leaf. H—Smoking Leaf. C—Cutters. X—Lugs. P—Primings. N—Nondescript, as defined. S—Scrap, as defined.
§ 30.37 Class 2; fire-cured types and groups.
(a) Type 21. That kind of fire-cured tobacco commonly known as Virginia Fire-cured, or Dark-fired, produced principally in the Piedmont and mountain sections of Virginia.
(b) Type 22. That type of fire-cured tobacco, known as Eastern District Fire-cured, produced principally in a section east of the Tennessee River in southern Kentucky and northern Tennessee.
(c) Type 23. That type of fire-cured tobacco, known as Western District Fire-cured or Dark-fired, produced principally in a section west of the Tennessee River in Kentucky and extending into Tennessee.
Groups applicable to types 21, 22, and 23:
A—Wrappers. B—Heavy Leaf. C—Thin Leaf. X—Lugs. N—Nondescript, as defined. S—Scrap, as defined.
§ 30.38 Class 3; air-cured types and groups.
(a) Type 31. That type of air-cured tobacco, commonly known as Burley, produced principally in Kentucky, Tennessee, Virginia, North Carolina, Ohio, Indiana, West Virginia, and Missouri.
Groups applicable to type 31:
X—Flyings. C—Lugs or Cutters. B—Leaf. T—Tips. M—Mixed. N—Nondescript, as defined. S—Scrap, as defined.
(b) Type 31-V. Notwithstanding the definitions of “Type” and “Type 31”, any tobacco having the general visual characteristics of quality, color, and length of Class 3, Type 31, air-cured tobacco, but which is a low-nicotine strain or variety, produced and to be marketed under such restrictions or controls as shall be specified by the Director of the Tobacco Division, Agricultural Marketing Service, United States Department of Agriculture, and which in its cured state is found by an authorized representative of the Department to have a nicotine content of not more than eight-tenths of one percent ( 8/10 of 1%), oven dry weight, shall not be classified as Type 31 but shall be classified and designated upon certification by the Department as Type 31-V. No groups are established for Type 31-V.
(c) Restrictions and controls relating to the production and marketing of Type 31-V tobacco as a prerequisite to the classification and certification of such tobacco—(1) Declaration of seed or seedlings. Tobacco shall be produced from seed or seedlings declared to be a suitable low-nicotine strain or variety for the production of Type 31-V, by an agency or agencies designated by the Director of the Tobacco Division, Agricultural Marketing Service, U.S. Department of Agriculture.
(2) Production under contract. Type 31-V tobacco shall be grown under contract with a dealer in tobacco or a manufacturer of tobacco products. In addition to any other provisions not inconsistent herewith, the contract shall provide that:
(i) The dealer or manufacturer shall furnish to the grower seed or seedlings declared therefor as provided in paragraph (c)(1) of this section.
(ii) The grower shall deliver to the dealer or manufacturer all tobacco produced from such seed or seedlings;
(iii) The grower shall produce not in excess of the number of acres of low-nicotine tobacco specified in the contract;
(iv) The grower shall establish clear lines of demarcation between the low-nicotine tobacco and any other type of tobacco grown on the farm; and
(v) The low-nicotine tobacco shall be housed and handled separately and shall not be commingled with any other type of tobacco: Provided, That this provision shall not prohibit the housing of low-nicotine and other types of tobacco in the same curing barn so long as the low-nicotine tobacco is clearly identified and is not commingled with any other type of tobacco.
(3) Filing of copy of contract. A copy of each contract referred to in paragraph (c)(2) of this section shall be filed by the dealer or manufacturer with the Director, Tobacco Division, Agricultural Marketing Service, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, DC 20250, by May 1 of each year.
(4) Restrictions on sale and marketing. The low-nicotine tobacco shall not be offered for sale, sold, marketed, or otherwise disposed of unless such tobacco is clearly represented and identified as being low-nicotine tobacco: Provided, That this restriction shall not apply to products manufactured from such tobacco.
(5) Nicotine content. The nicotine content of the tobacco in its cured state, based on an official sample drawn and selected as being representative of the whole production from the acreage of low-nicotine tobacco planted under said contract by the same grower during the same calendar year, shall not be more than eight-tenths of one percent ( 8/10 of 1%) oven dry weight.
(6) Furnishing of information. Each dealer or manufacturer and each grower shall, from time to time, furnish to the Director of the Tobacco Division, such information as shall be requested relating to his production, stocks, and disposition of low-nicotine tobacco.
(7) Prohibitions relating to seed and plants. No seed shall be saved or harvested from the tobacco produced under a contract referred to in paragraph (d)(2) of this section. No grower to whom seed or seedlings is furnished pursuant to paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section shall deliver or transfer any such seed or any plant produced therefrom to any other person.
(8) Designation of seed or seedlings declaring agencies. The Kentucky Agricultural Experiment Station, Lexington, Kentucky, is designated as an agency for the declaration of seed or seedlings pursuant to paragraph (d)(1) of this section.
(9) Definitions. For the purposes of the restrictions and controls hereinbefore set forth a “dealer” or a “manufacturer” shall be a dealer in tobacco or a manufacturer of tobacco products.
(d) Type 32. That type of air-cured tobacco commonly known as Southern Maryland tobacco or Maryland Air-cured, and produced principally in southern Maryland. (Upper Country Maryland is classed as “miscellaneous domestic.”)
Groups applicable to type 32:
X—Seconds. C—Bright-crop or Thin-crop. B—Dull-crop or Heavy-crop. T—Tips. N—Nondescript, as defined. S—Scrap, as defined.
(e) Type 35. That type of air-cured tobacco commonly known as One Sucker Air-cured, Kentucky-Tennessee-Indiana One Sucker, or Dark Air-cured One Sucker, including the upper Cumberland District One Sucker, and produced principally in northern Tennessee, south central Kentucky, and southern Indiana.
(f) Type 36. That type of air-cured tobacco commonly known as Green River, Green River Air-cured, or Dark Air-cured of the Henderson and Owensboro Districts, and produced principally in the Green River section of Kentucky.
(g) Type 37. That type of air-cured or sun-cured tobacco commonly known as Virginia Sun-cured, Virginia Sun and Air-cured, or Dark Air-cured of Virginia, and produced principally in the central section of Virginia north of the James River.
Groups applicable to types 35, 36, and 37:
A—Wrappers. B—Heavy Leaf. C—Thin Leaf. T—Tips. X—Lugs. N—Nondescript, as defined. S—Scrap, as defined.
§ 30.39 Class 4; cigar-filler types and groups.
(a) Type 41. That type of cigar-leaf tobacco commonly known as Pennsylvania Seedleaf or Pennsylvania Broadleaf, produced principally in Lancaster County, Pennsylvania, and adjoining counties and including other areas of Pennsylvania and Maryland in which the seedleaf variety is grown.
Groups applicable to type 41:
C—Stripper. X—Straight Stripped. Y—Farm Filler. N—Nondescript, as defined.
(b) Type 42. That type of cigar-leaf tobacco commonly known as Gebhardt, Ohio Seedleaf, or Ohio Broadleaf, produced principally in the Miami Valley Section of Ohio and extending into Indiana.
(c) Type 43. That type of cigar-leaf tobacco commonly known as Zimmer, Spanish, or Zimmer Spanish, produced principally in the Miami Valley Section of Ohio and extending into Indiana.
(d) Type 44. That type of cigar-leaf tobacco commonly known as Dutch, Shoestring Dutch, or Little Dutch, produced principally in the Miami Valley Section of Ohio.
Groups applicable to types 42, 43, and 44:
X—Straight Stripped. N—Nondescript, as defined.
(e) Type 46. That type of cigar-leaf tobacco commonly known as Puerto Rican Filler, produced principally in the inland and semicoastal areas of Puerto Rico.
Groups applicable to type 46:
C—Strippers. X—Grinders. N—Nondescript, as defined. S—Scrap, as defined.
§ 30.40 Class 5; cigar-binder types and groups.
(a) Type 51. That type of cigar-leaf tobacco commonly known as Connecticut Valley Broadleaf or Connecticut Broadleaf, produced principally in the Connecticut River Valley.
(b) Type 52. That type of cigar-leaf tobacco commonly known as Connecticut Valley Havana Seed or Havana Seed of Connecticut and Massachusetts, produced principally in the Connecticut River Valley.
Groups applicable to types 51 and 52:
B—Binder. X—Nonbinder. N—Nondescript, as defined. S—Scrap, as defined.
(c) Type 53. That type of cigar-leaf tobacco commonly known as York State or Havana Seed of New York, and Pennsylvania, produced principally in the Big Flats and Onondaga sections of New York State, and extending into Pennsylvania.
(d) Type 54. That type of cigar-leaf tobacco commonly known as Southern Wisconsin Cigar-leaf or Southern Wisconsin Binder-type, produced principally south and east of the Wisconsin River.
(e) Type 55. That type of cigar-leaf tobacco commonly known as Northern Wisconsin Cigar-leaf or Northern Wisconsin Binder-type, produced principally north and west of the Wisconsin River and extending into Minnesota.
Groups applicable to types 53, 54, and 55:
B—Binder. C—Stripper. X—Straight Stripped. Y—Farm Filler. N—Nondescript, as defined. S—Scrap, as defined.
§ 30.41 Class 6; cigar-wrapper types and groups.
(a) Type 61. That type of shade-grown tobacco known as Connecticut Valley Shade-grown, produced principally in the Connecticut Valley section of Connecticut and Massachusetts.
(b) Type 62. That type of shade-grown tobacco known as Georgia and Florida Shade-grown, produced principally in southwestern Georgia and in the central part of northern Florida.
Groups applicable to types 61 and 62:
A—Wrappers. S—Stained. X—Brokes. N—Nondescript, as defined.
§ 30.42 Class 7; miscellaneous domestic types.
No group divisions are established for any of the types in Class 7. Notwithstanding the definitions of “Class,” “Type,” “Type 11,” “Type 12,” “Type 13,” and “Type 14,” any tobacco having the general visual characteristics of quality, color and length of the types and groups contained in Class 1, flue-cured tobacco, but which is a strain or variety found in its cured state by an authorized representative of the Department to have a nicotine content of not more than eight-tenths of one per cent ( 8/10 of 1%), oven dry weight, shall be designated upon certification by the Department as Class 7: Provided, That for the purpose of establishing and maintaining the identity of such tobacco, it shall not be sold or offered for sale through customary marketing channels for Class 1, flue-cured tobacco; and it shall be identified in accordance with instructions issued by the Tobacco Division, Agricultural Marketing Service, U.S. Department of Agriculture, covering certification of seed or seedlings, contracts for production, designation and demarcation of fields in which grown, maintenance of separate identity of such tobacco from other tobacco, furnishing of samples and furnishing of such information as may be requested relating to production, stocks, and disposition of such tobacco. For tobacco stocks reporting purposes, all miscellaneous domestic tobacco shall be designated as follows:
(a) Type 72. That type of tobacco commonly known as Louisiana Perique, or Perique, produced principally in St. James Parish located in southeastern Louisiana.
(b) Type 73. All domestic-grown tobacco not otherwise classified, including tobacco cured in the same manner as Class 1, flue-cured tobacco, but having a nicotine content of not more than eight-tenths of one percent ( 8/10 of 1%), oven dry weight. Also included in the miscellaneous types are such types as Ohio Flue-cured and Fire-cured (known as Eastern Ohio), Upper Country Maryland, California, Turkish, and Virginia One-sucker, and the production of the insular possessions of the United States not otherwise classified.
§ 30.43 Class 8; Foreign-grown cigar-leaf types.
No group divisions are established for any of the types in Class 8. Type designations for Class 8 tobacco are based on the utilization of the leaf in the manufacture of cigars with no reference to physical characteristics. For tobacco stocks reporting purposes Foreign-grown cigar leaf shall be designated as follows:
(a) Type 81. Foreign-grown cigar wrapper.
(b) Type 82. Foreign-grown cigar filler.
(c) Type 83. Foreign-grown cigar binder.
(d) Type 89. Other Foreign-grown cigar leaf
[56 FR 25613, June 5, 1991]
§ 30.44 Class 9; foreign-grown types other than cigar leaf.
No group divisions are established for any of the types in Class 9. Type designations for class 9 are based on (a) utilization, (b) curing method, or both, with no reference to physical characteristics. For tobacco stocks reporting purposes, all foreign-grown tobacco other than cigar leaf shall be designated as follows:
(a) Type 91. Foreign grown tobacco commonly known a soriental or aromatic, used principally in blends of cigarette and pipe tobacco.
(b) Type 92. Foreign-grown flue-cured tobacco.
(c) Type 93. Foreign-cured burley tobacco.
(d) Type 95. Foreign-grown dark air-cured.
(e) Type 96. Foreign-grown fire-cured.
(f) Type 99. Other Foreign-grown cigarette and dark tobacco.
[39 FR 5300, Feb. 12, 1979, as amended at 56 FR 25614, June 5, 1991]
220 Reports
§ 30.60 Reports.
Within fifteen (15) days after January 1, April 1, July 1, and October 1 of each year, all manufacturers, dealers, grower cooperative associations, owners or agents, other than the original grower of the tobacco and manufacturers who produced less than 185,000 cigars, or 750,000 cigarettes or 35,000 pounds of manufactured tobacco during the first three quarters of the preceding calendar year, shall complete and mail to the Director, Tobacco Division, Agricultural Marketing Service, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, DC 20250, in the detail required on forms available from him, reports showing the following information as to leaf tobacco in leaf and sheet form:
(a) Tobacco in leaf form. The pounds of tobacco in leaf form or stems owned on the first day of the applicable quarter, with all stocks reported by types of tobacco and whether stemmed or unstemmed.
(b) Tobacco in sheet form. The pounds of tobacco sheet owned on the first day of the applicable quarter shall be segregated as to whether for cigar wrapper, cigar binder, for cigarettes, or for other products.
[39 FR 5300, Feb. 12, 1979, as amended at 56 FR 25614, June 5, 1991]
221 Administration
§ 30.61 Administration.
The Director, Tobacco Division, Agricultural Marketing Service, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, DC 20250, is charged with the supervision of the Division and the performance of all duties assigned thereto in the administration of the Tobacco Stocks and Standards Act. The conduct of all services, classification of leaf tobacco, or employment of inspection/grading/sampling personnel under these regulations shall be accomplished without discrimination as to race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. Information concerning such administration may be obtained from the Director.
PART 31 PURCHASE OF WOOL AND WOOL TOP SAMPLES
Authority: 7 U.S.C. 1621-1627.
Source: 62 FR 43438, Aug. 13, 1997, unless otherwise noted.
§ 31.400 Samples for wool and wool top grades; method of obtaining.
Samples certified as representative of the official standards of the United States for grades of wool and wool top will be furnished as follows, subject to other conditions of this section, upon filing of an approved application and prepayment of costs thereof as fixed in §§ 31.401 and 31.402. The certification will be issued by the United States Department of Agriculture and will be signed by the Director of the Livestock Division or other duly authorized official.
(a) Samples representative of each of the standard grades of wool:
(1) Complete set: Grades 80's through 36's. Fourteen samples, each of approximately 1/8 pound grease wool, or
(2) Individual sample: Individual samples of approximately 1/8 pound of grease wool.
(b) Samples representative of each of the standard grades of wool top:
(1) Complete set: Grades 80's through 36's. Fourteen samples, each of approximately 3 ounces wool top, or
(2) Individual sample: Individual samples of approximately 3 ounces of wool top, representing a standard grade.
(c) Each application for standard samples of wool or wool top shall be upon an application form furnished or approved by the Agricultural Marketing Service, shall be signed by the applicant, and shall be accompanied by certified check, draft, post office money order, or express money order, payable to the “Agricultural Marketing Service,” in an amount to cover the cost of the samples requested, and shall incorporate the following agreement:
(1) That no samples representative of the official wool or wool top standards shall be considered or used as representing such standards after cancellation in accordance with this section.
(2) That the said standard samples shall be subject to inspection by the Secretary or by any duly authorized officer or agent of the Department of Agriculture during usual business hours of the person having custody of the samples.
(3) That the certificate covering any of the samples representative of the standards may be revoked and canceled by the Director of the Livestock Division if it is found upon such inspection that the said samples are not representative of the official standards.
Note to § 31.400:
A sample consists of wool randomly selected from a bulk sample. The measured average and standard deviation of fiber diameter of the bulk sample are within the limits corresponding to the grade of the standard sample as set forth in the voluntary U.S. grade standards. Copies of the voluntary U.S. grade standards can be obtained from Director, Livestock and Seed Division, Agricultural Marketing Service, U.S. Department of Agriculture, P.O. Box 96456, Washington, DC 20090-6456.
§ 31.401 Cost of samples for wool grades.
(a) Complete set: $22 each, delivered to any destination within the United States and $24 each, delivered to any destination outside the United States.
(b) Individual sample: $2 each, delivered to any destination within the United States and $2.50 each, delivered to any destination outside the United States.
§ 31.402 Cost of samples for wool top grades.
(a) Complete set: $42 each, delivered to any destination within the United States and $44 each, delivered to any destination outside the United States.
(b) Individual sample: $3 each, delivered to any destination within the United States and $3.50 each, delivered to any destination outside the United States.
PART 32 PURCHASE OF GREASE MOHAIR AND MOHAIR TOP SAMPLES
Authority: 7 U.S.C. 1621-1627.
Source: 62 FR 43439, Aug. 13, 1997, unless otherwise noted.
§ 32.400 Samples of grease mohair grades; method of obtaining.
Samples certified as representative of the official standards of the United States for grades of grease mohair will be furnished as follows, subject to other conditions of this section, upon filing of an approved application and prepayment of the costs thereof as fixed in § 32.401. The certification will be issued by the U.S. Department of Agriculture and will be signed by the Director of the Livestock Division or other duly authorized official.
(a) Samples representative of each of the standard grades of grease mohair:
(1) Complete set. Ten certified samples of grease mohair, grades 40s through 18s.
(2) Individual sample. Individual certified samples of grease mohair.
(b) Each application for standard samples of grease mohair shall be upon an application form furnished or approved by the Consumer and Marketing Service, shall be signed by the applicant, and shall be accompanied by certified check, draft, post office money order, or express money order, payable to the “Agricultural Marketing Service,” in an amount to cover the cost of the samples requested, and shall incorporate the following agreement.
(1) That no samples representative of the official grease mohair standards shall be considered or used as representing such standards after cancellation in accordance with this section.
(2) That the said standard samples shall be subject to inspection by the Secretary or by any duly authorized officer or agent of the Department of Agriculture during usual business hours of the person having custody of the samples.
(3) That the certificate covering any of the samples representative of the standards may be revoked and canceled by the Director of the Livestock Division, if it is found upon such inspection that the said samples are not representative of the official standards.
Note to § 32.400:
A certified sample consists of grease mohair randomly selected from a bulk sample. The measured average and standard deviation of fiber diameter of bulk sample were within the limits corresponding to the grade of the standard sample as set forth in the voluntary U.S. grade standards. Copies of the voluntary U.S. grade standards can be obtained from Director, Livestock and Seed Division, Agricultural Marketing Service, U.S. Department of Agriculture, P.O. Box 96456, Washington, DC 20090-6456.
§ 32.401 Cost of samples for grease mohair grades.
(a) Complete set. $22 each, delivered to any destination with the United States and $25 each, delivered to any destination outside the United States.
(b) Individual sample. $2.50 each, delivered to any destination within the United States, and $3 each, delivered to any destination outside the United States.
§ 32.402 Samples of mohair top grades; method of obtaining.
Samples certified as representative of the official standards of the United States of grades of mohair top will be furnished when available as follows, subject to other conditions for this section, upon filing of an approved application and prepayment of the cost thereof as fixed in § 32.403. The certification will be issued by the U.S. Department of Agriculture and will be signed by the Director of the Livestock Division or other official duly authorized by him.
(a) Samples representative of the official grades of mohair top:
(1) Complete set. Nine certified samples of mohair top, grades 40s through 20s.
(2) Individual sample. Individual certified samples of mohair top, grades 40s through 20s.
(b) Each application for standard samples of mohair top shall be upon an application form furnished or approved by the Agricultural Marketing Service, shall be signed by the applicant, and shall be accompanied by certified check, draft, postal money order, or express money order, payable to the “Agricultural Marketing Service,” in an amount to cover the cost of the samples requested and shall incorporate the following agreement:
(1) That no samples representative of the official mohair top standards shall be considered or used as representing such standards after cancellation in accordance with this section.
(2) That the said standard samples shall be subject to inspection by the Secretary or by any duly authorized officer or agent of the Department of Agriculture during usual business hours of the person having custody of the samples.
(3) That the certificate covering any of the samples representative of the standards may be revoked and canceled by the Director of the Livestock Division, if it is found upon such inspection that the said samples are not representative of the official standards.
§ 32.403 Cost of samples for mohair top grades.
(a) Complete set. Twenty-seven dollars each, delivered to any destination within the United States and $30 each, delivered to any destination outside the United States.
(b) Individual sample. Three dollars each, delivered to any destination within the United States, and $3.50 each, delivered to any destination outside the United States.
PART 33 REQUIREMENTS UNDER THE EXPORT APPLE ACT
Authority: Sec. 7, 48 Stat. 124; 7 U.S.C. 587.
Source: 71 FR 70644, Dec. 6, 2006, unless otherwise noted.
222 Definitions
§ 33.1 Act.
Act and Export Apple Act are synonymous and mean “An act to promote the foreign trade of the United States in apples to protect the reputation of American-grown apples in foreign markets, to prevent deception or misrepresentation as to the quality of such products moving to foreign commerce, to provide for the commercial inspection of such products entering such commerce, and for other purposes,” approved June 10, 1933 (48 Stat. 123; 7 U.S.C. 581 et seq.), and amended November 12, 1999 (113 Stat. 1321; 7 U.S.C. 581 et seq.).
§ 33.2 Person.
Person means an individual, partnership, association, corporation, or any other business unit.
§ 33.3 Secretary.
Secretary means the Secretary of Agriculture of the United States or any officer or employee of the United States Department of Agriculture to whom authority has heretofore been delegated or to whom authority may hereafter be delegated to act in his stead.
§ 33.4 Carrier.
Carrier means any common or private carrier, including, but not limited to trucks, railroads, airplanes, vessels, tramp or chartered steamers whether carrying for hire or otherwise.
§ 33.5 Apples.
Apples mean fresh whole apples in packages whether or not they have been in storage.
§ 33.6 Package.
Package means any container of apples.
§ 33.7 Less than carload lot.
Less than carload lot means a quantity of apples in packages not exceeding 20,000 pounds gross weight or 400 standard boxes or equivalent.
§ 33.8 Bulk container.
Bulk container means a container that contains a quantity of apples weighing more than 100 pounds.
[79 FR 18766, Apr. 4, 2014]
223 Provisions
§ 33.10 Minimum requirements.
No person shall ship, or offer for shipment, and no carrier shall transport, or receive for transportation, any shipment of apples to any foreign destination unless:
(a) Apples grade at least U.S. No. 1 or U.S. No. 1 Early: Provided, That apples for export to Pacific ports of Russia shall grade at least U.S. Utility or U.S. No. 1 Hail for hail-damaged apples, as specified in the United States Standards for Apples (Sections 51.300-51.323 of this chapter): Provided further, That apples for export to any foreign destination do not contain apple maggot, and do not have more than 2 percent, by count, of apples with apple maggot injury, nor more than 2 percent, by count, of apples infested with San Jose scale or scale of similar appearance;
(b) Decay, scald or any other deterioration which may have developed on apples after they have been in storage or transit shall be considered as affecting condition and not the grade.
(c) Each package of apples is packed so that the apples in the top layer shall be reasonably representative in size, color, and quality of the contents of the package; and
(d) Each package of apples is marked plainly and conspicuously with:
(1) The name and address of the grower, packer, or domestic distributor: Provided, That the name of the foreign distributor may be placed on consumer unit packages shipped in a master container if such master container is marked with the name and address of the grower, packer, or domestic distributor;
(2) The variety of the apples;
(3) The name of the U.S. grade or the name of a state grade if the fruit meets each minimum requirement of a U.S. grade specified in this section.
§ 33.11 Inspection and certification.
(a) Each person shipping, or offering for shipment, apples to any foreign destination shall cause them to be inspected by the Federal or Federal-State Inspection Service in accordance with regulations governing the inspection and certification of fresh fruits, and vegetables and other products (part 51 of this chapter) and certified as meeting the requirements of the Act and this part. No carrier shall transport, or receive for transportation, apples to any foreign destination unless they have been so inspected and certified. Inspection and certification may be obtained at any time prior to exportation of the apples. Such a Federal or Federal-State certificate shall be designated as an “Export Form Certificate” and shall include the following statement: “Meets requirements of Export Apple Act.” The shipper shall deliver a copy of the Export Form Certificate or Memorandum of Inspection to the export carrier. Whenever apples are inspected and certified at any other point other than the port of exportation, the shipper shall deliver a copy of the Export Form Certificate or Memorandum of Inspection to the agent of the first carrier that thereafter transports such apples and such agent shall deliver such copy to the proper official of the carrier on which the apples, covered by such certificate or memorandum, are to be exported. A copy of the Export Form Certificate or Memorandum of Inspection shall be filed by the export carrier for a period of not less than three (3) years after date of export.
(b) If the inspector has reason to believe that samples of a lot of apples have been obtained for a determination as to compliance with tolerance for spray residue, established under the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, as amended (52 Stat. 1040; U.S.C. 301 et seq.), he shall not issue a certificate on the lot unless it complies with such tolerances.
224 Exemptions
§ 33.12 Apples not subject to regulation.
Except as otherwise provided in this section, any person may, without regard to the provisions of this part, ship or offer for shipment, and any carrier may, without regard to the provisions of this part, transport or receive for transportation to any foreign destination:
(a) A quantity of apples to any foreign country not exceeding a total of 5,000 pounds gross weight or 100 boxes of apples packed in standard boxes on a single conveyance:
(b) Apples to Pacific ports west of the International Date Line which do not meet maturity standards of the grade specified in § 33.10, if the packages are conspicuously marked or printed with the words “Immature Fruit;” (in letters at least two inches high) if inspected and certified as meeting all other requirements of §§ 33.10 and 33.11.
(c) Apples for processing which do not meet the grade standards specified in § 33.10, if such apples grade at least U.S. No. 1 as specified in U.S. Standards for Apples for Processing (§§ 51.340 to 51.344 of this chapter), and if the containers are conspicuously marked “Cannery” (in letters at least two inches high) if inspected and certified as meeting all other requirements of §§ 33.10 and 33.11.
(d) Apples shipped to Canada in bulk containers.
[71 FR 70644, Dec. 6, 2006, as amended at 79 FR 18766, Apr. 4, 2014]
225 Withholding Certificates
§ 33.13 Notice.
If the Secretary is considering withholding the issuance of certificates under the Act for a period of not exceeding 90 days to any person who ships, or offers for shipment, apples to any foreign destination in violation of any provisions of the Act or this part, he or she shall cause notice to be given to the person accused of the nature of the charges against him or her and of the specific instances in which violation of the Act or the regulations in this part is charged.
§ 33.14 Opportunity for hearing.
The person accused shall be entitled to a hearing, provided he or she makes written requests therefore and files a written responsive answer to the charges made not later than 10 days after service of such notice on him or her. The right to hearing shall be restricted to matters in issue. At such hearing, he or she shall have the right to be present in person or by counsel and to submit evidence and argument in his or her behalf. Failure to request a hearing within the specified time or failure to appear at the hearing when scheduled shall be deemed a waiver of the right to hearing. Such person may, in lieu of requesting an oral hearing, file a sworn written statement with the Secretary not later than 10 days after service of such notice upon him or her.
§ 33.15 Suspension of inspection.
Any order to withhold the issuance of a certificate, as provided in section 6 of the Act, will be effective from the date specified in the order but no earlier than the date of its service upon the person found to have been guilty. Such order will state the inclusive dates during which it is to remain in effect, and during this period no inspector employed or licensed by the Secretary shall issue any Export Form Certificate or Memorandum of Inspection to such person.
§ 33.16 Service of notice or order.
Service of any notice or order required by the Act or prescribed by the regulations in this part shall be deemed sufficient if made personally upon the person served, by registered mail, or by leaving a copy of such notice or order with an employee or agent at such person's usual place of business or abode or with any member of his immediate family at his or her place of abode. If the person named is a partnership, association, or corporation, service may similarly be made by service on any member of the partnership or any officer, employee, or agent of the association or corporation.
226 Miscellaneous
§ 33.50 Apples for processing.
The terms “apples for processing” as used in § 33.12 of this part apply only and is restricted to packages of apples which were originally packaged for processing and marked “Cannery” as required by § 33.12(c) of this part. Packages of apples not so originally packaged and marked are not eligible for certification as “apples for processing” for purposes of this part.
§ 33.60 OMB control number assigned pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act.
The OMB control number assigned pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act for this part is OMB No. 0581-0143.
34 PART 34 [RESERVED]
PART 35 EXPORT GRAPES AND PLUMS
Authority: 74 Stat. 734; 75 Stat. 220; 7 U.S.C. 591-599.
Source: 26 FR 8934, Sept. 22, 1961, unless otherwise noted.
227 Definitions
§ 35.1 Act.
Act or Export Grape and Plum Act means “An Act to promote the foreign trade of the United States in grapes and plums, to protect the reputation of American-grown grapes and plums in foreign markets, to prevent deception or misrepresentation as to the quality of such products moving in foreign commerce, to provide for the commercial inspection of such products entering such commerce, and for other purposes” (74 Stat. 734; 75 Stat. 220; 7 U.S.C. 591-599).
§ 35.2 Person.
Person means an individual, partnership, association, corporation, or any other business unit.
§ 35.3 Secretary.
Secretary means the Secretary of Agriculture of the United States or any officer or employee of the United States Department of Agriculture to whom authority has heretofore been delegated or to whom authority may hereafter be delegated to act in his stead.
§ 35.4 Carrier.
Carrier means any common or private carrier, including, but not being limited to, trucks, rail, airplanes, vessels, tramp or chartered steamers, whether carrying for hire or otherwise.
§ 35.5 Package.
Package means any container of any variety of vinifera species table grapes.
[41 FR 32877, Aug. 6, 1976]
§ 35.6 Shipment.
Shipment means one or more lots of any variety of vinifera species table grapes shipped or offered for shipment by any one person in a single conveyance to a foreign country regardless of the number of consignees, receivers, or ports of destination in that country.
[41 FR 32877, Aug. 6, 1976]
§ 35.7 Certificate.
Certificate or Certificate of Inspection means any of the official forms of inspection certificate, bearing the statement “meets Export Grape and Plum Act,” issued by the Federal or Federal-State Inspection Service in accordance with regulations governing the inspection of fresh fruits, vegetables, and other products (7 CFR part 51).
[26 FR 8934, Sept. 22, 1961, as amended at 85 FR 7444, Feb. 10, 2020]
§ 35.8 Date of export.
Date of export means the date of loading on board the exporting carrier on which movement of the grapes from the United States is effected. The date of the on board bill of lading (or loading tally sheet) shall be considered to be the date the grapes were loaded on board, unless an “on board” date is shown.
228 Regulations
§ 35.11 Minimum requirements.
No person shall ship, or offer for shipment, and no carrier shall transport, or receive for transportation, any shipment of any variety of vinifera species table grapes unless such grapes meet the following quality and container marking requirements applicable to the variety and destination specified:
(a) Any such variety for export to destinations in Japan, Europe (defined to mean the following countries: Albania, Austria, Belgium, Bosnia, Bulgaria, Croatia, Czech Republic, Denmark, England, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Herzegovina, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Liechtenstein, Luxembourg, Macedonia, Montenegro, Netherlands, Northern Ireland, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Scotland, Serbia, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Wales), or Greenland shall meet each applicable minimum requirement of the U.S. Fancy Table grape grade as specified in the U.S. Standards for Grades of Table Grapes (European or Vinifera Type) (§§ 51.880-51.912 of this title). The Black Corinth variety shall be exempt from bunch and berry size requirements.
(b) Any such variety for export to any foreign destination, other than destinations in Japan, Europe, Greenland, Canada, or Mexico, shall meet each applicable minimum requirement of the U.S. No. 1 Table grape grade as specified in the U.S. Standards for Grades of Table Grapes (European or Vinifera Type) (§§ 51.880-51.912 of this title), except that an additional 2 percent tolerance for sealed berry cracks on the Ribier variety is allowed. The Black Corinth variety shall be exempt from bunch and berry size requirements.
(c) Each package of any such variety, other than those in packages of 5 pounds or less in master containers, to any destination other than in Canada or Mexico shall be plainly and conspicuously marked with the name and address of the grower or packer, the variety, and the applicable inspection lot stamp number, except that when the packages are unitized, the requirement as to inspection lot stamp marking shall be deemed as met if the exposed box ends on one end of the unit are so marked.
[41 FR 32877, Aug. 6, 1976, as amended at 61 FR 54082, Oct. 17, 1996; 76 FR 14277, Mar. 16, 2011]
§ 35.12 Inspection and certification.
(a) Each person shipping or offering for shipment any variety of vinifera species table grapes, to any foreign destination other than destinations in Canada or Mexico, shall cause them to be inspected within 14 days prior to date of export by the Federal or Federal-State Inspection Service in accordance with regulations governing the inspection and certification of fresh fruits, vegetables, and other products (part 51 of this chapter) and certified as meeting the requirements of the act and this part.
(b) The Federal or Federal-State certificate shall be designated as an “Export Form Certificate” and shall include one of the following statements as applicable:
(1) For any variety meeting specifications of paragraph (a) of § 35.11 “Meets requirements of Export Grape and Plum Act” or (2) For any variety meeting specifications of paragraph (b) of § 35.11 “Meets requirements of Export Grape and Plum Act except for export to destinations in Europe, Greenland, or Japan.” No carrier shall transport or receive for transportation any such variety to any foreign destination other than Canada or Mexico unless a copy of the certificate of inspection issued thereon showing that the grapes meet requirements for the applicable export destination is surrendered to such carrier when such variety is so received. The shipper shall deliver a copy of such certificate covering the shipment to the export carrier. Such grapes may be inspected at points other than port of exportation. Whenever such grapes are inspected and certified at any point other than port of exportation, the shipper shall deliver a copy of such certificate to the agent of the first carrier that thereafter transports such grapes and such agent shall deliver such copy to the proper official of the carrier on which the grapes are to be exported.
(c) A copy of the Certificate of Inspection shall be filed by the export carrier for a period of not less than three (3) years following date of export.
(d) Persons exporting grapes under the provisions of section 2 of the Act shall first submit to the Federal or Federal-State Inspection Service a certification in duplicate stating the names and addresses of the contracting parties, the date of contract, the quantity of grapes to be delivered, the U.S. grade specified, the expected date of shipment, and the name and address of the export carrier. The certificate of inspection shall indicate that the grapes are eligible for export under section 2 of the Act.
(e) If the inspector has reason to believe that samples of a lot of any variety of vinifera species table grapes have been obtained for a determination as to compliance with tolerance for spray residue, established under the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, as amended (52 Stat. 1040; 21 U.S.C. 301 et seq.), he shall not issue a certificate on the lot unless it complies with such tolerances.
[26 FR 8934, Sept. 22, 1961, as amended at 41 FR 32878, Aug. 6, 1976]
229 Exemptions
§ 35.13 Minimum quantity.
Any person may, without regard to the provisions of this part, ship or offer for shipment, and any carrier may, without regard to the provisions of this part, transport or receive for transportation to any foreign destination, a shipment of 25 packages or less of vinifera species table grapes, either a single variety or a combination of two or more varieties, not exceeding 1,250 pounds gross weight.
[41 FR 32878, Aug. 6, 1976]
230 Withholding Certificates
§ 35.14 Notice.
If the Secretary is considering withholding the issuance of certificates under the Act for a period of not exceeding 90 days to any person who ships, or offers for shipment, any variety of vinifera species table grapes to any foreign destination in violation of any provisions of the Act or this part, he shall cause notice to be given to the person accused of the nature of the charges against him and of the specific instances in which violation of the Act or the regulations in this part is charged.
[41 FR 32878, Aug. 6, 1976]
§ 35.15 Opportunity for hearing.
The person accused shall be entitled to a hearing, provided he makes written request therefor and files a written responsive answer to the charges made not later than 10 days after service of such notice upon him. The right to hearing shall be restricted to matters in issue. At such hearing, he shall have the right to be present in person or by counsel and to submit evidence and argument in his behalf. Failure to request a hearing within the specified time or failure to appear at the hearing when scheduled shall be deemed a waiver of the right to hearing. Such person may, in lieu of requesting an oral hearing, file a sworn written statement with the Secretary not later than 10 days after service of such notice upon him.
§ 35.16 Suspension of inspection.
Any order to withhold the issuance of a certificate, as provided in section 6 of the Act, will be effective from the date specified in the order but no earlier than the date of its service upon the person found to have been guilty. Such order will state the inclusive dates during which it is to remain in effect, and during this period no inspector employed or licensed by the Secretary shall issue any Certificate of Inspection to such person.
§ 35.17 Service of notice or order.
Service of any notice or order required by the Act or prescribed by the regulations in this part shall be deemed sufficient if made personally upon the person served, by registered mail, or by leaving a copy of such notice or order with an employee or agent at such person's usual place of business or abode or with any member of his immediate family at his place of abode. If the person named is a partnership, association, or corporation, service may similarly be made by service on any member of the partnership or any officer, employee, or agent of the association or corporation.
§ 35.60 OMB control numbers assigned pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act.
The information collection requirements contained in this part have been approved by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under the provisions of 44 U.S.C. chapter 35 and have been assigned OMB control number 0581-0143.
[49 FR 23826, June 8, 1984]
PART 36 PROCEDURES BY WHICH THE AGRICULTURAL MARKETING SERVICE DEVELOPS, REVISES, SUSPENDS, OR TERMINATES VOLUNTARY OFFICIAL GRADE STANDARDS
Authority: 7 U.S.C. 1621-1627.
Source: 62 FR 43439, Aug. 13, 1997, unless otherwise noted.
§ 36.1 General information.
The Agricultural Marketing Service (AMS or agency) of the U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA) facilitates the fair and efficient marketing of agricultural products by promulgating voluntary official grade standards for dairy, fresh and processed fruits and vegetables, livestock, meats and meat products, eggs, poultry and rabbit products, tobacco, wool, mohair, and other agricultural products. AMS standards provide a uniform language for describing the quality of various agricultural commodities in the marketplace. These standards may cover (but are not limited to) terms, classes, sizes (including quantities of packaged consumer agricultural commodities), dimensions, capacities, quality levels, performance criteria, inspection requirements, marking requirements, testing equipment, test procedures, and installation procedures.
(a) Grade standards are officially designated as U.S. Grade Standards and the AMS assigns each grade standard an appropriate identification number. AMS develops, revises, suspends, or terminates official grade standards under procedures that allows for input by interested parties.
(b) These procedures set forth the process by which AMS will develop, revise, suspend, or terminate the U.S. standards.
(c) Communications about AMS standards in general should be addressed to the Administrator, Attention: Functional Committee for Standards. Communications about specific standards (such as a request to develop or revise a standard) should be addressed to the Director of the appropriate Division (Dairy, Fruit and Vegetable, Livestock and Seed, Poultry, or Tobacco). All communications should include in the address: Agricultural Marketing Service, U.S. Department of Agriculture, P.O. Box 96456, Washington, DC 20090-6456.
§ 36.2 Initiating action on grade standards.
The Agency will develop, revise, suspend, or terminate grade standards if it determines that such action is in the public interest. Any standardization action should reflect the broad interest of individuals or an industry involved in manufacturing, producing, packaging, distributing, testing, consuming, or using the product; or the interest of a Federal, State, or local agency. Proposed actions should always be based on sound technical and marketing information and should include careful consideration of the factors that determine a commodity's quality and condition and that will allow trained personnel to determine objectively conformance or non-conformance.
(a) AMS encourages interested parties to participate in the review, development, and revision of grade standards. Interested parties include growers, producers, processors, shippers, distributors, consumers, individuals or groups, trade associations, companies, and State or Federal agencies. Such groups and individuals may at any time recommend that AMS develop, revise suspend, or terminate a grade standard. Requests for Agency action should be in writing, preferably accompanied by a draft of the suggested change.
(1) The Agency, in cooperation with interested parties, as applicable, will:
(i) Determine the need for new or revised standards;
(ii) Collect technical, marketing, or other appropriate data;
(iii) Conduct research regarding new or revised standards, as appropriate; and,
(iv) Draft the proposed standards;
(2) [Reserved]
(b) If the Agency determines that new standards are needed, existing standards need to be revised, or the suspension or termination of existing standards is justified, it will undertake the action, with input from all interested parties.
§ 36.3 Public notification of grade standards action.
After developing a standardization proposal, the Agency will publish a notice in the Federal Register describing new or changes to existing standards or to suspend or terminate existing standards. AMS will simultaneously issue a news release about these actions. AMS will also distribute copies of the full text of the proposals to anyone requesting a copy or to anyone the Agency believes may be interested, including other Federal, State, or local government agencies, and on the Internet. For other than minor editorial or technical changes, the notice will provide at least 60 days for interested parties to submit comments to the Agency.
(a) All comments received within the comment period will be part of the public record maintained by the Agency, will be available to the public for review, and will be considered by the Agency before final action is taken on the proposal.
(1) Based on the comments received, the Agency's knowledge of standards, grading, marketing, and other technical factors, and any other relevant information AMS will decide whether the proposed actions should be implemented.
(2) If AMS concludes that the actions as proposed or with minor modifications should be adopted, AMS will publish a description of the changes or actions in a Federal Register notice. The Agency, through the appropriate AMS Divisions, will make the grade standards and related information available in printed form and electronic media.
(3) If the Agency determines that proposed changes are not warranted, or otherwise are not in the public interest, the Agency will either publish in the Federal Register a notice withdrawing the proposal, or will revise the proposal and again seek public input.
(b) [Reserved]
37-41 PARTS 37-41 [RESERVED]
PART 42 STANDARDS FOR CONDITION OF FOOD CONTAINERS
Authority: Secs. 203, 205, 60 Stat. 1087, as amended, 1090, as amended (7 U.S.C. 1622, 1624).
Subpart A Definitions
§ 42.101 Meaning of words.
Words used in this part in the singular form shall be considered to import the plural, or vice versa, as the case may demand.
[31 FR 4687, Mar. 19, 1966; 31 FR 4949, Mar. 25, 1966; Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977 and at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981]
§ 42.102 Definitions, general.
For the purpose of this part, unless the context otherwise requires, the following terms shall be construed, respectively, to mean:
Acceptable Quality Level (AQL). The maximum number of defects per hundred units (DHU) which is acceptable as a process average. Lots, or portions of production, having a quality level equal to a specified AQL will be accepted approximately 95 percent of the time when using the sampling plans prescribed for the AQL.
Acceptance Number (Ac). The number in a sampling plan that indicates the maximum number of defects permitted in a sample in order to consider a lot as meeting a specific requirement.
Administrator. The Administrator of the Agricultural Marketing Service (AMS) of the Department or any other officer or employee of the Agency who is delegated, or who may be delegated the authority to act in the Administrator's stead.
Basic Inspection Period. A specified period of consecutive production designated for on-line inspection (e.g., one shift's production, one day's production, etc.).
Condition. The degree of acceptability of the container with respect to freedom from defects which affect the serviceability, including appearance as well as usability, of the container for its intended purpose.
Cumulative Sum Sampling (CuSum) Plan. An on-line sampling plan that accumulates the number of defects which exceed the subgroup tolerance (“T”) in a series of consecutive subgroups. Terms specified to the CuSum sampling plans are:
(a) Acceptance Limit (“L”). The maximum accumulation of defects allowed to exceed the subgroup tolerance (“T”) in any subgroup or consecutive subgroups.
(b) CuSum value. The accumulated number of defects that exceed the subgroup tolerance (“T”).
(c) Subgroup tolerance (“T”). The allowable number of defects in any subgroup.
(d) Starting value (“S”). The initial CuSum value used to begin a CuSum sampling plan.
Defect. Any nonconformance of a container from specified requirements.
Defect classifications. The terms used to denote the severity of a defect. The terms are as follows:
(a) Critical defect. A defect that seriously affects, or is likely to seriously affect, the usability of the container for its intended purpose.
(b) Major defect. A defect that materially affects, or is likely to materially affect, the usability of the container for its intended purpose.
(c) Minor defect. A defect that materially affects the appearance of the container but is not likely to affect the usability of the container for its intended purpose.
(d) Insignificant defect. A flaw in the container that does not materially affect the appearance and does not affect usability of the container for its intended purpose. When performing examinations, insignificant defects shall not be recorded.
Defective. A container which has one or more defects.
Department. The U.S. Department of Agriculture.
Double sampling. A sampling scheme which involves use of two independently drawn but related samples, a first sample and a second sample which is added to the first to form a total sample size. A double sampling plan consists of first and total sample sizes with associated acceptance and rejection criteria. The first sample must be inspected first, and if possible, a decision as to acceptance or rejection of the lot made before a second sample is inspected. When the decision cannot be made on the first sample, a second sample is inspected; the decision to accept or reject is based on the total sample size.
Lot or inspection lot. A collection of filled food containers of the same size, type, and style. The term shall mean “inspection lot,” i.e., a collection of units of product from which a sample is to be drawn and inspected to determine conformance with the applicable acceptance criteria. An inspection lot may differ from a collection of units designated as a lot for other purposes (e.g., production lot, shipping lot, etc.).
On-line sampling. The random selection of samples from a production line.
Origin inspection. An inspection made at any location where the filled containers are examined prior to shipment or transfer to the purchaser.
Primary container. The immediate container in which the product is packaged and which serves to protect, preserve, and maintain the condition of the product. It may be metal, glass, fiber, wood, textile, plastic, paper, or any other suitable type of material and may be supplemented by liners, overwraps, or other protective materials.
(b) For On-line Sampling. The chance that a portion of production with a given level of quality will be accepted. Probability of acceptance is synonymous with “Percent of Production Expected to be Accepted.” The probability of acceptance is normally designated as “Pa.” In on-line sampling inspection, the probability of acceptance of any portion of production depends on the sample results obtained from the preceding portions. The probability of acceptance values associated with these procedures are the values which would be expected if a large number of samples are to be inspected. For the CuSum plans referenced in this standard, the probability of acceptance at the Acceptable Quality Level (AQL) is approximately 95 percent. The starting value (“S”) associated with each CuSum plan helps to make the probability of acceptance of the first portions of production of a basic inspection period as close as possible to 95 percent.
Random sampling. A process of selecting a sample from a lot, or portion of production, whereby each unit in the lot of portion of production, has an equal chance of being chosen.
Rejection number (Re). The number in a sampling plan that indicates the minimum number of defects in a sample that will cause a lot to fail a specific requirement.
Sample. Any number of sample units which are to be used for inspection.
Sample size (n). The number of sample units included in the sample.
Sample unit. The individual container including any component parts.
Sampling plan. Any plan stating the number of sample units to be included in the sample as well as the corresponding plan parameters used to make acceptance and rejection decisions.
Secondary container. The container in which one or more primary containers are packed. For example, a shipping case containing canned product.
Shipping case. The container in which the product or primary containers of the product are placed to protect, preserve, and maintain the condition of the product during transit or storage. The shipping case may include strapping, liners or other protective material.
Single sampling. A sampling scheme where the decision to accept or reject an inspection lot with respect to a specified requirement is made after the inspection of a single sample. A single sampling plan consists of a single sample size with associated acceptance and rejection criteria.
Stationary lot sampling. The process of randomly selecting sample units from a lot whose production has been completed. This type of lot is usually stored in a warehouse or in some other storage facility and is offered in its entirety for inspection.
Subgroup. A group of sample units representing a portion of production.
Total defects. The sum of critical, major, and minor defects.
User. The person or agency at whose request inspection is conducted.
[31 FR 4687, Mar. 19, 1966, as amended at 36 FR 18456, Sept. 15, 1971; 41 FR 42639, Sept. 28, 1976. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further amended at 45 FR 69423, Oct. 21, 1980. Redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981; 78 FR 57035, Sept. 17, 2013]
Subpart B Procedures for Stationary Lot Sampling and Inspection
§ 42.103 Purpose and scope.
(a) This subpart outlines the procedure to be used to establish the condition of containers in stationary lots of packaged foods. This subpart shall be used to determine the acceptability of a lot based on specified acceptable quality levels and defects referenced in § 42.104 or any alternative plan which is approved by the Administrator. In addition, any other sampling plan in the tables with a larger first sample size than that indicated by the lot size range may be specified when approved by the Administrator. This subpart or approved alternative plan will be applied when a Government agency or private user of the inspection or grading services requests that filled primary containers or shipping cases, or both, be certified for condition. Unless the request for certification specifically asks that only the primary container or only the shipping case be examined, both containers will be examined.
(b) Unless otherwise specified by the user of service, this subpart will not apply to inspection lots of less than 50 shipping cases or to inspection lots of less than 300 primary containers. When the primary container is the shipping case, the shipping case limit will apply. When the lot size exceeds either the 50 shipping case limit or the 300 primary container limit or both, the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section will apply.
(c) Under certain conditions, special procedures (Skip Lot Sampling and Inspection) may be used to determine the condition of containers in stationary lots of packaged foods. Subpart C sets forth the requirements and procedures for Skip Lot Sampling and Inspection.
[31 FR 4687, Mar. 19, 1966, as amended at 36 FR 18456, Sept. 15, 1971; 41 FR 42639, Sept. 28, 1976. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further amended at 45 FR 69424, Oct. 21, 1980. Redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981]
§ 42.104 Sampling plans and defects.
(a) Sampling plans. Sections 42.109 through 42.111 show the number of containers to examine for condition in relation to lot size ranges. The tables provide acceptance (Ac) and rejection (Re) numbers for lot acceptance (or rejection) based on the number, class, and type of defects present in the sample.
(b) Defects. The tables in § 42.112 enumerate and classify defects according to the degree to which the individual defect affects the serviceability, including appearance as well as usability, of the container for its intended purpose. The table in § 42.113 enumerates and classifies defects of the label, marking, or code.
[31 FR 4687, Mar. 19, 1966, as amended at 36 FR 18456, Sept. 15, 1971. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977 and 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981]
§ 42.105 Basis for selection of sample.
(a) Identification of lot. Selection of proper samples requires sufficient information to identify the lot; such information includes, but is not limited to:
(1) The lot size (see § 42.103 for restriction on small lots);
(2) The type and size of container;
(3) The code marks or other identification marks and the number of containers represented by each mark.
(4) The history of the lot regarding previous inspections; and
(5) The inspection status (normal, tightened, or reduced).
(b) Preliminary scanning. Prior to drawing the sample, the lot should be scanned to determine if any segments or portions are abnormal with respect to wet cases, blown cans, top layer rust, leaking bags, etc. If such segments or portions noted are of any consequence, the lot may be rejected for condition of containers without sampling.
(c) Sample size. Determination of the number of containers to check for condition:
(1) Refer to the table in §§ 42.109 through 42.111 (sampling plans) and find where the lot size (number of individual containers) fits into the column headed “Lot Size Ranges.”
(i) Tables I-A (normal), II-A (tightened), or III-A (reduced), as applicable, will apply to origin inspections, unless the contractor requests that corresponding single sampling plans be used.
(ii) The appropriate double sampling plans in Table I will apply to other than origin inspections, unless the contractor requests that corresponding single sampling plans be used.
(2) Select the appropriate sample size for the corresponding lot size range as indicated in the appropriate column headed “Sample Size.”
(3) Lots rejected for unsatisfactory condition of containers may be subsequently sampled after being reconditioned or reworked. Such lots or resulting portion of a lot may be sampled as a reoffered lot providing the reoffered portion is separately identifiable. When making such inspections, the appropriate sampling plan for tightened inspection shall be used. Except in the case of an appeal inspection, it is not permissible to reinspect a previously rejected lot until it has been reconditioned or reworked.
(d) Sample selection. Select samples from the lot presented in accordance with either of the following two procedures as may be applicable. (A lot offered for inspection will be accepted or rejected in its entirety with either sampling procedure used to select the sample.)
(1) Proportional random sampling. When the number of codes or other identifying marks within the lot and the approximate number of cases or containers per code are known, select sample units at random within each mark and in a number proportionate to the number of containers represented by such mark.
(2) Simple random sampling. When there are no code or other identifying marks, or when the number of codes or identifying marks within the lot and/or approximate number of cases or containers per mark are not known, select sample units at random from the entire lot.
(e) Maximum sample units per case. If the lot is cased, predetermine the number of containers to draw from each sampled case as well as the position within the case. Do not restrict the sampling to the top or bottom layers or to the corners. The best sample is one selected from all the various positions in the shipping case. It is desirable but not mandatory to limit the number of sample units to a single container from any one case. Multiple sample units may be taken from a single case but not in excess of the following plan:
(1) When containers are packed 12 or less to a case, draw a maximum of 6 sample units from any one case; and
(2) When containers are packed more than 12 to a case but not more than 60, draw a maximum of 12 sample units from any one case; and
(3) When containers are packed more than 60 to a case but not more than 250, draw a maximum of 16 sample units from any one case; and
(4) When containers are packed more than 250 in a case, draw a maximum of 24 sample units from any one case.
[31 FR 4687, Mar. 19, 1966, as amended at 36 FR 18456, Sept. 15, 1971. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977 and 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981]
§ 42.106 Classifying and recording defects.
(a) Classifying defects. Examine each sample unit for the applicable type of defects listed in the table covering the container being inspected in §§ 42.112 and 42.113. Other defects, not specifically listed, shall be classified according to their effect on the intended use of the container.
(1) Related defects are defects on a single container that are related to a single cause. If the initial incident causing one of the defects had not occurred, none of the other related defects on the container would be present. As an example of related defects, a can may be a leaker and the exterior may also be seriously rusted due to the leakage of the contents. In this case, the container is scored only once for these two defects since the rust condition can be attributed to the leak. Score the container according to whichever condition is the most serious. In this example, score as a “leaker” (a critical defect) and not as “pitted rust” (a major defect).
(2) Unrelated defects are defects on a single container that result from separate causes. If the incident that caused one of the defects had not occurred, the other unrelated defects on the container would still be present. As an example of unrelated defects, a can may be seriously rusted, may have a bad dent along the seam, and the label may also be detached from the can because of improper gluing. In this case it is unlikely that any of the three defects exist because of a common cause. Therefore, they are considered unrelated defects and should be scored as three defects.
(3) The lot acceptance portion of this procedure is based on the number of defects per 100 containers. It is necessary to determine if the defects on any one container are “related” defects or “unrelated” defects. A container is scored for the most serious of related defects, and is also scored for each unrelated defect.
(b) Recording defects. Record on a worksheet the number, type, and class (critical, major, or minor) of defects on each sample unit.
(c) Totaling defects. Add the number of defects in each class, then add the number of minor, major, and critical defects to obtain the total defects.
[31 FR 4687, Mar. 19, 1966, as amended at 36 FR 18456, Sept. 15, 1971. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977 and 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981; 78 FR 57035, Sept. 17, 2013]
§ 42.107 Lot acceptance criteria.
(a) The acceptability of the lot is determined by relating the number and class of defects enumerated on the worksheet to the acceptance and rejection numbers shown in §§ 42.109 through 42.111 for the respective sample size and Acceptable Quality Level (AQL).
(b) Unless otherwise specified, use the following AQL's for the respective class of defects:
Defect class | AQL at origin inspection | AQL at other than origin inspection
Critical | 0.25 | 0.25
Major | 1.5 | 2.5
Total | 6.5 | 10.0
(c) Refer to the appropriate sample size and AQL and compare the number of defects found in the sample with the acceptance (Ac) and rejection (Re) numbers in the sampling plan.
(1) Accept the lot after examining the single sample or first sample of a double sampling plan when all of the following conditions are met:
(i) The number of critical defects does not exceed the applicable acceptance number (Ac) for critical defects, and
(ii) The number of major defects does not exceed the applicable acceptance number (Ac) for major defects, and
(iii) The total number of critical, major, and minor defects does not exceed the applicable acceptance number (Ac) for total defects.
(2) Reject the lot after examining the single sample or first sample of a double sampling plan when any one or more of the following conditions occur:
(i) The number of critical defects equals or exceeds the applicable rejection number (Re) for critical defects, or
(ii) The number of major defects equals or exceeds the applicable rejection number (Re) for major defects, or
(iii) The total number of critical, major, and minor defects equals or exceeds the applicable rejection number (Re) for total defects.
(3) If the lot can neither be accepted nor rejected on the first sample, when a double sampling plan is used, select and examine the prescribed second sample. Accept the lot if the accumulated defects of the first and second sample meet conditions of paragraph (c)(1) of this section, otherwise, reject the lot.
[31 FR 4687, Mar. 19, 1966, as amended at 36 FR 18456, Sept. 15, 1971. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977 and 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981]
§ 42.108 Normal, tightened, or reduced inspection.
(a) Normal inspection. Sampling plans for normal inspection are those in Tables I and I-A. These plans shall be used except when the history of inspection permits reduced inspection or requires tightened inspection.
(b) Tightened inspection. Sampling plans for tightened inspection are those in Tables II and II-A.
(c) Reduced inspection. Sampling plans for reduced inspection are those in Tables III and III-A.
(d) Switching rules. The normal inspection procedure shall be followed except when conditions in paragraph (d) (1) or (3) of this section are applicable or unless otherwise specified. Application of the following switching rules will be restricted to the inspection of lots for one applicant at a single location (plant, warehouse, etc.), and will be based upon records of original inspections of lots (excluding resubmitted lots) at that same location.
(1) Normal inspection to reduced inspection. When normal inspection is in effect, reduced inspection shall be instituted providing that reduced inspection is considered desirable by the Administrator and further provided that all of the following conditions are satisfied for each class of defect:
(i) The preceding 10 inspection lots (or more, as indicated by the note to Table III-B) which have been inspected within the preceding 6 months have been on normal inspection and none has been rejected on original inspection; and
(ii) The total number of defects in the samples from the preceding 10 inspection lots (or such other number of lots used for condition in paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section) is equal to or less than the applicable number given in Table III-B. If a double sampling plan is used, all samples inspected should be included, not “first” samples only; and
(2) Reduced inspection to normal inspection. When reduced inspection is in effect, normal inspection shall be reinstituted if any of the following occur:
(i) An inspection lot is rejected on original inspection; or
(ii) Production becomes irregular (delayed or accelerated); or
(iii) Other valid conditions warrant that normal inspection shall be reinstituted.
(3) Normal inspection to tightened inspection. When normal inspection is in effect, tightened inspection shall be instituted when 2 out of 5 consecutive inspection lots have been rejected on original inspection.
(4) Tightened inspection to normal inspection. When tightened inspection is in effect, normal inspection shall be reinstituted when five consecutive inspection lots have been considered acceptable on original inspection.
(e) When the rules require a switch in the inspection status because of one or more classes of defects, all classes of defects shall be inspected under the new inspection criteria. At the option of the user of the service and when approved by the Administrator, such user may elect to remain on normal inspection when qualified for reduced inspection, or on tightened inspection when qualified for normal inspection.
(f) Appeal inspection—(1) Appeal request. Any interested party who is not satisfied with the results of a condition inspection on packaged food containers, as stated on an official certificate, may request an appeal inspection.
(2) How to file an appeal. A request for an appeal inspection may be made orally or in writing. If made orally, written confirmation may be required. The applicant shall clearly state the reasons for requesting the appeal service and a description of the product to be appealed.
(3) When an application for an appeal inspection may be refused. When it appears that: (i) The reasons given in the request are frivolous or not substantial; or (ii) the condition of the containers has undergone a material change since the original inspection; or (iii) the original lot is no longer intact, the applicant's request for the appeal inspection may be refused. In such case, the applicant shall be promptly notified of the reason(s) for such refusal.
(4) Who shall perform the appeal. An appeal inspection shall be performed by a person(s) other than the person who made the inspection being appealed.
(5) Sampling procedures. The sampling plan for an appeal inspection shall be the next larger sampling plan from the plan in the table used in the original inspection.
(6) Appeal certificate. Immediately after an appeal inspection is completed, an appeal certificate shall be issued to show that the original inspection was sustained or was not sustained. Such certificate shall supersede any previously issued certificate for the inspection involved and shall clearly identify the number and date of the superseded certificate. The issuance of the appeal certificate may be withheld until the previously issued certificate and all copies have been returned when such action is deemed necessary to protect the interest of the Government.
[31 FR 4687, Mar. 19, 1966, as amended at 36 FR 18456, Sept. 15, 1971. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977 and 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981]
§ 42.109 Sampling plans for normal condition of container inspection, Tables I and I-A.
Table I—Single Sampling Plans for Normal Condition of Container Inspection
Code | Lot size ranges— Number of containers in lot | Type of Plan | Acceptable quality levels
Origin Inspection | Other Than Origin Inspection
Sample size | 0.25 | 1.5 | 6.5 | 0.25 | 2.5 | 10.0
Ac | Re | Ac | Re | Ac | Re | Ac | Re | Ac | Re | Ac | Re
CA | 6,000 or less | Single | 84 | 0 | 1 | 3 | 4 | 9 | 10 | 0 | 1 | 4 | 5 | 13 | 14
CB | 6,001-12,000 | Single | 168 | 1 | 2 | 5 | 6 | 16 | 17 | 1 | 2 | 7 | 8 | 23 | 24
CC | 12,001-36,000 | Single | 315 | 2 | 3 | 8 | 9 | 28 | 29 | 2 | 3 | 13 | 14 | 41 | 42
CD | Over 36,000 | Single | 500 | 3 | 4 | 12 | 13 | 42 | 43 | 3 | 4 | 18 | 19 | 62 | 63
CE | Single | 800 | 4 | 5 | 18 | 19 | 64 | 65 | 4 | 5 | 27 | 28 | 95 | 96
Ac = Acceptance number.
Re = Rejection number.
[78 FR 57035, Sept. 17, 2013]
§ 42.110 Sampling plans for tightened condition of container inspection; Tables II and II-A.
Table II—Single Sampling Plans for Tightened Condition of Container Inspection
Code | Lot size ranges— Number of containers in lot | Type of Plan | Acceptable quality levels
Origin Inspection | Other Than Origin Inspection
Sample Size | 0.25 | 1.5 | 6.5 | 0.25 | 2.5 | 10.0
Ac | Re | Ac | Re | Ac | Re | Ac | Re | Ac | Re | Ac | Re
CB | 6,000 or less | Single | 168 | 0 | 1 | 4 | 5 | 11 | 12 | 0 | 1 | 5 | 6 | 16 | 17
CC | 6,001-12,000 | Single | 315 | 1 | 2 | 6 | 7 | 19 | 20 | 1 | 2 | 8 | 9 | 28 | 29
CD | 12,001-36,000 | Single | 500 | 2 | 3 | 9 | 10 | 28 | 29 | 2 | 3 | 12 | 13 | 42 | 43
CE | Over 36,000 | Single | 800 | 3 | 4 | 13 | 14 | 42 | 43 | 3 | 4 | 18 | 19 | 64 | 65
CF | Single | 1,250 | 4 | 5 | 19 | 20 | 63 | 64 | 4 | 5 | 26 | 27 | 96 | 97
[78 FR 57036, Sept. 17, 2013]
§ 42.111 Sampling plans for reduced condition of container inspection, Tables III and III-A; and limit number for reduced inspection, Table III-B.
Table III—Single Sampling Plans for Reduced Condition of Container Inspection
Code | Lot size ranges— Number of containers in lot | Type of Plan | Acceptable quality levels
Origin inspection | Other Than Origin Inspection
Sample Size | 0.25 | 1.5 | 6.5 | 0.25 | 2.5 | 10.0
Ac | Re | Ac | Re | Ac | Re | Ac | Re | Ac | Re | Ac | Re
CAA | 6,000 or less | Single | 29 | 1 | 2 | 1 | 2 | 4 | 5 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 5 | 6
CA | 6,001-36,000 | Single | 84 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 9 | 10 | 1 | 2 | 4 | 5 | 13 | 14
CB | Over 36,000 | Single | 168 | 1 | 2 | 5 | 6 | 16 | 17 | 1 | 2 | 7 | 8 | 23 | 24
CC | Single | 315 | 2 | 3 | 8 | 9 | 28 | 29 | 2 | 3 | 13 | 14 | 41 | 42
Table III-B—Limit Numbers for Reduced Inspection
Number of sample units from last 10 lots inspected within 6 months | Acceptable quality level
0.25 | 1.5 | 2.5 | 6.5 | 10.0
320-499 | (*) | 1 | 4 | 14 | 24
500-799 | (*) | 3 | 7 | 25 | 40
800-1,249 | 0 | 7 | 14 | 42 | 68
1,250-1,999 | 0 | 13 | 24 | 69 | 110
2,000-3,149 | 2 | 22 | 40 | 115 | 181
3,150-4,999 | 4 | 38 | 67 | 186 | 293
5,000-7,999 | 7 | 63 | 110 | 302 | 472
8,000-12,499 | 14 | 105 | 181 | 491 | 765
12,500-19,999 | 24 | 169 | 290 | 777 | 1207
* Denotes that the number of sample units from the last 10 inspection lots is not sufficient for reduced inspection for this AQL. In this instance more than 10 inspection lots may be used for the calculations if; the inspection lots used are the most recent ones in sequence within the last 6 months, they have all been on normal inspection, and none has been rejected on original inspection.
[78 FR 57038, Sept. 17, 2013]
§ 42.112 Defects of containers: Tables IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, IX, and X.
Table IV—Metal Containers
[Rigid and semi-rigid]
Defects | Categories
Critical | Major | Minor
Type or size of container or component parts not as specified | None permitted
Closure incomplete, not located correctly or not sealed, crimped, or fitted properly:
(a) Heat processed primary container | 1
(b) Non-heat processed primary container | 101
(c) Other than primary container | 201
Dirty, stained, or smeared container | 202
Key opening metal containers (when required):
(a) Key missing | 102
(b) Key does not fit tab | 103
(c) Tab of opening band insufficient to provide accessibility to key | 104
(d) Improper scoring (band would not be removed in one continuous strip) | 105
Metal pop-top:
(a) Missing or broken pull tab | 106
(b) Missing or incomplete score line (not conforming to a relevant product specification) | 107
Flexible pop-top:
(a) Poor seal (wrinkle, entrapped matter, etc.) | 108
(b) Short pull tab (not conforming to a relevant product specification) | 203
(c) Missing pull tab | 109
(d) Torn pull tab | 204
Open top with plastic overcap (when required):
(a) Plastic overcap missing | 110
(b) Plastic overcap warped (making opening or reapplication difficult) | 111
Outside tinplate or coating (when required):
(a) Missing or incomplete | 205
(b) Blistered, flaked, sagged, or wrinkled | 206
(c) Scratched or scored | 207
(d) Fine cracks | 208
Rust (rust stain confined to the top or bottom double seam or rust that can be removed with a soft cloth is not scored a defect):
(a) Rust stain | 209
(b) Pitted rust | 112
Wet cans (excluding refrigerated containers) | 210
Dent:
(a) Materially affecting appearance but not usability | 211
(b) Materially affecting usability | 113
Buckle:
(a) Not involving end seam | 212
(b) Extending into the end seam | 114
Collapsed container | 115
Paneled side materially affecting appearance but not usability | 213
Solder missing when required | 116
Cable cut exposing seam | 117
Improper side seam | 118
Swell, springer, or flipper (not applicable to gas or pressure packed product nor frozen products) | 2
Leaker or blown container | 3
Frozen products only:
(a) Bulging ends 3/16-inch to 1/4-inch beyond lip | 214
(b) Bulging ends more than 1/4-inch beyond lip | 119
Metal drums: leaking filling seal (bung) swell 1 | 4 | 120
1 Defect classification depends on the severity of the defect.
Table V—Composite Containers
[Fiberboard body with metal lids or metal bottoms, plastic or foil top with cap]
Defects | Categories
Critical | Major | Minor
Type or size of container or component parts not as specified | None permitted
Closure incomplete, not located correctly or not sealed, crimped, or fitted properly | 1
Dirty, stained, or smeared container | 201
Easy open closure:
(a) Pull tab:
1. Missing or broken pull tab | 101
2. Missing or incomplete score line | 102
(b) Membrane top:
1. Poor seal (wrinkle, entrapped matter, etc.) | 103
2. Short pull tab | 104
3. Missing pull tab | 105
4. Torn pull tab | 106
(c) Open top with plastic overcap (when required):
1. Plastic overcap missing | 107
2. Plastic overcap warped (making opening or reapplication difficult) | 108
Outside tinplate or coating on ends (when required):
(a) Missing or incomplete | 202
(b) Blistered, flaked, sagged, or wrinkled | 203
(c) Scratched or scored | 204
(d) Fine cracks | 205
Collapsed container | 109
Paneled side materially affecting appearance but not usability | 206
Leaker | 2
Wet or damp:
(a) Materially affecting appearance but not usability | 207
(b) Materially affecting usability | 110
Crushed or torn area:
(a) Materially affecting appearance but not usability | 208
(b) Materially affecting usability | 111
Table VI—Glass Containers
[Bottles, Jars]
Defects | Categories
Critical | Major | Minor
Type or size of container or component parts not as specified | None permitted
Closure not sealed, crimped, or fitted properly:
(a) Heat processed | 1
(b) Non-heat processed | 101
Dirty, stained, or smeared container | 201
Chip in glass | 202
Stone (unmelted material) in glass | 203
Pits in surface of glass | 204
Sagging surface | 205
Bead (bubble within glass):
(a) 1/8-inch to 1/16-inch in diameter | 206
(b) Exceeding 1/8-inch in diameter | 102
Checked | 103
Thin spot in glass | 104
Blister (structural defect) | 105
Bird swing (glass appendage inside container) | 2
Broken or leaking container | 3
Cap (nonheat processed):
(a) Cross-threaded | 207
(b) Loose but not leaking | 208
(c) Pitted rust | 106
Cap (heat processed):
(a) Cross-threaded or loose | 4
(b) Pitted rust | 107
Sealing tape or cello band (when required):
(a) Improperly placed | 209
(b) Not covering juncture of cap and glass | 108
(c) Ends overlap by less than 1/2-inch | 109
(d) Loose or deteriorating | 110
Missing or torn outer safety seal | 111
Inner safety seal—missing, torn, poor seal | 112
Table VII—Plastic Containers
[Rigid and Semi-Rigid, Bottles, Jars, Tubs, Trays, Pails, etc.]
Defects | Categories
Critical | Major | Minor
Type or size of container or component parts not as specified | None permitted
Closure not sealed, crimped, or fitted properly:
(a) Heat processed | 1
(b) Non-heat processed | 101
Dirty, stained, or smeared container | 201
Chip in plastic | 202
Un-melted gels in plastic | 203
Pits in surface of plastic | 204
Sagging surface | 205
Air bubble within plastic:
(a) 1/8-inch to 1/16-inch in diameter | 206
(b) Exceeding 1/8-inch in diameter | 102
Checked | 103
Thin spot in plastic | 104
Blister (structural defect) | 105
Broken or leaking container | 2
Cap (non-heat processed):
(a) Cross-threaded | 207
(b) Loose but not leaking | 208
Cap (heat processed), cross-threaded or loose | 3
Security seals:
(a) Closure ring missing | 106
(b) Missing or torn outer safety seal | 107
(c) Inner safety seal—missing, torn, or poor seal | 108
(d) Sealing tape or cello band (when required):
1. Improperly placed | 209
2. Not covering juncture of cap and plastic | 109
3. Ends overlap by less than 1/2-inch | 110
4. Loose or deteriorating | 111
Table VIII—Rigid and Semi-Rigid Containers—Corrugated or Solid Fiberboard, Chipboard, Wood, Paperboard Aseptic Cartons, Polymeric Trays, etc.
[Excluding metal, glass, and plastic]
Defects | Categories
Critical | Major | Minor
Type or size of container or component parts not as specified | None permitted
Component part missing | 101
Closure not sealed, crimped, or fitted properly:
(a) Primary container | 1
(b) Other than primary container | 201
Dirty, stained, or smeared container | 202
Wet or damp (excluding ice packs):
(a) Materially affecting appearance but not usability | 203
(b) Materially affecting usability | 102
Moldy area | 2
Crushed or torn area:
(a) Materially affecting appearance but not usability | 204
(b) Materially affecting usability | 103
Separation of lamination (corrugated fiberboard):
(a) Materially affecting appearance but not usability | 205
(b) Materially affecting usability | 104
Product sifting or leaking | 105
Nails or staples (when required):
(a) Not as required, insufficient number or improperly positioned | 206
(b) Nails or staples protruding | 106
Glue or adhesive (when required); not holding properly, not covering area specified, or not covering sufficient area to hold properly:
(a) Primary container | 107
(b) Other than primary container | 207
Flap:
(a) Projects beyond edge of container more than 1/4-inch | 208
(b) Does not meet properly, allowing space of more than 1/4-inch | 209
Sealing tape or strapping (when required):
(a) Missing | 108
(b) Improperly placed or applied | 210
Missing component (straw, etc.) | 211
Paperboard Aseptic Cartons:
(a) Missing re-sealable cap or tab | 109
(b) Inner or outer safety seal—missing, torn, poor seal | 3
Thermostabilized polymeric trays:
Tray body:
(a) Swollen container | 4
(b) Tear, crack, hole, abrasion through more than one layer of multi-layer laminate for the tray | 5
(c) Presence of delamination in multi-layered laminate | 212
(d) Presence of any permanent deformation, such that deformed area is discolored or roughened in texture | 213
Lid material:
(a) Closure seal not continuous along tray flange surface | 6
(b) Foldover wrinkle in seal area extends into the closure seal such that the closure seal is reduced to less than 1/8-inch | 7
(c) Any impression or design on the seal surfaces which conceals or impairs visual detection of seal defects | 110
(d) Areas of “wave-like” striations or wrinkles along the seal area that spans the entire width of seal | 214
(e) Abrasion of lid material:
1. Within 1/16-inch of food product edge of seal such that barrier layer is exposed | 8
2. Greater than 1/16-inch from food product edge of seal that barrier layer is exposed | 215
(f) Presence of entrapped matter within 1/16-inch of the food product edge of seal or entrapped moisture or vapor with 1/16-inch of the food product edge of seal that results in less than 1/16-inch of defect free seal width at the outside edge | 9
(g) Presence of any seal defect or anomaly (for example, entrapped moisture, gases, etc.) within 1/16-inch of food product edge of seal | 111
(h) Closure seal width less than 1/8-inch | 216
Table IX—Flexible Containers
[Plastic, Cellophane, Paper, Textile, Laminated Multi-Layer Pouch, Bag, etc.]
Defects | Categories
Critical | Major | Minor
Type or size of container or component parts not as specified | None permitted
Closure not sealed, crimped, stitched, or fitted properly:
(a) Heat processed primary container | 1
(b) Non-heat processed primary container | 101
(c) Other than primary container | 201
Dirty, stained, or smeared container | 202
Unmelted gels in plastic | 203
Torn or cut container or abrasion (non-leaker):
(a) Materially affecting appearance but not usability | 204
(b) Materially affecting usability | 102
Moldy area | 2
Individual packages sticking together or to shipping case (tear when separated) | 103
Not fully covering product | 104
Wet or damp (excluding ice packs):
(a) Materially affecting appearance but not usability | 205
(b) Materially affecting usability | 105
Over wrap (when required):
(a) Missing | 106
(b) Loose, not sealed, or closed | 206
(c) Improperly applied | 207
Sealing tape, strapping, or adhesives (when required):
(a) Missing | 107
(b) Improperly placed, applied, torn, or wrinkled | 208
Tape over bottom and top closures (when required):
(a) Not covering stitching | 108
(b) Torn (exposing stitching) | 109
(c) Wrinkled (exposing stitching) | 110
(d) Not adhering to bag:
1. Exposing stitching | 111
2. Not exposing stitching | 209
(e) Improper placement | 210
Product sifting or leaking:
(a) Non-heat processed | 112
(b) Heat processed | 3
Flexible pop-top:
(a) Poor seal (wrinkle, entrapped matter, etc.) reducing intact seal to less than 1/16-inch | 4
(b) Short pull tab (materially affecting usability) | 212
(c) Missing pull tab | 113
(d) Torn pull tab (materially affecting usability) | 213
Missing component (straw, etc.) | 214
Two part container (poly lined box or bag in box):
(a) Outer case torn | 215
(b) Poly liner:
1. Missing | 5
2. Improper closure | 114
Missing “zip lock” (re-sealable containers) | 216
Loss of vacuum (in vacuum-packed) | 115
Pre-formed containers:
(a) Dented or crushed area | 217
(b) Deformed container | 218
Missing re-sealable cap | 116
Inner or outer safety seal—missing, torn, poor seal | 6
Air bubble in plastic | 117
Thermostabilized products (includes but not limited to tubes, pouches, etc.):
Foldover wrinkle in seal area (thermostabilized pouches):
(a) Extends through all plies across seal area or reduces seal less than 1/16-inch | 7
(b) Does not extend through all plies and effective seal is 1/16-inch or greater | 219
Incomplete seal (thermostabilized pouches) | 8
Non-bonding seal (thermostabilized pouches) | 9
Laminate separation in body of pouch or in seal within 1/16-inch of food product edge:
(a) If food contact layer is exposed | 10
(b) If food contact surface is exposed after manipulation or laminate separation expands after manipulation | 118
(c) If lamination separation is limited to isolated spots that do not propagate with manipulation or is outer ply separation in seal within 1/16-inch of food product edge of seal | 220
Flex cracks (cracks in foil layer only) | 221
Swollen container | 11
Blister (in seal) reducing intact seal to less than 1/16-inch | 12
Compressed seal (overheated to bubble or expose inner layer) reducing intact seal to less than 1/16-inch | 13
Stringy seal (excessive plastic threads showing at edge of seal area) | 222
Contaminated seal (entrapped matter) reducing intact seal to less than 1/16-inch | 14
Seal creep (product in pouch “creeping” into seal) reducing intact seal to less than 1/16 inch | 15
Misaligned or crooked seal reducing intact seal to less than 1/16-inch | 16
Seal formed greater than 1-inch from edge of pouch (unclosed edge flaps) | 223
Waffling (embossing on surface from retort racks; not scorable unless severe) | 224
Poor or missing tear notch (when required) | 225
Table X—Unitizing
[Plastic or other type of casing/unitizing]
Defects | Categories
Major | Minor
Not specified method | 101
Missing tray (when required) | 102
Missing shrink wrap (when required) | 103
Loose or improperly applied wrap | 201
Torn or mutilated | 202
Off-center wrap (does not overlap both ends) | 203
[78 FR 57041, Sept. 17, 2013]
§ 42.113 Defects of label, marking, or code.
Table XI—Label, Marking, or Code
Defects | Categories
Major | Minor
Not specified method | 101
Missing (when required) | 102
Loose or improperly applied | 201
Torn or mutilated | 202
Torn or scratched, obliterating any markings on the label | 103
Text illegible or incomplete | 203
Incorrect | 104
In wrong location | 204
[78 FR 57046, Sept. 17, 2013]
§ 42.114 Procedures for evaluating interior container defects.
(a) Sections 42.101-42.136 provide procedures for determining lot conformance with the U.S. Standards for Condition of Food Containers. This determination is based on the examination of the external characteristics of the food containers.
(b) As an option, if a user of the inspection service requests to have the interior characteristics of containers examined, and apply these results in the determination of lot acceptability, the defects listed in Table XII may be used.
(c) The determination of lot acceptability based on internal container defects shall be independent of the determination of lot acceptability for U.S. Standards for Condition of Food Containers. A user of the inspection service may choose to require inspection for internal can defects as well as inspection for U.S. Standards for Condition of Food Containers.
(d) If a user of the inspection service requests an examination for internal container defects in addition to an official USDA/USDC inspection for product quality and/or U.S. grade, the containers opened by the official inspection service for inspection of product quality and/or U.S. grade will be used for examination of interior container defects. The minimum sample size for evaluation of interior container defects will be 13 containers. As a result, additional containers will be required if the inspection for quality or U.S. grade calls for fewer than 13 containers. Table XIII provides acceptance numbers for internal container defects for selected sample sizes.
Table XII—Interior Container Defects
Defects | Categories
Major | Minor
De-tinning in metal container materially affecting usability | 101
De-tinning in metal container not materially affecting usability | 201
Black spots in metal container | 202
Enamel missing (when required) in metal container | 102
Enamel breakdown in metal container material affecting usability | 103
Enamel breakdown in metal container material not affecting usability | 203
Other defect(s) of the interior of the container (metal, plastic, paper, rigid, etc.) e.g., interior damage, tear, delamination, missing layer, off-odor, interior blisters, etc. that materially affects usability | 104
Defect(s) of the interior of the container (metal, plastic, paper, rigid, etc.) e.g., interior damage, tear, delamination, missing layer, off-odor, interior blisters, etc. that materially affects appearance but not usability | 204
Table XIII—Acceptance Numbers for Internal Container Defects
Sample Size (n = number of containers) | Major | Total
Interior Defects | Interior Defects
Ac | Re | Ac | Re
n—13 | 0 | 1 | 2 | 3
n—21 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4
n—29 | 1 | 2 | 4 | 5
n—38 | 2 | 3 | 5 | 6
n—48 | 2 | 3 | 6 | 7
n—60 | 2 | 3 | 7 | 8
[78 FR 57046, Sept. 17, 2013]
Subpart C Skip Lot Sampling and Inspection Procedures
Source: 41 FR 42639, Sept. 28, 1976, unless otherwise noted. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981.
§ 42.120 Description and qualification.
Skip lot sampling and inspection are special procedures for inspecting stationary lots in which only one-half or one-fourth of the lots offered for inspection are formally inspected. Skip lot sampling and inspection procedures may be instituted only when all of the following conditions are met:
(a) When authorized by the Administrator and acceptable to the user and producer, if different from the user.
(b) When inspection is origin inspection (see § 42.102).
(c) When all lots can be expected to be of essentially the same quality.
(d) When lots from the producer are currently on, or eligible to be on, either normal or reduced inspection.
§ 42.121 Sampling and inspection procedures.
(a) Following skip lot procedure authorization, inspect every lot consecutively offered for inspection using normal inspection procedures as set forth in Subpart B of this part. When 10 consecutive lots are acceptable, inspect only one-half of the lots offered for inspection using normal inspection procedures. While on the one-half inspection rate, when 10 consecutively inspected lots are acceptable, inspect only one-fourth of the lots offered for inspection using normal inspection procedures. While on the one-half or one-fourth inspection rate, if any formally inspected lot is unacceptable, revert immediately to the inspection of every lot using normal inspection procedures and recommence the above procedure. See § 42.123 for a flow diagram of the skip lot sampling plan.
(b) Two exceptions to the procedures in paragraph (a) of this section are as follows:
(1) The skip lot sampling and inspection rate of one-half can be instituted immediately if the lots from the producer are currently on, or eligible to be on, reduced inspection and all other conditions in § 42.120 are met. After skip lot sampling and inspection begins, however, only normal inspection is permitted.
(2) While inspecting every lot consecutively as offered for inspection, i.e., while not on the one-half or one-fourth sampling and inspection rate, if requirements for switching from normal to tightened inspection are met as specified in § 42.108 then skip lot procedures terminate, tightened inspection is initiated, and stationary lot sampling and inspection procedures in Subpart B are instituted. Skip lot procedures may be instituted again only when all conditions of § 42.120 are met.
(c) All lot selections for the one-half and one-fourth inspection rates must be strictly random (for example, not every other lot or every fourth lot). Use of random number tables, coin flipping, or numbered cards is encouraged.
(d) Preliminary scanning procedures (see § 42.105) shall be used on all lots scheduled for formal inspection and also shall be used on lots not scheduled for inspection (“skipped” lots) whenever the inspector feels such action is prudent to further insure the acceptability of such lots.
§ 42.122 Applicability of other procedures.
Whenever appropriate, the procedures for classifying and recording defects in § 42.106 and for appeal inspections in § 42.108 also apply to skip lot sampling and inspection.
§ 42.123 Flow diagram for skip lot sampling and inspection.
Notes:
1. Only normal inspection is permitted.
2. All lot selections for the one-half and one-fourth sampling rates must be strictly random (for example, not every other lot or every fourth lot).
3. Two exceptions to the procedures shown above are as follows:
(a) The skip lot sampling and inspection rate of one-half can be instituted immediately if the lots from the producer are currently on, or eligible to be on, reduced inspection and all other conditions in § 42.120 are met. When skip lot inspection begins, however, only normal inspection is permitted.
(b) While inspecting every lot consecutively as offered for inspection, i.e., while not on the one-half or one-fourth rate, if requirements for switching from normal to tightened inspection are met as specified in § 42.108 then skip lot procedures terminate, tightened inspection is initiated, and stationary lot sampling and inspection procedures in Subpart B are instituted. Skip lot procedures may be instituted again only when all conditions of § 42.120 are met.
Subpart D On-Line Sampling and Inspection Procedures
Authority: Sec. 203, 205, 60 Stat. 1087, as amended, 1090, as amended (7 U.S.C. 1622, 1624).
Source: 45 FR 69428, Oct. 21, 1980, unless otherwise noted. Redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981.
§ 42.130 Description and qualifications.
(a) In many instances, food containers are loaded directly into carriers immediately after final packaging. This situation makes stationary lot sampling and inspection impractical. For such circumstances, the optional procedure for on-line sampling and inspection using cumulative sum sampling plans is provided. On-line sampling and inspection is a procedure in which subgroups of sampling units are selected randomly from predesignated portions of production. The acceptability of the portions of production is determined by inspecting, at the time of the sampling, the subgroups which represent these portions. On-line sampling and inspection contrasts with stationary lot procedures in which sample units are selected randomly and inspected and lot acceptability determinations are made only after lot production is completed.
(b) On-line sampling and inspection procedures may be instituted only when all of the following conditions are met:
(1) When authorized by the Administrator and acceptable to the user and producer, if different from the user.
(2) When inspection is origin inspection (see § 42.102).
(3) When previous production lots from the producer are currently on, or eligible to be on, either normal or reduced inspection. (When shifting from stationary lot sampling and inspection to on-line sampling and inspection, normal on-line inspection shall be initially used.)
(4) When inspection of the containers is performed at a point after which all condition of container related characteristics are fixed and will not be subject to change during final handling.
§ 42.131 Selection of samples.
(a) Prior to commencement of on-line sampling and inspection, the total amount of production for a given day or shift is predicted and is then subdivided into conveniently designated portions of production approximately equal in size. Portions may be designated by sequential numbers (e.g., containers 1 through 500 are portion 1, containers 501 through 1000 are portion 2, etc.) or by time intervals (e.g., the first half hour of production is portion 1, the second half hour of production is portion 2, etc.) during which the containers are identified by individual production codes for each time interval.
(b) Determine the number of sample units in a subgroup as follows:
Type of Inspection and Number of Sample Units Normal—25 Tightened—50 Reduced—13
(c) Subgroups are drawn randomly from portions of production throughout the production process and are inspected for defects. The drawing of sampling units may be done in either of two ways: (1) The number of sample units (13, 25 or 50) comprising a subgroup may be drawn at the same time from a randomly chosen point in the production of each portion, or (2) sample units may be drawn individually, but in a random manner, throughout the production of each portion. At least 6 subgroups must be obtained during each basic inspection period regardless of the system used to designate portions of production.
(d) A shift to on-line sampling plans from stationary lot sampling plans (or vice versa) during a basic inspection period is not permitted.
§ 42.132 Determining cumulative sum values.
(a) The parameters for the on-line cumulative sum sampling plans for AQL's applicable to origin inspection are as follows:
Acceptable quality levels | Type of inspection
Normal | Tightened | Reduced
T | L | S | T | L | S | T | L | S
0.25 | 0.05 | 0.95 | 0.35 | 0.1 | 0.9 | 0.3 | 0 | 0 | 0
1.5 | 0.5 | 2 | 1 | 0.8 | 1.6 | 0.4 | 0.5 | 0.5 | 0
6.5 | 2 | 3 | 1 | 2.5 | 3 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 1
(b) At the beginning of the basic inspection period, the CuSum value is set equal to the starting value (“S”) for the specified CuSum plan. The CuSum value is then determined for each consecutive subgroup as follows:
(1) Add the number of defects for the present subgroup to the CuSum value of the previous subgroup.
(2) Subtract the subgroup tolerance (“T”).
(3) The CuSum value is reset in the following situations; however, determine portion of production acceptability (see § 42.133) prior to resetting the CuSum value:
(i) Reset the CuSum value to zero (0) if the CuSum value is less than zero (0).
(ii) Reset the CuSum value to the acceptance limit (“L”) if the CuSum value exceeds the acceptance limit (“L”).
§ 42.133 Portion of production acceptance criteria.
(a) The acceptability of a portion of production is determined by comparing the calculated CuSum value with the acceptance limit (“L”) for the specified AQL.
(b) A portion of production is acceptable if the CuSum value, calculated from the subgroup representing that portion, is equal to or less than the acceptance limit (“L”) for all classes of defects.
(c) A portion of production is rejected if the CuSum value, calculated from the subgroup representing that portion, exceeds the acceptance limit (“L”) for one or more classes of defects.
§ 42.134 Disposition of rejected portions of production.
Rejected portions of production from the same basic inspection period may be reworked, combined together to form a lot, and resubmitted for inspection under the criteria for tightened inspection using stationary lot sampling procedures described in subpart B of this part.
§ 42.135 Normal, tightened or reduced on-line inspection.
(a) Normal, tightened and reduced on-line sampling plans are specified in § 42.132 (Determining cumulative sum values). Normal plans shall be used except when the history of inspection permits reduced inspection or requires tightened inspection.
(b) Switching rules: Normal on-line inspection procedures shall be followed except when conditions in paragraph (b) (1) or (3) of this section are applicable or unless otherwise specified. Application of the following switching rules will be restricted to the inspection of production for one applicant at a single production location and will be based upon records of original inspections of production (excluding resubmitted portions previously rejected and reworked) at that same location.
(1) Normal inspection to reduced inspection. When normal inspection is in effect, reduced inspection shall be instituted provided that reduced inspection is considered desirable by the Administrator and further provided that all of the following conditions are satisfied for each class of defect:
(i) The preceding 40 consecutive portions of production have been on normal inspection and no more than one of these portions has been rejected on original inspection; and
(ii) The total number of defects in the subgroups (1000 sample units) from these preceding 40 consecutive portions of production is less than or equal to the following limit numbers for the specified AQL's:
Acceptable quality levels | Limit No.
0.25 | 0
1.5 | 9
6.5 | 54
(2) Reduced inspection to normal inspection. When reduced inspection is in effect, normal inspection shall be reinstituted if any of the following occurs:
(i) More than one portion of production in any 40 consecutive portions of production is rejected on original inspection; or
(ii) Production becomes irregular (delayed or accelerated); or
(iii) Other valid conditions warrant that normal inspection shall be reinstituted.
(3) Normal inspection to tightened inspection. When normal inspection is in effect, tightened inspection shall be instituted when two out of five consecutive portions of production have been rejected.
(4) Tightened inspection to normal inspection. When tightened inspection is in effect, normal inspection shall be reinstituted when five consecutive portions of production have been considered acceptable.
(c) When the rules require a switch in the inspection status because of one or more classes of defects, all classes of defects shall be inspected under the new inspection criteria. At the option of the user of the service, and when approved by the Administrator, such user may elect to remain on normal inspection when qualified for reduced inspection, or on tightened inspection when qualified for normal inspection.
§ 42.136 Applicability of other procedures.
When appropriate, the procedures for classifying and recording defects in § 42.106 and for appeal inspections in § 42.108 also apply to on-line sampling and inspection.
Subpart E Miscellaneous
Authority: Agricultural Marketing Act of 1946, as amended (7 U.S.C. 1621 et seq.).
§ 42.140 Operating Characteristic (OC) curves for on-line sampling and inspection.
(a) This section contains the Operating Characteristic (OC) curve for each of the sampling plans given in Tables I, I-A, II, II-A, III, and III-A. The OC curve and the corresponding sampling plans are listed by AQL.
(b) Different acceptance and rejection criteria are provided for each AQL. The criteria for each AQL must be obtained from the applicable sampling plan tables.
(c) The curves show the ability of the various sampling plans to distinguish between good and bad lots. This can be illustrated by examining OC curve 6 for an AQL of 0.25 defects per hundred units in the Reduced and Normal Inspection Plans. If the quality of the lots submitted for inspection is poorer than the AQL of 0.25 defects per hundred units, fewer lots will be accepted. For example, OC curve 6 shows that when the quality of lots submitted for inspection is 1.0 defects per hundred units, only 26 percent of the lots are expected to be accepted. Conversely when the quality of the lots submitted for inspection is better than the AQL of 0.25 defects per hundred units, most lots are expected to be accepted. For example, the same OC curve 6 shows that when the quality of lots submitted for inspection is 0.10 defects per hundred units, about 99 percent of the lots are expected to be accepted.
(d) The table of sampling plans that correspond to OC curve 6 can be found over the curves for an AQL of 0.25 defects per hundred units in the Reduced and Normal Inspection Plan. An examination of this table reveals that there is one single and one double sampling plan that have OC curves comparable to OC curve 6. The first plan listed is a single plan requiring the inspection of 500 individual containers. Under this plan the lot is accepted as meeting the requirements for an AQL of 0.25 if there are 3 or less defects in the sample or rejected if there are 4 or more defects in the sample.
(e) The next plan that is listed in the column headed 6 for an AQL of 0.25 is a double sampling plan that requires the initial inspection of 228 individual containers. The lot will be accepted as meeting the requirements of an AQL of 0.25 if there are no defects in the sample, and rejected if there are 3 or more defects in the sample. In the event that the number of defects is between the acceptance (0) and rejection (3) numbers, additional containers must be inspected. In this case, the table indicates that a total of 516 containers must be inspected before a decision can be made to either accept or reject the lot. This will require the inspection of 288 more containers (516 − 228 = 288).
If there are 3 or less defects in the total sample, the lot will be accepted. If there are 4 or more defects in the total sample, the lot will be rejected. The other double sampling plans operate in a similar manner with the only differences being the sample sizes and acceptance and rejection numbers.
Reduced and Normal Inspection Plans—Sampling Plans and Operating Characteristic (OC) Curves for AQL = 0.15 Defects per Hundred Units
[Sampling plans—AQL = 0.15]
Comparable sampling plans | Identification number of OC curve
R1 | R2 | R3 | R4 | N4 | N5 | N6 | N7 | N8
nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re
Single | 29 | 1 | 2 | 84 | 1 | 2 | 126 | 0 | 1 | 315 | 1 | 2 | 168 | 1 | 2 | 264 | 1 | 2 | 500 | 2 | 3 | 800 | 3 | 4 | 1,250 | 4 | 5
Double | 18 | 0 | 2 | 36 | 0 | 2 | 120 | 0 | 2 | 174 | 0 | 2 | 252 | 0 | 3 | 456 | 0 | 4
36 | 1 | 2 | 96 | 1 | 2 | 180 | 1 | 2 | 336 | 1 | 2 | 540 | 2 | 3 | 864 | 3 | 4
nc = Cumulative sample size. Ac = Acceptance number. Re = Rejection number.
Tightened Inspection Plans—Sampling Plans and Operating Characteristic (OC) Curves for AQL = 0.15 Defects per Hundred Units
[Sampling plans—AQL = 0.15]
Comparable sampling plans | Identification number of OC curves
1 | 2 | 3 | 4
nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re
Single | 264 | 0 | 1 | 500 | 1 | 2 | 800 | 2 | 3 | 1,250 | 3 | 4
Double | 360 | 0 | 2 | 456 | 0 | 3 | 576 | 0 | 3
516 | 1 | 2 | 864 | 2 | 3 | 1,296 | 3 | 4
nc = Cumulative sample size. Ac = Acceptance number. Re = Rejection number.
Reduced and Normal Inspection Plans—Sampling Plans and Operating Characteristic (OC) Curves for AQL = 0.25 Defects per Hundred Units
[Sampling plans—AQL = 0.25]
Comparable sampling plans | Identification number OC curves
R1 | N2 | R3 | N and R4 | N and R5 | N6 | N7
nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re
Single | 29 | 1 | 2 | 84 | 0 | 1 | 84 | 1 | 2 | 168 | 1 | 2 | 315 | 2 | 3 | 500 | 3 | 4 | 800 | 4 | 5
Double | 18 | 0 | 2 | 36 | 0 | 2 | 120 | 0 | 2 | 168 | 0 | 3 | 228 | 0 | 3
18 | 1 | 2 | 96 | 1 | 2 | 180 | 1 | 2 | 348 | 2 | 3 | 516 | 3 | 4
nc = Cumulative sample size. Ac = Acceptance number. Re = Rejection number.
Tightened Inspection Plans—Sampling Plans and Operation Characteristics (OC) Curves for AQL = 0.25 Defects per Hundred Units
[Sampling plans—AQL = 0.25]
Comparable sampling plans | Identification number of OC curves
1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5
nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re
Single | 168 | 0 | 1 | 315 | 1 | 2 | 500 | 2 | 3 | 800 | 3 | 4 | 1,250 | 4 | 5
Double | 168 | 0 | 2 | 228 | 0 | 3 | 456 | 0 | 4
348 | 1 | 2 | 516 | 2 | 3 | 864 | 3 | 4
nc = Cumulative sample size. Ac = Acceptance number. Re = Rejection number.
Reduced and Normal Inspection Plans—Sampling Plans and Operating Characteristic (OC) Curves for AQL = 0.50 Defects per Hundred Units
[Sampling plans—AQL = 0.50]
Comparable sampling plans | Identification number of OC curves
R1 | N and R2 | N and R3 | N and R4 | N5 | N6
nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re
Single | 29 | 1 | 2 | 84 | 1 | 2 | 168 | 2 | 3 | 315 | 3 | 4 | 500 | 5 | 6 | 800 | 7 | 8
Double | 18 | 0 | 2 | 36 | 0 | 2 | 120 | 0 | 3 | 168 | 0 | 4 | 228 | 0 | 5
36 | 1 | 2 | 96 | 1 | 2 | 180 | 2 | 3 | 348 | 3 | 4 | 516 | 5 | 6
nc = Cumulative sample size. Ac = Acceptance number. Re = Rejection number.
Tightened Inspection Plans—Sampling Plans and Operating Characteristic (OC) Curves for AQL = 0.50 Defects per Hundred Units
[Sampling plans—AQL = 0.50]
Comparable sampling plans | Identification number of OC curves
1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5
nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re
Single | 168 | 1 | 2 | 315 | 2 | 3 | 500 | 3 | 4 | 800 | 4 | 5 | 1,250 | 6 | 7
Double | 120 | 0 | 2 | 168 | 0 | 3 | 228 | 0 | 3 | 456 | 1 | 5
180 | 1 | 2 | 348 | 2 | 3 | 516 | 3 | 4 | 864 | 4 | 5
nc = Cumulative sample size. Ac = Acceptance number. Re = Rejection number.
Reduced and Normal Inspection Plans—Sampling Plans and Operating Characteristic (OC) Curves for AQL = 1.00 Defects per Hundred Units
[Sampling plans—AQL = 1.00]
Comparable sampling plans | Identification number of OC curves
R1 | N and R2 | N and R3 | N and R4 | N5 | N6
nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re
Single | 29 | 1 | 2 | 84 | 2 | 3 | 168 | 4 | 5 | 315 | 6 | 7 | 500 | 9 | 10 | 800 | 13 | 14
Double | 18 | 0 | 2 | 36 | 0 | 3 | 120 | 2 | 5 | 168 | 1 | 5 | 228 | 2 | 7
36 | 1 | 2 | 96 | 2 | 3 | 180 | 4 | 5 | 348 | 7 | 8 | 516 | 9 | 10
nc = Cumulative sample size. Ac = Acceptance number. Re = Rejection number.
Tightened Inspection Plans—Sampling Plans and Operating Characteristic (OC) Curves for AQL = 1.00 Defects per Hundred Units
[Sampling plans—AQL = 1.00]
Comparable sampling plans | Identification number of OC curves
1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5
nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re
Single | 168 | 2 | 3 | 315 | 3 | 4 | 500 | 5 | 6 | 800 | 7 | 8 | 1,250 | 10 | 11
Double | 120 | 0 | 3 | 168 | 0 | 4 | 228 | 0 | 5 | 456 | 2 | 6
180 | 2 | 3 | 348 | 3 | 4 | 516 | 5 | 6 | 864 | 8 | 9
nc = Cumulative sample size Ac = Acceptance number. Re = Rejection number.
Reduced and Normal Inspection Plans—Sampling Plans and Operating Characteristic (OC) Curves for AQL = 1.50 Defects per Hundred Units
[Sampling plans—AQL = 1.50]
Comparable sampling plans | Identification number of OC curves
R1 | N and R2 | N and R3 | N and R4 | N5 | N6
nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re
Single | 29 | 1 | 2 | 84 | 3 | 4 | 168 | 5 | 6 | 315 | 8 | 9 | 500 | 12 | 13 | 800 | 18 | 19
Double | 18 | 0 | 2 | 36 | 0 | 4 | 120 | 2 | 6 | 168 | 2 | 7 | 228 | 3 | 9
36 | 1 | 2 | 96 | 3 | 4 | 180 | 5 | 6 | 348 | 9 | 10 | 516 | 12 | 13
nc = Cumulative sample size. Ac = Acceptance number. Re = Rejection number.
Tightened Inspection Plans—Sampling Plans and Operating Characteristic (OC) Curves for AQL = 1.50 Defects per Hundred Units
[Sampling plans—AQL = 1.50]
Comparable sampling plans | Identification number of OC curves
1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5
nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re
Single | 168 | 4 | 5 | 315 | 6 | 7 | 500 | 9 | 10 | 800 | 13 | 14 | 1,250 | 19 | 20
Double | 120 | 2 | 5 | 168 | 1 | 5 | 228 | 2 | 7 | 456 | 5 | 10
180 | 4 | 5 | 348 | 7 | 8 | 516 | 9 | 10 | 864 | 14 | 15
nc = Cumulative sample size. Ac = Acceptance number. Re = Rejection number.
Reduced and Normal Inspection Plans—Sampling Plans and Operating Characteristic (OC) Curves for AQL = 2.50 Defects per Hundred Units
[Sampling plans—AQL = 2.50]
Comparable sampling plans | Identification number of OC curves
R1 | N and R2 | N and R3 | N and R4 | N5 | N6
nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re
Single | 29 | 2 | 3 | 84 | 4 | 5 | 168 | 7 | 8 | 315 | 13 | 14 | 500 | 18 | 19 | 800 | 27 | 28
Double | 18 | 0 | 3 | 36 | 0 | 4 | 120 | 3 | 7 | 168 | 5 | 10 | 228 | 5 | 11
36 | 2 | 3 | 96 | 4 | 5 | 180 | 8 | 9 | 348 | 14 | 15 | 516 | 19 | 20
nc = Cumulative sample size. Ac = Acceptance number. Re = Rejection number.
Tightened Inspection Plans—Sampling Plans and Operating Characteristic (OC) Curves for AQL = 2.50 Defects per Hundred Units
[Sampling plans—AQL = 2.50]
Comparable sampling plans | Identification number of OC curves
1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5
nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re
Single | 168 | 5 | 6 | 315 | 8 | 9 | 500 | 12 | 13 | 800 | 18 | 19 | 1,250 | 26 | 27
Double | 120 | 2 | 6 | 168 | 2 | 7 | 228 | 3 | 9 | 456 | 8 | 13
180 | 5 | 6 | 348 | 9 | 10 | 516 | 12 | 13 | 864 | 19 | 20
nc = Cumulative sample size. Ac = Acceptance number. Re = Rejection number.
Reduced and Normal Inspection Plans—Sampling Plans and Operating Characteristic (OC) Curves for AQL = 4.00 Defects per Hundred Units
[Sampling plans—AQL = 4.00]
Comparable sampling plans | Identification number of OC curves
R1 | N and R2 | N and R3 | N and R4 | N5 | N6
nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re
Single | 29 | 3 | 4 | 84 | 6 | 7 | 168 | 11 | 12 | 315 | 19 | 20 | 500 | 28 | 29 | 800 | 42 | 43
Double | 18 | 1 | 3 | 36 | 0 | 5 | 120 | 6 | 10 | 168 | 7 | 13 | 228 | 8 | 17
36 | 4 | 5 | 96 | 7 | 8 | 180 | 12 | 13 | 348 | 21 | 22 | 516 | 29 | 30
nc = Cumulative sample size. Ac = Acceptance number. Re = Rejection number.
Tightened Inspection Plans—Sampling Plans and Operating Characteristic (OC) Curves for AQL = 4.00 Defects per Hundred Units
[Sampling plans—AQL = 4.00]
Comparable sampling plans | Identification number of OC curves
1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5
nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re
Single | 168 | 7 | 8 | 315 | 13 | 14 | 500 | 18 | 19 | 800 | 27 | 28 | 1,250 | 41 | 42
Double | 120 | 3 | 7 | 168 | 5 | 10 | 228 | 5 | 11 | 456 | 12 | 19
180 | 8 | 9 | 348 | 14 | 15 | 516 | 19 | 20 | 864 | 29 | 30
nc = Cumulative sample size. Ac = Acceptance number. Re = Rejection number.
Reduced and Normal Inspection Plans—Sampling Plans and Operating Characteristic (OC) Curves for AQL = 2.50 Defects per Hundred Units
[Sampling plans—AQL = 6.50]
Comparable sampling plans | Identification number of OC curves
R1 | N and R2 | N and R3 | N and R4 | N5 | N6
nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re
Single | 29 | 4 | 5 | 84 | 9 | 10 | 168 | 16 | 17 | 315 | 28 | 29 | 500 | 42 | 43 | 800 | 64 | 65
Double | 18 | 1 | 4 | 36 | 2 | 7 | 120 | 10 | 14 | 168 | 12 | 18 | 228 | 15 | 24
36 | 5 | 6 | 96 | 10 | 11 | 180 | 17 | 18 | 348 | 31 | 32 | 516 | 43 | 44
nc = Cumulative sample size. Ac = Acceptance number. Re = Rejection number.
Tightened Inspection Plans—Sampling Plans and Operating Characteristic (OC) Curves for AQL = 6.50 Defects per Hundred Units
[Sampling plans—AQL = 6.50]
Comparable sampling plans | Identification number of OC curves
1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5
nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re
Single | 168 | 11 | 12 | 315 | 19 | 20 | 500 | 28 | 29 | 800 | 42 | 43 | 1,250 | 63 | 64
Double | 120 | 6 | 10 | 168 | 7 | 13 | 228 | 8 | 17 | 456 | 21 | 28
180 | 12 | 13 | 348 | 21 | 22 | 516 | 29 | 30 | 864 | 44 | 45
nc = Cumulative sample size. Ac = Acceptance number. Re = Rejection number.
Reduced and Normal Inspection Plans—Sampling Plans and Operating Characteristic (OC) Curves for AQL = 10.00 Defects per Hundred Units
[Sampling plans—AQL = 10.00]
Comparable sampling plans | Identification number of OC curves
R1 | N and R2 | N and R3 | N and R4 | N5 | N6
nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re
Single | 29 | 5 | 6 | 84 | 13 | 14 | 168 | 23 | 24 | 315 | 41 | 42 | 500 | 62 | 63 | 800 | 95 | 96
Double | 18 | 2 | 5 | 36 | 3 | 9 | 120 | 14 | 19 | 168 | 19 | 26 | 228 | 23 | 34
36 | 6 | 7 | 96 | 15 | 16 | 180 | 25 | 26 | 348 | 45 | 46 | 516 | 64 | 65
nc = Cumulative sample size. Ac = Acceptance number. Re = Rejection number.
Tightened Inspection Plans—Sampling Plans and Operating Characteristic (OC) Curves for AQL = 10.00 Defects per Hundred Units
[Sampling plans—AQL = 10.00]
Comparable sampling plans | Identification number of OC curves
1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5
nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re
Single | 168 | 16 | 17 | 315 | 28 | 29 | 500 | 42 | 43 | 800 | 64 | 65 | 1,250 | 96 | 97
Double | 120 | 10 | 14 | 168 | 12 | 18 | 228 | 15 | 24 | 456 | 32 | 41
180 | 17 | 18 | 348 | 31 | 32 | 516 | 43 | 44 | 864 | 69 | 70
nc = Cumulative sampling size. Ac = Acceptance number. Re = Rejection number.
[31 FR 4687, Mar. 19, 1966; 31 FR 4949, Mar. 25, 1966, as amended at 36 FR 18457, Sept. 15, 1971. Redesignated at 41 FR 42640, Sept. 28, 1976 and 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, further redesignated at 45 FR 69424, Oct. 21, 1980 and 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981]
§ 42.141 Obtaining Operating Characteristic (OC) curve information for skip lot sampling and inspection.
The Operating Characteristic (OC) curve information (probability of acceptance) for skip lot sampling and inspection procedures described in § 42.121 is easily obtained from the single curve in § 42.142. The procedure for using the curve in § 42.142 is as follows:
(a) Select any sampling plan for normal condition of container inspection from Table I or Table I-A of § 42.109.
(b) For a given Quality of Submitted Lots, 100p, find the Percent of Lots Expected to be Accepted, Pa from the respective OC curve in § 42.140.
(c) Refer to § 42.142 with this Percent of Lots Expected to be Accepted, Pa, and read the new Percent of Lots Expected to be Accepted, Pas, which results when using these skip lot procedures.
For example, let's assume the lot size is 6,001 to 12,000 containers, and we use the single sampling plan of size 168 for normal inspection (Table I of § 42.109) along with an AQL for total defects of 6.5. The OC curve for this sampling plan is curve N and R3. Also, assume that the quality of the lot is 6.5 defects per hundred units. From curve N and R3, then, the Pa is determined to be 95 percent. Then refer to the graph in § 42.142 and locate Pa of 95 percent along the horizontal axis. From this point, proceed vertically to the curve and then horizontally to the left to the vertical axis. From this point on the vertical axis, Pas is determined to be approximately 98 1 percent for skip lot sampling and inspection.
1 This slight increase of Pas over Pa results because all the lots offered for inspection are no longer being inspected. Some lots are being “skipped”, and thereby accepted, which would have been rejected if inspected. The largest increase in Pa which will occur using skip lot sampling is approximately 4 percent. It is for this reason that skip lot sampling procedures are applied only in instances where past production quality has been consistently high—as evidenced by the requirement to have 10 consecutively acceptable lots prior to a reduction in sampling rate—and where all requirements in § 42.120 also have been met.
[41 FR 42641, Sept. 28, 1976. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977 and 45 FR 69424, Oct. 21, 1980 and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981]
§ 42.142 Curve for obtaining Operating Characteristic (OC) curve information for skip lot sampling and inspection.
Notes:
1. This curve applies only to the specific skip lot sampling and inspection plan described in §§ 42.121 and 42.123.
2. Pa and Pas are essentially equal for values under 50 percent.
[41 FR 42641, Sept. 28, 1976. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977 and further redesignated at 45 FR 69424, Oct. 21, 1980 and 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981]
§ 42.143 Operating Characteristic (OC) curves for on-line sampling and inspection.
(a) This section contains the Operating Characteristic (OC) curve for each of the on-line cumulative sum sampling plans provided in subpart D. The OC curve and the corresponding cumulative sum sampling plans are listed by AQL.
(b) Different plan parameters used to make acceptance and rejection decisions are provided for each AQL.
(c) The curves show the ability of the various cumulative sum sampling plans to distinguish between good and bad portions of production. The interpretation of these curves for portions of production is similar to the interpretation of the OC curves for stationary lots as illustrated in § 42.140(c).
Reduced, Normal and Tightened Inspection Plans—Cumulative Sum Sampling Plans and Operating Characteristic (OC) Curves for AQL = 0.25 Defects per Hundred Units
[Sampling plans—AQL = 0.25]
Identification name of OC curves
Reduced | Normal | Tightened
ng | T | L | S | ng | T | L | S | ng | T | L | S
13 | 0 | 0 | 0 | 25 | 0.05 | 0.95 | 0.35 | 50 | 0.1 | 0.9 | 0.3
ng = Number of sample units in a subgroup. T = Subgroup tolerance. L = Acceptance limit. S = Starting value.
Reduced, Normal, and Tightened Inspection Plans—Cumulative Sum Sampling Plans and Operating Characteristic (OC) Curves for AQL = 1.5 Defects per Hundred Units
[Sampling plans—AQL = 1.5]
Identification name of OC curves
Reduced | Normal | Tightened
ng | T | L | S | ng | T | L | S | ng | T | L | S
13 | 0.5 | 0.5 | 0 | 25 | 0.5 | 2 | 1 | 50 | 0.8 | 1.6 | 0.4
ng = Number of sample units in a subgroup. T = Subgroup tolerance. L = Acceptance limit. S = Starting value.
Reduced, Normal, and Tightened Inspection Plans—Cumulative Sampling Plans and Operating Characteristic (OC) Curves for AQL = 6.5 Defects per Hundred Units
[Sampling Plans—AQL = 6.5]
Identification name of OC curves
Reduced | Normal | Tightened
ng | T | L | S | ng | T | L | S | ng | T | L | S
13 | 1 | 2 | 1 | 25 | 2 | 3 | 1 | 50 | 2.5 | 3 | 1
ng = Number of sample units in a subgroup. T = Subgroup tolerance. L = Acceptance limit. S = Starting value.
[45 FR 69424; Oct. 21, 1980. Redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981]
PART 43 STANDARDS FOR SAMPLING PLANS
Authority: Secs. 203, 205, 60 Stat. 1087, as amended, 1090, as amended; 7 U.S.C. 1622, 1624.
Source: 29 FR 5870, May 5, 1964, unless otherwise noted. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981.
231 Definitions
§ 43.101 Meaning of words.
Words used in this subpart in the singular form shall be considered to impart the plural, or vice versa, as the case may demand.
§ 43.102 Definitions.
Statistical and inspection or sampling terms and their respective definitions that are used in the sampling plans and operating characteristic curves of which are pertinent to the understanding of inspection by attributes follow:
Acceptable quality level (AQL). The AQL is expressed in terms of percent defective or defects per 100 units. Lots having a quality level equal to a specified AQL will be accepted approximately 95 percent of the time when using the sampling plans prescribed for that AQL.
Acceptance number (Ac). The number in a sampling plan that indicates the maximum number of defects or defectives permitted in a sample in order to consider a lot as meeting a specific requirement.
Acceptance sampling. The art or science that deals with procedures in which decisions to accept or reject lots or processes are based on the examination of samples.
Attributes. Refers to the measurement of a given factor noting and recording the presence or absence of some characteristic (attribute) in each of the units in the group under consideration.
Consumer's risk. The risk a consumer takes that a lot will be accepted by a sampling plan even though the lot does not conform to requirements. In the standards of this subpart this risk is nominally set at ten percent.
Consumer protection. The ability of a sampling plan to reject unacceptable supplies. This is measured as the complement of the probability of acceptance (Pa) for the Limited Quality (LQ) lots. The consumer protection is 90 percent in these standards.
Defect. A failure to meet a requirement imposed on a unit with respect to a single quality characteristic. A unit may contain more than one defect.
Defective. A defective unit; one containing one or more defects with respect to the quality characteristic(s) under consideration.
Inspection. The examination (including testing) of supplies (including, when appropriate, raw materials, components and intermediate assemblies).
(a) Acceptance inspection. An inspection to determine conformance of supplies to specified requirements in order to accept or reject the supplies.
(b) Estimation inspection. In dealing with attributes, an inspection to determine the amount of the supplies conforming to a specified requirement—usually expressed as a percentage.
Inspection by attributes. Inspection whereby either the sample unit is classified as defective or non-defective with respect to a requirement or set of requirements (when on a “defective” basis); or, inspection whereby the number of defects in each sample unit is counted with respect to a requirement or set of requirements (when on a “defect” basis).
Limiting quality (LQ). The LQ is expressed in terms of percent defective or defects per 100 units. Lots inspected under the standards of this subpart that have a ten percent probability of acceptance are referred to as a lot having a quality level equal to LQ.
Lot. A collection of units of the same size, type and style which has been manufactured or processed under essentially the same conditions. The term shall mean “inspection lot,” i.e., a collection of units of product from which a sample is to be drawn and inspected to determine conformance with the acceptability criteria. An inspection lot may differ from a collection of units designated as a lot for other purposes (e.g., production lot, shipping lot, etc.).
Lot size. The number of units in the lot.
Operating characteristic curve (OC curve). A curve that gives the probability of acceptance as a function of a specific lot quality level.
Probability of acceptance (Pa). For a given sampling plan and a given quality of inspection lots, is that percentage of inspection lots expected to be accepted.
Process capability. Performance of a process under normal operating conditions. The performance is measured with respect to specific characteristics.
Producer's risk. The risk that a producer takes that a lot will be rejected by a sampling plan even though the lot conforms to requirements. In the standards of this subpart this risk is nominally set at five percent.
Random sampling. A process of selecting a sample from a lot whereby each unit in the lot has an equal chance of being chosen. Ordinary haphazard choice is generally insufficient to guarantee randomness. Devices such as tables of random numbers are used to remove subjective biases inherent in personal choice.
Rejection number (Re). The number in a sampling plan that indicates the minimum number of defects or defectives permitted in a sample that will cause a lot to fail a specific requirement.
Sample. Any number of sample units which are to be used for inspection.
Sample size. The number of sample units which are to be included in the sample.
Sample unit. A container, the entire contents of a container, a portion of the contents of a container, a composite mixture of a product, or any other unit of container or commodity to be used for inspection.
Sampling. The act of drawing or selecting sample units from a given lot.
Sampling plan. A specific plan which states the sample size(s), acceptance number(s) and rejection number(s). In the standards of this subpart two types of sampling plans are provided:
(a) Single sampling plan. A sampling inspection scheme in which a decision to accept or reject an inspection lot is based on the inspection of a single sample. A single sampling plan consists of a single sample size with associated acceptance and rejection number(s).
(b) Double sampling plan. A sampling inspection scheme which involves use of two independently drawn but related samples, a first sample (n1) and a second sample which is added to the first to form a total sample size (nt). A double sampling plan consists of a first and total sample size with associated acceptance and rejection number(s). Inspection of the first sample leads to a decision to accept, to reject, or to take a second sample and the examination of a second sample, when required, always leads to a decision to accept or reject.
232 Sampling Plans
§ 43.103 Purpose and scope.
(a) This subpart contains selected single and double sampling plans for inspection by attributes. They are to serve as a source of plans for developing sound specifications, standards, or sampling and inspection procedures.
(b) The sampling plans of this subpart and corresponding operating characteristic curves are indexed by acceptable quality level, AQL. The AQL's expressed in percent defectives or defects per hundred units are:
0.065 | 0.40 | 2.5 | 8.5
0.10 | 0.65 | 4.0 | 10.0
0.15 | 1.0 | 5.0 | 12.5
0.25 | 1.5 | 6.5 | 15.0
§ 43.104 Master table of single and double sampling plans.
(a) In the master table, a sampling plan is selected by first determining the sample size or sizes and AQL to be used. Then find the applicable acceptance (Ac) and rejection (Re) numbers at the intersection of the sample size(s) row and AQL column. These numbers together with the sample size or sizes constitute a sampling plan.
(b) Single sampling plans having a sample size of 66 or greater and an acceptance number of 1 are not included in the Master Table. These plans are listed in the tables which supplement the Master Table and accompany the OC curves as indexes to the comparable double sampling plans. The use of these single sampling plans do not facilitate the practice of using two or more AQL's simultaneously with the same sample size.
§ 43.105 Operating characteristics (OC) curves.
The OC curves shows the ability of the various sampling plans, presented for each AQL, to distinguish between lots of different quality.
§ 43.106 Choosing AQL's and sampling plans.
(a) The selection of AQL's and sampling plans for given lot sizes depends on too many factors to permit the issuance of a “pre-selected” standard set of plans for specified lot sizes. Each user of the standards of this subpart should select AQL's and sampling plans that are tailored to best meet his needs.
(b) Some of the factors that must be considered prior to selecting the AQL's are:
(1) Class of defects such as major and minor: Major defects would generally require lower AQL's than those for minor defects;
(2) Process capabilities under good commercial practice with respect to the defects in question: For example, if under normal production processes, the defect level cannot be kept below 2.0 percent defective, the selection of an AQL of 0.15 percent defective, although desirable for the defects in question, may not be practical;
(3) Consumer preferences: These may require higher AQL's or permit lower AQL's than process capabilities would indicate; and
(4) Time and cost required to sample and inspect a lot under various AQL's: The smaller the AQL the more time and cost of inspection.
(c) Some of the factors that may be considered prior to selecting the sampling plans for given lot sizes are:
(1) The applicable AQL(s): The AQL dictates, among other things, the smallest sample size that can be used and the size of the “jumps” from one sample size to the next larger one;
(2) The relative ability of the plans to discriminate between “good” and “bad” lots: Although several plans in these standards have the same AQL, they differ in their ability to reject lots worse than the AQL's. The OC curve in the standards of this subpart provide the basis for determining the discriminating ability of each plan;
(3) The amount, time, and cost of sampling required;
(4) The size and value of the lots relative to the producer and consumer protection a sampling plan affords: One may be willing to take larger risks of passing “bad” lots that are small or of lesser value than they would for larger more valuable lots;
(5) The knowledge about the lot(s) to be submitted for inspection: Lots consisting of product produced under essentially the same conditions may require smaller sample sizes than those consisting of product produced by different shifts and different raw stock for example; and
(6) The record of the quality level of previously submitted lots: The sample size can be smaller for lots submitted from a supplier with a consistent record of quality levels significantly better than the specified AQL(s) than sample sizes for the supplier whose records show considerable variability in quality, “borderline” supplies or product worse than the AQL.
Master Table of Single and Double Sampling Plans 1
Sample size code letter | Sample size | Acceptable quality levels
0.065 | 0.10 | 0.15 | 0.25 | 0.40 | 0.65 | 1.0 | 1.5 | 2.5 | 4.0 | 5.0 | 6.5 | 8.5 | 10.0 | 12.5 | 15.0
Ac Re | Ac Re | Ac Re | Ac Re | Ac Re | Ac Re | Ac Re | Ac Re | Ac Re | Ac Re | Ac Re | Ac Re | Ac Re | Ac Re | Ac Re | Ac Re
AA | n1=1 | 0 1
A | n1=2 | 0 1
B | n1=3 | 0 1 | 0 3 | 1 2
nt=8 | 2 3
C | n1=4 | 0 1 | 1 2
D | n1=5 | 0 1 | 1 2
E | n1=6 | 1 2 | 2 3
EE | n1=7 | 2 3
F | n1=9 | 0 1 | 1 2 | 2 3 | 3 4
G | n1=11 | 1 2 | 2 3 | 3 4
H | n1=13 | 0 1 | 2 3 | 3 4 | 4 5
J | n1=21 | 0 1 | 0 2 | 0 2 | 2 3 | 1 4 | 3 4 | 3 5 | 4 5 | 5 6 | 6 7
nt=31 | 1 2 | 2 3 | 3 4 | 5 6
K | n1=29 | 0 1 | 0 2 | 1 2 | 2 3 | 1 4 | 3 4 | 4 5 | 3 7 | 5 6 | 6 7 | 7 8
nt=65 | 1 2 | 6 7 | 9 10
L | n1=48 | 0 1 | 0 2 | 1 2 | 2 3 | 3 4 | 4 5 | 5 6 | 6 7 | 7 8 | 8 9 | 10 11 | 11 12
nt=72 | 1 2
M | n1=84 | 0 1 | 0 2 | 0 3 | 2 3 | 3 4 | 4 5 | 6 7 | 7 8 | 9 10 | 11 12 | 13 14 | 15 16 | 18 19
nt=120 | 1 2
nt=132 | 2 3
N | n1=126 | 0 1 | 0 2 | 0 3 | 2 3 | 3 4 | 4 5 | 6 7 | 9 10 | 10 11 | 13 14 | 16 17 | 18 19 | 22 23 | 26 27
nt=180 | 1 2
nt=210 | 2 3
P | n1=200 | 0 1 | 0 2 | 0 3 | 2 3 | 3 4 | 4 5 | 6 7 | 9 10 | 13 14 | 15 16 | 19 20 | 24 25 | 27 28 | 33 34 | 39 40
nt=284 | 1 2
nt=326 | 2 3
Q | n1=315 | 0 1 | 0 2 | 0 | 2 3 | 3 4 | 4 5 | 6 7 | 8 9 | 13 14 | 19 20 | 22 23 | 28 29 | 35 36 | 41 42 | 50 51 | 59 60
nt=435 | 1 2
nt=519 | 2 3
R | n1=500 | 0 2 | 0 3 | 2 3 | 3 4 | 4 5 | 6 7 | 9 10 | 12 13 | 18 19 | 28 29 | 33 34 | 42 43 | 53 54 | 62 63 | 76 77 | 90 91
nt=644 | 1 2
nt=836 | 2 3
S | n1=800 | 0 3 | 2 3 | 3 4 | 4 5 | 6 7 | 9 10 | 13 14 | 18 19 | 27 28 | 42 43 | 50 510 | 64 65 | 82 83 | 95 96 | 117 118 | 140 141
nt=1304 | 2 3
T | n1=1250 | 2 3 | 3 4 | 4 5 | 6 7 | 9 10 | 13 14 | 19 20 | 26 27 | 41 42 | 63 64 | 76 77
U | n1=2000 | 3 4 | 4 5 | 6 7 | 9 10 | 13 14 | 19 20 | 28 29 | 39 40 | 62 63 | 96 97
1 Double plans are indicated by 2 sample sizes, n1 (first) and nt (total). Ac=Acceptance number Re=Rejection number.
Sampling Plans and Operating Characteristic (OC) Curves for AQL=0.065 Percent Defective (or AQL=0.065 Defects per Hundred Units)
[Sampling plans—AQL=0.065]
Comparable sampling plans | Identification letter of OC curve
Q | R | S, T | U
nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re
Single | 315 | 0 | 1 | 624 | 1 | 2 | 1250 | 2 | 3 | 2,000 | 3
Double | 500 | 0 | 2 | 800 | 0 | 3
644 | 1 | 2 | 1304 | 2 | 3
nc=Cumulative sample size. Ac=Acceptance number. Re=Rejection number.
Sampling Plans and Operating Characteristic (OC) Curves for AQL=0.10 Percent Defective (or AQL=0.10 Defects per Hundred Units)
[Sampling plans—AQL=0.10]
Comparable sampling plans | Identification letter of OC curve
P | Q | R, S | T | U
nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re
Single | 200 | 0 | 1 | 408 | 1 | 2 | 800 | 2 | 3 | 1,250 | 3 | 4 | 2,000 | 4
Double | 315 | 0 | 2 | 500 | 0 | 3
435 | 1 | 2 | 836 | 2 | 3
nc=Cumulative sample size. Ac=Acceptance number. Re=Rejection number.
Sampling Plans and Operating Characteristic (OC) Curves for AQL=0.15 Percent Defective (or AQL=0.15 Defects per Hundred Units)
[Sampling plans—AQL=0.15]
Comparable sampling plans | Identification letter of OC curve
N | P | Q | R, S | T | U
nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re
Single | 126 | 0 | 1 | 264 | 1 | 2 | 500 | 2 | 3 | 800 | 3 | 4 | 1,250 | 4 | 5 | 2,000 | 6 | 7
Double | 200 | 0 | 2 | 315 | 0 | 3
284 | 1 | 2 | 519 | 2 | 3
nc=Cumulative sample size. Ac=Acceptance number. Re=Rejection number.
Sampling Plans and Operating Characteristic (OC) Curves for AQL=0.25 Defects per Hundred Units
[Sampling plans—AQL=0.25]
Comparable sampling plans | Identification letter of OC curve
M | N | P, Q | R | S | T | U
nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re
Single | 84 | 0 | 1 | 168 | 1 | 2 | 315 | 2 | 3 | 500 | 3 | 4 | 800 | 4 | 5 | 1250 | 6 | 7 | 2000 | 9 | 10
Double | 126 | 0 | 2 | 200 | 0 | 3
180 | 1 | 2 | 326 | 2 | 3
nc=Cumulative sample size. Ac=Acceptance number. Re=Rejection number.
Sampling Plans and Operating Characteristic (OC) Curves for AQL=0.40 Percent Defective (or AQL=0.40 Defects per Hundred Units)
[Sampling plans—AQL=0.40]
Comparable sampling plans | Identification letter of OC curve
L | M | N, P | Q | R | S | T | U
nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re
Single | 48 | 0 | 1 | 108 | 1 | 2 | 200 | 2 | 3 | 315 | 3 | 4 | 500 | 4 | 5 | 800 | 6 | 7 | 1250 | 9 | 10 | 2000 | 13 | 10
Double | 84 | 0 | 2 | 126 | 0 | 3
120 | 1 | 2 | 210 | 2 | 3
nc=Cumulative sample size. Ac=Acceptance number. Re=Rejection number.
Sampling Plans and Operating Characteristic (OC) Curves for AQL=0.65 Percent Defective (or AQL=0.65 Defects per Hundred Units)
[Sampling plans—AQL=0.65]
Comparable sampling plans | Identification letter of OC curve
K | L | M, N | P | Q | R | S | T | U
nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re
Single | 29 | 0 | 1 | 66 | 1 | 2 | 126 | 2 | 3 | 200 | 3 | 4 | 315 | 4 | 5 | 500 | 6 | 7 | 800 | 9 | 10 | 1250 | 13 | 14 | 2000 | 19 | 20
Double | 48 | 0 | 2 | 84 | 0 | 3
72 | 1 | 2 | 132 | 2 | 3
nc=Cumulative sample size. Ac=Acceptance number. Re=Rejection number.
Sampling Plans and Operating Characteristic (OC) Curves for AQL=1.0 Percent Defective (or AQL=1.0 Defects per Hundred Units)
[Sampling plans—AQL=1.0]
Comparable sampling plans | Identification letter of OC curve
J | K, L | M | N | P
nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re
Single | 21 | 0 | 1 | 48 | 1 | 2 | 84 | 2 | 3 | 126 | 3 | 4 | 200 | 4 | 5
Double | 29 | 0 | 2
65 | 1 | 2
Q | R | S | T | U
nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re
Single | 315 | 6 | 7 | 500 | 9 | 10 | 800 | 13 | 14 | 1250 | 19 | 20 | 2000 | 28 | 29
nc=Cumulative sample size. Ac=Acceptance number. Re=Rejection number.
Sampling Plans and Operating Characteristic (OC) Curves for AQL=1.5 Percent Defective (or AQL=1.5 Defects per Hundred Units)
[Sampling plans—AQL=1.5]
Comparable sampling plans | Identification letter of OC curve
H | J, K | L | M | N | P
nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re
Single | 13 | 0 | 1 | 29 | 1 | 2 | 48 | 2 | 3 | 84 | 3 | 4 | 126 | 4 | 5 | 200 | 6 | 7
Double | 21 | 0 | 2
31 | 1 | 2
Q | R | S | T | U
nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re
Single | 315 | 8 | 9 | 500 | 12 | 13 | 800 | 18 | 19 | 1,250 | 26 | 27 | 2,000 | 39 | 40
nc=Cumulative sample size. Ac=Acceptance number. Re=Rejection number.
Sampling Plans and Operating Characteristic (OC) Curves for AQL=2.5 Percent Defective (or AQL=2.5 Defects per Hundred Units)
[Sampling plans—AQL=2.5]
Comparable sampling plans | Identification letter of OC curve
F | J, K | L | M | N | P
nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re
Single | 9 | 0 | 1 | 29 | 2 | 3 | 48 | 3 | 4 | 84 | 4 | 5 | 126 | 6 | 7 | 200 | 9 | 10
Double | 21 | 0 | 2
31 | 2 | 3
Q | R | S | T | U
nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re
Single | 315 | 13 | 14 | 500 | 18 | 19 | 800 | 27 | 28 | 1,250 | 41 | 42 | 2,000 | 62 | 63
nc=Cumulative sample size. Ac=Acceptance number. Re=Rejection number.
Sampling Plans and Operating Characteristic (OC) Curves for AQL=4.0 Percent Defective (or AQL=4.0 Defects per Hundred Units)
[Sampling plans—AQL=4.0]
Comparable sampling plans | Identification letter of OC curve
D | G | J | K L | M | N
nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re
Single | 5 | 0 | 1 | 11 | 1 | 2 | 21 | 2 | 3 | 48 | 4 | 5 | 84 | 6 | 7 | 126 | 9 | 10
Double | 29 | 1 | 4
65 | 6 | 7
P | Q | R | S | T | U
nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re
Single | 200 | 13 | 14 | 315 | 19 | 20 | 500 | 28 | 29 | 800 | 42 | 43 | 1250 | 63 | 64 | 2000 | 96
nc=Cumulative sample size. Ac=Acceptance number. Re=Rejection number.
Sampling Plans and Operating Characteristic (OC) Curves for AQL=5.0 Percent Defective (or AQL=5.0 Defects per Hundred Units)
[Sampling plans—AQL=5.0]
Comparable sampling plans | Identification letter of OC curve
C | F | J, K | L | M | N
nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re
Single | 4 | 0 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 29 | 3 | 4 | 48 | 5 | 6 | 84 | 7 | 8 | 126 | 10 | 11
Double | 21 | 1 | 4
31 | 3 | 4
P | Q | R | S | T
nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re
Single | 200 | 15 | 16 | 315 | 22 | 23 | 500 | 33 | 34 | 800 | 50 | 51 | 1250 | 76 | 77
nc=Cumulative sample size. Ac=Acceptance number. Re=Rejection number.
Sampling Plans and Operating Characteristic (OC) Curves for AQL=6.5 Percent Defective (or AQL=6.5 Defects per Hundred Units)
[Sampling plans—AQL=6.5]
Comparable sampling plans | Identification letter of OC curve
B | E | H | J | K | L
nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re
Single | 3 | 0 | 1 | 6 | 1 | 2 | 13 | 2 | 3 | 21 | 3 | 4 | 29 | 4 | 5 | 48 | 6 | 7
M | N | P | Q | R | S
nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re
Single | 84 | 9 | 10 | 126 | 13 | 14 | 200 | 19 | 20 | 315 | 28 | 29 | 500 | 42 | 43 | 800 | 64 | 65
nc=Cumulative sample size. Ac=Acceptance number. Re=Rejection number.
Sampling Plans and Operating Characteristic (OC) Curves for AQL=8.5 Percent Defective (or AQL=8.5 Defects per Hundred Units)
[Sampling plans—AQL=8.5]
Comparable sampling plans | Identification letter of OC curve
D | G | J | K, L | M
nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re
Single | 5 | 1 | 2 | 11 | 2 | 3 | 24 | 4 | 5 | 48 | 7 | 8 | 84 | 11 | 1
Double | 21 | 3 | 5 | 29 | 3 | 7
31 | 5 | 6 | 65 | 9 | 10
N | P | Q | R | S
nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re
Single | 126 | 16 | 17 | 200 | 24 | 25 | 315 | 35 | 36 | 500 | 53 | 54 | 800 | 82 | 83
nc=Cumulative sample size. Ac=Acceptance number. Re=Rejection number.
Sampling Plans and Operating Characteristic (OC) Curves for AQL=10.0 Percent Defective (or AQL=10.0 Defects per Hundred Units)
[Sampling plans—AQL=10.0]
Comparable sampling plans | Identification letter of OC curve
A | C | F | H | J | K | L
nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re
Single | 2 | 0 | 1 | 4 | 1 | 2 | 9 | 2 | 3 | 13 | 3 | 4 | 21 | 4 | 5 | 29 | 5 | 6 | 48 | 8 | 9
M | N | P | Q | R | S
nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re
Single | 84 | 13 | 14 | 126 | 18 | 19 | 200 | 27 | 28 | 315 | 41 | 42 | 500 | 62 | 63 | 800 | 95 | 96
nc=Cumulative sample size. Ac=Acceptance number. Re=Rejection number.
Sampling Plans and Operating Characteristics (OC) Curves for AQL=12.5 Percent Defective (or AQL=12.5 Defects per Hundred Units)
[Sampling plans—AQL=12.5]
Identification letter of OC curve | Comparable sampling plans
B, EE | G | J | K | L | M
nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re
Single | 7 | 2 | 3 | 11 | 3 | 4 | 21 | 5 | 6 | 29 | 6 | 7 | 48 | 10 | 11 | 84 | 15 | 16
Double | 3 | 0 | 3
8 | 2 | 3
N | P | Q | R | S
nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re
Single | 126 | 22 | 23 | 200 | 33 | 34 | 315 | 50 | 51 | 500 | 76 | 77 | 800 | 117 | 118
nc=Cumulative sample size. Ac=Acceptance number. Re=Rejection number.
Sampling Plans and Operating Characteristic (OC) Curves for AQL=15.0 Percent Defective (or AQL=15.0 Defects per Hundred Units)
[Sampling plans—AQL=15.0]
Comparable sampling plans | Identification letter of OC curve
AA | B | E | F | H | J | K
nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re
Single | 1 | 0 | 1 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 6 | 2 | 3 | 9 | 3 | 4 | 13 | 4 | 5 | 21 | 6 | 7 | 29 | 7 | 8
L | M | N | P | Q | R | S
nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re | nc | Ac | Re
Single | 48 | 11 | 12 | 84 | 18 | 19 | 126 | 26 | 27 | 200 | 39 | 40 | 315 | 59 | 60 | 500 | 90 | 91 | 800 | 140 | 141
nc=Cumulative sample size. Ac=Acceptance number. Re=Rejection number.
44-45 PARTS 44-45 [RESERVED]
SUBCHAPTER B MARKETING OF PERISHABLE AGRICULTURAL COMMODITIES
PART 46 REQUIREMENTS (OTHER THAN ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES) UNDER THE PERISHABLE AGRICULTURAL COMMODITIES ACT, 1930
Authority: 7 U.S.C. 499a-499t.
Source: 28 FR 7067, July 11, 1963; 28 FR 7287, July 17, 1963, unless otherwise noted.
233 Definitions
§ 46.1 Words in singular form.
Words in this part in the singular form shall be deemed to import the plural, and vice versa, as the case may demand.
§ 46.2 Definitions.
The terms defined in the first section of the Act shall have the same meaning as stated therein. Unless otherwise defined, the following terms whether used in the regulations, in the Act, or in the trade shall be construed as follows:
(a) Act means the Perishable Agricultural Commodities Act, 1930, approved June 10, 1930, and legislation supplementary thereto and amendatory thereof (46 Stat. 531; 7 U.S.C. 499a-499r).
Cross Reference:
For Rules of Practice under the Act, see part 47 of this chapter.
(b) Department means the United States Department of Agriculture.
(c) Secretary means the Secretary of Agriculture of the United States, or any officer or employee of the Department to whom authority has heretofore been delegated, or to whom authority may hereafter be delegated, to act in his stead.
(d) Service means the Agricultural Marketing Service, United States Department of Agriculture.
(e) Deputy Administrator means the Deputy Administrator, Regulatory Programs, of the Consumer and Marketing Service, or any officer or employee of the Service, to whom authority has heretofore lawfully been delegated, or to whom authority may hereafter lawfully be delegated, to act in his stead.
(f) Division means the Fruit and Vegetable Division of the Service.
(g) Director means the Director of the Division or any officer or employee of the Division to whom authority has heretofore lawfully been delegated, or to whom authority may hereafter lawfully be delegated, by the Director to act in his stead.
(h) In commerce means interstate or foreign commerce as defined in paragraphs (3) and (8) of the first section of the Act.
(i) Person means any individual, partnership, limited liability company, corporation, association, or separate legal entity.
(j) Retailer is a dealer engaged in the business of selling any perishable agricultural commodity at retail; Provided, That occasional sales at wholesale shall not be deemed to remove a dealer from the category of retailer if less than 5 percent of annual gross sales is derived from wholesale transactions.
(k) Firm means any person engaged in business as a commission merchant, dealer, or broker.
(l) Licensee means any firm who holds an unrevoked and valid unsus-pended license issued under the Act.
(m) Dealer means any person engaged in the business of buying or selling in wholesale or jobbing quantities in commerce and includes:
(1) Jobbers, distributors and other wholesalers;
(2) Retailers, when the invoice cost of all purchases of produce exceeds $230,000 during a calendar year. In computing dollar volume, all purchases of fresh and frozen fruits and vegetables are to be counted, without regard to quantity involved in a transaction or whether the transaction was intrastate, interstate or foreign commerce;
(3) Growers who market produce grown by others.
(4) The term “dealer” does not include persons buying produce, other than potatoes, for canning and/or processing within the State where grown, whether or not the canned or processed product is to be shipped in interstate or foreign commerce, unless such product is frozen, or packed in ice, or consists of cherries in brine.
(n) Broker means any person engaged in the business of negotiating sales and purchases of produce in commerce for or on behalf of the vendor or the purchaser, respectively, except that no person shall be deemed to be a “broker” within the meaning of the Act if such person is an independent agent negotiating sales for or on behalf of the vendor and if the only sales of such commodities negotiated by such person are sales of frozen fruits and vegetables having an invoice value not in excess of $230,000 in any calendar year.
(o) Shipper means any person operating at shipping point who is engaged in the business of purchasing produce from growers or others and distributing such produce in commerce by resale or other methods, or who handles such produce on joint account with others.
(p) Grower means any person who raises produce for marketing.
(q) Growers' agent means any person operating at shipping point who sells or distributes produce in commerce for or on behalf of growers or others and whose operations may include the planting, harvesting, grading, packing, and furnishing containers, supplies, or other services.
(r) Receiving market commission merchant means any person operating on a receiving market who is engaged in the business of receiving produce in commerce for sale, on commission, for or on behalf of another.
(s) Joint account transaction means a produce transaction in commerce in which two or more persons participate under a limited joint venture arrangement whereby they agree to share in a prescribed manner the costs, profits, or losses resulting from such transaction.
(t) Produce means any perishable agricultural commodity, as defined in paragraph (4) of the first section of the Act.
(u) Fresh fruits and fresh vegetables include all produce in fresh form generally considered as perishable fruits and vegetables, whether or not packed in ice or held in common or cold storage, but does not include those perishable fruits and vegetables which have been manufactured into articles of food of a different kind or character. The effects of the following operations shall not be considered as changing a commodity into a food of a different kind or character: Water, steam, or oil blanching, battering, coating, chopping, color adding, curing, cutting, dicing, drying for the removal of surface moisture; fumigating, gassing, heating for insect control, ripening and coloring; removal of seed, pits, stems, calyx, husk, pods rind, skin, peel, et cetera; polishing, precooling, refrigerating, shredding, slicing, trimming, washing with or without chemicals; waxing, adding of sugar or other sweetening agents; adding ascorbic acid or other agents to retard oxidation; mixing of several kinds of sliced, chopped, or diced fruit or vegetables for packaging in any type of containers; or comparable methods of preparation.
(v) Frozen fruits and vegetables include all produce defined in paragraph (u) of this section when such produce is in frozen form.
(w) Cherries in brine means cherries packed in an aqueous solution containing sulphur dioxide or other bleaching agent of sufficient strength to preserve the product, with or without the addition of hardening agents.
(x) Wholesale or jobbing quantities, as used in paragraph (6) of the first section of the Act, means aggregate quantities of all types of produce totaling one ton (2,000 pounds) or more in weight in any day shipped, received, or contracted to be shipped or received.
(y) Truly and correctly to account means, in connection with:
(1) Consignments, to account by rendering a true and correct statement showing the date of receipt and date of final sale, the quantities sold at each price, or other disposition of the produce, and the proper, usual or specifically agreed upon selling charges and expenses properly incurred or agreed to in the handling thereof, plus any other information required by § 46.29;
(2) Joint account transactions, to account by rendering a true and correct statement showing the date of receipt and date of final sale, the quantities sold at each price or other disposition of produce, the joint account cost of the produce, and the expenses properly incurred or other charges specifically agreed to in the handling thereof, plus any other information required by § 46.29;
(3) Buying brokerage transactions, to account by rendering a true and correct itemized statement showing the cost of the produce, the expenses properly incurred, and the amount of brokerage charged.
(z) Account promptly, except when otherwise specifically agreed upon by the parties, means rendering to the principal a true and correct accounting:
(1) In connection with buying brokerage transactions, within 24 hours after the date of shipment;
(2) In connection with consignment or joint account transactions, within 10 days after the date of final sale with respect to each shipment, or within 20 days from the date the goods are accepted at destination, whichever comes first: Provided, That whenever a grower's agent or shipper distributes individual lots of produce for or on behalf of others, accounting to the principal shall be made within 30 days after receipt of the shipment from the principal for sale or within 5 days after the date the agent receives payment for the goods, whichever comes first. Whenever a grower's agent or shipper harvests, packs, or distributes entire crops or multiple lots therefrom for or on behalf of others, an accounting on the initial shipment shall be rendered within 30 days after receipt of the goods for sale. Accountings for subsequent shipments shall be made at 10-day intervals from the date of the accounting for the initial shipment and a final accounting for the season shall be made to each principal within 30 days from the date the agent receives the last shipment for the season from that principal: Provided further, That whenever the marketing agreement between a principal and agent includes a provision for storage of goods prior to sale, the agent shall render accountings of inventory and expenses incurred to date at 30-day intervals from the date the goods are received by the agent until sales from storage begin, And Provided further, That nothing in the regulations in this part shall prohibit cooperative associations from accounting to their members on the basis of seasonal pools or other arrangements provided by their regulations or bylaws; and
(3) In connection with a consignment or joint account transaction, within 10 days after the date of receipt of payment of a carrier claim filed.
(aa) Full payment promptly is the term used in the Act in specifying the period of time for making payment without committing a violation of the Act. “Full payment promptly,” for the purpose of determining violations of the Act, means:
(1) Payment of net proceeds for produce received on consignment or the pro-rata share of the net profits for produce received on joint account, within 10 days after the date of final sale with respect to each shipment, or within 20 days from the date the goods are accepted at destination, whichever comes first;
(2) Payment by growers, growers' agents, or shippers of deficits on consignments or joint account transactions, within 10 days after the day on which the accounting is received;
(3) Payment of the purchase price, brokerage, and other expenses to buying brokers who pay for the produce, within 10 days after the day on which the broker's invoice is received by the buyer;
(4) Payment of brokerage earned and other expenses in connection with produce purchased or sold, within 10 days after the day on which the broker's invoice is received by the principal;
(5) Payment for produce purchased by a buyer, within 10 days after the day on which the produce is accepted;
(6) Payment to growers, growers' agents, or shippers by terminal market agents or brokers, who are selling for the account of a grower, growers' agent, or shipper and are authorized to collect from the buyer or receiver, within 5 days after the agent or broker receives payment from the buyer or receiver;
(7) Payment to the principal, within 10 days after receipt, of net proceeds realized from a carrier claim in connection with a consignment transaction or, in connection with a joint account transaction, payment to the joint account partners of their share of the joint account net proceeds realized from a carrier claim;
(8) Payment by growers agents or shippers who distribute individual lots of produce for or on behalf of others, within 30 days after receipt of the goods from the principal for sale or within 5 days after the date the agent receives payment for the goods, whichever comes first;
(9) Whenever a grower's agent or shipper harvests, packs, or distributes entire crops or multiple lots therefrom for or on behalf of others, payment for the initial shipment shall be made within 30 days after receipt of the goods for sale or within 5 days after the date the agent receives payment for the goods, whichever comes first. Payment for subsequent shipments shall be made at 10-day intervals from the date of the accounting for the initial shipment or within 5 days after the date the agent receives payment for the goods, whichever comes first, and final payment for the seasons shall be made to each principal within 30 days from the date the agent receives the last shipment for the season from that principal;
(10) When contracts are based on terms other than those described in these regulations, payment is due the supplier-seller within 20 days from the date of acceptance of the shipment under the terms of the contract and § 46.2(dd).
(11) Parties who elect to use different times of payment than those set forth in paragraphs (aa) (1) through (10) of this section must reduce their agreement to writing before entering into the transaction and maintain a copy of the agreement in their records. If they have so agreed, then payment within the agreed upon time shall constitute “full payment promptly”: Provided, That the party claiming the existence of such an agreement for time of payment shall have the burden of proving it.
Nothing in the regulations in this part shall limit the seller's privilege of shipping under a closed or advise bill of lading or other arrangement requiring cash on delivery unless there has been express prior agreement to the contrary between the parties; or prohibit cooperative associations from settling with their members on the basis of seasonal pools or other arrangements provided by their regulations or bylaws. If there is a dispute concerning a transaction, the foregoing time periods for prompt payment apply only to payment of the undisputed amount.
(bb) Reject without reasonable cause means in connection with purchases, consignments, or joint account transactions: (1) Refusing or failing without legal justification to accept produce within a reasonable time; (2) advising the seller, shipper, or his agent that produce, complying with contract, will not be accepted; (3) indicating an intention not to accept produce through an act or failure to act inconsistent with the contract; or (4) any rejection following an act of acceptance.
(cc) Reasonable time, as used in paragraph (bb) of this section, means:
(1) For frozen fruits and vegetables with respect to rail shipments, 48 hours after notice of arrival and the produce is made accessible for inspection, and with respect to truck shipments, not to exceed 12 hours after the receiver or a responsible representative is given notice of arrival and the produce is made accessible for inspection;
(2) For fresh fruits and vegetables with respect to rail shipments, not to exceed 24 hours after notice of arrival and the car has been placed in a location where the produce is made accessible for inspection; and with respect to truck shipments, not to exceed 8 hours after the receiver or a responsible representative is given notice of arrival and the produce is made accessible for inspection; and, with respect to boat shipments, not to exceed 24 hours after the produce is unloaded and made accessible for inspection and the receiver is given notice thereof;
(3) If, within the applicable period, the receiver cannot make a thorough inspection due to adverse weather condition or applies for but cannot obtain Federal inspection before the end of this period, and so notifies the consignor within the applicable period, the period shall be extended until weather conditions permit inspection or until Federal inspection is made, as the case may be, plus two hours after either an oral or written report of the results of such inspection is made available to the receiver; and
(4) In computing the time periods specified above, (i) for shipments arriving on non-work days or after the close of regular business hours on work days when a representative of the receiver having authority to reject shipments is not present, non-working hours preceding the start of regular business hours on the next working day shall not be included; and (ii) for shipments arriving during regular business hours when a representative of the receiver having authority to reject shipments customarily is present, the period shall run without interruption except that, for shipments arriving less than two hours before the close of regular business hours, the unexpired balance of the time period shall be extended and run from the start of regular business hours on the next working day.
(dd) Acceptance means:
(1) Any act by the consignee signifying acceptance of the shipment, including diversion or unloading;
(2) Any act by the consignee which is inconsistent with the consignor's ownership, but if such act is wrongful against the consignor it is acceptance only if ratified by him; or
(3) Failure of the consignee to give notice of rejection to the consignor within a reasonable time as defined in paragraph (cc) of this section: Provided, That acceptance shall not affect any claim for damages because of failure of the produce to meet the terms of the contract.
(ee) Employ and employment mean any affiliation of any person with the business operations of a licensee, with or without compensation, including ownership or self-employment.
(ff) Responsibly connected means affiliation as individual owner, partner in a partnership, member, manager, officer, director or holder of more than a 10 percent ownership stake in a limited liability company, or officer, director or holder of more than 10 percent of the outstanding stock of a corporation or association.
(gg) Branch or additional business facility, as used in section 3(b) of the Act, means an office or outlet in a location other than that of the principal or main office of a firm, out of which or through which the firm purchases, sells, negotiates contracts, solicits, or handles consignments, or otherwise contracts in perishable agricultural commodities including seasonal, part-time and full-time operations. As used in this paragraph, “branch or additional business facility” includes, but is not limited to, the following:
(1) Jobbers, wholesalers, distributors—each location through which commodities are bought, sold or otherwise contracted;
(2) Retailers—each outlet through which retail sales of commodities are made and each office which purchases commodities;
(3) Trucker/dealer—a truck is a “branch” office if the driver is authorized to buy, sell or otherwise contract for commodities on behalf of the firm;
(4) Shippers—on-the-ground representatives making purchases, sales or otherwise contracting for commodities;
(5) Brokers—each office conducting contract negotiations including on-the-ground representatives negotiating contracts for commodities;
(6) Processors—each location at which commodities are purchased, sold or contracted to be purchased or sold;
(7) Cooperatives—each operation away from the main office that has responsibility to account for proceeds received from sales of commodities; or
(8) Seasonal/part-time operations—any facility with on-the-ground representatives making purchases, sales, or otherwise contracting for commodities.
(hh) Good faith means honesty in fact and the observance of reasonable commercial standards of fair dealing in the trade. The principle of good faith requires that a party to a transaction disclose in writing the existence of any collateral fees and expenses to all other parties to the transaction where the collateral fees and expenses affect a material term of the agreement.
(ii) Grocery wholesaler is a dealer primarily engaged in the full-line wholesale distribution and resale of grocery and related nonfood items (such as perishable agricultural commodities, dry groceries, general merchandise, meat, poultry, and seafood, and health and beauty care items) to retailers. This term does not include persons primarily engaged in the wholesale distribution and resale of perishable agricultural commodities rather than other grocery and related nonfood items. Specifically, for an entity to be considered a grocery wholesaler, 50 percent or more of its annual gross sales must be from the full-line distribution and resale of grocery and related nonfood items, and it cannot have more than 50 percent of its sales in perishable agricultural commodities. “Full line” means that an entity must be supplying the retailer with a wide range of products such as the grocery and related nonfood items specified.
(Sec. 1, 46 Stat. 531, as amended; 7 U.S.C. 499a et seq.)
[28 FR 7067, July 11, 1963, as amended at 37 FR 14561, July 21, 1972; 44 FR 50575, Aug. 29, 1979; 47 FR 21234, May 18, 1982; 47 FR 47802, Oct. 28, 1982; 49 FR 45739, Nov. 20, 1984; 61 FR 13386, Mar. 27, 1996; 62 FR 15086, Mar. 31, 1997; 65 FR 24854, Apr. 28, 2000; 68 FR 23378, May 2, 2003]
234 Licenses
§ 46.3 License required.
(a) No person shall at any time carry on the business of a commission merchant, dealer, or broker without a license which is valid and effective at such time.
(b) Separate licenses are required for each person. More than one trade name may be used by the same person only after such trade names have been approved in writing by the Director.
(c) Joint account arrangements between two or more licensees are not considered to result in separate firms and, therefore, do not require separate licenses.
§ 46.4 Application for license.
(a) Any person who desires to obtain a license shall make application therefor on the currently approved form to be obtained from the Director or his representatives.
(b) The applicant shall furnish the following information:
(1) Name or names in which business is conducted; place of business; mailing address; name, location and number of branches or additional business facilities, divisions or affiliates; name of firm succeeded and whether the applicant assumes responsibility of settling any complaints filed under the Act against the firm succeeded.
(2) Type of business (i.e., wholesale, retail, trucking, processing, commission merchant, or broker), and whether the fruits and/or vegetables handled are fresh or frozen, or cherries in brine.
(3) Type of ownership. If a corporation or limited liability company, the applicant shall furnish the month, day, and year incorporated or organized; the State in which incorporated or organized; the name in which incorporated or organized; and the address of the principal office. A limited liability company shall also furnish a copy of its articles of organization and its operating agreement.
(4) Full legal name, all other names used, if any, and home address of owner. If a partnership, the applicant shall furnish the legal names, all other names used, if any, and home address of all partners, indicating whether general, limited, or special partners. If a limited liability company, the applicant shall furnish the full legal names, all other names used, if any, and home address of all members, managers, officers, directors and holders of more than 10 percent of the ownership stake, and the percentage of ownership in the company held by each such person. If an association or corporation, the applicant shall furnish the full legal names, all other names used, if any, and home address of all officers, directors and holders of more than 10 percent of the outstanding stock and the percentage of stock held by each such person. Minors shall also furnish the full name and home address of their guardian. If the applicant is a trust, the name of the trust and the full name and home address of the trustee must be furnished. If the applicant is a limited liability company and a member or holder of more than 10 percent of the ownership stake is a partnership, another limited liability company, corporation, association, or separate legal entity, the applicant shall furnish the full legal names and home address of that member's partners, members, managers, directors, and officers.
(5) Date when first became subject to the Act. If business was conducted subject to the Act prior to the filing of an application for a license, applicant shall furnish an explanation for such violation as prescribed in section 3(a) of the Act.
(6) Whether the applicant, or in case the applicant is a partnership, any partner, or in case the applicant is a limited liability company, any member, manager, officer, director or holder of more than 10 percent of the ownership stake, or in case the applicant is an association or corporation, any officer, director, or holder of more than 10 percent of the outstanding stock, has prior to the filing of the application:
(i) Been connected with any firm whose license is under suspension or has been revoked. If so, he shall furnish the name and address of the firm whose license is under suspension or has been revoked and the details of such connection, including the dates thereof;
(ii) Within three years been adjudicated or discharged as a bankrupt or was an officer, director, stockholder, partner, member, manager or owner of a firm adjudicated or discharged as a bankrupt.
(iii) Been convicted of one or more felonies in any State or Federal court. If so, he shall furnish the name and date of birth of the party convicted, alias if any, name, location of court and date convicted, nature of felony, sentence imposed, where and length of time served; if paroled, date parole terminated;
(iv) Ever been licensed under the Act. If so, he shall furnish the name and address of licensee and whether license is still in effect.
(7) Whether any person employed by the applicant has been responsibly connected with any firm whose license has been revoked, or is currently under suspension, or who has been found after notice and opportunity for hearing to have committed any flagrant or repeated violation of section 2 of the Act, or against whom there is an unpaid reparation award which has been issued within the past two years, subject to his right of appeal. If so, he shall furnish the full legal name of the person, the name of the firm involved, and the details of such connection, including the dates thereof.
(8) Any other information the Director deems necessary to establish the identity and eligibility of the applicant to obtain a license.
(c) The application shall be signed by the owner, all general partners, or in case the applicant is a limited liability company, a member or manager, or in case the applicant is an association, or corporation, a duly authorized officer.
(d) The application and fees shall be forwarded to the Director, Fruit and Vegetable Division, Agricultural Marketing Service, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D.C. 20250, or to his representative. An application which does not contain full or complete answers to all the questions, or is not properly signed, or not accompanied by the proper fee, or bond as required under paragraphs (c) and (e) of section 4 of the Act shall not be considered a valid application for license. The “period not to exceed 30 days” as prescribed in section 4(d) of the Act shall commence on the day that a valid application for license is received by the Director or his representative.
(e) If the application is incomplete, the Director may return the application to the applicant with a request that the application be completed by furnishing the missing data. If the applicant does not respond to this request within 30 days after it is mailed by the Director, the fees submitted shall be refunded.
(f) If the Director has reason to believe that the application contains inaccurate information, he may afford the applicant an opportunity to submit a corrected application or verify or explain information contained in the application. If the applicant submits a corrected application, the original application shall be considered withdrawn. If the applicant, in response to the Director's request, submits additional or corrected information for consideration in connection with his original application, the original application plus such information shall be considered as constituting a new application.
(g) Fees shall be refunded whenever an application is withdrawn without the filing of a new application.
(h) When a valid application is received and the provisions of paragraphs (b) and (c) of section 4 of the Act are applicable, the Director shall notify the applicant by letter of the pertinent provisions of this section and the reasons for denial of license and shall refund the fee.
(i) If the Director disapproves the use of a trade name which, in his opinion, is deceiving, misleading or confusing to the trade, he shall return the application to the applicant for the selection of a different trade name. If the applicant does not return the application within thirty days after it was mailed by the Director, the fees submitted shall be refunded. The “period not to exceed thirty days” as prescribed in section 4(d) of the Act shall commence on the date that the application for license under the new name is received by the Director or his representative.
[28 FR 7067, July 11, 1963; 28 FR 7287, July 17, 1963, as amended at 44 FR 50575, Aug. 29, 1979; 65 FR 24854, Apr. 28, 2000]
§ 46.5 Bonds.
Bonds prescribed in section 4(c)(6), 4(e), 8(b), and 13(b) of the Act shall be in the form of cash or surety bonds in the form and amount satisfactory to the Director and shall not be less than $10,000. When cash is posted as surety, it shall be deposited into a special account of the United States Treasury and no interest is to accrue or be paid the licensee. When surety bonds are furnished, the surety shall be a company holding a certificate of authority from the Secretary of the Treasury under Act of Congress approved July 30, 1947 (6 U.S.C. 6 through 13) as acceptable surety on Federal bonds.
[44 FR 50575, Aug. 29, 1979]
§ 46.6 License fees.
(a) Retailers and grocery wholesalers making an initial application for license shall pay a $100 administrative processing fee.
(b) For commission merchants, brokers, and dealers (other than grocery wholesalers and retailers) the annual license fee is $995 plus $600 for each branch or additional business facility. In no case shall the aggregate annual fees paid by any such applicant exceed $8,000.
(c) The Director may require that fees be paid in the form of a money order, bank draft, cashier's check, or certified check made payable to “USDA-AMS”. Authorized representatives of the Division may accept fees and issue receipts.
[62 FR 43455, Aug. 14, 1997, as amended at 75 FR 51919, Aug. 24, 2010]
§ 46.7 Issuance of license.
Upon receipt of a valid application accompanied by the proper fee for a license, and bond, if required, the Director shall, if the applicant is found to be eligible, issue a license certifying that the licensee is authorized to engage in the business of a commission merchant, dealer, or broker. All fees, and any additional sums assessed by the Director in accordance with the Act, shall be deposited in a special fund designated as the “Perishable Agricultural Commodities Act fund.”
§ 46.8 Copies of licenses.
Copies of licenses may be issued upon request and upon the payment of a fee of two dollars ($2) for each copy. Each copy shall bear the word “copy” in conspicuous letters on its face and shall be certified by the Director as a true copy of the original.
§ 46.9 Termination, suspension, revocation, cancellation of licenses; notices; renewal.
(a) Under section 3(c) of the Act the license can be suspended if the licensee continues to use a trade name after being notified by the Director that such trade name has been disapproved.
(b) Under section 4(a) of the Act, after October 1, 1962, the license of any individual, corporation or association shall automatically terminate on the date of discharge in bankruptcy and the license of any partnership shall automatically terminate on the date of the discharge in bankruptcy of any of the general partners in the partnership.
(c) Under section 4(c) of the Act if a license is issued under a bond and the bond is terminated for any reason without the approval of the Director, within four years from the date of the issuance of the license, the license shall be automatically cancelled as of the date of termination and no new license shall be issued to such person during the four-year period without a new surety bond covering the remainder of such period. Also, if the Director notifies the licensee that a bond in an increased amount is required and the licensee fails to provide such a bond within the specified time the license of such licensee shall be automatically suspended until such bond is provided.
(d) Under section 8(a) of the Act a license can be suspended or revoked for violations of section 2 of the Act or when the licensee is found guilty in a Federal Court of having violated section 14(b) of the Act.
(e) Under section 8(b) of the Act a license can be suspended or revoked if the licensee continues to employ any person in violation of the provisions of this section. Also, if any licensee is authorized to employ any person under a bond in accordance with this section and is notified by the Director subsequently to provide a bond in an increased amount and fails to provide such a bond within the time specified, approval of employment shall automatically terminate.
(f) Under section 8(c) of the Act a license can be revoked for any false or misleading statement, or through a misrepresentation or concealment or withholding of facts in connection with an application for a license.
(g) Under section 9 of the Act a license can be suspended if the licensee fails to keep such accounts, records, and memoranda as fully and correctly disclose all transactions involved in his business including the true ownership of such business by stock-holding or otherwise.
(h) Under section 13 of the Act a license can be suspended:
(1) If the licensee refuses to permit inspection of his records or of any lot of produce under his ownership or control; or
(2) If the licensee, subsequent to a determination in a formal disciplinary proceeding that it has violated the prompt payment provision of Section 2(4) of the Act, refuses to permit an inspection of its accounts, records and memoranda to insure that it is in compliance with the prompt payment provision of section 2(4) of the Act or fails or refuses to furnish, maintain, or adjust a surety bond in a form and amount satisfactory to the Secretary.
(i) Under section 4(a) of the Act, at least 30 days prior to the anniversary date of a valid and effective license, the Director shall mail a notice to the licensee at the last known address advising that the license will automatically terminate on its anniversary date unless an application for renewal is filed supplying all information requested on a form to be supplied by the Division, and unless the renewal fee (if any is applicable) is paid on or before such date. If the renewal application is not filed and/or the renewal fee (if required) is not paid by the anniversary date, the licensee may obtain a renewal of that license at any time within 30 days by submitting the required renewal application and/or paying the renewal fee (if required), plus $50. Within 60 days after the termination date of a valid and effective license, the former licensee shall be notified of such termination, unless a new license has been obtained in the meantime.
(j) Beginning on December 1, 1998, the renewal period for new licenses issued to retailers and grocery wholesalers is three years.
(k) Only a commission merchant, broker, or dealer holding a multi-year license, prior to phase out of this option, will receive a refund if business operations cease or a change in legal status occurs that requires issuance of a new license prior to the next license renewal date. If a refund is due, it will be issued for any remaining full-year portion of advance fee paid, minus a $100 processing fee.
[28 FR 7067, July 11, 1963; 28 FR 7287, July 17, 1963, as amended at 44 FR 50576, Aug. 29, 1979; 62 FR 15087, Mar. 31, 1997; 63 FR 64172, Nov. 19, 1998; 75 FR 51919, Aug. 24, 2010]
§ 46.10 Nonlicensed person; liability; penalty.
Any commission merchant, dealer, or broker who violates the Act by engaging in business subject to the Act without a license may settle its liability, if such violation is found by the Director not to have been willful but due to inadvertence, by submitting the required application and paying the amount of fees that it would have paid had it obtained and maintained a license during the period that it engaged in business subject to the Act, plus an additional sum not in excess of two hundred and fifty dollars ($250) as may be determined by the Director.
[62 FR 15087, Mar. 31, 1997]
§ 46.11 What constitutes valid license, form and use.
Each license shall bear a serial number, the names in which authorized to conduct business, type of ownership, if the business is individually owned, the name of the owner; if a partnership, the names of all general partners; if a limited liability company, the names of all members, managers, officers, directors and holders of more than 10 percent of the ownership stake, and the percentage of ownership in the company held by each such person; if a corporation or association, the names of all officers, directors, and shareholders of more than 10 percent of the outstanding stock and the percentage of stock held by each such person; the facsimile signature of the Deputy Administrator, the seal of the Department and shall be duly countersigned. The licensee may place upon his stationery, trucks, or business sign an inscription indicating that he is licensed under the Act, but such inscription must not be of such form or arrangement as to be deceptive or misleading to the public, nor shall any such inscription be displayed or used unless the person using the inscription has a license valid and effective at the time.
[28 FR 7067, July 11, 1963; 28 FR 7287, July 17, 1963, as amended at 65 FR 24854, Apr. 28, 2000]
§ 46.12 Forms of inscriptions.
The following inscriptions, for use with or without the license number, meet the foregoing requirements and may be used by licensees: “Licensed by the U.S. Department of Agriculture under the Perishable Agricultural Commodities Act”, or “Licensed under the PACA.”
§ 46.13 Address, ownership, changes in trade name, changes in number of branches, changes in members of partnership, and bankruptcy.
The licensee shall:
(a) Promptly report to the Director in writing;
(1) Any change of address;
(2) Any change in officers, directors, members, managers, holders of more than 10 percent of the outstanding stock in a corporation, with the percentage of stock held by such person, and holders of more than 10 percent of the ownership stake in a limited liability company, and the percentage of ownership in the company held by each such person;
(3) Any deletions or additions of trade names;
(4) Any change in the number and address of any branches or additional business facilities, and;
(5) When the licensee, or if the licensee is a partnership, any partner is subject to proceedings under the bankruptcy laws. A new license is required in case of a change in the ownership of a firm, the addition or withdrawal of partners in a partnership, or in case business is conducted under a different corporate charter, or in case a limited liability company conducts business under different articles or organization from those under which the license was originally issued.
(b) Obtain approval from the Director prior to using any trade name.
[44 FR 50576, Aug. 29, 1979, as amended at 65 FR 24855, Apr. 28, 2000]
235 Accounts and Records (General)
§ 46.14 General.
(a) Every commission merchant, dealer, and broker shall prepare and preserve for a period of two years from the closing date of the transaction the accounts, records, and memoranda required by the Act, which shall fully and correctly disclose all transactions involved in his business. Licensees shall keep records which are adapted to the particular business that the licensee is conducting and in each case such records shall fully disclose all transactions in the business in sufficient detail as to be readily understood and audited. It is impracticable to specify in detail every class of records which may be found essential since many different types of business are conducted in the produce industry and many different types of contracts are made covering a wide range of services by agents and others. The responsibility is placed on every licensee to maintain records which will disclose all essential facts regarding the transactions in his business.
(b) Every commission merchant, dealer, and broker shall prepare and preserve records and memoranda required by the Act which shall fully and correctly disclose the true ownership and management of such business during the preceding four years. Such records shall include the number and location of all branches or additional business facilities operated by or for the commission merchant, dealer or broker. In the case of a corporation, such records shall include the corporate charter, record of stock subscription and stock issued, the amounts paid in for stock and minutes of stockholders' and directors' meetings showing the election of directors and officers, resignations and other pertinent corporate actions. In the case of a partnership, the records shall contain a copy of the partnership agreement showing the type of partnership, the full names and addresses of all partners including general, special or limited partners, the partnership interest of each individual and any other pertinent records of the partnership.
[28 FR 7067, July 11, 1963; 28 FR 7287, July 17, 1963, as amended at 44 FR 50576, Aug. 29, 1979]
§ 46.15 Documents to be preserved.
Bills of lading, diversion orders, paid freight and other bills, car manifests, express receipts, confirmations and memorandums of sales, letter and wire correspondence, inspection certificates, invoices on purchases, receiving records, sales tickets, copies of statements (bills) of sales to customers, accounts of sales, papers relating to loss and damage claims against carriers, records as to reconditioning, shrinkage and dumping, daily inventories by lots, a consolidated record of all rebates and allowances made or received in connection with shipments handled for the account of another, an itemized daily record of cash receipts, ledger records in which purchases and sales can be verified, and all other pertinent papers relating to the shipment, handling, delivery, and sale of each lot of produce shall be preserved for a period of 2 years.
§ 46.16 Method of preservation or storage of records.
All records required to be preserved under the Act shall be stored in an orderly manner and in keeping with sound business practices. The records being currently used shall be filed in order of dates, by serial numbers, alphabetically or by any other proper method which will enable the licensee to promptly locate and produce the records. Records in dead storage should be arranged in an orderly fashion, be packaged or wrapped to insure proper preservation, be adequately marked or identified, and stored in a safe, dry location. When part of the records are forwarded to others (such as accountants, traffic agencies, attorneys, etc.), proper notations should be filed in appropriate places in the records identifying the missing records and stating where they can be located.
§ 46.17 Inspection of records.
(a) Each licensee shall, during ordinary business hours, promptly upon request, permit any duly authorized representative of USDA to enter its place of business and inspect such accounts, records, and memoranda as may be material:
(1) In the investigation of complaints under the Act, including any petition, written notification, or complaint under section 6 of the Act,
(2) To the determination of ownership, control, packer, or State, country, or region of origin in connection with commodity inspections,
(3) To ascertain whether there is compliance with section 9 of the Act,
(4) In administering the licensing and bonding provisions of the Act,
(5) If the licensee has been determined in a formal disciplinary proceeding to have violated the prompt payment provision of section 2(4) of the Act, to determine whether, at the time of the inspection, there is compliance with that section.
(b) Any necessary facilities for such inspection shall be extended to such representative by the licensee, its agents, and employees.
[62 FR 15087, Mar. 31, 1997]
236 Records of Market Receivers
§ 46.18 Record of produce received.
Market receivers shall keep in the order of receipt a record of all produce received and this record shall be in the form of a book (preferably a bound book) with numbered pages or comparable business record. This record shall clearly show for each lot the date of arrival and unloading; whether received by freight, express, truck, or otherwise; the car initials and number; the truck license number and the driver's name or the name of the trucking firm; the number of packages or the quantity received; the kind of produce; the name and address of the consignor or seller; whether the produce was purchased; consigned or received on joint account; and the disposition of the produce, whether jobbed or sold in carlots or trucklots, and the lot number assigned to the shipment by the receiver (as required by § 46.20).
§ 46.19 Sales tickets.
Sales tickets shall bear printed serial numbers running consecutively and shall be used in numerical order so far as practicable. No serial number shall be repeated within a 90-day period. The sales tickets shall be prepared and all the details of the sale shall be entered on the tickets in a legible manner in order that an audit can be readily made. Erasures, strike-outs, changes, etc., should be held to the minimum. When errors are made in preparing sales tickets, the tickets should be voided. Each sales ticket shall show the date of sale, the purchaser's name (so far as practicable), the kind, quantity, the unit price, and the total selling price of the produce. Each sales ticket shall show the lot number of the shipment if the produce is being handled on consignment or on joint account. Sales tickets on all other lots of the same commodity which are on hand at the same time shall also show a lot number. The original or a legible carbon copy of each sales ticket, including those voided or unused, shall be accounted for and shall be filed or stored either by dates of sales or in the order of the serial numbers for a period of two years.
§ 46.20 Lot numbers.
An identifying lot number shall be assigned to each shipment of produce to be sold on consignment or joint account or for the account of another person or firm. A lot number should be assigned to any purchased shipment in dispute between the parties to assist in proving damages. A lot number shall be assigned to each purchased shipment of similar produce on hand at that time or received later while the consigned or joint account or disputed lot is being sold. A lot number shall be assigned to each purchased shipment which is reconditioned if the seller is to be charged with the shrinkage or loss. The lot number shall be entered on the receiving record in connection with each shipment and entered on all sales tickets identifying and segregating the sales from the various shipments on hand. The lot number shall be entered on the sales tickets by the salesmen at the time of sale or by the produce dispatcher, and not by bookkeepers or others after the sales have been made. No lot number shall be repeated within a period of 30 days after the last sale from the preceding lot to which such number was assigned.
§ 46.21 Returns, rejections, or credit memorandums on sales.
In the event of the rejection and return of any produce sold for or on behalf of another, on consignment, or on joint account, or of any necessary allowance or adjustment being made to the buyers thereof, a credit memorandum showing the buyer's name, sales ticket number, lot number, date of the granting of the allowance, and amount of the credit or adjustment, with reasons therefor, shall be made or a notation shall be made on the original sales ticket referring to the adjustment and showing where the credit memorandum is filed. The credit memorandum shall be on a regular form, in a ledger book, or on a sales ticket or invoice properly completed to show the facts and shall be approved by a duly authorized person. Credits granted shall be entered in the same records as the original sales tickets.
§ 46.22 Accounting for dumped produce.
A clear and complete record shall be maintained showing justification for dumping of produce received on joint account, on consignment, or handled for or on behalf of another person if any portion of such produce regardless of percentage cannot be sold due to poor condition or is lost through re-sorting or reconditioning. In addition to the foregoing, if five percent or more of a shipment is dumped, an official certificate, or other adequate evidence, shall be obtained to prove the produce was actually without commercial value, unless there is a specific agreement to the contrary between the parties. The original certificate or other adequate evidence justifying dumping shall be forwarded to the consignor or joint account partner with the accounting and a copy shall be retained by the receiver.
§ 46.23 Evidence of dumping.
Reasonable cause for destroying any produce exists when the commodity has no commercial value or when it is dumped by order of a local health officer or other authorized official or when the shipper has specifically consented to such disposition. The term “commercial value” means any value that a commodity may have for any purpose that can be ascertained by the exercise of due diligence without unreasonable expense or loss of time. When produce is being handled for or on behalf of another person, proof as to the quantities of produce destroyed or dumped in excess of five percent of the shipment shall be provided by procuring an official certificate showing that the produce has no commercial value from any person authorized by the Department to inspect fruits and vegetables. Where such inspection service is not available certification may be obtained from (a) any health officer or food inspector of any State, county, parish, city or municipality or of the District of Columbia; (b) any established commercial agency or service making inspections for the fruit and vegetable industry; or (c) when no inspector or health officer designated above is available consideration will be given to other evidence such as inspection and certification made by any two persons having no financial interest in the produce involved or in the business of any person financially interested therein, and who are unrelated by blood or marriage to any such financially interested person, and who, at the time of the inspection and certification, and for a period of at least one year immediately prior thereto, have been engaged in the handling of the same general kind or class of produce with respect to which the inspections and certification are to be made. Any certificate issued by any persons designated in paragraph (c) of this section shall include a statement that each of them possesses the requisite qualifications. Any such certificate shall properly identify the produce by showing the commodity, lot number, brand or principal identifying marks on the containers, quantity dumped, name and address of shipper, name and address of applicant, condition of the produce, time, place, and date of inspection and a statement that the produce possesses no commercial value.
237 Records of Retailers
§ 46.24 Records of retailers.
Notwithstanding the specific records and documents prescribed in the foregoing sections, licensees who purchase produce solely for sale at retail shall establish and maintain accounts and records, adapted to their type of operations, which will fully and correctly disclose all transactions relating to the purchase of produce. Such accounts and records should include the date of receipt of each lot, kind of produce, number of packages and quantity, price paid, evidence of agreement, or contract of purchase, bills of lading, paid bills, and any other documents relating to the purchase of produce.
238 Auction Sales
§ 46.25 Auction sales.
Commission merchants, dealers and brokers who offer produce for sale through auction companies which publish catalogs of offerings will be responsible for furnishing the auction company for publication true and correct information concerning the ownership of the produce. When the produce is offered for sale by an owner, his name shall be shown in the catalog listing as owner. When a joint account partner makes an offering, his name as well as that of his joint partner, or partners, shall be shown. When any person offers produce for sale at auction for the account of another, the name, or names of the owner, if known, and of his principal shall be shown. In addition to listing such name or names he may show that he is acting in the capacity of agent. If a person instructs an auction company to catalog a shipment without disclosing true ownership, if known, or the name of an agent's principal, he shall be deemed to have made a false or misleading statement within the meaning of the Act. Since sales at auctions normally involve additional expenses, a broker, grower's agent or commission merchant shall have prior consent from his principal before such disposition is accomplished. Where a dispute exists regarding the ownership of produce, it may be listed in the auction catalog as being offered for sale “for the account of whom concerned” with the name of the party making the offering shown as agent.
239 Duties of Licensees
§ 46.26 Duties of licensees.
It is impracticable to specify in detail all of the duties of brokers, commission merchants, joint account partners, growers' agents and shippers because of the many types of businesses conducted. Therefore, the duties described in these regulations are not to be considered as a complete description of all of the duties required but is merely a description of their principal duties. The responsibility is placed on each licensee to fully perform any specification or duty, express or implied, in connection with any transaction handled subject to the Act.
240 Brokers
§ 46.27 Types of broker operations.
(a) Brokers carry on their business operations in several different ways and are generally classified by their method of operation. The following are some of the broad groupings by method of operation. The usual operation of brokers consists of the negotiation of the purchase and sale of produce either of one commodity or of several commodities. A broker is usually engaged by only one of the parties, but in negotiating a contract the broker acts as a special agent of first one and then the other party in conveying offers, counter offers, and acceptances between the parties. Once the contract is formed, and the confirmation issued, the broker's duties are usually ended, and the broker is not the proper party to whom notice of breach or of rejection should be directed. However, a broker receiving notice has a duty to promptly convey the notice to the proper party. Frequently, brokers never see the produce they are quoting for sale or negotiating for purchase by the buyer, and they carry out their duties by conveying information received from the parties between the buyer and seller until a contract is effected. Generally, the seller of the produce invoices the buyer, however, when there is a specific agreement between the broker and its principal, the seller invoices the broker who, in turn, invoices the buyer, collects, and remits to the seller. Under other types of agreements, the seller ships the produce to pool buyers, and the broker as an accommodation to the seller invoices the buyers, collects, and remits to the seller. Also, there are times when the broker is authorized by the seller to act much like a commission merchant, being given blanket authority to dispose of the produce for the seller's account either by negotiation of sales to buyers not known to the seller or by placing the produce for sale on consignment with receivers in the terminal markets.
(b) There is a second general grouping of brokers which are commonly referred to as buying brokers. Their operations are typified by the fact that they act as the buyer's representative in negotiating purchases at shipping points, terminal markets, or intermediate points. Their typical type of operation is to negotiate a purchase on the buyer's instructions and authorization. Sometimes the broker negotiates the purchase without seeing the produce. In other instances he may select the merchandise after forming an appraisal of the quality of the produce being offered for sale on the market. Generally, a purchase is made in the buyer's name and the seller invoices the buyer direct. On the other hand, acting on authority given him by the buyer, the broker may negotiate purchases in his own name, pay the seller for the produce, make arrangements for its loading and shipment, and bill the buyer direct for the cost price plus the brokerage fee and the cost of any agreed upon accessorial service charges such as ice, loading, etc.
[28 FR 7067, July 11, 1963; 28 FR 7287, July 17, 1963, as amended at 62 FR 15087, Mar. 31, 1997]
§ 46.28 Duties of brokers.
(a) General. The function of a broker is to facilitate good faith negotiations between parties which lead to valid and binding contracts. A broker who fails to perform any specification or duty, express or implied, in connection with any transaction is in violation of the Act, is subject to the penalties specified in the Act, and may be held liable for damages which accrue as a result of the violation. It shall be the duty of the broker to fully inform the parties concerning all proposed terms and conditions of the proposed contract. After all parties agree on the terms and the contract is effected, the broker shall prepare in writing and deliver promptly to all parties a properly executed confirmation or memorandum of sale setting forth truly and correctly all of the essential details of the agreement between the parties, including any express agreement as to the time when payment is due. The confirmation or memorandum of sale shall also identify the party who engaged the broker to act in the negotiations. If the confirmation or memorandum of sale does not contain such information, the broker shall be presumed to have been engaged by the buyer. Brokers do not normally act as general agents of either party, and will not be presumed to have so acted. Unless otherwise agreed and confirmed, the broker will be entitled to payment of brokerage fees from the party by whom it was engaged to act as broker. The broker shall retain a copy of such confirmations or memoranda as part of its accounts and records. The broker who does not prepare these documents and retain copies in its files is failing to prepare and maintain complete and correct records as required by the Act. The broker who does not deliver copies of these documents to all parties involved in the transaction is failing to perform its duties as a broker. A broker who issues a confirmation or memorandum of sale containing false or misleading statements shall be deemed to have committed a violation of section 2 of the Act. If the broker's records do not support its contentions that a binding contract was made with proper notice to the parties, the broker may be held liable for any loss or damage resulting from such negligence, or for other penalties provided by the Act for failing to perform its express or implied duties. The broker shall take into consideration the time of delivery of the shipment involved in the contract, and all other circumstances of the transaction, in selecting the proper method for transmitting the written confirmation or memorandum of sale to the parties. A buying broker is required to truly and correctly account to its principal in accordance with § 46.2(y)(3). The broker should advise the appropriate party promptly when any notice of rejection or breach is received, or of any other unforeseen development of which it is informed.
(b) Brokerage fees. A broker is not considered to be entitled to a brokerage fee unless he effects a sale or makes a valid and binding contract, fully performing his duties as a broker. Unless otherwise specifically agreed, the broker does not guarantee the performance of the contracting parties and is entitled to receive prompt payment of the brokerage fee whenever a valid and binding contract is negotiated. Brokerage fees may be charged to only one of the parties to the contract unless by prior agreement the parties agree to split the brokerage fee. If the brokerage fee is charged to both parties without a specific prior agreement, such action by the broker is a violation of the Act. A broker employed to negotiate the sale of produce may not employ another broker or selling agent, including auction companies, without the specific prior approval of his principal. When the broker is authorized to sell, invoice the buyer, collect and remit to his principal, he shall render an itemized accounting to the principal promptly on receipt of payment, showing the true gross selling price, all brokerage fees deducted, any auction charges and any other expenses incurred in connection with the sale of the shipment. The failure to account truly and correctly and make full payment promptly is a violation of the Act.
(c) Broker's responsibility for payment. In the absence of a specific agreement, a broker is not responsible for payment to the seller by the buyer. Agreement to collect from the buyer and remit to the seller is not a guarantee by the broker that the buyer will pay for the produce purchased, unless there is a specific agreement by the broker that he will pay if the buyer does not pay. A broker who agrees to collect funds from the buyer for his principal shall render an itemized accounting to the principal promptly on receipt of payment showing the true gross selling price, all brokerage fees deducted and all expenses including auction charges, incurred in connection with the sale of the shipment. The failure to account truly and correctly and make full payment promptly is a violation of the Act. While the broker is not obliged to furnish his principal information regarding the financial condition of the buyer, if the broker furnishes such information, he must truthfully report the information available to him, and any false or misleading statements for a fraudulent purpose to the principal to encourage the sale will be a violation of the Act. A buying broker who negotiates a purchase in his own name under an agreement with his principal, is responsible for payment of the purchase price to the seller. A broker has no authority to grant allowances or adjust the seller's invoice price to the buyer without the specific prior approval of his principal.
(d) Purchases and sales by brokers. A person who operates in a dual capacity, both as a broker and a dealer, shall clearly disclose his status in each transaction to all parties with whom he is dealing. If such a person misrepresents himself as a broker to the buyer or the seller when he is acting as a dealer purchasing produce or selling produce he has purchased, he shall be considered to have violated the Act. When a person purchases or sells produce as a dealer, he shall not request or receive a brokerage fee from the buyer or the seller. A broker shall not negotiate a transaction where the broker is subject to the direct or indirect control of any party to the transaction other than his principal, or where the other party is subject to the direct or indirect control of the broker without fully disclosing the circumstances to his principal and obtaining his specific prior approval.
(e) Filing carrier claims by brokers. Without prior consent of the owner, a broker has no authority to file claims with carriers in his own name or any other name. A broker has no obligation to file carrier claims for the owners of the shipments. However, when a broker in a transaction receives information valuable to the owner in connection with carrier claim rights, the broker should promptly advise the owner. A broker who agrees to protect the carrier claims of owners shall at all times exercise reasonable care to fulfill such obligation. If a broker makes an agreement with a seller or a buyer to file and handle such a claim for the benefit of the owner of the produce, the claim shall be filed promptly with the carrier, supported by adequate evidence, and he shall take the necessary action to bring the matter to a conclusion. A copy of the claim shall be forwarded to the owner of the shipment when the claim is filed. When settlement of the claim is effected, the broker shall promptly remit the net amount due the owner, after deducting the agreed or customary charges for handling the claim. Adequate information shall be furnished the owner regarding the claim while the matter is being handled with the carrier. If the owner files the claim, the broker shall promptly furnish any necessary information available in his records which is requested by the owner.
[28 FR 7067, July 11, 1963; 28 FR 7287, July 17, 1963, as amended at 37 FR 14561, July 21, 1972; 62 FR 15087, Mar. 31, 1997]
241 Receiving Market Commission Merchants and Joint Account Partners
§ 46.29 Duties.
(a) General. All licensees who accept produce for sale on consignment or on joint account are required to exercise reasonable care and diligence in disposing of the produce promptly and in a fair and reasonable manner. A commission merchant engaged to sell consigned produce may not employ another person or firm, including auction companies, to dispose of all or part of such produce without the specific prior authority of the consignor. A commission merchant is not authorized to sell consigned produce outside the market area where he is located without obtaining the permission of the consignor. Averaging or pooling of sales is not permissible unless the receiver obtains the specific written permission of the consignor prior to rendering the accounting. Complete and detailed records shall be prepared and maintained by all commission merchants and joint account partners covering produce received, sales, quantities lost, dates and cost of repacking or reconditioning, unloading, handling, freight, demurrage or auction charges, and any other expenses which are deducted on the accounting, in accordance with the provisions of § 46.18 through § 46.23. When rendering account sales for produce handled for or on behalf of another, an accurate and itemized report of sales and expenses charged against the shipment shall be made. It is a violation of section 2 of the Act to fail to render true and correct accountings in connection with consignments or produce handled on joint account. Charges which cannot be supported by proper evidence in the records of the commission merchant or joint account partner shall not be deducted. The commission merchant or joint account partner may be held liable for any financial loss and for other penalties provided by the Act, due to his negligence or failure to perform any specification or duty, express or implied, arising out of any transaction subject to the Act.
(b) Commission charges. Before accepting produce on consignment, the parties should reach a definite agreement on the amount of the commission and other charges which will be assessed by the commission merchant. In the absence of such an agreement, only the usual and customary commission and other charges shall be permitted. The receiver may not reconsign produce to another person or firm, including auction companies, and incur additional commissions, charges or expenses without the specific prior authority of the consignor. Unless otherwise agreed upon by the parties, joint account partners shall not charge a commission fee or other selling charges against the joint account for disposing of the produce. When a portion of a consigned shipment is purchased by the commission merchant he shall not charge or receive a commission fee for such sales.
(c) Purchasing consigned produce. A commission merchant or joint account partner may not purchase produce received on consignment or joint account or sell such produce to any person or firm over whose business he has direct or indirect control, or to any person or firm having direct or indirect control over his business, without specific prior authority of the consignor or the joint account partner. However, produce may be purchased by the commission merchant or joint account partner at reasonable market value to clean up remnants of shipments so accountings will not be unduly delayed, provided the accounting shows the quantity and price of the goods bought by the commission merchant or joint account partner. “Remnants,” as used here, mean small quantities remaining after the bulk of the shipment has been sold but shall not exceed 5 percent of the shipment. When consigned produce is purchased by a commission merchant he shall not charge or receive a commission fee for such sales.
(d) Filing carrier claims. Without the prior consent of the owner of the produce, a commission merchant has no authority to file claims with carriers in his own name or any other name: Provided, That the commission merchant may file a claim for breakage where the owner has been paid for the full value of the produce without any deduction for damage. Commission merchants have no obligation to file carrier claims on shipments for the owners. However, when a commission merchant in a transaction receives information valuable to the consignor in connection with carrier claim rights, the commission merchant should promptly advise the consignor. Before a commission merchant files a carrier claim on a consigned shipment, a specific agreement shall be reached with the consignor. If a commission merchant is authorized and agrees to file the claim, he shall forward a copy of the claim filed with the carrier to the consignor and shall exercise reasonable care to protect the interests of the consignor by filing the claim promptly and in the proper amount, supported by adequate evidence, and shall take the necessary action to bring the matter to a conclusion. When settlement of the claim is effected, he shall promptly remit the net amount due the consignor, after deducting the agreed handling charges. Full and complete information shall be furnished the consignor while the claim is being handled. If the consignor is to file the claim, the commission merchant shall exercise reasonable care to protect the claim rights of the consignor and shall promptly furnish all necessary information and evidence from his records to enable the consignor to file a proper claim. A joint account partner who files a carrier claim on behalf of the partnership shall forward a copy of the claim filed with the carrier to his partner, keep him advised of its status, and remit promptly his share of the net proceeds realized from such claim.
242 Growers' Agents and Shippers
§ 46.30 Types of operations by growers' agents and shippers.
(a) The usual operations of shippers consist of purchasing produce from growers in their own names. They distribute the produce in commerce by selling, consigning, or jointing the shipments, assuming any loss or profits that result from these operations. In addition, shippers may handle produce on joint account with growers or others.
(b) Growers' agents sell and distribute produce for or on behalf of growers and others and, in addition, may perform a wide variety of services, such as financing, planting, harvesting, grading, packing, furnishing labor, seed, containers, and other supplies or services. They usually distribute the produce in their own names and collect payment direct from the consignees. They render accountings to their principals, paying the net proceeds after deducting their expenses and fees. Some agents are limited by contract to making only sales and cannot joint or consign produce without obtaining the prior consent of the growers. Other agents are granted blanket authority by the growers to market and distribute the produce, using their discretion as to the best methods, depending on market conditions and the quality of the produce available. They can sell, consign or ship on joint account, use the services of brokers or sell through terminal market auctions. They are authorized to grant credits, make adjustments in the invoice price, handle claims with the carriers, or even abandon shipments, when circumstances justify such action, without consulting the growers. Some agents have an agreement with the growers to pool the produce and render accountings on the basis of the average or prorated selling prices after deducting the prorated expenses incurred for the various operations performed and the agents' selling fees. Some agents's contracts require an accounting on the basis of actual selling prices after deducting the actual expenses incurred for services performed and the selling fees. Some agents' contracts specify a fixed charge for harvesting, grading, packing, furnishing the container or other services, plus a selling fee, and thereby substantially reduce the record requirements necessary to prove the cost of the various operations.
§ 46.31 Duties of shippers.
(a) General. The responsibilities of shippers vary with their contracts with growers to purchase produce or to handle produce on joint account. Similarly, their responsibilities to their customers depend upon their contracts to sell, consign or joint account produce with dealers on terminal markets. Shippers shall pay promptly for produce purchased and any deficits incurred on consigned shipments. They shall fully comply with their obligations in connection with joint account transactions. A shipper who fails to perform any express or implied duty is in violation of the Act and may be held liable for any damages resulting therefrom. The shipper shall prepare and maintain records which fully and correctly disclose the details of his transactions.
(b) Receiving records. Each shipper shall prepare and maintain a record of all produce handled including his own production. This record shall be in the form of a book (preferably a bound book), with numbered pages or comparable business records. This receiving record shall show for each lot the date received, whether purchased or received on joint account, the quantity, quality, and kind of produce, the purchase price or joint account cost, and the name and address of the supplier. Shippers shall issue receipts to growers and others for all produce received.
(c) Disposition records. When a shipper purchases produce from growers or others, his records shall also show the disposition of the produce, whether sold or consigned, date of shipment, car number, or if shipped by truck, the license number, name and address of the carrier, name and address of the buyer, commission merchant or auction, and other pertinent details of the transaction, such as the terms of sale, selling price, and date of payment.
(d) Joint accounts with growers. When a shipper enters into a joint account transaction with growers or others, the agreement between the parties should be reduced to a written contract clearly defining the duties and responsibilities of both parties and the extent of the shipper's authority in distributing the produce. The shipper shall prepare and maintain records to show in detail the actual expenses incurred for the services he furnishes, such as harvesting, grading, packing and selling the produce (unless a fixed charge is agreed upon by the parties to cover the cost of these services), methods of distribution and proceeds received for the produce. If a shipper is at the same time handling similar produce not involved in the joint account transaction, a lot number or other positive means of identification shall be assigned to each lot of produce received in order to segregate and identify the various lots of produce. If a shipper consigns all or part of the produce or employs the services of brokers or terminal market auctions, his records shall show the results of these transactions, including the expenses involved and the names and addresses of the commission merchants, brokers, and the auctions. The shipper shall render a detailed and accurate accounting and pay promptly the net proceeds due the joint partner, in accordance with § 46.2(y), (z), and (aa). The accounting shall disclose the status of all claims collected or filed with the carriers.
(e) Joint accounts with receivers. When a shipper enters into a joint account agreement with a terminal market dealer, the agreement should be reduced to writing clearly defining the terms of the agreement. The shipper's records shall show the expenses which may be properly charged in accordance with the joint agreement, purchase price or joint account cost of the produce, and cost of harvesting, packing, grading, or other expenses. His records shall show the quantity and quality of the produce packed and shipped, the dates and methods of shipment, and all other pertinent details of his operation. At the conclusion of the transaction, a detailed and accurate accounting shall be furnished promptly to the joint partner, in accordance with § 46.2(z). If a deficit results, the shipper shall pay promptly his share of the deficit.
§ 46.32 Duties of growers' agents.
(a) General. The duties, responsibilities, and extent of the authority of a growers' agent depend on the type of contract made with the growers. Agreements between growers and agents should be reduced to a written contract clearly defining the duties and responsibilities of both parties and the extent of the agent's authority in distributing the produce. When such agreements between the parties are not reduced to written contracts, the agent shall have available a written statement describing the terms and conditions under which he will handle the produce of the grower during the current season and shall mail or deliver this statement to the grower on or before receipt of the first lot. A grower will be considered to have agreed to these terms if, after receiving such statement, he delivers his produce to the agent for handling in the usual manner. In the event an unsolicited lot of produce is accepted by an agent for handling in his usual manner, he shall promptly deliver or mail a copy of such statement to the grower. A copy of this statement, showing the name of the grower and the date the statement was delivered to the grower, shall be retained in the agent's files. An agent who does not have in his files either written contracts or a written statement as required herein is failing to prepare and maintain full and complete records as required by the Act. Provided, That regulations or bylaws of cooperative marketing associations may be used in lieu of individual agreements or contracts to determine the methods of accounting and settlement with their grower members. An agent who fails to perform any specification or duty, express or implied, is in violation of the Act and may be held liable for any damages resulting therefrom and for other penalties provided under the Act for such failure.
(b) Accounting for charges. A growers' agent whose operations include such services as the planting, harvesting, grading, packing, furnishing of containers or other supplies, storing, selling or distributing produce for or on behalf of growers shall prepare and maintain complete records on all transactions in sufficient detail as to be readily understood and audited. Agents must be in a position to render to the growers accurate and detailed accountings covering all aspects of their handling of the produce. Agents shall maintain a record of all produce received in the form of a book (preferably a bound book) with numbered pages or comparable business records, showing for each lot the date received, quantity, the kind of produce and the name and address of the grower. Agents shall issue receipts to growers and others for all produce received. A lot number or other positive means of identification shall be assigned to each lot in order to segregate the various lots of produce received from different growers from similar produce being handled at the same time. Each lot shall be so identified and segregated throughout all operations conducted by the agent, including the sale or other disposition of the produce. The records shall show the result of all packing and grading operations, including the quantity lost through packing and grading and the quantity and quality packed out. If the culls are sold, they shall be included in the accounting. Unless there is a specific agreement with the growers to pool all various growers' produce, the accounting to each of the growers shall itemize the actual expenses incurred for the various operations conducted by the agent and all the details of the disposition of the produce received from each grower including all sales, adjustments, rejections, details of consigned or jointed shipments and sales through brokers, auctions, and status of all claims filed with or collected from the carriers. The agent shall prepare and maintain full and complete records on all details of such distribution to provide supporting evidence for the accounting. If an agent is working under a pool agreement with growers, the accounting shall show how the pool cost and pool sales prices are computed. If the agent and the growers have agreed on a fixed charge to cover the various operations conducted by the agent, actual expenses incurred for these services covered by the agreement are not required to be shown in the accounting. The failure of the agent to render prompt, accurate and detailed accountings in accordance with § 46.2 (z) and (aa), is a violation of the Act.
(c) Sales through brokers or auctions. Unless a growers' agent is specifically authorized in his contract with the growers to use the services of brokers, commission merchants, joint partners, or auctions, he is not entitled to use these methods of marketing the growers' produce. Any expense incurred for such services, without the growers' permission, cannot be charged to the growers.
(d) Filing of carrier claims. Without the prior consent of the growers, an agent has no authority to file claims with the carriers in his own name or any other name. An agent has no obligation to file carrier claims on shipments for growers in the absence of a specific agreement to perform these duties. All information which an agent has received in handling the shipment which is essential for the growers to file such claims shall be made available to the growers. If an agent has an agreement with the growers to file and handle carrier claims, he shall exercise reasonable care in handling the claims with the carriers by filing the claim promptly in the proper amount, supported by adequate evidence, and take any necessary action to bring the matter to a conclusion.
(e) Purchases and sales by growers' agents. A person who operates in a dual capacity, both as a growers' agent and as a shipper, shall clearly disclose his status in each transaction to all parties with whom he is dealing. If such a person misrepresents himself as an agent, when he is acting as a shipper selling produce he has purchased, he shall be considered to have violated the Act. A growers' agent shall not charge or receive a fee from the seller or the buyer when he purchases or sells produce as a shipper. A growers' agent shall not negotiate a transaction where he is subject to the direct or indirect control of any party to such transactions, other than his principal, or where the other party is subject to the agent's direct or indirect control, without fully disclosing the circumstances to his principal and obtaining his specific prior approval.
(f) Negligence of agent. A growers' agent may be held liable for any loss or damage resulting to the growers due to his negligence or failure to perform any specification or duty, express or implied, arising out of any undertaking in connection with transactions subject to the Act.
(g) Responsibility for payment. An agent is not responsible for the payment by the buyer who has purchased the growers' produce on credit, unless he guarantees payment or is negligent in extending credit. Agreement to collect from the buyer and remit to his principal is not a guarantee by the agent that the agent will pay if the buyer does not pay.
(h) Responsibility for payment of selling fees and expenses to the growers' agent. In the absence of a specific agreement to the contrary, the agent does not guarantee the performance of the contracting parties and he is entitled to the payment of his selling fees and expenses incurred in handling the produce of growers or others, providing he fully performs his duties as agent.
(i) Agent's financial responsibility to buyers for failure to comply with contracts. If a growers' agent contracts in his own name to deliver produce to a buyer and subsequently cannot deliver produce complying with the contract because the growers cannot or will not deliver such produce to him, he may be liable to the buyer for damages resulting from the breach of the contract.
243 Conversion of Funds
§ 46.33 Conversion of funds.
Any licensee who collects or receives funds for or on behalf of another person or firm in connection with produce shall not make any use or disposition of such funds in his possession or control that will endanger or impair faithful and prompt payment to the owner or consignor of the produce or to any other person having a financial interest therein.
244 Disclosure of Business
§ 46.34 No disclosure of business of licensee.
No representative of the Department shall, without the consent of the licensee, divulge or make known, except to financially interested parties, or to other representatives of the Department who may be required to have such knowledge in the regular course of their official duties, or except insofar as he may be directed by the Secretary, Deputy Administrator, Director, or a court of competent jurisdiction, any facts or information regarding the business of such licensee which may come to the knowledge of such representative through an examination or inspection of the business or the accounts of the licensee, unless such facts or information should be testified to at a hearing authorized by the act because they are relevant and material to the issue in the case being heard.
245 Suspension and Revocation of Licenses
§ 46.35 Suspension or revocation order.
(a) Whenever the Secretary shall order the suspension or revocation of a license, the person against whom such order is directed shall be served by the Hearing Clerk with a copy of the order, and be notified of the effective date thereof. Service of orders shall be accomplished in accordance with § 47.4 of this chapter.
(b) Except in the case of any license automatically suspended by the Act, a reasonable time shall be allowed, which shall not be less than 10 days between the date of issuance of the order of suspension or revocation and the date upon which such order becomes effective, during which period the licensee may make all necessary arrangements with some other person, who has a valid and effective license to safeguard the interests of consignors or other innocent parties whose property or business may be affected by such suspension or revocation and during which the licensee may terminate his affairs and business relating to the handling of produce.
(c) After the revocation of his license or during the effective period of any suspension thereof, no person shall, either directly or indirectly, through any agent, employee, or otherwise, carry on the business of a commission merchant, dealer, or broker until his status as a licensee has been restored.
(d) The suspension or revocation of a license shall not prevent the licensee from collecting amounts due on contracts entered into prior to the date of suspension or revocation or from remitting promptly to his principals and obligees.
246 Publication of Facts
§ 46.36 Publicity.
Upon the issuance by the Secretary of an order revoking or suspending a license, or in case of automatic suspension of a license for failure to pay a reparation award, the Director shall cause general publicity to be given to such fact, in order that those doing business with the licensee whose license has been revoked or suspended may take due notice thereof.
247 Sundays and Holidays
§ 46.37 Sundays and holidays excluded.
Sundays and holidays shall not be included in the computation of the 5-day period provided by section 7(d) of the Act nor in connection with the periods defined in § 46.43 with exception of paragraph (a) thereof.
§ 46.38 Sundays and holidays included.
Sundays and holidays shall be included in the computation of all other periods mentioned in the Act or in the regulations in this part.
248 Commodity Inspection
§ 46.39 Inspection of commodities.
Each licensee shall, during ordinary business hours, promptly upon request, permit any duly authorized representative of the Department to inspect any lot of produce under his ownership or control covered by the Act. Any necessary facilities for such inspection shall be extended to such representative by the licensee, his agents, and employees. The licensee shall be furnished a copy of any certificate or memorandum of inspection which is issued for any lot of produce which is inspected in accordance with this section.
§ 46.40 Inspection service.
The rules and regulations of the Secretary governing inspection and certification of fresh fruits and vegetables as outlined in part 51 of this chapter; and frozen fruits and vegetables as outlined in part 52 of this chapter, and amendments thereto, and such additional amendments as may from time to time be promulgated shall govern the inspection of such products under the Act and are hereby made a part of the regulations in this part.
249 Licensee's Responsibility for Acts of Employees and Agents
§ 46.41 Licensee's responsibility for acts of employees and agents.
In construing and enforcing the provisions of the Act and the regulations in this part, the act, omission, or failure of any agent, officer, or other person acting for or employed by a licensee, within the scope of his employment or office, shall in every case be deemed the Act, omission, or failure of the licensee.
[25 FR 4853, June 2, 1960. Redesignated at 28 FR 7067, July 11, 1963]
250 Copies of Records
§ 46.42 Copies of records; how obtained.
Copies of records pertaining to licensees under the Act may be furnished under the conditions and at the prices prescribed in the regulations of the Department.
[25 FR 4853, June 2, 1960. Redesignated at 28 FR 7067, July 11, 1963]
251 Trade Terms and Definitions
§ 46.43 Terms construed.
The following terms and definitions, when used in any contract or communication involving any transaction coming within the scope of the Act, shall be construed as follows:
(a) Today's shipment, or shipment on a specified date (such as shipment September 12), means in connection with shipments by rail, that the goods referred to shall be under billing by the transportation company on the date the order is given or on the date specified in time to be picked up by a train schedule to move that day's loadings from the shipping point. When used in connection with shipments by boat, this term shall mean that the goods shall be placed alongside the boat and be under billing in time to be loaded and shipped on a boat scheduled to leave before midnight of the date specified. When used in connection with shipments by truck, this term shall mean that the goods shall be loaded and shall actually start from loading point to destination before midnight of the date specified.
(b) Tomorrow's shipment or immediate shipment means that the shipment referred to shall be under billing by the transportation company in time to move on a transportation facility scheduled to leave not more than 24 hours later than allowed under “today's shipment.”
(c) Quick shipment means that the conditions of the offer, order, or confirmation will be met if the shipment is under billing by the transportation company in time to move on a transportation facility scheduled to leave not more than 48 hours later than allowed under “today's shipment.”
(d) Prompt shipment means that the conditions of the offer, order, or confirmation will be met if the shipment is under billing by the transportation company in time to move on a transportation facility scheduled to leave not more than 72 hours later than allowed under “today's shipment.”
(e) Shipment first part of week or shipment early part of week means that the produce referred to shall be under billing on Monday or Tuesday of the week specified in time to be picked up by a train scheduled to move these days' loadings from the shipping point. When used in connection with shipments by truck, this term shall mean that the goods shall be loaded and shall actually start from loading point to destination before midnight on Tuesday of the week specified.
(f) Shipment middle of week means that the produce referred to shall be under billing by the transportation company in time to move on a transportation facility scheduled to leave Wednesday or Thursday of the week specified. When used in connection with shipments by truck, this term shall mean that the goods shall be loaded and shall actually start from loading point to destination before midnight on Thursday of the week specified.
(g) Shipment last of week or shipment latter part of week means that the produce referred to shall be under billing by the transportation company in time to move on a transportation facility scheduled to leave on Friday or Saturday of the week specified. When used in connection with shipments by truck, this term shall mean that the goods shall be loaded and shall actually start from loading point to destination before midnight on Saturday of the week specified.
(h) Shipment as soon as possible or Shipment as soon as car (truck) can be secured means that the shipper is uncertain as to when the shipment can be made, but expects to make it within a reasonable time and will make it soon as possible. But in any case where these words are used the buyer shall, at any time after 7 days from the date the order is given, have the right to cancel the order or contract of sale, if notice of his decision so to cancel shall have been received by the shipper before shipment has been made.
(i) F.o.b. (for example, f.o.b. Laredo, Tex., or f.o.b. California) means that the produce quoted or sold is to be placed free on board the boat, car, or other agency of the through land transportation at shipping point, in suitable shipping condition (see definitions of “suitable shipping condition,” paragraphs (j) and (k) of this section), and that the buyer assumes all risk of damage and delay in transit not caused by the seller irrespective of how the shipment is billed. The buyer shall have the right of inspection at destination before the goods are paid for to determine if the produce shipped complied with the terms of the contract at time of shipment, subject to the provisions covering suitable shipping condition.
(j) Suitable shipping condition, in relation to direct shipments, means that the commodity, at time of billing, is in a condition which, if the shipment is handled under normal transportation service and conditions, will assure delivery without abnormal deterioration at the contract destination agreed upon between the parties. If a good delivery standard for a commodity is set forth in § 46.44, and that commodity at the contract destination contains deterioration in excess of any tolerance provided therein, it will be considered abnormally deteriorated. The seller has no responsibility for any deterioration in transit if there is no contract destination agreed upon between the parties.
(k) Suitable shipping condition, in connection with reconsigned rolling or tramp cars, means that the commodity, at time of sale, meets the requirements of this phrase as defined in paragraph (j) of this section, relating to direct shipments.
(l) F.o.b. acceptance or Shipping point acceptance means that the buyer accepts the produce at shipping point and has no right of rejection. The buyer has recourse against the seller if the produce was not in suitable shipping condition (see definitions, paragraphs (j) and (k) of this section) or has recourse for a material breach of contract, providing the shipment is not rejected. The buyer's remedy under this method of purchase is by recovery of damages from the seller and not by rejection.
(m) F.o.b. acceptance final or Shipping point acceptance final means that the buyer accepts the produce at shipping point and has no right of rejection. Suitable shipping condition does not apply under this trade term. The buyer does have recourse for a material breach of contract, providing the shipment is not rejected. The buyer's remedy under this type of contract is by recovery of damages from the seller and not by rejection of the shipment.
(n) F.o.b. steamer means that the produce is to be placed free on board steamer at shipping point, in suitable shipping condition (see definitions of “suitable shipping condition”, paragraphs (j) and (k) of this section) in accordance with the terms of the contract, and that the buyer assumes all responsibility and risk of damage thereafter.
(o) F.a.s. steamer means that the produce is to be delivered free alongside the steamer, in suitable shipping condition (see definitions of “suitable shipping condition”, paragraphs (j) and (k) of this section), in accordance with the terms of the contract, and that the buyer assumes all responsibility and risk of damage thereafter.
(p) Delivered or delivered sale means that the produce is to be delivered by the seller on board car, or truck or on dock if delivered by boat, at the market in which the buyer is located, or at such other market as is agreed upon, free of any and all charges for transportation or protective service. The seller assumes all risks of loss and damage in transit not caused by the buyer For example, a sale of “U.S. No. 1 potatoes delivered Chicago” means that the potatoes, when tendered for delivery at Chicago, shall meet all the requirements of the U.S. No. 1 grade as to quality and condition.
(q) In transit, roller, or rolling car means that the produce referred to is in possession of the transportation company and under movement from shipping point when the quotation is made, and that the car is moving over a route in line of haul between the point of origin and the market in which delivery is to be made, and has been so moving since date of shipment, without any delay attributable to the shipper or his agent. Unless otherwise specifically agreed, if a roller, rolling car, or a car in transit is sold f.o.b. shipping point, the buyer shall be deemed to have assumed only the lowest all-rail freight charges applicable for the shipment between the point of origin and the contract destination agreed upon between the parties together with such other charges which would have accrued if the car had been originally shipped direct to the contract destination: Provided, That the buyer is not liable for payment for protective services if the seller does not inform him of the kind and extent of such services ordered from the carrier.
(r) Tramp car or tramp car sale means that the produce has left the shipping point under a bill of lading issued prior to the day on which the quotation is made and has moved or is moving over a route out of line of haul with the market in which it is to be delivered or in which it is being offered or quoted, or has been moving over a route in line of haul between the point of origin and the market in which it is to be delivered or in which it is being offered or quoted, but has been delayed in transit by the seller, or has been held by the transportation company at diversion or other points en route awaiting instructions from the shipper and by such holding or delay has missed scheduled movement between points of shipment and the market in which it is to be delivered as the result of the transaction in question. Unless otherwise specifically agreed, if a “tramp car” is sold f.o.b. shipping point or a “tramp car sale” is made f.o.b. shipping point, the buyer shall be deemed to assume only the lowest authorized all-rail freight charges applicable for the shipment between the point of origin and the contract destination agreed upon between the parties, together with such other charges which would have accrued if the car had been originally shipped direct to the contract destination: Provided, That the buyer is not liable for payment for protective services if the seller does not inform him of the kind and extent of such services ordered from the carrier.
(s) Rolling acceptance means that the buyer accepts at time of purchase produce which is in the custody of the transportation company and under movement from shipping point, under the terms and conditions described in paragraphs (q) and (r) of this section, except that the buyer assumes full responsibility for transportation of the goods from time of purchase, has no recourse against the seller because of any change in condition after time of purchase unless the goods at the time of sale were not in suitable shipping condition, and has no right of rejection on arrival. The buyer's remedy under this method of purchase is by recovery of damages from the shipper and not by rejection of the shipment. By agreement between the parties, however, the purchase may be made subject to inspection at any specified point while the car is rolling or in transit and the point at which the buyer will assume transportation charges may be specified without affecting the time of acceptance of the commodity.
(t) Rolling acceptance final means the same as Rolling acceptance except that the buyer has no recourse against the seller because of any change in condition of the produce in transit. The buyer has recourse against the seller for any material breach of the contract providing the shipment is not rejected. The buyer's remedy under this type of contract is recovery of damages from the seller and not by rejection.
(u)(1) Track sale or sale on track means a sale of produce on track after transit and after inspection or opportunity for inspection by the buyer, or his agent, who shall be considered to have waived any right to reject the commodity so purchased upon receipt by him or his duly authorized representative from the seller or his duly authorized representative of the bill of lading, delivery order, or other document enabling him to obtain the goods from the carrier.
(2) The above definition shall not be construed as depriving the buyer of a right to reparation when the unloading of the car demonstrates that a part of the lading which was not accessible to inspection was of a quality or condition materially inferior to that portion which was accessible to inspection; but notice of intention to file a claim for reparation must be given the seller within 24 hours after receipt by the buyer of the delivery order or bill of lading.
(3) If the seller gives the date of arrival when quoting price, the buyer shall, in the absence of any written memorandum of sale to the contrary, assume all charges that accrue on the shipment from the date of its arrival. If the seller fails to furnish the date of arrival when quoting price the buyer may, in the absence of any written memorandum of sale which includes the date of arrival or specific written statement as to who shall assume such charges as have accrued after arrival, assume that the shipment arrived at point of sale on the day and date upon which the purchase was made, and shall be liable only for such charges as would properly attach to a shipment arriving on the date the purchase was made.
(v) C.a.f., c.a.c., and c.i.f. mean cost and freight, cost and charges, and cost, insurance, and freight, respectively. C.a.f. sales shall be deemed to be the same as f.o.b. sales, except that the selling price shall include the correct freight charges to destination. C.a.c. sales shall be deemed to be the same as f.o.b. sales, except that the selling price includes the correct freight and refrigeration or heater charges to destination. C.i.f. sales shall be deemed to be the same as f.o.b. sales, except that the selling price includes insurance and the correct freight and refrigeration or heater charges to destination.
(w) Carload, carlot, or car when used in offers, quotations, or contracts in which the quantity is not more definitely specified, and in the absence of well-established trade custom or standard as to size of a “carload,” “carlot,” or “car” of the produce in question, means not less than the minimum quantity required by the carrier's tariff applicable to the movement, and not more than 10 percent in excess of such minimum tariff requirements, except that, where the carrier's tariffs provide alternative rates and minimum, the buyer shall state which tariff minimum must be observed, and, in event of failure so to do, the shipper may exercise his discretion, in no case, however, exceeding the higher alternative minimum quantity provided by the tariff, with only such variations therefrom as are permitted by this paragraph.
(x) Shipping-point inspection means that the seller is required to obtain Federal or Federal-State inspection, or such private inspection as has been mutually agreed upon, to show the compliance of the lot sold with the quality, condition, and grade specifications of the contract, and that the seller assumes the risk incident to incorrect certification.
(y) Shipping-point inspection final, or inspection final following the name of the State or point, as California inspection final, means that the seller is required to obtain Federal or Federal-State inspection, or such private inspection as has been mutually agreed upon, to show the compliance of the lot sold with the quality, condition, and grade specifications of the contract, and that the buyer assumes the risk incident to incorrect certification and is without recourse against the seller on account of quality, condition, and grade.
(z) Subject approval Government inspection means that the seller is required to obtain Federal or Federal-State inspection, or such private inspection as has been mutually agreed upon, and to correctly communicate, by wire or other agreed means, the statements on the certificate as to quality, condition and grade, and other essential information, whereupon the buyer, upon approval thereof, will be deemed to have accepted the produce without recourse against the seller on account of quality, condition, and grade.
(aa) Guaranteed advance used in connection with an advance payment on consigned produce means that the person making the advance guarantees that the net proceeds to the consignor shall at least equal the amount so advanced, and that the consignor cannot be held liable for any deficit resulting from the sale of the produce, if such deficit is not occasioned by or contributed to by an act of the consignor.
(bb) Accommodation advance or regular advance, used in connection with an advance of money or credit against anticipated net proceeds to be realized from the sale of consigned produce, means that the consignor has received an advance of money or credit and that, if the consigned produce does not sell for enough to cover the cost of transportation and handling, including customary or agreed commission and the advance made to him, the consignor must return to the person making the advance a sum equal to the deficit sustained.
(cc) Price arrival, in the absence of a contrary specific understanding, means that the produce is shipped either direct to the customer or to an agent of the consignor, for the benefit of the customer, the price to be subject to agreement between the customer and the consignor upon the arrival of the produce at the customer's destination, with sufficient time being permitted for inspection.
(dd) F.o.b. inspection and acceptance arrival means that the produce quoted or sold is to be placed by the seller free on board car or other agency of through transportation at shipping point, the cost of transportation to be borne by the buyer, but the seller to assume all risks of loss and damage in transit not caused by the buyer, who has the right to inspect the goods upon arrival and to reject them if, upon such inspection, they are found not to meet the specifications of the contract of sale at destination. The buyer may not reject without reasonable cause. Such a sale is f.o.b. only as to price and is on a delivered basis as to grade, quality, and condition.
(ee) F.o.b. sale at delivered price means the same as f.o.b., except that transportation charges from shipping point to destination shall be borne by the seller; that is, the sale is f.o.b. as to grade, quality, and condition, and delivered as to price.
(ff) Purchase after inspection means a purchase of produce after inspection or opportunity for inspection by the buyer or his agent. Under this term the buyer has no right of rejection and waives all warranties as to quality or condition, except warranties expressly made by the seller.
(gg) Cash sale means that the buyer is required to pay the seller within 24 hours after his acceptance of the shipment.
(hh) Joint Account—Split Above means that the receiving joint partner will pay promptly the agreed cost of the shipment to his joint partner. After disposition of the produce, the parties will divide equally the profits on the shipment after deduction of the cost of the shipment and proper expenses from the gross proceeds. The receiving joint partner will pay all expenses and cannot recover any loss resulting from the joint venture.
(ii) Commercial Unit means a single shipment of one or more perishable agricultural commodities tendered for delivery on a single contract, such commercial unit must be accepted or rejected in its entirety. Acceptance of a commercial unit does not modify the parties' existing contractual rights and responsibilities.
[25 FR 4853, June 2, 1960, as amended at 26 FR 12209, Dec. 21, 1961. Redesignated at 28 FR 7067, July 11, 1963, and amended at 44 FR 50576, Aug. 29, 1979]
252 Good Delivery Standards
§ 46.44 Good delivery.
Unless otherwise agreed to between the contracting parties, “Good Delivery” in connection with f.o.b. contracts of purchase and sale means that the commodity meets the requirements of the contract at time of loading or sale and, if the shipment is handled under normal transportation service and conditions, will meet the following additional requirements on delivery at the contract destination:
(a) Lettuce. (1) If the contract specifies a U.S. grade, the lettuce may contain an average of not more than 3 percent condition defects, including not more than 2 percent decay affecting any portion of the head exclusive of wrapper leaves in excess of the destination tolerances provided for the applicable grade in the U.S. Standards for Grades of Lettuce. (For example, the U.S. No. 1 grade provides a 12 percent tolerance for damage at destination. If a lot contains 5 percent damage by permanent grade factors, 7 percent of the tolerance can be applied to damage by condition factors. The additional 3 percent Good Delivery tolerance would then allow a total of 10 percent damage by condition factors in this shipment at destination.)
(2) If the contract does not specify a U.S. grade or percentage of condition defects, the lettuce at destination may contain a maximum of 15 percent, by count, of the heads in any lot which are damaged by condition defects, including therein not more than 9 percent serious damage of which not more than 5 percent may be decay affecting any portion of the head exclusive of wrapper leaves. Sales made on a percentage of a U.S. grade, without specifying the percentage of condition defects separately from the permanent defects, fall under this provision, and the lettuce may not contain more than a total of 15 percent condition defects at destination. However, if the condition defects are specified, provision No. 3 will apply.
(3) If the contract specifies a percentage of individual or combined condition defects, the lettuce at destination may contain either of the following, whichever is greater:
(i) One and one-half times the specified percentage of damage or serious damage by condition defects: Provided, That, if serious damage is not specified, one-half of the allowance at destination may be serious damage, including therein not more than one-quarter of the total allowance may be decay affecting any portion of the head exclusive of wrapper leaves. (For example, a lot sold as “16 percent tipburn” could have a total of 24 percent damage by tipburn at destination, including not more than 12 percent serious damage of which not more than 6 percent may be decay affecting any portion of the head exclusive of wrapper leaves.) or
(ii) Up to 15 percent, by count, of the heads in any lot which are damaged by condition defects, including therein not more than 9 percent serious damage of which not more than 5 percent may be decay affecting any portion of the head exclusive of wrapper leaves.
Unless otherwise agreed to by the parties, condition defects will be considered to be damage as defined in the U.S. Standards for Lettuce.
(4) If the contract clearly indicates by descriptive terms that the lettuce is of inferior quality, larger allowances for damage by condition defects than those specified above will be applied.
(5) If the buyer and the seller agree to percentages for defects at destination, higher or lower than those specified above, such percentages will determine whether good delivery is made.
[26 FR 12209, Dec. 21, 1961. Redesignated at 28 FR 7067, July 11, 1963]
253 Misrepresentation or Misbranding
§ 46.45 Procedure in administering section 2(5) of the Act.
It is a violation of section 2(5) for a commission merchant, dealer, or broker to misrepresent by word, act, mark, stencil, label, statement, or deed, the character, kind, grade, quality, quantity, size, pack, weight, condition, degree, or maturity, or State, country, region of origin of any perishable agricultural commodity received, shipped, sold, or offered to be sold in interstate or foreign commerce. However, a person other than the first licensee handling misbranded perishable agricultural commodities shall not be held liable for a violation of section 2(5) of the Act by reason of the conduct of another if the person did not have knowledge of the violation or lacked the ability to correct the violation.
(a) Violations. Violations are considered to be serious, very serious, or repeated and/or flagrant, depending upon the circumstances of the misrepresentation.
(1) Serious violations. Include the following:
(i) Any lot of a perishable agricultural commodity shown by official inspection to contain scorable defects, off-size, off-count, exceeding the tolerance(s) in an amount up to and including double the tolerance provided in the applicable grades, standards or inspection procedures;
(ii) Any lot of perishable agricultural commodity officially certified as failing to meet the declared weight;
(iii) Any lot of a perishable agricultural commodity in which the State, country, or region of origin of the produce is misrepresentated because the lot is made up of containers with various labels or markings that reflect more than one incorrect State, country or region of origin. Example: A lot with containers individually marked to show the origin as Idaho or Maine or Colorado when the produce was grown in Wisconsin; or
(iv) Any other physical act, verbal or written declaration, or record entry that misrepresents a lot of a perishable agricultural commodity to the same extent as the examples listed.
(2) Very serious violations. Include the following:
(i) Any lot of a perishable agricultural commodity shown by official inspection to contain scorable defects, off-size, off-count, in excess of double the tolerance(s) provided in the applicable grades, standards or inspection procedures;
(ii) Any lot of a perishable agricultural commodity packed in containers showing a single point of origin, which is other than that in which the produce was grown, such as containers marked “California” when the produce was grown in Arizona;
(iii) Any lot of a perishable agricultural commodity officially certified as having an average net weight more than four percent below the declared weight;
(iv) Multiple sales or shipments of a misrepresented perishable agricultural commodity within a seven day period that can be attributed to one cause; or
(v) Any other physical act, verbal or written declaration, or record entry that misrepresents a lot of a perishable agricultural commodity to the same extent as the examples listed.
(3) Flagrant violations. Include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following examples:
(i) Shipment or sale of a lot of a perishable agricultural commodity from shipping point after notification by official inspection that the inspected commodity fails to comply with any marking on the container without first correcting the misbranding;
(ii) To offer for resale or consignment, a lot of a perishable agricultural commodity that has been officially inspected at destination and found to be misbranded without advising a prospective receiver that the lot is misbranded and that the misbranding must be corrected before resale. When a resale or consignment is finalized, written notice must be given that the lot is misbranded and must be corrected before resale; or
(iii) To withhold or fail to disclose known material facts with respect to a misrepresentation or misbranding.
(b) Evidence. (1) Evidence concerning a misrepresentation or misbranding includes official certificates of an inspection made by any person authorized by the Department to inspect fruits and vegetables or other public certifiers, and includes investigations and audit findings and any business records, testimony or other evidence bearing on the subject.
(2) When a lot of a perishable agricultural commodity has been officially inspected, and certification is made that the descriptive container markings are correct, but a subsequent inspection reverses the original findings, both inspection certificates will be accepted as evidence to show that the shipper/seller has not misrepresented the lot. The receiver of the commodity will be in violation if the misrepresentation is not corrected before the commodity is shipped, sold or offered for resale.
(c) Sanctions—(1) Informal. When liability for a violation of section 2(5) of the Act is to be settled informally, the violator may:
(i) Be given written warnings; or
(ii) Be given notice that liability for a violation may be settled by admitting the violation in writing and paying a penalty in an amount satisfactory to the Secretary in lieu of formal disciplinary action. In the event of a formal proceeding to suspend or revoke the license of such person because he has committed other violation(s), the admitted violation(s) will not be used to support the formal complaint but may be admitted to show a course of conduct prior to the filing of the formal complaint;
(iii) (A) The schedule for informal disposition is as follows:
Violation | Disposition
1st | ( 1)
2d | ( 1)
( 2) | ( 3)
3d | $200 | $250
4th | 350 | 500
5th | 500 | 1,000
6th | 1,000 | 2,200
7th | 2,200 | 2,200
1 Warning letter.
2 If serious violation.
3 Very serious violation.
(B) Informal disposition of misrepresentation violations is not limited to seven occurrences and will be considered for further violations.
(2) Formal. Formal proceedings to suspend or revoke a license may be instituted at any time against a person who has committed repeated and/or flagrant violations.
(d) Cumulative record. A cumulative record of licensee's misrepresentation violations will be maintained with the following limitations:
(1) Two years after the date it was committed or after payment of a monetary penalty, the violation will not be used as a basis for instituting formal disciplinary action. However, it may be cited as a part of the pattern of violations if formal proceedings are instituted and will be used in determining the level of monetary penalty for informal settlements.
(2) The record of violations not involved in formal proceedings will be expunged if there are no violations during a twenty-four (24) month period from the date of the most recent violation, or after thirty-six (36) months from the date of said violation, unless it was made a part of a formal disciplinary complaint.
(e) Summary of procedure—(1) Compilation of authority. The rules defining misrepresentation, including misbranding, and for determining liability and disposition of violations are contained in the Act (7 U.S.C. 499 et seq.), in particular sections 2(5) and 8 (7 U.S.C. 449b(5) and 499h), § 46.45 of the Regulations (7 CFR 46.45), the Rules of Practice Governing Formal Adjudicatory Administrative Proceedings Instituted By the Secretary (7 CFR 1.130 et seq.), and in the Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. 551 et seq.).
(2) Evidence of misrepresentation. Evidence of misrepresentation or misbranding violations includes results of official inspections, audit findings, business records, or other documentation or testimony bearing on the subject. When a lot of fruits and vegetables has been officially inspected, and certification made that the descriptive markings on the container do not misrepresent the produce, but a subsequent inspection reverses the original finding (such as to grade, size, weight, etc.), the shipper/seller will not be charged with violation of the Act. However, the misrepresentation must be corrected before the lot is shipped, sold, or offered for resale.
(3) Warning letters. When informal settlement of liability is appropriate, violators are given two written warnings and an opportunity to take preventive action before formal action is considered. Warning letters include an explanation of the requirements of the Act and recommendations of actions which the violator can take to avoid future violations.
(4) Informal sanctions. Violations subsquent to the sending of the warning letters referred to above, other than flagrant violations, may be settled informally pursuant to paragraph (c)(1) of this section. This procedure permits the violator to resolve the matter by payment of a monetary penalty pursuant to a schedule set out in lieu of a formal proceeding.
(5) Formal sanctions. In cases involving repeated or flagrant violations of the Act, formal proceedings seeking the suspension or revocation of the violator's license may be instituted pursuant to the Rules of Practice governing such matters (7 CFR 1.130 et seq.). Except in cases of willfulness or where the public health, interest, or safety requires otherwise, a violator must be given written warning and opportunity to demonstrate or achieve compliance with the Act before its license can be suspended or revoked (5 U.S.C. 551 et seq.). The warning letters referred to above serve this purpose. If formal proceedings are instituted, the violator is afforded an oral hearing, if requested, before an Administrative Law Judge, an opportunity to appeal an adverse decision to the Department's Judicial Officer, and a further opportunity to appeal an adverse final decision to the appropriate United States Circuit Court of Appeals.
(6) Use of record of misrepresentation. A cumulative record of misrepresentation is maintained. It is used as a basis for determining whether a warning letter should be considered, and, if so, the amount of monetary penalty which is appropriate, or whether there is cause for instituting a formal disciplinary proceeding seeking suspension or revocation of the violator's license. But after payment of a monetary penalty or after two years from the date of the last violation, no formal disciplinary use can be made of the previous record of violation. The record of misrepresentation shall be erased if there are no further violations in the twenty-four (24) month period immediately following the most recent violation, or after 36 months from the date of each individual violation unless it is involved in formal disciplinary proceedings.
[43 FR 4964, Feb. 7, 1978, as amended at 46 FR 22746, Apr. 21, 1981; 47 FR 21234, May 18, 1982; 62 FR 15088, Mar. 31, 1997; 70 FR 29578, May 24, 2005]
254 Statutory Trust
§ 46.46 Statutory trust.
(a) Definitions. (1) “Received” means the time when the buyer, receiver, or agent gains ownership, control, or possession of the perishable agricultural commodities: Provided, That when perishable agricultural commodities have not been received as described above, and where there is a rejection without reasonable cause as provided in § 46.2(bb) and (cc), the goods will be considered to have been received when proffered.
(2) “Dissipation” means any act or failure to act which could result in the diversion of trust assets or which could prejudice or impair the ability of unpaid suppliers, sellers, or agents to recover money owed in connection with produce transactions.
(3) “Default” means the failure to pay promptly money owed in connection with transactions in perishable agricultural commodities; i.e., within the period of time applicable to the type of transaction as established by the provisions of the regulations (§ 46.2(aa)), or as otherwise agreed upon by the parties.
(4) “Calendar days” as used in section 5(c) 3 of the Act means every day of the week, including Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays, except that if the thirtieth calendar day falls on a Saturday, Sunday, or holiday, the final day with respect to the time for filing a written notice of intent to preserve the benefit of the trust shall be the next day upon which there is postal delivery service.
(5) “Ordinary and usual billing or invoice statements” as used in section 5(c)(4) of the Act, and “invoice or other billing statement” as used in § 46.46(f)(3), mean communications customarily used between parties to a transaction in perishable agricultural commodities in whatever form, documentary or electronic, for billing or invoicing purposes.
(b) Trust assets. The trust is made up of perishable agricultural commodities received in all transactions, all inventories of food or other products derived from such perishable agricultural commodities, and all receivables or proceeds from the sale of such commodities and food or products derived therefrom. Trust assets are to be preserved as a nonsegregated “floating” trust. Commingling of trust assets is contemplated.
(c) Trust benefits. (1) When a seller, supplier or agent who has met the eligibility requirements of paragraphs (e) (1) and (2) of this section, transfers ownership, possession, or control of goods to a commission merchant, dealer, or broker, it automatically becomes eligible to participate in the trust. Participants who preserve their rights to benefits in accordance with paragraph (f) of this section remain beneficiaries until they are paid in full.
(2) Any licensee, or person subject to license, who has a fiduciary duty to collect funds resulting from the sale or consignment of produce, and remit such funds to its principal, also has the duty to preserve its principal's rights to trust benefits in accordance with paragraph (f) of this section. The responsibility for filing the notice to preserve the principal's rights is obligatory and cannot be avoided by the agent by means of a contract provision. Persons acting as agents also have the responsibility to negotiate contracts which entitle their principals to the protection of the trust provisions: Provided, That a principal may elect to waive its right to trust protection. To be effective, the waiver must be in writing and separate and distinct from any agency contract, must be signed by the principal prior to the time affected transactions occur, must clearly state the principal's intent to waive its right to become a trust beneficiary on a given transaction, or a series of transactions, and must include the date the agent's authority to act on the principal's behalf expires. In the event an agent having a fiduciary duty to collect funds resulting from the sale or consignment of produce and remit such funds to its principal fails to perform the duty of preserving its principal's rights to trust benefits, it may be held liable to the principal for damages. A principal employing a collect and remit agent must preserve its rights to trust benefits against such agent by filing appropriate notices with the agent.
(d) Trust maintenance. (1) Licensees and persons subject to license are required to maintain trust assets in a manner so that the trust assets are freely available to satisfy outstanding obligations to sellers of perishable agricultural commodities. Any act or omission which is inconsistent with this responsibility, including dissipation of trust assets, is unlawful and in violation of section 2 of the Act (7 U.S.C. 499b). Growers, licensees, and persons subject to license may file trust actions against licensees and persons operating subject to license. Licensees and persons subject to license are bound by the trust provisions of the Act (7 U.S.C. 499(e)).
(2) Principals, including growers, who employ agents to sell perishable agricultural commodities on their behalf are “suppliers” and/or “sellers” as those words are used in section 5(c)(2) and (3) of the Act (7 U.S.C. 499e(c)(2) and (3)), and therefore must preserve their trust rights against their agents by filing a notice of intent to preserve trust rights with their agents as set forth in paragraph (f) of this section.
(3) Agents who sell perishable agricultural commodities on behalf of their principals must preserve their principals' trust benefits against the buyers by filing a notice of intent to preserve trust rights with the buyers. Any act or omission which is inconsistent with this responsibility, including failure to give timely notice of intent to preserve trust benefits, is unlawful and in violation of section 2 of the Act (7 U.S.C. 499b).
(e) Prompt payment and eligibility for trust benefits. (1) The times for prompt accounting and prompt payment are set out in § 46.2(z) and (aa). Parties who elect to use different times for payment must reduce their agreement to writing before entering into the transaction and maintain a copy of their agreement in their records, and the times of payment must be disclosed on invoices, accountings, and other documents relating to the transaction.
(2) The maximum time for payment for a shipment to which a seller, supplier, or agent can agree, prior to the transaction, and still be eligible for benefits under the trust is 30 days after receipt and acceptance of the commodities as defined in § 46.2(dd) and paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
(3) If there is a default in payment as defined in § 46.46(a)(3), the seller, supplier, or agent who has met the eligibility requirements of paragraphs (e)(1) and (2) of this section will not forfeit eligibility under the trust by agreeing in any manner to a schedule for payment of the past due amount or by accepting a partial payment.
(4) The trust provisions do not apply to transactions between a cooperative association (as defined in section 15(a) of the Agricultural Marketing Act (12 U.S.C. 1141j(a)), and its members.
(5) The amount claimable against the trust by a beneficiary or grower will be the net amount due after allowable deductions of contemplated expenses or advances made in connection with the transaction by the commission merchant, dealer, or broker.
(f) Filing notice of intent to preserve trust benefits. (1) Notice of intent to preserve benefits under the trust must be in writing, must include the statement that it is a notice of intent to preserve trust benefits and must include information which establishes for each shipment:
(i) The names and addresses of the trust beneficiary, seller-supplier, commission merchant, or agent and the debtor, as applicable,
(ii) The date of the transaction, commodity, invoice price, and terms of payment (if appropriate),
(iii) The date of receipt of notice that a payment instrument has been dishonored (if appropriate), and
(iv) The amount past due and unpaid; except that if a supplier, seller or agent engages a commission merchant or growers' agent to sell or market their produce, the supplier, seller or agent that has not received a final accounting from the commission merchant or growers' agent shall only be required to provide information in sufficient detail to identify the transaction subject to the trust.
(2) Timely filing of a notice of intent to preserve benefits under the trust will be considered to have been made if written notice is given to the debtor within 30 calendar days:
(i) After expiration of the time prescribed by which payment must be made pursuant to regulation,
(ii) After expiration of such other time by which payment must be made as the parties have expressly agreed to in writing before entering into the transaction, but not longer than the time prescribed in paragraph (e)(2) of this section, or
(iii) After the time the supplier, seller or agent has received notice that a payment instrument promptly presented for payment has been dishonored. Failures to pay within the time periods set forth in paragraphs (f)(2)(i) and (ii) of this section constitute defaults.
(3) Licensees may choose an alternate method of preserving trust benefits from the requirements described in paragraphs (f)(1) and (2) of this section. Licensees may use their invoice or other billing statement as defined in paragraph (a)(5) of this section, whether in documentary or electronic form, to preserve trust benefits. Alternately, the licensee's invoice or other billing statement, given to the buyer, must contain:
(i) The statement: “The perishable agricultural commodities listed on this invoice are sold subject to the statutory trust authorized by section 5(c) of the Perishable Agricultural Commodities Act, 1930 (7 U.S.C. 499e(c)). The seller of these commodities retains a trust claim over these commodities, all inventories of food or other products derived from these commodities, and any receivables or proceeds from the sale of these commodities until full payment is received.”; and
(ii) The terms of payment if they differ from prompt payment set out in section 46.2(z) and (aa) of this part, and the parties have expressly agreed to such terms in writing before the affected transactions occur.
(4) If the invoice or other billing statement is in electronic form, the licensee has met its requirement of giving the buyer notice of intent to preserve trust benefits on the face of the invoice or other billing statement if the electronic invoice or other billing statement containing the statement set forth in paragraph (f)(3)(i) is sent to the buyer and the electronic transmission can be verified. The licensee will be deemed to have given notice to the buyer of its intent to preserve trust benefits if the licensee can verify that the electronic invoice or other billing statement was sent to a third party electronic transaction vendor designated by the buyer. The licensee will have met the requirement of giving the buyer written notice of intent to preserve trust benefits using electronic means if it can verify that the electronic data invoice or other billing statement was transmitted to the buyer, or its designated electronic transaction vendor, irrespective of whether or not the buyer or third party vendor downloads or accepts the trust statement.
(5) If a buyer conducts its transactions in perishable agricultural commodities using an electronic system, the buyer or its third party electronic vendor must allow sufficient space for the seller to include the required trust statement of intent to preserve trust benefits in the buyer's electronic invoices or other billing statement forms. A buyer or its designated third party electronic vendor must accept a seller's notice of intent to preserve benefits under the trust using the required trust statement, whether in documentary or electronic form, as set forth in paragraphs (d) and (f) of this section. Any act or omission which is inconsistent with this responsibility is unlawful and in violation of Section 2 of the Act (7 U.S.C. 499b).
(Sec. 1, 46 Stat. 531, as amended; 7 U.S.C. 499a et seq.)
[49 FR 45740, Nov. 20, 1984, as amended at 62 FR 15088, Mar. 31, 1997; 62 FR 60999, Nov. 14, 1997; 72 FR 29838, May 30, 2007; 76 FR 20220, Apr. 12, 2011; 83 FR 5178, Feb. 6, 2018]
255 OMB Control No.
§ 46.47 OMB control numbers assigned pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act.
The information collection requirements contained in this part have been approved by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under the provisions of 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35 and have been assigned OMB Control No. 0581-0031.
[49 FR 23826, June 8, 1984]
§ 46.48 Procedure for investigating complaints involving commodities of a unique nature or coming from a distinct geographic area.
(a) Scope: This section provides for the payment of fees and the investigation of allegations of misrepresentation or misbranding in which the commodity which is misbranded or misrepresented is purported to be a commodity of a unique name or geographical designation which is defined as:
(1) A perishable agricultural commodity as that term is defined under the Perishable Agricultural Commodities Act, 1930;
(2) Subject to a federal marketing order under the Agricultural Marketing Agreement Act of 1937, as amended (7 U.S.C. 601 et seq.);
(3) Traditionally identified as being produced in a distinct geographic area, State, or region; and
(4) Of a unique identity, based on such distinct geographic area, which has been promoted with funds collected through producer contributions pursuant to such marketing order.
(b) Filing complaints: (1) Any person desiring to complain of a possible violation by any commission merchant, dealer, or broker as a result of misrepresentation or misbranding of any commodity subject to these regulations may file a complaint with the Secretary of Agriculture and request an investigation of the complaint by the Secretary.
(2) Complaints shall be made in writing setting forth all the essential details, including but not limited to:
(i) The name and address of each complaining person;
(ii) The name and address of each person against whom the complaint is made;
(iii) The commodity, approximate quantity of the commodity, and circumstances of alleged misrepresentation or misbranding;
(iv) The current location of the commodity;
(v) If shipped, the shipping and destination points of the commodity;
(vi) A statement of all other known material facts with respect to the complaint; and
(vii) Copies of any documents or evidence of any kind in the possession of the complainant regarding the alleged violation.
(3) The complaint shall be accompanied by a non-refundable $250.00 filing fee made payable to the Agricultural Marketing Service (see paragraph (e) of this section Collection of fees).
(4) The complaint, all supporting evidence, and fee should be mailed to: PACA Branch, room 2095 So., Fruit and Vegetable Division, AMS, USDA, P.O. Box 96456, Washington, DC 20090-6456.
(c) Handling complaints. (1) Upon receiving a written complaint, supporting evidence, and the $250.00 preliminary investigation fee from a complaining person, the Director, Fruit and Vegetable Division, Agricultural Marketing Service, United States Department of Agriculture shall order a preliminary investigation to determine if the complaint can be substantiated. If the initial investigation discloses no violation of the Act, no further action shall be taken and the complaining person shall be informed of the finding. The $250.00 filing fee shall be considered full payment for the preliminary investigation.
(2) If the Director finds reasonable cause for further investigation, the complaining person shall be duly notified of the findings. Prior to any further investigation, the Director shall advise the complaining person of the estimated fees and charges which the complaining person must pay. In calculating the estimated fees, the Director shall use the hourly salary rate of a GS-5, Step 4, for clerical time and GS-13, Step 1, for professional time, plus benefits and other related expenses including travel associated with the investigation.
(3) At the conclusion of the investigation, the Department will inform the complaining person of the results, provided, however, that any findings, the release of which may jeopardize an ongoing formal disciplinary proceeding initiated under the PACA, may be withheld pending completion of the disciplinary case.
(d) Investigative authority. Investigation of a complaint of this section shall be deemed to be an investigation under section 6(b) of the Perishable Agricultural Commodities Act (7 U.S.C. 499f(b)).
(e) Collection of fees. (1) Any person bringing a complaint, alleging a violation of section 1309 of the Food, Agriculture, Conservation, and Trade Act of 1990 shall reimburse the Secretary of Agriculture for any and all costs associated with the enforcement of that section.
(2) A non-refundable $250.00 fee for the preliminary investigation shall accompany the written complaint.
(3) An estimate of fees and charges to conduct the further investigation calculated in accordance with paragraph (c)(2) of this section will be provided the complaining person.
(i) Payment of the fees and charges shall be collected in advance by the Secretary prior to continuation of investigation of a complaint.
(ii) Payment of fees and charges may be made by cash, check, or money order payable to the Agricultural Marketing Service.
(iii) In the event that the estimated fees and charges prove to be inadequate, the complaining person will be informed of the deficiency. Any complaining person that does not reimburse the Secretary full payment for fees and charges associated with a completed investigation shall be liable to be proceeded against in any court of competent jurisdiction in a suit by the United States to collect any monetary or other damages connected with the investigation.
(iv) The complaining person will be reimbursed by the Secretary for any overpayment of fees and charges, except for the $250.00 preliminary investigation fee which is nonrefundable.
[56 FR 51826, Oct. 16, 1991]
§ 46.49 Written notifications and complaints.
(a) Written notification, as used in section 6(b) of the Act (7 U.S.C. 499f (b)), means:
(1) Any written statement reporting or complaining of a violation of the Act made by any officer or agency of any State or Territory having jurisdiction over licensees or persons subject to license, or a person filing a complaint under section 6(a), or any other interested person who has knowledge of or information regarding a possible violation of the Act, other than an employee of an agency of USDA administering the Act;
(2) Any written notice of intent to preserve the benefits of, or any claim for payment from, the trust established under section 5 of the Act (7 U.S.C. 499e);
(3) Any official certificate(s) of the United States Government or States or Territories of the United States; or
(4) Any public legal filing or other published document describing or alleging a violation of the Act.
(b) Any written notification may be filed by delivering the written notification to any office of USDA or any official of USDA responsible for administering the Act. Any written notification published in any public forum, including, but not limited to, a newspaper or an internet website shall be deemed filed upon visual inspection by any office of USDA or any official of USDA responsible for administering the Act. A written notification which is so filed, or any expansion of an investigation resulting from any indication of additional violations of the Act found as a consequence of an investigation based on written notification or complaint, also shall be deemed to constitute a complaint under section 13(a) of the Act (7 U.S.C. 499m(a)).
(c) Upon becoming aware of a complaint under section 6(a) or written notification under 6(b) of the Act (7 U.S.C. 499f (a) or (b)) by means described in paragraph (a) and (b) of this section, the Secretary will determine if reasonable grounds exist to conduct an investigation of such complaint or written notification for disciplinary action. If the investigation substantiates the existence of violations of the Act, a formal disciplinary complaint may be issued by the Secretary as described in section 6(c)(2) of the Act (7 U.S.C. 499f(c)(2)).
(d) Whenever an investigation, initiated as described in section 6(c) of the Act (7 U.S.C. 499f(c)(2)), is commenced, or expanded to include new violations of the Act, notice shall be given by the Secretary to the subject of the investigation within thirty (30) days of the commencement or expansion of the investigation. Within one hundred and eighty (180) days after giving initial notice, the Secretary shall provide the subject of the investigation with notice of the status of the investigation, including whether the Secretary intends to issue a complaint under section 6(c)(2) of the Act (7 U.S.C. 499f(e)(2)), terminate the investigation, or continue or expand the investigation. Thereafter, the subject of the investigation may request in writing, no more frequently than every ninety (90) days, a status report from the Director of the PACA Division who shall respond to the written request within fourteen (14) days of receiving the request. When an investigation is terminated, the Secretary shall, within fourteen (14) days, notify the subject of the termination of the investigation. In every case in which notice or response is required under this paragraph (d), such notice or response shall be accomplished by personal service; or by posting the notice or response by certified or registered mail, or commercial or private delivery service to the last known address of the subject of the investigation; or by sending the notice or response by any electronic means such as registered email, that provides proof of receipt to the electronic mail address or phone number of the subject of the investigation.
[83 FR 5178, Feb. 6, 2018]
PART 47 ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES UNDER THE PERISHABLE AGRICULTURAL COMMODITIES ACT
Authority: 5 U.S.C 553; 7 U.S.C. 499f; 7 U.S.C. 499o; 7 CFR 2.22(a)(1)(viii)(L), 2.79(a)(8)(xiii).
Source: 10 FR 2209, Feb. 27, 1945, unless otherwise noted.
Editorial Note: Nomenclature changes to part 47 appear at 64 FR 38108, July 15, 1999.
256 General Provisions
§ 47.1 Meaning of words.
Words in the regulations in this part in the singular form shall be deemed to import the plural, and vice versa, as the case may demand.
§ 47.2 Definitions.
As used in the regulations in this part, the terms as defined in section 1 of the Act shall apply with equal force and effect. Unless otherwise defined, the following terms whether used in the regulations in this part, in the Act, or in the trade shall be construed as follows:
(a) Act means the Perishable Agricultural Commodities Act, 1930, approved June 10, 1930, as amended (46 Stat. 531, 7 U.S.C., 499a et seq., and 499b), and legislation supplementary thereto and amendatory thereof.
(b) Department means the United States Department of Agriculture.
(c) Secretary means the Secretary of Agriculture of the United States, or any officer or employee of the Department to whom authority has heretofore been delegated, or to whom authority may hereafter be delegated, to act in his or her stead.
(d) Service means the Agricultural Marketing Service, United States Department of Agriculture.
(e) Associate Administrator means the Associate Administrator of the Service, or any officer or employee of the Service to whom authority has heretofore lawfully been delegated, or to whom authority may hereafter lawfully be delegated, to act in his or her stead.
(f) General Counsel means the General Counsel of the Department or any employee of the Office of the General Counsel to whom the authority to act in his or her stead has heretofore been or may hereafter be delegated.
(g) Fruit and Vegetable Programs means the Fruit and Vegetable Programs of the Agricultural Marketing Service.
(h) Deputy Administrator means the Deputy Administrator of the Fruit and Vegetable Programs or any officer or employee of the Fruit and Vegetable Programs to whom authority has heretofore lawfully been delegated, or to whom authority may hereafter lawfully be delegated by the Deputy Administrator, to act in his stead.
(i) Examiner. In connection with reparation proceedings, the term “examiner” is synonymous with “presiding officer” and means any attorney employed in the Office of the General Counsel of the Department, or in connection with reparation proceedings conducted pursuant to the documentary procedure in § 47.20, the term “examiner” may mean any other employee of the PACA Branch whose work is reviewed by an attorney employed in the Office of the General Counsel of the Department.
(j) Examiner's report. In connection with reparation proceedings, “examiner's report” means the examiner's report to the Secretary, and includes the examiner's proposed (i) findings of fact and conclusions with respect to all material issues of fact, law or discretion, as well as the reasons or basis therefore, (ii) order and (iii) rulings on findings, conclusions and orders submitted by the parties.
(k) Hearing means that part of the proceeding which involves the submission of evidence and may or may not include an oral hearing.
(l) Hearing Clerk means the Hearing Clerk, United States Department of Agriculture, Washington, DC 20250.
(m) Disciplinary proceeding means any proceeding (other than a reparation proceeding) arising under the Act, in which proceeding it is required by law that the order or other determination duly issued shall be made only after an opportunity for a hearing, and, if a hearing be held, only upon the basis of a record made in the course of such hearing.
(n) Reparation proceeding means a proceeding in which money damages are claimed and in which the Department is not a party.
(o) Party includes the Department in those instances in which a proceeding is instituted upon moving papers filed by an officer or employee of the Department in an official capacity.
(p) Complainant means the party upon whose moving paper the proceeding is instituted.
(q) Respondent means the party proceeded against, whether the proceeding is instituted by the Department or by a private person.
(r) Moving paper means any formal complaint, petition, or order to show cause, by virtue of which a proceeding under the Act is instituted.
(s) Mail means to deposit an item in the United States Mail with postage affixed and addressed as necessary to cause it to be delivered to the address shown by ordinary mail, or by certified mail or registered mail if specified, or to cause a properly addressed item to be delivered by a commercial or private mail delivery service to the address shown.
(t) Re-mail means to mail by ordinary mail to an address an item that has been returned after being sent to the same address by certified or registered mail or by a commercial or private mail delivery service.
[10 FR 2209, Feb. 27, 1945; 10 FR 8685, July 13, 1945, as amended at 11 FR 224, Jan. 4, 1946; 12 FR 5483, Aug. 13, 1947; 19 FR 57, Jan. 6, 1954; 38 FR 30445, Nov. 5, 1973; 56 FR 174, Jan. 3, 1991; 60 FR 8459, Feb. 14, 1995; 64 FR 38105, July 15, 1999]
§ 47.3 Institution of proceedings.
(a) Informal complaints. (1) Any interested person (including any officer or agency of any State or Territory having jurisdiction over commission merchants, dealers, or brokers in such State or Territory, and any employee of the Department) desiring to complain of any violation of any provision of the Act by any commission merchant, dealer, or broker may file with the Deputy Administrator an informal complaint. Informal complaints may be made the basis of either a disciplinary complaint, or a claim for damages, or both. If the informal complaint is to be made the basis of a claim for damages, it must be received by the Deputy Administrator within 9 months after the cause of action accrues; if the informal complaint is not to be made the basis of a claim for damages, it may be filed at any time within 2 years after the violation of the act occurred: Provided, That the 2-year limitation herein prescribed shall not apply to complaints charging flagrant or repeated violations of the act.
(2) Informal complaints may be made in writing by telegram, by letter, or by facsimile transmission, setting forth the essential details of the transaction complained of. So far as practicable, every such informal complaint shall state such of the following items as may be applicable:
(i) The name and address of each person and of the agent, if any, representing him in the transaction involved;
(ii) Quantity and quality or grade of each kind of produce shipped;
(iii) Date of shipment;
(iv) Carrier identification;
(v) Shipping and destination points;
(vi) If a sale, the date, sale price, and amount actually received;
(vii) If a consignment, the date, reported proceeds, gross and net;
(viii) Amount of damages claimed, if any; and
(ix) Statement of other material facts including terms of contract.
(3) The informal complaint should, so far as practicable, be accompanied by true copies of all available papers relating to the transaction complained about, including shipping documents, letters, telegrams, invoices, manifests, inspection certificates, accounts sales, and any special contracts or agreements.
(4) The informal complaint shall be accompanied by a filing fee of $100 as authorized by the Act.
(b) Investigations and disposition of informal complaints. (1) Upon receipt of all the information and supporting evidence submitted by the person filing the informal complaint, the Deputy Administrator shall cause such investigation to be made as, in the Deputy Administrator's opinion, is justified by the facts. If such investigation discloses that no violation of the Act has occurred, no further action shall be taken and the person filing the informal complaint shall be so informed.
(2) If the statements in the informal complaint and the investigation thereunder seem to warrant such action, and, in any case except one of wilfullness or one in which public health, interest or safety otherwise requires, which may result in the suspension or revocation of a license, the Deputy Administrator, in an effort to effect an amicable or informal adjustment of the matter, shall give written notice to the person complained against of the facts or conduct concerning which complaint is made, and shall afford such person an opportunity, within a reasonable time fixed by the Deputy Administrator, to demonstrate or achieve compliance with the applicable requirements of the Act and regulations promulgated thereunder.
[10 FR 2211, Feb. 27, 1945, as amended at 12 FR 1025, Feb. 13, 1947; 56 FR 174, Jan. 3, 1991; 60 FR 8459, Feb. 14, 1995; 64 FR 38106, July 15, 1999; 73 FR 31017, May 30, 2008]
§ 47.4 Service and proof of service.
(a) Who shall make service. Copies of all documents or papers required or authorized by the rules in this part to be filed with the Fruit and Vegetable Programs shall be served on the parties by the Fruit and Vegetable Programs, and copies of all documents or papers required or authorized by the rules in this part to be filed with the Hearing Clerk shall be served on the parties by the Hearing Clerk, unless any such document or paper is served by some other employee of the Department, or by a U.S. Marshal or deputy marshal, or as otherwise provided herein, or as otherwise directed by the presiding officer or Judicial Officer.
(b) Service on Party. (1) Any complaint or other document initially served on a person to make that person a party respondent in a proceeding, a final order, or other document specifically ordered by the presiding officer or Judicial Officer to be served by certified or registered mail, or commercial or private mail delivery service, shall be deemed to be received by any party to a proceeding on the date of delivery by certified or registered mail, or commercial or private mail delivery service to the last known principal place of business of such party, last known principal place of business of the attorney or representative of record of such party, last known residence of such party if an individual: Provided, That, if any such document or paper is sent by certified, registered, commercial, or private mail, but is returned, it shall be deemed to be received by such party on the date of the re-mailing by ordinary mail to the same address.
(2) Any document or paper, other than one specified in paragraph (b)(1) of this section or written questions for a deposition as provided in § 47.16(d)(2), shall be deemed to be received by any party to a proceeding on the date of mailing by ordinary mail to the last known principal place of business of such party, last known principal place of business of the attorney or representative of record of such party, or last known residence of such party if an individual.
(3) Any document or paper served other than by certified, registered, commercial, or private mail on any party to a proceeding shall be deemed to be received by such party on the date of:
(i) Delivery to any responsible individual at, or leaving in a conspicuous place at, the last known principal place of business of such party, last known principal place of business of the attorney or representative of record of such party, or last known residence of such party if an individual, or
(ii) Delivery to such party if an individual, to an officer or director of such party if a corporation, or to a member of such party if a partnership, at any location.
(c) Service on another. Any subpoena or other document or paper served on any person other than a party to a proceeding shall be deemed to be received by such person on the date of:
(1) Delivery by certified, registered, commercial, private or mail to the last known principal address of such person, last know principal place of business of the attorney or representative of record of such person, or last known residence of such person if an individual;
(2) Delivery other than by mail to any responsible individual at, or leaving in a conspicuous place at, any such location; or
(3) Delivery to such party if an individual, to an officer or director of such party if a corporation, or to a member of such party if a partnership, at any location.
(d) Proof of service. Any of the following, in the possession of the Department, showing such service, shall be deemed to be accurate:
(1) A certified or registered mail receipt returned by the postal service with a signature, or a signed receipt returned by a private or commercial mail delivery service;
(2) An official record of the postal service;
(3) An entry on a docket record or a copy placed in a docket filed by the Hearing Clerk of the Department or by an employee of the Hearing Clerk in the ordinary course of business;
(4) A certificate of service, which need not be separate from and may be incorporated in the document or paper of which it certifies service, showing the method, place and date of service in writing and signed by an individual with personal knowledge thereof, Provided, That such certificate must be verified by oath or declaration under penalty of perjury if the individual certifying service is not a party to the proceeding in which such document or paper is served, an attorney or representative of record for such a party, or an official or employee of the United States or of a State or political subdivision thereof.
[56 FR 174, Jan. 3, 1991; 56 FR 5151, Feb. 8, 1991, as amended at 60 FR 8459, Feb. 14, 1995; 64 FR 38106, July 15, 1999]
§ 47.5 Scope and applicability of administrative procedures.
Sections 47.6 through 47.25 shall be applicable to the procedure governing the filing and disposition of formal complaints in reparation proceedings. Sections 47.47 through 47.68 shall be applicable to the proceedings for determining whether a person is responsibly connected with a licensee under the Perishable Agricultural Commodities Act. Sections 47.1 through 47.5 and § 47.46 shall be applicable to all proceedings under §§ 47.6 through 47.25. Sections 47.1 and 47.2, except for § 47.2 (i) through (r), shall be applicable to all proceedings under §§ 47.47 through 47.68. In addition, except to the extent that they are inconsistent with §§ 1.130 through 1.151 of this chapter, §§ 47.1 through 47.5 and 47.46 are also applicable to procedures governing the filing and disposition of formal complaints and other moving papers relating to administrative proceedings to enforce the Act pursuant to §§ 1.130 through 1.151 of this chapter.
[43 FR 30787, July 18, 1978, as amended at 60 FR 8459, Feb. 14, 1995]
257 Provisions Applicable to Reparation Proceedings
§ 47.6 Formal complaints.
(a) Filing; contents; number of copies. (1) If the procedure provided in § 47.3(b) fails to effect an amicable or informal settlement, the person who filed the informal complaint may, if further proceedings are desired, file a formal complaint with the Fruit and Vegetable Programs. The formal complaint shall be filed within ninety days of notification of the opportunity to proceed formally. Failure to file a formal reparation complaint within the time prescribed shall result in the waiver of further proceedings on the claim alleged in the informal complaint.
(2) The formal complaint shall set forth the information and be accompanied by the papers indicated in § 47.3(a)(2) and (3), including a statement of the amount of damages claimed, with the basis therefor, and the method of determination. The original and three copies shall be furnished for filing, and service on the respondent. If there is more than one respondent, a further copy shall be furnished for each additional respondent.
(b) Bond required if complainant is nonresident. If formal complaint for reparation is filed by a nonresident of the United States, complainant shall first file a bond in double the amount of the claim either with a surety company approved by the Treasury Department of the United States as surety or with two personal sureties, each of whom shall be a citizen of the United States and shall qualify as financially responsible for the entire amount of the bond. The bond shall run to the respondent and be conditioned upon the payment of costs, including reasonable attorney's fees, for the respondent if the respondent shall prevail, and of any reparation award that may be issued by the Secretary against the complainant on any counterclaim asserted by respondent: Provided, That the furnishing of a bond may be waived at the discretion of the Secretary if the complainant is a resident of a country which permits the filing of a complaint in an administrative forum or its equivalent which is substantially similar to that provided under the Perishable Agricultural Commodities Act by a resident of the United States against a citizen of that country without the furnishing of a bond. Nothing in this section shall limit the discretion of the Secretary to deny such a waiver in order to effectuate the purposes of the Act or to protect the interests of the businesses concerned.
(c) Service upon respondent; proof of service. Upon receipt by the Fruit and Vegetable Programs of the formal complaint, the accompanying papers and the $500 handling fee authorized by the Act, a copy thereof shall be served by the Fruit and Vegetable Programs upon the respondent in accordance with § 47.4 of this part. If the complaint is not in the proper form, the Fruit and Vegetable Programs shall return it and inform the complainant of the deficiencies therein.
(d) Amendments. At any time prior to the close of the hearing, the complaint may be amended; but, in case of an amendment adding new provisions, the hearing shall, if the respondent so requests, be adjourned for a reasonable time to be determined by the examiner: Provided, That, if the amendment introduces a new or different cause of action, it must be filed within 9 months after the cause of action accrued. Amendments subsequent to the first amendment or subsequent to the filing of an answer by the respondent may be made only with leave of the examiner or with the written consent of the adverse party.
[10 FR 2209, Feb. 27, 1945, as amended at 56 FR 176, Jan. 3, 1991; 64 FR 38106, July 15, 1999; 73 FR 31017, May 30, 2008]
§ 47.7 Report of investigation.
Where the facts and circumstances are deemed by the Deputy Administrator to warrant such action, the Fruit and Vegetable Programs shall serve upon each of the parties a copy of the report made by the Fruit and Vegetable Programs in connection with its investigation of the informal or formal complaint. Whenever the Secretary, or the Deputy Administrator, or the examiner deems it necessary, a supplemental investigation shall be made by the Fruit and Vegetable Programs and a copy of the report thereon shall be served upon the parties. If an answer is filed by respondent, a copy of any report or reports of investigation served upon the parties shall be filed with the Hearing Clerk and shall be considered as part of the evidence in the proceeding: Provided, That either party shall be permitted to submit evidence in rebuttal in the same manner as is provided in the regulations in this part for the submission of other evidence in the proceeding.
[24 FR 10055, Dec. 12, 1959]
§ 47.8 The answer.
(a) Filing and service. Within 20 days after service of the formal complaint, unless extension of time has been requested and granted, the respondent may file with the Fruit and Vegetable Programs, an answer, in triplicate, signed by the respondent or his attorney. A copy of the answer shall be served upon the complainant by the Fruit and Vegetable Programs as provided in § 47.4. If the answer includes a counterclaim, the answer shall be accompanied by the $300 handling fee required by the Act for formal complaints.
(b) Contents. Such answer shall contain (1) a precise statement of the facts which constitute the grounds of defense, including any set-off or counterclaim, and shall specifically admit, deny, or explain each of the allegations of the complaint, unless respondent is without knowledge, in which case the answer shall so state; or (2) a statement that the respondent admits all of the allegations of the complaint; or (3) a statement containing an admission of liability in an amount less than that alleged in the complaint (in which event, an order may be made, pursuant to section 7(a) of the Act, directing payment of the undisputed amount), and a denial, as in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, of liability for the remaining amount. The answer may contain a waiver of hearing.
(c) Failure to file answer; effect of. Failure to file an answer within the time prescribed shall constitute a waiver of hearing and an admission of the facts alleged in the complaint. If the facts deemed admitted are considered insufficient to support the amount of reparation sought, the proceeding shall continue on the question of damages only.
(d) Procedure upon admission of facts. Upon the admission, in the answer or by failure to file an answer, of all the material allegations of fact contained in the complaint, an order may be issued without further procedure, official notice being taken of the license status of the respondent and the date of filing of the informal complaint, as disclosed by the records of the Department.
[10 FR 2212, Feb. 27, 1945, as amended at 24 FR 10055, Dec. 12, 1959; 64 FR 38106, July 15, 1999]
§ 47.9 The reply.
(a) Filing and service. If the answer asserts a counterclaim or a set-off, the complaining party, within 20 days after service of the answer, may file a reply with the Fruit and Vegetable Programs. A copy of the reply shall be served upon the respondent by the Fruit and Vegetable Programs as provided in § 47.4.
(b) Contents. The reply shall be confined strictly to the matters alleged in the counterclaim or set-off in the answer. It shall contain a precise statement of the facts which constitute the grounds of defense to the counterclaim or set-off, and shall specifically admit, deny, or explain each of the allegations of the counterclaim or set-off, unless the complainant is without knowledge, in which case the reply shall so state; or a statement that the complainant admits all of the allegations of the counterclaim or set-off; or a statement containing an admission of liability in an amount less than that alleged in the counterclaim or set-off and a denial of liability for the remaining amount.
(c) Failure to file reply. Failure to file a reply shall be deemed a waiver of hearing on the counterclaim or set-off and an admission of the allegations contained in the counterclaim or set-off. If no reply is filed, the allegations of the counterclaim or set-off shall be deemed admitted.
[10 FR 2209, Feb. 27, 1945, as amended at 56 FR 174, Jan. 3, 1991; 64 FR 38106, July 15, 1999]
§ 47.10 Docketing of proceeding.
Immediately following the expiration of the period of time heretofore prescribed for the filing of the answer or reply, the Fruit and Vegetable Programs shall transmit all of the papers which have been filed in the proceeding to the Hearing Clerk, who shall assign a docket number to the proceeding. Thereafter the proceeding may be identified by such number.
§ 47.11 Examiners.
(a) Disqualification. No person who (1) has any pecuniary interest in any matter of business involved in the proceeding, or (2) is related within the third degree by blood or marriage to any of the persons involved in the proceeding shall serve as examiner in such proceeding.
(b) Request for disqualification of examiner. Any party may file with the Hearing Clerk a timely request, in affidavit form, for the disqualification of the examiner, which request shall set forth with particularity the grounds of alleged disqualification. After such investigation or hearing as the Secretary may deem necessary, the Secretary shall either deny or grant the request. If the request is granted, another examiner shall be assigned to the proceeding. If the request is denied, the request, any record made thereon, and the finding and order of the Secretary thereon shall be made a part of the record.
(c) Powers. Subject to review by the Secretary, as provided in this part, the examiner who is an attorney employed in the Office of the General Counsel of the Department, in any proceeding assigned to him or her, shall have power to:
(1) Rule upon motions and requests;
(2) Set the time, place, and manner of the hearing, adjourn the hearing, and change the time, place, and manner of the hearing;
(3) Administer oaths and affirmations and take affidavits;
(4) Issue subpoenas over the facsimile signature of the Secretary requiring the attendance and testimony of witnesses and the production of books, contracts, papers, and other documentary evidence;
(5) Summon and examine witnesses and receive evidence;
(6) Take, or order (over the facsimile signature of the Secretary) the taking of, depositions;
(7) Admit or exclude evidence;
(8) Hear oral argument on facts or law;
(9) Require each party, prior to any hearing, to provide all other parties and the examiner with a copy of any exhibit that the party intends to introduce into evidence;
(10) Require each party, prior to any deposition, to provide all other parties and the examiner with a copy of any document that the party intends to use to examine a deponent;
(11) Require that any hearing to be conducted by telephone or audio-visual telecommunication be conducted at locations at which the parties and the examiner are able to transmit and receive documents during the hearing;
(12) Require that any deposition to be conducted by telephone or audio-visual telecommunication be conducted at locations at which the parties are able to transmit and receive documents during the deposition;
(13) Do all acts and take all measures necessary for the maintenance of order and for the efficient conduct of the proceeding.
(d) Who may act in absence of examiner. In case of the absence, illness, resignation, or death of the examiner who has been assigned to a proceeding, or, in case the General Counsel determines that, for other good cause, such examiner should not act, the powers and duties to be performed by the examiner under these rules of practice in connection with such proceeding may, subject to the provisions of paragraph (a) of this section, be assigned to another examiner.
[10 FR 2212, Feb. 27, 1945; 11 FR 224, Jan. 4, 1946, as amended at 24 FR 10055, Dec. 12, 1959; 38 FR 30445, Nov. 5, 1973; 60 FR 8459, Feb. 14, 1995; 64 FR 38106, July 15, 1999]
§ 47.12 Intervention.
At any time after the institution of a proceeding and before it has been submitted to the Secretary for final consideration, the Secretary or the examiner as defined in § 47.2(i)(1) may, upon petition in writing and for good cause show, permit any person to intervene therein. The petition shall state with preciseness and particularity:
(a) The petitioner's relationship to the matters involved in the proceeding; (b) the nature of the material the petitioner intends to present in evidence; (c) the nature of the argument the petitioner intends to make; and (d) any other reason that the petitioner should be allowed to intervene.
[10 FR 2209, Feb. 27, 1945, as amended at 60 FR 8459, Feb. 14, 1995; 64 FR 38107, July 15, 1999]
§ 47.13 Motions and requests.
(a) General. (1) All motions and requests made after the formal filing of the proceeding with the Hearing Clerk shall be filed with the Hearing Clerk, except that those made during an oral hearing may be stated orally and made a part of the transcript or recording.
(2) The examiner may rule upon all motions and requests filed or made prior to the transmittal of the record to the Secretary as hereinafter provided. The Secretary shall rule upon all motions and requests filed after that time.
(b) Certification to the Secretary. The submission or certification of any motion, request, objection, or other question to the Secretary prior to transmittal of the record to the Secretary as provided in this part shall be made by and in the discretion of the examiner. The examiner may either rule upon or certify the motion, request, objection, or other question to the Secretary, but not both.
[10 FR 2209, Feb. 27, 1945; 11 FR 224, Jan. 4, 1946, as amended at 38 FR 30445, Nov. 5, 1973; 60 FR 8459, Feb. 14, 1995]
§ 47.14 Prehearing conferences.
(a) In any proceeding in which it appears that a conference will expedite the proceeding, the examiner, at any time prior to or during the course of the oral hearing, may request the parties or their counsel to appear at a conference before the examiner to consider:
(1) The simplification of the issues;
(2) The necessity or the desirability of amendments to the pleadings;
(3) The possibility of obtaining stipulations of fact and of documents which will avoid unnecessary proof;
(4) The limitation of the number of expert or other witnesses; or
(5) Such other matters as may expedite and aid in the disposition of the proceeding.
(b) No transcript or recording of the conference shall be made. If the conference is conducted by correspondence, the examiner shall forward copies of letters and documents to the parties as circumstances require. The correspondence in connection with a conference shall not be part of the record. The examiner shall prepare and file for the record a written summary of the action agreed upon or taken at the conference, which shall incorporate any written stipulations or agreements made by the parties at the conference or as a result of the conference.
(c) Manner of the Conference. (1) The conference shall be conducted by telephone or correspondence unless the examiner determines that conducting the conference by audio-visual telecommunication:
(i) Is necessary to prevent prejudice to a party;
(ii) Is necessary because of a disability of any individual expected to participate in the conference; or
(iii) Would cost less than conducting the conference by telephone or correspondence. If the examiner determines that a conference conducted by audio-visual telecommunication would measurably increase the United States Department of Agriculture's cost of conducting the conference, the conference shall be conducted by personal attendance of any individual who is expected to participate in the conference, by telephone, or by correspondence.
(2) If the conference is not conducted by telephone or correspondence, the conference shall be conducted by audio-visual telecommunication unless the examiner determines that conducting the conference by personal attendance of any individual who is expected to participate in the conference:
(i) Is necessary to prevent prejudice to a party;
(ii) Is necessary because of a disability of any individual expected to participate in the conference; or
(iii) Would cost less than conducting the conference by audio-visual telecommunication.
[60 FR 8460, Feb. 14, 1995]
§ 47.15 Oral hearing before the examiner.
(a) When permissible. (1) Where the amount of the damages claimed, either in the complaint or in the counterclaim, does not exceed $30,000 (excluding interest), an oral hearing shall not be held, unless deemed necessary or desirable by the Fruit and Vegetable Programs or unless granted by the examiner as defined in § 47.2(i)(1), upon application of complainant or respondent setting forth the peculiar circumstances making an oral hearing necessary for a proper presentation of the case.
(2) Where the amount of damages claimed, either in the complaint or in the counterclaim, is in excess of $30,000 (excluding interest), the procedure provided in this section (except as provided in § 47.20(b)(2)) shall be applicable.
(b) Request for hearing. Any party may request an oral hearing on the facts by including such request in the complaint. Failure to request an oral hearing within the time allowed for filing of the reply, or within 10 days after the expiration of the time allowed for filing an answer, shall constitute a waiver of such hearing, and any party so failing to request an oral hearing will be deemed to have agreed that the proceeding may be decided upon a record formed under the documentary procedure provided in § 47.20.
(c) Time, place, and manner. (1) If and when the proceeding has reached the stage of oral hearing, the examiner, giving careful consideration to the convenience of the parties, shall set a time for hearing and shall file with the Hearing Clerk a notice stating the time and place of hearing. Unless the parties otherwise agree, the place of the hearing shall be the place in which the respondent is engaged in business. This notice shall state whether the hearing will be conducted by telephone, audio-visual telecommunication, or personal attendance of any individual expected to participate in the hearing and the examiner's determination regarding the manner of the hearing shall be made in accordance with paragraphs (c)(3) and (c)(4) of this section. If any change in the time, place, or manner of the hearing is made, the examiner shall file with the Hearing Clerk a notice of the change. The notice of any change in the time, place, or manner of the hearing shall be served on the parties, unless it is made during the course of an oral hearing and made part of the transcript or recording, or actual notice is given to the parties.
(2)(i) If and when the proceeding has reached the stage of oral hearing, any party may move that the hearing be conducted by telephone or personal attendance of any individual expected to attend the hearing rather than by audio-visual telecommunication. Any motion that the hearing be conducted by telephone or personal attendance of any individual expected to attend the hearing must be accompanied by a memorandum in support of the motion stating the basis for the motion and the circumstances that require the hearing to be conducted other than by audio-visual telecommunication.
(ii) Within 10 days after the examiner issues a notice stating the manner in which the hearing is to be conducted, any party may move that the examiner reconsider the manner in which the hearing is to be conducted. Any motion for reconsideration must be accompanied by a memorandum in support of the motion stating the basis for the motion and the circumstances that require the hearing to be conducted other than in accordance with the examiner's notice.
(3) The hearing shall be conducted by audio-visual telecommunication unless the examiner determines that conducting the hearing by personal attendance of any individual expected to attend the hearing:
(i) Is necessary to prevent prejudice to a party;
(ii) Is necessary because of a disability of any individual expected to participate in the hearing; or
(iii) Would cost less than conducting the hearing by audio-visual telecommunication. If the examiner determines that a hearing conducted by audio-visual telecommunication would measurably increase the United States Department of Agriculture's cost of conducting the hearing, the hearing shall be conducted by personal attendance of any individual who is expected to participate in the hearing or by telephone.
(4) The examiner may, in his or her sole discretion or in response to a motion by a party to the proceeding, conduct the hearing by telephone if the examiner finds that a hearing conducted by telephone:
(i) Would provide a full and fair evidentiary hearing;
(ii) Would not prejudice any party; and
(iii) Would cost less than conducting the hearing by audio-visual telecommunication or personal attendance of any individual who is expected to participate in the hearing.
(d) Appearances—(1) Representation. In any proceeding under the Act, the parties may appear in person or by counsel or other representative.
(2) Failure to appear. If any party to the proceeding, after being duly notified, fails to appear at the hearing, the party shall be deemed to have waived the right to an oral hearing in the proceeding. In the event that a party appears at the hearing and no party appears for the opposing side, the examiner may determine whether the party who is present shall present his or her evidence, in whole or in part, in the form of affidavits or by oral testimony.
(3) Debarment of counsel or representative. (i) Whenever, while a proceeding is pending before him or her, the examiner finds that a person acting as counsel or representative for any party to the proceeding is guilty of unethical or unprofessional conduct, the examiner may order that such person be precluded from further acting as counsel or representative in such proceeding. An appeal to the Secretary may be taken from any such order, but the proceeding shall not be delayed or suspended pending disposition of the appeal: Provided, That the examiner may suspend the proceedings for a reasonable time for the purpose of enabling the party to obtain other counsel or representative.
(ii) In case the examiner has issued an order precluding a person from further acting as counsel or representative in the proceeding, the examiner, within a reasonable time thereafter, shall submit to the Secretary a report of the facts and circumstances surrounding the issuance of the order and shall recommend what action the Secretary should take respecting the appearance of such person as counsel or representative in other proceedings before the Secretary. Thereafter, the Secretary may, after notice and an opportunity for hearing, issue such order respecting the appearance of such person as counsel or representative in proceedings before the Secretary as the Secretary finds to be appropriate.
(e) Order of proceeding. The complainant shall proceed first at the hearing and shall have the burden of proof, except that a party asserting a set-off or counterclaim shall have the burden of proof on such issue.
(f) Written statements of direct testimony. (1) Except as provided in paragraph (f)(2) of this section, each party must exchange with all other parties a written narrative verified statement of the oral direct testimony that the party will provide at any hearing to be conducted by telephone; the direct testimony of each employee or agent of the party that the party will call to provide oral direct testimony at any hearing to be conducted by telephone; and the direct testimony of each expert witness that the party will call to provide oral direct testimony at any hearing to be conducted by telephone. The written direct testimony of witnesses shall be exchanged by the parties at least 10 days prior to the hearing. The oral direct testimony provided by a witness at a hearing conducted by telephone will be limited to the presentation of the written direct testimony, unless the examiner finds that oral direct testimony which is supplemental to the written direct testimony would further the public interest and would not constitute surprise.
(2) The parties shall not be required to exchange testimony in accordance with this paragraph if the hearing is scheduled to begin less than 20 days after the examiner's notice stating the time of the hearing.
(g) Evidence—(1) In general. (i) The testimony of witnesses at a hearing shall be upon oath or affirmation, subject to cross-examination, and shall be reported verbatim.
(ii) Any witness may, in the discretion of the examiner, be examined separately and apart from all other witnesses except those who may be parties to the proceeding.
(iii) The examiner shall exclude, insofar as practicable, evidence which is immaterial, irrelevant, or unduly repetitious, or which is not of the sort upon which responsible persons are accustomed to rely.
(2) Objections. (i) If a party objects to the admission or rejection of any evidence or to the limitation of the scope of any examination or cross-examination, the party shall state briefly the grounds of such objections, whereupon an automatic exception will follow if the objection is overruled by the examiner. The transcript or recording shall not include argument or debate thereon except as ordered by the examiner. The ruling of the examiner on any objection shall be a part of the transcript or recording.
(ii) Only objections made before the examiner may subsequently be relied upon in the proceeding.
(3) Depositions. The deposition of any witness shall be admitted in the manner provided in and subject to the provisions of § 47.16.
(4) Affidavits. Except as is otherwise provided in these rules, affidavits may be admitted only if the evidence is otherwise admissible and the parties agree (which may be determined by their failure to make timely objections) that affidavits may be used.
(5) Proof and authentication of official records or documents. An official record or document, if admissible for any purpose, shall be admissible in evidence without the production of the person who made or prepared the same. Such record or document shall be evidenced by an official publication thereof or by a copy attested by the person having legal authority to make such attestation. The person attesting the copy shall make a certificate showing such authority.
(6) Exhibits. (i) All written statements, charts, tabulations, or similar data offered in evidence at the hearing shall, after identification by the proponent and upon a satisfactory showing of the admissibility of the contents thereof, be numbered as exhibits, received in evidence, and made a part of the record. Unless the examiner finds that the furnishing of copies is impracticable, a copy of each exhibit shall be filed with the examiner for the use of each other party to the proceeding. The examiner shall advise the parties as to the exact number of copies which will be required to be filed.
(ii) If the testimony of a witness refers to a statute, a report, document, recording, or transcript, the examiner, after inquiry relating to the identification of such statute, report, document, recording, or transcript, shall determine whether the same shall be produced at the hearing and physically be made a part of the evidence as an exhibit, or whether it shall be incorporated into the evidence by reference. If relevant and material matter offered in evidence is embraced in a report, document, recording, or transcript containing immaterial or irrelevant matter, such immaterial or irrelevant matter shall, insofar as practicable, be designated by the party and segregated and excluded.
(7) [Reserved]
(8) Offer of proof. Whenever evidence is excluded from the record, the party offering such evidence may make an offer of proof, which shall be included in the transcript or recording. The offer of proof shall consist of a brief statement describing the evidence to be offered. If the evidence consists of a brief oral statement or of an exhibit, it shall be inserted into the transcript or recording in toto. In such event, it shall be considered a part of the transcript or recording if the Secretary decides that the examiner's ruling in excluding the evidence was erroneous. The examiner shall not allow the insertion of such evidence in toto if the taking of such evidence will consume a considerable length of time at the hearing. In the latter event, if the Secretary decides that the examiner erred in excluding the evidence, and that such error was substantial, the hearing shall be reopened to permit the taking of such evidence.
(h) Oral argument before examiner. The examiner may permit the parties or their counsel to argue orally at the hearing or at some other time prior to the transmittal of the record to the Secretary as provided in this part. Such argument may be limited by the examiner to any extent that the examiner finds necessary for the expeditious or proper disposition of the proceeding.
(i) Transcript or recording. (1) Hearings to be conducted by telephone shall be recorded verbatim by electronic recording device. Hearings conducted by audio-visual telecommunication or the personal attendance of any individual who is expected to participate in the hearing shall be transcribed, unless the examiner finds that recording the hearing verbatim would expedite the proceeding and the examiner orders the hearing to be recorded verbatim.
(2) If a hearing is recorded verbatim, a party requests the transcript of a hearing or part of a hearing, and the examiner determines that the disposition of the proceeding would be expedited by a transcript of the hearing or part of a hearing, the examiner shall order the verbatim transcription of the recording as requested by the party.
(3) If a reporter transcribes or records the testimony at a hearing, the reporter shall deliver the original transcript or recording, with exhibits thereto attached, to the examiner, who will retain such copy for the official file and for use in preparing his or her report. The reporter will also deliver to the examiner such other copy or copies as may be ordered by the Department, which copy or copies the examiner will forward to the Hearing Clerk.
(4) Parties to the proceeding, or others, who desire a copy of the transcript or recording of the hearing may place orders at the hearing with the reporter, who will furnish and deliver such copies direct to the purchaser upon payment of the applicable rate.
[10 FR 2213, Feb. 27, 1945; 11 FR 224, Jan. 4, 1946, as amended at 24 FR 10055, Dec. 12, 1959; 27 FR 12398, Dec. 14, 1962; 38 FR 30445, Nov. 5, 1973; 47 FR 21234, May 18, 1982; 60 FR 8460, Feb. 14, 1995; 64 FR 38107, July 15, 1999]
§ 47.16 Depositions.
(a) Application for taking deposition. Upon the application of a party to the proceeding, the examiner as defined in § 47.2(i)(1) may, except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, at any time after the filing of the moving papers, order, over the facsimile signature of the Secretary, the taking of testimony by deposition. The application shall be in writing, shall be filed with the Hearing Clerk, and shall set forth:
(1) The name and address of the proposed deponent; (2) the name and address of the person (referred to hereinafter in this section as the “officer”), qualified under the regulations in this part to take depositions, before whom the proposed examination is to be made; (3) the proposed time of the deposition which, unless otherwise agreed, shall be at least 30 days after the date of the mailing of the application; (4) the proposed place of the deposition; (5) the proposed manner in which the deposition is to be conducted (telephone, audio-visual telecommunication, or by personal attendance of the individuals who are expected to participate in the deposition); and (6) the reasons for taking the deposition.
(b) Examiner's order for taking deposition. (1) If, after examination of the application, the examiner is of the opinion that the deposition should be taken, or if the parties are using depositions in lieu of affidavits pursuant to § 47.20(b)(2), the examiner shall order the taking of the deposition. In no case, except for good cause shown, may the examiner order the taking of a deposition less than 10 days prior to the designated date of deposition. The order shall be filed with the Hearing Clerk upon the parties in accordance with § 47.4.
(2) The order shall state:
(i) The time of the deposition (which unless otherwise agreed shall not be less than 20 days after the filing of the order);
(ii) The place of the deposition;
(iii) The manner of the deposition (telephone, audio-visual telecommunication, or personal attendance of those who are to participate in the deposition);
(iv) The name of the officer before whom the deposition is to be made; and
(v) The name of the deponent.
(3) The deposition shall be conducted in the manner (telephone, audio-visual telecommunication, or personal attendance of those who are to participate in the deposition) agreed to by the parties.
(4) If the parties cannot agree on the manner in which the deposition is to be conducted:
(i) The deposition shall be conducted by telephone unless the examiner determines that conducting the deposition by audio-visual telecommunication:
(A) Is necessary to prevent prejudice to a party;
(B) Is necessary because of a disability of any individual expected to participate in the deposition; or
(C) Would cost less than conducting the deposition by telephone.
(ii) If the deposition is not conducted by telephone, the deposition shall be conducted by audio-visual telecommunication unless the examiner determines that conducting the deposition by personal attendance of any individual who is expected to participate in the deposition:
(A) Is necessary to prevent prejudice to a party;
(B) Is necessary because of a disability of any individual expected to participate in the deposition; or
(C) Would cost less than conducting the deposition by telephone or audio-visual telecommunication.
(c) Qualification of officer. The deposition shall be made before the examiner or before an officer authorized by the law of the United States or by the law of the place of the examination to administer oaths, or before an officer authorized by the Secretary to administer oaths.
(d) Procedure on examination. (1) The deponent shall be examined under oath or affirmation and shall be subject to cross-examination. The testimony of the deponent shall be recorded by the officer or some person under the officer's direction. In lieu of oral examination, parties may transmit written questions to the officer prior to examination and the officer shall propound the written questions to the deponent.
(2) The applicant shall arrange for the examination of the witness either by oral examination or by written questions. If the place of business of the opposing party is more than 100 miles from the place of the examination, the applicant will be required to conduct the examination by means of written questions, unless the parties otherwise agree or the examiner otherwise orders. If the examination is conducted by means of written questions, copies of the applicant's questions must be received by the other party to the proceeding and the officer at least 10 days prior to the date set for the examination unless otherwise agreed, and any cross questions of a party other than the applicant must be received by the applicant and the officer at any time prior to the time of the examination.
(e) Certification by officer. The officer shall certify on the deposition that the deponent was duly sworn by the officer and that the deposition is a true record of the deponent's testimony. The officer shall then securely seal the deposition, together with one copy thereof (unless there are more than two parties to a proceeding, in which case there should be another copy for each additional party), in an envelope and mail the same by registered mail to the Hearing Clerk.
(f) Use of depositions. A deposition taken in accord with this section or in accord with the provisions of the Rules of Civil Procedure of the Courts of the United States, may be used in a proceeding under the act if the examiner finds that the evidence is otherwise admissible. If a deposition has been taken, and the party upon whose application it was taken refuses to offer it in evidence, the other party may offer the deposition, or any part thereof, in evidence.
[10 FR 2209, Feb. 27, 1945, as amended at 56 FR 174, Jan. 3, 1991; 60 FR 8461, Feb. 14, 1995; 64 FR 38107, July 15, 1999]
§ 47.17 Subpoenas.
(a) Issuance of subpoenas. The attendance of witnesses and the production of documentary evidence from any place in the United States on behalf of any party to the proceeding may, by subpoena, be required at any designated place of hearing or at any designated place for the taking of a deposition. Subpoenas may be issued by the Secretary, or by the examiner, over the facsimile signature of the Secretary upon a reasonable showing by the applicant of the grounds, necessity, and reasonable scope thereof. Except for good cause shown, applications for subpoenas shall be filed with the Hearing Clerk at least 30 days prior to the designated date of hearing or deposition. Except for good cause shown, the examiner shall not issue subpoenas less than 20 days prior to the designated date of hearing or deposition.
(b) Application for subpoena duces tecum. Subpoenas for the production of documentary evidence shall be issued only upon a verified written application. Such application shall specify, as exactly as possible, the documents desired and shall show their competency, relevancy, materiality, and the necessity for their production.
(c) Service of subpoenas. Subponeas may be served by any person not less than 18 years of age. The party at whose instance a subponea is issued shall be responsible for service thereof. Subpoenas shall be served as provided in § 47.4.
[10 FR 2209, Feb. 27, 1945; 11 FR 224, Jan. 4, 1946; 19 FR 57, Jan. 6, 1954, as amended at 38 FR 30445, Nov. 5, 1973; 56 FR 175, Jan. 3, 1991; 60 FR 8462, Feb. 14, 1995; 64 FR 38107, July 15, 1999]
§ 47.18 Fees and mileage.
Witnesses who are subpoenaed and who appear in the proceeding, including witnesses whose depositions are taken, shall be paid the same fees and mileage that are paid witnesses in the courts of the United States, and persons taking depositions shall be entitled to the same fees as are paid for like services in the courts of the United States, to be paid by the party at whose request the deposition is taken. Witness fees and mileage shall be paid by the party at whose instance the witnesses appear, and claims therefor shall be presented to such party.
§ 47.19 Post-hearing procedure before the examiner.
(a) Certification of transcript or recording. As soon as practicable after receipt of the transcript or recording, the examiner shall prepare his or her certificate stating that, to the best of his or her knowledge and belief, the transcript or recording is a true, correct, and complete transcript or recording of the testimony given at the hearing, except in such particulars as the examiner shall specify, and that the exhibits transmitted are all the exhibits received in evidence at the hearing, with such exceptions as the examiner shall specify. The original of such certificate shall be attached to the original transcript or recording and a copy of such certificate shall be furnished to each of the parties and to the Hearing Clerk. The examiner shall correct the original copy of the transcript or recording by adding or crossing out (but without obscuring the text) at the appropriate places any words necessary to make the text conform to the correct meaning, as certified by the examiner.
(b) Proposed findings of fact, conclusions, and order. The examiner shall decide and shall announce at the hearing whether proposed findings of fact, conclusions, and order may be filed by the parties. If allowed by the examiner, he or she shall announce a definite calendar day as the time within which these documents may be filed. Such findings of fact, conclusions, and order shall be based solely upon the evidence of record. They may be accompanied by supporting briefs and by a statement of objections made to the rulings of the examiner at the hearing.
(c) Briefs. If the examiner does not allow proposed findings of fact, conclusions, and order to be filed, the parties shall be given until a definite calendar day to file briefs.
(d) Claim for award of fees and expenses—(1) Filing. Prior to the close of the hearing, or within 20 days thereafter, each party may file with the Hearing Clerk a claim for the award of the fees and expenses which he incurred in connection with the oral hearing. No award of fees and expenses to the prevailing party and against the losing party shall be made unless a claim therefor has been filed, and failure to file a claim within the time allowed shall constitute a waiver thereof.
(2) Fees and expenses which may be awarded to prevailing party. The term “fees and expenses,” as used in section 7(a) of the Act, includes:
(i) Reasonable fees of an attorney or authorized representative for appearance at the hearing and for the taking of depositions necessary for introduction at the hearing; (ii) fees and mileage for necessary witnesses at the rates provided for witnesses in the courts of the United States; (iii) fees for the notarizing of a deposition and its reduction to writing; (iv) fees for serving subpenas; and (v) other fees and expenses necessarily incurred in connection with the oral hearing. Fees and expenses which are not considered to be reasonable or necessarily incurred in connection with the oral hearing will not be awarded.
(3) Form of claim. A claim for fees and expenses shall be in the form of a written itemized statement of the fees and expenses claimed, which shall include an explanation of how each item was computed, to which there shall be attached an affidavit, made by the party or the party's authorized attorney or agent having knowledge of the facts, that each such item is correct and has been necessarily incurred in connection with the oral hearing in the proceeding and that the services for which fees are claimed were actually and necessarily performed.
(4) Service of claim. A copy of each such claim filed shall be served by the Hearing Clerk on the other party or parties to the proceeding.
(5) Objections to claim. Within 20 days after being served with a copy of a claim for fees and expenses, the party so served may file with the Hearing Clerk written objections to the allowance of any or all of the items claimed. If evidence is offered in support of an objection, it must be in affidavit form. A copy of any such objections shall be served by the Hearing Clerk on the other party or parties.
(6) Reply to objections to claim. A claimant who is served with a copy of objections to his or her claim may, within 20 days after such service, file with the Hearing Clerk a reply to such objection. If evidence is offered in support of a reply, it must be in affidavit form. A copy of any such reply shall be served by the Hearing Clerk on the other party or parties.
(7) Further inquiry by examiner. Whenever it is deemed desirable or necessary for the proper disposition of a claim, the examiner may request statements as to specific matters from either or both parties. Any statements so furnished shall be served by the examiner on the other party.
(8) Number of copies. All documents or papers authorized by this paragraph to be filed with the examiner shall be filed in triplicate: Provided, That, where there are more than two parties to the proceeding an additional copy shall be filed for each additional party.
(e) The examiner's report. The examiner, with the assistance and collaboration of such employees of the Department as may be assigned for the purpose, and within a reasonable time after the termination of the periods allowed for the filing of the submissions of the parties allowed by this section, shall prepare, upon the basis of the evidence received at the hearing and with due consideration of submissions of the parties filed pursuant to this section, his or her report. Such report shall be filed with the Hearing Clerk and shall be prepared in the form of a final order for the signature of the Secretary, but shall not be served upon the parties, unless and until it shall have been signed by the Secretary, as hereinafter provided.
[38 FR 30445, Nov. 5, 1973, as amended at 41 FR 50803, Nov. 18, 1976; 56 FR 175, Jan. 3, 1991; 60 FR 8462, Feb. 14, 1995; 64 FR 38107, July 15, 1999]
§ 47.20 Documentary procedure.
(a) In general. The documentary procedure described in this section shall, whenever it is applicable as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, take the place and serve in lieu of the oral hearing procedure hereinbefore provided. Under the documentary procedure, the pleadings of the parties, if verified in accordance with paragraph (h) of this section, and any report of investigation filed with the Hearing Clerk pursuant to § 47.7 will be considered as evidence in the proceeding. Under the shortened procedure, the pleadings of the parties, if verified in accordance with paragraph (h) of this section, and any report of investigation filed with the Hearing Clerk pursuant to § 47.7, will be considered as evidence in the proceeding. In addition, the parties may submit written proof in support of the complaint, answer, or reply, as the case may be, in the form of verified statements or depositions. After the close of the evidence, the parties may file briefs.
(b) When applicable—(1) Where damages claimed do not exceed $30,000. The documentary procedure provided for in this section shall (except as provided in § 47.15(a)) be used in all reparation proceedings in which the amount of damages claimed, either in the complaint or in the counterclaim, does not exceed $30,000 (excluding interest).
(2) Where damages claimed exceed $30,000. In any proceeding in which the amount of damages claimed, either in the complaint or in the counterclaim, is greater than $30,000 (excluding interest), the examiner, whenever he or she is of the opinion that proof may be fairly and adequately presented by use of the documentary procedure provided for in this section, shall suggest to the parties that they consent to the use of such procedure. Parties are free to consent to such procedure if they choose, and declination of consent will not affect or prejudice the rights or interests of any party. A party, if he or she has not waived oral hearing, may consent to the use of the documentary procedure on the condition that depositions rather than affidavits be used. In such case, if the other party agrees, depositions shall be required to be filed in lieu of verified statements. If any party who has not waived oral hearing does not consent to the use of the documentary procedure, the proceeding will be set for oral hearing. The suggestion that the documentary procedure be used need not originate with the examiner. Any party may address a request to the examiner asking that the documentary procedure be used.
(c) Complainant's opening statement. Within twenty (20) days after service of respondent's answer, complainant may file a verified opening statement, accompanied by any pertinent documents, which documents must be identified in the statement. If the answer is verified, complainant's evidence concerning the allegations of the answer should be included in the opening statement.
(d) Respondent's answering statement. Within twenty (20) days after service of complainants' opening statement or service of notice by the examiner that complainant has not filed an opening statement, respondent may file a verified answering statement, accompanied by any pertinent documents, which documents must be identified in the statement.
(e) Complainant's statement in reply. If respondent files an answering statement, complainant may, within twenty (20) days after service thereof upon complainant, file a verified statement in reply, accompanied by any pertinent documents, which documents must be identified in the statement.
(f) Use of depositions in lieu of verified statements. Depositions may be used in lieu of verified statements under paragraphs (c), (d), and (e) of this section.
(g) Briefs. Promptly after the conclusion of the presentation of evidence, the examiner shall notify the parties that they may file briefs within twenty (20) days after the receipt of such notice.
(h) Verification. Verification shall be made under oath of any facts set forth in the pleading or statement, by the person who signs the pleading or statement. Certification by a notary public is insufficient. The form of verification may be as follows:
__________, being first duly sworn, says that he (or she) has read the foregoing document and knows the contents thereof and that the facts set forth therein are true, except as to matters therein stated on information and belief, and as to such matters he believes them to be true, and that he (or she) is duly authorized to sign the document.
Subscribed and sworn to before me this ___ day of ________, 19__.
(Notary Public)
(i) Stipulations. In addition to or in lieu of the statements referred to in this section, the parties may file with the Hearing Clerk stipulations of fact signed by the parties or their representatives. Such stipulations filed with the Hearing Clerk shall become a part of the record.
(j) Waiver of right to file. Failure to file, within the time prescribed, any document authorized by this section shall constitute a waiver of the right to file such document.
(k) The examiner's report. Within a reasonable time after the time allowed for filing briefs, the examiner shall prepare his or her report in the manner prescribed in § 47.19(d).
(l) Assignment for oral hearing. Whenever it is deemed desirable or necessary for the proper disposition of the proceeding, the examiner, upon his or her own or any party's motion, may order the proceeding set down for oral hearing at any stage of the proceeding.
[27 FR 12398, Dec. 14, 1962, as amended at 47 FR 21234, May 18, 1982; 56 FR 175, Jan. 3, 1991; 60 FR 8462, Feb. 14, 1995; 64 FR 38107, July 15, 1999]
§ 47.21 Transmittal of record.
The Hearing Clerk, immediately after the filing of the examiners' report, shall transmit to the Secretary the record of the proceeding. Such record shall include: The pleadings; motions and requests filed, and rulings thereon; the report of investigation conducted by the Fruit and Vegetable Programs; the transcript or record of the testimony taken at the hearing, together with the exhibits filed therein; any statements or stipulations filed under the documentary procedure; any documents or papers filed in connection with conferences; such proposed findings of fact, conclusions, and orders and briefs as may have been permitted to be filed in connection with the hearing as provided in § 47.19(b) and (c); such statements of objections, and briefs in support thereof, as may have been filed in the proceeding; and the examiner's report.
[64 FR 38108, July 15, 1999]
§ 47.22 Argument before Secretary.
(a) Oral argument. There shall be no right to oral argument other than as provided in § 47.15(h).
(b) Briefs. The Secretary will consider any proposed findings of fact, conclusions, and orders, statements of objections, and briefs filed as provided in § 47.19(b). Briefs filed in accordance with § 47.19(c) and those filed in support of statements of fact will also be considered by the Secretary.
[10 FR 2209, Feb. 27, 1945, as amended at 12 FR 1026, Feb. 13, 1947; 60 FR 8462, Feb. 14, 1995]
§ 47.23 Issuance of order.
As soon as practicable after the receipt of the record from the Hearing Clerk, the Secretary, upon the basis of and after due consideration of the record, shall issue his or her order in the proceeding. Unless the Secretary disagrees with the order as drafted for his or her signature by the examiner, as provided in § 47.19(d), the Secretary shall issue as his or her order the order so prepared by the examiner. If the Secretary deems it advisable to do so, the Secretary may direct that the order be served upon the parties as a tentative order and that the parties be allowed such period of time, not to exceed 20 days, as the Secretary may specify, within which to file exceptions thereto and written argument or briefs in support of such exceptions.
[10 FR 2209, Feb. 27, 1945, as amended at 60 FR 8462, Feb. 14, 1995]
§ 47.24 Rehearing, reargument, reconsideration of orders, reopening of hearings, reopening after default.
(a) Petitions to rehear, reargue, and reconsider. A petition for rehearing or reargument of the proceeding, or for reconsideration of the order, shall be made by petition to the Secretary filed with the Hearing Clerk within 20 days after the date of service of the order. Every such petition shall state specifically the matters claimed to have been erroneously decided and the alleged errors. If the Secretary concludes that the questions raised by the petition have been sufficiently considered in the issuance of the order, the Secretary shall dismiss the petition without service on the other party. Otherwise, the Secretary shall direct that a copy of the petition be served upon such party by the Hearing Clerk. The filing of a petition to rehear or reargue a proceeding, or to reconsider an order, shall automatically operate to set aside the order pending final action on the petition. Only one petition to rehear, reargue, or reconsider will be accepted from each party, except when a mathematical or typographical error appears in either the original decision and order or in the decision on reconsideration.
(b) Petition to reopen. A petition to reopen the hearing to take further evidence may be filed with the examiner at any time prior to the issuance of the final order. Every such petition shall state briefly the nature and purpose of the evidence to be adduced, shall show that such evidence is not merely cumulative, and shall set forth a good reason why such evidence was not adduced at the hearing. Every such petition shall be served by the Hearing Clerk on the other party in the proceeding.
(c) Procedure for disposition of petitions. Within 20 days following the service of any petition provided for in this section, the other party to the proceeding may file with the Hearing Clerk an answer thereto. In the event that any such petition is granted the applicable rules of practice shall be followed.
(d) Reopening after default. The party in default in the filing of an answer or reply required or authorized under this part may petition to reopen the proceeding at any time prior to the expiration of 20 days from the date of service of the default order. If, in the judgment of the examiner, after notice to and consideration of the views of the other party(ies), there is good reason for granting such relief, the party in default will be allowed 20 days from the date of the order reopening the proceeding to file an answer.
[10 FR 2209, Feb. 27, 1945, as amended at 56 FR 175, Jan. 3, 1991; 60 FR 8462, Feb. 14, 1995; 64 FR 38108, July 15, 1999; 65 FR 29941, May 10, 2000]
§ 47.25 Filing; extensions of time; effective date of filing; computations of time; official notice.
(a) Filing, number of copies. Except as is provided otherwise herein, all documents or papers required or authorized by these rules to be filed with the Hearing Clerk shall be filed in triplicate: Provided, That, where there are more than two parties to the proceeding, a sufficient number of copies shall be filed so as to provide for service upon all the parties to the proceeding. Any document or paper required or authorized by the regulations in this part to be filed with the Hearing Clerk shall, during the course of an oral hearing, be filed with the examiner.
(b) Extensions of time. The time for the filing of any document or paper (except an informal complaint) required or authorized under the regulations in this part to be filed may be extended by the examiner (before the transmittal of the record to the Secretary) or by the Secretary (after such transmittal), if, in the judgment of the examiner or the Secretary, as the case may be, there is good reason for the extension.
(c) Effective date of filing. Any document or paper required or authorized under the regulations in this part to be filed shall be deemed to be filed when it reaches the Department in Washington, DC; or, if filed with any officer or employee of the Regulatory Branch of the Fruit and Vegetable Programs at any place outside the District of Columbia, it shall be deemed to be filed at the time when it is received by such officer or employee.
(d) Computations of time. Saturdays, Sundays and holidays shall be included in computing the time allowed for the filing of any document or paper: Provided, That, when such time expires on a Saturday, Sunday or Federal holiday, such period shall be extended to include the next following business day.
(e) Official notice. In any proceeding official notice may be taken of (1) such matters as are judicially noticed by the courts of the United States; (2) any other matter of technical, scientific, or commercial fact of established character; and (3) relevant publications and records of the Department.
[10 FR 2217, Feb. 27, 1945; 11 FR 224, Jan. 4, 1946, as amended at 24 FR 10055, Dec. 12, 1959; 56 FR 175, Jan. 3, 1991; 60 FR 8462, Feb. 14, 1995; 64 FR 38108, July 15, 1999]
258 Provisions Applicable to Disciplinary Proceedings
§ 47.46 Provision applicable to all proceedings.
The Secretary may act in the place and stead of an examiner or judge in any proceeding hereunder. When the Secretary so acts, the Hearing Clerk shall transmit the record to the Secretary at the expiration of the period provided for the filing of proposed findings of fact, conclusions and orders, and the Secretary shall thereupon, after due consideration of the record, issue his or her final order in the proceeding: Provided, That the Secretary may issue a tentative order in which event the parties shall be afforded an opportunity to file exceptions before the issuance on the final order.
[12 FR 1026, Feb. 13, 1947, as amended at 38 FR 30447, Nov. 5, 1973; 60 FR 8462, Feb. 14, 1995]
259 Provisions Applicable to the Determination as to Whether a Person Is Responsibly Connected With a Licensee Under the Perishable Agricultural Commodities Act
§ 47.47 Additional definitions.
The following definitions, which are in addition to those in § 47.2 (a) through (h), shall be applicable to proceedings under §§ 47.47 through 47.49.
(a) Chief means the Chief of the PACA Branch, or any officer or employee to whom authority has heretofore lawfully been delegated or to whom authority may hereafter lawfully be delegated by the Chief, to act in such capacity.
(b) PACA Branch means that PACA Branch of the Fruit and Vegetable Programs.
(c) Petition for review means the document filed requesting review by an Administrative Law Judge of the Chief's determination.
[61 FR 11504, Mar. 21, 1996]
§ 47.48 Scope and applicability.
These rules govern the determination of whether a person is responsibly connected with licensees under the Perishable Agricultural Commodities Act of 1930, as amended, or with persons whose license issued under the act has been suspended, revoked, or terminated or with persons who transact business subject to the act, but fail to obtain the required license.
[43 FR 30788, July 18, 1978]
§ 47.49 Determinations.
(a) The PACA Branch shall determine whether a person was at the time in issue responsibly connected with a licensee whose license is subject to suspension, revocation, or termination or which is subject to having the facts and circumstances of violations of the act published. Such determination shall be made on the basis of license records on file with the PACA Branch, and such other information as may be available.
(b) Upon determining that a person was responsibly connected at the time in issue with a licensee which is subject to the suspension or revocation of its license, or which is subject to having the facts and circumstances of violations of the Act published, and that the employment status and licensing of such person may be restricted, the PACA Branch shall notify the person in writing of his or her status and of any employment and licensing restrictions resulting therefrom.
(c) If a person believes he or she was not responsibly connected with a licensee at the time in issue, he or she may submit the reasons for such belief in written form, along with all pertinent documents, within 30 days of the receipt of such notification to the Chief, who will promptly review the matter and advise the person in writing of the Chief's determination and the reasons for reaching such determination.
(d) Within 30 days of receipt of notification of the Chief's determination, a person who disagrees with such determination may file with the Hearing Clerk, pursuant to § 1.130-1.151 of this title, a petition for review of the determination.
[43 FR 30788, July 18, 1978, as amended at 60 FR 8462, Feb. 14, 1995; 61 FR 11504, Mar. 21, 1996]
PART 48 REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECRETARY OF AGRICULTURE FOR THE ENFORCEMENT OF THE PRODUCE AGENCY ACT
Authority: Sec. 3, 44, Stat. 1355, as amended; 7 U.S.C. 494.
Source: 24 FR 7127, Sept. 3, 1959, unless otherwise noted.
260 Definitions
§ 48.1 Meaning of words.
Words in this part in the singular form shall be deemed to import the plural, and vice versa, as the case may demand.
§ 48.2 Definitions.
Unless the context otherwise requires, the following terms shall be construed as follows:
(a) Act means “An act to prevent the destruction or dumping, without good and sufficient cause therefor, of farm produce received in interstate commerce by commission merchants and others, and to require them truly and correctly to account for all farm produce received by them,” approved March 3, 1927 (44 Stat. 1355; 7 U.S.C. 491-497).
(b) Person means an individual, partnership, association or corporation.
(c) Secretary means the Secretary of Agriculture of the United States, or any officer or employee of the Department to whom authority has heretofore been delegated, or to whom authority may hereafter be delegated, to act in his stead.
(d) Service means the Consumer and Marketing Service, United States Department of Agriculture.
(e) Deputy Administrator means the Deputy Administrator for Marketing Services, or any officer or employee of the Service, to whom authority has heretofore lawfully been delegated, or to whom authority may hereafter lawfully be delegated, to act in his stead.
(f) Director means the Director of the Fruit and Vegetable Division of the Service, or any officer or employee of the Division to whom authority has heretofore lawfully been delegated, or to whom authority may hereafter lawfully be delegated by the Director to act in his stead.
(g) Produce means all fresh fruits and fresh vegetables generally considered by the trade as perishable fruits and vegetables, melons, dairy or poultry products, or any perishable farm products of any kind or character.
(h) Truly and correctly to account means, unless otherwise stipulated by the parties, that the consignee of produce shall, within ten days after the final sale is made of any produce received for sale on consignment in interstate commerce or in the District of Columbia, render to the consignor thereof a true and correct itemized statement of the gross sales as well as all selling charges and all other charges or expenses paid and a statement of the net proceeds or deficit, and make full payment to the consignor of the net proceeds so received together with a full explanation of the disposition of any and all produce not sold.
(i) Good and sufficient cause means, with respect to destroyed, abandoned, discarded, or dumped produce, that the produce so dealt with had no commercial value, or that some other legal justification for so dealing with such produce existed, such as an order of condemnation by a health officer or definite authority from the shipper.
(j) Commercial value means any value that the produce may have for any purpose that can be ascertained in the exercise of due diligence by the consignee without unreasonable expense on loss of time.
261 Administration
§ 48.3 Director.
The Director shall perform, for and under the supervision of the Secretary and the Deputy Administrator, such duties as the Secretary or the Deputy Administrator may require in enforcing the provisions of the Act and the regulations issued thereunder.
262 Violations
§ 48.4 Destroying or dumping.
Any person receiving produce in interstate commerce or in the District of Columbia for or on behalf of another who, without good and sufficient cause, shall destroy or abandon, discard as refuse, or dump any produce, directly or indirectly or through collusion with any person, shall be considered to have violated the Act.
§ 48.5 False report or statement.
Any person receiving produce in interstate commerce or in the District of Columbia for or on behalf of another shall be considered to have violated the Act if, knowingly and with intent to defraud, he makes any false report or statement to the person from whom such produce was received concerning the handling, condition, quality, quantity, sale, or disposition thereof.
§ 48.6 Failure to account.
Any person receiving produce in interstate commerce or in the District of Columbia for or on behalf of another shall be considered to have violated the Act if, knowingly and with intent to defraud, he fails truly and correctly to account to the person from whom such produce was received.
263 Justification for Dumping
§ 48.7 Evidence to justify dumping.
Any person, receiving produce in interstate commerce or in the District of Columbia, having reason to destroy, abandon, discard as refuse or dump such produce, should, prior to such destroying, abandoning, discarding or dumping, obtain a dumping certificate or other evidence of justification for such action. Certification, showing that the produce has no commercial value, should be obtained from:
(a) An inspector authorized by the United States Department of Agriculture to inspect produce; or (b) a health officer, or food inspector of any State, county, parish, city or municipality or of the District of Columbia. When no inspector or health officer, as designated in paragraph (a) or (b) of this section is available, affidavits as to the condition of the produce should be obtained from two disinterested persons having no financial interest in the produce involved or in the business of a person financially interested therein, and who are unrelated by blood or marriage to any such financially interested person, and who, at the time of certification, and for a period of at least one year immediately prior thereto, have been engaged in the handling of the same general kind or class of produce with respect to which such affidavits are to be made. The certificate or affidavit obtained for justifying dumping should identify the produce to be dumped by giving the name of the shipper, any identifying marks or brands on the original container, the type of container, the commodity, the quantity, the date of inspection, and contain a short description of the condition of the produce to be dumped at the time of inspection. The name, address and title of the person or persons making such inspection should also be designated on the certificate or affidavit.
264 Complaints
§ 48.8 Filing of complaints.
Any person having reason to believe that the Act or the regulations in this part have been violated should submit promptly all available facts with respect thereto to the Director for investigation and appropriate action.
PART 50 ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES GOVERNING WITHDRAWAL OF INSPECTION AND GRADING SERVICES
Authority: 7 U.S.C. 1621 et seq.; 7 CFR 2.35, 2.41.
Source: 60 FR 8463, Feb. 14, 1995, unless otherwise noted.
Subpart A General
§ 50.1 Scope and applicability of administrative procedures.
(a) The Rules of Practice Governing Formal Adjudicatory Proceedings Instituted by the Secretary Under Various Statutes set forth in §§ 1.130 through 1.151 of this title are rules of practice applicable to adjudicatory proceedings under the regulations promulgated under 7 U.S.C. 1621 et seq. for denial or withdrawal of inspection, certification, or grading service. In addition, the supplemental rules of practice in subpart B of this part shall be applicable to adjudicatory proceedings under the regulations promulgated under 7 U.S.C. 1621 et seq. for denial or withdrawal of inspection, certification, or grading service.
(b) Neither the rules of practice in §§ 1.130 through 1.151 of this title nor the supplemental rules of practice in subpart B of this part modify existing procedures for refusing to inspect, grade, or certify a specific lot of a product because of adulteration, improper preparation of the lot for grading, improper presentation of the lot for grading, or because of failure to comply with any similar requirements set forth in applicable regulations.
Subpart B Supplemental Administrative Procedures
§ 50.10 Definitions.
Director. The Director of the Division or any employee of the Division to whom authority to act in his or her stead is delegated.
Division. The Division of the Agricultural Marketing Service, United States Department of Agriculture, initiating the withdrawal of inspection, certification, or grading service.
Mailing. Depositing an item in the United States mail with postage affixed and addressed as necessary to cause the item to be delivered to the address shown by ordinary mail, certified mail, or registered mail.
§ 50.11 Conditional withdrawal of service.
(a) The Director may withdraw grading or inspection service from a person for correctable cause. The grading or inspection service withdrawn, after appropriate corrective action is taken, will be restored immediately, or as soon thereafter as a grader or inspector can be made available.
(b) Written notice of withdrawal of grading or inspection service under this section shall be given to the person from whom grading or inspection services will be withdrawn in advance of withdrawal, whenever it is feasible to provide such an advance written notice. If advance written notice is not given, the withdrawal action and the reasons for the withdrawal shall be confirmed as promptly as circumstances permit, unless the deficiency which is the basis for the withdrawal has already been corrected.
§ 50.12 Summary suspension of service.
(a) General. In any situation in which the integrity of grading or inspection service would be jeopardized if the grading or inspection service were continued pending a decision in a proceeding to withdraw grading or inspection service, such service to the respondent may be suspended effective on the third day after mailing of a written notice of the suspension of service to the respondent's last known address or designated address or upon actual receipt of the written notice, whichever is earlier.
(b) Actual or threatened physical violence. In any case of actual or threatened physical violence to an inspector or grader, grading and inspection services to the respondent may be suspended prior to the transmittal of the written notice of suspension to the respondent. A written notice shall be given as promptly as circumstances permit.
SUBCHAPTER C REQUIREMENTS AND STANDARDS UNDER THE AGRICULTURAL MARKETING ACT OF 1946 AND THE EGG PRODUCTS INSPECTION ACT
PART 51 FRESH FRUITS, VEGETABLES, AND OTHER PRODUCTS (INSPECTION, CERTIFICATION, AND STANDARDS)
Authority: 7 U.S.C. 1621-1627.
Subpart A Requirements
Source: 32 FR 15066, Nov. 1, 1967, unless otherwise noted. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981.
464 Administrative
§ 51.1 Administration of the regulations in this part.
(a) The Administrator, Agricultural Marketing Service, U.S. Department of Agriculture, is charged with the administration of the regulations in this part, except at his discretion, he may delegate any or all such functions to any other officer or employee of the Agricultural Marketing Service of the Department.
(b) The conduct of all services and the hiring and licensing of inspection, grading and sampling personnel under these regulations shall be accomplished without discrimination as to race, color, religion, sex or national origin.
(c) None of the requirements in this part shall excuse failure to comply with any Federal, State, county, or municipal laws applicable to products covered by the requirements in this part.
[39 FR 40937, Nov. 22, 1974. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981, as amended at 85 FR 19379, Apr. 7, 2020]
465 Definitions
§ 51.2 Terms defined.
Words in the regulations in this part in the singular form shall be deemed to import the plural, and vice versa, as the case may demand. For the purposes of the regulations in this part, unless the context otherwise requires, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
(a) Act. “Act” means the applicable provisions of the Agricultural Marketing Act of 1946 (60 Stat. 1087 et seq.) as amended; (7 U.S.C. 1621 et seq.) or any other act of Congress conferring like authority.
(b) Administrator. “Administrator” means the Administrator of Agricultural Marketing Service.
(c) Applicant. “Applicant” means any interested party who has applied for inspection service under the regulations in this part.
(d) Carlot. “Carlot”means any number of containers which contain a product of the same kind located on or unloaded from the same conveyance and available for inspection at the same time and location: Provided, That:
(1) Product of the same carlot shall be considered to be separate lots whenever the product differs markedly as to quality and/or condition, and such differences are definitely associated with certain brands, varieties, sizes or container markings;
(2) If the applicant requests more than one inspection certificate covering portions of the same carlot, the quantity of the carlot covered by each certificate shall be considered to be a separate carlot;
(3) If product of the same carlot is packed in more than one size or type container, each such size or type shall be considered to be a separate lot.
(e) Carlot equivalent. “Carlot equivalent” shall be the quantity of an individual product customarily loaded in common highway trailers.
(f) Condition. (1) “Condition” means the relative degree of soundness of a product which may affect its merchantability and includes those factors which are subject to change and may result from, but not necessarily limited to, age, improper handling, storage or lack of refrigeration.
(2) Examples of condition factors include maturity or stage of ripeness; state of freshness, such as crispness, tenderness, or toughness; wilting; shriveling or flabbiness; mechanical injuries resulting from improper handling after packing; progressive pathological, physiological, and virus diseases, including fungal and bacterial roots; and freezing damage which may occur in transit or storage; or any other factor which may occur, develop, or progress in the marketing channels.
(g) Agricultural Marketing Service. “Agricultural Marketing Service” means the Agricultural Marketing Service of the Department.
(h) Department. “Department” means the U.S. Department of Agriculture.
(i) Federal-State Inspection Agency. “Federal-State Inspection Agency” means any State agency, business association or trade organization, private firm, or other person or corporation with which the Department has entered into a cooperative agreement for inspection service.
(j) Grade. “Grade” means a class or rank of quality.
(k) Inspector. “Inspector” means any employee of the Department authorized by the Secretary or any other person licensed by the Secretary, to investigate, sample, inspect, and certify, in accordance with the regulations in this part, to any interested party the quality, quantity and/or condition of any fresh product covered in this part, and to perform related duties in connection with the inspection service.
(l) Inspection service. “Inspection service” means:
(1) The Service established and conducted under the regulations in this part for the determination and certification or other identification as to the grade, the quality and/or condition of fresh fruits or vegetables and related products including the condition of container.
(2) Performance by an inspector of any related services such as reporting the temperatures of loads or lots of fresh products.
(3) To observe conditions under which a product is being packed, to observe plant sanitation as a prerequisite to inspection of the packed product either on a continuous or periodic basis, or checkload the inspected product in connection with the marketing of the product.
(4) The issuance of inspection certificates or reports relating to paragraphs (j)(1), (2), and (3) of this section.
(m) Interested party. “Interested party” means any person who has a financial interest in the product for which inspection is requested.
(n) Other products. Among such other products are the following: Raw nuts, Christmas trees and evergreens; flowers and flower bulbs; and onion sets.
(o) Person. “Person” means any individual, partnership, association, business trust, corporation, any organized group of persons (whether incorporated or not), the United States (including, but not limited to, any corporate agencies thereof), and any State, county, or municipal government, any common carrier, and any authorized agent of any of the foregoing.
(p) Packing plant. “Packing plant” means the premises, buildings, structures, and equipment including but not limited to, machines, utensils, fixtures, employed or used with respect to preparation and packing the product.
(q) Quality. “Quality” means the combination of the inherent properties or attributes of a product which determines its relative degree of excellence.
(r) Regulations. “Regulations” means the regulations in this subpart.
(s) Sample. “Sample” means any number of sample units to be used for inspection.
(t) Sample unit. “Sample unit” means a container and/or its entire contents, a portion of the contents of a container or other unit of a commodity, or a composite mixture of a commodity to be used for inspection.
(u) Sampling. “Sampling” means the act of selecting samples of a commodity for the purpose of inspection under the regulations in this part.
(v) Secretary. “Secretary” means the Secretary of Agriculture of the United States or any officer or employee of the Agricultural Marketing Service to whom authority has heretofore been delegated, or to whom authority may hereafter be delegated, to act in his stead.
[32 FR 15066, Nov. 1, 1967. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981, as amended at 56 FR 55799, Oct. 30, 1991; 85 FR 19379, Apr. 7, 2020]
§ 51.3 Designation of official certificates, memoranda, marks, other identifications and devices for purposes of the Agricultural Marketing Act.
Subsection 203(h) of the Agricultural Marketing Act of 1946, as amended by Pub. L. 272, 84th Congress, provides criminal penalties for various specified offenses relating to official certificates, memoranda, marks or other identifications, and devices for making such marks or identifications, issued or authorized under section 203 of said act, and certain misrepresentations concerning the inspection or grading of agricultural products under said section. For the purpose of said subsection and the provisions in this part, the terms listed below shall have the respective meanings specified:
(a) Inspection certificate. “Inspection certificate” means any form of certification, either written or printed, used under this part to certify with respect to the inspection, identification, class, grade, quality, size, quantity, or condition of products (including the compliance of products with applicable specifications).
(b) Official memorandum. “Official memorandum” means any initial record of findings made by an authorized person in the process of grading, inspecting, or sampling pursuant to this part, any processing or plant-operation report made by an authorized person in connection with grading, inspecting, or sampling under this part, and any report made by an authorized person of services performed pursuant to this part.
(c) Official mark. “Official mark” means the grade mark, inspection mark, combined form of inspection and grade mark, and any other mark, or any variations in such marks, including those prescribed in § 51.49, approved by the Administrator and authorized to be affixed to any product, or affixed to or printed on the packaging material of any product, stating that the product was graded or inspected, or both, or indicating the appropriate U.S. grade or condition of the product, or for the purpose of maintaining the identity of products graded or inspected, or both, under this part.
(d) Official identification. “Official identification” means any United States (U.S.) standard designation of class, grade, quality, size, quantity, or condition specified in this part or any symbol, stamp, label or seal indicating that the product has been graded or inspected and/or indicating the class, grade, quality, size, quantity, or condition of the product approved by the Administrator and authorized to be affixed to any product, or affixed to or printed on the packaging material of any product.
(e) Official device. “Official device” means a stamping appliance, branding device, stencil, printed label, or any other mechanically or manually operated tool that is approved by the Administrator for the purpose of applying any official mark or other identification to any product or the packaging material thereof; or any device approved and designated by the Administrator as a USDA official device for use as a color standard, defect guide, or other similar aid to interpret the U.S. Department of Agriculture grade standards and to facilitate conduct of the Inspection Service.
466 Inspection Service
§ 51.4 Where inspection service is offered.
Products will be inspected at appropriate points indicated in paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this section whenever inspectors are available.
(a) Shipping points. Inspection service is available in all areas covered by cooperative agreements entered into on behalf of the Department with Cooperating Federal-State Inspection Agencies providing for this inspection work pursuant to authority contained in any Act of Congress, or may be provided in any other area which is not covered by a cooperative agreement if the Administrator determines that it is practicable to provide inspection service.
(b) Destination markets. Inspection is available in all central markets in which an inspection office is located.
(c) Other destination points. Inspection may be made at any point which may be conveniently reached from any terminal market in which an inspection office is located to the extent inspection personnel is available.
(d) Addresses of offices. Any prospective applicant may obtain an up-to-date list of inspection offices by addressing an inquiry to Fresh Products Standardization and Inspection Branch, Fruit and Vegetable Division, Agricultural Marketing Service, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D.C. 20250.
§ 51.5 Who may obtain inspection service.
An application for inspection service may be made by any interested party including, but not limited to, the United States and any instrumentality or agency thereof, any State, county, municipality, or common carrier, and any authorized agent in behalf of the foregoing.
§ 51.6 How to make application.
An application for inspection service may be filed in an office of inspection at any market referred to in § 51.4 (b), (c), or (d) or with any inspector. It may be made in writing, orally, electronically, or by telephone. If made orally or by telephone, the inspector may require that it be confirmed by the applicant in writing or electronically. An application may be made for one or more lots, or it may be in the nature of a blanket application for inspection of all designated lots of a given commodity within a particular period, or for all designated lots loaded or received at a specified point.
[81 FR 93572, Dec. 21, 2016]
§ 51.7 Form of application.
Each application for inspection service shall state (a) the name and address of the applicant and the name and capacity of the person, if any, making the application in his behalf; (b) the name and address of the shipper; (c) the kind and quantity of the products involved; (d) the interest of the applicant therein; (e) the identification of the products by (1) grade, brand, or other marks, if practicable, (2) car number of carrier or number of truck or name of boat, if practicable, and (3) the name and location of the store, warehouse, or other place where the products are located; (f) the particular quality or condition concerning which inspection is requested, to which may be added the time and place at which it is desired that the inspection be made; (g) when the lot is to be inspected in a receiving market, the name and address of the receiver; (h) the name of the shipping point and of the destination, when known; and (i) such other information as may be necessary for identification of the product, or as may be required by the inspector or the Administrator.
§ 51.8 Filing of application.
An application shall be regarded as filed only when made at the office of inspection nearest the place where the commodity is located. A record showing the date and time of filing shall be made and kept in such office.
§ 51.9 When application may be rejected.
An application may be rejected by the inspector in charge of the appropriate office of inspection if the applicant objects to the inspector cutting an adequate number of specimens to determine the interior quality or condition of the product to be inspected, or for failure of the applicant (a) to observe the regulations of this part, (b) to furnish necessary information or to make the commodity reasonably available or accessible for inspection, (c) to pay for previous inspection services rendered, or (d) when it appears that to perform the inspection and certification service would not be to the best interest of the Government. Such applicant shall be notified promptly of the reason for such rejection.
§ 51.10 When application may be withdrawn.
An application may be withdrawn by the applicant at any time before the inspection is performed: Provided, That the applicant shall pay any travel expenses, telephone, telegraph, or other expenses which have been incurred by the Inspection Service in connection with such application.
§ 51.11 Authority to request inspection.
Proof of the interest of an applicant in the product involved, or of the authority of any person applying for inspection in behalf of another may be required, at the discretion of the inspector.
§ 51.12 Accessibility of products.
The applicant shall cause the products for which inspection is requested to be made reasonably accessible for sampling or inspection and to be so placed as to disclose their quality or condition. Samples of the products drawn for examination shall be inspected only under such conditions as, in the opinion of the inspector, will permit a true and correct determination to be made of their quality or condition.
§ 51.13 Basis of service.
Inspection and certification service for quality and/or condition shall be based upon the appropriate standards promulgated by the U.S. Department of Agriculture, applicable standards prescribed by the laws of the State where the particular product was produced, specifications of any governmental agency, written buyer and seller contract specifications, or any written specification by an applicant which is approved by the Administrator: Provided, That if such product is regulated pursuant to the Agricultural Marketing Agreement Act of 1937, as amended (7 U.S.C. 601 et seq.), or the comparable laws of any State, such inspection and certification shall be on the basis of the standards, if any, prescribed in, or pursuant to, the marketing order and/or agreement effective thereunder.
§ 51.14 Order of inspection service.
Inspection service shall be performed, insofar as practicable, in the order of which applications are received, except that precedence shall be given (a) to the inspection of lots involved in complaints filed pursuant to the Perishable Agricultural Commodities Act, 1930 (U.S.C. 449a et seq.), and (b) to appeal inspections. Precedence may also be given to applications made on behalf of the Federal or State Government.
§ 51.15 Financial interest of inspector.
No inspector shall inspect any product in which he is directly or indirectly financially interested.
§ 51.16 Postponing inspection service.
If the inspector has reason to believe that, because of latent defects due to climatic or other conditions, he is unable to determine the true quality or condition of the product, he shall postpone examination for such period as may, in his judgment, be reasonably necessary to enable him to determine its true quality or condition. Inspection shall also be postponed by the inspector, unless otherwise directed by the applicant, if in his judgment examination of the product when exposed to low temperatures may result in damage to the product.
§ 51.17 Official sampling.
Samples may be officially drawn by any duly authorized inspector and delivered, or shipped, for analysis and certification to the nearest designated market or to such market as shall be directed by the Administrator. The container in which such samples are delivered, or shipped, shall contain a statement, signed by the inspector who drew the samples, showing the time and place of the sampling and the brands or other identifying marks of the containers from which the samples were drawn. The certificate based on such samples shall show the time and place of drawing the samples, and the name of the inspector by whom they were drawn.
§ 51.18 Certificate forms.
Certificates shall be issued on forms approved by the Administrator.
§ 51.19 Issuance of certificates.
(a)(1) A separate certificate shall be issued for each lot inspected, except that when an application covers more than one lot a single certificate may be issued to cover all such lots. The person signing and issuing the certificate shall be one of the following:
(i) The inspector who performed the inspection;
(ii) An inspector designated by the Administrator as the “inspector in charge,” when the certificate represents composite inspection of several persons;
(iii) Another employee of the Inspection Service who has been authorized by the Administrator to act in a supervisory capacity; or
(iv) With the approval of the administrator, the signature of the person performing the inspection or that of an employee of the Inspection Service who has been authorized to act in a supervisory capacity may be affixed by computer to an official certificate.
(2) Provided, That in all cases the inspection certificate shall be prepared in accordance with the official memoranda of the inspector or inspectors who performed the inspection.
(b) When the inspection is made for the purpose of determining whether food products for use by the applicant comply with contract specifications therefor, a formal certificate need not be issued, but the fact of such compliance or noncompliance may be indicated by affixing an appropriate stamp or mark on such products or the containers thereof, at the discretion of the inspector.
[35 FR 13571, Aug. 26, 1970. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981; 51 FR 8478, Mar. 12, 1986; 84 FR 8590, Mar. 11, 2019]
§ 51.20 Issuance of corrected certificates.
A corrected inspection certificate may be issued by the inspector who issued the original certificate after distribution of a certificate if errors, such as incorrect dates, grade statements, lot or car numbers, identification marks, types of containers, sizes, weights, quantities, or errors in any other pertinent information require the issuance of a corrected certificate. Whenever a corrected certificate is issued, such certificate shall supersede the inspection certificate which was issued in error and the superseded certificate shall become null and void after the issuance of the corrected certificate.
§ 51.21 Disposition of inspection certificates.
(a) The original certificate, and not to exceed four copies (if requested by applicant prior to issuance), shall be delivered or mailed promptly to the applicant or to a person designated by him. One copy shall be delivered or mailed to the shipper of the inspected product. One copy shall be filed in the office of the inspector when the inspection is made by a Federal Government employee, otherwise, it shall be filed in the appropriate office of the cooperating Federal-State Inspection Agency. Unless otherwise directed by the Administrator, two copies of each official certificate issued on products received in destination markets shall be forwarded to the Administrator to be kept on file in Washington and no copies of official certificates issued at shipping point need be so forwarded. In the case of any product covered by a marketing agreement and/or order effective pursuant to the Agricultural Marketing Agreement Act of 1937, as amended (7 U.S.C. 601 et seq.), at least one copy of each certificate covering the inspection of such product shall, on request, be delivered to the administrative agency established thereunder, subject to such terms and conditions as the Administrator may prescribe. Copies may be furnished to other interested parties as outlined in § 51.41.
(b) [Reserved]
[63 FR 15277, Mar. 31, 1998]
§ 51.22 Disposition of samples.
If it is necessary to take samples of the product to the inspection office for further examination, the inspector, after completion of inspection of such samples shall dispose of them or any usable portion as follows: (a) Ascertain from the applicant if the owner wants the samples returned to him at his expense, (b) if he does not want them returned at his expense, give them to a nonsectarian charitable organization or, (c) if they have a substantial monetary value, sell them and remit the proceeds to the Agricultural Marketing Service, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Washington, D.C. 20250, or if applicable, to the cooperating State Agency. Such proceeds shall be deposited to the credit of the Inspection Trust Fund, Federal or cooperating agency, whichever is applicable.
§ 51.23 Report of inspection results prior to issuance of formal report.
Upon request of an applicant, all or any part of the contents of a certificate covering an inspection requested by him may be telegraphed or telephoned to him, or to any person designated by him, at his expense. If the application for such information is received after the certificate has been issued, it will be considered as an application for an extra copy of the certificate, and the fees prescribed in § 51.41 shall apply.
467 Appeal Inspection
§ 51.24 When appeal inspection may be requested.
An application for appeal inspection may be made by any financially interested person who is dissatisfied with the results of an inspection as stated in an inspection certificate, if the lot can be positively identified by the Inspection Service as the lot which was previously inspected.
§ 51.25 Where to file for an appeal inspection and information required.
An appeal inspection may be obtained by the applicant, or other person financially interested in the product, by filing a request (a) with the Inspection Office nearest the point where the product is located, or (b) with the inspector who made the original inspection, or (c) with any district supervisory inspection office, or (d) with the Administrator. The application for the appeal inspection shall state the reasons therefor, and shall be accompanied by a copy of any previous inspection certificate or inspection report, and any other information which the applicant received regarding the quality or condition of the product at the time of the original inspection. Such application may be made orally (in person or by telephone), in writing, or by telegraph. If made orally, written confirmation shall be made promptly.
§ 51.26 Record of filing time.
A record showing the date and time of filing an application for appeal inspection shall be made promptly by the receiving office.
§ 51.27 When appeal inspection may be refused.
An application for an appeal inspection may be refused if: (a) The reasons for the appeal inspection are frivolous or not substantial; (b) the quality or condition of the product has undergone a material change since the inspection covering the product on which the appeal inspection is requested; (c) the lot in question is not, or cannot be, made accessible for the inspection; (d) the lot relative to which appeal inspection is requested cannot be identified positively by the inspector as the lot which was previously inspected; or (e) there is noncompliance with the regulations in this part. Such an applicant shall be notified promptly of the reason for refusal.
§ 51.28 When an application for an appeal inspection may be withdrawn.
An application for appeal inspection may be withdrawn by the applicant at any time before the appeal inspection is performed: Provided, That the applicant shall pay any travel expenses, telephone, telegraph or other expenses which have been incurred by the Inspection Service in connection with such application.
§ 51.29 Order in which made.
Appeal inspections shall be made, as soon as practicable, following the time requested by the applicant and in the order in which applications are received. They shall take precedence over all other pending applications, except applications for inspections covering lots involved in complaints filed pursuant to the Perishable Agricultural Commodities Act, 1930 as amended (7 U.S.C. 499a et seq.).
§ 51.30 Who shall perform appeal inspections.
Appeal inspections shall be performed by an inspector or inspectors authorized for this purpose by the Administrator and whenever practical, such appeal inspections shall be made by two inspectors.
§ 51.31 Appeal inspection certificate.
After an appeal inspection has been completed, an appeal inspection certificate shall be issued showing the results of such appeal inspection; and such certificate shall supersede the inspection certificate previously issued for the product involved. Each appeal inspection certificate shall clearly identify the number and date of the inspection certificate which it supersedes. The superseded certificate shall become null and void upon the issuance of the appeal inspection certificate and shall no longer represent the quality described therein. The inspector or inspectors issuing an appeal inspection certificate shall sign the certificate and forward notice of such issuance to such persons as considered necessary to prevent misuse of the superseded certificate if the original and all copies of such superseded certificate have not previously been delivered to the inspector or inspectors issuing the appeal inspection certificate. The provisions in the regulations in this part concerning forms of certificates and issuance of certificates, shall apply to appeal inspection certificates, except that copies of such appeal inspection certificates shall be furnished all interested parties who receive copies of the superseded certificate.
468 Licensing of Inspectors
§ 51.32 Who may be licensed.
Persons who are employed by a cooperative Federal-State Inspection Agency and possess adequate qualifications, as determined by such examinations as the Administrator may consider to be appropriate, may be licensed as inspectors of products which may be inspected under the regulations in this part. Such license shall bear the printed signature of the Secretary and shall be countersigned by an authorized employee of the Department. A licensed inspector shall perform his duties pursuant to the regulations in this subpart as directed by the Administrator.
§ 51.33 Application to become a licensed inspector.
Application to become a licensed inspector shall be made to the Administrator on forms furnished for that purpose. Each such application shall be filled in and signed by the applicant in his own handwriting, and the application shall contain or be accompanied by:
(a) A statement of present address, age, height, and weight of the applicant;
(b) A statement showing education and present and previous occupations, together with names of all employers for whom he has worked with periods of service, during the last 5 years previous to the date of his application;
(c) A statement by the applicant that he agrees to comply with all terms and conditions of the regulations in this part relating to the duties of inspectors; and
(d) Such other information as may be required by the Administrator.
§ 51.34 Suspension or revocation of license of a licensed inspector.
Pending final action by the Secretary, the Administrator may, whenever he deems such action necessary, suspend the license of any licensed inspector issued pursuant to the regulations in this part by giving notice of such suspension to the respective licensee, accompanied by a statement of the reasons therefor. Within 10 days after the receipt of the aforesaid notice and statement of the reasons by such licensee, he may file an appeal, in writing, with the Secretary, supported by any argument or evidence that he may wish to offer as to why his license should not be suspended or revoked. After the expiration of the aforesaid 10-day period and consideration of such argument and evidence, the Secretary will take such action as he deems appropriate with respect to such suspension or revocation. When no appeal is filed within the prescribed 10 days, the license shall be automatically revoked.
§ 51.35 Surrender of license.
Upon termination of his services as a licensed inspector, or suspension or revocation of his license, a licensee shall surrender his license immediately to the office of inspection serving the area in which he is located. These same provisions shall apply in case of an expired license.
§ 51.36 Expiration and renewal of license.
An inspector's license issued pursuant to the regulations in this subpart shall expire on December 31 of each year in which it is issued. The license of an inspector may be renewed by the issuance of a new license and the renewal shall subject the inspector to the terms and conditions of the regulations of this subpart.
[37 FR 11313, June 7, 1972. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981]
469 Schedule of Fees and Charges at Destination Markets
§ 51.37 Charges for fees, rates, and expenses.
For each carlot of product inspected, a fee or rate determined in accordance with §§ 51.38, 51.39, and 51.40, and expenses determined in accordance with § 51.41, shall be paid by the applicant.
[89 FR 106234, Dec. 30, 2024]
§ 51.38 Basis for fees and rates.
(a) For each calendar year, AMS will calculate the rate for services, per hour per program employee using the following formulas:
(1) Regular rate. The total AMS inspection program personnel direct pay divided by direct hours, which is then multiplied by the next year's percentage of cost of living increase, plus the benefits rate, plus the operating rate, plus the allowance for bad debt rate. If applicable, travel expenses may also be added to the cost of providing the service.
(2) Overtime rate. The total AMS inspection program personnel direct pay divided by direct hours, which is then multiplied by the next year's percentage of cost of living increase and then multiplied by 1.5 plus the benefits rate, plus the operating rate, plus an allowance for bad debt. If applicable, travel expenses may also be added to the cost of providing the service.
(3) Holiday rate. The total AMS inspection program personnel direct pay divided by direct hours which is then multiplied by the next year's percentage of cost of living increase and then multiplied by 2, plus benefits rate, plus the operating rate, plus an allowance for bad debt. If applicable, travel expenses may also be added to the cost of providing the service.
(b)(1) For each calendar year, based on previous fiscal year/historical actual costs, AMS will calculate the benefits, operating, and allowance for bad debt components of the regular, overtime and holiday rates as follows:
(i) Benefits rate. The total AMS inspection program direct benefits costs divided by the total hours (regular, overtime, and holiday) worked, which is then multiplied by the next calendar year's percentage cost of living increase. Some examples of direct benefits are health insurance, retirement, life insurance, and Thrift Savings Plan (TSP) retirement basic and matching contributions.
(ii) Operating rate. The total AMS inspection program operating costs divided by total hours (regular, overtime, and holiday) worked, which is then multiplied by the percentage of inflation.
(iii) Allowance for bad debt rate. Total allowance for bad debt divided by total hours (regular, overtime, and holiday) worked.
(2) The calendar year cost of living expenses and percentage of inflation factors used in the formulas in this section are based on the most recent Office of Management and Budget's Presidential Economic Assumptions.
(c) When an inspection is delayed because product is not available or readily accessible, a charge for waiting time shall be determined using the formulas in this section.
[79 FR 67320, Nov. 13, 2014]
§ 51.39 Charges for fees and rates for 8e import inspection.
(a) 8e import inspection fees charged on a per-pound basis.—(1) Establishing the per-pound inspection rate. To compute the per-pound inspection rate, divide the current per-lot inspection fee for a full carlot (whole lot) by 40,000 (the generally accepted weight by pound of a full carlot).
(2) Applying the per-pound rate. The per-pound inspection rate shall be applied to the following lot sizes as follows:
(i) For a full carlot, multiply the per-pound rate by the total weight of the full carlot plus any applicable fees for additional lots of the same product as described in paragraph (b) of this section.
(ii) For lots less than a full carlot, multiply the per-pound rate by the total weight of the lot with a minimum fee equivalent to a 2-hour charge computed at the current established hourly rate, whichever is greater, plus any applicable fees for additional lots of the same product as described in paragraph (b) of this section.
(b) 8e import inspection fees charged on additional lots of the same product. To compute the inspection fee for additional lots of the same product, multiply each additional lot by one-half of the current non-8e additional lot of the same product inspection fee.
[89 FR 106234, Dec. 30, 2024]
§ 51.40 Fees for appeal inspections.
The fee to be charged to an applicant, including any Government agency, for appeal inspections on all products shall be at the same rate as those set forth in this part, except that when a material error is found in the determination of the original inspection, no fee will be charged.
[56 FR 55800, Oct. 30, 1991. Redesignated at 89 FR 106234, Dec. 30, 2024]
§ 51.41 Traveling and other expenses.
Costs including travel incurred by the Agricultural Marketing Service in providing inspection service or appeal inspections may be charged to the applicant, including any Government agency. These charges shall be included with the fee for inspection on the bill furnished the applicant.
[56 FR 55800, Oct. 30, 1991. Redesignated at 89 FR 106234, Dec. 30, 2024]
§ 51.42 Fees for additional copies of inspection certificates.
Additional copies of any inspection certificate other than those copies provided for in § 51.21, or copies of official memoranda, may be mailed, faxed, or otherwise provided to any interested party upon payment of a fee of $5.00 for each copy.
[56 FR 55800, Oct. 30, 1991. Redesignated at 89 FR 106234, Dec. 30, 2024]
§ 51.43 Charges for inspection services on a contract basis.
Irrespective of fees and charges prescribed in the foregoing sections, the Administrator may enter into contracts with applicants to perform inspection services pursuant to the regulations in this part and other requirements as prescribed by the Administrator in such contract, and the charges for such inspection services provided for in such contracts shall be on such basis as will reimburse the Agricultural Marketing Service of the Department for the full cost of conducting such inspection service, including an appropriate overhead charge to cover as nearly as practicable administrative overhead expenses, as may be determined by the Administrator.
[32 FR 15066, Nov. 1, 1967. Redesignated at 89 FR 106234, Dec. 30, 2024]
§ 51.44 How fees shall be paid.
Fees shall be paid by the applicant in accordance with the directions on the fee bill furnished him by the billing office, and in advance, if required by the inspector.
[32 FR 15066, Nov. 1, 1967. Redesignated at 89 FR 106234, Dec. 30, 2024]
§ 51.45 Disposition of fees.
(a) The fees collected for services rendered shall be disposed of as follows:
(1) Fees for inspections made by inspectors acting exclusively for the Agricultural Marketing Service shall be remitted promptly to the Agricultural Marketing Service.
(2) Fees for inspections made by an inspector acting under a cooperative agreement with a State or other organization shall be disposed of in accordance with the terms of such agreement. Such portion of the fees collected under a cooperative agreement with a State or other cooperating bodies as may be due the United States shall be remitted to the Agricultural Marketing Service.
(b) Fees and charges collected pursuant to §§ 51.40 to 51.41 shall be remitted to the Agricultural Marketing Service.
(c) Fees and charges collected pursuant to § 51.42 shall be disposed of in accordance with the terms of the contract.
[32 FR 15066, Nov. 1, 1967. Redesignated at 89 FR 106234, Dec. 30, 2024]
470 Schedule of Fees and Charges at Shipping Point Areas
§ 51.46 Fees and charges at shipping point areas.
Fees for inspection performed under cooperative agreements pursuant to authority contained in any Act of Congress shall be those provided by such agreements.
[32 FR 15066, Nov. 1, 1967. Redesignated at 89 FR 106234, Dec. 30, 2024]
471 Miscellaneous
§ 51.47 Denial of inspection service.
Any or all benefits of the act may be denied any person for any of the following reasons: (a) Any willful misrepresentation or deceptive or fraudulent practice made or committed by any person in connection with the making or filing of an application for inspection service; (b) any fradulent or unauthorized use, alteration, or imitation of any certificate issued pursuant to the regulations in this subpart; (c) any interference with or obstruction of any inspector or official sampler in the performance of his duties, by intimidation, threat, assault or any other improper means; or (d) any willful violation of the regulations in this subpart may be deemed sufficient cause for debarring the person found guilty thereof from any or all benefits of the acts, after notice and opportunity for hearing has been accorded him. The Rules of Practice Governing Formal Adjudicatory Proceedings Instituted by the Secretary Under Various Statutes set forth in §§ 1.130 through 1.151 of this title and the Supplemental Rules of Practice in part 50 of this chapter shall govern proceedings conducted pursuant to this section.
[32 FR 15066, Nov. 1, 1967. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981, and amended at 60 FR 8464, Feb. 14, 1995]
[32 FR 15066, Nov. 1, 1967. Redesignated at 89 FR 106234, Dec. 30, 2024]
§ 51.48 Political activity.
All inspectors are forbidden, during the period of their respective appointments or while holding a valid inspectors' license to take an active part in political campaigns and a violation by a licensee shall constitute grounds for revocation of his license. All Federal employees are subject to the applicable provisions of the Department's administrative regulations relating to political activity.
[32 FR 15066, Nov. 1, 1967. Redesignated at 89 FR 106234, Dec. 30, 2024]
§ 51.49 Inspector's identification.
Each inspector shall have in his possession at all times, and present upon request, while on duty, the means of identification furnished by the Department to such person.
[32 FR 15066, Nov. 1, 1967. Redesignated at 89 FR 106234, Dec. 30, 2024]
§ 51.50 Approved identifications.
(a) Grade marks. The approved shield mark with the appropriate U.S. grade designation may be used on containers, labels or otherwise indicated on the package when: (1) The product has been packed under continuous inspection as provided by the Inspection Service, (2) the plant in which the product is packed is maintained under good commercial sanitary practices, and (3) the product has been certified by an inspector as meeting the requirements of U.S. Grade A, U.S. Grade No. 1, or a higher U.S. grade as shown within the shield. The shields with approved grade designation for use shall be similar in form and design to the examples in figures 1 and 2 of this section.
(b) Inspection legends. The approved continuous inspection legends may be used on containers, labels or otherwise indicated on the package when: (1) The product has been packed under continuous inspection provided by the Inspection Service, (2) the plant in which the product is packed is maintained under good commercial sanitary practices, and (3) the product meets the requirements of such quality, grade, or specification as may be approved by the Administrator. The continuous inspection legends approved for use shall be similar in form and design to the examples in figures 3 and 4.
(c) Combined grade and inspection legends. The grade marks set forth in paragraph (a) of this section and illustrated by figures 1 and 2 of this section and the inspection legends set forth in paragraph (b) of this section and illustrated by figures 3 and 4 of paragraph (b) of this section may be combined into a consolidated grade and inspection legend for use on products which meet the requirements of both of these paragraphs. See figure 5.
(d) Packer identification. The packer's name and address or assigned code number or other mark identifying the packer as may be approved by the Administrator, shall appear on any container bearing grade marks or inspection legends approved under paragraph (a), (b), or (c) of this section, as illustrated by the example in figure 6.
(e) Other identification marks. Products may be inspected on a lot inspection basis as provided in this part and identified by an official inspection mark similar in form and design to figure 7 of this paragraph. The use of this mark or other comparable identification marks may be required by the Administrator whenever he determines that such identification is necessary in order to maintain the identity of lots which have been inspected and certified.
[38 FR 7448, Mar. 22, 1973. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981, and further redesignated at 89 FR 106234, Dec. 30, 2024]
§ 51.51 Custody of official inspection marking devices.
All official inspection marking devices as shown in figure 6 of § 51.49 shall be kept in the custody of the Agricultural Marketing Service and accurate records shall be kept of these devices. Each inspection office shall keep a record of the devices assigned to it. Such devices shall be distributed only to authorized employees of the Department who shall keep the devices in their official possession or control at all times and keep complete records of such devices.
[32 FR 15066, Nov. 1, 1967. Redesignated at 89 FR 106234, Dec. 30, 2024]
§ 51.52 Prohibited uses of approved identification.
No label or advertising material used on, or in conjunction with any product, shall bear a brand name, trademark, product name or any other descriptive material that incorporates, resembles, simulates, or alludes to any official U.S. Department of Agriculture grade mark, grade statement, continuous inspection legend, sampling mark or sampling statement, or combination of one or more thereof.
[32 FR 15066, Nov. 1, 1967. Redesignated at 89 FR 106234, Dec. 30, 2024]
§ 51.53 Licensing and identification of certain official devices.
The Administrator may issue licenses permitting the manufacture, identification, distribution, and sale of any official device designated as a USDA color standard, defect guide or other similar aid under such terms and conditions as may be specified by the Administrator. Licenses shall be available to all persons meeting conditions prescribed by the Administrator, shall be nonexclusive, and shall be revocable for cause. No person shall manufacture, identify, distribute or sell any such official device except at the direction of or under license from the Administrator. Such official devices may be marked, tagged or otherwise designated with the prefix “USDA” together with other identifying words or symbols, as prescribed by the license.
[32 FR 15066, Nov. 1, 1967. Redesignated at 89 FR 106234, Dec. 30, 2024]
472 Requirements for Plants Operating Under Continuous Inspection on a Contract Basis
§ 51.54 Continuous inspections.
Continuous inspection service which is associated with the use of the approved shield showing the U.S. grade, the approved continuous inspection legend, or both, on the container may be furnished whenever inspectors are available, the facilities and conditions are satisfactory for the conduct of the service, and there is a signed contract between the applicant and the Department or a cooperative Federal-State Inspection Agency in which it is agreed that such service will be conducted subject to regulations governing the inspection and certification of fresh fruits, vegetables, and other products, contained in this part and any additional and supplemental instructions issued by the Department or such instructions issued by a cooperating agency which are not inconsistent with those issued by the Department.
[32 FR 15066, Nov. 1, 1967. Redesignated at 89 FR 106234, Dec. 30, 2024]
§ 51.55 Plant survey.
Prior to the inauguration of continuous Federal or Federal-State Inspection Service on a contract basis, the Administrator will make or cause to be made a survey and inspection where such service is to be performed to determine whether the premises, plant and facilities are suitable and adequate for the performance of such service in accordance with the regulations in this part, including, but not limited to requirements contained in §§ 51.54 through 51.59.
[32 FR 15066, Nov. 1, 1967. Redesignated at 89 FR 106234, Dec. 30, 2024]
§ 51.56 Premises.
The premises shall be free from conditions objectionable to packing operations, including, but not limited to litter, waste and refuse within the immediate vicinity of the plant buildings, excessively dusty roads, yards or parking lots, and poorly drained areas.
[32 FR 15066, Nov. 1, 1967. Redesignated at 89 FR 106234, Dec. 30, 2024]
§ 51.57 Buildings and structures.
The packing plant buildings shall be properly constructed and maintained in a sanitary condition, including, but not limited to the following requirements:
(a) There shall be sufficient light consistent with the use to which the particular portion of the building is devoted and to permit efficient cleaning. The grading belts and bins shall be provided with sufficient proper nonglaring light to insure adequacy of grading and inspection operations;
(b) If the product is washed there shall be ample supply of water of a safe and sanitary quality with adequate facilities for its distribution throughout the plant and washing machinery;
(c) There shall also be an efficient waste disposal and plumbing system maintained in good repair;
(d) Each room in which the product is graded or stored shall be designed and constructed as to insure operating conditions of a clean and orderly character and shall be maintained in a clean and sanitary manner; and,
(e) Every practical precaution shall be taken to exclude dogs, cats, rodents and other vermin from the rooms in which the products are to be graded or stored.
[32 FR 15066, Nov. 1, 1967. Redesignated at 89 FR 106234, Dec. 30, 2024]
§ 51.58 Facilities.
Each packing plant shall be equipped with adequate sanitary facilities and accommodations, including but not being limited to the following:
(a) There shall be a sufficient number of adequately lighted toilet rooms, ample in size and conveniently located. Toilet rooms shall be adequately screened and equipped with self-closing doors, and shall have independent outside ventilation;
(b) Adequate lavatory accommodations and supplies shall be placed at such locations in or near toilet rooms as to insure the cleanliness of each person who grades or handles the product to be inspected; and
(c) Suitable facilities for cleaning shall be provided at convenient locations in the plant.
[32 FR 15066, Nov. 1, 1967. Redesignated at 89 FR 106234, Dec. 30, 2024]
§ 51.59 Equipment.
All equipment used for receiving, washing, grading, packaging or storing shall be of such design, material and construction that it may be kept clean.
[32 FR 15066, Nov. 1, 1967. Redesignated at 89 FR 106234, Dec. 30, 2024]
§ 51.60 Operations and operating procedures.
(a) The inspector shall refuse to permit the use of the official shield with grade mark or continuous inspection legend on packages if the produce is from a field or orchard having a disease or other condition which may not be apparent on individual specimens at packing time but which may cause the product to materially decrease in quality after packing.
(b) All products which are certified shall be subjected to continuous inspection throughout the packing operations.
(c) The inspectors are available for consultation purposes but shall not become involved in plant operations.
(d) The Inspection Service will not be responsible for damages occurring through any act of commission or omission on the part of its inspectors when engaged in rendering continuous inspection service; for packing errors or misbranding of products; or for failure to supply enough inspectors during any period of service provided under the contract.
(e) The applicant for continuous inspection shall:
(1) Conform to all applicable regulations under which the continuous inspection service is conducted.
(2) Use only raw material which has been handled or stored under conditions which insures its suitability for packing; maintain the plant designated herein in such sanitary condition and to employ such methods of handling raw materials for packing as may be necessary to conform to the sanitary requirements prescribed in this part.
(3) Not permit any of his marks or labels or buyers' and distributors' marks or labels applied by him on which reference is made to continuous inspection to be used on any product not packed under this continuous inspection service; or permit any of his marks or labels or buyers' and distributors' marks or labels applied by him on which reference is made to any U.S. Grade to be used on any product which does not meet the requirements of such grade; or to supply labels bearing reference to continuous inspection service to another plant unless the products to which such labels are to be applied have been packed under continuous inspection.
(4) Furnish any reports of packaging and output of products inspected, as may be requested by the inspection agencies.
(5) Make available to inspectors adequate office space in the designated plant and furnish suitable desks and office equipment for the proper care of inspection records.
(6) Make his laboratory or other facilities and necessary equipment available for the use of inspectors in making inspection of samples.
(7) Furnish if required, such stenographic and clerical assistance as may be necessary in the typing of certificates and reports and the handling of official correspondence, as well as the labor incident to drawing of samples and facilitating adequate inspection procedure when necessary.
(8) Submit to the Chief of the Fresh Products Standardization and Inspection Branch, Fruit and Vegetable Division, Agricultural Marketing Service, for approval prior to printing, drawings or printers' proofs of each packer's or distributor's label bearing or referring in any manner to official inspection legends or grade marks.
(9) Not make deceptive, fraudulent, or unauthorized use in his advertising, or otherwise, of the continuous inspection service, the inspection certificates or reports issued, or the containers on which the shield of the Department is identified, in connection with the sale of any of the packaged products; and to submit to the Agricultural Marketing Service through the inspector assigned to the plant or other representative of the Inspection Service, for approval to use any proposed advertising in which reference is made to the Inspection Service.
[32 FR 15066, Nov. 1, 1967, as amended at 38 FR 7448, Mar. 22, 1973. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981, and further redesignated at 89 FR 106234, Dec. 30, 2024]
§ 51.61 Termination of contracts.
In case the applicant wishes to terminate the contract he agrees either to continue the service until all unused containers, labels and advertising material on hand or in the possession of his supplier bearing the Department shield, or reference to continuous inspection service have been used, or to destroy such containers, labels and advertising material, or to obliterate the Department shield and all other reference to the continuous inspection service on said containers, labels, and advertising material, or otherwise furnish assurance satisfactory to the Agricultural Marketing Service that such containers, labels and advertising material will not be used in violation of the terms and conditions of this agreement. In case the continuous inspection service is terminated for cause by the Agricultural Marketing Service, the applicant agrees to destroy all unused containers, labels and advertising material on hand bearing the Department shield, or reference to continuous inspection service, or to obliterate the Department shield, and all reference to the continuous inspection service on said containers, labels and advertising material or otherwise furnish assurance satisfactory to the Agricultural Marketing Service that such containers, labels and advertising material will not be used in violation of the terms and conditions of the agreement.
[32 FR 15066, Nov. 1, 1967. Redesignated at 89 FR 106234, Dec. 30, 2024]
§ 51.62 Congressional interest in contracts.
No member of, or delegate to Congress, or Resident Commissioner, shall be admitted to any share or part of any contract provided for in the regulations in this subpart or to any benefit that may arise therefrom, but this provision shall not be construed to extend to such contract if made with a corporation for its general benefit, and shall not extend to any benefits that may accrue from the contract to a member of, or delegate to Congress, or a Resident Commissioner in his capacity as a farmer.
[32 FR 15066, Nov. 1, 1967. Redesignated at 89 FR 106234, Dec. 30, 2024]
§ 51.63 OMB control numbers assigned pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act.
The information collection requirements contained in this part have been approved by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under the provisions of 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35 and have been assigned OMB Control No. 0581-0125.
(44 U.S.C. Chap. 35)
[49 FR 23826, June 8, 1984]
[32 FR 15066, Nov. 1, 1967. Redesignated at 89 FR 106234, Dec. 30, 2024]
Subpart B United States Standards for Grades of Apples
Source: 67 FR 69663, Nov. 19, 2002, unless otherwise noted.
473 Grades
§ 51.300 U.S. Extra Fancy.
“U.S. Extra Fancy” consists of apples of one variety (except when more than one variety is printed on the container) which are mature but not overripe, clean, fairly well formed, free from decay, internal browning, internal breakdown, soft scald, scab, freezing injury, visible watercore, and broken skins. The apples are also free from injury caused by bruises, brown surface discoloration, smooth net-like russeting, sunburn or sprayburn, limb rubs, hail, drought spots, scars, disease, insects, or other means. The apples are free from damage caused by bitter pit or Jonathan spot and by smooth solid, slightly rough or rough russeting, or stem or calyx cracks, as well as damage by invisible watercore after January 31st of the year following the year of production except for the Fuji variety of apples. Invisible watercore and smooth net-like russeting shall not be scored against the Fuji variety of apples under any circumstances. For the apple varieties listed in table 1 of § 51.305, each apple of this grade has the amount of color specified for the variety. (See §§ 51.305 and 51.306.)
[84 FR 51941, Oct. 1, 2019]
§ 51.301 U.S. Fancy.
“U.S. Fancy” consists of apples of one variety (except when more than one variety is printed on the container) which are mature but not overripe, clean, fairly well formed, and free from decay, internal browning, internal breakdown, soft scald, freezing injury, visible watercore, and broken skins. The apples are also free from damage caused by bruises, brown surface discoloration, russeting, sunburn or sprayburn, limb rubs, hail, drought spots, scars, stem or calyx cracks, disease, insects, bitter pit, Jonathan spot, or damage by other means, or invisible watercore after January 31st of the year following the year of production, except for the Fuji variety of apples. Invisible watercore and smooth net-like russeting shall not be scored against the Fuji variety of apples under any circumstances. For the apple varieties listed in table 1 of § 51.305, each apple of this grade has the amount of color specified for the variety. (See §§ 51.305 and 51.306.)
[84 FR 51941, Oct. 1, 2019]
§ 51.302 U.S. No. 1.
“U.S. No. 1” consists of apples which meet the requirements of U.S. Fancy grade except for color, russeting, and invisible water core. In this grade, less color is required for all varieties listed in table 1 of § 51.305. Apples of this grade are free from excessive damage caused by russeting which means that apples meet the russeting requirements for U.S. Fancy as defined under the definitions of “damage by russeting,” except the aggregate area of an apple which may be covered by smooth net-like russeting shall not exceed 25 percent; and the aggregate area of an apple which may be covered by smooth solid russeting shall not exceed 10 percent: Provided, That, in the case of the Yellow Newtown or similar varieties, the aggregate area of an apple which may be covered with smooth solid russeting shall not exceed 20 percent; and that smooth net-like russeting shall not be scored against the Fuji variety under any circumstances. Each apple of this grade has the amount of color specified in § 51.305 for the variety. Invisible watercore shall not be scored in this grade. (See §§ 51.305 and 51.306.)
(a) U.S. No. 1 Hail: “U.S. No. 1 Hail” consists of apples which meet the requirements of U.S. No. 1 grade except that hail marks where the skin has not been broken and well healed hail marks where the skin has been broken, are permitted, provided the apples are fairly well formed. (See §§ 51.305 and 51.306.)
(b) [Reserved]
[67 FR 69663, Nov. 19, 2002, as amended at 84 FR 51941, Oct. 1, 2019]
§ 51.303 U.S. Utility.
“U.S. Utility” consists of apples of one variety (except when more than one variety is printed on the container) which are mature but not overripe, not seriously deformed and free from decay, internal browning, internal breakdown, soft scald, and freezing injury. The apples are also free from serious damage caused by dirt or other foreign matter, broken skins, bruises, brown surface discoloration, russeting, sunburn or sprayburn, limb rubs, hail, drought spots, scars, stem or calyx cracks, visible water core, bitter pit or Jonathan spot, disease, insects, or other means. (See § 51.306.)
§ 51.304 Combination grades.
(a) Combinations of the above grades may be used as follows:
(1) Combination U.S. Extra Fancy and U.S. Fancy;
(2) Combination U.S. Fancy and U.S. No. 1; and
(3) Combination U.S. No. 1 and U.S. Utility.
(b) Combinations other than these are not permitted in connection with the U.S. apple grades. When Combination grades are packed, at least 50 percent of the apples in any lot shall meet the requirements of the higher grade in the combination. (See § 51.306.)
474 Color Requirements
§ 51.305 Color requirements.
(a) In addition to the requirements specified for the grades set forth in §§ 51.300 through 51.304, apples of these grades shall have the percentage of color specified for the variety in table 1 of this section. All apple varieties other than those appearing in table 1 of this section shall have no color requirements pertaining to these grades. For the solid red varieties, the percentage stated refers to the area of the surface which must be covered with a good shade of solid red characteristic of the variety: Provided, That an apple having color of a lighter shade of solid red or striped red than that considered as a good shade of red characteristic of the variety may be admitted to a grade, provided it has sufficient additional area covered so that the apple has as good an appearance as one with the minimum percentage of good red characteristic of the variety required for the grade. For the striped red varieties, the percentage stated refers to the area of the surface in which the stripes of a good shade of red characteristic of the variety shall predominate over stripes of lighter red, green, or yellow. However, an apple having color of a lighter shade than that considered as a good shade of red characteristic of the variety may be admitted to a grade, provided it has sufficient additional area covered so that the apple has as good an appearance as one with the minimum percentage of stripes of a good red characteristic of the variety required for the grade. Faded brown stripes shall not be considered as color.
(b) Color standards USDA Visual Aid APL-CC-1 (Plates a-e) consists of a folder containing the color requirements for apples set forth in paragraph (a) of this section and five plates illustrating minimum good shade of solid red or striped red color, minimum compensating color and shade not considered color, for the following 12 varieties: Red Delicious, Red Rome, Empire, Idared, Winesap, Jonathan, Stayman, McIntosh, Cortland, Rome Beauty, Delicious, and York. The color standards are available for purchase at http://www.ams.usda.gov.
Table 1 1
[Only the varieties listed below shall be required to meet a minimum color requirement]
Variety | U.S. extra fancy (Percent) | U.S. fancy (Percent) | U.S. No. 1 (Percent)
Red Delicious | 66 | 40 | 25
Red Rome | 66 | 40 | 25
Empire | 66 | 40 | 25
Idared | 66 | 40 | 25
Winesap | 66 | 40 | 25
Jonathan | 66 | 40 | 25
Stayman | 50 | 33 | 25
McIntosh | 50 | 33 | 25
Cortland | 50 | 33 | 25
Rome Beauty | 50 | 33 | 25
Delicious | 50 | 33 | 25
York | 50 | 33 | 25
1 Variations on varietal designations listed above must meet or exceed those color requirements listed.
[67 FR 69663, Nov. 19, 2002, as amended at 84 FR 51941, Oct. 1, 2019]
475 Tolerances
§ 51.306 Tolerances.
In order to allow for variations incident to proper grading and handling in each of the grades in 51.300, 51.301, 51.302, 51.303, and 51.304 the following tolerances are provided as specified:
(a) Defects: (1) U.S. Extra Fancy, U.S. Fancy, U.S. No. 1, and U.S. No. 1 Hail grades: 10 percent of the apples in any lot may fail to meet the requirements of the grade, but not more than one-half of this amount, or 5 percent, shall be allowed for apples which are seriously damaged, including therein not more than 1 percent for apples affected by decay or internal breakdown.
(2) U.S. Utility grade: 10 percent of the apples in any lot may fail to meet the requirements of the grade, but not more than one-half of this amount, or 5 percent, shall be allowed for apples which are seriously damaged by insects, and including in the total tolerance not more than 1 percent for apples affected by decay or internal breakdown.
(b) When applying the foregoing tolerances to Combination grades, no part of any tolerance shall be allowed to reduce, for the lot as a whole, the 50 percent of apples of the higher grade required in the combination, but individual containers shall have not less than 40 percent of the higher grade.
(c) Size: When size is designated by the numerical count for a container, not more than 10 percent of packages in the lot may fail to be fairly uniform. 1 When size is designated by minimum or maximum diameter, not more than 5 percent of the apples in any lot may be smaller than the designated minimum, and not more than 10 percent may be larger than the designated maximum. For Red Delicious or Golden Delicious varieties only, a combination of minimum diameter and/or weight may be used. When this designation is used, an individual apple will be considered to have met the minimum size requirement even if the apple is smaller than the minimum diameter, provided it is equal to or greater than the weight provided in table II of this section. However, not more than 5 percent of the apples in any lot may fail to meet either the minimum diameter or minimum weight when so designated. In addition, when Red Delicious or Golden Delicious apples are designated with diameter/weight combinations, they may only be designated according to the following table:
1 “Fairly uniform” means the size of the fruit within the container does not vary more than 1/2 inch diameter from the smallest to largest fruit.
Table II
Red delicious | Golden delicious
2 1/8 inches or 65 grams | 63 grams
2 1/4 inches or 75 grams | 70 grams
2 3/8 inches or 84 grams | 82 grams
2 1/2 inches or 100 grams | 95 grams
2 5/8 inches or 115 grams | 109 grams
2 3/4 inches or 139 grams | 134 grams
476 Application of Tolerances
§ 51.307 Application of tolerances.
The contents of individual packages in the lot, are subject to the following limitations: Provided, That the averages for the entire lot are within the tolerances specified for the grade:
(a) Packages which contain more than 10 pounds:
(1) Shall have not more than one and one-half times a specified tolerance of 10 percent or more and not more than double a tolerance of less than 10 percent, except that at least one apple which is seriously damaged by insects or affected by decay or internal breakdown may be permitted in any package.
(2) [Reserved]
(b) Packages which contain 10 pounds or less:
(1) No package may have more than 3 times the tolerance specified, except that at least three defective apples may be permitted in any package: Provided, That not more than three apples or more than 18 percent (whichever is the larger amount) may be seriously damaged by insects or affected by decay or internal breakdown.
(2) [Reserved]
477 Methods of Sampling and Calculation of Percentages
§ 51.308 Methods of sampling and calculation of percentages.
(a) When the numerical count is marked on the container, containers are packed to weigh ten pounds or less, or in any container where the minimum diameter of the smallest apple does not vary more than 1/2 inch from the minimum diameter of the largest apple, percentages shall be calculated on the basis of count.
(b) In all other cases except those listed in paragraph (a) of this section, they shall be calculated on the basis of weight.
478 Condition After Storage or Transit
§ 51.309 Condition after storage or transit.
Decay, scald, or any other deterioration which may have developed on apples after they have been in storage or transit shall be considered as affecting condition and not the grade.
479 Packing Requirements
§ 51.310 Packing requirements.
(a) Apples tray packed or cell packed in cartons shall be arranged according to approved and recognized methods. Packs shall be at least fairly tight 2 or fairly well filled. 3
2 “Fairly tight” means that apples are of the proper size for molds or cell compartments in which they are packed, and that molds or cells are filled in such a way that no more than slight movement of apples within molds or cells is possible.
3 “Fairly well filled” means that the net weight of apples in containers ranging from 2,100 to 2,900 cubic inch capacity is not less than 37 pounds for Cortland, Gravenstein, Jonathan, McIntosh and Golden Delicious varieties and not less than 40 pounds for all other varieties.
(b) Closed cartons containing apples not tray or cell packed shall be fairly well filled or the pack shall be sufficiently tight to prevent any appreciable movement of the apples.
(c) Packs in wooden boxes or baskets shall be sufficiently tight to prevent any appreciable movement of apples within containers when the packages are closed. Each wrapped apple shall be completely enclosed by its individual wrapper.
(d) Apples on the shown face of any container shall be reasonably representative in size, color and quality of the contents.
(e) Tolerances: In order to allow for variations incident to proper packing, not more than 10 percent of the containers in any lot may fail to meet these requirements.
480 Marking Requirements
§ 51.311 Marking requirements.
Variety (or varieties if more than one is packed in the container), grade, and the numerical count or minimum diameter of apples packed in a closed container shall be indicated on the container. For apple lots utilizing the combined diameter/weight designations for Red Delicious and Golden Delicious varieties, the minimum diameter and minimum weight of apples packed in a closed container shall be indicated on the container.
(a) When the numerical count is not shown, the minimum diameter or, in the case of Red Delicious or Golden Delicious lots where minimum diameter/weight designations have been chosen, the minimum diameter and weight as designated in table II, shall be plainly stamped, stenciled or otherwise marked on the container in terms of whole inches, or whole inches and not less than eighth inch fractions thereof in the following manner: “A” inches or “B” grams, where “A” corresponds to one of the diameter measurements in terms of inches listed in table II and “B” corresponds to the weight measurement in grams as indicated in table II. Both diameter and weight must be shown using the word “or” between the given measurements.
(b) The word “minimum,” or its abbreviation, when following a diameter size marking, means that the apples are of the size marked or larger. (See §§ 51.306 and 51.307.)
481 Definitions
§ 51.312 Mature.
“Mature” means that the apples have reached the stage of development which will insure the proper completion of the ripening process. Before a mature apple becomes overripe it will show varying degrees of firmness, depending upon the stage of the ripening process. The following terms are used for describing different stages of firmness of apples:
(a) “Hard” means apples with a tenacious flesh and starchy flavor.
(b) “Firm” means apples with a tenacious flesh but which are becoming crisp with a slightly starchy flavor, except the Delicious variety.
(c) “Firm ripe” means apples with crisp flesh except that the flesh of the Gano, Ben Davis, and Rome Beauty varieties may be slightly mealy.
(d) “Ripe” means apples with mealy flesh and soon to become soft for the variety.
§ 51.313 Overripe.
“Overripe” means apples which have progressed beyond the stage of ripe, with flesh very mealy or soft, and past commercial utility.
§ 51.314 Clean.
“Clean” means that the apples are free from excessive dirt, dust, spray residue, and other foreign material.
§ 51.315 Fairly well formed.
“Fairly well formed” means that the apple may be slightly abnormal in shape but not to an extent which detracts materially from its appearance.
§ 51.316 Injury.
“Injury” means any specific defect defined in this section or an equally objectionable variation of any one of these defects, any other defect, or any combination of defects, which more than slightly detract from the appearance or the edible or shipping quality of the apple. In addition, specific defect measurements are based on an apple three inches in diameter. Corresponding smaller or larger areas would be allowed on smaller or larger fruit. Any reference to “inch” or “inches in diameter” refers to that of a circle of the specified diameter. Any reference to “aggregate area,” “total area,” or “aggregate affected area” means the gathering together of separate areas into one mass for the purpose of comparison to determine the extent affected. The following specific defects shall be considered as injury:
(a) Russeting in the stem cavity or calyx basin which cannot be seen when the apple is placed stem end or calyx end down on a flat surface shall not be considered in determining whether an apple is injured by russeting. Smooth net-like russeting outside of the stem cavity or calyx basin shall be considered as injury when an aggregate area of more than 10 percent of the surface is covered, and the color of the russeting shows no very pronounced contrast with the background color of the apple, or lesser amounts of more conspicuous net-like russeting when the appearance is affected to a greater extent than the amount permitted above.
(b) Sunburn or sprayburn, when the discolored area does not blend into the normal color of the fruit.
(c) Dark brown or black limb rubs which affect a total area of more than one-fourth inch in diameter, except that light brown limb rubs of a russet character shall be considered under the definition of injury by russeting.
(d) Hail marks, drought spots, other similar depressions or scars:
(1) When the skin is broken, whether healed or unhealed;
(2) When there is appreciable discoloration of the surface;
(3) When any surface indentation exceeds one-sixteenth inch in depth;
(4) When any surface indentation exceeds one-eighth inch in diameter; or
(5) When the aggregate affected area of such spots exceeds one-half inch in diameter.
(e) Bruises which are not slight and incident to proper handling and packing, and which are greater than:
(1) 1/8 inch in depth;
(2) 5/8 inch in diameter;
(3) any combination of lesser bruises which detract from the appearance or edible quality of the apple to an extent greater than any one bruise described in paragraphs (e)(1) or (2) of this section.
(f) Brown surface discoloration when caused by delayed sunburn, surface scald, or any other means and affects an area greater than 1/4 inch in diameter.
(g) Disease: (1) Cedar rust infection which affects a total area of more than three-sixteenths inch in diameter.
(2) Sooty blotch or fly speck which is thinly scattered over more than 5 percent of the surface, or dark, heavily concentrated spots which affect an area of more than one-fourth inch in diameter.
(3) Red skin spots which are thinly scattered over more than one-tenth of the surface, or dark, heavily concentrated spots which affect an area of more than one-fourth inch in diameter.
(h) Insects: (1) Any healed sting or healed stings which affect a total area of more than one-eighth inch in diameter including any encircling discolored rings.
(2) Worm holes.
[67 FR 69663, Nov. 19, 2002; 67 FR 79516, Dec. 30, 2002]
§ 51.317 Damage.
“Damage” means any specific defect defined in this section or an equally objectionable variation of any one of these defects, any other defect, or any combination of defects, which materially detract from the appearance, or the edible or shipping quality of the apple. In addition, specific defect measurements are based on an apple three inches in diameter. Corresponding smaller or larger areas would be allowed on smaller or larger fruit. Any reference to “inch” or “inches in diameter” refers to that of a circle of the specified diameter. Any reference to “aggregate area,” “total area,” or “aggregate affected area” means the gathering together of separate areas into one mass for the purpose of comparison to determine the extent affected. The following specific defects shall be considered as damage:
(a) Russeting in the stem cavity or calyx basin which cannot be seen when the apple is placed stem end or calyx end down on a flat surface shall not be considered in determining whether an apple is damaged by russeting, except that excessively rough or bark-like russeting in the stem cavity or calyx basin shall be considered as damage when the appearance of the apple is materially affected. The following types and amounts of russeting outside of the stem cavity or calyx basin shall be considered as damage:
(1) Russeting which is excessively rough on Roxbury Russet and other similar varieties.
(2) Smooth net-like russeting, when an aggregate area of more than 15 percent of the surface is covered, and the color of the russeting shows no very pronounced contrast with the background color of the apple, or lesser amounts of more conspicuous net-like russeting when the appearance is affected to a greater extent than the amount permitted above.
(3) Smooth solid russeting, when an aggregate area of more than 5 percent of the surface is covered, and the pattern and color of the russeting shows no very pronounced contrast with the background color of the apple, or lesser amounts of more conspicuous solid russeting when the appearance is affected to a greater extent than the above amount permitted.
(4) Slightly rough russeting which covers an aggregate area of more than one-half inch in diameter.
(5) Rough russeting which covers an aggregate area of more than one-fourth inch in diameter.
(b) Sunburn or sprayburn which has caused blistering or cracking of the skin, or when the discolored area does not blend into the normal color of the fruit unless the injury can be classed as russeting.
(c) Limb rubs which affect a total area of more than one-half inch in diameter, except that light brown limb rubs of a russet character shall be considered under the definition of damage by russeting.
(d) Hail marks, drought spots, other similar depressions, or scars:
(1) When any unhealed mark is present;
(2) When any surface indentation exceeds one-eighth inch in depth;
(3) When the skin has not been broken and the aggregate affected area exceeds one-half inch in diameter; or
(4) When the skin has been broken and well healed, and the aggregate affected area exceeds one-fourth inch in diameter.
(e) Stem or calyx cracks which are not well healed, or well healed stem or calyx cracks which exceed an aggregate length of one-fourth inch.
(f) Invisible water core existing around the core and extending to water core in the vascular bundles, or surrounding the vascular bundles when the affected areas surrounding three or more vascular bundles meet or coalesce, or existing in more than a slight degree outside the circular area formed by the vascular bundles. Provided, That invisible water core shall not be scored as damage against the Fuji variety of apples under any circumstances.
(g) Bruises which are not slight and incident to proper handling and packing, and which are greater than:
(1) 3/16 inch in depth;
(2) 7/8 inch in diameter;
(3) any combination of lesser bruises which detract from the appearance or edible quality of the apple to an extent greater than any one bruise described in paragraphs (g)(1) or (2) of this section.
(h) Brown surface discoloration when caused by delayed sunburn, surface scald, or any other means and affects an area greater than 1/2 inch in diameter.
(i) Disease: (1) Scab spots which affect a total area of more than one-fourth inch in diameter.
(2) Cedar rust infection which affects a total area of more than one-fourth inch in diameter.
(3) Sooty blotch or fly speck which is thinly scattered over more than one-tenth of the surface, or dark, heavily concentrated spots which affect an area of more than one-half inch in diameter.
(4) Red skin spots which are thinly scattered over more than one-tenth of the surface, or dark, heavily concentrated spots which affect an area of more than one-half inch in diameter.
(5) Bitter pit or Jonathan spot when one or more spots affects the surface of the apple.
(j) Insects: (1) Any healed sting or healed stings which affect a total area of more than three-sixteenths inch in diameter including any encircling discolored rings.
(2) Worm holes.
[67 FR 69663, Nov. 19, 2002; 67 FR 79517, Dec. 30, 2002]
§ 51.318 Serious damage.
“Serious damage” means any specific defect defined in this section; or an equally objectionable variation of any one of these defects, any other defect, or any combination of defects which seriously detract from the appearance, or the edible or shipping quality of the apple. In addition, specific defect measurements are based on an apple three inches in diameter. Corresponding smaller or larger areas would be allowed on smaller or larger fruit. Any reference to “inch” or “inches in diameter” refers to that of a circle of the specified diameter. Any reference to “aggregate area,” “total area,” or “aggregate affected area” means the gathering together of separate areas into one mass for the purpose of comparison to determine the extent affected. The following specific defects shall be considered as serious damage:
(a) The following types and amounts of russeting shall be considered as serious damage:
(1) Smooth solid russeting, when more than one-half of the surface in the aggregate is covered, including any russeting in the stem cavity or calyx basin, or slightly rough, or excessively rough or bark-like russeting, which detracts from the appearance of the fruit to a greater extent than the amount of smooth solid russeting permitted: Provided, That any amount of russeting shall be permitted on Roxbury Russet and other similar varieties.
(2) [Reserved]
(b) Sunburn or sprayburn which seriously detracts from the appearance of the fruit.
(c) Limb rubs which affect more than one-tenth of the surface in the aggregate.
(d) Hail marks, drought spots, or scars, if they materially deform or disfigure the fruit, or if such defects affect more than one-tenth of the surface in the aggregate: Provided, That no hail marks which are unhealed shall be permitted and not more than an aggregate area of one-half inch shall be allowed for well healed hail marks where the skin has been broken.
(e) Stem or calyx cracks which are not well healed, or well healed stem or calyx cracks which exceed an aggregate length of one-half inch.
(f) Visible water core which affects an area of more than one-half inch in diameter.
(g) Disease: (1) Scab spots which affect a total area of more than three-fourths inch in diameter.
(2) Cedar rust infection which affects a total area of more than three-fourths inch in diameter.
(3) Sooty blotch or fly speck which affects more than one-third of the surface.
(4) Red skin spots which affect more than one-third of the surface.
(5) Bitter pit or Jonathan spot which is thinly scattered over more than one-tenth of the surface.
(h) Insects: (1) Healed stings which affect a total area of more than one-fourth inch in diameter including any encircling discolored rings.
(2) Worm holes.
(i) Bruises which are not slight and incident to proper handling and packing, and which are greater than:
(1) 3/8 inch in depth;
(2) 1 1/8 inches in diameter;
(3) any combination of lesser bruises which detract from the appearance or edible quality of the apple to an extent greater than any one bruise described in paragraph (i)(1) or (2) of this section.
(j) Brown surface discoloration when caused by delayed sunburn, surface scald, or any other means and affects an area greater than 3/4 inch in diameter.
§ 51.319 Seriously deformed.
“Seriously deformed” means that the apple is so badly misshapen that its appearance is seriously affected.
§ 51.320 Diameter.
When measuring for minimum size, “diameter” means the greatest dimension of the apple measured at right angles to a line from stem to blossom end. When measuring for maximum size, “diameter” means the smallest dimension of the apple determined by passing the apple through a round opening in any position.
482 U.S. Condition Standards for Export
§ 51.321 U.S. Condition Standards for Export. 4
4 These standards may be applied to domestic shipments of apples as well as export lots, and may be referred to as “U.S. Condition Standards.”
(a) Not more than 5 percent of the apples in any lot shall be further advanced in maturity than firm ripe.
(b) Not more than 5 percent of the apples in any lot shall be damaged by storage scab.
(c) Not more than a total of 5 percent of the apples in any lot shall be affected by scald, internal breakdown, freezing injury, or decay; or damaged by bitter pit, Jonathan spot, water core 5 except that invisible water core shall not be scored as damage when these condition standards are applied to the Fuji variety of apples, or other condition factors: Provided, That:
5 “Damage by water core” means externally invisible water core existing around the core and extending to water core in the vascular bundles, or surrounding the vascular bundles when the affected areas surrounding three or more vascular bundles meet or coalesce, or existing in more than slight degree outside the circular area formed by the vascular bundles, or any externally visible water core.
(1) Not more than a total of 2 percent shall be allowed for apples affected by decay and soft scald;
(2) Not more than 2 percent shall be allowed for apples affected by internal breakdown;
(d) Container packs shall comply with packing requirements specified in § 51.310 of the United States Standards for Grades of Apples.
(e) Any lot of apples shall be considered as meeting the U.S. Condition Standards for Export if the entire lot averages within the requirements specified: Provided, That no package in any lot shall have more than double the percentages specified, except that for packages which contain 10 pounds or less, individual packages in any lot may have not more than three times the tolerance or three apples (whichever is the greater amount).
483 Metric Conversion Table
§ 51.322 Metric conversion table.
Inches | Millimeters (mm)
1/16 equals | 1.6
1/8 equals | 3.2
3/16 equals | 4.8
1/4 equals | 6.4
3/8 equals | 9.5
1/2 equals | 12.7
5/8 equals | 15.9
3/4 equals | 19.1
7/8 equals | 22.2
1 1/8 equals | 28.6
2 1/8 equals | 54.0
2 1/4 equals | 57.2
2 3/8 equals | 60.3
2 1/2 equals | 63.5
2 3/4 equals | 69.9
Cubic Inches | Cubic Centimeters (cc)
2100 equals | 34,412.7
2900 equals | 47,522.3
Pounds | Grams (g)
10 equals | 4,536.0
37 equals | 16,783.2
40 equals | 18,144.0
Subpart C United States Standards for Grades of Apples for Processing
Source: 26 FR 3604, Apr. 27, 1961, unless otherwise noted. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981.
484 Grades
§ 51.340 U.S. No. 1.
“U.S. No. 1” consists of apples of one variety, unless designated as mixed varieties, which are not overripe, which are free from decay, worm holes, freezing injury and internal breakdown and free from any other defect, or combination of defects, the removal of which in the usual commercial preparation for use will cause a loss of more than 5 percent, by weight, of the apple.
§ 51.341 U.S. No. 2.
“U.S. No. 2” consists of apples of one variety, unless designated as mixed varieties, which are not overripe, which are free from decay, worm holes, freezing injury and internal breakdown and free from any other defect, or combination of defects, the removal of which in the usual commercial preparation for use will cause a loss of more than 12 percent, by weight, of the apple.
§ 51.342 U.S. Cider.
“U.S. Cider” consists of apples which are free from decay, worm holes and internal breakdown.
485 Culls
§ 51.343 Culls.
“Culls” consist of apples which fail to meet the requirements of U.S. Cider Grade.
486 Size
§ 51.344 Size.
(a) The minimum and maximum sizes or range of sizes shall be determined as agreed upon by buyer and seller.
(b) Unless otherwise specified, the minimum and maximum sizes or range of sizes shall be determined by the use of an approved sizing chain of the exact dimension specified in the agreement between buyer and seller.
(c) Size is the dimension of the apples determined by the smallest opening through which it will pass.
487 Application of Standards
§ 51.345 Application of standards.
(a) When a lot of apples is required to meet a specific U.S. grade, the tolerances as set forth in § 51.346 shall apply. When packed in closed packages the application of tolerances in § 51.347 shall apply. The application of tolerances shall not apply to apples in open or bulk containers.
(b) In the application of these standards to determine the percentage of the lot which meets the requirements of each of the grades, tolerances shall not apply.
488 Tolerances
§ 51.346 Tolerances.
When a lot of apples is required to meet one of the U.S. grades, the apples shall not be further advanced in maturity than generally firm ripe, and the following tolerances, by weight, shall apply:
(a) For defects. 10 percent for apples which fail to meet the requirements of the grade: Provided, That included in this amount not more than the following percentages shall be allowed for the defects listed:
(1) 2 percent for apples which are affected by decay;
(2) 2 percent for apples which are affected by internal breakdown; and,
(3) 5 percent for apples which are affected by worm holes.
(b) For off-size. 5 percent for apples which are smaller than any specified minimum size, and 10 percent for apples larger than any specified maximum size.
489 Application of Tolerances
§ 51.347 Application of tolerances.
Apples in closed packages are subject to the following limitations provided the averages for the entire lot are within the tolerances specified for the grade:
(a) For a tolerance of 10 percent, individual packages shall have not more than one and one-half times the tolerance specified. For a tolerance of less than 10 percent, individual packages shall have not more than double the tolerances specified.
490 Definitions
§ 51.348 One variety.
One variety within the meaning of these standards shall include all bud sports and strains of the specified variety.
§ 51.349 Overripe.
Overripe means apples which are dead ripe, and with flesh very mealy or soft.
Subpart D Application of Tolerances
Source: 34 FR 13905, Aug. 30, 1969, unless otherwise noted. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981.
491 Grades
§ 51.620 U.S. Fancy.
“U.S. Fancy” consists of grapefruit which meet the following requirements:
(a) Basic requirements:
(1) Discoloration: Not more than one-tenth of the surface, in the aggregate, may be affected by discoloration. (See § 51.638.);
(2) Firm;
(3) Mature;
(4) Similar varietal characteristics;
(5) Smooth texture;
(6) Well formed; and
(7) Well colored.
(b) Free from:
(1) Ammoniation;
(2) Bruises;
(3) Buckskin;
(4) Decay;
(5) Growth cracks;
(6) Scab;
(7) Skin breakdown;
(8) Sprayburn;
(9) Unhealed skin breaks; and
(10) Wormy fruit.
(c) Free from injury caused by:
(1) Green spots;
(2) Hail;
(3) Oil spots;
(4) Scale;
(5) Scars; and
(6) Thorn scratches.
(d) Free from damage caused by:
(1) Dryness or mushy condition;
(2) Insects;
(3) Sprouting;
(4) Sunburn; and
(5) Other means.
(e) For tolerances see § 51.628.
[85 FR 68422, Oct. 29, 2020]
§ 51.621 U.S. No. 1.
“U.S. No. 1” consists of grapefruit which meet the following requirements:
(a) Basic requirements:
(1) Discoloration: Not more than one-half of the surface, in the aggregate, may be affected by discoloration. (See § 51.638.);
(2) Fairly smooth texture;
(3) Fairly well colored;
(4) Fairly well formed;
(5) Firm;
(6) Mature; and
(7) Similar varietal characteristics.
(b) Free from:
(1) Bruises;
(2) Caked melanose;
(3) Decay;
(4) Growth cracks;
(5) Sprayburn;
(6) Unhealed skin breaks; and
(7) Wormy fruit.
(c) Free from damage caused by:
(1) Ammoniation;
(2) Buckskin;
(3) Caked melanose;
(4) Dryness or mushy condition;
(5) Green spots;
(6) Hail;
(7) Oil spots;
(8) Scab;
(9) Scale;
(10) Scars;
(11) Skin breakdown;
(12) Sprayburn;
(13) Sprouting;
(14) Sunburn;
(15) Thorn scratches; and
(16) Other means.
(d) For tolerances see § 51.628.
[85 FR 68422, Oct. 29, 2020]
§ 51.622 U.S. No. 1 Bright.
The requirements for this grade are the same as for U.S. No. 1 except that no fruit may have more than one-tenth of its surface, in the aggregate, affected by discoloration.
(a) For tolerances see § 51.628.
§ 51.623 U.S. No. 1 Bronze.
The requirements for this grade are the same as for U.S. No. 1 except that all fruit must show some discoloration and at least 10 percent, by count, of the fruit shall have more than one-half of their surface, in the aggregate, affected by discoloration. The predominating discoloration on each of these fruits shall be of rust mite type. For tolerances see § 51.628.
[85 FR 68423, Oct. 29, 2020]
§ 51.624 U.S. Combination.
“U.S. Combination” consists of a combination of U.S. No. 1 and U.S. No. 2 grapefruit: Provided, That at least 55 percent, by count, meet the requirements of U.S. No. 1 grade for defects, And provided further, That the lot meets the basic requirement for discoloration as specified in the U.S. No. 2 grade. For tolerances see § 51.628.
[85 FR 68423, Oct. 29, 2020]
§ 51.625 U.S. No. 2.
“U.S. No. 2” consists of grapefruit which meet the following requirements:
(a) Basic requirements:
(1) Discoloration: Not more than two-thirds of the surface, in the aggregate, may be affected by discoloration. (See § 51.638.);
(2) Fairly firm;
(3) Mature;
(4) Not more than slightly misshapen;
(5) Not more than slightly rough texture;
(6) Slightly colored; and
(7) Similar varietal characteristics.
(b) Free from:
(1) Bruises;
(2) Decay;
(3) Growth cracks;
(4) Unhealed skin breaks; and
(5) Wormy fruit.
(c) Free from serious damaged caused by:
(1) Ammoniation;
(2) Buckskin;
(3) Caked melanose;
(4) Dryness or mushy condition;
(5) Green spots;
(6) Hail;
(7) Oil spots;
(8) Scab;
(9) Scale;
(10) Scars;
(11) Skin breakdown;
(12) Sprayburn;
(13) Sprouting;
(14) Sunburn;
(15) Thorn scratches; and
(16) Other means.
(d) For tolerances see § 51.628.
[85 FR 68423, Oct. 29, 2020]
§ 51.626 U.S. No. 2 Russet.
The requirements for this grade are the same as for U.S. No. 2 except that at least 10 percent of the fruit shall have more than two-thirds of their surface, in the aggregate, affected by any type of discoloration. For tolerances see § 51.628.
[85 FR 68423, Oct. 29, 2020]
§ 51.627 U.S. No. 3.
“U.S. No. 3” consists of grapefruit which meet the following requirements:
(a) Basic requirements:
(1) Mature;
(2) May be misshapen;
(3) May be slightly spongy;
(4) May have rough texture;
(5) May be poorly colored. Not more than 25 percent of the surface may be of a solid dark green color;
(6) Not seriously lumpy or cracked; and
(7) Similar varietal characteristics.
(b) Free from:
(1) Decay;
(2) Unhealed skin breaks; and
(3) Wormy fruit.
(c) Free from very serious damage caused by:
(1) Ammoniation;
(2) Buckskin;
(3) Caked melanose;
(4) Dryness or mushy condition;
(5) Green spots;
(6) Hail;
(7) Oil spots;
(8) Scab;
(9) Scale;
(10) Scars;
(11) Skin breakdown;
(12) Sprayburn;
(13) Sprouting;
(14) Sunburn;
(15) Thorn scratches; and
(16) Other means.
(d) For tolerances see § 51.628.
[85 FR 68423, Oct. 29, 2020]
492 Tolerances
§ 51.628 Tolerances.
In order to allow for variations incident to proper grading and handling in each of the foregoing grades, the following tolerances, by count, based on a minimum 25 count sample, are provided as specified. No tolerance shall apply to wormy fruit.
(a) Defects—(1) U.S. Fancy, U.S. No. 1, U.S. No. 1 Bright, U.S. No. 1 Bronze, U.S. No. 2, and U.S. No. 2 Russet—(i) For defects at shipping point. 1 Not more than 10 percent of the fruit in any lot may fail to meet the requirements of the specified grade: Provided, That included in this amount not more than 5 percent shall be allowed for defects causing very serious damage, including in this latter amount not more than 1 percent for decay.
1 Shipping point, as used in these standards, means the point of origin of the shipment in the producing area or at port of loading for ship stores or overseas shipment, or, in the case of shipments from outside the continental United States, the port of entry into the United States.
(ii) For defects en route or at destination. Not more than 12 percent of the fruit in any lot may fail to meet the requirements of the specified grade: Provided, That included in this amount not more than the following percentages shall be allowed for defects listed:
(A) 10 percent for fruit having permanent defects; or
(B) 7 percent for defects causing very serious damage, including therein not more than 5 percent for very serious damage by permanent defects and not more than 3 percent for decay.
(2) U.S. Combination—(i) For defects at shipping point. 1 Not more than 10 percent of the fruit in any lot may fail to meet the requirements of the U.S. No. 2 grade: Provided, That included in this amount not more than 5 percent shall be allowed for defects causing very serious damage, included in this latter amount not more than 1 percent for decay.
(ii) For defects en route or at destination. Not more than 12 percent of the fruit in any lot may fail to meet the requirements of the U.S. No. 2 grade: Provided, That included in this amount not more than the following percentages shall be allowed for defects listed:
(A) 10 percent for fruit having permanent defects; or
(B) 7 percent for defects causing very serious damage, including therein not more than 5 percent for very serious damage by permanent defects and not more than 3 percent for decay.
(iii) For defects at shipping point 1 and en route or at destination. No part of any tolerance shall be allowed to reduce, for the lot as a whole, the 55 percent of U.S. No. 1 fruit required in the U.S. Combination grade, but individual samples may have not more than 15 percent less than the required percentage for the grade: Provided, That the entire lot averages within the percentage required.
(3) U.S. No. 3—(i) For defects at shipping point. 1 Not more than 10 percent of the fruit in any lot may fail to meet the requirements of the grade: Provided, That included in this amount not more than 1 percent for decay.
(ii) For defects en route or at destination. Not more than 12 percent of the fruit in any lot may fail to meet the requirements of the grade: Provided, That included in this amount not more than the following percentages shall be allowed for defects listed:
(A) 10 percent for fruit having permanent defects; or
(B) 3 percent for decay.
(b) Discoloration—(1) U.S. No. 1, U.S. No. 1 Bright, U.S. Combination, and U.S. No. 2. Not more than 10 percent of the fruit in any lot may fail to meet the requirements relating to discoloration as specified in each grade; No sample may have more than 20 percent of the fruit with excessive discoloration: Provided, That the entire lot averages within the percentage specified.
(2) U.S. No. 1 Bronze. At least 10 percent of the fruit shall have more than one-half of the surface, in the aggregate, affected by discoloration, and no part of any tolerance shall be allowed to reduce this percentage: Provided, That the entire lot averages within the percentage specified. No tolerance is provided for fruit showing no discoloration.
(3) U.S. No. 2 Russet. At least 10 percent of the fruit shall have more than two-thirds of the surface, in the aggregate, affected by discoloration, and no part of any tolerance shall be allowed to reduce this percentage: Provided, That the entire lot averages within the percentage specified.
[85 FR 68423, Oct. 29, 2020]
493 Application of Tolerances
§ 51.629 Application of tolerances.
Individual samples are subject to the following limitations, unless otherwise specified in § 51.628. Individual samples shall have not more than one and one-half times a specified tolerance of 10 percent or more, and not more than double a specified tolerance of less than 10 percent: Provided, That at least one decayed fruit may be permitted in any sample: And provided further, That the averages for the entire lot are within the tolerances specified for the grade.
[85 FR 68424, Oct. 29, 2020]
494 Standard Pack
§ 51.630 Standard pack.
(a) Fruits shall be fairly uniform in size, unless specified as uniform in size. When packed in approved containers, fruit shall be arranged according to approved and recognized methods.
(b) “Fairly uniform in size” means that not more than 10 percent of fruit in any lot, and not more than double that amount in any sample, are outside the ranges of diameters given in Table 1 to this section:
Table 1 to § 51.630 to Paragraph (b)—7/10 Bushel Carton
Pack size/Number of grapefruit | Diameter in inches
Minimum | Maximum
18 | 4-15/16 | 5-9/16
23 | 4-5/16 | 5
27 | 4-2/16 | 4-12/16
32 | 3-15/16 | 4-8/16
36 | 3-13/16 | 4-5/16
40 | 3-10/16 | 4-2/16
48 | 3-9/16 | 3-14/16
56 | 3-5/16 | 3-10/16
64 | 3 | 3-8/16
(c) “Uniform in size” means that not more than 10 percent of fruit in any lot, and not more than double that amount in any sample, may vary more than the following amounts:
(1) 32 size and smaller—not more than six-sixteenths inch in diameter; and
(2) 27 size and larger—not more than nine-sixteenths inch in diameter.
(d) In order to allow for variations, other than sizing, incident to proper packing, not more than 5 percent of the packages in any lot may fail to meet the requirements of standard pack.
[85 FR 68424, Oct. 29, 2020]
495 Definitions
§ 51.631 Mature.
Mature shall have the same meaning currently assigned that term in the laws and regulations of the State in which the grapefruit is grown; or as the definition of such term may hereafter be amended.
§ 51.632 Similar varietal characteristics.
Similar varietal characteristics means that the fruits in any container are similar in color and shape.
§ 51.633 Well colored.
Well colored means that the fruit is yellow in color with practically no trace of green color.
§ 51.634 Firm.
Firm means that the fruit is not soft, or noticeably wilted or flabby, and the skin is not spongy or puffy.
§ 51.635 Well formed.
Well formed means that the fruit has the shape characteristic of the variety.
§ 51.636 Smooth texture.
Smooth texture means that the skin is thin and smooth for the variety and size of the fruit.
§ 51.637 Injury.
Injury means any specific defect described in Table 1 to § 51.652; or an equally objectionable variation of any one of these defects, any other defect, or any combination of defects, which slightly detracts from the appearance, or the edible or marketing quality of the fruit.
[85 FR 68424, Oct. 29, 2020]
§ 51.638 Discoloration.
Discoloration means russeting of light shade of golden brown caused by rust mite or other means. Lighter shades of discoloration caused by smooth or fairly smooth, superficial scars or other means may be allowed on a greater area, or darker shades may be allowed on a lesser area, provided no discoloration caused by speck type melanose or other means may detract from the appearance of the fruit to a greater extent than the shade and amount of discoloration allowed in the grade.
§ 51.639 Fairly well colored.
Fairly well colored means that except for a 1-inch circle in the aggregate of green color, the yellow color predominates over the green color on that part of the fruit which is not discolored.
§ 51.640 Fairly well formed.
Fairly well formed means that the fruit may not have the shape characteristic of the variety but is not elongated or pointed or otherwise deformed.
§ 51.641 Fairly smooth texture.
Fairly smooth texture means that the skin is not materially rough or coarse and that the skin is not thick for the variety.
§ 51.642 Damage.
Damage means any specific defect described in Table 1 to § 51.652; or an equally objectionable variation of any one of these defects, any other defect, or any combination of defects, which materially detracts from the appearance, or the edible or marketing quality of the fruit.
[85 FR 68424, Oct. 29, 2020]
§ 51.643 Fairly firm.
Fairly firm means that the fruit may be slightly soft, but not bruised, and the skin is not spongy or puffy.
§ 51.644 Slightly misshapen.
Slightly misshapen means that the fruit is not of the shape characteristic of the variety but is not appreciably elongated or pointed or otherwise deformed.
§ 51.645 Slightly rough texture.
Slightly rough texture means that the skin is not smooth or fairly smooth but is not excessively rough or excessively thick, or materially ridged, grooved or wrinkled.
§ 51.646 Serious damage.
Serious damage means any specific defect described in Table 1 to § 51.652; or an equally objectionable variation of any one of these defects, any other defect, or any combination of defects, which seriously detracts from the appearance, or the edible or marketing quality of the fruit.
[85 FR 68424, Oct. 29, 2020]
§ 51.647 Slightly colored.
Slightly colored means that, except for a 2-inch circle in the aggregate of green color, the portion of the fruit surface which is not discolored shows some yellow color.
§ 51.648 Misshapen.
Misshapen means that the fruit is decidedly elongated, pointed or flat sided.
§ 51.649 Slightly spongy.
Slightly spongy means that the fruit is puffy or slightly wilted but not flabby.
§ 51.650 Very serious damage.
Very serious damage means any specific defect described in Table 1 to § 51.652; or an equally objectionable variation of any one of these defects, any other defect, or any combination of defects, which very seriously detracts from the appearance, or the edible or marketing quality of the fruit.
[85 FR 68424, Oct. 29, 2020]
§ 51.651 Diameter.
Diameter means the greatest dimension measured at right angles to a line from stem to blossom end.
§ 51.652 Classification of defects.
All references to area or aggregate area, or length in this standard are based on a grapefruit 4 1/8 inches in diameter, allowing proportionately greater areas on larger fruit and lesser areas on smaller fruit.
Table 1 to § 51.652
Factor | Injury | Damage | Serious damage | Very serious damage
Ammoniation | Not occurring as light speck type | Scars are cracked or dark and aggregating more than a circle 3/4 inch in diameter | Aggregating more than 25 percent of the surface.
Buckskin | Aggregating more than a circle 1 1/4 inches in diameter | Aggregating more than 25 percent of the surface | Aggregating more than 50 percent of the surface.
Caked melanose | Aggregating more than a circle 1 inch in diameter | Aggregating more than 25 percent of the surface.
Dryness or mushy condition | Affecting all segments more than 1/4 inch at stem end, or the equivalent of this amount, by volume, when occurring in other portions of the fruit | Affecting all segments more than 1/2 inch at stem end, or the equivalent of this amount, by volume, when occurring in other portions of the fruit | Affecting all segments more than 3/4 inch at stem end, or the equivalent of this amount, by volume, when occurring in other portions of the fruit.
Green spots or oil spots | More than slightly affecting appearance | Aggregating more than a circle 1 inch in diameter | Aggregating more than a circle 1 1/2 inches in diameter.
Hail | Not well healed, or aggregating more than a circle 3/8 inch in diameter | Not well healed, or aggregating more than a circle 1/2 inch in diameter | Not well healed, or aggregating more than a circle 5/8 inch in diameter | Not well healed, or aggregating more than a circle 1 inch in diameter.
Scab | Materially detracts from the shape or texture, or aggregating more than a circle 3/4 inch in diameter | Seriously detracts from the shape or texture, or aggregating more than a circle 1 inch in diameter | Aggregating more than 25 percent of the surface.
Scale | More than a few adjacent to the “button” at the stem end, or more than 6 scattered on other portions of the fruit | Blotch aggregating more than a circle 3/4 inch in diameter, or occurring as a ring more than a circle 1 1/4 inches in diameter | Blotch aggregating more than a circle 1 inch in diameter, or occurring as a ring more than a circle 1 1/2 inches in diameter | Aggregating more than 25 percent of the surface.
Scars | Depressed, not smooth, or detracts from appearance more than the amount of discoloration permitted in the grade | Very deep or very rough aggregating more than a circle 1/2 inch in diameter; deep or rough aggregating more than 1 inch in diameter; slightly rough or of slight depth aggregating more than 10 percent of surface | Very deep or very rough aggregating more than a circle 1 inch in diameter; deep or rough aggregating more than 5 percent of the fruit surface; slight depth or slightly rough aggregating more than 15 percent of surface | Very deep or very rough or unsightly that appearance is very seriously affected.
Skin Breakdown | Aggregating more than a circle 3/8 inch in diameter | Aggregating more than a circle 5/8 inch in diameter | Aggregating more than a circle 1 1/4 inches in diameter.
Sprayburn | Hard or aggregating more than a circle 1 1/4 inches in diameter | Aggregating more than 25 percent of the surface.
Sprouting | More than 6 seeds are sprouted, including not more than 1 sprout extending to the rind, remainder average not over 1/4 inch in length | More than 6 seeds are sprouted, including not more than 2 sprouts extending to the rind, remainder average not over 1/2 inch in length | More than 6 seeds are sprouted, including not more than 3 sprouts extending to the rind, remainder average not over 3/4 inch in length.
Sunburn | Skin is flattened, dry, darkened, or hard, aggregating more than 25 percent of surface | Skin is hard, fruit is decidedly one-sided, aggregating more than one-third of surface | Aggregating more than 50 percent of fruit surface.
Thorn scratches | Not well healed, or more unsightly than discoloration permitted in the grade | Not well healed, hard concentrated thorn injury aggregating more than a circle 3/4 inch in diameter, or slight scratches aggregating more than a circle 1 inch in diameter | Not well healed, hard concentrated thorn injury aggregating more than a circle 7/8 inch in diameter, or slight scratches aggregating more than a circle 1 1/4 inches in diameter | Aggregating more than 25 percent of the surface.
[85 FR 68424, Oct. 29, 2020]
496 Metric Conversion Table
§ 51.653 Metric conversion table.
Inches | Millimeters (mm)
1/4 equals | 6.4
3/8 equals | 9.5
1/2 equals | 12.7
9/16 equals | 14.3
5/8 equals | 15.9
3/4 equals | 19.1
7/8 equals | 22.2
1 equals | 25.4
1 1/4 equals | 31.8
1 1/2 equals | 38.1
3 equals | 76.2
3 2/16 equals | 79.4
3 6/16 equals | 85.7
3 8/16 equals | 88.9
3 10/16 equals | 92.1
3 13/16 equals | 96.8
3 14/16 equals | 98.4
3 15/16 equals | 100.0
4 2/16 equals | 104.8
4 5/16 equals | 109.5
4 8/16 equals | 114.3
4 12/16 equals | 120.7
5 equals | 127.0
Subpart E Application of Tolerances
Source: 34 FR 13909, Aug. 30, 1969; 34 FR 14325, Sept. 12, 1969, unless otherwise noted. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981.
497 General
§ 51.680 General.
The standards in this subpart apply only to the common or sweet orange group and varieties belonging to the Mandarin group except tangerines for which separate U.S. Standards are issued.
498 Grades
§ 51.681 U.S. Fancy.
“U.S. Fancy” consists of oranges which meet the following requirements:
(a) Basic requirements:
(1) Discoloration: Not more than one-tenth of the surface, in the aggregate, may be affected by discoloration. (See § 51.700.);
(2) Firm;
(3) Mature;
(4) Similar varietal characteristics;
(5) Smooth texture;
(6) Well colored; and
(7) Well formed.
(b) Free from:
(1) Ammoniation;
(2) Bruises;
(3) Buckskin;
(4) Caked melanose;
(5) Creasing;
(6) Decay;
(7) Growth cracks;
(8) Scab;
(9) Skin breakdown;
(10) Sprayburn;
(11) Undeveloped segments;
(12) Unhealed skin breaks; and
(13) Wormy fruit.
(c) Free from injury caused by:
(1) Green spots;
(2) Hail;
(3) Oil spots;
(4) Rough, wide or protruding navels;
(5) Scale;
(6) Scars;
(7) Split navels; and
(8) Thorn scratches.
(d) Free from damage caused by:
(1) Dirt or other foreign material;
(2) Disease;
(3) Dryness or mushy condition;
(4) Insects;
(5) Sunburn; and
(6) Other means.
(e) For tolerances see § 51.689.
[85 FR 68426, Oct. 29, 2020]
§ 51.682 U.S. No. 1.
“U.S. No. 1” consists of oranges which meet the following requirements:
(a) Basic requirements:
(1) Color:
(i) Early and midseason varieties shall be fairly well colored.
(ii) For Valencia and other late varieties, not less than 50 percent, by count, shall be fairly well colored and the remainder reasonably well colored.
(2) Discoloration: Not more than one-third of the surface, in the aggregate, may be affected by discoloration. (See § 51.700.);
(3) Firm;
(4) Fairly smooth texture;
(5) Mature;
(6) Similar varietal characteristics; and
(7) Well formed.
(b) Free from:
(1) Bruises;
(2) Caked melanose;
(3) Decay;
(4) Growth cracks;
(5) Sprayburn;
(6) Undeveloped segments;
(7) Unhealed skin breaks; and
(8) Wormy fruit.
(c) Free from damage caused by:
(1) Ammoniation;
(2) Buckskin;
(3) Creasing;
(4) Dirt or other foreign material;
(5) Disease;
(6) Dryness or mushy condition;
(7) Green spots;
(8) Hail;
(9) Insects;
(10) Oil spots;
(11) Scab;
(12) Scale;
(13) Scars;
(14) Skin breakdown;
(15) Split, rough or protruding navels;
(16) Sunburn;
(17) Thorn scratches; and
(18) Other means.
(d) For tolerances see § 51.689.
[85 FR 68426, Oct. 29, 2020]
§ 51.683 U.S. No. 1 Bright.
The requirements for this grade are the same as for U.S. No. 1 except that no fruit may have more than one-tenth of its surface, in the aggregate, affected by discoloration.
(a) For tolerances see § 51.689.
§ 51.684 U.S. No. 1 Bronze.
The requirements for this grade are the same as for U.S. No. 1 except that all fruit must show some discoloration and at least 10 percent, by count, of the fruit shall have more than one-third of their surface, in the aggregate, affected by discoloration. The predominating discoloration on these fruits shall be of rust mite type. For tolerances see § 51.689.
[85 FR 68426, Oct. 29, 2020]
§ 51.685 U.S. Combination.
“U.S. Combination” consists of a combination of U.S. No. 1 and U.S. No. 2 oranges: Provided, That at least 55 percent, by count, meet the requirements of U.S. No. 1 grade for defects, And provided further, That the lot meets the basic requirement for discoloration as specified in the U.S. No. 2 grade. For tolerances see § 51.689.
[85 FR 68426, Oct. 29, 2020]
§ 51.686 U.S. No. 2.
“U.S. No. 2” consists of oranges which meet the following requirements:
(a) Basic requirements:
(1) Discoloration: Not more than one-half of the surface, in the aggregate, may be affected by discoloration. (See § 51.700.);
(2) Fairly firm;
(3) Mature;
(4) Not more than slightly misshapen;
(5) Not more than slightly rough texture;
(6) Reasonably well colored; and
(7) Similar varietal characteristics.
(b) Free from:
(1) Bruises;
(2) Decay;
(3) Growth cracks;
(4) Unhealed skin breaks; and
(5) Wormy fruit.
(c) Free from serious damaged caused by:
(1) Ammoniation;
(2) Buckskin;
(3) Caked melanose;
(4) Creasing;
(5) Dirt or other foreign material;
(6) Disease;
(7) Dryness or mushy condition;
(8) Green spots;
(9) Hail;
(10) Insects;
(11) Oil spots;
(12) Scab;
(13) Scale;
(14) Scars;
(15) Skin breakdown;
(16) Split, rough or protruding navels;
(17) Sprayburn;
(18) Sunburn;
(19) Thorn scratches; and
(20) Other means.
(d) For tolerances see § 51.689.
[85 FR 68426, Oct. 29, 2020]
§ 51.687 U.S. No. 2 Russet.
The requirements for this grade are the same as for U.S. No. 2 except that at least 10 percent by count of the fruit shall have more than one-half of their surface, in the aggregate, affected by any type of discoloration. For tolerances see § 51.689.
[85 FR 68426, Oct. 29, 2020]
§ 51.688 U.S. No. 3.
“U.S. No. 3” consists of oranges which meet the following requirements:
(a) Basic requirements:
(1) Mature;
(2) May be misshapen;
(3) May be poorly colored. Not more than 25 percent of the surface may be of a solid dark green color;
(4) May be slightly spongy;
(5) May have rough texture;
(6) Not seriously lumpy or cracked; and
(7) Similar varietal characteristics.
(b) Free from:
(1) Decay;
(2) Unhealed skin breaks; and
(3) Wormy fruit.
(c) Free from very serious damage caused by other means.
(d) For tolerances see § 51.689.
[85 FR 68426, Oct. 29, 2020]
499 Tolerances
§ 51.689 Tolerances.
In order to allow for variations incident to proper grading and handling in each of the foregoing grades, the following tolerances, by count, based on a minimum 25 count sample, are provided as specified. No tolerance shall apply to wormy fruit.
(a) Defects—(1) U.S. Fancy, U.S. No. 1, U.S. No. 1 Bright, U.S. No. 1 Bronze, U.S. No. 2, and U.S. No. 2 Russet Grades—(i) For defects at shipping point. 1 Not more than 10 percent of the fruit in any lot may fail to meet the requirements of the specified grade: Provided, That included in this amount not more than 5 percent shall be allowed for defects causing very serious damage, including in this latter amount not more than 1 percent for decay.
1 Shipping point, as used in these standards, means the point of origin of the shipment in the producing area or at port of loading for ship stores or overseas shipment, or, in the case of shipments from outside the continental United States, the port of entry into the United States.
(ii) For defects en route or at destination. Not more than 12 percent of the fruit in any lot may fail to meet the requirements of the specified grade: Provided, That included in this amount not more than the following percentages shall be allowed for defects listed:
(A) 10 percent for fruit having permanent defects; or
(B) 7 percent for defects causing very serious damage, including therein not more than 5 percent for very serious damage by permanent defects and not more than 3 percent for decay.
(2) U.S. Combination—(i) For defects at shipping point. 1 Not more than 10 percent of the fruit in any lot may fail to meet the requirements of the U.S. No. 2 grade: Provided, That included in this amount not more than 5 percent shall be allowed for defects causing very serious damage, including in this latter amount not more than 1 percent for decay.
(ii) For defects en route or at destination. Not more than 12 percent of the fruit in any lot may fail to meet the requirements of the U.S. No. 2 grade: Provided, That included in this amount not more than the following percentages shall be allowed for defects listed:
(A) 10 percent for fruit having permanent defects; or
(B) 7 percent for defects causing very serious damage, including therein not more than 5 percent for very serious damage by permanent defects and not more than 3 percent for decay.
(iii) For defects at shipping point 1 and en route or at destination. No part of any tolerance shall be allowed to reduce for the lot as a whole, the 55 percent of U.S. No. 1 fruit required in the U.S. Combination grade, but individual samples may have not more than 15 percent less than the required percentage for the grade: Provided, That the entire lot averages within the percentage required.
(3) U.S. No. 3—(i) For defects at shipping point. 1 Not more than 10 percent of the fruit in any lot may fail to meet the requirements of the grade: Provided, That included in this amount not more than 1 percent for decay.
(ii) For defects en route or at destination. Not more than 12 percent of the fruit in any lot may fail to meet the requirements of the grade: Provided, That included in this amount not more than the following percentages shall be allowed for defects listed:
(A) 10 percent for fruit having permanent defects; or
(B) 3 percent for decay.
(b) Discoloration—(1) U.S. No. 1, U.S. No. 1 Bright, U.S. Combination, and U.S. No. 2. Not more than 10 percent of the fruit in any lot may fail to meet the requirements relating to discoloration as specified in each grade. No sample may have more than 20 percent of the fruit with excessive discoloration: Provided, That the entire lot averages within the percentage specified.
(2) U.S. No. 1 Bronze. At least 10 percent of the fruit shall have more than one-third of the surface, in the aggregate, affected by discoloration, and no part of any tolerance shall be allowed to reduce this percentage. No sample may have less than 5 percent of the fruit with required discoloration: Provided, That the entire lot averages within the percentage specified. No tolerance shall apply to fruit showing no discoloration.
(3) U.S. No. 2 Russet. At least 10 percent of the fruit shall have more than one-half of the surface, in the aggregate, affected by discoloration, and no part of any tolerance shall be allowed to reduce this percentage. No sample may have less than 5 percent of the fruit with the required discoloration: Provided, That the entire lot averages within the percentage specified.
[85 FR 68427, Oct. 29, 2020]
500 Application of Tolerances
§ 51.690 Application of tolerances.
Individual samples are subject to the following limitations, unless otherwise specified in § 51.689. Individual samples shall have not more than one and one-half times a specified tolerance of 10 percent or more, and not more than double a specified tolerance of less than 10 percent: Provided, That at least one decayed may be permitted in any sample: And provided further, That the averages for the entire lot are within the tolerances specified for the grade.
[85 FR 68427, Oct. 29, 2020]
501 Standard Pack
§ 51.691 Standard pack.
(a) Fruit shall be fairly uniform in size. When packed in approved containers, fruit shall be arranged according to approved and recognized methods.
(b) “Fairly uniform in size” means that not more than 10 percent of fruit in any lot, and not more than double that amount in any sample, are outside the ranges of diameters given in Table 1.
Table 1 to § 51.691 Paragraph (b)—7/10 Bushel Carton
Pack size/Number of oranges | Diameter in inches
Minimum | Maximum
24 | 3-12/16 | 5-1/16
32 | 3-6/16 | 4-9/16
36 | 3-4/16 | 4-6/16
40 | 3-2/16 | 4-4/16
48 | 2-15/16 | 4
56 | 2-13/16 | 3-13/16
64 | 2-11/16 | 3-10/16
72 | 2-9/16 | 3-8/16
88 | 2-8/16 | 3-4/16
113 | 2-7/16 | 3
138 | 2-6/16 | 2-12/16
163 | 2-3/16 | 2-8/16
(c) In order to allow for variations, other than sizing, incident to proper packing, not more than 5 percent of the packages in any lot may fail to meet the requirements of standard pack.
[85 FR 68427, Oct. 29, 2020]
502 Standard Sizing
§ 51.692 Standard sizing.
(a) Boxes, cartons, bag packs, or bulk loads in which oranges are not packed according to a definite pattern do not meet the requirements of standard pack, but may be certified as meeting the requirements of standard sizing: Provided, that the ranges are fairly uniform in size as defined in § 51.691.
(b) In order to allow for variations incident to proper packing, not more than 5 percent of the containers in any lot may fail to meet the requirements of standard sizing.
[34 FR 13909, Aug. 30, 1969; 34 FR 14325, Sept. 12, 1969. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981, as amended at 66 FR 48788, Sept. 24, 2001]
503 Definitions
§ 51.693 Mature.
Mature shall have the same meaning currently assigned that term in the laws and regulations of the State in which the orange is grown; or as the definition of such term may hereafter be amended.
§ 51.694 Similar varietal characteristics.
Similar varietal characteristics means that the fruits in any container are similar in color and shape.
§ 51.695 Well colored.
Well colored means that the fruit is yellow or orange in color with practically no trace of green color.
§ 51.696 Firm.
Firm as applied to common oranges, means that the fruit is not soft, or noticeably wilted or flabby; as applied to oranges of the Mandarin group (Satsuma, King, Mandarin), means that the fruit is not extremely puffy, although the skin may be slightly loose.
§ 51.697 Well formed.
Well formed means that the fruit has the shape characteristic of the variety.
§ 51.698 Smooth texture.
Smooth texture means that the skin is thin and smooth for the variety and size of the fruit.
§ 51.699 Injury.
Injury means any specific defect described in Table 1 to § 51.713; or an equally objectionable variation of any one of these defects, any other defect, or any combination of defects, which slightly detracts from the appearance, or the edible or marketing quality of the fruit.
[85 FR 68427, Oct. 29, 2020]
§ 51.700 Discoloration.
Discoloration means russeting of light shade of golden brown caused by rust mite or other means. Lighter shades of discoloration caused by smooth or fairly smooth, superficial scars or other means may be allowed on a greater area, or darker shades may be allowed on a lesser area, provided no discoloration caused by melanose or other means may affect the appearance of the fruit to a greater extent than the shade and amount of discoloration allowed for the grade.
§ 51.701 Fairly smooth texture.
Fairly smooth texture means that the skin is not materially rough or coarse and that the skin is not thick for the variety.
§ 51.702 Damage.
Damage means any specific defect described in Table 1 to § 51.713; or an equally objectionable variation of any one of these defects, any other defect, or any combination of defects, which materially detracts from the appearance, or the edible or marketing quality of the fruit.
[85 FR 68427, Oct. 29, 2020]
§ 51.703 Fairly well colored.
Fairly well colored means that except for a one inch circle in the aggregate of green color, the yellow or orange color predominates over the green color on that part of the fruit which is not discolored.
§ 51.704 Reasonably well colored.
Reasonably well colored means that the yellow or orange color predominates over the green color on at least two-thirds of the fruit surface in the aggregate which is not discolored.
§ 51.705 Fairly firm.
Fairly firm as applied to common oranges, means that the fruit may be slightly soft, but not bruised; as applied to oranges of the Mandarin group (Satsuma, King, Mandarin) means that the fruit is not extremely puffy or the skin extremely loose.
§ 51.706 Slightly misshapen.
Slightly misshapen means that the fruit is not of the shape characteristic of the variety but is not appreciably elongated or pointed or otherwise deformed.
§ 51.707 Slightly rough texture.
Slightly rough texture means that the skin is not smooth or fairly smooth but is not excessively rough or excessively thick, or materially ridged, grooved or wrinkled.
§ 51.708 Serious damage.
Serious damage means any specific defect described in Table 1 to § 51.713; or an equally objectionable variation of any one of these defects, any other defect, or any combination of defects, which seriously detracts from the appearance, or the edible or marketing quality of the fruit.
[85 FR 68428, Oct. 29, 2020]
§ 51.709 Misshapen.
Misshapen means that the fruit is decidedly elongated, pointed or flatsided.
§ 51.710 Slightly spongy.
Slightly spongy means that the fruit is puffy or slightly wilted but not flabby.
§ 51.711 Very serious damage.
Very serious damage means any specific defect described in Table 1 to § 51.713; or an equally objectionable variation of any one of these defects, any other defect, or any combination of defects, which very seriously detracts from the appearance, or the edible or marketing quality of the fruit.
[85 FR 68428, Oct. 29, 2020]
§ 51.712 Diameter.
Diameter means the greatest dimension measured at right angles to a line from stem to blossom end of the fruit.
§ 51.713 Classification of defects.
All references to area or aggregate area, or length in this standard are based on an orange 2 7/8 inches in diameter, allowing proportionately greater areas on larger fruit and lesser areas on smaller fruit.
Table 1 to § 51.713
Factor | Injury | Damage | Serious damage | Very serious damage
Ammoniation | Not occurring as light speck type | Scars are cracked or dark and aggregating more than a circle 3/4 inch in diameter or light colored and aggregating more than a circle 1 1/4 inches in diameter | Aggregating more than 25 percent of the surface.
Buckskin | Aggregating more than a circle 1 inch in diameter | Aggregating more than 25 percent of the surface | Aggregating more than 50 percent of the surface.
Caked melanose | Aggregating more than a circle 3/4 inch in diameter | Aggregating more than 25 percent of the surface.
Creasing | Materially weakens the skin, or extends over more than one-third of the surface | Seriously weakens the skin, or extends over more than one-half of the surface | Very seriously weakens the skin, or is distributed over practically the entire surface.
Dryness or mushy condition | Affecting all segments more than 1/4 inch at stem end, or the equivalent of this amount, by volume, when occurring in other portions of the fruit | Affecting all segments more than 1/2 inch at stem end, or the equivalent of this amount, by volume, when occurring in other portions of the fruit | Affecting all segments more than 3/4 inch at stem end, or the equivalent of this amount, by volume, when occurring in other portions of the fruit.
Green spots or oil spots | More than slightly affecting appearance | Aggregating more than a circle 7/8 inch in diameter | Aggregating more than a circle 1 1/4 inches in diameter.
Hail | Not well healed, or aggregating more than a circle 1/4 inch in diameter | Not well healed, or aggregating more than a circle 3/8 inch in diameter | Not well healed, or aggregating more than a circle 1/2 inch in diameter | Not well healed, or aggregating more than a circle 3/4 inch in diameter.
Scab | Materially detracts from the shape or texture, or aggregating more than a circle 5/8 inch in diameter | Seriously detracts from the shape or texture, or aggregating more than a circle 3/4 inch in diameter | Aggregating more than 25 percent of the surface.
Scale | More than a few adjacent to the “button” at the stem end, or more than 6 scattered on other portions of the fruit | Aggregating more than a circle 5/8 inch in diameter | Aggregating more than a circle 3/4 inch in diameter | Aggregating more than 25 percent of the surface.
Scars | Depressed, not smooth, or detracts from appearance more than the amount of discoloration permitted in the grade | Deep, rough or hard aggregating more than a circle 1/4 inch in diameter; slightly rough with slight depth aggregating more than a circle 7/8 inch in diameter; smooth or fairly smooth with slight depth aggregating more than a circle 1 1/4 inches in diameter | Deep, rough aggregating more than a circle 1/2 inch in diameter; slightly rough with slight depth aggregating more than a circle 1 1/4 inches in diameter | Deep, rough or unsightly that appearance is very seriously affected.
Skin breakdown | Aggregating more than a circle 1/4 inch in diameter | Aggregating more than a circle 5/8 inch in diameter | Aggregating more than 25 percent of the surface.
Sunburn | Skin is flattened, dry, darkened or hard, aggregating more than 25 percent of the surface | Affecting more than one-third of the surface, hard, decidedly one-sided, or light brown and aggregating more than a circle 1 1/4 inches in diameter | Aggregating more than 50 percent of the surface.
Sprayburn | Hard, or aggregating more than a circle 1 1/4 inches in diameter | Aggregating more than 25 percent of the surface.
Split, rough or protruding navels | Split is unhealed; navel protrudes beyond general contour; opening is so wide, growth so folded and ridged that it detracts noticeably from appearance | Split is unhealed, or more than 1/4 inch in length, or more than 3 well healed splits, or navel protrudes beyond the general contour, and opening is so wide, folded or ridged that it detracts materially from appearance | Split is unhealed, or more than 1/2 inch in length, or aggregate length of all splits exceed 1 inch, or navel protrudes beyond general contour, and opening is so wide, folded and ridged that it seriously detracts from appearance | Split is unhealed or fruit is seriously weakened.
Thorn scratches | Not slight, not well healed, or more unsightly than discoloration permitted in the grade | Not well healed, or hard concentrated thorn injury aggregating more than a circle 5/8 inch in diameter | Not well healed, or hard concentrated thorn injury aggregating more than a circle 3/4 inch in diameter | Aggregating more than 25 percent of the surface.
[85 FR 68428, Oct. 29, 2020]
504 Metric Conversion Table
§ 51.714 Metric conversion table.
Inches | Millimeters (mm)
1/4 equals | 6.4
5/16 equals | 7.9
3/8 equals | 9.5
1/2 equals | 12.7
5/8 equals | 15.9
3/4 equals | 19.1
7/8 equals | 22.2
1 equals | 25.4
1 1/4 equals | 31.8
2 3/16 equals | 55.6
2 4/16 equals | 57.2
2 7/16 equals | 61.9
2 8/16 equals | 63.5
2 9/16 equals | 65.1
2 11/16 equals | 68.3
2 12/16 equals | 69.9
2 15/16 equals | 74.6
3 1/16 equals | 77.8
3 3/16 equals | 81.0
3 5/16 equals | 84.1
3 7/16 equals | 87.3
3 9/16 equals | 90.5
3 13/16 equals | 96.8
Subpart F United States Standards for Grades of Florida Grapefruit
Source: 61 FR 20703, May 8, 1996, unless otherwise noted.
505 Grades
§ 51.750 U.S. Fancy.
“U.S. Fancy” consists of grapefruit which meet the following requirements:
(a) Basic requirements:
(1) Discoloration: Not more than one-tenth of the surface, in the aggregate, may be affected by discoloration. (See § 51.770.);
(2) Firm;
(3) Mature;
(4) Similar varietal characteristics;
(5) Smooth texture;
(6) Well colored; and,
(7) Well formed.
(b) Free from:
(1) Ammoniation;
(2) Buckskin;
(3) Caked melanose;
(4) Decay;
(5) Scab;
(6) Sprayburn;
(7) Unhealed skin breaks; and,
(8) Wormy fruit.
(c) Free from injury caused by:
(1) Bruises;
(2) Green spots;
(3) Oil spots;
(4) Scale;
(5) Scars;
(6) Skin breakdown; and,
(7) Thorn scratches.
(d) Free from damage caused by:
(1) Dirt or other foreign material;
(2) Disease;
(3) Dryness or mushy condition;
(4) Hail;
(5) Insects;
(6) Sprouting;
(7) Sunburn; and,
(8) Other means.
(e) For tolerances see § 51.760.
§ 51.751 U.S. No. 1 Bright.
The requirements for this grade are the same as for U.S. No. 1 except that fruit shall have not more than one-fifth of its surface, in the aggregate, affected by discoloration. For tolerances see § 51.760.
§ 51.752 U.S. No. 1.
“U.S. No. 1” consists of grapefruit which meet the following requirements:
(a) Basic requirements:
(1) Discoloration: Not more than one-third of the surface, in the aggregate, may be affected by discoloration. (See § 51.770.);
(2) Fairly smooth texture;
(3) Fairly well colored;
(4) Firm;
(5) Mature;
(6) Similar varietal characteristics; and,
(7) Well formed.
(b) Free from:
(1) Decay;
(2) Unhealed skin breaks; and,
(3) Wormy fruit.
(c) Free from damage caused by:
(1) Ammoniation;
(2) Bruises;
(3) Buckskin;
(4) Caked melanose;
(5) Dirt or other foreign material;
(6) Disease;
(7) Dryness or mushy condition;
(8) Green spots;
(9) Hail;
(10) Insects;
(11) Oil spots;
(12) Scab;
(13) Scale;
(14) Scars;
(15) Skin breakdown;
(16) Sprayburn;
(17) Sprouting;
(18) Sunburn;
(19) Thorn scratches; and,
(20) Other means.
(d) For tolerances see § 51.760.
§ 51.753 U.S. No. 1 Golden.
The requirements for this grade are the same as for U.S. No. 1 except that not more than 30 percent, by count, of the fruit shall have more than one-third of their surface, in the aggregate, affected by discoloration. For tolerances see § 51.760.
§ 51.754 U.S. No. 1 Bronze.
The requirements for this grade are the same as for U.S. No. 1 except that at least 30 percent, by count, of the fruit shall have more than one-third of their surface, in the aggregate, affected by discoloration. The predominating discoloration on each of these fruits shall be of rust mite type. For tolerances see § 51.760.
§ 51.755 U.S. No. 1 Russet.
The requirements for this grade are the same as for U.S. No. 1 except that at least 30 percent, by count, of the fruit shall have more than one-third of their surface, in the aggregate, affected by any type of discoloration. For tolerances see § 51.760.
§ 51.756 U.S. No. 2 Bright.
The requirements for this grade are the same as for U.S. No. 2 except that fruit shall have not more than one-fifth of its surface, in the aggregate, affected by discoloration. For tolerances see § 51.760.
§ 51.757 U.S. No. 2.
“U.S. No. 2” consists of grapefruit which meet the following requirements:
(a) Basic requirements:
(1) Discoloration: Not more than one-half of the surface, in the aggregate, may be affected by discoloration. (See § 51.770.);
(2) Fairly firm;
(3) Mature;
(4) Similar varietal characteristics;
(5) Slightly colored;
(6) Not more than slightly misshapen; and,
(7) Not more than slightly rough texture.
(b) Free from:
(1) Decay;
(2) Unhealed skin breaks; and,
(3) Wormy fruit.
(c) Free from serious damage caused by:
(1) Ammoniation;
(2) Bruises;
(3) Buckskin;
(4) Caked melanose;
(5) Dirt or other foreign material;
(6) Disease;
(7) Dryness or mushy condition;
(8) Green spots;
(9) Hail;
(10) Insects;
(11) Oil spots;
(12) Scab;
(13) Scale;
(14) Scars;
(15) Skin breakdown;
(16) Sprayburn;
(17) Sprouting;
(18) Sunburn;
(19) Thorn scratches; and,
(20) Other means.
(d) For tolerances see § 51.760.
§ 51.758 U.S. No. 2 Russet.
The requirements for this grade are the same as for U.S. No. 2 except that at least 10 percent of the fruit shall have more than one-half of their surface, in the aggregate, affected by any type of discoloration. For tolerances see § 51.760.
§ 51.759 U.S. No. 3.
“U.S. No. 3” consists of grapefruit which meet the following requirements:
(a) Basic requirements:
(1) Mature;
(2) Misshapen;
(3) Poorly colored;
(4) Rough texture, not seriously bumpy;
(5) Similar varietal characteristics; and,
(6) Slightly spongy.
(b) Free from:
(1) Decay;
(2) Unhealed skin breaks; and,
(3) Wormy fruit.
(c) Free from very serious damage caused by:
(1) Ammoniation;
(2) Bruises;
(3) Buckskin;
(4) Caked melanose;
(5) Disease;
(6) Dryness or mushy condition;
(7) Hail;
(8) Insects;
(9) Oil spotting;
(10) Scab;
(11) Scale;
(12) Scars;
(13) Skin breakdown;
(14) Sprayburn;
(15) Sprouting;
(16) Sunburn; and,
(17) Other means.
(d) For tolerances see § 51.760.
506 Tolerances
§ 51.760 Tolerances.
In order to allow for variations incident to proper grading and handling in each of the foregoing grades, the following tolerances, by count, based on a minimum 25 count sample, are provided as specified:
(a) Defects. (1) U.S. Fancy, U.S. No. 1 Bright, U.S. No. 1, U.S. No. 1 Golden, U.S. No. 1 Bronze, U.S. No. 1 Russet, U.S. No. 2 Bright, U.S. No. 2, and U.S. No. 2 Russet.
(i) For defects at shipping point. 1 Not more than 10 percent of the fruit in any lot may fail to meet the requirements of the specified grade: Provided, that included in this amount not more than 5 percent shall be allowed for defects causing very serious damage, including in this latter amount not more than 1 percent for decay or wormy fruit.
1 Shipping point, as used in these standards, means the point of origin of the shipment in the producing area or at port of loading for ship stores or overseas shipment, or, in the case of shipments from outside the continental United States, the port of entry into the United States.
(ii) For defects en route or at destination. Not more than 12 percent of the fruit which fail to meet the requirements of the specified grade: Provided, that included in this amount not more than the following percentages shall be allowed for defects listed:
(A) 10 percent for fruit having permanent defects; or,
(B) 7 percent for defects causing very serious damage, including therein not more than 5 percent for very serious damage by permanent defects and not more than 3 percent for decay or wormy fruit.
(2) U.S. No. 3.
(i) For defects at shipping point. 1 Not more than 10 percent of the fruit in any lot may fail to meet the requirements of the grade: Provided, that included in this amount not more than 1 percent shall be for decay or wormy fruit.
(ii) For defects en route or at destination. Not more than 12 percent of the fruit which fail to meet the requirements of the grade: Provided, that included in this amount not more than the following percentages shall be allowed for defects listed:
(A) 10 percent for fruit having permanent defects; or,
(B) 3 percent for decay or wormy fruit.
(b) Discoloration—(1) U.S. No. 1 Bright, U.S. No. 1, U.S. No. 2 Bright, and U.S. No. 2. Not more than 10 percent of the fruit in any lot may fail to meet the requirements relating to discoloration as specified in each grade. No sample may have more than 20 percent of the fruit with excessive discoloration: And provided further, that the entire lot averages within percentage specified.
(2) U.S. No. 1 Golden. Not more than 30 percent of the fruit shall have in excess of one-third of their surface, in the aggregate, affected by discoloration, and no part of any tolerance shall be allowed to increase this percentage. No sample may have more than 40 percent of the fruit with excessive discoloration: And provided further, that the entire lot averages within the percentage specified.
(3) U.S. No. 1 Bronze, and U.S. No. 1 Russet. At least 30 percent of the fruit shall have in excess of one-third of the surface, in the aggregate, affected by discoloration, and no part of any tolerance shall be allowed to reduce this percentage. No sample may have less than 20 percent of the fruit with required discoloration: And provided further, that the entire lot averages within the percentage specified.
(4) U.S. No. 2 Russet. At least 10 percent of the fruit shall have in excess of one-half of the surface, in the aggregate, affected by discoloration, and no part of any tolerance shall be allowed to reduce this percentage: And provided further, that the entire lot averages within the percentage specified.
[61 FR 20703, May 8, 1996, as amended at 61 FR 40290, Aug. 2, 1996; 62 FR 2897, Jan. 21, 1997]
507 Application of Tolerances
§ 51.761 Application of tolerances.
Individual samples are subject to the following limitations, unless otherwise specified in § 51.760. Individual samples shall have not more than one and one-half times a specified tolerance of 10 percent or more, and not more than double a specified tolerance of less than 10 percent: Provided, that at least one decayed or wormy fruit may be permitted in any sample: And provided further, that the averages for the entire lot are within the tolerances specified for the grade.
[62 FR 2897, Jan. 21, 1997]
508 Size
§ 51.762 Size.
(a) Fruits shall be fairly uniform in size and shall be packed in containers according to approved and recognized methods.
(b) “Fairly uniform in size” means that not more than 10 percent of the grapefruit per sample may vary more than one-half inch in diameter.
(c) In order to allow for variations incident to proper sizing, not more than 10 percent of the samples in any lot may fail to meet the requirements of size.
509 Definitions
§ 51.763 Similar varietal characteristics.
Similar varietal characteristics means that the fruits in any container are similar in color and shape.
§ 51.764 Well colored.
Well colored means that the fruit has characteristic color for the variety with practically no trace of green color.
§ 51.765 Firm.
Firm means that the fruit is not soft, or noticeably wilted or flabby, and the skin is not spongy or puffy.
§ 51.766 Well formed.
Well formed means that the fruit has the shape characteristic of the variety.
§ 51.767 Mature.
Mature shall have the same meaning assigned the term in the Florida Citrus Code, Chapter 601, 1995 Edition, and the Official Rules Affecting the Florida Citrus Industry, in effect as of February 12, 1995. These grapefruit maturity requirements are contained in the Florida Citrus Code, Chapter 601, Florida Statutes, Sections 601.16, 601.17, and 601.18, 1995 Edition, and the State of Florida Department of Citrus Official Rules Affecting the Florida Citrus Industry, Part 1, Chapter 20-13 Market Classification, Maturity Standards and Processing or Packing Restrictions for Hybrids in effect as of February 12, 1995. This incorporation by reference was approved by the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. Copies may be obtained from, Florida Department of Citrus, Post Office Box 148, Lakeland, Florida 33802 or copies of both regulations may be inspected at USDA, AMS, F&VD, FPB, Standardization Section, Room 2065-S, 14th and Independence Ave., Washington, DC 20250 or at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to: http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.
§ 51.768 Smooth texture.
Smooth texture means that the skin is thin and smooth for the variety and size of the fruit. “Thin” means that the skin thickness does not average more than 3/8 inch (9.5 mm), on a central cross section, on grapefruit 4 1/8 inches (104.8 mm) in diameter.
§ 51.769 Injury.
Injury means any specific defect described in § 51.784, Table I; or an equally objectionable variation of any one of these defects, any other defect, or any combination of defects, which slightly detracts from the appearance, or the edible or marketing quality of the fruit.
§ 51.770 Discoloration.
Discoloration means russeting of a light shade of golden brown caused by rust mite or other means. Lighter shades of discoloration caused by smooth or fairly smooth superficial scars or other means may be allowed on a greater area, or darker shades may be allowed on a lesser area, provided no discoloration caused by speck-type melanose or other means may detract from the appearance of the fruit to a greater extent than the shade and amount of discoloration allowed in the grade.
§ 51.771 Fairly well colored.
Fairly well colored means that except for an aggregate area of green color which does not exceed the area of a circle 1 inch (25.4 mm) in diameter, the characteristic color predominates over the green color.
§ 51.772 Fairly smooth texture.
Fairly smooth texture means that the skin is fairly thin and not coarse for the variety and size of the fruit. “Fairly thin” means that the skin thickness does not average more than 1/2 inch (12.7 mm), on a grapefruit 4 1/8 inches (104.8 mm) in diameter.
§ 51.773 Damage.
Damage means any specific defect described in § 51.784, Table I; or an equally objectionable variation of any one of these defects, any other defect, or any combination of defects, which materially detracts from the appearance, or the edible or marketing quality of the fruit.
§ 51.774 Fairly firm.
Fairly firm means that the fruit may be slightly soft, but not bruised, and the skin is not spongy or puffy.
§ 51.775 Slightly misshapen.
Slightly misshapen means that the fruit has fairly good shape characteristic of the variety and is not more than slightly elongated or pointed or otherwise deformed.
§ 51.776 Slightly rough texture.
Slightly rough texture means that the skin may be slightly thick but not excessively thick, materially ridged or grooved. “Slightly thick” means that the skin thickness does not average more than 5/8 inch (15.9 mm), on a central cross section, on a grapefruit 4 1/8 inches (104.8 mm) in diameter.
§ 51.777 Serious damage.
Serious damage means any specific defect described in § 51.784, Table I; or an equally objectionable variation of any one of these defects, any other defect, or any combination of defects, which seriously detracts from the appearance, or the edible or marketing quality of the fruit.
§ 51.778 Slightly colored.
Slightly colored means that except for an aggregate area of green color which does not exceed the area of a circle 2 inches (50.8 mm) in diameter, the fruit surface shows some characteristic color.
§ 51.779 Poorly colored.
Poorly colored means that not more than 25 percent of the surface may be of a solid dark green color.
§ 51.780 Misshapen.
Misshapen means that the fruit is decidedly elongated, pointed, or flatsided.
§ 51.781 Slightly spongy.
Slightly spongy means that the fruit is puffy or slightly wilted but not flabby.
§ 51.782 Very serious damage.
Very serious damage means any specific defect described in § 51.784, Table I; or an equally objectionable variation of any one of these defects, any other defect, or any combination of defects, which very seriously detracts from the appearance, or the edible or marketing quality of the fruit.
§ 51.783 Diameter.
Diameter means the greatest dimension measured at right angles to a line from stem to blossom end.
§ 51.784 Classification of defects.
Table I
Factor | Injury | Damage | Serious damage | Very serious damage
Ammoniation | Not occurring as light speck type | Scars are cracked or dark and aggregating more than a circle 1 inch (25.4 mm) in diameter | Aggregating more than 25 percent of the surface.
Bruises | Segment walls are collapsed, or rag is ruptured and juice sacs are ruptured | Segment walls are collapsed, or rag is ruptured and juice sacs are ruptured | Segment walls are collapsed, or rag is ruptured and juice sacs are ruptured | Fruit is split open, peel is badly watersoaked, or rag is ruptured and juice sacs are ruptured causing a mushy condition affecting all segments more than 3/4 inch (19.1 mm) at bruised area or the equivalent of this amount, by volume, when affecting more than one area on the fruit.
Buckskin | Aggregating more than a circle 1- 1/4 inches (31.8 mm) in diameter | Aggregating more than 25 percent of the surface | Aggregating more than 50 percent of the surface.
Caked melanose | Aggregating more than a circle 3/4 inch (19.1 mm) in diameter | Aggregating more than a circle 1 inch (25.4 mm) in diameter | Aggregating more than 25 percent of the surface.
Dryness or mushy condition | Affecting all segments more than 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) at stem end, or the equivalent of this amount, by volume, when occurring in other portions of the fruit | Affecting all segments more than 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) at stem end, or the equivalent of this amount, by volume, when occurring in other portions of the fruit | Affecting all segments more than 3/4 inch (19.1 mm) at stem end, or the equivalent of this amount, by volume, when occurring in other portions of the fruit.
Green spots | Aggregating more than a circle 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) in diameter, caused by scale | Aggregating more than a circle 3/4 inch (19.1 mm) in diameter, caused by scale | Aggregating more than a circle 1 inch (25.4 mm) in diameter, caused by scale | Aggregating more than 1/3 of the surface, caused by scale.
Oil spots | Aggregating more than a circle 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) in diameter | Aggregating more than a circle 1 inch (25.4 mm) in diameter | Aggregating more than a circle 1 1/2 inches (38.1 mm) in diameter | Aggregating more than 1/3 of the surface.
Scab | Materially detracts from the shape or texture, or aggregating more than a circle 3/4 inch (19.1 mm) in diameter | Seriously detracts from the shape or texture, or aggregating more than a circle 7/8 inch (22.2 mm) in diameter | Aggregating more than 25 percent of the surface.
Scale | More than a few adjacent to the “button” at the stem end, or more than 6 scattered on other portions of the fruit | Blotch aggregating more than a circle 3/4 inch (19.1 mm) in diameter, or occurring as a ring more than a circle 1 3/4 inches (31.8 mm) in diameter | Blotch aggregating more than a circle 1 inch (25.4 mm) in diameter, or occurring as a ring more than a circle 1 1/2 inches (38.1 mm) in diameter. | Aggregating more than 25 percent of the surface.
Scars, Hail, or Thorn scratches [For smooth or fairly smooth superficial scars see § 51.770.] | Depressed, not smooth, or detracts from appearance more than the amount of discoloration permitted in the grade | Very deep or very rough aggregating more than a circle 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) in diameter; deep or rough aggregating more than a circle 1 inch (25.4 mm) in diameter; slightly rough or of slight depth aggregating more than 10 percent of fruit surface | Very deep or very rough aggregating more than a circle 1 inch (25.4 mm) in diameter; deep or rough aggregating more than 5 percent of fruit surface; slight depth or slightly rough aggregating more than 15 percent of fruit surface | Very deep or very rough or unsightly that appearance is very seriously affected.
Skin breakdown | Aggregating more than a circle 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) in diameter | Aggregating more than a circle 3/4 inch (19.1 mm) in diameter | Aggregating more than a circle 1 inch (25.4 mm) in diameter | Aggregating more than 25 percent of the surface.
Sprayburn | Aggregating more than a circle 3/4 inch (19.1 mm) in diameter | Hard and aggregating more than a circle 1 1/2 inches (38.1 mm) in diameter | Aggregating more than 25 percent of the surface.
Sprouting | More than six seeds have sprouts of more than 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) in length, or more than 3 seeds with sprouts over 3/4 inch (19.1 mm) in length | More than six seeds have sprouts of more than 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) in length, or more than 3 seeds with sprouts over 1 inch (25.4 mm) in length | More than six seeds have sprouts of more than 3/4 inch (19.1 mm) in length, or more than 3 seeds with sprouts over 1 1/4 inches (31.8 mm) in length.
Sunburn | Skin is flattened, dry, darkened, or hard and the affected area exceeds 25 percent of the surface | Skin is hard and affects more than one-third of the surface | Aggregating more than 50 percent of the surface.
Note: All references to area or aggregating area, or length in this standard are based on a grapefruit 4 1/8 inches (104.8 mm) in diameter, allowing proportionately greater areas on larger fruit and lesser areas on smaller fruit.
Subpart G United States Standards for Grades of Table Grapes (European or Vinifera Type)
510 Grades
§ 51.880 U.S. Extra Fancy Table.
“U.S. Extra Fancy Table” consists of bunches of well developed grapes of one variety, except when designated as assorted varieties, which are uniform in appearance, well colored, and which meet the following requirements:
(a) Basic requirements for berries:
(1) Mature;
(2) Firm;
(3) Firmly attached to capstem;
(4) Not weak;
(5) Not shriveled at capstem;
(6) Not shattered;
(7) Not split or crushed;
(8) Not wet.
(b) Basic requirements for bunches:
(1) Fairly well filled;
(2) Not excessively tight for the variety.
(c) Basic requirements for stems:
(1) Well developed and strong;
(2) Not dry and brittle;
(3) At least yellowish-green in color except for Cardinal, Robin, Exotic, and Beauty Seedless varieties.
(d) Berries free from:
(1) Decay;
(2) Waterberry;
(3) Sunburn;
(4) Almeria Spot.
(e) Stems free from:
(1) Mold;
(2) Decay.
(f) Berries not damaged by:
(1) Any other cause.
(g) Bunches not damaged by:
(1) Shot berries;
(2) Dried berries;
(3) Other defective berries;
(4) Trimming away of defective berries;
(5) Any other cause.
(h) Stems not damaged by:
(1) Freezing;
(2) Any other cause.
(i) Size:
(1) For berries: Exclusive of shot berries and dried berries, not less than 90 percent, by count, of the berries on each bunch shall have the minimum diameters indicated for varieties as follows:
(i) Ribier, Cardinal, Robin, Exotic, Queen, Italia Muscat, and other similar varieties thirteen-sixteenths of an inch.
(ii) Other varieties eleven-sixteenths of an inch.
(2) For bunches:
(i) Not less than one-half pound.
(j) For tolerances see § 51.886.
[36 FR 9126, May 20, 1971. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981, and amended at 56 FR 15802, Apr. 18, 1991]
§ 51.881 U.S. Extra Fancy Export.
“U.S. Extra Fancy Export” consists of grapes which meet the requirements for U.S. Extra Fancy Table and, in addition, meet the packaging requirements set forth in § 51.911.
[36 FR 9126, May 20, 1971. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981]
§ 51.882 U.S. Fancy Table.
“U.S. Fancy Table” consists of bunches of well developed grapes of one variety, except when designated as assorted varieties, which are at least reasonably well colored, uniform in appearance when so specified in connection with the grade, and which meet the following requirements:
(a) Basic requirements for berries:
(1) Mature;
(2) Firm;
(3) Firmly attached to capstem;
(4) Not weak;
(5) Not shriveled at capstem;
(6) Not shattered;
(7) Not split or crushed;
(8) Not wet.
(b) Basic requirements for bunches:
(1) Fairly well filled;
(2) Not excessively tight for the variety.
(c) Basic requirements for stems:
(1) Well developed and strong;
(2) Not dry and brittle.
(d) Berries free from:
(1) Decay;
(2) Waterberry;
(3) Sunburn;
(4) Almeria Spot.
(e) Stems free from:
(1) Mold;
(2) Decay.
(f) Berries not damaged by:
(1) Any other cause.
(g) Bunches not damaged by:
(1) Shot berries;
(2) Dried berries;
(3) Other defective berries;
(4) Trimming away of defective berries;
(5) Any other cause.
(h) Stems not damaged by:
(1) Freezing;
(2) Any other cause.
(i) Size:
(1) For berries: Exclusive of shot berries and dried berries, the following percentages, by count, of the berries on each bunch shall have the minimum diameters indicated for varieties as follows:
(i) For Ribier, Cardinal, Robin, Exotic, Queen, Italia Muscat, and other similar varieties, 90 percent shall be at least twelve-sixteenths of an inch;
(ii) For Thompson Seedless, Perlette, Delight, Beauty Seedless, Sugraone, Flame Seedless and other seedless varieties, 75 percent shall be at least ten-sixteenths of an inch; and,
(iii) For other varieties 90 percent shall be at least ten-sixteenths of an inch.
(2) For bunches:
(i) Not less than one-fourth pound.
(j) For tolerances see § 51.886.
[36 FR 9126, May 20, 1971. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981, and amended at 48 FR 19350, Apr. 29, 1983; 56 FR 15802, Apr. 18, 1991; 64 FR 14576, Mar. 26, 1999]
§ 51.883 U.S. Fancy Export.
“U.S. Fancy Export” consists of grapes which meet the requirements for U.S. Fancy Table, except that bunches shall weigh not less than one-half pound, and in addition meet the packaging requirements set forth in § 51.912.
[36 FR 9126, May 20, 1971. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981, and amended at 56 FR 15802, Apr. 18, 1991]
§ 51.884 U.S. No. 1 Table.
“U.S. No. 1 Table” consists of bunches of well developed grapes of one variety, except when designated as assorted varieties, which are at least fairly well colored, uniform in appearance when so specified in connection with the grade, and which meet the following requirements:
(a) Basic requirements for berries:
(1) Mature;
(2) Firm;
(3) Firmly attached to capstem;
(4) Not weak;
(5) Not materially shriveled at capstem;
(6) Not shattered;
(7) Not split or crushed;
(8) Not wet.
(b) Basic requirements for bunches:
(1) Not straggly.
(c) Basic requirements for stems:
(1) Not weak, or dry and brittle.
(d) Berries free from:
(1) Decay;
(2) Waterberry;
(3) Sunburn.
(e) Stems free from:
(1) Mold;
(2) Decay.
(f) Berries not damaged by:
(1) Any other cause.
(g) Bunches not damaged by:
(1) Shot berries;
(2) Dried berries;
(3) Other defective berries;
(4) Trimming away of defective berries;
(5) Any other cause.
(h) Stems not damaged by:
(1) Freezing;
(2) Any other cause.
(i) Size:
(1) For berries: Exclusive of shot berries and dried berries, 75 percent, by count, of the berries on each bunch shall have the minimum diameters indicated for varieties as follows:
(i) Thompson Seedless, Perlette, Delight, Beauty Seedless, Sugraone, Flame Seedless and other seedless varieties nine-sixteenths of an inch.
(ii) Other varieties ten-sixteenths of an inch.
(2) For bunches:
(i) Not less than one-fourth pound.
(j) For tolerances see § 51.886.
[36 FR 9126, May 20, 1971. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981, and amended at 48 FR 19350, Apr. 29, 1983; 56 FR 15802, Apr. 18, 1991; 64 FR 14576, Mar. 26, 1999]
§ 51.885 U.S. No. 1 Institutional.
“U.S. No. 1 Institutional” grapes must have no less than 95 percent of the containers in the lot legibly marked “Institutional Pack.” Further requirements for this grade include grapes which consist of clusters and/or bunches of well developed grapes of one variety, except when designated as assorted varieties, which are at least fairly well colored, uniform in appearance when so specified in connection with the grade, and which meet the following requirements:
(a) Basic requirements for berries:
(1) Mature;
(2) Firm;
(3) Firmly attached to capstem;
(4) Not weak;
(5) Not materially shriveled at capstem;
(6) Not shattered;
(7) Not split or crushed;
(8) Not wet.
(b) Basic requirements for stems: Not weak, or dry and brittle.
(c) Berries free from:
(1) Decay;
(2) Waterberry;
(3) Sunburn.
(d) Stems free from:
(1) Mold;
(2) Decay.
(e) Berries not damaged by: Any other cause.
(f) Bunches not damaged by:
(1) Shot berries;
(2) Dried berries;
(3) Other defective berries;
(4) Any other cause.
(g) Stems not damaged by:
(1) Freezing;
(2) Any other cause.
(h) Size:
(1) For berries: Exclusive of shot berries and dried berries, 75 percent, by count, of the berries on each bunch shall have the minimum diameters indicated for varieties as follows:
(i) Thompson Seedless, Perlette, Delight, Beauty Seedless, Sugraone, Flame Seedless and other seedless varieties nine-sixteenths of an inch.
(ii) Other varieties ten-sixteenths of an inch.
(2) For clusters/bunches: In this grade grapes shall consist of at least a two berry cluster ranging to clusters and/or bunches of grapes not greater than five ounces in weight. See section 51.913.
(i) For tolerances see section 51.886.
[61 FR 11126, Mar. 19, 1996, as amended at 64 FR 14576, Mar. 26, 1999]
511 Tolerances
§ 51.886 Tolerances.
(a) No tolerances are provided in these standards for grapes which fail to meet the applicable maturity requirements other than the allowances specified in § 51.888 or in the sampling and testing procedures of State maturity regulations.
(b) In order to allow for variations incident to proper grading and handling in each of the foregoing grades except U.S. No. 1 Institutional, tolerances, by weight, other than for maturity, are provided as set forth in Tables I and II.
Table I—Tolerances at Shipping Point 1
[Percent]
Factor | U.S. Extra fancy table | U.S. Fancy table | U.S. No. 1 table
(A) For bunches failing to meet color requirements | 10 | 10 | 10
(B) For bunches failing to meet requirements for minimum diameter of berries | 10 | 10 | 10
(C) For bunches failing to meet stem color requirements | 10
(D) For offsize bunches and for bunches and berries failing to meet the remaining requirements for the grade | 8 | 8 | 8
Including in (D):
(a) For serious damage | 2 | 2 | 2
And, including in (a):
(i) For decay | 1/2 of 1 | 1/2 of 1 | 1/2 of 1
1 Shipping Point, as used in these standards, means the point of origin of the shipment in the producing area or at port of loading for ship stores or overseas shipment, or, in the case of shipments from outside the continental United States, the port of entry into the United States.
Table II—Tolerances En Route or at Destination
(A) For bunches failing to meet color requirements | 10 | 10 | 10
(B) For bunches failing to meet requirements for minimum diameter of berries | 10 | 10 | 10
(C) For bunches failing to meet stem color requirements | 10
(D) For offsize bunches and for bunches and berries failing to meet the remaining requirements for the grade | 12 | 12 | 12
Including in (D):
(a) For permanent defects | 8 | 8 | 8
(b) For serious damage | 4 | 4 | 4
And, including in (b):
(i) For serious damage by permanent defects | 2 | 2 | 2
(ii) For decay | 1 | 1 | 1
(c) In order to allow for variations incident to proper grading and handling in the U.S. No. 1 Institutional grade only, tolerances, by weight, other than for maturity, are provided as set forth in Tables Ia and IIa of this section.
Table Ia—Tolerances at Shipping Point for U.S. No. 1 Institutional Grade Only 1
[Percent]
Factor | U.S. No. 1 institutional
(A) For clusters/bunches failing to meet color requirements | 10.
(B) For clusters/bunches failing to meet requirements for minimum diameter of berries | 10.
(C) For offsize clusters/bunches | 4.
(D) For clusters/bunches and berries failing to meet the remaining requirements for the grade | 8.
Including in (D):
(a) For serious damage | 2
And, including in (a):
(i) For decay | 1/2 of 1.
1Shipping point, as used in these standards, means the point of origin of the shipment in the producing area or at port of loading for ship stores or overseas shipment, or, in the case of shipments from outside the continental United States, the port of entry into the United States.
Table IIa—Tolerances En Route or at Destination for U.S. No. 1 Institutional Grade Only
Factor | U.S. No. 1 institutional
(A) For clusters/bunches failing to meet color requirements | 10.
(B) For clusters/bunches failing to meet requirements for minimum diameter of berries | 10.
(C) For offsize clusters/bunches | 4.
(D) For clusters/bunches and berries failing to meet the remaining requirements for the grade | 12.
Including in (D):
(a) For permanent defects | 8.
(b) For serious damage | 4.
And, including in (b):
(i) For serious damage by permanent defects | 2.
(ii) For decay | 1.
[36 FR 9126, May 20, 1971. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981, and amended at 52 FR 22437, June 12, 1987. Redesignated and amended at 56 FR 15802, Apr. 18, 1991; 61 FR 11127, Mar. 19, 1996]
512 Application of Tolerances
§ 51.887 Application of tolerances.
The contents of the individual packages in any lot, based on sample inspection, are subject to the following limitations: Provided, That the averages for the entire lot are within the tolerances specified for the grade:
(a) For tolerances of 10 percent or more, individual packages may contain not more than one and one-half times the specified tolerance.
(b) For a tolerance of less than 10 percent, individual packages may contain not more than double the specified tolerance.
[36 FR 9126, May 20, 1971. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981. Redesignated at 56 FR 15802, Apr. 18, 1991]
513 Maturity Requirements
§ 51.888 Maturity requirements.
(a) In the case of grapes grown in Arizona or California, “mature” means grapes in any lot shall meet the maturity requirements for the variety as set forth in the applicable State Agricultural Laws and Regulations referenced in this section. This incorporation by reference was approved by the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. Copies may be obtained from, in the case of Arizona maturity regulations, Arizona Department of Agriculture, Citrus, Fruit and Vegetable Standardization, 1688 W. Adams, Phoenix, AZ 85007 or in the case of California maturity regulations, California Department of Food and Agriculture, Fruit and Vegetable Quality Control, Standardization Section, 1220 N Street, P.O. Box 942871, Sacramento, California 94271-0001 or copies of both regulations may be inspected at USDA, AMS, F&VD, FPB, Standardization Section, Room 2065-S, 14th and Independence Avenue, Washington, DC 20250 or at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to: http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.
(1) Arizona maturity regulations are contained in Chapter 4—Plant Services Division, Article 7, Fruit And Vegetable Standardization, Section R3-4-733 Table Grape Standards, Effective January 6, 1994.
(2) California maturity regulations are contained in The California Code of Regulations, Title 3, Subchapter 4. Fresh Fruits, Nuts and Vegetables, Article 25, Table Grapes and Raisins, November 16, 1996.
(b) Grapes subject to U.S. import regulations shall meet the maturity requirements specified in such regulations.
(c) Grapes produced in States other than Arizona or California, or grapes imported from countries outside the United States during periods in which U.S. import regulations do not apply, shall meet the minimum percentage of soluble solids set forth in Table III as determined by use of a standard hand refractometer.
Table III
Variety | Percent of soluble solids
Muscat | 17.5
All varieties not listed in this table | 16.5
Cardinal, Emperor, Perlette, Ribier, Olivette Blanche, Rish Baba, Red Malaga, and similar varieties | 15.5
(1) The minimum percentage of soluble solids for any lot shall be determined from the juice of at least 10 percent, by weight, of whole bunches of the least mature grapes in that container which appears to have the least mature grapes. No lot shall be considered as failing to meet these requirements unless samples from two containers which appear to have the least mature grapes test below the required percentage of soluble solids.
[48 FR 19350, Apr. 29, 1983, as amended at 52 FR 22437, June 12, 1987. Redesignated at 56 FR 15802, Apr. 18, 1991; 61 FR 11127, Mar. 19, 1996; 64 FR 14577, Mar. 26, 1999]
514 Definitions
§ 51.889 Well developed grapes.
Well developed grapes means grapes which are not abnormally small for the variety.
[36 FR 9126, May 20, 1971. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981. Redesignated at 56 FR 15802, Apr. 18, 1991]
§ 51.890 One variety.
One variety means that the grapes show similar varietal characteristics.
[36 FR 9126, May 20, 1971. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981. Redesignated at 56 FR 15802, Apr. 18, 1991]
§ 51.891 Uniform in appearance.
Uniform in appearance means that not more than one-tenth of the containers in any lot show sufficient variation in color or size of berries to materially detract from the appearance of the contents of the individual container, and that the stems are well developed and strong.
[36 FR 9126, May 20, 1971. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981. Redesignated at 56 FR 15802, Apr. 18, 1991]
§ 51.892 Color terms.
The color terms well colored, reasonably well colored, and fairly well colored are defined in Table IV.
Table IV
Color terms | Black varieties | Red varieties | White varieties
Well colored (U.S. Extra Fancy) | Each bunch shall have not less than 95 percent, by count, of berries showing good characteristic color. 1 | Each bunch shall have not less than 75 percent, by count, of berries showing good characteristic color. 1 | No requirement.
Reasonably well colored (U.S. Fancy) | Each bunch shall have not less than 85 percent, by count, of berries showing good characteristic color. 1 | Each bunch shall have not less than 66 2/3 percent, by count, of berries showing good characteristic color 1 except the Tokay and Cardinal varieties shall have not less than 75 percent, by count, of berries showing characteristic color. 2 | No requirement.
Fairly well colored (U.S. No. 1) | Each bunch shall have not less than 75 percent, by count, of berries showing characteristic color. 2 | Each bunch shall have not less than 60 percent, by count, of berries showing characteristic color. 2 | No requirement.
1 Good characteristic color for black varieties means purple to black except that Ribier or similar varieties of grapes shall have at least two-thirds of the surface of the berry showing purple to black color.
For red varieties good characteristic color means at least two-thirds of the surface of the berry is light red through dark red color; except, for the Tokay variety pink through dark red, and for the Cardinal variety light red through purple shall be permitted.
2 Characteristic color for black varieties means reddish-purple to black except that Ribier or similar varieties of grapes shall have at least two-thirds of the surface of the berry showing reddish-purple to black color.
For red varieties characteristic color means at least two-thirds of the surface of the berry is pink to dark red; except, for the Tokay variety light pink through dark red and for the Cardinal variety light pink through purple color shall be permitted.
[36 FR 9126, May 20, 1971. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981. Redesignated at 56 FR 15802, Apr. 18, 1991]
§ 51.893 Firm.
Firm means that the berry does not yield more than slightly to moderate pressure and is not flabby or wilted.
[36 FR 9126, May 20, 1971. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981. Redesignated at 56 FR 15802, Apr. 18, 1991]
§ 51.894 Weak.
Weak means that individual berries are somewhat translucent, watery and soft, may have relatively low sugar content, inferior flavor, or are of poor keeping quality.
[36 FR 9126, May 20, 1971. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981. Redesignated at 56 FR 15802, Apr. 18, 1991]
§ 51.895 Shriveled at capstem.
Shriveled at capstem means that the berry shows more than slight wrinkling of the skin surrounding the capstem.
[36 FR 9126, May 20, 1971. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981. Redesignated at 56 FR 15802, Apr. 18, 1991]
§ 51.896 Shattered.
Shattered means that the berry is separated from the bunch and may or may not have the capstem attached.
[36 FR 9126, May 20, 1971. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981. Redesignated at 56 FR 15802, Apr. 18, 1991]
§ 51.897 Wet.
Wet means that the grapes are wet from moisture from crushed, leaking, or decayed berries or from rain. Grapes which are moist from dew or other moisture condensation such as that resulting from removing grapes from a refrigerator car or cold storage to a warmer location shall not be considered as wet.
[36 FR 9126, May 20, 1971. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981. Redesignated at 56 FR 15802, Apr. 18, 1991]
§ 51.898 Decay.
Decay means any soft breakdown of the flesh or skin of the berry resulting from bacterial or fungus infection. Slight surface development of green mold (Cladosporium) shall not be considered decay.
[36 FR 9126, May 20, 1971. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981. Redesignated at 56 FR 15802, Apr. 18, 1991]
§ 51.899 Waterberry.
Waterberry means a watery, soft, or flabby condition of the berry. Affected berries are low in sugar content, have tender skins, and are easily crushed. This is an advanced or more pronounced stage of the condition referred to as “weak”.
[36 FR 9126, May 20, 1971. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981. Redesignated 56 FR 15802, Apr. 18, 1991]
§ 51.900 Sunburn.
Sunburn means injury to the berry caused by exposure to the sun, including “sulphur burn,” usually occurring as a sunken and discolored or dried area on the exposed surface.
[36 FR 9126, May 20, 1971. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981. Redesignated at 56 FR 15802, Apr. 18, 1991]
§ 51.901 Damage.
Damage means any specific defect described in this section; or an equally objectionable variation of any one of these defects, or any other defect, or any combination of defects which materially detracts from the appearance, or the edible or marketing quality of the individual berry, the appearance of the bunch as a whole, or the marketing quality of the stems.
(a) The following shall be considered as damage to the individual berry:
(1) Scarring such as that caused by thrips, mildew, rubs, and similar injuries when materially detracting from the appearance of the berry;
(2) Discoloration when any light brown, tan, or darker discoloration of the skin materially detracts from the appearance of the berry: Provided, That “sunkissed” berries of the white Malaga variety which show discoloration of amber or light brown color shall not be considered as damaged. “Buckskin” berries of the Tokay variety, and similar injury to other varieties, shall be considered as damaged by discoloration;
(3) Heat when the flesh of the berry is affected;
(4) Almeria Spot when any spot is distinctly sunken or dark in color;
(5) Mildew when active powdery mildew is present;
(6) Freezing when the berry is frozen or when the flesh of the berry is affected by freezing;
(7) Insect injury when penetrating the skin of the berry or when there is noticeable insect infestation on the bunch; when mealybug residue or aphis honeydew are present in noticeable amounts; or when leafhopper residue materially detracts from the appearance of the individual berry or of the bunch.
(b) The following shall be considered as damage to stems:
(1) Active powdery mildew or any other disease when present on the stems to the extent that it detracts from the appearance of the bunch or when scars caused by mildew or other disease constrict or weaken any part of the main or lateral stems; and,
(2) Freezing when the stems are frozen or the capstems are swollen or dried, or when the main or lateral stems are water-soaked and limp, or dried, as a result of freezing.
[36 FR 9126, May 20, 1971. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981. Redesignated at 56 FR 15802, Apr. 18, 1991]
§ 51.902 Fairly well filled.
Fairly well filled means that the berries are reasonably closely spaced on main and lateral stems and that the bunch is not very loose or stringy.
[36 FR 9126, May 20, 1971. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981. Redesignated at 56 FR 15802, Apr. 18, 1991]
§ 51.903 Excessively tight.
Excessively tight means that the berries are so wedged together that the bunch is extremely compact for the variety and resulting distorted berries materially detract from the appearance of the bunch.
[36 FR 9126, May 20, 1971. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981. Redesignated at 56 FR 15802, Apr. 18, 1991]
§ 51.904 Shot berries.
Shot berries means very small berries resulting from insufficient pollination, usually seedless in those varieties which normally develop seeds.
[36 FR 9126, May 20, 1971. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981. Redesignated at 56 FR 15802, Apr. 18, 1991]
§ 51.905 Dried berries.
Dried berries means berries which are dry and shriveled to the extent that practically no moisture is present.
[36 FR 9126, May 20, 1971. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981. Redesignated at 56 FR 15802, Apr. 18, 1991]
§ 51.906 Well developed and strong.
Well developed and strong means that the main and lateral stems are firm, fibrous, and pliable; not distinctly immature or spindly or threadlike at time of packing.
[36 FR 9126, May 20, 1971. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981. Redesignated at 56 FR 15802, Apr. 18, 1991]
§ 51.907 Diameter.
Diameter means the greatest dimension of the berry taken at right angles to a line running from the stem to the blossom end.
[36 FR 9126, May 20, 1971. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981. Redesignated at 56 FR 15802, Apr. 18, 1991]
§ 51.908 Serious damage.
Serious damage means any defect or any combination of defects which seriously detracts from the appearance, or the edible or marketing quality of the grapes and includes berries which are split, crushed, wet, affected by decay or waterberry, or affected by heat or freezing. Grapes which show healed cracks at the blossom and shall not be considered as seriously damaged.
[36 FR 9126, May 20, 1971. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981. Redesignated at 56 FR 15802, Apr. 18, 1991]
§ 51.909 Materially shriveled at capstem.
Materially shriveled at capstem means that the skin of the berry is definitely wrinkled adjacent to the capstem and the surface is materially sunken.
[36 FR 9126, May 20, 1971. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981. Redesignated at 56 FR 15802, Apr. 18, 1991]
§ 51.910 Straggly.
Straggly means that the berries are so widely spaced on main and laterial stems that the bunch is distinctly open or very stemmy or stringy in structure.
[36 FR 9126, May 20, 1971. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981. Redesignated at 56 FR 15802, Apr. 18, 1991]
§ 51.911 Container.
Container as used in these standards shall, for the purposes of determining maturity and other factors of grade of grapes in packages containing 5 pounds or less, mean the master container in which the individual packages are packed for shipment.
[52 FR 22437, June 12, 1987. Redesignated at 56 FR 15802, Apr. 18, 1991]
§ 51.912 Export.
When designated as Export, grapes shall be packed with any of the customary protective materials such as cushions, liners, or wraps, or properly packed in sawdust or granulated cork. The so-called “semi-sawdust packs” which are cushioned and/or covered with sawdust are not approved as protective packaging for export.
[36 FR 9126, May 20, 1971. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981. Redesignated at 56 FR 15802, Apr. 18, 1991]
§ 51.913 Clusters.
Clusters as used in these standards in reference to the U.S. No. 1 Institutional grade only shall be defined as two or more berries sharing a common point of attachment.
[61 FR 11127, Mar. 19, 1996]
515 Metric Conversion Table
§ 51.914 Metric conversion table.
Inches | Millimeters (mm)
3/16 equals | 12.7
9/16 equals | 14.3
10/16 equals | 15.9
11/16 equals | 17.5
12/16 equals | 19.1
13/16 equals | 20.6
14/16 equals | 22.2
15/16 equals | 28.8
1 equals | 25.4
Pounds | Grams
1/4 equals | 113.4
1/2 equals | 226.8
3/4 equals | 340.2
1 equals | 453.6
2 equals | 907.2
3 equals | 1,360.8
4 equals | 1,814.4
5 equals | 2,268.0
10 equals | 4,536.0
[36 FR 9126, May 20, 1971. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981. Redesignated at 56 FR 15802, Apr. 18, 1991, and further redesignated at 61 FR 11127, Mar. 19, 1996]
Subpart H United States Standards for Grades of Florida Oranges and Tangelos
Source: 61 FR 20708, May 8, 1996, unless otherwise noted.
516 General
§ 51.1140 General.
The standards contained in this subpart apply only to the common or sweet orange group and varieties and hybrids of varieties belonging to the Mandarin group, except tangerines, and to the citrus fruit commonly known as “tangelo”—a hybrid between tangerine or mandarin orange (citrus reticulata) with either the grapefruit or pomelo (C. paradisi and C. grandis). Separate U.S. standards apply to tangerines. The standards for internal quality contained in §§ 51.1176 through 51.1179 apply only to common sweet oranges (citrus sinensis (L) Osbeck).
517 Grades
§ 51.1141 U.S. Fancy.
“U.S. Fancy” consists of oranges which meet the following requirements:
(a) Basic requirements:
(1) Discoloration: Not more than one-tenth of the surface, in the aggregate, may be affected by discoloration. (See § 51.1161.);
(2) Firm;
(3) Mature;
(4) Similar varietal characteristics;
(5) Smooth texture;
(6) Well colored; and,
(7) Well formed.
(b) Free from:
(1) Ammoniation;
(2) Buckskin;
(3) Caked melanose;
(4) Creasing;
(5) Decay;
(6) Scab;
(7) Split navels;
(8) Sprayburn;
(9) Undeveloped segments;
(10) Unhealed skin breaks; and,
(11) Wormy fruit.
(c) Free from injury caused by:
(1) Bruises;
(2) Green spots;
(3) Oil spots;
(4) Rough, wide or protruding navels;
(5) Scale;
(6) Scars;
(7) Skin breakdown; and,
(8) Thorn scratches.
(d) Free from damage caused by:
(1) Dirt or other foreign material;
(2) Disease;
(3) Dryness or mushy condition;
(4) Hail;
(5) Insects;
(6) Riciness or woodiness;
(7) Sunburn; and,
(8) Other means.
(e) For tolerances see § 51.1151.
(f) Internal quality: Lots meeting the internal requirements for “U.S. Grade AA Juice (Double A)” or “U.S. Grade A Juice” may be so specified in connection with the grade. (See §§ 51.1176-51.1179.)
§ 51.1142 U.S. No. 1 Bright.
The requirements for this grade are the same as for U.S. No. 1 except that fruit shall have not more than one-fifth of its surface, in the aggregate, affected by discoloration.
(a) For tolerances see § 51.1151.
(b) Internal quality: Lots meeting the internal requirements for “U.S. Grade AA Juice (Double A)” or “U.S. Grade A Juice” may be so specified in connection with the grade. (See §§ 51.1176-51.1179.)
§ 51.1143 U.S. No. 1.
“U.S. No. 1” consists of oranges which meet the following requirements:
(a) Basic requirements:
(1) Color;
(i) Early and midseason varieties shall be fairly well colored.
(ii) For Valencia and other late varieties, not less than 50 percent, by count, shall be fairly well colored and the remainder reasonably well colored.
(2) Discoloration: Not more than one-third of the surface, in the aggregate, may be affected by discoloration. (See § 51.1161.);
(3) Fairly smooth texture;
(4) Firm;
(5) Mature;
(6) Similar varietal characteristics; and,
(7) Well formed.
(b) Free from:
(1) Decay;
(2) Unhealed skin breaks; and,
(3) Wormy fruit.
(c) Free from damage caused by:
(1) Ammoniation;
(2) Bruises;
(3) Buckskin;
(4) Caked melanose;
(5) Creasing;
(6) Dirt or other foreign material;
(7) Disease;
(8) Dryness or mushy condition;
(9) Green spots;
(10) Hail;
(11) Insects;
(12) Oil spots;
(13) Riciness or woodiness;
(14) Scab;
(15) Scale;
(16) Scars;
(17) Skin breakdown;
(18) Split, rough or protruding navels;
(19) Sprayburn;
(20) Sunburn;
(21) Thorn scratches; and,
(22) Other means.
(d) For tolerances see § 51.1151.
(e) Internal quality: Lots meeting the internal requirements for “U.S. Grade AA Juice (Double A)” or “U.S. Grade A Juice” may be so specified in connection with the grade. (See §§ 51.1176-51.1179.)
§ 51.1144 U.S. No. 1 Golden.
The requirements for this grade are the same as for U.S. No. 1 except that not more than 30 percent, by count, of the fruit shall have more than one-third of their surface, in the aggregate, affected by discoloration.
(a) For tolerances see § 51.1151.
(b) Internal quality: Lots meeting the internal requirements for “U.S. Grade AA Juice (Double A)” or “U.S. Grade A Juice” may be so specified in connection with the grade. (See §§ 51.1176-51.1179.)
§ 51.1145 U.S. No. 1 Bronze.
The requirements for this grade are the same as for U.S. No. 1 except at least 30 percent, by count, of the fruit shall have more than one-third of their surface, in the aggregate, affected by discoloration. The predominating discoloration on each fruit shall be of rust mite type.
(a) For tolerances see § 51.1151.
(b) Internal quality: Lots meeting the internal requirements for “U.S. Grade AA Juice (Double A)” or “U.S. Grade A Juice” may be so specified in connection with the grade. (See §§ 51.1176-51.1179.)
§ 51.1146 U.S. No. 1 Russet.
The requirements for this grade are the same as for U.S. No. 1 except that at least 30 percent, by count, of the fruit shall have more than one-third of their surface, in the aggregate, affected by any type of discoloration.
(a) For tolerances see § 51.1151.
(b) Internal quality: Lots meeting the internal requirements for “U.S. Grade AA Juice (Double A)” or “U.S. Grade A Juice” may be so specified in connection with the grade. (See §§ 51.1176-51.1179.)
§ 51.1147 U.S. No. 2 Bright.
The requirements for this grade are the same as for U.S. No. 2 except that fruit shall have not more than one-fifth of its surface, in the aggregate, affected by discoloration.
(a) For tolerances see § 51.1151.
(b) Internal quality: Lots meeting the internal requirements for “U.S. Grade AA Juice (Double A)” or “U.S. Grade A Juice” may be so specified in connection with the grade. (See §§ 51.1176-51.1179.)
§ 51.1148 U.S. No. 2.
“U.S. No. 2” consists of oranges which meet the following requirements:
(a) Basic requirements:
(1) Discoloration: Not more than one-half of the surface, in the aggregate, may be affected by discoloration. (See § 51.1161.)
(2) Fairly firm;
(3) Mature;
(4) Reasonably well colored;
(5) Similar varietal characteristics;
(6) Not more than slightly misshapen; and
(7) Not more than slightly rough texture.
(b) Free from:
(1) Decay;
(2) Unhealed skin breaks; and
(3) Wormy fruit.
(c) Free from serious damage caused by:
(1) Ammoniation;
(2) Bruises;
(3) Buckskin;
(4) Caked melanose;
(5) Creasing;
(6) Dirt or other foreign material;
(7) Disease;
(8) Dryness or mushy condition;
(9) Green spots;
(10) Hail;
(11) Insects;
(12) Oil spots;
(13) Riciness or woodiness;
(14) Scab;
(15) Scale;
(16) Scars;
(17) Skin breakdown;
(18) Split, rough or protruding navels;
(19) Sprayburn;
(20) Sunburn;
(21) Thorn scratches; and
(22) Other means.
(d) For tolerances see § 51.1151.
(e) Internal quality: Lots meeting the internal requirements for “U.S. Grade AA Juice (Double A)” or “U.S. Grade A Juice” may be so specified in connection with the grade. (See §§ 51.1176-51.1179.)
§ 51.1149 U.S. No. 2 Russet.
The requirements for this grade are the same as for U.S. No. 2 except that at least 10 percent of the fruit shall have more than one-half of their surface, in the aggregate, affected by any type of discoloration.
(a) For tolerances see § 51.1151.
(b) Internal quality: Lots meeting the internal requirements for “U.S. Grade AA Juice (Double A)” or “U.S. Grade A Juice” may be so specified in connection with the grade. (See §§ 51.1176-51.1179.)
§ 51.1150 U.S. No. 3.
“U.S. No. 3” consists of oranges which meet the following requirements:
(a) Basic requirements:
(1) Mature;
(2) Misshapen;
(3) Poorly colored;
(4) Rough texture, not seriously lumpy;
(5) Similar varietal characteristics; and
(6) Slightly spongy.
(b) Free from:
(1) Decay;
(2) Unhealed skin breaks; and
(3) Wormy fruit.
(c) Free from very serious damage caused by:
(1) Ammoniation;
(2) Bruises;
(3) Buckskin;
(4) Caked melanose;
(5) Creasing;
(6) Disease;
(7) Dryness or mushy condition;
(8) Hail;
(9) Insects;
(10) Riciness or woodiness;
(11) Scab;
(12) Scale;
(13) Scars;
(14) Skin breakdown;
(15) Split navels;
(16) Sprayburn;
(17) Sunburn; and
(18) Other means.
(d) For tolerances see § 51.1151.
(e) Internal quality: Lots meeting the internal requirements for “U.S. Grade AA Juice (Double A)” or “U.S. Grade A Juice” may be so specified in connection with the grade. (See §§ 51.1176-51.1179.)
518 Tolerances
§ 51.1151 Tolerances.
In order to allow for variations incident to proper grading and handling in each of the foregoing grades, the following tolerances, by count, based on a minimum 25 count sample, are provided as specified:
(a) Defects. (1) U.S. Fancy, U.S. No. 1 Bright, U.S. No. 1, U.S. No. 1 Golden, U.S. No. 1 Bronze, U.S. No. 1 Russet, U.S. No. 2 Bright, U.S. No. 2, and U.S. No. 2 Russet grades.
(i) For defects at shipping point. 1 Not more than 10 percent of the fruit in any lot may fail to meet the requirements of the specified grade: Provided, that included in this amount not more than 5 percent shall be allowed for defects causing very serious damage, including in this latter amount not more than 1 percent for decay or wormy fruit.
1 Shipping point, as used in these standards, means the point of origin of the shipment in the producing area or at port of loading for ship stores or overseas shipment, or, in the case of shipments from outside the continental United States, the port of entry into the United States.
(ii) For defects en route or at destination. Not more than 12 percent of the fruit which fail to meet the requirements of the specified grade: Provided, that included in this amount not more than the following percentages shall be allowed for defects listed:
(A) 10 percent for fruit having permanent defects; or,
(B) 7 percent for defects causing very serious damage, including therein not more than 5 percent for very serious damage by permanent defects and not more than 3 percent for decay or wormy fruit.
(2) U.S. No. 3.
(i) For defects at shipping point. 1 Not more than 10 percent of the fruit in any lot may fail to meet the requirements of the grade: Provided, that included in this amount not more than 1 percent shall be for decay or wormy fruit.
(ii) For defects en route or at destination. Not more than 12 percent of the fruit which fail to meet the requirements of the grade: Provided, that included in this amount not more than the following percentages shall be allowed for defects listed:
(A) 10 percent for fruit having permanent defects; or,
(B) 3 percent for decay or wormy fruit.
(b) Discoloration—(1) U.S. No. 1 Bright, U.S. No. 1, U.S. No. 2 Bright, and U.S. No. 2. Not more than 10 percent of the fruit in any lot may fail to meet the requirements relating to discoloration as specified in each grade. No sample may have more than 20 percent of the fruit with excessive discoloration: And provided further, that the entire lot averages within the percentage specified.
(2) U.S. No. 1 Golden. Not more than 30 percent of the fruit shall have in excess of one-third of their surface, in the aggregate, and no part of any tolerance shall be allowed to increase this percentage. No sample may have more than 40 percent of the fruit with excessive discoloration: And provided further, that the entire lot averages within the percentage specified.
(3) U.S. No. 1 Bronze, and U.S. No. 1 Russet. At least 30 percent of the fruit shall have in excess of one-third of the surface, in the aggregate, affected by discoloration, and no part of any tolerance shall be allowed to reduce this percentage. No sample may have less than 20 percent of the fruit with required discoloration: And provided further, that the entire lot averages within the percentage specified.
(4) U.S. No. 2 Russet. At least 10 percent of the fruit shall have in excess of one-half of the surface, in the aggregate, affected by discoloration, and no part of any tolerance shall be allowed to reduce this percentage: And provided further, that the entire lot averages within the percentage specified.
[61 FR 20708, May 8, 1996, as amended at 61 FR 40290, Aug. 2, 1996; 62 FR 2897, Jan. 21, 1997]
519 Application of Tolerances
§ 51.1152 Application of tolerances.
Individual samples are subject to the following limitations, unless otherwise specified in § 51.1151. Individual samples shall have not more than one and one-half times a specified tolerance of 10 percent or more, and not more than double a specified tolerance of less than 10 percent: Provided, that at least one decayed or wormy fruit may be permitted in any sample: And provided further, that the averages for the entire lot are within the tolerances specified for the grade.
[62 FR 2897, Jan. 21, 1997]
520 Size
§ 51.1153 Size.
(a) Fruits shall be fairly uniform in size and shall be packed in containers according to approved and recognized methods.
(b) “Fairly uniform in size” means that not more than 10 percent of the oranges per sample may vary more than one-half inch in diameter.
(c) In order to allow for variations incident to proper sizing, not more than 10 percent of the samples in any lot may fail to meet the requirements of size.
521 Definitions
§ 51.1154 Similar varietal characteristics.
Similar varietal characteristics means that the fruits in any container are similar in color and shape.
§ 51.1155 Well colored.
Well colored as applied to common oranges and tangelos means that the fruit has characteristic color for the variety with practically no trace of green color.
§ 51.1156 Firm.
Firm as applied to common oranges and tangelos means that the fruit is not soft, or noticeably wilted or flabby; as applied to oranges of the Mandarin group (Satsumas, King, Mandarin), “firm” means that the fruit is not extremely puffy, although the skin may be slightly loose.
§ 51.1157 Well formed.
Well formed means that the fruit has the shape characteristic of the variety.
§ 51.1158 Mature.
Mature shall have the same meaning assigned the term in the Florida Citrus Code, Chapter 601, 1995 Edition, and the Official Rules Affecting the Florida Citrus Industry, in effect as of February 12, 1995. These orange maturity requirements are contained in the Florida Citrus Code, Chapter 601, Florida Statutes, Sections 601.19, and 601.20, 1995 Edition, and the State of Florida Department of Citrus Official Rules Affecting the Florida Citrus Industry, Part 1, Chapter 20-13 Market Classification, Maturity Standards and Processing or Packing Restrictions for Hybrids in effect as of February 12, 1995. This incorporation by reference was approved by the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. Copies may be obtained from, Florida Department of Citrus, Post Office Box 148, Lakeland, Florida 33802 or copies of both regulations may be inspected at USDA, AMS, F&VD, FPB, Standardization Section, Room 2065-S, 14th and Independence Ave., Washington, DC 20250 or at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to: http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.
§ 51.1159 Smooth texture.
Smooth texture means that the skin is thin and smooth for the variety and size of the fruit.
§ 51.1160 Injury.
Injury means any specific defect described in § 51.1175, Table I; or an equally objectionable variation of any one of these defects, any other defect, or any combination of defects which slightly detracts from the appearance, or the edible or marketing quality of the fruit.
§ 51.1161 Discoloration.
Discoloration means russeting of a light shade of golden brown caused by rust mite or other means. Lighter shades of discoloration caused by smooth or fairly smooth superficial scars or other means may be allowed on a greater area, or darker shades may be allowed on a lesser area, provided no discoloration caused by speck type melanose or other means may detract from the appearance of the fruit to a greater extent than the shade and amount of discoloration allowed for the grade.
§ 51.1162 Fairly smooth texture.
Fairly smooth texture means that the skin is fairly thin and not coarse for the variety and size of the fruit.
§ 51.1163 Damage.
Damage means any specific defect described in § 51.1175, Table I; or an equally objectionable variation of any one of these defects, any other defect, or any combination of defects, which materially detracts from the appearance, or the edible or marketing quality of the fruit.
§ 51.1164 Fairly well colored.
Fairly well colored as applied to common oranges and tangelos means that except for an aggregate area of green color which does not exceed the area of a circle 1 inch (25.4 mm) in diameter, the characteristic color predominates over the green color.
§ 51.1165 Reasonably well colored.
Reasonably well colored as applied to common oranges means that the characteristic color predominate over the green color on at least two-thirds of the fruit surface, in the aggregate.
§ 51.1166 Poorly colored.
Poorly colored as applied to common oranges means that not more than 25 percent of the surface may be solid dark green color.
§ 51.1167 Fairly firm.
Fairly firm as applied to common oranges and tangelos, means that the fruit may be slightly soft, but not bruised; as applied to oranges of the Mandarin group (Satsumas, King, Mandarin), means that the skin of the fruit is not extremely puffy or extremely loose.
§ 51.1168 Slightly misshapen.
Slightly misshapen means that the fruit is not of the shape characteristic of the variety but is not appreciably elongated or pointed or otherwise deformed.
§ 51.1169 Slightly rough texture.
Slightly rough texture means that the skin is not of smooth texture but is not materially ridged, grooved, or wrinkled.
§ 51.1170 Serious damage.
Serious damage means any specific defect described in § 51.1175, Table I; or an equally objectionable variation of any one of these defects, any other defect, or any combination of defects, which seriously detracts from the appearance, or the edible or marketing quality of the fruit.
§ 51.1171 Misshapen.
Misshapen means that the fruit is decidedly elongated, pointed or flatsided.
§ 51.1172 Slightly spongy.
Slightly spongy means that the fruit is puffy or slightly wilted but not flabby.
§ 51.1173 Very serious damage.
Very serious damage means any specific defect described in § 51.1175, Table I; or an equally objectionable variation of any one of these defects, any other defect, or any combination of defects, which very seriously detracts from the appearance, or the edible or marketing quality of the fruit.
§ 51.1174 Diameter.
Diameter means the greatest dimension measured at right angles to a line from stem to blossom end.
§ 51.1175 Classification of defects.
Table I
Factor | Injury | Damage | Serious damage | Very serious damage
Ammoniation | Not occurring as light speck type | Scars are cracked or dark and aggregating more than a circle 3/4 inch (19.1 mm) in diameter | Aggregating more than 25 percent of the surface.
Bruises | Segment walls are collapsed, or rag is ruptured and juice sacs are ruptured | Segment walls are collapsed, or rag is ruptured and juice sacs are ruptured | Segment walls are collapsed, or rag is ruptured and juice sacs are ruptured | Fruit is split open, peel is badly watersoaked, or rag is ruptured and juice sacs are ruptured causing a mushy condition affecting all segments more than 3/4 inch (19.9 mm) at bruised area or the equivalent of this amount, by volume, when affecting more than one area on the fruit.
Buckskin | Aggregating more than a circle 1 inch (25.4 mm) in diameter | Aggregating more than 25 percent of the surface | Aggregating more than 50 percent of the surface.
Caked melanose | Aggregating more than a circle 5/8 inch (15.9 mm) in diameter | Aggregating more than a circle 3/4 inch (19.1 mm) in diameter | Aggregating more than 25 percent of the surface.
Creasing | Materially weakens the skin, or extends over more than one-third of the surface | Seriously weakens the skin, or extends over more than one-half of the surface | Very seriously weakens the skin, or is distributed over practically the entire surface.
Dryness or mushy condition | Affecting all segments more than 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) at stem end, or the equivalent of this amount, by volume, when occurring in other portions of the fruit | Affecting all segments more than 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) at stem end, or the equivalent of this amount, by volume, when occurring in other portions of the fruit | Affecting all segments more than 3/4 inch (19.1 mm) at stem end, or the equivalent of this amount, by volume, when occurring in other portions of the fruit.
Green spots | Aggregating more than a circle 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) in diameter, caused by scale | Aggregating more than a circle 5/8 inch (15.9 mm) in diameter, caused by scale | Aggregating more than a circle 7/8 inch (22.2 mm) in diameter, caused by scale | Aggregating more than 1/3 of the surface, caused by scale.
Oil spots | Aggregating more than a circle 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) in diameter | Aggregating more than a circle 7/8 inch (22.2 mm) in diameter | Aggregating more than a circle 1 1/4 inches (31.8 mm) in diameter | Aggregating more than 1/3 of the surface.
Scab | Materially detracts from the shape or texture, or aggregating more than a circle 5/8 inch (15.9 mm) in diameter | Seriously detracts from the shape or texture, or aggregating more than a circle 3/4 inch (19.1 mm) in diameter | Aggregating more than 25 percent of the surface.
Scale | More than a few adjacent to the “button” at the stem end, or more than 6 scattered on other portions of the fruit | Aggregating more than a circle 5/8 inch (15.9 mm) in diameter | Aggregating more than a circle 3/4 inch (19.1 mm) in diameter | Aggregating more than 25 percent of the surface.
Scars, Hail, or Thorn scratches [For smooth or fairly smooth superficial scars see § 51.1161.] | Depressed, not smooth, or detracts from appearance more than the amount of discoloration permitted in the grade | Deep or rough aggregating more than a circle 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) in diameter; slightly rough with slight depth aggregating more than a circle 7/8 inch (22.2 mm) in diameter; smooth or fairly smooth with slight depth aggregating more than a circle 1 1/4 inches (31.8 mm) in diameter | Deep or rough aggregating more than a circle 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) in diameter; slightly rough with depth aggregating more than a circle 1 1/4 inches (31.8 mm) in diameter; smooth or fairly smooth with slight depth aggregating more than 10 percent of fruit surface | Deep or rough or unsightly that appearance is very seriously affected.
Skin breakdown | Aggregating more than a circle 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) in diameter | Aggregating more than a circle 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) in diameter | Aggregating more than a circle 7/8 inch (22.2 mm) in diameter | Aggregating more than 25 percent of the surface.
Sprayburn | Aggregating more than a circle 5/8 inch (15.9 mm) in diameter | Hard and aggregating more than a circle 1 1/2 inches (38.1 mm) in diameter | Aggregating more than 25 percent of the surface.
Split, rough, protruding navels | Split is unhealed, or more than 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) in length, or navel protrudes beyond the general contour, and opening is so wide, folded and ridged that it detracts from the appearance | Split is unhealed, or more than 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) in length, or more than three well healed splits, or navel protrudes beyond the general contour, and opening is so wide, folded and ridged that it detracts from appearance | Split is unhealed, or more than 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) in length, or two or more splits aggregate more than 1 inch (25.4 mm) in length, or navel protrudes beyond general contour, and opening is so wide, folded and ridged that it detracts from appearance | Split is unhealed or fruit is seriously weakened.
Sunburn | Skin is flattened, dry, darkened, or hard and the affected area exceeds 25 percent of the surface | Skin is hard and affects more than one-third of the surface | Aggregating more than 50 percent of the surface.
Note: All references to area or aggregating area, or length in this standard are based on an orange or tangelo 2 7/8 inches (73.0 mm) in diameter, allowing proportionately greater areas on larger fruit and lesser areas on smaller fruit.
522 Standards for Internal Quality of Common Sweet Oranges (Citrus Sinensis (L) Osbeck)
§ 51.1176 U.S. Grade AA Juice (Double A).
Any lot of oranges, the juice content of which meets the following requirements, may be designated “U.S. Grade AA Juice (Double A)”:
(a) Each lot of fruit shall contain an average of not less than 5 gallons (18.9 liters) of juice per standard packed box of 1 3/5 bushels.
(b) The average juice content for any lot of fruit shall have not less than 10 percent total soluble solids, and not less than one-half of 1 percent anhydrous citric acid, or more than the permissible maximum acid specified in Table II of § 51.1178.
§ 51.1177 U.S. Grade A Juice.
Any lot of oranges, the juice content of which meets the following requirements, may be designated “U.S. Grade A Juice”:
(a) Each lot of fruit shall contain an average of not less than 4 1/2 gallons (17.0 liters) of juice per standard packed box of 1 3/5 bushels.
(b) The average juice content for any lot of fruit shall have not less than 9 percent total soluble solids, and not less than one-half of 1 percent anhydrous citric acid, or more than the permissible maximum acid specified in Table II of § 51.1178.
§ 51.1178 Maximum anhydrous citric acid permissible for corresponding total soluble solids.
For determining the grade of juice, the maximum permissible anhydrous citric acid content in relation to corresponding total soluble solids in the fruit is set forth in the following Table II together with the minimum ratio of total soluble solids to anhydrous citric acid:
Table II
Total soluble solids (average pct) | Maximum anhydrous citric acid (average pct) | Minimum ratio of total soluble solids to anhydrous citric acid
9.0 | 0.947 | 9.50-1
9.1 | .963 | 9.45-1
9.2 | .979 | 9.40-1
9.3 | .995 | 9.35-1
9.4 | 1.011 | 9.30-1
9.5 | 1.027 | 9.25-1
9.6 | 1.043 | 9.20-1
9.7 | 1.060 | 9.15-1
9.8 | 1.077 | 9.10-1
9.9 | 1.094 | 9.05-1
10.0 | 1.111 | 9.00-1
10.1 | 1.128 | 8.95-1
10.2 | 1.146 | 8.90-1
10.3 | 1.164 | 8.85-1
10.4 | 1.182 | 8.80-1
10.5 | 1.200 | 8.75-1
10.6 | 1.218 | 8.70-1
10.7 | 1.237 | 8.65-1
10.8 | 1.256 | 8.60-1
10.9 | 1.275 | 8.55-1
11.0 | 1.294 | 8.50-1
11.1 | 1.306 | 8.50-1
11.2 | 1.318 | 8.50-1
11.3 | 1.329 | 8.50-1
11.4 | 1.341 | 8.50-1
11.5 | 1.353 | 8.50-1
11.6 | 1.365 | 8.50-1
11.7 | 1.376 | 8.50-1
11.8 | 1.388 | 8.50-1
11.9 | 1.400 | 8.50-1
12.0 | 1.412 | 8.50-1
12.1 | 1.424 | 8.50-1
12.2 | 1.435 | 8.50-1
12.3 | 1.447 | 8.50-1
12.4 | 1.459 | 8.50-1
12.5 | 1.471 | 8.50-1
12.6 | 1.482 | 8.50-1
12.7 | 1.494 | 8.50-1
12.8 | 1.506 | 8.50-1
12.9 | 1.517 | 8.50-1
13.0 | 1.530 | 8.50-1
13.1 | 1.541 | 8.50-1
13.2 | 1.553 | 8.50-1
13.3 | 1.565 | 8.50-1
13.4 | 1.576 | 8.50-1
13.5 | 1.588 | 8.50-1
13.6 | 1.600 | 8.50-1
13.7 | 1.612 | 8.50-1
13.8 | 1.624 | 8.50-1
13.9 | 1.635 | 8.50-1
14.0 | 1.647 | 8.50-1
14.1 | 1.659 | 8.50-1
14.2 | 1.671 | 8.50-1
14.3 | 1.682 | 8.50-1
14.4 | 1.694 | 8.50-1
14.5 | 1.705 | 8.50-1
14.6 | 1.718 | 8.50-1
14.7 | 1.729 | 8.50-1
14.8 | 1.741 | 8.50-1
14.9 | 1.753 | 8.50-1
15.0 | 1.765 | 8.50-1
15.1 | 1.776 | 8.50-1
15.2 | 1.788 | 8.50-1
15.3 | 1.800 | 8.50-1
15.4 | 1.812 | 8.50-1
15.5 | 1.824 | 8.50-1
15.6 or more | 8.50-1
§ 51.1179 Method of juice extraction.
The juice used in the determining of solids, acids and juice content shall be extracted from representative samples as thoroughly as possible with a hand reamer or by such mechanical extractor or extractors as may be approved. The juice shall be strained through cheese cloth or other approved straining device of extra fine mesh to prevent passage of juice cells, pulp, or seeds.
Subpart I United States Standards for Cleaned Virginia Type Peanuts in the Shell
Source: 18 FR 7117, Nov. 11, 1953, unless otherwise noted. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981.
523 Grades
§ 51.1235 U.S. Jumbo Hand Picked.
U.S. Jumbo Hand Picked shall consist of cleaned Virginia type peanuts in the shell which are mature, dry, and free from loose peanut kernels, dirt or other foreign material, pops, paper ends, and from damage caused by cracked or broken shells, discoloration or other means. The kernels shall be free from damage from any cause. In addition, the peanuts shall not pass through a screen having 37/64 × 3 inch perforations. Unless otherwise specified, the unshelled peanuts in any lot shall not average more than 176 count per pound.
(a) In order to allow for variations incident to proper grading and handling, the following tolerances, by weight, shall be permitted:
(1) 10.0 percent total for pops, peanuts having paper ends or damaged shells, loose undamaged peanut kernels, and dirt or other foreign material, but not more than one-twentieth of this amount, or 0.5 percent, shall be allowed for dirt or other foreign material.
(2) 5.0 percent for peanuts which will pass through the prescribed screen, but which are free from pops and from peanuts having paper ends or damaged shells.
(3) 3.5 percent for peanuts with damaged kernels, and damaged loose kernels.
§ 51.1236 U.S. Fancy Hand Picked.
U.S. Fancy Hand Picked shall consist of cleaned Virginia type peanuts in the shell which are mature, dry, and free from loose peanut kernels, dirt or other foreign material, pops, paper ends, and from damage caused by cracked or broken shells, discoloration or other means. The kernels shall be free from damage from any cause. In addition, the peanuts shall not pass through a screen having 32/64 × 3 inch perforations. Unless otherwise specified, the unshelled peanuts in any lot shall not average more than 225 count per pound.
(a) In order to allow for variations incident to proper grading and handling, the following tolerances, by weight, shall be permitted:
(1) 11.0 percent total for pops, peanuts having paper ends or damaged shells, loose undamaged peanut kernels, and dirt or other foreign material, but not more than one twenty-second of this amount, or 0.5 percent, shall be allowed for dirt or other foreign material.
(2) 5.0 percent for peanuts which will pass through the prescribed screen, but which are free from pops and from peanuts having paper ends or damaged shells.
(3) 4.5 percent for peanuts with damaged kernels, and damaged loose kernels.
524 Unclassified
§ 51.1237 Unclassified.
Unclassified shall consist of cleaned Virginia type peanuts in the shell which fail to meet the requirements of either of the foregoing grades. The term “unclassified” is not a grade within the meaning of these standards but is provided as a designation to show that no definite grade has been applied to the lot.
525 Definitions
§ 51.1238 Mature.
Mature means that the shells are firm and well developed.
§ 51.1239 Pops.
Pops means fully developed shells which contain practically no kernels.
§ 51.1240 Paper ends.
Paper ends means peanuts which have very soft and/or very thin ends.
§ 51.1241 Damage.
Damage means any injury or defect which materially affects the appearance edible or shipping quality of the individual peanut or the lot as a whole. The following shall be considered as damage:
(a) Cracked or broken shells which have been broken to the extent that the kernel within is plainly visible without minute examination and with no application of pressure, or the appearance of the individual peanut is materially affected.
(b) Discolored shells which have dark discoloration caused by mildew, staining or other means affecting one-half or more of the shell surface. Talc powder or other similar material which may have been applied to the shells during the cleaning process shall not be removed to determine the amount of discoloration beneath, but the peanut shall be judged as it appears with the talc.
(c) Kernels which are rancid or decayed.
(d) Moldy kernels.
(e) Kernels showing sprouts extending more than one-eighth inch from the end of the kernel.
(f) Distinctly dirty kernels.
(g) Kernels which are wormy, or have worm frass adhering, or have worm cuts which are more than superficial.
(h) Kernels which have dark yellow color penetrating the flesh, or yellow pitting extending deep into the kernel.
§ 51.1242 Count per pound.
Count per pound means the number of peanuts in a pound. When determining the count per pound, one single kernel peanut shall be counted as one-half peanut.
Subpart J United States Standards for Summer and Fall Pears
Source: 20 FR 5620, Aug. 5, 1955, unless otherwise noted. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981.
526 General
§ 51.1260 General.
These standards apply to varieties such as Bartlett, Hardy and other similar varieties.
527 Grades
§ 51.1261 U.S. No. 1.
“U.S. No. 1” consists of pears of one variety which are mature, but not over-ripe, carefully hand-picked, clean, fairly well formed, free from decay, internal breakdown, scald, freezing injury, worm holes, black end, and from damage caused by hard end, bruises, broken skins, russeting, limb- rubs, hail, scars, drought spot, sunburn, sprayburn, stings or other insect injury, disease, or mechanical or other means. (See §§ 51.1265 and 51.1268.)
§ 51.1262 U.S. Combination.
A combination of U.S. No. 1 and U.S. No. 2 may be packed. When such a combination is packed, at least 50 percent of the pears in any container shall meet the requirements of U.S. No. 1. (See §§ 51.1265 and 51.1268.)
§ 51.1263 U.S. No. 2.
“U.S. No. 2” consists of pears of one variety which are mature, but not over-ripe, carefully hand-picked, clean, not seriously misshapen, free from decay, internal breakdown, scald, freezing injury, worm holes, black end, and from damage caused by hard end, or broken skins. The pears shall also be free from serious damage caused by bruises, russeting, limbrubs, hail, scars, drought spot, sunburn, sprayburn, stings or other insect injury, disease, or mechanical or other means. (See §§ 51.1265 and 51.1268.)
528 Unclassified
§ 51.1264 Unclassified.
“Unclassified” consists of pears which have not been classified in accordance with any of the foregoing grades. The term “unclassified” is not a grade within the meaning of these standards, but is provided as a designation to show that no grade has been applied to the lot.
529 Tolerances
§ 51.1265 Tolerances.
(a) In order to allow for variations incident to proper grading and handling, not more than a total of 10 percent of the pears in any lot may fail to meet the requirements of grade: Provided, That not more than 5 percent shall be seriously damaged by insects, and not more than 1 percent shall be allowed for decay or internal breakdown.
(b) When applying the foregoing tolerances to the combination grade no part of any tolerance shall be used to reduce the percentage of U.S. No. 1 pears required in the combination, but individual containers may have not more than 10 percent less than the percentage of U.S. No. 1 required: Provided, That the entire lot averages within the percentage specified.
530 Application of Tolerances
§ 51.1266 Application of tolerances.
(a) The contents of individual packages in the lot, based on sample inspection, are subject to the following limitations, provided the averages for the entire lot are within the tolerances specified for the grade:
(1) For packages which contain more than 10 pounds, and a tolerance of 10 percent or more is provided individual packages in any lot shall have not more than one and one-half times the tolerance specified. For packages which contain more than 10 pounds and a tolerance of less than 10 percent is provided, individual packages in any lot shall have not more than double the tolerance specified, except that at least one pear which is seriously damaged by insects or affected by decay or internal breakdown may be permitted in any package.
(2) For packages which contain 10 pounds or less, individual packages in any lot are not restricted as to the percentage of defects or off-size: Provided, That not more than four times the tolerance specified may be permitted in any package for pears which are seriously damaged by insects or affected by decay or internal breakdown except that at least one defective pear may be permitted in any package.
531 Basis for Calculating Percentages
§ 51.1267 Basis for calculating percentages.
(a) When the numerical count is marked on the container or when pears are packed in a container to weigh 5 pounds or less, percentages shall be calculated on the basis of count.
(b) When the minimum diameter or minimum and maximum diameters are marked on a container packed to weigh more than 5 pounds or when the pears are jumbled in a container packed to weigh more than 5 pounds, percentages shall be calculated on the basis of weight or an equivalent basis.
532 Condition After Storage or Transit
§ 51.1268 Condition after storage or transit.
Decay, scald, or other deterioration which may have developed on pears after they have been in storage or transit shall be considered as affecting condition and not grade.
533 Standard Pack
§ 51.1269 Sizing.
(a) The numerical count, or the minimum size of the pears packed in closed containers shall be indicated on the package. The number of pears in the box shall not vary more than 3 from the number indicated on the box.
(b) When the numerical count is marked on western standard pear boxes the pears shall not vary more than three-eighths inch in their transverse diameter for counts 120 or less; one-fourth inch for counts 135 to 180, inclusive; and three-sixteenths inch for counts 193 or more.
(c) When the numerical count is marked on western standard half boxes or special half boxes packed three tiers deep, the pears shall not vary more than three-eighths inch for counts 75 or less; one-fourths inch for counts 80 to 110, inclusive; and three-sixteenths inch for counts 115 or more.
(d) When the numerical count is marked on western standard half boxes or special half boxes packed two tiers deep, the pears shall not vary more than three-eighths inch for counts 50 or less; one-fourth inch for counts 55 to 70, inclusive; and three-sixteenths inch for counts 80 or more.
(e) When the numerical count is not shown, the minimum size shall be plainly stamped, stenciled or otherwise marked on the container in terms of whole inches, whole and half inches, whole and quarter inches, or whole and eighth inches, as 2 1/2 inches minimum, 2 1/4 inches minimum, or 2 5/8 inches minimum, in accordance with the facts. It is suggested that both minimum and maximum sizes be marked on the container, as 2 1/4 to 2 3/4 inches, 2 1/2 to 2 3/4 inches, as such marking is especially desirable for pears marketed in the export trade.
(f) “Size” means the greatest transverse diameter of the pear taken at right angles to a line running from the stem to the blossom end.
§ 51.1270 Packing.
(a) Each package shall be packed so that the pears in the shown face shall be reasonably representative in size and quality of the contents of the package.
(b) Pears packed in any container shall be tightly packed. All packages shall be well filled but the contents shall not show excessive or unnecessary bruising because of overfilled packages.
(c) Pears packed in boxes shall be arranged in containers according to the approved and recognized methods with the pears packed lengthwise. A bridge shall not be allowed in any standard pack. When wrapped, each pear shall be fairly well enclosed by its individual wrapper.
(d) Pears packed in round stave bushel baskets, tubs or in barrels shall be ring faced.
§ 51.1271 Tolerances for standard pack.
(a) In order to allow for variations incident to proper sizing, not more than 5 percent of the pears in any lot may fail to meet the size requirements: Provided, That when the maximum and minimum sizes are both stated, an additional 10 percent tolerance shall be allowed for pears which are larger than the maximum size stated.
(b) In order to allow for variations incident to proper packing, not more than 10 percent of the containers in any lot may fail to meet these requirements, but no part of this tolerance shall be allowed for bridge packs, or for packs with different sizes and arrangements such as layers of 195 size and arrangement, and layers of 180 size and arrangement packed in the same box.
534 Definitions
§ 51.1272 Mature.
(a) Mature means that the pear has reached the stage of maturity which will insure the proper completion of the ripening process.
(b) Before a mature pear becomes overripe it will show varying degrees of firmness, depending upon the stage of the ripening process. Therefore, a statement of firmness should be given in order to indicate the stage of the ripening process. A description of the ground color should also be given.
(1) The following terms should be used for describing the ground color: Green, Light Green, Yellowish Green, and Yellow.
(2) The following terms should be used for describing the firmness of pears:
(i) Hard means that the flesh of the pear is solid and does not yield appreciably even to considerable pressure.
(ii) Firm means that the flesh of the pear is fairly solid but yields somewhat to moderate pressure.
(iii) Firm ripe means that the flesh of the pear yields readily to moderate pressure.
(iv) Ripe means that the pear is at the stage where it is in its most desirable condition for eating.
§ 51.1273 Overripe.
Overripe means dead ripe, very mealy or soft, past commercial utility.
§ 51.1274 Carefully hand-picked.
Carefully hand-picked means that the pears do not show evidence of rough handling or of having been on the ground.
§ 51.1275 Clean.
Clean means free from excessive dirt, dust, spray residue or other foreign material.
§ 51.1276 Black end.
Black end is evidenced by an abnormally deep green color around the calyx, or black spots usually occurring on the one-third of the surface nearest to the calyx, or by an abnormally shallow calyx cavity.
§ 51.1277 Fairly well formed.
Fairly well formed means that the pear may be slightly abnormal in shape but not to an extent which detracts materially from the appearance of the fruit.
§ 51.1278 Damage.
Damage means any injury or defect which materially affects the appearance, or the edible or shipping quality.
(a) Hard end shall be considered as damage if the pear shows a distinctly constricted protrusion at the blossom end, or an abnormally yellow color at the blossom end, or an abnormally smooth rounded base with little or no depression at the calyx, or if the flesh near the calyx is abnormally dry and tough or woody.
(b) Slight handling bruises and package bruises such as are incident to good commercial handling in the preparation of a tight pack shall not be considered damage.
(c) Any pear with one skin break larger than three-sixteenths inch in diameter or depth, or with more than one skin break one-eighth inch or larger in diameter or depth shall be considered damaged, and scored against the grade tolerance. 2
2 The area refers to that of a circle of the specified diameter.
(1) Small inconspicuous skin breaks, less than one-eighth inch in diameter or depth, shall not be considered damage. In addition, not more than 15 percent of the pears in any container may have not more than one skin break from one-eighth inch to three-sixteenths inch, inclusive, in diameter or depth. 2
(d) Russeting which exceeds the following shall be considered as damage:
(1) On all varieties excessively rough russeting (russeting which shows “frogging” or slight cracking) when the aggregate area exceeds one-half inch in diameter. 2
(2) On Bartlett and other smooth-skinned varieties, slightly rough russeting, or thick russeting such as is characteristic of frost injury, when the aggregate area exceeds three-fourths inch in diameter. 2
(3) On Bartlett and other smooth-skinned varieties, smooth solid or smooth netlike russeting when the aggregate area exceeds 15 percent of the surface.
(4) On Hardy, Sand and other similar varieties, rough or thick russeting such as is characteristic of frost injury, when the aggregate area exceeds three-fourths inch in diameter. On any of these varieties any amount of characteristic russeting is permitted whether due to natural causes such as weather or stimulated by artificial means; leaf whips or light limbrubs which resemble and blend into russeted areas shall be considered as russet. 2
(e) Any one of the following defects or any combination thereof, the seriousness of which exceeds the maximum allowed for any one defect, shall be considered as damage:
(1) Any limbrubs which are cracked, softened, or more than slightly depressed.
(2) Black discoloration caused by limbrubs, which exceeds an aggregate area of three-eighths inch in diameter. 2
(3) Dark brown discoloration or excessive roughness caused by limbrubs which exceeds an aggregate area of one-half inch in diameter. 2
(4) Slightly rough, light colored discoloration caused by limbrubs which exceeds an aggregate area of three-fourths inch in diameter. 2
(5) Smooth, light colored discoloration caused by limbrubs which exceeds an aggregate area of 1 inch in diameter. 2
(6) Hail marks or other similar depressions or scars which are not shallow or superficial, or where the injury affects an aggregate area of more than three-eighths inch in diameter. 2
(7) Drought spot when more than one in number, or when the external injury exceeds an aggregate area of three-eighths inch in diameter, or when the appearance of the flesh is materially affected by corky tissue or brownish discoloration. 2
(8) Sunburn or sprayburn where the skin is blistered, cracked, or shows any light tan or brownish color, or the shape of the pear is appreciably flattened, or the flesh is appreciably softened or changed in color, except that sprayburn of a russet character shall be considered under the definition of russeting.
(9) Insects: (i) More than two healed codling moth stings, or any insect sting which is over three thirty-seconds of an inch in diameter, or other insect stings affecting the appearance to an equal extent. 2
(ii) Blister mite or canker worm injury which is not shallow or superficial, or where the injury affects an aggregate area of more than three-eighths inch in diameter. 2
(10) Disease: (i) Scab spots which are black and which cover an aggregate area of more than one-fourth inch in diameter except that scab spots of a russet character shall be considered under the definition of russeting.
(ii) Sooty blotch which is thinly scattered over more than 5 percent of the surface, or dark, heavily concentrated spots which affect an area of more than three-eighths inch in diameter. 2
2 The area refers to that of a circle of the specified diameter.
§ 51.1279 Seriously misshapen.
Seriously misshapen means that the pear is excessively flattened or elongated for the variety, or is constricted or deformed so it will not cut three fairly uniform good quarters, or is so badly misshapen that the appearance is seriously affected.
§ 51.1280 Serious damage.
Serious damage means any injury or defect which seriously affects the appearance, or the edible or shipping quality.
(a) Russeting which in the aggregate exceeds the following shall be considered as serious damage:
(1) On all varieties, excessively rough russeting (russeting which shows “frogging” or slight cracking) when the aggregate area exceeds three-fourths inch in diameter. 2
(2) On all varieties, thick russeting such as is characteristic of frost injury, 15 percent of the surface.
(b) Any one of the following defects or combination thereof, the seriousness of which exceeds the maximum allowed for any one defect, shall be considered as serious damage:
(1) Limbrubs which are more than slightly cracked, or excessively rough limbrubs or dark brown or black discoloration caused by limbrubs which exceeds an aggregate area of three-fourths inch in diameter. Other limbrubs which affect an aggregate area of more than one-tenth of the surface. 2
(2) Hail marks or other similar depressions or scars which affect an aggregate area of more than three-fourths inch in diameter, or which materially deform or disfigure the fruit. 2
(3) Drought spot when more than two in number, or where the external injury affects an aggregate area of more than three-fourths inch in diameter, or when the appearance of the flesh is seriously affected by corky tissue or brownish discoloration. 2
(4) Sunburn or sprayburn where the skin is blistered, cracked or shows any brownish color, or where the shape of the pear is materially flattened, or the flesh is softened or materially changed in color, except that sprayburn of a russet character shall be considered under the definition of russeting.
(5) Insects: (i) Worm holes. More than three healed codling moth stings, of which not more than two may be over three thirty-seconds of an inch in diameter, or other insect stings affecting the appearance to an equal extent. 2
(ii) Blister mite or canker worm injury which affects an aggregate area of more than three-fourths inch in diameter or which materially deforms or disfigures the fruit. 2
(6) Disease: (i) Scab spots which are black and which cover an aggregate area of more than one-half inch in diameter, except that scab spots of a russet character shall be considered under the definition of russeting. 2
(ii) Sooty blotch which is thinly scattered over more than 15 percent of the surface, or dark, heavily concentrated spots which affect an area of more than three-fourths inch in diameter. 2
Subpart K United States Standards for Winter Pears
Source: 20 FR 5752, Aug. 10, 1955, unless otherwise noted. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981.
535 General
§ 51.1300 General.
These standards apply to varieties such as Anjou, Bosc, Winter Nelis, Comice, Flemish Beauty and other similar varieties.
536 Grades
§ 51.1301 U.S. Extra No. 1.
“U.S. Extra No. 1” consists of pears of one variety which are mature, but not overripe, carefully hand-picked, clean, well formed, free from decay, internal breakdown, scald, freezing injury, worm holes, black end, hard end, drought spot, and free from injury caused by russeting, limbrubs, hail, scars, cork spot, sunburn, sprayburn, stings or other insect injury, or mechanical or other means, except that they shall be free from damage caused by bruises, broken skins, or disease. (See §§ 51.1306 and 51.1309.)
§ 51.1302 U.S. No. 1.
“U.S. No. 1” consists of pears of one variety which are mature, but not over-ripe, carefully hand-picked, clean, fairly well formed, free from decay, internal breakdown, scald, freezing injury, worm holes, black end, and from damage caused by hard end, bruises, broken skins, russeting, limbrubs, hail, scars, cork spot, drought spot, sunburn, sprayburn, stings or other insect injury, disease, or mechanical or other means. (See §§ 51.1306 and 51.1309.)
§ 51.1303 U.S. Combination.
A combination of U.S. No. 1 and U.S. No. 2 may be packed. When such a combination is packed, at least 50 percent of the pears in any container shall meet the requirements of U.S. No. 1. (See §§ 51.1306 and 51.1309.)
§ 51.1304 U.S. No. 2.
“U.S. No. 2” consists of pears of one variety which are mature, but not overripe, carefully hand-picked, clean, not seriously misshapen, free from decay, internal breakdown, scald, freezing injury, worm holes, black end, and from damage caused by hard end, or broken skins. The pears shall also be free from serious damage caused by bruises, russeting, limbrubs, hail, scars, cork spot, drought spot, sunburn, sprayburn, stings or other insect injury, disease, or mechanical or other means. (See §§ 51.1306 and 51.1309.)
537 Unclassified
§ 51.1305 Unclassified.
“Unclassified” consists of pears which have not been classified in accordance with any of the foregoing grades. The term “unclassified” is not a grade within the meaning of these standards, but is provided as a designation to show that no grade has been applied to the lot.
538 Tolerances
§ 51.1306 Tolerances.
(a) In order to allow for variations incident to proper grading and handling, not more than a total of 10 percent of the pears in any lot may fail to meet the requirements of grade: Provided, That not more than 5 percent shall be seriously damaged by insects, and not more than 1 percent shall be allowed for decay or internal breakdown.
(b) When applying the foregoing tolerances to the combination grade no part of any tolerance shall be used to reduce the percentage of U. S. No. 1 pears required in the combination, but individual containers may have not more than 10 percent less than the percentage of U.S. No. 1 required: Provided, That the entire lot averages within the percentage specified.
539 Application of Tolerances
§ 51.1307 Application of tolerances.
(a) The contents of individual packages in the lot, based on sample inspection, are subject to the following limitations, provided the averages for the entire lot are within the tolerances specified for the grade:
(1) For packages which contain more than 10 pounds, and a tolerance of 10 percent or more is provided, individual packages in any lot shall have not more than one and one-half times the tolerance specified. For packages which contain more than 10 pounds and a tolerance of less than 10 percent is provided, individual packages in any lot shall have not more than double the tolerance specified, except that at least one pear which is seriously damaged by insects or affected by decay or internal breakdown may be permitted in any package.
(2) For packages which contain 10 pounds or less, individual packages in any lot are not restricted as to the percentage of defects or off-size: Provided, That not more than four times the tolerance specified may be permitted in any package for pears which are seriously damaged by insects or affected by decay or internal breakdown except that at least one defective pear may be permitted in any package.
540 Basis for Calculating Percentages
§ 51.1308 Basis for calculating percentages.
(a) When the numerical count is marked in the container or when pears are packed in a container to weigh 5 pounds or less, percentages shall be calculated on the basis of count.
(b) When the minimum diameter or minimum and maximum diameters are marked on a container packed to weigh more than 5 pounds or when the pears are jumbled in a container packed to weigh more than 5 pounds, percentages shall be calculated on the basis of weight or an equivalent basis.
541 Condition After Storage or Transit
§ 51.1309 Condition after storage or transit.
Decay, scald or other deterioration which may have developed on pears after they have been in storage or transit shall be considered as affecting condition and not the grade.
542 Standard Pack
§ 51.1310 Sizing.
(a) The numerical count, or the minimum size of the pears packed in closed containers shall be indicated on the package. The number of pears in the box shall not vary more than 3 from the number indicated on the box.
(b) When the numerical count is marked on western standard pear boxes the pears shall not vary more than three-eighths inch in their transverse diameter for counts 120 or less; one-fourth inch for counts 135 to 180, inclusive; and three-sixteenths inch for counts 193 or more.
(c) When the numerical count is marked on western standard half boxes or special half boxes packed three tiers deep, the pears shall not vary more than three-eighths inch for coutns 75 or less; one-fourth inch for counts 80 to 110, inclusive; and three-sixteenths inch for counts 115 or more.
(d) When the numerical count is marked on western standard half boxes or special half boxes packed two tiers deep, the pears shall not vary more than three-eighths inch for counts 50 or less; one-fourth inch for counts 55 to 70, inclusive; and three-sixteenths inch for counts 80 or more.
(e) When the numerical count is not shown, the minimum size shall be plainly stamped, stenciled or otherwise marked on the container in terms of whole inches, whole and half inches, whole and quarter inches, or whole and eighth inches, as 2 1/2 inches minimum, 2 1/4 inches minimum, or 2 5/8 inches minimum, in accordance with the facts. It is suggested that both minimum and maximum sizes be marked on the container, as 2 1/4 to 2 3/4 inches, 2 1/2 to 2 3/4 inches, as such marking is especially desirable for pears marketed in the export trade.
(f) “Size” means the greatest transverse diameter of the pear taken at right angles to a line running from the stem to the blossom end.
§ 51.1311 Packing.
(a) Each package shall be packed so that the pears in the shown face shall be reasonably representative in size and quality of the contents of the package.
(b) Pears packed in any container shall be tightly packed. All packages shall be well filled but the contents shall not show excessive or unnecessary bruising because of overfilled packages.
(c) Pears packed in boxes shall be arranged in containers according to the approved and recognized methods with the pears packed lengthwise. A bridge shall not be allowed in any standard pack. When wrapped, each pear shall be fairly well enclosed by its individual wrapper.
(d) Pears packed in round stave bushel baskets, tubs, or in barrels shall be ring faced.
§ 51.1312 Tolerances for standard pack.
(a) In order to allow for variations incident to proper sizing, not more than 5 percent of the pears in any lot may fail to meet the size requirements: Provided, That when the maximum and minimum sizes are both stated, an additional 10 percent tolerance shall be allowed for pears which are larger than the maximum size stated.
(b) In order to allow for variations incident to proper packing, not more than 10 percent of the containers in any lot may fail to meet these requirements but no part of this tolerance shall be allowed for bridge packs, or for packs with different sizes and arrangements such as layers of 195 size and arrangement, and layers of 180 size and arrangement packed in the same box.
543 Definitions
§ 51.1313 Mature.
(a) Mature means that the pear has reached the stage of maturity which will insure the proper completion of the ripening process.
(b) Before a mature pear becomes overripe it will show varying degrees of firmness depending upon the stage of the ripening process. Therefore, a statement of firmness should be given in order to indicate the stage of the ripening process. A description of the ground color should also be given.
(1) The following terms should be used for describing the ground color: Green, Light Green, Yellowish Green, and Yellow.
(2) The following terms should be used for describing the firmness of pears:
(i) Hard means that the flesh of the pear is solid and does not yield appreciably even to considerable pressure.
(ii) Firm means that the flesh of the pear is fairly solid but yields somewhat to moderate pressure.
(iii) Firm ripe means that the flesh of the pear yields readily to moderate pressure.
(iv) Ripe means that the pear is at the stage where it is in its most desirable condition for eating.
§ 51.1314 Overripe.
Overripe means dead ripe, very mealy or soft, past commercial utility.
§ 51.1315 Carefully hand-picked.
Carefully hand-picked means that the pears do not show evidence of rough handling or of having been on the ground.
§ 51.1316 Clean.
Clean means free from excessive dirt, dust, spray residue or other foreign material.
§ 51.1317 Well formed.
Well formed means having the shape characteristic of the variety. Slight irregularities of shape from type which do not appreciably detract from the general appearance of the fruit shall be considered well formed.
§ 51.1318 Black end.
Black end is evidenced by an abnormally deep green color around the calyx, or black spots usually occurring on the one-third of the surface nearest to the calyx, or by an abnormally shallow calyx cavity.
§ 51.1319 Injury.
Injury means any blemish or defect, that more than slightly affects the appearance, or the edible or shipping quality. The following shall be considered as injury:
(a) Russeting which exceeds the following shall be considered as injury:
(1) On all varieties any excessively rough russeting (russeting which shows “frogging” or slight cracking).
(2) On Comice, and on Anjou and other smooth-skinned varieties, slightly rough russeting, or thick russeting, such as is characteristic of frost injury, when the aggregate area exceeds one-half inch in diameter. 2
(3) On Anjou and other smooth-skinned varieties, smooth solid russeting when the aggregate area exceeds one-half inch in diameter and smooth net-like russeting when the aggregate area exceeds 15 percent of the surface, and on Comice, smooth solid or smooth netlike russeting when the aggregate area exceeds one-third of the surface, except that, in addition, on these and similar varieties, any amount of characteristic smooth russeting shall be permitted on that portion of the calyx end not visible for more than one-half inch along the contour of the pear, when it is placed calyx end down on a flat surface. 2
(4) On any of the following and other similar varieties, rough or thick russeting such as is characteristic of frost injury when the aggregate area exceeds one-half inch in diameter. 2 On any of these varieties any amount of characteristic russeting is permitted whether due to natural causes such as weather or stimulated by artificial means; leaf whips or light limbrubs which resemble and blend into russeted areas shall be considered as russet:
Bosc, Clairgeau, Easter Beurre, Flemish Beauty, Kieffer, P. Barry, Pound, Seckel, Sheldon, Winter Nelis, and other similar varieties.
(b) Any one of the following defects or any combination thereof, the seriousness of which exceeds the maximum allowed for any one defect, shall be considered as injury:
(1) Limbrubs which are cracked, softened, more than very slightly depressed, not light in color, or exceeding an aggregate area of three-fourths inch in diameter. 2
(2) Hail marks or other similar depressions or scars which are not very shallow or superficial, or which affect an aggregate area of more than one-fourth inch in diameter. 2
(3) Cork spot when a pear shows depressions or the flesh of the pear is more than slightly affected.
(4) Sunburn or sprayburn if the normal color of the fruit has been materially changed, or if the skin is blistered or cracked, or the flesh softened or discolored.
(5) More than two healed slight stings or depressions, or any stings which materially affect the general appearance of the fruit.
(6) Blister mite or canker worm injury which is not very shallow and superficial or where the injury affects an aggregate area of more than one-fourth inch. 2
§ 51.1320 Fairly well formed.
Fairly well formed means that the pear may be slightly abnormal in shape but not to an extent which detracts materially from the appearance of the fruit. Winter Nelis pears with characteristic slight sutures or with slight flattening on one side and/or other slight irregularities which do not materially detract from the general appearance of the pear shall be considered fairly well formed.
§ 51.1321 Damage.
Damage means any injury or defect which materially affects the appearance, or the edible or shipping quality.
(a) Hard end shall be considered as damage if the pear shows an abnormally yellow color at the blossom end, or an abnormally smooth rounded base with little or no depression at the calyx, or if the flesh near the calyx is abnormally dry and tough or woody.
(b) Slight handling bruises and package bruises such as are incident to good commercial handling in the preparation of a tight pack shall not be considered damage.
(c) Any pear with one skin break larger than three-sixteenths inch in diameter of depth, or with more than one skin break one-eighth inch or larger in diameter or depth, shall be considered damaged, and scored against the grade tolerance. 2
(1) Small inconspicuous skin breaks, less than one-eighth inch in diameter or depth, shall not be considered damage. In addition, not more than 15 percent of the pears in any container may have not more than one skin break from one-eighth inch to three-sixteenths inch, inclusive, in diameter or depth. 2
(d) Russeting which exceeds the following shall be considered as damage:
(1) On all varieties excessively rough russeting (russeting which shows “frogging” or slight cracking) when the aggregate area exceeds one-half inch in diameter. 2
(2) On Anjou and other smooth-skinned varieties, slightly rough russeting, or thick russeting such as is characteristic of frost injury, when the aggregate area exceeds three-fourths inch in diameter. 2
(3) On Anjou, smooth solid or smooth netlike russeting when the aggregate area exceeds one-third of the surface, and on other smooth-skinned varieties, 15 percent of the surface, except that, in addition, on Anjou and other smooth-skinned varieties, any amount of characteristic smooth russeting shall be permitted on that portion of the calyx end not visible for more than one-half inch along the contour of the pear, when it is placed calyx end down on a flat surface.
(4) On any of the following and other similar varieties, rough or thick russeting such as is characteristic of frost injury, when the aggregate area exceeds three-fourths inch in diameter. On any of these varieties any amount of characteristic russeting is permitted whether due to natural causes such as weather or stimulated by artificial means; leaf whips or light limbrubs which resemble and blend into russeted areas shall be considered as russet:
Bosc, Clairgeau, Comice, Easter Beurre, Flemish Beauty, Kieffer, P. Barry, Pound, Seckel, Sheldon, Winter Nelis, and other similar varieties.
(e) Any one of the following defects or any combination thereof, the seriousness of which exceeds the maximum allowed for any one defect, shall be considered as damage:
(1) Any limbrubs which are cracked, softened, or more than slightly depressed.
(2) Black discoloration caused by limbrubs which exceeds an aggregate area of three-eighths inch in diameter.
(3) Dark brown discoloration or excessive roughness caused by limbrubs which exceeds an aggregate area of one-half inch in diameter.
(4) Slightly rough, light colored discoloration caused by limbrubs which exceeds an aggregate area of three-fourths inch in diameter.
(5) Smooth, light colored discoloration caused by limbrubs which exceeds an aggregate area of 1 inch in diameter. 2
(6) Hail marks or other similar depressions or scars which are not shallow or superficial, or where the injury affects an aggregate area of more than three-eighths inch in diameter. 2
(7) Cork spot when more than one in number is visible externally or when the flesh is materially affected.
(8) Drought spot when more than one in number, or when the external injury exceeds an aggregate area of three-eighths inch in diameter, or when the appearance of the flesh is materially affected by corky tissue or brownish discoloration. 2
(9) Sunburn or sprayburn where the skin is blistered, cracked, or shows any light tan or brownish color, or the shape of the pear is appreciably flattened, or the flesh is appreciably softened or changed in color, except that sprayburn of a russet character shall be considered under the definition of russeting.
(10) Insects: (i) More than two healed codling moth stings, or any insect sting which is over three thirty-seconds of an inch in diameter, or other insect stings affecting the appearance to an equal extent. 2
(ii) Blister mite or canker worm injury which is not shallow or superficial, or where the injury affects an aggregate area of more than three-eighths inch in diameter. 2
(11) Disease: (i) Scab spots which are black and which cover an aggregate area of more than one-fourth inch in diameter, except that scab spots of a russet character shall be considered under the definition of russeting. 2
(ii) Sooty blotch which is thinly scattered over more than 5 percent of the surface, or dark, heavily concentrated spots which affect an area of more than three-eighths inch in diameter. 2
§ 51.1322 Seriously misshapen.
Seriously misshapen means that the pear is excessively flattened or elongated for the variety, or is constricted or deformed so it will not cut three fairly uniform good quarters, or is so badly misshapen that the appearance is seriously affected.
§ 51.1323 Serious damage.
Serious damage means any injury or defect which seriously affects the appearance, or the edible or shipping quality.
(a) Russeting which in the aggregate exceeds the following shall be considered as serious damage:
(1) On all varieties, excessively rough russeting (russeting which shows “frogging” or slight cracking) when the aggregate area exceeds three-fourths inch in diameter. 2
(2) On all varieties, thick russeting such as is characteristic of frost injury, 15 percent of the surface.
(3) On Anjou, smooth solid or smooth netlike russeting when the aggregate area exceeds two-thirds of the surface, except that, in addition, any amount of characteristic smooth russeting shall be permitted on that portion of the calyx end not visible for more than one-half inch along the contour of the pear, when it is placed calyx end down on a flat surface. On Flemish Beauty smooth russeting shall be permitted on the entire surface.
(b) Any one of the following defects or combination thereof, the seriousness of which exceeds the maximum allowed for any one defect, shall be considered as serious damage:
(1) Limbrubs which are more than slightly cracked, or excessively rough limbrubs or dark brown or black discoloration caused by limbrubs which exceeds an aggregate area of three-fourths inch in diameter. 2
(2) Other limbrubs which affect an aggregate area of more than one-tenth of the surface.
(3) Hail marks or other similar depressions or scars which affect an aggregate area of more than three-fourths inch in diameter, or which materially deform or disfigure the fruit. 2
(4) Cork spot when more than two in number are visible externally or when the flesh is seriously affected.
(5) Drought spot when more than two in number, or where the external injury affects an aggregate area of more than three-fourths inch in diameter, or when the appearance of the flesh is seriously affected by corky tissue or brownish discoloration. 2
(6) Sunburn or sprayburn where the skin is blistered, cracked or shows any brownish color, or where the shape of the pear is materially flattened, or the flesh is softened or materially changed in color, except that sprayburn of a russet character shall be considered under the definition of russeting.
(7) Insects: (i) Worm holes. More than three healed codling moth stings, of which not more than two may be over three thirty-seconds of an inch in diameter, or other insect stings affecting the appearance to an equal extent. 2
(ii) Blister mite or canker worm injury which affects an aggregate area of more than three-fourths inch in diameter or which materially deforms or disfigures the fruit. 2
(8) Disease: (i) Scab spots which are black, and which cover an aggregate area of more than one-half inch in diameter, except that scab spots of a russet character shall be considered under the definition of russeting. 2
(ii) Sooty blotch which is thinly scattered over more than 15 percent of the surface, or dark heavily concentrated spots which affect an area of more than three-fourths inch in diameter. 2
Subpart L United States Standards for Grades of Pears for Processing
Source: 35 FR 6957, May 1, 1970, unless otherwise noted. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981.
544 General
§ 51.1345 General.
All percentages shall be calculated on the basis of weight.
545 Grades
§ 51.1346 U.S. No. 1.
“U.S. No. 1” consists of pears of one variety which are mature, handpicked, firm, well formed, free from scald, hard end, black end, internal breakdown, decay, worms and worm holes, and from damage caused by broken skins, limbrubs, sprayburn, sunburn, scab, russeting, bruises, hail, frost, drought spot, disease, insects, mechanical or other means. Unless otherwise specified, the pears shall not be further advanced than yellowish green. Tree-ripened pears and pears grown from late blooms shall not be considered as meeting the requirements of this grade. (See §§ 51.1349 and 51.1350.)
§ 51.1347 U.S. No. 2.
“U.S. No. 2” consists of pears of one variety which are mature, handpicked, firm, not seriously deformed, free from scald, hard end, black end, internal breakdown, decay, worms and worm holes, and free from serious damage by any other cause. Unless otherwise specified, the pears shall not be further advanced than yellowish green. Tree-ripened pears and pears grown from late blooms shall not be considered as meeting the requirements of this grade. (See §§ 51.1349 and 51.1350.)
546 Culls
§ 51.1348 Culls.
“Culls” are pears which do not meet the requirements of either of the foregoing grades.
547 Size
§ 51.1349 Size.
Size may be specified in connection with a grade by agreement between buyer and seller and stated in terms of minimum diameter or minimum and maximum diameters. Diameters shall be specified in inches and not less than eighth-inch fractions thereof. In addition, size may be stated in terms of ratio of length to diameter.
548 Application of Standards
§ 51.1350 Application of standards.
(a) Tolerances shall not apply in the application of the standards to determine the percentages of U.S. No. 1 and U.S. No. 2 quality, culls and off-size in a lot of pears; for example, when determining compliance with a grower-processor contract.
(b) Tolerances. The following tolerances, by weight, shall apply when a lot of pears has been sorted to meet a specific grade, such as a shipment to a processor which is intended to meet the requirements of the U.S. No. 1 grade:
(1) For defects. 10 percent for pears which fail to meet the requirements of the grade: Provided, That included in this amount not more than the following percentages shall be allowed for the defects listed:
(i) 2 percent for pears which are affected by decay.
(ii) 5 percent for pears which are infested by worms or have worm holes.
(2) For off-size. 5 percent for pears which are smaller than any specified minimum size, and 10 percent for pears larger than any specified maximum size.
549 Definitions
§ 51.1351 Mature.
Mature means that the pear has reached the stage of maturity which will insure the proper completion of the ripening process.
§ 51.1352 Handpicked.
Handpicked means that the pears do not show evidence of having been on the ground.
§ 51.1353 Firm.
Firm means that the pear is fairly solid and yields only very slightly to moderate pressure, and is not wilted, shriveled, rubbery or flabby.
§ 51.1354 Well formed.
Well formed means that the pear has the shape characteristic of the variety, so that after paring, cutting in halves, and coring, each half of the pear shall be well formed. Bartlett pears shall have at least a fairly well developed neck.
[35 FR 6958, May 1, 1970, as amended at 35 FR 7249, May 8, 1970. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981]
§ 51.1355 Damage.
Damage means any injury or defect which materially affects the processing quality of the fruit. After paring, cutting in halves, and coring, each half of the pear shall be well formed or the pear is considered damaged. Pears showing surface blemishes shall be considered damaged when the injury cannot be completely removed in the ordinary process of paring for commercial use.
§ 51.1356 Pears grown from late blooms.
Pears grown from late blooms. Such pears often have excessively long stems (commonly termed “rat tails”), or may be misshapen or slightly rough. Such pears do not ripen properly for ordinary canning use.
§ 51.1357 Seriously deformed.
Seriously deformed means that the pear is so badly misshapen as to cause a loss during the usual commercial preparation for use of over 20 percent, by weight, of the pear in excess of that which would occur if the pear were well formed. Round or apple-shaped pears shall not be considered seriously deformed.
§ 51.1358 Serious damage.
Serious damage means any injury or defect which cannot be removed during the usual commercial preparation for use without a loss of over 20 percent, by weight, of the pear in excess of that which would occur if the pear were not defective.
§ 51.1359 Diameter.
Diameter means the greatest dimension of the pear taken at right angles to a line running from the stem to the blossom end.
Subpart M United States Standards for Grades of Pecans in the Shell
Source: 89 FR 53341, June 26, 2024, unless otherwise noted.
550 Grades
§ 51.1400 U.S. Extra Fancy.
“U.S. Extra Fancy” consists of pecans in the shell which meet the following requirements:
(a) Free from loose extraneous or foreign material.
(b) Shells are:
(1) Uniform in color; and
(2) Free from damage by any cause.
(c) Kernels are:
(1) Well developed;
(2) Well cured;
(3) Moisture content shall be not more than 6 percent, unless otherwise specified;
(4) Uniform in color and not darker than “light;” and
(5) Free from damage by any cause.
(d) For tolerances see § 51.1406.
§ 51.1401 U.S. Fancy.
“U.S. Fancy” consists of pecans in the shell which meet the following requirements:
(a) Free from loose extraneous or foreign material.
(b) Shells are:
(1) Uniform in color; and
(2) Free from damage by any cause.
(c) Kernels are:
(1) Fairly well developed;
(2) Well cured;
(3) Moisture content shall be not more than 6 percent, unless otherwise specified;
(4) Uniform in color;
(5) Not darker than “light amber,” unless specified to a lighter color classification; and
(6) Free from damage by any cause.
(d) For tolerances see § 51.1406.
§ 51.1402 U.S. Choice.
“U.S. Choice” consists of pecans in the shell which meet the following requirements:
(a) Free from loose extraneous or foreign material.
(b) Shells are:
(1) Fairly uniform in color; and
(2) Free from damage by any cause.
(c) Kernels are:
(1) Not poorly developed;
(2) Well cured;
(3) Moisture content shall be not more than 6 percent, unless otherwise specified;
(4) Fairly uniform in color;
(5) Not darker than “amber,” unless specified to a lighter color classification; and
(6) Free from damage by any cause.
(d) For tolerances see § 51.1406.
§ 51.1403 U.S. Standard.
“U.S. Standard” consists of pecans in the shell which meet the following requirements:
(a) Free from loose extraneous or foreign material;
(b) Kernels well cured;
(c) Moisture content shall be not more than 6 percent, unless otherwise specified;
(d) No requirement for fullness of kernel;
(e) No requirement for uniformity of color of shells or kernels;
(f) May contain kernels that are “dark amber” or darker, unless specified to a lighter color classification; and
(g) Shells and kernels are free from damage by any cause.
(h) For tolerances see § 51.1406.
551 Size Classification
§ 51.1404 Size classification.
Size of pecans may be specified in connection with the grade in accordance with one of the following classifications. To meet the requirements for any one of the classifications in Table 1 to this section, the lot must conform to both the specified number of nuts per pound and the weight of the 10 smallest nuts per 100-nut sample.
Table 1 to § 51.1404
Size classification | Number of nuts per pound | Minimum weight of the 10 smallest nuts per 100-nut sample
Jumbo Extra Large Large | 55 or less 56 to 63 64 to 77 | In each classification, the 10 smallest nuts per 100 must weigh at least 7% of the total weight of the 100-nut sample.
Medium | 78 to 100
Small | 101 or more
552 Kernel Color Classification
§ 51.1405 Kernel color classification.
(a) The skin color of the pecan kernels are described in terms of the color classifications provided in this section. When specified to a lighter color classification, that color may be used to describe the lot in connection with the grade.
(1) Light means that the kernel is mostly golden color or lighter, with not more than 25 percent of the surface darker than golden, and none of the surface darker than light brown.
(2) Light amber means that more than 25 percent of the kernel is light brown, with not more than 25 percent of the surface darker than light brown, none of which is darker than medium brown.
(3) Amber means that more than 25 percent of the kernel is medium brown, with not more than 25 percent of the surface darker than medium brown, none of which is darker than dark brown (very dark brown or blackish-brown discoloration).
(4) Dark amber means that more than 25 percent of the kernel is dark brown, with not more than 25 percent of the surface darker than dark brown (very dark brown or blackish-brown discoloration).
(b) U.S. Department of Agriculture kernel color standards, PEC-MC-1, illustrate the color intensities implied by the terms “golden,” “light brown,” “medium brown,” and “dark brown” referred to in paragraph (a) of this section. The color standards are available at https://www.ams.usda.gov/grades-standards.
553 Tolerances
§ 51.1406 Tolerances.
In order to allow for variations incident to proper grading and handling in each of the foregoing grades, the following tolerances are provided as specified:
(a) U.S. Extra Fancy, U.S. Fancy, and U.S. Choice grades. (1) For shell defects, by count: 5 percent for pecans with damaged shells, including therein not more than 2 percent for shells which are seriously damaged.
(2) For kernel defects, by count: 12 percent for pecans with kernels which fail to meet the requirements for the grade or any specified color classification, including therein not more than 7 percent for kernels which are seriously damaged: Provided, That not more than 6 percent shall be allowed for kernels which are rancid, moldy, decayed, or injured by insects: Provided further, That included in this 6 percent tolerance not more than 0.5 percent (one-half of 1 percent) shall be allowed for pecans with live insects inside the shell.
(3) For loose extraneous or foreign material, by weight: 0.5 percent (one-half of 1 percent).
(b) U.S. Standard grade. (1) For shell defects, by count: 10 percent for pecans with damaged shells, including therein not more than 3 percent for shells which are seriously damaged.
(2) For kernel defects, by count: 30 percent for pecans with kernels which fail to meet the requirements for the grade or any specified color classification, including therein not more than 10 percent for kernels which are seriously damaged: Provided, That not more than 7 percent shall be allowed for kernels which are rancid, moldy, decayed, or injured by insects: Provided further, That included in this 7 percent tolerance not more than 0.5 percent (one-half of 1 percent) shall be allowed for pecans with live insects inside the shell.
(3) For loose extraneous or foreign material, by weight: 0.5 percent (one-half of 1 percent).
554 Application of Tolerances
§ 51.1407 Application of tolerances.
Individual 100-count samples shall have not more than one and one-half times a specified tolerance of 5 percent or more and not more than double a tolerance of less than 5 percent, except that at least one pecan which is seriously damaged by live insects inside the shell is permitted: Provided, That the averages for the entire lot are within the tolerances specified for the grade.
555 Sample for Grade or Size Determination
§ 51.1408 Sample for grade or size determination.
Each sample shall consist of 100 pecans. The individual sample shall be drawn at random from a sufficient number of packages to form a 100-count composite sample. The number of such individual 100-count samples drawn for grade or size determination will vary with the size of the lot. When practicable, at point of packaging the sample may be obtained from the grading belt after sorting has been completed.
556 Definitions
§ 51.1409 Loose extraneous or foreign material.
Loose extraneous or foreign material means loose hulls, empty broken shells, rocks, wood, glass, plastic, or any substance other than pecans in the shell or pecan kernels.
§ 51.1410 Well cured.
Well cured means the kernel separates freely from the shell, breaks cleanly when bent without splintering, shattering, or loosening the skin; and the kernel appears to be in good shipping or storage condition as to moisture content.
§ 51.1411 Well developed.
Well developed means that the kernel is full-meated throughout its width and length.
§ 51.1412 Fairly well developed.
Fairly well developed means that the kernel is full-meated in over 50 percent of its width and length.
§ 51.1413 Poorly developed.
Poorly developed means that the kernel is full-meated in less than 25 percent of its width and length.
§ 51.1414 Uniform in color.
Uniform in color means that the shells do not show sufficient variation in color to detract from the general appearance of the lot and that 95 percent or more of the kernels in the lot have skin color within the range of one or two color classifications.
§ 51.1415 Fairly uniform in color.
Fairly uniform in color means that the shells do not show sufficient variation in color to materially detract from the general appearance of the lot and that 85 percent or more of the kernels in the lot have skin color within the range of one or two color classifications.
§ 51.1416 Damage.
Damage means any specific defect described in this section; or an equally objectionable variation of any one of these defects, or any other defect, or any combination of defects, which materially detracts from the appearance or the edible or marketing quality of the individual pecan or the general appearance of the pecans in the lot. The following defects shall be considered as damage:
(a) Adhering hull material or dark stains affecting an aggregate of more than 5 percent of the surface of the individual shell;
(b) Adhering material from inside the shell when firmly attached to more than one-third of the outer surface of the kernel and contrasting in color with the skin of the kernel;
(c) Broken shells when any portion of the shell is missing;
(d) Internal flesh discoloration of a medium shade of gray or brown extending more than one-fourth inch lengthwise beneath the center ridge, or any equally objectionable amount in other portions of the kernel; or lesser areas of dark discoloration affecting the appearance to an equal or greater extent;
(e) Kernels which are dark amber in color;
(f) Kernels which are not well cured;
(g) Kernel spots when more than one dark spot is present on either half of the kernel, or when any such spot is more than one-eighth inch in greatest dimension;
(h) Poorly developed kernels;
(i) Shriveling when the surface of the kernel is very conspicuously wrinkled; and
(j) Split or cracked shells when the shell is spread apart or will spread upon application of slight pressure.
§ 51.1417 Serious damage.
Serious damage means any specific defect described in this section; or an equally objectionable variation of any one of these defects, or any other defect, or any combination of defects, which seriously detracts from the appearance or the edible or marketing quality of the individual pecan. The following defects shall be considered as serious damage:
(a) Adhering hull material or dark stains affecting an aggregate of more than 20 percent of the individual shell;
(b) Broken shells when the missing portion of shell is greater in area than a circle one-fourth inch in diameter;
(c) Dark discoloration of the skin which is darker than dark amber over more than 25 percent of the surface of the kernel;
(d) Decay affecting any portion of the kernel;
(e) Insects, web, frass, or the kernel shows distinct evidence of insect feeding on the kernel;
(f) Internal flesh discoloration of a dark shade extending more than one-third the length of the kernel beneath the ridge, or an equally objectionable amount of dark discoloration in other portions of the kernel;
(g) Kernel spots when more than three dark spots on either half of the kernel, or when any spot or the aggregate of two or more spots on one of the halves of the kernel affects more than 10 percent of the surface;
(h) Mold, on the surface or inside the kernel, which is plainly visible without magnification;
(i) Rancidity when the kernel is distinctly rancid to the taste. Staleness of flavor shall not be classed as rancidity;
Note 1 to § 51.1417(i):
Rancidity refers to the tendency of the oil in a pecan kernel to become tainted as a result of oxidation or hydrolysis. Industry measures to determine the tendency of a kernel to become rancid include testing the kernel's peroxide and free fatty acid values. Peroxide values should be less than 5 mEq/kg and free fatty acids acid value should be less than 1 percent. These analyses are not performed in determination of grade.
(j) Undeveloped kernels which are blank (complete shell containing no kernel); and
(k) Worm holes when penetrating the shell.
§ 51.1418 Inedible kernels.
Inedible kernels means that the kernel or pieces of kernels are rancid, moldy, decayed, injured by insects or otherwise unsuitable for human consumption.
Subpart N United States Standards for Grades of Shelled Pecans
Source: 89 FR 53343, June 26, 2024, unless otherwise noted.
557 Grades
§ 51.1430 U.S. Extra Fancy.
“U.S. Extra Fancy” consists of pecan kernels which meet the following requirements:
(a) For quality:
(1) Well dried;
(2) Moisture content shall not be more than 4.5 percent, unless otherwise specified;
(3) Well developed;
(4) Uniform in color;
(5) Not darker than “light;”
(6) Free from damage by any cause; and
(7) Comply with tolerances for defects (see § 51.1437).
(b) For size:
(1) Uniform in size; and
(2) Conform to size classification or count specified.
§ 51.1431 U.S. Fancy.
“U.S. Fancy” consists of pecan kernels which meet the following requirements:
(a) For quality:
(1) Well dried;
(2) Moisture content shall not be more than 4.5 percent, unless otherwise specified;
(3) Fairly well developed;
(4) Uniform in color;
(5) Not darker than “light amber,” unless specified to a lighter color classification;
(6) Free from damage by any cause; and
(7) Comply with tolerances for defects (see § 51.1437).
(b) For size:
(1) Uniform in size; and
(2) Conform to size classification or count specified.
§ 51.1432 U.S. Choice.
“U.S. Choice” consists of pecan kernels which meet the following requirements:
(a) For quality:
(1) Well dried;
(2) Moisture content shall not be more than 4.5 percent, unless otherwise specified;
(3) Not poorly developed;
(4) Fairly uniform in color;
(5) Not darker than “amber,” unless specified to a lighter color classification;
(6) Free from damage by any cause; and
(7) Comply with tolerances for defects (see § 51.1437).
(b) For size:
(1) Fairly uniform in size; and
(2) Conform to size classification or count specified.
§ 51.1433 U.S. Standard.
“U.S. Standard” consists of pecan kernels which meet the following requirements:
(a) For quality:
(1) Well dried;
(2) Moisture content shall not be more than 4.5 percent, unless otherwise specified;
(3) No requirement for fullness of kernel;
(4) No requirement for uniformity of color;
(5) May contain kernels “dark amber” or darker, unless specified to a lighter color classification;
(6) Free from damage by any cause; and
(7) Comply with tolerances for defects (see § 51.1437).
(b) For size:
(1) No uniformity in size; and
(2) Conform to size classification or count specified.
558 Color Classifications
§ 51.1434 Color classifications.
(a) The skin color of pecan kernels is described in terms of the color classifications provided in this section. When specified to a lighter color classification, that color may be used to describe the lot in connection with the grade.
(1) Light means that the kernel is mostly golden color or lighter, with not more than 25 percent of the surface darker than golden, and none of the surface darker than light brown.
(2) Light amber means that the kernel has more than 25 percent of the surface light brown, but not more than 25 percent of surface darker than light brown, and none of the surface darker than medium brown.
(3) Amber means that the kernel has more than 25 percent of the surface medium brown, but not more than 25 percent of surface darker than medium brown, and none of the surface darker than dark brown (very dark brown or blackish-brown discoloration).
(4) Dark amber means that the kernel has more than 25 percent of the surface dark brown, but not more than 25 percent of surface darker than dark brown (very dark brown or blackish-brown discoloration).
(b) U.S. Department of Agriculture kernel color standards, PEC-MC-1, illustrate the color intensities implied by the terms “golden,” “light brown,” “medium brown,” and “dark brown” referred to in paragraph (a) of this section. The color standards are available at: https://www.ams.usda.gov/grades-standards.
559 Size Classifications
§ 51.1435 Size classifications for halves.
The size of pecan halves in a lot may be specified in accordance with one of the size classifications shown in table 1 to this section.
(a) Halves per pound. The number of halves per pound shall be based upon the weight of half-kernels after all pieces, meal and flour, shell, center wall, and foreign material have been removed.
(b) Tolerance for count per pound. In order to allow for variations incident to proper sizing, a tolerance shall be permitted as follows:
(1) When an exact number of halves per pound is specified, the actual count per pound may vary not more than 5 percent from the specified number, and
(2) When any size classification shown in table 1 to this section or a range in count per pound is specified, no tolerance shall be allowed for counts outside of the specified range.
(c) Tolerances for pieces, meal, and flour. In order to allow for variations incident to proper sizing and handling, tolerances are provided for pieces, meal, and flour in any lot of halves. The tolerances, by weight, are as shown in table 2 to this section.
Table 1 to § 51.1435
Size classification for halves | Number of halves @per pound
Mammoth | 250 or less.
Junior Mammoth | 251-350.
Jumbo | 351-450.
Large | 451-550.
Medium | 551-650.
Topper | 651-750.
King Topper | 751 or more.
In lieu of the size classifications in this table, the size of pecan halves in a lot may be specified in terms of the number of halves or a range of number of halves per pound. For example, “400” or “600-700.”
Table 2 to § 51.1435
Tolerances for pieces, meal, and flour | U.S. extra fancy premier halves (%) | U.S. extra fancy halves (%) | U.S. fancy halves (%) | U.S. choice halves (%) | U.S. standard halves (%)
A. Less than 7/8 half-kernel | 10
B. Less than 3/4 half-kernel | 10 | 15 | 20 | 20
C. Less than 1/2 half-kernel (included in A.—U.S. Extra Fancy Premier Halves) (included in B.—U.S. Extra Fancy Halves, U.S. Fancy Halves, U.S. Choice Halves, and U.S. Standard Halves) | 3 | 3 | 5 | 5 | 5
D. Less than 4/64″ (included in C.) | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1
§ 51.1436 Size classifications for pieces.
The size of pecan pieces in a lot may be specified in accordance with one of the size classifications shown in table 1 to this section. Sizes are measured using a round-hole screen.
(a) Tolerances for size of pieces. In order to allow for variations incident to proper sizing, tolerances are provided for pieces in a lot which fail to meet the requirements of any size specified. The tolerances, by weight, are as follows:
(1) U.S. Extra Fancy pieces and U.S. Fancy pieces. Not more than 15 percent of the lot may fall outside of the size range in Table 1 to this section. Further, not more than 1 percent of the pieces, excluding Topping Pieces and Granules, may pass through an eight sixty-fourths of an inch round hole screen.
(2) U.S. Choice pieces. Not more than 20 percent of the lot may fall outside of the size range in Table 1 to this section. Further, not more than 2 percent of the pieces, excluding Topping Pieces and Granules, may pass through an eight sixty-fourths of an inch round hole screen.
(3) U.S. Standard pieces. Not more than 25 percent of the lot may fall outside of the size range in table 1 to this section. Further, not more than 2 percent of the pieces, excluding Topping Pieces and Granules, may pass through an eight sixty-fourths of an inch round hole screen.
(b) [Reserved]
Table 1 to § 51.1436
Size classification | Maximum diameter (will pass through round opening of the following diameter) | Minimum diameter (will not pass through round opening of the following diameter)
Extra-Large Pieces | No limitation | 32/64 inch.
Large Pieces | 32/64 inch | 24/64 inch.
Halves and Pieces | No limitation | 20/64 inch.
Medium Pieces | 24/64 inch | 16/64 inch.
Small Pieces | 16/64 inch | 12/64 inch.
Topping Pieces | 12/64 inch | 8/64 inch.
Granules | 8/64 inch | 4/64 inch.
In lieu of the size classifications in this table, the size of pieces in a lot may be specified in terms of minimum diameter, or as a range described in terms of minimum and maximum diameters expressed in sixty-fourths of an inch.
560 Tolerances for Defects
§ 51.1437 Tolerances for defects.
In order to allow for variations incident to proper grading and handling in each of the foregoing grades, the following tolerances, by weight, are as follows:
(a) U.S. Extra Fancy grade:
(1) No foreign material;
(2) 0.01 percent for shell, and center wall;
(3) Zero tolerance is provided for pecan weevil larvae;
(4) 3 percent for portions of kernels which are “light amber” or darker color, or darker than any specified lighter color classification, but which are not otherwise defective; and
(5) 3 percent for portions of kernels which fail to meet the remaining requirements of the grade, including therein not more than 0.50 percent (one-half of 1 percent) for defects causing serious damage: Provided, That any unused portion of this tolerance may be applied to increase the tolerance for kernels which are “light amber” or darker color, or darker than any specified lighter color classification.
(b) U.S. Fancy grade:
(1) No foreign material;
(2) 0.01 percent for shell and center wall;
(3) No more than 2 pecan weevil larvae;
(4) 5 percent for portions of kernels which are “amber” or darker color, or darker than any specified lighter color classification, but which are not otherwise defective; and
(5) 5 percent for portions of kernels which fail to meet the remaining requirements of the grade, including therein not more than 0.50 percent (one-half of 1 percent) for defects causing serious damage, including pecan weevil larvae: Provided, That any unused portion of this tolerance may be applied to increase the tolerance for kernels which are “amber” or darker color, or darker than any specified lighter color classification.
(c) U.S. Choice grade:
(1) No foreign material;
(2) 0.01 percent for shell and center wall;
(3) No more than 5 pecan weevil larvae;
(4) 15 percent for portions of kernels which are “dark amber” or darker color, or darker than any specified lighter color classification, but which are not otherwise defective; and
(5) 8 percent for portions of kernels which fail to meet the remaining requirements of the grade, including therein not more than 1 percent for defects causing serious damage, including pecan weevil larvae.
(d) U.S. Standard grade:
(1) No foreign material;
(2) 0.01 percent for shell and center wall;
(3) 25 percent for portions of kernels which are darker than a specified color classification, but which are not otherwise defective; and
(4) 15 percent for portions of kernels which fail to meet the remaining requirements of the grade, including therein not more than 1 percent for defects causing serious damage, including pecan weevil larvae.
561 Application of Standards
§ 51.1438 Application of standards.
The grade of a lot of shelled pecans shall be determined on the basis of a composite sample drawn at random from containers in various locations in the lot. However, any identifiable container or number of containers in which the pecans are obviously of a quality or size materially different from that in the majority of containers, shall be considered as a separate lot, and shall be sampled and graded separately.
562 Definitions
§ 51.1439 Premier half-kernel (Premier halves).
Premier half-kernel (Premier halves) means one of the separated halves of an entire pecan kernel with not more than one-eighth of its original volume missing, exclusive of the portion which formerly connected the two halves of the kernel.
§ 51.1440 Half-kernel (Halves).
Half-kernel (Halves) means one of the separated halves of an entire pecan kernel with not more than one-fourth of its original volume missing, exclusive of the portion which formerly connected the two halves of the kernel.
§ 51.1441 Piece.
Piece means a portion of a kernel which is less than three-fourths of a half-kernel, but which will not pass through a round opening four sixty-fourths (4/64) of an inch in diameter.
§ 51.1442 Meal and flour.
Meal and flour means fragments of kernels which will pass through a round opening four sixty-fourths (4/64) of an inch in diameter.
§ 51.1443 Well dried.
Well dried means that the portion of kernel is firm and crisp, not pliable, or leathery.
§ 51.1444 Well developed.
Well developed means that the kernel is full-meated through its width and length.
§ 51.1445 Fairly well developed.
Fairly well developed means that the kernel is full-meated in over 50 percent of its width and length.
§ 51.1446 Poorly developed.
Poorly developed means that the kernel is full-meated in less than 25 percent of its width and length.
§ 51.1447 Uniform in color.
Uniform in color means that 95 percent or more of the kernels in the lot have skin color within the range of one or two color classifications.
§ 51.1448 Fairly uniform in color.
Fairly uniform in color means that 85 percent or more of the kernels in the lot have skin color within the range of one or two color classifications.
§ 51.1449 Uniform in size.
Uniform in size means that, in a representative sample of 100 halves, the 10 smallest halves weigh not less than 25 percent as much as the 10 largest halves.
§ 51.1450 Fairly uniform in size.
Fairly uniform in size means that, in a representative sample of 100 halves, the 10 smallest halves weigh not less than 50 percent as much as the 10 largest halves.
§ 51.1451 Foreign material.
Foreign material includes rocks, wood, glass, plastic, or any similar material. It does not include hard shell, center wall, or pecan weevil larvae.
§ 51.1452 Damage.
Damage means any specific defect described in this section; or an equally objectionable variation of any one of these defects, or any other defect, or any combination of defects, which materially detracts from the appearance or the edible or marketing quality of the individual portion of the kernel or of the lot as a whole. The following defects shall be considered as damage:
(a) Adhering material from inside the shell when attached to more than one-fourth of the surface on one side of the half-kernel or piece;
(b) Dust or dirt adhering to the kernel when conspicuous;
(c) Internal flesh discoloration of a medium shade of gray or brown extending more than one-fourth the length of the half-kernel or piece, or lesser areas of dark discoloration affecting the appearance to an equal or greater extent;
(d) Kernel which is not well dried;
(e) Kernel which is “dark amber” or darker color;
(f) Kernel having more than one dark kernel spot, or one dark kernel spot more than one-eighth inch in greatest dimension;
(g) Poorly developed kernel; and
(h) Shriveling when the surface of the kernel is very conspicuously wrinkled.
§ 51.1453 Serious damage.
Serious damage means any specific defect described in this section; or an equally objectionable variation of any one of these defects, or any other defect, or any combination of defects, which seriously detracts from the appearance or the edible or marketing quality of the individual portion of kernel or of the lot as a whole. The following defects shall be considered as serious damage:
(a) Adhering material from inside the shell when attached to more than one-half of the surface on one side of the half-kernel or piece;
(b) Any plainly visible mold;
(c) Dark kernel spots when more than three are on the kernel, or when any dark kernel spot or the aggregate of two or more spots affect an area of more than 10 percent of the surface of the half-kernel or piece;
(d) Dark skin discoloration, darker than “dark brown,” when covering more than one-fourth of the surface of the half-kernel or piece;
(e) Decay affecting any portion of the kernel;
(f) Insects, web, or frass or any distinct evidence of insect feeding on the kernel;
(g) Internal discoloration, which is dark gray, dark brown, or black and extends more than one-third the length of the half-kernel or piece; and
(h) Rancidity when the kernel is distinctly rancid to taste. Staleness of flavor shall not be classed as rancidity.
Note 1 to § 1453(h):
Rancidity refers to the tendency of the oil in a pecan kernel to become tainted as a result of oxidation or hydrolysis. Industry measures to determine the tendency of a kernel to become rancid include testing the kernel's peroxide and free fatty acid values. Peroxide values should be less than 5 mEq/kg and free fatty acids acid value should be less than 1 percent. These analyses are not performed in determination of grade.
Subpart O United States Standards for Grades of Fresh Plums and Prunes
Source: 69 FR 9193, Feb. 27, 2004, unless otherwise noted.
563 Grades
§ 51.1520 U.S. Fancy.
“U.S. Fancy” consists of plums or prunes of one variety which are well formed, clean, mature but not overripe or soft or shriveled; which are free from decay, sunscald, heat injury, sunburn, split pits and hail marks, and free from damage caused by broken skins, growth cracks, drought spots, gum spots, russeting, scars, other disease, insects or mechanical or other means.
(a) Italian type prunes shall be well colored and, unless otherwise specified, shall be not less than 1 1/4 inches in diameter. (See § 51.1525.)
(b) [Reserved]
§ 51.1521 U.S. No. 1.
“U.S. No. 1” consists of plums or prunes of one variety which are well formed, clean, mature but not overripe or soft or shriveled; which are free from decay and sunscald, and free from damage caused by broken skins, heat injury, growth cracks, sunburn, split pits, hail marks, drought spots, gum spots, russeting, scars, other disease, insects or mechanical or other means.
(a) Italian type prunes shall be fairly well colored and, unless otherwise specified, shall be not less than 1 1/4 inches in diameter. (See § 51.1525.)
(b) [Reserved]
§ 51.1522 U.S. Combination.
“U.S. Combination” consists of a combination of U.S. No. 1 and U.S. No. 2 plums or prunes: Provided, That at least 75 percent, by count, meet the requirements of U.S. No. 1 grade. (See § 51.1525.)
§ 51.1523 U.S. No. 2.
“U.S. No. 2” consists of plums or prunes of one variety which are not badly misshapen, which are clean, mature but not overripe or soft or shriveled; which are free from decay and sunscald, and free from serious damage caused by broken skins, heat injury, growth cracks, sunburn, split pits, hail marks, drought spots, gum spots, russeting, scars, other disease, insects or mechanical or other means. (See § 51.1525.)
§ 51.1524 [Reserved]
564 Tolerances
§ 51.1525 Tolerances.
In order to allow for variations incident to proper grading and handling in each of the following grades, the following tolerances, by count, based on a minimum 50-count sample, except when packages contain less than 50 fruit, a minimum 25-count sample shall be examined, (when packages contain less than 25 fruit adjoining packages shall be opened to obtain the 25-count minimum sample), are provided as specified:
(a) U.S. Fancy and U.S. No. 1—(1) For defects of plums or prunes other than Italian type prunes at shipping point. 1 8 percent for fruit which fails to meet the requirements of the specified grade: Provided, That included in this amount not more than 4 percent shall be allowed for defects causing serious damage, including in this latter amount not more than one-half of 1 percent for fruit which is affected by decay.
1 Shipping point, as used in these standards, means the point of origin of the shipment in the producing area or at port of loading for ship stores or overseas shipment, or, in the case of shipments from outside the continental United States, the port of entry into the United States.
(2) For defects of plums or prunes other than Italian type prunes en route or at destination. 12 percent for fruit which fails to meet the requirements of the specified grade: Provided, That included in this amount not more than the following percentages shall be allowed for defects listed:
(i) 8 percent for permanent defects;
(ii) 6 percent for defects causing serious damage, including therein not more than 4 percent for serious damage by permanent defects and not more than 2 percent for decay.
(3) For defects of Italian type prunes at shipping point. 1 Not more than a total of 12 percent of the fruit in any lot may fail to meet the requirements of the specified grade: Provided, That included in this amount not more than the following percentages shall be allowed for the defects listed:
(i) 10 percent for prunes which fail to meet the color requirement;
(ii) 10 percent for prunes which fail to meet the minimum diameter requirement;
(iii) 8 percent for prunes which fail to meet the remaining requirements of the grade: Provided, That not more than one-half of this amount, or 4 percent, shall be allowed for defects causing serious damage, including in the latter amount not more than one-half of 1 percent for decay.
(4) For defects of Italian type prunes en route or at destination. Not more than a total of 18 percent of the fruit in any lot may fail to meet the requirements of the specified grade: Provided, That included in this amount not more than the following percentages shall be allowed for the defects listed:
(i) 12 percent for permanent defects including therein not more than 10 percent which fail to meet the color requirement, 10 percent which fail to meet the minimum diameter requirement, and 8 percent which fail to meet the requirements of the grade because of other permanent defects;
(ii) 6 percent for defects causing serious damage, including therein not more than 4 percent for serious damage by permanent defects and not more than 2 percent for decay.
(b) U.S. Combination and U.S. No. 2—(1) For defects at shipping point. 1 8 percent for fruit which fails to meet the requirements of the specified grade: Provided, That included in this amount not more than 4 percent shall be allowed for sunscald, decay or serious damage by insects or heat injury, including in this latter amount not more than one-half of 1 percent for decay.
(2) For defects en route or at destination. 12 percent for fruit which fails to meet the requirements of the specified grade: Provided, That included in this amount not more than the following percentages shall be allowed for defects listed:
(i) 8 percent for permanent defects including therein not more than 4 percent for sunscald, or serious damage by insects or heat injury; and,
(ii) 2 percent for decay.
(3) When applying the tolerance for the U.S. Combination grade individual packages may have not more than 10 percent less than the percentage of U.S. No. 1 required: Provided, That the entire lot averages within the required percentage. (See § 51.1526.)
565 Application of Tolerances
§ 51.1526 Application of tolerances.
The contents of individual packages in the lot, based on sample inspection, are subject to the following limitations:
(a) A package may contain not more than double any specified tolerance except that at least two defective and two off-size specimens may be permitted in any package: Provided, That the averages for the entire lot are within the tolerances specified for the grade.
(b) [Reserved]
566 Standard Pack
§ 51.1527 Standard pack.
(a) Packing. (1) All packages shall be tightly packed or well filled, according to the approved and recognized methods.
(2) The plums or prunes in the top layer of any package shall be reasonably representative in quality and size of those in the remainder of the package.
(3) “Well filled” means that the plums or prunes packed in loose or volume filled containers are packed within 1 inch of the top of the container.
(4) “Tightly packed” means the plums or prunes are the proper size for the mold or cell compartments in which they are packed, and the molds or cells are filled in such a way that movement is not allowed.
(b) Marking. (1) The size of plums or prunes shall be marked on each package, and shall be indicated in terms of minimum diameter, or number of fruit per package, or in accordance with the arrangement of the top layer of fruit in the package or subcontainer. Size may also be shown in terms of maximum number of fruit for a specified weight, such as “8 per pound,” “6.4 per pound” or “7 2/3 per pound” or by a count-size designation based on the number of fruits contained in a 10 pound sample with the designation rounded to an applicable number which is divisible by 5 (example: 40 size, 45 size, 50 size, 55 size, etc.).
(i) California peach boxes, lug boxes and small consumer packages. In layer-packed California peach boxes or lug boxes, and in small layer packed consumer packages, the count of the entire contents shall be marked on the package. The number of plums or prunes in California peach boxes or lug boxes shall not vary more than 4 from the number indicated on the package. Loose filled consumer packs not in a master container shall have a count-size marked on the package or on a tag closure. Master containers of loose filled consumer packages shall have a count-size marked on the package describing the size of plums or prunes within the container.
(ii) Face and fill packs in cartons and lug boxes. In face and fill packs in cartons and lug boxes the number of rows in the face shall be marked on the packages, as “6 row,” “8 row,” etc.
(c) Sizing. (1) Not more than 5 percent, by count, of the plums or prunes in any package may vary more than one-fourth inch in diameter, except that not more than 5 percent, by count, of the plums or prunes 2-1/4 inches or larger in diameter and packed in loose or volume filled containers may vary more than three-eighths inch in diameter.
(2) When size is indicated in terms of minimum diameter, not more than 5 percent, by count, of the fruit in any package may be smaller than the size marked.
(d) Tolerance for standard pack. In order to allow for variations incident to proper sizing and packing, not more than 10 percent, by count, of the packages in any lot may fail to meet the requirements for standard pack.
567 Definitions
§ 51.1528 Well formed.
“Well formed” means that the fruit has the shape characteristic of the variety. Doubles shall not be considered well formed.
§ 51.1529 Clean.
“Clean” means that the fruit is practically free from dirt and other foreign material.
§ 51.1530 Mature.
“Mature” means that the fruit has reached the stage of maturity which will insure a proper completion of the ripening process.
§ 51.1531 Sunscald.
“Sunscald” means injury caused by the sun in which softening or collapse of the flesh is apparent.
§ 51.1532 Damage.
“Damage” means any specific defect defined in this section; or an equally objectionable variation of any one of these defects, any other defect, or any combination of defects, which materially detracts from the appearance, or the edible or marketing quality of the fruit. The following specific defects shall be considered as damage:
(a) Broken skins which are unhealed except those caused by pulled stems where the skin is torn only slightly within the stem cavity. (Healed skin breaks shall be considered scars);
(b) Heat injury, sprayburn or sunburn:
(1) When the skin is blistered, cracked or decidedly flattened;
(2) When the normal color of the skin or flesh has materially changed;
(3) When there is more than one indentation; or,
(4) When an indentation exceeds three-sixteenths inch in diameter;
(c) Growth cracks:
(1) When not healed;
(2) When more than one in number;
(3) When more than one-eighth inch in depth;
(4) When more than three-eighths inch in length if within the stem cavity; or,
(5) When more than one-fourth inch in length if outside of the stem cavity;
(6) When extending from within to outside the stem cavity, when more than three-eighths inch in length if the major portion of the crack is within the stem cavity or when more than one-fourth inch in length if the major portion of the crack is outside the stem cavity;
(d) Split pit when causing any unhealed crack, or when healed and aggregating more than one-fourth inch in length, or when affecting the shape to the extent that the fruit is not well formed;
(e) Scab or bacterial spot when cracked, or when the aggregate area exceeds that of a circle one-fourth inch in diameter on a fruit 2 inches in diameter or smaller; or when the aggregate area exceeds that of a circle three-eighths inch in diameter on a fruit larger than 2 inches in diameter;
(f) Drought spots or external gum spots which have an aggregate area exceeding that of a circle one-fourth inch in diameter;
(g) Scale or scale marks when the aggregate area exceeds that of a circle one-fourth inch in diameter;
(h) Scars, including those caused by hail, when the surface of the fruit is depressed more than one-sixteenth inch, or when exceeding any of the following aggregate areas, or a combination of two or more types of scars the seriousness of which exceeds the maximum allowed for any one type:
(1) Dark or rough scars when the area exceeds that of a circle one-fourth inch in diameter on a fruit 2 inches in diameter or smaller; or when the area exceeds that of a circle three-eighths inch in diameter on a fruit larger than 2 inches in diameter.
(2) Fairly light colored, fairly smooth scars when, in the case of Italian type prunes, the area exceeds that of a circle one-half inch in diameter; or when, in the case of other types of plums, the area exceeds that of a circle one-half inch in diameter on a fruit 2 inches in diameter or smaller; or when the area exceeds that of a circle five-eighths inch in diameter on a fruit larger than 2 inches in diameter;
(3) Light colored, smooth scars when, in the case of Italian type prunes, the area exceeds one-twelfth of the fruit surface; or when, in the case of other types of plums, the area exceeds that of a circle three-fourths inch in diameter on a fruit 2 inches in diameter or smaller; or when the area exceeds that of a circle seven-eighths inch in diameter on a fruit larger than 2 inches in diameter;
(4) Twig or limb scratches which are not well healed or which have an aggregate length of more than one-half inch;
(i) Russeting which exceeds any of the following aggregate areas of any one type of russeting, or a combination of two or more types of russeting the seriousness of which exceeds the maximum allowed for any one type:
(1) Rough russeting when the area exceeds that of a circle one-fourth inch in diameter on a fruit 2 inches in diameter or smaller; or when the area exceeds that of a circle one-half inch in diameter on a fruit larger than 2 inches in diameter;
(2) Slightly rough russeting when, in the case of Italian type prunes, the area exceeds one-twelfth of the fruit surface; or when, in the case of other types of plums, the area exceeds that of a circle five-eighths inch in diameter on a fruit 2 inches in diameter or smaller; or when the area exceeds that of a circle three-fourths inch in diameter on a fruit larger than 2 inches in diameter;
(3) Fairly smooth or smooth russeting when, in the case of Italian type prunes, the area exceeds one-twelfth of the fruit surface; or when, in the case of other types of plums the area exceeds that of a circle three-fourths inch in diameter on a fruit 2 inches in diameter or smaller; or when the area exceeds that of a circle 1 inch in diameter on a fruit larger than 2 inches in diameter.
(j) Discoloration when definitely contrasting with the normal surface color of the fruit and affects more than 10 percent of the surface.
§ 51.1533 Well colored.
“Well colored,” as applied to Italian type prunes, means that 95 percent of the surface of the prune is purple color.
§ 51.1534 Fairly well colored.
“Fairly well colored,” as applied to Italian type prunes, means that at least three-fourths of the surface of the prune is purple color.
§ 51.1535 Badly misshapen.
“Badly misshapen” means that the fruit is so malformed or rough that its appearance is seriously affected. Doubles shall be considered badly misshapen, except that doubles of Italian type prunes which have approximately equal halves shall not be considered badly misshapen.
§ 51.1536 Serious damage.
“Serious damage” means any specific defect defined in this section; or an equally objectionable variation of any one of these defects, any other defect, or any combination of defects which seriously detracts from the appearance, or the edible or marketing quality of the fruit. The following specific defects shall be considered as serious damage:
(a) Broken skins which are unhealed when aggregating more than one-eighth inch in diameter, length or depth. (Healed skin breaks shall be considered scars);
(b) Heat injury, sprayburn or sunburn:
(1) When the skin is blistered, cracked or decidedly flattened;
(2) When causing any dark discoloration of the flesh;
(3) When there are more than two indentations;
(4) When the aggregate area of indentations exceeds that of a circle three-eighths inch in diameter; or,
(5) When causing noticeable brownish or darker discoloration over more than one-fourth of the fruit surface;
(c) Growth cracks:
(1) When not healed and more than one-eighth inch in length or depth;
(2) When healed and more than three-sixteenths inch in depth;
(3) When healed and aggregating more than five-eighths inch in length if within the stem cavity; or,
(4) When healed and aggregating more than one-half inch in length if outside of the stem cavity;
(5) When extending from within to outside the stem cavity, when healed and aggregating more than five-eighths inch in length if the major portion of the crack is within the stem cavity or when healed and aggregating more than one-half inch in length if the major portion of the crack is outside the cavity;
(d) Split pit when causing any unhealed crack, or when healed and aggregating more than three-eighths inch in length, or when affecting the shape to the extent that the fruit is badly misshapen;
(e) Scab or bacterial spot, when the aggregate area exceeds that of a circle one-half inch in diameter on a fruit 2 inches in diameter or smaller; or when the aggregate area exceeds that of a circle three-fourths inch in diameter on a fruit larger than 2 inches in diameter;
(f) Drought spots or external gum spots which have an aggregate area exceeding that of a circle one-half inch in diameter;
(g) Scale or scale marks when the aggregate area exceeds that of a circle three-eighths inch in diameter;
(h) Russeting and scars, including those caused by hail, when the surface of the fruit is depressed more than three-sixteenths inch, or when exceeding any of the following aggregate areas, or a combination of two or more types of russeting or scars the seriousness of which exceeds the maximum allowed for any one type:
(1) Dark or rough scars or rough russeting when the area exceeds that of a circle three-fourths inch in diameter on a fruit 2 inches in diameter or smaller; or when the area exceeds that of a circle one inch in diameter on a fruit larger than 2 inches in diameter;
(2) Russeting and scars which are not dark or rough when the area exceeds one-fourth of the fruit surface.
(i) Soft or overripe or shriveled plums or prunes;
(j) Plums or prunes affected by decay; and
(k) Plums or prunes affected by sunscald.
(l) Discoloration when definitely contrasting with the normal surface color and affects more than 25 percent of the surface.
§ 51.1537 Diameter.
“Diameter” means the greatest dimension measured at right angles to a line from the stem to blossom end of the fruit.
568 Metric Conversion Table
§ 51.1538 Metric conversion table.
Inches | Millimeters (mm)
1/8 equals | 3.2
1/4 equals | 6.4
3/8 equals | 9.5
1/2 equals | 12.7
5/8 equals | 15.9
3/4 equals | 19.1
7/8 equals | 22.2
1 equals | 25.4
1 1/4 equals | 31.8
1 1/2 equals | 38.1
1 3/4 equals | 44.5
2 equals | 50.8
3 equals | 76.2
4 equals | 101.6
Subpart P United States Standards for Grades of Potatoes
Source: 35 FR 18258, Dec. 1, 1970, unless otherwise noted. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981.
569 Grades
§ 51.1540 [Reserved]
§ 51.1541 U.S. No. 1.
“U.S. No. 1” consists of potatoes which meet the following requirements:
(a) Similar varietal characteristics, except when designated as a mixed or specialty pack;
(b) Firm;
(c) Fairly clean; 2
2 Potatoes in containers bearing official State Seed Certification Tags and Seals are not required to be fairly clean but shall be free from damage by dirt.
(d) Fairly well shaped;
(e) Free from:
(1) Freezing;
(2) Blackheart;
(3) Late blight, southern bacterial wilt and ring rot; and,
(4) Soft rot and wet breakdown.
(f) Free from damage by any other cause. See §§ 51.1564 and 51.1565.
(g) Size. Not less than 1 7/8 inches in diameter, unless otherwise specified in connection with the grade.
(h) For tolerances see § 51.1546.
[35 FR 18258, Dec. 1, 1970, as amended at 76 FR 31789, June 2, 2011]
§ 51.1542 U.S. Commercial.
“U.S. Commercial” consists of potatoes which meet the requirements of U.S. No. 1 grade except for the following:
(a) Free from serious damage caused by:
(1) Dirt or other foreign matter;
(2) Russet scab; and,
(3) Rhizoctonia.
(b) Increased tolerances for defects specified in § 51.1546.
§ 51.1543 U.S. No. 2.
“U.S. No. 2” consists of potatoes which meet the following requirements:
(a) Similar varietal characteristics, except when designated as a mixed or specialty pack;
(b) Not seriously misshapen;
(c) Free from:
(1) Freezing;
(2) Blackheart;
(3) Late blight, southern bacterial wilt and ring rot; and,
(4) Soft rot and wet breakdown.
(d) Free from serious damage by any other cause. See §§ 51.1564 and 51.1565.
(e) Size. Not less than 1 1/2 inches in diameter, unless otherwise specified in connection with the grade.
(f) For tolerances see § 51.1546.
[35 FR 18258, Dec. 1, 1970, as amended at 76 FR 31789, June 2, 2011]
570 Unclassified
§ 51.1544 [Reserved]
571 Size
§ 51.1545 Size.
(a) The minimum size, or minimum and maximum sizes may be specified in connection with the grade in terms of diameter or weight of the individual potato, or in accordance with one of the size designations in Table I or Table II: Provided, That sizes so specified shall not be in conflict with the basic size requirements for the grade.
(b) When size is designated as shown in Table II, the corresponding weight ranges shall apply. These size designations may be applied to potatoes packed in any size container: Provided, that the weight ranges are within the limits specified.
Table 1
Size designation | Minimum diameter 1 or weight | Maximum diameter 1 or weight
Inches | Ounces | Inches | Ounces
Creamer | 3/4 | ( 3) | 1 5/8 | ( 3)
Chef | 2 3/4 | 8 | 4 1/2 | 28
Size A 2 | 1 7/8 | ( 3) | ( 3) | ( 3)
Size B | 1 1/2 | ( 3) | 2 1/4 | ( 3)
Small | 1 3/4 | ( 3) | 2 1/2 | 6
Medium | 2 1/4 | 5 | 3 1/4 | 10
Large | 3 | 10 | 4 1/2 | 28
1 Diameter means the greatest dimension at right angles to the longitudinal axis, without regard to the position of the stem end.
2 In addition to the minimum size specified, a lot of potatoes designated as Size A shall contain at least 40 percent of potatoes which are 2 1/2 inches in diameter or larger or 6 ounces in weight or larger.
3 No requirement.
Table II
[Ounces]
Size designation | Minimum weight | Maximum weight
Under 50 | 15
50 | 12 | 19
60 | 10 | 16
70 | 9 | 15
80 | 8 | 13
90 | 7 | 12
100 | 6 | 10
110 | 5 | 9
120 | 4 | 8
130 | 4 | 8
140 | 4 | 8
Over 140 | 4 | 8
[35 FR 18258, Dec. 1, 1970, as amended at 37 FR 2745, Feb. 5, 1972. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981; amended at 56 FR 7553, Feb. 25, 1991; 73 FR 15055, Mar. 21, 2008; 73 FR 70585, Nov. 21, 2008]
572 Tolerances
§ 51.1546 Tolerances.
To allow for variations incident to proper grading and handling in each of the foregoing grades, the following tolerances by weight or equivalent basis, are provided as specified.
(a) For defects—(1) U.S. No. 1. (i) At Shipping Point: A total of 8 percent for potatoes in any lot which fail to meet the requirements for the grade: Provided, That included in this tolerance not more than the following percentages shall be allowed for the defects listed:
(A) 5 percent for external defects;
(B) 5 percent for internal defects; and
(C) Not more than a total of 1 percent for potatoes which are frozen or affected by soft rot or wet breakdown. See § 51.1547.
(ii) En route or at destination: A total of 10 percent for potatoes in any lot which fail to meet the requirements for the grade: Provided, That included in this tolerance not more than a total of 8 percent shall be allowed for permanent defects: And provided further, the following percentages shall be allowed for the defects listed:
(A) 7 percent for external defects, including therein not more than 5 percent for permanent external defects;
(B) 7 percent for internal defects, including therein not more than 5 percent for permanent internal defects; and
(C) Not more than a total of 2 percent for potatoes which are frozen or affected by soft rot or wet breakdown. See § 51.1547.
(2) U.S. Commercial: A total of 20 percent for potatoes in any lot which fail to meet the requirements for the grade: Provided, That included in this tolerance not more than the following percentages shall be allowed for the defects listed:
(i) 10 percent for potatoes which fail to meet the requirements for U.S. No. 2 grade, including therein not more than:
(ii) 6 percent for external defects;
(iii) 6 percent for internal defects; and
(iv) Not more than a total of 1 percent for potatoes which are frozen or affected by soft rot or wet breakdown. See § 51.1547.
(3) U.S. No. 2. (i) At Shipping Point: A total of 10 percent for potatoes in any lot which fail to meet the requirements for the grade: Provided, That included in this tolerance not more than the following percentages shall be allowed for the defects listed:
(A) 6 percent for external defects;
(B) 6 percent for internal defects; and
(C) Not more than a total of 1 percent for potatoes which are frozen or affected by soft rot or wet breakdown. See § 51.1547.
(ii) En route or at destination: A total of 12 percent for potatoes in any lot which fail to meet the requirements for the grade: Provided, That included in this tolerance not more than a total of 10 percent shall be allowed for permanent defects: And provided further, the following percentages shall be allowed for the defects listed:
(A) 8 percent for external defects, including therein not more than 6 percent for permanent external defects;
(B) 8 percent for internal defects, including therein not more than 6 percent for permanent internal defects; and
(C) Not more than a total of 2 percent for potatoes which are frozen or affected by soft rot or wet breakdown. See § 51.1547.
(b) For off-size. (1) Not more than 3 percent of the potatoes in any lot may be smaller than the required or specified minimum size except that a tolerance of 5 percent shall be allowed for potatoes packed to meet a minimum size of 2 1/4 inches or larger in diameter or 5 ounces or more in weight. In addition, not more than 10 percent may be larger than any required or specified maximum size. See § 51.1547.
(2) When a percentage of the potatoes is specified to be of a certain size and larger, individual samples shall have not less than one-half of the percentage specified: Provided, That the average for the entire lot is not less than the percentage specified.
[35 FR 18258, Dec. 1, 1970. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981; amended at 56 FR 7553, Feb. 25, 1991; 73 FR 15055, Mar. 21, 2008; 73 FR 70585, Nov. 21, 2008; 76 FR 31789, June 2, 2011]
573 Application of Tolerances
§ 51.1547 Application of tolerances.
Individual samples shall have not more than double the tolerances specified, except that at least one defective and one off-size potato may be permitted in any sample: Provided, That en route or at destination one-tenth of the samples may contain three times the tolerance permitted for potatoes which are frozen or affected by soft rot or wet breakdown: And provided further, That the averages for the entire lot are within the tolerances specified for the grade.
574 Samples for Grade and Size Determination
§ 51.1548 Samples for grade and size determination.
Individual samples shall consist of at least 20 pounds. When individual packages contain at least 20 pounds, each individual sample is drawn from one package; when packages contain less than 20 pounds, a sufficient number of adjoining packages are opened to provide at least a 20-pound sample. The number of such individual samples drawn for grade and size determination will vary with the size of the lot.
575 Skinning
§ 51.1549 Skinning.
(a) The following definitions provide a basis for describing lots of potatoes as to the degree of skinning whenever description may be appropriate:
(1) “Practically no skinning” means that not more than 5 percent of the potatoes in the lot have more than one-tenth of the skin missing or “feathered”;
(2) “Slightly skinned” means that not more than 10 percent of the potatoes in the lot have more than one-fourth of the skin missing or “feathered”;
(3) “Moderately skinned” means that not more than 10 percent of the potatoes in the lot have more than one-half of the skin missing or “feathered”; and
(4) “Badly skinned” means that more than 10 percent of the potatoes in the lot have more than one-half of the skin missing or “feathered”.
576 Definitions
§ 51.1550 Similar varietal characteristics.
Similar varietal characteristics means that the potatoes in any lot have the same general shape, color and character of skin, and color of flesh.
§ 51.1551 Firm.
Firm means that the potato is not shriveled or flabby.
§ 51.1552 Clean.
Clean means that at least 90 percent of the potatoes in any lot are practically free from dirt or staining and practically no loose dirt or other foreign matter is present in the container.
§ 51.1553 Fairly clean.
Fairly clean means that at least 90 percent of the potatoes in any lot are reasonably free from dirt or staining and not more than a slight amount of loose dirt or foreign matter is present in the container.
§ 51.1554 Mature.
Mature means that the skins of the potatoes are generally firmly set and not more than 5 percent of the potatoes in the lot have more than one-tenth of the skin missing or “feathered.”
§ 51.1555 Fairly well matured.
Fairly well matured means that the skins of the potatoes are generally fairly firmly set and not more than 10 percent of the potatoes in the lot have more than one-fourth of the skin missing or “feathered.”
§ 51.1556 Well shaped.
Well shaped means that the potato has the normal shape for the variety.
§ 51.1557 Fairly well shaped.
Fairly well shaped means that the potato is not materially pointed, dumbbell-shaped or otherwise materially deformed.
§ 51.1558 Seriously misshapen.
Seriously misshapen means that the potato is seriously pointed, dumbell-shaped or otherwise badly deformed.
§ 51.1559 [Reserved]
§ 51.1560 Damage.
“Damage” means any defect, or any combination of defects, which materially detracts from the edible or marketing quality, or the internal or external appearance of the potato, or any external defect which cannot be removed without a loss of more than 5 percent of the total weight of the potato. See Tables III, IV, V and VI in § 51.1564 and Table VII in § 51.1565.
[76 FR 31789, June 2, 2011]
§ 51.1561 Serious damage.
“Serious damage” means any defect, or any combination of defects, which seriously detracts from the edible or marketing quality, or the internal or external appearance of the potato, or any external defect which cannot be removed without a loss of more than 10 percent of the total weight of the potato. See Tables III, IV, V and VI in § 51.1564 and Table VII in 5§ 1.1565.
[76 FR 31789, June 2, 2011]
§ 51.1562 Freezing.
Freezing means that the potato is frozen or shows evidence of having been frozen.
§ 51.1563 Soft rot or wet breakdown.
Soft rot or wet breakdown means any soft, mushy, or leaky condition of the tissue such as slimy soft rot, leak, or wet breakdown following freezing injury.
§ 51.1564 External defects.
External defects are defects which can be detected externally. However, cutting may be required to determine the extent of the injury. Some external defects are listed in Tables III, IV, V and VI.
Table III—External Defects
Defects | Damage | Serious damage 1
Air Cracks | When removal causes a loss of more than 5 percent of the total weight of the potato or when the air crack(s) affects more than 1/3 the length or diameter of the potato (whichever is greater) in the aggregate | When removal causes a loss of more than 10 percent of the total weight of the potato or when the air crack(s) affects more than 3/4 the length or diameter of the potato (whichever is greater) in the aggregate.
Artificial Coloring | When unsightly or when concealing any defect causing damage or when penetrating the flesh and removal causes loss of more than 5 percent of total weight of potato | When concealing a serious defect or when penetrating into the flesh and removal causes loss of more than 10 percent of total weight of potato.
Bruises (Not including pressure bruise and sunken discolored areas) | When removal causes a loss of more than 5 percent of the total weight of the potato or when the area affected is more than 5 percent of the surface in the aggregate (i.e., 3/4 inch on a 2 1/2 inch or 6 oz. potato). Correspondingly lesser or greater areas in smaller or larger potatoes | When removal causes a loss of more than 10 percent of the total weight of the potato or when the area affected is more than 10 percent of the surface in the aggregate (i.e., 1 1/4 inches on a 2 1/2 inch or 6 oz. potato). Correspondingly lesser or greater areas in smaller or larger potatoes.
Cuts | When one smooth cut affects more than 5 percent of the surface area | Cut(s) that affect more than 10 percent of the surface area in the aggregate or when a single side cut extends beyond 1/2 the length of the potato.
Dirt | When materially detracting from the appearance of the potato | When seriously detracting from the appearance of the potato.
Elephant Hide | When affecting over 10 percent of the surface area of the potato | When affecting over 25 percent of the surface area.
Enlarged Lenticels | When materially detracting from the appearance of the potato | When seriously detracting from the appearance of the potato.
External Discoloration (Areas that are light tan or lighter in color and blends should be ignored) | When more than 30 percent of the surface is affected by light tan or light brown colors which do not blend or when more than 15 percent of the surface is affected by colors darker than light tan or light brown | When more than 60 percent of the surface is affected by light tan or light brown colors which do not blend or when more than 30 percent of the surface is affected by colors darker than light tan or light brown.
Flattened or Depressed Areas/Pressure Bruises | When removal of underlying discolored flesh causes a loss of more than 5 percent of the total weight of the potato or when the flattened or depressed area(s) covers more surface area than allowed in Table IV. (See Table IV.) | When removal of underlying discolored flesh the causes a loss of more than 10 percent of the weight of the potato or when the flattened depressed area(s) covers more surface area than allowed in the Table IV. (See Table IV.)
Flea Beetle Injury | When materially detracting from the appearance or when removal causes a loss of more than 5 percent of the total weight of the potato or when the area affected is more than 5 percent of the surface in the aggregate | When seriously detracting from the appearance of the potato or when removal causes a loss of more than 10 percent of the weight of the potato or when the area affected is more than 10 percent of the surface in the aggregate.
Greening | When removal causes a loss of more than 5 percent of the total weight of the potato or when green color affects more than 25 percent of the surface in the aggregate | When removal causes a loss of more than 10 percent of the weight of the potato or when green color affects more than 50 percent of the surface in the aggregate.
Growth Cracks | When the growth crack(s) affects more than 1/2 the length of the potato in the aggregate on round varieties or more than 1/3 the length in the aggregate on long varieties; or, when the depth is greater than that as outlined in Table V. (See Table V.) | When the growth crack(s) affects more than 3/4 the length of the potato in the aggregate or when the depth is greater than that as outlined in Table V. (See Table V.).
Grub Damage | When removal causes a loss of more than 5 percent of the total weight of the potato or when affecting more than 5 percent of the surface area (i.e. more than 3/4 inch on a 2 1/2 inch or 6 ounce potato). Correspondingly lesser or greater areas in smaller or larger potatoes | When removal causes a loss of more than 10 percent of the total weight of the potato or when affecting more than 10 percent of the surface area (i.e. more than 1 1/4 inch on a 2 1/2 inch or 6 ounce potato). Correspondingly lesser or greater areas in smaller or larger potatoes.
Insects or Worms | (See Serious Damage.) | When present inside the potato.
Nematode (Root Knot) | When removal causes loss of more than 5 percent of total weight of potato | When removal causes loss of more than 10 percent of total weight of potato.
Rhizoctonia | When affecting more than 15 percent of the surface in the aggregate | When affecting more than 50 percent of the surface in the aggregate.
Russeting (On Non Russet Type) | When more than 50 percent of the surface is affected in the aggregate | N/A.
Rodent or Bird Damage | When removal causes a loss of more than 5 percent of the total weight of the potato or when affecting more than 5 percent of the surface area (i.e. more than 3/4 inch on a 2 1/2 inch or 6 ounce potato). Correspondingly lesser or greater areas in smaller or larger potatoes | When removal causes a loss of more than 10 percent of the total weight of the potato or when affecting more than 10 percent of the surface area (i.e. more than 1 1/4 inch on a 2 1/2 inch or 6 ounce potato). Correspondingly lesser or greater areas in smaller or larger potatoes.
Scab, Pitted | When removal causes a loss of more than 5 percent of the total weight of the potato or when scab affects an aggregate area of more than 1/2 inch. (Based on a potato 2 1/2 inches in diameter or 6 oz. in weight.) Correspondingly lesser or greater areas in smaller or larger potatoes | When the removal causes a loss of more than 10 percent of the total weight of the potato or when scab affects an aggregate area of more than 1 inch. (Based on a potato 2 1/2 inches in diameter or 6 oz. in weight.) Correspondingly lesser or greater areas in smaller or larger potatoes.
Scab, Russet | Smooth and affecting more than 1/3 of the surface or rough russet scab which affects more than 10 percent of the surface in the aggregate | Rough and affecting more than 25 percent of the surface in the aggregate.
Scab, Surface | When more than 5 percent of the surface in the aggregate is affected | When more than 25 percent of the surface in the aggregate is affected.
Second Growth | When materially detracting from the appearance of the potato | When seriously detracting from the appearance of the potato.
Silver Scurf | When affecting more than 50 percent of the surface area of the potato | When its severity causes a wrinkling of the skin over more than 50 percent of the surface.
Sprouts | When more than 5 percent of the potatoes in any lot have any sprout more than 1/4 inch in length at shipping point; more than 1/2 inch in length at destination; or have numerous individual and/or clusters of sprouts which materially detract from the appearance of the potato | When more than 10 percent of the potatoes in any lot have any sprout more than 1/2 inch in length at shipping point; more than 1 inch in length at destination; or have numerous individual and/or clusters of sprouts which seriously detract from the appearance of the potato. Serious damage by sprouts shall only be scored against the U.S. Commercial and U.S. No. 2 grades.
Sunburn | When removal causes loss of more than 5 percent of total weight of potato | When removal causes loss more than 10 percent of total weight of potato.
Sunken Discolored Areas | SEE TABLE VI | SEE TABLE VI.
Surface Cracks (Areas affected by fine net-like cracking should be ignored.) | When smooth shallow cracking affects more than 1/3 of the surface or when rough deep cracking affects more than 5 percent of the surface | When rough deep cracking affects more than 10 percent of the surface.
Wireworm or Grass Damage | When affecting the flesh of the potato and removal causes loss of more than 5 percent of total weight of potato. | When affecting the flesh of the potato and removal causes loss of more than 10 percent of total weight of potato.
The following defects are considered serious damage when present in any degree: 1. Freezing. 2. Late blight. 3. Ring rot. 4. Southern bacterial wilt. 5. Soft rot. 6. Wet breakdown.
Table IV—Flattened or Depressed Areas—Pressure Bruises Maximum Area Allowed
Diameter | Weight | No. 1 (aggregate area) | No. 2 (aggregate area)
Potato is: | Potato is: | Not more than: | Not more than:
Less than 2 in | Less than 4 oz | 1/2 in | 1 in
2 to 2 1/2 in | 4 to 6 oz | 1 in | 1 1/2 in
More than 2 1/2 to 3 in | More than 6 to 8 oz | 1 1/4 in | 1 3/4 in
More than 3 to 3 1/2 in | More than 8 to 14 oz | 1 1/2 in | 1 7/8 in
More than 3 1/2 to 4 in | More than 14 to 20 oz | 1 3/4 in | 2 in
More than 4 to 4 1/2 in | More than 20 to 28 oz | 2 in | 2 1/4 in
More than 4 1/2 to 5 in | More than 28 to 36 oz | 2 1/4 in | 2 3/4 in
More than 5 in | More than 36 oz | 2 1/2 in | 3 1/4 in
Table V—Depth Allowed for Growth Cracks
Diameter | Weight | No. 1 (depth) | No. 2 (depth)
Potato is: | Potato is: | Not more than: | Not more than:
Less than 2 in | Less than 4 oz | 1/8 in | 1/4 in
2 to 2 1/2 in | 4 oz to 6 oz | 1/4 in | 3/8 in
More than 2 1/2 to 3 in | More than 6 oz to 8 oz | 3/8 in | 1/2 in
More than 3 in | More than 8 oz | 1/2 in | 5/8 in
Table VI—Sunken Discolored Areas Maximum Area Allowed
Diameter | Weight | No. 1 (aggregate area) | No. 2 (aggregate area)
Potato is: | Potato is: | Not more than: | Not more than:
Less than 2 in | Less than 4 oz | 3/8 in | 3/4 in
2 to 2 1/2 in | 4 to 6 oz | 3/4 in | 1 in
More than 2 1/2 to 3 in | More than 6 to 8 oz | 1 in | 1 1/4 in
More than 3 to 3 1/2 in | More than 8 to 14 oz | 1 1/4 in | 1 1/2 in
More than 3 1/2 to 4 in | More than 14 to 20 oz | 1 1/2 in | 1 3/4 in
More than 4 to 4 1/2 in | More than 20 to 28 oz | 1 3/4 in | 2 in
More than 4 1/2 to 5 in | More than 28 to 36 oz | 2 in | 2 1/4 in
More than 5 in | More than 36 oz | 2 1/4 in | 2 1/2 in
[35 FR 18258, Dec. 1, 1970, as amended at 73 FR 15055, Mar. 21, 2008; 73 FR 70586, Nov. 21, 2008; 76 FR 31789, June 2, 2011]
§ 51.1565 Internal defects.
Internal defects are defects which cannot be detected without cutting the potato. Some internal defects are listed in Table VII.
Table VII—Internal Defects
Defects | Damage Maximum Allowed | Serious Damage Maximum Allowed
Occurring outside of or not entirely confined to the vascular ring
Ingrown Sprouts, Internal Discoloration, Vascular Browning, Fusarium Wilt, Net Necrosis, Other Necrosis, Stem End Browning | 5 percent waste | 10 percent waste.
Internal Black Spot | When the spot(s) are darker than the official color chip (POT-CC-2) after removing 5 percent of the total weight of the potato | When the spot(s) are darker than the official color chip (POT-CC-2) after removing 10 percent of the total weight of the potato.
Occurring entirely within the vascular ring
Hollow Heart or Hollow Heart with Discoloration | Area affected not to exceed that of a circle 1/2 inch in diameter in a potato 2 1/2-inches in diameter or 6 ounces in weight. 1 | Area affected not to exceed that of a circle 3/4 inch in diameter in a potato 2 1/2-inches in diameter or 6 ounces in weight. 1
Light Brown Discoloration (Brown Center) | Area affected not to exceed that of a circle 1/2 inch in diameter in a potato 2 1/2 inches in diameter or 6 ounces in weight. 1 | Area affected not to exceed that of a circle 3/4 inch in diameter in a potato 2 1/2 inches in diameter or 6 ounces in weight. 1
Occurring entirely within the vascular ring
Internal Brown Spot and Similar Discoloration (Heat Necrosis) | Not more than the equivalent of 3 scattered spots 1/8 inch in diameter in a potato 2 1/2-inches in diameter or 6 ounces in weight. 1 | Not more than the equivalent of 6 scattered spots 1/8 inch in diameter in a potato 2 1/2-inches in diameter or 6 ounces in weight. 1
1Note: Correspondingly lesser or greater areas in smaller or larger potatoes.
[35 FR 18258, Dec. 1, 1970. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981; amended at 56 FR 7553, Feb. 25, 1991; 56 FR 10302, Mar. 11, 1991; 73 FR 15058, Mar. 21, 2008 ; 73 FR 70586, Nov. 21, 2008; 76 FR 31789, June 2, 2011]
577 Metric Conversion Table
§ 51.1566 Metric conversion table.
Inches | Millimeters (mm)
1/8 equals | 3.2
1/4 equals | 6.4
1/2 equals | 12.7
3/4 equals | 19.1
1 equals | 25.4
1 1/2 equals | 38.1
2 equals | 50.8
2 1/2 equals | 63.5
3 equals | 76.2
3 1/2 equals | 88.9
4 equals | 101.6
4 1/2 equals | 114.3
Ounces | Grams
1 equals | 28.35
4 equals | 113.40
5 equals | 141.75
6 equals | 170.10
7 equals | 198.45
8 equals | 226.80
9 equals | 255.15
10 equals | 283.50
12 equals | 340.20
14 equals | 396.90
16 equals | 453.60
18 equals | 510.30
19 equals | 538.60
20 equals | 567.00
Subpart Q United States Consumer Standards for Potatoes
Source: 18 FR 7132, Nov. 11, 1953, unless otherwise noted. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981.
578 Grades
§ 51.1575 U.S. Grade A Small; U.S. Grade A Medium; U.S. Grade A Medium to Large; U.S. Grade A Large.
Potatoes of each of these grades shall be of one variety or similar varietal characteristics which are fairly well shaped, fairly clean, free from freezing injury, blackheart, late blight, and soft rot or wet breakdown, and from damage caused by sunburn, second growth, growth cracks, air cracks, hollowheart, internal discoloration, cuts, shriveling, sprouting, scab, dry rot, rhizoctonia, other diseases, wireworm, other insects, or mechanical or other means. Potatoes of these grades shall also be mature: Provided, That potatoes which are not mature and the outer skin loosens or “feathers” readily under the usual handling practices need not meet this requirement if they are firm and are further designated as “Early” in connection with the grade, as for example “U.S. Grade A Medium-Early.” Potatoes on the shown face shall be reasonably representative in size and quality of the contents of the containers. (See § 51.5177.)
(a) Tolerances. Incident to proper grading and handling, except for the tolerances for size, not more than a total of 5 percent, by weight, of the potatoes in any lot may fail to meet the requirements of the grade, including not more than 1 percent for potatoes affected by soft rot or wet breakdown. (See § 51.1579.)
§ 51.1576 U.S. Grade B Small; U.S. Grade B Medium; U.S. Grade B Medium to Large; U.S. Grade B Large.
Potatoes of each of these grades shall meet the requirements for U.S. Grade A Small; U.S. Grade A Medium; U.S. Grade A Medium to Large; and U.S. Grade A Large, except for the increased tolerance for defects specified below. (See § 51.1577.)
(a) Tolerances. Incident to proper grading and handling, except for the tolerance for size, not more than a total of 20 percent, by weight, of the potaotes in any lot may fail to meet the requirements of the grade, but not more than 5 percent shall be allowed for potatoes which are seriously damaged by any cause, including not more than 1 percent for potatoes affected by soft rot or wet breakdown. (See § 51.1579.)
579 Size
§ 51.1577 Size range requirements.
In addition to the quality requirements specified for the above grades, potatoes shall also meet the requirements for minimum and maximum diameter or weight, and the tolerances as specified for the various grades in the table appearing in this section. Potatoes specified as meeting one of the grades may be of any size within its size range requirements, except that it is not permissible to specify a lot as “U.S. Grade A Medium to Large,” or “U.S. Grade B Medium to Large,” unless more than 15 percent, by weight, of the potatoes are larger than the maxiumum size required for U.S. Grade A Medium, or U.S. Grade B Medium, respectively. For example, a lot of round or intermediate-shaped potatoes to be specified as “U.S. Grade A Medium to Large” must have more than 15 percent, by weight, of potatoes from 3 to 4 inches in diameter.
Grades | Size range requirements, round or intermediate shaped varieties | Size range requirements, long varieties | Tolerance for size
Minimum diameter (Inches) | Maximum diameter (Inches) | Minimum diam. or wt. | Maximum weight (Ounces) | Under-size (Percent) | Over-size (Percent)
U.S. Grades A & B small | 1 1/2 | 2 1/4 | 1 1/2 inches | 4 | 3 | 15
U.S. Grades A & B medium | 2 1/4 | 3 | 4 ounces | 10 | 5 | 15
U.S. Grades A & B medium to large | 2 1/4 | 4 | 4 ounces | 16 | 5 | 15
U.S. Grades A & B large | 3 | 4 | 10 ounces | 16 | 5 | 15
580 Off-Grade
§ 51.1578 Off-Grade potatoes.
Potatoes which fail to meet the requirements of any of the foregoing grades shall be Off-Grade potatoes.
581 Application of Tolerances
§ 51.1579 Application of tolerances to individual containers.
(a) Based on sample inspection, the contents of individual containers in the lot are subject to the following limitations: Provided, That the averages for the entire lot are within the tolerances specified for the grade:
(1) When a tolerance is 10 percent or more, not more than one-tenth of the individual containers in any lot may contain more than one and one-half times the tolerance specified, except that at least one defective and one off-sized specimen may be permitted in a container.
(2) When a tolerance is less than 10 percent, not more than one-tenth of the individual containers in any lot may contain more than double the tolerance specified, but no package may contain more than four times the tolerance for soft rot or wet breakdown, except that at least one defective and one off-sized specimen may be permitted in a container.
582 Definitions
§ 51.1580 Fairly well shaped.
Fairly well shaped means that the appearance of the individual potato or the general appearance of the potatoes in the container is not materially injured by pointed, dumbbell-shaped or otherwise ill-formed potatoes.
§ 51.1581 Fairly clean.
Fairly clean means that from the viewpoint of general appearance, the potatoes in the container are reasonably free from dirt or other foreign matter, and that individual potatoes are not materially caked with dirt or materially stained.
§ 51.1582 Soft rot or wet breakdown.
Soft rot or wet breakdown means any soft, mushy, or leaky condition of the tissue such as slimy soft rot, leak, or wet breakdown following freezing injury, scald, or other injury.
§ 51.1583 Damage.
Damage means any injury or defect which materially injures the edible or shipping quality, or the appearance of the individual potato or the general appearance of the potatoes in the container, or which cannot be removed without a loss of more than 5 percent of the total weight of the potato including peel covering defective area. Loss of outer skin (epidermis) shall not be considered as damage when the potatoes are designated as “Early” unless the skinned surface is materially affected by dark discoloration. Any one of the following defects, or any combination of defects, the seriousness of which exceeds the maximum allowed for any one defect, shall be considered as damage:
(a) Second growth or growth cracks which have developed to such an extent as to materially injure the appearance of the individual potato or the general appearance of the potatoes in the container.
(b) Air cracks which are deep, or shallow air cracks which materially injure the appearance of the individual potato or the general appearance of the potatoes in the container.
(c) Shriveling, when the potato is more than moderately shriveled, spongy, or flabby.
(d) Sprouting, when the sprouts are not dried and are more than one-half inch long.
(e) Surface scab which covers an area of more than 5 percent of the surface of the potato in the aggregate.
(f) Pitted scab which affects the appearance of the potato to a greater extent than the amount of surface scab permitted or causes a loss of more than 5 percent of the total weight of the potato including peel covering defective area.
(g) Rhizoctonia, when the general appearance of the potatoes in the container is materially injured or when individual potatoes are badly infected.
(h) Wireworm, grass root or similar injury, when any hole on potatoes ranging in size from 6 to 8 ounces is longer than three-fourths inch, or when the aggregate length of all holes is more than one and one-fourth inches; smaller potatoes shall have lesser amounts and larger potatoes may have greater amounts, provided, that the removal of the injury by proper trimming does not cause the appearance of such potatoes to be injured to a greater extent than that caused by the proper trimming of such injury permitted on a 6 to 8 ounce potato.
§ 51.1584 Internal discoloration.
Internal discoloration means discoloration such as is caused by net necrosis or any other type of necrosis, stem-end browning, internal brown spot, or other similar types of discoloration not visible externally.
§ 51.1585 Mature.
Mature means that the outer skin (epidermis) does not loosen or “feather” readily during the ordinary methods of handling.
§ 51.1586 Serious damage.
Serious damage means any injury or defect which seriously injures the edible or shipping quality, or the appearance of the individual potato or the general appearance of the potatoes in the container, or which cannot be removed without a loss of more than 10 percent of the total weight of the potato including peel covering defective area. Any one of the following defects or any combination of defects the seriousness of which exceeds the maximum allowed for any one defect shall be considered as serious damage:
(a) Fairly smooth cuts such as are made by the digger, or by a knife to remove injury when both ends are clipped, or when more than an estimated one-fourth of the potato is cut away, or, in the case of long varieties, when the remaining portion of the clipped potato weighs less than 6 ounces; irregular types of cuts which seriously affect the appearance of the individual potato, or which cannot be removed without a loss of more than 10 percent of the total weight of the potato including peel covering defective area.
(b) Shriveling, when the potato is excessively shriveled, spongy, or flabby.
(c) Surface scab which covers an area of more than 50 percent of the surface of the potato in the aggregate.
(d) Pitted scab which affects the appearance of the potato to a greater extent than the amount of surface scab permitted or causes a loss of more than 10 percent of the total weight of the potato including peel covering defective area.
(e) Wireworm, grass root or similar injury, when any hole on potatoes ranging in size from 6 to 8 ounces is longer than one and one-fourth inches, or when the aggregate length of all holes is more than two inches; smaller potatoes shall have lesser amounts and larger potatoes may have greater amounts: Provided, That the removal of the injury by proper trimming, does not cause the appearance of such potatoes to be injured to a greater extent than that caused by the proper trimming of such injury permitted on a 6 to 8 ounce potato.
§ 51.1587 Diameter.
Diameter means the greatest dimension at right angles to the longitudinal axis. The long axis shall be used without regard to the position of the stem (rhizome).
Subpart R United States Standards for Grades of Florida Tangerines
Source: 61 FR 20713, May 8, 1996, unless otherwise noted.
583 Grades
§ 51.1810 U.S. Fancy.
“U.S. Fancy” consists of tangerines which meet the following requirements:
(a) Basic requirements:
(1) Discoloration: Not more than one-tenth of the surface, in the aggregate, may be affected by discoloration. (See § 51.1828.);
(2) Firm;
(3) Highly colored;
(4) Mature; and,
(5) Well formed.
(b) Free from:
(1) Caked melanose;
(2) Decay;
(3) Unhealed skin breaks; and,
(4) Wormy fruit.
(c) Free from damage caused by:
(1) Ammoniation;
(2) Bruises;
(3) Buckskin;
(4) Creasing;
(5) Dirt or other foreign material;
(6) Dryness or mushy condition;
(7) Disease;
(8) Green spots;
(9) Hail;
(10) Insects;
(11) Oil spots;
(12) Scab;
(13) Scale;
(14) Scars;
(15) Skin breakdown;
(16) Sprayburn;
(17) Sunburn; and,
(18) Other means.
(d) For tolerances see § 51.1820.
§ 51.1811 U.S. No. 1 Bright.
The requirements for this grade are the same as for U.S. No. 1 except that fruit shall have not more than one-fifth of its surface, in the aggregate, affected by discoloration. For tolerances see § 51.1820.
§ 51.1812 U.S. No. 1.
“U.S. No. 1” consists of tangerines which meet the following requirements:
(a) Basic requirements:
(1) Discoloration: Not more than one-third of the surface, in the aggregate, may be affected by discoloration. (See § 51.1828.);
(2) Fairly well colored;
(3) Firm;
(4) Mature; and,
(5) Well formed.
(b) Free from:
(1) Decay;
(2) Unhealed skin breaks; and,
(3) Wormy fruit.
(c) Free from damage caused by:
(1) Ammoniation;
(2) Bruises;
(3) Buckskin;
(4) Caked melanose;
(5) Creasing;
(6) Dirt or other foreign material;
(7) Disease;
(8) Dryness or mushy condition;
(9) Green spots;
(10) Hail;
(11) Insects;
(12) Oil spots;
(13) Scab;
(14) Scale;
(15) Scars;
(16) Skin breakdown;
(17) Sprayburn;
(18) Sunburn; and
(19) Other means.
(d) For tolerances see § 51.1820.
§ 51.1813 U.S. No. 1 Golden.
The requirements for this grade are the same as for U.S. No. 1 except that not more than 30 percent, by count, of the fruit shall have than more one-third of their surface, in the aggregate, affected by discoloration. For tolerances see § 51.1820.
§ 51.1814 U.S. No. 1 Bronze.
The requirements for this grade are the same as for U.S. No. 1 except that at least 30 percent, by count, of the fruit shall have more than one-third of their surface, in the aggregate, affected by discoloration. The predominating discoloration on each fruit shall be of rust mite type. For tolerances see § 51.1820.
§ 51.1815 U.S. No. 1 Russet.
The requirements for this grade are the same as for U.S. No. 1 except that at least 30 percent, by count, of the fruit shall have more than one-third of their surface, in the aggregate, affected by any type of discoloration. For tolerances see § 51.1820.
§ 51.1816 U.S. No. 2 Bright.
The requirements for this grade are the same as for U.S. No. 2 except that fruit shall have not more than one-fifth of its surface, in the aggregate, affected by discoloration. For tolerances see § 51.1820.
§ 51.1817 U.S. No. 2.
“U.S. No. 2” consists of tangerines which meet the following requirements:
(a) Basic requirements:
(1) Discoloration: Not more than one-half of the surface, in the aggregate, may be affected by discoloration. (See § 51.1828.);
(2) Fairly firm;
(3) Fairly well formed;
(4) Mature; and
(5) Reasonably well colored.
(b) Free from:
(1) Decay;
(2) Unhealed skin breaks; and,
(3) Wormy fruit.
(c) Free from serious damage caused by:
(1) Ammoniation;
(2) Bruises;
(3) Buckskin;
(4) Caked melanose;
(5) Creasing;
(6) Dirt or other foreign material;
(7) Disease;
(8) Dryness or mushy condition;
(9) Green spots;
(10) Hail;
(11) Insects;
(12) Oil spots;
(13) Scab;
(14) Scale;
(15) Scars;
(16) Skin breakdown;
(17) Sprayburn;
(18) Sunburn; and
(19) Other means.
(d) For tolerances see § 51.1820.
§ 51.1818 U.S. No. 2 Russet.
The requirements for this grade are the same as for U.S. No. 2 except that at least 10 percent of the fruit shall have more than one-half of their surface, in the aggregate, affected by any type of discoloration. For tolerances see § 51.1820.
§ 51.1819 U.S. No. 3.
“U.S. No. 3” consists of tangerines which meet the following requirements:
(a) Basic requirements:
(1) Mature;
(2) Not flabby; and
(3) Not seriously lumpy.
(b) Free from:
(1) Decay;
(2) Unhealed skin breaks; and
(3) Wormy fruit.
(c) Free from very serious damage caused by:
(1) Ammoniation;
(2) Bruises;
(3) Caked melanose;
(4) Creasing;
(5) Dirt or other foreign material;
(6) Disease;
(7) Dryness or mushy condition;
(8) Hail;
(9) Insects;
(10) Scab;
(11) Scale;
(12) Scars;
(13) Skin breakdown;
(14) Sprayburn;
(15) Sunburn; and,
(16) Other means.
(d) For tolerances see § 51.1820.
584 Tolerances
§ 51.1820 Tolerances.
In order to allow for variations incident to proper grading and handling in each of the foregoing grades, the following tolerances, by count, based on a minimum 25 count sample, are provided as specified:
(a) Defects. (1) U.S. Fancy, U.S. No. 1 Bright, U.S. No. 1, U.S. No. 1 Golden, U.S. No. 1 Bronze, U.S. No. 1 Russet, U.S. No. 2 Bright, U.S. No. 2, and U.S. No. 2 Russet grades.
(i) For defects at shipping point. 1 Not more than 10 percent of the fruit in any lot may fail to meet the requirements of the specified grade: Provided, that included in this amount not more than 5 percent shall be allowed for defects causing very serious damage, including in this latter amount not more than 1 percent for decay or wormy fruit.
1 Shipping point, as used in these standards, means the point of origin of the shipment in the producing area or at port of loading for ship stores or overseas shipment, or, in the case of shipments from outside the continental United States, the port of entry into the United States.
(ii) For defects en route or at destination. Not more than 12 percent of the fruit which fail to meet the requirements of the specified grade: Provided, that included in this amount not more than the following percentages shall be allowed for defects listed:
(A) 10 percent for fruit having permanent defects; or,
(B) 7 percent for defects causing very serious damage, including therein not more than 5 percent for very serious damage by permanent defects and not more than 3 percent for decay or wormy fruit.
(2) U.S. No. 3.
(i) For defects at shipping point. 1 Not more than 10 percent of the fruit in any lot may fail to meet the requirements of the grade: Provided, that included in this amount not more than 1 percent shall be for decay or wormy fruit.
(ii) For defects en route or at destination. Not more than 12 percent of the fruit which fail to meet the requirements of the grade: Provided, that included in this amount not more than the following percentages shall be allowed for defects listed:
(A) 10 percent for fruit having permanent defects; or,
(B) 3 percent for decay or wormy fruit.
(b) Discoloration—(1) U.S. No. 1 Bright, U.S. No. 1, U.S. No. 2 Bright, and U.S. No. 2. Not more than 10 percent of the fruit in any lot may fail to meet the requirements relating to discoloration as specified in each grade. No sample may have more than 20 percent of the fruit with excessive discoloration: And provided further, that the entire lot averages within the percentage specified.
(2) U.S. No. 1 Golden. Not more than 30 percent of the fruit shall have in excess of one-third of their surface, in the aggregate, affected by discoloration, and no part of any tolerance shall be allowed to increase this percentage. No sample may have more than 40 percent of the fruit with excessive discoloration: And provided further, that the entire lot averages within the percentage specified.
(3) U.S. No. 1 Bronze, and U.S. No. 1 Russet. At least 30 percent of the fruit shall have in excess of one-third of the surface, in the aggregate, affected by discoloration, and no part of any tolerance shall be allowed to reduce this percentage. No sample may have less than 20 percent of the fruit with required discoloration: And provided further, that the entire lot averages within the percentage specified.
(4) U.S. No. 2 Russet. At least 10 percent of the fruit shall have in excess of one-half of the surface, in the aggregate, affected by discoloration, and no part of any tolerance shall be allowed to reduce this percentage: And provided further, that the entire lot averages within the percentage specified.
[61 FR 20713, May 8, 1996, as amended at 61 FR 40290, Aug. 2, 1996; 62 FR 2897, Jan. 21, 1997]
585 Application of Tolerances
§ 51.1821 Application of tolerances.
Individual samples are subject to the following limitations, unless otherwise specified in § 51.1820. Individual samples shall have not more than one and one-half times a specified tolerance of 10 percent or more, and not more than double a specified tolerance of less than 10 percent: Provided, that at least one decayed or wormy fruit may be permitted in any sample: And provided further, that the averages for the entire lot are within the tolerances specified for the grade.
[62 FR 2898, Jan. 21, 1997]
586 Size
§ 51.1822 Size.
(a) Fruits shall be fairly uniform in size and shall be packed in containers according to approved and recognized methods.
(b) “Fairly uniform in size” means that not more than 10 percent of the tangerines per sample may vary more than one-half inch in diameter.
(c) In order to allow for variations incident to proper sizing, not more than 10 percent of the samples in any lot may fail to meet the requirements of size.
587 Definitions
§ 51.1823 Mature.
Mature shall have the same meaning assigned the term in the Florida Citrus Code, Chapter 601, 1995 Edition, and the Official Rules Affecting the Florida Citrus Industry, in effect as of February 12, 1995. These tangerine maturity requirements are contained in the Florida Citrus Code, Chapter 601, Florida Statutes, Sections 601.21, and 601.22, 1995 Edition, and the State of Florida Department of Citrus Official Rules Affecting the Florida Citrus Industry, Part 1, Chapter 20-13 Market Classification, Maturity Standards and Processing or Packing Restrictions for Hybrids in effect as of February 12, 1995. This incorporation by reference was approved by the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. Copies may be obtained from, Florida Department of Citrus, Post Office Box 148, Lakeland, Florida 33802 or copies of both regulations may be inspected at USDA, AMS, F&VD, FPB, Standardization Section, Room 2065-S, 14th and Independence Ave., Washington, DC 20250 or at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to: http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.
§ 51.1824 Firm.
Firm means that the flesh is not soft and the fruit is not badly puffy and that the skin has not become materially separated from the flesh of the tangerine.
§ 51.1825 Well formed.
Well formed means that the fruit has the characteristic tangerine shape and is not deformed.
§ 51.1826 Damage.
Damage means any specific defect described in § 51.1837, Table I; or an equally objectionable variation of any one of these defects, any other defect, or any combination of defects, which materially detracts from the appearance, or the edible or marketing quality of the fruit.
§ 51.1827 Highly colored.
Highly colored means that the ground color of each fruit is a deep tangerine color, or characteristic color for the variety, with practically no trace of yellow color.
§ 51.1828 Discoloration.
Discoloration means russeting of a light shade of golden brown caused by rust mite or other means. Lighter shades of discoloration caused by smooth or fairly smooth superficial scars or other means may be allowed on a greater area, or darker shades may be allowed on a lesser area, provided no discoloration caused by speck type melanose or other means may detract from the appearance of the fruit to a greater extent than the shade and amount of discoloration allowed in the grade.
§ 51.1829 Well colored.
Well colored means that a good yellow or better ground color predominates over the green color on the entire fruit surface with no distinct green color present, and that some portion of the surface has a reddish tangerine blush, or characteristic color for the variety.
§ 51.1830 Fairly well colored.
Fairly well colored means that the surface of the fruit may have green color which does not exceed the aggregate area of a circle 1- 1/4 inches (31.8 mm) in diameter and that the remainder of the surface has a yellow or better ground color with some portion of the surface showing reddish tangerine blush, or characteristic color for the variety.
§ 51.1831 Fairly firm.
Fairly firm means that the flesh may be slightly soft but is not bruised or badly puffy, and that the skin has not become seriously separated from the flesh of the tangerine.
§ 51.1832 Fairly well formed.
Fairly well formed means that the fruit may not have the shape characteristic of the variety but that it is not badly deformed.
§ 51.1833 Serious damage.
Serious damage means any specific defect described in § 51.1837, Table I; or an equally objectionable variation of any one of these defects, any other defect, or any combination of defects, which seriously detracts from the appearance, or the edible or marketing quality of the fruit.
§ 51.1834 Reasonably well colored.
Reasonably well colored means that a good yellow or reddish tangerine color shall predominate over the green color on at least one-half of the fruit surface in the aggregate, and that each fruit shall show practically no lemon color.
§ 51.1835 Very serious damage.
Very serious damage means any specific defect described in § 51.1837, Table I; or an equally objectionable variation of any one of these defects, any other defect, or any combination of defects, which very seriously detracts from the appearance, or the edible or marketing quality of the fruit.
§ 51.1836 Diameter.
Diameter means the greatest dimension measured at right angles to a line from stem to blossom end.
§ 51.1837 Classification of defects.
Table I
Factor | Damage | Serious damage | Very serious damage
Ammoniation | Not occurring as light speck type, or detracts more than discoloration permitted in the grade | Scars are cracked or dark and aggregating more than a circle 5/8 inch (15.9 mm) in diameter | Aggregating more than 25 percent of the surface.
Bruises | Segment walls are collapsed, or rag is ruptured and juice sacs are ruptured | Segment walls are collapsed, or rag is ruptured and juice sacs are ruptured | Fruit is split open, peel is badly watersoaked, or rag is ruptured and juice sacs are ruptured causing a mushy condition affecting all segments more than 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) at bruised area or the equivalent of this amount, by volume, when affecting more than one area on the fruit.
Buckskin | Aggregating more than a circle 3/4 inch (19.1 mm) in diameter | Aggregating more than 25 percent of the surface | Aggregating more than 50 percent of the surface.
Caked melanose | Aggregating more than a circle 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) in diameter | Aggregating more than a circle 5/8 inch (15.9 mm) in diameter | Aggregating more than 25 percent of the surface.
Creasing | Materially weakens the skin, or extends over more than one-third of the surface | Seriously weakens the skin, or extends over more than one-half of the surface | Very seriously weakens the skin, or is distributed over practically the entire surface.
Dryness or mushy condition | Affecting all segments more than 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) at stem end, or the equivalent of this amount, by volume, when occurring in other portions of the fruit | Affecting all segments more than 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) at stem end, or the equivalent of this amount, by volume, when occurring in other portions of the fruit | Affecting all segments more than 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) at stem end, or the equivalent of this amount, by volume, when occurring in other portions of the fruit.
Green spots | Aggregating more than a circle 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) in diameter | Aggregating more than a circle 5/8 inch (15.9 mm) in diameter | Aggregating more than 25 percent of the surface.
Oil spots | Aggregating more than a circle 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) in diameter | Aggregating more than a circle 3/4 inch (19.1 mm) in diameter | Aggregating more than 25 percent of the surface.
Scab | Materially detracts from the shape or texture, or aggregating more than a circle 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) in diameter | Seriously detracts from the shape or texture, or aggregating more than a circle 5/8 inch (15.9 mm) in diameter | Aggregating more than 25 percent of the surface.
Scale | Aggregating more than a circle 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) in diameter | Aggregating more than a circle 5/8 inch (15.9 mm) in diameter | Aggregating more than 25 percent of the surface.
Scars, Hail, and Thorn scratches [For smooth or fairly smooth superficial scars see § 51.1828.] | Deep or rough aggregating more than a circle 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) in diameter; slightly rough with slight depth aggregating more than a circle 3/4 inch (19.1 mm) in diameter; smooth or fairly smooth with slight depth aggregating more than a circle 1 1/8 inches (28.6 mm) in diameter | Deep or rough aggregating more than a circle 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) in diameter; slightly rough with slight depth aggregating more than a circle 1 1/8 inches (28.6 mm) in diameter; smooth or fairly smooth with slight depth aggregating more than 10 percent of fruit surface | Deep or rough or unsightly that appearance is very seriously affected.
Skin breakdown | Aggregating more than a circle 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) in diameter | Aggregating more than a circle 3/4 inch (19.1 mm) in diameter | Aggregating more than 25 percent of the surface.
Sprayburn | Skin is hard and aggregating more than a circle 3/4 inch (19.1 mm) in diameter | Skin is hard and aggregating more than a circle 1 1/4 inches (31.8 mm) in diameter | Aggregating more than 25 percent of the surface.
Sunburn | Skin is flattened, dry, darkened, or hard and the affected area exceeds 25 percent of the surface | Skin is hard and affects more than one-third of the surface | Aggregating more than 50 percent of the surface.
Note: All references to area or aggregate area, or length are based on a tangerine 2 1/2 inches in diameter (63.5 mm), allowing proportionately greater areas on larger fruit and lesser areas on smaller fruit.
Subpart S United States Standards for Fresh Tomatoes
Source: 38 FR 23932, Sept. 5, 1973, unless otherwise noted. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981.
588 Grades
§ 51.1855 U.S. No. 1.
“U.S. No. 1” consists of tomatoes which meet the following requirements:
(a) Basic requirements:
(1) Similar varietal characteristics;
(2) Mature;
(3) Not overripe or soft;
(4) Clean;
(5) Well developed;
(6) Fairly well formed; and,
(7) Fairly smooth.
(b) Free from:
(1) Decay;
(2) Freezing injury; and
(3) Sunscald.
(c) Not damaged by any other cause.
(d) For tolerances see § 51.1861.
§ 51.1856 U.S. Combination.
“U.S. Combination” consists of a combination of U.S. No. 1 and U.S. No. 2 tomatoes: Provided, That at least 60 percent, by count, meet the requirements of U.S. No. 1 grade.
(a) For tolerances see § 51.1861.
§ 51.1857 U.S. No. 2.
“U.S. No. 2” consists of tomatoes which meet the following requirements:
(a) Basic requirements:
(1) Similar varietal characteristics;
(2) Mature;
(3) Not overripe or soft;
(4) Clean;
(5) Well developed;
(6) Reasonably well formed; and,
(7) Not more than slightly rough.
(b) Free from:
(1) Decay;
(2) Freezing injury; and,
(3) Sunscald.
(c) Not seriously damaged by any other cause.
(d) For tolerances see § 51.1861.
§ 51.1858 U.S. No. 3.
“U.S. No. 3” consists of tomatoes which meet the following requirements:
(a) Basic requirements:
(1) Similar varietal characteristics;
(2) Mature;
(3) Not overripe or soft;
(4) Clean;
(5) Well developed; and,
(6) May be mishapen.
(b) Free from:
(1) Decay; and,
(2) Freezing injury.
(c) Not seriously damaged by:
(1) Sunscald.
(d) Not very seriously damaged by any other cause.
(e) For tolerances see § 51.1861.
589 Size
§ 51.1859 Size.
(a) The size of tomatoes packed in any standard type shipping container shall be specified and marked according to one of the size designations set forth in Table I. Individual containers shall not be marked with more than one size designation. Consumer packages and their master container are exempt; however, if they are marked, the same requirements would apply.
(1) When containers are marked in accordance with Table I, the markings on at least 85 percent of the containers in a lot must be legible.
(2) In determining compliance with the size designations, the measurement for minimum diameter shall be the largest diameter of the tomato measured at right angles to a line from the stem end to the blossom end. The measurement for maximum diameter shall be the smallest dimension of the tomato determined by passing the tomato through a round opening in any position.
(b) In lieu of marking containers in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section or specifying size in accordance with the dimensions defined in Table I, for Cerasiforme type tomatoes commonly referred to as cherry tomatoes and Pyriforme type tomatoes commonly referred to as pear shaped tomatoes, and other similar types, size may be specified in terms of minimum diameter or minimum and maximum diameter expressed in whole inches, and not less than thirty-second inch fractions thereof, or millimeters in accordance with the facts.
(1) Tomatoes of these types are exempt from marking requirements. However, when marked to a minimum or minimum and maximum diameter, the markings on at least 85 percent of the containers in a lot must be legible.
(c) For tolerances see § 51.1861.
Table I
Size designation | Inches
Minimum diameter 1 | Maximum diameter 2
Small | 2 4/32 | 2 9/32
Medium | 2 8/32 | 2 17/32
Large | 2 16/32 | 2 25/32
Extra large | 2 24/32
1 Will not pass through a round opening of the designated diameter when tomato is placed with the greatest transverse diameter across the opening.
2 Will pass through a round opening of the designated diameter in any position.
[56 FR 21915, May 13, 1991; 56 FR 32474, July 16, 1991]
590 Color Classification
§ 51.1860 Color classification.
(a) The following terms may be used, when specified in connection with the grade statement, in describing the color as an indication of the stage of ripeness of any lot of mature tomatoes of a red fleshed variety:
(1) Green. “Green” means that the surface of the tomato is completely green in color. The shade of green color may vary from light to dark;
(2) Breakers. “Breakers” means that there is a definite break in color from green to tannish-yellow, pink or red on not more than 10 percent of the surface;
(3) Turning. “Turning” means that more than 10 percent but not more than 30 percent of the surface, in the aggregate, shows a definite change in color from green to tannish-yellow, pink, red, or a combination thereof;
(4) Pink. “Pink” means that more than 30 percent but not more than 60 percent of the surface, in the aggregate, shows pink or red color;
(5) Light red. “Light red” means that more than 60 percent of the surface, in the aggregate, shows pinkish-red or red: Provided, That not more than 90 percent of the surface is red color; and,
(6) Red. “Red” means that more than 90 percent of the surface, in the aggregate, shows red color.
(b) Any lot of tomatoes which does not meet the requirements of any of the above color designations may be designated as “Mixed Color”.
(c) For tolerances see § 51.1861.
(d) Tomato color standards U.S.D.A. Visual Aid TM—L—1 consists of a chart containing twelve color photographs illustrating the color classification requirements, as set forth in this section. This visual aid may be examined in the Fruit and Vegetable Division, AMS, U.S. Department of Agriculture, South Building, Washington, D.C. 20250; in any field office of the Fresh Fruit and Vegetable Inspection Service; or upon request of any authorized inspector of such Service. Duplicates of this visual aid may be purchased from The John Henry Co., Post Office Box 1410, Lansing, Michigan 48904.
[38 FR 23932, Sept. 5, 1973, as amended at 40 FR 2791, Jan. 16, 1975. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981]
591 Tolerances
§ 51.1861 Tolerances.
In order to allow for variations incident to proper grading and handling in each of the foregoing grades, the following tolerances, by count, are provided as specified:
(a) U.S. No. 1—(1) For defects at shipping point. 2 Ten percent for tomatoes in any lot which fail to meet the requirements for this grade: Provided, That not more than one-half of this tolerance, or 5 percent, shall be allowed for defects causing very serious damage, including therein not more than 1 percent for tomatoes which are soft or affected by decay; and,
2 Shipping point, as used in these standards, means the point of origin of the shipment in producing area or at port of loading for ship stores or overseas shipment, or in the case of shipments from outside the continental United States, the port of entry into the United States.
(2) For defects en route or at destination. Fifteen percent for tomatoes in any lot which fail to meet the requirements for this grade: Provided, That included in this amount not more than the following percentages shall be allowed for defects listed:
(i) Five percent for tomatoes which are soft or affected by decay;
(ii) Ten percent for tomatoes which are damaged by shoulder bruises or by discolored or sunken scars on any parts of the tomatoes; and,
(iii) Ten percent for tomatoes which are otherwise defective: And provided further, That not more than 5 percent shall be allowed for tomatoes which are very seriously damaged by any cause, exclusive of soft or decayed tomatoes.
(b) U.S. Combination—(1) For defects at shipping point. 2 Ten percent for tomatoes in any lot which fail to meet the requirements of the U.S. No. 2 grade: Provided, That not more than one-half of this tolerance, or 5 percent, shall be allowed for defects causing very serious damage, including 1 percent for tomatoes which are soft or affected by decay; and,
(2) For defects en route or at destination. Fifteen percent for tomatoes in any lot which fail to meet the requirements of the U.S. No. 2 grade: Provided, That included in this amount not more than the following percentages shall be allowed for defects listed:
(i) Five percent for tomatoes which are soft or affected by decay;
(ii) Ten percent for tomatoes which are seriously damaged by shoulder bruises or by discolored or sunken scars on any parts of the tomatoes; and,
(iii) Ten percent for tomatoes which are otherwise defective: And provided further, That not more than 5 percent shall be allowed for tomatoes which are very seriously damaged by any cause, exclusive of soft or decayed tomatoes.
(c) U.S. No. 2—(1) For defects at shipping point. 2 Ten percent for tomatoes in any lot which fail to meet the requirements of this grade: Provided, That not more than one-half of this tolerance, or 5 percent, shall be allowed for defects causing very serious damage, including therein not more than 1 percent for tomatoes which are soft or affected by decay; and,
(2) For defects en route or at destination. Fifteen percent for tomatoes in any lot which fail to meet the requirements for this grade: Provided, That included in this amount not more than the following percentages shall be allowed for defects listed:
(i) Five percent for tomatoes which are soft or affected by decay;
(ii) Ten percent for tomatoes which are seriously damaged by shoulder bruises or by discolored or sunken scars on any parts of the tomatoes; and,
(iii) Ten percent for tomatoes which are otherwise defective: And provided further, That not more than 5 percent shall be allowed for tomatoes which are very seriously damaged by any cause, exclusive of soft or decayed tomatoes.
(d) U.S. No. 3—(1) For defects at shipping point. 2 Ten percent for tomatoes in any lot which fail to meet the requirements of this grade: Provided, That not more than one-half of this tolerance, or 5 percent, shall be allowed for tomatoes which are very seriously damaged by insects and not more than one-tenth of the tolerance, or 1 percent, for tomatoes which are soft or affected by decay; and,
(2) For defects en route or at destination. Fifteen percent for tomatoes in any lot which fail to meet the requirements for this grade: Provided, That included in this amount not more than the following percentages shall be allowed for defects listed:
(i) Five percent for tomatoes which are soft or affected by decay;
(ii) Ten percent for tomatoes which are very seriously damaged by shoulder bruises or by discolored or sunken scars on any parts of the tomatoes; and,
(iii) Ten percent for tomatoes which are otherwise defective: And provided further, That not more than 5 percent shall be allowed for tomatoes which are very seriously damaged by insects.
(e) For off size. Ten percent for tomatoes in any lot which are smaller than the specified minimum diameter, or larger than the specified maximum diameter.
(f) For off color. Ten percent for tomatoes in any lot which fail to meet the color specified, including therein not more than 5 percent for tomatoes which are green in color, when any term other than “Green” is specified.
592 Application of Tolerances
§ 51.1862 Application of tolerances.
The contents of individual packages in the lot, based on sample inspection, are subject to the following limitations:
(a) For packages which contain more than 5 pounds (2.27 kg), and a tolerance of 10 percent or more is provided, individual packages shall have not more than 1 1/2 times the tolerance specified, and for a tolerance of less than 10 percent individual packages shall have not more than double the tolerance specified, except that at least one defective and one off size specimen may be allowed in any package: Provided, That the averages for the entire lot are within the tolerances specified for the grade; and,
(b) For packages which contain 5 pounds (2.27 kg) or less individual packages shall have not more than 4 times the tolerance specified, except that at least one tomato which is soft, or affected by decay, and one off-size specimen may be permitted in any package: Provided, That the averages for the entire lot are within the tolerances specified for the grade.
593 Standard Weight
§ 51.1863 Standard weight.
(a) When packages are marked to a net weight of 15 pounds (6.80 kg) or more, the net weight of the contents shall not be less than the designated net weight and shall not exceed the designated weight by more than 2 pounds (0.91 kg).
(b) In order to allow for variations incident to proper sizing, not more than 15 percent, by count, of the packages in any lot may fail to meet the requirements for standard weight.
594 Definitions
§ 51.1864 Similar varietal characteristics.
Similar varietal characteristics means that the tomatoes are alike as to firmness of flesh and shade of color (for example, soft-fleshed, early maturing varieties are not mixed with firm-fleshed, midseason or late varieties, or bright red varieties mixed with varieties having a purplish tinge).
§ 51.1865 Mature.
Mature means that the tomato has reached the stage of development which will insure a proper completion of the ripening process, and that the contents of two or more seed cavities have developed a jelly-like consistency and the seeds are well developed.
§ 51.1866 Soft.
Soft means that the tomato yields readily to slight pressure.
§ 51.1867 Clean.
Clean means that the tomato is practically free from dirt or other foreign material.
§ 51.1868 Well developed.
Well developed means that the tomatoe shows normal growth. Tomatoes which are ridged and peaked at the stem end, contain dry tissue, and usually contain open spaces below the level of the stem scar, are not considered well developed.
§ 51.1869 Fairly well formed.
Fairly well formed means that the tomato is not more than moderately kidney-shaped, lop-sided, elongated, angular, or otherwise moderately deformed.
§ 51.1870 Fairly smooth.
Fairly smooth means that the tomato is not conspicuously ridged or rough.
§ 51.1871 Damage.
Damage means any specific defect described in § 51.1877, table II; or an equally objectionable variation of any one of these defects, any other defect, or any combination of defects, which materially detracts from the appearance, or the edible or marketing quality of the tomato.
§ 51.1872 Reasonably well formed.
Reasonably well formed means that the tomato is not decidedly kidney-shaped, lop-sided, elongated, angular, or otherwise decidedly deformed.
§ 51.1873 Slightly rough.
Slightly rough means that the tomato is not decidedly ridged or grooved.
§ 51.1874 Serious damage.
Serious damage means any specific defect described in § 51.1877, table II; or an equally objectionable variation of any one of these defects, any other defect, or any combination of defects, which seriously detracts from the appearance, or the edible or marketing quality of the tomato.
§ 51.1875 Misshapen.
Misshapen means that the tomato is decidedly kidney-shaped, lop-sided, elongated, angular or otherwise decidedly deformed: Provided, That the shape is not affected to an extent that the appearance or the edible quality of the tomato is very seriously affected.
§ 51.1876 Very serious damage.
Very serious damage means any specific defect described in § 51.1877, Table II; or an equally objectionable variation of any one of these defects, any other defect, or any combination of defects, which very seriously detracts from the appearance, or the edible or marketing quality of the tomato.
§ 51.1877 Classification of defects.
Table II
References to Area, Aggregate Area, Length or Aggregate Length are Based on a Tomato Having a Diameter of 2 1/2 Inches (64 mm) 1
Factor | Damage | Serious damage | Very serious damage
Cuts and broken skins | Not shallow or not well healed, or shallow, well healed cut more than 1/2 inch (13 mm) in length, or other shallow, well healed skin breaks aggregating more than a circle 3/8 inch (10 mm) in diameter | Not shallow or not well healed, or shallow, well healed cut more than 1/2 inch (13 mm) in length, or other shallow, well healed skin breaks aggregating more than a circle 1/2 inch (13 mm) in diameter | Fresh or healed and extending through the tomato wall.
Puffiness | Open space in 1 or more locules materially detracts from appearance of tomato cut through center at right angles to a line from stem to blossom end | Open space in 1 or more locules seriously detracts from appearance of tomato cut through center at right angles to a line from stem to blossom end | Open space in 2 or more locules very seriously detracts from appearance of tomato cut through center at right angles to a line from stem to blossom end.
Catfaces | Scars are rough or deep, channels are very deep or wide, channels extend into a locule, or a fairly smooth catface aggregating more than a circle 1/2 inch (13 mm) in diameter | Scars are rough or deep, channels are very deep or wide, channels extend into a locule, or a fairly smooth catface aggregating more than a circle 3/4 inch (19 mm) in diameter | Channels extend into the locule, wall has been weakened to the extent that slight pressure will cause a tomato to leak, or a fairly smooth catface aggregating more than a circle 1 inch (25 mm) in diameter.
Scars (other than catfaces) | No depth and aggregating more than a circle 3/8 inch (10 mm) in diameter | No depth and aggregating more than a circle 5/8 inch (16 mm) in diameter | No depth and aggregating more than a circle 1 inch (25 mm) in diameter.
Growth cracks (radiating from or concentric to stem scar) | Not well healed, more than 1/8 inch (3 mm) in depth, individual radial cracks more than 1/2 inch (13 mm) in length, aggregate length of all radial cracks more than 1 inch (25 mm) measured from edge of stem scar. Any lot of tomatoes which are at least turning may have cracks which are not well healed provided they are not leaking | Not well healed, more than 1/8 inch (3 mm) in depth, individual radial cracks more than 3/4 inch (19 mm) in length, aggregate length of all radial cracks more than 1 3/4 inches (44 mm) measured from edge of stem scar. Any lot of tomatoes which are at least turning may have cracks which are not well healed provided they are not leaking | Not well healed, more than 1/4 inch (6 mm) in depth, individual radial cracks more than 1 inch (25 mm) in length, aggregate length of all radial cracks more than 2 7/8 inches (73 mm) measured from edge of stem scar. Any lot of tomatoes which are at least turning may have cracks which are not well healed provided they are not leaking, not more than 1/8 inch (3 mm) in depth, individual radial cracks are not more than 3/4 inch (19 mm) in length.
Hail | Deep, rough, not well healed and corked over, or fairly smooth, shallow hailmarks aggregating more than a circle 3/8 inch (10 mm) in diameter | Deep, rough, not well healed and corked over, or fairly smooth, shallow hailmarks aggregating more than a circle 5/8 inch (16 mm) in diameter | Fresh, very deep or fairly smooth, shallow hailmarks aggregating more than a circle 1 inch (25 mm) in diameter.
Insect injury | Materially detracts from the appearance of any insect is present in the fruit | Seriously detracts from the appearance of any insect is present in the fruit | Very seriously detracts from the appearance of any insect is present in the fruit.
1 Conversion to metric equivalent, made to nearest whole millimeter.
[38 FR 23932, Sept. 5, 1973, as amended at 38 FR 32920, Nov. 29, 1973. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981]
Subpart T United States Consumer Standards for Fresh Tomatoes
Source: 18 FR 7144, Nov. 11, 1953, unless otherwise noted. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981.
595 General
§ 51.1900 General.
These standards apply only to fieldgrown tomatoes and not to tomatoes grown in greenhouses.
596 Grades
§ 51.1901 U.S. Grade A.
U.S. Grade A shall consist of tomatoes of similar varietal characteristics which are mature and are at least turning (see § 51.1904), but are not overripe or soft which are well developed, at least fairly well formed, fairly smooth, free from soft rot, freezing injury, and from damage caused by dirt, bruises, cuts, shriveling, sunscald, sunburn, puffiness, catfaces, growth cracks, scars, dry rot, other diseases, insects, hail, or mechanical or other means. Tomatoes on the shown face shall be reasonably representative in size and quality of the contents of the container. (See § 51.1903.)
(a) Incident to proper grading and handling, except for maturity, not more than 5 percent, by count, of the tomatoes in any lot may fail to meet the requirements of the grade, including not more than 1 percent for tomatoes which are affected by soft rot.
§ 51.1902 U.S. Grade B.
U.S. Grade B shall consist of tomatoes of similar varietal characteristics which are mature and are at least turning (see § 51.1904), but are not overripe or soft and not badly misshapen; which are free from soft rot, freezing injury and from serious damage caused by dirt, bruises, cuts, shriveling, sunscald, sunburn, puffiness, catfaces, growth cracks, scars, dry rot, other diseases, insects hail, or mechanical or other means Tomatoes on the shown face shall be reasonably representative in size and quality of the contents of the container. (See § 51.1903.)
(a) Incident to proper grading and handling, except for maturity, not more than 5 percent, by count, of the tomatoes in any lot may fail to meet the requirements of the grade, including not more than 1 percent for tomatoes which are affected by soft rot.
597 Size and Maturity Classification
§ 51.1903 Size classification.
The following terms may be used for describing the size of the tomatoes in any lot:
Small | Medium
Under 3 oz | 3 to 6 oz., inc.
Large | Very Large
Over 6 to 10 oz., inc | Over 10 oz.
(a) The tomatoes may also be classed in terms of combinations of the above sizes, as “Small to Medium,” “Medium to Large,” “Small to Very Large,” etc., in accordance with the facts.
(b) Incident to proper sizing, not more than 10 percent, by count, of the tomatoes in any lot may vary from the size specified.
§ 51.1904 Maturity classification.
Tomatoes which are characteristically red when ripe, but are not overripe or soft, may be classified for maturity as follows:
(a) Turning, when at least some part of the surface of the tomato, but less than one-half of the surface in the aggregate, is covered with pink color.
(b) Pink, when the tomato shows from one-half to three-fourths of the surface in the aggregate covered with pink or red color.
(c) Hard ripe, when the tomato shows three-fourths or more of the surface in the aggregate covered with pink or red color.
(d) Firm ripe, when the tomato shows three-fourths or more of the surface in the aggregate covered with red color characteristic of reasonably well ripened tomatoes.
(e) Incident to proper maturity determination, not more than a total of 10 percent, by count, of the tomatoes in any lot may fail to meet the maturity specified: Provided, That not more than 5 percent shall be allowed for tomatoes which are immature or are overripe or soft.
598 Off-Grade
§ 51.1905 Off-Grade tomatoes.
Tomatoes which fail to meet the requirements of either of the foregoing grades shall be Off-Grade tomatoes.
599 Definitions
§ 51.1906 Similar varietal characteristics.
Similar varietal characteristics means that the tomatoes are alike as to color, i.e., bright red varieties shall not be mixed with varieties which have a purplish tinge.
§ 51.1907 Mature.
Mature means that the tomato has reached the stage of development which will insure a proper completion of the ripening process.
§ 51.1908 Well developed.
Well developed means that the tomato shows normal growth. Tomatoes which are ridged and peaked at the stem end, contain dry tissue and usually open spaces, are not considered well developed.
§ 51.1909 Fairly well formed.
Fairly well formed means that the tomato is not decidedly kidney-shaped, lopsided, elongated, angular, or otherwise deformed.
§ 51.1910 Fairly smooth.
Fairly smooth means that the tomato is not conspicuously ridged or rough.
§ 51.1911 Damaged.
Damaged means any defect which materially affects the appearance, or edible, shipping or keeping quality of the tomatoes. Any one of the following defects or any combination thereof, the seriousness of which exceeds the maximum allowed for any one defect, shall be considered as damage:
(a) Cuts which are not shallow, not well healed, or when more than 1/2 inch in length.
(b) Puffiness if the open space in one or more locules materially affects the appearance when the tomato is cut through the center at right angles to a line running from the stem to the blossom end.
(c) Catfaces. These are irregular, dark, leathery scars at the blossom end of the fruit. Such scars damage the tomato when they are rough or deep, or when channels extend into the locule, or when they are fairly smooth and greater in area than a circle 3/8 inch in diameter on a 2 1/2 inch tomato. Smaller tomatoes shall have lesser areas of fairly smooth catfaces and larger tomatoes may have greater areas, provided that such catfaces do not affect the appearance of the tomatoes to a greater extent than that caused by fairly smooth catfaces which are permitted on a 2 1/2 inch tomato.
(d) Growth cracks. These are ruptures or cracks radiating from the stem scar, or concentric to the stem scar. They damage the tomato when not well healed, or when more than 1/2 inch in length measured from the margin of the stem scar; except that very narrow, well healed cracks concentric to the stem scar shall not be considered as damage unless they are so numerous as to damage the appearance of the fruit.
(e) Scars (except catfaces), when dark colored and shallow and aggregating more than 1/4 inch in diameter on a tomato 2 1/2 inches in diameter, or lighter colored shallow scars covering a greater area when they detract from the appearance to a greater extent than a dark-colored, shallow scar 1/4 inch in diameter. Smaller tomatoes shall have lesser areas of scars and larger tomatoes may have greater areas: Provided, That such scars do not affect the appearance of the tomatoes to a greater extent than that caused by scars which are permitted on a 2 1/2-inch tomato. A scar which penetrates the wall of the tomato shall be considered as damage.
(f) Dry rot such as dry type Macrosporium or Phoma, when the spot is not adjacent to the stem scar, or when adjacent to the stem scar and more than 3/16 inch in diameter.
§ 51.1912 Badly misshapen.
Badly misshapen means that the tomato is so badly deformed that its appearance is seriously affected.
§ 51.1913 Serious damage.
Serious damage means any defect which seriously affects the appearance, or edible, shipping, or keeping quality of the tomatoes. Any one of the following defects or any combination thereof, the seriousness of which exceeds the maximum allowed for any one defect, shall be considered as serious damage:
(a) Soft ripe tomatoes or tomatoes affected by the soft rot.
(b) Fresh holes or cuts, or any holes or cuts through the tomato wall, or healed cuts which seriously affect the appearance of the tomato.
(c) Tomatoes showing any effects of freezing.
(d) Puffiness which causes the tomato to be distinctly light in weight.
(e) Growth cracks, when not well healed, or when so extensive, deep or discolored that the appearance of the tomato is seriously affected.
(f) Scars (except catfaces), when dark colored and shallow and aggregating more than 1/2 inch in diameter on a tomato 2 1/2 inches in diameter, or lighter colored, shallow scars covering a greater area when they detract from the appearance to a greater extent than a darkcolored, shallow scar 1/2 inch in diameter. Smaller tomatoes shall have lesser areas of scars and larger tomatoes may have greater areas: Provided, That such scars do not affect the appearance of the tomatoes to a greater extent than that caused by scars which are permitted on a 2 1/2-inch tomato.
(g) Dry rot such as dry type Macrosporium or Phoma, when the spot is not adjacent to the stem scar, or when adjacent to the stem scar and more than 1/4 inch in diameter.
(h) Fruit actually infested with worms.
Subpart U United States Standards for Grades of Filberts in the Shell
Source: 35 FR 11453, July 17, 1970, unless otherwise noted. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981.
600 Grade
§ 51.1995 U.S. No. 1.
“U.S. No. 1” consists of filberts in the shell which meet the following requirements:
(a) Similar type; and,
(b) Dry.
(c) Shells:
(1) Well formed; and,
(2) Clean and bright.
(3) Free from:
(i) Blanks; and,
(ii) Broken or split shells.
(4) Free from damage caused by:
(i) Stains; and,
(ii) Adhering husk; or,
(iii) Other means.
(d) Kernels:
(1) Reasonably well developed; and,
(2) Not badly misshapen.
(3) Free from:
(i) Rancidity;
(ii) Decay;
(iii) Mold; and,
(iv) Insect injury.
(4) Free from damage caused by:
(i) Shriveling; and,
(ii) Discoloration; or,
(iii) Other means.
(e) Size: The size shall be specified in connection with the grade in terms of minimum diameter, minimum and maximum diameters, or in accordance with one of the size classifications in Table I.
Table I
Size classifications | Maximum size—Will pass through a round opening of the following size | Minimum size—Will not pass through a round opening of the following size
Round type varieties:
Jumbo | No maximum | 56/64 inch.
Large | 56/64 inch | 49/64 inch.
Medium | 49/64 inch | 45/64 inch.
Small | 45/64 inch | No minimum.
Long type varieties:
Jumbo | No maximum | 47/64 inch.
Large | 48/64 inch | 44/64 inch.
Medium | 45/64 inch | 34/64 inch.
Small | 35/64 inch. | No minimum.
(f) Tolerances: In order to allow for variations incident to proper grading and handling, the following tolerances, by count, are permitted as specified:
(1) For mixed types. 20 percent for filberts which are of a different type.
(2) For defects. 10 percent for filberts which are below the requirements of this grade: Provided, That not more than one-half of this amount or 5 percent shall consist of blanks, and not more than 5 percent shall consist of filberts with rancid, decayed, moldy or insect injured kernels, including not more than 3 percent for insect injury.
(3) For off-size. 15 percent for filberts which fail to meet the requirements for thesize specified, but not more than two-thirds of this amount, or 10 percent shall consist of undersize filberts.
601 Application of Standards
§ 51.1996 Application of standards.
(a) The grade of a lot of filberts shall be determined on the basis of a composite sample drawn from containers in various locations in the lot. However, any container or group of cantainers in which the filberts are obviously of a quality, type or size materially different from that in the majority of containers shall be considered a separate lot, and shall be sampled separately.
(b) In grading the sample, each filbert shall be examined for defects of the shell before being cracked for kernel examination. A filbert shall be classed as only one defective nut even though it may be defective externally and internally.
602 Definitions
§ 51.1997 Similar type.
Similar type means that the filberts in each container are of the same general type and appearance. For example, nuts of the round type shall not be mixed with those of the long type in the same container.
§ 51.1998 Dry.
Dry means that the shell is free from surface moisture, and that the shells and kernels combined do not contain more than 10 percent moisture.
§ 51.1999 Well formed.
Well formed means that the filbert shell is not materially misshapen.
§ 51.2000 Clean and bright.
Clean and bright means that the individual filbert and the lot as a whole are practically free from adhering dirt and other foreign material, and that the shells have characteristic color.
§ 51.2001 Blank.
Blank means a filbert containing no kernel or a kernel filling less than one-fourth the capacity of the shell.
§ 51.2002 Split shell.
Split shell means a shell having any crack which is open and conspicuous for a distance of more than one-fourth the circumference of the shell, measured in the direction of the crack.
§ 51.2003 Damage.
Damage means any specific defect described in this section; or an equally objectionable variation of any one of these defects, any other defect, or any combination of defects which materially detracts from the appearance, or the edible or marketing quality of the filberts. The following specific defects shall be considered as damage:
(a) Stains which are dark and materially affect the appearance of the individual shell.
(b) Adhering husk when covering more than 5 percent of the surface of the shell in the aggregate.
(c) Shriveling when the kernel is materially shrunken, wrinkled, leathery or tough.
(d) Discoloration when the appearance of the kernel is materially affected by black color.
§ 51.2004 Reasonably well developed.
Reasonably well developed means that the kernel fills one-half or more of the capacity of the shell.
§ 51.2005 Badly misshapen.
Badly misshapen means that the kernel is so malformed that the appearance is materially affected.
§ 51.2006 Rancidity.
Rancidity means that the kernel is noticeably rancid to the taste. An oily appearance of the flesh does not necessarily indicate a rancid condition.
§ 51.2007 Moldy.
Moldy means that there is a visible growth of mold either on the outside or the inside of the kernel.
§ 51.2008 Insect injury.
Insect injury means that the insect, frass or web is present inside the nut or the kernel shows definite evidence of insect feeding.
603 Metric Conversion Table
§ 51.2009 Metric conversion table.
Inches | Millimeters (mm)
62/64 | 24.6
59/64 | 23.4
56/64 | 22.2
49/64 | 19.4
48/64 | 19.0
47/64 | 18.6
45/64 | 17.9
44/64 | 17.5
42/64 | 16.7
35/64 | 13.9
34/64 | 13.5
Subpart V United States Standards for Grades of Almonds in the Shell
Source: 62 FR 2892, Jan. 21, 1997, unless otherwise noted.
604 Grades
§ 51.2075 U.S. No. 1.
“U.S. No. 1” consists of almonds in the shell which are of similar varietal characteristics and free from loose extraneous and foreign material. The shells are clean, fairly bright, fairly uniform color, and free from damage caused by discoloration, adhering hulls, broken shells or other means. The kernels are well dried, free from decay, rancidity, and free from damage caused by insects, mold, gum, skin discoloration, shriveling, brown spot or other means.
(a) Unless otherwise specified, the almonds are of a size not less than 28/64 of an inch (11.1 mm) in thickness.
(b) In order to allow for variations incident to proper grading and handling, the following tolerances are provided as specified:
(1) For external (shell) defects. 10 percent, by count, for almonds which fail to meet the requirements of this grade other than for variety and size;
(2) For dissimilar varieties. 5 percent, by count, including therein not more than 1 percent for bitter almonds mixed with sweet almonds;
(3) For size. 5 percent, by count, for almonds which are smaller than the specified minimum thickness;
(4) For loose extraneous and foreign material. 2 percent, by weight, including therein not more than 1 percent which can pass through a round opening 24/64 inch (9.5 mm) in diameter: Provided, that such material is practically free from insect infestation; and,
(5) For internal (kernel) defects. 10 percent, by weight, for almonds with kernels failing to meet the requirements of this grade: Provided, that not more than one-half of this tolerance or 5 percent shall be allowed for kernels affected by decay or rancidity, damaged by insects or mold or seriously damaged by shriveling: And provided further, that no part of this tolerance shall be allowed for live insects inside the shell.
[62 FR 2892, Jan. 21, 1997, as amended at 78 FR 14908, Mar. 8, 2013]
§ 51.2076 U.S. No. 1 Mixed.
“U.S. No. 1 Mixed” consists of almonds in the shell which meet the requirements of U.S. No. 1 grade, except that two or more varieties of sweet almonds are mixed.
§ 51.2077 U.S. No. 2.
“U.S. No. 2” consists of almonds in the shell which meet the requirements of U.S. No. 1 grade, except that an additional tolerance of 20 percent shall be allowed for almonds with shells damaged by discoloration.
§ 51.2078 U.S. No. 2 Mixed.
“U.S. No. 2 Mixed” consists of almonds in the shell which meet the requirements of U.S. No. 2 grade, except that two or more varieties of sweet almonds are mixed.
605 Application of Tolerances
§ 51.2079 Application of tolerances.
The tolerances for the foregoing grades are applied to the entire lot of almonds, based upon a composite sample drawn from containers throughout the lot.
606 Determination of Grade
§ 51.2080 Determination of grade.
In grading the inspection sample, the percentage of loose hulls, pieces of shell, chaff and foreign material is determined on the basis of weight. Next, the percentages of nuts which are of dissimilar varieties, undersize or have adhering hulls or defective shells are determined by count, using an adequate portion of the total sample. Finally, the nuts in that portion of the sample are cracked and the percentage having internal defects is determined on the basis of weight.
[78 FR 14908, Mar. 8, 2013]
607 Definitions
§ 51.2081 Similar varietal characteristics.
Similar varietal characteristics means that the almonds are similar in shape, and are reasonably uniform in degree of hardness of the shells, and that bitter almonds are not mixed with sweet almonds. For example, hard-shelled varieties, semi-soft shelled varieties, soft-shelled varieties and paper-shelled varieties are not mixed together, nor are any two of these types mixed under this definition.
§ 51.2082 Loose extraneous and foreign material.
Loose extraneous and foreign material means loose hulls, empty broken shells, pieces of shells, external insect infestation and any substance other than almonds in the shell or almond kernels.
§ 51.2083 Clean.
Clean means that the shell is practically free from dirt and other adhering foreign material.
§ 51.2084 Fairly bright.
Fairly bright means that the shells show good characteristic color.
§ 51.2085 Fairly uniform color.
Fairly uniform color means that the shells do not show excessive variation in color, whether bleached or natural.
§ 51.2086 Well dried.
Well dried means that the kernel is firm and brittle, not pliable or leathery.
§ 51.2087 Decay.
Decay means that part or all of the kernel has become decomposed.
§ 51.2088 Rancidity.
Rancidity means that the kernel is noticeably rancid to taste.
§ 51.2089 Damage.
Damage means any defect which materially detracts from the appearance of the individual kernel, or the edible or shipping quality of the almond. Any one of the following defects or combination thereof, the seriousness of which exceeds the maximum allowed for any one defect shall be considered as damage:
(a) Discoloration of the shell which is medium gray to black and affects more than one-eighth of the surface in the aggregate. Normal variations of a reddish or brownish color shall not be considered discoloration;
(b) Adhering hulls which cover more than 5 percent of the shell surface in the aggregate;
(c) Broken shells when a portion of the shell is missing, or the shell is broken or fractured to the extent that moderate pressure will permit the kernel to become dislodged;
(d) Insect injury when the insect, web or frass is present or there is definite evidence of insect feeding;
(e) Mold, when visible on the kernel, except when white or gray and easily rubbed off with the fingers;
(f) Gum, when a film of shiny, resinous appearing substance affects an area aggregating more than the equivalent of a circle one-quarter inch (6.4 mm) in diameter;
(g) Skin discoloration when more than one-half of the surface of the kernel is affected by very dark or black stains contrasting with the natural color of the skin;
(h) Shriveling when the kernel is excessively thin for its size, or when materially withered, shrunken, leathery, tough or only partially developed: Provided, that partially developed kernels are not considered damaged if more than three-fourths of the pellicle is filled with meat. An almond containing two kernels shall not be classed as damaged if either kernel has more than three-fourths of the pellicle filled with meat; and,
(i) Brown spot which affects an aggregate area on the kernel greater than the area of a circle one-eighth inch (3.2 mm) in diameter.
§ 51.2090 Serious damage.
Serious damage means any defect which makes a kernel or piece of kernel unsuitable for human consumption, and includes decay, rancidity, insect injury and damage by mold. The following defect shall be considered as serious damage: Shriveling when the kernel is seriously withered, shrunken, leathery, tough or only partially developed: Provided, that partially developed kernels are not considered seriously damaged if more than one-fourth of the pellicle is filled with meat.
§ 51.2091 Thickness.
Thickness means the greatest dimension between the two semi-flat surfaces of the shell measured at right angles to a plane extending between the seams of the shell.
Subpart W United States Standards for Grades of Shelled Almonds
Source: 62 FR 2894, Jan. 21, 1997, unless otherwise noted.
608 Grades
§ 51.2105 U.S. Fancy.
“U.S. Fancy” consists of shelled almonds of similar varietal characteristics which are whole, clean and well dried, and which are free from decay, rancidity, insect injury, foreign material, doubles, split or broken kernels, particles and dust, and free from injury caused by chipped and scratched kernels, and free from damage caused by mold, gum, shriveling, brown spot or other means. (See §§ 51.2113 and 51.2114.)
In order to allow for variations incident to proper grading and handling, the following tolerances, by weight, shall be permitted:
(a) For dissimilar varieties. 5 percent, including not more than one-fifth of this amount, or 1 percent, for bitter almonds mixed with sweet almonds;
(b) For doubles. 3 percent;
(c) For kernels injured by chipping and/or scratching. 5 percent;
(d) For foreign material. One-twentieth of 1 percent (0.05 percent). No part of this percentage shall be allowed for glass and metal;
(e) For particles and dust. One-tenth of 1 percent (0.10 percent); and,
(f) For other defects. 2 percent, including not more than one-half of this amount, or 1 percent, for split or broken kernels, and including not more than one-half of the former amount, or 1 percent, for seriously damaged kernels.
§ 51.2106 U.S. Extra No. 1.
“U.S. Extra No. 1” consists of shelled almonds of similar varietal characteristics which are whole, clean and well dried, and which are free from decay, rancidity, insect injury, foreign material, doubles, split or broken kernels, particles and dust, and free from damage caused by chipped and scratched kernels, mold, gum, shriveling, brown spot or other means. (See §§ 51.2113 and 51.2114.)
In order to allow for variations incident to proper grading and handling, the following tolerances, by weight, shall be permitted:
(a) For dissimilar varieties. 5 percent, including not more than one-fifth of this amount, or 1 percent, for bitter almonds mixed with sweet almonds;
(b) For doubles. 5 percent;
(c) For kernels damaged by chipping and/or scratching. 5 percent;
(d) For foreign material. One-twentieth of 1 percent (0.05 percent). No part of this percentage shall be allowed for glass and metal;
(e) For particles and dust. One-tenth of 1 percent (0.10 percent); and,
(f) For other defects. 4 percent, including not more than one-fourth of this amount, or 1 percent, for split or broken kernels, and including not more than three-eighths of the former amount, or 1 1/2 percent, for seriously damaged kernels.
§ 51.2107 U.S. No. 1.
“U.S. No. 1” consists of shelled almonds of similar varietal characteristics which are whole, clean and well dried, and which are free from decay, rancidity, insect injury, foreign material, doubles, split or broken kernels, particles and dust, and free from damage caused by chipped and scratched kernels, mold, gum, shriveling, brown spot or other means. (See §§ 51.2113 and 51.2114.)
In order to allow for variations incident to proper grading and handling, the following tolerances, by weight, shall be permitted:
(a) For dissimilar varieties. 5 percent, including not more than one-fifth of this amount, or 1 percent, for bitter almonds mixed with sweet almonds;
(b) For doubles. 15 percent;
(c) For kernels damaged by chipping and/or scratching. 10 percent;
(d) For foreign material. One-twentieth of 1 percent (0.05 percent). No part of this percentage shall be allowed for glass and metal;
(e) For particles and dust. One-tenth of 1 percent (0.10 percent); and,
(f) For other defects. 5 percent including not more than one-fifth of this amount, or 1 percent, for split or broken kernels, and including not more than three-tenths of the former amount, or 1 1/2 percent, for seriously damaged kernels.
§ 51.2108 U.S. Select Sheller Run.
“U.S. Select Sheller Run” consists of shelled almonds of similar varietal characteristics which are whole, clean and well dried, and which are free from decay, rancidity, insect injury, foreign material, doubles, split or broken kernels, particles and dust, and free from damage caused by chipped and scratched kernels, mold, gum, shriveling, brown spot or other means. (See §§ 51.2113 and 51.2114.)
In order to allow for variations incident to proper grading and handling, the following tolerances, by weight, shall be permitted:
(a) For dissimilar varieties. 5 percent, including not more than one-fifth of this amount, or 1 percent, for bitter almonds mixed with sweet almonds;
(b) For doubles. 15 percent;
(c) For kernels damaged by chipping and/or scratching. 20 percent;
(d) For foreign material. One-tenth of 1 percent (0.10 percent). No part of this percentage shall be allowed for glass and metal;
(e) For particles and dust. One-tenth of 1 percent (0.10 percent);
(f) For split and broken kernels. 5 percent: Provided, that not more than two-fifths of this amount, or 2 percent, shall be allowed for pieces which will pass through a round opening 20/64 inch (7.9 mm) in diameter; and,
(g) For other defects. 3 percent, including not more than two-thirds of this amount, or 2 percent, for serious damage.
§ 51.2109 U.S. Standard Sheller Run.
“U.S. Standard Sheller Run” consists of shelled almonds of similar varietal characteristics which are whole, clean and well dried, and which are free from decay, rancidity, insect injury, foreign material, doubles, split or broken kernels, particles and dust, and free from damage caused by chipped and scratched kernels, mold, gum, shriveling, brown spot or other means. (See §§ 51.2113 and 51.2114.)
In order to allow for variations incident to proper grading and handling, the following tolerances, by weight, shall be permitted:
(a) For dissimilar varieties. 5 percent, including not more than one-fifth of this amount, or 1 percent, for bitter almonds mixed with sweet almonds;
(b) For doubles. 25 percent;
(c) For kernels damaged by chipping and/or scratching or split and broken. 35 percent; Provided, that not more than three-sevenths of this amount, or 15 percent, shall be allowed for split and broken: And Provided Further, that not more than one-third of this latter amount, or 5 percent, shall be allowed for pieces which will pass through a round opening 20/64 inch (7.9 mm) in diameter;
(d) For foreign material. Two-tenths of 1 percent (0.20 percent). No part of this percentage shall be allowed for glass and metal;
(e) For particles and dust. One-tenth of 1 percent (0.10 percent); and,
(f) For other defects. 3 percent, including not more than two-thirds of this amount, or 2 percent, for serious damage.
§ 51.2110 U.S. No. 1 Whole and Broken.
“U.S. No. 1 Whole and Broken” consists of shelled almonds of similar varietal characteristics which are clean and well dried, and which are free from decay, rancidity, insect injury, foreign material, doubles, particles and dust, and free from damage caused by mold, gum, shriveling, brown spot or other means.
(a) In this grade not less than 30 percent, by weight, of the kernels shall be whole. Doubles shall not be considered as whole kernels in determining the percentage of whole kernels.
(b) Unless otherwise specified, the minimum diameter shall be not less than 20/64 of an inch (7.9 mm). (See §§ 51.2113 and 51.2114.)
(c) In order to allow for variations incident to proper grading and handling, the following tolerances, by weight, shall be permitted:
(1) For dissimilar varieties. 5 percent, including not more than one-fifth of this amount, or 1 percent, for bitter almonds mixed with sweet almonds;
(2) For doubles. 35 percent;
(3) For foreign material. Two-tenths of 1 percent (0.20 percent). No part of this percentage shall be allowed for glass and metal;
(4) For particles and dust. One-tenth of 1 percent (0.10 percent);
(5) For undersize. 5 percent; and,
(6) For other defects. 5 percent, including not more than three-fifths of this amount, or 3 percent, for serious damage.
§ 51.2111 U.S. No. 1 Pieces.
“U.S. No. 1 Pieces” consists of shelled almonds which are not bitter, which are clean and well dried, and which are free from decay, rancidity, insect injury, foreign material, particles and dust, and free from damage caused by mold, gum, shriveling, brown spot or other means.
(a) Unless otherwise specified, the minimum diameter shall be not less than 8/64 of an inch (3.2 mm). (See §§ 51.2113 and 51.2114.)
(b) In order to allow for variations incident to proper grading and handling, the following tolerances, by weight, shall be permitted:
(1) For bitter almonds mixed with sweet almonds. 1 percent;
(2) For foreign material. Two-tenths of 1 percent (0.20 percent). No part of this percentage shall be allowed for glass and metal;
(3) For particles and dust. 1 percent; and
(4) For other defects. 5 percent, including not more than three-fifths of this amount, or 3 percent, for serious damage.
609 Mixed Varieties
§ 51.2112 Mixed varieties.
Any lot of shelled almonds designated as “one type” or undesignated as to type, which consists of a mixture of two or more dissimilar varieties which meet the other requirements of any of the grades of U.S. No. 1, U.S. Select Sheller Run, U.S. Standard Sheller Run, U.S. No. 1 Whole and Broken may be designated as: “U.S. No. 1 Mixed;” “U.S. Select Sheller Run Mixed;” “U.S. Standard Sheller Run Mixed;” “U.S. No. 1 Whole and Broken Mixed;” respectively; but no lot of any of these grades may include more than 1 percent of bitter almonds mixed with sweet almonds.
610 Size
§ 51.2113 Size requirements.
The size may be specified in terms of range in count of whole almond kernels per ounce or in terms of minimum, or minimum and maximum diameter. When a range in count is specified, the whole kernels shall be fairly uniform in size, and the average count per ounce shall be within the range specified. Doubles and broken kernels shall not be used in determining counts. Count ranges per ounce commonly used are shown below, but other ranges may be specified: Provided, that the kernels are fairly uniform in size.
16 to 18, inclusive. 18 to 20, inclusive. 20 to 22, inclusive. 22 to 24, inclusive. 23 to 25, inclusive. 24 to 26, inclusive. 26 to 28, inclusive. 27 to 30, inclusive. 30 to 34, inclusive. 34 to 40, inclusive. 40 to 50, inclusive. 50 and smaller.
§ 51.2114 Tolerances for size.
(a) When a range is specified as, for example, “ 18/20,” no tolerance for counts above or below the range shall be allowed.
(b) When the minimum, or minimum and maximum diameter are specified, a total tolerance of not more than 10 percent, by weight, may fail to meet the specified size requirements: Provided, that not more than one-half of this amount, or 5 percent, may be below the minimum size specified.
611 Application of Tolerances
§ 51.2115 Application of tolerances.
The tolerances for the grades are to be applied to the entire lot, and a composite sample shall be taken for determining the grade. However, any container or group of containers in which the almonds are found to be materially inferior to those in the majority of the containers shall be considered a separate lot.
612 Definitions
§ 51.2116 Similar varietal characteristics.
Similar varietal characteristics means that the kernels are similar in shape and appearance. For example, long types shall not be mixed with short types, or broad types mixed with narrow types, and bitter almonds shall not be mixed with sweet almonds. Color of the kernels shall not be considered, since there is often a marked difference in skin color of kernels of the same variety.
(a) When a lot is specified as “one type,” all kernels shall be the same in shape and appearance; and,
(b) When a lot is specified and carton marked as “California,” kernels present may include any one or a combination of blanchable varieties within the “California” Marketing Classification. In addition, Nonpareil or similar types may be included provided that it does not exceed twenty-five percent (25%), by weight, of the lot.
§ 51.2117 Whole.
Whole means that there is less than one-eighth of the kernel chipped off or missing, and that the general contour of the kernel is not materially affected by the missing part.
§ 51.2118 Clean.
Clean means that the kernel is practically free from dirt and other foreign substance.
§ 51.2119 Well dried.
Well dried means that the kernel is firm and brittle, and not pliable or leathery.
§ 51.2120 Decay.
Decay means that part or all of the kernel has become decomposed.
§ 51.2121 Rancidity.
Rancidity means that the kernel is noticeably rancid to the taste.
§ 51.2122 Insect injury.
Insect injury means that the insect, web, or frass is present or there is definite evidence of insect feeding.
§ 51.2123 Foreign material.
Foreign material means pieces of shell, hulls or other foreign matter which will not pass through a round opening 8/64 of an inch (3.2 mm) in diameter.
§ 51.2124 Doubles.
Doubles means kernels that developed in shells containing two kernels. One side of a double kernel is flat or concave.
§ 51.2125 Split or broken kernels.
Split or broken kernels means seven-eighths or less of complete whole kernels but which will not pass through a round opening 8/64 of an inch (3.2 mm) in diameter.
§ 51.2126 Particles and dust.
Particles and dust means fragments of almond kernels or other material which will pass through a round opening 8/64 of an inch (3.2 mm) in diameter.
§ 51.2127 Injury.
Injury means any defect which more than slightly detracts from the appearance of the individual almond. The following shall be considered as injury:
(a) Chipped and scratched kernels when the affected area on an individual kernel aggregates more than the equivalent of a circle one-eighth inch (3.2 mm) in diameter.
§ 51.2128 Damage.
Damage means any defect which materially detracts from the appearance of the individual kernel, or the edible or shipping quality of the almonds. Any one of the following defects or combination thereof, the seriousness of which exceeds the maximum allowed for any one defect shall be considered as damage:
(a) Chipped and scratched kernels, when the affected area on an individual kernel aggregates more than the equivalent of a circle one-quarter inch (6.4 mm) in diameter;
(b) Mold, when visible on the kernel, except when white or gray and easily rubbed off with the fingers;
(c) Gum, when a film of shiny, resinous appearing substance affects an area aggregating more than the equivalent of a circle one-quarter inch (6.4 mm) in diameter;
(d) Shriveling, when the kernel is excessively thin for its size, or when materially withered, shrunken, leathery, tough or only partially developed: Provided, that partially developed kernels are not considered damaged if more than three-fourths of the pellicle is filled with meat;
(e) Brown spot on the kernel, either single or multiple, when the affected area aggregates more than the equivalent of a circle one-eighth inch (3.2 mm) in diameter; and,
(f) Skin discoloration when more than one-half of the surface of the kernel is affected by very dark or black stains contrasting with the natural color of the skin.
§ 51.2129 Serious damage.
Serious damage means any defect which makes a kernel or piece of kernel unsuitable for human consumption, and includes decay, rancidity, insect injury and damage by mold.
§ 51.2130 Diameter.
Diameter means the greatest dimension of the kernel, or piece of kernel at right angles to the longitudinal axis. Diameter shall be determined by passing the kernel or piece of kernel through a round opening.
§ 51.2131 Fairly uniform in size.
Fairly uniform in size means that, in a representative sample, the weight of 10 percent, by count, of the largest whole kernels shall not exceed 1.70 times the weight of 10 percent, by count, of the smallest whole kernels.
Subpart X United States Standards for Shelled English Walnuts (Juglans Regia)
Source: 23 FR 10354, Dec. 25, 1958, unless otherwise noted. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981.
613 General
§ 51.2275 Application.
The standards contained in this subpart apply only to walnuts commonly known as English or Persian walnuts (Juglans regia). They do not apply to walnuts commonly known as black walnuts (Juglans nigra).
§ 51.2276 [Reserved]
614 Grades
§ 51.2277 U.S. No. 1.
“U.S. No. 1” consists of portions of walnut kernels which are well dried, clean, free from shell, foreign material, insect injury, decay, rancidity, and free from damage caused by shriveling, mold, discoloration of the meat or other means. (See § 51.2280.)
(a) Color shall be specified in connection with this grade in terms of “extra light,” “light,” “light amber,” or “amber” from the USDA Walnut Color Chart or in terms of “red” color. The color classifications in the USDA Walnut Color Chart shall not apply to “red” color. Furthermore, “red” color shall not be mixed with “extra light,” “light,” “light amber,” or “amber” colors. (See §§ 51.2281 and 51.2282.)
(b) Size shall be specified in connection with this grade in terms of one of the size classifications. (See §§ 51.2284 and 51.2285.)
[23 FR 10354, Dec. 25, 1958. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981, as amended at 82 FR 39656, Aug. 22, 2017]
§ 51.2278 U.S. Commercial.
“U.S. Commercial” consists of portions of walnut kernels which meet the requirements of U.S. No. 1 grade, except for increased tolerances. (See § 51.2280.)
(a) Color of walnuts based on the USDA Walnut Color Chart shall be not darker than the “amber” classification. There are no color requirements for “red” color. Color may be specified in connection with the grade in terms of one of the color classifications in the USDA Walnut Color Chart or “red” color. “Red” color shall not be mixed with “extra light,” “light,” “light amber,” or “amber” colors. (See §§ 51.2281 and 51.2282.)
(b) Size shall be specified in connection with this grade in terms of one of the size classifications. (See §§ 51.2284 and 51.2285.)
[23 FR 10354, Dec. 25, 1958. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981, as amended at 82 FR 39657, Aug. 22, 2017]
615 Unclassified
§ 51.2279 [Reserved]
616 Tolerances for Grade Defects
§ 51.2280 Tolerances for grade defects.
(a) All percentages shall be claculated on the basis of weight.
(b) In order to allow for variations, other than for color and size, incident to proper grading and handling, tolerances shall be permitted for the respective grades as indicated in Table I:
Table I
[Percent]
Grade | Tolerances for grade defects
Total defects | Serious damage | Very serious damage | Shell and foreign material
U. S. No. 1 | 5 | 2 (included in 5 percent total defects) | 1 (included in 2 percent serious damage) | 0.05 (included in 1 percent very serious damage).
U.S. Commercial | 8 | 4 (included in 8 percent total defects) | 2 (included in 4 percent serious damage) | 0.05 (included in 2 percent very serious damage).
617 Color Requirements
§ 51.2281 Color classifications.
The following classifications are provided to describe the color of any lot:
(a) “Extra light,” “light,” “light amber,” and “amber:” The portions of kernels in the lot shall be not darker than the darkest color permitted in the specified classification as shown on the USDA Walnut Color Chart.
(b) “Red:” There are no color requirements.
[82 FR 39657, Aug. 22, 2017]
§ 51.2282 Tolerances for color.
(a) All percentages shall be calculated on the basis of weight.
(b) In order to allow for variations incident to proper grading and handling, tolerances shall be permitted for the respective color classifications as indicated in Table II:
Table II
Color classification | Tolerances for color
Darker than extra light 1 | Darker than light 1 | Darker than light amber 1 | Darker than amber 1
Extra light | 15 percent | 2 percent (included in 15 percent darker than extra light)
Light | 15 percent | 2 percent (included in 15 percent darker than light)
Light amber | 15 percent | 2 percent (included in 15 percent darker than light amber).
Amber | 10 percent.
Red
1 See illustration of this term on USDA Walnut Color Chart.
[23 FR 10354, Dec. 25, 1958. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981, as amended at 82 FR 39657, Aug. 22, 2017]
§ 51.2283 Off color.
The term “off color” is not a color classification, but shall be applied to any lot which fails to meet the requirements of the “amber” classification when applying the color classifications in the USDA Walnut Color Chart. Off color shall not be used for “red” color.
[82 FR 39657, Aug. 22, 2017]
618 Size Requirements
§ 51.2284 Size classification.
The following classifications are provided to describe the size of any lot: “Halves”, “Pieces and Halves”, “Pieces” or “Small Pieces”. The size of portions of kernels in the lot shall conform to the requirements of the specified classification as defined below:
(a) Halves. Lot consists of 85 percent or more, by weight, half kernels, and the remainder three-fourths half kernels. (See § 51.2285.)
(b) Pieces and halves. Lot consists of 20 percent or more, by weight, half kernels, and the remainder portions of kernels that cannot pass through a sieve with 24/64 inch round openings. When a lot exceeds this minimum requirement, the actual percentage of halves may be specified. (See § 51.2285.)
(c) Pieces. Lot consists of portions of kernels that cannot pass through a sieve with 24/64 inch round openings. (See § 51.2285.)
(d) Small pieces. Lot consists of portions of kernels that pass through a sieve with 24/64 inch round openings, but that cannot pass through a sieve with 8/64 inch round openings. When desired, the actual size ranges within such size ranges may be specified. (See § 51.2285.)
§ 51.2285 Tolerances for size.
(a) All percentages shall be calculated on the basis of weight.
(b) In order to allow for variations incident to proper sizing and handling, tolerances shall be permitted for the respective size classifications as indicated in Table III:
Table III
[Percent]
Size classification | Tolerances for size
Smaller than three-fourths halves | Will not pass through 24/64 inch round hole | Pass through 24/64 inch round hole | Pass through 16/64 inch round hole | Pass through 8/64 inch round hole
Halves | 5 | 1 (included in 5 percent)
Pieces and halves 1 | 18 | 3 (included in 18 percent) | 1 (included in 2 percent).
Pieces | 25 | 5 (included in 25 percent) | 1 (included in 5 percent).
Small pieces 2 | 10 | 2.
1 No part of any tolerance shall be used to reduce the percentage of halves required or specified in a lot of “pieces and halves”.
2 The tolerances of 10 percent and 2 percent for “small pieces” classification shall apply, respectively, to any smaller maximum or any larger minimum sizes specified.
619 Application of Tolerances
§ 51.2286 Application of tolerances.
The tolerances provided in these standards are on a lot basis, and they shall be applied to a composite sample representative of the lot. However, any container or group of containers in which the walnuts are obviously of a quality materially different from that in the majority of containers shall be considered a separate lot, and shall be sampled separately.
620 Definitions
§ 51.2287 Well dried.
Well dried means that the portion of kernel is firm and crisp, not pliable or leathery.
§ 51.2288 Clean.
Clean means that the appearance of the individual portion of kernel, or of the lot as a whole, is not materially affected by adhering dust, dirt or other foreign material.
§ 51.2289 Shell.
Shell means the outer shell and/or the woody partition from between the halves of the kernel, and any fragments of either.
§ 51.2290 Insect injury.
Insect injury means that the insect, web, frass or other evidence of insects is present on the portion of kernel.
§ 51.2291 Rancidity.
Rancidity means that the portion of kernel is noticeably rancid to the taste. Rancidity should not be confused with a slightly astringent flavor of the pellicle (skin) or with staleness (the state at which the flavor is flat but not objectionable).
§ 51.2292 Damage.
Damage means any defect, other than color, which materially affects the appearance, or the edible or shipping quality of the individual portion of kernel, or of the lot as a whole. Any one of the following defects or any combination of defects the seriousness of which exceeds the maximum allowed for any one defect shall be considered as damage:
(a) Shriveling when more than one-eighth of the portion of kernel is severely shriveled, or a greater area is affected by lesser degrees of shriveling producing an equally objectionable appearance, except that kernels which are thin in corss-section but which are otherwise normally developed shall not be considered as damaged;
(b) Mold when plainly visible;
(c) Discoloration of the meat when more than one-eighth the volume of the portion of kernel is severely discolored, or a greater volume is affected by lesser degrees of discoloration producing an equally objectionable appearance;
(d) Not well dried; and,
(e) Not clean.
§ 51.2293 Serious damage.
Serious damage means any defect, other than color, which seriously affects the appearance, or the edible or shipping quality of the individual portion of kernel or of the lot as a whole. Any one of the following defects or any combination of defects the seriousness of which exceeds the maximum allowed for any one defect shall be considered as serious damage:
(a) Shriveling when more than one-fourth of the kernel is severely shriveled, or a greater area is affected by lesser degrees of shriveling producing an equally objectionable appearance;
(b) Mold when plainly visible on more than one-eighth of the surface of the kernel in the aggregate; and,
(c) Discoloration of the meat when more than one-fourth the volume of the portion of kernel is severely discolored, or a greater volume is affected by lesser degrees of discoloration producing an equally objectionable appearance.
§ 51.2294 Very serious damage.
Very serious damage means any defect, other than color, which very seriously affects the appearance, or the edible or shipping quality of the individual portion of kernel or of the lot as a whole. Any one of the following defects or any combination of defects the seriousness of which exceeds the maximum allowed for any one defect shall be considered as very serious damage:
(a) Shriveling when more than 50 percent of the portion of kernel is severely shriveled;
(b) Mold when plainly visible on more than one-fourth of the surface of the portion of kernel in the aggregate;
(c) Discoloration of the meat when more than one-half the volume of the portion of kernel is severely discolored;
(d) Insect injury;
(e) Rancidity or decay; and,
(f) Shell, or any foreign material.
§ 51.2295 Half kernel.
Half kernel means the separated half of a kernel with not more than one-eighth broken off.
§ 51.2296 Three-fourths half kernel.
Three-fourths half kernel means a portion of a half of a kernel which has more than one-eighth but not more than one-fourth broken off.
Subpart Y United States Standards for Grades of Kiwifruit
Source: 47 FR 34513, Aug. 10, 1982, unless otherwise noted.
§ 51.2335 Grades.
(a) “U.S. Fancy” consists of kiwifruit which meet the following requirements:
(1) Basic Requirements:
(i) Similar varietal characteristics;
(ii) Mature;
(iii) Not soft, overripe, or shriveled;
(iv) Carefully packed;
(v) Clean; and,
(vi) Well formed.
(2) Free From:
(i) Worm holes;
(ii) Broken skins which are not healed;
(iii) Sunscald;
(iv) Freezing injury;
(v) Internal breakdown; and,
(vi) Decay.
(3) Free From Injury By:
(i) Bruises;
(ii) Leaf or limbrubs;
(iii) Discoloration;
(iv) Hail;
(v) Growth cracks;
(vi) Scab;
(vii) Scars;
(viii) Heat, sprayburn, or sunburn;
(ix) Scale;
(x) Insects;
(xi) Other diseases; and,
(xii) Mechanical or other means.
(4) Tolerances. (See § 51.2336)
(b) “U.S. No. 1” consists of kiwifruit which meet the following requirements:
(1) Basic Requirements:
(i) Similar varietal characteristics;
(ii) Mature;
(iii) Not soft, overripe, or shriveled;
(iv) Carefully packed;
(v) Clean; and,
(vi) Fairly well formed.
(2) Free From:
(i) Worm holes;
(ii) Broken skins which are not healed;
(iii) Sunscald;
(iv) Freezing injury;
(v) Internal breakdown; and,
(vi) Decay.
(3) Free From Damage By:
(i) Bruises;
(ii) Leaf or limbrubs;
(iii) Discoloration;
(iv) Hail;
(v) Growth cracks;
(vi) Scab;
(vii) Scars;
(viii) Heat, sprayburn, or sunburn;
(ix) Scale;
(x) Insects;
(xi) Other diseases; and,
(xii) Mechanical or other means.
(4) Tolerances. (See § 51.2336):
(c) “U.S. No. 2” consists of kiwifruit which meet the following requirements:
(1) Basic Requirements:
(i) Similar varietal characteristics;
(ii) Mature;
(iii) Not soft, overripe, or shriveled;
(iv) Carefully packed;
(v) Fairly clean; and,
(vi) Not badly misshapen.
(2) Free From:
(i) Worm holes;
(ii) Broken skins which are not healed;
(iii) Sunscald;
(iv) Freezing injury;
(v) Internal breakdown; and,
(vi) Decay.
(3) Free From Serious Damage By:
(i) Bruises;
(ii) Leaf or limbrubs;
(iii) Discoloration;
(iv) Hail;
(v) Growth cracks;
(vi) Scab;
(vii) Scars;
(viii) Heat, sprayburn, or sunburn;
(ix) Scale;
(x) Insects;
(xi) Other diseases; and,
(xii) Mechanical or other means.
(4) Tolerances. (See § 51.2336)
[47 FR 34513, Aug. 10, 1982, as amended at 51 FR 36682, Oct. 15, 1986]
§ 51.2336 Tolerances.
In order to allow for variations incident to proper grading and handling, the following tolerances by count, shall be permitted in any lot:
(a) U.S. Fancy and U.S. No. 1.
(1) For defects at shipping point. 2 8 percent for fruit which fail to meet the requirements of the specified grade: Provided, That included in this amount not more than 4 percent shall be allowed for defects causing serious damage, including in this latter amount not more than 1 percent for fruit affected by internal breakdown or decay.
2 Shipping point, as used in these standards, means the point of origin of the shipment in the producing area or at port of loading for ship stores or overseas shipment, or, in the case of shipments from outside the continental United States, the port of entry into the United States.
(2) For defects en route or at destination. 12 percent for fruit which fail to meet the requirements of the specified grade: Provided, That included in this amount not more than the following percentages shall be allowed for defects:
(i) 8 percent for permanent defects;
(ii) 6 percent for defects causing serious damage, including therein not more than 4 percent for serious damage by permanent defects and not more than 2 percent for fruit affected by internal breakdown or decay.
(b) U.S. No. 2.
(1) For defects at shipping point. 2 8 percent for fruit which fail to meet the requirements of this grade: Provided, That included in this amoung not more than 4 percent shall be allowed for sunscald, insects, internal breakdown or decay, including in this latter amount not more than 1 percent for fruit affected by internal breakdown or decay.
(2) For defects en route or at destination. 12 percent for fruit which fail to meet the requirements of this grade: Provided, That included in this amount not more than the following percentages shall be allowed for defects:
(i) 8 percent for permanent defects including therein not more than 4 percent for sunscald, or insects; and,
(ii) 2 percent for internal breakdown or decay.
§ 51.2337 Application of tolerances.
The contents of individual containers in a lot, based on sample inspection, are subject to the following limitations:
(a) Individual samples shall not have more than double a specified tolerance except that at least two defective specimens may be permitted in any container: Provided, That not more than one fruit which is frozen or affected by decay be permitted in any container 3 pounds or less; and, Provided further, That the averages for the entire lot are within the tolerances specified for the grade.
[47 FR 34513, Aug. 10, 1982, as amended at 50 FR 40186, Oct. 2, 1985; 51 FR 4293, Feb. 4, 1986]
§ 51.2338 Standard pack.
(a) Fruit shall be fairly uniform in size and shall be packed in boxes, flats, lugs, or cartons and arranged according to approved and recognized methods. Containers shall be well filled; contents tightly packed but not be excessively or unnecessarily bruised by overfilling or oversizing. Fruit in the shown face of the container shall be reasonably representative in size and quality of the contents.
(b) When packed in closed containers the size shall be indicated by marking the container with the numerical count.
(c) Boxes, flats, lugs, or cartons:
(1) Fruit packed in containers with cell compartments, cardboard fillers or molded trays shall be of proper size for the cells, fillers, or molds in which they are packed, and conform to the marked count.
(2) In order to allow for variations incident to proper packing in other types of containers, for example, lugs, cartons, or boxes, the number of fruit shall not vary more than two from the marked count.
(d) “Fairly uniform in size” means that fruit in containers marked numerically to denote size may not vary in diameter more than 1/2 inch (12.7mm) in sizes 30 or larger; 3/8 inch (9.5mm) is sizes 31 through 38; and 1/4 inch (6.4mm) in sizes 39 or smaller. Not more than 5 percent, by count, of the fruit in any container may exceed the diameter range specified.
(e) “Diameter” means the greatest dimension measured at right angles to a line from stem to blossom end.
(f) In order to allow for variations incident to proper sizing and packing, not more than 10 percent, by count, of containers in any lot may fail to meet these requirements.
[47 FR 34513 Aug. 10, 1982, as amended at 50 FR 40186, Oct. 2, 1985; 51 FR 4293, Feb. 4, 1986]
§ 51.2339 Definitions.
Similar varietal characteristics means the fruit in any lot and container are similar in shape, color of skin and flesh.
Mature means the fruit has reached the stage of development which will ensure the proper completion of the ripening process. The minimum average soluble solids, unless otherwise specified, shall be not less than 6.5 percent.
Clean means the fruit is practically free from dirt, dust, or other foreign material.
Fairly clean means the fruit is reasonably free from dirt, dust, or other foreign material.
Well formed means the fruit has the shape characteristic of the variety and slight bumps or other roughness are permitted providing they do not detract from the appearance.
Fairly well formed means the fruit has the shape characteristic of the variety but slight bumps or other roughness are permitted providing they do not materially detract from appearance.
Badly misshapen means the fruit is so decidely deformed that its appearance is seriously affected.
Carefully packed means the fruit shows no evidence of rough handling.
Injury means any defect described in § 51.2340, or an equally objectionable variation of any one of these defects, any other defect, or any combination of defects, which more than slightly detracts from the appearance, or the edible or marketing quality.
Damage means any defect described in § 51.2340 or an equally objectionable variation of any one of these defects, any other defect, or any combination of defects, which materially detracts from the appearance, or the edible or marketing quality.
Serious damage means any defect described in § 51.2340 or an equally objectionable variation of any one of these defects, any other defect, or any combination of defects, which seriously detracts from the appearance, or the edible or marketing quality.
Permanent defects means those which are not subject to change during shipment or storage, for example, shape, scars, or growth cracks.
Condition defects means those defects which are subject to change during shipment or storage, for example, decay, soft, shriveling, discoloration, or bruises.
[47 FR 34513, Aug. 10, 1982, as amended at 50 FR 40186, Oct. 2, 1985; 51 FR 36682, Oct. 15, 1986; 51 FR 4293, Feb. 4, 1986]
§ 51.2340 Classification of defects.
Defects | Injury | Damage | Serious damage
Bruises | When any slight indentation of the fruit or discoloration of the flesh extends more than 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) in depth | When surface of fruit is indented and discoloration of the flesh extends deeper than 1/8 inch (3.2 mm), or causing slight discoloration exceeding the area of a circle 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) in diameter, or lesser bruises aggregating an area of a circle 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) in diameter which materially detract from the appearance, edible or shipping quality | When surface of the fruit is indented and discoloration of the flesh extends deeper than 1/4 inch (6.4 mm), or causing discoloration exceeding the area of a circle 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) in diameter, or lesser bruises which seriously detract from the appearance, edible or shipping quality.
Leaf or Limbrubs | When not smooth, or not light colored, or aggregating more than the area of a circle 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) in diameter | When not smooth, or not light colored, or aggregating more than the area of a circle 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) in diameter | When smooth and light colored and aggregating more than the area of a circle 1- 1/2 inches (38.1 mm) in diameter, or dark or slightly rough and barklike scars aggregating more than the area of a circle 3/4 inch (19.1 mm) in diameter.
Discoloration | When color and pattern causes a distinct noticeable appearance (except for water staining) affecting more than 5% of surface | When color and pattern causes an unattractive appearance (except for water staining) affecting more than 10% of surface | When color and pattern causes a distinct unattractive appearance (except for water staining) affecting more than 25% of surface.
Hail Injury | When unhealed or deep, or aggregating more than the area of a circle 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) in diameter | When unhealed or deep, or aggregating more than the area of a circle 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) in diameter | When unhealed or deep, or aggregating more than the area of a circle 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) in diameter.
Growth Cracks | When not healed, or more than one in number, or more than 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) in length or depth | When not healed, or more than one in number, or more than 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) in depth, or more than 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) in length if within the stem cavity, or more than 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) in length if outside the stem cavity | When not healed and more than 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) in length or depth, or healed and more than 3/16 inch (4.8 mm) in depth, or healed and aggregating more than 5/8 inch (15.9 mm) in length if within the stem cavity, or healed and aggregating more than 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) in length if outside the stem cavity.
Scab | When cracked, or the aggregate area exceeds that of a circle 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) in diameter | When cracked, or the aggregate area exceeds that of a cricle 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) in diameter | When the aggregate area exceeds that of a circle 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) in diameter.
Scars | When not smooth, or surface of the fruit is depressed more than 1/32 inch (.8 mm), or not light in color, or when exceeding any of the following aggregate areas, or a combination of two or more types of scars, the seriousness of which exceeds the maximum allowed for any one type: (1) Dark or rough scars when the area exceeds that of a circle 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) in diameter; (2) Fairly light colored, fairly smooth scars when the area exceeds that of a circle 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) in diameter; (3) Light colored, smooth scars when the area exceeds that of a circle 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) in diameter | When not smooth, or surface of the fruit is depressed more than 1/16 inch (1.6 mm), or when exceeding any of the following aggregate areas, or a combination of two or more types of scars, the seriousness of which exceeds the maximum allowed for any one type: (1) Dark or rough scars when the area exceeds that of a circle 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) in diameter; (2) Fairly light colored, fairly smooth scars when the area exceeds that of a circle 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) in diameter; (3) Light colored, smooth scars when the area exceeds that of a circle 3/4 inch (19.1 mm) in diameter | When the surface of the fruit is depressed more than 3/16 inch (4.8 mm), or when exceeding any of the following aggregate areas, or a combination of two or more types of scars, the seriousness of which exceeds the maximum allowed for any one type: (1) Dark or rough scars when the area exceeds that of a circle 3/4 inch (19.1 mm) in diameter; (2) Not dark or rough when the area exceeds one-fourth of the fruit surface.
Heat, Sprayburn and Sunburn | When the normal color of the skin or flesh is more than slightly changed, or any indentation is present | When the skin is blistered, cracked or decidedly flattened, or the normal color of the skin or flesh has materially changed, or more than one indentation, or indentation exceeds 3/16 inch (4.8 mm) in diameter | When the skin is blistered, cracked or decidedly flattened, or causing any dark discoloration of the flesh, or more than two indentations are present, or the aggregate area of indentations exceeds that of a circle 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) in diameter, or when causing a noticeable brownish or darker discoloration over more than one-fourth of surface.
Scale or Scale Marks | When more than one large scale or scale mark or more than three scales or scale marks of any size are present | When the aggregate area exceds that of a circle 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) in diameter | When the aggregate area exceeds that of a circle 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) in diameter.
Insects | When feeding injury is evident on fruit or any insect is present in fruit | When feeding injury materially detracts from appearance or any insect is present in fruit | When feeding injury seriously detracts from appearance or any insect is present in fruit.
Classification of defects guidelines are based on fruit 2 inches or smaller in diameter. Accordingly, larger fruit are permitted to have defects relative to their size.
§ 51.2341 Sample size for grade determination.
For fruit place-packed in tray pack containers, the sample shall consist of the contents of the individual container. For fruit jumble-packed in volume filled containers, the sample shall consist of at least 50 fruit. When individual containers contain at least 50 fruit, each individual sample is drawn from one container. When individual containers contain less than 50 fruit, a sufficient number of adjoining containers are opened to form a 50 fruit sample.
[50 FR 40186, Oct. 2, 1985; 50 FR 40961, Oct. 8, 1985; 51 FR 4293, Feb. 4, 1986]
Subpart Z United States Standards for Grades of Pistachio Nuts in the Shell
Source: 51 FR 27814, Aug. 4, 1986, unless otherwise noted.
§ 51.2540 General.
(a) Compliance with the provisions of these standards shall not excuse failure to comply with provisions of applicable Federal or State laws.
(b) These standards are applicable to pistachio nuts in the shell which may be in a natural, dyed, raw, roasted, or salted state; or in any combination thereof. However, nuts of obviously dissimilar forms shall not be commingled.
§ 51.2541 U.S. Fancy, U.S. Extra No. 1, U.S. No. 1 And U.S. Select Grades.
“U.S. Fancy,” “U.S. Extra No. 1,” “U.S. No. 1,” and “U.S. Select” consists of pistachio nuts in the shell which meet the following requirements:
(a) Basic requirements:
(1) Free from:
(i) Foreign material;
(ii) Loose kernels;
(iii) Shell pieces;
(iv) Particles and dust; and,
(v) Blanks.
(b) Shells:
(1) Free from:
(i) Non-split shells; and,
(ii) Shells not split on suture.
(2) Free from damage by:
(i) Adhering hull material;
(ii) Light stained;
(iii) Dark stained; and,
(iv) Other External (shell) defects.
(c) Kernels:
(1) Well dried, or, very well dried when specified in connection with the grade.
(2) Free from damage by:
(i) Immature kernels;
(ii) Kernel spotting; and,
(iii) Other Internal (kernel) defects.
(3) Free from serious damage by:
(i) Minor insect or vertebrate injury;
(ii) Insect damage;
(iii) Mold;
(iv) Rancidity;
(v) Decay; and,
(vi) Other Internal (kernel) defects.
(d) The nuts are of a size not less than 30/64 inch in diameter as measured by a round hole screen.
(e) For tolerances, see § 51.2544.
[68 FR 50682, Aug. 22, 2003]
§ 51.2542 U.S. Artificially Opened.
“U.S. Artificially Opened” consists of artificially opened pistachio nuts in the shell which meet the following requirements:
(a) Basic Requirements:
(1) Free from:
(i) Foreign material;
(ii) Loose kernels;
(iii) Shell pieces;
(iv) Particles and dust; and,
(v) Blanks.
(b) Shells:
(1) Free from:
(i) Non-split shells; and,
(ii) Shells not split on suture.
(2) Free from damage by:
(i) Adhering hull material;
(ii) Light stained;
(iii) Dark stained; and,
(iv) Other External (shell) defects.
(c) Kernels:
(1) Well dried, or, very well dried when specified in connection with the grade.
(2) Free from damage by:
(i) Immature kernels;
(ii) Kernel spotting; and,
(iii) Other Internal (kernel) defects.
(3) Free from serious damage by:
(i) Minor insect or vertebrate injury;
(ii) Insect damage;
(iii) Mold;
(iv) Rancidity;
(v) Decay; and,
(vi) Other Internal (kernel) defects.
(d) The nuts are of a size not less than 30/64 inch in diameter as measured by a round hole screen.
(e) For tolerances, see § 51.2544.
[68 FR 50683, Aug. 22, 2003]
§ 51.2543 U.S. Non-Split.
“U.S. Non-Split” consists of non-split pistachio nuts in the shell which meet the following requirements:
(a) Basic requirements:
(1) Free from:
(i) Foreign material;
(ii) Loose kernels;
(iii) Shell pieces;
(iv) Particles and dust; and,
(v) Blanks.
(b) Shells:
(1) Free from damage by:
(i) Adhering hull material; and,
(ii) Dark stain.
(c) Kernels:
(1) Well dried, or very well dried when specified in connection with the grade.
(2) Free from damage by:
(i) Immature kernels;
(ii) Kernel spotting; and,
(iii) Other internal (kernel) defects.
(3) Free from serious damage by:
(i) Minor insect or vertebrate injury;
(ii) Insect damage;
(iii) Mold;
(iv) Rancidity;
(v) Decay; and,
(vi) Other Internal (kernel) defects.
(d) The nuts are of a size not less than 30/64 inch in diameter as measured by a round hole screen.
(e) For Tolerances, see § 51.2544.
[68 FR 50683, Aug. 22, 2003]
§ 51.2544 Tolerances.
(a) In order to allow for variations incident to proper grading and handling, the tolerances in Tables I, II, and III of this section are provided.
Table I—Tolerances
[Percent]
Factor | U.S. fancy | U.S. extra No. 1 | U.S. No. 1 | U.S. select | U.S. artificially opened | U.S. non-split
External (shell) Defects (tolerances by weight):
(a) Non-split and not split on suture | 2 | 3 | 6 | 10 | 10 | N/A
(1) Non-split included in (a) | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 4 | N/A
(b) Adhering hull material | 1 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 2
(c) Light stained | 7 | 12 | 25 | N/A | N/A | N/A
(1) Dark stained, included in (c) | 2 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3
(d) Damage by other means | 1 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 10 | N/A
(e) Total External Defects | 9 | 16 | N/A | N/A | N/A | N/A
(f) Undersized (Less than 30/64 inch in diameter) | 5 | 5 | 5 | 5 | 4 | 5
Table II—Tolerances
Factor internal (kernel) defects (tolerances by weight) | U.S. fancy (percent) | U.S. extra No. 1 (percent) | U.S. No. 1 (percent) | U.S. select (percent) | U.S. artificially opened (percent) | U.S. non-split (percent)
(a) Damage | 3 | 6 | 6 | 6 | 6 | 6
(b) Serious Damage (Minor Insect or Vertebrate Injury, Mold, Rancid, Decay) | 3 | 4 | 4 | 4 | 4 | 4
(1) Insect Damage, included in (b) | 1 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2
(c) Total Internal Defects | 4 | 8 | 9 | 9 | 9 | 9
Table III—Tolerances
[Percent]
Factor | U.S. fancy | U.S. extra No. 1 | U.S. No. 1 | U.S. select | U.S. artificially opened | U.S. non-split
Other Defects (tolerances by weight):
(a) Shell pieces and blanks | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2 | 2
(1) Blanks, included in (a) | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1
(b) Foreign material (No glass, metal or live insects shall be permitted) | .25 | .25 | .25 | .25 | .25 | .25
(c) Particles and dust | .25 | .25 | .25 | .25 | .25 | .25
(d) Loose kernels | 4 | 5 | 6 | 6 | 6 | 6
(b) [Reserved]
[68 FR 50683, Aug. 22, 2003, as amended at 69 FR 76835, Dec. 23, 2004]
§ 51.2545 Application of tolerances.
The tolerances for the grades apply to the entire lot and shall be based on a composite sample drawn from containers throughout the lot. Any container or group of containers which have nuts obviously different in quality or size from those in the majority of the containers shall be considered a separate lot and shall be sampled separately.
[68 FR 50684, Aug. 22, 2003]
§ 51.2546 Size.
Nuts may be considered as meeting a size designation specified in Table IV or a range in number of nuts per ounce, provided, the weight of 10 percent, by count, of the largest nuts in a sample does not exceed 1.50 times the weight of 10 percent, by count, of the smallest and the average number of nuts per ounce is not more than one-half nut above or below the extremes of the range specified.
Table IV—Nut Size
Size designations | Average number of nuts per ounce 1
Colossal | Less than 18.
Extra Large | 18 to 20.
Large | 21 to 25.
Medium | 26 to 30.
Small | More than 30.
1 Before Roasting.
[68 FR 50684, Aug. 22, 2003]
§ 51.2547 Definitions.
(a) Well dried means the kernel is firm and crisp.
(b) Very well dried means the kernel is firm and crisp and the average moisture content of the lot does not exceed 7.00 percent or is specified. (See § 51.2548.)
(c) Loose kernels means edible kernels or kernel portions which are out of the shell and which cannot be considered particles and dust.
(d) External (shell) defects means any blemish affecting the hard covering around the kernel. Such defects include, but are not limited to, non-split shells, shells not split on suture, adhering hull material, light stained, or dark stained.
(1) Damage by external (shell) defects means any specific defect described in paragraphs (d)(1) (i) through (v) of this section, or an equally objectionable variation of any one of these defects, any other defect, or any combination of defects, which materially detracts from the appearance or the edible or marketing quality of the individual shell or of the lot. (For tolerances see § 51.2544, Table I.)
(i) Non-split shells means shells are not opened or are partially opened and will not allow an 18/1000 (.018) inch thick by 1/4 (.25) inch wide gauge to slip into the opening.
(ii) Not split on suture means shells are split other than on the suture and will allow an 18/1000 (.018) inch thick by 1/4 (.25) inch wide gauge to slip into the opening.
(iii) Adhering hull material means an aggregate amount covers more than one-eighth of the total shell surface, or when readily noticeable on dyed shells.
(iv) Light stained on raw or roasted nuts, means an aggregate amount of yellow to light brown or light gray discoloration is noticeably contrasting with the predominate color of the shell and affects more than one-fourth of the total shell surface or, on dyed nuts, when readily noticeable.
(v) Dark stained on raw or roasted nuts, means an aggregate amount of dark brown, dark gray or black discoloration affects more than one-eighth of the total shell surface, or, on dyed nuts, when readily noticeable, provided that speckled appearing stain located within the area of one-fourth of the shell nearest the stem end shall be disregarded.
(e) Internal (kernel) defects means any blemish affecting the kernel. Such defects include, but are not limited to evidence of insects, immature kernels, rancid kernels, mold, or decay.
(1) Damage by internal (kernel) defects means any specific defect described in paragraphs (e)(1)(i) through (ii) of this section; or an equally objectionable variation of any one of these defects, any other defect, or any combination of defects, which materially detracts from the appearance or the edible or marketing quality of the individual kernel or of the lot. (For tolerances see § 51.2544, Table II.)
(i) Immature kernels are excessively thin or when a kernel fills less than three-fourths, but not less than one-half the shell cavity.
(ii) Kernel spotting refers to dark brown or dark gray spots aggregating more than one-eighth of the surface of the kernel.
(2) Serious damage by internal (kernel) defects means any specific defect described in paragraphs (e)(2)(i) through (v) of this section; or an equally objectionable variation of any one of these defects, any other defect, or any combination of defects, which seriously detracts from the appearance or the edible or the marketing quality of the individual kernel or of the lot. (For tolerances see § 51.2544, Table II.)
(i) Minor insect or vertebrate injury means the kernel shows conspicuous evidence of feeding.
(ii) Insect damage is an insect, insect fragment, web or frass attached to the kernel. No live insects shall be permitted.
(iii) Mold which is readily visible on the shell or kernel.
(iv) Rancidity means the kernel is distinctly rancid to taste. Staleness of flavor shall not be classed as rancidity.
(v) Decay means one-sixteenth or more of the kernel surface is decomposed.
(f) Other defects means defects which cannot be considered internal defects or external defects. Such defects include, but are not limited to shell pieces, blanks, foreign material or particles and dust. The following shall be considered other defects. (For tolerances see § 51.2544, Table III.)
(1) Shell pieces means open in-shell nuts not containing a kernel, half shells or pieces of shell which are loose in the sample.
(2) Blank means a non-split shell not containing a kernel or containing a kernel that fills less than one-half the shell cavity.
(3) Foreign material means leaves, sticks, loose hulls or hull pieces, dirt, rocks, insects or insect fragments not attached to nuts, or any substance other than pistachio shells or kernels. Glass, metal or live insects shall not be permitted.
(4) Particles and dust means pieces of nut kernels which will pass through a 5/64 inch round opening.
(5) Undersize means pistachio nuts in the shell which fall through a 30/64 inch round hole screen.
[68 FR 50684, Aug. 22, 2003]
§ 51.2548 Average moisture content determination.
(a) Determining average moisture content of the lot is not a requirement of the grades, except when nuts are specified as “very well dried.” It may be carried out upon request in connection with grade analysis or as a separate determination.
(b) Nuts shall be obtained from a randomly drawn composite sample. Official certification shall be based on the air-oven method or other officially approved methods or devices. Results obtained by methods or devices not officially approved may be reported and shall include a description of the method or device and the owner of any equipment used.
[68 FR 50685, Aug. 22, 2003]
§ 51.2549 Metric conversion table.
Use the following table for metric conversion:
Inches | Millimeters
5/64 | 1.98
18/100 | .46
1/4 | 6.35
30/64 | 11.88
Ounces | Grams
1 | 28.35
2 | 56.70
[68 FR 50685, Aug. 22, 2003]
Subpart AA United States Standards for Grades of Shelled Pistachio Nuts
Source: 55 FR 28747, July 13, 1990, unless otherwise noted.
§ 51.2555 General.
(a) Compliance with the provisions of these standards shall not excuse failure to comply with provisions of applicable Federal or State laws.
(b) These standards are applicable to raw, roasted, salted or salted/roasted pistachio kernels.
[55 FR 28747, July 13, 1990, as amended at 68 FR 50685, Aug. 22, 2003]
§ 51.2556 Grades.
(a) “U.S. Fancy,” “U.S. Extra No. 1,” and “U.S. No. 1” consist of pistachio kernels which meet the following requirements:
(1) Well dried, or very well dried when specified in connection with the grade.
(2) Free from:
(i) Foreign material, including in-shell nuts, shells, or shell fragments.
(3) Free from damage by:
(i) Immature kernels;
(ii) Kernel spotting; and
(iii) Other defects.
(4) Free from serious damage by:
(i) Mold;
(ii) Minor insect or vertebrate injury;
(iii) Insect damage;
(iv) Rancidity;
(v) Decay; and,
(vi) Other defects.
(5) Unless otherwise specified, kernels shall meet the size classification of Jumbo Whole Kernels (See § 51.2559).
(b) [Reserved]
[68 FR 50685, Aug. 22, 2003]
§ 51.2557 Tolerances.
(a) In order to allow for variations incident to proper grading and handling, the tolerances, by weight, in Table I are provided.
Table 1—Tolerances
Factor (tolerances by weight) | U.S. fancy (percent) | U.S. extra No. 1 (percent) | U.S. No. 1 (percent)
(a) Damage | 2.0 | 2.5 | 3.0
(b) Serious Damage (Minor Insect or Vertebrate Injury, Mold, Rancid, Decay) | 1.5 | 2.0 | 2.5
(1) Insect Damage, included in (b) | .3 | .4 | .5
(c) Foreign Material | .03 | .05 | .1
[55 FR 28747, July 13, 1990; 55 FR 29938, July 23, 1990, as amended at 68 FR 50685, Aug. 22, 2003; 69 FR 76835, Dec. 23, 2004]
§ 51.2558 Application of tolerances.
The tolerances for the grades apply to the entire lot and shall be based on a composite sample representative of the lot. Any container or group of containers which have kernels obviously different in quality or size from those in the majority of containers shall be considered a separate lot and shall be sampled separately.
§ 51.2559 Size classifications.
(a) The size of pistachio kernels may be specified in connection with the grade in accordance with one of the following size classifications.
(1) Jumbo Whole Kernels: 80 percent or more by weight shall be whole kernels and not more than 5 percent of the total sample shall pass through a 24/64 inch round hole screen with not more than 1 percent passing through a 16/64 inch round hole screen.
(2) Large Whole Kernels: 80 percent or more, by weight, shall be whole kernels and not more than 2 percent of the total sample shall pass through a 16/64 inch round hole screen.
(3) Large Split Kernels: 75 percent or more, by weight, shall be half kernels split lengthwise and not more than 5 percent of the total sample shall pass through a 16/64 inch round hole screen.
(4) Whole and Broken Kernels: means a mixture of any combination of whole kernels or pieces. The percentage of whole kernels and/or pieces may be specified. Not more than 5 percent of the total sample shall pass through a 5/64 inch round hole screen.
(b) [Reserved]
[68 FR 50685, Aug. 22, 2003]
§ 51.2560 Definitions.
(a) Well dried means the kernel is firm and crisp.
(b) Very well dried means the kernel is firm and crisp and the average moisture content of the lot does not exceed 7 percent or is specified (See § 51.2561).
(c) Foreign material means leaves, sticks, in-shell nuts, shells or pieces of shells, dirt, or rocks, or any other substance other than pistachio kernels. No allowable tolerances for metal or glass.
(d) Whole kernel means 3/4 of a kernel or more.
(e) Splits means more than 3/4 of a half kernel split lengthwise.
(f) Damage means any specific defect described in paragraph (f) (1) through (2) of this section or an equally objectionable variation of any one of these defects, any other defect, or any combination of defects, which materially detracts from the appearance or the edible or marketing quality of the individual kernel or of the lot. (For tolerances, see § 51.2557, Table I.)
(1) Immature kernels are excessively thin kernels and can have black, brown or gray surface with a dark interior color and the immaturity has adversely affected the flavor of the kernel.
(2) Kernel spotting refers to dark brown or dark gray spots aggregating more than one-eighth of the surface of the kernel.
(g) Serious damage means any specific defect described in paragraph (g) (1) through (5) of this section, or an equally objectionable variation of any one of these defects, any other defect, or any combination of defects, which seriously detracts from the appearance or the edible or marketing quality of the individual kernel or of the lot. (For tolerances see § 51.2557 Table I.)
(1) Mold which is readily visible on the kernel.
(2) Minor insect or vertebrate injury means the kernel shows conspicuous evidence of feeding.
(3) Insect damage is an insect, insect fragment, web or frass attached to the kernel. No live insects shall be permitted.
(4) Rancidity means the kernel is distinctly rancid to taste. Staleness of flavor shall not be classed as rancidity.
(5) Decay means one-sixteenth or more of the kernel is decomposed.
[68 FR 50685, Aug. 22, 2003]
§ 51.2561 Average moisture content.
(a) Determining average moisture content of the lot is not a requirement of the grades, except when kernels are specified as “very well dried.” It may be carried out upon request in connection with grade analysis or as a separate determination.
(b) Kernels shall be obtained from a randomly drawn composite sample. Official certification shall be based on the air-oven method or other officially approved methods or devices. Results obtained by methods or devices not officially approved may be reported and shall include a description of the method or device and owner of any equipment used.
§ 51.2562 Metric Conversion Table.
Use the following table for metric conversion:
Inches | Millimeters
5/64 | 1.98
16/64 | 6.35
24/64 | 9.53
Ounces | Grams
1 | 28.35
2 | 56.7
[68 FR 50686, Aug. 22, 2003]
Subpart BB United States Standards for Grades for Sweet Cherries
Source: 36 FR 8502, May 7, 1971, unless otherwise noted. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981.
621 Grades
§ 51.2646 U.S. No. 1.
“U.S. No. 1” consists of sweet cherries which meet the following requirements:
(a) Similar varietal characteristics;
(b) Mature;
(c) Fairly well colored;
(d) Well formed; and
(e) Clean.
(f) Free from:
(1) Decay;
(2) Insect larvae or holes caused by them;
(3) Soft, overripe or shriveled;
(4) Undeveloped doubles; and,
(5) Sunscald.
(g) Free from damage by any other cause. (See § 51.2655.)
(h) Size. Unless otherwise specified, the minimum diameter of each cherry shall be not less than three-fourths inch. The maximum diameter of the cherries in any lot may be specified in accordance with the facts.
(i) For tolerances see § 51.2648.
§ 51.2647 U.S. Commercial.
“U.S. Commercial” consists of sweet cherries which meet the requirements for the U.S. No. 1 grade except for minimum diameter and except for increased tolerances.
(a) Size. Unless otherwise specified, the diameter of each cherry shall be not less than five-eighths inch. The maximum diameter of the cherries in any lot may be specified in accordance with the facts.
(b) For tolerances see § 51.2648.
622 Tolerances
§ 51.2648 Tolerances.
In order to allow for variations incident to proper grading and handling in each of the foregoing grades, the following tolerances, by count, are provided as specified:
(a) For defects at shipping point 2 —(1) U.S. No. 1. 8 percent for cherries which fail to meet the requirements for this grade: Provided, That included in this amount not more than 4 percent shall be allowed for defects causing serious damage, including in this latter amount not more than one-half of 1 percent for cherries which are affected by decay.
2 Shipping point, as used in these standards, means the point of origin of the shipment in the producing area or at port of loading for ship stores or overseas shipment, or, in the case of shipments from outside the continental United States, the port of entry into the United States.
(2) U.S. Commercial. 16 percent for cherries which fail to meet the requirements for this grade: Provided, That included in this amount not more than 4 percent shall be allowed for defects causing serious damage, including in this latter amount not more than one-half of 1 percent for cherries affected by decay.
(b) For defects en route or at destination—(1) U.S. No. 1. 12 percent for cherries in any lot which fail to meet the requirements for this grade: Provided, That included in this amount not more than the following percentages shall be allowed for defects listed:
(i) 8 percent for cherries which fail to meet the requirements for this grade because of permanent defects; or,
(ii) 6 percent for cherries which are seriously damaged, including therein not more than 4 percent for cherries which are seriously damaged by permanent defects and not more than 2 percent for cherries which are affected by decay.
(2) U.S. Commercial. 24 percent for cherries in any lot which fail to meet the requirements for this grade: Provided, That included in this amount not more than the following percentages shall be allowed for defects listed:
(i) 16 percent for cherries which fail to meet the requirements for this grade because of permanent defects; or,
(ii) 6 percent for cherries which are seriously damaged, including therein not more than 4 percent for cherries which are seriously damaged by permanent defects and not more than 2 percent for cherries which are affected by decay.
(c) For off-size. 5 percent for cherries which fail to meet the specified minimum diameter and 10 percent for cherries that fail to meet any specified maximum diameter.
623 Application of Tolerances
§ 51.2649 Application of tolerances.
Individual samples shall have not more than double the tolerances specified, except that at least two defective and two off-size specimens may be permitted in any sample: Provided, That the averages for the entire lot are within the tolerances specified for the grade.
624 Definitions
§ 51.2650 Similar varietal characteristics.
Similar varietal characteristics means that the cherries in any container are similar in color and shape.
§ 51.2651 Mature.
Mature means that the cherries have reached the stage of growth which will insure the proper completion of the ripening process.
§ 51.2652 Fairly well colored.
Fairly well colored means that at least 95 percent of the surface of the cherry shows characteristic color for mature cherries of the variety.
§ 51.2653 Well formed.
Well formed means that the cherry has the normal shape characteristic of the variety, except that mature well developed doubles shall be considered well formed when each of the halves is approximately evenly formed.
§ 51.2654 Clean.
Clean means that the cherries are practically free from dirt, dust, spray residue, or other foreign material.
§ 51.2655 Damage.
Damage means any specific defect described in this section; or an equally objectionable variation of any one of these defects, any other defect, or any combination of defects, which materially detracts from the appearance, or the edible or marketing quality of the fruit. The following specific defects shall be considered as damage:
(a) Cracks within the stem cavity when deep or not well healed, or when the appearance is affected to a greater extent than that of a cherry which has a superficial well healed crack one-sixteenth inch in width extending one-half the greatest circumference of the stem cavity;
(b) Cracks outside of the stem cavity when deep or not well healed, or when the crack has weakened the cherry to the extent that it is likely to split or break in the process of proper grading, packing, and handling, or when materially affecting the appearance;
(c) Hail injury when deep or not well healed, or when the aggregate area exceeds the area of a circle three-sixteenths inch in diameter;
(d) Insects when scale or more than one scale mark is present, or when the appearance is materially affected by any insect;
(e) Limbrubs when affecting the appearance of the cherry to a greater extent than the amount of scarring permitted;
(f) Pulled stems when the skin or flesh is torn, or when the cherry is leaking;
(g) Russeting when affecting the appearance of the cherry to a greater extent than the amount of scarring permitted;
(h) Scars when excessively deep or rough or dark colored and the aggregate area exceeds the area of a circle three-sixteenths inch in diameter, or when smooth or fairly smooth, light colored and superficial and the aggregate area exceeds the area of a circle one-fourth inch in diameter;
(i) Skin breaks when not well healed or when the appearance of the cherry is materially affected; and,
(j) Sutures when excessively deep or when affecting the shape of the cherry to the extent that it is not well formed.
§ 51.2656 Diameter.
Diameter means the greatest dimension measured at right angles to a line from the stem to the blossom end of the cherry.
§ 51.2657 Serious damage.
Serious damage means any specific defect described in this section; or an equally objectionable variation of any one of these defects, any other defect, or any combination of defects which seriously detracts from the appearance or the edible or marketing quality of the fruit. The following specific defects shall be considered as serious damage:
(a) Decay;
(b) Insect larvae or holes caused by them;
(c) Skin breaks which are not well healed;
(d) Cracks which are not well healed; and,
(e) Pulled stems with skin or flesh of cherry torn or which causes the cherry to leak.
[36 FR 8502, May 5, 1971; 36 FR 9061, May 19, 1971. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981]
§ 51.2658 Permanent defects.
Permanent defects means defects which are not subject to change during shipping or storage; including, but not limited to factors of shape, scarring, skin breaks, injury caused by hail or insects, and mechanical injury which is so located as to indicate that it occurred prior to shipment.
§ 51.2659 Condition defects.
Condition defects means defects which may develop or change during shipment or storage; including, but not limited to decayed or soft cherries and such factors as pitting, shriveling, sunken areas, brown discoloration and bruising which is so located as to indicate that it occurred after packing.
625 Metric Conversion Table
§ 51.2660 Metric conversion table.
Inches | Millimeters (mm)
8/64 equals | 3.2
16/64 equals | 6.4
24/64 equals | 9.5
32/64 equals | 12.7
40/64 equals | 15.9
48/64 equals | 19.1
51/64 equals | 20.2
52/64 equals | 20.6
54/64 equals | 21.4
56/64 equals | 22.2
1 equals | 25.4
1 8/64 equals | 28.6
1 16/64 equals | 31.8
1 24/64 equals | 34.9
Subpart CC United States Standards for Shelled Runner Type Peanuts
Source: 21 FR 4850, June 30, 1956, unless otherwise noted. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981.
626 Grades
§ 51.2710 U.S. No. 1 Runner.
“U.S. No. 1 Runner” consists of shelled Runner type peanut kernels of similar varietal characteristics which are whole and free from foreign material, damage and minor defects, and which will not pass through a screen having 16/64 × 3/4 inch openings.
(a) In order to allow for variations incident to proper grading and handling, the following tolerances, by weight, shall be permitted:
(1) 1 percent for other varieties of peanuts;
(2) 3 percent for sound peanuts which are split or broken;
(3) 1.5 percent for damaged or unshelled peanuts;
(4) 0.5 percent for minor defects: Provided, That in addition, any unused part of the tolerance for damaged or unshelled peanuts shall be allowed for minor defects;
(5) 0.1 percent for foreign material; and,
(6) 3 percent for sound whole peanuts which will pass through the prescribed screen.
[21 FR 4850, June 30, 1956, as amended at 21 FR 5669, July 28, 1956. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981]
§ 51.2711 U.S. Runner Splits.
“U.S. Runner Splits” consists of shelled Runner type peanut kernels of similar varietal characteristics which are split or broken, but which are free from foreign material, damage and minor defects, and which will not pass through a screen having 17/64 inch round openings.
(a) In order to allow for variations incident to proper grading and handling, the following tolerances, by weight, shall be permitted:
(1) 2 percent for other varieties of peanuts;
(2) 2 percent for damaged or unshelled peanuts and minor defects;
(3) 0.2 percent for foreign material;
(4) 2 percent for sound portions of peanuts which will pass through the prescribed screen; and,
(5) 4 percent for sound whole peanuts.
§ 51.2712 U.S. No. 2 Runner.
“U.S. No. 2 Runner” consists of shelled Runner type peanut kernels of similar varietal characteristics which may be split or broken, but which are free from foreign material, damage and minor defects, and which will not pass through a screen having 17/64 inch round openings.
(a) In order to allow for variations incident to proper grading and handling, the following tolerances, by weight, shall be permitted:
(1) 2 percent for other varieties of peanuts;
(2) 2.5 percent for damaged or unshelled peanuts and minor defects;
(3) 0.2 percent for foreign material; and,
(4) 6 percent for sound peanuts and portions of peanuts which will pass through the prescribed screen.
627 Application of Tolerances
§ 51.2713 Application of tolerances.
The tolerances provided in these standards are on a lot basis and shall be applied to a composite sample representative of the lot. However, any container or group of containers in which the peanuts are obviously of a quality materially different from that in the majority of containers shall be considered a separate lot, and shall be sampled separately.
628 Definitions
§ 51.2714 Similar varietal characteristics.
Similar varietal characteristics means that the peanut kernels in the lot are not of distinctly different varieties. For example, Spanish type shall not be mixed with Runners.
§ 51.2715 Whole.
Whole means that the peanut kernel is not split or broken.
§ 51.2716 Split.
Split means the separated half of a peanut kernel.
§ 51.2717 Broken.
Broken means that more than one-fourth of the peanut kernel is broken off.
§ 51.2718 Foreign material.
Foreign material means pieces or loose particles of any substance other than peanut kernels or skins.
§ 51.2719 Unshelled.
Unshelled means a peanut kernel with part or all of the hull (shell) attached.
§ 51.2720 Minor defects.
Minor defects means that the peanut kernel is not damaged but is affected by one or more of the following:
(a) Skin discoloration which is dark brown, dark gray, dark blue or black and covers more than one-fourth of the surface;
(b) Flesh discoloration which is darker than a light yellow color or consists of more than a slight yellow pitting of the flesh;
(c) Sprout extending more than one-eighth of an inch from the tip of the kernel; and,
(d) Dirt when the surface of the kernel is distinctly dirty, and its appearance is materially affected.
§ 51.2721 Damage.
Damage means that the peanut kernel is affected by one or more of the following:
(a) Rancidity or decay;
(b) Mold;
(c) Insects, worm cuts, web or frass;
(d) Freezing injury causing hard, translucent or discolored flesh; and
(e) Dirt when the surface of the kernel is heavily smeared, thickly flecked or coated with dirt, seriously affecting its appearance.
Subpart DD United States Standards for Grades of Shelled Spanish Type Peanuts
Source: 30 FR 7595, June 11, 1965, unless otherwise noted. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981.
629 Grades
§ 51.2730 U.S. No. 1 Spanish.
“U.S. No. 1 Spanish” consists of shelled Spanish type peanut kernels which are whole and free from foreign material, damage and minor defects, and which will not pass through a screen having 15/64 × 3/4 inch openings.
(a) In order to allow for variations incident to proper grading and handling, the following tolerances, by weight, shall be permitted:
(1) 1 percent for other types of peanuts;
(2) 3 percent for sound peanuts which are split or broken;
(3) 1.5 percent for damaged or unshelled peanuts;
(4) 0.5 percent for minor defects: Provided, That in addition, any unused part of the tolerance for damaged or unshelled peanuts shall be allowed for minor defects;
(5) 0.1 percent for foreign material; and,
(6) 2 percent for sound whole peanuts which will pass through the prescribed screen.
§ 51.2731 U.S. Spanish Splits.
“U.S. Spanish Splits” consists of shelled Spanish type peanut kernels which are split or broken, but which are free from foreign material, damage and minor defects, and which will not pass through a screen having 16/64 inch round openings.
(a) In order to allow for variations incident to proper grading and handling, the following tolerances, by weight, shall be permitted:
(1) 2 percent for other types of peanuts;
(2) 2 percent for damaged or unshelled peanuts and minor defects;
(3) 0.2 percent for foreign material;
(4) 2 percent for sound portions of peanuts which will pass through the prescribed screen; and,
(5) 4 percent for sound whole kernels.
§ 51.2732 U.S. No. 2 Spanish.
“U.S. No. 2 Spanish” consists of shelled Spanish type peanut kernels which may be split or broken, but which are free from foreign material, damage, and minor defects, and which will not pass through a screen having 16/64 inch round openings.
(a) In order to allow for variations incident to proper grading and handling, the following tolerances, by weight, shall be permitted:
(1) 2 percent for other types of peanuts;
(2) 2.5 percent for damaged or unshelled peanuts and minor defects;
(3) 0.2 percent for foreign material; and,
(4) 6 percent for sound peanuts and portions of peanuts which will pass through the prescribed screen.
630 Application of Tolerances
§ 51.2733 Application of tolerances.
The tolerances provided in these standards are on a lot basis and shall be applied to a composite sample representative of the lot. However, any container or group of containers in which the peanuts are obviously of a quality materially different from that in the majority of containers shall be considered a separate lot, and shall be sampled and graded separately.
631 Definitions
§ 51.2734 Spanish type.
Spanish type means peanuts of varieties which belong to the Spanish classification group and which are free from kernels of Runner, Virginia, or other types.
§ 51.2735 Whole.
Whole means that the peanut kernel is not split or broken.
§ 51.2736 Split.
Split means the separated half of a peanut kernel.
§ 51.2737 Broken.
Broken means that more than one-fourth of the peanut kernel is broken off.
§ 51.2738 Foreign material.
Foreign material means pieces or loose particles of any substance other than peanut kernels or skins.
§ 51.2739 Damage.
Damage means any specific defect described in this section; or any other defect, or any combination of defects which materially detracts from the edible quality of the peanut. The following specific defects shall be considered as damage:
(a) Rancidity or decay;
(b) Mold;
(c) Insects, worm cuts, web or frass;
(d) Freezing injury causing hard, translucent, or discolored flesh; and,
(e) Dirt when the surface of the kernel is heavily smeared, thickly flecked or coated with dirt, seriously affecting its appearance.
§ 51.2740 Minor defects.
Minor defects means that the peanut kernel is not damaged but is affected by one or more of the following:
(a) Skin discoloration which is dark brown, dark gray, dark blue or black and covers more than one-fourth of the surface;
(b) Flesh discoloration which is darker than a light yellow color or consists of more than a slight yellow pitting of the flesh;
(c) Sprout extending more than one-eighth of an inch from the tip of the kernel; and,
(d) Dirt when the surface of the kernel is distinctly dirty, and its appearance is materially affected.
§ 51.2741 Unshelled.
Unshelled means a peanut kernel with part or all of the hull (shell) attached.
Subpart EE United States Standards for Shelled Virginia Type Peanuts
Source: 24 FR 6182, Aug. 1, 1959; 24 FR 6671, Aug. 18, 1959, unless otherwise noted. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981.
632 Grades
§ 51.2750 U.S. Extra Large Virginia.
“U.S. Extra Large Virginia” consists of shelled Virginia type peanut kernels of similar varietal characteristics which are whole and free from foreign material, damage and minor defects, and which will not pass through a screen having 20/64 × 1 inch openings. Unless otherwise specified, the peanuts in any lot shall average not more than 512 per pound.
(a) In order to allow for variations incident to proper grading and handling, the following tolerances, by weight, shall be permitted:
(1) 0.75 percent for other varieties of peanuts;
(2) 3 percent for sound peanuts which are split or broken;
(3) 1 percent for damaged or unshelled peanuts;
(4) 0.75 percent for minor defects: Provided, That in addition, any unused part of the tolerance for damaged or unshelled peanuts shall be allowed for minor defects;
(5) 0.1 percent for foreign material; and,
(6) 3 percent for sound, whole peanuts which will pass through the prescribed screen.
§ 51.2751 U.S. Medium Virginia.
“U.S. Medium Virginia” consists of shelled Virginia type peanut kernels of similar varietal characteristics which are whole and free from foreign material, damage and minor defects, and which will not pass through a screen having 18/64 × 1 inch openings. Unless otherwise specified, the peanuts in any lot shall average not more than 640 per pound.
(a) In order to allow for variations incident to proper grading and handling, the following tolerances, by weight, shall be permitted:
(1) 1 percent for other varieties of peanuts;
(2) 3 percent for sound peanuts which are split or broken;
(3) 1.25 percent for damaged or unshelled peanuts;
(4) 0.75 percent for minor defects: Provided, That in addition, any unused part of the tolerance for damaged or unshelled peanuts shall be allowed for minor defects;
(5) 0.1 percent for foreign material; and,
(6) 3 percent for sound, whole peanuts which will pass through the prescribed screen.
§ 51.2752 U.S. No. 1 Virginia.
“U.S. No. 1 Virginia” consists of shelled Virginia type peanut kernels of similar varietal characteristics which are whole and free from foreign material, damage and minor defects, and which will not pass through a screen having 15/64 × 1 inch openings. Unless otherwise specified, the peanuts in any lot shall average not more than 864 per pound.
(a) In order to allow for variations incident to proper grading and handling, the following tolerances by weight, shall be permitted:
(1) 1 percent for other varieties of peanuts;
(2) 3 percent for sound peanuts which are split or broken;
(3) 1.25 percent for damaged or unshelled peanuts;
(4) 0.75 percent for minor defects: Provided, That in addition, any unused part of the tolerance for damaged or unshelled peanuts shall be allowed for minor defects;
(5) 0.1 percent for foreign material; and,
(6) 3 percent for sound, whole peanuts which will pass through the prescribed screen.
[24 FR 6671, Aug. 18, 1959. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981]
§ 51.2753 U.S. Virginia Splits.
“U.S. Virginia Splits” consists of shelled Virginia type peanut kernels of similar varietal characteristics which are free from foreign material, damage and minor defects, and which will not pass through a screen having 20/64 inch round openings. Not less than 90 percent, by weight, shall be splits.
(a) In order to allow for variations incident to proper grading and handling, the following tolerances, by weight, shall be permitted:
(1) 2 percent for other varieties of peanuts;
(2) 2 percent for damaged or unshelled peanuts and minor defects;
(3) 0.2 percent for foreign materials; and,
(4) 3 percent for sound peanuts and portions of peanuts which will pass through the prescribed screen.
[24 FR 6671, Aug. 18, 1959. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981]
§ 51.2754 U.S. No. 2 Virginia.
“U.S. No. 2 Virginia” consists of shelled Virginia type peanut kernels of similar varietal characteristics which may be split or broken, but which are free from foreign material, damage and minor defects, and which will not pass through a screen having 17/64 inch round openings.
(a) In order to allow for variations incident to proper grading and handling, the following tolerances, by weight, shall be permitted:
(1) 2 percent for other varieties of peanuts;
(2) 2.5 percent for damaged or unshelled peanuts and minor defects;
(3) 0.2 percent for foreign material; and,
(4) 6 percent for sound peanuts and portions of peanuts which will pass through the prescribed screen.
633 Application of Tolerances
§ 51.2755 Application of tolerances.
The tolerances provided in these standards are on a lot basis and shall be applied to a composite sample representative of the lot. However, any container or group of containers in which the peanuts are obviously of a quality materially different from that in the majority of containers shall be considered a separate lot, and shall be sampled separately.
634 Definitions
§ 51.2756 Similar varietal characteristics.
Similar varietal characteristics means that the peanut kernels in the lot are not of distinctly different varieties. For example, Spanish type shall not be mixed with Virginia type.
§ 51.2757 Whole.
Whole means that the peanut kernel is not split or broken.
§ 51.2758 Split.
Split means the separated half of a peanut kernel.
§ 51.2759 Broken.
Broken means that more than one-fourth of the peanut kernel is broken off.
§ 51.2760 Foreign material.
Foreign material means pieces or loose particles of any substance other than peanut kernels or skins.
§ 51.2761 Unshelled.
Unshelled means a peanut kernel with part or all of the hull (shell) attached.
§ 51.2762 Minor defects.
Minor defects means that the peanut kernel is not damaged but is affected by one or more of the following:
(a) Skin discoloration which is dark brown, dark gray, dark blue or black and covers more than one-fourth of the surface;
(b) Flesh discoloration which is darker than a light yellow color or consists of more than a slight yellow pitting of the flesh;
(c) Sprout extending more than one-eighth of an inch from the tip of the kernel; and,
(d) Dirt when the surface of the kernel is distinctly dirty, and its appearance is materially affected.
§ 51.2763 Damage.
Damage means that the peanut kernel is affected by one or more of the following:
(a) Rancidity or decay;
(b) Mold;
(c) Insects, worm cuts, web or frass;
(d) Freezing injury causing hard, translucent or discolored flesh; and,
(e) Dirt when the surface of the kernel is heavily smeared, thickly flecked or coated with dirt, seriously affecting its appearance.
Subpart FF United States Standards for Grades of Onions (Other Than Bermuda-Granex-Grano and Creole Types)
Source: 60 FR 46977, Sept. 8, 1995, unless otherwise noted.
635 Grades
§ 51.2830 U.S. No. 1.
U.S. No. 1 consists of onions which meet the following requirements:
(a) Basic requirements:
(1) Similar varietal characteristics, except color when designated as a specialty or mixed pack;
(2) Mature;
(3) Fairly firm; and,
(4) Fairly well shaped.
(b) Free from:
(1) Decay;
(2) Wet sunscald;
(3) Doubles;
(4) Bottlenecks; and,
(5) Scallions.
(c) Free from damage caused by:
(1) Seedstems;
(2) Splits;
(3) Tops;
(4) Roots;
(5) Dry sunken areas;
(6) Sunburn;
(7) Sprouts;
(8) Freezing;
(9) Peeling;
(10) Cracked fleshy scales;
(11) Watery scales;
(12) Dirt or staining;
(13) Foreign matter;
(14) Mechanical;
(15) Translucent scales;
(16) Disease;
(17) Insects; and,
(18) Other means.
(d) For tolerances see § 51.2837.
(e) Size. Unless otherwise specified the diameter shall be not less than 1 1/2 inches, and yellow, brown, or red onions shall have 40 percent or more, and white onions shall have 30 percent or more, by weight, of the onions in any lot 2 inches or larger in diameter.
(f) When a percentage of the onions is specified to be of any certain size or larger, no part of any tolerance shall be allowed to reduce the specified percentage, but individual packages in a lot may have as much as 25 percentage points less than the percentage specified, except that individual packages containing 10 pounds or less shall have no requirements as to percentage of a certain size or larger: Provided, that any lot, regardless of package size, shall average within the percentage specified. (See §§ 51.2836 and 51.2837) 1
1 Any lot of onions quoted as being of size smaller than 1 1/2 inches minimum, such as “U.S. No. 1, 1 1/4 inches min.” is not required to meet the percentages which shall be 2 inches or larger as specified in the U.S. No. 1 grade.
[60 FR 46977, Sept. 8, 1995, as amended at 79 FR 63294, Oct. 23, 2014]
§ 51.2831 U.S. Export No. 1.
U.S. Export No. 1 consists of onions which meet the following requirements:
(a) Basic requirements:
(1) Similar varietal characteristics, except color when designated as a specialty or mixed pack;
(2) Mature;
(3) Dormant;
(4) Fairly firm; and,
(5) Fairly well shaped.
(b) Free from:
(1) Decay;
(2) Wet sunscald;
(3) Doubles;
(4) Bottlenecks; and,
(5) Scallions.
(c) Free from damage caused by:
(1) Seedstems;
(2) Splits;
(3) Tops;
(4) Roots;
(5) Dry sunken areas;
(6) Sunburn;
(7) Sprouts;
(8) Freezing;
(9) Peeling;
(10) Cracked fleshy scales;
(11) Watery scales;
(12) Dirt or staining;
(13) Foreign matter;
(14) Mechanical;
(15) Translucent scales;
(16) Disease;
(17) Insects; and,
(18) Other means.
(d) Unless otherwise specified onions are packed in accordance with Export Packing Requirements set forth in § 51.2840. (See § 51.2837.)
[60 FR 46977, Sept. 8, 1995, as amended at 79 FR 63294, Oct. 23, 2014]
§ 51.2832 U.S. Commercial.
U.S. Commercial consists of onions which meet the following requirements:
(a) Basic requirements:
(1) Similar varietal characteristics, except color when designated as a specialty or mixed pack;
(2) Mature;
(3) Not soft or spongy; and,
(4) Not badly misshapen.
(b) Free from:
(1) Decay;
(2) Wet sunscald;
(3) Doubles;
(4) Bottlenecks; and,
(5) Scallions.
(c) Free from damage caused by:
(1) Seedstems;
(2) Tops;
(3) Roots;
(4) Dry sunken areas;
(5) Sunburn;
(6) Sprouts;
(7) Freezing;
(8) Cracked fleshy scales;
(9) Watery scales;
(10) Mechanical;
(11) Translucent scales;
(12) Disease;
(13) Insects; and,
(14) Other means.
(d) Free from serious damage caused by:
(1) Staining;
(2) Dirt; and,
(3) Other foreign matter.
(e) For tolerances see § 51.2837.
(f) Size. Unless otherwise specified, the diameter shall be not less than 1 1/2 inches. (See §§ 51.2836 and 51.2837.)
[60 FR 46977, Sept. 8, 1995, as amended at 79 FR 63294, Oct. 23, 2014]
§ 51.2833 U.S. No. 1 Boilers.
U.S. No. 1 Boilers consists of onions which meet all the requirements for the U.S. No. 1 grade except for size. (See § 51.2830.) Size: The diameter of onions of this grade shall be not less than 1 inch nor more than 1 7/8 inches. (See § 51.2837.)
§ 51.2834 U.S. No. 1 Picklers.
U.S. No. 1 Picklers consists of onions which meet all the requirements for the U.S. No. 1 grade except for size. (See § 51.2830.) Size: The maximum diameter of onions of this grade shall be not more than 1 inch. (See § 51.2837.)
§ 51.2835 U.S. No. 2.
U.S. No. 2 consists of onions which meet the following requirements:
(a) Basic requirements:
(1) One type, except when designated as a specialty or mixed pack;
(2) Mature; and,
(3) Not soft or spongy.
(b) Free from:
(1) Decay;
(2) Wet sunscald; and,
(3) Scallions.
(c) Free from serious damage caused by:
(1) Watery scales;
(2) Dirt or Staining;
(3) Foreign Matter;
(4) Seedstems;
(5) Sprouts;
(6) Mechanical;
(7) Dry sunken areas;
(8) Disease;
(9) Freezing;
(10) Insects; and,
(11) Other means.
(d) For tolerances see § 51.2837.
(e) Size. Unless otherwise specified, the diameter shall not be less than 1 1/2 inches. (See §§ 51.2836 and 51.2837.)
[60 FR 46977, Sept. 8, 1995, as amended at 79 FR 63294, Oct. 23, 2014]
636 Size Classifications
§ 51.2836 Size classifications.
The size of onions may be specified in accordance with one of the following classifications.
Size designation | Minimum diameter | Maximum diameter
Inches | Millimeters | Inches | Millimeters
Small | 1 | 25.4 | 2 1/4 | 57.2
Repacker/Prepacker 1 | 1 3/4 | 44.5 | 3 | 76.2
Medium | 2 | 50.8 | 3 1/4 | 82.6
Large or Jumbo | 3 | 76.2 | ( 2)
Colossal | 3 3/4 | 95.3 | ( 2)
1 In addition to the sizes specified, a lot of onions designated as Repacker or Prepacker shall contain at least 60 percent or more 2 inches or larger in diameter.
2 No requirement.
637 Tolerances
§ 51.2837 Tolerances.
In order to allow for variations incident to proper grading and handling in each of the foregoing grades the following tolerances, by weight, are provided as specified:
(a) For defects:
(1) U.S. No. 1, U.S. Export No. 1, U.S. No. 1 Boilers and U.S. No. 1 Picklers grades. (i) Not more than 10 percent of the onions in a lot may be damaged by peeling; and,
(ii) Not more than 5 percent of the onions in a lot may be below the remaining requirements of these grades, but not more than two-fifths of this tolerance, or 2 percent, may be allowed for onions which are affected by decay or wet sunscald (see § 51.2839.)
(2) U.S. Commercial and U.S. No. 2 grades. (i) Not more than 5 percent of the onions in a lot may be below the requirements of these grades, but not more than two-fifths of this tolerance, or 2 percent, may be allowed for onions which are affected by decay or wet sunscald. (See § 51.2839.)
(ii) [Reserved]
(b) For off-size:
(1) U.S. No. 1, U.S. No. 1 Boilers, U.S. Commercial, and U.S. No. 2 grades. Not more than 5 percent of the onions in a lot may be below the specified minimum size, and not more than 10 percent may be above any specified maximum size. (See § 51.2839.)
(2) U.S. No. 1 Pickler grade. Not more than 10 percent of the onions in a lot may be above the maximum size specified for this grade. (See § 51.2839.)
638 Samples for Grade and Size Determination
§ 51.2838 Samples for grade and size determination.
Individual samples shall consist of at least 20 pounds for onions packed to meet larger than 2 1/4 inches maximum diameter. When individual packages contain 20 pounds or more and the onions are packed for Large or Jumbo size or larger the package shall be the sample. When individual packages contain less than 20 pounds, a sufficient number of adjoining packages are opened to provide at least a 20 pound sample, except that for onions packed to meet 2 1/4 inches maximum diameter or smaller, the sample may consist of either 20 pounds or the individual package.
639 Application of Tolerances
§ 51.2839 Application of tolerances.
Individual samples are subject to the following limitations:
(a) Samples which contain more than 20 pounds shall have not more than one and one half times a specified tolerance of 10 percent or more, and not more than double a specified tolerance of less than 10 percent, except that at least one defective and one off-size onion may be permitted in any sample: Provided, that en-route or at destination when onions in containers of 50 pounds or more are packed to a minimum size of 3 inches or larger not more than three onions or more than 4 percent (whichever is the larger amount) may be affected by decay or wet sunscald: And provided further, that the averages for the entire lot are within the tolerances specified for the grade; and,
(b) Samples which contain 20 pounds or less shall have not more than double the tolerance specified, except that at least one defective and one off-size onion may be permitted in any sample: Provided, that the averages for the entire lot are within the tolerances specified for the grade.
640 Export Packing Requirements
§ 51.2840 Export packing requirements.
Onions specified as meeting Export Packing Requirements shall be packed in containers having a net capacity of 25 kilograms (approximately 56 pounds).
641 Definitions
§ 51.2841 Mature.
Mature means well cured. Midseason onions which are not customarily held in storage shall be considered mature when harvested in accordance with good commercial practice at a stage which will not result in the onions becoming soft or spongy.
§ 51.2842 Dormant.
Dormant means that at least 90 percent of the onions in any lot show no evidence of growth as indicated by distinct elongation of the growing point or distinct yellow or green color in the tip of the growing point.
§ 51.2843 Fairly firm.
Fairly firm means that the onion may yield slightly to moderate pressure but is not appreciably soft or spongy.
§ 51.2844 Fairly well shaped.
Fairly well shaped means having the shape characteristic of the variety, but onions may be slightly off-type or slightly misshapen.
§ 51.2845 Wet sunscald.
Wet sunscald means sunscald which is soft, mushy, sticky or wet.
§ 51.2846 Doubles.
Doubles means onions which have developed more than one distinct bulb joined only at the base.
§ 51.2847 Bottlenecks.
Bottlenecks are onions which have abnormally thick necks with only fairly well developed bulbs.
§ 51.2848 Scallions.
Scallions are onions which have thick necks and relatively small and poorly developed bulbs.
§ 51.2849 Damage.
Damage means any specific defect described in this section; or any equally objectionable variation of any one of these defects, any other defect, or any combination of defects, which materially detracts from the appearance, or the edible or marketing quality of the onions. The following specific defects shall be considered as damage:
(a) Seedstems which are tough or woody, or which are more than 1/4 inch in diameter;
(b) Splits when onions with two or more hearts are not practically covered by one or more outer scales;
(c) Tops when more than 30 percent of the onions in a lot have tops 3 inches or more in length;
(d) New roots when most roots on an individual onion have grown to a length of 1 inch or more in length;
(e) Dry roots when more than 20 percent of the onions in a lot have practically all roots 2 inches or more in length;
(f) Dry sunken areas when the affected areas exceed the equivalent to that of a circle 1/2 inch in diameter on an onion 2 3/4 inches in diameter which does not have the outer papery scale covering the affected areas or when the affected areas exceed the equivalent to that of a circle 3/4 inch in diameter on an onion 2 3/4 inches in diameter which has the outer papery scale covering the affected areas. Correspondingly lesser or greater areas are allowed on smaller or larger onions;
(g) Sunburn when more than 33 percent of the onions in a lot have a medium green color on one-third of the surface;
(h) Sprouts when visible, or when concealed within the dry top and more than 3/4 inch in length on an onion 2 inches or larger in diameter, or proportionately shorter on smaller onions;
(i) Peeling when more than one-half of the thin papery skin is missing, leaving the underlying fleshy scale unprotected;
(j) Cracked fleshy scales when one or more of the fleshy scales are cracked;
(k) Watery scales when more than the equivalent of the entire outer fleshy scale is affected by an off-color, watersoaked condition. The off-color must be of some shade of brown or yellow;
(l) Dirt, staining or other foreign matter when more than 20 percent of the onions in a yellow, brown or red lot, or more than 15 percent of the onions in a white lot are appreciably stained. Onions with adhering dirt or other foreign matter shall be judged on the same basis as stained onions;
(m) Mechanical when any cut extends deeper than one fleshy scale, or when any bruise breaks a fleshy scale; and,
(n) Translucent scales when more than the equivalent of two entire outer fleshy scales have a watersoaked condition.
§ 51.2850 Diameter.
Diameter means the greatest dimension measured at right angles to a straight line running from the stem to the root.
§ 51.2851 Badly misshapen.
Badly misshapen means that the onion is so misshapen that its appearance is seriously affected.
§ 51.2852 Serious damage.
Serious damage means any specific defect described in this section; or any equally objectionable variation of any one of these defects, any other defect, or any combination of defects, which seriously detracts from the appearance, or the edible or marketing quality of the onions. The following specific defects shall be considered as serious damage:
(a) Watery scales when more than the equivalent of two entire outer fleshy scales are affected by an off-colored, watersoaked condition. The off-color must be of some shade of brown or yellow;
(b) Dirt, staining or other foreign matter when more than 25 percent of the onions in a lot are badly stained. Onions with adhering dirt or other foreign matter shall be judged on the same basis as stained onions;
(c) Seedstems when more than 1/2 inch in diameter;
(d) Sprouts when the visible length is more than 1/2 inch;
(e) Mechanical when any cut extends deeper than two fleshy scales, or when cuts seriously damage the appearance of the onion; and,
(f) Dry sunken areas when extending deeper than one fleshy scale, or when affecting an area equivalent to that of a circle 1 inch in diameter on an onion 2 3/4 inches in diameter, or correspondingly lesser or greater areas on smaller or larger onions.
§ 51.2853 One type.
One type means that the onions are within the same general color category.
642 Metric Conversion Table
§ 51.2854 Metric conversion table.
Inches | Millimeters (mm)
1/8 | 3.2
1/4 | 6.4
3/8 | 9.5
1/2 | 12.7
5/8 | 15.9
3/4 | 19.1
7/8 | 22.2
1 | 25.4
1 1/4 | 31.8
1 1/2 | 38.1
1 3/4 | 44.5
2 | 50.8
2 1/2 | 63.5
2 3/4 | 69.9
3 | 76.2
3 1/2 | 88.9
4 | 101.6
Subpart GG United States Standards for Grades of Walnuts in the Shell
Source: 29 FR 12865, Sept. 12, 1964, unless otherwise noted. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981.
643 General
§ 51.2945 Application.
The standards contained in this subpart apply only to walnuts commonly known as English or Persian walnuts (Juglans regia). They do not apply to the walnuts commonly known as black walnuts (Juglans nigra).
§ 51.2946 [Reserved]
§ 51.2947 Method of inspection.
In determining the grade of a lot of walnuts, all of the nuts in the sample first should be graded for size and then examined for external defects. The same nuts then should be cracked and examined for internal defects. The nuts must meet the requirements for both external and internal quality in order to meet a designated grade.
644 Grades
§ 51.2948 U.S. No. 1.
“U.S. No. 1” consists of walnuts in shells which are dry, practically clean, bright and free from splits, injury by discoloration, and free from damage caused by broken shells, perforated shells, adhering hulls or other means. The kernels are well dried, free from decay, dark discoloration, rancidity, and free from damage caused by mold, shriveling, insects or other means. (See § 51.2954.)
(a) Kernel color shall be specified in connection with this grade in terms of “extra light,” “light,” “light amber,” or “amber” from the USDA Walnut Color Chart or in terms of “red” color. The color classifications in the USDA Walnut Color Chart shall not apply to “red” color. Furthermore, “red” color shall not be mixed with “extra light,” “light,” “light amber,” or “amber” colors. When kernel color is based on the color classifications from the USDA Walnut Color Chart, at least 70 percent, by count, of the walnuts have kernels which are not darker than “light amber,” and which are free from grade defects: Provided, That at least four-sevenths of the above amount, or 40 percent of the walnuts have kernels which are not darker than “light.” Higher percentages of nuts with kernels not darker than “light amber” which are free from grade defects and/or higher percentages with kernels not darker than “light” which are free from grade defects, may be specified in accordance with the facts. (See § 51.2954.)
(b) Size shall be specified in connection with the grade. (See § 51.2952.)
[29 FR 12865, Sept. 12, 1964. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981, as amended at 82 FR 39657, Aug. 22, 2017]
§ 51.2949 U.S. No. 2.
“U.S. No. 2” consists of walnuts in shells which are dry, practically clean and free from splits, and free from damage caused by broken shells, perforated shells, adhering hulls, discoloration or other means. The kernels are well dried, free from decay, dark discoloration, rancidity, and free from damage caused by mold, shriveling, insects or other means. (See § 51.2954.)
(a) Kernel color shall be specified in connection with this grade in terms of “extra light,” “light,” “light amber,” or “amber” from the USDA Walnut Color Chart or in terms of “red” color. The color classifications in the USDA Walnut Color Chart shall not apply to “red” color. Furthermore, “red” color shall not be mixed with “extra light,” “light,” “light amber,” or “amber” colors. When kernel color is based on the color classifications from the USDA Walnut Color Chart, at least 60 percent, by count, of the walnuts have kernels which are not darker than “light amber,” and which are free from grade defects. Higher percentages of nuts with kernels not darker than “light amber” which are free from grade defects, and/or percentages with kernels not darker than “light” which are free from grade defects, may be specified in accordance with the facts. (See § 51.2954.)
(b) Size shall be specified in connection with the grade. (See § 51.2952.)
[29 FR 12865, Sept. 12, 1964. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981, as amended at 82 FR 39657, Aug. 22, 2017]
§ 51.2950 U.S. No. 3.
“U.S. No. 3” consists of walnuts in shells which are dry, fairly clean, free from splits, and free from damage caused by broken shells, and free from serious damage caused by discoloration, perforated shells, adhering hulls or other means. The kernels are well dried, free from decay, dark discoloration, rancidity, and free from damage caused by mold, shriveling, insects or other means. (See § 51.2954.)
(a) Kernel color may be specified in connection with this grade in terms of “light amber” or “light” from the USDA Walnut Color Chart or in terms of “red” color. The color classifications in the USDA Walnut Color Chart shall not apply to “red” color. Furthermore, “red” color shall not be mixed with “extra light,” “light,” “light amber,” or “amber” colors. When kernel color is based on the color classifications from the USDA Walnut Color Chart, there is no requirement in this grade for the percentage of walnuts having kernels which are “light amber” or “light.” However, the percentage, by count, of nuts with kernels not darker than “light amber” which are free from grade defects and/or the percentage with kernels not darker than “light” which are free from grade defects, may be specified in accordance with the facts. (See § 51.2954.)
(b) Size shall be specified in connection with the grade. (See § 51.2952.)
[29 FR 12865, Sept. 12, 1964. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981, as amended at 82 FR 39657, Aug. 22, 2017]
645 Unclassified
§ 51.2951 [Reserved]
646 Size Specifications
§ 51.2952 Size specifications.
Size shall be specified in accordance with the facts in terms of one of the following classifications:
(a) Mammoth size. Mammoth size means walnuts of which not over 12 percent, by count, pass through a round opening 96/64 inches in diameter;
(b) Jumbo size. Jumbo size means walnuts of which not over 12 percent, by count, pass through a round opening 80/64 inches in diameter;
(c) Large size. Large size means walnuts of which not over 12 percent, by count, pass through a round opening 77/64 inches in diameter; except that for walnuts of the Eureka variety and type, such limiting dimension as to diameter shall be 76/64 inches;
(d) Medium size. Medium size means walnuts of which at least 88 percent, by count, pass through a round opening 77/64 inches in diameter, and of which not over 12 percent, by count, pass through a round opening 73/64 inches in diameter;
(e) Standard size. Standard size means walnuts of which not over 12 percent, by count, pass through a round opening 73/64 inches in diameter;
(f) Baby size. Baby size means walnuts of which at least 88 percent, by count, pass through a round opening 74/64 inches in diameter, and of which not over 10 percent, by count, pass through a round opening 60/64 inch in diameter; and,
(g) Minimum diameter, or minimum and maximum diameter. In lieu of one of the foregoing classifications, size of walnuts may be specified in terms of minimum diameter, or minimum and maximum diameter: Provided, That not more than 12 percent, by count, pass through a round hole of the specified minimum diameter, and at least 88 percent, by count, pass through a round hole of any specified maximum diameter.
647 Variety or Type Specifications
§ 51.2953 Variety or type specifications.
The variety or type of any lot, of walnuts in the shell may be specified in accordance with the facts as follows:
(a) If the lot is of one named variety, that variety name may be specified, Provided, That not over 10 percent, by count, of the walnuts in the lot are of another variety or type than that specified; and,
(b) If the lot is a mixture of two or more distinct varieties or types it may be specified as “Mixed Varieties”.
648 Tolerances for Grade Defects
§ 51.2954 Tolerances for grade defects.
In order to allow for variations incident to proper grading and handling, the following tolerances shall be permitted for nuts which fail to meet the requirements of the respective grades as indicated. Terms in quotation marks refer to color classifications illustrated on the color chart.
Tolerances for Grade Defects
Grade | External (shell) defects | Internal (kernel) defects | Kernel color based on USDA Walnut Color Chart | Kernel color based on red
U.S. No. 1 | 10%, by count, for splits. 5%, by count, for other shell defects, including not more than 3% seriously damaged | 10% total, by count, including not more than 6% which are damaged by mold or insects or seriously damaged by other means, of which not more than 5/6 or 5% may be damaged by insects, but no part of any tolerance shall be allowed for walnuts containing live insects | No tolerance to reduce the required 70% of “light amber” kernels or the required 40% of “light” kernels or any larger percentage of “light amber” or “light” kernels specified
U.S. No. 2 | 10%, by count, for splits. 10%, by count, for other shell defects, including not more than 5% serious damage by adhering hulls | 15% total, by count, including not more than 8% which are damaged by mold or insects or seriously damaged by other means, of which not more than 5/8 or 5% may be damaged by insects, but no part of any tolerance shall be allowed for walnuts containing live insects | No tolerance to reduce the required 60% or any specified larger percentage of “light amber” kernels, or any specified percentage of “light” kernels
U.S. No. 3 | Same as above tolerance for U.S. No. 2 | Same as above tolerance for U.S. No. 2 | No tolerance to reduce any percentage of “light amber” or “light” kernel specified
[41 FR 44187, Oct. 7, 1976. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981, as amended at 82 FR 39658, Aug. 22, 2017]
649 Application of Tolerances
§ 51.2955 Application of tolerances.
The tolerances provided in these standards are on a lot basis, and they shall be applied to a composite sample representative of the lot. However, any identifiable container or group of containers in which the walnuts are obviously of a quality materially different from that in the majority of the containers shall be considered as a separate lot, and shall be sampled separately.
650 Definitions
§ 51.2956 Practically clean.
Practically clean means that, from the viewpoint of general appearance, the walnuts are practically free from adhering dirt or other foreign matter, and that individual walnuts are not damaged by such means. A slightly chalky deposit on the shell is characteristic of many bleached nuts and shall not be considered as dirt or foreign matter.
§ 51.2957 Bright.
Bright means a fairly light, attractive appearance. A slight chalky deposit on the shell shall not be considered as affecting brightness.
§ 51.2958 Splits.
Splits means walnuts with the seam opened completely around the nut so that the two halves of the shell are held together only by the kernel.
§ 51.2959 Injury by discoloration.
Injury by discoloration means that the color of the affected portion of the shell objectionably contrasts with the color of the rest of the shell of the individual nut.
§ 51.2960 Damage.
Damage means any specific defect mentioned in this section; or any equally objectionable variation of any one of these defects, any other defect, or any combination of defects which materially detracts from the appearance or the edible or shipping quality of the individual walnut or the lot as a whole. The following specific defects shall be considered as damage:
(a) Broken shells when the area from which a portion of the shell is missing is greater than the area of a circle one-fourth inch in diameter; or when the two halves of the shell have become completely broken apart and separated from each other;
(b) Perforated shells when the area affected aggregates more than that of a circle one-fourth inch in diameter. The term “perforated shells” means imperfectly developed areas on the shell resembling abrasions and usually including small holes penetrating the shell wall;
(c) Adhering hulls when affecting more than 5 percent of the shell surface;
(d) Discoloration (or stain) which covers, in the aggregate, one-fifth or more of the surface of the shell of an individual nut, and which is brown, reddish brown, gray, or other color in pronounced contrast with the color of the rest of the shell or the majority of shells in the lot, or darker discoloration covering a smaller area if the appearance is equally objectionable;
(e) Mold when attached to the kernel and conspicuous; or when inconspicuous white or gray mold affects an aggregate area larger than one square centimeter or one-eighth of the entire surface of the kernel, whichever is the lesser area;
(f) Shriveling when more than 5 percent of the surface of the kernel, including both halves, is severely shriveled, or a greater area is affected by lesser degrees of shriveling producing an equally objectionable appearance. Kernels which are thin in cross section but which are otherwise normally developed shall not be considered as damaged; and,
(g) Insects when an insect or insect fragment, web or frass is present inside the shell, or the kernel shows distinct evidence of insect feeding.
§ 51.2961 Well dried.
Well dried means that the kernel is firm and crisp, not pliable or leathery.
§ 51.2962 Decay.
Decay means that any portion of the kernel is decomposed.
§ 51.2963 Dark discoloration.
Dark discoloration means that the color of the skin of the kernel is darker than “amber”. (See color chart.)
§ 51.2964 Rancidity.
Rancidity means the stage of deterioration in which the kernel has developed a rancid flavor. Rancidity should not be confused with a slightly astringent flavor of the pellicle (skin) or with staleness, the stage at which the flavor is flat but not distasteful.
§ 51.2965 Fairly clean.
Fairly clean means that, from the viewpoint of general appearance, the lot is not seriously damaged by adhering dirt or other foreign matter, and that individual walnuts are not coated or caked with dirt or foreign matter. Both the amount of surface affected and the color of the dirt shall be taken into consideration.
§ 51.2966 Serious damage.
Serious damage means any specific defect mentioned in this section; or an equally objectionable variation of any one of these defects, any other defect, or any combination of defects which seriously detracts from the appearance or the edible or shipping quality of the walnut. The following specific defects shall be considered as serious damage:
(a) Discoloration (or stain) which covers, in the aggregate, one-third or more of the surface of the shell of an individual nut and which is brown, reddish brown, gray, or other color in pronounced contrast with the color of the rest of the shell or the majority of shells in the lot, or darker discoloration covering a smaller area if the appearance is equally objectionable;
(b) Perforated shells when the area affected aggregates more than that of a circle three-eighths of an inch in diameter. The term “perforated shells” means imperfectly developed areas on the shell resembling abrasions and usually including small holes penetrating the shell wall;
(c) Adhering hulls when affecting more than one-eighth of the shell surface in the aggregate;
(d) Shriveling when both halves of the kernel are affected by severe shriveling over an area totaling more than one-eighth of the surface; or when both halves are affected over a greater area by lesser degrees of shriveling producing an equally objectionable appearance. When one of the halves of the kernel shows no shriveling, the kernel shall not be considered seriously damaged unless the other half shows shriveling to the extent that over 50 percent of its surface is severely shriveled, or a greater area is affected by lesser degrees of shriveling producing an equally objectionable appearance. Kernels which are thin in cross section, but which are otherwise normally developed shall not be considered as damaged;
(e) Rancidity or decay; and,
(f) Uncured kernels which are wet, rubbery and “green”.
Subpart HH United States Standards for Florida Avocados
Source: 22 FR 6205, Aug. 3, 1957, unless otherwise noted. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981.
651 Grades
§ 51.3050 U.S. No. 1.
“U.S. No. 1” consists of avocados of similar varietal characteristics which are mature but not overripe, well formed, clean, well colored, well trimmed and which are free from decay, anthracnose, and freezing injury and are free from damage caused by bruises, cuts or other skin breaks, pulled stems, russeting or similar discoloration, scars or scab, sunburn, sunscald or sprayburn, cercospora spot, other disease, insects, or mechanical or other means.
(a) Tolerances. In order to allow for variations incident to proper grading and handling, not more than a total of 10 percent, by count, of the avocados in any lot may fail to meet the requirements of this grade: Provided, That not more than one-half of this amount, or 5 percent, shall be allowed for avocados affected by decay or anthracnose, including therein not more than 1 percent for avocados affected by decay. (See §§ 51.3055 and 51.3056.)
§ 51.3051 U.S. Combination.
“U.S. Combination” consists of a combination of U.S. No. 1 and U.S. No. 2 avocados: Provided, That at least 60 percent, by count, of the avocados in each container meet the requirements of the U.S. No. 1 grade.
(a) Tolerances. In order to allow for variations incident to proper grading and handling, not more than a total of 10 percent, by count, of the avocados in any lot may fail to meet the requirements of the U.S. No. 2 grade: Provided, That not more than one-half of this amount, or 5 percent, shall be allowed for avocados affected by decay or seriously damaged by anthracnose, including therein not more than 1 percent for avocados affected by decay. No part of any tolerance shall be allowed to reduce for the lot as a whole the percentage of U.S. No. 1 fruit required or specified in the combination, but individual containers may have not more than 10 percent less than the percentage of U.S. No. 1 fruit required or specified. (See §§ 51.3055 and 51.3056.)
§ 51.3052 U.S. No. 2.
“U.S. No. 2” consists of avocados of similar varietal characteristics which are mature but not overripe, fairly well formed, clean, fairly well colored, well trimmed and which are free from decay and freezing injury and are free from serious damage caused by anthracnose, bruises, cuts or other skin breaks, pulled stems, russeting or similar discoloration, scars or scab, sunburn, sunscald or sprayburn, cercospora spot, other disease, insects, or mechanical or other means.
(a) Tolerances. In order to allow for variations incident to proper grading and handling, not more than a total of 10 percent, by count, of the avocados in any lot may fail to meet the requirements of this grade: Provided, That not more than one-half of this amount, or 5 percent, shall be allowed for avocados affected by decay or seriously damaged by anthracnose, including therein not more than 1 percent for avocados affected by decay. (See §§ 51.3055 and 51.3056.)
§ 51.3053 U.S. No. 3.
“U.S. No. 3” consists of avocados of similar varietal characteristics which are mature but not overripe, which are not badly misshapen, and which are free from decay and are free from serious damage caused by anthracnose and are free from very serious damage caused by freezing injury, bruises, cuts or other skin breaks, pulled stems, russeting or similar discoloration, scars or scab, sunburn, sunscald or sprayburn, cercospora spot, other disease, insects, dirt or mechanical or other means.
(a) Tolerances. In order to allow for variations incident to proper grading and handling, not more than a total of 10 percent, by count, of the avocados in any lot may fail to meet the requirements of this grade, including therein not more than 2 percent for avocados affected by decay. (See §§ 51.3055 and 51.3056.)
652 Unclassified
§ 51.3054 Unclassified.
“Unclassified” consists of avocados which have not been classified in accordance with any of the foregoing grades. The term “unclassified” is not a grade within the meaning of these standards, but is provided as a designation to show that no grade has been applied to the lot.
653 Standard Pack
§ 51.3055 Standard pack.
(a) The avocados shall be packed in accordance with good commercial practice and the pack shall be at least fairly tight. The weight of the smallest fruit in any container shall be not less than 75 percent of the weight of the largest fruit in the container. Size of the avocados may be specified by count.
(b) In order to allow for variations incident to proper sizing and packing, not more than 5 percent, by count, of the avocados in any container may weigh less than 75 percent of the weight of the largest fruit: Provided, That no fruit in any container shall weigh less than 60 percent of the weight of the largest fruit in the container. In addition, not more than 5 percent of the containers in any lot may fail to meet the requirement as to tightness of pack.
654 Application of Tolerances
§ 51.3056 Application of tolerances.
(a) The contents of individual packages in the lot, based on sample inspection, are subject to the following limitations: Provided, That the averages for the entire lot are within the tolerances specified for the grade:
(1) For packages which contain more than 20 avocados and a tolerance of 10 percent or more is provided, individual packages in any lot shall have not more than one and one-half times the tolerance specified. For packages which contain more than 20 avocados and a tolerance of less than 10 percent is provided, individual packages in any lot shall have not more than double the tolerance specified, except that at least one defective and one off-size specimen may be permitted in any package; and,
(2) For packages which contain 20 avocados or less, individual packages shall have not more than double the tolerance specified, except that at least one defective and one off-size specimen may be permitted in any package.
655 Definitions
§ 51.3057 Similar varietal characteristics.
Similar varietal characteristics means that the avocados in any container are similar in shape, texture, and color of skin and flesh.
§ 51.3058 Mature.
Mature means that the avocado has reached a stage of growth which will insure a proper completion of the ripening process.
§ 51.3059 Overripe.
Overripe means that the avocado is dead ripe with flesh soft or discolored and past commercial use.
§ 51.3060 Well formed.
Well formed means that the avocado has the normal shape characteristic of the variety.
§ 51.3061 Clean.
Clean means that the avocado is practically free from dirt, staining or other foreign material.
§ 51.3062 Well colored.
Well colored means that the avocado has the color characteristic of the variety.
§ 51.3063 Well trimmed.
Well trimmed means that the stem, when present, is cut off fairly smoothly at a point not more than one-fourth inch beyond the shoulder of the avocado.
§ 51.3064 Damage.
Damage means any defect which materially affects the appearance, or the edible or shipping quality of the individual fruit, or the general appearance of the avocados in the container. Any one of the following defects, or any combination of defects the seriousness of which exceeds the maximum allowed for any one defect, shall be considered as damage:
(a) Cuts or other skin breaks when not healed and penetrating beneath the epidermis or the aggregate area exceeds that of a rectangle 1 inch in length and one-eighth inch in width, or when healed and the appearance is materially affected;
(b) Pulled stems when the exposed stem cavity is excessively deep, or when skin surrounding the stem cavity is more than slightly torn;
(c) Russeting or similar discoloration when the appearance of the avocado is affected to a greater extent than that of an avocado which has light brown surface discoloration aggregating 10 percent of the fruit surface;
(d) Scars or scab when the appearance of the avocado is affected to a greater extent than that of an avocado which has light brown superficial, fairly smooth scars aggregating 10 percent of the fruit surface;
(e) Sunburn when the appearance of the avocado is affected to a greater extent than that of an avocado which has greenish-yellow colored sunburn aggregating 10 percent of the fruit surface; and,
(f) Sunscald or sprayburn when not well healed, or when soft, or when the appearance of the avocado is affected to a greater extent than that of an avocado which has light brown, superficial scars aggregating 10 percent of the fruit surface.
§ 51.3065 Fairly well formed.
Fairly well formed means that the avocado may be slightly abnormal in shape but not to the extent that the appearance is seriously affected.
§ 51.3066 Fairly well colored.
Fairly well colored means that the avocado shows a shade of color which is fairly characteristic of the variety.
§ 51.3067 Serious damage.
Serious damage means any defect which seriously affects the appearance, or the edible or shipping quality of the individual fruit, or the general appearance of the avocados in the container. Any one of the following defects, or any combination of defects the seriousness of which exceeds the maximum allowed for any one defect, shall be considered as serious damage:
(a) Anthracnose when any spot exceeds the area of a circle one-fourth inch in diameter, or when more than 3 spots each of which exceeds the area of a circle three-sixteenths inch in diameter;
(b) Cuts or other skin breaks when not healed and penetrating into the flesh of the fruit, or the aggregate area exceeds that of a rectangle 1 inch in length and one-fourth inch in width, or when healed and the appearance is seriously affected;
(c) Pulled stems when the skin surrounding the exposed stem cavity is torn more than an aggregate area of a circle one-fourth inch in diameter, or when the flesh is torn;
(d) Russeting or similar discoloration when the appearance of the avocado is affected to a greater extent than that of an avocado which has light brown surface discoloration aggregating 25 percent of the fruit surface;
(e) Scars or scab when the appearance of the avocado is affected to a greater extent than that of an avocado which has light brown superficial fairly smooth scars aggregating 25 percent of the fruit surface;
(f) Sunburn when the appearance of the avocado is affected to a greater extent than that of an avocado which has greenish-yellow colored sunburn aggregating 25 percent of the fruit surface;
(g) Sunscald or sprayburn when not well healed, or when soft, or when the appearance of the avocado is affected to a greater extent than that of an avocado which has light brown superficial, fairly smooth scars aggregating 25 percent of the fruit surface; and
(h) Cercospora spot when any spot exceeds the area of a circle one-fourth inch in diameter, or when more than 3 spots each of which exceeds the area of a circle three-sixteenths inch in diameter, or when the aggregate area of all spots exceeds the area of a circle 1 inch in diameter.
§ 51.3068 Badly misshapen.
Badly misshapen means that the avocado is so badly curved, constricted, pointed or otherwise deformed that the appearance is very seriously affected.
§ 51.3069 Very serious damage.
Very serious damage means any defect which very seriously affects the appearance, or the edible or shipping quality of the avocado. Any one of the following defects, or any combination of defects the seriousness of which exceeds the maximum allowed for any one defect, shall be considered as very serious damage:
(a) Cuts or other skin breaks when not healed and penetrating into the flesh of the fruit, or any skin break very seriously affecting the appearance, or the edible or shipping quality;
(b) Pulled stems when the skin surrounding the exposed stem cavity is torn more than an aggregate area of a circle one-half inch in diameter, or when the flesh is torn;
(c) Russeting or similar discoloration when the appearance of the avocado is affected to a greater extent than that of an avocado which has light brown surface discoloration aggregating 50 percent of the fruit surface;
(d) Scars or scab when the appearance of the avocado is affected to a greater extent than that of an avocado which has light brown superficial, fairly smooth scars aggregating 50 percent of the fruit surface;
(e) Sunburn when the appearance of the avocado is affected to a greater extent than that of an avocado which has greenish-yellow colored sunburn aggregating 50 percent of the fruit surface; and,
(f) Sunscald or sprayburn when not well healed, or when the appearance of the avocado is affected to a greater extent than that of an avocado which has light brown superficial, fairly smooth scars aggregating 50 percent of the fruit surface.
Subpart II United States Standards for Grades of Bermuda-Granex-Grano Type Onions
Source: 60 FR 46980, Sept. 8, 1995, unless otherwise noted.
656 Grades
§ 51.3195 U.S. No. 1.
U.S. No. 1 consists of onions which meet the following requirements:
(a) Basic requirements:
(1) Similar varietal characteristics, except color when designated as a specialty or mixed pack;
(2) Mature;
(3) Fairly firm; and,
(4) Fairly well shaped.
(b) Free from:
(1) Decay;
(2) Wet sunscald;
(3) Doubles; and,
(4) Bottlenecks.
(c) Free from damage caused by:
(1) Seedstems;
(2) Splits;
(3) Dry sunken areas;
(4) Sunburn;
(5) Sprouting;
(6) Staining;
(7) Dirt or foreign material;
(8) Mechanical;
(9) Tops;
(10) Roots;
(11) Translucent scales;
(12) Watery scales;
(13) Moisture;
(14) Disease;
(15) Insects; and,
(16) Other means.
(d) For size and tolerances see §§ 51.3198 and 51.3199.
[60 FR 46980, Sept. 8, 1995, as amended at 79 FR 63294, Oct. 23, 2014]
§ 51.3196 U.S. Combination.
U.S. Combination consists of a combination of U.S. No. 1 and U.S. No. 2 onions: Provided, That at least 50 percent, by weight, of the onions in each lot meet the requirements of U.S. No. 1 grade. (See §§ 51.3198 and 51.3199.)
§ 51.3197 U.S. No. 2.
U.S. No. 2 consists of onions which meet the following requirements:
(a) Basic requirements:
(1) Similar varietal characteristics, except color when designated as a specialty or mixed pack;
(2) Not soft or spongy.
(b) Free from:
(1) Decay;
(2) Wet sunscald; and,
(3) Bottlenecks.
(c) Free from serious damage caused by:
(1) Seedstems;
(2) Dry sunken areas;
(3) Sprouting;
(4) Staining;
(5) Dirt or other foreign material;
(6) Mechanical;
(7) Watery scales;
(8) Insects;
(9) Disease; and,
(10) Other means.
(d) For size and tolerances see §§ 51.3198 and 51.3199.
[60 FR 46980, Sept. 8, 1995, as amended at 79 FR 63295, Oct. 23, 2014]
657 Size Classifications
§ 51.3198 Size classifications.
Size shall be specified in connection with the grade in terms of minimum diameter, range in diameter, minimum diameter with a percentage of a certain size or larger, or in accordance with one of the size classifications listed below: Provided, that unless otherwise specified, onions shall not be less than 1 1/2 inches in diameter, with 60 percent or more 2 inches or larger in diameter.
Size designation | Minimum diameter | Maximum diameter
Inches | Millimeters | Inches | Millimeters
Small | 1 | 25.4 | 2 1/4 | 57.2
Repacker/Prepacker 1 | 1 3/4 | 44.5 | 3 | 76.2
Medium | 2 | 50.8 | 3 1/4 | 82.6
Large or Jumbo | 3 | 76.2 | ( 2)
Colossal | 3 3/4 | 95.3 | ( 2)
1 In addition to the sizes specified, a lot of onions designated as Repacker or Prepacker shall contain at least 60 percent or more 2 inches or larger in diameter.
2 No requirement.
658 Tolerances
§ 51.3199 Tolerances.
In order to allow for variations incident to proper grading and handling in each of the foregoing grades the following tolerances, by weight, are provided as specified:
(a) For defects:
(1) U.S. No. 1 and U.S. No. 2 grades. Not more than 10 percent of the onions in a lot may fail to meet the requirements of these grades, but not more than one-fifth of this tolerance, or 2 percent, may be allowed for onions which are affected by decay or wet sunscald.
(2) U.S. Combination grade. When applying the foregoing tolerances to this grade no part of any tolerance shall be allowed to reduce, for the lot as a whole, the 50 percent of onions of the U.S. No. 1 grade, but individual containers shall have not less than 40 percent of the U.S. No. 1 grade.
(b) For size:
(1) Not more than 5 percent of the onions in a lot may be smaller than the minimum diameter specified. In addition, not more than 10 percent of the onions in a lot may be larger than the maximum diameter specified.
(2) When a percentage of the onions is specified to be a certain size and larger, individual packages containing more than 10 pounds may have not less than one-half of the percentage specified: Provided, that the entire lot averages within the percentage specified.
659 Samples for Grade and Size Determination
§ 51.3200 Samples for grade and size determination.
Individual samples shall consist of at least 20 pounds for onions packed to meet larger than 2 1/4 inches maximum diameter. When individual packages contain 20 pounds or more and the onions are packed for Large or Jumbo size or larger the package shall be the sample. When individual packages contain less than 20 pounds, a sufficient number of adjoining packages are opened to provide at least a 20 pound sample, except that for onions packed to meet 2 1/4 inches maximum diameter or smaller, the sample may consist of either 20 pounds or the individual package.
660 Application of Tolerances
§ 51.3201 Application of tolerances.
Individual samples are subject to the following limitations:
(a) Samples which contain more than 20 pounds shall have not more than one and one half times a specified tolerance of 10 percent or more, and not more than double a specified tolerance of less than 10 percent, except that at least one defective and one off-size onion may be permitted in any sample: Provided, that en-route or at destination when onions in containers of 50 pounds or more are packed to a minimum size of 3 inches or larger not more than three onions or more than 4 percent (whichever is the larger amount) may be affected by decay or wet sunscald: And provided further, that the averages for the entire lot are within the tolerances specified for the grade; and,
(b) Samples which contain 20 pounds or less shall have not more than double the tolerance specified, except that at least one defective and one off-size onion may be permitted in any sample: Provided, that the averages for the entire lot are within the tolerances specified for the grade.
661 Definitions
§ 51.3202 Similar varietal characteristics.
Similar varietal characteristics means that the onions in any container are similar in color, shape and character of growth.
§ 51.3203 Mature.
Mature means that the onion is fairly well cured, and at least fairly firm.
§ 51.3204 Fairly firm.
Fairly firm means that the onion may yield slightly to moderate pressure but is not appreciably soft or spongy.
§ 51.3205 Fairly well shaped.
Fairly well shaped means that the onion shows the characteristic shape, not appreciably three-, four- or five-sided, thick necked or badly pinched.
§ 51.3206 Wet sunscald.
Wet sunscald means any sunscald which is soft, mushy, sticky or wet.
§ 51.3207 Doubles.
Doubles means onions which have developed more than one distinct bulb joined only at the base.
§ 51.3208 Bottlenecks.
Bottlenecks means onions which have abnormally thick necks with only fairly well developed bulbs.
§ 51.3209 Damage.
Damage unless otherwise specifically defined in this section, means any defect which materially affects the appearance, or the edible or shipping quality of the onions. Any one of the following defects, or combination of defects the seriousness of which exceeds the maximum allowed for any one defect, shall be considered as damage:
(a) Seedstems which are tough or woody, or which are more than 1/4 inch in diameter;
(b) Splits when well cured onions are not practically covered by an outer scale, or when fairly well cured onions are not completely covered by one outer scale;
(c) Dry sunken areas when the affected areas exceed the equivalent to that of a circle 1/2 inch in diameter on an onion 2 3/4 inches in diameter which does not have the outer papery scale covering the affected areas or when the affected areas exceed the equivalent to that of a circle 3/4 inch in diameter on an onion 2 3/4 inches in diameter which has the outer papery scale covering the affected areas. Correspondingly lesser or greater areas are allowed on smaller or larger onions;
(d) Sunburn when dark green in color and affecting an area equivalent to that of a circle 1 inch in diameter on an onion 2 3/4 inches in diameter or correspondingly smaller or larger areas on smaller or larger onions, or when medium to light green in color and affecting more than 10 percent of the surface of the onion;
(e) Sprouting when any sprout is visible, or when concealed within the neck scales and are more than 3/4 inch in length on an onion 2 inches or larger in diameter, or proportionately shorter on smaller onions;
(f) Staining, dirt or other foreign material when more than 20 percent of the onions in a yellow, brown or red lot, or more than 15 percent of the onions in a white lot are appreciably stained. Onions with adhering dirt or other foreign matter shall be judged on the same basis as stained onions;
(g) Mechanical when any cut extends deeper than one fleshy scale, or when any bruise breaks a fleshy scale;
(h) Tops when more than 30 percent of the onions in a lot have tops 3 inches or more in length;
(i) New roots when most roots on an individual onion have grown to a length of 1 inch or more;
(j) Dry roots when practically all roots are 2 inches or more in length;
(k) Translucent scales when more than the equivalent of two entire outer fleshy scales have a watersoaked condition; and,
(l) Watery scales when more than the equivalent of the entire outer fleshy scale is affected by an off-color, watersoaked condition. The off-color must be of some shade of brown or yellow.
§ 51.3210 Serious damage.
Serious damage unless otherwise specifically defined in this section, means any defect which seriously affects the appearance, or the edible or shipping quality of the onions. Any one of the following defects, or any combination of defects the seriousness of which exceeds the maximum allowed for any one defect, shall be considered as serious damage:
(a) Seedstems when more than 1/2 inch in diameter;
(b) Dry sunken areas when extending deeper than one fleshy scale, or when affecting an area equivalent to that of a circle 1 inch in diameter on an onion 2 3/4 inches in diameter, or correspondingly lesser or greater areas on smaller or larger onions;
(c) Sprouting when any visible sprout is more than 1/2 in length;
(d) Staining, dirt or foreign material when more than 25 percent of the onions in any lot are badly stained. Onions with adhering dirt or other foreign matter shall be judged on the same basis as stained onions;
(e) Mechanical when any cut extends deeper than two fleshy scales, or when cuts seriously damage the appearance of the onion; and,
(f) Watery scales when more than the equivalent of two entire outer fleshy scales are affected by an off-colored, watersoaked condition. The off-color must be of some shade of brown or yellow.
§ 51.3211 Diameter.
Diameter means the greatest dimension of the onion at right angles to a line running from the stem to the root.
662 Metric Conversion Table
§ 51.3212 Metric conversion table.
Inches | Millimeters (mm)
1/8 | 3.2
1/4 | 6.4
3/8 | 9.5
1/2 | 12.7
5/8 | 15.9
3/4 | 19.1
7/8 | 22.2
1 | 25.4
1 1/4 | 31.8
1 1/2 | 38.1
1 3/4 | 44.5
2 | 50.8
2 1/2 | 63.5
2 3/4 | 69.9
3 | 76.2
3 1/2 | 88.9
4 | 101.6
Subpart JJ United States Standards for Grades of Potatoes for Processing
Source: 48 FR 10802, Mar. 15, 1983, unless otherwise noted.
§ 51.3410 Grades.
(a) “U.S. No. 1 Processing” consists of potatoes which meet the following requirements:
(1) Basic requirements:
(i) Similar varietal characteristics;
(ii) Moderately firm; and,
(iii) Fairly well shaped.
(2) Free from:
(i) Freezing or freezing injury;
(ii) Blackheart;
(iii) Late Blight Tuber Rot;
(iv) Southern Bacterial Wilt;
(v) Bacterial Ring Rot;
(vi) Insects, worms or larvae;
(vii) Soft rot and wet breakdown; and,
(viii) Loose sprouts, dirt and foreign material.
(3) Free from damage by any cause.
(4) Size. Unless otherwise specified, individual potatoes shall be not less than 2 inches in diameter or 4 ounces in weight. Percentage(s) of a larger size(s) and/or a maximum size may be specified.
(b) “U.S. No. 2 Processing” consists of potatoes or usable pieces of potatoes which meet the following requirements:
(1) Basic requirements:
(i) Similar varietal characteristics;
(ii) Moderately firm; and,
(iii) Not seriously misshapen.
(2) Free from:
(i) Freezing or freezing injury;
(ii) Blackheart;
(iii) Late Blight Tuber Rot;
(iv) Southern Bacterial Wilt;
(v) Bacterial Ring Rot;
(vi) Insects, worms or larvae;
(vii) Soft rot and wet breakdown; and,
(viii) Loose sprouts, dirt and foreign material.
(3) Free from serious damage by any cause.
(4) Size. Unless otherwise specified, whole potatoes shall be not less than 1 1/2 inches in diameter, or usable pieces shall be not less than 4 ounces in weight. Percentage(s) of a larger size(s) and/or maximum size may be specified.
§ 51.3411 Usable piece.
“Usable Piece” means that portion of the potato remaining after trimming, or as it occurs in the sample:
(a) Not have any unusable material;
(b) Unless otherwise specified, weigh at least 4 ounces; and,
(c) Must have at least 50% of peel remaining after trimming.
§ 51.3412 Unusable material.
“Unusable Material” consists of defective portions of potatoes, and potatoes which are frozen, affected by freezing injury, soft rot, wet breakdown, insects, worms, larvae, Blackheart, Late Blight Tuber Rot, Southern Bacterial Wilt, Bacterial Ring Rot, or which are seriously damaged by internal defects.
§ 51.3413 Size.
(a) The minimum size, maximum size or range in size may be specified in connection with the grade in terms of diameter or weight.
(b) Diameter means the greatest dimension in terms of inches or fractions of an inch measured at right angles to the longitudinal axis, without regard to the position of the stem-end.
(c) Weight means the minimum or maximum weight measured in terms of whole ounces. When a maximum weight is specified, the potato shall not be considered as oversize until it weighs the next higher ounce.
§ 51.3414 Application of standards.
In the application of these standards to determine the percentages of potatoes in any lot which meet the requirements of the respective grades or size categories, tolerances do not apply. However, for lots which are graded or pre-sorted for size or quality, offered for inspection and required to meet one of the grades, the following tolerances, by weight, are provided:
(a) For defects:
(1) U.S. No. 1 Processing. 10 percent for potatoes which fail to meet the requirements of this grade including not more than one-half of this tolerance, or 5 percent, for serious damage by any means, including therein not more than 2 percent for potatoes which are frozen or affected by soft rot or wet breakdown.
(2) U.S. No. 2 Processing. 10 percent for potatoes which fail to meet the requirements of this grade including not more than one-half of this tolerance, or 5 percent, for potatoes which are seriously damaged by internal defects occurring entirely within the vascular ring, including therein not more than 2 percent for potatoes which are frozen or affected by soft rot or wet breakdown.
(b) For loose sprouts, dirt and foreign material: 2 percent.
(c) For off-size:
(1) Undersize. 3 percent when the minimum size specified is less than 2 1/4 inches in diameter or less than 5 ounces in weight; and 5 percent when the minimum size specified is 2 1/4 inches or more in diameter or 5 ounces or more in weight.
(2) Oversize. 10 percent.
§ 51.3415 Definitions.
Similar varietal characteristics means that the potatoes in any lot have the same general shape, color, and character of skin and color of flesh.
Fairly well shaped means that the potato is not materially pointed, dumbbell-shaped, or otherwise deformed. 2
2 USDA Visual Aid, POT-L 1 Jan 81. This publication may be examined in the Fruit and Vegetable Division, Fresh Products Branch, AMS, U.S. Department of Agriculture, South Building, Washington, DC 20250, or any field office of the Fresh Fruit and Vegetable Inspection Service. Copies of this visual aid may be purchased from the John Henry Company, P.O. Box 17099, Lansing, MI 48901 or United Fresh Fruit and Vegetable Association, N. Washington at Madison, Alexandria, VA 22314.
Moderately firm means that the potato is not seriously shriveled or flabbly. 2
Not seriously misshapen means that the potato is not seriously deformed and causing more than 10% waste when determining the non-peelable area directly due to shape.
Soft rot or wet breakdown means any soft, mushy or leaky condition of the tissue such as Leak, slimy soft rot, wet type Fusarium Tuber Rot, or wet breakdown following freezing injury or heat injury.
Loose sprouts, dirt and foreign material means unattached sprouts or sprouts that become detached during the grading of the sample, stems, vines, adhering dirt, loose dirt, stones, trash and other extraneous material.
Damage means any defect listed in § 51.3416, or an equally objectionable variation of any one of these defects, any other defect, or any combination of defects, which cannot be removed without a loss of more than 5 percent of the total weight of the potato.
Serious Damage means any defect listed in § 51.3416, or an equally objectionable variation of any of these defects, any other defect, or any combination of defects, which cannot be removed without a loss of more than 10 percent of the total weight of the potato.
External Defects are defects which can be detected externally. Cutting may be required to determine the extent of the injury.
Internal Defects are defects which cannot be detected without cutting the potato.
§ 51.3416 Classification of defects.
External Defects
Defects | Maximum allowed for U.S. No. 1 processing | Maximum allowed for U.S. No. 2 processing
Air cracks | 5% waste | 10% waste.
Blackleg | 5% waste | 10% waste.
Bruises | 5% waste | 10% waste
Cuts | Smooth, not more than 10% of surface | Smooth, not more than 1/3 of surface.
Enlarged lenticels, discolored or sunken | 5% waste | 10% waste.
Flea Beetle | 5% waste | 10% waste
Folded end | 5% waste | 10% waste.
Fusarium tuber rot | 5% waste | 10% waste.
Grass, wireworm | 5% waste | 10% waste.
Greening, light | 5% waste | 10% waste.
Growth cracks | See Footnote No. 2 | 10% waste.
Grub | 5% waste | 10% waste.
Ingrown sprouts | 5% waste | 10% waste.
Nematodes | 5% waste | 10% waste.
Rhizoctonia, solid or thick mounded | Not more than 10% of surface | Not more than 25% of surface.
Rodent, bird damage | 5% waste | 10% waste.
Scab, pitted | 5% waste | 10% waste.
Scab, russet | 25% of surface or 5% waste | 50% of surface or 10% waste.
Scab, surface | 25% of surface or 5% waste | 50% of surface or 10% waste.
Scab, surface (elephant hide). | 10% of surface or 5% waste | 25% of surface or 10% waste.
Second growth | 5% waste | 10% waste.
Scaling, surface cracks—when cracked, thick and has depth | 10% of surface or 5% waste | 25% of surface or 10% waste.
Sunburn | 5% waste | 10% waste.
Sunken discolored areas | 5% waste | 10% waste.
Internal Defects
Defects | Maximum allowed for U.S. No. 1 processing | Maximum allowed for U.S. No. 2 processing
Occurring outside of or not entirely confined to the vascular ring
Internal Black Spot, Internal Discoloration, Vascular Browning, Fusarium Wilt, Net Necrosis, Other Necrosis, Stem End Browning | 5% waste | 10% waste.
Occurring entirely within the vascular ring
Hollow Heart or Hollow Heart with Discoloration | Area affected not to exceed that of a circle 7/8 inch in diameter in a 10 ounce potato. 1 | Area affected not to exceed that of a circle 1 1/4 inches in diameter in a 10 ounce potato. 1
Light Brown Discoloration (Brown Center) | Area affected not to exceed that of a circle 7/8 inch in diameter in a 10 ounce potato. 1 | Area affected not to exceed that of a circle 1 1/4 inches in diameter in a 10 ounce potato. 1
Internal Brown Spot and similar discoloration (Heat Necrosis) | Not more than the equivalent of 3 scattered spots 1/8 inch in diameter in a potato 6 ounces in weight or 2 1/2 inches in diameter, or correspondingly lesser or greater number of spots in smaller or larger potatoes | Not more than the equivalent of 6 scattered spots 1/8 inch in diameter in a potato 6 ounces in weight or 2 1/2 inches in diameter or correspondingly lesser or greater number of spots in smaller or larger potatoes.
1 Note: Or correspondingly lesser or greater areas in smaller or larger potatoes.
§ 51.3417 Optional test for specific gravity.
Tests to determine specific gravity shall be made in accordance with the procedures set forth in this section.
(a) The potatoes used for such determinations shall be:
(1) Taken at random from a composite sample drawn from containers representative of the lot.
(2) A comparable sample from a bulk load or storage bin.
(3) From a portion of the divided sample initially drawn or submitted for determination of grade or contract compliance.
(4) Representative of the lot with respect to size and quality.
The specific gravity for any lot of potatoes shall be the average of at least 3 corrected readings on separate tests from the composite sample. Specific gravity may also be determined, if requested, in accordance with size classifications or weighted value in proportion to size and/or grade separations in the lot.
(b) Specific gravity shall be determined by either;
(1) Calculation from the weights of the sample in air and in water made with USDA approved equipment. The reading obtained from each test shall be corrected for temperature variations using Table I.
(2) A hydrometer specifically designed for determining the specific gravity of potatoes. 3
3 The hydrometer is available from the Potato Chip/Snack Food Association, Crystal Square-3, Suite 903, 1735 Jefferson Davis Highway, Arlington, VA 22202.
The pulp temperature of the potatoes and the temperature of water shall be recorded immediately before testing and the specific gravity reading corrected using Table I.
Table I—Correction Factors for Specific Gravity of Potatoes 4
[Corrected to zero at 50 °F potato temperature and 50 °F water temperature]
Water temperature (degrees Fahrenheit)
38° | 40° | 45° | 50° | 55° | 60° | 65° | 70° | 75° | 80°
Potato temperature:
38° | −0.0021 | −0.0020 | −0.0018 | −0.0018 | −0.0020 | −0.0023 | −0.0029 | −0.0038 | −0.0047 | −0.0056
40° | −.0017 | −.0016 | −.0014 | −.0014 | −.0016 | −.0019 | −.0025 | −.0034 | −.0043 | −.0052
45° | −.0009 | −.0008 | −.0008 | −.0006 | −.0008 | −.0011 | −.0017 | −.0026 | −.0035 | −.0044
50° | −.0003 | −.0002 | 0000 | 0000 | −.0002 | −.0005 | −.0011 | −.0020 | −.0029 | −.0038
55° | +.0001 | +.0002 | +.0004 | +.0004 | +.0002 | −.0001 | −.0007 | −.0016 | −.0025 | −.0034
60° | +.0004 | +.0005 | +.0007 | +.0007 | +.0005 | +.0002 | −.0004 | −.0013 | −.0022 | −.0031
65° | +.0005 | +.0006 | +.0008 | +.0008 | +.0006 | +.0003 | −.0003 | −.0012 | −.0021 | −.0030
70° | +.0006 | +.0007 | +.0009 | +.0009 | +.0007 | +.0004 | −.0002 | −.0011 | −.0020 | −.0029
75° | +.0007 | +.0008 | +.0010 | +.0010 | +.0008 | +.0005 | −.0001 | −.0010 | −.0019 | −.0028
80° | +.0008 | +.0009 | +.0011 | +.0011 | +.0009 | +.0006 | 0000 | −.0009 | −.0018 | −.0027
85° | +.0009 | +.0010 | +.0012 | +.0012 | +.0010 | +.0007 | +.0001 | −.0008 | −.0017 | −.0026
90° | +.0010 | +.0011 | +.0013 | +.0013 | +.0011 | +.0008 | +.0002 | −.0007 | −.0016 | −.0025
95° | +.0011 | +.0012 | +.0014 | +.0014 | +.0012 | +.0009 | +.0003 | −.0006 | −.0015 | −.0024
100° | +.0012 | +.0013 | +.0015 | +.0015 | +.0013 | +.0010 | +.0004 | −.0005 | −.0014 | −.0023
4 To apply correction factor, change actual specific gravity reading by adding or subtracting the appropriate factor according to the plus or minus sign.
When requested to convert the weight in water of 5000 gram samples used in the weight in air versus weight in water method of specific gravity determinations, the conversion to total solids shall be based on Table II.
Table II—Specific Gravity Conversion Chart for 5,000 Grams of Potatoes
Water weight | Specific gravity | Total solids
300 | 1.0638 | 17.2
310 | 1.0661 | 17.7
320 | 1.0684 | 18.2
322 | 1.0688 | 18.3
324 | 1.0693 | 18.4
326 | 1.0697 | 18.5
328 | 1.0702 | 18.6
330 | 1.0707 | 18.7
332 | 1.0711 | 18.8
334 | 1.0716 | 18.9
336 | 1.0720 | 19.0
338 | 1.0725 | 19.1
340 | 1.0730 | 19.2
342 | 1.0734 | 19.3
344 | 1.0739 | 19.4
346 | 1.0743 | 19.5
348 | 1.0748 | 19.6
350 | 1.0753 | 19.7
352 | 1.0757 | 19.8
354 | 1.0762 | 19.9
356 | 1.0766 | 20.0
358 | 1.0771 | 20.1
360 | 1.0776 | 20.2
362 | 1.0780 | 20.3
364 | 1.0785 | 20.4
366 | 1.0790 | 20.5
368 | 1.0794 | 20.6
370 | 1.0799 | 20.7
372 | 1.0804 | 20.8
374 | 1.0808 | 20.9
376 | 1.0813 | 21.0
378 | 1.0818 | 21.1
380 | 1.0822 | 21.2
382 | 1.0827 | 21.3
384 | 1.0832 | 21.4
386 | 1.0836 | 21.5
388 | 1.0841 | 21.6
390 | 1.0846 | 21.7
392 | 1.0851 | 21.8
394 | 1.0855 | 21.9
396 | 1.0860 | 22.0
398 | 1.0865 | 22.1
400 | 1.0870 | 22.2
402 | 1.0874 | 22.3
404 | 1.0879 | 22.4
406 | 1.0884 | 22.5
408 | 1.0888 | 22.6
410 | 1.0893 | 22.7
412 | 1.0898 | 22.8
414 | 1.0903 | 22.9
416 | 1.0908 | 23.0
418 | 1.0912 | 23.1
420 | 1.0917 | 23.2
422 | 1.0922 | 23.4
424 | 1.0926 | 23.5
426 | 1.0931 | 23.6
428 | 1.0936 | 23.7
430 | 1.0941 | 23.8
432 | 1.0946 | 23.9
440 | 1.0965 | 24.4
450 | 1.0989 | 24.9
460 | 1.1013 | 25.4
470 | 1.1040 | 26.0
Whenever the recorded water weight for an individual reading falls between two sets of numbers as indicated in Table II, the next higher reading shall be used.
§ 51.3418 Optional test for fry color.
Fry color may be determined in accordance with contract specifications by using the Munsell Color Standards for Frozen French Fried Potatoes, Third Edition, 1972, 64-1. 5 Select a minimum of twenty (20) potatoes at random from the official sample. Slice each potato from stem to blossom-end into 1/2 square inch strips. Unless otherwise specified, fry center cut strips in oil for a minimum of 3 minutes at 350 °F or 2 1/2 minutes at 375 °F.
5 Munsell Color Standards for Frozen French Fried Potatoes, Third Edition, 1972, 64-1, may be purchased from the Munsell Color Co., 2441 North Calvert St., Baltimore, MD 21218.
PART 52 PROCESSED FRUITS AND VEGETABLES, PROCESSED PRODUCTS THEREOF, AND CERTAIN OTHER PROCESSED FOOD PRODUCTS
Authority: 7 U.S.C. 1621-1627.
Subpart A Requirements Governing Inspection and Certification
Source: 22 FR 3535, May 22, 1957, unless otherwise noted. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981.
§ 52.1 Administration of regulations.
(a) The Administrator, Agricultural Marketing Service, United States Department of Agriculture is charged with the administration of the regulations in this part except that he may delegate any or all of such functions to any officer or employee of the Agricultural Marketing Service of the Department, in his discretion.
(b) All services provided under the regulations of this part, including the hiring and licensing of inspection, grading, and sampling personnel shall be conducted without discrimination because of race, color, sex, religion, or national origin.
[22 FR 3535, May 22, 1957, as amended at 38 FR 25166, Sept. 12, 1973. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977 and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981]
699 Definitions
§ 52.2 Terms defined.
Words in the regulations in this part in the singular form shall be deemed to import the plural and vice versa, as the case may demand. For the purposes of the regulations in this part, unless the context otherwise requires, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
Acceptance number. “Acceptance number” means the number in a sampling plan that indicates the maximum number of deviants permitted in a sample of a lot that meets a specific requirement.
Act. “Act” means the applicable provisions of the Agricultural Marketing Act of 1946 (60 Stat. 1087 et seq., as amended; 7 U.S.C. 1621 et seq.), or any other act of Congress conferring like authority.
Administrator. “Administrator” means the Administrator of the Agricultural Marketing Service.
Applicant. “Applicant” means any interested party who requests inspection service under the regulations in this part.
Approved plant. See “Plant, approved”.
Case. “Case” means the number of containers (cased or uncased) which, by the particular industry are ordinarily packed in a shipping container.
Case or shipping case. “Case” or “shipping case” means a unit consisting of a given number of primary containers of the same size, the number and arrangement per unit conforming to customary trade practice. For products not physically assembled into a shipping case (i.e. stacked bright) case means simulating the containers in such lot into a unit consisting of the same number of primary containers corresponding to customary trade practice (or corresponding to the unit as defined above).
Certificate of loading. Certificate of loading means a statement, either written or printed, issued pursuant to the regulations in this part, relative to checkloading of a processed product subsequent to inspection thereof. The certificate of loading may be issued in lieu of an official inspection certificate when the same inspection procedures are applied and when authorized by the Administrator.
Certificate of sampling. “Certificate of sampling” means a statement, either written or printed issued pursuant to the regulations in this part, identifying officially drawn samples and may include a description of condition of containers and the condition under which the processed product is stored.
Class. See “Grade.”
Condition. “Condition” means the degree of soundness of the product which may affect its merchantability and includes, but is not limited to those factors which are subject to change as a result of age, improper preparation and processing, improper packaging, improper storage or improper handling.
Department. “Department” means the United States Department of Agriculture.
Deviant. “Deviant” means a sample unit affected by one or more deviations or a sample unit that varies in a specifically defined manner from the requirements of a standard, specification, or other inspection document.
Deviation. “Deviation” means any specifically defined variation from a particular requirement.
Grade or class. “Grade” or “class” designates a level or rank of quality.
Grader. See “Inspector”.
Inspection certificate. “Inspection certificate” means a statement, either written or printed, issued pursuant to the regulations in this part, setting forth in addition to appropriate descriptive information relative to a processed product, and the container thereof, the quality and condition, or any part thereof, of the product and may include a description of the conditions under which the product is stored.
Inspection service. (See Inspection service, general below.)
Inspection service, general:
(a) The sampling pursuant to the regulations in this part;
(b) The determination pursuant to the regulations in this part of:
(1) Essential characteristics such as style, type, size, sirup density or identity of any processed product which differentiates between major groups of the same kind;
(2) The class, quality and condition of any processed product, including the condition of the container thereof by the examination of appropriate samples;
(c) The issuance of any certificate of sampling, inspection certificates, or certificates of loading of a processed product, or any report relative to any of the foregoing; or
(d) Performance by an inspector of any related services such as observing the preparation of the product from its raw state through each step in the entire process; observing conditions under which the product is prepared, processed, and packed; or observing plant sanitation as a prerequisite to the inspection of the processed product, either on a continuous or periodic basis, or checkloading the inspected processed product in connection with the distribution or marketing thereof.
Inspection Service; types of. (a) Lot inspection means the inspection and grading of specific lots of processed fruits and vegetables which are located in plant warehouses, commercial storage, railway cars, trucks, or any other conveyance or storage facility.
(b) Approved plant-lot inspection means the inspection and grading of specific lots of processed fruits and vegetables which are located in plant warehouses, commercial storage, railway cars, trucks, or any other conveyance or storage facility. However, under “approved plant-lot inspection”, the inspection service has knowledge that the products were processed or packaged in plants meeting the “plant approved” definition. This means that the plant facilities, sanitation, and methods of operation have been surveyed and approved for specific product(s) by the Administrator as suitable and adequate for inspection or grading service in accordance with § 52.81 through § 52.83 of this part.
(c) Continuous inspection is the conduct of inspection and grading services in an approved plant whereby one or more inspector(s) are present at all times the plant is in operation to make in-process checks on the preparation, processing, packing, and warehousing of all products under contract and to assure compliance with sanitary requirements.
(d) Pack certification is the conduct of inspection and grading services in an approved plant whereby one or more inspector(s) may make inspection of the preparation and processing of products under contract, but are not required to be present at all times the plant is in operation.
(1) Under a Designated Lot-contract, inspector(s) will grade and certify only those lots designated by the applicant.
(2) Under a Quality Assurance contract, inspector(s) will use information available from the applicant's quality control records to certify lots, as requested, and will grade lots at random as often as necessary to verify the reliability of the applicant's quality control system.
Inspector or grader. “Inspector” or “grader” means any employee of the Department authorized by the Secretary or any other person licensed by the Secretary to investigate, sample, inspect, and certify in accordance with the regulations in this part to any interested party the class, quality and condition of processed products covered in this part and to perform related duties in connection with the inspection service.
Inspector in charge. “Inspector in Charge” means any inspector designated on a plant working shift or in a field office laboratory as the inspector in charge of the inspection work when authorized by the Administrator to act in that capacity.
Inspector, subordinate. “Subordinate inspector” means any inspector assigned to a plant or field office to work under the direction of an inspector-in-charge.
Inspector's aide. “Inspector's aide” means any employee of the Department authorized to perform a limited number and type of duties under the close supervision of an inspector.
Interested party. “Interested party” means any person who has a financial interest in the commodity involved.
Licensed sampler. “Licensed sampler” means any person who is authorized by the Secretary to draw samples of processed products for inspection service, to inspect for identification and condition of containers in a lot, and may, when authorized by the Administrator, perform related services under the act and the regulations in this part.
Lot. Lot means any number of containers of the same size and type which contain a processed product of the same type and style located in the same warehouse or conveyance, and which is available for inspection service at any time: Provided, that the number of containers comprising lot may not exceed the maximum number specified in the sampling plans in § 52.38 of this Subpart: And further provided that:
(a) If the applicant requests a separate inspection certificate covering a specific portion of a lot, such portion must be separately marked or otherwise identified in such a manner as to permit sampling, inspection, and certification of such portion as a separate lot; and
(b) Under in-plant (in-process) inspection, the inspector is authorized to limit the number of containers of a processed product that may be included in a lot to a period of consecutive production equivalent to one production shift with a maximum of 24 hours of consecutive production.
Officially drawn sample. “Officially drawn sample” means any sample that has been selected from a particular lot by an inspector, licensed sampler, or by any other person authorized by the Administrator pursuant to the regulations in this part.
Other processed food products. Among such other processed food products are the following: Honey; molasses, except for stockfeed; nuts and nut products, except oil; sugar (cane, beet, and maple); sirups (blended), sirups, except from grain; tea; cocoa; coffee; spices; condiments.
Person. “Person” means any individual, partnership, association, business trust, corporation, any organized group of persons (whether incorporated or not), the United States (including, but not limited to, any corporate agencies thereof), any State, county, or municipal government, any common carrier, and any authorized agent of any of the foregoing.
Plant. “Plant” means the premises, buildings, structure, and equipment (including, but not being limited to machines, utensils, vehicles, and fixtures located in or about the premises) used or employed in the preparation, processing, handling, transporting and storage of fruits and vegetables, or the processed products thereof.
Plant, approved. “Approved plant” means any plant in which the facilities, sanitation, and methods of operation have been surveyed and approved for specific product(s) by the Administrator as suitable and adequate for inspection or grading service in accordance with §§ 52.81 through 52.83.
Processed product. “Processed product” means any fruit, vegetable, or other food product covered under the regulations in this part which has been preserved by any recognized commercial process, including, but not limited to canning, freezing, dehydrating, drying, the addition of chemical substances, or by fermentation.
Quality. “Quality” means the inherent properties of any processed product which determine the relative degree of excellence of such product, and includes the effects of preparation and processing, and may or may not include the effects of packing media, or added ingredients.
Rejection number. “Rejection number” means the number in a sampling plan that indicates the minimum number of deviants in a sample that will cause a lot to fail a specific requirement.
Sample. “Sample” means any number of sample units to be used for inspection.
Sample unit. “Sample unit” means a container and/or its entire contents, a portion of the contents of one or more containers or other unit of commodity, or a composite mixture of a product used for inspection.
Sampling. “Sampling” means the act of selecting samples of processed products for the purpose of inspection under the regulations in this part.
Secretary. “Secretary” means the Secretary of the Department or any other officer or employee of the Department authorized to exercise the powers and to perform the duties of the Secretary in respect to the matters covered by the regulations in this part.
Shipping container. “Shipping container” means an individual container designed for shipping a number of packages or cans ordinarily packed in a container for shipping or designed for packing unpackaged processed products for shipping.
Unofficial sample. Unofficial sample means any sample that has been selected by any person other than an inspector or licensed sampler, or by any other person not authorized by the Administrator pursuant to the regulations in this part.
[22 FR 3535, May 22, 1957, as amended at 33 FR 9582, July 2, 1968; 35 FR 14061, Sept. 4, 1970; 38 FR 25166, Sept. 12, 1973; 38 FR 26903, Sept. 27, 1973; 40 FR 48934, Oct. 20, 1975. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977 and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981, and amended at 51 FR 20438, June 5, 1986; 58 FR 42413, Aug. 9, 1993; 72 FR 10037, Mar. 7, 2007; 79 FR 67321, Nov. 13, 2014; 85 FR 19380, Apr. 7, 2020]
§ 52.3 Designation of official certificates, memoranda, marks, other identifications, and devices for purposes of the Agricultural Marketing Act.
Subsection 203(h) of the Agricultural Marketing Act of 1946, as amended by Pub. L. 272, 84th Congress, provides criminal penalties for various specified offenses relating to official certificates, memoranda, marks or other identifications, and devices for making such marks or identifications, issued or authorized under section 203 of said act, and certain misrepresentations concerning the inspection or grading of agricultural products under said section. For the purposes of said subsection and the provisions in this part, the terms listed below shall have the respective meanings specified:
Official certificate. “Official certificate” means any form of certification, either written or printed, including those defined in § 52.2, used under this part to certify with respect to the inspection, class, grade, quality, size, quantity, or condition of products (including the compliance of products with applicable specifications).
Official device. “Official device” means a stamping appliance, branding device, stencil, printed label, or any other mechanically or manually operated tool that is approved by the Administrator for the purpose of applying any official mark or other identification to any product or the packaging material thereof; or any device approved and designated by the Administrator as a USDA official device for use as a color standard, defect guide, or other similar aid to interpret the United States Department of Agriculture grade standards and to facilitate conduct of the inspection service.
Official identification. “Official identification” means any United States (U.S.) standard designation of class, grade, quality, size, quantity, or condition specified in this part or any symbol, stamp, label, or seal indicating that the product has been graded or inspected and/or indicating the class, grade, quality, size, quantity, or condition of the product approved by the Administrator and authorized to be affixed to any product, or affixed to or printed on the packaging material of any product.
Official mark. “Official mark” means the grade mark, inspection mark, combined form of inspection and grade mark, and any other mark, or any variations in such marks, including those prescribed in § 52.53 approved by the Administrator and authorized to be affixed to any product, or affixed to or printed on the packaging material of any product, stating that the product was graded or inspected or both, or indicating the appropriate U.S. Grade or condition of the product, or for the purpose of maintaining the identity of products graded or inspected or both under this part.
Official memorandum. “Official memorandum” means any initial record of findings made by an authorized person in the process of grading, inspecting, or sampling pursuant to this part, any processing or plant-operation report made by an authorized person in connection with grading, inspecting, or sampling under this part, and any report made by an authorized person of services performed pursuant to this part.
[22 FR 3535, May 22, 1957, as amended at 23 FR 4999, July 1, 1958. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977 and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981]
700 Inspection Service
§ 52.4 Where inspection service is offered.
Inspection service may be furnished wherever any inspector or licensed sampler is available and the facilities and conditions are satisfactory for the conduct of such service.
§ 52.5 Who may obtain inspection service.
An application for inspection service may be made by any interested party, including, but not limited to, the United States and any instrumentality or agency thereof, any State, county, municipality, or common carrier, and any authorized agent in behalf of the foregoing.
§ 52.6 How to make application.
An application for inspection service may be made to the office of inspection or to any inspector, at or nearest the place where the service is desired. An up-to-date list of the Inspection Field Offices of the Department may be obtained upon request to the Administrator. Satisfactory proof that the applicant is an interested party shall be furnished.
§ 52.7 Information required in connection with application.
(a) Application for inspection service shall be made in the English language and may be made orally (in person or by telephone), in writing, or electronically. If an application for inspection is made orally, written confirmation may be required by the inspection service involved.
(b) In connection with each application for inspection service, there shall be furnished such information as may be necessary to perform an inspection on the processed product(s), including but not limited to, the name of the product, name and address of the packer or plant where such product was packed, the location of the product, its lot or car number, codes or other identification marks, the number of containers, the type and size of the containers, the interest of the applicant in the product, whether the lot has been inspected previous to the application by any Federal agency and the purpose for which inspection is desired.
[51 FR 20439, June 5, 1986, as amended at 81 FR 93572, Dec. 21, 2016]
§ 52.8 Filing of application.
An application for inspection service shall be regarded as filed only when made in accordance with the regulations in this part.
§ 52.9 Record of filing time.
A record showing the date when each application for inspection or for an appeal inspection is received shall be maintained.
[51 FR 20439, June 5, 1986]
§ 52.10 When application may be rejected.
An application for inspection service may be rejected by the Administrator (a) for non-compliance by the applicant with the regulations in this part, (b) for non-payment for previous inspection services rendered, (c) when the product is not properly identifiable by code or other marks, or (d) when it appears that to perform the inspection service would not be to the best interests of the Government. Such applicant shall be promptly notified of the reason for such rejection.
§ 52.11 When application may be withdrawn.
An application for inspection service may be withdrawn by the applicant at any time before the inspection is performed: Provided, That, the applicant shall pay at the hourly rate prescribed in § 52.42 for the time incurred by the inspector in connection with such application, any travel expenses, telephone, telegraph or other expenses which have been incurred by the inspection service in connection with such application.
[22 FR 3535, May 22, 1957, as amended at 38 FR 25166, Sept. 12, 1973. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977 and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981]
§ 52.12 Disposition of inspected sample.
Any sample of a processed product that has been used for inspection may be returned to the applicant, at his request and expense; otherwise it shall be destroyed, or disposed of to a charitable institution.
§ 52.13 Basis of inspection and grade or compliance determination.
(a) Inspection service shall be performed on the basis of the appropriate United States standards for grades of processed products, Federal, Military, Veterans Administration or other government agency specifications, written contract specifications, or any written specification or instruction which is approved by the Administrator.
(b) Unless otherwise approved by the Administrator, compliance with such grade standards, specifications, or instructions shall be determined by evaluating the product, or sample, in accordance with the requirements of such standards, specifications or instructions: Provided, That when inspection for quality is based on any U.S. grade standard which contains a scoring system, the grade to be assigned to a lot is the grade indicated by the average of the total of the scores of the respective sample units: Provided further, That—
(1) Such sample complies with the applicable standards of quality promulgated under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act;
(2) Such sample complies with the product description;
(3) Such sample meets the indicated grade with respect to factors of quality which are not rated by score points; and
(4) With respect to those factors of quality which are rated by score points, each of the following requirements is met:
(i) None of the sample units falls more than one grade below the indicated grade because of any quality factor to which a limiting rule applies;
(ii) None of the sample units falls more than 4 score points below the minimum total score for the indicated grade;
(iii) The number of deviants does not exceed the applicable acceptance number indicated in the sampling plans contained in § 52.38 (“deviants”, as used in this paragraph, means sample units that fall into the next grade below the indicated grade but do not score more than 4 points below the minimum total score for the indicated grade);
(5) If any of the provisions contained in paragraphs (b) (3) and (4) of this section are not met, the grade is determined by considering such provisions in connection with succeedingly lower grades until the grade of the lot, if assignable, is established; and
(6) When it is determined that a portion of a lot bearing a particular identification mark is of lower quality or deficient in other factors, the grade or compliance of the lot shall be no higher than that of the portion bearing the particular identification mark.
[22 FR 3535, May 22, 1957, as amended at 33 FR 9582, July 2, 1968. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977 and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981]
§ 52.14 Order of inspection service.
Inspection service shall be performed, insofar as practicable, in the order in which applications therefor are made except that precedence may be given to any such applications which are made by the United States (including, but not being limited to, any instrumentality or agency thereof) and to any application for an appeal inspection.
§ 52.15 Postponing inspection service.
If the inspector determines that it is not possible to accurately ascertain the quality or condition of a processed product immediately after processing because the product has not reached equilibrium in color, sirup density, or drained weight, or for any other substantial reason, he may postpone inspection service for such period as may be necessary.
§ 52.16 Financial interest of inspector.
No inspector shall inspect any processed product in which he is directly or indirectly financially interested.
§ 52.17 Forms of certificates.
Inspection certificates, certificates of sampling or loading, and other memoranda concerning inspection service shall be issued on forms approved by the Administrator.
§ 52.18 Issuance of certificates.
(a)(1) The person signing and issuing the certificate shall be one of the following:
(i) The inspector who performed the inspection.
(ii) Another employee of the Inspection Service who has been authorized by the Administrator to act in a supervisory capacity.
(iii) An inspector designated as the “inspector in charge,” when the certificate represents composite inspection of several persons.
(2) In all cases the inspection certificate shall be prepared in accordance with the facts set forth in the official memoranda made by the inspector or inspectors in connection with the inspection. Whenever a certificate is signed by an inspector in charge, that title must appear in connection with the signature.
(b) A certificate of loading shall be issued and signed by the inspector or licensed sampler authorized to check the loading of a specific lot of processed products: Provided, That, another employee of the inspection service authorized by the Administrator to act in a supervisory capacity or designated as the “inspector in charge,” may sign such certificate of loading covering any processed product checkloaded by an inspector or licensed sampler and authorized by the Administrator to affix the inspector's or licensed sampler's signature to a certificate of loading which has been prepared in accordance with the facts set forth in the notes made by the inspector or licensed sampler in connection with the checkloading of a specific lot of processed products.
[22 FR 3535, May 22, 1957, as amended at 35 FR 14061, Sept. 4, 1970. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977 and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981; 84 FR 8590, Mar. 11, 2019]
§ 52.19 Issuance of corrected certificates.
A corrected inspection certificate may be issued by the inspector who issued the original certificate after distribution of a certificate if errors, such as incorrect dates, code marks, grade statements, lot or car numbers, container sizes, net or drained weights, quantities, or errors in any other pertinent information require the issuance of a corrected certificate. Whenever a corrected certificate is issued, such certificate shall supersede the inspection certificate which was issued in error and the superseded certificate shall become null and void after the issuance of the corrected certificate.
§ 52.20 Issuance of an inspection report in lieu of an inspection certificate.
A letter report in lieu of an inspection certificate may be issued by an inspector when such action appears to be more suitable than an inspection certificate: Provided, That, the issuance of such report is approved by the Administrator.
§ 52.21 Disposition of inspection certificates.
The original of any inspection certificate, issued under the regulations in this part, and not to exceed four copies thereof, if requested prior to issuance, shall be delivered or mailed promptly to the applicant, or person designated by the applicant. All other copies shall be filed in such manner as the Administrator may designate. Additional copies of any such certificates may be supplied to any interested party as provided in § 52.49.
[22 FR 3535, May 22, 1957. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1997, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981, as amended at 63 FR 50746, Sept. 23, 1998]
§ 52.22 Report of inspection results prior to issuance of formal report.
Upon request of any interested party, the results of an inspection may be telegraphed or telephoned to him, or to any other person designated by him, at his expense.
701 Appeal Inspection
§ 52.23 When appeal inspection may be requested.
An application for an appeal inspection may be made by any interested party who is dissatisfied with the results of an inspection as stated in an inspection certificate, if the lot of processed products can be positively identified by the inspection service as the lot from which officially drawn samples were previously inspected. Such application shall be made within thirty (30) days following the day on which the previous inspection was performed, except upon approval by the Administrator the time within which an application for appeal inspection may be made may be extended.
§ 52.24 Where to file for an appeal inspection and information required.
(a) Application for an appeal inspection may be filed with:
(1) The supervisor in the office that issued the inspection certificate on which the appeal covering the processed product is requested; or
(2) The inspector in charge of the office of inspection at or nearest the place where the processed product is located.
(b) The application for appeal inspection shall state the location of the lot of processed products and the reasons for the appeal; and date and serial number of the certificate covering inspection of the processed product on which the appeal is requested, and such application may be accompanied by a copy of the previous inspection certificate and any other information that may facilitate inspection. Such application may be made orally (in person or by telephone), in writing, or by telegraph. If made orally, written confirmation shall be made promptly.
[22 FR 3535, May 22, 1957. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977 and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981, and amended at 51 FR 20439, June 5, 1986]
§ 52.25 When an application for an appeal inspection may be withdrawn.
An application for appeal inspection may be withdrawn by the applicant at any time before the appeal inspection is performed: Provided, That, the applicant shall pay at the hourly rate prescribed in § 52.42, for the time incurred by the inspector in connection with such application, any travel expenses, telephone, telegraph, or other expenses which have been incurred by the inspection service in connection with such application.
[22 FR 3535, May 22, 1957, as amended at 38 FR 25166, Sept. 12, 1973. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977 and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981]
§ 52.26 When appeal inspection may be refused.
An application for an appeal inspection may be refused if:
(a) The reasons for the appeal inspection are frivolous or not substantial;
(b) The quality or condition of the processed product has undergone a material change since the inspection covering the processed product on which the appeal inspection is requested;
(c) The lot in question is not, or cannot be made accessible for the selection of officially drawn samples;
(d) The lot relative to which appeal inspection is requested cannot be positively identified by the inspector as the lot from which officially drawn samples were previously inspected; or
(e) There is noncompliance with the regulations in this part. Such applicant shall be notified promptly of the reason for such refusal.
§ 52.27 Who shall perform appeal inspection.
An appeal inspection shall be performed by an inspector or inspectors (other than the one from whose inspection the appeal is requested) authorized for this purpose by the Administrator and, whenever practical, such appeal inspection shall be conducted jointly by two such inspectors: Provided, That, the inspector who made the inspection on which the appeal is requested may be authorized to draw the samples when another inspector or licensed sampler is not available in the area where the product is located.
§ 52.28 Appeal inspection certificate.
After an appeal inspection has been completed, the lot(s) cannot be further appealed unless authorized by the Administrator. An appeal inspection certificate shall be issued, showing the results of such appeal inspection; and such certificate shall supersede the inspection certificate previously issued for the processed product involved. Each appeal inspection certificate shall clearly identify the number and date of the inspection certificate which it supersedes. The superseded certificate shall become null and void upon the issuance of the appeal inspection certificate and shall no longer represent the quality or condition of the processed product described therein. The inspector or inspectors issuing an appeal inspection certificate shall forward notice of such issuance to such persons as he considers necessary to prevent misuse of the superseded certificate if the original and all copies of such superseded certificate have not previously been delivered to the inspector or inspectors issuing the appeal inspection certificate. The provisions in the regulations in this part concerning forms and certificates, issuance of certificates, and disposition of certificates shall apply to appeal inspection certificates, except that copies of such appeal inspection certificates shall be furnished to all interested parties who received copies of the superseded certificate.
[51 FR 20439, June 5, 1986]
702 Licensing of Samplers and Inspectors
§ 52.29 Who may become licensed sampler.
Any person deemed to have the necessary qualifications may be licensed as a licensed sampler to draw samples for the purpose of inspection under the regulations in this part. Such a license shall bear the printed signature of the Secretary, and shall be countersigned by an authorized employee of the Department. Licensed samplers shall have no authority to inspect processed products under the regulations in this part except as to identification and condition of the containers in a lot. A licensed sampler shall perform his duties pursuant to the regulations in this part as directed by the Administrator.
§ 52.30 Application to become a licensed sampler.
Application to become a licensed sampler shall be made to the Administrator on forms furnished for that purpose. Each such application shall be signed by the applicant in his own handwriting, and the information contained therein shall be certified by him to be true, complete, and correct to the best of his knowledge and belief, and the application shall contain or be accompanied by:
(a) A statement showing his present and previous occupations, together with names of all employers for whom he has worked, with periods of service, during the ten years previous to the date of his application;
(b) A statement that, in his capacity as a licensed sampler, he will not draw samples from any lot of processed products with respect to which he or his employer is an interested party;
(c) A statement that he agrees to comply with all terms and conditions of the regulations in this part relating to duties of licensed samplers; and
(d) Such other information as may be requested.
§ 52.31 Inspectors.
Inspections will ordinarily be performed by employees under the Administrator who are employed as Federal Government employees for that purpose. However, any person employed under any joint Federal-State inspection service arrangement may be licensed, if otherwise qualified, by the Secretary to make inspections in accordance with this part on such processed products as may be specified in his license. Such license shall be issued only in a case where the Administrator is satisfied that the particular person is qualified to perform adequately the inspection service for which such person is to be licensed. Each such license shall bear the printed signature of the Secretary and shall be countersigned by an authorized employee of the Department. An inspector shall perform his duties pursuant to the regulations in this part as directed by the Administrator.
§ 52.32 Suspension or revocation of license of licensed sampler or licensed inspector.
Pending final action by the Secretary, the Administrator may, whenever he deems such action necessary, suspend the license of any licensed sampler, or licensed inspector, issued pursuant to the regulations in this part, by giving notice of such suspension to the respective licensee, accompanied by a statement of the reasons therefor. Within seven days after the receipt of the aforesaid notice and statement of reasons by such licensee, he may file an appeal, in writing, with the Secretary supported by any argument or evidence that he may wish to offer as to why his license should not be suspended or revoked. After the expiration of the aforesaid seven days period and consideration of such argument and evidence, the Secretary shall take such action as he deems appropriate with respect to such suspension or revocation.
§ 52.33 Surrender of license.
Upon termination of his services as a licensed sampler or licensed inspector, or suspension or revocation of his license, such licensee shall surrender his license immediately to the office of inspection serving the area in which he is located. These same provisions shall apply in a case of an expired license.
703 Sampling
§ 52.34 How samples are drawn by inspectors or licensed samplers.
An inspector or a licensed sampler shall select samples, upon request, from designated lots of processed products which are so placed as to permit thorough and proper sampling in accordance with the regulations in this part. Such person shall, unless otherwise directed by the Administrator, select sample units of such products at random, and from various locations in each lot in such manner and number, not inconsistent with the regulations in this part, as to secure a representative sample of the lot. Samples drawn for inspection shall be furnished by the applicant at no cost to the Department.
§ 52.35 Accessibility for sampling.
Each applicant shall cause the processed products for which inspection is requested to be made accessible for proper sampling. Failure to make any lot accessible for proper sampling shall be sufficient cause for postponing inspection service until such time as such lot is made accessible for proper sampling.
§ 52.36 How officially drawn samples are to be identified.
Officially drawn samples shall be marked by the inspector or licensed sampler so such samples can be properly identified for inspection.
§ 52.37 How official samples are to be identified and shipped.
Unless otherwise directed by the Administrator, samples which are to be shipped to any office of inspection shall be forwarded to the office of inspection serving the area in which the processed products from which the samples were drawn is located. Such samples shall be shipped in a manner to avoid any material change in the quality or condition of the sample of the processed product. Containers shall be identified and properly sealed with tape. A facsimile of the “Officially Sampled” stamp shall be placed over the taped container. All transportation charges in connection with such shipments of samples shall be at the expense of the applicant.
[51 FR 20439, June 5, 1986]
§ 52.38 Sampling plans and procedures for determining lot compliance.
(a) Except as otherwise provided for in this section in connection with in-plant inspection and unless otherwise approved by the Administrator, samples shall be selected from each lot in the exact number of sample units indicated for the lot size in the applicable sampling plans. The lot size is to correspond to a sample size with a maximum of 29 sample units: Provided, that at the discretion of the inspection service, the number of sample units selected may be increased to the exact number of sample units indicated for any one of the larger sample sizes provided for in the appropriate plans. The samples size may be increased beyond 29 sample units in accordance with the following sampling plan:
Sample Size | 38 | 48 | 60
Acceptance Number | 5 | 6 | 7
(b) Under the sampling plans with respect to any specified requirement:
(1) If the number of deviants (as defined in connection with the specific requirement) in the sample does not exceed the acceptance number prescribed for the sample size, the lot meets the requirement;
(2) If the number of deviants (as defined in connection with the specific requirement) in the sample exceeds the acceptance number prescribed for the sample size, the lot fails the requirement.
(c) If in the conduct of on-line in-plant inspection of a product covered by a grade standard which does not contain sampling plans, the sample is examined before the lot size is known and the number of sample units exceeds the prescribed sample size for such lot, but does not equal any of the prescribed larger sample sizes, the lot may be deemed to meet or fail a specific requirement in accordance with the following procedure:
(1) If the number of deviants (as defined in connection with the specific requirement) in the nonprescribed sample does not exceed the acceptance number of the next smaller sample size, the lot meets the requirement;
(2) If the number of deviants (as defined in connection with the specific requirement) in the nonprescribed sample equals the acceptance number prescribed for the next larger sample size, additional sample units shall be selected to increase the sample to the next larger prescribed sample size;
(3) If the number of deviants (as defined in connection with the specific requirement) in the nonprescribed sample exceeds the acceptance number prescribed for the next larger sample size, the lot fails the requirement.
(d) In the conduct of on-line in-plant inspection, sampling may be performed on a time interval basis. The sampling frequency shall be specified in an applicable grade standard or other procedural instruction approved by the Administrator.
(e) In the event that the lot compliance determination provisions of a standard or specification are based on the number of specified deviations instead of deviants the procedures set forth in this section may be applied by substituting the word “deviation” for the word “deviant” wherever it appears.
(f) Sampling plans referred to in this section are those contained in Tables I, II, III, IV, and V and (g)(1) and (g)(2) of this section which follow or any other plans which are applicable. For processed products not included in these tables, the minimum sample size shall be the exact number of sample units prescribed in the table, container group, and lot size that, as determined by the inspector, most closely resembles the product, type, container, size and amount of product to be sampled. The maximum sample size in tables I, II, III, IV, V, (g)(1), (g)(2) and processed products not included in these tables is 29 sample units.
(g)(1) Sampling plan for dried figs. For each 10,000 pounds (or fraction of 10,000 pounds) of product—6 sample units of approximately 35 figs each accumulated into 1 composite (at least 200 figs). Each composite will be examined separately, and all must meet the requirement for the U.S. Grade.
(2) Sampling plan for dried fruits other than dates and figs. For each 15,000 pounds (or fraction of 15,000 pounds) of product—sample units of approximately 16 ounces each accumulated into 1 composite (at least 100 ounces) Each composite will be examined separately and all must meet the requirements for the U.S. Grade.
Table I—Canned or Similarly Processed Fruits, Vegetables, and Products Containing Units of Such Size and Character as To Be Readily Separable
Container size group | Lot size (number of containers) 1
Group 1: Any type container of a volume not exceeding that of a No. 303 size can | 3,000 or less | 3,001 to 12,000 | 12,001 to 39,000 | 39,001 to 84,000 | 84,001 to 145,000
Group 2: Any type of container of a volume exceeding that of a No. 303 size can but not exceeding that of a No. 3 cylinder size can | 1,500 or less | 1,501 to 6,000 | 6,001 to 19,500 | 19,501 to 42,000 | 42,001 to 72,500
Group 3: Any type of container of a volume exceeding that of a No. 3 cylinder size can, but not exceeding that of a No. 12 size can | 750 or less | 751 to 3,000 | 3,001 to 9,750 | 9,751 to 21,000 | 21,001 to 36,250
Group 4: Any type of container of a volume exceeding that of a No. 12 size can.
Convert to equivalent number of 6-lb. net weight containers and use group 3
Lot inspection sample size (no. of sample units) 2 | 3 | 6 | 13 | 21 | 29
Acceptance number | 0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4
On-line in-plant inspection sample size (no. of sample units) 2 | 3 | 6 | 6 | 13 | 21
Acceptance number | 0 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 3
1 Under on-line in-plant inspection, a 5% overrun in number of containers may be permitted by the inspector before going to the next larger sample size.
2 When a standard sample size is not specified in the U.S. grade standards, the sample units for the various container size groups are as follows: Groups 1, 2, and 3—1 container and its entire contents. Group 4 that approximately 2 pounds of product. When determined by the inspector that a 2-pound sample unit is inadequate, a larger sample unit may be substituted.
Table II—Frozen or Similarly Processed Fruits, Vegetables, and Products Containing Units of Such Size and Character as To Be Readily Separable
Container size group | Lot size (number of containers) 1
Group 1: Any type of container of 1 lb. or less | 2,400 or less | 2,401 to 9,600 | 9,601 to 31,200 | 31,201 to 67,200 | 67,201 to 116,000
Group 2: Any type of container over 1 lb. but not over 2- 1/2 lbs. net weight | 1,200 or less | 1,201 to 4,800 | 4,801 to 15,600 | 15,601 to 33,600 | 33,601 to 58,000
Group 3: Any type of container over 2- 1/2 lbs.
Convert to equivalent number of 2- 1/2 lb. containers and use group 2
Lot inspection sample size (no. of sample units) 2 | 3 | 6 | 13 | 21 | 29
Acceptance number | 0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4
On-line in-plant inspection sample size (no. of sample units) 2 | 3 | 6 | 6 | 13 | 21
Acceptance number | 0 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 3
1 Under on-line in-plant inspection, a 5% overrun in number of containers may be permitted by the inspector before going to the next larger sample size.
2 When a standard sample unit size is not specified in the U.S. grade standards, the sample units for the various container size groups are as follows: Groups 1 and 2—1 container and its entire contents. Group 3 containers up to 10 lbs.—approximately 3 pounds of product. When determined by the inspector that a 3-pound sample unit is inadequate, a larger sample unit or 1 or more containers and their entire contents may be substituted for 1 or more sample units of 3 lbs.
Table III—Canned, Frozen, or Otherwise Processed Fruits, Vegetables, Related Products of a Comminuted, Fluid or Homogeneous State
Container size group | Lot size (number of containers) 1
Group 1: Any type of container of 1 lb. or less | 4,500 or less | 4,501 to 18,000 | 18,001 to 56,000 | 58,501 to 126,000 | 126,001 to 217,000
Group 2: Any type of container exceeding 1 lb. but not exceeding 60 ounces. | 3,000 or less | 3,001 to 12,000 | 12,001 to 39,000 | 39,001 to 84,000 | 84,001 to 145,000
Group 3: Any type of container exceeding 60 ounces but not exceeding 10 lbs. | 1,500 or less | 1,501 to 6,000 | 6,001 to 19,500 | 19,501 to 42,000 | 42,001 to 72,500
Group 4: Any type of container of a volume exceeding 10 lbs.
Convert to equivalent number of 6-lb. containers and use group 3
Lot inspection sample size (no. of sample units) 2 | 3 | 6 | 13 | 21 | 29
Acceptance number | 0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4
On-line in-plant inspection sample size (no. of sample units) 2 | 3 | 6 | 6 | 13 | 21
Acceptance number | 0 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 3
1 Under on-line in-plant inspection, a 5% overrun in number of containers may be permitted by the inspector before going to the next larger sample size.
2 When a standard sample size is not specified in the U.S. grade standards, the sample units for the various container size groups are as follows: Groups 1, 2, and 3—1 container and its entire contents. A smaller sample unit may be substituted in Group 3 at the inspector's discretion. Group 4—approximately 16 ounces of product. When determined by the inspector that a 16 ounce sample unit is inadequate, a larger sample unit may be substituted.
Table IV—Dehydrated (Low-Moisture) Fruits, and Vegetables
Container size group | Lot size (number of containers) 1
Group 1: Any type of container of 1 lb. or less | 1,800 or less | 1,801 to 7,200 | 7,201 to 23,400 | 23,401 to 50,400 | 50,401 to 87,000
Group 2: Any type of container over 1 lb. but not over 6 lbs. net weight | 600 or less | 601 to 2,400 | 2,401 to 7,800 | 7,801 to 16,800 | 16,801 to 29,000
Group 3: Any type of container over 6 lbs.
Convert to equivalent number of 5 lb. containers and use group 2
Lot inspection sample size (no. of sample units) 2 | 3 | 6 | 13 | 21 | 29
Acceptance number | 0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4
On-line in-plant inspection sample size (no. of sample units) 2 | 3 | 6 | 6 | 13 | 21
Acceptance number | 0 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 3
1 Under on-line in-plant inspection, a 5% overrun in number of containers may be permitted by the inspector before going to the next larger sample size.
2 When a standard sample unit size is not specified in the U.S. grade standards, the sample units for the various container size groups are as follows: Group 1—1 container and its entire contents. Groups 2 and 3—1 container and its entire contents or a smaller sample unit when determined by the inspector to be adequate.
Table V—Dates
Container size group | Lot size (number of containers) 1
Group 1: Any type of container of 1 lb. or less net weight | 2,400 or less | 2,401 to 9,600 | 9,601 to 31,200 | 31,201 to 67,000 | 67,201 to 116,000
Group 2: Any type of container over 1 lb. but not over 5 lbs. net weight | 800 or less | 801 to 3,200 | 3,201 to 10,400 | 10,401 to 22,400 | 22,401 to 33,667
Group 3: Any type of container over 5 lbs.
Convert to equivalent number of 5 lb. containers and use group 2
Lot inspection sample size (no. of sample units) 2 | 3 | 6 | 13 | 21 | 29
Acceptance number | 0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4
On-line in-plant inspection sample size (no. of sample units) 2 | 3 | 6 | 6 | 13 | 21
Acceptance number | 0 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 3
1 Under on-line in-plant inspection, a 5% overrun in number of containers may be permitted by the inspector before going to the next larger sample size.
2 When a standard sample size is not specified in the U.S. grade standards, the sample units for the various container size groups are as follows: Groups 1 and 2—1 container and its entire contents. Group 3 containers up to 10 pounds—1 container and its entire contents. Group 3 containers over 10 pounds—approximately three pounds of product. When determined by the inspector that a 3-pound sample unit is inadequate, a larger sample unit or 1 or more containers and their entire contents may be substituted for 1 or more sample units of 3 pounds.
[38 FR 25166, Sept. 12, 1973; 38 FR 26903, Sept. 27, 1973. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977 and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981, and amended at 51 FR 20439, June 5, 1986; 63 FR 50747, Sept. 23, 1998]
§ 52.38a Definitions of terms applicable to statistical sampling.
(a) Terms applicable to both on-line inspection and lot inspection.
(1) Acceptable Quality Level (AQL). The maximum percent of defective units of product or the maximum number of defects per hundred units of product which are acceptable as a process average. At the AQL's contained in the statistical sampling plans of this subpart, production has a probability of acceptance (“Pa”) of approximately 95 percent.
(2) Acceptance sampling. Sampling inspection in which decisions are made to accept or reject product.
(3) Attributes. A method of measurement whereby units of product are examined for the presence or absence of specified characteristics in each unit in the sample.
(4) Defect. Any nonconformance of a unit of product from specified requirements of a single quality characteristic. Defects are classed as “minor,” “major,” “severe” or “critical” depending upon the severity and undesirability of the defect.
(5) Defective. A unit of product that has one or more defects.
(6) Inspection by attributes. Inspection whereby a unit of product is classified as defective or nondefective or the number or defects in the unit of product is counted.
(7) Standard sample unit size. A specified amount of product to be used for inspection.
(b) Terms applicable to on-line inspection only.
(1) Basic inspection period. A specified period of consecutive production designated for on-line inspection.
(2) Cumulative Sum Sampling (CuSum) Plan. An on-line sampling plan that accumulates the number of defects (or defectives), which exceed the sample unit tolerance (“T”), in a series of consecutive samples. Terms specific to the CuSum sampling plan are:
(i) Acceptance limit (“L”). The maximum accumulation of defects (or defectives) allowed to exceed the sample unit tolerance (“T”) in any sample unit or consecutive group of sample units.
(ii) CuSum value. The accumulated number of defects (or defectives) that exceed the sample unit tolerance (“T”).
(iii) Sample unit tolerance (“T”). The allowable number of defects (or defectives) in any sample unit.
(iv) Starting value (“S”). The initial CuSum value used to begin a CuSum sampling plan.
(3) On-line sampling inspection. The random selection and subsequent inspection of sample units from a production line.
(4) Probability of acceptance (“Pa”). The probability that a portion of production, with a given level of quality, will be accepted. In on-line sampling inspection, the probability of acceptance of any portion of production depends on the sample results obtained from the preceding portions. The probability of acceptance values associated with these procedures are the values which would be expected if a large number of sample units are to be inspected. For the CuSum plans referenced in these procedures, the probability of acceptance at the Acceptable Quality Level (AQL) is approximately 95 percent. The starting value (“S”) associated with each CuSum plan helps to make the probability of acceptance of the first portions of production of a basic inspection period as close as possible to 95 percent.
(c) Terms applicable to lot inspection only.
(1) Acceptance number. The largest number of defects (or defectives) in the sample that will permit acceptance of the inspection lot.
(2) Inspection lot. Any number of containers of the same size and type which contain a processed product of the same type and style, manufactured or processed under essentially the same conditions, offered for inspection and acceptance at one time.
(3) Probability of acceptance (“Pa”). The probability that an inspection lot, with a given level of quality, will be accepted.
[43 FR 10540, Mar. 14, 1978. Redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981]
§ 52.38b Statistical sampling procedures for on-line inspection by attributes of processed fruits and vegetables.
(a) General. The Cumulative Sum Sampling Plan, hereinafter referred to as “CuSum,” shall be used as the on-line sampling plan for attributes standards under the following conditions.
(1) The producer has designated the intended grade for the basic inspection period prior to the start of production.
(2) Inspection of the product shall be made during the basic inspection period at a point after which all product characteristics, subject to inspection, are fixed and will not be subject to change during final packaging.
(3) A shift to CuSum sampling plans from lot sampling plans during a basic inspection period is not permitted (or vice versa).
(b) Sampling rate/frequency. The minimum number of standard sample units to be drawn at random shall be determined by the applicable sampling procedure as approved by the Administrator.
(c) Determining CuSum values. At the beginning of the basic inspection period, the CuSum value is set equal to the starting value (“S”) for the specified CuSum plan. The CuSum value is then determined for each consecutive sample unit as follows:
(1) Add the number of defects (or defectives) for the present sample unit to the CuSum value of the previous sample unit.
(2) Subtract the sample unit tolerance (“T”).
(3) The CuSum value is reset in the following situations. However, determine compliance with the designated grade (see paragraph (d) of this section) prior to resetting the CuSum value:
(i) Reset the CuSum value to zero (0) if the CuSum value is less than zero (0).
(ii) Reset the CuSum value to the acceptance limit (“L”) if the CuSum value exceeds the acceptance limit (“L”).
(d) Determining compliance for a designated grade. (1) A portion of production meets the designated grade if the CuSum value, calculated from the sample unit representing that portion, is equal to or less than the acceptance limit (“L”) for all classes of defects.
(2) A portion of production fails the designated grade if the CuSum value, calculated from the sample unit representing that portion, exceeds the acceptance limit (“L”) for one or more classes of defects.
(e) Evaluation of production failing a designated grade. Production failing a designated grade shall be reevaluated by procedures approved by the USDA.
(f) Assigning a grade. (1) All similarly identified (e.g., codes, subcodes, etc.) production will be assigned the same grade.
(2) The grade assigned to similarly identified production will be the lowest grade assigned to any portion of that similarly identified production.
(g) Redesignation of producer's intended grade. If the intended grade is redesignated during a basic inspection period, a new CuSum sampling plan shall be instituted for each class of defects (or defectives).
(h) Cumulative Sum Sampling (CuSum) Plans for processed fruits and vegetables. (1) Tables VI through X contain the CuSum sampling plans for each of five different standard sample unit sizes. The plans within each table are listed according to increasing values of Acceptable Quality Levels (AQL's).
(2) AQL values of 10.0 or less may be expressed either in “defects per hundred units” or in “percent defective units.” The same sampling plans are used for both. Separate sampling plans must be used for AQL values greater than 10.0.
(3) These tables also provide the quality levels associated with 50 percent and 10 percent probabilities of acceptance for each of the plans. These quality levels are expressed in the same units as the corresponding AQL values.
(4) A separate CuSum sampling plan is chosen for each class of defects (or defectives) by first specifying the desired AQL and then selecting the appropriate standard sample unit size. The quality levels associated with 50 percent and 10 percent probabilities of acceptance may be used as guides to help determine a suitable standard sample unit size.
Table VI—CuSum Sampling Plans
[Standard sample unit size=13]
AQL | S | T | L | Quality levels
Pa= 50% | Pa= 10%
Quality levels expressed as defects per 100 units or percent defective
0.65 | 0.3 | 0.1 | 0.9 | 5.3 | 17.7
1.0 | .2 | .2 | .8 | 5.6 | 17.7
1.5 | 0 | .5 | 0.5 | 7.7 | 19.2
2.2 | .5 | .5 | 1.5 | 8.2 | 19.2
4.0 | .8 | .8 | 2 | 9.7 | 19.6
5.0 | 0 | 1 | 1 | 14.4 | 30.2
6.5 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 14.7 | 30.2
8.5 | 1 | 1.5 | 2.5 | 17.4 | 31.3
10.0 | 1 | 1.8 | 2.6 | 18.8 | 32.0
Quality levels expressed as defects per 100 units only
12.5 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 23.5 | 41.4
15.0 | 1 | 2.5 | 3 | 26.1 | 42.8
20.0 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 32.2 | 52.1
25.0 | 1 | 4 | 3 | 40.3 | 62.3
33.0 | 1 | 5 | 4 | 48.9 | 72.3
40.0 | 2 | 6 | 5 | 57.1 | 82.1
50.0 | 1 | 8 | 4 | 73.3 | 101.2
65.0 | 2 | 10 | 5 | 89.9 | 120.0
85.0 | 1 | 13 | 5 | 113.9 | 147.6
100.0 | 2 | 15 | 6 | 130.4 | 165.7
150.0 | 2 | 22 | 7 | 186.5 | 227.9
250.0 | 4 | 35 | 11 | 291.2 | 340.6
Quality levels expressed as percent defective only
12.5 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 22.4 | 36.4
15.0 | 1 | 2.5 | 2.5 | 25.0 | 37.4
20.0 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 30.7 | 44.5
25.0 | 1 | 4 | 2 | 38.1 | 52.8
33.0 | 1 | 5 | 3 | 46.2 | 60.3
40.0 | 1 | 6 | 3 | 53.8 | 67.4
50.0 | 2 | 7 | 4 | 61.5 | 74.1
Table VII—CuSum Sampling Plans
[Standard sample unit size=25]
AQL | S | T | L | Quality levels
Pa= 50% | Pa= 10%
Quality levels expressed as defects per 100 units or percent defective
0.4 | 0.3 | 0.1 | 0.9 | 2.8 | 9.2
0.65 | .2 | .2 | .8 | 3.4 | 9.2
1.0 | 0 | .5 | .5 | 4.0 | 10.0
1.5 | 1 | .5 | 2 | 4.3 | 10.0
2.5 | 0 | 1 | 1 | 7.5 | 15.7
4.0 | .5 | 1.5 | 2 | 9.0 | 16.3
5.0 | 1.5 | 1.5 | 3 | 9.1 | 16.3
6.5 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 12.2 | 21.5
8.5 | 0 | 3 | 2 | 16.4 | 27.1
10.0 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 16.7 | 27.1
Quality levels expressed as defects per 100 units only
12.5 | 1 | 4 | 3 | 21.0 | 32.4
15.0 | 1 | 5 | 3 | 25.2 | 37.6
20.0 | 1 | 6 | 4 | 29.7 | 42.7
25.0 | 1 | 8 | 3 | 37.7 | 52.7
33.0 | 1 | 10 | 4 | 46.5 | 62.4
40.0 | 2 | 12 | 5 | 55.1 | 72.0
50.0 | 2 | 14 | 7 | 63.9 | 81.5
65.0 | 3 | 18 | 8 | 80.7 | 100.1
85.0 | 4 | 23 | 10 | 101.8 | 123.1
100.0 | 4 | 27 | 10 | 118.3 | 141.2
Quality levels expressed as percent defective only
12.5 | 1 | 4 | 3 | 20.5 | 29.8
15.0 | 0 | 5 | 2 | 24.3 | 34.3
20.0 | 1 | 6 | 3 | 28.7 | 38.7
25.0 | 2 | 7 | 4 | 33.0 | 43.0
33.0 | 2 | 9 | 5 | 41.2 | 51.2
40.0 | 2 | 11 | 5 | 49.2 | 59.1
50.0 | 1 | 14 | 3 | 60.6 | 70.3
Table VIII—CuSum Sampling Plans
[Standard sample unit size=50]
AQL | S | T | L | Quality levels
Pa= 50% | Pa= 10%
Quality levels expressed as defects per 100 units or percent defective
0.15 | 0.3 | 0.1 | 0.9 | 1.4 | 4.6
0.25 | .2 | .2 | .8 | 1.5 | 4.6
0.4 | 0 | .5 | .5 | 2.0 | 5.0
0.65 | .5 | .5 | 1.5 | 2.1 | 5.0
1.0 | .4 | .8 | 1.6 | 2.5 | 5.1
1.5 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 3.8 | 7.9
2.5 | 1.5 | 1.5 | 3 | 4.6 | 8.1
4.0 | 1 | 2.5 | 3 | 6.8 | 11.1
5.0 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 9.3 | 13.6
6.5 | 1 | 4 | 3 | 10.5 | 16.2
8.5 | 1 | 5 | 4 | 12.7 | 18.8
10.0 | 1 | 6 | 4 | 14.9 | 21.4
Quality levels expressed as defects per 100 units only
12.5 | 1 | 8 | 3 | 18.9 | 26.3
15.0 | 1 | 9 | 4 | 21.1 | 28.8
20.0 | 2 | 12 | 5 | 27.5 | 36.0
25.0 | 2 | 14 | 7 | 31.9 | 40.7
33.0 | 3 | 18 | 9 | 40.4 | 50.0
40.0 | 3 | 22 | 9 | 48.7 | 59.3
50.0 | 4 | 27 | 10 | 59.1 | 70.6
65.0 | 4 | 35 | 11 | 75.7 | 88.5
85.0 | 5 | 45 | 14 | 96.5 | 110.7
Quality levels expressed as percent defective only
12.5 | 2 | 7 | 5 | 16.8 | 22.3
15.0 | 1 | 9 | 4 | 20.9 | 27.2
20.0 | 2 | 11 | 6 | 25.2 | 31.6
25.0 | 2 | 14 | 5 | 31.2 | 38.1
33.0 | 2 | 18 | 6 | 39.4 | 46.4
40.0 | 1 | 22 | 5 | 47.3 | 54.4
50.0 | 1 | 27 | 5 | 57.2 | 64.1
Table IX—CuSum Sampling Plans
[Standard sample unit size=100]
AQL | S | T | L | Quality levels
Pa= 50% | Pa= 10%
Quality levels expressed as defects per 100 units or percent defective
0.1 | 0.3 | 0.1 | 0.9 | 0.7 | 2.3
0.15 | .2 | .2 | .8 | 0.8 | 2.3
0.25 | 0 | .5 | .5 | 1.0 | 2.5
0.4 | 1 | .5 | 2 | 1.1 | 2.5
0.65 | 0 | 1 | 1 | 1.9 | 3.9
1.0 | .5 | 1.5 | 2 | 2.2 | 4.1
1.5 | 1 | 2 | 2 | 3.0 | 5.4
2.5 | 1 | 3 | 3 | 4.2 | 6.8
4.0 | 1 | 5 | 3 | 6.3 | 9.4
5.0 | 1 | 6 | 4 | 7.4 | 10.7
6.5 | 1 | 8 | 4 | 9.5 | 13.2
8.5 | 2 | 1.0 | 5 | 11.7 | 15.6
10.0 | 2 | 1.2 | 5 | 13.8 | 18.0
Quality levels expressed as defects per 100 units only
12.5 | 2 | 14 | 7 | 16.0 | 20.4
15.0 | 2 | 17 | 7 | 19.1 | 23.9
20.0 | 3 | 22 | 9 | 24.4 | 29.6
25.0 | 4 | 27 | 10 | 29.6 | 35.3
33.0 | 3 | 36 | 10 | 38.8 | 45.4
40.0 | 4 | 43 | 12 | 46.1 | 53.1
50.0 | 5 | 53 | 14 | 56.4 | 64.1
Quality levels expressed as percent defective only
12.5 | 2 | 14 | 6 | 15.8 | 19.7
15.0 | 2 | 17 | 6 | 18.9 | 23.0
20.0 | 2 | 22 | 7 | 24.0 | 28.5
25.0 | 3 | 27 | 8 | 29.2 | 33.8
33.0 | 3 | 35 | 9 | 37.3 | 42.1
40.0 | 4 | 42 | 10 | 44.4 | 49.2
50.0 | 4 | 52 | 10 | 54.3 | 59.1
Table X—CuSum Sampling Plans
[Standard sample unit size=200]
AQL | S | T | L | Quality levels
Pa= 50% | Pa= 10%
Quality levels expressed as defects per 100 units or percent defective
0.04 | 0.3 | 0.1 | 0.9 | 0.3 | 1.2
0.065 | 0.2 | 0.2 | 0.8 | 0.4 | 1.2
0.1 | 0 | 0.5 | 0.5 | 0.5 | 1.3
0.15 | 0.4 | 0.8 | 0.8 | 0.6 | 1.3
0.25 | 0.4 | 0.8 | 1.6 | 0.6 | 1.3
0.4 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 1.0 | 2.0
0.65 | 1 | 1.8 | 2.6 | 1.2 | 2.1
1.0 | 1 | 2.5 | 3 | 1.7 | 2.8
1.5 | 1 | 4 | 3 | 2.6 | 4.1
2.5 | 1 | 6 | 4 | 3.7 | 5.3
4.0 | 1 | 10 | 4 | 5.8 | 7.8
5.0 | 2 | 12 | 5 | 6.9 | 9.0
6.5 | 2 | 15 | 6 | 8.5 | 10.8
8.5 | 3 | 19 | 8 | 10.6 | 13.1
10.0 | 3 | 22 | 9 | 12.2 | 14.8
Quality levels expressed as defects per 100 units only
12.5 | 4 | 27 | 10 | 14.8 | 17.7
15.0 | 3 | 33 | 9 | 17.8 | 21.0
20.0 | 4 | 43 | 12 | 23.1 | 26.6
25.0 | 5 | 53 | 14 | 28.2 | 32.1
33.0 | 5 | 70 | 15 | 36.9 | 41.3
40.0 | 6 | 84 | 18 | 44.1 | 48.8
50.0 | 6 | 105 | 18 | 54.8 | 60.1
Quality levels expressed as percent defective only
12.5 | 3 | 27 | 9 | 14.7 | 17.3
15.0 | 4 | 32 | 10 | 17.3 | 20.0
20.0 | 3 | 43 | 9 | 22.8 | 25.9
25.0 | 4 | 53 | 11 | 27.9 | 31.1
33.0 | 5 | 69 | 13 | 36.1 | 39.4
40.0 | 5 | 83 | 14 | 43.1 | 46.5
50.0 | 5 | 103 | 14 | 53.1 | 56.5
[43 FR 10540, Mar. 14, 1978. Redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981]
§ 52.38c Statistical sampling procedures for lot inspection of processed fruits and vegetables by attributes.
(a) General. Single sampling plans shall be used as the lot sampling plan for attributes standards under either of the following conditions:
(1) Sampling of the product shall be made during the production period. No grade will be assigned to individual sample units. One grade determination only will be made at the end of the production period for the inspection lot.
(2) Sampling of the product shall be made when the inspection lot is located in a warehouse, truck, railroad car, or other similar conveyance.
(b) Sample size. Samples shall be randomly selected from each inspection lot in the exact number of sample units indicated for the lot size in tables XI through XIV as applicable for canned, frozen, dried, or dehydrated fruits and vegetables.
Table XI—Canned or Similarly Processed Fruits, Vegetables, and Products Containing Units of Such Size and Character as To Be Readily Separable
[Lot sample size]
Container size group | Lot size (number of containers)
Group 1: Any type container of a volume not exceeding that of a No. 303 size can | 12,000 or less | 12,001-39,000 | 39,001-84,000 | 84,001-145,000
Group 2: Any type of container of a volume exceeding that of a No. 303 size can but not exceeding that of a No. 3 cylinder size can | 6,000 or less | 6,001-19,500 | 19,501-42,000 | 42,001-72,500
Group 3: Any type of container of a volume exceeding that of a No. 3 cylinder size can, but not exceeding that of a No. 12 size can | 3,000 or less | 3,001-9,750 | 9,751-21,000 | 21,001-36,250
Group 4: Any type of container of a
volume exceeding that of a No. 12
Convert to equivalent number of 6-lb. net weight containers and use group 3
size can.
Lot inspection: Sample size (number of sample units) | 6 | 13 | 21 | 29
Table XII—Frozen or Similarly Processed Fruits, Vegetables, and Products Containing Units of Such Size and Character as To Be Readily Separable
[Lot sample size]
Container size group | Lot size (number of containers)
Group 1: Any type of container of 1 lb or less net weight | 9,600 or less | 9,601-31,200 | 31,201-67,200 | 67,201-116,000
Group 2: Any type of container over 1 lb but not over 2 1/2 lb net weight | 4,800 or less | 4,801-15,600 | 15,601-33,600 | 33,601-58,000
Group 3: Any type of container over
Convert to equivalent number of 2 1/2-lb. containers and use group 2
2 1/2 lbs.
Lot inspection: Sample size (number of sample units) | 6 | 13 | 21 | 29
Table XIII—Canned, Frozen, or Otherwise Processed Fruits, Vegetables, Related Products of a Comminuted, Fluid or Homogeneous State
[Lot sample size]
Container size group | Lot size (number of containers)
Group 1: Any type of container of 1 lb or less | 18,000 or less | 18,001-58,500 | 58,501-126,000 | 126,001-217,000
Group 2: Any type of container exceeding 1 lb. but not exceeding 60 oz | 12,000 or less | 12,001-39,000 | 39,001-84,000 | 84,001-145,000
Group 3: Any type of container exceeding 60 oz but not exceeding 10 lb | 6,000 or less | 6,001-19,500 | 19,501-42,000 | 42,001-72,500
Group 4: Any type of container
Convert to equivalent number of 6-lb. containers and use group 3.
exceeding 10 lbs.
Lot inspection: Sample size (number of sample units) | 6 | 13 | 21 | 29
Table XIV—Dehydrated (Low-Moisture) Fruits, and Vegetables
[Lot sample size]
Container size group | Lot size (number of containers)
Group 1: Any type of container of 1 lb or less net weight | 7,200 or less | 7,201-23,400 | 23,401-50,400 | 50,401-87,000
Group 2: Any type of container over 1 lb but not over 6 lb net weight | 2,400 or less | 2,401-7,800 | 7,801-16,800 | 16,801-29,000
Group 3: Any type of container over 6
Convert to equivalent number of 5-lb. containers and use group 2.
lbs.
Lot inspection: Sample size (number of sample units) | 6 | 13 | 21 | 29
(c) Determining compliance. (1) An inspection lot meets the requirements of a quality grade if the number of defects (or defectives) is equal to or less than the acceptance numbers of all classes of defects.
(2) An inspection lot fails the requirements of a quality grade if the number of defects (or defectives) exceeds the acceptance number for one or more classes of defects.
(d) Lot single sampling plans for processed fruits and vegetables. (1) Tables XV through XIX contain the lot single sampling plans for each of five different standard sample unit sizes. The plans within each table are listed according to increasing values of Acceptable Quality Levels (AQL's).
(2) AQL values of 10.0 or less may be expressed either in “defects per hundred units” or in “percent defective units.” The same sampling plans are used for both. Separate sampling plans must be used for AQL values greater than 10.0.
(3) A separate lot single sampling plan is chosen for each class of defects (or defectives) by first specifying the desired AQL, the appropriate standard sample unit size, and the number of sample units as specified in § 52.38c (b) of this subpart. The quality levels associated with the Pa=50% and Pa=10% levels are given in the instructional manual.
Table XV—Lot Single Sampling Plans
[Standard sample unit size=6]
Number of sample units
6 | 13 | 21 | 29
Acceptance numbers—quality levels expressed as defects per 100 units or percent defective—AQL
1.0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4
1.5 | 1 | 3 | 4 | 5
2.5 | 3 | 4 | 6 | 8
4.0 | 4 | 6 | 9 | 11
5.0 | 4 | 7 | 11 | 14
6.5 | 5 | 9 | 13 | 17
8.5 | 6 | 11 | 16 | 21
10.0 | 7 | 12 | 19 | 24
Quality levels expressed as defects per 100 units only
12.5 | 8 | 15 | 22 | 29
15.0 | 9 | 17 | 26 | 35
20.0 | 12 | 22 | 33 | 44
25.0 | 14 | 27 | 41 | 54
33.0 | 18 | 34 | 52 | 70
40.0 | 21 | 40 | 62 | 83
50.0 | 25 | 49 | 76 | 102
65.0 | 31 | 62 | 97 | 131
85.0 | 40 | 80 | 124 | 168
100.0 | 46 | 92 | 144 | 196
150.0 | 66 | 135 | 212 | 288
250.0 | 105 | 218 | 344 | 469
Quality levels expressed as percent defective only
12.5 | 8 | 15 | 22 | 29
15.0 | 9 | 17 | 25 | 34
20.0 | 11 | 21 | 33 | 43
25.0 | 13 | 26 | 39 | 53
33.0 | 16 | 32 | 50 | 67
40.0 | 19 | 38 | 59 | 80
50.0 | 23 | 46 | 72 | 98
Table XVI—Lot Single Sampling Plans
[Standard sample unit size=13]
Number of sample units
6 | 13 | 21 | 29
Acceptance numbers—quality levels expressed as defects per 100 units or percent defective—AQL
0.65 | 1 | 3 | 4 | 5
1.0 | 2 | 4 | 6 | 7
1.5 | 3 | 5 | 8 | 10
2.5 | 4 | 8 | 11 | 15
4.0 | 6 | 11 | 16 | 22
5.0 | 7 | 13 | 20 | 26
6.5 | 9 | 17 | 25 | 33
8.5 | 11 | 21 | 31 | 41
10.0 | 12 | 24 | 36 | 48
Quality levels expressed as defects per 100 units only
12.5 | 15 | 29 | 44 | 58
15.0 | 17 | 34 | 51 | 69
20.0 | 22 | 43 | 67 | 90
25.0 | 27 | 53 | 82 | 110
33.0 | 34 | 68 | 106 | 143
40.0 | 40 | 81 | 126 | 171
50.0 | 49 | 99 | 156 | 211
65.0 | 62 | 127 | 199 | 271
85.0 | 80 | 163 | 257 | 350
100.0 | 92 | 190 | 300 | 409
Quality levels expressed as percent defective only
12.5 | 15 | 28 | 43 | 58
15.0 | 17 | 33 | 51 | 68
20.0 | 21 | 42 | 65 | 88
25.0 | 26 | 51 | 80 | 108
33.0 | 32 | 66 | 103 | 139
40.0 | 38 | 78 | 123 | 166
50.0 | 46 | 95 | 150 | 204
Table XVII—Lot Single Sampling Plans
[Standard sample unit size=25]
Number of sample units
6 | 13 | 21 | 29
Acceptance numbers—quality levels expressed as defects per 100 units or percent defective—AQL
0.4 | 2 | 3 | 5 | 6
0.65 | 3 | 5 | 7 | 8
1.0 | 4 | 6 | 9 | 12
1.5 | 5 | 9 | 13 | 16
2.5 | 7 | 13 | 19 | 25
4.0 | 10 | 19 | 29 | 38
5.0 | 12 | 23 | 35 | 46
6.5 | 15 | 29 | 44 | 58
8.5 | 19 | 36 | 56 | 74
10.0 | 21 | 42 | 64 | 86
Quality levels expressed as defects per 100 units only
12.5 | 26 | 51 | 79 | 106
15.0 | 30 | 60 | 93 | 126
20.0 | 39 | 78 | 122 | 165
25.0 | 48 | 96 | 150 | 203
33.0 | 61 | 124 | 195 | 265
40.0 | 73 | 149 | 234 | 318
50.0 | 89 | 183 | 289 | 394
65.0 | 114 | 235 | 372 | 507
Quality levels expressed as percent defective only
12.5 | 25 | 50 | 78 | 105
15.0 | 30 | 59 | 92 | 125
20.0 | 38 | 77 | 120 | 163
25.0 | 46 | 94 | 148 | 200
33.0 | 59 | 121 | 191 | 260
40.0 | 70 | 145 | 228 | 312
50.0 | 85 | 177 | 281 | 385
Table XVIII—Lot Single Sampling Plans
[Standard sample unit size=50]
Number of sample units
6 | 13 | 21 | 29
Acceptance numbers—quality levels expressed as defects per 100 units or percent defective—AQL
0.15 | 1 | 3 | 4 | 5
0.25 | 2 | 4 | 5 | 7
0.4 | 3 | 5 | 8 | 10
0.65 | 4 | 8 | 11 | 15
1.0 | 6 | 11 | 16 | 21
1.5 | 8 | 15 | 22 | 29
2.5 | 12 | 23 | 35 | 46
4.0 | 18 | 34 | 53 | 70
5.0 | 21 | 42 | 64 | 86
6.5 | 27 | 53 | 82 | 110
8.5 | 34 | 67 | 105 | 142
10.0 | 39 | 78 | 122 | 165
Quality levels expressed as defects per 100 units only
12.5 | 48 | 96 | 150 | 203
15.0 | 56 | 114 | 178 | 242
20.0 | 73 | 149 | 234 | 318
25.0 | 89 | 183 | 289 | 394
33.0 | 115 | 239 | 377 | 514
40.0 | 138 | 287 | 454 | 620
50.0 | 170 | 355 | 563 | 769
Quality levels expressed as percent defective only
12.5 | 47 | 95 | 149 | 202
15.0 | 55 | 112 | 177 | 240
20.0 | 71 | 147 | 231 | 315
25.0 | 87 | 181 | 286 | 390
33.0 | 112 | 234 | 372 | 508
40.0 | 134 | 281 | 446 | 611
50.0 | 164 | 346 | 552 | 756
Table XIX—Lot Single Sampling Plans
[Standard sample unit size=100]
Number of sample units
6 | 13 | 21 | 29
Acceptance numbers—quality levels expressed as defects per 100 units or percent defective—AQL
0.1 | 2 | 3 | 5 | 6
0.15 | 3 | 4 | 6 | 8
0.25 | 4 | 6 | 9 | 12
0.4 | 5 | 9 | 13 | 17
0.65 | 7 | 13 | 20 | 26
1.0 | 10 | 19 | 29 | 38
1.5 | 14 | 27 | 41 | 54
2.5 | 21 | 42 | 64 | 86
4.0 | 32 | 64 | 99 | 134
5.0 | 39 | 78 | 122 | 165
6.5 | 49 | 99 | 156 | 211
8.5 | 63 | 128 | 200 | 272
10.0 | 73 | 149 | 234 | 318
12.5 | 89 | 183 | 289 | 394
15.0 | 105 | 218 | 344 | 469
20.0 | 138 | 287 | 454 | 620
25.0 | 170 | 355 | 563 | 769
33.0 | 221 | 463 | 736 | 1,008
40.0 | 266 | 558 | 888 | 1,216
50.0 | 329 | 692 | 1,103 | 1,513
Quality levels expressed as percent defective only
12.5 | 88 | 182 | 287 | 392
15.0 | 104 | 216 | 342 | 467
20.0 | 136 | 284 | 450 | 615
25.0 | 167 | 351 | 558 | 763
33.0 | 217 | 457 | 728 | 999
40.0 | 260 | 549 | 877 | 1,203
50.0 | 320 | 680 | 1,088 | 1,494
[43 FR 10542, Mar. 14, 1978. Redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981]
§ 52.39 Issuance of certificate of sampling.
Each inspector and each licensed sampler shall prepare and sign a certificate of sampling to cover the samples drawn by the respective person, except that in-plant inspectors who inspect the samples which they have drawn need not prepare a certificate of sampling. One copy of each certificate of sampling prepared shall be retained by the licensed sampler and the original and all other copies thereof shall be disposed of in accordance with the instructions of the Administrator.
[51 FR 20445, June 5, 1986]
§ 52.40 Identification of lots sampled.
Each lot from which officially drawn samples are selected shall be marked in such manner as may be prescribed by the Administrator, if such lots do not otherwise possess suitable identification.
704 Fees and Charges
§ 52.41 Payment of fees and charges.
Fees and charges for any inspection service shall be paid by the interested party making the application for such service, in accordance with the applicable provisions of the regulations in this part, and if so required by the inspection service, an advance of funds prior to rendering inspection service in an amount suitable to the Administrator, or a surety bond suitable to the Administrator, shall be required as a guarantee of payment for the services rendered. All fees and charges for any inspection service performed pursuant to the regulations in this part shall be paid by check, draft, or money order payable to the United States Department of Agriculture. Remittance shall be sent to the address specified on the bill for collection on or before the due date to avoid a late payment charge.
[51 FR 20445, June 5, 1986]
§ 52.42 Schedule of fees.
(a) For each calendar year, AMS will calculate the rate for services, per hour per program employee using the following formulas:
(1) Regular rate. The total AMS inspection program personnel direct pay divided by direct hours, which is then multiplied by the next year's percentage of cost of living increase, plus the benefits rate, plus the operating rate, plus the allowance for bad debt rate. If applicable, travel expenses may also be added to the cost of providing the service.
(2) Overtime rate. The total AMS inspection program personnel direct pay divided by direct hours, which is then multiplied by the next year's percentage of cost of living increase and then multiplied by 1.5 plus the benefits rate, plus the operating rate, plus an allowance for bad debt. If applicable, travel expenses may also be added to the cost of providing the service.
(3) Holiday rate. The total AMS inspection program personnel direct pay divided by direct hours which is then multiplied by the next year's percentage of cost of living increase and then multiplied by 2, plus benefits rate, plus the operating rate, plus an allowance for bad debt. If applicable, travel expenses may also be added to the cost of providing the service.
(b) For each calendar year, based on previous fiscal year/historical actual costs, AMS will calculate the benefits, operating, and allowance for bad debt components of the regular, overtime and holiday rates as follows:
(1) Benefits rate. The total AMS inspection program direct benefits costs divided by the total hours (regular, overtime, and holiday) worked, which is then multiplied by the next calendar year's percentage cost of living increase. Some examples of direct benefits are health insurance, retirement, life insurance, and Thrift Savings Plan (TSP) retirement basic and matching contributions.
(2) Operating rate. The total AMS inspection program operating costs divided by total hours (regular, overtime, and holiday) worked, which is then multiplied by the percentage of inflation.
(3) Allowance for bad debt rate. Total AMS inspection program allowance for bad debt divided by total hours (regular, overtime, and holiday) worked.
(c) The calendar year cost of living expenses and percentage of inflation factors used in the formulas in this section are based on the most recent Office of Management and Budget's Presidential Economic Assumptions.
[79 FR 67321, Nov. 13, 2014]
§ 52.43 Fees to be charged and collected for sampling when performed by a licensed sampler.
Such sampling fees as are specifically prescribed by the Administrator in connection with licensing of the particular sampler will be assessed and collected from the applicant by the office of inspection serving the area where services are performed: Provided, That if the employee is an employee of a state, the appropriate authority of the state may make the collection.
[48 FR 12326, Mar. 24, 1983]
§ 52.44 Inspection fees when charges for sampling have been collected.
For any lot of processed products from which a sample in drawn by a licensed sampler and the applicable sampling fee is collected, as provided in § 52.43, the fees for the other inspection services with respect to such lot shall not include charges for sampling.
[48 FR 12326, Mar. 24, 1983]
§ 52.45 Inspection fees when charges for sampling have not been collected.
For any lot of processed products from which a sample is drawn by a licensed sampler and the sampling fee is not collected by the appropriate authority as provided in § 52.43, the fees and charges for inspection services with respect to such lot shall be the applicable fees and charges prescribed in § 52.42.
[48 FR 12326, Mar. 24, 1983]
§ 52.46 Fee for appeal inspection.
The fee to be charged for an appeal inspection shall be at the rates prescribed in this part for other inspection services: Provided, That, if the result of any appeal inspection made for any applicant other than the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof, discloses that a material error was made in the inspection on which the appeal is made, no inspection fee shall be assessed.
§ 52.47 Changing types of service.
If an applicant cancels a new year-round contract before a full year has elapsed, the applicant shall be charged the difference between the year-round rate and less than year-round rate for the full period the year-round contract was in effect. If an applicant cancels a year-round contract after a full year or more of uninterrupted service, the fee remains at the year-round rate.
[59 FR 41378, Aug. 12, 1994]
§ 52.48 Charges for plant survey and inspection.
The fees to be charged for a plant survey and inspection shall be at the rates prescribed in §§ 52.42 and 52.51.
[72 FR 10037, Mar. 7, 2007]
§ 52.49 Charges for copies of inspection documents and/or inspection data.
If the applicant for inspection service requests additional copies of inspection documents and/or inspection data referable to the processed product covered thereby, the applicant may obtain such copies from the supervisor in the office of inspection serving the area where the service was performed at a charge of 1/2 hour per copy in accordance with the rate in § 52.42: Provided, that no charge shall be made for one copy if requested at the time of the original request for inspection. Inspection certificates issued in accordance with § 52.21 may be supplied to any financially interested party at a charge of 1/2 hour per certificate for each seven (7), or fewer copies in accordance with the rate in § 52.42.
[54 FR 50732, Dec. 11, 1989]
§ 52.50 Travel and other expenses.
Charges may be assessed to cover the cost of travel time incurred in connection with the performance of any inspection service, including appeal inspections, as described in § 52.42. This includes time spent waiting for transportation as well as time spent traveling, but not to exceed eight hours of travel time for any one person for any one day: And provided further, that if travel is by common carrier, no hourly charge may be made for travel time outside the employee's official work hours.
[79 FR 67321, Nov. 13, 2014]
§ 52.51 Charges for inspection services on a contract basis.
(a) The Administrator may enter into contracts with applicants to perform continuous inspection services or other types of inspection services pursuant to the regulations in this part and other requirements as prescribed by the Administrator in such contract, and the charges for such inspection service provided in such contracts shall be based on such basis as will reimburse the Agricultural Marketing Service of the Department for the full cost of rendering such inspection service as described in § 52.42.
(b) The Administrator may enter into a written memorandum of understanding or contract, whichever may be appropriate, with any administrative agency charged with the administration of a marketing agreement or a marketing order effective pursuant to the Agricultural Marketing Agreement Act of 1937, as amended (7 U.S.C. 601 et seq.) for the making of inspections pursuant to said agreement or order on such basis as will reimburse the Agricultural Marketing Service of the Department for the full cost of rendering such inspection service based on the formulas in § 52.42. Likewise, the Administrator may enter into a written memorandum of understanding or contract, whichever may be appropriate, with an administrative agency charged with an administration of a similar program operated pursuant to the laws of any State.
(c) Charges for year-round in-plant inspection services on a contract basis will be billed to the applicant monthly for all hours worked with a minimum of 40 hours per week for each inspector assigned to perform the inspection services. Charges for work performed in excess of an employee's regular work schedule will be calculated as described in § 52.42(a)(2).
(d) Charges for less than year-round in-plant inspection services (four or more consecutive 40 hour weeks) on a contract basis will be billed to the applicant monthly for all hours with a minimum of 40 hours for each inspector assigned to perform the inspection services and will be calculated based on the formulas in § 52.42.
(e) No Member of, or Delegate to Congress, or Resident Commissioner, shall be admitted to any share or part of any contract provided for in this section or to any benefit that may arise therefrom, but this provision shall not be construed to extend to such contract if made with a corporation for its general benefit, and shall not extend to any benefits that may accrue from the contract to a Member of, or Delegate to Congress, or a Resident Commissioner in his capacity as a farmer.
[38 FR 25168, Sept. 12, 1973. Redesignated at 42 FR 32514, June 27, 1977, and further redesignated at 46 FR 63203, Dec. 31, 1981, and further redesignated at 54 FR 50732, Dec. 11, 1989]
Editorial Note:For Federal Register citations affecting § 52.51, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and at www.govinfo.gov.